Skip to main content

Full text of "English synonyms explained, in alphabetical order, with copious illustrations and examples drawn from the best writers;"

See other formats 


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  Hbrary  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 

to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  maiginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  liave  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  fivm  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attributionTht  GoogXt  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liabili^  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.   Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at|http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/| 


I 


ENGLISH  SYNONYMES 


EXPLAINED, 


IN  ALPHABETICAL  ORDER; 


WITH 


COPIOUS    ILLUSTRATIONS   AND    EXAMPLES 


DRAWN  FROM  THE  BEST  WRITERS. 


GEORGE  CRABB, 

OF   MAQDALEN  H'ALL^  OXFORD. 


SECOND  EDITION, 

GREATLY  ENLARGED  AND  CORRECTED. 


Sed  CHdi  idem  freqaentissime  plara  8i|;nificcnt,  qaod  a-wwvfxia  vocatur,  jam  snot 
aliisalia  hoDestiora,  sublimiora,  Ditidiora,  jucundiora,  vocaliora. 

QuiNTiL.  IxsT.  Orat.  lib,  is. 


LONDON: 
PRINTED  FOR  BALDWIN,  CRADOCK,  AND  JOY, 

47,  PATERHOSTBR-ROW  ; 
AVD 

T.  BOOSEV,  OLD  BROAD-STREET. 

1818. 


2 1 ?010 


. •.  •  • »  • 


>  • 


*_  ■    "^  -  ■ 


>      »    I 


(!.  BnUtwin,  PiinUrr, 
New  BrUU^ftCf^t'  l^odoo. 


ADVERTISEMENT 


TO   THE 


SECOND  EDITION. 


A  REPRINT  of  this  Work  being  found  neces- 
sary,  the  Author  has  availed  himself  of  the 
occasion  to  make  such  additions  and  connections 
as  were  considered  adviseable;  confidently  hoping 
that,  in  its  present  improved  state,  it  will  obtain 
a  still  greater  share  of  the  Public  Patronage. 

Sept.  10, 1818. 


9L% 


PREFACE. 


It  may  seem  surprising  that  the  English,  who  have  em- 
ployed their  talents  successfully  in  every  branch  of  literature, 
and  in  none  more  than  in  that  of  philology,  should  yet  have 
&Uen  below  other  nations  in  the  study  of  their  synonymes : 
it  cannot  however  be  demed  that,  whilst  the  French  and 
Germans  have  had  several  considerable  works  on  the  subject^ 
we  have  not  a  single  writer  who  has  treated  it  in  a  sciendiic 
manner  adequate  to  its  importance :  not  that  I  wish  by  this 
remark  to  depreciate  the  labors  of  those  who  have  preceded 
me ;  but  simply  to  assign  it  as  a  reason  why  I  have  now 
been  induced  to  come  forward  with  an  attempt  to  fill  up 
what  is  considered  a  chasm  in  English  literature. 

In  the  prosecution  of  my  undertaking,  I  have  profited  by 
every  thing  which  has  been  written  in  any  language  upon 
the  subject;  and  although  I  alwa}rs  pursued  my  own  train  of 
thought,  yet  whenever  I  met  with  any  thing  deserving  of 
notice  I  adopted  it,  and  referred  it  to  the  author  in  a  note. 
I  had  not  proceeded  £ax  before  I  found  it  necessary  to  re- 
strict myself  in  the  choice  of  my  materials ;  and  accord- 
ingly laid  it  down  as  a  rule  not  to  compare  any  words  toge- 
ther which  were  sufficiently  distinguished  firom  each  other 


PEEFACE.  vd 

the  views  of  many  who  may  be  competent  to  decide  on  iu 
literary  merits.  I  write  not  to  please  or  displease  any  descrip- 
tion of  persons ;  but  I  trust  that  what  I  have  written  accord- 
ing to  the  dictates  of  my  mind  will  meet  the  approbation  of 
those  whose  good  opinion  I  am  most  solicitous  to  obtain* 
Should  any  object  to  the  introduction  of  morality  in  a  work  of 
science,  I  beg  them  to  consider,  that  a  writer,  whose  business 
it  was  to  mark  the  nice  shades  of  distinction  between  words 
closely  allied,  could  not  do  justice  to  his  subject  without 
entering  into  all  the  relations  of  society,  and  showing,  from 
the  acknowledged  sense  of  many  moral  and  religious  terms^ 
what  has  been  the  general  sense  of  mankind  on  many  of  the 
most  important  questions  which  have  agitated  the  world. 
My  first  object  certainly  has  been  to  assist  the  philological 
inquirer  in  ascertaining  the  force  and  comprehension  of  the 
English  language ;  yet  I  should  have  thought  my  work  but 
half  completed  had  I  made  it  a  mere  register  of  verbal  dis- 
tinctions. While  others  seize  every  opportunity  unblush- 
ingly  to  avow  and  zealously  to  propagate  opinions  destructive 
of  good  order,  it  would  ill  become  any  individual  of  con- 
trary sentiments  to  shrink  from  stating  his  convictions,  when 
called  upon  as  he  seems  to  be  by  an  occasion  like  that  which 
has  now  offered  itself.  As  to  the  rest,  I  throw  mjrself 
on  the  indulgence  of  the  public,  conscious  that  this  work 
wUl  call  for  it  in  no  small  degree.  Although  I  have  ob- 
tained their  approbation  on  other  occasions,  yet  it  is  not 
without  some  degree  of  diffidence  that  I  appear  before  them 
on  the  present ;  notwithstanding  the  favorable  sentence  which 
private  friends  have  passed  upon  my  work.     Conscious, 


viii  PREFACE. 

however,  that  I  have  used  every  endeavour  to  deserve  then: 
approbation,  and  satisfied  that  in  such  case  no  one  makes 
his  appeal  to  their  candor  in  vain,  I  leave  my  cause  in  their 
hands,  fully  assured  that  it  will  meet  with  all  the  attention 
tliat  it  dcser>'es. 

London,  March  8,  1816,  . 


ENGUSH  SYNaNYMES 


EXPLAINED, 


.'•.\ 


TO     ABANDON,     DfiSK^T,     FOk* 
SAKE,    RBUNQUISH. 

xH£  idea  of  leaving  or  separating 
ooe's  self  from  an  object  is  common 
to  these  terms,  which  difier  in  the  cir- 
Gomstances  or  modes  of  leaving.  The 
two  former  are  more  solemn  acts  than 
the  two  latter. 

ABANDONyfrom  the  French  aban- 
donntTy  is  a  concretion  of  the  words 
donner  a  hariy  to  give  up  to  a  pablic 
ban  or  outlawry.  To  abandon  then  is 
to  expose  to  every  misfortune  which 
results  from  a  formal  and  public  de- 
nunciation ;  to  set  out  of  tne  protec- 
tion of  law  and  government;  and  to 
deny  the  privileges  of  citizenship. 

DESERTy  in  Latin  detertus,  par^ 
tidple  of  desero,  that  is,  de  privative 
and  sero  to  sow,  signifying  unsown^ 
implanted,  cultivated  no  longer.  To 
desert  then  is  to  leave  off  cultivating; 
and  as  there  is  something  of  idleness 
and  improvidenoe  in  ceasing  to  render 
the  sou  productive^  ideas  of  disap- 
probation accompany  the  word  in  all 
Its  metaphorical  applications.  He 
who  leaves  off  cultivating  a  farm 
usually  removes  from  it;  hence  the 
idea  of  removal  and  blameworthy  re- 
moval, which  usually  attaches  to  the 
term. 

FORSAKE)  in  Saxon  forseean,  is 
compounded  of  the  primitive  for  and 
4ake,  seekf  iecan,  signifying  to  seek  no 
more,  to  leave  off  seeking  that  which 
has  been  an  olnect  of  sevch. 

RELINQUISH,  in  Latin  relinquo, 
is  compounded  of  re  or  retro  behind 
and  linguo  to  leave,  that  is,  to  leave 
what  we  would  fiiin.  take  with  us,  to 
leave  with  reluctance. 

To  abandon  is  totally  to  withdraw 
fOTielves  from  an  object ;  to  lay  aside 


all  care  and  concern  for  it;  *t6.4]fc^ve 
it  altogether  to  itself:  to  desert  is  tg 
withdraw  ourselves  at  certain  tittki 
when  our  assistance  or  co-operation  ^is. 
required,  or  to  separate  ourselves  froni . 
that  to  which  we  ought  to  be  attached : 
to  forsake  is  to  withdraw  our  regard 
for  and  interest  in  an  object,  to  keep 
at  a  distance  from  it :  to  relinquish  u 
to  leave  that  which  has  once  been  an 
object  of  our  pursuit. 

Abandon  and  desert  are  employed 
for  persons  or  things ;  forsake  for  per- 
sons or  places ;  relinquish  for  things 
only. 

With  regard  to  persons  these  term^ 
express  moral  culpability  in  a  progress- 
ive ratio  downwards :  abandon  com* 
prebends  the  violation  of  the  most 
sacred  ties ;  desert^  a  breach  of  honour 
and  fidelity ;  forsake,  a  rupture  of  the 
social  bond. 

We  abandon  those  who  are  entirely 
dependent  for  protection  and  support; 
they  are  lefb  in  a  helpless  state  ex- 
posed to  every  danger;  a  child  it 
abandoned  by  its  parent :  we  desert 
those  with  whom  we  have  entered  into 
coalition ;  they  are  \eh  to  their  own 
resources ;  a  soldier  deserts  his  com- 
rades ;  a  partisan  deserts  his  friends : 
we  forsake  those  with  whom  ko  have 
been  in  habits  of  intimacy ;  they  are 
deprived  of  the  pleasures  and  com- 
forts of  society ;  a  man  forsakes  his 
companions;  a  lover  forsakes  his 
mistress. 

We  are  bound  by  every  law  human 
and  divine  not  to  abandon;  we  are 
called  upon  by  every  good  principle 
not  to  {desert ;  we  are  impelled  by 
every  kind  feeling  not  to  for  sake. 

Few  animals  except  man  will  aban^ 
don  their  young  until  they  are  enabled 
to  provide  for  themselves.     Interest, 


ABANDON. 


ABASE. 


A  humane  commaDder  will  not 
abandon  a  tovru  to  the  rapine  uf  the 
soldiers.  IIm  motives  for  resigna^ 
Hans  are  various.  Discontent,  disgust, 
and  the  love  ofrepoBe^are  the  ordinary 
inducements  for  men  to  retign  honour- 
able and  lucrative  employments.  Men 
are  not  so  ready  to  rentmnce  the  plea- 
sures that  are  within  their  reach,  as 
to  seek  after  those  which  are  out  of 
thcar  reach.  The  abtUcoiian  of  a 
tkione  is  not  always  an  act  of  magoa- 
nianty,  it  may  frequently  result  m>m 
caprice  or  necessity. 

Charies  the  Fiflh  abdicated  his 
crown,  and  his  minister  rengned  lus 
ofice  on  the  very  same  day,  when 
both  renounced  the  world  with  its 
allnrements  and  its  troubles. 

Tie  porite  Gods  bdield  tbe  Gredn  dpSto 
tenplcf,  mad  abamtUm  to  tbe  f ptfll 
owa  diodM.  DmvDEV. 


It  «0«1A  \9  m  leooi  ippeiidls  to  '•  tlw  iit  of 
IMbk  ud  djinf,**  ftvoy  one  wo«M  write  **  tbe 
Mt  of  gnmlag  old,*  aed  trach  men  to  rettgn 
I  io  tbe  pleunzes  of  youth. 


For  BWiten  to  betUent  in  ihecaaie  of  ChrM 
iito  RffOMfMciC,  ud  to  Ij  U  to  deMrt  IL 

Soirni; 

'M  ucb  fntttade  is  dne  to  tbe  Ntse  from  tbeir 
fc«ai«ied  poets,  end  mocb  hath  been  paM :  for 
■SMfotlie  praKntbomr  tejaie  iavoked  and 
ViOMppcd  b;  tbe  sons  of  vene,  wbllic  all  tte 
■ksr  deities  of  O^ympos  h^fe  either  mUicated 
(Mr  tkroacB,  or  been  dIsmliMcd  from  them  with 

CVMBMMLAnn, 


.  We  abandon  nothing  but  that  over 
nrluch  we  have  had  an  entire  and  law^ 
U  coBttt)!;  we  a6(/icafe  nothing  but 
that  which  we  have  held  by  a  certain 
nght ;  but  we  may  ruign  or  renounce 
that  which  may  be  in  our  possession 
■dj  by  an  act  of  violence.  A  usurper 
auinot  abandon  his  people,  hecause 
le  has  no  people  over  whom  he  can 
sert  a  lawful  authoritv;  still  less  can 
|p  abdicate  a  throne,  because  he  has 
|D  throne  to  abdicate,  but  he  may 
fltngn  supreme  powisr,  because  power 
be  unjustly  held ;  or  he  may  re- 
icc  his  pretensions  to  a  throne, 
luse  pretensions  may  be  fallacious 
extravagant. 
U  Abandon  and  resign  are  likewise 
bed  in  a  reflective  sense ;  the  former 
m  express  an  involuntary  or  culpable 
'^on,  the  latter  that  which  is  volun- 
and  proper.  Tbe  soldiers  of 
libal    abandoned  theaiBelves  to 


effeminacy  during  their  winter  quar- 
ters at  Ciimie. 

It  If  the  part  of  every  pood  man*«  rsltf^ioD  to 
rttign  him«elf  to  GoU^s  will.  CL'xaKBx.4ND* 

TO   ABANDON,  V.    To  give  Upy 

abandon. 
ABANDONED,  V.  Profligate. 

TO  ABASB,  HUMBLK,  DEGRADK, 
DISC  RACK,  DEBASE. 

To  ABASE  expresses  the  strongest 
degree,  of  self-humiliation,  from  the 
French  abaisser,  to  bring  down  or 
make  low,  which  is  compounded  of 
the  intensive .  syllable  a  or  ad  and 
baisser  from  basAovr,  in  Latin  basis  the 
base,  which  is  tho  lowest  part  of  a 
column.  It  is  at  present  used  princi- 
pally in  tho  Scripture  language,  or  in 
a  metaphorical  style,  to  imply  the 
laying  aside  all  the  high  pretensions 
which  distinguish  us  from  our  fellow 
creatures,  the  descending  to  a  state 
comparatively  low  and  mean. 

To, HUMBLE,  in  French  htanilier, 
from  the  Latin  humilis  humble,  and 
humus  the  ground,  naturally  marks  a 
prostration  to  the  ground,  and  figura- 
tively a  lowering  the  thoughts  and 
feelings. 

According  to  the  principles  of 
Christianity  whoever  abaseth  himself 
shall  be  exalted,  and  according  to  the 
same  principles  whoever  reflects  on 
his  own  littleness  and  unworthiness 
will  daily  humble  himself  before  his 
Maker. 

ToDEGRADE,ir.Frenchrfe^rarf«:r,  ^ 
firom  the  Latin  gradus  a  step,  signines  * 
to  bring  a  step  lower ;  figuratively,  to 
lower  in  the  estimation  of  otliers.  It 
supposes  already  a  state  of  elevation 
cither  in  outward  circumstances  or  in 
public  opinion.  , 

DISGRACE  is  compounded  of  the 
privative  dis  and  the  noun  grace  or 
favour.  To  disgrace  properly  implies 
to  put  out  of  favour,  which  is  always 
attended  more  or  less  wiili  circum- 
stances of  ignominy,  and  reflects  con- 
tempt on  the  object.  , 
DEBASE  is  compounded  of  the  in- 
tensive syllable  de  and  the  adjective 
base,  signifying  to  make  very  base  fit 
low. 

The  modest  man  abases  himself  by 
not  insisting  on  the  distinctions  to 
B  2 


ABSTINBKCE. 


ABSTINENT. 


17 


ooDnectod  vrith  the  operations  of  the 
Bmnd.  We  may  abttmin  from  the  thing 
we  desire,  or  forbear  to  do  the  thing 
which  we  wish  to  do;  but  we  can  ne^er 
refrain  from  any  action  without  in 
some  meatnre  iosing  our  desire  td 
do  it. 

We  abttain  irom  whatever  concerns 
oor  food  and  clothing ;  "wtfirbear  to 
do  what  we  may  have  pardcniar  m<^ 
tives  for  doing ;  refrain  from  what  we 
desire  to  do,  or  have  been  in  the  habits 
of  doing. 

It  is  a  part  of  the  Mahometan  faith 
to  abstain  from  the  use  of  wine ;  but  it 
is  a  Chiistian  duty  to  forbear  doing 
an  injury  even  in  return  for  an  injury ; 
and  to  fWroin  from  aU  swearing  and 
evil  speaking. 

Abttinence  is  a  virtue  when  we 
otoem  from  that  which  may  be  hiirt*  • 
ful  to  ourselves  or  injurious  to  anodier; 
forbearance  is  essential  to  preserve 
peace  and  good  will  betwixt  man  and 
inan.  Every  one  is  too  liable  to  offend, 
not  to  have  motives  for  forbearing  to 
deal  harshly  with  the  offences  of  his 
neighbour.  If  we  refrain  from  utter- 
ing with  the  lips  thle  first  dictates  of 
%n  angry  mind,  we  shall  be  saved 
much  repentance  in  future. 


TiMMtk  %  ■Mm 
bsavjftma 


camot  aftrtoftt  flron 
belBf  ftdovi. 


%j  Jhrhcarimg  to  do  wbat  duj  be  liraocentty 
«e  WKj  add  kauly  mew  vigovr  and  rmo' 
iWloB,  and  aeeuv  -ttv  power  of  reilitaiieeirbeB 
plaiMife  or  ialeKaC  iball  lead  tbeir  cbarm  to 

Joamo]i« 


ir  we  coaeehre  a  belag,  oeated  wtib  all  Mi 
fiicaltlei  and  icaie^  to  open  his  ^et  in  a  moeC 
deHshtftol  plab,  to  view  for  the  lint  time  the 
■erealtj  of  the  ^,  the  tplendoor  of  the  100,  the 
verdane  of  the  flddt  and  woods,  the  flowing 
coloan  of  the  Sewing  we  eaa  hardlj  beliere 
h  pomlUe  that  be  shoald  refrain  from  bondoc 
faio  aa  ecataiiy  of  joy,  aad  poorinc  oat  bts 
pnlMO  to  the  Creator  of  those  wonders. 

8u  WnuAM  JOVBS. 

ABSTEMIOUS,  r.  Abstinent. 

ABSTINKNCB,  FAST. 
ABSTINENCE  is  a  general  term, 
applicable  to  anyobject  from  which 
we  abstain ;  FA^  is  a  species  of  ab- 
stinence, namely,  an  abstaining  from 
food:  the  general  term  is  likewise 
•sed  in  the  particular  sense,  to  imply 
a  partial  abttinence  from  pcuticular 
food ;  but  fast  signifies  an  abstinence 
ftem  food  altogether. 


VHdija  are  appointed  bj  the  Charch  as  days 

of  flAtrtneneei  aad  Good  Fddaj  as  a  day  of 

Jiut,  TAYtO^ 

1  am  Terilj  persnaded  that  if  a  whole  people 
were  to  enter  into  a  conne  o£  abttinence,  and 
eat  noChlns  hot  water  frael  for  a  ftntnlgbt,  it 
WonU  abate  the  rafe  and  ahioMMrfty  of  parties. 

Sncfa  a  Jiut  wonld  have  the  aatiinil  tendcMgr 
to  the  proooiinf  of  those  ends  for  which  a,^Mt  Is 
proclaimed.  Ajmmsok 

ABSTINENT,     SOBER,    ABSTfiMI-^ 
OUS,   TEMPEKATE. 

The  first  of  these  terms  is  generic, 
the  rest  specific. 

ABSTINENT  (17.  To  abstain)  re- 
spects every  thinjg  that  acts  on  the 
senses,  and  in  a  limited  sense  applies 
particularly  to  solid  f(X)d. 

SOBER,  firom  the  lAtin  sobrius^  or 
sebrius,  that  is,  sine  ebriutf  not  drunk, 
implies  an  abstinence  finom  excessive 
drinking. 

ABSTEMIOUS,  fi^m  the  Latin 
alfttemius,  compounded  of  abt  and  te^ 
menum  wiuc,  implies  the  abstaining 
from  wine  or  strong  liquor  in  general. 

TEMPEKalTE,  in  Latin  tempera- 
tits,  participle  of  iempero  to  moderate 
or  regulate,  implies  a  well  regulated 
abstinence  in  all  manner  of  sensual  in- 
dulgence. 

We  may  be  abstinent  without  being 
sober,  sober  without  being  abstemious, 
and  all  together  without  being  tempe- 
rate. 

An  abstinent  man  does  not  eat  or 
drink  so  much  as  he  could  enjoy ;  a 
sober  man  may  drink  much  without 
being  affected.*  An  abstemious  man 
drinks  nothing  strong.  A  temperate 
man  enjoys  all  in  a  due  proportion. 

A  particular  passion  may  cause  us 
to  be  abstinent  either  partially  or  to^ 
tally :  sobriety  may  often  depend  upon 
the  strength  of  the  constitution,  or  ba 
prescribed  by  prudence:  necessity  may 
dictate  abstemiousness,  but  nothing 
short  of  a  well  disciplined  mind  will 
enable  us  to  be  temperate.  Diogenes 
practised  the  mostnporous  abstinence: 
some  men  have  unjustly  obtained  a 
character  for  sobriety,  whose  habit  ok 
body  has  enabled  them  to  resist  the 
force  of  strong  liquor  even  when  taken 
to  excess:  it  is  not  uncommon  for 
persons  to  practise  abstemiousness  to 
that  degree,  as  not  to  dnnk  any  thing 
but  water  all  their  lives ;  Cyrus  was 


*  VMsTiQisler:  «  lobir,  tcaqpenteb  ahitwiifama.* 


IS 


ABSTRACT. 


ABUSE. 


ms  distinguished  by  his  temperance  as 
his  other  virtues ;  he  shared  all  hard* 
ships  with  his  soldiers,  and  partook  of 
th^ir  fru^  diet. 

Unlimited  abtiinente  is  rather  a  vice 
than  a  virtue,  fur  we  are  taught  to 
enjoy  the  things  which  Providence  ha;} 
iet  oefbre  us;  tobriety  ought  to  be 
highly  esteemed  among  the  lower  or- 
dm,  where  the  ab$iintnc€  from  vice 
if  to  be  regarded  as  positive  virtue : 
abttemiouineu  is  sometimes  the  only 
means  of  preserving  health ;  but  ha- 
bitual temperance  is  the  most  efficaci* 
ous  means  of  keepins  both  body  and 
miiid  in  the  most  regular  state. 

7^  wC  fte  mlad  «bofe  the  iifpetllM  is  tbe  aod 
•r«lf(liieiioe^  vliieb  ooe  of  the  ftoken  obmrfti 
Iv  be  Mt  m  vlrtMi  Iwt  tht  gnmndwork  of  Tirfifw 

JoBinoa. 

CntlMM  eirrM  Ut  love  cT  wlae  to  neh  an 
tseeii,tk«tbesotlb0Mineor^XMr  cteaaeli^ 
las  oat  io  PniM  of  drlakiaf,  aad  ralljlaf  all 
mtrUtg  oat  of  coaatoaaaoe,  CoMaaw.iap. 

The  ttroafnt  oath«  are  atraw 
To  th*  Ave  1'  ih*  blood ;  b«  more  oMemiotu, 
Or  oiw  good  aif:bt  yoar  tow.  SaAatPSAaa. 

If  we  consider  the  life  of  these  eocieat  safes, 
a  fTMit  part  of  wboee  fbilowpby  coosisted  la  a 
UmpermU  aad  aUtemitw  cooneof  llfc^  oaa 
woald  tUok  the  life  of  a  philosopher  aad  the  Ulie 
af  a  BMB  weia  of  two  diferent  dates.)  Aaanox. 

TO   ABSTRACT,    SEPARATE, 
DISTINGUISH. 

ABSTRACT,  v,  Abtent. 

SEPARATE,  in  Latin  separatus, 
participle  ofteparo,  is  compounded  of 
fe-and  paro  to  dispose  apart,  signi^- 
iDg  to  put  things  asunder,  or  at  a  dis- 
tance trom  eacn  other. 

DISTINGUISH,  in  French  dieting 
guer,  Latin  diitinguo,  is  compounded 
of  the  separative  preposition  di$  and 
tingo  to  tinge  or  colour,  signifvins  to 
pve  difierent  marks  by  whicb  £ey 
may  be  known  from  eadi  other. 

Ahetract  is  used  in  the  moral  sense 
only:  ieparate  mostly  in  a  physical 
•ense :  (Mtinguiih  either  in  a  moral  or 
physical  sense :  we  abitract  what  we 
wish  to  regard  particularly  and  indivi- 
dually ;  we  separate  what  we  wish  not 
to  be  united;  we  distinguuh  what  we 
wish  not  to  oonibund.  The  mind  per- 
forms the  office  of  abstraction  for  it- 
self; separating  and  distingnisking 
•re  exerted  on  external  ol^ects.  * 
Apwigeffleoti  place,  time,  and  drcum- 

•  VidaAbhdQicard: 


Stances  serve  to  separate :  the  ideas 
formed  of  ibhig»,  the  outward  maiis 
attached  to  them,  the  qualities  attri- 
buted to  them,  serve  to  dutinguisk. 

By  the  operation  of  abstraction  the 
mind  creates  for  itself  a  multitude  of 
new  ideas :  in  the  act  of  separatiim 
bodies  are  removed  from  each  other 
hj  distance  of  place :  in  the  act  of 
distinguishing  omects  are  discovered 
to  be  siooilar  or  dissimilar.  Qualities 
are  abstracted  from  the  sobjects  in 
which  thev  are  inherent :  countries  ara 
separated  by  mountains  or  seas :  their 
umabitants  are  distinguished  by  their 
dress,  language,  or  manners.  TWs 
mind  is  never  less  abstracted  firom 
one's  friends  than  when  separated 
from  them  by  immense  oceans:  it 
requires  a  keen  eye  to  distinguu^  ob- 
jects that  bear  a  great  resemblance  to 
each  other.  Vouttile  persons  easily 
abstract  their  minds  from  the  most 
solemn  scenes  to  fix  them  on  trifling 
objects  that  pass  before  them :  an  on- 
social  temper  leads  some  men  to  septk* 
rate  themselves  from  all  their  coropa* 
uions :  an  absurd  ambition  leads  othsrs 
to  distinguish  themselves  by  thdr 
eccentricities.  • 

We  oaght  to  mkHratt  oar  airiads  fkma  tin  «b> 
•ervatioa  of  aa  eseelleaee  la  those  wa  eoai 
with,  till  we  have  leaelfBd  soaw  fpod  Isl 
of  the  dbpoBltioo  of  theirmlods. 

Voataadle,  b  his  paaeKjrie  00  Sir  Isaac  Nav- 
tott,  ctossM  a  loaf  caaaitaatloo  of  that  phlleao- 
phw*k  firtaes  aad  attalameats  with  an  obsarvattea 
that  ha  i^as  aot  diaiinguithgd  flrom  ether  ■« 
hj  aay  sfaisalaritj  either  aataial  or  alfceled. 

It  li  aa  coOaeat  faNtaace  of  Nevtoa^  aapa- 
florltj  tothe  wrt  of  nuiahhid  that  he  wasahlaU 
•qporaf  e  kaowMga  flroai  thoee  areakaessei  by 
whi0h  kaowMge  b  paafaDj  dhpaoed.  Joaasoi. 

ABSTRACT,  V.  Abridgement* 
ABSTRACTBD,  V.  Ahent. 
ABSURD,  V.  Irrational. 
ABUNDANT,  t;.  Plentiful. 

TO  ABUSE,   MISUSE. 

ABUSE,  in  LaUn  abusus,  participle 
of  abutor,  compounded  of  ab  from  and 
tifor  to  use,  signifies  to  use  away  or 
wear  awav  with  using ;  in  distinction 
from  MISUSE,  which  signifies  to  use 
amiss. 

Eveiy  thui^  is  abused  which  receives 
any  sort  of  injury;  itisiiiti«i0il,,if  i^ 


ABUSS. 


ACCEDE. 


19 


«Md  at  ally  or  turned  to  a  wrotag  use. 
YouDg  people  are  too  prone  to  abutt 
books  tor  want  of  setting  a  oroper 
value  on  their  contents ;  Uiey  do  not 
always  avoid  mwim'iig  them  in  their 
riper  jedbrs,  when  they  read  for  amuse- 
ment only  instead  of  improvement. 
Money  is  almsed  when  it  is  clipped, 
or  its  value  any  way  lessened ;  it  is 
mifBjed  when  it  is  spent  in  excess  and 
debauchery. 

I  know  BO  evil  to  gmt  as  the  oAmm  of  the  vtt- 
denlaaiBm^  ud  jet  there  ia  do  one  Tiee  moie 

Aid  leqeCm  net  nan  CO  vfoni:  or  mi$metJMr 
Ulm  Hut  Um,  Mr  to  He  to  otheiB  oc  them- 
tehienke. 


lie  glfia  dim,  nooe  era  thiek  tliWMrltee 
•■ed  bj  tbeir  invective. 

ABUsiVB,  V.  Reproachful* 

ABYSS,  V.  Gidf* 

ACADEMY,  V,  SchooL 

T6  ACC£I>E,  consent,  COMPLYf 
ACQUIESCE,    AGREE. 

ACCEDE,  in  Latin  aecedo,  com- 
pounded of  ac  or  ad  and  cedo  to  go  or 
come,  signifies  to  come  or  fall  into  a 
tiling. 

CONSENT,  in  French  consentir, 
Latin  contentioy  compounded  of  con 
together  and  sentio  to  feel,  signifies  to 
feel  in  unison  with  another. 

COMPLY  comes  probably  from  the 
French  complaire^  Latin  complaceo, 
sigjoifying  to  be  pleased  in  unison  with 
another. 

ACQUIESCE,  in  French  acquieM- 
eer,  Latin  acquietco,  compounded  of 
oc  oriMt  and  quicico^  signifies  to  be 
easy  about  or  contented  with  a  thing. 

AGREE,  in  French  agrier,  id  most 
probably  derived  from  the  Latin  gruo, 
m  the  word  congruo,  signifying  to  ac- 
cord or  suit. 

We  accede  to  what  others  propose 
to  us  by  falling  in  with  their  ideas : 
we  content  *  to  what  others  wish  by 
authorising  it :  we  comply  with  what 
is  asked  of  us  by  allowing  it,  or  not 
hindering  it :  we  acquiesce  in  whet  is 
insisted  by  accepting  it,  and  conform- 
ing to  it :  we  agree  to  what  is  pro- 
pped by  admitting  and  embracing  it. 

We  object  to  those  things  to  which 
we  do  not  accede:  we  refuse  tliose 
things  to  which  we  do  not  consent,  or 
with  which  we  will  not  comply :  we 
oppose  those  things  in  which  we  will 
not  acquiesce :  we  dispute  that  to 
which  we  will  not  agree. 

To  accede. is  the  unconstrained  ac- 
tion of  an  equal ;  it  is  a  matter  of  dis- 
cretion :  consent  and  comply  suppose 
a  degree  of  superiority,  at  least  the 
power  of  preventing;  they  are  acts  of 
good-nature  or  civility :  acquiesce  i|n- 
plies  a  degree  of  submission,  it  is  a 
matter  of  prudence  or  necessity :  agree 
indicates  an  aversion  to  disputes ;  it 
respects  the  harmony  of  social  inter- 
course. 

Members  of  any  community  ought 
to  be  willing  to  accede  to  what  is  the 

*  vide  AVU  Gfftrd  t  **  CooMBtlr,  acqaieieer,  adherer,  tomber  d*aconI.'* 


ABUSE,   INVECTIVE. 

ABUSE  (v.  Toahuu)  is  here  taken 
in  the  metaphorical  application  for  ill- 
treatment  of  persons. 

INVECriVE,  from  the  Latin  in- 
vekoj  signifies  to  bear  upon  or  against. 
Harsh  and  unseemly  censure  is  the 
idea  oommon  to  these  terms ;  but  the 
former  is  employed  more  properly 
against  the  person,  the  latter  against 
tine  thing. 

Ahtae  is  addressed  to  the  indivi- 
dual, and  mostly  by  word  of  mouth : 
mvective  is  ixmimuiucated  mostly  by 
writing.  Abuse  is  dictated  by  anger, 
which  throws  off  all  constraint,  and 
violates  all  decency :  invective  is  dic- 
tated by  party  spirit,  or  an  intemper- 
ate warmth  of  feeling  in  matters  of 
opinion.  Abuse  is  always  resorted  to 
by  the  vul^  in  their  private  quarrels : 
isnective  is  the  ebullition  of  zeal  and 
ill  natiire  in  public  concerns. 

The  more  rude  and  ignorant  the  man, 
the  more  liable  he  is  to  indulge  in 
ahuse :  the  more  restless  and  opinion- 
ated the  partisan,  whether  in  religion 
6r  politics,  the  more  ready  he  is  to 
deal  in  invective.  We  must  expect  to 
meet  with  alnm  from  the  vulgar  whom 
we  offend ;  and  if  in  high  stations,  our 
conduct  will  draw  forth  invective  from 
busy  bodies  whom  spleen  has  con- 
verted into  oppositionists. 

At  ■■  eatertetament  given  by  Ptristratiia  to 
eeoM  ef  hia  faatlantci,  ThmlppM,  a  men  of  vio- 
kac  pewien  end  Infleaied  with  wloe,  took  tome 
•tenioa,  net  neoided,  to  bfcnkoot  Into  the  inoit 
vlolmt  atute  nod  ioMlt.  CvnemuiaD. 

hike  true  wej  of  enainhignliWI;  and 
■en  coBilder  tket  no  amn  Uvteg  tblnba  the 
of  tkeir  heroes  and  petront  for  the  panegj- 


ACCroENT. 


ACCIDENTAL.         21 


Aeeidtnti  may  sometimes  be  reme- 
died ;  ckancei  can  never  be  controlled : 
meeidents  gire  rise  to  sorrow^  tbej 
mostly  occasion  mischief;  chances  gi?e 
rise  to  hope;  they  often  produce  dis- 
appointment; it  IS  wise  to  dwell  upon 
neither. 

• 

TiMt  nttle  meddent  of  Atezuder^  takinf  ■ 
fuej  to  btthe  bioMdf  eaued  tbe  hittmiptloa  of 
hh  Bnrdi;  «ad  tibtt  iDtemi^tloa  gave  occmIcd 
to  tint  gNit  «ktof7  that  fooaded  Cbt  thifd  bo- 
Mtdijarthawarid.  Soma. 

Sweij  then  coald  aot  be  a  fmter  ekancB 
than  chat  which  hcvwgbt  Co  Ught  the  Povdw 

8eimu 


ACCIDENT,  CONTINGBNCy,  CA- 
SUALTY. 

ACCIDENT^  V.  Accident^  chance. 

CONTINGENCY,  in  French  cot^ 
iingence,  lAtin  contuufenif  participle 
ofconiingo,  cxunpounded  of  con  and 
tango,  to  touch  one  another,  signifies 
ihe  falling  out  or  happening  together ; 
or  the  thug  that  happens  m  conjunc- 
tion with  another* 

CASUALTY,  in  French  catualU, 
from  the  Latin  casuaU$,  and  cado  to  fall 
or  happen,  sigpifies  the  thing  that  hap- 
pens u  the  coarse  of  events. 

AU  these  words  impl?  whatever  takes 
place  independently  of  our  intentions. 
Accidents  express  more  than  contingen- 
cies; the  former  comprehend  events 
with  their  causes  and  consequences ; 
the  latter  respect  collateral  actions,  or 
circumstances  appended  to  events; 
casualties  have  regard  simply  to  cir- 
camsiances.  Accidents  are  frequently 
occasioned  by  carelessness,  and  co»- 
tingencies  by  trivial  mistakes;  but 
casualties  are  altogether  independent 
of  ourselves. 

The  overturning  a  carriage  is  an  oc- 
cidcnt  ;  our  situation  in  a  carriage,  at 
the  time,  is  a  contingency^  which  may 
occasion  us  to  be  more  or  less  hurt; 
the  passing  of  any  one  at  the  time  is  a 
casualty.  We  are  all  exposed  to  the 
most  calamitous  accidents;  and  our 
happiness  or  misery  depends  upon  a 
thousand  contingencies ;  the  best 
concerted  scheme  may  be  thwarted  by 
casualties,  which  no  human  foresigjht 
can  prevent. 

.   TUa  Mtaial  iapatltafee  to  latk  into  fatori^j,  • 
and  Co  know  whac  mecidenU  maj  happen  to  as 
heraafut,  hat  gifvn  Irirth  to  amny  ridloiloat  arte 


Veihiaf  le*  thaa  iBialto  wMea  ««i  have  Ml 


ahMlato  eommaiid  otfar  Ibrtnne;  the  hlgheit 
degne  of  It  wUch  man  can  pnitew  i«  bj  no 
■waat  eqnal  to  fortiUtont  efeott,  and  to  loeh 
c^ntbtgenciet  at  maj  rite  ia  the  pvoieeatloB  of 
ovalUfii  AnKtoM. 

Men  are  exposed  to  more  cantaUiti  than 
women,  at  battles,  lea-vojtget,  wHh  tevml  dan* 
gcfoat  tradet  and  profewkmt.  Avutaom, 

ACCIDENT,  V.  Event. 

ACCIDENTAL,  INCIDENTAL,  CA- 
SUAL, CONTINGENT. 

ACCIDENTAL,  v.  Accident. 

INCIDENTAL,  from  tncu^n^,  in 
Latin  incidens  and  iticido  or  in  and 
eadb  to  fall  upon,  signifies  belonging  to 
a  thing  by  chance. 

CASUAL,  V.  Casualty. 

CONTINGENT,  v.  Contingency. 

Accidental  is  opposed  to  what  is  de- 
signed or  planneo,  incidental  to  what 
is  premeditated,  conMii  to  what  is  con- 
stant and  regular,  contingent  to  what 
is  definite  and  fixed.  A  meeting  mav 
be  accidental,  an  expression  incidental, 
a  look,  expression,  &c.  casual,  an  ex- 
pense or  circumstance  contingent. 
We  do  not  expect  what  is  accidental ; 
we  do  not  suspect  or  guard  against 
what  is  incidental;  we  do  not  heed 
what  is  casual;  we  are  not  prepared 
for  what  is  contingent.  Many  of  the 
most  fortunate  and  important  occur- 
rences in  our  lives  are  accidental; 
many  remarks,  seemingly  incidental, 
do  in  reality  conceal  a  settled  intent; 
a  casual  remark  in  the  course  of  conver- 
sation will  sometimes  make  a  stronger 
impresbion  ou  the  minds  of  children 
than  the  most  eloquent  and  impressive 
discourse  or  repeated  counsel;  in  the 
prosecution  of  any  plan  we  ought  to  be 
prepared  fur  the  numerous  contingent 
cies  which  we  may  meet  with  to  inter- 
fore  with  our  arrangements. 

Tbit  book  fell  aecidenUU^jf  lato  tbe  haodt  ef 
one  who  bad  n«rver  teen  it  before.  Aooftoa 

Savage  lodpe>«l  at  mneb  by  ocddenl,  and  patMd 
tbe  ntfbt  tometlmea  In  mean  boatee,  wbieh  are  Hi 
open  at  night  to  any  auuml  wanderert. 

JOHMtOW^ 

The  dbtempert  of  the  mind  may  be  Ignratlve* 
ly  clatted  nnder  tbe  terrral  cbaraeten  of  thoea 
naladlet  which  are  imciMniat  to  the  body. 

CuMnaaLAmw 

We  tee  bow  a  e^mUngtnt  event  bafflet  maa^ 
knowledge  aad  eradea  hit  power.  Soonu 

ACCLAMATION,  V.  ApploUSe. 
TO  ACCOM MODATE^  V.  Tojit, 


ACCOUNT. 


ACCDEATE. 


96 


to 


phenomena,  and  whatever  is  remark- 
able. Recktmin^y  as  a  particular  term, 
is  more  partial  in  its  use  :  it  is  mosUv 
confined  to  the  dealings  of  men  with 
one  another ;  in  which  sense  it  is  super- 
seded by  the  preceding  term,  and  now 
senres  to  express  oaly  an  explanatory 
ennmeration,  which  may  be  either 
Terbal  or  written.  BUi,  as  implying 
something  charged  or  engaged,  b  used 
not  only  in  a  mercantile,  but  a  legal 
sense :  hence  we  speak  of  a  bill  of 
lading ;  a  bill  of  parcels ;  a  bill  of  ex- 
change ;  a  bill  of  indictment,  or  a  bill 
in  parliament. 

Ac  xBMMj  timoi  1  brouflit  In  mj  ffcoranft. 
Laid  them  befoie  ><m;  jno  would  throw  them  oC^ 
And  MJ  yoo  Iband  them  In  mjr  honevty. 

SHAKIPSAin. 

Mcrcbaat  with  mmm  nideons  drmanded  a 
i  «■»  told  that  there  was  a  good  fire  In 
t  parlo«r»  which  the  company  weie  whcmi 
',beiBS  then  payinf  thelrrediNmiiif. 

Jomnoir. 

Ordinary  e zpenfe  on^cht  to  hn  limited  by  a 
ma\  cMafe,  aod  orderfd  to  the  beit,  that  tha 
MMr  mmj  ht  km  tlian  the  ottmatlon  abroad. 

Bacow. 

.ACCOITl4t,  NARRATIVE, 
OBSCRIFTION. 

ACCOUNT,  17.  Account  f  reckoning. 

NARRATIVE,  from  narrate^  is  m 
Ladn  narratus^  participle  of  narro  or 
gnaro,  which  signifies  to  make  .known. 

DESCRIPTION,  from  describe,  in 
Latin  detcribo  or  de  and  icribo,  signi- 
fies to  write  down. 

Account  is  the  most  general  of  these 
tenns ;  whatever  is  noted  as  worthy  of 
remark  is  an  account :  narrative  is  an 
account  narrated  :  destription,  an  ac- 
count described.  Account  has  no  re- 
ference to  the  person  giving  the  ac- 
count ;  a  narrative  must  have  a  nar- 
rator ;  a  deicription  must  have  a  de- 
scriber.  An  account  may  come  from 
one  or  several  quarters,  or  no  specified 
quarter ;  but  a  narrative  and  descrip* 
tion  bespeak  themselves  as  the  pro- 
duction of  some  individual.  An  ac* 
count  may  be  the  statement  of  a  single 
fiict  only;  a  narrative  must  always 
consist  of  several  connected  incidents ; 
tt  description,  of  several  unconnected 
particulars  respecting  some  common 
object.  An  account  and  a  description 
nay  be  conmiunicated  either  verbally 
or  m  writing;  a  narrative  is  mostly 
written.    An  «ccoifst  may  be  giten  of 


political  events,  natural  phenomena^ 
and  domestic  occurrences;  as  the 
signing  of  a  treaty,  the  march  of  an 
army,  the  death  and  funeral  of  an  indi- 
vidusd:  a  narrative  is  mostly  per* 
sonal,  respecting  the  adventures,  the 
travels,  the  dangers,  and  the  escapes 
of  some  particular  person:  a  deserip* 
tion  does  not  so  mudi  embracei  occur- 
rences, as  characters,  appearances, 
beauties,  defects,  and  attributes  in 
general.  Accounts  from  the  armies^ 
are  anxiously  looked  for  in  time  of 
war:  whenever  a  narratifo^s  interest- 
ing, it  is  a  species  of  reading  eagerly 
sought  after:  the  descriptions  which 
are  given  of  the  eruptions  of  volcanoes 
are  calculated  to  awaken  a  strong 
degree  of  curiosity.  An  account  may 
be  false  or  true;  a  narrative  dear 
or  confused;  a  description  lively  or 
dull. 

A  man  cf  baifiveDi,  In  food  company,  who 
glvea  an  acemnt  ol  hi*  abilltiea  and  dftpatcbci^ 
ii  hardly  waon  latnppectable  tJmn  her  tbi^  call  a 
notable  woman.  Stbblb. 

Few  nmrraUrc*  wJll,  rithef  to  men  or  womea, 
appear  more  Incredible  than  the  hbtorles  of  the 
Amaaona.  JonmoK, 

Most  readers,  I  helievei  are  mora  charmed 
with  MIHon^k  ducriptUn  of  Paradiie  than  of 
hell. 


ACCOUNT,  V.  Sake. 
ACCOUNTABLE,  v.Answetable^ 
TO  ACCUMULATE,  V.  To  heap. 

ACCURATE,  EXACT,  PRECISE. 

ACCURATE,  in  French  accurate, 
Latin  accuratus,  participle  of  accuro^ 
compounded  of  the  intensive  ae  or  ad 
and  euro  to  take  care  of,  signifying 
done  with  great  care. 

EXACT,  in  French  exacte,  Latin 
exactus,  participle  of  exigo  to  finish  or 
complete,  denotes  the  quality  of  com* 
pleteness,  the  absence  of  defect. 

PRECISE,  in  French  precis,  Latin 
pracisus,  participle  of  pracido  to  cut 
by  rule,  signifies  the  quality  of  doing 
by  rule. 

A  man  is  accurate  when  he  avoitb 
fiaiults;  exact,  when  he  attends  to  every 
minutin,  leaves  nothing  undone;  pre' 
cise,  when  he  does  it  according  to  a 
certiun  measure.  These  epithets, 
therefore,  bear  a  comparative  relation 
to  each  other;  exact  expresses  more 
than  accurate,  and  precise  more  than 
civcf.    An   account   is   accurate  in 


ACQUIRE. 


ACQUiaE; 


S9 


torioBl  mtputinianee;  we  are 

wKh  tMr  kebiU  and  nannen.       CvmaMMMAtm. 

The  ff^oencj  of  eavj  makes  it  to  JkntiUar^ 
Cbat  It  eccapn  ovr  notice.  Jobmmm. 

TO  Acaai£scB,  V.  To  accede. 

TO     ACaniRB,     OBTAIN,     GAIN, 
WIN,  £ARN. 

ACWIHE,  in  French  acguirery 
Latin  Mquin^  is  compounded  uf  ac  or 
ad  and  gtutro  to  seek,  signifying  to 
taek  or  get  to  one's  self. 

OBTAIN,  in  French  obteniry  Latin 
oUineOf  is  commanded  of  ob  and  teneo 
to  holdy  signifyuie  to  lay  hold  or  seciure 
within  one  s  reach, 

GAIN  and  WIN  are  derived  firom 
the  same  source ;  namely,  the  Freach 
gagntTf  German  gewinnen^  Saxon 
vifin^ii,  from  the  Latin  vinco,  Greek 
iHu»«M*«  or  ntim  to  conquer,  signifying  to 
get  the  mastery  over,  to  get  into  one's 
possession. 

EARN  comes  from  the  Saxon  thar' 
nanf  German  emdiem^  Friezlandish 
amau  to  reap,  which  is  connected 
with  the  Greek  afwtA»t  to  take  or  get. 

The  idea  of  getting  is  coounon  to 
these  terms,  but  the  circumstances 
of  the  action  vary.  We  acquire  bj 
our  own  efforts;  we  Main  by  the 
efforts  of  others,  as  well  as  ouiv 
sdves;  we  gtun  or  win  by  striv-> 
ing;  we  earn  by  labour.  Talents 
and  industry  are  requisite  for  acquire 
ing;  what  we  acquire  comes  grar 
dually  to  us  in  consequence  of  the 
regular  exercise  of  our  abilities;  in 
tins  manner,  knowledge,  honour,  and 
reputation,  are  acquired.  Things  are 
obtained  by  all  means,  honest  or  dis- 
honest; whatever  comes  into  our  pos- 
session agreeable  to  our  wishes  is 
obtained;  favours  and  requests  are 
always  Mained.  Fortune  assists  in 
both  gaining  and  mnningy  but  partir 
cnlarly  in  the  latter  case  :  a  subsist- 
eaoe,  a  superiority,  a  victory  or  battle* 
is  gained;  a  game  or  a  prize  in  the 
lottery  is  iPOfi.  A  good  constitution 
and  full  employment  are  all  that  is  ne- 
cessary for  earning  a  livelihood.  For- 
tunes are  acquired  after  a  course  of 
years;  they  are  obtained  by  inheri* 
tance,  or  gained  in  trade;  they  are 
sometimes  won  at  the  gaming  table^ 
but  seldom  earned* 

What  is  acquired  is  solid,  and  pro- 
dooesJasttiig  benefit;  wlua  is  okatiMc? 


may  often  be  injurious  to  one's  healtli^ 
one's  interest,  or  one's  morab :  what 
is  gained  or  won  is  often  onl^  a  partial 
advantage,  and  transitory  in  its  natun; 
it  is  gained  or  won  only  to  be  lost: 
what  IS  earned  serves  only  to  simply 
the  necessity  of  the  moment;  it  is 
hardly  got  and  quickly  spent.  Scholars 
acquire  learning,  obtain  rewards,  gain 
applause,  and  win  prizes,  which  are 
often  hardly  earned  by  the  loss  of 
health. 

It  It  Sallart*^  remaxli  vpen  Cate*  that  the  km 
he  coveted  glofy,  the  more  ba  Aegniretf  tt. 


Weienot  tMi  dciifeor  ttaae.iBij i/tnag;,  tkt 
dificaltj  of  obtaining  It,  and  tbe  daager  9t 
lodng  it  when  obtaiMM^  vooid  be  wiWoIeK  to 
deter  asianfroaiiovalaapaneit*        Af^i'iffflt 

He  wboM  miad  heemced  bj  tbe  meqmiMHm 
or  bBprofanent  of  a  Ibttane.  not  onljr  eicapei 
tbe  laitpiditj  of  indlliefeDce  and  tbe  tedteaingM 
of  Inactivity,  but  gain§  eejujmeuli  wholly  «■• 
boown  to  those  who  live  laaily  on  tbe  teOt  ef 
others. 


l¥b«ie  tbe  daegcr  cade,  tbe  ban> 
vbea  be  baa  icon  an  emflie,  orc«<ficd  bit 
trett,  the  leit  of  Ut  ttory  tt  not  worth  relatiai^ 


An  bonett  man  may  freely  take  bit  own  ; 
Tbe  ffoat  wat  mine,  by  dngiaf  Iklr^  won, 

Tbey  who  have  mmed  their  fiirtane  by  a  la- 
borioot  and  indvitrloni  lift;  are  natnrally  ttae 
cioat  of  what  tbey  have  palafvlly  oofufrMC 

TO  ACQUIRE,  ATTAIN. 

ACQUIRE,  V.  ToacquirCy  obtain. 

ATTAIN,  in  Latin  attineo,  is  conn 
pounded  of  ab  or  ad  and  teneo  to  hold, 
signifying  to  rest  at  a  thine. 

To  acquire  is  a  progressive  and  per- 
manent action ;  to  attain  is  a  penecfe 
and  finishing  action :  we  always  90  on 
acquiring  ;  but  we  stop  when  we  have 
attained.  What  is  acquired  is  some- 
thing got  into  the  possession ;.  what  is 
€Utained  is  the  point  arrived  at.  We 
acquire  a  language;  we  attain  ta  a 
certain  decree  of  perfection. 

By  abilities  and  perseverance  we 
may  acquire  a  considerable  fluency  in 
speaking  several  languages;  but  w« 
can  scarcely  expect  to  attain  to  tka 
perfection  of  a  native  in  any  foreign 
language.  Ordinary  powers  coupled 
mui  diligence  will  enable  a  person  to 
acquire  whatever  is  useful;  but  wo 
cannot  attain  to  superiority  withoi|t 
extraordinary  talents  and  determiiM^ 
perseverance.    AcquireminiM  ve  oR 


ACTOR. 


ACTUATE. 


35 


Hm  atr-painp,  tte  htvanrtcr,  tlie  qvadmnt, 
tttd  the  Uke  ioventloiM,  were  throwo  out  to  thorn 
Uuy  »pirito  (politicians),  as  tubs  and  barreb  ax« 
to  a  »b4lo,  tbat  be  may  let  thu  ship  tall  oa  witb- 
Wit  dlstarbauce.  ^Doiaoir. 

I  was  forced  to  quit  my  drat  lodelagi  by  nsaion 
of  an  ifffiHon*  landlady,  thnt  would  be  afking:  nw- 
every  moroiiiK  how  I  bad  aicpt.  Anoi son. 

ACTOR,   AGENT. 

These  terms  vary  acoording  to  the 
4kffereDt  senses  of  Uie  verb  from  wliich 
they  are  drawn. 

ACTOR  is  used  for  one  who  acts  a 
party  or  who  represents  the  actions 
and  characters  of  others,  whether  real 
or  feigned.  AGENT  is  said  of  those 
who  simplly  act  for  or  in  the  stead  of 
another. 

Acton  require  the  power  of  imitat- 
ing actions ;  agenti  toe  power  of  per- 
forming them.  Actors  senre  for  the 
diversion  of  others ;  agents  are  em- 
ployed for  the  benefit  of  others. 

or  all  tbe  patriarchal  btetoriet,  tbat  of  Joifph 
end  bit  bfvibm  to  tbe  mo«t  remarkable,  for  tbe 
dnrectera  of  the  «eCk»rr,  and  the  Imtrnetife  sa- 
ture  of  <tae  efcala.  Bliia. 

I  expect  that  no  pagan  agent  diall  be  Intro- 
dnced  Into  the  poem,  or  any  Aut  related  which 
n  man  caanoC  five  credit  to  with  a  food  eon* 
■cignctii    '  Adouov. 

ACTOfe^    PLAYBR. 

The  actor  and  PLAYER  both 
perform  on  a  stage ;  but  the  former  is 
said  in  relation  to  the  part  that  is 
acted,  the  latter  to  the  profession  that 
is  follo^a-ed.  We  may  oe  actors  occa* 
sionally  without  being  players  pro- 
fessionally, but  we  may  be  players 
without  deserving  the  name  of  actors, 
lliose  who  personate  characters  for 
their  anrnsement  are  actors  but  not 
players :  those  who  do  the  same  for  a 
livelihood  are p/ayers  as  well  as  actors; 
hence  we  speak  of  a  company  oiplay-* 
erSf  not  actors.  So  likewise  in  the 
figurative  sense,  whoever  acts  a  part 
r^  or  fictitious,  that  is,  on  the  stage 
of  lifo,  or  the  stage  of  a  theatre,  is  an 
actor  i  but  he  only  is  a  player  who 
performs  the  fictitious  part;  hence  the 
former  is  taken*  in  a  bad  or  good 
sense,  according  to  circumstances ; 
but  the  player  is  always  taken  in  a 
less  favourable  sense,  from  the  artifi- 
ciality which  attaches  to  his  profession. 

Ctcero  is  known  to  have  been  the  tathnate 
ftfend  of  Rotcim  the  «rCer.  Hoonis. 


Onr  orafom  (tay*  Cicem)  iire  ac  ft  were  the 
€ictvra  ef  truth  itself;  and  the  piajfcrs  the  imitat- 
tort  of  truth.  HuoHss. 

ill  I  the  world's  a  stage. 
And  all  the  men  and  women  merely  piajfcn, 

SnAaarSAWL 

ACTUAL,    REAL,   POSiTIVB. 

ACl'UAL,  in  French  actuel,  Latin^ 
actualis,  from  actio  a  deed,  signifies 
belonging  to  the  thing  done. 

REAL,  in  French  reel,  Latin  realis, 
from  resj  signifies  belonging  to  the 
thing  as  it  is. 

POSITI  V  E,  in  French  positif,  Latiu 
positivus,  firom  pono  to  place  or  fix, 
signifies  the  state  or  quality  of  being 
fixed,  established. 

What  is  actual  hw  proof  of  its  ex- 
istence within  itself,  and  may  be  ex* 
posed  to  the  eye ;  what  is  real  may  h^ 
satisfactorily  proved  to  exist;  and  what 
is  positive  precludes  the  necessity  of  a 
proof.  Actual  is  opposed  to  the  sup- 
positious, conceived  or  reported ;  real 
to  the  feigned,  imaginary ;  positive  to 
the  uncertain,  doubtfiil. 

Whatever  is  the  condition  of  a  thing 
for  the  time  being  is  the  actual  con* 
dition;  sorrows  are  real  which  flow 
from  a  substantial  cause;  proofs  are 
positive  which  leave  the  mind  in  i^o 
uncertainty.  Tbe  actual  state  of  a- 
nation  is  not  to  be  ascertained  by  in-, 
dividual  instances  of  poverty,  or  the 
reverse;  there  are  but  few,  if  any, 
real  objects  of  compassion  among  com- 
mon b^^ars ;  many  positive  facts  have 
been  related  of  the  deception  which 
they  have  practised.  By  an  actual 
survey  of  human  life,  we  are  alone 
enabled  to  form  just  opinions  of  man- 
kind ;  it  is  but  too  frequent  for  men 
to  disguise  tlieir  real  sentiments,  al- 
though it  is  not  always  possible  to  ob- 
tain positive  evidence  of  their  insin- 
cerity. 

The  Tery  notion  of  any  duration  bdof  past 
implies  tbat  it  was  once  present ;  for  the  idea  of 
bHof  oDce  present  is  actmalfy  iDClnded  In  thn 
idea  of  its  being  past.  Addisom. 

We  may  and  do  converse  with  God  In  person 
really^  and  to  all  tbe  pnrpoaes  of  givhif  and  f«« 
cehiaf ,  thongfa  not  visibly.  Soirnu 

• 

DItisimolation  is  taken  for  a  nutn's  poHKrc 
professing  himself  to  be  what  he  is  not.     Soom. 

TO   ACTUATE,    IMPBL,     INDUCE. 

ACTUATE,  from  the  Latin  actum 
an  action,  implies  to  call  into  action.  ' 


•  VMt  CHraidt  «*  Actenr,  eoacdiea." 


ADDUCE. 


ADHESION. 


99 


It)  ADBT7CB,  ALLEDGB,  ASSIGN, 
ADVANCB. 

ADDUCE,  io  iMtin.addiico,  CQn»- 
pounded  of  ad  and  duco  to  lead,  st^ 
nifies  to  bring  forwards,  or  for  a 
tbine. 

ALLEDGE,  in  Fr^ch  allegutr,  in 
Latin  ailego^  compounded  of  al  or  ad 
and  iegOy  in  Greek  uy»  to  speak,  sig- 
nifies, to  speak  for  a  thing. 

ASSIGN,  in  French  atsigner, 
Latin  assignor  compoonded  of  cu  or 
4id  and  $igno  to  sign  or  mark  oat,  sig- 
nifies to  set  apart  for  a  purpose. 

ADVANCE  comes  from  the  Latin 
MdveniOf  compounded  of  ad  and  venh 
to  come,  or  cause  to  come,  signifying 
to  bring  forward  a  thing. 

An  argument  is  adduced ;  a  fact  or 
a  char^  is  aliedfed  ;  a  reason  is  a$» 
signed ;  a  position  or  an '  opinion  is 
advanced.  What  \&  adduced  tends  to 
corroborata  or  invalidate;  what  is 
aliedged  tends  to  criminate  or  excul- 
pate ;  what  is  amgned  tends  tojustify ; 
what  is  advanced  tends  to  explain  and 
illustrate.  Whoever  discusses  dia- 
pnted  points  must  have  arguments  to 
0uiduce  in  favour  of  his  principles : 
censures  should  not  be  passed  where 
nothing  improper  can  be  aliedged :  a 
conduct  is  absurd  for  which  no  reason 
can  be  auigntd  :  those  who  advance 
what  they  cannot  maintain  exoose 
their  ignorance  as  much  as  their  folly. 
•  The  reasoner  adduces  facts  in  proof 
of  wliat  he  has  advanced.  The  ac- 
cuser alledges  circumstances  in  sup- 
port of  his  cliargc.  The  philosophical 
investigator  assigns  causes  for  parti- 
cular phenomena. 

We  may  controvert  what  is   ad- 
*  duced  or  advanced;    we  may  deny 
what  is  aliedged,  and  question  what 
is  assigned. 

1  Itave  said  that  Ceisn*  addueei  neither  oral 
aar  wtittca  aathority  apalnst  CbrM*«  miracles. 

CuMBgBLAWD. 

The  criminal  aUtdged  la  hb  defiBDC^  thit 
vhat  he  bad  done  was  to  raise  mirth,  and  to 
atoid  ceremony,  Addisoii. 

■  Ifve  consider  what  providential  reasons  may 
%e  a$$t£7ud  for  these  three  particnlars,  we  shall 
fled  that  the  namhers  of  tlw  Jkws,  tbeif  dispfsr^ 
■ton  and  adherence  to  their  religion,  hare  far- 
Bished  erery  age,  and  erery  nation  of  the  world, 
with  the  strongest  arguinents  for  the  Chrlrtiaii 
£|itb.  Aoorson. 

I  have  heard  of  one  that,  having  advmmeed 
9tim  orroBMU  doctrtnct  of  phUoaopby,  nftawd 


to  see  the  eiperimentt  by  whidl  they  were  eon* 
fated.  Jomisoir. 

ADEQUATE,  V.  Proportionate, 

TO  ADHERE,  ATTACH. 

ADHERE,  from  the  French  ad- 
herer, Latin  adkareo,  is  compounded 
of  ai^  and  lutreo  to  stick  close  to. 

ATTACH,  in  French  attacker,  is 
compounded  of  at  or  ad  and  tach  or 
touch,  both  which  come  from  the  Latin 
tango  to  touch,  signifying  to  come  so 
near  as  to  touch. 

A  thing  is  adherent  by  the  union 
which  nature  produces ;  it  is  attached 
by  arbitrary  ties  which  keep  it  close 
to  another  thing.  Glutinous  bodies 
are  apt  to  adhere  to  every  thing  they 
touch :  a  smaller  building  is  some- 
times attached  to  a  larger  by  a  pas- 
sage, or  some  other  mode  of  commu- 
nication. 

What  adheres  to  a  thing  is  closely 
joined  to  its  outward  surface;  but 
what  is  attached  may  be  fastened  to  it 
by  the  intervention  of  a  third  body. 
Tbei^  is  an  universal  adhesion  in  all 
the  particles  of  matter  one  to  another : 
the  sails  of  a  vessel  are  attac/ied  to  a 
mast  by  means  of  ropes. 

In  a  figurative  sense  the  analogy  is 
kept  up  in  the  use  of  these  two  words* 
Adherence  is  a  mode  of  conduct ;  at' 
tachment  a  state  of  feeling.  We  ad- 
here  to  opinions  which  we  are  deter- 
mined not  to  renounce ;  we  are  attach* 
ed  to  opinions  for  which  our  feelings 
are  strongly  prepossessed.  It  is  the 
character  of  obstinacy  to  adhere  to  a 
line  of  cpnduct  after  it  is  proved  to  be 
injurious :  some  persons  ufe  not  to  be 
attached  by  the  ordinary  ties  of  rela- 
tionship or  friendship. 

The  irm  adherence  of  tfa^  Jew*  to  their  reli- 
gion is  no  Ifss  rtunaikable  than  their  nnraben 
and  dtspersioD.  ilooisoM. 

The  play  m\\\th  this  pathetic  prolof^ue  was 
attiached  to  was  a  comtrdy.  In  which  Laberiua 
took  the  diaracter  of  a  slave.  CvmsBiiAifD, 

The  cooqneror  seenM  to  have  been  AiUy  ap- 
prised of  the  strength  which  the  new  government 
might  derive  from  a  clergy  more  ciosel;  aUaehed 
to  himself.  TrawBirr. 

ADHERE,  V.  To  Stick. 

ADHERENCE,  V.  AdlwsiofU 

ADHERENT,  V.  Follower^ 

ADHESION,  ADHERENCE. 

Thsib  terms  are  both  denied  firoia 


¥> 


ADMIT. 


AI>MIT, 


Um  verb  adherej  one  ex|NresMiig  the 
proper  or  figurative  sense,  and  the 
other  the  moral  sense  or  acc^tation. 

There  is  a  power  of  adkenon  in  all 
elotinoos  bodies;  a  cUsposition  for 
iikermee  in  steady  minds. 


We 


fU. 


«qul  pain 
of  tkow  wMeh  an  flmiaf 


to  the 


tlwpurtlnerliwn 


loieaeral  oaten 
oTofklclu,  wbo 


ADJACBNT,     ADJOINING,     CON- 
TIG  UOUS. 

ADJACENT,  in  Latin  at^iciefu, 
participle  of  adjicio^  is  compounded 
i^  ad  tLndjacio  to  He  near. 

ADJOINING,  as  the  words  imply, 
signifies  being  joined  together. 

CONTIGUOUS,  in  French  anUigu^ 
latin  contigunt,  comes  from  canting  or 
coJi  and  iango^  signifying  to  toachdose. 

What  is  adjacent  may  he  separated 
altogether  by  the  intervention  of  some 
third  object;  what  is  ati^oining  must 
touch  in  some  part ;  and  what  is  cai»- 
tiguoui  must  be  fitted  to  touch  entirely 
on  one  side.  Lauds  are  adjacent  to  a 
(ouse  or  a  town  ;  fields  are  adjoining 
to  each  other;  and  houses  amtigwmi 
to  each  other. 

Tlwy  have  been  heattaf  Qp  tot  Totaotaeii  aft 
Yoifc,  and  the  towot  o^iocent;  bat  oobodj  vill 


As  he  happem  to  have  ao  estate  otf/efoiiii: 
eqaal  to  hb  ovo,  his  oppiassloiis  ars  offten  borne 
wttboet  resistaBoe.  Jomsov. 

-  We  arrfTvd  at  the  itnoat  Vsaadaries  of  a 
#ood  which  Ihj  ciUfgumu  to  a  plali.    SfBUt. 

ADJECTIVE,  V.  Epithet. 

ADJOINING,  V.  Adjacent, 

TO  ADJOURN,  t;.  To  prorogue. 

TO  ADJUST,  V.  To  fit. 

TO  ADMINISTER,  V.  To  miflis^ 

ter. 

ADMINISTRATION,  V.  Govemr 

meut* 

ADMIRATION,  V.  Wondev. 
TO  ADMIRE,  V.  To  woftder. 
ADMISSION,  V.  Admittance. 

TO  ADMIT,*  RECEIVE* 

ADMIT,  in  French  admettrcy  Latin 

«Giraidt« 


afbmktOfOomfomdmdoimdmidwtttio, 
signifies  to  seod  or  suffer  to  pass  into. 

RECEIVE,  in  Frendi  recevoir, 
Latin  redfio^  compounded  of  re  and 
cnto,  signifies  to  taKeb^ck  or  to  onc^ 

To  odlmt^  is  a  general  teci%  tke 
sense  of  which  ciepends  opoo  what 
IbUowa;  to  reeeHne  lus  a  ooonlete 
•0D8#  in  itself:  we  oannot  spetJc  ^f 
adwdUingy  without  associating  wiA  it 
an  idsa  of  the  object  to  wludi  one  is 
mdmitteds  but  recetoe  indodes  no 
relatiw  idea  of  the  rsestser  or  the 
received* 

Admitting  is  an  act  of  relative  im» 
portance ;  receimng  is  always  a  V^ 
tif«  measure :  a  fierson  may  be  admits 
ted  into  a  house,  who  is  not  prevented 
firom  entering;  he  is  received  only  bjr 
the  actual  consent  of  some  indifieualL 

We  may  be  admitted  m  Turious 
capacities ;  we  are  received  only  na 
guests,  friends,  or  itunates.  Persons 
are  admitted  to  the  tables,  into  the 
finniliaricy  or  confidence  of  odiers ; 
they  are  hospitabljr  received  by  tho86 
who  wish  to  be  thor  entertainers. 

We  admit  willnigiy  or  rrioctantly  ; 
we  receive  politely  or  ruddy.  Foraicn 
ambassadors  are  admitted  to  an  8u&> 
•nee,  and  received  at  court.  It  is 
necessary  to  be  cautious  not  to  admii 
any  one  roto  our  society,  who  may  not 
be  agreeable  and  suitable  companions  ; 
but  still  more  necessary  not  to  recetni 
any  ooe  into  our  bouses  whose  charao 
ter  may  reflect  disgrace  en  ourselves. 

Whoever  is  admitted  as  a  member 
of  anv  oonxnunity  should  consider 
himself  as  bound  to  conform  to  its 
regulations :  whoever  is  received  int# 
the  service  of  another  should  study  to 
make  himself  valued  and  esteemed^ 
A  winning  address,  and  agreesbkl 
manners,  gain  a  person  admittanei 
into  the  gentedest  circles :  the  tdent 
for  aflbr£ng  amusement  procures  a 
person  a  good  reception  among  the 
mass  of  mankind. 

T%t  Tyduk  timla,  mdmiited  Co  the  Ibwt, 
Appmiicb,  ud  da  the  painted  ooocbes  ivit. 


flette'dnidroird  Ui  tef«wd  eyei  afovnd  ; 
Tlniitld,ite!  «tat etrtb  lematBt,  viniit  iM 
n  opoB  to  rfoflM  Mitppy  nKii  HaTMOl. 

SMBewhat  it  ran  diiipiM  by  ftmad  cr  fbrae; 
Timn  not  their  pnMot%  aor  admit  Ike  ~ 


ADORE. 


ADORE. 


4d 


against  the  commission  of  any  offence ; 
vie  warn  him  against  danger  ;  we  cam- 
iion  him  against  any  misfortune. 

Admonitiont  and  warningt  are  given 
by  those  who  are  superior  in  age  and 
station  ;  couti<ms  by  any  who  are  pre- 
viously in  possession  of  information. 
Parents  give  admonitUnu;  ministers 
of  the  gospel  give  wamingi;  indi^ 
ferent  persons  g^ve  caution$.  It  is 
necessary  to  admonish  those  who  have 
once  offended  to  abstain  from  a  similar 
offence;  it  is  necessary  to  warn  those 
of  the  consequences  of  sin  who  seem 
determined  to  persevere  in  a  wicked 
course;  it  is  necessary  to  caution 
those  against  any  false  step  who  are 
gcnng  in  a  strange  path. 

Admonitions  are  given  by  persons 
only ;  ntamings  and  cautions  are  given 
by  things.  The  young  are  admonished 
by  the  old ;  the  death  of  friends  or 
relatives  serve  as  a  warning  to  the 
enrvivors ;  the  unfortunate  accidents  of 
the  careless  serve  as  a  caution  to 
others  to  avoid  the  like  error. 
Admonitions  should  be  given  with 
mildness  and  gravity  ;  warnings  with 
impressive  force  and  warmth;  cau- 
tions with  clearness  and  precision. 
The  young  require  frequent  admoni- 
tions;  the  ignorant  and  self-deluded 
solenm  warnings;  the  inexperienced 
timely  cautions. 

Admonitions  ought  to  be  listened  to 
vrith  sorrowful  attention ;  warnings 
should  make  a  deep  and  lasting  im- 
pression ;  cautions  should  be  borne  in 
mind :  but  admonitions  nre  too  oflen 
rejected,  warnings  despised,  and  cau- 
tions slighted. 

AC  the  MOW  tioM  that  I  am  tatklnj:  of  the 

craeltj  of  nrgiog  people's  faalU  wiUi  veveriiy.    I 

.  caoooc  bot  beiraU  •ome  vbich  men  are  fiiiltj  of 

for  want  of  adm»anUion* 


Not  e'en  Philander  had  benpoke  bb  ihroad. 
Nor  bad  be  caoie— a  warning  vat  denied. 

YOUKO, 

Ton  eoMtUnCd  me  against  their  charms, 
Bat  newr  gare  me  equal  aron  ; 
Yoar  leMona  found  the  vnketC  pari, 
AimM  at  the  bead,  bat  reachM  the  heart. 

Swift. 

TO  ADORE,  WORSHIP. 

ADORE,  in  French  adorer ,  Latin 
mdoroy  that  is  ud  and  oro  to  pray  to. 

WORSHIP,  in  Saxon  weorthscype^ 
is  contracted  from  wot  thship,  implying 
tAtktir  the  object  that  is  worth,  or  the 


worth  itself;  whence  it  ha^  been  em- 
ployed to  designate  the  action  of  doing 
suitable  homage  to  the  object  which 
has  worth,  and,  by  ajust  distinction,  of 
paying  homage  to  our  Maker  by  reli- 
gious rites. 

Adoration  is  the  service  of  the 
heart  towards  a  Superior  Being,  in 
which  we  acknowledge  our  depend- 
ence and  obedience,  by  petition  and 
thanksgiving:  worship  consists  in  the 
outward  form  of  showing  reverence  to 
some  supposed  superior  being.  Adonic 
tion  can  with  propriety  be  paid  only 
to  the  one  true  God  ;  but  worship  is 
offered  by  heathens  to  stocks  and 
stones. 

We  may  adore  our  Maker  at  all 
times  and  m  all  places,  whenever  the 
heart  is  lifted  up  towards  him ;  but 
we  worship  him  only  at  stated  times^ 
and  according  to  certain  rules.  Out- 
ward signs  are  but  secondary  in  the 
act  of  adoration ;  and  in  divine  wor- 
ship there  is  often  nothing  existing  but 
the  outward  form.  We  seldom  adort 
without  worshiping  ;  but  we  too  fre- 
quently worship  without  adoring, 

Meaaader  mj^  that  **  God,  the  Lord  and 
Father  of  all  thtngt,  ia  alone  vortbj  of  onr  hnm- 
ble  ad»rmtUn^  btrlnf  at  once  the  awlusr  and  giver 
ofaUbleniap,*  Cohbcolamo^ 

Bj  reaaon  man  a  Godhead  can  diaeem. 
But  bow  he  ahonld  be  wor9Mpp'*d  cannot  learn. 

Dmtdum, 

TO  ADORE,    RBVERENCE,  VENE- 
RATE, REVERE. 

ADORE,  V,  To  adorcy  worship, 

REVERENCE,  in  I^tin  rei>eren- 
tia  reverence  or  awe,  implies  to  show 
reverence,  from  revereor  to  stand  in 
awe  of. 

VENERATE,  in  Latin  veneratus^ 
participle  of  veneror^  probably  fi\)m 
venere  beauty,  signifying  to  hold  in 
very  high  esteem  for  its  superior  quar 
lities. 

REVERE  is  another  form  of  the. 
same  verb. 

Adoration  has  been  before  consU 
dered  only  in  relation  to  our  Maker ; 
it  is  here  employed  in  an  improper 
and  extended  application  to  express 
in  the  strongest  possible  manner  the 
devotion  of  the  mind  towards  sensible 
objects. 

Reverence  is  equally  engendeced  by 
the  contemplation  uf  superiority  in  9 


ADVERSE. 


ADVBRSITt. 


4T 


ttte  principles  interrupt  the  harmonj 
of  Aodety. 

The  pnriotlieal  winda  wbkb  were  theo  trt  ta 
vera  dMinctljr  adcerte  to  the  conne  wbfcli 
Pteno  propoard  to  steer.  Rouebtmii. 

As  I  should  be  lotb  to  oifer  none  bat  Inftancet 
of  tbr  abuve  of  proapeiit j,  I  am  bappj  in  recol* 
IcctiaKoiie  \vry  siosalar  example  i^  tbe  con- 
trmry  tort.  CcxBiaLAim. 

And  as  Msttimt  wben  witb  beav*o  he  strove. 
Stood- oft^otite  in  nnott  to  migbtj  Jove. 

DKTom. 

ADVERSE,    INIMICAL,  HOSTILB, 
REPUGNANT. 

ADVERSE,  V.  Advene. 

INIMICAL,  firom  tbe  Latin  ini- 
micus  an  enemy,  signifies  belonging  to 
an  enemy. 

HOSTILE,  in  Latin  hostilis,  from 
hoMtis  an  enemy,  signifies  tbe  same. 

REPUGNANT,  in  Latin  repug- 
nanSf  from  repugnay  or  re  and  pugno 
to  figbt  ag^dnst,  signifies  warring  with. 

Advene  may  be  applied  to  either 
persons  or  things ;  inimical  and  hottile 
to  persons  or  things  personal ;  repug" 
nant  to  things  only :  a  person  is  ad- 
vene or  a  thing  is  adverse  to  an 
object ;  a  person,  or  what  is  personal, 
is  either  inimical  or  hostile  to  an 
olject;  one  thing  is  repugnant  to 
another.  We  are  adverse  to  a  propo- 
sition ;  or  circumstances  are  adverse 
to  our  advancement.  Partizaiis  are 
inimical  to  the  proceedings  uf  govern- 
ment, and  hostile  to  the  possessors  of 
power.  Slavery  is  repugnant  to  the 
mild  temper  of  Christianity. 

Adverse  expresses  simple  dissent 
or  opposition;  tnimica/ either  an  acri- 
monious spirit  or  a  tendency  to  injure ; 
hostile  a  determined  resistance;  re- 
pugnant  a  direct  relation  of  variance. 
Those  who  are  adverse  to  any  under- 
taking will  not  be  likely  to  use  the 
endeavours  which  are  essential  to 
ensure  its  success.  Those  who  dissent 
from  tlie  establishment,  are  inimical 
to  its  ^rms,  its  discipline  or  its  doc- 
trine :  many  of  them  are  so  Itostile 
to  it  as  to  aim  at  its  subversion.  The 
restraints  which  it  imposes  on  the  wan- 
dering and  licentious  imagination  is  re- 
pugnant  to  the  temper  of  their  minds. 

Sickness  is  adverse  to  the  improve- 
ment of  youth.  The  dissensions  in 
the  Christian  world  are  inimical  to 
the  interests  of  religion,  and  tend  to 
produce  many  hostile  measures.    De- 


mocracy is  inimical  to  good  crrderi 
the  fomentor  of  hostile  partfes,  and 
repugnant  to  every  sound  principle  of 
civil  society. 

Oaly  two  soldiers  wen  killed  on  tbe  aide  at 
Costes^  aad  two  oflleen  with  llfteen  priTates  of 
tbe  advent  faction.  RouaTaoif. 

God  halh  shown  bimself  to  be  favoorablo  tf 
virtue,  aud  inimical  to  Tice  and  ^ilt.    Blaib. 

Then  wHh  a  pnrple  veil  Involve  your  eyes. 
Lest  hoitUe  faces  blast  tbe  sacrUce.      DevokmI 

Tlie  exoibitant  jurisdiction  of  tbe  (Seoteb) 
ecclesiastical  courts  were  founded  on  ma  alma 
repugnant  to  justice.  RoBsaTsoir. 

ADVERSE,    AVERSE. 

ADVERSE  (v.  Adverse),  signifying 
turned  against  or  over  against,'  de- 
notes simply  opposition  of  situation. 
AVERSE,  from  a  and  versus,  signi- 
fying turned  from  or  away  from,  de* 
notes  an  active  removal  or  separation 
from.  Adverse  is  therefore  as  appli- 
cable to  inanimate  as  to  animate  ob- 
jects, averse  only  to  animate  objects. 
When  applied  to  conscious  agents 
adverse  refers  to  matters  of  opinion 
and  sentiment,  averse  to  those  affect- 
ing. We  are  adverse  to  that  which 
we  think  wrong;  we  are  averse  to 
that  which  opposes  our  indinations, 
our  habits,  or  our  interests.  Secta- 
rians profess  to  be  adverse  to  the  doc- 
trines and  discipline  of  the  establish- 
ment, but  the  greater  part  of  them 
are  still  more  averse  to  the  wholesome 
restraints  which  it  imposes  on  the  ima- 
gination. 

Before  you  was  a  tyrant  I  was  your  friflsd, 
and  am  now  no  otherwise  your  enemy  thaa 
every  Athenian  must  be  who  is  advene  to  your 
usurpation.  Cumbkuxjiho. 

Men  lelfaiquisb  ancient  babita  slowly,  and 
with  reluctance.  They  are  averne  to  new  ex* 
perlmeots,  and  venture  upon  them  with  timid* 
ity*  RosKai^ipii. 

ADVERSITY,    DISTRESS. 

ADVERSITY,  v.  Adverse, 

DISTRESS,  from  the  Latin  rfif. 
tringOf  compounded  of  dis  twice,  and 
stringo  to  bind,  signifies  that  which 
binds  very  tight,  or  brings  into  a  great 
strait. 

Adversity  respects  external  circum- 
stances; distress  regards  either  ex- 
ternal circumstances  or  inward  feel- 
ings. Adversity  is  opposed  to  pros- 
perity ;  distress  to  ease. 

Adversity  is  a  general  condition, 
distre$$  a  particular  state.    Distress  it 


4S 


ADVICE. 


ADVICE. 


CKi^T  €a9tn£  *js  Lis  «iii«9  aui 

pMWCvr.u  or  fatMt  £m  pnepects,  be 

n  iM'.'iyx.  v.  ihli  be  b  rpi'jowi  to  m 
iJUt«  </  -m-kn*^  <kfi«iTed  of  friessds  and 
^  yrjv^fx  cf  relief^  fais  Btofttko  b 
tiai  I'f  reai  dUiren. 

Adztrnty  :«  trring,  datrtu  b  orer- 
wfaeizi^iaz.  Ererj  man  is  liaUe  to 
odseraiy,  aI;L'«zh  few  are  redooad 
to  didrtu  f/it  br  their  own  cu&lt. 

AmU  MB  tkft  hflwt  or  a 


TO   AD^-ERTISE,    PUBLISH. 

advertise;  hom  the  Latkn  ai^ 
T«r/o,  cosDpocmded  of  aJ  and  r€rto  to 
torn  tOy  iigniies  to  turn  the  atteDtioo 
to  a  thiof. 

PUBliSH,  io  Latin  ^aMioi,  that 
i^fattrt  pfublicmmy  sienifies  to  make 
fmUic. 

Advertiie  denotes  the  means,  and 
fuhUik  the  end.  To  adveriut  is  to 
diiect  the  pablic  attention  to  anr 
•*en^  by  mLni  of  a  orinted  cifcnlv; 
fubiish  is  to  make  known  either  Inr 
oni  or  a  printed  communication. 

We  pubiiik  by  o^cerf  wiii^,  but  we 
do  not  always  adrertise  wboi  we  pub- 
lish. Mercantile  and  ciril  transactions 
are  conducted  by  means  of  adveriue- 
ments.  Extraorainarv  circamstaoces 
are  speedily  publuked  in  a  neighbour- 
hood by  circulating  from  okouth  to 
mouth. 

4^07  naa  that  mdrertUn  Mi  ova  excelteDce 
■bevid  vrlCe  wftb  tome  ooBtciooftprM  of  a  cJm- 
nder  which  dares  to  call  tfce  aitcmioa  of  the 
paMie.  JoBSiov. 

Tbe  criticinnf  ubich  I  have  hillinto  pm^ 
lisked,  bare  been  made  wHb  an  iotmUon  ntJ«r 
to  dtiamrr  beintiu  and  ezcHlencef  fa  the 
vriteim  of  av  cva  tine,  tfiaa  to  puUUh  mnj  of 
faalu  and  iiapcrf«9Clioat. 


ADVItK,    COUNSEL,    IVSTRUC- 

TION. 

ADVICE,  r.  To  admonish, 

COUNSEL,   in    French    counscU, 

Latin  cotnilium,  comes  from  consilia, 

compounded  of  con  and  salio  to  leap 

together,  signifying  to  run  or  act  in 

1 


impccs  deHberaty:^  or  die  t^iw 
berated  apGci,  di'iimiiMii.  aad 


INSrniUCTION,   a  Ficncfc 
Unaeti/jm^  Lars  imArmttio,  i 
in  azid  UTMJf  to  disnae  or  icgobte^ 
%\^.Tk\a^  tbe  tLing  kid  dupwn. 

TLe  C9i  cf  all  t&( 
by  the^  words  b  the 
cj^  knowledge,  and  all  of  them  incUe 
the    acoeuAry    idea    of 
cither  %a  si^  statioo,  ~ 
talent.     Adtice  &iws  fram 


r*> 


^osntance    with  tinnp   id 


saperior  acquaintance  with 
dples  and  practice; 

spects  so  penor  local  knowkiktip 
ticaiar  tiansactions.    A  mrmcil 
gives  admce  to  hb  patient ;  m 
gires  cmiMstl  to  hb  chJldw  ;  m 
scUor  gires  mdact  to  hb 
poiacsoflaw;  herece: 
from  him  in  matters  of  &ct. 

Advice  should  he  prndcocand 
tious;  nanuei!,  sagi 
imstrmeiiimSy  dear  and  pootive. 
nor  is  givco  on  a&  ma 
life,  important,  or  otherwise ; 
b  employed  for  grate 


dal  occasions.  Men  of 
best  aUe  to  give  advice  in 
transactions.  In  all  iiwiiiifa  that  m* 
Tolve  oar  (ntore  happiness^  it  b  pi«- 
dent  to  take  the  counsel  of  those  wko 
are  more  experienced  than  oandlvei. 
An  ambassador  most  not  act  witfaott 
instructions  finm  his  court. 

A  wise  king  will  not  act  withoat 
the  advice  of  his  ministers.  A 
derate  Tooth  will  not  take  any  i 
step  i»itbont  the  counsel  of  his 
informed  friends.  All 
sons  are  guided  by  particular  it 
turns  in  carrying  on  negotiatioos. 

Advice  and  counsel  are  often  giteo 
unasked  and  undesired,  but  inslru> 
tions  are  always  required  for  the  raga- 
lation  of  a  person's  coudnct  in  an  oii- 
cial  capacity. 


toajMfh 
? 


In  what  BasBar  eaa  one  gire 
in  tbe  pnnaK  and  poaonioa  of 


Yoanf^  penoot  are  coanonlj  iacliaed  to  tB^ 
the  laaafksaad  coMMcIt  of  their  client. 


AFFAIIL 


AFFECT. 


49 


coMfcy  Iktir  imtrueU&tu  to  m  Id  tlw 

AoonoR. 


ADViCK,  r.  Informaium. 
TO  ADVISE,  V,  To  admonish. 
ADVOCATE,  V,  Defender. 
iERA,  V.  Time. 

AFFABLE,    COURTEOUS. 

AFFABLE,  in  French  affable^ 
Latin  affahUis,  from  of  or  ad,  and  for 
to. speaky  signifies  areadiness  to  speak 
to  any  one. 

COURTEOL%  in  French  courtoisy 
from  the  word  court,  signifies  after 
the  refined  manner  of  a  court. 

We  are  affable  by  a  mild  and  easy 
address  towards  all,  without  distinction 
of  rank,  who  have  occasion  to  speak 
to  US :  we  are  courteous  by  a  refined 
and  enganng  ur  to  our  equals  or  su- 
periors wno  address  themselves  to  us. 
The  affable  man  invites  to  inquiry, 
and  IS  ready  to  gratify  curiosity : 
the  courieoui  man  encourages  to  a 
communication  of  our  wants,  and  dis- 
covers in  his  manners  a  willingness  to 
relieve  them.  Affability  results  from 
flood  nature,  and  courteousness  from  fine 
Mliog.  It  is  necessary  to  bo  affable 
widioot  familiarity,  and  courteous 
without  offidousness. 

Aflflr  a  Aort  pute,  AogMtns  appMred,  look- 
i^  avovad  Uoi  with  aa  i^Me  conntanane^. 

Wtaraat  fW  Etta  Itnlgkt  wHh  tpeecbM  gent 
Biai  flnt  Mlated,  wbo,  well  aa  be  mtglit, 
Him  fUr  nlBla  asaia,  aa  aBemetii  c^urtecm§ 
kalcU.  Wi 


AFFAIR,   BUSINESS,    CONCERN. 

AFFAIR,  in  French  affairCy  is 
compounded  of  af  or  ad  jxndfairef  in 
Latin  facio  to  make  or  do,  signifying 
the  thmg  that  makes,  does,  or  takes 
place  for  a  person. 

BUSINESS,  from  busy  (r.  Active), 
signifies  the  thing  that  makes  or  in- 
terests a  person,  or  with  which  he  is 
busy  or  occupied* 

CONCERN,  in  French  concerncr, 
Latin  concemp,  compounded  uf  con 
and  cerno  to  look,  signifies  the  thing 
lookied  at,  thought  of,  or  taken  part  in. 

An  affair  is  what  happens ;  a  biai' 
neu  is  what  is  done  ;  a  concern  is 
what  is  felt.  An  affair  is  general ;  it 
respects  one,  many,  or  all :  every  bu- 
sineu  and  cofioera  is  an  affair,  though 
not  vice  vend.    Business  and  concern 


are  personal ;  business  is  that  which 
engages  the  attention  ;  concern  is  that 
whidi  interests  the  feelings,  prospects, 
and  condition,  advantageously  or  other- 
wise. An  affair  is  interesting ;  a  hui- 
ness  is  serious ;  a  concern  momentous. 
The  usurpation  of  power  is  an  affair 
which  interests  a  nation ;  the  adjust- 
m^  a  difference  is  a  business  most 
suited  to  the  ministers  of  religion ;  to 
make  our  peace  with  our  Maker  is  the 
concern  of  every  individual. 

Affairs  are  administered;  busineu 
is  transacted ;  concerns  are  managed. 
The  affairs  of  the  world  are  admi- 
nistered by  a  Divine  Providence. 
Those  who  are  in  the  practice  of  the 
law  require  peculiar  talents  to  fit  them 
for  transacting  the  complicated  busi^ 
neUf  which  perpetually  offers  itself. 
Some  men  are  so  involved  in  the 
affairs  of  this  world,  as  to  fi>rget  the 
concerns  of  the  next,  which  ought  to 
be  nearest  and  dearest  to  them. 

I  remember  In  Tullj^  epMIe,  la  the  recom- 
meodatlon  or  a  man  to  an  affair  which  had  no 
maaaer  or  relation  to  money,  it  fg  tald,  jan  maj 
tnisC  him,  for  be  la  a  frngal  maa.  Srouk 

We  majfaideed  nay  that  oor  part  doea  not 
ault  Q«,  and  that  we  coald  perfbrm  aaother  bet- 
ter; but  this,  say*  Bptctetuiyb  not  oor  tertnetf. 

Aooisoa. 

The  sense  of  other  men  OQ(ht  to  prefaU  ofer 
aa  in  thin;^  oC^^  conaideratlon ;  bat  not  la 
cticenu  where  troth  and  hononr  are  ea- 
faced. 


TO  APFBCT,  CONCERN. 

AFFECT,  in  French  affecter,  Latin 
affectum,  participle  of  officio,  com- 
pounded or  ad  and  facio  to  do  or  act^ 
signifies  to  act  upon. 

CONCERN,  V,  Affair. ' 

Things  affect  us  which  produce  any 
change  m  our  outward  circumstanAs ; 
they  concern  us  if  only  connected  with 
our  circumstances  in  any  shape. 

"Whatever  affects  must  concern;  but 
all  that  concerns  does  not  affect.  The 
price  of  com  affects  the  interest  of  the 
seller ;  and  therefore  it  concerns  him 
to  keep  it  up,  without  regard  to  the 
public  good  or  injury. 

Thint;s  affect  either  persons  or 
things ;  but  they  concern  persons  only. 
Rain  affects  tlie  hay  or  com;  and 
these  matters  concern  every  one  more 
or  less. 

Affect  and  concern  have  an  ancdo- 
gous  meaning  likewise,  when  taken  fi>r 

£ 


AFFECTIONATE. 


AFnRM. 


51 


Crraok  ^xk  dear,  aifpufies  the  stmte  of 
holdiiig  a  peraoo  dear. 

These  words  express  two  sentiments 
of  the  heart  which  do  honour  to  haman 
nature ;  they  are  the  bonds  bj  which 
yi^«5W;ivi  are  koit  to  each  other.  Both 
impljgood  will :  but  dftction  is  a  ten- 
der seotiment  that  (fweUs  with  plea^ 
tore  on  the  ot^t;  Une  is  a  tender 
eenciment  accompanied  with  long- 
ing for  the  object:  we  cannot  have 
love  without  afict'um^  but  we  may  have 
j^ectiom  without  love. 

Lave  is  the  natural  sentiment  be- 
tween near  relations:  affection  sub- 
sbts  between  those  who  are  less  inti- 
mately oonnectedt  being  the  conse- 
Quenoe  either  of  relationsbip,  friend- 
ship,  or  long  intercourse;  it  is  the 
9weetener  of  human  society,  which 
carries  with  it  a  thousand^  charms,  in 
all  the  varied  modes  of  kindness  which 
it  gives  birth  to ;  it  is  not  so  active  as 
love,  but  it  diffuses  itself  wider,  and 
embraces  a  larger  number  of  objects. 

Jjove  is  powerful  in  its  effects, 
awakeoipg  vivid  sentiments  of  plea- 
sure or  pain  ;  it  is  a  passion  exclu- 
sive, restless,  and  capricious.  Affection 
is  a  chastened  feeling  under  the  control 
of  the  understanding;  it  promises  no 
more  pleasure  than  it  gives,  and  has 
but  few  alloys.  Marriage  may  begin 
with  love ;  but  it  ought  to  terminate 
in  affection. 


Bat  tinv,  vkoM  ;«•»  ace  ommv  to  mlneftlllBd, 

No  fkto  My  fowM  t^ff^etUn  tlnll  dtvlda 

From  thee,  bcrolc  yoath !  Dbtqkii. 

The  poetv,  the  OMnllili,  the  pftlaten.  In  all 
thrir  detcripUoaa,  alkporlM,  and  pictam,  hate 
ivpreMtited  tore  ag  a  Mft  tormmt,  a  bitter  iweet, 
•  plriilag  pala,  or  aa  agnwaMe  dtatrew. 


ArFECTioN)  r.  Attachment. 

AFBCTIONATE,    KIND,    FOND. 

AFFECTIONATE,  from  affection 
(v.  Affection)^  denotes  the  quality  of 
having  affection. 

KIND,  from  the  word  kind  kindred 
or  family,  denotes  the  quality  or  feel- 
ing engendered  by  the  family  tie. 

FOND,  from  the  Saxon  fandian  to 
gape,  and  the  German  Jinden  to  6nd 
or  seek,  denotes  a  vehement  attach- 
ment to  a  thing. 

Affectionate  and  fond  characterise 
feehngs;  kind  is  an  epithet  applied 
to  ootwaid  actioiifr  at  weiJ  as  iowsrd 


feelings:  a  disposition  is  affectionate 
or  fond ;  a  behaviour  is  kind. 

Affection  is  a  settled  state  of  the 
mind;  kindness  a  temporary  state  of 
feeling,  mostly  discoverable  by  some 
outward  sign :  both  are  commendable 
and  honourable,  as  to  the  nature  of 
the  feelings  themselves,  the  objects  of 
the  feelings,  and  the  manner  in  which 
they  display  themselves;  the  under* 
standing  always  approves  the  kindness 
which  Section  dictates,  or  that  which 
springs  from  a  tender  heart.  Fond- 
iietf  is  a  less  respectable  feeling;  it  is 
sometimes  the  excess  o(  affection^  or 
an  extravagant  mode  of  expressing  it, 
or  an  attachment  to  an  inferior  object. 

A  person  is  affectionate^  who  has  ' 
the  object  of  his  regard  strongly  in  his 
mind,  who  participates  in  his  pleasures 
and  pains,  and  is  pleased  with  his 
socie^.  A  person  is  kind^  who  ex« 
presses  a  tender  sentiment,  or  does 
any  service  in  a  pleasant  manner.  A 
person  \%fondy  who  caresses  an  object^ 
or  makes  it  a  source  of  pleasure  Cw 
himself. 

Relatives  should  be  affectionate  tO 
each  other :  we  should  be  kind  to  aU 
who  stand  in  need  of  our  kindness ; 
children  an  fond  of  whatever  afibrdf 
them  pleasure,  or  of  whoever  gives 
them  indulgences. 

Onr  niatallonf  wtre  very  hearty  on  hott 
•Mes,  convbtlac  of  nuiny  kind  dnkm  of  the 
hand,  and  ^ff^cHonmie  looks  which  wc  oastapoa 
oaa  another.  Aoaceoib 

Richn  ezpoae  a  nuiB  to  pride  and  tosary,  % 
foolfeb  elation  of  brait,  and  too  great  Jvninam 
lor  the  preaent  world.  Amoov. 

AFFINITY,  V.  jiUiance. 
AFFINITY,  V.  Kindred. 

TO  AFFIRM,  ASSKVERATE,  AS* 
SURE,  VOUCH,  AVER,  PRO- 
TEST. 

AFFIRM,  in  French  affermer^ 
Latin  affirmoy  compounded  of  a/' or  ad 
and  Jirmo  to  strengthen,  signifies  to 
give  strength  to  what  has  been  said. 

ASSEVERATE,  in  Latin  asseve- 
ratuSy  participle  of  asseverOf  com* 
pounded  of  as  or  ad  and  severta,  sfgnv- 
nes  to  make  strong  and  positive. 

ASSURE,  in  Frencn  assurer^  is 
compounded  of  the  intensive  syllable 
<it  or  od  and  wiv,  signifying  to  make 
§are, 

1  9 


52 


AFHRM. 


AFFIX. 


VOUCH  is  probably  changed  from 

TOtt\ 

AVER,  in  French  averer,  is  com- 
poundefl  of  the  intensive  syllable  a  or 
ad  and  verux  true,  signifying  to  bear 
testimony  to  the  truth. 

PROTEST,  in  French  protettery 
Latin  proiesto,  is  compounded  of  pro 
and  Iciior  to  cull  to  witness,  signifying 
to  call  others  to  witness  as  to  what  we 
think  about  a  thing. 

All  these  terms  indicate  an  expres- 
sion of  a  person's  conviction. 

In  one  sense,  to  affirm  is  to  declare 
that  a  thing  is  in  opposition  to  deny- 
ing or  declaring  that  it  is  not ;  in  the 
souse  here  chosen  it  signifies  to  declare 
a  thing  as  a  fact  on  our  credit.  To 
asseverate  is  to  declare  it  with  confi- 
dence. To  vouch  is  to  rest  the  truth 
of  another's  declaration  on  our  own 
rnsponsibility.  To  a-oer  is  to  express 
the  truth  of  a  declaration  unequivo- 
cally. To  protect  is  to  declare  a  thing 
solemnly,  and  \vith  strong  marks  of 
sincerity. 

Affirmations  are  made  of  the  past 
and  present ;  a  person  affirms  what  he 
has  seen  and  what  he  sees.  Assevera- 
tions are  strong  affirmations^  made  in 
cases  of  doubt  to  remove  every  im- 
pression disadvantageous  to  one's  sin- 
cerity. Assurances  are  made  of  the 
past,  present,  and  future  ;  tliey  mark 
the  conviction  of  the  speaker  as  to 
what  has  been^  or  is^  and  his  inten- 
tions as  to  what  shall  be ;  they  are 
appeals  to  the  estimation  which 
another  has  in  one's  word.  Vouching 
is  an  act  for  another ;  it  is  the  sup- 
porting of  another's  assurance  by  our 
own.  Averring  is  employed  in  mat- 
ters [of  fact ;  Wo  aver  as  to  the  ac- 
curacY  of  details;  we  aver  on  positive 
knowledge  that  sets  aside  all  question. 
Pt  otestations  arc  stronger  than  either 
asseverations  or  assurances ;  they  arc 
accompanied  with  every  net,  look,  or 
gesture,  that  can  tend  to  impress  con- 
viction on  another. 

Affirmations  are  employed  in  giving 
evidence,  whether  accompanied  with 
an  oath  or  not :  liars  deal  much  in 
asseverations  and  protestations.  Peo- 
ple asseverate  in  order  to  produce  a 
conviction  of  their  veracity;  they 
protest  in  order  to  obtain  a  belief  of 
their  innocence ;  they  aver  where  they 
rxjiect  to  be  believed.  Jmiraiiceiare 


altogether  personal;  they  are  tikmwyt 
made  to  satisfy  some  one  of  what  they 
wish  to  know  and  believe.  We  ought 
to  be  sparing  of  our  atsuraneei  of  it^ 
gard  for  another,  as  we  oqg^  to  be 
suspicious  of  such  oHurtmcet  whca 
made  to  ourselves.  Wheoei?er  we 
affirm  any  thing  on  the  authority  of 
another,  we  ought  to  be  particukriy 
cautious  not  to  vouch  for  its  Teradty  if 
it  be  not  unquestionable. 

AnlBflddSBdterr 
Fear  what  ?  a  dream  ?  a  faUe  ^— How  tlqr 
Uawilllag  etidesce,  ud  thevelbiv  utraaf* 
A Sbrdu  mj  came  an  undMipiM  nppoit  I 
How  disbelief  ic/fTniw  what  it  deaiei! 

I  jnd^  in  this  case  as  CImrles  Ike  . 
vletaalled  his  navy,  with  the  bread  whkk 
Ms  dogs  chose  of  several  pieces  thrown 
him  rather  than  trast  to  the  SMSvefwffpfu 
victoallen. 


sT 
oTths 


M J  learned  firiend  mtiured  me  that  the  eaitk 
had  latelj  received  a  shoefc  flrom  a  comet  that 
crossed  iff  vertex. 


All  the  great  writers  of  the  AognslaD  ifB^  fbr 
whom  Rlngly  we  have  so  |i;Teat  an  esteem,  rtaad 
np  together  as  roudker*  for  one  attothfrt  nepn- 
Utioo.  Aasnoii. 


Among  ladies,  be  posHlvelj  averred  that 
nse  was  the  most  prevailing  part  of  doqncnee^ 
and  had  so  little  complaisance  as  to  say,  **  a  «<»■ 
roau  ta  never  takon  by  her  reason,  bat  always  by 
her  passion.**  Sticbb. 

TO   AFFIRM,   ASSERT* 

AFFIRM,  V.  To  affirmy  asseveraie. 

ASSERT,  hi  Latin  asseftugy  parti- 
ciple of  asseroy  compounded  of  as  or 
ad  and  scro  to  connect,  signifies  to 
connect  words  into  a  proposition. 

To  affirm  is  said  of  focts ;  to  assert , 
of  opinions:  we  affirm  vfhnt  we  know; 
we  assert  what  we  believe. 

Whoever  affirms  what  he  does  ooi 
know  to  be  true  is  guilty  of  falsehood; 
whoever  asserts  what  he  cannot  pitn^e 
to  be  true  is  guilty  of  folly. 

We  contradict  an  affirmation ;  we 
confute  an  assertion. 

That  this  man,  wive  and  virtoons  as  Imwui« 
paued  always  unentangied  Ihrongh  the  amm  of 
life,  it  woald  be  prc^judlce  and  temerity  to^i^lrsR. 

Joanson^  Lips  or  Oounu. 

Itis  stfserfetf  by  a  tragic  poet,  that  •*  est  ■!- 


_    nisi  comparatns,"— ••  no 

rable,  bnt  as  he  is  compared  with  others  hnppler 
than  himself;"  This  position  ta  not  strictly  an4 
philos(q[fhically  tme.  Jonxson. 

TO    AFFIX,     SUBJOIN,    ATTACH, 
ANNEX. 

AFFIX,  in  Latin  afixus,  participle 


AFFIX. 

oft^figOy  comf>otmd6d  oiafot  ad  and 
figo  to  fix,  signifies  to  fix  to  a  thiiiE. 
'  SUBJOIN  is  corapodnded  ofgnb 
and  jain^  siimiijiDg  to  join  to   the 
lower  or  fiuther  extremity  of  a  body. 
ATTACH,  V.  To  adhere. 
ANNEX,  in  Latin  annexus,  parti- 
ciiile  ofannecto,  compounded  of  an  or 
ad  and  necto  to  knit,  signifies  to  knit 
or  tie  to  a  thing. 

To  affix  is  tD  put  any  thine  as  an 
essential  to  any  whole;  to  subjoin  is 
to  put  any  thiQg  as  a  subordinate  part 
to  a  whole :  in  the  former  case  the 
part  to  which  it  is  pnt  is  not  specified; 
lo  the  latter  the  syllable  tub  specifies 
the  extremity  as  the  part:  to  attach 
is  to  make  one  thing  adhere  to  another 
as  an  accompaniment;  to  onnei*  is  to 
bring;^  things  into  a  general  connexion 
with  each  other. 

A  tide  is  affixed  to  a  book  ;  a  few 
lines  are  subjoined  to  a  letter  by  way 
of  postcript;  we  attach  blame  to  a 
person ;  a  certain  territory  is  annexed 
to  akingdom. 

letters  are  affixed  to  words  in  order 
to  modi^  their  sense :  it]  is  necessary 
to  subfoin  remarks  to  what  requires 
illostration  :  we  are  apt  from  prejudice 
or  particular  circumstances  to  attach 
disgrace  to  certain  professions,  which 
are  not  only  useful  but  important: 
papers  are  annexed  by  way  of  appen- 
dix to  some  important  transaction. 

It  is  improper  to  affix  opprobrious 
epithets  to  any  community  of  persons 
on  account  of  their  religious  tenets. 
Men  are  not  always  scrupulous  about 
the  means  of  attaching  others  to  their 
interest,  when  their  ambitious  views 
are  to  be  forwarded.  Every  station  in 
life,  above  that  of  extreme  indigence, 
has  certain  privileges  annexed  to  it, 
bfit  none  greater  tlum  those  which  are 
enjoyed  by  the  noddling  classes. 

H*  that  bai  lettM  In  hb  mind  Aetorailoed 
Meu,  wick  muMi  ^gilmed  to  chca,  will  be  nble 
|»  dimni  tbeir  dUitaranoet  one  tram  nnollier. 


AFFLICT. 


53 


IB  JMCloe  to  tke  optnton  whidi  I  wnaU  whh  to 
Ipapraa  of  the  aakible  chancter  of  PWitntDt, 
ItM^Hn  to  this  pnper  some  ezplaantJon  of  tbe 
wofd  tjnDt.  CammaMLAMD, 

As  ovr  Dntnre  Is  nt  picssnt  couUtnted,  a<- 
'  '  b J  so  many  strong  connesloas  to  the 
wmfA  of  iBBsii,  md  wgqying  n  f wiminlf  stln«  so 
iasUe  OBd  distaM  with  the  world  of  spirlta,  wo 
■oed  Iter  BO  dmacer  from  eoklTatloc  htteveoww 
wlihthtltttef  aimchMMMMe.        Buia. 


The  evils  Inieptnbly  annexed  to  tbe  present 
eondltten  aie  Bomeroas  and  ■flUctlve.    JoajitoR. 

TO  AFFLICT,    DISTRESS, 
TROUBLE. 

AFfXICT,  hi  Latin  affiictus,  parti- 
ci pie  of  affligo  compounded  of  of  or 
ad  VLjidfligOy  in  Greek  dXi^«  to  press 
hard,  signifies  to  bear  upon  any  one. 
DISTRESS, «.  Adversity. 
TROUBLE  signifies  to  cause  a 
tumult,  from  the  Latin  turba^  Greek 
To^n  or  dopv^,  a  tumult. 

When  these  terms  relate  to  outward 
circumstances,  the  first  expresses  more 
than  the  second,  and  the  second  more 
than  the  third. 

People  are  afflicted  with  grievous 
maladies.  The  mariner  is  distressed 
for  want  of  water  in  the  midst  of  the 
wide  ocean,  or  an  embarrassed  trades- 
man is  distressed  for  money  to  main- 
tain his  credit.  Tlie  mechanic  is 
troubled  for  want  of  proper  tools,  or 
the  head  of  a  family  for  want  of  good 
domestics. 

When  they  respect  the  inward  feel- 
ings, affiict  conveys  tbe  idea  of  deep 
sorrow ;  distress  tnat  of  sorrow  miyed 
with  anxiety;  trouble  that  of  pain  in 
a  smaller  degree. 

The  death  of  a  parent  afflicts ;  the 
misfortunes  of  our  family  and  friends 
distress  ;  crosses  in  trade  and  domestic 
inconveniences  trouble. 

In  the  season  of  affliction  prayer 
afifbrds  the  best  consolation  and  surest 
supports,  llie  assistance  and  sympa- 
thy of  friends  serve  to  relieve  distress. 
We  may  often  help  ourselves  out  of 
our  troubles^  and  remove  the  evil  by 
patience  and  perseverance. 

Afflictions  may  be  turned  to  benefits 
if  they  lead  a  man  to  turn  inwardly 
into  himself,  and  examine  the  state  of 
his  heart  and  conscience  in  the  sight 
of  his  Maker.  The  distresses  of  human 
life  often  serve  only  to  enhance  the 
value  of  our  pleasures  when  we  regain 
them.  Among  the  troubles  with  which 
we  are  daily  assailed,  many  of  them 
are  too  trifling  for  us  to  be  troubled. 
by  them. 

We  last  nl|rtit  rreehred  a  piece  of  lil*news  at 
o«r  dab  which  very  sensibly  ^ffUcUd  ofeiy  ooe 
of  ni.  I  qneitioo  not  hot  my  readevs  theassslves 
wlU  be  tnubled  at  tbe  beaiinc  of  it.  To  keep 
thens  no  longer  la  inipwie.  Sir  ^qger  de  Covcrly 
Is  dead. 


While  the  nfaid  eoiilHiphtei  diiCrew,  It  I 


.54 


AFFLICTION. 


AFFORD. 


■ctMl  tip<vB  aad  Mtfer  act*,  Md  kf  JmAmUjImt  ta 
thin  coiitemplatUm  It  htoomaa  aaora  Md  mow 
vnflC  for  action.  Ceam. 

AFFLICTION,     GRIBF,    SORROW. 

AFFLICTION,  v.  To  afflict. 

GRIEF  from  grievCy  id  German 
grdmeiif  Swedish  gramga,  &c. 

SORROW,  in  German  sorge.  Sec. 
signifies  care,  as  well  as  sorrow. 

All  these  words  mark  a  state  ofsaf- 
fering  which  differs  either  in  the  degree 
or  the  cause,  or  in  both. 

Affliction  is  much  stronger  than 
grief;  it  lies  deeper  in  the  soul,  and 
arises  from  a  more  powerfnl  cause; 
the  loss  of  what  is  most  dear,  the 
continued  sickness  of  our  friendis,  or 
a  reverse  of  fortune,  will  all  cause 
affliction  :  the  misfortunes  of  others, 
tne  failure  of  our  favourite  schemes, 
the  troubles  of  our  country,  will  occa^ 
sion  us  grief. 

Sorrow  is  less  than  gri^f';  it  arises 
from  the  untoward  circumstances 
which  perpetually  arise  in  life.  A 
disappomtment,  the  loss  of  a  game, 
our  own  mistake,  or  the  negligences  of 
others,  cause  sorrow. 

Affliction  lies  too  deep  to  be  velie- 
ment ;  it  discovers  itself  by  no  strik- 
ing marks  in  the  exterior ;  it  is  lasting, 
and  does  not  cease  when  the  external 
causes  cease  to  act :  grief  may  be 
violent,  and  discover  itself  bi^  loud  and 
indecorous  signs ;  it  is  transitory,  and 
ceases  even  before'  the  cause  whidi 
gave  birch  to  it:  sorrow  discovers 
itself  by  a  simple  expression ;  it  is  still 
more  transient  than  grief  not  exist- 
ing beyond  the  moment  in  which  it  is 
produced. 

A  person  of  a  tender  mind  is  af' 
Jlicteaat  the  remembrance  of  his  sins; 
he  is  grieved  at  the  consciousness  of 
his  fuUabillty  and  proneness  to  error ; 
he  is  Jtorry  fur  the  taults  which  he  has 
committed. 

Affliction  is  allayed  :  grie/*subsidet : 
sorrow  is  soothed. 

It  b  (iidfed  wonderful  tocouidnr  bow  men 
ara  abk  tu  raise  affliction  to  tbemaeUei  oat  of 
every  tblop.  Aonaoii. 

Tlie  meUnchol;  siUnce  tliat  rollowa  bereupoo, 
aail  cootiamt  uotil  be  bas  recovered  bimeelf 
•noufb  to  n-f  eal  bH  mind  to  bb  friend,  ntoes  In 
tbe  apectaton  a  f  rf^tbat  Is  Inexpreaiiblfl. 

Adomoji. 

The  noKt  aipeeabU  ol^ti  raeall  tb«  lerreia 
fw  bcr,  witb  wbom  be  used  to  eojojr  tkem. 

AOBUOIU 


AFFI.UENCE,  V.  IftoAeS. 

TO  AFFORD,   YIBLD,  PKODUGB. 

AFFORD  is  probably  ciuuigad  fhmi 
afirredf  and  comes  from  ma  Latin 
afferOf  comjMonded  of  of  or  ad  md 
firo,  signifying  to  bring  to  a  person. 

YIELD,*  in  Saxon  ge/!c2aii,  Gennan 
geUen  to  pay,  restore,  or  gire  the 
value,  is  probably  connected  with 
tlie  Hebrew  ilad  to  breed,  or  bring 
forth. 

PRODUCE,  in  Latin  produco^oaok- 

Eounded  of  pro  forth  and  duco  to 
ring,  signifies  to  bring  out  or  into  ex- 
istence. 

With  afflfrd  is  associated  the  idea 
of  communicating  a  part,  or  property 
of  some  substance,  to  a  person :  meat 
tjffords  nourishment  to  those  who  make 
use  of  it ;  the  sun  affordi  light  and 
heat  to  all  living  creatures. 

To  yield  is  the  natural  operation  of 
any  substance  to  give  up  or  impart 
the  parts  or  properties  inherent  in  it; 
it  is  the  natural  surrender  which  an 
object  makes  of  itself:  trees  yidd 
fruit;  the  seed  yields  grain;  some 
sorts  of  grain  do  not  yield  much  in 
particular  soils. 

Produce  conveys  the  idea  of  one 
thing  causing  another  to  exist,  or  to 
spring  out  of  it;  it  is  a  species  of 
creation,  the  formation  of  a  new  sub- 
stance :  the  earth  produces  a  variety 
of  fruits ;  confined  air  will  produce  an 
explosion. 

Afford  and  produce  have  a  moral 
application ;  but  not  yield  :  nothing 
affords  so  great  a  scope  for  ridicule  as 
the  follies  of  fashion ;  nothing /iroefiicef 
so  much  mischief  as  the  vice  of 
drunkenness.  The  history  of  man 
does  not  afford  an  instance  of  any  po« 
pular  commotion  that  has  ever  pro- 
duced such  atrocities  and  atrocious 
characters  as  the  French  revolution. 

Religion  is  the  only  thing  that  can 
afford  true  consolation  and  peace  of 
mind  iu  the  season  of  afHiction,  and 
the  hoiu:  of  death.  The  recollecrion 
of  past  incidents,  particularly  those 
which  have  passed  in  our  mfancyji 
produces  the  most  pleasurable  sensa- 
tions in  the  mind. 

The  seneconamaa  In  tbe  ordinarj  aeoeptatfoa, 
wICbont  leipect  of  the  demaoda  of  bit  faoallj, 
wUI  aoott  Sad  npon  tba  fboc  of  Ua  aoeoant  that 
be  hw  aacrttced  to  Iboli^  knaiti,  flitteRn»or  fh» 


AFFRONT. 


AFRAID. 


55 


itmnvSig  wdNtivfa  lOI  the  opporUoUin  of  4{f' 
firdimg  wj  fiitara  twlilincii  whcM  it  ouf bt  to 
be. 


Their  vlact  a  ikadow  to  tbdr  race  ■bail  jrfdtf, 
Aad  tbe  nme  baad  tbat  Mw«d  sball  reap  tbo  field. 

PWfi. 

Tbair  sbai peaM  oDdt  ta  eaitb  tbdr  footiaf  pbee^ 
Jkad  thftdrj  polaa  yrNbioe  a  living  raee. 

Dbvobii. 

TO   AF90RD)   SPARS. 

AFFORD^  V.  To  affbrdy  yieUL 

SPARE,  in  German  fparen,  Latm 
parcOf  Hebrew  perek  to  preserve,  si^- 
nifies  here  to  lay  apart  rot  any  parti- 
cular use. 

The  idea  of  deducting  from  one's 
property  with  convenience  is  common 
to  thesis  terms;  but  afford  respects 
solely  expences  which  are  no  more 
than  commensurate  with  our  income ; 
tpmre  is  said  of  things  in  general^ 
which  we  may  part  with  without  any 
sensible  dimmution  of  our  comfort. 

There  are  few  so  destitute  that  they 
cannot  afford  something  for  the  relief 
of  others,  who  are  more  destitute.  He 
who  has  two  things  of  a  kind  may 
easily  qmrt  one. 

«bal«*«r  ^toaeu  can  ^9rd, 

i*d  tbj  afBH,  BttUdtflB  be  tfajr  sword. 

DaTOBir. 

,  ia  tbft  eomnon  cooeerai  of 
Vh,  lead  aama  of  moaejr  wbicb  Ibej  are  oot  aUa 
to 


TO    AFVORD^  V.  To  givC. 

AFFRAY,  V.  Quarrel. 

AFFRONT,  INSULT,  OUTRAGE. 

AFFRONT,  in  French  affronte, 
from  the  Latin  ad  aadfrons  a  fore- 
heady  signifies  flying  iu  the  face  of  a 
person. 

INSULT,  in  French  insulted  comes 
from  the  Latin  insuUo  to  dance  or 
leap  against.  The  former  of  these 
actions  marks  defiance,  the  latter 
scorn  and  triumph. 

OUTRAGE  IS  compounded  of  out 
6r  utter  and  rage  or  violence,  signify- 
ing an  act  of  extreme  violence. 

An  affront  is  a  mark  of  reproach 
shown  m  the  presence  of  others ;  it 
piques  and  mortifies :  an  imuU  is  an 
attack  made  with  insolence;  it  irri- 
tates and  provokes :  an  outrage  com- 
bines all  that  is  offensive;  it  wounds 
and  injures.  An  intentional  breach 
of  politeness  is  toi  affront:  ifoonpled 


with  any  external  indication  of  hos- 
tility it  is  an  imuU  :  if  it  break  forth 
into  personal  violence  il  is  an  outrage* 
Captious  people  construe  every  m- 
nocent  freedom  mto  an  affront.  When 
people  are  in  a  state  of  animosity, 
they  seek  opportunities  of  offering 
eacn  other  tnsuUi.  Intoxication  Or 
violent  passion  impel  men  to  the  com- 
mission of  outrages, 

TIm  penMMi  thns  conducted,  who  was  Hanal- 
bal,  leemed  moch  difturbed,  and  coold  not  for- 
bear complaiolng  to  the  board  of  tlie  ^ffnuUhm 
bad  met  with  amoD^  the  Roman  hiKtoriaat. 


It  majr  verjr  leaaoaabljr  be  ezpacted  that  tha 
old  draw  upon  themelvet  the  freateit  part  of 
tboae  intuttM  which  thc^  to  moch  lameot,  and 
tbat  age  is  raielj  despised  bvt  wfa«a  it  is  con* 
tesnptible.  Johmoa. 

Tbta  is  the  round  of  a  passloaate  nsaa^  lUb; 
be  cootraots  debts  when  1m  is  f  arioas,  which  his 
virtue^  if  be  has  virtne^  obllfes  him  to  dischaifa 
at  the  return  of  reawn.  He  spends  bis  time  ia 
outrage  and  reparation.  Joeksoi. ' 

AFFRONT,  V.  Offence^ 

AFRAID,    FEARFUL,    TIMOROUS, 
TIMID. 

AFRAID  Is  changed  from  of  eared, 
signifying  in  a  state  of  fear. 

FI^RFUL,  as  the  words  imply, 
signifies  full  of  fear. 

TIMOROUS  and  TIMID  come 
from  tlie  Latin  timidua  fearful,  timor 
fear,  and  timeo  to  fear. 

The  first  denotes  a  temporary  state, 
the  three  last  a  habit  of  tne  mind. 

Afraid  may  be  used  either  in  a 
physical  or  moral  application,  either 
as  it  relates  to  ourselves  only  or  to. 
others  ;  fearful  and  timorous  are  only 
applied  physically  and  personally  ^ 
tunid  is  mostly  used  iu  a  moral  seuse. 

It  is  the  character  of  the fearfUl  or 
timorous  person  to  be  afraid  ot  what 
he  imagines  would  hurt  himself;  it  is' 
not  necessary  for  the  prospect  of 
danger  to  exist  in  order  to  awaken 
fear  in  such  a  disposition :  it  is  the 
characteristic  of  the  timid  person  to 
he  afraid  of  offending  or  meeting  with 
something  painful  from  others ;  such 
a  disposition  is  prevented  from  follow-^' 
ing  tne  dictates  of  its  own  mind. 

Between  fearful  and  timorous  there 
is  little  distinction,  either  in  sense  or 
application,  except  that  we  sBy  fearful 
ef  a  thing,  not  ttmcrous  of  a  thing. 

To  be  alvtjB  ufrMtct  torfHU^  K  hOetA^ 


>, 


r  ^>aVA77^ 


K^xj 


4«K    >#-«»> /V.4  WOMI  v» 


W<P    VIA    «^.««s    v'Ct    te» 


t*it'^f.'^\  y/x.*y,:..     O.'.'i  nsfrt   «/f<r  a 
AJUr   ,%  ^^A  «if l^r  r'/fjfiriif  i'««»j  or 

M'.Ti  tf'«/«^  4r/<^.r  Mil r J M;ff^T«(%  ;   fbiv- 
r//;y#;:i]Mi  f/th'trul  Si  l/U^h 

f  U  ftrrf.  m4  «.I/^  VAf Mi#  b:m  tAUr»*4  \h^, 

Dittditv. 

Ar.K,  tJ,  ( Mi'rurat'ujtu 
M»  K,  1;.  7Vw7/',  fjerifxL 
AOKiiy  //.  ilhlcrly. 
AOKNf;Vy  7;.  ytilimii  agency. 
AiiKSTf  ?'•  ytrtor* 
ACiKNTy  t;.  Minister, 
Ac.KNT,  7\  Faci(/r, 

TO  A(.(;flAVATK,  IKRITATK,  PRO- 
VOKK,    I'.XAfil'KKATk,    TANTA- 

A(«^f KAVATi',  ill  I^iliii  agfiru' 
rtituMt  |inriir.i|ilc  oi'  Uf^gravo,  coiu- 
|Hiuii(l('il  ni'  tlui  iiilniMivo  HylUMo  ag 
itr  ri// hiid  ffftn'u  u»  imikc  l^riivy,  Hi);iii- 
firn  In  iiiukr  wry  hriivy. 

IlinrrA'rK,  in  ImUh  irritatuM,  \wr- 
liriplo  (if  initOf  which  '\n  u  frrf|U('ii- 
iHltvn    iVoiii    ini,    Hpiifiu.s    to    excite 

IMU  )\'(  )K  V;  111  I'Vriirh  pnrcoqucr^ 
\a\{\\\  proiUHo,  coiiiiMMaiuh'd  of  pro 
huih,  iiiid  ^l'il»tll^llly^i|;uilic8  t(»chnl- 
h  lip.c  nr  (IclV. 

l'.\  .VM'KK  ATlCj  Lilt  ill  rrdj/irni^ufy 
^Mirticiplu  oi'  uHfpcro^  is  cimi|)oundcd 


'','  "j^i.    .     •.-'--  '.r.mitt  f'vn. 

rtJer  «>  tie  feeiizxi  cf  d« 

m  E^cu  the  oon 

\n  iL^j  GTcssm^jizc^n  of  itiMltf ; 
wfi^sertr  corne*  zctOm  the  frrlnip 
irriivl^.t;  wf^tctcr  ft^irakeos  ^f^ 
prdfZ'sktt ;  whate'.pr  feghffiw  tms 
ft:::«^r  ^Ktraordiuirily  txmxptrmits: 
\A.^*fz\f:T  raiMt  h  iiiei  13  crder  to 
frustrate  t^^inn  tantaUzti. 

A  fi  appearaisce  0:'  •laomoeni  Kir  tbe 
otfcricc  aiui  i's  cions^uences 
va/«k  UiC  {;uilt  of  the  offender : 
\n%  lianh  sound  irritates  if  long  ooD- 
tinur:fi  and  often  repeated:  VDffj 
words  pracokCy  particularly  when 
spfjken  with  an  air  of  defiance;  when 
to  this  be  arlded  bitter  taunts  and 
multiplied  provocations,  they  eraspe- 
rate  :  the  weather  by  its  frequent 
chanf*09  tantalizes  Uvjsc  who  depend 
upon  it  for  amusement. 

Wicked  people  aggravate  tbeir 
transgression  by  violence :  susceptible 
und  ner\'ou8  people  are  most  easily 
irritated ;  proud  people  are  quickly 
provoked;  not  and  nery  people  are 
soonest  exasperated :  those  who  wisii 
for  much,  and  wish  for  it  eagerly,  are 
oftciiest  tantalized, 

Ai  if  nataife  had  not  sown  e?ili  emmsh  ta  lire, 
we  an>  cootiniialljf  adding  iprief  to  grief,  and  4fw 
grarmllng  tbe  common  calamitj  by  oar  crael 
treatment  of  one  another.  Aniuao*, 

11^  irritated  manjr  of  bli  friendv  In  Londoa 
»>n  much  by  hii  liiUT*,  that  they  withdrew  their 
I  iMiiriboUonv.  JonNsusN  Life  or  Satage. 

Thi*  ADlroadTrT«ion»  of  criiks  are  commooly 
rach  M  may  ea»llj  provoke  tbe  iedaCeit  writer 
to  MDic  qulrkaeii  of  retealflieat.  Jofli 


OppoAltlon  rptahta,  cenanre  exa$ptrata^  or 
neglect  drpwii.  Joaatoii. 

Can  we  tUnk  that  rellclOB  war  dedgsed  only 
ftet  contftdlcttoQ  Co  oatan ;  aad  wkh  tl»  git«U 


AGITATION. 


AGONY. 


67 


imtfcNnl  tjTwuiy  in  the  vorU  to 
ttmtmlhtf  South. 

TO  AGGRAVATE,  V,  To  heighten, 

AGGRESSOR,    ASSAILANT. 

AGGRESSOR,  in  Latin  aggresm, 
participle  of  aggredior^  compounded 
of  ag  or  ady  and  gredior  to  step,  si^ 
nifies  to  step  up  to^  fall  upon^  or  at- 
tack. 

ASSAILANT,  from  assail,  in 
French  assailer,  compounded  of  as  or 
ad,  and  salio  to  leap  upon,  signifies  to 
leap  up  or  attack  any  one  vehemently. 

The  characteristic  idea  of  aggressor 
is  that  of  one  going  up  to  another  in 
a  hostile  manner,  and  by  a  natural 
extension  of  the  sense  commencing  an 
attack :  the  characteristic  idea  of  ai- 
Sttilant  is  that  of  one  committing  an 
act  of  violence. 

An  aggressor  offers  to  do  some  in- 
jury either  by  word  or  deed ;  an  <u- 
sauant  actually  commits  some  vio- 
lence :  the  former  commences  a  dis- 
pute, the  latter  carries  it  on  with  a 
vehement  and  direct  attack. 

An  aggressor  is  blameahle  for  giving 
rise  to  quarrels ;  an  assailant  is  culpa- 
ble for  the  mischief  he  does. 

Were  there  no  aggressors  there 
would  be  no  disputes;  were  there  no 
assailants  those  disputes  would  not  be 
serious. 

An  aggressor  may  be  an  assailant, 
or  an  assailant  may  be  an  aggressor, 
but  they  are  as  frequenUy  distinct. 

Where  one  b  the  mggre$$or  and  la  paimanee 
of  hh  flnt  attack  kilb  theocher,  the  law  uippotei 
the  action,  however  tuddeo,  to  be  maliclom. 

JOBinOM*!  LUB  OF  SaTASB. 

What  ear  10  fbrttted  and  ban^d 
Agalnit  the  tnneM  force  of  roeal  charms. 
Bat  wovld  with  tiantport  to  mch  nvaet  mmII- 

Sorreader  itt  attentfen  ?  Masox. 

AGILE,  r.  Active^  Brisk, 

TO  AGITATE,  v.  To  shake,  agi^ 
late. 

AGITATION,  EMOTION,  TREPIDA- 
TION,   TREMOR. 

AGITATION,  in  Latin  agUatio, 
from  agito,  signifies  the  state  of  being 
ag^ated, 

EMOTIGNy  in  Latin  emolio,  from 
imoius,  participle  of  emoveo,  com- 
pooaded  of  e  out  of  and  mavto  to  tBOf^, 


sknifies  the  state  of  being  moved  ont 
of  rest  or  put  in  motion. 

TREPIDATION,  in  Latin  trq^i^ 
datio,  firom  trepido  to  tremble,  oom- 
poonded  of  ^emo  and  pee^  to  tremble 
with  the  feet,  signifies  the  condition 
of  trembling  in  all  one's  limbs  from 
head  to  foot. 

TllEMOR,  from  the  Latin  trmor, 
signifies  originally  the  same  state  oT 
trembling. 

Agitation  refers  either  to  body  oc 

mind,  emotion  to  the  mind  only,  tre- 

-pidation  and  tremor  to  the  body  onlj. 

Agitation  of  mind  is  a  vehement 
struggle  between  contending  feelings  ; 
emotion  is  the  awakening  but  one  feel- 
ing ;  which  in  the  latter  case  is  not  so 
vehement  as  in  the  former. 

Distressing  circumstances  produce 
agitation;  smecting  and  interesting 
circumstances  produce  emotions. 

Agitations  have  but  one  character, 
namely  that  of  violence:  emotions  ywj 
with  the  obiect  that  awakens  them : 
they  are  either  emotions  of  pain  and 
pleasure,  of  tenderness  or  anger ;  thaj 
are  either  gentle  or  strong,  faint  o . 
vivid. 

With  regard  to  the  body,  an  agt 
tation  is  more  than  a  trepidation,  and 
that  than  a  tremori  the  two  former  at* 
tract  the  notice  of  the  bystander ;  the 
latter  is  scarcely  visible. 

Agitations  m  the  mind  sometimes 
give  rise  to  distorted  and  extravagant 
agitations  of  the  body ;  emotions  of 
terror  or  horror  will  throw  the  bodv 
into  a  trepidation ;  those  of  fi»r  will 
cause  a  tremor  to  run  through  the 
whole  frame. 

The  eerenth  hook  aflwli  the  toilKiBatloB  Uhs 
the  ooeaain  a  cala,  and  fllk  the  flBhid  of  tl» 
reader  without  producing  in  It  any  thiag  Ilk*  ta* 
maU  or  agitation,  Aoonoii  ox  MnroK. 

The  deicriptloB  of  Adam  and  Eva  aa  Ihegp  int 
appcnrad  to  Satan,  b  ezqahrilalj  drawn,  and  trnt- 
ficlent  to  Make  the  fallen  a^fel  guit  upon  thm 
with  aU  thoee  emotieiu  of  envy  in  which  ha  li 
lepraented.  ABonoji  on  Mjxaoiu 

Hb  dnt  actkn  of  note  waa  hi  the  hattte  aT 
fjepaito,  where  the  anecen  of  that  gieat  di^,  la 
•nch  trtpidation  of  the  itate,  made  every  nma 
nMfritorions. 


He  fidl  Into  a  nnivenal  tremor  of  aH  hli 
joints,  that  when  goiaf  hta  legs  tiemUed  voder 
him.  Bttfcr. 

AGONy,  V,  Distress. 
AGONY)  V.  Pain. 


AGREEMENT. 
TO  AGREB,  V.  To  Qccede. 

TO  AGBBJB,    COINCIDE,  CONCUR. 

In  the  fbrreer  section  agree  is  com- 
pared with  terms  that  are  employed 
only  ibr  things ;  in  the  present  case  it 
is  compared  with  words  as  they  are  ap- 
plied to  persons  only. 

AGR££  implies  a  general  same- 


AGREEMENT. 


» 


COINCIDE  from  co  together  and 
the  Latin  incido  to  fall,  implies  a 
meedns  in  a  certain  point. 

CONCURy  iirom  con  together  and 
cwrro  to  run,  implies  a  running  in  the 
same  course,  an  acting  together  on  the 
same  principles. 

Agreedetioies  a  state  of  rest ;  coin- 
€ule  and  concur  a  state  of  motion, 
«ther  towards  or  with  another. 

Agreement  is  either  the  voluntary 
or  involuntary  act  uf  persons  in  gene- 
ral ;  eoinddence  is  the  voluntary  hut 
casual  act  of  individuals,  the  act  of 
€oe  falling  into  the  opinion  of  another ; 
eoncurremee  is  the  intentional  positive 
act  of  individuals ;  it  is  the  act  of  one 
authorising  the  opinions  and  measures 
of  another. 

Men  of  like  education  and  tempera- 
ment agree  upon  most  subjects :  peo- 
ple cannot  expect  others  to  coincide 
with  them,  when  they  advance  extra- 
vagant  positions:  the  wiser  part  of 
mankind  are  backward  in  concurringm 
any  schemes  which  are  not  warranted 
by  experience. 


I  all  agree^  who  both  vltb  jadcmeot  read, 
Tb  Hm  tuM  iaB,aBd  do«»  himwU  Meeted. 

Tati 


^  ii  BoA  ptAips  aaj  eovple  wbcie  dbpo- 
afUona  and  reUsk  of  life  are  lo  porfcctly  liaiilar 
aa  that  tbeir  wilb  ooatfanllj  coincide, 

Hawkmwobth. 


The  plaa  betas  thw  concefted,  and  mj  eooria^ 
cvncttrrcRce  obtained,  it  wai  Immedlatelj  pat  in 
*»"crt^w»'  llAwuswoanu 

AGREEMENT,  CONTRACT,  COVE- 
NANT, COMPACT,  BARGAIN* 

AGREEMENT  signifies  what  is 
agreed  to  (vide  To  agree) . 

CONTRACT,  in  French  contracte, 
from  the  Latin  contractut,  participle 
of  contraho  to  bring  close  U^ther  or 
bind,  signifies  the  thing  thus  con- 
tracted or  bound. 

COVENANT,  in  French  caoenantCy 
Latin  con^nitui^  participle  of  oanvenio 


to  meet  together  at  a  point,  signifies 
the  point  at  which  several  meet,  that 
is,  the  thinga^reed  upon  by  many. 

COMPACT,  in  Latin  compactut^ 
pnarticiple  of  compingo  to  bind  close, 
signifies  the  thing  to  which  people 
bind  themselves  close. 

BARGAIN,  from  the  Welsh  bar-, 
gan  to  contract  or  deal  for,  signifies 
the  act  of  dealing,  or  the  thing  dealt 
for. 

An  agreement  is  general,  and  i^ 
plies  ti»  transactions  of  every  descrip- 
tion, but  particularly  such  as  are 
made  between  single  individuals;  in 
cases  where  the  other  terms  are  not 
so  applicable ;  a  contract  is  a  binding 
agreement  between  individuals ;  a 
simple  agreement  may  be  verbal,  but 
a  contract  mast  be  wntten  and  legally 
executed  :  covenant  and  compact  are 
agreements  among  communities;  the 
.  covenant  is  commonly  a  national  and 
public  transaction;  the  compact  re- 
spects individuals  as  members  of  a 
community,  or  communities  with  each 
other :  the  bargain,  in  its  proper  sense, 
is  an  agreement  solely  in  matters  of 
trade;  but  applies  figuratively  in  the' 
same  sense  to  other  o^ects. 

The  simple  consent  of  parties  con- 
stitutes an  agreement ;  a  seal  and  sig- 
nature are  requisite  for  a  contract ;  a 
solemn  engagement  on  the  one  band, 
and  faith  in  that  engagement  on  the 
other  hand,  enter  into  the  nature  of  a 
covenant;  a  tacit  sense  of  mutual 
obligation  in  all  the  parties  gives  vir- 
tue to  a  compact ;  an  assent  to  stipu* 
lated  terms  of  sale  may  form  a  bar- 
gain. 

Friends  make  an  agreement  to  meet 
at  a  certain  time;  two  tradesmen  enter 
into  a  contract  to  carry  on  a  joint 
trade ;  the  people  of  England  made  a 
covenant  with  King  Charles  L  entitled 
the  solemn  covenant :  in  the  society  of 
Freemasons,  every  individual  is  bound, 
to  secrecy  by  a  solemn  compact :  the 
trading  part  of  the  community  are 
continually  striking  bargains. 


Fng  had  ghrni  bis  word  that  be  would 
the  aboTemeotloned  eompaoj  at  the  Salatatkw, 
to  talk  of  thiN  agreement. 

AaBUTUNor's  HisToar  ow  Jobm  Bdu. 


It  is  inpoMlblo  to  ne  Um  loof  Mrollsia  vUeh 
every  eanCrocI  k  included,  with  all  tbeir  apj 
dafet  of  Mak  aad  atteiteUoaa,  irllboiiA  vondr 
Inf  at  At  depnirKj  of  thote  bclngi»  wW  a^ 


GO 


AIM. 


AIM. 


ialnii*«4  fnm  «lolatkM  of 
I  and  f  hbUc 


Jaumom, 


or  MorllefaCaiiiFirafeClietlfn 
Of  coremantM  broke  ;  three  pcsb  of  Ckuidcriaia. 


Lfterty  ndtntk  aieaoCia 
■kle,b«t  oolj  u  tbej  reUleta  a 


la  iJbe  bc^KDlDfB  aad  inC  CfUblUmeBt  oT 
q»eech,  thrre  wa*  an  laiplidt  compact  uatOUfU 
tmn,inaied  upoa  commoo  me  aad  conwt, 
that  Mcb  and  socfa  wonb  or  Tolcee,  actiona  or 
fHt«fe>,»hoaldbeme«ator  dgM  vheieby  thqr 
woald  cxpnsv  or  coofvy  their  thoaghta  oae  to 

Soirra. 


We  lee  men  fnqpmlly  deztnow  and  ifaurp 
••oafli  in  roaUnc  a  bar^tm^  who,  if  jo«  maoa 
with  thnn  about  malten  of  rdlgloa,  ^pear  pcf- 
tect\j  ktopld. 


ACRiccjLTURiST,  t\  Farmer. 
TO  AID,  IK  To  help. 

AIM,  OBJECT,  END. 

AIM  ifi  ill  all  probability  a  varia- 
tjun  of  hotne^  in  old  German  haim. 
It  is  the  home  which  the  marksman 
wishes  to  reach ;  it  is  the  thing  aimed 
at ;  the  particular  point  to  which  one's 
affbrts  are  directed ;  which  is  had  al- 
ways in  view,  and  which  every  thing  is 
made  to  bend  to  the  attainment  of. 

OBJECT  is  more  vague,  from  the 
Latin  objectus,  participle  of  ob  and 
jacio  to  lie  in  the  way ;  it  signifies  the 
thing  that  lies  before  us;  we  pursue 
it  by  taking  the  necessary  means  to 
obtam  it  i  it  becomes  the  fruit  of  our 
labour. 

END  in  the  improper  sense  of  end 
is  still  more  general,  sieuifyiog  the 
thing  that  ends  one's  wishes  and  en- 
deavours ;  it  is  the  result  not  only  of 
action,  but  of  combined  action;  it  is 
the  consuininution  of  a  scheme ;  we 
must  take  the  proper  measures  to  arrive 
at  it. 

It  is  the  nim  of  every  good  Christian 
to  live  in  peace;  it  is  a  nuurk  of  dulness 
or  folly  to  act  without  an  o^crf  ;  every 
scheme  is  likely  to  tiul,  in  which  the 
means  are  not  adequate  to  the  end. 

Wo  have  an  aim ;  we  propose  to 
ourselves  an  object;  we  look  to  the 
end.  An  aim  W  attainable,  an  o6;ecf 
worthy,  an  atd  im|K^rtunt. 

Canalar  t^u  onl?  priv«1«,  tdhh  «i««,  and 
•tkka  at  Mthin;  whkli  maj  make  them  inaceod. 

Adduoh. 

We  BhonM  tnAcieotly  wcich  the  o^^ectvof  ov 
hopew  whether  tbrr  be  MKh  a 
aMjr  oapect  ftwa  ihoa  mbA  wt^toMM  in 
ftvWon. 


TO  AIU,  POINT,  LEVEL. 

AIM,  si^iifying  to  take  «m  (v. 
Aim)f  is  to  direct  one's  view  towards  a 
point. 

POINT,  from  the  noon  poimi,  nu- 
llifies to  direct  the  point  to  any  thing. 

LEVEL,  from  the  adjectiTe  Uvei, 
sipiifies  to  put  one  thmg  on  a  level 
with  another. 

Aim  expresses  more  than  the  other 
two  words,  in  as  much  as  it  denotes  a 
direction  towards  some  minute  point 
in  an  object,  and  the  others  imply 
direction  towards  the  whole  olyects 
themselves.  We  aim  at  a  bird;  we 
point  a  cannon  against  a  wall;  wo 
level  SL  cannon  at  a  wall.  Pointing  is 
of  course  used  with  most  propriety  in 
reference  to  instruments  that  have 
points ;  it  is  likewise  a  less  decisive 
action  than  either  aiming  or  levelling, 
A  stick  or  a  finger  may  be  pointed  at 
a  person,  merely  outof  dension;  bat 
a  blow  is  levelled  or  aimed  with  an 
express  intent  of  committing  an  act  of 
violence. 

The  same  analogy  is  kept  up  in 
their  figurative  appKcation. 

The  shafts  of  ridicule  are  but  too 
often  aimed  with  little  effect  against 
die  follies  of  fashion :  remarks  which 
seem  merely  to  point  at  others,  with- 
out being  expressly  addressed  to  them, 
have  always  a  bad  tendency :  it  has 
hitherto  been  the  fate  of  mfideU  to 
level  their  battery  of  sneers,  declama- 
tion, and  sophistry  against  the  Christ- 
ian Religion  only  to  strengthen  the 
conviction  of  its  sublime  truths  in  the 
minds  of  mankind  at  lai^ge. 

Their  head>  from  aimtng  hlova  they  hear  afkr. 
With  claihlag  gauntlet*  then  provoke  the  war. 

DKTsn; 

The  story  lOJljr  painU  at  jou.        Cvmbewlaxo. 

He  caUs  oo  Bacchus  aod  pn^ooada  the  priae : 
The  prooos  bb  fellow  fsroom  at  b«t«  deiet. 
And  hendi  hi«  bow,  aad  Irreir  with hb  e7«». 

DavKB. 

TO  AIM,  ASPIRK. 

AIM  (c.  Aim)  includes  efforts  as 
well  as  views,  in  obtaining  an  object. 

ASPIRE,  fn)m  cu  or  oc^  to  or  after 
and  spiro  to  breathe,  compreheods 
views,  wbhes,  and  hopes  to  obtain  an 
object. 

ne  MM  at  a  certain  proposed  pointy 


AIR. 


AIR. 


61 


bj  endcavoQiiDg  to  gain  it ;  we  oipire 
aher  that,  which  we  think  onrselves 
entitled  tO|  and  flatter  ourselves  with 
gaining. 

Many  men  aim  at  riches  and  ho- 
nour :  it  is  the  lot  of  bat  few  to  aspire 
to  a  throne. 

We  aim  at  what  is  attainable  by 
ordinary  efibrts;  we  ojpiV^  after  what 
is  great  and  nnusual. 

An  emnloas  youth  ahiu  at  acquiring 
the  esteem  of  his  teachers ;  he  oipires 
to  excel  all  his  competitors  in  literary 
attainments. 

Wkelker  seal  or  BodentioD  be  the  point  we 
at,  let  w  beep  fie  o«t  of  tbe  oee^  and  flroit 
at  ~ 


Tfcailadj  of  Ckow  who  !■  the  tima  of  Shak^ 
aBpini  to  plabrian  leaniloc  wm  laid 
wpot  adfeotam^  giaatf,  dragons,  aodonhaal- 


TO  AIM,  V.  To  endeavour. 
Aiiii  V,  Tendency. 

AIR,  MANNBB. 

AIRy  in  Latin  aer,  Greek  acf, 
comes  from  the  Hebrew  aar^  because 
it  is  the  Tehide  of  light ;  hence  in  the 
figurative  sense,  in  which  it  is  here 
taken,  it  denotes  an  appearance. 

MANNER,  in  much  maniircy 
comes  probably  from  mener  to  lead 
or  direct,  signifying  the  direction  of 
one*s  movements. 

An  air  is  inherent  in  the  whole  per- 
son ;  a  manner  is  confined  to  the  ac- 
tion or  the  movement  of  a  single  limb. 
A  man  has  the  air  of  a  common  per- 
son; it  discovers  itself  in  all  his  matt- 
tiers.  An  air  has  something  super- 
ficial in  its  nature ;  it  strikes  at  the 
first  glance:  manner  has  something 
more  solid  in  it ;  it  develops  itself  on 
closer  observation.  Some  people  have 
an  air  about  them  which  displeases ; 
but  their  manners  afterwanls  win 
upon  those  who  have  a  farther  inter- 
course with  them.  Nothing  is  more 
common  than  to  suffer  ourselves  to  be 
prejudiced  by  a  person's  airy  either  in 
nis  favour  or  otnerwise :  the  manners 
of  a  man  will  often  contribute  to  his 
advancement  in  life,  more  than  his  real 
merits. 

An  air  is  indicative  of  a  state  of 
mind ;  it  may  result  either  fipom  a  na- 
tural or  habitual  mode  of  tliinkiui^ :  a 
viann^is  indicative  of  the  education ; 
it  is  produced  by  external  circum- 
i^tances.    An  air  is  noble  or  simple,  it 


marks  an  elevation  or  simplicity  of 
character:  a  manner  is  rude,  rustic, 
or  awkward,  for  want  of  culture,  good 
society,  and  good  example.  We  a^ 
sume  an  air,  and  affect  a  manner.  An 
assumed  air  of  importance  exposes 
the  littleness  of  the  assuroer,  whidi 
might  otherwise  pass  unnoticed ;  the 
same  manners  which  are  beoooiiQg 
when  natural,  render  a  person  ridicol^ 
ous  when  they  are  affected.  A  pre- 
possessing air  and  engaeinff  mannert 
fiave  more  influence  on  the  heart  thiiii 
the  solid  qualities  of  the  mind. 

The  mir  the  gare  befieir  wia  that  of  a  nnn- 


The  boj  b  well  fluhiooed,  a«d  wfll  euSfyhU 
into  a  uaceftel  wtanner. 


AIR,   MIEN,    LOOK. 

AIR,  V.  Air. 

MIEN,  in  German  miene^  coaMSy 
as  Adelung  supposes,  from  m'dhen  to 
move  or  draw,  because  the  lines  of 
the  fece  which  constitute  the  mien  in 
the  German  sense  are  drawn  together. 

LOOK  signifies  properly  a  mode  of 
looking  or  appearing. 

The  extenor  of  a  person  is  compre* 
bended  in  the  sense  of  all  these  words. 

Air  depends  not  only  on  the  oonn^ 
tenance,  but  the  stature,  carriage,  and 
action :  mien  respects  the  whole  ouN 
ward  appearance,  not .  excepting  the 
dress:  took  depends  altogether  on 
the  face  and  its  changes.  Air  marina 
any  particular  state  of  the  mind: 
mien  denotes  any  state  of  the  outward 
circumstances:  look  any  individual 
movement  of  the  mind.  We  may 
judee  by  a  person's  air,  that  he  has  a 
conndent  and  fearless  mind :  we  may 
judge  by  his  sorrowful  mien,  that  hie 
nas  substantial  cause  for  sorrow;  and 
by  sorrowful  looks,  that  he  has  soiine 
partial  or  temporary  cause  for  sorrow. 

We  talk  of^  doine  any  thing  with  a 

^particular  air  ;  of  having  a  mien  ;  of 

giving  a  look.    An  innocent  man  will 

answer  his  accusers  with  an  air  of 

composure;    a  person's  whole  mien 

sometimes  bespeaks  his  ivretched  coil* 

dition ;  a  look  is  sometimes  given  to 

one  who  acts  in  concert  by  way  of 

intimation. 

The  troth  of  IC  la,  the  air  ta  generally  oothins 
dae  but  the  Inward  dlfpokition  of  Che  mind  nade 
▼bible.  Anmov. 

How  sleek  their  loolet,  how  goodly  hi  their  mit^^ 
When  Mg  they  stnit  behliid  a  doohle  chhi. 

DBTonrt 


ALLAY. 


ALLEVIATE. 


6S 


JUnml  BwdM  and  tba  Date  of  Namv4y 
k  toM  M  diliBreBtlj  hf  ndent  wriCm,  tlMt 
Om  art  few  importanC  paaragn  of  the  BaglMi 
Hible  to  to  fmt  ■■eeftataty.        HniB. 


ALL,    BVERT,   EACH. 

ALL  is  collective  ;  EVERY  single 
or  individual ;  EACH  distributive. 

AH  and  every  are  universal  in  their 
tignificatioo ;  eaek  is  restrictive :  the 
former  are  lued  in  speaking  of  great 
numbers;  the  latter  is  applicable  to 
small  numbers.  AU  men  are  not  bom 
with  the  same  talent,  either  in  decree 
or  kind;  but  every  man  has  a  talent 
peculiar  to  himself:  a  parent  divides 
aia  property  among  his  children^  and 
gives  to  emch  his  due  share. 

Hftfold  bj  hH  RHurrhife  broke  mil  mtnantm 
wMk  the  Dvke  of  NomiaBdy.  Hrais. 

JPrefy  aan^  perftnraisiicc*,  to  be  rlfhllj  ertl- 
natrd,  araMl  be  eompucd  to  the  state  of  the  aire 
la  vhleh  he  Hfed. 


Taken  tliiffty  aad  bidif  Moally,  H  arfght  he 
dlBealt  to  roacelve  bow  roe*  <>Trat  wroaght  far 
ffood.    Tbry  BMnt  be  viewed  ia  tbeir  conae- 

Buia. 


TO    ALLAT,     SOOTH,      APVSASE, 
ASSUAGB. 

To  ALLAY  is  compounded  of  al 
or  ady  and  lay  to  lay  to  or  by,  sig- 
niiying  to  lay  a  thing  to  rest,  to  abate 
it. 

SOOTII  probably  comes  from 
sweety  which  is  in  Swedish  sot,  low 
German,  &c.  aoty  and  is  doubtless 
connected  with  the  Hebrew  sot  to  al- 
lure, invite,  compose. 

APPEASE,  in  French  appaiser, 
is  compounded  of  ap  or  ad  and  paix 
peace,  signifying  to  quiet. 

ASSUAGk  is  compounded  of  as 
or  ad  and  suage,  from  the  Latin 
tuasi  perfect  of  suadeo  to  persuade, 
signifying  to  treat  with  gentleness,  or 
to  render  easy. 

All  these  terms  indicate  a  lessening 
of  something  painful.  In  a  physical 
sense  a  pain  is  allayed  by  an  imme- 
diate application;  it  is  soothed  by 
affording  ease  and  comfort  in  other 
respects,  and  diverting  the  mind  from 
the  pain.  Extreme  heat  or  thirst  is 
allayed  ;  extreme  hunger  is  appeased. 

In  a  moral  seuse  one  allays  what  is 
fervid  and  vehement ;  one  soothes  what 
is  distressed;  one  appeases  what  is 
tumultuous  and  boisterous;  one  ai- 
mages  grief  or  afflictions.  Nothing 
is  so  calculated  to  allay  the  fervour 


of  a   distempered    imagination, 

{»rayer  and  religions  mwlitation:  i_ 
igion  has  every  thing  in  it  which 
can  soothe  a  wounded  conscience  by 
presenting  it  with  the  hope  of  pavdon, 
that  can  appease  the  angry  passions 
by  giving  us  a  sense  of  our  own  sinful- 
ness and  need  of  God's  pardon,  and 
that  can  assuage  the  bitterest  grieft  bj 
affording  us  the  brightest  prospects  of 
future  bliss. 

Withoat  ezpecthf  the  fMan  ef  haafw,  thej 
eat  fbr  am  appctHe,  aa4  pfepara  ilhhfa  aot  le 
Mil^y,  hat  to  axcf  le  IL  Aamaoak 

Natare  haeirtvea  all  the  little  arte  of  MeCMttf 
and  blaadidilaff  to  the  female.  AoBiaoa. 

Chanm  tf  no  aooDer  appetutdt  *<>^  the  triple 
headed  dog  lahl  aitlecp,  hot  .fiaeaa  makes  btaea- 
tnnee  Into  tlie  dunUniona  of  Pinto.       Aonaoiu 

If  I  can  ao7  waj  anuuge  pfitate  Iniamrai* 
tleiM,  or  alla^  poblk  flWmeats  I  diall  applj 
mjwAS  to  It  with  the  otmoit  eadeat oara. 

Al 


TO   ALLEDGB,  V.  To  odduce. 
ALLBGOUICAL,    V.  FigUTotive. 

ALLEGORY,  V.  Porahk. 

TO   ALLBVIATB,   RELIBVB. 

ALLEVIATE,  in  Latin  alleviatui. 
participle  of  alUmo^  is  compounded 
of  the  mtensive  syllable  al  or  ad^  ana 
leva  to  lighten,  signifying  to  lighten 
by  makini;  less. 

RELIEVE,  from  the  Latin  releoo^ 
is  re  and  Itvo  to  lifl  up,  signifyii^  to 
take  away  or  remove. 

A  pain  is  alleviated  by  making  it 
less  burdensome ;  a  necessity  is  re« 
lieved  by  supplying  what  is  wanted. 
Alleviate  respects  our  internal  feel- 
ings only;  relieve  our  external  cir^ 
cumstances.  lliat  alleviates  which 
affords  ease  and  comfort;  thatre/ieves 
which  removes  the  pain.  It  is  no  alle^ 
viation  of  sorrow  to  a  feeling  mind,  to 
reflect  that  others  undeigo  the  samo 
suffering ;  a  change  of  position  is  a 
considerable  relief'  to  an  invalid^  wea- 
ried with  confinement. 

Condolence  and  sympathy  tend 
greatlv  to  alleviate  the  sufferings  of 
our  fellow  creatures ;  it  is  an  esseui- 
tial  part  of  the  Christian's  duty  to  r^ 
lieve  the  wants  of  his  indigent  neigh* 
hour. 

Half  the  miwrf  of  baaiaB  life  n%hC  to « 
tlagalhbed,  woold  men   alteHate  the   fi 
carve  tbey  lie  ander,  bj  mataal  oAcci  af 

aad  hamaalty.    AMh, 

\ 


ALLOT. 


ALLOW. 


65 


TO  AUXrtf  ASSIGN,   APPORTION, 
BISTRIBDTE. 

ALLOT  is  compounded  of  the  Latin 
al  or  ad  and  the  word  ht,  which  owes 
its  ori^n  to  the  Saxon  and  other 
northem  langaages.  It  signifies  lite- 
raUy  to  set  apart  as  a  particnlar  lot. 

ASSIGN,  in  French  astigner^  Latin 
asMtgma,  is  compounded  of  a$  or  ad  and 
mao  to  sign,  or  mark  to,  or  for,  si{^ 
nu^fins  to  mark  out  for  any  one. 

APPORTION  is  c(Mn|)Ounded  of  op 
or  «f  and  portion^  signifying  to  portion 
out  lor  a  purpose. 

DISTRIBUTE,  in  Latin  diHri' 
farfWy  partid|de  of  dis  and  trihuo, 
signifies  to  bestow  or  portion  out  to 
sev<eml. 

To  aUol  is  to  dispose  on  the  ground 
of  utility  fiir  the  sake  of  good  order ; 
to  a$tig»  is  to  communicate  according 
to  the  merit  of  the  object;  to  appor- 
tion is  to  regelate  according  to  the  due 
proportion;  to  dtMirihiUe  is  to  give  in 
several  iffscinct  porucMis. 

A  portion  of  one's  property  is 
nUoited  to  charitable  purposes,  or  a 
portion  of  one's  time  to  religious  me- 
ditation ;  a  prise  is  oitigned  to  the 
most  meritorious,  or  an  honourable 
post  to  those  whose  abilities  entitle 
mem  to  (fistinctioD ;  a  person's  busi- 
ness is  tfporiumed  to  the  time  and 
afaitities  he  has  for  performing  it;  his 
alms  are  rfii(rttiitoa  among  those  who 
are  moat  indigent. 

Wboi  any  complicated  undertaking 
is  to  be  peribrmed  by  a  number  of 
in^vidustt,  it  is  necessary  to  alloi  to 
each  Ins  distinct  task.  It  is  the  part 
of  a  wise  prince  to  atiign  the  highest 
oflices  to  the  most  worthy,  and  to 
apportiom  to  every  one  of  bis  minis- 
tefs  an  employment  suited  to  his  pe- 
culiar character  and  qualifications: 
the  business  of  the  state  thus  diUri" 
kmitd  will  proceed  with  reguUrity  and 


part  b  la  a  gnat 
■dvn. 


■more  afportUned  bj  oar- 

JoBMMNb 


FroiB  tkaaoe  the  eap  of  mottal  man  be  fiUit 
Blenliis*  to  thew,  to  tboN  dUtritmte%  lilt. 


Efflfy  oM  that  bai  btea  loner  dead,  bat  a  dm 
proportlea  of  pnbe  mUaiU4  bin.  In  »bkfc« 
vWkt  te  INed,  Ut  IHends  weie  too  pnfbw,  and 
bit  ommkn  too  tpartaf.  AoBnoir. 

I  taS  by  tefcral  blirti  taaadeatantbon^tbat 
wbnlhe  Bfiit  wwn  tai  tbe  bricbt  of  power 
asi  lamy  tbqr  flM^Mil  oat  oftbelr  vait  doal- 
■leMaaUaBdcalledABt^jn,  at  aa  htMtatiea 
fbrnadflMa. 

tK  Cha  baf^plKft  aadmlteiy  of  oar 

pitt  b  MttrikuUA  bj  aatnie,  and 


TO  ALLOT,    APPOINT,    DESTINE*. 

ALLOT,  V.  To  allots  auign. 

APPOINT,  in  French  appoinier, 
Latin  apponoy  that  is,  op  or  ad  and 
pono  to  place,  signifies  to  put  by. 

DESTINE,  Latin  destino,  of  d€ 
and  ttinOj  Uo  or  siifo,  signifies  to 
place  apart. 

Allot  is  used  only  for  things,  ap^ 
point  and  destine  for  persons  or  things, 
A  space  of  ground  is  allotted  for 
cultivation ;  a  person  is  appointed  as 
steward  or  governor;  a  youth  is  de^- 
tined  for  a  particular  profession* 
Allotments  are  mostly  made  in  the 
time  past  or  present;  appointmenU 
respect  either  the  present  or  the  fu- 
ture ;  (ieffi/Mrftbns  always  respect  soma 
distant  purposes,  and  include  prepa- 
ratory measures.  A  conscientious 
man  allots  a  portion  of  his  annual  in- 
come to  the  relief  of  the  poor :  when 
public  meetings  are  held  it  is  necessary 
to  appoint  a  particular  day  for  the 
purpose:  pur  plans  in  life  are  d^ 
feated  by  a  thousand  contingencies: 
the  man  who  builds  n  house  is  not 
certain  he  will  live  to  use  it  for  the 
purpose 'for  which  it  was  destined. 

It  h  vBwortby  a  reatonable  befog  to  ifead 
any  of  the  IKtle  Ume  aUotUd  ur  witboat  tome 
tendeney,  direct  or  obllqa^,  to  tbe  end  of  oar 
ezbteaee.  Jtmatoa. 

Harln?  notlfled  to  my  inrad  frirad.  Sir  Rofsera 
tbat  1  iboald  Mt  oat  for  London  th«'  next  day» 
hit  boiMt  »CK  ready  al  the  appointed  hoar. 


Lode  round  and  mirrey  the  rarloni  betatiet  of 
tbe  globe,  which  Heaven  hat  dcttlned  tot  mao, 
and  eooiMer  whether  a  world  that  ezqntallaljr 
flraawd  conld  be  meant  for  the  abode  of  mlNij 
ana  paSa* 


TO  ALLOW,   GRANT,   BESTOW, 

ALLOW,  V.  To  admit,  allow, 
GRiVNT  is  probably  changed  from 
guarantee,  in  French  garantir,  signi- 
fying to  assure  any  thing  to  a  persoa 
by  ouc*s  word  or  deed. 

BESTOW  is  compounded  of  6c  and 
stow,  which  in  English,  as  well  as  in 
the  northeru  lun^uii^cs,  signifies  to 
place;  hence  to  ifcstow,  sipuifies  to 
dispose  according  to  oue*8  wi^rhes  and 
convenience. 

F 


ALLUDE. 


ALLURE. 


67 


BhvrsI 


per^pB^  oBt  of  a  mimy  of  ife  hu- 
tmm  Blway*  lifisd  atthe  nteof 'riro 

Bwmw 

aad  tlie  aw^kalc,  wkn  tkej 
IM  wmgm  of  tko  419,  ud  pvo« 


Ha 

I  have  flv8 haaduB^  ciowti 
Oriflij  Mrs  I  Mv'd  oadcr  joar  fMhor. 


(Coi^t  0^.  jbnve  loldkn^  doabt  not  of  the  day  ; 

'.^jid,1j^t  oMa  coClcn,  dooU  noCof  l^ge  jm^ 

SBACSnUBS. 

TO  AhLVDfi,  RBFER,   HINT, 

SUGGEST. 
AIXUX>E»  in  Latin  aUudOj  is  com- 
poimded  of  a/  or  ad  and  /ticio  to  sport, 
that  is,  to  saj  any  thing  in  a  cursory 


REFER,  in  Latin  refero^  signifies 
to  bring  back,  that  is,  to  bring  back  a 
person^  vscoUection  to  any  siuject  by 
menuoning  it. 

HINT  may  'very  probably  be 
changed  from  limi  or  behindp  in  Gei^ 
man  Aiiitea,  sig^iiAriog  to  convey  from 
baliind,  oris  an  obscure  manner. 

SUGGEST,  in  Latin  suggettut^ 
participle  of  fiiggero,  is  compounded 
of  tuk  and  gero  to  bring  under  or 
near,  and  signifies  to  bring  forward  in 
an  indirBCt  or  casoal  manner. 

To  mUude  is  not  so  direct  as  to 
r^etf  but  it  is  moie  dear  and  positive 
tttM  eitber  Ami  or  iHggei^. 

We  miimde  to  a  circnmstance  bv 
mtrodndng  something  collaterally  af- 
lied  to  it;  we  rrfer  to  an  event  bv 
expressly  introdocing  it  into  one's 
dacaant;  we  kuU  at  a  person's  in- 
tcntioDs  by  darkly  insinuating  what 
may  possibly  happen ;  we  iuggest  an 
idea  by  sona  poetical  expressions  rela- 
tivatoic 

There  are  frequent  Mukm  in  the 
Bible  to  the  costom^  and  manners  of 
the  east.  Itis  necessary  to  rder  to 
oertain  passages  of  a  woik  when  we 
do  not  expmslv  copy  them.  It  is 
mostly  better  to  be  entirely  silent  upon 
a  snkgect,  than  to  hint  at  what  cannot 
be  entirely  explained.  Many  iroprove- 
nents  have  owed  their  origin  to  some 
ideas  casually  tuggCMttd  in  the  course 
fif  conversation. 

AUmde  and  rtfer  are  always  said 
with  regard  to  things  that  have  posi- 
dvely  haiipened,  sind  mostly  sucn  as 
art  }i|4({inrMit;  hint  and  iu^egi  have 


mostly  a  personal  relation  to  things 
that  are  precarious.  The  whole  drift 
of  a  discourse  is  sometimes  unintelli- 
gible for  want  of  knowing  what  is 
alluded  to;  although  many  persons 
and  incidents  are  rejerred  to  with  their 
proper  names  ana  dates.  It  is  the 
part  of  the  slanderer  to  hint  at  things 
discreditable  to  another,  when  he  doei 
not  dare  to  speak  openly;  and  to  tug* 
gest  doubts  of  his  veracity  which  £a 
cannot  positively  charge. 

I  need  aot  Inform  07  readrr  tint  tbe  aalkor  of 
Hadtbraa  aUudet  Co  thb  rtranfe  qaalkjr  la  tbdk 
cold  elfnate,  when  fpfaUng  of  abitncted  notloaa 
clothed  la  a  TWble  thape,  he  adds  that  w^ 
rimUo, 
**  lAs  vordi  ooofeal'd  la  Dortben  air.** 

AnonoKa 

Efofj  lenackablo  event,  every  dbtiofaliheA 
perMBSfe  ander  the  law,  li  Interpretrd  in  the 
New  TMtaoMflt,  u  hearlnf  mmm  refhrent^^ 
Chrte'k  death. 


It  b  Alftfed  that  AaKBetae  had  la  Bind  le 
iHtore  the  eomoMowealth.  Cnuaa&Aaa. 

ThislflUfoof  onlMrjr,  in  Che  pvnUHBeat  of 
Tnatalofl,  was  perfaapi  ovlgtaallj  mfiwfed  te 
eoHW  foet  hj  the  condact  of  hli  paCrtn. 

JoBinoK. 

TO  ALLUDE  TO,  V.  To  gloHCe  at, 

TO  ALLURE,  TEMPT,  8BDUCB9 
ENTICE,    DECOY. 

ALLURE  is  compounded  of  the 
intensive  syllable  al  or  ad  and  lurcj  in 
French  leurre,  in  German  luder^  a 
lure,  or  tempting  bait,  si^ifying  to 
hold  a  bait  in  order  to  catcti  animals, 
and  figuratively  to  present  something 
to  please  the  senses. 

TEMPT,  in  French  tenter,  Latio 
f ertfo  to  try,  comes  firom  tentuty  par- 
Uciple  of  tendo  to  stretch,  signi^ing 
by  efforts  to  impel  to  action. 

SEDUCE,  in  French  fet^xVf,  Latin 
seducOf  is  compouuded  of  se  apart,  and 
duco  to  lead,  signifying  to  lead  any 
one  aside. 

ENTICE  is  probabljr,  per  mefo* 
thesin,  changed  trom  incite, 

DECOY  is  compounded  of  tha 
Latin  de  and  coy,  in  butch  hnf,  Ger- 
man, &c.  koif  a  cage  or  enclosed  placa 
for  birds,  signifying  to  draw  into  any 
place  for  the  purpose  of  getting  them 
into  one's  power. 

\Ve  are  allured  by  the  appearances 
of  things;  we  are  tempted  by  the 
words  of  persons  as  well  as  the  a{H 
pearances  of  things  5  we  are  entieed 


ALSO. 


AMBASSADOR.        60 


ALONB9  aOUTABTy  LONBLT. 

ALONEy  compounded  of  all  and 

Pj  sipufies  altogether  one,  or  ungle; 
tfamt  is,  by  one's  m1£ 

SOLITARY,  in  French  MoUtaire, 
Latin  toUtariuip  from  iolus  alone,  lig- 
nifies  the  quality  of  being  alone. 

IX>M£Ey,  or  lone  or  fy,  signifies 
in  die  maimer  of  o/oae. 

.^Ubne  marks  the  state  of  a  person; 
mdUmry  the  quality  of  a  person  or 
thing;  lonefy  the  oualitr  of  a  thing 
only.  A  person  walks  alone,  or  takes 
a  wSiary  walk  in  a  ^itmf  fy  place. 

Whoever  like*  to  be  much  aUme  is 
(kf  a  mfUtary  torn :  wherever  we  can  be 
moet  and  oftenest  ahne^  that  is  a 
9oUimfy  or  lone^  place. 


WkUama 


Tooao. 

■oantedecdva  Umdf  wilb 
ke  kM  BOt  tbocooililj  icfleoled 


IbmA  aaiple  vcffe 
inMi;ir,lwt  a  kMltbftil  dwaOlHt 
ud  tha  BM  or  life. 

Rows* 


ALSO^  LIKEWISE,  TOO. 

^  ALSO,  oomnoonded  of  all  and  so, 
signifies  titenlly  all  in  the  same  man- 


LIKEWISE,  compounded  of  like 
and  write  or  manner,  signifies  in  like 


TOO,  a  variation  of  the  numeral 
tao,  signifies  what  may  be  added  or 
Knned  to  another  tlung  firom  its  simt- 
lan|^. 

These  adfcrbial  expressions  obvi- 
ously convey  the  same  idea  of  in- 
dwuiy  or  dassing  certain  objects 
together  npoaa  supposed  ground  of 
affinity.  Al$o  is  a  more  general  term, 
and  has  a  more  comprehensive  mean- 
ingf  as  it  im|^es^  a  sameness  in  the 
vroole ;  UkewUe  is  more  specific  and 
finuted  in  its  acceptation ;  foo  is  still 
more  Umited  than  either,  and  refers 
only  to  a  nngle  olgect. 

"  He  ai!io  was  among  the  number'' 
may  convey  the  idea  of  totality  both 
as  lespects  the  person  and  the  event : 
**  ha  writes  Ukeifite  a  Tery  fine  hand  " 
conveys  the  idea  of  sinular  perfection 
in  his  writing  as  in  other  quaiifica- 
tioos :  ^  he  said  so  too"  signifies  he  < 
said  so  in  addition  to  the  outers ;  he 
said  it  UkemUc  vronld  imply  that  h^ 


said  the  same  thing,  or  in  the  same 
manner. 

Iietas  oalj  tUnk  for  a  IHUe  of  that  icpioaefc 
of  modern  tinei,  that  galf  of  Udm  and  fiKtnna, 
the  pawlon  for  fcamlsf,  which  b  «o  often  the 
refbfB  of  the  idle  Mins  of  plea«ara,  and  often 
alio  the  laitreioaree  of  the  mlaed.  BuiC 

LoBf  life  if  of  all  othera  the  most  general,  and 
■Miiiliiftlj  the  most  Innocent  ol^ect  of  darin. 
With  Kipect  to  thit,  too,  we  to  fteqacnt|j  err, 
that  it  wonM  hare  been  a  hknlng  to  maaj  to 
have  had  their  wish  denied.  Blaib. 

All  the  dntiei  of  a  danghter,  a  shter,  a  wifr. 
and  a  nMither,  may  he  well  performed,  thoogh  a 
tady  ihoald  not  be  tte  flnett  woman  at  an  opera. 
They  are  UkemHoe  coniWent  with  a  modeiate 
diara  of  wit,  a  pl^A  dren,  and  a  modest  air. 


TO  ALTER,  V.  To  clumge,  alter. 

ALTERCATION,  V,  DifferenoSf 
dispute^  altercation^  quarreL 

ALTERNATE,  V.  SuCCeSStVC. 

ALWAYS,  AT  ALL  TIMES,  EVER. 

ALWAYS,  compounded  of  all  and 
ttMiySy  is  the  same  as  under  all  circum- 
stances, through  all  the  ways  of  lifis^ 
that  is,  uniiitermptedly. 

AT  ALL  TIMES,  that  is,  withoot 
distinction  of  time. 

EVER,  that  is,  for  a  perpetuity, 
without  ^id. 

A  man  must  be  always  Tirtoous, 
that  is,  whether  in  adversity  or  pros- 
perity ;  and  at  all  times  virtuous,  that 
IS,  in  his  goine  in  and  coming  out,  his 
rising  up  and  liis  lying  down,  by  day 
and  by  night ;  he  will  then  be'  ever 
happy,  that  is,  in  this  life,  and  the  lift 

to  come. 

Raman  life  never  iCandf  ttiU  for  any  Umg 
time.  It  b  by  no  means  a  ized  and  itmij 
olvM»iABBthemoantainortherock,  which  yoa 
Mlw^yf  tad  la  themme  fttaation. 


Among  all  the  ejipiewione  of  good  nalnie^  I 
Aall  dngle  out  that  which  goes  mider  the  genenl 
name  of  charity,  ai  It  cooiMi  In  reHeviagthw 
IndigeBt :  thit  being  a  triil  of  tUi  hind  whleh 
oibn  ftmif  to  vt  atanoeft  at  «ll  timei^  and  in 
afery  place.  AmtnoM^ 

Have  yoa  forgotten  ill  the  blemlngi  yon  hava 
contiBned  to  enjoy,  ever  ilnce  the  day  chat  jim 
came  forth  a  helplem  infiuit  Into  the  world  i 


TO  AMASS,  V.  To  lieap. 
TO  AMAZE,  V.  To  admirCm 

AMBASSADOR,  ENV07,  PLENI- 
POTENTIARY, DEPUTY. 

AMBASSADOR    is  supposed  tk 


AMBNDU 


AMEND. 


71 


t  3P«  ^«ri»«.  teAHdthe  iMlttWa  of  flOqpb 

hM^9M,4cVti>«U«i  of  tte  sbHKjlQPX- 

BmC9  pntpetkj.  h  to  often  an  e^- 

WDcd,  dnollai  iMfvij  aflBMM  of 

bat  MiMiy  BfpMkdto  fW] 


ABfXBiABLB,  v»  Ansu*€rable. 

VO  AlfXNBy  CORRBCT,  RSFORlffy 

RVcninr,  bbibnd,  imphovjb, 

ltBNI>9  BETTER. 

AMKND9  in  Latin  CMtfiMio^  from 
Mn^ibe  fwoit  of  a  traaacriber^  lig- 
nifiaa  iq  remove  this  fault. 

GORRECT,  in  Latin  eorrectuM^ 
jparttrpW  of  oorrif^  compounded  of 
eonaniffffi^  tigniawi  toaetinori«i^ 

B£FO]£Ki,  compounded  of  rt  and 
J[mm^  «gut«B  to  mrm  afresh,  or  put 
obIdo  a  oav  aum* 

JLECIIFY,  in  Latin  rtt^ificOf  com- 
poinded  of  neitu  and  faeiOf  si^pifies 
to  ouJca  orimt  right. 

£M£NIji  is  toe  imme^ate  deriya- 
live  of  the  Latin  c»ca^. 

IMPAQVB  ^omes  from  the  LajOn 
•a  and  prtio  to  prove  or  try,  sigmfjring 
|o  make  goodf  or  betterthan  it  waS|  k^ 
tnala  or  after  aaperiments. 

If  END  i§  a  ooatracuon  of  eacml. 

BETTER  is  properly  to  make  bet- 
ier. 

To  amemdf    correct^   rectify^   and 

fevil;  to 


.....^y  imply  the  lessening  o.  — ,  .. 
tmproDey  r^orw^  and  htUery  the  in- 
crease of  good.  We  amend  the  moral 
ccwdoct,  carrtU  errors,  reform  the 
lifey  rfd^  mistakes,  cmeatf  the  read- 
ings of  an  anther,  improve  the  mind, 
flKMrf  or  fetter  the  condition.  What 
is  amended  is  mostly  that  inrhich-  is 
vrong  in  onnelves :  what  is  r^famm^ 
or  corrsded  is  that  which  is  fiiulty  in 
oorselYes  or  in  others ;  what  is  rectir 
JM  is  mostly  wrong  in  that  which  has 
been  done;  that  which  is  imprtmei 
nay  relate  either  to  an  inctividlual,  or 
to  wdiffHent  objects. 

To  MOMf  and  better  are  common 
tamsy  employed  only  on  &miliar  00- 
CTfiff'^iT;  corresponding  to  the  terms 
mmemd  and  uaprove.  Whatever  is 
wrong  must  be  amended;  whatever  is 
fiukity  must  be  corrected;  whatever  is 
aliofBthar  insofficimt  fiir  tbs  purpose 


roust  be  reformed;  whatever  error 
escapes  by  an  oversight  must  be  recfi- 
fied;  whatever  is  obscure  or  incorrect 
must  be  oifff  mfed.  What  has  been  torn 
may  be  mended,  and  what  admits  of 
change  may  he  improved,  or  bettered* 
When  a  personVconduct  is  any  way  cul- 
pable, it  ought  to  be  amended ;  when 
iiis  habits  and  principles  are  vicioosy 
his  charaf:t«r  ought  to  be  reformed; 
when  he  has  any  particular  &ulty 
habit,  it  ought  to  be  corrected  ;  when 
he  commits  mistakes  he  should  not 
object  to  have  them  rectified:  the 
emendationt  of  critics  frequently  iiH 
volve  an  author  in  still  greater  ob- 
scurity :  whoever  wishes  to  advance 
himself  in  life  must  endeavour  td 
improve  his  time  and  talents. 

The  first  step  to  amendment  is  ^ 
consciousness  of  error  in  ourselves; 
busy  politidans  are  ever  ready  to  pro- 
pose a  reform  in  the  constitution  of 
their  country,  but  they  forget  the  re- 
formation  which  is  requisite  in  tlienW 
selves :  the  correction  of  the  temper 
is  of  the  first  moment,  in  order  to  livf 
in  harmony  with  others :  iu  order  to 
avoid  the  necessity  of  rectifying  what 
has  been  done  amiss,  we  must  strive 
to  do  every  thing  with  care:  critics. 
emend  the  productions  of  the  pen,  and 
ingenious  artists  improve  the  invenr 
tiousofart. 

The  InteRit  which  the  corrnpt  put  of  mu* 
kiDd  have  In  hardrala^  theanrtvet  afiliMt  every 
moUffB  to  aimendmBnt,  hai  dlepoeed  then  t^ 
flfc  to  rootndlctloMp  whea  th«7  oaa  he  produeA 
avdoet  the  nvieoT  virtM,  that  weisht  whteh  ih^y 
win  Mi  iiUow  thrm  !■  wajf  ctkt&t  eaie.  Jouaipif. 

PmnmplkHi  will  be  eaiiiy  earrfeCeif;  |a|k 
tlmidKj  b  a  dhean  of  the  mind  more  obnimlt 
and  fktal*  Jon«oH« 

Indoleneeli  oae  of  the  Tieeifkom  which  thmf 
whom  it  ooce  Inflbctt  ave  aeldom  r^/bnmed. 


That  iofraw  wUeh  dietalaa  no  1 
fear  whieh  doaa  not  qnlchen  ear  eieapt*,  thai 
autcriCjr  which  fUb  to  nctifyau  aiiMtiiNM,  am 
?ala  and  onavalllof.  Joumov. 

Some  had  read  the  m^nacilpCp  and  rtet(fiad 
Iti  laaccnrackt.  Jouiimmi. 

That  wefal  pait  of  leantaf  which  conslrti  fa 
eeieiulattoii«,  kaowledfe  of  ditinrent 
and  the  like,  k  what  la  all  afei 
tmnelj  wknand  taaraad  have  had  hi  sraat 
ratioB. 

While  a  nan,  hflOaalad  wMh  thepiomlmB  of 
Mihoenand  daja  in  attead* 
the  boneat  oppoitanltlei  of 
cesdWIw  f«a  Iqp 


ante  and  idll 

Mii|p^eeMf 


ABfFLE. 


AMUSE. 


73 


ttmtamptDOna  sense:  an  indiscrimi- 
nate aofl  dishonoarable  attachment  to 
the  jfur  sex  characterizes  the  amorotu 
man;  an  orerweenine  and  childish 
atfarhment  to  any  object  marks  the 
hoing  and  ybiMJ  person. 

Zaoiug  18  less  dishonourable  than 
fomdz  men  maybe  kmng ;  the  chil- 
dren and  the  bmtes  may  be  fond. 
Those  who  have  not  a  well  regulated 
aflfection  for  each  other  will  be  kmng 
by  fits  and  starts ;  children  and  ani- 
mals who  have  no  control  over  their 
appetites  will  be  apt  to  he  fond  of 
those  who  indulge  them.  An  anwroui 
temper,  should  be  suppressed ;  a  loving 
temper  should  be  regulated;  a  fond 
temper  should  be  checked. 

I  lUlfMCi^n  old  mmtmu  dotudt 

9m  (flilMn. 


Ibr  ■hepbeidt*  Idmn  Bidf^ 

initiT  thfir  ffciflf 


My 

ftv  JMf 


for  yon  icCwd,  my  uutietj 
asd  myJondmeM  fbr  ny  detr 
the  Miy  dlrtipwi  tkat  pf^jad 


•fOBaqrUlk 

AVPI^  SPACIOUS,    CAPACIOUS. 

AMPLEy  in  French  ample,  Latin 
mnplntf  probably  comes  from  the 
Greek  «»««>.  •«;  full. 

SPACIOUS,  in  French  spacieuXf 
Latin  jpactonij^  comes  fit>m  spatium 
a  space,  implying  the  quality  of  having 
MpaeCm 

CAPACIOUS,  in  Latin  capax,  from 
copio  to  hold,  sienifies  the  quality  of 
beine  able  to  hold. 

These  epithets  convey  the  analc^ous 
ideas  of  extent  in  quantity,  and  extent 
in  space.  Ample  is  figuratively  em- 
ployed fbr  whatever  is  extended  in 
quantity;  spacious  is  literally  used  fbr 
whatever  is  extended  in  space;  aipo- 
cious  is  literally  and  figuratively  em- 
ployed to  express  extension  in  both 
quantity  and  space.  Stores  are  ample, 
room  is  ample,  an  allowance  is  ampU : 
a  room,  a  house,  a  garden  is  spacious : 
a  vessel  or  hollow  of  any  kind  is  ca- 
focioui;  the  soul,  the  mind,  and  the 
heart  are  capacious. 

Ample  is  opposed  to  scanty,  spa- 
£umt  to  narrow,  capacious  to  small. 
What  is  ample  suffices  and  satisfies ; 
it  imposes  no  constnunt :  what  is  spa- 
cious is  free  and  open,  it  does  not  con- 
fine :  what  is  cafocious  readily  receives 
•nd  contains;  it  is  spacious,  liberal, 
5 


and  generous.  Although  sciences,  arts, 
philosophy,  and  languages,  afiford  to 
the  mass  of  mankind  ample  scope  for 
the  exercise  of  their  mental  powers 
without  recurring  to  mysterious  or  fan* 
cifiil  researches,  yet  this  world  is 
hardly  spacious  enough  for  the  range  of 
the  intellectual  Acuities :  the  capoi^ 
cious  minds  of  some  are  no  less  ca* 
pable  of  containing  than  they  are  die- 
posed  for  receiving  whatever  spiritual 
rood  is  offered  them. 

Tke  pue  coBMlowncn  of  worthy  mUom,  ab* 
■Cncted  ftom  the  vlewi  of  popnUr  apptan.  Ii 
to  a  faaaroat  mlad  ao  ample  lewaid,    Hooofc 

TbeH  mlgbty  monarehlea,  that  bad  o^ipwad 
Tbe  ipmeioms  earth,  and  stretched  their  coa- 

qVliicanDa 
IVom  pole  to  pole,  hy  enBarlof  chanae 
Weie  qiMe  eooenmed.  Mir. 

Down  aunk,  a  hollow  hotton  broad  aad  deep 

MMLwrn, 


AMPLBy  V.  Plentiful. 

TO  AMUSB,  DIVERT,  ENTERTAIN. 

To  AMUSE  is  to  occupy  the  mind 
lijghtly,  fhmi  the  Latin  maia  a  song, 
signinring  to  allure  the  attention  bj 
any  ttiinKas  light  and  airy  as  a  song. 

DIVERT,  in  French  dvoeriir,  LaBn 
dherto,  is  compounded  of  di  and 
verto  to  turn  aside,  signifying  to  turn 
the  mind  aside  from  an  object. 

ENTERTAIN,  in  French  entre- 
tener,  compounded  of  entre,  inter, 
and  (eni'r,  teneo  to  keep,  signifies  to 
keep  the  mind  fixed  in  a  thing. 

We  amuse  or  entertain  by  engaging 
the  attention  on  some  present  occu* 
padon ;  we  divert  by  drawing  the  at- 
tention from  a  present  object ;  all  this 
proceeds  by  the  means  of  that  pleasure 
which  the  obiect  produces,  which  in 
the  first  case  is  less  vivid  than  in  tha 
second,  and  in  the  second  case  is  lesa 
durable  than  in  the  third.    Whatever 
amuses  serves  to  kill  time,  to  lull  the 
faculties,  and  banish  reflection;  it  may 
be  solitary,  sedentary,  and  lifeless: 
whatever  diverts  causes   mirth,  and 
provokes  laughter;  it  will  be  active^ 
lively,  and  tumultuous :  whatever  eii- 
tertains  acts  on  the  senses,  and  awap 
kens  the  understanding;  it  must  be 
rational,  and  is  mostly  social.    The 
bare  act  of  walking  and    changing 
place  may  amuse;  the  tricks  of  animafi 
divert ;  conversation  entertains.   We 
sit  down  to  a  card  table  to  be  anNHo' 
we  go  to  a  comedy  or  peatomiiie 


ANECDOlTE. 


ANBCDOTES.         73 


We  ety  far  Micnv  to  fhe  next 
Ttenezt«mM«eiiicii(iBortsafm<mrfieMf. 

TOQMk 

riie  ilSKe  Mlitt  to  mdff  a  perpefnl  Mmot 
«r  the  mun  mtMe  iiri  hmM  eiOntMnOTVutit 
it  iBder  prapcr  NMbttow.  Ammeii. 


Wbenl  watwoiejean  yoangerttoa  lanat 
yiMMt,  ImedtocvployBiyieiriaaaMivelabo- 
rioM  iTfrerHM,  wVkb  I  leuned  Uom  a  Latia 
mute  of  «3rmlBi  that  H  wrftten  wKh  fmt 
^■attMi;  ft  l«  tUls  aUled  th*  ex<«MXw«  or 
tto  I^BhtlH  «M  t  HiBli  ova  ihadov. 


Wflh  |kmt  TCupfct  to  cMBtiy  iptrtt,  I  OMy 
J  thb  fentleama  coald  pow  his  ttae  i«t««ahty» 
nm  aot  a  ftut  or  a  haic  la  kji  ooant J. 


PIcoMie  aod  reereaflMiof  oae  Uad  or  odMr 
hlo  ahiohitelj  aecfiry  Co  relteve  omr  nf  nds  ud 
hodin  ftoto  too  eomtADt  attmtkm  and  lAmrr  i 
where  tbenAne  public  MverHnu  we  tolMated« 
•t  hdMffei  pcnom  of  dMactloD,  with  their  pofvar 
md  eaimyloi  to  ptaif do  over  then.         Stbblk. 

Yoar  arioraMope  brteei  to  id^ht  ihoali  of 
VMag  oeatam la  aipooofiU  of  vinegai^ »  bntirt^ 
who  eaa  ditUncaUh  them  in  their  difl^reat  mtg- 
tea  aaoBf  them  iweiml  huge  Lev!*- 
thai  terrify  the  Ittcie  fky  of  aataaali  ahoot 


AffWKMft 

ANATHEMA,  V.  CuTSe. 

ANCESTORS,  V.  Forefathers. 
ANCIBNT,  V.  Former. 

ANCIBNT,   v.  Old. 

-Xncisntlt,  v.  Formerly. 
ANCIENT  timss,  v,  Formerly. 

ANECDOTE,   STORT. 

ANECDOTE,  ^.  Anecdote, 
&TORY,  like  history,  comes  from 
the  Grec^  i0-Tt»«w  to  relate. 

An  aneeMe  has  but  little  incident, 
•ml  no  plot ;  ft  ttory  may  have  many 
incidents,  and  an  important  catas- 
trophe annexed  to  it :  there  are  many 
^atccdolet  related  of  Dr.  Johnson, 
some  of  which  are  of  a  trifling  nature, 
and  others  characteristic;  sforiei  are 
generally   told   to   young   people  of 

K*  Dsts  and  visions,  which  are  calco- 
ed  to  act  on  their  fears. 
An  anecdote  is  pleasing  and  pretty  ; 
a  ifory  is  frightful  or  melancholy  :  an 
miecdote  always  consists  of  some 
matter  of  fact ;  a  Uory  i«  founded  on 
that  which  is  real.  Anecdotes  are 
related  of  some  distinguished  persons  ; 
displaying  their  characters  or  the  cir- 
cumstances of  their  lives :  storiet 
fix)m  life,  towe? er  striking  and  won- 


deriUl,  will  seldom  impivss  so  power- 
dAlf  93  those  which  are  drawn  from 
tlte  world  of  spirits :  anecdotes  servo 
to  ahrase  men,  stories  to  amose  chil- 
dren. 

Hov  adntfahty  Rapfait  the  moit  poj^lar 
UBOBifthe  French  crftlee,  vae  qealtttod  to  Alt  to 
jadpant  apea  Homer  and  ThaeydUei,  !>«- 
iBoetheaee  and  Plato,  may  he  gaiheMd 


hb  ova  kaovledge  that  Le  Fet ra  and  Hawmaf 
ftiiHMirt  Chill  amanh^  cdCk  with  ftie  Greek 
whidi  he  had  to  eNe,  Rft^  hlliinl# 
tetaftj  %aeraBt  ef  that  laagi^ciw 


TUmevyleaeetoleBdedto  earit»aeltap« 
wah  BO  greet  eridenoe;  noc  hare  I  mei 
with  aoj  eoainnalioa  hat  in  a  letter  of  Vmt^ 
q^hKTt  and  lie  oaly  vetatee  that  the  ftinenl  of 
Dijdea  wae  twmnltaary  aad  ooafheed*  Jomeoib 


ANECDOTES,  MEMOIRS, 
CHRONICLES,   ANNAL8. 

ANECDOTE,  from  the  Gred^ 
•na^brec,  signifies  what  is  ooomiuAi* 
cated  in  a  private  way. 

MEMOIRS,  in  Freuch  memmres, 
from  the  word  memory,  signifies  what 
serves  to  help  the  memory. 

CHRONrcLE,  in  French  ekronn 
ele,  from  the  Greek  xf^^(  time,  signi* 
fies  an  account  of  the  times. 

ANNALS,  fimm  the  French  an- 
males,  from  the  Latin  annus,  signifies 
ft  detail  of  what  passes  in  the  year. 

Ail  these  terms  mark  a  species  oF 
narrative  more  or  less  connected,  that 
may  serve  as  materials  fur  a  regular 
history. 

Anecdotes  consist  of  personal  or 
detached  circumstances  ot  a  public  or 
private  nature,  invdving  one  subject 
or  more.  Antedates  may  he  either 
moral  or  political,  literary  or  biogn^ 
phical }  they  may  serve  as  chara<Ser* 
isticsof  any  individual,  or  of  any  pap* 
ticular  nation  or  age. 

Memoirs  may  include  attoedoies, 
as  far  as  they  are  connected  with  the 
leading  sul^ect  on  which  they  treat ; 
memoirs  are  rather  connected  tlian 
complete ;  they  are  a  partial  narrative 
respecting  an  individual,  and  compr»* 
heniding  matter  of  a  public  or  private 
nature;  they  serve  as  memorials  of 
what  ought  not  to  be  foigotteu,  and 
ky  the  foundation  either  for  a  history 
or  a  life. 

Chronicle  and  annals  are  altogether 
of  a  public  nature;  and  iq>proacli  the 
nearest  to  the  regular  and  ^nuine  hiti 

0 


/^ 


ANGER. 

ther  fmoomiected  with  monl  diqileft- 
snre.  Indi^iutfioiiisasendnientawak- 
cned  by  the  unworthy  and  atrodons 
oondoct  of  othere ;  as  it  is  eiempt 
Iran  penonality,  it  is  not  irraooncile- 
mUe  with  the  temper  of  a  Christian  : 
a_  warmth  of  oonstitation  sometimes 
fvea  rise  to  sallies  of  anger ;  hot 
ntj  of  heart  breeds  resentment : 
ding  ]»ride  is  a  great  sonroe  of 
wtntk  ;  but  indignation  flows  fiom  a 
lu|^  seoieof  homnr  and  Tirtae. 

itevedciacd  Anger  tobssdMinof 
muyonnd.  Sibbb. 

TCffHifaU  iMifis  Idnn  to 

lof  ChacuM,  nddMBAjcMhw 

i^mifwmi,  or  to  loiE 

iw  Ihf  dn^fH  tkj  taff* 


ANGRY. 


rt 


IhedinM 


wtthft  glooBjAMn 

tkatboirdwllfc^, 
q»tells  IttM  Ike  IMDff  Sn. 


It  tobeobtHved  vtthosCIMNto^ 

■  ■■!  te  fond  of  miiidf  ■■■■ 

■tlifcll  wllh  thb    tRBtoMBt; 

utfMMdto  oMatothi  prMtefei 

Jc 


ANGSB,  CHOLBB,  RA6B,  FURY. 

ANGERy  «.  Anger,  retentmen 

CHOLEB,  in  Frendi  colere,  Latin 
cAolerwy  Gndk  rjo^tf^,  comes  from  ;(oAv 
bik^  becwna  the  overflowing  of  the 
bile  IS  both  the  cause  and  consequence 
ofcAoler. 

RAGEy  in  French  rage,  Latin  ro- 
He»  madness  J '  and  ra(to  to  rave  like  a 
madman,  oomes  finom  the  Hebrew 
rmgag  to  tnnble  or  shake  with  a  Tio- 
leot  madneM. 

FURY,  in   French  furie,   Latin 
jMroTf  comei  probably  from  fero  to 
carry  away,  because  one  is  carried  or 
famned  by  the  emotions  of  Jury, 

■  These  words  have  a  pfoeressive  force 
10  tDCir  Signification.  (/mMier  expresses 
•onething  more  sudden  and  virulent 
than  anger  ;  rage  is  a  vehement  ebul- 
lition  of  anger  ;  and  fun^  is  an  excess 
of  rage.  Anger  may  be  so  stifled  as 
not  to  discover  itself  by  any  outward 
svmptoms;  cMer  is  discoverable  by 
the  paleness  of  the  visage ;  rage  breaks 
forth  into  extravagant  expressions  and 
violent  distortions ;  yurjr  takes  away 
^tm  use  of  the  understanding. 


A$tger  is  an  infirmity  incident  to 
humannature;  it  ought,  however,  to  be 
suppressed  on  all  occasions:  ckoler 
is  a  malady  too  physical  to  be  alwaya 
corrected  by  reflection :  ro^eand^fw 
are  distempers  of  the  soul,  which 
nothing  but  reli^on  and  the  grace  of 
Grod  can  cure. 

Tto  maxim  whiek  P«riudw  oT  GMiIIl  ma 
€#  tlM  MVM  MfM  or  Gieeee.  kft  Ma  aib*. 
rial  or  hii  kDowM|i«  Md  boMfolcMe^  «h 
Xjt^anturmim,  fee mutor  of  t^ Mffr.  J< 

Itetft  1  gire  way  to  yov  rub  dtofer  y 
BteUIbeMgktodwfeaiai 


Oppoas  Mt  mv«^  wUla  ffi^r»  fata  at  tecai, 
Bat  flfc  a  way  ai^lle  aad  lit  a 


OrtUiUadbfkeyiifyto  which  mavaM 
glte  awaj  amoos  their  HmuUi  and 


ANGER,  V.  Displeasure^  onger^ 
AN6LB,  V.  Comer. 

ANGRY,   PAS8IONATB,   HABIT. 

ANORY,   signifies  eitiier  hnrmk 
angtr,  or  prone  to  anger,  ' 

PASSIONATE  signifies  prone  to 
pauton* 

HASTY  signifies  prone  to  excess  of 
haste  firom  intemperate  feeling. 
%  Anjgry  denotes  a  particular  state  or 
emotion  of  the  mind;  passionate  and 
hasty  express  habits  of  the  mind.  An 
angry  man  is  in  a  state  of  anger;  a 
passionate  or  hasty  msai  is  habitually 
prone  to  he  pauionate  or  hasty.  The 
angry  has  less  that  is  vehement  and 
impetuous  in  it  than  the  passionate; 
the  hasty  has  something  less  vehement 
but  more  sudden  and  abrupt  in  it  than 
either. 

The  angry  man  is  not  always  eauly 

Erovokedi  nor  ready  to  retaliate;  but 
e  often  retains  his  anger  until  the 
cause  is  removed :  the  passionate  ■"■" 
is  quickly  roused,  eager  to  repay  the 
ofi)BDcey  and  speedily  appeaseaby  the 
infliction  of  pain  of  wnich  he  after- 
wards probably  repents:  the  hasty 
man  is  verr  soon  offended,  but  not 
ready  to  offend  in  return ;  his  angry 
sentiment  spends  itself  in  angry 
words. 

It  Is  told  by  Friar,  ta  a  paacgTilc  oatte  Dato 
or  Donet,  that  Ui  tenranti  aied  to  pat  Ach- 
iehiie  in  Ml  way  whea  he  waa  tfiigvy,  beeaan  he 
was  tare  to  reeonpeaas  them  for  aay  tod^atthe 
which  he  oMde  them  lafbr.  j< 

Then  to  to  As  vodd  a  eirtaia 


ANIMATE. 


ANIMATION. 


79 


wmM be  apt  to  wy,  ha  li  titmimm^ 
r  IM  bu  ftaod,  tkmt  a  wepMIc  li  am 
}  af  eveiy  body  of  mnimMb,  bat  h 
■ea  oalj  aad  aotof  bofM^ 

Aaaatan  baa  ftaaed  tbe  aaanl 

It  vara  la  a  dnfai,  m  auui  teeaM  to  be 
tbe  fliiddle  Uak  bcarcen  aafcli  and 


bflPd, 
Aad  atnwU  Ma  aaa^led  llmba  aboat  tbe  Md. 


TOAKIIIATE,  INSPIBKi  ENLIVSIf, 
CHBER,  EXHILARATE. 

ANIMATE,  in  Latin  animahUf 
from  animuM  the  mind,  and  anima  the 
■oal  or  vital  principle,  signifies  in  the 
proper«ense>to  give  life,  and  in  die 
noral  sense  Co  give  spirit. 

INSPIRE,  in  French  inspirer, 
latiB  tniptro,  compounded  of  in  and 
Mpiro,  signifies  to  breathe  life  or  spirit 
iaiD  any  one. 

ENLIVEN',  fimn  «fi  or  m  and 
imenf  has  the  same  sense. 

CHEER,  in  French  ck^re,  Flemish 
eiire  tbeooonteoance,  Greek  ;t<^  joy^ 
signifies  the  n vim;  joy  or  spirit. 

£XHILARA1%  in  Latin  exkUm^ 
rtha,  participle  of  txhilaro^  from 
kUmrig,  Greek  tXm^jo^X^  Hebrew 
eilns  to  exnit  or  leap  fer  joy,  signifies 
tomaike^ad. 

Auimait  and  inspire  imply  the  oom- 
muioation  of  the  vital  or  mental 
•parii ;  tmiaenf  ckeer^  and  exl^lartUe, 
signify  actions  on  the  mind  or  body. 
To  be  mmimaied  in  its  physical  sense 
is  tiinply  to  raoeive  the  first  spark  of 
animsJ  ufe  in  bovrever  small  a  decree; 
for  there  am  mnimated  lieings  in  the 
world  posaniiBg  the  vital  power  in  an 
iafinite  variety  of  degrees  and  forms : 
to  bemmo/erf  in  tlMmoml  sense  is 
to  reenve  the  smallest  portion  of  the 
'•entient  or  thinking  faculty;  which 
u  equally  varied  in  thinking  beingB: 
Mnimgtmm  therefore  never  conveys  the 
idea  of  receiving  any  strong  degree  of 
cither  physical  or  moral  feeling.  To 
sn^ptrr,  on  the  contrary,  expresses  the 
cnunnnication  of  a  strong  moral  sen- 
riment  or  pasrion ;  hence  to  animate 
with  eoarage  is  a  less  fi)icible  ex- 
pression than  to  impire  witli  oonrageT: 
we  likewise  speak  of  inspiring  wttn 
«mnlation  or  a  thint  for  knowledge ; 
not  of  animaiing  with  emulation  or  a 
thint  fiirknowMge.  Jo  xniivtmn^ 


spects  the  mind ;  cheer  relates  to  the 
heart ;  exhilargte  regards  the  spirits^ 
both  animal  and  mental;  they  all 
denote  an  action  on  the  frame  by  the 
communication  of  pleasurable  emo* 
tions:  the  mind  is  enlivened  by 
contemplating  the  scenes  of  nature; 
the  imagination  is  eniivened  by  tbe 
reading  of  poetry;  the  benevolent 
heart  is  cheered  by  witnessing  the 
happiness  of  others;  the  spirits  are 
exMlarated  by  the  convivialities  of 
social  life :  conversation  enlivens 
society;  the  conversation  of  a  kind 
and  considerate  friend  cheers  the 
drooping  spirits  in  the  moments  of 
trouble ;  unexpected  good  news  is  apt 
to  exhilarate  tne  spirits. 

Thioi^  fobtcnaaeaB  aelli 
Where  aearcbiaf  lanbeana  Marce  eao  Sad  a  «aj« 
Earth  animated  beavai.  TaoBMiib 

Kaeb  featle   taaaait  wUb  Uadlj  wanntb  dto 


hupin$  aev  Samei,  rerff ei  eztiafaUbad  lofo. 

DaYsni  oa  Mat* 

Tto  gnee  eaabtolueet  vUbenlfwniiif  wit. 


Eveiy  eje  beitofwi  tbe  dkeeriitf  bkok  af  appm> 
batba  apoa  tbe  huaible  aiaa.         Coj 

Norraral  ilgbtt  aloae,  bat  rand  Mmada 
JSaftlterato  tbe  fpirit. 


TO  ANIMATE,   V.   To  encouToge. 

ANIMATION,  LIFE,  VIVACITTf 
SPIRIT. 

ANIMATION  and  LIFE  do  not 
differ  either  in  sense  or  application, 
but  the  latter  is  more  in  familiar  uso. 
They  express  either  the  particular  or 
general  state  of  the  mind. 

VIVACITY  and  SPIRIT  exprav 
only  the  habitual  nature  and  state  of 
the  feelings. 

A  person  of  no  aniiiaa^Mm  is  divested 
of  the  distinguishing  characteristic  of 
his  nature,  which  is  mind :  a  persoa 
of  no  vivacity  is  a  dull  compamon  :  a 
person  of  no  spirit  is  unfit  to  associate 
with  others. 

A  person  with  animation  takes  an 
interest  in  every  thing:  a  vivacious 
man  catches  at  every  thing  that  ^ia 
pleasant  and  interesting:  a  spirited 
man  enters  into  plans,  makes  greater* 
ertions,and  disregards  ditticulties. 

A  speaker  may  address  his  audience 
with  more  or  less  onimic^ion  acconting 
to  the  dispositicm  in  which  he  finds  it : 
a  man  of  a  vimeUms  temper  diffuiei 


ANSWERABLE. 


ANTECEDENT.        81 


from  eke  ffiwvib 

TnoMMW. 


Ito  agiia  took  mow  tloM  to  romtder,  and 
cMllj  re^Ued  "  I  do.*^-^ir  700  do  apve  wkh 
^*  r^^ofNcrf  I,  "fai  MkDOvledclnf  tte  eom- 
Ml  ■•  If  jtm  wU  eooear  fn  promoClif 


•hraii  diipoMd  to  cootnml  the 
ni  Int  Mif  bhovn,  and  MB* 
tad  pcrfkjof  tar  late  mconici,  tad 
wjtB  to  tta  fUly  of  eipelllaf  HIpptea 
reqMMMtflf  ttaP^rtlila. 


^Q  on  RfjfBd 


AMSWBRABLS,  RBSPONSIBLJB, 
ACCOUNTABLE,  AMENABLE. 

ANSWERABLE,  from  antwer,  sig- 
ma&n  t^^ufy  oraUe  to  answer  for. 

BESPONSIBLEy  from  rtspondto  to 
oMawr^has  a  umilar  meaDing  id  its 

^  AJCCOUNTABLE,  from   wammt^ 
Mgpufiw  able    or    ready  to  ^ve  an 


AMENABLE,  from  the  French 
amemer  to  lead,  nignifien  able  or  ready 
to  be  lad. 

We  are  (numerable  for  a  demand; 
retpamgikU  for  a  trust ;  accountable 
for  our  prooeedingis;  and  amenable  to 
die  lawi.  When  a  man's  credit  is 
formly  established  he  will  have  occa- 
sions to  be  amiwerable  for  those  in  less 
ionrishing  circamstances:  every  one 
hccooiea  retpamMe  more  or  less  in 
pnpoctaon  to  the  confidence  which  is 
reposed  in  Us  jndgpient  and  int^pity : 
we  are  all  aeeountable  beings,  either  to 
one  another,  or  at  least  to  the  great 
Jndge  of  sll ;  when  a  man  sincerely 
wishes  to  do  right,  he  will  have  no  ob- 
jection to  be  amenable  to  the  laws  of 
nisooaotry. 

An  honest  man  will  not  make  him- 
self MMMraMe  for  any  thing  which  it 
is  above  his  abiBty  to  folfil :  a  prudent 
man  will  avoid  a  too  heavy  respan- 
mkUky;  an  vprightman  never  rehises 
to  be  accaamtahU  to  any  who  are 
invested  with  proper  authority;  a~ 
oonscientions  man  makes  himself 
amenable  to  the  wise  regulations  of 
society. 

Ttat  ta  wiglt  nedertta  esccotloa  of  jvitlee 
Mel  nd  vecalar,  AUM  divided  all  RoKhuid 
talD  ■BBithi,  ttoae  eoeatlai  ta  wMlvlded  Into 
taadwditaad  tta  haadwd>  lato  tKhlanu  Eveiy 
MUwrrMMtlbr  tta  tatawtaw  of 


Mi  fiurily  nd  Uaflavei,  aad  efw  of  hh 
it  tta7  lived  atofetlifee  days  Id  kb  taoae. 

Hon. 

Af  a  pertooli  rttfnwIHttijf  tean  mpeet  to 
hlareavmi,  no  do  taman  piinM«MBtii  taar  ir- 
apect  to  hh  reaponHUtttp  ;  farfiiBtfl  ami  boya  are 
ctaatiwdby  tta  hand  of  tta  parent  or  tta 
ter ;  ntlooal  adalts  are  mnufmbie  to  die  lavi. 


We  know  ttat  ve  aie  tta  aa^ifcti  of  a  Sa- 
pmne  RlKhtooai  Governor,  to  wlioaii  we  m 
mecaunt^ie  tot  tmr  eoDdsct.  BiiAu, 

ANTAGONIST,  V.  Enemy. 

ANTECEDENT,  PRECEDING, 
FOREGOING,    PREVIOUS,    ANTE- 
RIOR, PRIOR,  FORMER. 

ANTECEDENT,  in  Latin  afife- 
eedenSf  that  is  ante  and  cedent  going 
before. 

PRECEDING,  in  Latin  praeedens 
going  be$)re. 

FOREGOING,  literally  going  be- 
fore. 

PREVIOUS,  in  Latin  pravius^ 
that  is  pra  and  via  making  a  way 
before. 

ANTERIOR  the  comparative  of 
the  Latin  ante  before. 

PRIOR,  in  Latin  prior,  compara- 
tive of  nrtffita  first. 

FORMER  in  English  the  coropar»> 
tive  of  first. 

Antecedent,  preceding,  foregoing, 
preoiouM,  are  employed  for  wliat  goes 
or  happens  before;   anterior,  prior, 
former,  for  what  is,  or  exists  before. 

^Antecedent  marks  priority  of  or- 
der, place,  and  position,  with  this 
peculiar  droumstance,  that  it  denotes 
the  relation  of  influence,  dependance, 
and  connexion  established  between 
two  otgects :  thus,  in  logic  the 
premises  are  called  the  antecedent, 
and  the  conclusion  the  consequent; 
in  theology  or  politics,  the  antecedent 
is  any  decree  or  resolution  which 
influences  another  decree  or  action; 
in  mathematics,  it  is  that  term  from 
which  any  induction  csn  be  drawn  to 
another ;  in  grammar,  the  antecedent 
is  that  which  requires  a  particular 
regimen  from  its  subsequent. 

Antecedent  and  preceding  both 
denote  priority  of  time,  or  the  order 
of  events ;  but  the  former  in  a  more 
vague  and  indeterminate  manner  than 
the  latter.     A  preceding  event  is  that 


Tide  Refetavd:  ••  AirtirliV, sol^cddtft,  pvkddnt. 

a 


APOLOGIZE. 


APOLOGIZE. 


8t 


pounds  of  ex  and  eulpoy  signifies  to 
get  out  of  a  lanlt. 

EXCUSE,  in  French  excmer,  Latin 
ejctuoy  compounded  of  ex  and  cauta^ 
siginfies  to  get  out  of  any  cause  or 
affiur. 

PLEAD,  in  French  plaider,  may 
ttther  come  from  plaettum  ox.pla- 
eenduM,  or  be  contracted  from  appel- 
latum. 

There  is  always  some  *  imperfec- 
tion supposed  or  real  ivhich  gives  rise 
to  an  ap<dogy ;  with  regard  to  per- 
sons it  presupposes  a  consciousness  of 
im|>ropriety,  if  not  of  guilt;  we  apO' 
iogize  for  an  error  by  acknowledging 
ourselves  guihy  of  it :  a  defence  pre- 
supposes a  consdousness  of  innocence 
more  or  less;  we  defend  ourselves 
against  a  cluuge  by  proving  its  fid- 
lacy  :  tkjtatification  is  founded  on  the 
conviction  not  only  of  entire  inno- 
cence, but  of  strict  propriety;  we 
juatify  our  conduct  against  any  impu- 
tation by  proving  that  it  was  blame- 
less :  excwfotion  rests  on  the  con- 
viction of  mnocence  with  regard  to 
the  fact ;  we  exculpate  ourselves  from 
all  blame  by  proving  that  we  took  no 
part  in  the  transaction:  excuse  and 
plea  are  not  grounded  on  any  idea  of 
innocence ;  they  are  rather  appeals  for 
favour  resting  on  some  collateral  dr- 
cumstanoe  which  serves  to  extenuate ; 
a  plea  is  firequently  an  idle  or  un- 
founded excuMC,  a  frivolous  attempt 
to  lessen  displeasure ;  we  excuse  our- 
selves for  a  nie^^ect  bv  alled^ng  indis- 
position ;  we  plead  tor  forgiveness  by 
solidtation  and  entreaty. 

An  apology  mostly  respects  the  con- 
duct of  individuals  with  regard  to  each 
other  as  equals,  it  is  a  voluntary  act 
springing  out  of  a  regard  to  decorum, 
or  the  good  opinion  of  others.  To 
avoid  misunderstandings  it  is  neces- 
sary to  apologize  for  any  omission  that 
wears  the  appearance  of  neglect.  A 
defence  respects  matters  of  higher  im- 
portance; the  violation  of  laws  or 
pnbltc  morals ;  judicial  questions  de« 
dded  in  a  court,  or  matters  of  opinion 
which  are  offered  to  the  decision  of 


the  public:  no  one  defends  himself 
but  he  whose  conduct  or  opinions  are 
called  in  question.    A  justification  i» 
applicable  to  all  moral  cases  in  con&- 
mon  life,  whether  of  a  serions  nature 
or  otherwise :  it  is  the  act  of  indivi- 
duals towards  each  other  according  to 
their  different  stations:  no  one  can 
demand  a  justi/icaticn  from  another 
without  a  sufficient  authority,  and  no 
one  will  attempt  to  justify  himself  to 
another  whose  authority  he  does  not 
acknowledge :  men  justify  themselves 
dther   on   prindples  of  honour,  or 
from    the  less  creditable  motive   of 
concealing   their  imperfections   firom 
the  observation  and  censure  of  others. 
An    exculpation   is    the    act  of  an 
inferior,  it  respects  the  violations  of 
doty  towards  the  superior ;  it  is  dic- 
tated by  necessity,   and  seldom  the 
offspring  of  any  higher  motive  than' 
the  desire  to  screen  one's  self  from 
punishment:  exculpation  regards  o& 
fences  only  of  commission ;  excuse  Is 
employed  for  those  of  omission  as  well 
as  commission:  we  excuse  ourselves 
oflener  for  what  we  have  not  done^ 
than  for  what  we  have  done ;  it  is  the 
act  of  persons  in  all  stations,   and 
arises  from  various  motives  dishonour* 
able   or   otherwise :   a   person    may 
often  have  substantial  reasons  to  ex^ 
case  himself  from  doing  a  thing,  or  for 
not  having  done  it;   an  excuse  imj 
likewise  sometimes  be  the  refuge  of 
idleness  and  selfishness.    To  plead  i^ 
properly  n  judicial  act,  and  extended 
in  its  sense  to  the  ordinary  concerns  of 
lifo;  it  is  mostly  employed  for  the  bene* 
fit  of  others,  rather  than  ourselves. 

Excuse  and  plea^  which  are  mostly 
employed  in  an  unfavourable  sense, 
are  to  apology,  defence,  and  rx- 
culpation,  as  the  means  to  an  end : 
an  apology  is  lame  when,  instead 
of  an  honest '  confession  of  on  un- 
intentional error,  an  idle  attempt  is 
made  at  justification :  a  defence  is 
poor  when  it  does  not  contain  suffi- 
dent  to  invalidate  the  charge  :  ajusti" 
fication  is  nugatory  wlien  it  applies  to 
conduct  altogether  wrong :  an  excuse 


*  Accordios  to  the  vnl^^ar  acceptation  of  the  term,  this  imperfection  {«  alwaji  presumed  to  be  real 
la  the  thing  for  which  we  apologise  ;  bat  the  Biriiop  of  Llandaff  did  not  nsn  the  tenn  in  tbh  tenae 
when  he  wrote  hia  **  Apology  for  the  BIMe;  **  by  which,  bearing  in  mind  the  original  meanfaig  of  the 
ward,  ha  wWied  to  Imply  aa  attempt  to  do  away  th6  alledged  Imperfectiooa  of  the  BIblrv  or  to  do 
nray  tke  o^jwtl—  made  to  It.  Whether  the  teamed  Prelate  roigfat  not  hare  need  a  lem  damlcal, 
feat  mote  Intelligible  ijpromlnn  ft>r  anch  a  work  b  a  queatlon  which  happily  fo^  maokhid  it  b  not  ac* 
now  to  decide. 

G    2 


APPARENT. 

Co  &11  ID,  signifies  the  auality  of  being 
K>  near  that  it  can  be  laid  hold  of  by 
the  hand.  ^ 

These  words  agree  in  expressing  vari- 
ous degrees  in  the  capability  of  seeing ; 
but  9iti6/!eis  the  only  one  used  purely  in 
aphysical  sense ;  apparent,  clear,plain, 
And  obvkmif  are  used  physically  and 
pK>raUy;  evident  and  manijpsst  solely 
P  a  moral  acceptation.  That  which 
^  simply  an  object  of  sisht  is  visible; 
that  of  which  we  see  only  the  surface 
IS  apoarent :  the  stars  themselves  are 
viiUh  to  us ;  but  their  size  is  q>pan 
ftmi :  the  rest  of  these  terms  denote 
pot  only  what  is  to  be  seen,  but  what 
is  easily  to  be  seen.:  they  are  all  ap- 

gied  as  epithets  to  objects  of  mental 
scemmenL 

What  is  apparent  appears  but  im- 
perfectly to  view ;  it  is  opposed  to  that 
which  IS  real :  what  is  clear  is  to  be 
seen  in  all  its  bearings ;  it  is  opposed 
to  that  which  is  obscure:  what  is 
flaiu  is  seen  bv  a  plain  understanding ; 
It  requires  no  deep  reflection  nor  severe 
study ;  it  is  opposed  to  what  is  intri- 
cate:  what  is  obvious  presents  itself 
readily  to  the  mind  of  every  one;  it  is 
seen  at  the  first  glance  and  is  opposed 
Co  that  which  is  abstruse:  what  is 
evident  is  seen  forcibly,  and  leaves  no 
hesitation  on  the  mind ;  it  is  opposed 
to  that  which  is  dubious :  mamfest  is 
a  sweater  degree  of  the  evident;  it 
strikes  on  the  understanding  and  forces 
cooviction ;  it  is  opposed  to  that  whidi 
is  dark. 

A  contradiction  may  be  (apparent ; 
on  closer  observation  it  may  be  found 
not  to  be  one :  a  case  is  clear;  it  is 
decided  on  immediately:  a  truth  is 
flain  ;  it  is  involved  in  no  perplexity; 
It  is  not  multifiurious  in  its  bearings : 
a  falsehood  is  plain  ;  it  admits  of  no 
question :  a  reason  is  obvious  ;  it  flows 
out  of  the  nature  of  the  case :  a  proof 
is  evident;  it  requires  no  discussion, 
there  is  nothing  in  it  that  clashes  or 
contradicts ;  the  guilt  or  innocence  of 
a  person  is  evident  when  every  thing 
serves  to  strengthen  the  conclusion  :  a 
contradiction  or  absurdity  is  manifest, 
which  is  felt  by  all  as  soon  as  it  is  per- 
ceived. 


Tk«  butaen  awn  are  diiii|j  ooBTflnftaC  ia 
daeanoCoD]/  fffc  acstain  cMl  or  tun  to  tkel  r 
■iadi,  bat  to  very  pifpmrmS  ia  llMlr  ootwaid 


APPEARANCE.        85 

The  tigfbU  aad  T^nmni  are  for  bnitei: 

A  ileader  portion,  and  a  narrow  bound.  Yocmo* 

It  b  fUan  that  oar  bUU  In  llteratora  to  ovine 
to  the  knowledge  of  Greek  and  Latin,  which 
tint  they  are  still  preierved  amonf  ni,  on  ha 
aaerlbed  only  to  a  fdlgloQa  refard.     BaaxBtsY. 

It  la  tbvitnu  to  reasaik  tliat  we  follow  notUns 
heeitilj  ttnieaa  carried  to  tt  by  wolination. 

Gaora. 

It  to  evident  that  fame,  cenaldered  merely  ae 
the  Immorullty  of  a  name,  to  not  leva  likely  to  be 
the  reward  of  bad  actioaa  than  of  good. 

JoBwaoir. 

Among  the  many  ineonalateneicB  whieh  folty 
prodncn  in  the  hnmaa  mind,  tiiere  haa  oftoa 
been  obaerved  a  mmn^fut  and  atrikiiv  oontra- 
liely  between  the  life  of  an  author  and  hto  writ- 

ingt.  JOBMOB* 

APPARITION,  V.  Fision, 

TO   APPEAR,    V.    To    looky   Op' 

pear. 

TO  APPBAR,  V.  To  seem. 

APPEARANCE,  AIR,  ASPECT. 

APPEARANCE  signifies  the  thing 
that  appears. 

AlKy  V.  Air,  manner. 

ASPECT,  in  Latin  asfectus,  from 
aspicio  to  look  upon,  siguihes  the  thing 
that  is  looked  upon  or  seen. 

Appearance  is  the  generic,  the  rest 
specmc  terms.  The  wliole  external 
form,  figure,  or  colours,  whatever  is 
visible  to  the  eye,  is  its  appearance: 
air  is  a  particular  appearance  of  any 
object  as  far  as  it  is  indicative  of  its 
qimlity  or  condition ;  an  air  of  wretched- 
ness or  poverty:  aspect  is  the  partial 
appearance  of  a  body  as  it  presents 
one  of  its  sides  to  view;  a  gloomy  or 
cheerful  aspect. 

It  is  not  safe  to  judge  of  any  persou 
or  thing  altogether  by  appearances: 
the  appearance  and  reality  are  often 
at  vanance :  the  appearance  of  the  sun 
is  that  of  a  moving  body,  but  astrono- 
mers have  saUsfiictorily  proved  that 
it  has  no  motion  round  the  earth: 
there  are  particular  towns,  habita- 
tions, or  rooms  which  have  always  an 
air  of  comfort,  or  the  contrary :  this 
is  a  sort  of  appearance  the  most  to  bo 
relied  on:  politicians  of  a  certain 
stamp  are  always  busy  in  judgLog  ibr 
the  future  from  the  atpect  of  affairs  ; 
but  their  predictions,  fike  those  of 
ttologers  who  judge  from  the  aspect 
the  heavens,  turn  out  to  the  6mm 
of  the  prophet.  * 


APPOINT. 


APPRAISE. 


87 


tsstomor  orden  a  oomtnodity  fiom 
liis  tiadesman:  a  master  pT^t  his 
orden  to  his  servant.  To  preterih$ 
is  the  act  of  one  who  is  superior  by 
▼iitoe of  his  knowledge  s  aphysidan 
ffetaibtt  to  his  patient.  To  ordain 
IS  an  act  emanating  from  the  hkhest 
aathority:  kings  and  councils  or(£tin; 
but  their  ordinttnceB  must  be  conform- 
able to  what  is  onioinei^  by  the  Divine 
Bttng. 

AppomiwiiHii  are  made  for  the  con- 
venience of  individuals  or  communi- 
ties ;  hot  they  may  be  altered  or  an- 
nulled at  the  pleasure  of  the  contract- 
ile parties.  Orders  are  dictated  by 
the  superior  only,  but  they  presuppose 
a  discretionary  obligation  on  the  part 
of  the  individual  to  whom  they  are 
^ven.  FraeriptionM  are  binding  on 
none  but  such  as  voluntarily  admit 
their  authority :  but  ordttumcei  leave 
no  choice  to  those  on  whom  they  are 
imposed  to  accept  or  reject  them : 
the  ordinancet  of  man  are  not  less 
binding  than  those  of  God,  so  long  as 
they  do  not  expressly  contradict  the 
divme  law. 

Appointments  are  kept,  orders  exe- 
Cutedor  obeyed,  oresciiptions  foOow-r 
ed,  ordimmnces  suDmitted  to.  It  is  a 
point  of  politeness  or  honour,  if  not 
of  direct  moral  obligation,  to  keep 
the  appointments  whidb  we  have  made. 
Interest  will  lead  men  to  execute  the 
orders  which  they  receive  in  the  course 
of  business :  duty  obliges  them  to  obey 
the  orders  of  their  superiors.  It  is  a 
nice  matter  to  prescribe  to  another 
without  hurting  his  pride :  this  prin- 
ciple leads  men  often  to  regarcl  the 
counsels  of  their  best  friends  as  pre- 
seriptions:  with  children  it  is  an 
un(|uestionable  duty  to  follow  the  pre- 
scriptions  of  those  whose  age,  station, 
or  experience,  authorize  them  to  fro- 
scribe,  God  has  ordained  all  thmgs 
for  our  good ;  it  rests  with  ourselves  to 
submit  to  his  ordnances  and  be  happy. 

MajeiUc  moiMhi 
Set  ottt  vHhhiiD  to  tbdr  oppoixtetf  am.  Dbtssii. 

The  wbole  coon^  of  tMegi  b  lo  errieretf,  tbtt 
ve  fedthet  by  aa  irregular  and  piwipNato  cdo* 
oatUm  beooae  omo  too  toon ;  aer  by  a  fbnd  and 
trttliag  iadalfeMe  be  aoiiffed  to  coatinoe  eUI- 
dnn  for  erer. 


Mm  Itam  kMlty  a^  aniciS 


Sir  Fffanch  Baeon,  lo  bit  Eaay  opon  Healtb, 
has  not  thoogbt  it  improper  to  pntertte  to  hit 
mder  a  poem  or  a  proipeet,  wkeie  he  parti- 


It  was  peitepa  wdmtned  by  providence  to 
binder  ni  firom  ^tannlainyowr  one  another,  that 
no  lodMdial  dkonld  be  of  raeh  importaooe  at 
toeame  by  hit  retiremeat  or  death  any  clu«m  la 
the  worid.  Jobvi  on 

It)  APPORTION,  V.  To  aUot. 

TO  APPRAISEi  Oa  APPRBCIATB, 
BSTIMATB,  BSTBBM. 

APPRAISE,  APPRECIATE,  from 
apprecio  and  appredatus,  participle  of 
stppreciOf  compounded  of  ap  or  ad  aad 
pretio  or  prettum  a  price,  signifies  to 
set  a  price  or  value  on  a  thing. 

ESllMATE  comes  from  estimatut, 
participle  of  estimo  to  value. 

To  EOTEEM  is  a  variation  of  ^i- 
mate» 

Appraise  and  appreciate  are  used 
in  precisely  the  same  sense  for  setting 
a  value  on  any  thing  aooonfing  to  re» 
lative  circumstances;  but  the  one  is 
used  in  the  proper,  and  the  other  in 
the  figurative  sense:  a  sworn  ap- 
praiser  appraises  goods  according  to 
the  condition  of  die  article,  and  its 
saleable  property  j  the  characters  of 
men  are  appreciated  by  others  wheil 
Uieir  good  and  bad  quafities  are  justly 
put  in  a  balance.  To  estimate  a  thing 
IS  to  get  the  sum  of  its  value  bjr  caf 
cuhition;  to  esteem  any  thing  is  to 
judge  its  actual  and  intrinsic  value. 

Estimate  is  used  either  in  a  proper 
or  a  figurative  acceptation;  esteem 
only  in  a  moral  sense :  the  expense  of 
an  undertaking,  losses  by  fire,  gains 
by  trade,  are  estimated  at  a  certain 
sum ;  the  estimate  may  be  too  high  or 
too  low  :  the  moral  worth  of  men  is 
often  estimated  above  or  below  the 
reality  according  to  the  particular  bias 
of  the  estimater ;  but  there  are  in« 
dividuals  of  such  an  unquesdonable 
worth  that  they  need  only  be  known 
in  order  to  be  esteemed. 

To  the  flol^Df  of  hte  conne,  let  every  one 
difcet  bto  eye  i  and  kt  Mm  now  appreciate  life 
aeeoidinf  to  the  Taloe  it  will  be  fouad  to  hntn 
when  Mmmed  np  at  the  elose.  BiAfi. 

The  extent  of  the  trade  of  the  GreAi,  hew 
hifhly  foerer  it  may  have  been  eiHmmUd  in  an- 
cient times,  was  in  proportion  to  the  low  eon- 
dttion  of  their  nuirloe.  RommtsoM. 

If  a  lawyer  weie  to  be  uuemad  only  ae  ^* 
naei  hb  piartt  In  eontendlnc  far  jwtlef^  ) 
wenioMdiatdiy  da^ienMnvhen  he  «pf« 


88 


APPROACH. 


taa 


wMekhacMldMltatlDMvm  u 


TO  APPRBCIATE,  V.  To  appTCOSe. 

TO  APPEBHSND9  FEAR,  DBEAD. 

APPREHEND,  in  French  ofyptv- 
hendtr^  Litin  apprekenda,  compound- 
ed of  op  and  prehendo  to  iaj  lK>ld  of; 
in  a  moral  sense  it  signifies  to  seize 
with  the  anderstanding. 

FEAR  comes  in  all  probability 
through  the  medium  of  the  Latin  jhwot 
fnd  vereor^  finom  the  Greek  ^rrw  to 
ftel  a  shuddering. 

DREAD,  in  Latin  territo^  coniea 
fifom  the  Greek  TM^A^vw  to  trouble,  sig- 
nii^^ng  to  fear  with  exceeding  trouble. 

These  words  rise  progressivelj  in 
their  import;  they  mark  a  sentiment 
of  pain  at  the  prospect  of  evil :  but 
the  sendment  of  apprekensUm  is  sinn 
ply  that  of  uneasiness ;  that  of/tar  is 
anxiety ;  that  of  dread  is  wretched- 
ness. 

We  apprehend  an  unpleasant  occur- 
rence; we  fear  a  misfortune;  we 
dread  a  calamity.  What  is  possible  is 
Mprehended;  what  is  probaUe  is 
feared  ;  the  symptom  or  prognostic  of 
an  evil  is  dreads  as  if  tne  evil  itself 
were  present.  Apprehend  respects 
things  only ;  fear  and  dread  relate  to 
persons  as  wttl  as  things :  we  fear  the 
person  who  has  the  power  of  inflict- 
wf  pain  or  disgrace ;  we  dread  him 
imo  has  no  less  the  will  than  the 
power. 

Fear  is  a  salutary  sentiment  in 
society,  it  binds  men  together  in  their 
several  relations  and  dependencies, 
and  aflEbrds  the  fullest  scope  for  the 
exercise  of  the  benevolent  feelings ;  it 
is  the  sentiment  of  a  child  towards  its 
parent  or  instructor;  of  a  creature  to  its 
Creator;  it  is  the  companion  of  love 
and  respect  towards  men,  of  adoration 
in  erring  and  sinful  mortals  towards 
their  muLer.  Dread  is  altogether  an 
irksome  sentiment;  with  regutlto  our 
fellow  creatures  it  arises  out  of  the 
abuse  of  power :  we  dread  the  tyrant 
who  delights  in  punishing  and  tor- 
menting ;  his  image  haunts  the  breast 
6f  the  unhappy  subject,  his  shadpw 
awakens  terror  as  the  approach  of  some 
direful  misfortune :  with  regard  to  our 
Maker  it  springs  from  a 


of  guilt,  and  the  piospect  of  a  sevew 
andadequate pumshment ;  the  wnwth 
of  God  may  justly  be  dreaded. 
Oar  Mlaal  KHe  dT  f%ht  and  < 

or 


TO  APPRBHXND,    V.    To    OW* 

ceiuey  apprehend. 
TO  APPBizB,  t;.  To  be  aware. 
TO  APPRIZE,  V.  To  w^omu 

TO  APPROACH,    APPROXIMATS. 

APPROACH,  in  French  approcher^ 
compounded  d  ap  on  ad  ana 
proche  or  prape^  signifies  to  come 
near. 

APPROXIMATE,  compounded  of 
ap  and  prormns  to  come  nearest  or 
next,  signifies  either  to  draw  near  or 
bring  near. 

To  approach  is  intranative  only ;  a 

person  approaches  an  o^ect.    To  ap' 

pfuriauite  is  both  transitive  and  intraor 

sidve ;  a  perKm  approrimates  two  ob« 

jects. 

Lunte  pwh  at  thow  that  Mj^rmcM  Oam 
wMi  ttidr  konM  Mbra  the  Snt  taddlBf  of  akem 


lie 


To  approach  denotes  simply  die 
moving  m  an  object  towards  another, 
but  to  approximate  denotes  the  gra- 
dual moving  of  two  oljects  towarda 
each  other:  that  which  afproaehet 
may  come  into  inunediate  conjunction  ; 
but  bodies  may  approtjtmate  for  sooM 
rime  before  they  torm  a  junction,  or 
may  never  fi>nn  a  juncrion. 

An  equivocation  approaehei  to^  a 
lie.  Minds  approximate  by  long  in- 
tercourse. 


far. 


are  liMglfrt  to 

otker  lack  like  jadgmeole  of  God. 

The nijiregJBitieiw aad  neneeioC 
the  UtHe  iian  I  epeak  oi;  eait  BOC  vlth  the 

kof  eoflM  ferjf 


APPROBATION^  V.  AsSCfli. 


APPROPRIATE. 


APPROPRIATE.   89 


'     TO  APPKOPEIATE,  U8URP9 
AKR06ATB,   ASSUMV,    ASCRIBE. 

APPROPRIATE^  in  French  «p- 
froprier^  oompoonded  of  op  or  ad  and 
pntpriatuty  partidple  of  propria  an 
ok!  verb,  warn  proprka  proper  or 
awB»  tignifies  to  make  one^s  own. 

USUKPy  in  French  uturper,  Latin 
flMBTpo  from  lam  nse,  is  a  frequenta- 
tive of  fUoTf  tigniiying  to  make  use  of 
as  if  it  were  oi^rs  own. 

ARROGATE,  in  Latin  arrogatut^ 
partidple  ofarrogOy  signifies  to  ask  or 
daim  to  Ibr  one's  self. 

ASSUME,  m  French  auumer, 
Latin  a$mmo,  compounded  of  a$  or 
md  and  sum  to  take,  signifies  to  take 
to  one's  self. 

ASCRIBEy  in  Latin  ascribe,  oom- 
poonded of  Of  or  01^  and  scribo  to 
write,  tipiifies  here  to  write  down  to 
one's  own  aoooont. 

The  idea  of  taking  somethiog  to 
one's  self  bj  an  act  df  one's  own,  is 
conmioo  to  all  these  terms. 

Appropriate  respects  natural  ol>- 
jecti :  wtappropriate  the  money,  goods, 
or  laodtf  of  another  to  ourselves  wlien 
we  eqioj  the  fiuit  of  them.  Usurp 
respects  power  and  authority  :  one 
icsBr;ps  a  eoverament,  when  one  exer- 
cises the  ranctions  of  a  ruler  without 
a  leptimate  sanction.  Appropriation 
IS  a  natter  of  convenience ;  it  springs 
firom  a  selfish  concern  for  ourselves, 
and  a  total  nnoonoem  for  others: 
afarpatioit  is  a  matter  of  self  indul- 
fsence ;  it  springs  finom  an  inordinate 
ambition  tmtt  is  gratified  only  at  dio 
expense  of  others.  Appropriation 
seldom  requires  an  efibrt :  one  apprO" 
wriates  that  which  casually  falls  mto 
nis  hands.  TJsarpati/om  mostly  takes 
place  in  a  disoiganiied  state  of  so- 
dety ;  when  the  strongest  prevail,  the 
most  artful  and  the  most  yidous  in- 
dividual invests  himself  with  the  su- 
preme authority.  Appropriation  is 
generally  an  act  of  injustice :  usurp- 
atUm  is  always  an  act  of  violence. 

Arrogate^  assume,  and  ascribe,  de- 
note the  taking  to  one's  self,  but  do 
not,  like  appropriate  and  usurp,  imply 
taking  fimn  another.  Arrogate  is  a 
mere  violent  action  than  auume,  and 
attumt  than  ascribe.  Arrogate  and 
assume  are  emf^yed  dther  in  the 
proper  or  figurativf  leiisey  ascribe  only 


in  the  figurative  sense.  We  arro- 
gate distinctions,  honours,  and  titles ; 
we  assume  names,  rights,  privileges. 

In  the  moral  sense  we  arrogate  pre- 
eminence, assume  importance,  as* 
eribe  merit.  To  arrogate  is  a  species 
of  moral  usurpation;  it  is  always  ac- 
companied with  haughtiness  and  con- 
tempt for  others:  that  is  arrogated 
to  one's  self  to  which  one  has  not  tlie 
smallest  title :  an  arrogant  temper  is 
one  of  the  most  odious  features  in  the 
human  character;  it  is  a  compound  of 
folly  and  insolence.  To  assume  is  a 
spedes  of  moral  appropriation ;  its 
ODJects  are  of  a  less  serious  nature  than 
those  of  arrogating  ;  and  it  does  loss 
violence  to  moral  propriety :  we  may 
assume  in  trifles,  we  arrogate  only 
in  important  matters.  To  ascribe  is 
oftener  an  act  of  vanity  than  of  injus- 
tice :  many  men  are  entitled  to  the 
merit  which  they  ascribe  to  thenn 
sdves ;  but  by  this  very  act  they  lessen 
the  merit  of  thdr  best  actions. 

Arrogating  as  an  action,  or  arro- 
^nce  as  a  disposition,  is  always  taken 
m  a  bad  sense :  the  former  is  always  dic- 
tated by  the  most  preposterous  pride ; 
the  latter  is  assodated  with  every  un- 
worthy quality.  Auumption  as  an 
action  varies  in  its  character  accord- 
ing to  drcumstances ;  it  may  be 
either  good,  bad,  or  indifierent :  it 
is  justifiable  in  certain  exigencies  to 
auume  a  connnand  where  there  is  no 
one  else  able  to  direct ;  it  is  often  a 
matter  of  indifference  what  name  a 
person  assumes  who  does  so  only  in 
conformity  to  the  will  of  another; 
but  it  is  always  bad  to  assume  a  name 
as  a  mask  to  impose  upon  others. 

As  a  disposition  assumption  is 
always  bad,  but  still  not  to  the  same 
degree  as  arrogance.  An  arrogant 
man  renders  himsdf  intolerable  to 
sodety ;  an  assuming  man  makes  him- 
self offensive :  arrogance  is  the  cha- 
racteristic of  men ;  assumption  is  pe- 
culiar to  youths :  an  arrogant  man 
can  be  humbled  only  by  silent  con- 
tempt; an  auuniing  youth  must  ha 
checked  by  the  voice  of  authority. 

A  consdentious  man  will  appropri' 
ate  nothing  to  himself  which  ne  can- 
not unquestionably  claim  as  his  own. 
Usurpers,  who  violate  the  laws  both  of 
God  and  man,  are  as  much  to  be  pitied 
as  dreaded:  they  generally  pay  the 


ARGUE. 


ARGUMENT. 


91 


Latin  ditpuiOf  oomponnded  of  dis  and 
pmiOf  signifies  to  think  di£G9rentW>  in 
mn  exteikM  sense,  to  asserta  difiereot 
opinioii. 

DEBATE,  in  French  debattre, 
ooaiponnded  of  the  intensive  s^hible 
de  and  iatire  to  beat  or  fight,  signifies 
DO  contend  for  and  against. 

To  mrgme  it  to  defimd  one*s  self; 
dii/mfe  to  oppose  another;  to  dekde 
to  ditfmU  in  a  formal  manner.    To 
mrgme,  on  a  snbject  is  to  explain  the 
reasqos  or  piooni  in  sunport  of  an  as- 
aortion ;  to  arpte  witn  a  person  is  to 
deAaid  a   position  against  him:   to 
ditpde  a  tmng  is  to  adranoe  olgeo- 
tkna  ^pinst  a  position;  to  dit^t 
with  a  person  is  to  start  objections 
against  ms  poaitioDS,  to  attempt  to 
refute  than :  aiMafe  is  a  ditmiiatum 
hdkl  hj  many.     To  argue  does  not 
necessarilj  suppose  a  conviction  on 
the  part  of  the  argmer  that  what  he 
defends  is  true;  nor  a  real  diffisrence 
of  opinion  in  Ids  opponent;  for  some 
inen  have  sacfa  an  itching  propensity 
for  an  mrgmmgHtf  that  they  will  at- 
tempt  to  prove  what  nobody  denies  : 
to  di^mie  always  siqiposes  an  oppo- 
sition to  some  person,  but  not  a  sin- 
cere opposition  to  the  thing ;  for  we 
may  iuf/iUe  that  which  we  do  not 
dear  for  the  sake  of  holding  a  dUpute 
with  one  who  is  of  di£farent  senti- 
ments :  to  dek&te  presupposes  a  niulti- 
todo  of  clashing  or  opposing  opinions. 
Men  of  many  words  argue  for  the 
sake  of  talking :  men  of  ready  tongues 
ditpuU  for  ins  sake  of  victory :  men 
in  pariiapient  often  debate  for  tne  sake 
of  opposing  the  ruling  party,  or  from 
any  other  motive  tmm  the   love  of 
truth. 

^rgtonealolioii  b  a  dangerous  pro- 
penaity,  and  renders  a  man  an  un- 
pleasant companion  in  society;  no 
one  should  set  such  a  value  on  his  opi- 
nions as  to  obtrude  the  defence  of 
them  on  those  who  are  uninterested  in 
the  question :  dupafatton,  as  a  scho- 
lastic exercise,  is  well  fitted  to  exert 
the  reasoning  powers  and  awaken  a 
spirit  of  inquiry :  debating  in  Parlia- 
ment is  by  some  oonveited  into  a 
trade;  he  who  talks  the  loudest,  and 
makes  the  most  vehement  opposition, 
aspects  the  grsatest  apalause. 


RoiMud,  InfeM^  tMt  ulMllOTrM  emr, 
Tlw  ncfed  loeliU  pMrfOM  a0fw  knev : 
UaAiira  to«TVM«^  b  dUpuU  jet  loid, 

BoIdwUhOBt  OttlUB,  wWKNrt  kODOWfl  pTCVd. 


The  ■nunrar  ecMed :  then  ftmn  hh  lef^  Iteooi 
The  Uiif  tafohM  the  godi,  Mi  ttaf  tegiui « 
I  vkh,  JO  ImAatt  whet  ymuuw  Jalf  t 
Had  beea  vMolt'd  hefiNe  It  was  too  late. 

DRTDCa. 

TO  ARGUB,  BVINCB,  PROVB. 

ARGUE,  V.  ToarptCf  dispute. 

EVINCE,  in  Latin  evincOf  is  com- 
pounded of  vinco  to  jfr ace  or  m^e 
out,  and  e  forth,  signifies  to  bring  to 
light,  to  make  to  appear  dear. 

PROVE,  in  French  prouveTf  in 
Ladn  pro^,  firom  pro6tK  good,  signi- 
fies to  make  good,  or  make  to  q)pear 
good. 

These  terms  in  general  convey  tha 
idea  of  evidence,  but  with  gradations : 
argue  denotes  the  smallest  degree, 
and  praoe  the  highest  deg^.  To 
argue  is  to  serve  as  an  indication 
amounting  to  probability;  to  evince 
denotes  an  indicatimi  so  dear  as  to 
remove  doubt;  to  prove  inarks  an 
evidence  so  positive  as  to  produce  con- 
viction. 

It  or^^tiM  a  want  of  candor  in  anj 
man  to  conceal  drcumstances  in  his 
statement  which  are  any  ways  calcu- 
lated to  effiKt  the  solject  in  question : 
the  tenor  of  a  person's  conversation 
may  evince  the  refinement  of  his  mind 
and  the  puritv  of  his  taste :  when  we 
see  men  sacrindng  their  peace  of  mind 
and  even  their  integrity  of  character 
to  ambition,  it  proves  to  us  how  im- 
portant it  is  even  in  early  life  to  check 
this  natural  and  in  some  measure  laud- 
able, but  still  msinuating  and  danger- 
ous passion. 

It  b  Bot  the  beinc  ringBlar,  bat  beioK  ■lairalaf' 
fortoaMtbloic,  that  mrguet  eitbn  nlraordloaij 
eadowmeBtt  of  oatue  or  heoevelBBthrteatiwie  to 
■aoUnd,  which  drawe  the 
oTthe  world. 


The  aatnre  of  the  aaal  llvU;  nd  pankularly 
Ha  liBBMifetlalHy»haa  1  think  ham  ewtmeed  aliaoit 
to  a  draoaatntioo.  Amooa. 


Ofgortaadtin 


N&Aoa* 


What  oluect,  whit  ovMt  the  Mooa  beneath. 

Bat  arguet  or  endean  an  aftcT'^erae  ? 

To  raaion  proveg,  or  areds  tt  to  dnirB  ?    Yooiw. 

ARGUMENT,  RBASON,   PROOF. 

ARGUMENT  finom  argue  (v.  T9 
argue),  signifies  either  the  thing  that 
argue$,  or  that  which  is  brought  fiir* 
wiurd  in  arguing. 


AUSE. 


ARISE. 


» 


SPRING,  in  German  tprmgen^ 
comes  from  rimner  to  nm  Hie  water, 
and  is  connected  with  the  Greek  6^u 
to  pour  oat. 

FLOW,  in  Saxon  fleowan^  low 
Gennan^/Ko^im,  hieh  Gennan^ietKn, 
Latin  flvOf  &c.  aU  from  the  Greek 
B\9m  or  fixi^r,  which  is  an  onoroatopeia 
ezpressins  the  murmur  of  waters. 

EMANATE,  in  Latin  ^maneiut, 
participle  of  eaunio,  compounded  of 
mano  to  flow,  from  the  Hebrew  mtm 
uid  Chaldee  mn  waters,  expressing 
the  motion  of  waters. 

The  idea  of  one  object  coming  out 
of  another  is  expressed  by  all  these 
terms,  but  they  differ  in  the  drcum- 
stances  of  the  action.    What  comes 
up  out  of  a  body  and  rises  into  exist- 
^nce  is  said  to  ame,  as  the  mist  which 
«rties  out  of  the  sea:  what  comes 
forth  as  it  were  gradually  into  observa- 
tion is  said  to  proceed  ;  thus  the  li^t 
snoceedi.ftom  a  certain  quarter  of  the 
neavens,  or  from  a  certain  part  of  a 
bouse :  what  comes  out  from  a  small 
aperture  is  said  to  tmie ;  thus  per- 
spiration iuuei  through  the  pores  of 
the  skin ;  water  itnui  sometimes  from 
the  sides  of  rocks:  what  comes  out  in 
a  sadden  or  quick  manner,  or  comes 
fit>m  some  remote  source,  is  said  ta 
spring;  thus  blood  ^rings  from  an 
artery    which     is    pricked;    water 
springs  up  out  of  toe  earth:  what 
comes  out  in  quantities  or  in  a  stream 
is  said  tojiow  /  thus  blood^.a'f  from 
a  wound:  to  emanate  is  a  species  of 
flomng  by  a  natural  operation,  when 
bodies  send  (brtb,  or  seem  to  send 
forth,  particles  of  their  own  composi- 
tion from  themselves;  thus  light  emof 
naies  from  the  sun. 

This  distinction  in  the  signification 
of  these  terms  is  kept  up  in  their 
moral  acceptation,  where  the  idea  of 
one  thing  ori^ating  from  another  is 
common  to  them  all ;  but  in  this  case 
ari$e  is  a  general  term,  which  simply 
implies  the  coming  into  existence;  but 
proceed  conveys  also  the  idea  of  a 
progressive  movement  into  existence. 
Every  object  therefore  may  be  said  to 
ari$e  out  of  whatever  produces  it;  but 
it  proceeds  from  it  only  when  it  is  gra- 
dimlly  produced  :  evils  are  continually 
arising  in  human  society  for  which 
thero  is  no  specific  remeay :  in  com- 


plicated disorders  it  is  not  always 
posnble  to^  say  predseljr  from  what 
the  complmnt  of  the  patient  proceeds. 
Issue  is  seldom  used  but  in  applica- 
tion to  sensible  objects ;  yet  we  may 
say,  in  confomuty  to  the  oripniu 
meaning,  that  words  issue  fix)m  the 
mouth :  the  idea  of  the  distant  source 
or  origin  is  kept  up  in  the  moral  appli- 
cation of  the  term  springs  when  we 
say  that  actions  sprif^  firom  a  gener- 
ous or  corrupt  principle :  the  idea  of 
a  quantity  and  a  stream  is  preserved 
in  the  moral  use  of  the  terms  Jlow  and 
emanate ;  but  the  former  may  be  said 
of  that  which  is  not  inherent  in  the 
body;  the  latter  respects  that  only 
which  forms  a  component  part  of  the 
body :  God  is  the  spring  whence  all 
our  blessings /2(W :  all  authority  emo- 
nates  from  God,  who  is  the  supreme 
source  of  all  things :  theologians,  when 
speaking  of  God,  say  that  the  Son 
emanates  from  the  Father,  and  the 
Holy  Ghost  from  the  Father  and  the 
Son,  and  that  grace  Jloms  upon  us  in- 
cessantly firom  the  inexhauxtible  tree* 
sures  of  Divine  mercy. 

Pram  foott  hftvA  bMf>li»  uid  flnm  tetoni  riM 
Tan  aab,  and  tallar  oak  fhat  mat«  the  dklea. 

Dbtdsh. 


IV  freatnC  ntalbitaiifli 


fUl  into  arte 


Teach  me  the  ?arloM  laboan  of  the  oiooo, 
Aad  wheace  pnetei  the  ecllptes  of  the  tea. 

Drtobr. 

Bat  wbenee  proceed  theie  hopes,  or  whence  this 

dread, 
ir  DothlBK  really  can  aAct  the  dead  ?     Jairviia. 

A«  when  aoae  hoatiman  with  a  fl^li«  tpear 
Prom  the  blind  thicket  wonndi  a  vtately  deer, 
]>owii  hit  eleft  iMe  wMIe  fkwh  the  blood  dMtto, 
He  hoonda  atofkaad  icndt  from  Mill  to  hllk, 
Till  Hft^  warm  t apoor  Uiuing  throogh  the 

wovad 
Wnd  rooaataia  wolves  the  fUntlai;  beast  rar- 

round.  P<WB» 

As  Utht  aod  heat  Jlow  from  the  am  as  their 
eeotie*  so  Ulss  aad  iojJUw  from  the  Deity. 

Blais. 

Proridenee  Is  the  great  sanctaaiy  to  the  af- 
flicted who  roalatala  their  Intqrrlty;  aad  often 
there  has  Utmsd  ftom  this  saactaary  the  moat 
SfMonaMe  veUef.  Blaru 

All  firom  utilHy  this  law  approve. 
As  every  private  bllm  mast  tpring  firom  soelal 
love. 


As  la  the  next  world  so  ta  tUs,  the  oaly  soM 
blesriogs  are  owfaiff  to  the  goodacm  of  theaated, 
Bot  the  extent  of  the  eapacHy  ;  MsadsMp  heee  la 
an  emonatloa  ftom  the  same  aoaict  aa  heatlladi 
there. 


9i 


ARRAIGN. 


ART. 


ARMS,  WBAPCnfS. 

ARMS  from  the  Latin  armOf  is  now 

properly  used  for  instruments  of  o^ 

fence,  and  never  otherwise  except  by 

a  IKietic  lif:ense  of  arms  for  armour ; 

liut  weapont  from  the  German  wajfen^ 

may  Ik;  used  citlicr  for  an  instrument 

of  fiflciico  or  defence.    We  sav  fire 

armi^  hut  not  fire  wetipont ;  and  ipea- 

pont  ofTeuHivc  or  defensive,  not  amu 

oflennivc  or  defensive.      Amu  like- 

wiKo,  agreeably  to  its  origiui  is  em- 

plriyt.rl  for  whatever  is  intentionally 

made  as  nn  instrument  of  offence; 

weapon^  according  to  its  extended  and 

indefinite  application,  is  employed  for 

whatever  may  bo  accidentally  used  for 

this  piiqMwe :  gims  and  swords  are 

always  arnu ;  stones,  and  brickbats, 

and  pitchforks,  may  bo  occasionally 

wcaponB, 

Luuder,  uil  yet  more  lood,  I  hew  tk*  alatms 
or  bumu  crin  dtetlsct  ud  clublaf  araw. 

Detsxii* 

IV)  ri7  of  Talbot  Knm  BM  fbr  •  iwwd ; 
Vor  I  bttti*  loaded  me  wMi  mmiy  >poiK 
Uitaff  no  other  WM|»M  thui  kto 


ARMY,  HOST. 

An  army  is  an  organized  body  of 
armed  men ;  a  HOST,  from  Aof^if  an 
enemy,  is  properly  a  body  of  kottUe 
men. 

An  army  is  a  limited  body ;  a  hod 
may  l>e  unlimited,  and  is  therefore 
generally  I'^uisidercd  a  very  large  body. 

The  wortl  army  applies  only  to  that 
which  has  lieen  formed  by  the  rules  of 
art  flir  purposes  of  war:  host  has  been 
cxtonded  in  its  application  not  only  to 
Inxlit's,  whether  of  men  or  angels,  that 
wtM'o  assembled  for  purposes  of  of* 
friuv,  but  also  in  the  figurative  sense 
to  whatever  rises  up  to  assail. 

^A  mMv  eppUow  woold  oo  ■mMHoa  watt, 
A  ad  U>iN|t  wa\ii*  tiM*  world  be  ewieled  Krvot: 
B«l  «Mir  lEiKMloAlunsl  act  moiv  prmlMV  irein, 
TbAu  mrmic$  ^xttthromm  tmA  ihoMMmk  •laifaia 

Javn. 

HpMwwwbowfBlle, 

SfliM  op  vith  eMT«  ami  nmipp,  deceliM 
Tki*  mo«brr  I'f  mankind*  wbat  ctaw  bie  pride 
H««l  cMi  bim  «»«t  of  bea«^  »Wi  all  bb  AoK 
iV  irbirl  «AF«U.  MuTOX. 

Y«t  t«w  a  k.  ««iw«  wv  Hfr  aiwiod. 

>% boie  4Mr< oTIIto M e««r7  tUewi  feud. 


TO  ARRANGK,  V.  To  dtSpOSt, 
TO  ARRANGE,  t/.  To  doSS. 

TO  ARRIVE,  v.  To  come* 

ARROGANCE,   PRESUMPTIOir. 

ARROGANCE,  in  French  arrih 

fance^  Ladn  arragantia,  sigmfies  the 
isposition  to  arrogate  (p,7Ih appro- 
priate). 

PRESUMPTION,  fit>m  presmae, 
Latin  presumo,  compoimdea  of  ^ 
before,  and  sumo  to  take  or  pat^  sig- 
nifies the  disposition  to  put  one's  lof 
forward. 

Arrogance  is  the  act  of  the  great ; 
presumption  that  of  the  little:  & 
arrogant  man  takes  upon  himself  to 
be  above  others;  the  presumptmm 
man  strives  to  be  on  a  level  with  those 
who  are  above  him.  Arrogance  is 
conunonly  coupled  with  hau^tioess ; 
presumption  with  meanness :  men  or- 
rogantly  demand  as  a  right  the  hth 
mage  which  has  perhaps  before  been 
voluntarily  granted ;  the  creature  |iri»- 
tumptuously  arraigns  the  condnct  of 
the  Creator,  and  murmurs  against  the 
dispensations  of  his  providence. 

I  mut  coofem  I  wu  feiy  madi  oarpiked  ta 
•se  10  greet  a  bod j  of  edtton,  crltiei^  inwmai 
talNa,  aad  gnuBmariaae,  aaaeC  wkb  ao  veiyfll 
a  lacepdoa*    Tbej  bad  faemed  tbemwlfi 
a  body,  and  wllb  a  gnat  deal  of  mrrwgmn 
BModed  tbe  fnt  iCatloo  ia  tbe  oolaaui  of 
ledfe ;  bat  tbe  goddem,  iBitead  of  coegplytac  vlli 
tbcir  icqaan,  clapped  tbem  tato  liveries 


la  tbe  taatty  anApretumptioH  of  joaO,  It  k 
to  allegatbe eooBcfcmnem  oTI 
for  the  coaiempt  oT  < 

Hai 


Tt>  ARRAIGN*  r.  To  QCCUSC* 


TO  ARROGATE,   1^    To    OppTO' 

priate. 

ART,    CUNNING,   DECEIT. 

ART,  in  Latin  ar$,  probably  comes 
from  the  Greek  -,-v  to  fit  or  dispose^ 
Hebrew  harcsh  to  contrive,  in  which 
action  the  mental  exercise  of  arf  prin- 
cipallv  consists. 

CI  XXING  is  in  Saxon  ctnuM, 
German  kennend  knowing,  in  whioi 
sense  tlie  English  word  was  formerij 
used. 

DECEIT,  in  Latin  deccptum^  par- 
ticiple of  decipio  or  d€  and  aipiOf  si^ 
nilios  to  take  by  surprise  or  unawares. 

Art  implies  a  disposition  of  the 


ARTFUL. 


ARTICLE. 


nuady  to  use  circiiniTentkui  or  aitifi- 
cud  means  to  attain  an  end:  ciiit- 
ning  maiks  die  dispontion  to  practise 
disguise  in  the  prosecntion  of  a  plan : 
deceit  leads  to  the  practice  of  dissi- 
iDolatioii  and  grots  falsehood,  for  the 
sake  of  gratifying  a  desire.  Art  is  the 
'  '  of  a  lively  mind ;  cunning  of 
itfiil  and  knowing  mind ;  de» 
an  ignorant,  low,  and  weak 

Ari  is  practised  often  in  selM^ 
a  practice  therefore  it  is 
even  sometimes  justifiable,  althouj^ 
not  as  a  disposition :  cunning  has 
aWrmys  self  in  view;  the  cuiiiitfi^ 
man  seeks  his  gratification  without  re- 
paid toothers;  deceii  is  of^  prac- 
tised to  the  eipress  injury  of  another ; 
the  ileori^^man  adopts  base  means 
for  base  ends.  Animals  practise  0ft 
mhea  opposed  to  their  superiors  in 
streogdi;  but  they  are  not  arHui^  as 
they  me  not  that  versatility  of  power 
vrluch  they  can  hatntually  eiercise  to 
their  own  advantage  like  human  beings : 
nnimah  may  be  cunning  in  as  miush 
as  they  can  by  contrivance  and  con- 
cealment seek  to  obtain  the  object  of 
desire,  bat  no  animal  is  deeeiyul  ex- 
ca>t  man :  the  wickedest  and  stupidest 
ofmen  have  the  power  and  the  will  of 
deeeimmg  and  practising  falsehood 
npoo  others,  wiridi  is  unknown  to  the 
bmtes. 


ItiM 


fttefkte 


IDR  or  BHIi 

mmntwltk, 

CVMMIIfa 


flat  the 
hoir. 


be  a  tnlllf  vHilijr  a  bm,  ocopt  la  Ui  owa 
<IH!eM«,  Md  aeMy  to  conceal  biinipir  flnwi 
iBchaianio^  Mi  In  mwIi  mmi  H  It  wbdom. 


noofbtbelMiv 


I  cma  wetr  m  imwk  and 
GhrtatlaB  osDiiotoooB- 


ART,  tr,  BushtesSy  trade. 

ARTTUI^  ARTiriCIAli, 
FICTITIOUS. 

ARTFUL,  compounded  of  art  and 
Jki,  marks  the  quality  of  being  full  of 
art  (v.  Art), 

ARTIFICIAL,  in  Latin  artificialis, 
from  art  and  Jacio  to  do,  signi&s  done 
withar^. 

FICTITIOUS,  in  Latin  fctitius, 
from  Jingo  to  feign,  signifies  the  qua- 
lity of  being/efgw^ 


Artful  respects  what  is  done  vrith 
art  or  design;  artificial  vrhat  is  doa« 
hj  the  eiercise  of  workmanship ;  ^e* 
tUiou9  what  is  made  out  of  the  mmd. 
Artful  9Bd  artificial  are  used  either 
for  natural  or  moral  oljects ;  fictitiom 
always  for  those  that  are  moral :  artfki 
u  opposed  to  what  is  artloij  artiMd 
to  what  is  natural,y?c^»/»o«f  to  what  is 
real :  the  ringlets  of  a  lady's  hair  ara 
disposed  in  an  artful  manner;  the 
hair  itself  may  be  artijidal :  a  tale  is 
artful  whidi  is  told  m  a  way  to  gm 
credit;  manners  are  artificial  wMdi 
do  not  seem  to  suit  the  person  adopt* 
ing  them :  a  story  is  Jictitiout  which 
has  no  foundation  whatever  in  truths 
and  is  the  invention  of  the  narrator. 

Children  sometimes  tell  their  stories 
so  artfulfy  as  to  impose  on  the  most 
penetrating  and  eiperienced.  Those 
who  have  no  character  of  their  own 
are  indiiced  to  take  an  artificial  cha- 
racter in  order  to  put  themselves  on  • 
level  with  their  associates.  Beggua 
deal  infictitumt  tales  of 
order  to  eidte  compassion. 


I  «M  anch  nrpffind  to  lee  tbe  aati* 
wlildi  I  had  dotniiai,  Tory  MtMy  n»alrad- 


ir  «•  eonpan  two  mMom  fa  u  eqid  iteto  «f 
cMUaatloa,  «•  aaj  nanik  that  whav  At 
p«al«  ftaedoB  oMaint,  thara  tha  gmtor  f  I 
or«tt</k<al  want!  will  ohtaia  alio. 

Cv: 

AaMBf  tfw  BVOMcooB  •tntafBOM  b  J  which 
pride  CBdeaToan  to  leoonnarad  folly  to  ropu^ 
there  !•  leafeely  ob»  that  meeCt  with  lea  raew 
thaa  aSbelatloBf  or  a  petpctaal  dfasula  of  tfca 
vaal  dMiader  IqrilcttN^Mf  appeaimacet. 

Jc 


ARTICLE,  CONDITION,  TBRIC 

ARTICLE,  in  French  article^  Latim 
articuluM  a  joint  or  a  part  of  a  member. 

CONDmON,  in  French  comti- 
tion,  Latin  conditio,  horn  conda  to 
build  or  form,  signifies  property  the 
thing  firamed. 

T%RM,  in  French  ferfney  Latin  ter- 
minus  a  bouudary,  signifies  the  point 
to  which  one  is  fixed. 

These  words  agree  in  their  applica- 
tion to  matters  of  compact,  or  undei^ 
standing  between  man  and  man. 
Article  and  condition  are  used  in  both 
numbers ;  terms  only  in  the  plural  in 
this  sense :  the  former  may  be  used 
for  any  point  individually ;  the  latter 
fbr  all  the  points  collectively  ;  article 


AEHST. 


ASCRIBE. 


97 


have  OMDed  the  word.  BdiKtarj  oftera- 
tioDS  are  somedmes  ooosiderably  for- 
.warded  by  well  ooocerted  and  well* 
timed  Mtrmiagtm»  to  sarpiise  the  enemy. 
Ad  aH^oe  may  be  perftctly  iaao- 
cflit  when  it  serves  to  afford  a  friend 
an  unexpected  pleasure.  A  trich  is 
childish  which  only  senwa  to  deceive 
or  amnse  children.  Sirmktgems  are 
aUowaUe  not  in  war  only ;  the  writer 
of  a  novel  or  a  play  may  sometiases 
adopt  a  saooMswl  itrwtagmn  to  caase 
the  reader  aeorprise.  Fm^tm  is  never 
jiistifiahlei  it  carries  with  it  toe 
much  of  ooaesaiment  and  disiagsntt- 
oosnese  to  be  practised  bat  for  selfish 
pad  aawofthy  purposes. 

'  isv  ^nnw  sn^lKev  wvicD  nv  pvi  in 
hy  Ike  fMM^  •*  Ml  tks  «nsto  of  m 

vllb  tniw,  the  Snt  pUce  I*  i«e  t* 
ui  Hshtaloc.  ABDOOHb 

WlMi  MB  pmcliM  Miehtoa  m4  iImw 
tr£el»  wtth  CM  mootlier,  tbere  wiU  \m  perpelwa 
HMplBlaBiSMI  MfoArfSik,  dooft^tttdjeilMflin. 

Smth. 


Bjr 


tliyCilKWtaruti, 

u  Dm 

iNiHe  tw  fftttiy  srti^ 
Nkkw  hh  mqr  to  ikaltow 
piee«  otjbume,  trapi  fbr  appUi 


Oae  of  tke  AOtt  sMoeMflil  fftnOiVeiiUi  wheie- 
•Sr  Mifcawti  Mekae  UnrtthMIe,  wtf  the  «f- 
■vmee  mtt  ks^Mtar  girtte  Mt  Totwio,  tb«t 
wko«f«r  ««  iMB  ta  Iwttle  iImbU  be 
diatdf  eooNned  to  UmU  iMuriMU 
Wuter  Ahk;7  ^'^  lateeted. 

AR'ftFlOB,  If.  ^/t5^. 

Attinnc^a,  v.  Artist. 
ABTmeiAL,  V.  ArtfaL 

ARTISAN,  ».  ^r/Wf. 

ARTI8T9    AStfS^ANi    ARTIFICBR, 
iMCHANia 

V 

A&nSfT  is  the  practiser  of  the  fine 
aits. 

ARTISAN  is  the  praetiatr  of  the 
Tiilg^arts. 

ARTIFICER,  from  ors  and/aci^  is 
the  doer  or  maker  according  to  art. 

MECHANIC  is  an  arti$mn  in  the 
mtchanic  arts. 

The  orlit^  ranks  higlhsr  than  the 
wrtUan :  the  fi>rmer  requires  intetteo* 
taial  refinement  in  the  eaercise  of  his 
art;  the  latter  requires  nothing  bnt 
to  know  the  (general  ndes  of  hi*  art* 
The  musvciaDi  painter,  and  scnlpioiy 


are  mrtiitt;  the  carpenter,  the  sign 
painter^  and  the  blacksmith,  are  oHh 
•*M.  The  artificer  is  an  interaiediate 
term  betwixt  the  artiti  and  thearfiiafi : 
mann&ctorers  are  arliMcen;  and 
Sooth,  in  his  sermons,  calls  the  aothot 
of  the  aniverse  the  great*  Artijkerm 
The  HKcAaviicis  that  speoioBof  orfiioft 
who  works  at  arts  purely  laeeAaftiea^ 
in  distinction  from  those  which  con- 
trihttte  to  the  completion  and  enri>ei' 
Ibhmeotof  any  objects;  on  this  gronnd 
m  shoemaker  is  a  mechtmie,  bat  a 
common  painter  is  a  simple  arfiiaii. 

If  ever  thboovetry  mw  ui  efe  of  arflftt,  It  to 
€bfb  pteMBt;  bw pftiaten,  feulpten,  andeiicrft- 
'  the  oety  iclneli  pfepe^  eo  eelMli 

COXeBUAMb 


Tbe  iMKbnt,  tndeanaB,  nd  mrHmmwrn 
have  tbtk  proAt  epon  aU  the  sMlti^ied  wnteb 
comHofiH,  and  ladalteooffl  of  dTOIieil  IHhb 

CCMBBUAMO 

Mm  nratt  be  In  a  certain  degree  the  aft(/lcer 
of  hit  own  happineM;  the  took  and  nialertali 
Mqfhepatiato  btahaiidibytheboaatyer  pro> 
vlieace.birt  fhi  weriUMaihlp  net  be  hh  •«■• 


The  eoeenrrins  aweet  of  the  world  hi  pre* 
Ibrriaf  gentlenieB  te  meeMmlet  leeini  fbodad 
telhat  paelbteDce  which  the ntioflel  piit  of  eer 
aatne  k  aaitled  to  above  the  antaML 


TO  AflCKND^  t;.  To  arise^  rise^ 
mount f  climb,  scale. 

ASCBNDBNC7,  V.  Inflvence. 

TO   ASCRIBE,   ATTRIBUTBy 
IMPUTE. 

ASCRIBE,  27.  To  appropriate. 

ATTRIBUTE,  in  Latin  attrHmtui, 
partidpie  ofattribuo,  cOmpotinded  of 
ad  aad^ri^ffio,  signifies  to  bestow  apon^ 
or  attach  to  a  thing  what  belong  to 
It* 

IMPUTE,  compounded  of  im  or  m 
ami  jndey  Latin  puto  to  thhik,  signifies 
to  think  or  judge  what  \i  in  a  thing. 

To  ascribe  is  to  assign  nttj  thing  to 
ft  psrson  as  his  ^ropeiry,  his  posses* 
sion,  or  the  fruit  of  hfs  htboor ;  to 
mtirilmte  is  to  assign  things  to  others 
as  their  caofses ;  to  impute  is  to  assign 
qnalities  to  persons.  Milton  aacribee 
me  first  nse  of  artillery  to  the  rebet 
angels ;  the  loss  of  a  Tessei  is  oHrp^ 
hUed  to  the  Tiolence  of  the  storm: 
the  conduct  of  the  captain  is  tm« 
to  his  want  of  firmness.  The  N 
of  Jonios  hava  been  fidseiy  utc 

u 


ASK. 

»  oondesoeiiskm  whidi  is  sometiines 
not  unbecomiiiSy  but  on  ordinary  oo- 
oasioD  requett  it  widi  more  propriety 
•abetitated  m  its  place. 

I«l  hiM  fUSM  the  fftinkU  LtllaB  ikottk 
A  ahoitdiky  k  an  I  «•*  blai  Mv, 
Afumct  mriA  u  iDierral  ftom  votw 

0E1 

Alt  ««MHtlcirowbnidlncIkBei 

ortlM 


ASK. 


99 


BVtdOBOl 

WtthjOM 


I  jas  HU  iMtrflfMCft 


taqr, 
jour  iBlVtit  try. 

DaTsm. 


TO  ASK,   OB   ASK    FOtt,   CLAIM, 
DBMAND. 

ASK,  9.  Tif  atkf  beg. 
'  CLAIMy  in  French  clatmeTf  Latin 
clomo  to  cry  after,  signifies  to  express 
an  iinpetions  wish  for. 

DEBfANDy  in  French  demander, 
Latin  demandop  compounded  of  de 
and  mamdo,  signifies  to  call  for  impe- 
ratifely. 

Aikf  in  the  sense  of  6cy,  is  confined 
to  the  expression  of  wishes  on  the 
part  of  the  asker,  without  in? olving 
any  obligation  on  the  part  of  the 
person  mM;  all  granted  in  this 
case  is  Toluntary,  or  conmplied  with 
as  a  favour :  but  oik  for  in  the 
sense  here  taken  is  invouintiury,  and 
springs  firom  the  forms  and  distinctions 
of  society.  Mk  is  here,  as  before, 
generic  or  specific ;  claim  and  demand 
are  specific:  in  its  specific  sense  it 
conveys  a  less  peremptory  sense  than 
either  claim  or  demand.  To  askfar 
denotes  simply  the  expressed  wish  to 
have  what  u  considered  as  due ;  to 
claim  is  to  assert  a  rights  or  to  make 
it  known ;  to  demand  is  to  insist  on 
Iwvine  without  the  liberty  of  a  refusal. 

AiKing  respects  obligation  in  gene- 
ral, great  or  small ;  claim  respects  ob- 
lations of  importance.  Asking /or 
supposes  a  right,  not  (|uestionable ; 
elaum  supposes  a  right  hitherto  unac- 
knowledged ;  demand  supposes  either 
«  disputed  right,  or  the  absence  of  all 
right,  and  the  simple  determination  to 
hare :  a  tradesman  asks  for  what  is 
owing  to  him  as  circumstances  may 
lequire ;  a  person  claims  the  pro[>erty 
he  has  lost;  people  are  sometimes 
pleased  to  make  demands,  the  legality 
of  which  cannot  be  proved.  What  is 
lent  •  must  •  be  asked  for  when  it  is 
wanted  j  whatever  has  been  lost  and 


impatieot  Co  itemoiut 

TaoHiOM. 


is'  found  must  be  recovered  by  a  claim; 
whatever  a  selfish  person  wants,  ha 
strives  to  obtain  by  a  demand,  whether 
just  or  ui^ust. 

Vlftoe,  wkfc  tbea,  h  only  to  iMiiB 
Vtouk  til  that  natoTB  a$ktt  ud  co?eC  paia. 


M J  cooatiy  elatnu  me  tn,  eUdms  ov^ 


AndfoiMti, 
Thepromii'd 


TO    ASK)     INQUIRE,     QUBSTION^ 
INTBRROGATB. 

ASK,  V.  To  ask,  beg, 
INQUIRE,  Latin    inquiro,  com* 
pounded  of  in  and  qtusro,  signifies  to 

QUESTION,  in  French  questum' 
ner,  signifies  to  put  a  question,  firom 
the  Latin  qtuestio  and  quiero  to  sedt 
or  search,  to  look  into. 

INTERROGATE,  Latin  inierro- 
gatus,  participle  of  interrogo,  com- 
pounded of  inter  and  rogo,  signifies 
to  ask  alternately,  or  an  asking  be- 
tween different  persons. 

We  perform  all  these  actions  in 
order  to  get  information :  but  we  ask 
for  seneral  purposes  of  convenience ; 
we  ifi^Mire  from  motives  of  curiosity ; 
we  qtie$tion  and  interr<^ate  from 
motives  of  discretion.  To  ask  respects 
simply  one  thing ;  to  inquire  respects 
one  or  many  subjects  ;  to  question  and 
interrogate  is  to  ask  repeatedly,  and 
in  the  latter  case  more  authoritatively 
than  in  the  former. 

Indifferent  people  ask  of  each  other 
whatever  they  wish  to  know :  learn- 
ers inquire  the  reasons  of  things  which 
are  new  to  them:  masters  question 
their  servants,  or  parents  their  chilp- 
dren,  wlien  they  wish  to  ascertain  the 
real  state  of  any  case:  magistrates 
interrogate  criminals  when  they  are 
brought  before  them.  It  is  very  un- 
civil not  to  answer  whatever  is  asked 
even  by  the  meanest  person:  it  is 
proper  to  satisfy  every  inquiry,  so  as 
remove  doubt:  questions  are  some- 
tiroes  so  iropertinent  that  they  cannot 
with  propriety  be  answered :  inter* 
rogations  from  unauthorized  peisons 
are  little  better  than  insults. 

Upon  mj  aaktng  ber  mko  It 
H  wM  a  ver/graive-  oUtariy 
iha  did  Mt  kMW  hk 

h9 


icsasNSLE. 


ASSEMBLE. 


101 


#mrf.i»«  f  if  I  fMibUftb  aoy  tbiog  ope^ljr 

fmmr:  ii  I  gWMiwnioat^  to  othwai  the 
vtpoijbi  t^at  aQ»  i«i  (circulal^iQD  to  U» 

&hncAtA  anv  ihinff  mvMJf  Ami  MontBiA 
iimbro:'^  I  an  a.<wfci>MMo/ar. 


Hit 
ilif  Ihwijiw  fgwii  who  M»  wC  Mtoiriy 

fMperiinM  apMi  onn,    plesM  to  glvt  «■  an 
oTdMfr  owD,  ui  ke  •Inyu  be 


mttytb 

Ipgyy^^  pA$fiHm  hqnelf  u  omcli  w  jbiyr 

Wtet  rf»n  we  i^j  of  tlM  pfeapara  a  man  takoi 
hi  a  Ji/hiytti  J  Wieli  It  ft  not  a  beboaife  rfa  te 
IkarifktoraMif 

%  that  won€  oTpoliom^  evar  fladt 
toigBoblemladt. 

Thavajr  to#oDee  co/ttmi^,  nji  Blu,  Ji  lo 
^•IPi^aanBiMd  ^nchtUc^asanpiaii^ 
iract^. 


TO  ASPIHB,  V,  To  aim,  aspire. 
TO  ASSAIL,  V.  To  attack. 
ASSAiLJkiSTy  V.  Aggressor. 

TO  ASSASSINATE,  V*  To  kill. 

TO  AssAvvjr,  V,  To  attack, 
fuui$iL 

TO  ASSAUXT,  V.  To  attack, 
assault. 

ASSEMBLAGE,  t;.  Assembly. 

TO  ASSEMBLE,   MUSTER, 
COLLECT. 

AaSFJffBF.F,  in  French  auanbU, 
Latin  adunmlare^  or  ammuiart^  from 
UMtUu  like  and  Mtmul  together,  signi- 
fies, to  joake. alike  or  bring  together. 

MUST£Ry  in  German  muMtem  to 
Mt  out  ibr  inspection,  in  Laun  aum- 
jtror  to  show  or  display. 
^  COLLECT,  in  Latin  colUctui,  jpar- 
tidple  of  colUgo^  compounded  ofeol 
or  COB  and  Ugo  to  oindy  sixties 
io  bring  together,  or  into  one  point. 

Auemble  is  said  of  persons  only; 
Jwi^er  and  eoUecl  of  persons  or  things. 
To  auemble  is  to  bnng  together  by  a 
•call  or  invitation;  to  mtuUr  is  to 
.bring  together  by  an  act  of  authority, 
into  one  point  of  view,  at  one  time,  and 
Aom  one  quaitarjto  collect  Im  to  hiiog 


jtonAer  at-  iji&rent  tivies,  and  from 
diferent  quvt^ec^ :  the  Pdjrliamepit 
is  amtahkft  i  *'9fi^ers  are  tnfsiere4 
ffgm  day  in  oiyibr*^  aftcertaip  ^eir 
^VMobers  i  an  wmy  iSL  c^ectf4  in  pro- 
■Ajwratioo  fi>r  war  :*g  jking  Miun^^ 
MS  ooandl  in  order*  tc>;<qpnsult  with 
jtbem/on  public  n»Basures;-n  g^en4 
nmiter$  his  forces  beforarJiejapdertakA^ 
fiji  ^ex|iedilion,  and  coltuti  mons 
trqm  \S  be  finds  himself  too*  Weak. 

Mllcct  is  used  for  ey^^jbbug 
which  can  be  brought  jto^sethef^in 
munbers;  fmater'i^  used  figuraliveiy 
Ar  bringing  together,  for  an  info^ 
diate  purpose,  >vbatever  b  in  olbflfs 
possession:  books,  ooins, /curiositie<> 
and  the  lik^  are  ciUlected;  a  persooli 
mouroes,  his  8l23eng|ch,.counige,  resolu- 
jtioa,  ;&c.  are  wugtercd  :  gone  ptey-sofW 
haye  a  pleasure  in  collecting  all  the 
pieces  of  anti<juity  which  fall  in  thoir 
way ;  on  a  trying  occasion  it  is  neces- 
sary to  mutter  all  the  fortitude  of 
.which  we  are  master. 

XMeMM*  aU  in  choiia,  aad  vtth  tbilraotM, 
Salute  aad  wdeome  ap  the  rUkag  nu.    OtwAM. 

€k  I  tboa  hast  wt  m  j  boiy  brain  at  wnk  I 
Aad  sow  the  wmtUn  ap  a  tnf  a  of  fumgn, 

EOWB. 

Each  leader  aoir  bh  leattetM  fbna  conjoin 
Ia*eloie  anay,  and  fomw  the  deep*ki1nf  lines  ; 
Not  with  more  eaie,  the  ikllfal  •bf>pberd  swala 
ColieeCf  Us  flock,  from  thowMnds  on  the  plain. 


TO    ASSEMBLE,    CONVENE, 
CONVOKE. 

ASSEMBLE,  v.  To  assemble,  mu$^ 
ter. 

CONVENE,  in   Latin    convenio, 
signifies  to  come  or  bring  together. 

CONVOKE,  in  Latin  couvqqq,  sig- 
nifies to  call  together. 

The  idea  of  collecting  many  persona 
into  one  place,  for  a  specific  purpose, 
is  common  to  all  these  terms,    .duem- 
Ue  conveys   this  sense  without  any 
addition;    convene  and    convoke   in- 
clude likewise  some  collateral  idea: 
people  are  oMem^/ei/,  ther/efore,  whcffb- 
ever  they  are  convwd  .or  convojjgfjf, 
but  not  vice  vend,     Jjuembling  is 
mostly  by  the  wish  of  one;  convening 
by  that  of  several :  a  .crowd  is  au<W." 
hied  b}r  an  individual  in  tjhe  tta^j,^ 
a  meeting  is  convened  at  ijba  danyr 
a  certain  number  <^  persons :  pfi 
are  atsembled  either  on  public  ot 
vate  business;  they  are  ahmy 
vend  on  a  public  oQCMifii^   «^  ^ 


ASSERT. 


ASSOCIATE. 


105 


19  ASSBET,   MAfNTAIK,   TINDI- 

CATB. 

TO  ASSCRT,  V.  Teqjfirm^MKfi. 

MAINTAIN,  to  French  nudntemrf 
firomthe  Latm  mmuu  and  ieneo^  flipn- 
fi6B«oliold  by 4iM  haDdy that  18,  oloselj 

and  treiiT- 

VimSOCATB,  in  Latin  vindieatv^ 
pnitidple  otmndieo,  compounded  of 
<SMi  and  dieOf  •ignifias  to  pronounce  a 
▼Maot  or  positive  sentence. 

To  oitert  is  to  declare  a  thing  as 
our  own;  to  mauUain  is  to  abide  bjr 
what  we  bare  so  declared ;  to  vind*- 
c«te  is  to  stand  up  for  that  which  oon- 
cetna  ounalFas  4>r  otbers.  We  auert 
may  thing  to  be  true ;  we  *  maintain  it 
by  adducing  proofs,  facts,  or  aigo* 
ments;  we  vinHcaie  our  own  condnct 
or  that  of  aioother  when  it  is  called  in 
questioo.  We  a$Mert  boldlv  or  impa- 
dentiy ;  we  wmmtajin  steadily  or  obsti- 
nalely ;  we  aiadicafg  resolutely  or  in- 
aolentliy.  A  rinht  or  claim  is  OMurted, 
which  u  avowed  to  belong  to  any  one; 
it  is  mamiaintd  when  attempts  are 
made  to  prove  its  justice,  or  regain  its 
possession;  the  cause  of  the  atterttr 
or  wtaimtmner  is  vmdieated  by  another. 
Innooenoe  is  asferfed  by  a  positive 
dedsntion :  it  is  maintained  by  re- 
peated amertiant  and  the  support  of 
testimony ;  it  is  vindicated  throu^  the 
interference  of  another. 

The  most  gultv  persons  do  not  hesi- 
tate to  aetert  theur  innocence  with  the 
hope  of  insinring  credit ;  and  some 
will  pernst  in  maintaining  it,  even 
after  thetr  ndt  has  been  pronounced ; 
but  the  reulrinnooent  man  will  never 
want  a  frieno  to  vindicate  him  when 
his  honor  or  ins  reputation  is  at  stake. 
Agmriiam  which  are  made  hastily  acd 
inoonsideratdy  are  seldom  long  motn- 
trnned  without  eiposing  a  person  to 
ridicide;  those  who  attempt  to  vindi- 
cate a  bad  cause  expose  themselves  to 
as  mudi  reproach  as  if  the  cause  were 
their  own. 


IW 


g]natMBl  baojB  «p  to  ihta  hfgh  polat, 
BatonFh  MdhMBts  beloir, 

(hn  obIj,  Adim^  ofiipfflof  quttt 
kero  oTthe  Sddi  «Bd  wwmU, 

■■a.        TeuiM. 


nflier  Mil  to  dlieover  tbe  ifgfct,  Una  vbtne  to 
msintmin  IL  Jownov. 

Tlijiwt  that  I  ihould  rfnif&aM  alone 
The  hrokeo  trace,  or  for  tka  breach  atone. 

DtLtmoh 

TO  ASSERT,  V.  To  offifTn,  ass&rt. 

ASSESSMENT^  V.  ToX. 

TO  A8SHVBRATE,  V.  To  affirm. 
ASSIDUOUS^  V.  Active,  diligenim 
AS6IDDODS,  V.  Sedulotis. 
TO  ASsiGX,  V.  To  adduce. 
TO  ASSIGN,  V.  To  allot,  assign. 
TO  ASMjST,  V.  To  help. 

ASSISTANT,  V.  CoodjutOT^ 

ASSOCIATE,   COMPANION. 

ASSOCIATE,  in  XAtin  associatuip 
participle  of  anocio^  compounded  of 
at  or  ad  and  socio  to  ally,  signifies  one 
united  with  a  person. 

COMPANION,  fit)m  company, 
signifies  one  that  bears  company  (9, 
To  accompany), 

Attociates  are  habitually  together : 
companions  arc  only  occasionally  in 
company. 

As  our  habits  are  formed  from  oqr 
associates^  we  oueht  to  be  particular  in 
our  choice  of  tnem :  as  our  compa* 
nions  contribute  much  to  our  enjoy- 
ments, we  ought  to  choose  such  as  arf 
suitable  to  ourselves. 

Manj  men  may  be  admitted  as  com' 
panions,  who  would  not  altogether  bfr 
fit  as  associates. 

We  see  many  itraciliog  alogle  abont  lip 
world,  onhappj  fbr  want  of  an  a«ocf4rte,  and 

piaioff  wHb  the  necealty  of  contninf  thdrieati- 
Beatatothairewn  bmooM.  Jommmt, 


ft  flrm^est  of  one  of  hli  tmy 
tibmmaMjf  at  thaaafnowBoiaf. 


I  am  aflHai  to  MJswrtatPfydaiwaKtd 


Tharahadeiraeor  vaatbjwIOth  tfaelhea* 
dom  of  aseoey  to  mlaaoit  Aeafgojitd,  nod  leaf 
aaiociaUfM  with  fortulfoaa  eam^amitmt  jvlll  at 
last  relax  the  •irictoesa  of  trmh,  and  ikate  Ike 
fenror  of  tlacerity.  Johmmh. 

An  associate  may  take  part  with  ns 
in  some  business,  and  share  with  us 
in  the  labour :  a  companion  takes  part 
with  us  in  some  concern,  and  shares 
with  us  in  the  pleasure  or  the  pain. 

Addtna  contrlbaled  toon  than  e  fo«rth  pait 
(of  the  laat  foJane  of  the  Spectator),  and  the 
other  cootribatom  are  by  no  BBeaaa  navatthj  tf 
appearing  aa  hb  onocteter.  Jonnoii. 

Thiw  while  the  coidafa  atetchM  aifcfre  awf 

guide 
Oar  brave  companions  throP  the  iwdllag  tidal 


ATONB. 


ATTACHMENT.      109 


w^^mhtlier.   Tbe  Mgoetf  and  toilt 
of  Hl»  make  m  seek  a  rHre&t. 

It  is  tbe  part  of  a  Cliristiani  feo  afibfd 
mm  aajfimm  to  the  Motets  orphan  aad 
wmIow.  The  terrified  passenger  takes 
refmge  m  thcr  first  home  be  comes  to, 
wDen  assailed  bj  an  eril  disposed  mob^ 
Tb0  ▼essel  shattered  ia  a  storm  takes 
iktHtr  Mft  the  aearest  haven.  Tho 
•f  biMinesBy  Wearied  with  tha 
and  eares  of  the  worlds  dt§* 
kimself  from  the  whole,  and 
a  reirtai  suited  tohiscihram- 


tebwMl  Mr  iv^ 


U«ai 
dnily 


Haw 


letiaAf^^faiai 


or  Tibet. 
Isracftiti 


DiD*s«SiRMc«t*ieM«M« 
Off  Miks  Iks  jferihr  if  tiM  domiwwd 


Vbrtllib  ttii«a4rikfOfflilBetM^ 
If  BRjcMfoeMfMiM^btdoc: 

liilrvlftttitlMMiMiiS,  a|tfef#. 


At  Att  TnKss,  V.  Always. 

AT  LAST,  Vi  Lasibfw 

At  uiBVtitB,  fr.  Lastly. 

TO  AltMtlB  FOfi^   KXPIATE. 

ATONEy  ornt one,  signifies  to  be 
Sit  penoe  wpiod  fiMods. 

EXPIATJI^  m  Latin  esviofttf,  par* 
ticfple  of  eipio^  oompounoed  of  ex  and 
fio,  sigtiifitt  to  tnit  not  or  make  clear 
Djanactof  liiecjf. 

fioth  these  terms  express  a  satisfao- 
ilta  Ibr  nn  efttjoe  i  bdtalsiMis  gen»- 
raly  ejpUUe  n  particokr.  We  may 
aiomtjfbr  a  fink  bj  anjf  species  of 
wttenng ;  we  eiptWe  a  crime  onl j  bv 
anifering  alegjil  punishment.  A  female 
a&Btk  sofficientlj  atones /or  her  tio- 
Intion  of  chastity  by  the  misery  ^he 
entails  on  henelf;  there  are  too 
many  nnibrtunate  wretches  in  Eiudand 
who  espiaie  their  crimes  on  a  gaflows. 

Neitner  atonement  nor  expiation  al* 
ifmys  necessarily  require puushment  or 
eren  snflsring  from  the  o%nder.  Hie 
nature  of  tlie  atonemenf  depends  on  the 
inU  of  the  iDdividpal  wbo  it  (rfbadcd; 


e£piathni  are  frequently  made  hf 
means  of  performing  certain  reHgtoaa 
rites  or  acts  of  piety.  Ofieoces  be^ 
tweea  man  and  man  are  sometimes 
atoned  for  by  an  acknowledgment  of 
error ;  bat  ofiences  towards  Ood  ra« 
qnire  an  expiatory  sacrifice,  wbicb 
our  Saviour  nas  been  pleased  to  makw 
of  himself,  that  we,  through  Him, 
might  become  partakers  of  eternal 
life.  Expiaiion^  therefore,  in  the  re« 
ligions  sense,  is  to  atonement  as  thei 
means  to  the  end  :  aiomememt  is  ofUn 
obtained  by  an  expiation^  hot  tfaerW 
may  be  expiatkonx  where  there  is  Wo 
atonement. 

Atonement  repkoes  in  a  state  of  fa- 
▼or ;  expiation  produces  only  a  real  «# 
supposed  exemption  from  sm  and  its 
oonsequenoes.  Among  the  Jews  and 
heathens  there  was  expiation,  but  no 
atonement:  under  the  Christian  dis^ 
pensation  there  is  atonement  as  well  as 
axpialiom* 

O  let  tte  blood,  mlnnAj  tplM,  atone 
Vor  the  fut  crliDcft  of  ewiM 


Da 

I  woaM  mrmMj  telnrtbe  itoiy-telleff  to 
r,  ttet  no  wit  of  mirth  at  the  oad  of  m 
CM  miotti  te  the  h«K  hour  that  hat 
hetbn  thqf  eooe  at  it. 

Hoiv  MwieS  oefht  Me|i^  Mmhe  heU, 

When  hot  the  4«aih  er  oae 

Deaaadt  an  capkc^  Mood  fcc  e^piatin. 

TO  ATTACH,  V.  To  affix, 

TO  ATTACB,  V.  To  adhere. 


ATTACHMBNT,   AFFBCTIOX, 
INCLIWATION. 

ATTACHMENT  {v.  To  adhere) 
respects  persons  and  tilings :  AFFEC- 
TION (v.  Affection)  regards  persons 
only:  INCUNATiON  has  nspaot 
to  things  mostly. 

Attachment,  as  it  regards  parsons, 
is  not  so  powerful  or  solid  as  affisetion. 

Children  are  attached  to  those  who 
will  itiinister  to  their  gratifications; 
thev  have  an  affection  for  thmr  nearest 
and  dearest  relatiTes. 

Attachment  is  sometimes  a  tender 
sentiment  between  the  persons  of  dii^ 
ferent  sexes;  tjfection  is  an  affiur  of 
the  heart  without  distinction  of  sex. 

The  passing  attachmente  of  young 
people  are  seraom  entitled  to  serious 
notice;  althoa^  sometimes  they  mav 
ripsa  by  long  uit«ii«o«ie  into -a  la^o* 


110 


ATTACK. 


ATTACK. 


sble  and  steady  affectum.  Nothing  is 
•o  delaghtfiil  as  to  see  affection  among 
brothers  and  sisters. 

ilrtocAMfti^y  as  it  respects  things,  is 
more  powerful  than  inclination  ;  the 
latter  is  a  rising  sentiment,  the  fore- 
Tonner  of  attachment,  which  is  positive 
and  filed. 

,  We  strive  to  obtain  that  to  which 
we  are  attached;  but  an  inclination- 
seldom  leads  to  any  efibit  for  pos- 
Miiion. 

-  little  minds  are  always  betni3ring 
their  attachment  to  trifles.  It  is  the 
character  of  indifference  not  to  show 
an  inclination  to  any  thing. 

•  Attachments  are  formra;  inclina^ 
IJPKS  arise  of  themselves. 

Interest,  similarity  of  character,  or 
habit,  give  rise  to  attachment ;  a  na- 
tural warmth  of  temper  gives  birth  to 
▼arious  inclinationt. 

•  Suppress  the  first  incUnation  to 
gaming,  lest  it  grows  into  an  attack^ 
ment, 

Thoagli  defoCed  to  tbe  itBdj  of  phlloiopby, 
and  m  grent  nuuter  la  the  etrly  ideiioe  of  tbe 
Hbmi,  Soloa  mixed  with  tIketaMmem  Ut  oodecy, 
•ad  dM  not  bold  back  ftom  those  leader  ties  lad 
aUmckmenti  wUoh  coftecet  m  bmb  tn  the  world. 


When  I  wee  Met  to  idool,  the  geleCy  of  my 
leek,  end  tbe  IhrellaeM  of  my  loqeedty,  aooa 
gidaedme  admlMloo  to  heem  not  yetCwtlded 
■filMt  4g0%ct<on  by  artlfioe  or  Intemt. 


I  am  (led  that  he  whom  I  mait  bete  loved 
ftom  duty,  whatever  be  had  been,  la  each  a 
ai  I  can  love  tnm  infeHnaU»n, 


TO  ATTACK,   ASSAIL,    ASSAULT, 
BNCOUNTKR. 

ATTACK,  in  French  attaeguer, 
changed  from  attacher,  in  Latin  attac- 
turn,  [participle  of  attingp,  signifies  to 
bring  into  close  contact. 
.  ASSAIL,  ASSAULT,  in  French 
oitailir,  Latin  auilio,  ai$altum,  com- 
pounded of  ai  or  ad  and  fo/io,  signifies 
to  leap  upon. 

ENCOUNTER,  in  French  rencon- 
Ire,  compounded  of  en  or  in  and  con- 
trey  in  Latin  contra  against,  signifies 
to  run  or  come  against. 

Attack  b  the  generic,  the  rest  are 
specific  terms.  To  attack  is  to  make 
an  approach  in  order  to  do  some  vio- 
lence to  the  person;  to  OMMOil  or  «*- 
MuU  is  to  make  a  sudden  and  vdio- 
vient  attack  ;  to  miamnlter  is  to  meet 


the  attack  of  another.  One  attackg 
by  simply  offering  violence  without 
necessarily  producing  an  e£foct;  one 
atfoi/tby  means  of  missile  weapons; 
one  auaultt  by  direct  personal  tio- 
leoce;  one  encounters  oy  opposins 
violence  to  violence. 

Men  and  animals  attack  or 
tor;  men  only,  in  the  literal 
aMioU  or  a$»ault.  Animals  attack 
each  other  with  the  weapons  nature 
has  bestowed  upon  them :  thoee  who 
provoke  a  multitude  may  expect  to 
nave  their  houses  or  windows  auaihd 
with  stones,  and  their  persons  «•- 
muUed:  it  is  ridiculous  to  attempt 
to  encounter  those  who  are  superior 
in  strength  and  prowess. 

They  are  all  used  figuratively.-  Men 
attack  with  reproaches  or  coisures; 
they  asiail  with  abuse ;  they  are  ct- 
KtuUed  by  temptations;  they  eacowi* 
ter  opposition  and  difficulties.  A 
fever  attacks;  horrid  shrieks  asiaU  the 
ear;  dangers  are  encountered.  Tbe 
reputations  of  men  in  public  life  are 
often  wantonly  attacked;  they  are 
assailed  in  every  direction  bv  the  mup- 
murs  and  complaints  of  the  discon- 
tented; they  often  encounter  the 
obstacles  which  party  spirit  throws  in 
the  way,  without  reaping  any  solid 
advantage  to  themselves. 


The  women  might  poeriMyhMe 
Gothic  bvlldtiis  higher^  had  not  a 
Thoons  Conecte  by  name^oCladM  It  wilh 

il  and  reeolutloo. 


Not  traly  penitent,  b«t  ehtef  to  ftj 
Her  bMband,  bow  fhr  niffd  hia 
HJe  vhrtne  or  wnaknem  which  imy  to 


Itlaiaflclenttbatyon  are  able  to 
tbe  temptatioaa  wUeh  now  amaiiff  jont 
God  lenda  trials  he  may  and  iHength.    Ta' 


ATTACK,  ASSAULT,  ENCOUNTBBf 
ONSET,  CHARGB. 

ATTACK,  ASSAULT,  ENCOUN- 
TER (v.  To  attack),  denote  the  act  of 
attacking,  assaulting,  encountering, 

ONSET  signifies  a  setting  on  or  to, 
a  commencing. 

CHARGE  (v.  To  accuse)  signifies 
pressing  upon. 

An  attack  and  assault  may  be  made 
upon  an  unresisring  object:  encoun^ 
ter,  onset,  and  charge,  require  at  least 
two  opposing  parties.  Aa  attack  nuLj 
be  slight  or  mdirect;  an  assault  must 
always  be  direct  and  mostly  i^roos. 


ATTEMPT. 


ATTEMPT. 


Ill 


An  attack  upon  a  town  need  not  be 
«ttended  with  any  injury  to  the  walla 
cr  inhabitants ;  licit  an  atsauk  is  com- 
nKmly  oondncted  so  as  to  affect  its 
capcore.  Attacki  are  made  by  robbers 

ri  the  person  or  property  of  ano- 
;  ammit*  apon  the  person  only. 
An  encounter  generally  respects  an 
uttfimnai  casoal  meeting  between  sin* 
gle  indindnals;  onui  and  charge  a 
TCgolar  attack  between  contending 
armies;  omet  is  employed  for  the 
oommenoement  of  the  bfUtle ;  charge 
Inr  an  attack  from  a  particular  quarter. 
When  knigibt-errantry  was  in  vogue, 
eneoamtert  were  per|>etually  taking 
place  between  the  knights  and  their 
aBtapooistSy  who  often  existed  only  in 
the  iroegjnation  of  the  combatants: 
CNcoMilen  were,  howerer,  sometimes 
fierce  and  bkxxlyy  when  neither  party 
would  yidd  to  the  other  while  he  had 
the  power  of  resistance.  The  Fronch 
are  said  to  make  impetuous  onsets,  but 
not  to  withstand  a  continued  attack 
with  the  saaieperseverance  and  steadi- 
ness as  the  £ng^sh•  A  furious  and 
weQ-diiectad  charge  from  the  cavalry 
will  sometimes  decide  the  fortune  of 
the  day. 


oTdifenlMwUeh  huMC 
I,  tbovfli  M  !■  prodneed 
tifoa  thoM  who  teve  aot  YolanCa- 
tto  iMi;  wbo  iid  thMBMlfci  bnf* 
Im  4affc«aadlk>«  Mitber  wmm  of  de- 
yowftilttj  of  adwatagew 


WoAoMtiadllMBMkiMMof  a  limb  In  a 
•  anMd  ftehatUo  naAmmtuUttM^m 

Avamau 

Asd  flMk  a  f roWB 
eaM  at  tf  illHr,  as  wboB  two  Mack  cloada, 
l¥ilk  fe«n^^  wflaqr  fnnglit,  eoM  lattUns  oa 
Ifovcrtvr  ■  spMBitn  wioda  Ika  ritnal  Mow, 
T»iatai  tMr  duk  iMO«nf«r  IB  mid  air. 

MRTO& 

OMaflilB  lofOMBM  taiC  Uke  thow  la  war, 
Vkrac^  NiotaiBb  OBd  doM  wllk  aU  tko  fteoe. 

Tin. 

O  Hy  OBliialii !  Vm  •noaflfo: 

My  M«l  !■  apla  anM,  laa^J  to  dhcive, 

Aad  icar  aaUtal  the  tot  with  ooaqaViaf  troopt. 

TO  ATTACK,  V.  To  impugfi* 

TO  ATTAIN,    V.   To    ocqvire^ 
attain. 

ATTBlfPT,  TBIAL,   BNDSAVOUR, 
ESSAY,  EFFORT. 

ATTEMPT,   in  French  atttnitr, 


Latin  aitento,  from  at  or  ad  and  tento, 
signifies  to  try  at  a  thing. 

TRIAL  from  try,  in  French  tenter, 
Hebrew  tur  to  stretch,  signifies  to 
stretch  the  power. 

£ND£A  VOUR,  compounded  of  en 


probably  from  the  German  ersucheng 
compounded  of  e9-  and  suchen  to  SMk, 
written  in  old  German  suahhen,  and 
is  donbdess  connected  with  sehen  to 
see  or  look  after,  signifying  to  aspire 
after,  to  look  up  to. 

EFFORT,  in  French  ejgrort,  from 

the  Latin    efferty    present    tense  of 

efferOf  compounded  of  «  or  €jr  and 

firo,  signifies  a  bringing  out  or  calhng 

forth  the  stren^. 

To  attempt  is  to  set  about  a  thing 
with  a  view  of  affecting  it ;  to  try  is 
to  set  about  a  thing  with  a  view  of 
seeing  the  result.  An  o/fetiipf  respects 
the  action  with  its  object ;  a  trial  is 
the  exercise  of  power.  We  always 
act  when  we  attempt;  we  use  the 
senses  and  the  understanding  when  we 
try.  We  attempt  by  trying,  but  we 
may  try  without  attempting:  when 
a  thief  attempts  to  break  into  a  house 
he  first  f  rtei  tne  locks  and  fastenings  to 
see  where  he  can  most  easily  gain 
admittance. 

Men  attempt  to  remove  evils ;  they 
try  experiments.  Attempts  are  perpe- 
tually made  b^  quacks,  whether  in 
medicine,  politics,  or  religion,  to  re- 
commend some  scheme  of  their  own 
to  the  notice  of  the  public ;  which  are 
often  nothing  more  than  trials  of  skill 
to  see  who  can  most  effectually  impose 
on  the  credulity  of  mankiiuL  o|M* 
rited  people  make  attempts;  perse- 
vering people  make  trials;  playen 
attempt  to  perform  different  parts ;  and 
try  to  gain  applause. 

An  endeavour  is  a  continued  of- 
tempt.  Attempts  may  be  firuiUess; 
trials  may  be  vain ;  endeavours,  though 
unavailing,  may  be  well  meant.  Many 
attempts  are  made  which  exceed  the 
abiliues  of  the  attempter ;  trials  are 
made  in  matters  of  speculation,  the 
results  of  which  are  uncertain;  endea^ 
vours  are  made  in  the  moral  concerns 
of  life.  People  attempt  to  write  books; 
they  try  various  methods ;  and  endaa* 
vour  to  obtain  a  livelihood. 


116      ATTRACTIONS- 


AVAIL. 


Attradums  lead  or  draw;  allure- 
menit  win  or  entice ;  charms  seduce  or 
captivate.  The  human  heart  is  always 
exposed  to  the  power  of  female  tUtrao- 
tunu;  It  is  suarded  with  difficulty 
•gainst  the  aUurtmtntt  of  a  coquette; 
it  is  incaiNible  of  resisting  the  united 
chama  or  body  and  mind. 

Females  are  indebted  for  their  at" 
tractioui  and  charmi  to  a  happy  con* 
formation  of  features  and  figure;  but 
they  sometimes  borrow  their  aliure- 
menis  from  their  toilet.  Attractunu 
consist  of  those  ordinary  graces  which 
nature  bestows  on  women  with'  more 
t>r  less  liberality;  they  are  the  oon* 
mon  property  of  the  sen:  aUttro 
menii,  of  those  cultivated  eraces  formed 
by  the  aid  of  a  foithfiil  looking  glass 
and  the  skilful  hand  of  one  anxious 
to  please :  charmiy  of  those  singular 
graces  of  nature  which  are  granted  as 
a  rare  and  precious  giil;  they  are  the 
peculiar  property  of  the  mdividual 
possessor. 

Defects  unexpectedly  discovered 
tend  to  the  diminution  of  attrastUms ; 
allurements  vanish  when  the  artifice 
it  discovered ;  charms  lose  their  effect 
when  time  or  habit  have  renutred  them 
toofiuniliar^  so  transitory  is  the  in- 
Ihience  of  mere  person.  Attractions 
MBul  the  heart  and  awaken  the  tender 
passion;    allurements  serve  to  com- 

Sete  the  conquest,  which  will  however 
i  but  of  short  duration  if  there  be 
not  more  solid  though  less  brilliant 
charms  to  substitute  affection  in  the 
place  of  passion. 

When  applied  as  these  terms  may 
be  to  other  objects  beside  the  per- 
sonal endowments  of  the  female  sex, 
attractions  and  charms  express  what- 
ever is  very  amiable  in  tncmselves; 
aliuremenls  on  the  contrary  whatever 
is  hateful  and  congenial  to  the  baser 
propensities  of  human  nature.  A 
courtesan  who  was  never  possessed  of 
eksumsy  and  has  lost  all  personal  at- 
trmctumSy  may  by  the  allurements  of 
drass  and  manners,  aided  by  a  thou- 
sand meretricious  arts,  still  retain  the 
wretched  power  of  doing  incalculable 
mitchief. 

An  attraction  springs  from  some- 
thing remarkable  and  striking ;  it  lies 
in  the  exterior  aspect,  and  awakens  an 
interest  towards  itself:  a  charm  acts 
by  a  secret,  all-powerfid,    and  irre- 


sistible impuUe  on  the  soul ;  it  spridgt 
from  an  accordance  of  the  object 
with  the  affections  of  the  heart ;  it 
takes  hold  of  the  imagination,  and 
awakens  an  enthusiasm  peculiar  to 
itself:  an  allurement  acts  on  th« 
senses;  it  flatters  the  passions;  it  en- 
slaves the  imagyuitioa.  A  mosicsl 
society  has  attracttons  for  one  idio  is 
musically  inclined;  for  music  baa 
charms  to  soothe  the  troubled  soul : 
fashionable  society  has  too  many  oA 
lurements  for  youth,  which  are  not 
easily  withstood. 

Too  music,  the  eloquence  of  tli« 
preadier,  or  the  crowds  of  hearers, 
are  attractions  for  the  occasional 
attendants  at  a  place  of  wonhip: 
the  society  of  cultivated  persona, 
whose  character  and  maaners  ha,ym 
been  attempered  hj  the  benign  in- 
fluence of  Christianity,  possess  pecu- 
liar charms  for  those  who  have  a  ooo- 
Mniality  of  disposition ;  the  present 
MX  and  undisciplined  age  ia  howevw 
but  ill-fitted  for  the  formation  of  such 
society,  or  the  susceptibility  of  such 
charms :  people  are  now  more  prona 
to  yield  to  the  allurements  of  plcNa- 
sure  and  licentious  gratification  in 
their  social  intercourse.  A  militair 
life  has  powerful  attraefumt  for  ad* 
venturous  minds ;  glory  has  imtiati- 
ble  cAaraif  for  the  ambitious :  the  ml- 
lurements  of  wealth  predominate  in 
the  minds  of  the  fgrtsii  bulk  of  man- 
kind. 

TUs  caitM  was  %  fine  put j*eol««nd  sMki^ 
whlcb,  M  Hoaier  telto  at,  Lad  wMtkejOttrmeUmu 
•r  Cbe  tex  wroii|{faC  loto  It.  Amhsom. 

How  jaitlj  do  I  fill  a  taerlAoetoaloth  aad 
hizaiy  ia  tlM  place  where  I  fint  yielded  lo  tfcoae 
alluremetUt  which  leduced  bm  to  deviate  tnm 
temptfance  and  Inaocenee.  Jomaew. 

Jano  madr  a  vMt  to  Veiint,thedeilj  whofn* 
ddei  over  lorr,  and  bffged  of  her  ae  a  ptftlealar 
fiivoor,  that  ihe  wonld  lead  her  Ibr  a  while  tboie 
ekmrwu  wUh  which  ibe  Mbdaed  the  hearts  of 
fodaaad  omo.  AMaaoii. 

TO  ATTRIBDTB,   V.  To  OScribe. 

ATTRiBUTK,  V.  Quality. 

AVAIL,  USB,  SBRVICK. 

AVAIL^  compounded  of  a  or  ad, 
and  the  French  valoir,  Latin  valeo, 
to  be  strong,  that  is,  to  be  strong  for  n 
purpose. 

USE,  in  Latin  usus,  participle  of 
utor  to  use,  signifies  the  capaaty  tu 
be  used. 


AVARICIOUS. 


AVARICIOUS.         117 


SERVICE^  io  French  wervice, 
LAtm  ieroUmm^  froouervio,  signifies 
tbepropertj  or  act  of  serviag. 

Tnese  tenns  are,  properly  speakingy 
eptthecs  applied  to  things  to  charao- 
•terise  their  fitness  for  being  employed 
to  advantage.  Words  are  of  no  omu/ 
when  theT  do  not  influence  the  person 
addressed;  endeaToors  are  of  no  tue 
which  do  not  effect  the  thing  pro- 
posed  :  people  are  of  no  $er^  who 
do  not  contribute  their  portion  of  as- 
trittance,  "When  entreaties  are  fi>und 
to  he  of  no  ooai^  females  sometimes 
txj  the  force  of  tears :  prudence  for- 
bida  08  to  destroy  any  tning  that  can 
be  tamed  to  a  u$e :  economy  enjoins 
that  ite  should  not  throw  aside  a  thing 
ao  long  as  it  is  fit  for  $erxnce. 

The  interoession  of  a  firiend  may 
be  omUMc  to  avert  the  resentment 
of  one  who  is  ofeided :  useful  lessons 
of  ezperieoce  may  be  drawn  from  all 
ihe  events  of  life :  whatever  is  of  the 
beat  cnydity  will  be  found  most  iernce' 
able. 


bad 
M  CMM  hiauelf  flroai  the 

CfTMaBBLAllO. 

Cicat  fakali^  bat  void  of  diwm- 
^tlypWiaw  In  Uie  fkble,  ftrooff  and 
vtt  9M  inviMble  force,  wUeb 
b  of  na  MM  to  Ma.  Abbioom. 


ofi^bit 

Tha  flftaia  te  the  bank  aga  feeai  to  ba?a 
vttb  the  OM  ofiran,  tbai 
oTaBChaMelali. 


TO  AVAIL,  V.  To  signify. 

AVARICIOUS,   MISERLY,   PARSI- 
MONIOUS,  NIGGARDLTe 

AVABiaOUS,  fh>m  the  Latin 
««09  to  deiirey  signifies  in  eeneral 
longing  fbfy  ^t  by  cfistinctien  km^ng 
finr  moim; 

MISIIRLY  signifies  like  a  miter  or 
miierable  man,  for  none  are  so  miser- 
able as  the  lovers  of  money. 

PARSIMONIOUS,  from  the  Latin 
jMTcoto  spare  or  save,  signifies  lite- 
rallysaving. 

NIGGARDLY  is  a  frequentative  of 
lu^or  dosep  signifies  very  nigh. 

The  avaricwuM  man  and  the  ndaer 
are  one  and  the  same  character,  with 
this  esioeption,  that  the  muer  carries 
his  passion  for  money  to  a  stiJl  greater 
•zoess.  An  avaricicut  man  shows  his 
love  of  money  in  his  ordinary  dealings  ; 


hut  the  miser  lives  upon  it,  and  suffers 
every  deprivation  rather  than  part  with 
it.  A  n  avaricious  man  may  sometimes 
be  indulgent  to  himself,  and  generous 
to  others ;  the  mifer  is  dead  to  every 
thing  but  the  treasure  which  he  hat 
amassed. 

Farsimonious  and  niggardly  are  the 
subordinate  characteristics  of  avarice. 
The  opoaricious  man  indulges  his  pas^ 
sion  for  money  by  parsimony^  ^at  is, 
by  saving  out  of  himself,  or  by  nig* 
gardiy  ways  in  his  dealings  with 
others.  He  who  spends  a  farthing  on 
himself,  where  others  with  the  fuuno 
means  «pend  a  shilling,  does  it  by 
parsimony;  he  who  looks  to  every 
farthing  in  the  bargains  he  makes,  gets 
the  name  of  a  niggard.  Avarice 
sometimes  dokes  itself  under  the  name 
of  prudence :  it  is,  as  Goldsmith  savs, 
ofun  the  only  virtue  which  is  left  a 
man  at  the  age  of  seventy-two.  The 
miser  is  his  own  greatest  enemy,  and 
no  man's  friend;  his  ill-gotten  wealth 
is  generally  a  curse  to  him  by  whom  it 
is  inherited.  A  man  is  sometimes  ren* 
dered  parsimonious  by  circumstances; 
he  who  first  saves  from  necessity  hot 
too  often  ends  with  saving  from  incli- 
nation. The  niggard  is  an  object  of 
contempt,  and  sometimes  hatred; 
every  one  fears  to  lose  by  a  man  who 
strives  to  gain  from  all. 

Thoacb  the  apprehnufoos  of  Uie  a^ed  wmj 
josUfj  a  caafkma  fl-agaJftj,  thej  can  bj  no  meaaa 
aieaae  a  aofdid  avarice.  Bijub. 

As  aome  lone  miser  vMtlaf  hb  ttore. 
Band*  at  bla  treason,  counts,  recooDta  it  o*ar ; 
Hoards  after  boards  bis  thing  raptures  flU, 
YeCstiU  be  s%1is,  fbr  boards  are  wantlof  stilt. 
Tbm  to  asj  bmst  alternate  passions  risa,- 
Plcas'd  vkh  eaeb  bita  tbat  Heav'o  to  man 

piles. 
Tet  oft  a  sigb  preralb  and  sorrows  fkll. 
To  sea  tbe  hoard  of  homan  blhsso  saall. 


Armstrons  died  la  Septeartcr  1779,  and  fa 
tbe  surprise  of  hb  friends  Wl  a  considerable  anm 
of  moaej,  saved  bj  freat  pmrHnumsf  ont  of  a 
verj  Moderate  Inooasa.  Jomisov. 

I  bare  beard  Dodsley,  bj  whom  Alieosidsni 
•*  PteaturtM^  tke  tmagimaOon^  mn  pnblUi* 
ad,  rdate,  that  when  the  eop  j  was  offipred  htaB« 
be  canted  tbe  work  to  Pope,  who,  bavlaif  lookrA 
into  H,  adrhed  him  not  to  make  a  niggardi^ 
oAr,  fortbb  was  no  averj  daj  writw. 


AVARICIOUS,  V.  Covetous, 


VINDICATE. 

AVENGE,  REVfiNGE,  and 
VINDICATE,  all  tpnag  from  the 
same  source,  luUnely,  the  LatiD  vindko, 
the  Gredi  n-^itt^,  corikpounded  of  n 
IB  atKi  a.-*>  justice,  8i^mfyin|  to  pro- 
noonce  justice  or  put  justice  in  force* 

The  idea  common  to  these  terms  is 
that  of  takini;  up  seme  one^s  cause. 

To  munge  is  to  punish  in  behalf  of 
another ;  to  revenge  is  to  punish  for 
one's  self;  to  vinc&Ue  is,to  defend  an- 
other. 

The  wrongs  of  a  person  are  avenged 
or  fwoenged;  bi^  rights  Bretindiceted. 

The  act  of  avengingt  though  at- 
tended with  the  ifafliction  of  pain»  is 
oftentimes  an  act  of  humanity^  and 
always  an  a6t  of  justice;  none  are 
the  suiferefs  but  such  as  merit  it  for 
their  oppression ;  whilst  those  are  be* 
ne&tted  who  are  dependant  for  dniH 
port :  this  is  tbtf  act  of  God  himself, 
who  alwaji^fcsngef  the  oppressed  who 
look  up  to  hub  for  support ;  and  it 
ought  to  be  thft  act  of  all  nis  creatures, 
who  aie  inTested  with  the  power  of 
punishing  ofienders  and  protecting  the 
helpless.  Revenge  is  the  basest  of  all 
acti^,  and  the  spirit  of  revenge  the 
most  diametrically  opposed  to  the 
Christian  principles  ot  toigiving  inju- 
ries, and  retuming  eood  for  evil ;  it 
is  Eimcified  only  with  inflicting  pain 
widiout  any  prospect  of  advaiita^. 
rindicafioa  is  an  act  of  generosity 
and  humanity ;  it  is  the  production  of 
good  without  the  infliction  of  pain : 
the  claims  of  the  widow  and  orphan 
call  for  vindkaiion  froin  those  who 
have  the  time,  talent,  or  ability,  to 
take  their  cause  into  their  own  hands  : 
England  can  boast  of  many  noble 
vimdieatcn  of  the  rights  of  humanity, 
nnt  exoqidng  those  which  concern 
the  brute  creation. 

Tto  tey  *atl  mw,  ttaA  |mat  «rcfiir<«r  daj, 
Wba  1^^  tfiMd  glarin  tatbe  daftilmll  lay. 

Pan, 

B9«  ccMtiMtfa  MTlta  ef  Imw,  tbonfh  apya* 
■wt^trlrtalgtmtifleation.  the  hewt  it  often  u 
A6€mi0ij  cotnpled,  u  by  the  eoliimlnloo  of 
aay  ^M  of  than  eaotafoti  crimn  wUeb  v^ng 
ftom  gnu  uriMtlom  w  grasl  revenge.     Bliu. 

I^hBcdOT  •pptMcabyihe^tftM,  tbe  prvoil 
MB  Ipohi  ap  t0  a  jadfiS  who  wHl  vkHtatte  Ida 

BtAin. 


TO  AVtn^  V.  To  asseverate. 


AVERSE. 


119 


AVSRSfe,  V.  Adverse. 

AVERSE,  UNWILLING,  BACK- 
WARD, LOATH,  RELUCTANT. 
AVERSE,  in  Latin  averms,  par- 
ticiple ofavertoy  compounded  oYverto 
to  turn,  and  a  from,  signifies  the  state 
of  having  the  mind  turned   from  a 

thing.  .     .. 

UNWILLING     literally    signifies 

not  willing. 

BACKWARD  signifies  having  the 

will  in  a  hachtcard  direction. 

LOATH,  from  to  loathy  denotes  the 
quality  of  loathing. 

RELUCTANT,  from  the  Latm  re 
and  lucto  to  struggle,  signifies  stmg- 
gline  with  the  willagainst  a  thing. 

Averte  is  positive,  it  marks  an  ac- 
tual sentiment  of  dislike ;  unwilling 
is  negative,  it  marks  the  absence  of 
the  will;  backward  is  a  sentiment 
betwiit  the  two,  it  marks  a  leaning  of 
the  will  against  a  thing;  loath  and  re- 
luctant  mark  strong  feelings  of  aver- 
sion.  Aversion  is  an  habitual  sen- 
timent; unwillingness  vmd  backward- 
ness are  mostly  occasional ;  loath  and 
reluctant  always  occasional. 

Aversion  must  be  conquered ;  un^ 
willingness  milst  be  removed ;  back' 
wardness  must  be  counteracted,  or 
urged  forward;  loathing  and  reluc- 
tance must  be  overpowered .  One  who 
is  averse  to  study  will  never  have  re- 
course to  books ;  but  a  child  may  be 
unwilling  or  backward  to  attend  to  his 
lessons  from  partial  motives,  which 
the  authority  of  the  parent  or  master 
may  correct;  he  who  is  loath  to  receive 
instruction  will  always  remain  igno- 
rant; he  who  is  reluctant  in  doing  his 
duty  will  always  do  it  as  a  task. 

A  miser  is  averse  to  nothing  so 
much  as  to  parting  with  his  money ; 
he  is  even  unwilling  to  provide  him- 
self with  necessaries,  but  he  is  not 
backward  in  disposing  of  his  money 
when  lie  has  the  prospect  of  getting 
more ;  friends  are  loath  to  part  who 
hjive  had  many  years'  enjoyment  in 
each  other's  society ;  we  are  reluc- 
tant ill  giving  unpleasant  advice.  Laiy 
people  are  averse  to  labour:  those 
who  ate  not  paid  are  unwilling  to 
work;  and  those  who  are  paid  less 
than  others  dre  backward  in  giving 
their  services  :  every  one  is  loath  to 
give  up  a  fitvourite  pursuit,  and  when 


120 


AVERSION. 


AVERSION. 


compelled  to  it  by  drcumstaDces  they 
do  it  with  reluctanu. 

Of  all  the  race  of  anlnab,  alooe. 

The  beei  have  common  ctUee  of  tbeir  ewa ; 

But  (vhatH  mora  ttnege)  their  modeit  appelHci^ 

Awm  tnm  Tennt,  flj  the  DupCSal  rttet. 


I  part  with  thecs 
Mm  wraldiei  that  tra  donbtftil  of  hefeafter 
Part  with  their  llvei,  unwUUnf,  loathe  and  feaiw 

And  trembUaf  at  ftatnrlty.  Rowc 

All  dMB,  even  the  moat  depraved,  areMh}ect 
more  or  le«e  to  compaDcUona  of  coowience ;  bat 
tacAtoortf  at  the  tame  time  to  ve»lso  thegaioiof 
^hhooesty,  or  the  pleanrM  of  viee.         Blaiiu 

B*eii  thoa  two  firiendt  condemnM 

and   him,   and   take  ten  thoQMUid 


LMOher  a  handled  tiaH  to  part  thaa  die. 


From  better  haWtafkwa  f pani*d. 

Reluctant,  dott  thoa  rove, 
Or  grieve  for  friendihip  anref  om*d. 

Or  onregarded  love  I  GouMium. 

AVBRSION,ANTIPATHY,DISLIKK, 
HATRED,    RBPUGNANCB. 

AVERSION  denotes  the  quality  of 
being  averse  (v.  Averse), 

ANTIPATHY,  in  French  anti- 
pathie,  Latin  antipathia^  Greek  orr.- 
vadfta,  compounded  of  9»Tt  against, 
and  voBtM  feeling,  signifies  a  feeling 
against. 

DISLIKE,  compounded  of  the  pri- 
vative dis  and  /t/ce,  signifies  not  to 
like  or  be  attached  to. 

HATRED,  in  German  hau,  is  sup- 
posed by  Adelun^  to  be  connected  with 
keits  hot,  signifying  heat  of  temper. 

REPUGNANCE,  in  French  re- 
pugnance, Latin  repugnantia  and  re- 
pugno,  compounded  of  re  andpu^no, 
signifies  the  resistance  of  the  reelings 
to  an  object. 

Aversion  is  in  its  most  general  sense 
the  generic  term  to  these  and  many 
other  similar  expressions,  in  which 
case  it  is  opposed  to  attachment: 
the  former  denoting  an  alienation  of 
the  mind  from  an  object ;  the  latter  a 
knitting  or  binding  of  the  mind  to  ob- 
jects: it  has,  however,  more  com- 
monly a  partial  acceptation,  in 
which  it  is  justly  comparable  with  the 
above  words.  Aversion  and  antipathy 
apply  more  properly  |o  things ;  aislihe 
and  hatred  to  persons ;  repugnance  to 
actions,  that  is,  such  actions  as  one  is 
called  upon  to  perform. 


->  Avertion  and  antipaU^  seem  to  be 
less  dependent  on  the  will,  and  to 
have  their  origin  in  the  temperament 
or  natural  taste, particulariy  uie  latter, 
wluch  spring  from  causes  that  are 
not  always  visible ;  it  lies  in  the  phy- 
sical organization.  Antipathy  is  m 
fiict  a  natural  avernon  opposed  ttf 
sympathy :  dislike  and  hatred  are  oa 
the  contrary  voluntary,  and  seem  to 
have  their  root  in  the  an^  passions' 
of  the  heart ;  the  former  is  less  deqn 
rooted  than  the  latter,  and  is  oon- 
monly  awakened  by  slighter  csumb: 
repugnance  is  not  an  habitual  and 
lasting  sentiment,  like^the  rest;  it  is  a 
transitory  but  strong  dislike  to  what 
one  is  obliged  to  do. 

An  unfitness  in  the  temper  to  kar* 
monize  with  an  object  produces  ave^ 
ftoa :  a  contrariety  in  the  nature  of 
particular  persons  and  things  occa- 
sions antipathies,  although  some  pre- 
tend that  there  are  no  such  myste- 
rious incongruities  in  nature,  and 
that  all  antipathies  are  but  aver$km$ 
early  engendered  by  the  in&uence  of 
fear  and  the  workings  of  imagination; 
but  under  this  supposition  we  are 
still  at  a  loss  to  account  for  those 
singular  effects  of  fear  and  imagina- 
tion in  some  persons  which  do  not 
discover  themselves  in  others  t  a  dif- 
ference in  the  character,  habits, .  and 
manners,  produces  dislike:  -injuries^ 

Suarrels,  or  more  commonly  the  in- 
uence  cf  malignant  passions,  occa- 
sion hatred:  a  contrariety  to  one's 
moral  sense,  or  one's  humours,  awakens 
repugnance. 

People  of  a  quiet  temper  have  an 
aversion  to  disputing  or  argumenta^ 
tion ;  those  of  a  gloomy  temper  have 
an  aversion  to  society :  antipathie$ 
mostly  discover  themselves  in  eariy 
life,  and  as  soon  as  the  object  comes 
within  the  view  of  the  person  affected : 
men  of  different  sentiments  in  religion 
or  politics,  if  not  of  amiable  temper, 
are  apt  to  contract  dislikes  to  each 
other  by  frequent  irritation  in  dis- 
course :  when  men  of  malignant  tem- 
pers come  in  collision,  nothing  but 
a  deadly  hatred  can  ensue  from  tbeir 
repeated  and  complicated  Qggjr^^sions 
tos^ar^  each  other  :  any  one  wfib  is 
under  the  influence  of  a  misplaced 
pride  is  apt  to  feel  a  repugnanct  to 
acknowledge  himself  in  an  error. 


AVERSION. 


AUGUR. 


121 


Avermtmi  piodiice  an  anxious  desire 
fcr  the  removal  of  the  object  disliked : 
caf^wfAtes  prodnoe  the  most  violent 
pltTsical  revulsion  of  the  frame,  and 
lehement  recoiling  from  the  object; 
persons  have  not  unfinequentl^  been 
lEnown  to  fiunt  away  at  the  sight  of 
insects  for  whom  this  antipathy  has 
been  conceived :  di$!ikes  too  oilen 
betray  themselves  by  distant  and  un- 
coorteons  behaviour :  hatred  assumes 
etery  form  which  is  black  and  horrid : 
r^mgnanee  does  not  make  its  appear- 
ance nntil  called  forth  by  the  necessity 
of  the  occasion. 

Aversions  will  never  be  so  sttong  in 
1  well  regulated  mind,  that  they  can- 
not be  overcome  when  the  cause  for 
them  is  removed,  or  the^  are  found  to 
be  ill-croimded;  sometimes   they  lie 
in  a  yicioos  temperament  formed  by 
natnre  or  habit,  m  which  case  they 
will  not  easily  be  destroyed;  a  slotlK- 
fal  man  will  find  a  difficulty  in  over- 
coming his  aversion  to  labour,  or  an 
idle  man  his  aversion  to  steady  appli- 
catioD.     Antipathies  ma^  be  indulged 
or  reusced:  people  of  irritable  tem- 
peraments, particularly  females^  are 
fiable  to  them  in  the  most  violent 
deginee  ;  but  those  who  are  folly  per- 
maded  of  their  fiillacy  may  do  much 
by  the  force  of  conviction  to  diminish 
their   violence.     Dislikes   are  ofien 
groundless,   or  have  their  origin  in 
trifles,  owing  to  the  influence  of  ca- 
price or  humour:    people   of  sense 
will  be  ashamed  of  them,  and  the  true 
Christian  will    stifle  them    iu    their 
birth,  lest  they  grow  into  the  formi- 
dable pasuon  ofhatredy  which  strikes 
at  the  root  of  all  peace,  which  is  a 
mental  poison  tlmt  infuses  its  venom 
into  all  tlie  unuosities  of  the  heart,  and 
poUntas  the  sources  of  human  affection. 
itepygnance  ought  always  to  be  re- 
listed whenever  it  prevents  us  from 
doing  what  either  reason,  honour,  or 
doty  require. 

Aversions  are  applicable  to  animals 
as  well  as  men :  dogs  have  a  parti- 
cular aversion  ta  beggars,  most  pro- 
bably from  their  suspicious  appear- 
ance; in  certain  cases  likewise  we 
may  speak  of  their  antipathies,  as  in 
the  instance  of  the  dog  and  the  cat : 
according  to  the  schoolmen  there  ex- 
isted also  antipathies  between  certain 
plants  and  vegetables ;  but  these  are 


not  borne  out  by  facts  sufficiently  strong 
to  warrant  a  belief  of  their  existence. 
Dislike  and  hatred  are  sometimes  ap- 
plied to  things,  but  in  a  sense  less 
exceptionable  than  in  the  former  case : 
dislike  does  not  express  so  much  as 
aversion,  and  aversion  not  so  much  as 
hatred:  we  ought  to  have  a  hatred 
^vice  and  sin,  an  av^sionjfi  go»*  . 
sipping  and  idle  talking^  an^i  dis*  ^s^ 
like  to  the  flrivoUties  of  ffuhionable 
lifo. 

I  eannot  forbear  mentlonlBg  a  tribe  of  c^oUitt^ 
fbr  whom  I  have  ahraTt  bad  a  aioctal  amenfont 
I  BMaa  tbe  aathon  of  ■wmDln  wbo  aie  never 
■leatinned  la  aaj  woiha  bet  tbeir  ova.  Amiiom* 

There  Is  ooe  ipedei  of  tenor  whieb  thote  wbe 
ase  DDwillfaif  to  tnfiFr  tbe  reproach  of  cowar-  • 
dice  have  wbdj  dlpnUled  with  the  Bame  of  miM- 
patksf.  A  man  has  bideed  no  dread  of  bana 
fh«  an  faMrct  or  a  worm,  bat  bb  awtipathjf 
tans  bba  pale  wbeaever  tbegp  approach  bha. 

Joaaioa. 

Evairy  auui  whom  baitoeoi  or  carioritjr  baa 
tbrowa  at  large  iato  tbe  world,  will  reeolleet 
maoy  Initances  of  foDdoeao  and  diriUce,  which 
have  fbreed  themselvet  npoa  htm  wltboot  the 
laterteatloa  of  Us  jadgment.  Joanooir. 

One  paniabmeBt  that  attradii  tbe  lying  and 
deceltfnl  penoa  b  tbe  hatred  nt  all  tbooe  whom 
be  either  ba»,  cnt  woald  have  decelTed.  I  do  aoC 
my  that  a  Chrbtfan  can  lawfully  hate  any  one, 
and  yet  I  aflrm  that  aone  may  rtiry  worthtlj 
diieiie  to  be  hmMU  Soum. 

In  tbb  dfleanna  Arhtophane*  conqnered  bb 
rrpHfwance,  and  determfned  npon  preoentinf 
bimaelf  on  Che  itage  for  tbe  flnt  time  In  hb  life. 

Cvilimi.A3IB. 

AUGMENTATION,  V.  Increase. 

TO  AUGUR,  PRESAGE,  FOREBODE, 
BETOKEN,  PORTEND. 

AUGUR,  in  French  augurer,  Latin 
augurium,  comes  from  avis  a  bird,  as  an 
augun/vfVka  originally,  and  at  all  times, 
principally  drawn  from  the  song,  the 
night,  or  other  actions  of  birds. 

PRESAGE,  in  French  presage, 
from  the  Latin  pra  and  sagio  to  be 
instinctively  wise,  signifies  to  be  thus 
wise  about  what  is  to  come. 

FOREBODE    is    compounded    of 
fore  and  the  Saxoh  bodian  to  declare,      — 
signifying  to  pronounce  on  futurity. 

BETOKEN  signifies  to  serve  as  a 
token. 

PORTEND,  in  Latin  portendo, 
compounded  oi'por  for  pro  and  tendo, 
signifies  to  set  or  show  forth. 

Augur  signifies  either  to  serve  or 
make  use  of  as  an  augurtf ;  Xjo  forebode, 


AVOID. 


AUSTERE. 


183 


ESCHEW  and  SHf'N  both  com 
from  the  G«rm«D  gcHeueny  Stvediih 
ik^f  Sec.  when  it  AipiHios  to  fly. 

ELUDE,  in  Franch  eiuder,  Latin 
eim^  compoumM  bfe  mad  ludo,  rig- 
nifies  CO  gH:  Okie's  self  oat  of  a  thii^ 
hj  a  trick. 

Avoid  is  both  fi;eneric  and  specific ; 
we  avoid  in  etckemng  or  thunning,  or 
we  tttoid  without  e9chewing  or  «Aiii»- 
ntMg,  Varioin  cnotrivances  are  re- 
quisite ibr  avoiding;  ttckewing  and 
ikunnmg  consist  only  of  going  oat  of 
the  w^/  of  not  ooming  in  contact ; 
timding,  as  its  derivation  denofeesi  has 
note  of  artlfioe  in  it  than  auv  of  the 
former.  We  avoid  a  troublesome 
▼iaitDr  onder  real  or  ieigned  pretences 
ofiH-liealth,  prioi'  eomgement,  and 
the  tike;  we  etckem  eiil  company  by 
not  going  into  any  but  what  we  know 
to  be  gScd ;  we  fAwi  the  sight  of  an 
oflensive  d^ect  by  turning  into  an* 
other  road ;  we  ehide  a  punishment  by 
cettinc  out  of  the  way  of  those  who 
have  Uie  power  of  inflicting  it. 

Prudence  enables  us  to  avoid  many 
of  the  erib  to  which  vre  are  daily 
exposed:  notlung  but  a  fixed  priu- 
ciple  of  religion  can  enable  a  man  to 
eaekem  the  temptations  to  evil  which 
lie  in  his  path :  fear  will  lead  us  to 
shun  a  mad  man,  whom  it  is  not  in 
our  power  to  bind  :  a  want  of  all  prin- 
ciple leads  a  man  to  elude  his  credit- 
ors* whom  be  wishes  to  defraud. 

Tlie  best  means  of  avoiding  quar- 
rels is  tc^aooid  giving  offence.  The 
surest  preservative  of  onr  innocence  is 
to  eicA^  evil  company^  and  the  surest 
preservative  of  our  health  !:>  to  shun 
every  lutemperate  practice.  Ibu&e 
who  have  no  evil  design  in  view  will 
have  no  occasion  to  elude  the  vigilance 
of  the  law. 

-  We  speak  of  avoiding  a  danj^r,  and 
shunning  a  danger :  but  to  avoid  it  is 
in  general  not  to  fall  into  it ;  tu  shun 
it  is  with  care  to  keep  out  of  the  way 
of  it. 

Haviuf  Uionwsblj  conftidered  the  natare  of 
fkta  puiioB,  I  tare  nsde  it  my  Rtudj  bow  to 
mc^id  the  ravy  that  majr  accrue  to  roe  from  ilic>e 
Bj  »peciiUtkMu.  StCttC. 


Bm»  Cfcia  Maha  Into  Ui  rule  idImUmA 
And  reijcocd  loof  ia  fmt  folicitj, 
I«T*d  of  bis  frieadi,  and  of  Us  foei  etchneed^ 

Bkvcib. 


or  many  tlilBKi,  tOBM  lev  I  dan  «>xpltia  ; 
Teach  thea  tn  «Aam  the  dancen  of  tbe  Buin, 
And  bow  at  leneth  tbe  pffo«fe*d  •bete  to  mia. 

Davnor. 

The  wary  Tnuan,  besdiaf  from  the  blow, 
Ehtdea  tbe  death,  and  dfwpporoti  hbfoe.  Pope. 

TO  AVOW,  i;.  To  aahioutledge. 

AUSPICIOUS,    PROPITIOUS. 

AUSPICIOUS,  from  auspice ^  in 
Latin  autpicium  and  auspex,  com- 
pounded of  avis  and  spicio  to  behold^ 
signifies  favourable  according  to  the 
inspection  of  birds. 

PUOPmOUS,  in  Latin  propitiui, 
probably  from  prope  near,  because 
the  heathens  always  soHcited  their 
deities  to  be  near  or  present  to  give 
their  aid  in  favour  ot  their  designs ; 
hence  propitious  is  6guratively  applied 
in  the  sense  of  favourable. 

Auspicious  is  said  only  of  things ; 
propitious  is  said  only  of  persons  or 
things  personified.  Inose  things  are 
auspicious  which  are  casual,  or  only 
indicative  of  good ;  persons  are  pro- 
pitious  to  the  wishes  of  another  who 
listen  to  titeir  requests  and  contribute 
to  their  satisfaction.  A  journey  it 
undertaken  under  auspicious  circuin- 
stances,  where  every  thing  iucidcntal. 
as  weather,  society,  and  the  like,  bid 
fair  to  afford  pleasure ;  it  is  under- 
taken under  propitious  circumstances 
wlien  every  thing  favours  the  uttaii>- 
ment  of  the  object  for  which  it  was 
begun.  Whoever  has  any  request  to 
make  ought  to  seize  the  auspicious 
moment  when  the  person  of  whom  it 
is  asked  is  in  a  pleasant  frame  of  mind  ^ 
a  poet  in  his  invocation  requests  the 
muse  to  be  propitious  to  him,  or  the 
lover  conjures  his  beloved  to  be  prO" 
pitious  to  his  vows. 

ikill  IWilow  wb««e  aut^M/mB  tUm  lofftta. 
(^an-N  tbo  happy,  aad  the  wnHcbed  »Usbt. 
Soootrr  ihKll  JarrfiiK  eleiuenlt  unite. 
Than  trath  with  gala,  than  InlerMt  wHh  ripidt. 

fjICWfli 

VPlio  lovet  a  pirdea  lovM  a  frewahoaae  too  s 

UncoTiftclolM  of  a  len  prcpUitmt  ellne^ 

There  bloona  eiotle  beauty.  Cowrnu 

AUSTERE,    RIGID,    SEVERE, 
RIGOROUS,   STERN. 

AUSTEUE,  it)  Latin  austerus  sour 
or  rough,  from  the  Greek  aum  sicco  to 
dry,  signiiies  rough  or  harsh,  from 
drought. 


AWAKEN. 


AWAKEN. 


125 


oomes  fnm  wakreH  to  sea  or 

BCPECTy  in  Latin  expecto  or  eX" 
oumpoBiided  of  ex  and  specto, 
to  look  out  after. 
~AU  those  terms  have  a  reference  to 
■  jpfltBiityy  and  our  actions  with  regard 
«Dit 

AmMifVaUfor^  and  iook  for,  mark. 
M  cdcalatiop  of  consequences  and  a 
pNiffUBtiaa  for  them;  and  expect 
.flinply  a  cakolation  :  we  often  expect 
ym&oot  flMt^ing,  waking,  or  looking 
Jigt,  bat  DBfer  the  reverse. 

Ammi  it  taid  of  serious  things ;  waU 
and  kfkfor  are  terms  in  fiuniUar  use ; 
ufed  ia  employed  either  seriously  or 
merwiie.    A  person  expects  to  die, 
ormtmiM  the  hour  of  his  dissolution; 
hd  eaep€ct»  a  letter,  waits  for  its  coming, 
and  MoJb  for  it  when  the  post  is  ar- 
rived. 

Amait  indicates  the  disposition  of 
the  mind;  maii  forpthe  regulation  of 
the  outward  conduct  as  well  as  that  of 
the  mind;  look  for  is  a  species  of 
wmiUng  drawn  from  the  physical 
action  of  the  eye,  and  may  be  ngurar 
dvely  applied  to  the  mind's  eye,  in 
which  latter  sense  it  is  the  same  as 
expect.  It  is  our  duty,  as  well  as 
our  interest,  to  await  the  severest 
trials  without  a  murmur:  prudence 
requires  us  to  wait  paUentlv  tor  a  suit- 
able opportunity,  rather  tnan  be  pre- 
mature m  our  attempts  to  obtain  any 
object :  when  children  are  too  much 
indulged  and  caressed,  they  are  ape  to 
look  for  a  repetition  of  caresses  at 
inconvc-nient  seasons :  it  is  in  vain 
to  look  for  or  expect  happiness  from 
Uie  conjugal  state,  which  is  not 
founded  on  a  cordial  and  mutual  regard. 

TUinld.  lient,aodexp«eCatlimhHd 

Hte  looks  suspenar,  atuMitif  wbo  appraied 

To  aecoDd,  or  oppose,  or  ondertake 

The  perilous  attempt.  Mitmm. 

Not  leas  raiolf *d,  Aotenoc*8  ? alieiit  heir 
Confronts  AgUU«s,  and  awaits  tbe  war.      Pope. 

H^aU  UU  tbj  belDC  shall  be  aofolded.   Blaib. 

If  70«  tfkftr  a  frtead^la  whose  temper  there 
is  not  to  be  found  the  kiast  Inequality,  jon  look 
for  a  pleuiaf  phantom.  Buin. 

We  are  not  to  txpvcH^  from  our  Intercourse 
with  others,  all  that  satisfaction  which  we  fondly 
wish.  Bi^R. 

TOAWAKBN9  BXCITE9  PROVOKE, 
ROUSE,    STIR  UP. 

To  AWAKEN  is  to  make  awake 
•r  alive. 


EXCITE,    in  Latin   txcito^  com- 
pounded of  the  intensive  syllables  ew 
and  cito,  in  Hebrew  sut  to  move,  sig- 
nifies to  move  out  of  a  state  of  rest. 
PROVOKE,  v.  To  aggravate. 
To  ROUSE  is  to  cause  to  rise. 
STIR,  in  German  storen  to  move;^ 
signifies  to  make  to  move  upwards. 

To  excite  and  provoke  convey  the 
idea  of  producing  something;  rouse 
and  stir  up  that  of  only  calling  into 
action  that  which  previously  exists; 
to  awaken  is  used  in  either  sense. 

To  awaken  is  a  gentler  action  than 
to  excite,  and  this  is  gentler  than  to 
provoke.  We  awaken  by  a  simple 
effort;  wc  excite  by  repeated  efforts 
or  fercible  means ;  we  provoke  by 
words,  looks,  or  actions.  The  tender 
feelings  are  awakened ;  affections  or 
the  passions  in  general  are  excit^ ; 
the  angry  passions  are  commonly  pro^ 
voked.  Objects  of  distress  awaken  a 
sentiment  of  pity  ;  competition  among 
scholars  excites  a  spirit  of  emulation ; 
taunting  words  provoke  anger. 

Awaken  is  applied  only  to  the  indi- 
vidual and  what  passes  within  him ; 
excite  is  applicable  to  the  outward 
circumstances  of  one  or  many ;  pro- 
voke is  applicable  to  the  conduct  oc 
temper  of  one  or  many.  The  atten- 
tion is  awakened  by  interesting  sounds 
that  strike  upon  the  ear ;  the  con»ci« 
euce  is  awakened  by  the  voice  of  the 
preacher,  or  by  passing  events:  a 
commotion,  a  tumult,  or  a  rebellion, 
is  eicited  among  the  people  by  the 
active  efforts  of  individuals  ;  laughter 
or  contempt  is  provoked  by  preposter- 
ous conduct. 

To  awaken  is  in  the  moral,  as  in 
the  physical  sense,  to  call  into  con--^ 
sciousness  from  a  state  of  unconsci^ 
ousness ;  to  rouse  is  forcibly  to  bring 
into  action  that  which  is  in  a  state  of 
inaction ;  and  stir  up  is  to  bring  into  a 
state  of  agitation  or  commotion.  We 
are  awakened  from  an  ordinary  state 
by  ordinary  means ;  we  are  roused 
firom  an  extraordinary  state  by  extra- 
ordinary mean» ;  we  are  stirred  up 
from  an  ordinary  to  an  extraordinary 
state.  The  mind  of  a  child  is  awaken- 
ed by  the  action  on  its  senses  as  soon 
as  it  id  bom;  there  arc  however  some 
persons  uho  are  not  roused  from  the 
stupor  in  which  they  were,  by  any 
thing  but  the  most  awful  events ;  and 
there  ara  others  whose  passions,  par- 


AWE. 


AWKWARD.         12T 


iMMi  tMi  tl9|(le  one,  ^.o«r  Maf  cosf cfQV4  to 
UUwedondCdeMrfofbenu  Aoouos. 


A,^^   KBVERSNCE,   DREAD. 

,  AW]^'  probably  frgm  the  Grerm^a 
^skttHy  cgav^ys  the  idea  of  rcy^T^Aing. 

.  |C£V£IIE^'Q£»  in  Freq^  r«ve- 
rffs^  I«ati9  irffr^eA^fo,  comes  froiB 
rncreor  tfk  iefr  ^roogly. 

D&^APi  }^  SaxoD  <2re«i,  G09^ 
{(Vini  the  JUJiin  ^rrUo  to  fi^ht^n,  awf 
Gro^  T«4«f <f«  tff  trouble. 
.  Jbt^  a^  npofffnce  both.  4f (»otp  a 
AtlDi^  sfDtimgoTr:  of  respect,  nii|igW4 
wi^h  soBBe  ^miotioBS  of  fei^r ;  bii^  diA 
i^nn^  s^vks  the  much  BtFonger  sen- 
timent ,qf  the  two :  dread  is  an  uor 
inii^ted  »e{Kti|aeat  of  fear  for  ooe*s 
vcnooil  secyriQr.  Axce  may  be  awar 
kened  by-  tbs  bel|^  of  the  senses  and 
ppder^tanjlns ;  reverence  by  that  of  the 
undantanding  only ;  apd  dread  prin- 
iiptjij  by  ihat  of  the  imagination. 

SvUiiae,  sacred,  and  solemn  olyects 
f^vakea  a^e ;  they  cause  the.  beholder 
to  atop  and  co^uder  whether  he  is 
WorMfejr  to  approaQh  t^m  any  nearer; 
thoy  rivet  m  viind  and  boc^  to  a 
spoyt^  and  m^ke  him  cautiousp  lest  by 
^  presence  h^  should  coptqminate 
t|hM  whicib  is  hallowed :  exalted  and 
HoUe  objfcts  produce  reverence, ;  \tmjf 
lead  to  every  outward  mark  of  obei- 
sance a|wi  hupaili^on  which  it  i^  pos- 
sibla  fi^  him  ta  express:  territic  ob- 
jects, excite  dread :  they  csuise  a  sbud- 
d^ng  of  the  auiroaX  fravuue,  aiui  a 
levomon  of  the  mind  which  is  at- 
tended with  nothing  but  pain. 

When  the  creature  places  himself 
in  the  presence  of  the  Creator ;  when 
he  contemplates  the  iiiimeusurable 
distance  which  separates  himself,  a 
frail  and  finite  mortal^  from  his  infi- 
nitely perfect  Maker ;  he  approach^ 
with  aae :  even  the  sanctuary  where 
he  is  accustomed  thus  to  bow  before 
the  Almighty  acquires  the  power  of 
awakening  the  same  emotions  in  his 
mind.  Age,  wisdom,  and  virtue, 
when  combined  in  one  person^  arc 
never  approached  without  reverence  ; 
the  possessor  has  a  dignity  in  himself 
that  checks  the  haughtiness  of  the 
arrogant,  ihut  silences  the  petulance 
of  pride  and  self-conceit,  tnat  stills 
the  noise  and  giddy  mirth  of  the 
young,  and  communicatee  to  all 
aromid  a  sobriety  of  mien  and  aspect. 


A  grievous  offender  is  seldom  without 
dread;  liis  guilty  conscience  pictured 
every  thing  as  the  instrument  of  venge- 
ance, and  every  person  as  denounang 
his  merited  sentence. 

The  solemn  stilluess  of  the  tomb 
will  inspire  aioe,  even  in  the  breast  of 
him  -  who  has  no  dread  of  denjtiv 
Cliildren  should  be  early  taught  to 
have  a  certain  degree  of  reverence 
for  the  Bible  as  a  book,  in  distinction 
from  all  other  books. 

it  were  eodkM  Co  eaanerate  kII  tbe  p«m 
kotk  hi  the  Mcied  sod  proCiiw  writcfiip  wMei 
MCiMlibtlMfnmaflCBttnBnt  af  aa^lDdeoB. 
cenilog  the  InteptftblB  vbImi  cf  a  9ux^  aa4 
ilvtM9ati»|#ioc  with  oar  Ubh  tf  tht  Di?iolt> 

BcssPp 

If  the  Toloe  of  nBiasraU  utai«,  th«  fpylpiifie 
of  an  af«a,  tho  light  of  reason,  and  the  lnd|iedlale 
evidence  of  mj  nneis  eaanol  awake  me  t6^  a  '4^ 
yondif  npon  my  God,  a  m«MMcelS»  ik  re- 
Uflon,  aadao  hankie  of  laloe. of  mjfnU;  i(ks|!e 
loitcmtiKeaa)  I.  CywwBy'iwtc 

To  Phodms  MRit  WKj  trenUi^  ttepp  bt  M* 
Full  Qt  lellfiow  doubt*  and  awM  dremiL 

DftTDEi; 

AWKWAROj    CLtJMST. 

AWKWARD,  in  Saxon  mmerd, 
compounded  of  «  or  a  adversative  and 
vord,  from  the  Teutonic  wdhren  to 
see  or  look,  that  is,  looking  the  oppo- 
site way,  or  being  in  an  opposite 
direction,  as  toward  signiiies  looking 
the  same  way,  or  being  ia  the  same 
direction. 

CLUMSY,  from  the  smne  source  at 
ciump  and  lumpy  in  German  lumpimh^ 
denotes  the  quality  of  heaviness  and 
unseemliness. 

These  epithets  denote  what  is  cob* 
trary  to  rule  and  order,  in  ibrm  or 
manner.  Axckward  respects  outward 
deportmeut;  clumsy  the  shape  and 
make  of  the  ol^ect :  a  person  has  an 
awkward  gait,  is  clumsy  in  his  whole 
person. 

Amkwardneu  is  the  consequence  of 
bad  education  ;  clumsineu  is  mostly  a 
natural  de^BCt.  Young  recruits  are 
awkward  in  marching,  and  clumsy  in 
their  manual  labour. 

They  may  be  both  employed  figo* 
ratively  in  the  same  sense,  and  some* 
times  in  rchition  to  tlie  same  objects : 
when  speaking  of  awkward  contri- 
vances, or  (7v7//«voontrivttnces,  thelafc* 
ter  expresses  the  idea  more  strongly 
than  the  former. 

5 


AXIOM. 


AXIOIVL 


12a 


AXIOM,   MAXIM,   APHORISM,) 

APOPHTHEGM,  SATING,  ADAGE, 

PaOVERB,   BTE-WORD,   SAW. 

AXIOM,  in  French  axiome,  Latin 
■f  MMOy  comet  from  the  Greek  m^tm 
to  think  worthy,  signifying  the  tlung 

BftAXIMy  in  French  wtaximey  in 
Jjuda  mt,vimut  the  greatest,  signifies 
that  which  is  most  important. 

AFHOKISM,  from  the  Greek  «^e» 
firf*7c  a  short  sentence,  and  *^o^m  to 
distingiiish,  signifies  that  which  is  set 
•put. 

APOPHTHEGM,  in  Greek  airot- 
fc>>M,  from  mw9 pBtyyoixat  to  speak 
pointedly,  signifies  a  pointed  saying. 

SAYING  signifies  literally  what  is 
said,  that  is,  sud  faoahitually. 

ADAGE,  in  Latin  odagitnii,  pro- 
bably compounded  of  ad  and  ago, 
signifief  that  which  is  fit  to  he  acted 
upon. 

PROVERB^  in  French  praverhe, 
Ijoim  promrkuMf  oompounoed  of  ^ro 
and  verhum,  simiifies  tnat  expression 
wluch  stands  ror  something  parti- 
cular. 

BYE-WORD  signifies  a  word  by 
the  bye,  or  by  the  way,  in  the  course 
€)f  ooovefsatioii. 

SAW  is  bat  a  variation  of  say,  pot 
lor  saying. 

A  g^ven  sentiment  conveyed  in 
a  sjMCific  sentence,  or  form  of  ex- 
pression, is  die  common  idea  in- 
cluded in  the  signification  of  these 
terms.  The  Mxkm  is  a  truth  of  the 
first  valne;  a  self^vident  proposi- 
tion which  is  the  basis  of  other  truths. 
A  maxim  is  the  truth  of  the  first 
iBoral  importance  for  all  practical 
purposes.  An  aphorism  is  a  troth  set 
apart  for  its  pointedness  and  excel- 
Icnoeu  ApopMkegm  is,  in  respect  to 
the  andents,  what  Baying  is  in  regard 
to  the  modems;  it  is  a  pointed  scnti- 
'ment  pronounced  by  an  individual,  and 
adopted  by  others.  Adage  and  pro- 
ven are  vulgar  sayings,  the  former 
among  the  ancients,  the  latter  amone 
the  modems.  The  bye-word  is  a  casual 
aayin^  originating  in  some  local  cir- 
cumstance. The  saw,  which  is  a  bar^ 
ibaroofl  corraption  of  saying,  is  the 
mtying  fonnerly  current  among  the 
ignorant. 


Asiomt  are  in  science  what  faojMit 
are  in  morals;  sel^«vidence  is  an 
essential  characteristic  in  both;  the 
axiom  presents  itself  in  so  simple  and 
undeniable  a  form  to  the  understand 
ing  as  to  exclude  doubt,  and  the  neces- 
sity for  reasoning.  The  maxim^  though 
not  so  definite  in  its  expression  as  ue 
axiom,  is  at  the  same  time  equally 
parallel  to  the  mind  of  man,  and  A 
such  general  application,  that  it  is 
acknowledged  by  all  moral  agents  who 
are 'susceptible  of  moral  tmth;  it 
comes  home  to  the  common  sense 
of  all  mankind.  *  ''  Things  that  are 
equal  to  one  and  the  same  thing  are 
equal  to  each  other,^— '<  Two  bodies 
cannot  occupy  the  same  space  at  the 
same  time,"  arc  axioms  in  mathema- 
tics and  metaphysics.  "  Virtue  is 
the  trae  source  of  happiness,'' — <'  The 
happiness  of  man  is  the  end  of  civil 
government,''  are  axiom*  in  ethics  and 
politics.  *^  To  err  is  human,  to  forgiva 
divine,''—^  When  our  vices  leave  U8» 
we  flatter  ourselves  that  we  leave 
them,"  are  among  the  number  of 
flMUtjaf .  Betwixt  axioms  and  maximM 
there  is  this  obvious  diflference  to  be  ob- 
served ;  that  the  former  are  unchange- 
able both  in  matter  and  manner,  fuid 
admit  of  little  or  no  increase  in  num- 
ber; but  the  latter  may  vary  with  the 
circumstances  of  human  lifo,  and 
admit  of  considenble  extension. 

Aphorism  is  a  speculative  principle, 
either  in  science  or  morals,  which  is 
presented  in  a  few  words  to  the  under- 
standing; it  is  the  substance  of  a 
doctrine,  and  many  aphorisms  may 
contiun  the  abstract  of  a  science.  Of 
this  description  are  the  aphorisms  of 
Hippocrates,  and  those  of  Lavater  in 
physiognomy. 

Sayings  and  apophthegms  differ  firont 
the  preceding,  in  as  much  as  they 
always  carry  the  mind  back  to  the 
person  speaking ;  there  is  always  one 
who  says  when  there  is  a  saying  or 
an  apophthegm,  and  both  acquire  a  value 
as  much  from  the  person  who  utters 
them,  as  from  the  thing  that  is  ut- 
tered :  when  Leonidas  was  asked 
why  brave  men  prefer  honour  to  life, 
his  answer  became  an  apophthegm; 
namely,  that  they  hold  life  by  fortune, 
and  honour  by  virtue :  of  this  de- 
scription are  ttie  apophthegms  com- 

••  Axhmc,  msilnip.  a^opHOi^aie,  iphoriffrnt.** 

E 


BACK. 


BAD. 


181 


desjfe  to  display  her  volabitity ;  the 
fbrmer  cares  Dr>t  whether  he  is  under- 
stood; the  latter  cares  not  if  she  be 
bat  heard. 

Chalting  is  harmless,  if  not  respect- 
able: the  winter's  fire-side  invites 
imghbours  to  assemble  and  chat  away 
many  an  hour  which  might  otherwise 
haM  heavy  on  hand,  or  be  spent  less 
iiioflensiveiy  :  ckattiKg  is  the  practice 
of  adults;  prattUng  w^i prating  diat 
of  duldreOy  the  one  innocently,  the 
other  impertinently:  the />ra<f 2im  of 
babea  hat  an  interest  for  every  feeling 
mind,  but  for  parents  it  is  one  of  their 
higfiMt  enjoyments;  prating^  on  the 
cxxitnryy  is  the  consequence  of  igno- 
rance and  childish  assumption:  a 
fnUlir  has  all  the  unaffected  gaiety 
of  an  noooataminated  mind ;  a  prater 
is  forward,  obtrusive,  and  ridiculous. 

Tataad  ay  —d  iriiltto  a  erowdtaual^ 
Ohm  la  flMawtded  bj  (hoarakeor 
baa  low  ao  ambition  as  eaa  laiac  the 

lUwsnwoKn. 

I  iheRin  who,  prone  (o  aobo^ 
An  UrM  to  rikMo  wMoBi*«  Tolee ; 
Aw4  tflPi  ••  dMter  oat  cbv  boor, 

bj  tbifrwUluiM  to  power.  Moouk 

lI4r■■^wllk  wonni  tit, 

looaiyit.  emtuu 

!  Mrfj  aortb,  aad  cbflhthroofboat 
iflglMi:  wbOe  bj  1(0)0(9  < 
Tbaa  CIree  cPIrr,  or  flail  Medea  brewM, 
Eeek  bnofc  fbet  woat  tojirettlc  to  Hi  baaba 
Um  dl  badird.  AuuTM 

Mj  pnlvC  couMb  prap  tte  aate, 

keowatojrrwte.       Moour. 


So  rae'd  T3dldei,boaadle$s  in  hit  Ire, 
Drove  armlM  back,  and  made  all  Troj  rcttae. 


BACK,  BACKWARD,   BEHIND. 

BACK  and  BACKWARD  are  used 
only  as  adverbs;  BEHIND  either  as 
an  adverb  or  a  preposition.  To  go 
hack  or  baekmardf  to  go  behind  or  be- 
kmi  the  wall. 

Bmck  denotes  the  situation  of  being, 
mid  the  direction  of  going;  kachcardj 
•imply  the  manner  of  going :  a  person 
stands  haekf  who  does  not  wish  to  be 
in  the  way ;  he  goes  haekward,  when 
he  does  not  wish  to  turn  his  back  to  on 
olgect. 

Back  marks  simply  the  situation  of 
a  place,  behind  the  situation  of  one 
ob|ect  with  regard  to  another :  a  per- 
son stands  baek,  who  stands  in  the 
Aadb  part  of  any  place ;  he  stands  6e- 
kind,  who  has  any  one  in  the  front  of 
liuu :  the  back  is  opposed  to  the  front, 
behind  to  befoxt. 


Wbevm  maay  wearied  e*tT  tboj  had  o^aa 
Tbo  aridlleBtrtam  (for  they  la  vala  bare  trle^ 
Afita  KtutaM  mtoiMdrt  aad  agbut; 
No  oae  n^udrul  look  woald  erer  kackward  cmfU 

OaasaTWiR. 
Forth  fluw  thif  hated  Seoil,  the  child  of  Romeb 
Drlv*n  to  the  \erps  of  AlMoa,  Ibigered  tbete  ( 
Thm,  wRh  her  Jaom  receding,  catt  beMtnd 
Oar  aolfry  flro#a,  and  loaght  more  lerrlle  cllnifv. 

SBBNSTOaeOM  CaUKlTV. 

BACKWARD,  V.  Back. 

BACKWARD,  t/.  Averse* 

BAD,  WICKED,  KYIL. 

BAD,  in  Saxon  bad,  baedy  in  Geiw 
moil  boi,  probably  connected  with 
the  LAtiii  pejut  worse,  and  the  Hebrew 
bosch» 

WICKED  is  probably  changed 
from  witched  or  bemiieked,  that  is, 
pofisessed  with  an  e^l  spirit. 

Bad  respects  moral  and  physic^ 
qualities  iu  general  3  wicked  onl) 
moral  Qualities. 

EVIjL^  in  German  tiebel,  from  th$ 
Hebrew  chebel  i^ain,  signifies  tbat 
which  is  the  prime  cause  oi  pain ;  evil 
therefore,  in  its  full  e&tent,  compre- 
hends both  badneis  and  mickedneu. 

Whatever  offends  the  taste  and  sen- 
timents of  a  rational  being  is  bad: 
food  is  bad  when  it  disagrees  with  the 
constitution ;  the  air  is  bad  which  hat 
any  thing  in  it  disagreeable  to  the 
senses  or  hurtful  to  the  bodv;  bookf 
are  bad  which  only  inflame  the  ima^- 
nation  or  the  passions.  Whatever  is 
wicked  oiTonds  the  moral  principles  of 
a  rational  aeeiit :  any  violation  of  the 
law  is  vickcdy  us  law  is  the  sup- 
port of  human  society;  an  act  of  ii^ 
justice  or  crueltv  is  wicked^  as  it  op- 
poses the  will  of  Gud  and  the  feelings 
of  humanity.  Evil  is  either  moral  or 
natural,  and  may  be  applied  to  every 
object  that  is  contranr  to  good ;  but 
the  term  is  employed  only  for  that 
which  is  in  the  hig^t  degree  bad  or 
wicked. 

When  used  in  relation  to  persons^ 
both  refer  to  the  morals,  but  bad  is 
more  general  than  wicked ;  a  bad  man 
is  one  who  is  generally  wanting  in  the 
performance  of  his  diity ;  a  wicked 
man  is  one  who  is  chargeable  witJi 
actual  violations  of  thelaw,  hum^y  or 


iss 


BAFFLE. 


BAFFLE. 


DiTuie ;  Bach  an  cme  has  an  evil  ddnd. 
A  kuj  duuracteris  the  consequence  of 
imnioral  oondnct;  Imt  no  man  has  the 
dMracter  ofhtmgwicked  who  has  not 
been  guilty  of  some  known  and  flagrant 
moBBi  dto  inclinations  of  the  best  are 
tnU  at  certam  times. 

iniii  Iff  wr  M>j  giiitmff  "  * *-"-*  " 

ii  ttt  •twlB  of  ow  aetioM  ttat  BUt  dwir  whs* 

(ood  ovAmL 

BfiAUU 

I  tk*  iBpflBllaaft  md  widbMl  dtab 
iMded  vUi  cCfBMi  MidiBfeBy; 


POMFUT* 

Aad  wlwtyof  bo— did  fitp,  wMafc  oity  wv 
A  Mllte  part,  daamM  evf^  h  BO  Bon  ; 
SteHwM  oTwIirtijtlMwia  qBkUyfMi^ 

Taovaos. 

BADGB,  v.  Mark. 

BADLY,  ILL. 

BADLYy  in  the  maiAier  of  had  (v, 

Bntf). 

■  ILLy  in  Swedish  ill,  Iceland  illur^ 
Danish  iU^  &c.  is  supposed  hj  Ade- 
longy  and  with  some  oegree  of  justice, 
'not  to  be  a  contraction  of  evil*  but 
to  spring  from  the  Greek  ovXoc  destrao- 
tSrOy  and  «xxt;»  to  destroy. 

lliese  terms  are  both  employed  to 
niodify  the  actions  or  qualities  of 
tUngSy  but  badfy  is  always  annexed 
to  the  action,  and  ti/  to  the  quality : 
te  todo  any  thins  badfyf  the  thing  is 
Imdfy  done;  an  t'B judged  scheme,  an 
fe'il  contrived  measure,  an  i// disposed 
person. 

TO  BAFFLB,    DBFBAT,   BI3CON- 
CBRT,  CONFOUND. 

BAFFLE,  in  French  baffler,  from 
htffU  an  ox,  signifies  to  lead  by  the 
nose  as  an  ox,  that  is,  to  amuse  or  dis* 
appoint. 

DEFEAT,  in  French  dtfait,  parti- 
dple  of  defaire,  is  compounded  of  the 
pnvatiTe  de  nndfaire  to  do,  ngnifying 
to  undo. 

DISCONCERT  is  compounded  of 
the  privative  dii  and  concert,  sipufy- 
iiq^  to  throw  out  of  concert  or  haiv 
teony,  to  put  into  disorder. 

CONFOUND,  in  Frendi  eonfimdre, 
u  compounded  of  can  and  fondre  to 
melt  or  nux  together  in  gnnend  (fis* 
<pnder. 
'-' Whio  iq;»pKed  to  the  denmcement 


of  the  mind  or  rational  faculties,  haffle 
and  defeat  respect  the  powers  of  airaK 
ment,  disconcert  and  confound  tn# 
thouehts  and  feelings :  ftc^  expresses 
lessUian  defeat ;  dutoneert  less  than 
eonfimnd :  a  person  is  baffled  in  argu* 
ment  who  is  tor  the  time  discompoMrf 
and  silenced  by  the  superior  addrees  of 
his  opponent :  he  is  defeated  in  wem^ 
ment  if  his  opponent  has  altogeraer 
the  advantage  of  him  in  strength  of 
reasoning  and  justness  of  sentiment  c 
a  person  is  dieconeerted  who  loses  hif 
presence  of  mind  for  a  moment,  or  baa 
nis  feelings  any  way  discomposed ;  he 
is  coi^ounded  when  the  powers  of 
thought  and  consciousness  beoooi* 
torpid  or  vanish. 

A  superior  command  of  language  or 
a  particular  degree  of  effrontery  will 
frequentiy  enable  one  person  to  bitfflc 
another  who  is  advocating  the  cause 
of  truth :  ignorance  of  the  subject,  or 
a  want  of  ability,  may  occasion  a  man 
to  be  drfeated  by  hu  adversary,  even 
when  he  is  supporting  a  good  cause: 
assurance  is  requisite  to  prevent  anj^ 
one  from  being  diiconcerted  who  u 
suddenly  detected  in  any  disgraceful 
proceeding :  hardened  effrontery  som»-^ 
times  keeps  the  daring  villain  firom 
being  eonfannded  by  any  events^  howw 
ever  awful. 

When  applied  to  the  dAangemeot 
of  plans,  bMe  expresses  less  than 
d^eaX;  defeat  less  than  confirnndg 
and  tUtconcert  less  than  all.  Obsti- 
nacy, perseverance,  skill,  orartyAaA 
jfZei;  force  or  violence  ideate;  awk- 
ward circumstances  ditconeert;  the 
visitation  of  God  confoundi.  ^  When 
wicked  men  strive  to  obtain  their  ends, 
it  is  a  happy  thing  when  their  adver- 
saries have  sufficient  skill  and  address 
to  biffle  all  their  arts,  and  suflkient 
power  to  defeat  all  their  projects ;  bat 
sometimes  when  our  best  ttideavodrs 
fail  in  our  own  behalf,  the  devices  of 
men  are  confounded  by  the  interpott» 
tion  of  heaven. 

It  frequentiy  happens  even  in  th^ 
common  transactions  of  life  that  tlia 
best  schemes  are  disconcerted  by  tb« 
trivial  casualties  of  wind  and  weather. 
T^  obstinacy  of  a  disorder  may  btffle 
the  skill  of  the  physician ;  the  impni^ 
dence  of  the  patient  may  dtfeat  thm 
O^ect  of  his  prescriptions :  the  mi- 
expected  arrival  of  a  superior  ma) 


BAND« 


BANE. 


133 


diatmurt  the  miauthoriaed  plan  of 
those  who  are  subordinate :  the  mira* 
colous  destruction  of  his  wmvf  eour 
Jmmded  the  project  of  the  Kug  of 
i%8Bjria. 
K«vthepk«da!    To  yow  htlpleH  cfcufs  be 


thenglq;  jBV,Mid  AH  Ihdr  pen* 
WMftlbBdatvU.  Trommh. 

Bi  tbtteoOd  wichitend  cooMleDee  liflrliMcd 

jMiiMni. 

la  tks  glM  VMS  ihe  was  ■pMkiiff 
••  aik  ud  wllhoBt  uijr  eooAnioB  MliMlad  kv 


ncudfld  witk  etraevtaeM. 


ImdA 


lH*btecoftbeelffta  Iftiey 
tUt  Wtj,  ud  «u  gieitfly  con/fcwiidwt 
IliVieUlHi  vllh  Ml  air  of  Meia^that 


BAJLANCB,  V.  Potse, 
BALLy  V.  6^6e. 

BAUD)  COMPANY,   CBBW, 
GANG. 

BAND,  ia  Frendi  hatuky  in  Ger- 
nwDy  Ice  hmtd  from  kWea  to  bindy 
•^^fies  the  tluog  bound. 

CX>MPANY,  V.  Tg  accompany. 

CREW,  from  the  French  cru^  par- 
tidple  of  crpttre,  and  the  Latin  cruco 
to  grow  or  gather,  signifies  the  thing 
^onm  or  formed  into  a  mass. 

GANG,  in  Saion,  Gennan,  Ice 
^ai|^  a  walk|  from  geAea  to  gOy  signifies 
a  bodj  giring  the  same  way. 

AU'theie  terms  denote  a  snudl  as- 
sociadon  for  a  particukir  object:  a 
hand  is  an  association  where  men  are 
bound  together  by  some  strong  obliga* 
tioa,  whether. taken  in  a  good  or  uul 
senses  as  a  haind  of  soItUers,  a  band 
of  robbers,  A  company  marks  an 
association  for  ooovenience  without 
anj  pardcular  obligation,  as  a  ccm- 
fomy  of  trareUerSy  a  company  of stroll- 
ingplavers.  Crem  maras  an  assoda- 
tioo  collected  together  by  some  eiter- 
nal  pow«r,  or  by  ooinddence  of  plan 
and  motive ;  in  the  former  case  it  is 
med  for  a  ship's  crem;  in  the  latter 
tod  bad  sense  of  the  word  it  is  em* 
ployed  for  any  number  of  etil  minded 
persons  met  together  firom  difoent 
quvtecB,  and  oo-operadng  for  some 
bad  purpose. 

Gamg  is  ahvajs  used  in  a  bad  sense 
for  an  awodation  of  Uueros^  mnrder- 


ersi  and  depredators  in  general;  for 
such  an  association  is  rather  a  casual 
meeting  from  the  similarity  of  pur« 
suits,  Uian  an  organized  body  under 
any  leader;  it  is  more  in  common  use 
ihtLaband:  the  robbers  in  Germany 
used  to  form  themselves  into  hantU 
that  set  the  goyemment  of  the  coun- 
try at  defiance :  housebreakers  and 
pickpockets  commonly  associate  now 
m  gangs. 

Babold  a  shaiajr  temf. 
Each  atortb  la  Mi  haaAl 
Tbeie  are  Graclaa  giMtli  tkat  la  tattla  WHt 


Aad  aakaryM  raaialBy 

Inglorloiis  la  Ibe  plalo.  Di 

Cbtaeer  rappoMi  la  Mi  piologae  to  Up  adsi 
that  a  eompmmy  of  pllgriiBi  giAng  to  OiB>wtM> 
aasBUe  at  aa  laa  to  Sooihwafk,  and  atna 
that  IbrthdrcoauBoaamBMaMBt  oa  tha  nad 
•ack  of  Cheai  ihantoll  et  toast  oae  tote  to  goliK 
to  CaateiWij,  aad  aaoClier  to  cooitof  back  tinm 


WMkfMoaB 


Olbm  agato  who  ftna  a  gmr, 
Tet  taka  dae  Meuani  Bot  to  haaf  ; 
la  BHMEaitoei  tkdr  toieH  joto. 


Bj  kialBilhodi  to  parioto. 


Mausiw 


BAND,  V.  Cham. 


BANE)  PBST,  RUIN. 

BANEy  in  its  proper  sense,  is  the 
name  of  a  poisonous  plant. 

PEST,  in  French  platCy  Latin  pestas 
a  plague,  from  paUum  participle  of 
pofco  to  foed  upon  or  consume. 

RUIN,  in  French  rtM'ne,  Latin 
ncifui,  from  ruo  to  rush,  signifies  the 
falling  into  a  nu'ii,  or  the  cause  of 
raia. 

These  tenns  borrow  their  figarativia 
signification  from  three  of  the  greatest 
evils  in  the  world;  namely,  polsoiu 
plague,  and  destruction.  Bane  is  smd 
of  things  only ;  pett  of  persons  only  i 
whatever  produces  a  deadly  comm* 
tion  is  the  banc ;  whoever  is  as  on* 
noxious  as  the  pli^ue  is  apet< :  luxury 
is  the  bane  of  civil  society ;  gaming 
is  the  bant  of  all  youth ;  sycophanta 
are  the  peati  of  society. 

Banc  when  compared  with  mm 
does  not  convey  so  strong  a  meaning; 
the  former  in  its  |x>sitive  sense  is  tint 
which  tends  to  mischief;  ruin  is  that 
which  actually  causes  mm :  a  love  of 
pleasure  is  the  banc  of  all  young  men 
whofo  fortune  depends  on  the  exer- 


BARB. 


BARB; 


iS3t 


.    «o  BANTBH,  V.  To  daride. 
BARBAROUS,  V.  CmeL 

BARB,   NAKBD,   UNCOVBRED. 

BAR^-j  in  Saxon  6<ire,  German  bar, 
Hebrew  pardk  to  lay  bare,  and  bar 

pan. 

KAKED,  in  Saxon  noced,  German 

maekgt  or  nakt^  low  German  naaJUf 
Swwfiah  natov  Damsh  nogen,  &c. 
ooniea  from  tlie  Latin  nudui,  oom- 
ponnded  of  ne  not  and  dutu$  or  inr 
^«fiM  dothed,  and  the  Greek  hm  to 
clothe. 

Bart  wmAb  tbe  condition  of  being 
witbout  some  necessary  appendage; 
rn^ked  simfdy  the  absence  ofan  exter- 
nal ooveriiu;;  bare  is  therefore  often 
substitotea  for  naked,  although  not 
vice  venA:  we  speak  of  bare-beaded^ 
barefoot,  to  expose  the  bare  arm ;  but 
a  figure  is  «dbedt  or  the  body  is  naked. 
when  applied  to  other  oh^ect^bare 
conTeys  the  idea  of  want  in  general ; 
nakea  simplT  the  want  of  something 
exterior:  when  we  speak  of  sitting 

Ethe  ban  ground,  of  laying  any 
bartf  of  bare  walls,  a  bore 
^  the  idea  of  want  in  essentials 
is  itrooafj  conveyed  $  but  naked  walls, 
nakedwda,  a aafted  appearance,  all 
denote  sometlung  wanting  to  the  eye : 
hare  in  diis  sense  is  frequently  follow- 
ed by  the  object  that  is  wanted ; 
naked  is  mostly  employed  as  an  ad- 
janct :  a  tree  is  bare  of  leaves ;  tins 
constitutes  it  a  naked  tree. 

They  preserve  the  same  anabgy  in 
their  figniatore  ndication:  a  Sore 
aufliciency  is  that  woich  scarcely  suf- 
fioea ;  the  naked  truth  is  that  which 
has  nothinc  about  it  to  intercept  the 
view  of  it  from  the  mind. 

Naked  and  uncovered  bear  a  strong 
resembfauoe  to  each  other;  to  be 
naked  is  in  &ct  to  have  the  body  «ii^ 
covered,  but  many  things  are  tmcover- 
ed  which  are  not  naked :  notlung  is 
said  to  be  naked  but  what  in  tbe 
nature  of  things,  or  according  to  the 
osaf^  of  men,  ought  to  be  covered  ; 
every  tlung  is  uncovered  from  which 
the  covering  is  removed.  According  to 
our  natural  sentiments  of  decency,  or 
oor  acquired  sentiments  of  propriety, 
we  expect  to  see  the  naked  bodv  co- 
vered with  dptbing,  the  naked  tree 
covered  with  leaves;  the  naked  walls 


covered  with  paper  or  paint ;  aad  the 

naked  comiXry  covered  with  verdure* 

or  habitations :    on  the  other  hand, 

plants  are  left  uncovered  to  receive  the 

benefit  of  the  sun  or  raio ;  funiiture 

or  articles  of  use  or  necessity  ar^'  left 

uncovered  to  suit  the  convenience  of 

the  user :  or  a  person  may  be  Kitrooer- 

ed,  in  the  sense  of  bareheaded,  on 

certain  occasions. 

The  ftmj  •(  JBoa^t  od  nUch  Vlifil  fooaded 
Ua  poem,  wu  verj  bare  ot  drcamtaiioek 

Ar 


Wliy  tamV  tlicwfrain  im!  I*bi  ftlone  tlre«47l 
Methhilal  tUod  «poD  a  nmked  beadi, 
Sigyaf  to  wlidi,  aiie  to  tbe  «eu  GoapUlaiic. 

In  lb*  ^je  of  tkU  BipiWM  B«tof  to  whom 
oor  whole  loten&l  truam  k  wicoMrcd,  dispell 
tloos  hold  tbe  place  «CacMDae.  Blam* 

BARB,  SCANTY,  DESTITUTE, 

BARE,  V.  Bare,  naked, 

SCANTY,  from  to  icani,  signifies 
the  quality  oftcanting :  scant  is  most 
probably  changed  nom  the  Latin 
scinda  todipor  cut. 

DESTmJTE,  in  Latin  dettitutu^ 
participle  of  destUuo,  compounded  of 
de  privative  and  ttatuo  to  appoint  or 
provide  for,  sigpifies  unprovioed  for  or 
wantine. 

All  tnese  terms  denote  the  absence 
or  deprivation  of  some  necessary. 
Bare  and  scanty  have  a  relative  sense : 
bare  respects  what  serves  for  our- 
selves ;  scanty  that  which  is  pro\'ided 
by  others.  A  subsistence  is  bare  ;  a 
supply  is  scanty.  An  imprudent  per* 
son  will  estimate  as  a  bare  compe* 
tence  what  would  supply  an  econo- 
mist with  superfluities.  A  hungry  per- 
son will  consider  as  a  scanty  allow-' 
ance  what  would  more  than  suffice  for 
a  moderate  eater. 

Bare  is  said  of  those  things  wfuch 
belong  to  the  corporeal  sustenance; 
destitute  is  said  of  one^s  outward  dr- 
cumstanoes  in  general.  A  person  is 
kirr  of  clothes  or  money;  he  is  dies- 
titute  of  friends,  of  resources,  or  of 
comforts. 

Chrht  and  tbe  Apnttki  did  mott  earneitlj  fai- 
cvlrate  (be  belief  of  bis  Oodbetid,  and  aeceptdi 
BMO  upon  Ibe  Imrt  aflkaowledsmefl^  td  ibk. 


So  tcantif  k  ov  jTnenf  tihmwaeo  of  bivpl* 
Dfw,  that  In  maaj  litoatloaB  life  could  fcarcely 
be  tapported,  If  bope  vcre  nuC  allowed  to  feileffti 
thf  pffinit  DOW)  bj  pleuwcf  bonovcd  flroni  Hm 
fatui*.  JoBHtojb 


i 


BATTLE. 


BE. 


1ST 


log  some  prmaration :  combat  is  ooIt 
particolaTi  and  sometimes  unexpebtea. 
Tliiis  tbe  action  which  took  place  be- 
tween the  Carthagininns  and  the  Uo- 
mians,  or  Oesar  and  Pompey,  were 
h&itles;  bat  the  action  in  which  the 
Horatii  and  the  Curiatiiy  decided  the 
fiite  of  Rome,  as  also  many  of  the 
•ctioDS  in  which  Hercules  was  en- 
gagedy  were  combats.  The  battle  of 
Alnuuna  was  a  decisive  action  between 
Philip  of  France  and  Charles  of  Aus- 
tria,  u  their  contest  for  the  throne  of 
Spain ;  in  the  combat  between  Mene- 
Ibos  and  Paris,  Homer  very  artfully 
describes  the  seasonable  interference 
ef  Venus  to  save  her  favourite  from 
destruction. 

The  word  combat  has  more  relation 
to  the  act  of  fightinp  than  tliat  of  bat" 
tie,  which  is  used  with  more  propriety 
simply  to  denominate  the  action.  In 
tbe  battle  between  the  Romans  and 
IPyrrhus,  King  of  Epire,  the  cotnbat 
'was  obstinate  and  bloody;  the  Ro- 
sians  seven  times  repulsed  the  enemy, 
and  were  as  often  repulsed  in  theur 
turn.  In  this  latter  sense  engagement 
and  combat  are  analogous,  but  the 
fi>rmer  has  a  specific  relation  to  the 
agents  and  parties  engaged,  which  is 
not  implied  in  the  latter  term.  We 
speak  of  a  person  being  present  in 
an  engagement;  wounded  m  an  en- 
gagement;  or  having  fought  des- 
perately in  an  engagement:  on  the 
other  hand;  to  engage  in  a  cont- 
hat ;  to  challenge  to  single  combat : 
combati  are  sometimes  begun  by  the 
acddental  meeting  of  avowed  oppo- 
nents ;  in  such  engagements  uothmg 
is  thought  of  but  the  gratification  of 
revenge. 

Battles  are  fought  between  armies 
only;  they  are  gained  or  lost :  com- 
bats are  entered  into  between  indivi- 
duals, whether  of  the  brute  or  human 
species,  in  which  they  seek  to  destroy 
or  excel :  engagements  are  confined  to 
no  particular  member,  only  to  such  as 
are  engaged :  a  general  engagement 
is  said  of  an  army  when  the  whole 
body  is  engaged  ;  partial  engageme  is 
respect  only  such  as  are  fought  by 
"^mall  parties  or  companies  of  an 
army.  History  is  mostly  occupied 
with  the  details  of  battles :  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  we 

«  VUiAbUOlnrdt  •* 


have  likewise  an  account  of  the  com^ 
bats  between  men  or  wild  beasts,  which 
formed  their  principal  amusement. 
It  is  reported  of  the  German  women, 
that  whenever  their  husbands  went  to 
battbs  they  used  to  gointothetliickest 
of  the  combat  to  carry  them  provisions, 
or  dress  their  wounds;  and  that  some- 
times they  would  take  part  in  the  en- 
gagement. 

A  latUe  bloody  fooght, 
YFhen  daifcnai  ud  rafpriae  Bwde  conqaoiC 
cheftp.  DayoBMa 

Ihh  hnm  ouio,  vUh  long  leabCaBec, 
Held  the  combat  dooMfnl.  Rows. 

The  relation  of  etenU  beoomM  a  moral  lectnie* 
when  the  comAat  of  honour  It  rewarded  with 
virtne.  HAwsnwoBTnr. 

The  Emperor  of  Moroeeo  commanded  Ui 
prtodpal  ofltccn,  that  If  he  died  daring  the  ett- 
gmgement,  they  ahonld  ooaceal  hb  death  Drom 
the  aimy.  Annuoa* 

* 

TO  BE,  EXIST,  SUBSIST. 

BE,  with  its  inflections,  is  to  ba 
traced  through  the  northern  and  Ori- 
ental languages  to  the  Hebrew  havah, 

EXIST;  in  French  exister,  Latin 
exUto,  compounded  of  e  or  ex  and  sisto, 
signifiies  to  place  or  stand  bj^  itself  or 
of  itself.  .  From  this  derivation  of  the 
latter  verb  arises  the  distinction  in  the 
use  of  the  two  words.  The  former  is 
applicable  either  to  the  accidents  of 
things,  or  to  the  substances  or  things 
themselves;  the  latter  only  to  sub- 
stances or  things  that  stand  or  exist  of 
themselves. 

•  We  say  of  qualities,  of  forms,  of 
actions,  of  arrangement,  of  movement, 
and  of  every  diflerent  relation,  whether 
real,  ideal,  or  qualificative,  that  they 
are ;  we  say  of  matter,  of  spirit,  of 
body,  and  of  all  substances,  that  they 
exist.  Man  is  man,  and  will  be  man 
under  all  circumstauces  and  changes 
of  life :  he  exists  under  every  known 
climate  and  variety  of  heat  or  cold  in 
the  atmosphere. 

Being  and  existence  as  nouns  have 
this  fieurther  distinction,  that  tlie  former 
is  employed  not  only  to  designate  the 
abstract  action  of  being,  but  is  mctar 
phorically  employed  for  the  sensible 
object  that  m;  the  latter  is  confined 
altogether  to  the  abstract  sense. 
Hence  we  speak  of  human  beings; 
beings  animate  or  inanimate ;  the  bu* 
preme  Being  :  but  the  existence  of  m 

Eire,  eibtrr,  nihfiilcr.* 
3 


BEAB. 


BEAT. 


159 


kdblj  oompovnded  of  oofi  and  ^eho  t» 
esiTf  with  oee. 

TRANSPORT,  in  French  tranp* 
pmrter^  Latm  trmupoHOy  compoinKM 
of  trant  over,  and  potio  to  carry, 
fignifiet  to  carry  to  a  distance. 

T9  bmr  is  simply  to  pot  the  freight 
<>f  any  snbBtanoe  upon  one's  self;  to 
ttvry  ta  to  remove  that  weight  from 

it  was :  we  always  hear 


y  bat  we  do  not  alwavs 
carry  wnan  we  6ear.  Both  may  be 
anpAied  to  things  as  well  as  persons : 
wnataver  receives  the  woght  of  any 
thing  kean  it ;  whatever  is  caused  to 
flMve  with  any  thing  corrtet  it.  That 
which  cannoC  be  easily  borne  must  be 
bordeiiAome  to  carry:  in  extremely 
bot  weather  it  is  sometimes  irksome 
to  hear  the  weight  even  of  one's 
clothing;  Vireil  praises  the  pious 
.£neas  ibr  hanng  carried  his  iather 
00  his  shoukiers  in  order  to  save  him 
from  the  sacking  of  Troy.  Weak 
peo^  or  weak  tnings  are  not  fit  to 
pear  heavy  burdens ;  lacy  people  pre- 
fer to  be  carried  rather  than  to  carry 
any  thing. 

Since  bear  is  confined  to  personal 
servioe  it  may  be  used  in  the  sense 
fif  carry  ;  wlien  the  latter  implies  the 
removal  of  any  thing  by  means  of  any 
other  body,  llie  bearer  of  any  letter 
or  parcel  is  he  who  carrt^  it  in  his 
hand;  the  carrier  of  parcels  is  he 
who  employs  a  conveyance.  Hence 
the  word  bear  is  often  very  appropri- 
ately substituted  for  carryy  as  Virgil 
praises  .£neas  for  bearing  his  father 
on  his  shoulders.  Convey  and  irant^ 
port  are  species  of  carrying. 

Carry  in  its  particular  sense  is  em- 
ployed either  tor  personal  exertions 
or  actions  performed  by  the  help  of 
other  means ;  convey  and  transport 
are  employed  for  such  actions  as  are 
performed  not  by  immediate  personal 
intervention  or  exertion:  a  porter 
tarries  goods  on  his  knot ;  goods  are 
eonveyed  in  a  waggon  or  a  cart ;  they 
are  traneported  in  a  vessel. 

Convey  expresses  simply  the  mode 
of  removing  ;  tramport  annexes  to  this 
the  idea  of  the  place  and  the  distance. 
Merchants  get  the  goods  conveyed 
into  their  warehouses  which  they  have 
.had  transported  from  distant  countries. 
Pedestrians  take  no  more  wi^  them 
than  what  they  can  conveniently  carry: 
5 


eonld  armiet  do  the  same,  one  of  the 
sreatest  obstacles  to  the  indulgence  of 
nmnan  ambition  would  be  removed  ; 
for  many  an  incivsion  into  a  peaceful 
country  is  defeated  for  the  want  of 
means  to  convey  provisions  sufficient 
for  such  numbers;  and  when  mountains 
or  deserts  are  to  be  traversed,  another 
great  difficulty  presents  itself  in  tha 
transportation  of  artillery. 

It  IS  customary  at  ftmerab  Ibr  some 
to  hear  the  pall  and  others  to  carr^ 
wands  or  staves ;  the  body  itself  li 
oowoeyed  in  a  hearse,  unless  it  l\as  to 
cross  the  ocean,  in  which  case  it  is 
transported  in  a  vessri. 
!■  boUow  wood  tbcj  ioaCSaf  armin  tear. 

Drtobii. 


A  vhalo,  taridM  IhoM  fCM  no4  oenu  ta  the 
MTcnl  Tmek  of  his  bodjr  vhich  are  AIM  wtth 
Innomerable  ■heat*  of  little  nnlmnlfi,  caniet 
about  blm  a  whole  world  of  InhabUa.its. 

ABonoK. 

EiOfV  csBoet,  Hke  tte  wted.  Itself  c^nvfjf 

Tto  All  two  laih,  IIun#i  batfi  are  ipwad  owe  way. 

IIOWAKO. 

IC«i  to »«vlr«t<oo that mea  awladeMeA  fot 
the  power  of  trmupTting  the  aapefinoaa  Mtoclc 
of  one  part  of  the  earth  to  supply  the  wantn  oi 
another.  RoiiaaTfOwl 

TO  BEAR,  V.  To  suffer. 

TO  BBAR  DOWN,  V.  To  ovcfbear. 

BBAST,  V.  Ammal. 

TO  BEAT,   STRIKE,    HIT. 

BEAT,  in  French  battre,  Latin 
batuoy  comes  from  the  Hebrew  habat 
to  beat. 

STRIKE,  in  Saxon  striean,  Danish 
Strieker y  &c.  firom  f^ricfam,  participle 
of  stringo  to  bind. 

HIT,  in  Latin  testis,  participle  of 
icoy  comes  from  the  Hebrew  uecat  to 
strike. 

To  beat  is  to  redouble  bbws ;  to 
strike  is  to  give  one  single  blow;  but 
the  bare  touching  in  consequence  of 
an  effort  constitutes  hittmg.  We 
never  beat  but  with  design,  nor  hi$ 
without  an  aim,  but  we  may  ff ri^Ee  by 
accident.  It  is  the  part  of  the  strong 
to  beat;  of  the  most  vehement  Co 
strike ;  of  the  most  sure  siglited  to  hit. 

Notwithstanding  the  dedamationi 
of  philosophers  as  they  please  to  style 
themselves,  the  practice  of  beating 
cannot  altogether  be  discarded  from 
the  military  or  scholastic  disdplinot 
The  master  who  strikes hisimpiihyutilj 
is  oflcner  impelled  by  the  force  of  pat- 


BEAUTIFUL. 


BEAUTIFUL.        141 


•f  JM^ng  a  patticulor  worship  to  a 
heoiified  object. 

In  the  act  of  CANONIZATION, 
the  Pope  speaks  as  a  judge  afler  a 
jadicjal  eiamioation  on  uie  state,  and 
decides  the  sort  of  worship  which 
ooght  to  be  paid  by  the  whole  church. 

BR  ATiTUDE,  V.  Happtncsi. 
BBAU,  17.  Gallant. 

BBAirriFUL,   FINE,    HANDSOME, 

PRETry. 

-  BEAUTTFUL,  or  full  of  ^fflu^y,  in 
French  Umtie^  comes  from  beau,  belle, 
in  JLadn  bellus  fair,  and  benms  or  boma 
good. 

FINE,  in  French ^n,  German /ein, 
'&c  not  improbably  comes  from  the 
Greek  ta«»9c  bright,  splendid,  and  ^  w 
to  af^Mf,  because  what  is  Jine  is  by 
distinction  clear. 

HANDSOME,  from  the  word  hand, 
denotes  a  species  of  beauty  in  the 
body,  as  handy  denotes  its  a^ity  and 

PRETTY,  in  Saxon  praete  adorned, 
German  prdchtigy  Swedish  pr'dktig 
splendid,  which  is  connected  with  our 
words,  parade  and  pride. 

Of  tnese  epithetf,  which  denote 
*what  is  pleasing  to  the  eye,  beatUiful 
conveys  the  strongest  meaniue;  it 
marks  the  possession  of  that  m  its 
fullest  extent,  of  which  the  other 
tenns  denote  the  possession  in  part 
only.  Fineness,  handtcmeneny  and 
^rettinm,  are  to  beauty  as  parts  to  a 
whole.  When  taken  in  relation  to 
persons,  a  woman  is  beautiful  who  in 
feature  and  complexion  possesses  a 
grand  assemblage  of  graces ;  a  woman 
is  fine,  who  with  a  striking  figure 
unites  shape  and  symmetry  ;  a  woman 
is  handsome,  who  has  good  ffatures, 
and  pretty  if  with  symmetry  of  feature 
be  united  delicacy. 

The  beautiful  is  determined  by 
iixed  rules ;  it  admits  of  no  excess  or 
•defect;  it  comprehends  regularity, 
proportion,  and  a  due  distribution  of 
colour,  and  every  particular  which 
can  engage  the  attention:  the^ne 
must  be  coupled  with  grandeur,  ma- 
jesty, and  strength  of  figure  ;  it  is 
mcompatible  with  that  which  is  small ; 
'a  little  woman  can  never  be  fine  :  the 
^handsome  is  a  general  assemblage  of 


what  is  agreeable;  it  is  marked  by  no 
particular  characteristic,  but  the  ab- 
sence of  all  deformity :  prettiness  is 
always  coupled  with  simplicity,  it  is 
incompatible  with  that  which  is  large: 
a  tall  woman  with  masculine  features 
cannot  be  pretty m 

Beauty  will  always  have  its  charms ; 
they  are,  however,  but  attractions  for 
the  eye;  they  please  and  awaken 
ardent  sentiments  for  awhile ;  but  the* 
possessor  must  have  something  else 
to  give  her  claims  to  lasting  regard : 
this  is,  however,  seldom  the  case: 
Providence  has  dealt  out  his  gifts  with 
a  more  even  hand.  Neither  the  beau- 
tifulj  nor  the  fine  woman  has  in 
general  those  'durable  attractions 
which  belong  either  to  the  handsome 
or  the  pretty,  who  with  a  less  inimi* 
table  tint  of  complexion,  a  less  unerr« 
ing  proportion  in  the  limbs,  a  less 
precise  symmetry  of  feature,  are  fre- 
quently possessed  of  a  sweetness  of 
countenance,  a  vivacity  in  the  e^e, 
and  a  grace  in  the  manner,  that  wins 
the  beholder  and  inspires  affection. 

Beauty  is  peculiarly  a  female  per- 
fection, m  the  male  sex  it  is  rather  a 
defect:  a  beautiful  man  will  not  be 
respected,  because  he  cannot  be  re- 
spectable; the  possession  of  beauty 
cuBprives  him  of  his  manly  charao- 
teristics,  boldness  and  energy  of  mind^ 
streoeth  and  robustness  of  limb :  but 
though  a  man  may  not  be  beautiful  or 
pretty,  be  may  be  fine  or  handsome. 

When  relating  to  other  objects, 
beaut^ul,  fine,  pretty,  have  a  strong 
analogy;  but  handsome  differs  too 
essentially  from  the  rest  to  admit  of 
comparison.  With  respect  to  the 
objects  of  nature,  the  beautiful  is 
displayed  in  the  works  of  creation, 
ana  wherever  it  appears  it  is  marked 
by  elegance,  vanety,  harmony,  pnv- 
portion  ;  but  above  all,  that  softness 
which  is  peculiar  to  female  beauty : 
the  fine,  on  the  contrary,  is  associated 
with  the  grand,  and  the  pretty  with 
the  simple.  The  sky  presents  either 
a  beautiful  aspect,  or  a  fine  aspect ; 
but  not  a  pretty  aspect.  A  rural  scents 
is  beautiful  when  it  unites  richness 
and  diversity  of  natural  objects  with 
superior  cultivation ;  it  hjtne  wlicn  it 
presents  the  bolder  and  more  impressiva 
features  of  nature,  consisting  of  rocks 
and  mouptains;  ix  19  pretty,  when'th- 


BECOMING. 


BEG. 


IM 


^fe  dmwB  the  waet  line  Ixnwatit 
tlie  dbccnC  vad  mdeeents  akboogh 
ftshicHi  may  somedmas  draw  fettalw 
•nde  from  this  hoe:  ^neif  vwMi 
^di  the  sessoM)  or  the  drcasMtmces 
of  penons ;  whet  is  Jir  for  the  wt»- 
f«r  It  umfU  for  the  soMBiiery  or  what 
njk  fordry  weather  it  ui^jSt  for  the 
wet;  what  it  jSr  for  town  it  not  >St 
for  the  oouDtrf ;  what  it  /(  for  a 
hMikhy  penoa  it  not  jfBr  for  one  that 
is  inmoi;  ndtmbkiten  accooBaodatet 
itkelf  to  the  external  drcnmttaaoet 
■ndoooditionsofpersoas;  the  faoase, 
tbt  fomkiivey  the  eqaipase  of  a  priaoe^ 
omit  be  mmtdkU  to  hit  rank ;  the 
TCtiaiie  of  an  ambastador  most  be 
mtUMe  to  the  character  wlHch  he  has 
to  HaioMdn,  and  tothewealth,  dig. 
nity,  and  importance  of  the  natiooy 
whoee  ■noarui  he  repetents. 

Gravity^ceoMet  a  judge,  or  a  der- 
gyman,  at  all  times:  anonatsuming 
tooe  is  heeammg  in  a  child  when  he 
idldraiaai  hb  superiors.  Jdsreiityre- 
tfBBsm  a  more  tiian  ordinaty  gravity 
when  we  aie  in  the  house  of  mourning 
or  praysr;  it  is  iwkemt  for  a  diikl 
OB  the  oommitston  of  a  foult  to  afiect 
«'  careless  unoonoem  in  the  pieseace 
«f  those  whom  he  has  offiMided. 
Hmne  is  a  fiineu  or  unfitneu  in  per- 
eoQs  for  es!ch  other's  society :  educa- 
tion^ a  pefMm  for  the  society  of  the 
Qobley  the  wealthy,  the  poiite,  and 
theAeamed.  There  is  a  wuiiaMenen 
in  people's  tenors  for  each  other; 
lOch  a  noMiiiiy  is  particularly  requt- 
mte  for  those  who  are  destined  to  live 
together :  selfish  people,  with  oppo- 
«ite  taste  and  habit8,can  never  be  mH- 
able  companions. 

NaCUag  o«(|kltobe  Md  laudable  or  teMW- 
<air>b«twfc«taiitutllKirifco«ld  vtowpt  «■  to 


A  GaCUc  Wribop,  ptftef^,  fWiigM  U  prayer  to 
nch  a  form  in  tuch  particular  ifaoes  or 
jHppen;  aaotbrrCuMied  it  would  ke  vmy  4te9nt 
tf  Mek  %  part  or  pirirtie  datoliMit  ««ra  rerfoMMd 
wilfc  aahre  on  bb  bead.  Abbom. 

To  Ibo  winr  i«diBaflBt  of  G«l  it  WMt  be  left 
to  dcCtmlw  whttt  i»>lt  to  be  bcatoired,  aad  vbit 
tobcwftbbeld.  Bbua. 

Replw>t»«wldrt  Ma  taadanwet  md  frleadMp 
Ar  auui,  abewa  aacb  a  difoay  and  renilrifnnalim 
la  aU  bii  apeecb  aad  behat io«r,  at  ace  nrftaftk 
to  a  aaparlor  aatare. 


-   COMELY,  or  cosie  like,  signifies 
coming  or  appearing    as  one  would 

OBACfiFUL  signifies  foU  of  groee. 

These  epithets  ate  employed  te 
mark  in  general  what  is  agreeable  te 
the  eye.  Becemmg  denotes  less  than 
comefyf  and  this  less  than  graceful  i 
nothing  can  be  comekf  or  grmc^hU 
which  IS  unkeeommg;  althoogb  aumy 
things  are  becoming  which  are  neidier 
€omdy  or  gracefkk 

Booming  respects  the  deooratioiit 
of  the  person,  and  the  exterior  deport- 
ment ;  comeijf  respects  natural  embel- 
Itthments;  groce/it/ natural  or  artifi- 
cial aocoinpushments :  manner  is  be^ 
eomimf  ;  ngore  is  comely  ;  mr,  figure, 
or  attitade,  is  gracrfuL 

Becomimg  is  relative ;  it  depends  on 
taste  and  opinion;  on  accordance 
with  the  prevailing  sentiments  or 
particular  circaaostances  of  society: 
comd^  and  ^4Ki/ii/ are  absolute ;  th«y 
are  qualities  felt  and  acknowledged  by 
alL 

What  is  focomm;  is  confined  to  at 
rank;  the  highest  and  the  lowest  have 
alike,  the  opportunity  of  doing  or 
being,  that  which  becomes  their  sta- 
tion: what  is  coNieiSy  is  seldom  as- 
sociated with  great  refinement  aad 
culture ;  what  is  grue^ul  is  rarely  to 
be  discovered  apart  firom  high  raidc, 
aoble  birth,  or  elevation  of  character. 

Tbe  eaie  of  doio^  nolMaf  ■wSeceiiil^  ftm 
MeuMpaaied  Ibe  Kicatt«  labiia  to  thilr  bMt 
voohdCs.  Tbua  Caaar  (aibarad  Mi  robe  ebeat 
Um  tbat  be  mlgbt  not  (kU  in  a  manaer  um^ 
hecoming  of  bimietf.  Sfbotatob. 

Ite  camdintn  ot  pefaon,  aad  Ibe  deoeaojr  of 
bdhtflosr,  add  laflnlte  wei^  to  vbat  H  pro- 
aeuaeed  by  ea  j  oww  8raoTiVfoa« 

To  naho  the  admofwrledgeaKH  of  a  llMik  ta 
tbe  bifbest  moBBtter  grwc^fkU,  it  h  taeky  wHmm 
aieolicuBMUnrwof  the  oibnder  plaee  bla  above 
any  in-con«eqneneea  Crom  tbe  nMBtoMBt  of  Ibp 
pctson  olTended. 


BBCOMING,  COMKLY,  ORACBFUL. 

BECOMING^  V.  Becoming,  dtcent. 


TO  BE  <:oBis€[a0s,  V.  TofeeL 

TO  BE  BBFICIBNT,   V.  TofcoL 

TO  BBABWy  V.  To  Sprinkle. 

TO  BBGy  DESI&B. 

BEG,  V.  To  atk,  beg. 

DESIRE,  in  French  demr,  laiia 
^ksidero,  comes  firom  deside  to  fix  ^ 
mind  on  an  olject. 

To  beg,  marks  the  wish;  to  liipara^ 
Ihe  will  aad  detr rmioatioa. 


r 


BELIEF. 

f^PUiuM  of  Mr  the  hearL  uid  io  to 
8^fe^  lunifies  also  givins  the  heart. 

TRUST  18  connected  with  the  old 
"V^uiiJ  tron^  in  Saxon  trtowum^  Ger- 
soan  trduem,  old  German  ^AravcUn, 
4!Anm0«y  fcc.  to  hdd  tnie,  and  proba- 
laly^  firom  the  Greek  &mff»tf  to  have 
^aanfidence^  signifying  to  depend  upon 
laa  tme. 

FAmi,  in  Latin  Jida  homjido  to 
0aoa&de,  signifies  also  dependance  upon 
^M  trae* 

JB^iief  is  the   generic  term,    the- 

specific ;  we  believe  when  we 

and  inaiy  but  not  always  vice 

BeUrf  rests  on  no  particular 

or  thing;  but  credit  and  truMi 

__      ^  OD  the  antboritr  of  one  or  more 

mnAriduals.    Everything  is  thesub- 

~         of  heUrf  which  produces  one's 

it :  the  events  of  human  life  are 

npdh  the  authoiity  of  the 

^sarrator :  the  words,  promises,  or  the 

^iMBg^t^  of  individusJs  are  trutted : 

-^he  power  of  persons  and  the  virtue  of 

-kIum  are  obfects  oi faith, 

&fi^  and   credit  are    particular 

^ftkis,  or   sentiments:    truit    and 

J^A  an  permanent  dispositions  of 

clis  iund.     Things  are  entitled  to 

«i«  ^dirf;  persons  are  entitled  to  our 

cn£ii  bat  people  repose  a  truU  in 

^Atn ;  or  have  njaiih  in  others. 

Oar  hHefor  umbeiitfis  not  always 
nSBiited  ay  our  reasoning  faculties  or 
thstmtk  fltf  things :  we  often  believe 
^  pr^odice  and  ignorance,  things 
tebstrae  whidi  are  very  false.  With 
usjbulk  of  mankind,  assurance  goes 
Murditn  any  thing  else  in  obtain- 
ing oreiit:  gross  falsehoods,  pro* 
Wioed  with  confidence,  will  be  ere' 
^^  sooner  than  plain  truths  told  in 
tt.wiTirQigbed  style.  There  are  no 
TOfipointments  more  severe  than 
tes  which  we  feel  on  finding  that  we 
M^frirfed  to  men  of  base  principles. 
Iponuit  people  have  conunonly  a 
'Bon  impudt  Jmik'  in  any  nostrum 
'Booaunended  to  them  by  persons  of 
(hdrown  doss,  than  in  the  prescrip- 
'MBB  of  professional  men  regulany 
•astated. 

Oh  I  INeheafdUmUik 
UiilB|nt.%ore  ckDd  of  lo?e»  when  eterj  vord 
Vhe  hUi  ff^  and  wrpt  to  be  ftefter>tf, 
^^  al  to  rata  iae.  Sounisitif. 

Ckllwm  credit  my  8cminandn*s  te«r« ! 

K«r  fMak  thm   diopi  of  chuce  like  other 


BELIEK 


]«T 


CtptlelMNMUil  TogoodorUlteenrtutj 
Too  iDKh  to  flnrortTMC  b  equal  weanew. 

JoiiaaoK, 

For^WlA  repoiM  oo  leu  and  on  the  flat^ring  rty, 

TIj  iMked  eorpw  to  dooitt*d  on  ihoNs  anknovn 

^  "*  DKvnnu 

.  ,?f '«€^  ^'Wf,  and  faith,  have  a 
rengioos  application,  which  credit  has 
not.  Belief'  is  simply  an  act  of  the 
understanding;  truU  and  faith  are 
active  moving  principles  of  the  mind 

»  ,^'"^^  "'®  ^®*"  "  concerned. 
Belief  does  not  extend  beyond  aii 
assent  of  the  mind  to  any  given  propo- 
sition ;  trutt  and  ftith  are  livefy  sen- 
timents  which  impel  to  action/  &- 
litf  is  to  trust  and  faith  as  cause  to 
efTect :  there  ma^  be  belief  without 
either  tnut  ntfaUh  ;  but  there  can  be 
no  trust  or  faith  without  belief:  we 
believe  that  there  is  a  God,  who  is  the 
creator  and  presencr  of  all  his  crea- 
tures ;  we  therefore  trust  in  him  for 
his  protection  of  ourselves :  we  be^ 
lieve  that  Jesus  Christ  died  for  the 
sins  of  men;  we  have  therefore /ai/i& 
in  his  redeeming  grace  to  save  us  from 
our  sins. 

Belief  IB  common  to  all  religions: 
trust  is  peculiar  to  the  believers  in 
Divine  revelation :  faith  is  employed 
bv  distinction  for  the  Christ^  ^t^A. 
-«'«^«  purely  speculative;  and  <nirf 
Md faith  are  operative:  the  former 
operates  on  the  mind ;  the  latter  on 
the  outward  conduct.  Trust  in  God 
serves  to  dispel  all  anxious  concern 
about  the  future.  «  Faith;*  says  the 
Apostle,  "is  dead  without  works.'' 
Theorists  substitute  belief  for  faith  ; 
enthusiasts  mistake  passion  for  faith. 
True  faith  must  be  grounded  on  u  right 
belief,  and  accompani^  with  a  right 
practice. 

He  Epioomuii  contooted  thnBielwt  «hb  tbe 
denial  of  a  Providence,  aoertlnf  mt  the  fame 
time  the  rzirtaice  of  godt  in  gnMral :  becauie 
tbqr  would  not  tbock  the  eommon  belt^  of 
■■^*^«  Admmw. 

What  can  be  a  ilreBfer  moMve  to  a  inn  ^  uM 
and  rdiaMo  on  the  OMveln  of  oar  Maker,  than 
the  girlnff  aa  hli  800  to  Mitor  for  na  I    Aonao*. 

Thejmtth  or  penaaakm  of  a  Divine  lerelatioa 
la  a  divfaie  fUth,  not  onlj  wIUi  reapect  to  tim 
©Inject  of  H,  hot  likewiaeln  rpcpect  of  the  author 
of  k,  vbkA  li  the  Dhtae  Spirit.         TuxonoR. 

It)  BELiBVB,  V.  To  thinks 

BELOVED,  V.  Amiable. 

BSLOWi  V.  Under, 
L  9 


|4f      BENEFACTION. 
TO  BEMOAN9  V.  To  betvaiL 

BEND,   BENT, 

Both  abstract  nouns  from  the  verb 
tobemd:  the  one  to  express  its  prop^, 
and  the  other  its  moral  application :  a 
stick  has  a  BEND ;  the  mind  has  a 
BENT. 

A  bend  in  any  thing  that  should  be 
straight  is  a  defect;  a  bent  of  the  in- 
dinatioo  that  is  not  sanctioned  by  re- 
IJBon  is  detrimental  to  a  person's  moral 
character  and  peace  of  mind.  For  a 
vidous  bend  in  a  natural  bodj  there 
are  various  remedies ;  but  nothing  will 
cure  a  oormpt  bent  of  the  will  except 
religion. 

eomd  Upt  dM  fkon  tkelr  eoloar^, 
fhit  Mne  cje  wbow  ktmd  dots  awe  the 

world, 
loK  hii  lofCre. 


Tbe  mqI  does  not  tlwajt  care  Co  be  In  tke 
■Be  hent.  The  Ikcalllft  relieve  one  anocber  bjr 
tim««nd  neeite  aa  addltioaal  pteaeare  from  tbe 
MvalCy  of  tboie  o^jecte  aboat  wbleh  tbry  art 


TO  BBNB,  V.  To  lean. 
TO  BEND,  V,  To  turn. 
BENEATH,  V.  Under. 

BENEFACTION,    DONATION. 

BENEFACTION,  from  the  Latin 
benefacio^  signifies  the  thing  well  done, 
or  Jone  for  tbe  good  of  otl^rs. 

DONATION,  firom  dono  to  give 
or  present,  signifies  the  sum  pre- 
sented. 

Both  these  terms  denote  an  act  of 
charity,  but  the  former  comprehcds 
more  than  the  latter:  a  benefaction 
comprehends  acts  of  personal  service 
in  general  towards  the  indigent ;  dona- 
tion respects  simply  the  act  of  giving 
and  the  thing  given.  Benefactions 
mre  for  private  use ;  donations  are  for 
public  service.  A  benefactor  to  the 
poor  does  not  confine  hmiself  to  the 
distribution  of  money ;  he  enters  into 
all  their  necessities,  consults  their  in- 
dividual cases,  and  suits  his  benefac^ 
tiom  to  their  exig^cies;  his  influ- 
•nee,  his  counsel,  nis  purse,  and  his 
property,  are  employed  for  their  good : 
ms  donations  form  the  smallest  part 
of  the  good  which  he  will  do. 

Tbe  llste  aad  laSaraee  tbat  the  beavBM  be- 
ilov  apoo  tbte  loner  world,  tbocigb  tbe  low«r 
w«M  eauot  eqwL  tbek  tM^/bcMMh  |H  witb 


BENEnCENT. 

abkd  of  gratenil  retara.  It  irilerti  Ihoeera^ 
tbatttcaaaotKeooipeaie.  Soon. 

Tttbie  aai  fauidi  frfrem  to  God  are  aever,  aad 
plalee,  Tertmeli,  aad  otber  ncred  atendli^  aaa 
eeUoB  eoaiecraled:  jet  eeitalo  it  btbeft  alter 
tbe  tfetMrtien  of  tbem  to  tbe  ebaiab.  It  b  ■■ 
reellja  laerflrse  to  itcal  tbeBi8i>  it  to  to  pall 
dovnachareb. 


BENEFICE,  V.  Liubig. 

BENEFICENCE,  v.Benevolencc. 

BENEFICENT,  BOUNTIFUL,  OB 
BOUNTEOUS,  MUNIFICENT^ 
GENEROUS,  LIBERAU 

BENEFICENT,  from  benefacia 
(0.  Benefaction^ 

BOU^rriFUlsignifiesfQlloffoiM^ 
or  goodness,  from  the  French  botdif 
Latin  bonhtas. 

MUNinCENT,  in  Utin  sma^ 
cusy  from  nrnnus  and  /ocio,  signifies  tha 
quality  of  making  presents. 

GENEROUS,  in  Fiench  genereu», 
Latin  generosus^  of  high  blood,  noble 
extraction,  and  consequently  of  m 
noble  character. 

LIBERAL,  in  French  liberal,  La- 
tin liberalis  from  /t6er  free,  signifies 
the  quality  of  being  like  a  free  man  in 
distinction  from  a  bondman,  and  bv  • 
natural  association  being  of  a  free  aia- 
position,  rendy  to  coimnnnicate. 

Beneficent  respects  every  thing  dono 
for  the  good  of  others :  bonntyf  muni' 
faence,  and  generosity,  are  spedes  of 
beneficence :  liberality  is  a  qnalificA- 
tion  of  all.  The  first  two  deoota 
modes  of  action :  the  latter  three  dther 
modes  of  action  or  modes  of  senti* 
ment.  The  sincere  well-irisher  to  hu 
fellow-creatures  is  beneficent  according 
to  his  means;  he  is  bountiful  in  pro* 
viding  for  the  comfort  and  happines*' 
of  ot&rs ;  he  is  munificent  in  oisp^pa- 
ing  fiivours ;  be  is  generout  in  impar^> 
iog  his  property ;  he  is  liberal  m  all 
he  does. 

Beneficence  and  bounty  are  charac- 
teristics of  the  Deity  as  weU  as  of  hu 
creatures :  mufii^earf,  generosity, 
and  liberality  are  mere  human  quaiu* 
ties.  Beneficence  and  bounty  ara  tht 
peculiar  characteristics  of  the  Deity : 
with  him  the  will  and  the  act  of  doing 
gold  are  commensurate  only  with  the 
power :  he  was  beneficent  to  us  as  out 
Creator,  and  continues  his  beneficence 
to  us  by  his  daily  preservation  and 
protection ;  to  some,  however,  ho  faa« 


BETTEFlCENT. 


BENEFIT. 


m 


mora  bcuni^l  than  to  otfaen, 
by  providing  them  with  an  unequal 
share  of  the  ffpod  things  of  this  life. 

The  beneficence  of  man  is  regolated 
faj  the  ftomily  of  Providence :  to  whom 
madi  is  given,  from  him  moch  will  be 
required.  Instmcted  by  bis  word, 
and  illumined  by  that  spark  of  bene- 
irpleiioe  which  was  infused  into  their 
aouls  with  the  breath  of  life^  good  men 
mre  ready  to  believe  that  they  are  but 
stewards  of  all  God's  gifts,  hoiden  for 
the  use  of  such  as  are  fess  bountifully 
provided.  Tliey  will  desire,  as  rar  as 
their  powers  extend,  to  imitate  this 
loatare  of  the  D«^  by  bettering  vnth 
tMr  bem^Ueni  counsel  and  assistance 
the  oondition  of  all  who  require  it,  and 
by  i^laddening  the  hearts  or  many  with 
their  bountiful  provisions. 

Princes  niemun^kent^  friends  are 
^^eneroici,  patrons  liberal.  Munifi^ 
cenee  is  measured  by  the  quality  and 
quantity  of  the  thing  bestowed ;  gene- 
TOiiiy  bv  the  extent  of  the  sacrifice 
made  ;  aberuUiy  by  the  warmth  of  the 
apirit  discovered.  A  monarch  displays 
hu  Munifieenee  in  the  presents  which 
he  sends  by  his  ambaMadors  to  ano- 
dier  nMnardi.  A  generous  man  will 
wave  lus  claims^  however  powerful 
they  maj  be, when  the  accommodation 
or  r^ef  of  another  is  in  question.  A 
libeni  ^lirit  does  not  stop  to  inquire 
the  reason  (or  eivin^  but  ^ves  when 
the  occasion  oflnrs. 

Mun^kenee  mav  spring  either  from 
OBteatatKm  or  a  becoming  sense  of 
digmty ;  genensUy  may  spring  either 
•from  a  gsnenms  temper,  or  an  easy 
rnioooceni ahout  property;  Uberaliiy 
of  conduct  is  dictated  by  nothing  but 
a  warm  heart  and  an  expanded  nund. 
Mmn^ieence  is  confined  simply  to  {pv- 
ing,  but  we  mav  be  generous  in  assist- 
ingy  and  liberal  in  rewarding. 


TtecMna,  abote all olter  Bm,  fcn  oppor- 
tanUai  of  Miff  iof  at  tlie  hIslwaC  flrait  of  wwlik, 
to  be  ilftfrci  wtthoat  Cbe  leart  ezpenie  of  a  Baa^ 
OWB  fortane. 


aot  Wifpowd 


oT  all  beii«a  it  be  who 

■ahwif  ffalBCw  of  peiftctloa  !■  bfamdf, 

Co  tbe  aDlverw^  aad  ao  caa- 

to  waaC  tbac  wblcb  baeoNMn- 

'    Oaora. 

Hafl  t  Urifenal  Loid,  be  kounieout  um 

To  fha  aa  oolj  good.  Miltoii. 

I  flrtiHa  a  baMt  of  beaicafc^  greatly  pieteable 


!•  «inHi(^lflBRee.  81 

y^9  maj  vltb  gnat  cooSdnice  aad  eqaal  tnitb 
laiai,  tbat  afaica  tbew  wag  iwch  atUagaaaaa- 
klad  to  Ibe  worli,  then  sever  waa  aay  bcait 
umif  gniC  aad  gejieriMfl^  tbat  waa  not  alM  tea- 


BBNBFIT,  FAVOUR,  KINDNBM, 
CIVILITV. 

BENEFIT  signifies  here  that  which 
benefits  (v.  Advantage,  benefit), 

FAVOUR,  in  French/ovMr,  Latin 
favor  nnd/aveo  to  bear  good  will,  sig* 
nifies  the  act  flowing  from  good  will. 

KINDNESS  signifies  an  actioo 
that  is  kind  (v.  Affectionate), 

CIVILITY  signifies  that  which  u 
civil  (v.  Ciml), 

The  idea  of  an  action  gratuitously 
performed  for  the  advantage  of  another 
IS  common  to  these  terms. 

Ben^its  wad  favours  are  granted  by 
superiors;  kindnesses  ancf  civilitiet 
pass  between  equals. 

Benefits  serve  to  relieve  actual 
wants :  the  power  of  conferring  anci 
the  necessity  of  receiving,  constitute 
the  relative  diflerence  in  station  be- 
tween the  giver  and  the  receiver :  fa* 
vours  tend  to  promote  the  interest  or 
convenience :  the  power  of  giving  and 
the  advantage  of  receiving  are  depeib- 
dant  on  local  drcumstances^  more 
than  on  difference  of  station.  Kind' 
nesses  and  civilities  serve  to  afford  mit* 
tual  accommodation  by  a  redprodty 
of  kind  offices  on  the  many  and  various 
occasions  which  oflFer  in  human  life  S 
thev  are  not  so  important  as  either  60- 
nefits  or  favours,  but  tbey  carry  a 
charm  with  them  which  is  not  pos- 
sessed by  the  former.  Kindnesses  ara 
moi^  endearing  than  civilities,  and 
pass  mostly  between  those  who  ara 
known  to  eadi  other :  civilities  may  paak 
between  strangers. 

Dependance  affords  an  opportum^ 
for  conforring  benefits  ;  partiality  pves 
rise  Xo favours :  kindnesses  are  the  ren 
sultot  personal  regard;  civilities^  of 
eeneral  benevolence.  A  master  con- 
fers hie  benefits  on  such  of  his  domes- 
tics as  are  entitled  to  encouragement 
for  their  fidelity.  Men  in  power  dis- 
tribute their  Javours  so  as  to  increase 
their  influence.  Friends,  in  their  in- 
tercourse with  each  otlier,  are  per- 
petually called  upon  to  peiform  kind' 
nesses  for  each  other.  There  is  no 
man  so  mean  that  he  may  not  have  it 
in  his  power  to  show  civuitiei  to  those 
who  are  above  hJoL 


150 


BENEFIT. 


BENEFIT. 


Benefits  tend  to  draw  those  closer 
to  each  otlier  who  by  station  of  life 
are  set  at  the  greatest  distance  from 
each  other :  affection  is  engendered  in 
him  who  henefiit;  and  devoted  attach- 
ment in  him  who  is  benttfited :  favours 
increase  obligation  beyond  its  duo 
limits ;  if  they  are  not  asked  and 
granted  with  discretion,  they  may  pro- 
goce  servility  on  the  one  nancil,  and 
haughtiness  on  the  other.  Kindnesses 
fure  the  ofispring  and  parent  of  affec- 
tion; they  convert  our  multiplied 
vrants  into  so  many  enjoyments :  ci- 
^ilities  are  the  sweets  which  we  gather 
in  the  way  as  ve  pass  along  the  jom*- 
iiey  of  life. 

I  think  I  have  a  rif  ht  to  conclnde  Aat  tbrre 
li  mA  a  tbinjt  u  generoHtp  lo  the  world. 
noBjb  if  I  were  under  a  mlitake  in  tUi,  I 
■honid  My  u  Cicero  in  relation  to  tins  Immorta- 
Hlj  of  the  Mttl,  I  willini^ly  air;  for  the  contrary 
aotioo  natnrally  teaches  people  to  be  unsrateful 
hf  pomeilnjy  then  with  a  penaaUoo  caiiCirainc; 
tfwfr  brnefacton.  that  they  haf*  no  fcgard  to 
tkem  ia  the  ben^t*  they  bestow.  Gnora. 

AJmvour  well  btftowed  it  alnoil  u  graac  aa 
Aoooar  to  bim  who  coniln*  it,  ai  to  Um  who  re- 
Cdrei  it.  What,  indeed,  mnkee  for  the  Mperior 
fepatitlon  of  the  patron  in  this  case  is,  that  be 
la  always  surroanded  with  speckHia  pretences  of 
anvprthy  eandidaies.  Stvelb. 

Ingiatitnde  h  too  base  to  ntim  a  Undnet*, 
wmA  too  pnwd  lo  regard  it.  Soimi. 

A  comiBoa  eirtUty  to  an  Impeftlnent  fellow 
•Um  diawt  apoa  one  a  gieat  nuay  UBfofcseea 
Ireabki. 


BBNSFIT,   SKRVICB,   GOOD 
OFFICE. 

BENEFIT,  V.  Benefitffawmr. 

SEUVICE,  V.  Advantage,  beneJU. 

OFFIC£,  in  French  office,  latin 
efi€ium  duty,  from  qj^io  or  efficio  to 
effect,  signifies  the  thine  effected. 

These  terms,  like  the  former  (v. 
BeneJU,  favour),  agree  in  denoting 
some  action  performed  for  the  good 
of  another,  but  they  difier  in  the 
.nrinciple  on  which  the  actioD  is  per- 
formed. 

A  benefit  is  perfectly  grataitons,  it 
produces  an  obligation :  a  service  is 
not  altogether  gratuitous ;  it  is  that  at 
least  which  may  be  expected,  though 
il  cannot  be  demanded  :  a  good  q^we 
4f  tietween  the  two;  it  is  in  part  gra- 
fiutous,  and  in  part  such  as  one  may 
leasonably  expect. 

JPea^^  flow  from  superiors,  and 
seroices  from  inferiors  or  equals ;  but 


good  offices  are  performed  by  equals 
only. 

rrinces  confer  benefits  on  their  sub- 
jects; subjocls  perturm  service*  for 
their  princes:  neiglibours  do  gooil 
<ffiees  for  each  other. 

henepts  are  sometimes  the  reward 
of  services :  good  offices  produce  a  ror 
turn  from  the  receiver. 

Benefits  consist  of  such  things  at 
serve  to  relieve  the  difficulties,  or  adp 
Yance  the  interests,  of  the  receiver : 
servieef  consist  in  those  acts  whicli 
tend  to  lessen  the  trouble,  or  increase 
the  ease  and  convenience,  of  the  person 
served :  good  offices  consist  in  the  ena- 
ploy  of  one's  credit,  influenoe,  and 
mediation  for  the  advantage  of  ano* 
ther;  it  is  a  species  of  voluDtary 
service. 

Humanity  leads  to  benefits;  the 
zeal  of  devotion  or  friendship  rendan 
services^  general  good  will  diotatea 
goodi^fices. 

It  is  a  great  benefit  to  assist  an  em- 
barrassed tradesman  out  of  his  diffi- 
culty :  it  is  a  groat  service  for  a  sol- 
dier to  save  the  life  of  his  commander, 
or  for  a  friend  to  open  the  eyes  of 
another  to  see  hit  dan^r:  it  is  m 
good  office  for  any  one  to  interpose  his 
mediation  to  settle  disputes,  and  heal 
divisions. 

It  is  possible  to  be  loaded  with  h^ 
nefits  so  as  to  afiect  one's  independ- 
ence of  character.  Services  are 
sometimes  a  source  of  disaatisfoction 
and  disappointment  when  they  do  not 
meelwitti  the  remuneration  or  retom 
which  they  are  supposed  to  deserve. 
Good  (ffices  tend  to  notlung  hot  the 
increase  of  good  will.  Ttwse  who 
perform  them  are  too  independent  to 
expect  a  return,  and  those  who  receive 
them  are  too  sensible  of  their  value 
not  to  seek  au  opportunity  for  making 
a  return. 

I  bava  often  pleased  myself  wMk  eonridfrfsc 
tbe  two  kinds  of  ben^flu  wUch  awraa  to  Iha 
pablk  from  these  my  speeolatiaaa,  aad  wUcb, 
weve  I  to  speak  after  the  manner  of  kiglriaas,  I 
shooU  dislinipiish  into  the  material  aadforaml. 


Cfooo,  whose  leamlair  and  aerrioM  to  Mo 
aoaatry  are  so  well  known,  was  iaSaaied  bj  a 
passiaa  for  f  lory  to  aa  extxawacvit  decree. 

HiMHKS. 

Then  are  setoal  persona  who  baw  assay 
f  Isasaiee  aad  entertaiameata  la  Cbair  poaMssloa 
vhkh  tbey  do  not  cojoy.    It  to  thaalurt  a  kind 


BENEVOLENCE. 


BENEVOLENCE.   151 


Igmd^glet  tQtqpMkA 


vHhOrfrMV 


BENEFIT,  V.  Advantage. 
BJSNBVIT,  v.  Good^  benefit. 

BBNBVOLBNCB,  BSNEFICKNCE. 

BENEVOLENCE  is  literally  well 
willtnc.  BENEFICENCE  is  literally 
well  doing.  The  tbrmer  consists  of 
intention^  the  latter  of  action:  the 
former  is  the  cause,  the  latter  the  re- 
sult. Benewknce  may  exist  without 
btmejieenm  bat  henefieenee  always 
supposes  benevolence  :  a  man  is  not 
said  to  be  beneficent  who  does  good 
from  sinister  views.  The  beneoolent 
man  enjoys  bat  half  his  happiness  if 
he  cannot  be  beneficent;  yet  there 
will  still  remain  to  him  an  ample  store 
of  eijoyment  in  the  contemplation 
of  others'  happiness :  that  man  who 
is  gratified  only  with  that  happiness 
of  which  he  himself  is  the  instrument 
of  producing,  is  not  entitled  to  the 
naaae  of  benevolent. 

As  benevolence  is  an  affair  of  tho 
hearty  and  beneficence  of  the  outward 
ooodocty  the  former  is  confined  to  no 
station,  no  rank,  no  degree  of  educa- 
tion or  power :  the  poor  may  be  bene^ 
9olemt  as  well  as  the  rich,  the  unlearned 
as  the  learned,  the  weak  as  well  as  the 
strong :  the  latter  on  the  contrary  is 
controuled  by  obtward  circumstances, 
and  is  therefore  principally  confined 
to  the  rich,  the  powerful,  the  wise, 
and  the  learned. 

Tbe  p^j  wUdh  trim  on  riffht  of  penont  In 
dfi«i«i»nad  the  mMutloa  nrmind  which  it  the 
coawqiieMo  of  kaffaif  rtnooved  them  into  •  hap- 
phsr  acaU^  w  inslMd  of  a  iht>Q*anil  argnaieala 
to  prove  raeh  a  Ihtag  a«  a  ditlntercftcd  bemtm^" 
itnee,  Gaovs. 

H«  that  banfailia  cratitude  rrom  aoioof  nn» 
Vj  wo  doios  tfopt  up  tbo  ■tream  of  benefieenxe  x 
tot  tkooi^.  In  GonAirriof  klndncn,  a  truly  ge» 
■ciuu  nan  doth  not  aim  at  a  ratnra,  j«C  he 
looha  to  the  qnalUlet  of  the  p«f  ion  obli^f^. 

GaoTB. 

BENEVOLENCE,  nRNIGNITY,  HCJ- 
MANlTir,  KINDNESS^  TENDER- 
NESS. 

BENEVOLENCE,  v.  Benevolence. 

BENIGNITY,  in  Uxtin benignitai, 
from  bene  and  gigno,  signifies  the 
qi»l]ty  or  disposition  for  producing 
good. 

HUMANITY,  in  French  knmanUi, 


kwnanitm  from  Aaiiitfiiat  and 
komOf  signifies  the  quality  of  belongir^ 
to  a  man,  or  having  what  is  common 
to  man. 

KINDNESS  from  kind  {v.  Affec- 
tionate), 

TENDERNESS,  from  tender,  is  in 
Latin  tener,  Greek  ti ■•«•.. 

Benevolence  and  benignity  lie  in 
the  will ;  humanity  lies  in  the  heart ; 
kindnett  and  tenderneu  in  tbe  alTeo- 
tions:  benevolctice  indicates  a  gene- 
ral good  will  to  all  mankind;  benign 
nity  a  particular  good  will,  flowing 
out  of  certain  relations ;  humanity  is 
a  general  tone  of  feeling ;  kindness  imd 
tenderness  are  particular  modes  of 
feeling. 

Benevolence  consists  in  the  wish  or 
intentiou  to  do  good ;  it  is  confined  to 
no  station  or  object:  the  benevolent 
man  may  be  rich  or  poor,  and  his  be^ 
nevolence  will  be  exerted  wherever 
tliere  is  an  opportunity  of  doing  good ; 
benignity  is  always  associate  with 
power,  and  accompanied  with  con* 
descension. 

Benevolence  in  its  fullest  sense  is 
the  sum  of  moral  excellence,  and  com- 
prehends every  other  virtue;  when 
taken  in  this  acceptation,  benignity, 
humanity,  kindness,  and  tenderness, 
are  but  modes  of  benevolence. 

Benevolence  and  benignity  tend  to 
tlie  communicating  of  happiness ;  Au* 
manity  is  concerned  in  the  removal  of 
evil.  Benevolence  is  common  to  the 
Creator  and  his  creatures;  it  differs 
only  in  degree;  the  former  has  the 
knowledge  and  power  as  well  as  the 
will  to  do  good ;  man  of^en  has  the 
will  to  do  good  without  having  the 
power  to  cari7  it  into  effect.  Benig" 
nity  is  ascribed  to  the  stars,  to  heaven, 
or  to  princes;  ignorant  and  super- 
stitious people  are  apt  to  ascribe 
their  good  fortune  to  the  benign  in- 
fluence of  the  stars  rather  than  to  the 
gracious  dispensations  of  Providence. 
liumanit^  beh)ngs  to  man  only ;  it  is 
his  peculiar  characteristic,  and  ought 
at  all  times  to  be  his  boast ;  when  he 
throws  off  this  his  distinguishing 
bad{^e,  he  loses  e? ery  thing  valuable 
in  hiui ;  it  is  a  virtue  that  is  indis- 
pensable in  his  present  suffering  con- 
dition :  humanity  is  as  universal  in 
its  application  as  benevolence;  where* 
ever  there  is  distress,  humanity  file 


».». 


viVOLESCL 


BENT. 


--    'M-t-u  »•«.»>  «^  aatrsm.   am- 
.-.  !•;..'  •••«•'•    «•  AP*  "»*•  "  J^«ids 

«/ Aic  J*  ;.  nh^it  o:  «fft.'i-.  J  aesc  failed 
/:r*.-.;  :*:ni!-..  .  J  «-^  .-^enr  one 
ci:j  >:•  «.  a.'if-  •■''^''  "^  -  J'*?***«l  to 

iiu:  '.tjl:  >    .•^>"«i.'"   acceptable : 

mc  V.  wLT-i  anf  ••«   "^^•^   lemand  teit^ 

^^-,^..    ^  ;|.  --.^  »'iL  ?{aud  in  the 

^^;    .  ^  .  .      •   •!  -aem,  but  this 

.     ..   ;.—  'i  '.V  oil  excess  so 

..-r      :•    wteCt  JQ  which    it    is 

.-    •     •.-.••jriisrances  or  situ- 

.,  .-  »  •  u'l  jreciude  the  exer- 

^        •  t     t  ..•     :ttf\l  to  the  pica- 

i*  .^  iUt.:>  happy,  the  hcnC' 

.--..  "  ••»».'?>  J  seeiiij;  them  so: 

-     -    ^      :::uc!xv  ot  a  benevolent 

.    ...         •:.,>:.' the  Tf molest  cor- 

.  *  A  ii!.  ic:is :  henigniiy  is  a 

*.  .     .i.  ./:*  •*»--  fi^r  a  prince,  when 

.    ciO  h;m  to  sanction  vico 

k     >     .u.:.  ••  :  It  i*  highly  to  be  ap- 

Lt.-:*-   ••   *•'-  *'*-*  *'**''  ^*  '^  renders 

,  .     -.^.     ::;  ;t  minor  offence.",  gra- 

.    ,.  .    i.    « >o  are  deserving  ot"  his 

*i-i».>«  '-  •'  --•*^«y  ^o  afford  a  gratifi- 

•  A.    whom  it  is  in  his  power 

\  ^'-.     ::*•  multiplied   mistbrlnnes 

^    ^-^   «     :r.on  arc  exposed  afford 

^,    ^•,.,  rorilie  exercise  of  hutna" 

...    ♦:.».^^.  ia  consequence    of  the 

.,.   •  .  .•.r.ribut  ion  of  wealth,  power, 

V  •„«?•;.:*  pt'culiar  to  no  situation 

t,    f«tra  the  profession  of  arms 

\>  .1.x'  tfwUule /i//w*i/J/Vv  from  the 

^^^j.  .;■  •.»>  followers  ;  and  when  we 

rfsir^"   *^*'***   habit>   of  thinking  in 

•  .cj>    >.*u;iiions,   wo  may   remark 

ifch  .'*;  M^ldior,    with    arms   by  his 

«    i\unimui1v     more     humane 

.M  parri>an   \\\W\  urm>   in  ln^ 

,^     Kindnt'Si   is   always  an  ami- 

vv^uv^*  and   ill    a  grateful  mind 

*!^  ^  l»es:ci>    ki»(iiiiys ;    but  it   is 

\,^ejBse*  ill  bt?i«»\>«.il  upon  selfish 

,^   vlio    rebuilt'   it    by    making 

»^  *\.ictions :     tintlfrtit^s   is    lie- 

,^«  .itlU*  bolter  than  an   amiable 

•  _.  ^,^.  %vlun  dincioil  to  a  wrong 

JJ.I  lixeJ  on  an  im]»ropcr  object  ; 

^jT  UfitU'nit>\  t>f   piirenis   has 

^j'^^athe  ruin  ofchihhvn. 

^^  kMini  »aT,  iLaC   r^'pe  tlciiwiit   \I. 


«»•' 


never  panin  thravfh  the  people,  who  ehf*^ 
kneel  in  crowd*  and  adc  hi*  brnedlctlon,  bet  Uc 
team  are  Men  to  flow  frmn  bit  cjec  Tbit  eMiit 
proceed  fktim  an  imifrioation  lltaC  be  b  Ibe  fktter 
of  all  the«e  people,  and  that  he  b  touched  vkh 
■o  extensive  a  Aeneroleiice,  that  It  bieaki  cat 
iuto  a  paalon  of  tears.  Stexub. 

Acomtant  benignity  In  eomnierce  wRkAe 
rest  of  tlie  world,  which  oaght  to  ran  Ihromb 
all  a  man>  actions,  has  effects  moie  osefnl  to 
those  whom  yon  oblige,  and  b  less  oetentatieasfa 
yourself.  SriKBi 

The  irreatest  wits  I  have  coufenKd  wiCk  aie 
men  eminent  for  their  hummnity*  AanuMu 

Benrftcetue,  would  the  foltowers  of  Epicam 
■ay,  is  all  founded  In  weakness  ;  and  whalevtt 
be  pretended,  the  kindneu  that  pasaeth  bctwesa 
men  and  men  h  by  every  man  directed  to  UaseiC 
Tbl«  it  must  be  confessed  Is  of  a  piece  with  tlal 
bopernl  philosophy  which,  having  patched  maa 
up  out  of  the  four  elements,  attrtbatee  hb  betas 
to  chaace.  Grotb. 

Df'pendance  Is  a  perpetual  call  npoo  Aiima> 
Mi(^,  and  a  greater  Incitinnent  to  Undermm 
mid  pity  than  aoy  other  motive  whatsoever. 

Ammsok. 

BENIGNITY,  v.  Benevolence. 

BENT,  CURVED,  CROOKED, 
AWRY. 

BENT,  from  bend,  in  Saxon  bendsn^ 
is  a  variation  of  tcindf  in  the  sea 
phraseology  wend,  in  German  wiuden^ 
&c.  from  the  Hebrew  onad  to  wind  or 
turn. 

CUR\'£D  is  in  Latin  curvuSf  in 
Greek  xo--T3r,  iEolice  «•  ?t:?. 

CROOKED,  V.  Awkward, 

AWRY  is  a  variation  of  wiithed,  r. 
To  turn. 

Bent  is  here  the  generic  term,  ail 
the  rest  are  but  modes  of  the  beni : 
what  is  Ik'nt  is  opposed  to  that  which 
is  straiiht ;  things  may  tlierefore  be 
bent  to  any  degree,  but  when  curved 
they  are  bent  only  to  a  small  degree  ; 
wlien  criKtkfd  they  are  bent  to  a  great 
tit.  ;:rec :  a  stick  is  bent  any  way ;  it 
i>  curved  by  being  bent  one  specific 
way  ;  it  is  crooked  by  being  bent  dif- 
ferent ways. 

Things'may  be  bent  by  accident  or 
de>iiin  ;  they  are  curved  by  design,  or 
acconlinc  to  some  rule;  they  are 
inKtktd  by  accident  or  in  violation  of 
some  rule :  a  stick  is  bent  by  the 
force  of  the  hand;  a  line  is  curved 
so  as  to  make  a  mathematical  figure; 
it  is  criHtkcd  so  as  to  lose  all  figure  : 
au:y  marks  a  species  of  crooked;- 
nesf,    but  crooked  is  applied  as  aji 


BENT/ 


BENT.- 


US 


inthet,  and  awfy  is  employed  to  cha- 
aeterise  the  Action ;  hence  wc  speak 

jf  a  crooked  thing,  and  of  sitting  or 

itaiidiiig  awry. 


too  dooel^  praa*d,  the  qalti  the 
feroaBd, 

bor  ftenl  bow  die  laidf    a  backward 

Dryoem. 


AaoCber  tbtof  ubfciiabte  ia  and  from  the  •poU 
li  tbat  tbey  dmribe  fariow  pitba  or  linn  over 
tb»  f«o,  ■omrtUnw  straijiht,  ■ometlioei  curved 
twratdo  o«e  pole  of  the  ton.  Deehak. 

11  li  tbe  eaaobllnpr  ofllee  of  tbe  andentandlaic 
to  cofKBCt  Ibe  fidladoQs  and  mktakm  repoiti  of 
tbeteaooi,  aad  to  awure  us  that  the  ftaif  In  the 
valar  b  ttiaigbt,  tboa^  our  eja  woald  tell  as  It 
locraoAnL  Soinv, 

^IvteotlDK  fate  dliecti  tbe  hiice  oieiy, 
Wbkb  gtaaclaff  ooly  narkM  Acbatei'  tMftb. 

DmTBBI. 

BBNT,   BIAS,  INCLINATION, 
PREPOSSESSION. 

BES^fV.  Bendy  bent, 

BIAS,  in  French  biait,  signiSes  a 
weight  fixed  on  one  side  of  a  bowl  in 
order  to  turn  its  course  that  way  to- 
wards which  the  bias  leans,  from  the 
Greek  Bis  force. 

INCLINATION,  in  French  ineli- 
nation^  Latin  inclination  from  inclino, 
signifies  a  leaning  towards. 

PREPOSSESSION,  compounded 
of  pre  and  pots^fium,  signifies  the 
talang  poueuion  of  the  mind  previ- 
ously, or  beforehand. 

All  these  terms  denote  a  prepon- 
derating influence  on  the  mind.  Joent 
is  applied  to  the  wills,  aflectious,  and 
powers  in  general ;  bias  solely  to  the 
judgement;  inclination  and  prepoues- 
uon  to  the  state  of  the  feeling^.  The 
bent  includes  tbe  general  state  of  the 
mind,  and  tbe  object  on  which  it  fixes 
a  regard :  biat^  the  particular  influen- 
tial power  which  sways  the  judging 
faculty:  the  one  is  absolutely  consi- 
dered with  regard  to  itself;  the  other 
relatively  to  its  results  and  the  object 
it  acts  upon. 

-  BenJt  is  sometimes  with  regard  to 
6mi,  as  cause  is  to  effect ;  we  may 
frequently  trace  in  the  particular  bent 
of  a  person's  likes  and  dislikes  the 
pvincipal  biat  wliich  determines  his 
opinions.  IncUnalion  is  a  &int  kind 
of  bent ;  prepoite$$ion  is  a  weak  spe- 
cies of  bias  :  an  incUnatian  is  a  state 
of  something,  namely,  a  slate  of  the 


fbeUats ;  prepoaessum  is  an  actual 
something  namely,  the  thing  that 
prepossesses* 

We  may  discover  the  bent  of  a 
person's  mind  in  his  gay  or  serious 
moments ;  in  his  occupations,  and  in 
his  pleasures  ;  in  some  persons  it  is 
so  strong,  that  scarcely  an  action 
passes  which  is  not  more  or  less  in- 
fluenced by  it,  and  even  the  exterior 
of  a  man  will  be  under  its  control : 
in  all  disputed  matters  the  support  of 
a  party  will  operate  more  or  less  to 
bias  the  minds  of  men  for  or  agfunst 
particular  men,  or  particular  mea- 
sures :  when  we  are  attached  to  tbe 
party  that  espouses  the  cause  of  reli- 
gion and  good  order,  this  bias  is  in 
some  measure  conmiendable  and  salu- 
tary :  a  mind  without  inclination 
would  be  a  blank,  and  where  ificlino* 
tion  is,  there  is  the  ground-work  fbr 
prepossession.  Strong  minds  will  be 
strongly  bent,  and  labour  under  a 
strong  bias ;  but  there  is  no  mind  so 
weak  and  powerless  as  not  to  have  its 
inclinationsj  and  none  so  perfect  as  to 
be  without  its  prepossessions:  tbe 
mind  that  has  virtuous  inelinatUKfi 
will  be  prepossessed  in  favour  of  every 
thing  that  leans  to  virtue's  side;  well 
for  mankind  were  this  the  only  prp^ 
possession  ;  but  in  the  present  mixture 
of  truth  and  error, .  it  is  necessary  to 
guard  9i^\nst prepossessions  as  dangtf 
ous  anticipations  of  the  judgement ;  if 
their  object  be  not  perfectly  pure,  or 
their  force  be  not  qualified  by  the  re* 
strictive  powers  of  the  judgemeB^ 
much  evil  springs  from  their  abuse. 

Servile  incHnOUont^  and  gro«  love. 
The  goilty  bent  of  viekiat  appetite. 

The  choice  of  maa**  will  Is  indeed 
becaaie  in  maaj  thioin  free ;  but  jet 
eertain  hablit  and  principlio  la  tbe  aoal 
have  wme  kind  of  iway  apoa  It,  apt  to 
Boee  one  wa j  thaa  another. 

I  take  it  for  a  rale,  that  la  marriafe  tbe 
batincM  is  to  aeqaire  a  jirrjwieriiiew  fa  tevau 
of  each  other. 

Til  BoC  Indnlgfaf  private  f ncif mtflefi. 
The  eelfltb  pMriooe,  that  Mitalai  tba  woridf 
Andleads  its  ruler  frace. 

BENT,  V.  Bend. 
BENT,  V.  Turn. 
BENUMB,  V.  Numb. 
BEQUEATH,  i;.  DeutsCm 


Hat 


flat 

It 


154 


BEREAVE. 


BESIDES. 


TO  BSRBAVB,   DBPRIVIC,    STRIP. 

BEREAVE,  in  Saxoa  bereafian, 
Gennan  beraubenf  &c.  is  compounded 
of  he  and  reave  or  rob,  Saxon  reafian, 
Ckrman  rauben,  low  German  roofen^ 
Ice  Latin  rapina  and  rapio  to  oitch 
or  sdxBy  signifying  to  take  away  con- 
trarj  to  one's  wishes. 

IiBPRIVE,  compounded  of  ^  and 
jyrjve,  Ftanch  jiriver,  Latin /^rnw,  from 
privM  private,  signifies  to  make  that 
CM^BOwn  which  was  another^s. 

flTRTP  is  in  German  Ureifen^  low 
Oennan  streipeuy  stroepen,  Swedish 
atrvfvOf  probably  changed  from  the 
Latin  Murripio  to  snatch  by  stealth. 

To  bereave  expresses  more  than 
deprivef  but  less  tnan  tirip,  which  in 
this  sense  is  figurative,  and  denotes  a 
total  bereavement :  one  is  bereaved  of 
children,  deprived  of  pleasures,  and 
thipptd  of  property :  we  are  bereaved 
of  that  on  which  we  set  most  value ; 
the  act  of  bereaving  does  violence  to 
our  inclination :  we  are  deprived  of 
the  ordinary  comforts  and  conve- 
niences of  hie ;  they  cease  to  be  ours : 
W6  are  iiripped  of  the  things  which 
we  most  want ;  we  are  thereby  render^ 
ed  as  it  were  naked.  Deprivatiant 
are  preparatory  to  bereavementt ;  if 
W6  cannot  bear  the  one  patiently,  we 
may  expect  to  sink  under  the  other ; 
common  prudence  should  teach  us  to 
.  look  with  unconcern  on  our  deprtoa- 
twM :  Christian  faith  should  enable  us 
to  consider  every  bereavement  as  a 
step  to  perfection ;  that  when  ttripped 
of  all  worldly  goods  we  may  be  invest- 
ed with  those  more  exalted  and  lasting 
honours  which  await  the  faithful  disci- 
ple'of  Christ. 

We  are  bereaved  of  our  dearest 
hopes  and  enjoyments  by  the  dispen- 
sations of  Providence :  casualties  de- 
prive us  of  many  little  advantages  or 
gratifications  which  fall  in  our  way  : 
■wn  are  active  in  Urippins  each 
other  of  their  just  rights  and  privi- 
leges. 

O  int  amtcd  Beinf  ,  and  thon  great  Word, 
I«t  tkfln  belifht,  and  Ugbc  «■■  ofrr  all ; 
Whj  am  I  thu  ltrear*d  tbj  prime  dccne } 

Mnioa. 
Too  darinf  bacd  I  wIkmb  uumucniftil  pride 
Tb*  immortal  mum  in  thdr  art  defied; 
Th*  afnfftuff  ««mi  ef  the  llfM  of  day 
Defri9''A  Ih  ^m,  uid  Matctfd  kla  folcc  away. 


V^om  tlM  woertalatyoT  liftt,  mmalMi  hwe 
eadeaTODied  to  alnk  the  eiMmiiMoa  of  lla  plea- 
•am,  aad  if  they  could  oot  «fr^  tbe  aedn^^oBa 
of  vice  of  tlieir  picMst  cajoymeat,  at  least  to 
load  (bem  Willi  Cketer  of  tbeir  end. 

Macbobis. 

TO   BB    RBSPONSIBLB,   V.    To 

guarantee. 

TO  BE  SECURITY,   V.  To  gliOr 

rantee. 
TO  BE  SENSIBLE,  V.  To  fear. 
TO  BESEECH,  V,  To  beg. 

BESIDES,   MOREOVER. 

BESIDES,  that  is,  by  the  9uU^ 
next  to,  marks  simply  the  connexion 
which  subsists  bet^veen  what  goes 
before  and  what  follows. 

MOREOVER,  that  is,  more  than 
all  else,  marks  the  addition  of  some- 
thing particular  to  what  has  already 
been  said. 

Thus  in  enumerating  the  good  qu»- 
lities  of  an  indindual,  we  may  say, 
*^  he  is  besides  of  a  peaceaUe  dispo- 
sition." On  concludmg  any  subject 
of  question  we  may  introduce  a  far- 
ther clause  by  a  moreouer  :  ''  Mart- 
over  wo  must  not  forget  the  dainas 
of  those  who  will  suffer  by  such  a 
change.'^ 

Now,  the  belt  way  In  tbe  world  ftr  a  man  ia 
aeem  to  be  any  thlnj;.  It  ml|y  to  be  wbat  ke 
wonld  leem  to  be.  BeHdeg,  that  It  to 
timm  ai  tionblnome  to  OMka  foed  Ae 
of  a  good  qaalit  J  at  to  bave  It. 

It  beioc  ffiaated  tbat  Ood  eoVMM  Ike  woeM, 
k  will  follow  also  that  be  docs  a  bgr  mmaa  aalt- 
able  to  tbe  naturn  of  tbe  tblnjei  tbat  be  tufW  ; 
and  mTcorer  man  being  by  nahire  afhee,  moral 
agent,  and  to  capable  of  def  talbig  tnm  Ui  dw^, 
at  well  at  perfbrmiag  It,  it  it 
ikoald  befofened  by  laws. 


BESIDES,   EXCEPT. 

BESIDES  (v.  Moreover),  which  is 
here  taken  as  a  preposition,  expresses 
tbe  idea  of  addition.  EXCEPT  es-* 
presses  that  of  exclusion. 

There  were  many  there  beside9  puiw 
selves ;  no  one  except  ourselves  will 
be  admitted* 

<JtefWe»  Impiety,  dinootait  canfei  atoof  with 
it  at  Ut  lotppacable  conc4m>itantt,  teteial  €tkm 
aiafbl  pairioat.  Biaib, 

Neidier  jealouty  nor  envy  can  dweD  wilb  U^ 
Snpieme  Bdng.  He  It  a  rlral  to  none,  be  ie  an 
enemy  to  none,  eaecept  to  toeb  ai,  by  rabdllob 
■gaiflft  UaUwt,NdkcHiitywilbblm.    Vlaib, 


BIAS. 


BIND. 


155 


ix>  BESTOW,  V.  To  allow f 
grant, 

TO  BESTOW,  V,  To  confcT. 

TO  BESTOW,  V.  To  give, 

BETiMBs,  V.  Soon. 

.     TO  BETOKEN,   V.  To  OUglir. 

TO  BETTER,  V.  To  amend. 

TO  BEWAIL,  BEMOAN,  LAMENT. 

BEWAIL  is  compounded  o(be  and 
vfaii,  which  is  probably  connected 
with  the  word  voe,  signifying  to  ex- 
press sorrow. 

BEMOAN  compounded  of  be  and 
gtoun,  siguifies  to  mdicate  grief  with 
flmwnf. 

LAMENT,  in  French  lamnier^ 
Jj^in  lameniar  or  kanentumf  probably 
from  the  Greek  K^avfxtk  and  xxa(«  to 
cry  out  witli  grief. 

All  these  terms  mark  an  expression 
of  paio  by  some  external  sign.  Be- 
tDOil  is  not  so  strong  as  bemoan^  but 
fitroDger  than  lament;  bewail  and 
bemoan  ore  expressions  of  unrestrained 
grief  or  anpaish  :  a  wretched  motlier 
oewaiU  the  loss  of  her  child ;  a  person 
in  deep  distress  bemoam  his  haro  fate : 
lamentation  may  arise  from  simple 
sorrow  or  even  imaginary  grievances  : 
a  sensualist  lamentM  the  disappoint- 
ment of  some  expected  gratification. 

Bewail  and  bemoan  are  always  inde- 
corous if  not  sinful  expressions  of 
grief,  which  are  inconsistent  with  the 
profession  of  a  Christian ;  they  are 
common  among  the  uncultivated,  who 
have  not  a  proper  principle  to  restrain 
the  intemperance  of  tneir  feelings. 
There  is  nothing  temporal  which  is  so 
dear  to  any  one  that  he  ought  to  bewail 
its  loss  ;  nor  any  condition  of  things 
so  distressing  or  desperate  as  to  make 
a  man  bemoan  his  lot.  Lamentations 
are  sometimes  allowable :  the  rois^ 
ries  of  others,  or  our  own  infirmities 
and  sins,  may  justly  be  lamented, 

TO  BEMTITCH,   V.  To  chOTm. 

BEYOND,  V*  Above. 


lAtrnpr^uOcium,  componkidfed  ofpra 
before,  and  judicium  jcufgmMit,  sig- 
nifies a  judgment  before  hand,  that  is, 
before  examination. 

Bias  mark  the  state  of  the  mind  f 
prepotseuioH  applies  either  to  the  ge» 
nml  or  particular  «tate  of  the  feelings; 
prejudice  is  employed  only  for  opi* 
nions.  Children  may  receive  an  earij 
bioi  that  infioences  their  future  cha^ 
ractar  and  destinjr:  prepoueaiotu 
spring  from  casualties;  they  do  not 
exist  m  young  minds :  pr^udica  ars 
the  fruits  of  a  contraoted  education. 
Physical  infirmities  ofken  give  a  strong 
bias  to  serious  pursuits  :  prepoue^ 
iions  created  by  outward  appearanoeb 
are  not  always  follacions:  it  is  at 
present  the  reshion  to  brand  every 
thing  with  the  name  of  prejudicCf 
which  does  not  coincide  with  the  las 
notions  of  the  age.  A  bias  may  ba 
overpowered,  a  prtpossetsion  overcome, 
and  a  pr^udice  corrected  or  removed. 

We  may  be  blasted  for  or  agfunst ; 
we  are  always  prepossessed  in  favonr, 
and  mostly  prejudiced  against. 


It  ihoiilil  be  the  principal  Uboar  ef  aoral 
writen  Id  remove  tbeMw  wUeb  incllncf  Clie 
mind  rather  to  prete  utuiml  Chaa  moral  c«- 
dovments.  IIawkeswobth. 

A  man  ia  power,  vbo  can,  without  the  ordi* 
naiy  prtptseuinta  which  atop  the  way  to  the 
tme  knowledge  and  aervice  of  mankind,  over- 
look the  little  dkttaethNM  of  fbrtone,  rain  dh- 
■cnie  merit,  and  dbcooatenanoe  ■ncccmfal  Indc- 
aeft,  has,  ia  the  miada  of  koowiaf  men,  the  fifim 
of  an  ansel  rathor  than  a  man.  Stkelb. 

It  a  the  woric  of  aphilosopher  to  be  eveiyday 
aabduinf  hit  paniont,  and  laTiof  aitide  Iiit  pn* 
Judieet,  I  endeavour  at  least  to  look  upon  mm 
and  their  acthms  otdj  aa  an  impartial  spectator. 

SmnsaTM. 

BIAS,  V.  Bent. 

TO  BID,  V.  To  call. 

TO  BID,  V.  To  offer, 

TO  BID  ADIEU,  V.  To  leave^ 
take  leave. 

TO    BID    FAREWELL,     V,     To 

leavpf  take  leave. 
BILL,  V.  Account. 
BILLOW,  V.  Wave. 


BIAS,    PBEPOSSESSIOBT,    PRE- 
JUDICE. 

BIAS,  V.  Bent^  bias. 

PREPOSSESSION,  v.  Bent,  bias.     ^.««-  -r-r*-, 

PREJUDICE^  in  French  pr^udice,      the  word  wind. 


TO  BIND,  TIE. 

BIND,  in  Saxon  binden,  German, 
&c.  binden,  comes  from  Latin  Toiucio, 
Greek  ^^yyw,  and  is  connected  witli 


BLAME. 


BLAME. 


15T 


tlie  catholic  religion  is  not  recognised^ 
it  b  a  biskoprMCf  hot  not  a  diocae. 
On  tlie  other  hand,  the  bUkoprU  of 
'  Rome  or  that  of  an  archbishop  com- 
prehends all  the  dioce$e$  of  the  sub- 
ordinate bishops.  Hence  it  arises 
that  when  we  speak  of  the  ecclesiastical 
distribudon  of  a  conntry,  we  term  the 
diTisions  bithoprUs ;  but  when  we 
speak  of  the  actual  office,  we  term  it 
a  diocese.  England  is  divided  into  a 
certain  number  of  bishoprics^  not  dith 
eeses.  'Everj  bishop  visits  his  diocese^ 
wot  his  bishopric,  at  stated  intervals. 

TO  BLAMS,  REPROVE,  RE- 
PROACH, UPBRAID,  CBN8URX, 
CONDEMN. 

BLAMEy  in  French  blamer,  pro- 
bablj  from  the  Greek  0tBKa/AfAa$,  per-   * 
fed  of  the  verb  B^avrm  to  hurt,  8ig^{ 
fying  to  deal  harshly  with. 

I&PROVE,  comes  from  the  Latin 
rep/o6oy  winch  signifies  the  contrary 
ofprobo  to  approve. 

KEPBOi^CH,  in  French  reprocher, 
compounded  of  re  and  proche,  proxi^ 
wms  neaTj  signifies  to  bring  near  or 
cast  back  upon  a  person. 
.  UPBRAlpy  compounded  of  up  or 
upon  and  braid,  signifies  to  hatch 
against  one. 

CENSURE,  V,  To  accuse,  censure, 

CONDEMN,  in  French  amdam- 
ntr,  Latin  condiemno,  compounded  of 
cam  and  darniuo,  from  damnum  a  loss 
or  penalty,  signifies  to  sentence  to 
aome  penalty. 

The  expression  of  one's  disappro- 
bation of  a  person,  or  of  that  which 
he  has  done,  is  the  common  idea  in 
the  signification  of  these  terms ;  but 
to  blaite  expresses  less  than  to  re* 
prove.  We  simply  charge  with  a 
fault  in  blaming;  but  in  reproving 
tererity  is  mixd  with  the  charge. 
JUfnmck  expresses  more  than  ^ther ; 
it  u  to  buime  acrimoniously.  We 
need  not  hesitate  to  biame  as  occasion 
may  require ;  but  it  is  proper  to  be 
cantious  how.  we  deal  out  reproof 
where  the  necessity  of  the  case  does 
not  fiilly  warrant  it ;  and  it  is  highly 
culpaUe  to  reproach  without  the  most 
-substantial  reason. 

To  blame  and  reprove  are  the  acts 
of  a  superior;  to  reproach,  upbraid, 
that  of  an  equal :  to  censure  and  con^ 
d€mn  leave  tot  relatiTt  condition  of 


the  agent  and  the  sufferer  undefined. 
Masters  biame  or  reprove  their  ser* 
▼ants ;  parenU,  their  children;  hienda 
and  acquaintances  reproach  and  up» 
braid  each  other;  persons  of  all  con* 
ditions  may  cefwcre  or  be  censured^ 
condemn  or  be  condemned,  according 
to  circumstances. 

Blame  and  reproof  are  dealt  out  on 
e^'ery  ordinary  occasion ;  reproach  and 
upbraid  respect  personal  matters,  and 
always  that  which  affects  the  moral 
character;  censure  and  cond&nnation 
are  provoked  by  fiiults  and  misconduct 
of  different  descriptions.  Every  fault, 
however  trivia],  may  expose  a  persoa 
to  blame,  particularly  if  he  perform 
any  office  for  the  vulgar,  who  are 
never  contented.  Intentional  errors, 
however  small,  seem  necessarily  to 
call  for  reproof,  and  yet  it  is  a  mark 
of  an  imperious  temper  to  substitufea 
reproof  in  the  place  of  admonition, 
when  the  latter  might  possibly  answer 
the  purpose.  There  is  nothing  whidi 
provokes  a  reproach  sooner  than  in- 
gratitude, although  the  offender  ia 
not  entitled  to  so  much  notice  front 
the  injured  person.  Mutual  upbraid^ 
tngf  commonly  follow  between  those 
who  have  mutually  contributed  to 
thdr  misfortunes.  The  defective  exe* 
cution  of  a  work  is  calculated  to  drew 
down  censure  upon  its  author,  parti* 
cularly  if  he  betray  a  want  of  modesty. 
The  mistakes  of  a  general,  or  a  mi^ 
nister  of  state,  will  provoke  condem' 
nation,  particularly  if  his  integrity  ba 
called  in  question. 

Blame,  reproofs  and  upbraiding,  are 
always  addressed  directly  to  the  indi- 
vidual in  person;  reproach,  censurep 
and  condemnation,  are  sometimes  con- 
veyed through  an  indirect  channel,  or 
not  addressed  at  all  to  the  party  who 
is  the  object  of  them.  When  a  master 
blames  his  servant,  or  a  parent  re* 
proves  his  child,  or  one  friend  upbraids 
another,  he  directs  his  discourse  to 
him  to  express  his  disapprobation. 
A  man  will  always  he  reproached  by 
his  neighbours  for  the  vices  he  com- 
mits, however  he  may  fancy  himself 
screened  from  their  observation: 
writer^  censure  each  other  in  their 
publications :  the  conduct  of  indivi- 
duals is  sometimes  condemned  by  the 
public  at  large. 

Blame,  reproach,  upbraid,  and 
2 


BLEMISH. 


BLOT, 


159 


aptdk  is  asmall  ipoi  ;  and  8,^09, which 
It  ooofined  to  hard  substances,  mostly 
amuses  of  a  fealty  indenture  oo  the 
outer  surface.  A  o/nnurA  tarnishes ;  a 
fltaut  spoib ;  a  tpat^  specks  or  Jlam^  dis- 
fi^ares.  A  hlemi$k  is  rectifiedy  a  itain 
wiped  OQty  a  tpot  or  speck  removed. 

aUmid^  Umin^  and  wpoty  are  em- 
plojed  tisorativeljr*  Even  an  impa- 
Mttioii  of  what  IS  improper  in  oar 
asoral  conduct  is  a  biemuh  m  oar  repu- 
tadon :  the  failinp  of  a  ^ood  map 
are  so  many  ^>oU  m  the  bnght  hemi- 
•phera  of  lus  virtue :  there  are  some 
▼ices  which  affix  a  s^oitt  on  the  cha- 
racter of  nations,  as  well  as  of  the 
indxTidnals  who  are  guilty  of  them. 
A  blemish  or  a  spot  may  be  removed 
by  a  course  of  n>od  conduct,  but  a 
j&m  is  mostly  indelible :  it  is  as  great 
m  privilege  to  have  an  unhiemished  re- 
|nitation,  or  a  spotless  character,  as  it 
is  a  misfbrtune  to  have  the  stain  of 
bad  actions  affixed  to  our  name. 

It  li  Imponlble  for  anthon  to  dlicover  beavtlei 
!■  oae  anothflr^  works;  thty  lyife  eyei  onlj  for 
9p0U  9mA  McmiMef.  Amiiiojr. 

Bj  Irartb  of  tlmc^ 
Ths  mtaf  H  worn  awmy  ofesch  committed  crime  ; 
No  tptck  to  left  of  tkeir  haVitnal  •to/iu. 
Bat  tht  para  sCker  of  tie  wml  ramataii. 

Dbvoui. 


wre  manj  who  appUvd  tbemidve*  for 
tbo  liaffularity  of  their  jadgment,  which  biu 
■eardKd  deeper  thio  othen,  anil  foand  a  Jlaw 
la  wbaf  the  geatnXHj  of  nanldad  have  admired. 

AoonoH. 

BLEMISH,   DBFKCT,    FAULT. 

BLEMISH,  V.  BUmisky  stain. 

DEFECT,  in  Latin  defectns,  par- 
ticiple of  de^ib  to  fall  short,  sigmiies 
the  thine  falliDg  short. 

FAULT,  fromj'ail,  in  French/aii/e, 
homfaUUrj  in  German  gefehltf  par- 
ticiple of  VeA/fft,  prolMbly  comes 
from  the  iMufttlsHs  Msejfallo  to 
deceive  or  be  wanting,  and  the  He^ 
brew  repal  to  &11  or  decay,  signif^ng 
what  is  wanting  to  truth  or  propnety. 

Blemish  respects  the  exterior  of  an 
olgect ;  defect  consists  in  the  want  of 
some  specific  propnety  in  an  object ; 
fimlt  conveys  the  idea  not  only  of 
something  wrong,  but  also  of  its  relar 
tion  to  the  author.  There  is  a  blemish 
m  fine  china  ;  a  defect  in  the  springs 
of  a  clock ;  and  a  fault  in  the  con- 
trivance. An  accident  asay  cause  a 
blemish  in  a  fine  painting ;  the  course 
of  naturs  may  occasion  a  d^fttt  in  a 

8 


person's  speech ;  but  the  caielessoess 
of  the  workman  is  evinced  by  the 
faults  in  the  workmanshi p.  A  blemish 
noay  be  easier  remedied  than  a  defkt 
is  corrected,  or  a  fault  repaired. 

There  li  aaother  paitleatar  wbidi  HaybS 
iwhooedanooirthe  McflifiiJlcr,erntherthefldii 
bentlei,  of  oar  Biif  Ibh  ixu^tdj  i  I  mean  Qnm 
paitleatar  •poechci  which  are  coaiwonlj  knows 
bj  tin  name  of  ranti.  Admmii. 

It  haa  bna  ofien  reiaariied,  tboafh  Ml  witboat 
wonder,  that  a  man  it  more  jealous  of  hh  aa- 
toral,  than  of  bia  moral  qaalltleB;  pvbape  It 
will  no  longer  appear  ttnuft,  If  It  bo  oooildenid 
that  natvral  O^fielt  ara  of  necemltj.  and  moral 
of  ebeke.  HawsBwoaTO. 

Theicoentment  whiAthediicoTefjr  of  a,/lncl|, 
or  Ibllj  prodooes  mut  bear  a  certain  proportloe 
to  onr  pride.  Jonmott. 

TO  BLEND,  V.  TonUX. 

BLEsssoN£ss,  V.  Happiness. 
BUND,  V.  Cloak, 
BLISS,  V.  Happiness. 
BLOODY,  V,  Sangtdiuin/m 

BLOODTBIRSTT,     V.     Songltt^ 

nary. 

TO  BLOT  OUT,  BXPCTNGB,  RASA 
OR  ERASE,  EFFACE,  CANCEL, 
OBLITERATE. 

BLOT  is  in  all  probability  a  varia- 
tion of  spoty  signifying  to  cover  over 
with  a  blot. 

EXPUNGE,  in  Latin  expunga, 
componnded  of  es  and  pungo  to  plick, 
signifies  to  put  out  by  pricking  with 
the  pen. 

ERASE,  in  Latin  erasus,  participle 
oierado,  that  is,  e  and  rado  to  scratch 
out. 

EFFACE,  in  French  effacer^  cxHn* 
pounded  of  theLatin  e  waAjacio  to  make^ 
signifies  literally  to  make  or  put  oat.  • 

CANCEL,  in  French  canceller^ 
Latin  canceilo^  from  ameelli  lattice^ 
work,  signifies  to  strike  out  with 
cross  lines. 

OBLITERATE,  in  Latin  obUtera- 
tuSy  uarticiple  of  oblitero,  compound* 
edot  ob  and  lilerOf  signifies  to  cover 
over  letters. 

All  these  terms  obviously  refer  to 
characters  that  are  impressed  on 
bodies ;  the  first  three  apply  in  the 
proper  sense  only  to  that  which  is 
written  with  the  hand,  and  bespeak 
the  manner  in  which  the  action  is 


BODY. 


BOLD. 


161 


akigbistnuiientilikeftBUck.  Biami 
auj  be  given  with  the  flat  pRrt  of  a 
%wm,  and  Urokes  with  a  itick. 

Blom  is  beldom  used  but  in  the 
proper  sense  ;  ttroke  sometimes  figu* 
ntifeljy  as  a  stroke  of  death,  or  a 
iMbe  of  fortune. 


TIbadfwwi 

loTlkekuM] 

1  Mlad  tmrtidt  iny 

•liNtcf  titltlilw  poffwit  BMj  bt  coinptred  to 

lk|ngMi<»r 

A  bodj  drifca 

1  by  ai  kUw. 

riffnfil  to  tb«  hBKit  ullh  Um  noollaction 
flf  Ih  bchavloar,  and  tbe  Muaefflted  pailoa  he 
lid  art  vicfc,  Thiujppn  wu  |iruccedliim  to 
OHM*  nwg— M  «■  hlOMlft  by  niAlDf  oa  bla 
mm^  whaa  PMrtntm  agala  iaUfpaMsd*  tnd 
iiUil  hb  hMid,tl»wcd  Umc  «fr«te. 

CuauBLUui. 

Tkh  didinilOB  *u  a  Uroke  which  Evwulrr 
U  niiber  lUU  to  diule,  Mr  force  to  nsbc 

lUWKBSVORTB. 

BLUMDSB,  v.  JSnor,  mistake. 
TO  BOASTj  V,  To  ^fory, 
BOATHAV,  V.  Waterman^ 
BODILY,  V.  Corporeal. 

BODY,  CORPSE,  CARCASE. 

BODY  is  here  taken  in  the  im- 
prepw  sense  for  a  dead  body. 

OORPSEy  from  the  Latin  cvrpus  a 
indj,  has  also  been  turned  from  its 
<imndon,  to  si^pify  a  dead  body. 

CARCASE»  in  French  carcaste,  is 
coBSfoiudtd  of  euro  and  casta  vUa^ 
sipufyiD^  flesh  without  life. 

mp  u  applicable  to  either  men  or 
brntet,  carpu  to  men  oiiiy,  and  cr/r- 
fut  to  brates  only,  unless  when  taken 
in  «  contemptuous  sense.  When 
ipeakiogof  aoy  particular  person  wlio 
IS  <tfioeased|  we  should  use  the  simplo 
f<Nin  bo^ ;  the  hod^  was  suffered  to 
lie  too  long  unburied:  when  desi^n- 
atiBg  its  ocmdition  as  lifeless,  the  term 
Wfm  is  preferable ;  he  was  taken  up 
as  a  corpte:  when  designating  the 
^0^  as  a  lifeless  lump  separated  from 
tha  souli  it  may  ne  characterized 
(tlioa^  contemptuously)  as  a  carcate ; 
tba  mis  devour  the  carcate. 


A  pma,  M  af  m  tnmbled  ^MMt  renewM 
M^  htHii,  ud  thao  tone  dimdAil  words  ais«e4 1 
Wly  dm  ton  tiMM  ay  burled  to4r  rend, 
0!  ipue  toe  eM^pw  of  toy  eDbsppy  frinMl. 

DftVDBI. 


OatotUnk 

1 


■ov  Iki  to*  abudoeM  ktag:, 
',  sad  a  auKicM  totaf. 

DlTBCM. 


BoisTEftous,  t'.  Violent. 


BOLD,   FEARLESS,    INTREPID, 
UNDAUNTBD. 

BOLD,  p.  Audacity. 

FEARLESS  signihes  without  fear 
(v.  To  apprehend), 

INTREPID,  compounded  of  in 
privative  and  treptdut  trembling, 
marks  the  total  absence  of  fear. 

UNDAUNTED,  of  un  privative 
and  daunted,  from  the  Latin  damUa* 
tuM,  participle  of  domitare  to  impress 
with  fear,  signifies  unimpressed  or  mw 
moved  at  the  prospect  of  danger. 

BoldneMS  is  positive  ;  feariettneu  is 
negative;  we  may  therefore  be  year* 
leu  without  being  bold,  or  fearks* 
through  boldness :  fearlessness  is  a  tem- 
porary state  :  we  may  be  fearless  of 
danger  at  this,  or  at  that  time ;  fear- 
leu  of  loss,  and  the  like :  boldness  is  a 
characteristic;  it  is  associated  with 
constant  fearlessneu.  Intrepidity 
and  ttniaufUA/aesj  denote  a  still  higher 
decree  offearlesgness  than  boldness  z 
bofdneu  is  confident,  it  forgets  the 
consequences ;  intrepidity  is  collected, 
it  sees  the  danger,  and  faces  it  with 
composure ;  undauntedness  is  asso- 
ciated with  unconquerable  firmness 
and  resolution;  it  is  awed  by  nothing: 
the  bold  man  proceeds  on  his  enter* 
prise  with  spirit  and  vivacity;  the 
intrepid  man  calmly  advances  to  the 
scene  of  death  and  destruction;  the 
undaunted  man  keeps  his  countenanco 
in  the  season  of  trial,  in  the  midst  of 
the  most  terrifying  and  overwhelminf^ 
circumstances. 

lliese  good  qualities  may,  without 
great  care,  degenerate  into  certaio 
vices  to  which  £oy  are  closely  allied. 

Of  the  three,  boldness  is  the  most 
questionable  in  its  nature,  unless  jus- 
ufied  by  the  absolute  urgency  of  the 
case:  in  maintaining  the  cause  of 
trutii  against  the  persecution  of  in* 
fluence  and  power,  it  is  an  essential 
quality,  but  ic  may  easily  degenerate 
into  insolent  defiance  and  contempt 
of  superiors ;  it  may  lead  to  the  pro- 
voking of  resentment  and  eourting  of 
penecution.  Intrepidity  may  become 
rasiuiess  if  the  contempt  of  danger 
lead  to  an  uuneoessavy  exposure  of 
the  life  and  person.  Undauntednett^ 
in  the  presence  of  a  bruul  tyrant, 
may  serve  to  baffle  all  liis  malignant 
purposes  of  revenge ;  but  the  same 

K 


IGS 


BOOTY. 


BORDER. 


spirit  may  be  employed  by  the  har- 
dened villain  to  preser? e  himself  fipom 
detection. 

9uk  vnhMurd  of  prodiclet  kng  tfet  m. 

Ai  ■■!»  Iha  boldat  tremble.  Yoimo. 

ThecaicfUheM 
Calb  ill  ber  cUrplaf:  femllj  aroaad, 
IM  aid  dBliHided  by  Ihe/MrlBM  codu 

TWMUO*. 


vb0  tabs  with  intrtpUUjf  of  ibe 
or  the  nUdcnra,  vbile  tbegr  an  oBt  of 
i^bl,  wlU  readi^  ooaflM  bit  aallpetby  to  a  mole, 
a  wmmtlU  or  a  fine.  Tbiu  be  foea  od  vUboat 
way  foproaeb  ftom  bb  owa  feSertJoni.  Jomieoii. 

ma  partj,  piemM  witb  aambeNi  looa  gnm  fUot, 
Aad  woald  bave  left  thdr  cbarfo  an  oaij  prey ; 
WUtat  beakme  umdamttrd  at  tbe  odda, 
Tlmi^  bopelem  to  Cicape,  foiicbc  well  aad 
bcavrij.  Rows. 

BOLD,  V.  Daring. 
BOLD,  v.  Strenuous. 
BOLDNESS,  V.  Audocity. 
BOMBASTIC,  t;.  Turgid. 
BONDAGE,  V.  Servitude, 

BOOTYf   SPOIL,   PREY. 

These  woxds  mark  a  species  of 
capture. 

BOOTY,  in  French  hUw,  Danish 
Ij^,  Dutch  buyt,  Teutonic  heute^ 
probably  comes  from  the  Teutonic 
M  a  useful  thing,  denoting  the  thing 
taken  foi  ita  use. 

SPOIXi^  in  French  dqpouilli,  Latin 
notium^  in  Greek  oxvhn^  signifying 
the  things  stripped  off  from  tlM  dead, 
from  0vxar,  Hebrew  salal  to  spoiL 

PREY,  in  French  proiCf  Latin 
pnfdaf  is  not  improbably  changed  from 
prendOf  prendiff  or  prekendo  to  lay 
hold  of,  signifying  the  thing  seized. 

The  first  two  are  used  as  military 
terms  or  in  attacks  on  an  enemy,  tfaie 
latter  in  cases  of  particular  \dolence. 
The  soldier  sets  his  bootjf;  the  combat- 
ant his  tpoM ;  the  carnivorous  animal 
his  prty.  Booty  respects  what  b  of 
personal  service  to  the  alitor;  ipoUg 
whatever  serves  to  designate  his  tri- 
umph; prey  includes  whatever  gratifies 
the  appetite  and  is  to  be  consumed. 
Wbeoatowii  is  taken,  soldiers  are  too  . 
busy  in  the  work  of  destruction  and 
mischief  to  carry  awaymuHsh^oofy;  in 
every  battle  the  arms  and  personal 
property  of  the  slain  enemy  are  the 

*  \ldeRoabaBdi 


lawful  ^9oil8  of  the  victor;  the  hacwk 
pounces  on  lus  prey,  and  carries  him 
up  to  his  nest. 

Greediness  stimulates  to  take  &oo^; 
ambition  produces  an  eagnnest  m 
Mpoilt ;  a  finodous  appetite  impels  to 
a  search  for  prey.  Among  the  an* 
dents  the  prisoners  of  war  frfio  were 
made  slaves  constituted  a  part  of  their 
booty  ;  and  even  in  later  periods  sudk 
a  capture  was  good  booty,  when  ransom 
was  paid  for  Uiose  who  could  libwate 
themselves.  Among  some  savages  the 
bead  or  limb  of  an  enemy  coostitiitad 
part  of  their  9poil».  Among  canni- 
oals  the  prisoners  of  war  are  the  prey 
of  the  conquerors. 

Boolly  and  prey  are  often  used  in  an 
extended  and  figurative  sense.  Plun- 
derers obtain  a  rich  booty ;  the  dili- 
rt  bee  returns  loaded  with  its  kioly.* 
is  necessary  that  animals  sboiud 
become  a  prey  to  man,  in  order  that 
man  may  not  become  a  prey  to  them ; 
every  thing  in  nature  becomes  a  prey 
to  another  thing,  which  in  its  turn  falu 
a  prey  to  somethins  else.  All  is 
chan^  but  order.  Man  is  a  pr^  to 
the  diseases  of  his  body  or  his  lumd, 
and  after  death  to  the  worms. 

Wbntbey  (tbe  Fkiraeb  Natleul  Afn*||» 
bad  Anally  delermfaMd  on  a  Hat*  iwuMlie  fnm 
cbareb  Miy,  tbcgr  cama  om  Iba  141b  if  kftXL^ 
1790^  to  a  Mteimi  KwlmloB  oa  tbs  aa^Hk 


Twas  In  tbe  dead  ofnlsbt,  vbea 
Our  bodiei  worn  vltb  tolb,  ««r  i 

caici« 
Wben  Hcctoi*b  (boit  before  ay  mhC 
A  bloodj  tbnnid  he  ■eca'd,  and  battM  fca 
Ualike  tba  Hector  nbo  letonV  ftMl  taUa 
Of  war,  triamphant  la  Jtodao  qielft, 
Tbe  woU;  wbo  fhNB  tbe  bIsMIj  ftU 
Foitb  dfax*  tbe  bieattas  prtg^ 

mllb, 
Hoc  WON  ber  waiBinf 


wllh 


BORDSR,  £DGB»  RIM  OK  BUM, 
BRINK,  MARGINy  VSROB. 

BORDER,  in  French  bard  or  lor- 
dtire,  Teutonic  bord,  is  probaUy  ooo- 
nected  with  bret,  and  the  ragHsh 
boord,  from  brytan,  in  Greek  9p(»n 
to  split. 

EDGE,  in  Saxon  ege,  low  Gennaa 
egge,  high  German  ecke  a  point,  Latin 
aaet,  Greek  «m  sharpness^  signifies  m 
sharp  point. 

RiM,  in  Saxon  rima|  high  German 

**Pnlf,batbL" 


BORDER. 


BORDER. 


16S 


a  finune,  riemem  a  thong, 
Oiwk  fofta  ft  tract,  firom  fvp  to  draw, 
n^fies  a  line  drawn  ronnd. 

BRIM,  BRINK,  are  but  nunationt 
Off  rim. 

BftARGIN,  in  French  margin^ 
IaCiii  mmrgOf  probably  comes  from 
■MTii  the  tea,  as  it  is  mostly  connected 
with  water. 

VERGE,  firom  the  Latin  virgm^ 
•igpifiet  a  rod,  but  is  here  used  in  ue 
improper  tense  for  the  extremity  of  an 

ob|6CL 

Of  these  terms  border  is  the  lesAt 
definite  point,  edge  the  most  so ;  rim 
and  krmk  are  species  of  edge  ;  margin 
and  verge  are  species  of  border,  A 
iarder  is  a  stripe,  an  edge  is  a  line. 
The  harder  lies  at  a  certain'distanoe 
from  the  ei^«  ;  the  edge  is  the  exterior 
tenniimtion  of  the  surnice  of  any  sub- 
itanoe.  Whatever  is  wide  enough  to 
admit  of  any  space  round  its  circum- 
ftrence  may  have  a  border  ;  whatever 
comei  to  a  narrow  extended  surface 
has  an  edge.  Many  things  may  have 
both  a  border  and  an  edge ;  of  this 
descriptioB  are  caps,  gowns,  carpets, 
and  the  like;  others  have  ti border  but 
DO  edge,  as  lands;  and  others  have 
an  edge  but  no  border,  as  a  knife  or  a 
table. 

A  rial  is  the  edge  of  any  vessel ;  the 
Mm  is  the  exterior  edge  of  a  cup ;  a 
brink  is  the  edge  of  any  precipice  or 
deep  place;  a  margin  is'the  border  of 
a  book  or  a  piece  of  water ;  a  verge  is 
the  extreme  border  of  a  place. 

80  tte  pu»1taipld  tlivBn,  when  wfthfMd  ttbOm 
or  nMmg  tooMit  ud  doeeUlafc  nlM, 
Woifa  MMlf  clar,ud  m  H  kwn  nbaet. 
Tin  bjr  degnm  tht  cryHal  nlrror  Man, 
Refccfi  meh  gowct  tfcat  e«  ici  border  gwwa. 


IMhMH(liC  the  iUlhff  that  by  «poa  Che  tibia 
nand  KKir  Mpeii  lit  etffe,  aad  toniliiff  its  ftca 


DmP  li  the  bell/k  rim  ■■  ortruoe  fiMud 
WNniharp  (be  peac,  uid  OMCtal  to  the  woead. 


As  I  Bftniecb  the  pi«eiplDe%i  brink, 
••  rtMp,  to  terrible,  appmra  Ibe  dofith. 

La 


■E. 

Bl7  tba  aeaH  «ierir<*  « the  walcrj  itnad 
T%j  BoaeiDeDt,  Themiatoclft,ihan  itaad. 

CmncKLAn*. 

Ta  the  emrtb*b  ntmaU  rorgt  I  will  penoa  Mb; 
>i»  jMaee,  tfao«gfc  c^ae  bely,  than  pralaetbte. 


BOBDBR,  BOUNDARY,   FRON- 
TIER, CONFINES,  PRECINCTS. 

BORDER,  V.  Border,  edge. 

BOUNDARY,  from  to  bound  (v. 
To  bound),  expresses  what  bounds, 
binds,  or  confines, 

FRONTIER,  French  frontiire, 
from  the  Latinyroni  a  forehead,  signi- 
fies the  forepart,  or  the  commencement 
of  the  conntnr. 

CONFINES,  in -Latin  confinis, 
compounded  of  con  or  cum  and  Jh^is 
an  end,  signifies  an  end  next  to  ao 
end. 

PRECINCT,  in  Latin  nrecinUum, 
partidple  of  pracingo,  that  is,  pne 
and  cingo  to  enclose,  signifies  any  en- 
closed place. 

All  these  temut  are  applied  to  land, 
except  the  latter,  which  may  apply  to 
space  in  general.  Border  marks  the 
extremities  of  one  country  in  relation 
to  another,  as  the  borders  of  Soot- 
land;  boundary  respects  the  pre- 
scribed limits  of  any  place,  as  the 
boundaries  of  a  village ;  frontiers  de* 
note  the  commencement  of  a  coontiy, 
as  thefrontiers  of  Germany  or  France ; 
and  confines  those  parts  adjoining,  or 

Xing  contiguous  to  any  given  place  or 
strict. 

Borders  nuAfivnHers  are  said  of  a 
country  only  ;  boundary  and  confines 
of  an^r  smaller  political  division.    The 
inhabitants  who  lived  on  the  borders 
of  England  and  Scotland  were  fbrmeriy 
called    borderers,   and    distinguished 
themselves  by  their  perpetual  broils 
and  mutual  animosities,  which  now 
happily    exist    nowhere  but    in   the 
pages  of  the  historian:  the  bounda^ 
ries  of  kingdoms,  countries,  and  pro- 
vinces, are  distinguished  on  general 
maps;  those  of  towns  and  villages  oa 
particular  maps :    it  is  common  on 
the  ./ronlteri  of  continental  kingdoms 
to  require  a  pass  from  every  one  who  . 
wishes    to    enter   the  country:    we 
may  speak  of  the   confines  betweeo 
Germany  and  Holland,  but  with  mora 
propriety  of  the  confines  between  tho 
different  states  of  Germany,  as  also  in 
former  times  of  the  confines  betwixt 
the  Sabines,  the  ^ui,  Volsci,  and 
other  small  communities  which  existed 
in  Italy  previous  to  the  establishment 
of  the  fiLoman  empire. 

sc  S 


BOUNDLESS. 


BOUNDS. 


163 


w«  Umii  and  ecnfintf  but  we  may  re- 
tirkt  without  limiiing  or  canfinimg : 
to  Umii  and  confine  are  the  acts  of 
things  upon  persons^  or  persons  upon 
persons ;  but  rtatrkt  is  onl  j  the  act  of 
persons  upon  persons :  we  are  imited 
or  confined oiiy  to  acertain  degree,  but 
we  maj  be  rtUrkted  to  an  indefinite 
tiegree  :  the  limiiing  and  confining 
depend  often  onourselyes;  the  reUric' 
iian  depends  upon  the  will  of  others : 
a  person  Umiii  himself  to  so  many 
hours'  work  in  a  day ;  an  author  co/^' 
fines  himself  to  a  particular  branch  of 
a  subje<:t;  a  person  is  retlricted  hy 
his  physician  to  a  certain  nortion  of 
Iboa  in  the  day :  to  be  confined  to  a 
certain  spot  is  irksome  to  one  who  has 
always  had  his  liberty ;  but  to  be  re- 
siricied  in  all  his  actions  would  be 
intolemble. 

Oor  greatest  happiness  consists  in 
ftoKndiag  our  desires  to  our  condition : 
it  is  prudent  to  ii'iRi^  our  exertions, 
when  we  find  them  prejudicial  to  our 
health :  it  is  necessary  to  confine  our 
attention  to  one  olgect  at  a  time :  it  is 
unfhrtmiate  lo  be  circumicribed  in  our 
means  of  doing  good :  it  is  painful  to 
be  redrided  in  the  etjoyment  of  inno- 
cent |deasure. 

Bounded  is  opposed  to  unbounded^ 
limiied  to  extended,  roa/SRed  ro  ex- 
panded, drcwmaeriked  to  ample,  re- 
eiricied  to  onshackled* 

if  1h0  Mlad  ■!«  Ml,  Ilkt  thflw 
[  to  MM  iadhridial  ot^jact, 
to  a  vMc  ipecln. 

BiKTsur. 


oCths 
»«l«t 


ited 


tOB 


la 


or  openttonw  afo  cttfUmd 
of  low  and  Mttle  thlinn. 

BAA1 


Mj  pawloo  k  tootiMoug 

iMCMlt  to  bo  Cf  l^^lL 


K  fi  BMh  to  ko  kneotrd  tkat  amoM  all 
of  Chrttians,  tbo  aadnrllablo 
piiwBtd  of  aawanaalablj  dmnn- 
wcHkimg  Ike  tonnt  of  DMno  sraee  nilMa  a 
ctacli  of  ifefir  ova  drawfofi         Blub. 

Bol  amwaij  toloaeh  nra  to  tkhH  after 
H  k  ooy  npedtoit  that  bj  aMwal 
iibtfitealdbelaaffht,  aad  1^  Ibeir 
cfoU  laMltalioM  ibojiboBid  be  coaprtled  to  pat 
HBBj  mcrfeClMuapoB  Iha  iBBodente  aserriie 


BOirNDLBSSy  .UNBOUNDBD, 
UNLIMITED,  INnNITB. 

BOUNDLESS,  or  without  hatndt, 
is  applied   to  infinite  objects  which 


admit  of  no  hounds  to  be  made  or 
conceived  by  us. 

UNBOUNDED,  or  not  bounded^  is 
applied  to  that  which  might  be  bounded* 

UNLIMITED,  or  not /imited,  ap- 
plies to  that  which  might  be  limited^ 

INFINITE,  or  noifimie,  applies  to 
that  which  in  its  nature  admits  of  no 
bounds. 

The  ocean  is  a  boundless  olject  so 
long  as  no  bounds  to  it  have  been  dis- 
covered ;  desires  are  often  aR6oimded 
which  ought  always  to  be  bounded ; 
and  power  is  sometimes  unlimited 
which  is  always  better  limited ;  nCK 
thing  is  infinite  but  that  Being  fttim 
whom  six  finite  beings  proceed. 

And  Motbe  eoaatrjOtr  dlffotPd  anmad 
Oae  AomhiUm*  blntb,  ooe  wUto  enparplod 

■bower 
Ormlocled 


Tbe«oa1  reqabee  eaiejweaU  More  labllBep 
B  J  >paco  MNtoiMdM,  aadeitreyM  by  tbMb 

Ji 


Giaj^earkMltj  wai  imlfiiiitedp  aad  hb  Jadf^ 
■MDi  caUifalBd. 


la  the  vide  Soldi  or  aatore  tbe  figbt 
ap  and  down  witboot  e^^jinem^eHS^uA  li  frd 
vUb  aa  it^ite  variety  of  Imtsi^        Amnoa. 

BOUNDS,  BOUNDARY. 

BOUNDS  and  BOUNDARY,  ftom 
the  verb  bound  (v.  To  bound)^  siguify 
the  line  which  sets  a  6otind,  or  marks 
the  extent  to  which  any  spot  of  ground 
reaches. 

Bounds  IS  employed  to  designate 
the  whole  rpnco  including  the  outer 
line  that  confinct :  boundary  compre- 
hends only  this  outer  line.  Boundi 
are  made  for  a  local  purpose ;  bosa^ 
dary  lor  a  prilitical  purpose:  the 
master  of  a  schoni  prescribes  the 
Aoitfids  beyoiifl  which  the  scholar  is 
not  to  go;  tlie  parishes  throughout 
England  have  tlinr  boundaries^  which 
are  distinguished  by  marks;  fields 
have  likewise  their  boundaries^  which 
are  commonly  marked  out  by  a  hedge 
or  a  ditch. 

Bounds  are  tem|iorary  and  change- 
able ;  boundaries  permanent  and  fixed : 
whoever  has  the  authority  of  prescrib- 
ing bounds  for  others,  may  in  like 
manner  contract  or  extend  them  at 
pleasure;  the  6atiiidan>s  of  places  ore 
seldom  altered,  but  in  cons^uence  of 
great  political  changes. 

In  the  figurative  sense  bound  or 
bounds  is  even  more  ftequently  iiFed 


BRAVERY. 


BRAVERY, 


167 


^TflWtlie  dmgen  wluch  threiten  tfaem 
with  evil;  tlwj  defy  the  angiy  will 
wluGh  is  set  up  to  do  them  harm. 

To  dare  and  chmUengc  are  both  di- 
vact  and  penooal;  but  the  former 
consists  either  of  actions,  wordsy  or 
looks ;  the  latter  of  words  onlv.  We 
dbfvanumberof  persons  indebniteljr; 
we  chaUemge  an  individual,  and  veiy 
freonentlj  by  name. 

tJarimg  arises  from  oar  contempt 
of  others  ;  ckaUenging  arises  from  a 
high  opinion  of  onnelves :  the  former 
is  mostly  accompanied  with  unbecom- 
ing expressions  of  disrespect  as  well  as 
Mgravation;  the  latter  is  mostly 
divested  of  all  angry  personality. 
Bfedns  the  Tuscan  dartd  Titus  Man- 
lios  TorquatnSy  the  son  of  the  Roman 
oottsnl,  to  epnge  with  him  in  con- 
tradiction to  his  Other's  commands : 
Paris  was  persuaded  to  challenge  Mo- 
nolaos  in  order  to  terminate  the  Gre- 
cian war. 

Wo  dere  only  to  acts  of  violence ; 
mnekelieage  to  any  kind  of  contest  in 
which  the  skill  or  the  power  of  the 
parties  are  to  be  tried.  It  is  folly  to 
^IsTtfcme  of  superior  strength  if  we  are 
act  prepared  lo  meet  with  the  just  re- 
vvara  of  our  imjiertinenoe :  whoever 
has  a  oonSdenoe  u  the  justice  of  his 
cansa,  need  not  fear  to  challenge  his 
oppoMDt  10  a  trial  of  their  respective 


tkSMilablend  the 

fuUtteis  taoaepMCoToarehuMtar 

11  WHrtlatto  Somr  that  mllM  Id  «pfflB« ; 

tl«  iiH^HiMXad  tree,  tbtt  krmvei  eke 


li  her  etMeaee,  smllet 
V  and  e^flu  hi  point. 
Ai 

I  iBv  Cmw  coeld  pnvceQy 
IHMfbea  Mi  old  fiMiiidetloM  icat.— 

I  ■WBUle  eth,  whteh  dmf*d  the  wtodi, 
the  rtu47  BlMkci  o' taVMof  htodn 

DavBBii. 

ne  Fhlie  eod  deem  awoog  theeadwU; 

Beylei,  eod  LodMt,  anoiiK  ov  own 

I  me  ell  taetuete  of  whet  I  have 

l7,aatthefieetert  pcnone  fa 

NMd  to  the  citiWiihed  rell- 

efthelrcuetij ;  net  to  Baatlai  aajr  of  the 

^retod,  rinae  oor  adwwa- 

an  thoie  aa  wan  who  have  too 

fa  thii  caae  to  he  inparUal  evt- 

Buoaaix. 

B&AVBRT,    GOUaAGBy  VAU>UR. 

BRAVERY  denotes  the  abstract 
qaality  of  htave  (v.  Brene), 


COURAGE^  in  French  courage, 
comes  from  caurp  in  Latin  cor  ue 
hearty  which  is  the  seat  of  courage, 

VALOUR,  in  French  valem-f  Latin 
valor,  from  valeo  to  be  strong,  sinu* 
fies  by  distinction  strength  of  mind. 

Bravery  Ues  in  the  bk)od ;  couroM 
lies  in  the  mind :  the  former  depends 
cm  the  reason ;  the  latter  on  the  phyw 
sical  temperament :  the  first  is  a  spa^ 
cies  of  instinct;  the  second  is  a  virtue  x 
a  man  is  brave  in  proportion  as  he  is 
without  thought;  he  has  courage  in 
proportion  as  he  reasons  or  reflects. 

Bravery  seems  to  be  something  ii^ 
voluntary^  a  mechanical  movement 
that  does  not  depend  on  one's  self:  eots. 
rage  requires  conviction,  and  gathers 
strength  by  delay ;  it  is  a  noble  and 
lofty  sentiment :  the  force  of  example^ 
the  channs  of  music,  the  fury  and 
tumult  of  battle,  the  desperation  of 
the  conflict,  will  make  cowards  brave  g 
the  courageoui  man  wants  no  other  in^ 
centives  than  what  his  own  mind  sug- 
gests. 

Bravery  is  of  utility  only  in  the 
hour  of  attack  or  contest ;  courage  is 
of  service  at  all  times  and  under  all 
circumstances :  bravery  is  of  avail  in 
overcoming  the  obstacle  of  the  mo- 
ment; courage  seeks  to  avert  the 
distant  evil  that  may  possibly  arrive* 
Bravery  b  a  thin^  of  the  moment 
that  is  or  is  not  as  circumstances  may 
fovour;  it  varies  with  the  time  and 
season :  courage  exists  at  all  tiroes 
and  on  all  occasions.  The  brave  man 
who  foariessly  rushes  to  the  mouth  of 
the  cannon  may  tremble  at  his  own  sha- 
dow as  he  passes  through  a  church* 
yard,  or  turn  pale  at  the  sij(ht  of  blood; 
the  courageouM  man  smiles  at  ima- 

S'oary  dangers,  and  prepares  to  meet 
ose  that  are  real. 

It  is  as  possible  for  a  man  to  have 
courage  witoout  bravery  as  to  have 
bravery  without  courage :  Cicero  b^ 
trayed  his  want  of  bravery  when  he 
soii^t  to  shelter  himself  against  the 
attiKrks  of  Cataline;  he  displayed  his 
courage  when  he  lud  open  the  tre»- 
sonabTc  purposes  of  this  conspirator 
to  the  whole  senate,  and  charged  him 
to  his  face  with  the  crimes  of  which 
he  knew  him  to  be  guilty. 

Valour  is  a  higher  quality  than 
either  bravefy  or  courage,  and  seems 
to  partake  ofthe  grand  characteristics 


Btl£AK. 


BAEAK. 


169 


%ioa  wide  hrtaeket  in  familitf .  The 
Hefttli  of  rektiTes  often  produces  a  sad 
cA«M  in  the  eigoyments  of  individuals. 

A  wliMy  »r«w*  ta  Bide :  tke  loini 
Appear,  sad  anttopBlMe  to  MVwO^L    D« 

GOMUeitaff  praMhIy,  Wv  omck  Hi 
taH  dtalKWvd  liif  As  vWtnfy  oMiipHm  of  kh 
voifes,  Vkga,  ^  kb  vOI,  obURi4  Twca  nd 
VariH  to  add  anmafr.  aorto  aiacli  u  flU  af  the 
InwIvtehadlefllahitpMBk  Wamb. 

Or  If  Ae  Older  of  tbe  world  belov 

wot  BoC  IkofaF  ofoae  nbole  day  allow, 

BHeaw  that  aiaale  whea  riw  bade  her  tow* 

DaTon. 

whole  efeam  la  aatufi,  firon  a  plaat  to 
,  b  mod  ap  with  divcne  Uada  of  creataiM 

Adbuob. 

hrtaek  of  lUth  JotaiM  hcaiti  doei  die- 


tarae  to  wUdeM  r«ie. 

TO  BBEAKy  RACK,  REND,  TBAR. 

BREAK,  in  Saion  brecan,  Danish 
«nd  Low  Gennan  breken.  High  Ger- 
man ftrecAes,  Latin  frangOj  Greek 
0p«y«o.tti,  Bf^x^f  ChulAee  pernk  to  se- 


Breaking  is  performed  hy  means  of 
a  hlow  ;  racking  by  that  of  a  violent 
concussion ;  but  rending  and  tearing 
are  the  consequences  of  a  pull.  Any 
thing  nf  wood  or  stone  is  broken ;  any 
thing  of  a  complicated  structurei  with 
hinges  and  joints^  is  racked;  cloth  is 
rent,  paper  is  torn.  Rend  is  some- 
times used  for  what  is  done  by  design ; 
a  tear  is  always  faulty.  Cloth  is  some- 
times rent  rather  than  cut  when  it  is 
wanted  to  be  divided;  but  when  it  is 

torn  it  is  injured. 

Bat  oat  affevtioa 
An  bead  aad  prirlleee  of  aataie  frreiJk. 


RACK  comes  from  die  same  souroe 
as  break;  it  is  properly  the  root  of 
this  woid|  and  an  onomatoptfa,  oon- 
wejing  a  sound  correspondent  with 
what  is  made  by  breaking :  rak  in 
Swedish,  and  racco  in  Icelandish  sig- 
nifies a  breaking  of  the  ice. 

REND  is  in  Saxon  hrendan^  hred^ 
dan^  low  German  ritan,  high  Ger- 
man miseii  to  split,  Greek  tncm,  He- 
Ivew  rangnak  to  break  in  pieces. 

TEAR,  in  Saxon  taeran,  low  Ger- 
man tirmff  hidi  German  Merren,  is  an 
inteniive'vero  from  ziehen  to  pull, 
Greek  rram  th^m  to  bruise,  Hebrew 
tor  to  split,  divide,  or  cleave. 

The  foraUe  division  of  any  sub- 
stanoe  is  the  common  characteristic 
of  these  terms. 

Break  is  the  generic  term,  the  rest 
specific :  every  thing  racked,  rent,  or 
tarn,  it  broken,  but  not  vice  ver$d. 
Break  has  however  a  specific  meaning , 
in  wUch  it  is  comparable  with  the 
others.  Breaking  requires  less  vio- 
lence than  either  of  the  others:  brittle 
t  Jiines  may  be  broken  with  the  slightest 
touCT,  but  nothing  can  be  racked  with- 
out intentional  violence  of  an  extraor- 
fiinaiv  kind.  Glass  is  quickly  broken ; 
a  table  is  racked.  Hard  substances 
only  are  brt^n  or  racked ;  but  every 
thing  of  a  soft  texture  and  composition 
may  be  retU  or  torn. 


iMug  hei  thb  wefot  elraitird  la  aj  hretpt; 
lioag  hae  It  rwele'd  aad  tvaf  lay  tortarM  boeew. 


The  people  mid  the  iUce  whb  load  applaaaiv 
Aad  heava  eaa  bear  oo  other  aane  bat  ToaiB. 

DaTsa. 

8ho  i^M  ihe  BbbbM,  aad  f erhNM  wkh  deepahr. 
She  rent  her  lanaeati,  aad  ihe  fere  her  balrw 

DaToob 

Who  woald  not  bleed  with  traatport  for  hk 

coaafiyf 
Thmr  Ofery  teadcr  pawhrn  fkwa  hb  heart? 


TO  BREAK,   BRUISE,    SaUBSZB, 
POUND,    CRUSH. 

BREAK,  V.  To  break,  rack. 

BRUISE,  in  French  briier,  Saxon 
brytedj  not  improbably  from  the  same 
source  as  press. 

SQUEEZE,  in  Saxon  civysin,  low 
German  quietien,  guoeaen,  Swedish 
quota,  Latin  quatio  to  shake,  or  pro- 
duce a  concussion. 

POUND,  in  Saxon  puniar,  is  not 
improbably  derived  by  a  change*  of 
letters  from  the  Latin  tundo  to  bruise. 

CRUSH,  in  French  ecraser  is  most 
probably  only  a  variation  of  the  word 
squeeze,  like  crash,  or  squash. 

Break  always  implies  the  separa- 
tion of  the  component  parts  of  a  body ; 
bruise  denotes  simply  the  destroying 
the  conUnuity  of  the  parts.  Hard 
brittle  substances,  as  glass,  are  brc 
ken ;  soft  pulpy  substances,  as  flesh 
or  fruits,  are  6riii»e<{. 

The  operation  of  bruising  is  per- 
formed either  by  a  violent  blow  or  by 
pressure ;  that  of  squeezing  by  com- 
pression only.  Jkletals,  particularly 
lead  and  silver,  may  be  bruised: 
fruits  may  be  either  bruised  or  squeezed. 
In  this  latter  sense  bruise  applies  to 
the  harder  sub*«tance*«,  or  indicates  a 


BREEZE. 


BREEZE. 


171 


hreeiam,  is  probably^  connected  with 
hrmiem  to  roast,  being  an  operation 
principally  performed  by  fire  or  beat. 

£NG£m>ER,  compounded  of  en 
ind  gender,  from  genitus  participle  of 
pgnOf  aignifies  to  lay  or  communicate 
unt  eeada  for  production. 

Tbeie  tenm  are  figuratively  employ- 
ed for  the  act  of  procreation. 

To  breed  is  to  bring  into  existence 
by  a  slow  operation :  to  engender  is 
to  be  the  aotboror  prime  cause  of 
enstmoe.  So  in  the  mc^phorical 
lenWy  frequent  quarrels  are  apt  to 
Areed  hatred  and  animosity :  the 
kvelliiiK  and  inconsistent  conduct  of 
the  lugher  classes  in  the  present  age 
acnres  to  engender  a  spirit  of  insubraw 
<Knatioii  and  assumption  in  the  info- 
Tior  order. 

Whatever  hreede  acts  gradually; 
ifhatever  engenders  produces  immo- 
dbately  as  cause  and  efiect.  Undean- 
liness  hreedi  diseases  of  the  body; 
want  of  occupation  breeds  those  of  the 
mind:  playing  at  chance  games ei»- 
gjtmiien  a  love  of  money. 

«f  fluM  irseif  MPerml  fid- 

Al 


bhillor 
prido,  vkkb, 

kMlfllBlD 


Mfh 

an  told,  the  Devil 
AmuoH. 


BRKBD,  V.  Bate. 

BKBEDIN6,   V.  EduCotiofL 


IBBaSE,    GAUEE,     BLAST>    GUST, 
STORXi  TBMPESTi    HURRI- 


CAMS. 

All  these  words  express  the  action 
of  the  windy  in  different  degrees  and 
nnder  different  circumstances. 

BREEZE,  in  Italian  brezzoj  is  in 
all  probability  an  onomatopei'a  for  that 
kind  of  wind  peculiar  to  southern  cli- 


GALE  is  probably  connected  with 
eali  and  y^l^  denoting  a  sonorous 
wind. 

BLAST,  in  Gennan  geblasetf  par- 
tidide  of  biasen,  signifies  properly 
tlie  act  of  blowing,  but  by  distinction 
it  is  employed  for  any  strong  efibrt  of 
blowiiw^ 

OUnT  is  immediately  of  Icdandish 
ori^n,  and  expresses  the  phenomena 
which  are  characteristic  of  the  North- 
ern cBmatfls;  but  in  all  probalnlity 


it  is  a  variation  of  gush,  signifying  a 
violent  stream  of  wind. 

STORM,  in  German  sturm,  (torn 
ttdren  to  put  in  commotion,  like 
guUy  describes  the  phenomenon  of 
Northern  climates. 

TEMPEST,  in  Latin  tempe^ag, 
or  tempuM  a  time  or  season,  describes 
that  season  or  sort  of  weather  which 
is  most  remarkable,  but  at  the  same 
time  most  frequent,  in  Southern  cli- 
mates. 

HURRICANE  has  been  introduced 
by  the  Spaniards  into  European  lan- 
guages Iroin  the  Caribee  Islands; 
where  it  describes  that  species  of  tem^ 
pestuouM  wind  most  frequent  in  tro* 
pical  climates. 

A  breeze  is  gentie ;  a  gale  is  brisk, 
but  steady :  we  have  breezes  in  a  calm 
summer's  day;  the  mariner  has  fa- 
vourable gates  which  keep  the  sails  on 
the  stretch.  A  blast  is  impetuous: 
the  exhalations  of  a  trumpet,  the 
breath  of  bellows,  the  sweep  of  a 
violent  wind,  are  blasts,  A  gust  is  sud-* 
den  and  vehement :  gusts  of  wind  ara 
sometimes  so  violent  as  to  sweep  evei^ 
thing  before  them  while  they  last. 

Stomtj  tempesty  and  hurricaney  in- 
clude other  particulars  besides  wind. 

A  storm  throws  die  whole  atmo- 
sphere into  commotion ;  it  is  a  war  of 
the  elements,  in  which  wind,  rain, 
liail,  and- the  like,  conspire  to  disturb 
the  heavens.  Tempest  is  a  species  of 
storm  which  has  also  thunder  and 
lightning  to  add  to  the  confusion. 
Hurricane  is  a  species  of  storm  which 
exceeds  all  the  rest  in  violence  and 
duration. 

Gusty  stormy  and  tempeity  which 
are  applied  figuratively,  preserve  tlieir 
distinction  in  this  sense.  The  pas- 
sions are  exposed  to  gutts  and  s^orm^ 
to  sudden  bursts,  or  violent  and  coi^ 
tinucd  agitations ;  the  soul  is  exposed 
to  tempests  when  agitated  with  violent 
and  contending  emotions. 

GradHi  alab  the  brteae 
Ifkio  ai  perfect  calm.  Ttiomaomm 

What  happy  fwls 
Blowi  joa  to  Padua  hen  flrom  old  Vtvona? 


Aa  when  Snce  Notthen  MmCi  tnm  th*  Alps 


Fkom  Ma  irm  roola  with  itr«|SBlIiif  guH»  forend 
Anagedituilyoak,  the  nntline  sound 
fiiovaload.  Dj 


BUILD. 


BULKY. 


17S 


^iug  it ;  to  fetch  therefore  is  a  species 
of  Sringing:  whatever  is  near  at 
luwdhoroughi ;  whatever  is  at  a  dis- 
tance must  he  fetched :  the  porter  at 
an  inn  brmg^  a  parcel,  the  servant 
fetihnxx. 

Brimg  always  respects  motion  to- 
wards the  place  in  which  the  speaker 
resides  ;^cA,  a  motion  both  to  and 
from ;  carry ^  always  a  motion  directly 
from  the  puoe  or  at  a  distance  from 
the  phice.  A  servant  hring$  the  parcel 
home  which  lus  master  has  sent  him 
to  fitch;  he  carries  a  parcel  from 
home.  A  carrier  carries  parcels  to 
and  from  a  place,  bat  he  does  not 
hrimg  parcels  to  and  from  say  |daoe. 

Bring  is  an  action  performed  at 
the  option  of  the  absent ;  fetch  and 
carry  are  mostly  done  at  the  command 
of  another.  Henoe  the  old  proverb, 
*^  He  who  will  fetch  will  carry/*  to 
maik  the  character  of  the  gossip  and 
tale-bearer,  who  reports  whiu  he  bears 
from  two  persons  m  order  to  please 
buthpartMS. 

Wlal  ■ffmJ  to  BM  wonderful  vm  tbit 
of  tkt  MliCHaekNM  wMtmd  krimging 


lOaltkawuittvhkhl  did 
r, /felcAed  tkcir  eon  oot 
of  afvifC.  ABonoii. 

Bam  tnOL  h  the  hirthilp  of  a  poor  mt,  wliw 
ahecofriw  •  fraia  of  com  to  ibe  Mcond  rtoij, 
diahlig  up  a  wall  vitb  kir  liead  dofWDWArd*. 

AwaaoM. 

BRIKK,  v.  Border. 
BRISK,  V.  Active. 
BRiTTLBi  V.  Fragile. 

BROAD^  V,  I/tTge. 

BKOii^  V.  Quarrel, 

TO  BRC71SE9  V.  To  breakf 
bntise, 

BRUTAi^  V.  Cruel. 

BRUTB^  v.AnimaL 

BCD,  V.  Sprout. 

BUFFOON,  V.  Fooly  idiot. 

TO  BVlLDj   ERBCT,   CONSTRUCT. 

BUILD,  inSaion  hytllany  French 
hatir^  German  baaen^  Gothic  600, 
haa^  bygga,  to  erect  houses,  from  the 
HebrevTAnM  a  habitation. 

ERECT,  in  French  eri^er,  Latin 
trtctufg    participle    of  tngp^    com* 


pounded  of  e  and  rego^  from  the 
Greek  o^fvai  to  stretch  or  extend, 

CONSTRUCT,  in  LutincoMfmcte^ 
participle  of  construo,  compounded 
of  cua  together,  and  struo  co  put,  in 
Greek  r^mrv.u ,  rtptv  to  strew,  in  He- 
brew okrah  to  dispose  or  put  in  order, 
signifies  to  form  together  into  a  mass. 

The  world  6«t/d  by  distinction  ei- 
presses  the  purpose  of  the  action ; 
erect  indicates  the  mode  of  the  action  ; 
construct  indicates  contrivance  in  tba 
action.  What  is  built  is  employed  fi)r 
the  purpose  of  receiving,  retaining,  or 
connning;  what  is  erected  is  placed 
in  an  elevated  situation ;  what  is  con- 
strucUd  is  put  together  with  ingenuity* 

All  that  is  built  may  be  said  to  ha 
erected  or  constructed;  but  all  that 
is  erected  or  constructed  is  not  said  to 
be  built ;  likewise  what  is  erected  is 
mostly  constructed^  though  not  vice 
versL  We  build  fh>ro  necessity ;  ve 
erect  for  ornament ;  we  construU  fisr 
atility  and  convenience.  Houses  ara 
huilt^  monuments  erected,  machiaet 
are  constructed, 

MovfetqilN  wtttlly  otacnM,  tkat  hy  kuiUtitf 
pratavd  madhoaKt)  Bea  1iii*'j  intlimit  tlwit 
all  who  afo  oat  of  thdr  waia  aie  to  be  fliaad 
OB^  la  tboM  placm.  WAasaa. 

It  h  as  ratloaal  to  Uf e  la  cafei  till  oar  ova 
haada  hare  erected  a  palaco,  at  to  fcject  9W 
koowMfe  of  arddlecfare  wblcb  oar  ODdentoad* 
iopi  win  Boc  fapply.  JoaaMi. 

From  Che  raft  or  canoe,  whloh  flrrt  Mrved  to 
carry  a  nvageofer  the  river.to  the  eonttrweUam 
of  a  ve«el  capable  of  conviTlng  a  aiiaieroaa 
crew  with  aafetj  to  a  dUtaat  coaat,  the  pngnm 
la  iiDprofement  la  boaieaae.  Roavnnoa. 

BUILD,  V.  To  found. 
BULK,  v.  Size. 

BULKY,    MASSIVE. 

BULKY  denotes  having  bulk,  which 
is  connected  with  our  words,  belly, 
body,  bilge,  bulge,  &g.  and  the  Gat- 
mnnbalg. 

MASSIVE,  in  French  massif  from 
mass,  signifies  having  a  mass  or  being 
like  a  mass,  which  through  the  Ger- 
man niosse,  Latin  moksa,  Greek  /lm^* 
dou^h,  comes  from  fAacfat  to  knead, 
signifying  made  into  a  solid  substance. 

Whatever  is  bulky  has  a  prominence 
of  figure;  wliat  is  massive  has  com- 
pactness of  mailer.  The  bulky  there* 
fore,  though  larger  in  size,  is  not  so 
weighty  as  the  massive. 


BUSINESS. 


BUSINESS. 


17S 


«qr  dung  alie;  an  nMcofim  calls  off 
m  Mfeiiti  08  from  ckuog  what  we 
wiio. 

Enrar^  trademan  has  a  6iififieiffy  on 
the  dihflent  proaecaUon  of  which  de- 
pends Ins  success  in  life;  every  me- 
chamc  has  his  daily  occupatiomy  by 
wludi  he  maintains  his  family ;  every 
labourer  has  an  emplaywieni  which  is 
fixed  for  him. 

Biimeis  and  oeetgnitUm  alwa^ 
suppose  a  sttions  object.  BiiiiiieM  is 
aaaecfaing  more  uigNit  and  important 
than  eccapefioa :  a  man  of  indepen- 
dent fortune  has  no  occasion  to  porsue 
kmdmnt,  bat  as  a  rational  agent  ha 
will  not  be  contsnted  to  be  without  an 
ecca|Miibfi« 

AapkfWieiU^  engagemaUy  andeeo- 
celJeiiy  leave  the   object   undefined. 
An  emkymeni  may  be  a  mere  diver- 
sion ot  t£e  thoughts,  and  a  wasting  of 
the  boors  in  some  idle  pursuit ;  a  child 
may  luKve  its  emphymentf  which  may 
be  Its  play  in  disdnction  from  its  6tai- 
nen:  an  engaxtment  mav  have  no 
higher  object  than  that  ot  pleasure ; 
the  idlest  people  have  often  the  most 
eagageMUmii;  the  gratification  of  curi- 
osity,  and  the  love  of  social  pleasure, 
supply  them  with  an  abundance  of  en- 
muememU,    AvocatUnu  have  seldom  a 
mrect  triffing  object,  although  it  may 
somedmes  be  ottk  subordinate  nature, 
and  genenlly  irrelevant:    numerous 
etOMlioiu  are  not  desirable;   every 
man  should  have  a  regular  pursuit, 
the  kuiimnt  of  his  life,  to  which  the 
principal  part  of  his  Ume  should  be 
devoted:   Moco^ums    therefore  of  a 
seiicNis  nature  are  apt  to  divide  the 
time  and  attention  to  a  hurtful  degree. 
A  perwo  who  is  buty  has  much  to 
attsod  to^  and  attends  to  it  closely :  a 
person  who   is   occupied  has  a  full 
share  of  hmtinnt  without  any  pressure ; 
ha  is  opposed  to  one  whio  is  idle: 
a  perMn  who  is  employed  has  the 
jaeiunt  moment  filled  up;  he  is  not 
SB  a  state  of  inaction :  the  person  virho 
ii^Mmgaggd  b  not  at  hberty  to  be  other- 
ynaitemplpjftd ;  his  time  is  not  his  own ; 
be  is  opposed  to  one  at  leisure. 

mre  no  tooner  wroaKbt  Into 
dbCribaCad  aiWMf  chr  piUBf, 


of  kkDMirtotke  Deity. 


in» 


I  wovld  fBcommend  to  every  one  of  my 
en  the  keepfay  a  JoumI  of  theh  lives  te  eoe 
week,  and  eettiofr  down  p«Mtu11y  their  vfaels 
leiiee  of   employmaiti  derint  that  f  pace  of 


Mr.  BaffBtti  beinc  a  tiaKle  man,  aad  tuUMf 
dtmtttwm  an  efvgMvemeiitVytakai  the  advaatafs 
of  hto  Mapeo^aMb  Jc 


Somoir  oaght  aoC  to  be  eoflmd  to 
liidnlSBiif.f,  bat  awft  five  way  afler 
tlowtoiocUldatlM  aadthaooamioBtfvoGaCiene 

of  Ufih  JOBSWlh 

BUSINESS,  TRADE,  PaOFBSSION, 

ART. 

BUSINESS,  V.  BkffineM,  occttpe* 
turn. 

TRADE  signifies  that  which  em- 
ploys the  time  by  way  of  trade, 

PROFESSION  signifies  that  which 
one  professes  to  do. 

ART  signifies  that  which  is  followed 
in  the  way  of  the  arfi . 

These  words  are  synonymous  in  the 
sense  of  n  calling,  fer  the  purpose  of  a 
livelihood :  buiineu  is  general,  trade 
and  pr^euioa  are  particular ;  all  trade 
is  ousine$Sf  but  all  (astneit  b  not 
trade. 

fiuying  and  selling  of  merchandise 
is  inseparable  from  trade;  but  the 
exercise  of  one's  knowledge  and  ex- 
perience, for  purposes  of  gain,  con- 
stitutes a  huiineu;  when  learning 
or  particular  skill  is  required,  it  b 
a  profemon;  and  when  there  is  a 
pecuhar  exercise  of  art^  it  is  an  arii 
every  shop-keeper  and  retail  dealer 
cames  on  a  trade ;,  brokers,  mano- 
fecturers,  bankers,  and  others,  carry 
on  6tiitnefs;  clergymen,  medical,  or 
military  men,  foUow  a  profatAoni 
musicians  and  painters  follow  an  art, 

TboM  who  are  diitiiimlaei  bp  ebelee  Co  aay 

parUeular  Idod  of  burtmiut  are  Indeed  men 
happy  thaa  thoia  who  am  deUfnlaed  by  Meee* 
ricj.  AoDuoii. 

Some  penoae,  indeed,  by  the  prftOege  of  their 
birth  and  qaalKj,  are  above  a  coomioo  f nute  aad 
pT^fu§4»n^  bat  they  are  not.heic^  emo^pted 
ftom  aJI  ftMflJieii^  aad  aUaned  to  live  anpnil 
aUytoothni.  Tnjuarmnu 

No  one  of  thn  leai  of  Adam  onfbt  t«  tMak 
hlmtBir  exempi  from  laboar  or  Indnitiy ;  thoie 
to  wliom  birth  or  brtane  may  leem  to  make  each 
an  appllcatioB  nnnecweeiy,  oofbt  to  tad  o«C 
ume  calllnfc  or  png/rM/on,  that  tlKj  may  aat 
Ikr  M  a  bwthpa  apon  thn 


■iVlMlt  mmt  tbsofdiMvyoeeiipeCfMwcf  The  pairter  wktertsadi  bit  «rk 


CALAMITY. 


CALAMITY. 


17! 


The  duuracteristic  idea  of  buyhg  h 
that  of  expending  money  accoraing  to 
«  oeitMn  rule,  and  for  a  particular 
purpose ;  that  of  purchasing  is  the 
piocuring  the  thing:  the  propensity 
of  hgfing  whatever  comes  in  onefs 
way  IS  very  iiijarious  to  the  circum- 
stances of  some  people;  what  it  is 
not  convenient  to  procure  for  our- 
selvesy  we  may  commission  another  to 
piificAaw  for  us. 

JB^qfMg  implies  simply  the  ex- 
change St  one  s  money  for  a  commo- 
dity ;  bargaining  and  cheapening  have 
likewise  respect  to  the  price  :  to  bar- 
gmim  is  to  make  a  specific  agreement 
au  to  the  price;  to  cheapen  is  not 
«nly  to  lower  the  price  asked,  but  to 
«leal  in  such  things  as  are  cheap : 
<mda  is  supported  by  buyers ;  bar^ 
^aimer$  and  ckeapeners  are  not  ac- 
ceptable customers :  mean  people  are 
Tirope  to  bargaining  ;  poor  people  are 
-oblige  to  cheapen. 

It  gIfCi  OM  very  fmt  feudal  to  obMWv, 
r  I  en,  how  Biwh  tklU,  la  buying  aU 
ct  Mwiv  there  Is  nwernvj  to  defeat 
AwB  hdtaff  dwatod.  Stbblb. 

hedhMp  pnojwortbt  of  their 

frlendf.  SnAUPBAKB. 

lit,  aad  fnl,  and  Mtehh  lonpie, 
landi  an  kmrgaik*d  for,  and  tnld. 

SUAUPBARB. 


■Bjaaanrt  riiflCortcian  toniirg 

kmdii  woBldiwi  a  into  wreral  dlf- 

auarinlng  ■oiiieCla«i  the  lining,  and 

tto  bnttiDB,  doriflf  the  whole  ooana  of 

A  imt  naa  would  think  he  was 

•  hHf  ar,  when  perfaapa  be  In  talklnf 

of  Ike  BiWA  nalloa.  Adddmii. 

BT-woRDy  V.  Axiom. 

c. 

CABAL,  v.  Combination. 
TO  CAJOLE,  V.  To  Coax. 

^^UMITT,  DISASTER,  MISFOR- 
TCNK,  kiSCHANCK,  MISHAP. 

CALAMITY,  in  French  calamUc, 
^^foa  calamiiaMg  from  calamus  a  stalk ; 
^^^Cttse  hail  or  whatever  injured  the 
>tslks  of  com  was  termed  a  calamity. 
.  DISASTER,  in  TreDch  disastre^ 
^^coomoanded  of  the  privative  des  or 
^  tnd  oifre,  in  Latin  astrtan  a  star, 
ppnfyiog  what  came  from  the  adverse 
influence  of  the  stars. 


MISFORTLTNE,  MISCHANCE, 
and  MISHAP,  naturally  express  what 
cones  amiss. 

The  idea  of  a  painfol  event  is  com- 
mon to  all  these  terms,  but  they  differ 
in  the  degree  of  importance. 

A  calamity  is  a  great  disaster  or 
misfbriune  ;  a  misfortune  a  great  fiu»- 
chance  or  mishap:  whatever  is  at- 
tended with  destruction  is  a  calamity  g 
whatever  occasions  mischief  to  the 
person,  defeats  or  interrupts  plaM,  is 
a  disaster;  whatever  is  accompanied 
with  a  loss  of  )jroperty,  or  the  depri- 
vation of  health,  is  a  mirfortune; 
whatever  diminishes  the  beauty  or 
udlity  of  objects  is  a  mischance  or 
mishap :  the  devastation  of  a  country 
by  hurricanes  or  earthquakes,  or  the 
desolation  of  its  inhabitants  by  fa- 
mine or  plague,  are  great  calamities; 
the  overtnmnig  of  a  carriage,  or  the 
fracture  of  a  limb,  are  disasters;  losses 
in  trade  are  mirfortunes  ;  the  spoiling 
of  a  book  is,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent^ 
a  mischance  or  mishap. 

A  calamity  seldom  arises  from  the 
direct  agency  of  man  i  the  elements, 
or  the  natural  course  of  things,  are 
mostly  concerned  in  producing  this 
source  of  misery  to  men ;  the  rest 
may  be  ascribed  to  cliancc,  as  distin- 
guished from  design :  disasters  mostly 
arise  from  some  specific  known  causey 
either  the  carelessness  of  persons,  or 
the  unfitness  of  things  for  their  use ; 
as  they  generally  serve  to  derange 
some  preconcerted  scheme  or  under- 
taking, they  seem  as  if  they  were  pro» 
duced  by  some  secret  influence :  mif- 
fortune  is  frequently  assignable  to  no 
specific  cause,  it  is  the  bad  fortune  of 
an  individual ;  a  link  in  the  chain  of 
his  destiny;  an  evil  independent  of 
himself,  as  distiiiguisheJ  finom  a 
fault :  mischance  and  mishap  are  fnis- 
fortunes  of  comparatively  so  trivial  a 
nature,  that  it  would  not  be  worth 
while  tu  inquire  into  their  cause,  or  to 
dwell  upon  their  consequences.  A 
calamity  is  dreadful;  a  disaster 
melancholy;  a  mirfortune  grievous  or 
heavy ;  a  'mischance  or  mishap  slight 
or  trivial. 

A  calamity  is  either  public  or  pri- 
vate, but  more  frequently  the  former : 
a  disaster  is  rather  particular  than 
private;  it  affects  things  rather  than 


CALCULATE. 


CALENDAR. 


179 


been  erected :  tradesmen  reckon 
cheir  profits  and  losses.  Children 
iieg;in  by  counting  on  their  fingers, 
oae»  two,  three. 

^n  almanack  is  made  by  cttlculor 
iion^  computation^  and  reckoning. 
The  rising  and  setting  of  the  heavenly 
bodies  are  caicukUed ;  from  given 
astronomical  tables  is  computed  the 
monieDt  on  which  any  celestial  phe- 
nomenon may  return ;  and  by  reckon- 
ing ore  determined  the  days  on  which 
holidays,  or  other  periodical  events, 
fiiU. 

Baffou,  in  his  moral  arithmetic,  has 
€alculaied  tables  as  guides  to  direct 
oar  Judgements  in  different  situations, 
where  we  hare  only  vague  probability, 
«n  which  to  draw  our  conclusions. 
£y  this  we  have  only  to  compute  what 
vbe  fiiirest  gain  must  cost  us ;  how 
much  we  niust  lose  in  advance  from 
che  most  favourable  lottery ;  how 
much  our  hopes  impose  upon  us,  our 
cupidity  cheats  us,  and  our  habits 
injare  us. 

Caiculate  and  reckon  are  employed 
in  a  figurative  sense;  compute  and 
^ount  in  an  eiteuded  application  of  the 
same  sense. 

Calculate f  reckon ^  and  county  re- 
^Msct  mostly  the  future ;  compute,  the 


Calculate   is   rather  a  conjectural 
^deduction  firom  what  is,  as  to  what 
iT  be;    computation  is  a  rational 
ssumate  of  what  has  been,  from  what 
s ;  reckoning  is  a  conclusive  convic- 
JOD,  a  compiacent  assurance  that  a 
'hin^  will  happen ;  counting  indicates 
eipectatien.    We  calculate  on  a 
im;  compute  any  loss  sustained,  or 
Ae  amount  of  any  miscliief  done ;  we 
'^ekon  ou  a  promised  pleasure;  we 
'^mnt  the  hours  and  minutes  until  the 
ime  of  enjoyment  arrives. 
A  spirit  of  calculation  arises  from 
lIm  cupidity  engendered    by  trade; 
i^  otiTows  the  mind  to  the  mere  pros- 
i>^ct  of  accumularion  and  self-interest. 
^omputationi  are  inaccurate  that  are 
uot  founded  upon   exact   numerical 
C€ikidation$,      Inconsiderate    people 
^veaptto  reckon  on  things  that  are 
verj  uncertain,  and  then  lay  up  to 
t\ieQiselve8  a  store  of  disappointments. 
Children  who  are  uneasy  at  school 
coknl  the  hours,  minutes,  and  moments 
S»r  their  ret  am  home.    Tliose  who 


have  experienced  the  instability  of 
human  aflhirs,  will  never  calculate  on 
an  hour's  enjoyment  beyond  the  mo* 
ment  of  existence.  It  is  difficult  to 
compute  the  loss  which  an  army 
sustains  upon  being  defeated,  espe* 
cially  if  it  be  obliged  to  make  a  long 
retreat.  Those  who  know  the  human 
heart  will  never  reckon  on  the  as- 
sistance of  professed  friends  in  the 
hour  of  adversity.  A  mind  that  is  ill 
at  case  seeks  a  resource  and  amuse- 
ment in  counting  the  moments  as  they 
fly ;  but  this  is  often  an  unhappy  de» 
Insion  that  only  adds  to  the  bitterness 
of  sorrow. 

In  thU  bank  of  fame,  bj  w  exact  caietJatitmt 
and  Um>  ruin  of  polUical  aritbineCIc,  I  ham  nU 
lotted  ten  bondred  tboaaaod  ibarpi;  Are  boa- 
dred  tliottvand  of  which  h  the  doe  of  tiie  §eneni  ; 
two  haiiilred  tboasand  I.  anifn  to  the  general 
officen;  and  two  hundred  thouiand  more  to  all 
the  commlfsloned  ofBeem,  flrora  the  coloneb  to 
en»lfrni;  tbe  remMninir  hundred  tbouwnd  mart 
be  dhtrlbnteil  amonfp  tbe  non-commiMioned 
offlcera  and  prfrate  men;  accordtns  to  wbieh 
computatioH^  I  find  nqeant  Hall  U  to  bure  mw 
ibnm  and  a  fraction  of  two  fiftbu.  Stkhc. 

Tl.e  time  we  lire  onght  not  to  be  computed  bf 
the  number  of  year^  but  bjr  tbe  me  that  baa 
been  made  of  It.  Aodiwii. 

Men  reckon  tberawpfret  powenod  of  what 
their  peniifl  Inclioea  tbem  to,  and  ao  bend  all 
their  ambition  to  excel  la  what  Is  out  of  their 

'WCh.  SPKCTITOB. 

AppIauM  wnd  admiration  are  1^  no  meant  to 
be  connUd  amons  tbe  necemarleaof  liflp. 

JoiniaoM. 

CALBNDAR,   ALMANACK, 

EPHEMERIS. 

CALENDAR  comes  from  calenda, 
the  Htmian  name  for  tlie  iirst  days  of 
every  month. 

ALMANACK,  that  is  alnndmanog 
si^niHes  properly  the  reckoning  or 
thing  reckoned,  from  the  Arabic  mana 
and  Hebrew  manach  to  reckon. 

EPHEMERIS,  in  Greek  i^i/uie.; 
from  tvi  and  v/ui^a  the  day,  implies 
that  which  happens  by  tlie  day. 

These  terms  denote  a  date-book, 
but  the  calendar  is  a  book  which  re- 
gisters events  under  even'  month  :  the 
almanack  is  a  book  which  registers 
times,  or  the  divisions  of  the  year: 
and  an  ephemeris  is  a  book  which  re- 
gisters the  planetary  movements  every 
day.  An  almanack  may  be  a  calendar, 
and  an  epkemerii  may  be  both  an  al- 
manack and  a  calendar ;  but  every 
almanack  is  not  a  calendar,  nor  everv 

K  2 


CALM)  C0MP08KD,  COLL^CTBD* 

CALM»  V,  To  appease, 

COMPOSED,  from  the  verb  eam- 
poee^  marks  the  state  of  being  ccm- 
ftmed ;  and  COLLECTED,  from  col- 
kdj  the  state  of  bebg  collected. 

Thefe  tenns  agree  in  expressing  a 
state ;  but  calm  respects  the  state  of 
the  feelings,  composed  the  state  of  the 
thoughts  uid  feelings,  and  collected 
the  state  of  the  thoughts  more  pani- 

cularlv.  .  .     , 

Calmneu  is  peculiarly  requisite  m 
seasons  cdP  distress,  and  amidst  scenes 
of  horror:  compoture^  in  moments  of 
trial,  disorder,  and  tumult :  collected' 
wess,  in  moments  of  danger.  Cabnneu 
is  the  companion  of  fortitude;  no  one 
can  hare  strength  to  bear  whose  spirits 
are  easily  disturbed :  composure  is  an 
attendant  upon  deamess  of  under- 
ftandiog ;  no  one  can  express  himself 
with  persincQity  whose  thoughts  are 
any  way  deranged:  collectedness  is 
requisite  for  a  determined  prompti-> 
tuae  of  action;  no  one  can  be  ex- 
pected to  act  promptly  who  cannot 
think  fiMdly. 

It  would  argue  a  want  of  all  feeling 
to  be  calm  on  some  occasions,  when 
the  best  affecuons  of  our  nature  are 
put  to  a  severe  trial.  Camposednen 
of  mind  associated  with  the  detection 
of  guilt,  evinces  a  hardened  conscience, 
and  an  insensibility  to  shame.  Co^ 
hctedntxs  of  mind  has  contributed  in 
no  small  degree  to  the  presenration  of 
some  persons'  lives,  in  nooments  of 
the  moat  imminent  peril. 

Til  igodDkc  iBHBUffB^J  ^  ^»ev* 
Wlwa  molt  pivvol^4,  oar  reiMD  oa2iii  aad  eirar. 

Tnoaioii. 

A  nopfav  low  would  gnm  a  plesMat  fellow 
%7  tint  tfiDO  he  had  rid  tMce  abont  the  iHand 
(AaCecjra);  and  a  hue-teained  ralw,  after  a 
■bort  itaj  Id  the  conntry,  go  borne  acaia  a  com- 
fotedt  grave,  wortbj  gentleman.  Stkilk. 

GMetUd  n  hb  itieogtb,  and  like  a  rock, 
PoVd  oB  hia  baia^llMHBliaiilood  the  diocfc. 

Detmn. 

CALM,   PLACID,   SERBNE. 

CALM,  V.  To  appease. 

PLACID,  in  Latin  placidus^  from 
placeo  to  please,  signines  the  state  of 
being  pleased,  or  free  firom  uneasiness. 

SERENE,  Latin  tereaa^  comes 
most  probably  ^m  the  Greek  ii(«i>q 
peace,  sigpiQfwg  a  ftate  of  peace. 


CAN. 


m 


Calm  and  serene  are  applied  to  the 
elements;  placid  only  to  the  mind. 
Calmness  respects  only  the  state  of  the 
winds,  serenitjf  that  of  the  air  and 
heavens :  the  weather  is  calm  when  it 
is  firee  from  agitation;  it  is  serene 
when  free  from  noise  and  vapour. 
Calm  respects  the  total  absence  of  all 
perturbation;  placid  the  ease  and  con- 
tentment of  the  mind ;  serene  the 
clearness  and  composure  of  the  mind. 

As  in  the  natural  world  a  particular 
agitation  of  the  wind  is  succeeded  by 
a  ca  2m,  so  in  the  mind  of  man,  when 
an  unusual  effervescence  has  been  pro- 
duced, it  commonly  subsides  into  a 
i^lm:  placidity  ^tJad  serenity  have 
more  that  is  even  and  regular  in  them ; 
thev  are  positively  what  they  are. 
Calm  is  a  partial  state  of  the  feelings ; 
placid  and  serene  are  habits  of  the 
mind.  We  speak  of  a  calm  state;  but 
a  placid  and  serene  temper.  Placidity 
is  more  of  a  natural  gift;  eereni^  is 
acqinred :  people  with  not  verjf  ardent 
desires  or  warmth  of  feeluie  will 
evince  placidity  i  they  are  pleased 
with  all  that  passes  inwardly  or  out- 
wardly :  nothing  contributes  so  much 
to  serenity  of  mind  as  a  pervadii^ 
sense  of  Grod's  good  providence,  which 
checks  all  impatience,  softens  down 
every  asperity  of  humour,  and  gives  a 
steady  current  to  the  feelings. 

Pieaeh  patleace  to  the  tea,  when  jarriBf  whkb 
Throw  up  tlie  twelllBg  btllowi  to  the  *j  I 
And  If  yoor  n>aMn8  nUig ate  her  tvjp 
Mjr  wvl  will  be  at  eaim,  Samu 

PUciA  and  soothlDg  ti  the  remenbraiica  ef  a 
lift*  paned  with  ^aiet,  iuaoceoee,  aod  elegaiiee. 

81 


JSf e^r  one  on^t  to  Amee  agaiait  the  ffnapcr  oT 
Ma  elliaate  or  eon«Ut«tlon,  and  ttHfataMf  f 
iadalge  in  hlm«alf  tbon  coarfderatknw  vMah 
«Mj  give  hlra  a  »rrcnitjf  of  niod.        Ai 


TO  CALM,  7'.  7b  appease* 
CALM,  V,  Peace. 

TO    CALITMNIATB,   V.    To    OS* 

perse. 

CAN,    MAV. 

CAN,  in  the  Northern  languages 
kouneuf  &c.  is  derived  most  probably 
from  keniten  to  know,  firom  the  nauw 
lal  intimacy  which  subsists  betwan 
knowledge  and  power. 

MAY  is  in  German  lai^n,  to  tat 

r  wish,  Greek  fAam  to  desire^  fil 


CAPTURE. 


CARE. 


165 


is  in  Saxon  frtotany  comes  from  the 
Latin  fncatwSf  participle  of  Jrico  to 
wear  away  with  rubbing. 

PETULANT,  in  Latin  petulans, 
from  peto  to  seek,  signifies  seeking  or 
catching  up. 

All  these  terms  indicate  an  una- 
miable  working  and  expression  of  tam- 
per. Captious  marks  a  readiness  to 
be  oftended :  cross  indicates  a  readi- 
ness to  offiuid:  peevish  expresses  a 
strong  degne  of  crossness :  fretful  a 
complainiog  impatience:  petulant  a 
quid  or  sadden  impatience.  Capti^ 
oMsness  is  the  consequence  of  mis- 
placed pride ;  crossness  of  ill  humour ; 
peevishness  nnd  fretfulneu  of  a  painful 
irritability ;  petulance  is  either  the 
result  of  a  naturally  hasty  temper  or 
of  a  sudden  irritability  t  adults  are 
most  prone  to  be  captious ;  they  have 
frequently  a  self-importaiMre  which  is 
in  perpetual  danger  of  being  offended : 
an  undisciplined  temper,  whether  in 
young  or  old,  will  manifest  itself  on 
certmn  occasions  by  cross  looks  and 
words  towards  those  with  whom  the^ 
come  in  connexion:  spoiled  children 
are  most  apt  to  be  peevish  ;  they  are 
seldom  thwarted  in  any  of  their  unrea- 
sonable desires,  without  venting  their 
ill  humour  by  an  irritating  and  offend- 
ing action:. sickly  children  are  most 
liable  to  fretfulness ;  their  unpleasant 
feelings  vent  themselves  in  a  mixture 
of  crying  complaints  and  crossneu: 
the  young  and  ignorant  are  most  apt 
to  be  petulant  when  contradicted. 

€!apHaiu*neu  and  jnlooiy  am  easily  offend* 
cd ;  and  to  Um  vba  ttndionsly  looks  for  an  af- 
front, arerj  mode  of  bebavlonr  will  rapplj  it. 

JOBMSOir. 

I  iraa  so  gnod  h«iiiottr*d,  so  clieerfnl  and  gay, 
My  heart  vas  as  ligbt  as  a  feather  all  day. 
Rut  uov  I  to  cross  and  so  peerUh  am  grown, 
80  strangrly  nneasy  as  never  was  known.  By  boh. 

PeeviMh  di^ieamre,  and  suspiclona  of  man- 
ldad,areapt  to  pertwnte  those  who  withdraw 
tfaemselvea  altogether  from  the  haunts  of  men. 

Blau. 

Byindolgtof  this/re(/ui  temper,  you  both 
aigraTate  the  uneasiness  of  age,  and  yoa  aHmate 
thone  on  whose  aflfectioos  much  of  your  comfort 
depends.  Blaib. 

TO  CAPTIVATE,  V.  To  chttrm. 
TO  CAPTIVATB,  v.  To  enslavc. 
CAPTIVITY,  v.  Confinement. 

CAPTURE,  SEIZURE,  PRIZE. 

CAPTUEE,   in   French    capiurcj 


Latin  captura^  from  captus,  participU 
of  capio  to  take,  signifies  either  the 
act  of  taking,  or  the  thing  taken,  but 
mostly  the  foitner. 

SEIZURE,  from  seize,  in  French 
saisiTf  signifies  only  the  act  of  seizing, 

PRIZ  E,  in  French  prise,  from  pris 
participle  of  prendre  to  take,  signifies 
only  the  thing  taken. 

Capture  and  seizure  differ  in  the 
mode :  a  capture  is  made  by  force  of 
arms ;  a  seizure  by  direct  and  per- 
sonal violence.  The  capture  of  a  town 
or  an  island  requires  an  array ;  the 
seizure  of  property  is  effected  by  the 
exertions  of  an  individual.  A  seizure 
always  requires  some  force,  which  a 
capture  does  not.  A  capture  may  be 
made  on  an  unresisting  object ;  it  is 
merely  the  taking  into  possession  :  a 
seizure  supposes  much  eagerness  for 
possession  on  the  one  hand,  and  re- 
luctance to  yield  on  the  other.  Mer- 
chant vessels  are  captured  which  are 
not  in  a  state  to  make  resistance ; 
contraband  goods  arc  seized  by  the  po- 
lice officers. 

A  capture  has  always  something  le- 

Sitimato  in  it ;  it  is  a  public  measure 
owing  from  authority  :  a  seizure  is  a 
private  measure,  irequently  as  unlaw- 
rill  and  unjust  as  it  is  violent ;  it  de- 
pends on  the  will  of  the  individual. 
A  capture  is  general,  it  respects  the 
act  uf  takint; :  a  prize  is  particular. 
It  regards  the  object  taken,  and  its 
value  to  the  captor :  many  captures 
are  made  by  sea  which  never  become 
prizes. 

The  late  Mr.  Robert  Wood,  fai  hit  essay  on 
the  original  goiins  and  writinfs  of  Homer,  in- 
clines to  think  the  Iliad  and  Odjssey  were  flaidi- 
ed  about  half  a  century  after  the  ooptwre  of 
Ttoj,  CnunsLAHD* 

Many  of  the  danipers  imputed  of  old  to  eiror- 
hitant  wealth  are  now  at  an  end.  Tlie  rleh  aiw 
neitlier  waylaid  by  rohbtn,  nor  watched  by  in- 
formers  s  there  is  nothing  to  be  dreaded  froa 
proscriptions  or  seiturea,  Johmsoh. 

Sensible  of  their  owa  foite,  and  allured  by 
the  prospect  of  so  rich  a  prfse,  the  nortbera 
birbirians.  In  the  rei^n  of  Arcadhis  and  Hono- 
rias,  assailed  at  once  all  ths  frontiers  of  the  Ro- 
man empire.  Hvme. 

CARCASS,  V.  Body. 

CARE,  SOLICITUOB,   ANXIETY. 

CARE,  in  Latin  cura,  pomes  pro- 
bably from  the  Greek  uu^ot  poweri  be* 


CAREFUL. 


CARNAGE. 


185 


it  eompreheiidt  personal  ^  Iftboar  : 
charge  involves  responsibility:  toia- 
mgamemt    inckides    regulation    and 

ORMf. 

A  gardener  has  the  core  of  a  garden ; 
a  none  hat  the  ckargie  of  children ;  a 
steward  has  the  managfwitnt  of  a 
/arm :  we  must  always  act  in  order  to 
take  cars  ;  we  must  look  in  order  to 
take  charge ;  we  must  always  think  in 
order  to  manage. 

Cons  is  employed  in  menial  occu- 
patiooa ;  charge  in  matters  of  trust 
and  ooo6deoce ;  management  in  mat- 
ton  of  business  and  experience  :  the 
sictvanfe  has  the  care  of  the  cattle ;  an 
•anatructw  has  the  charge  of  youth;  a 
c:lnk  has  the  managemeni  of  a  busi- 


wahalwMfcHjoy. 


bditw  that  the  KpsipMMe  with 
took  the  charge  of  the  gMWB« 
bol^MfBed. 

CUMHIBLAini* 

!•  whom  her  hoibtiid  Ml  the 

of  her  lodfflnft,  and  who 

fMiBdui  eppurto- 

Hawubbwoi 


CARS,  V.  Heed. 

^-^mXFUL,  CAUTIOUS,  PROVI7 

DBNT. 

C^AREFUL  signifies  full  of  care  (v. 
"^^y  iotieiimde), 

CAUTIOUS    is  in   Latin  cautus, 

ticiple  of  caveOf  which  comes  from 

^•»paa  hoUowy  or  a  cave,  which  was 

^^l^inallT  a  place  of  security ;  hence 

*"^    epithet  caa^ibtu  in  the  sense  of 

•^^tii  security. 

.  Provident,  Latin  pravUIenSy 
^S^^ifies  foreseeing  or  looking  to  before- 
***"wi,  fKun  pro  and  video. 

MTe  are  car^fid  to  avoid  mistakes ; 

^^ttioni  to  avoid  danger;  provident  to 

^"^d  straits  and  difficulties:  carejB 

^^Aicised  in  saving  and  retaining  what 

^  Wve;  caution  must  be  used  in 

^tiding against  the  evils  that  may  be ; 

f^^fiienee  must  be  emfdoyed  in  sup- 

P^yiog  the  good,  or  guarding  against 

^  CDDtiDgent  evils  of  the  future. 

Csne  consists  in  the  use  of  means, 
i*  the  eaercise  of  the  faculties  for  the 
^tttioment  of  an  end ;  a  cartful  per- 
son Qodts  nothing:  catiiion  consists 
nther  in  abstainmg  from  action;  a 


cau^iom  person  will  not  act  where  he 
onght  not:  providence  respects  the 
use  of  things ;  it  is  bod)  care  and  coii- 
tion  in  the  management  of  property  ; 
a  provident  person  acts  for  tne  Aitore^ 
by  abstaining  for  tho  present. 

Tbne^  not  that  work 
Of  cfU^fiil  natanp,  or  of  cnmlag  art. 
How  strong;  bow  btnetooot,  or  bow  rich  It  be, 
Bnt  flilltf  In  tiae  to  mio. 

Flnth*d  by  the  tplrlt  of  the  genlnl  jmt. 
Be  (veetlj  ooictioMf  of  yonr  lUdliif  hemti. 


Bleat  nbofe  men  if  he  penehree  end  fMi 
Theblewiaphehhelrtoi  He!  to  whoa 
Hb  provident  foiefatheri  have  beqneathed 
In  thf  1  Ailr  dMrlct  of  their  native  hie 
A  fine  Inheritance.  CDNnazjuraw 

CARBFCL9  V.  Attentive. 
CARBLEss,  t;.  Indolent. 
CAEBLESS)  V*  Negligent. 

TO  CAEBSS,  FONDLE. 

Both  these  terms  mark  a  spedes  of 
endearment. 

CARESS,  like  cherish^  comes  from 
the  French  cherir,  and  chire,  Latin 
cams  dear,  signifying  the  expression 
of  a  tender  sentiment. 

FONDLE,  from  fond,  is  a  frequen- 
tative verb^  signifying  to  becomeybiut 
of,  or  express  cm&%findnen  for. 

We  careu  by  words  or  actions ;  we 
fondle  by  actions  only :  caret$e$  are 
not  always  unsuitable ;  but  fondlings 
which  is  the  extreme  of  caressing, 
is  not  less  unfit  for  the  one  who  re- 
ceives than  for  the  one  who  gives : 
animals  caress  each  other,  as  xhm 
natural  mode  of  indicating  their  af- 
fection ;  fondling,  which  is  the  ex- 
pression of  perverted  feeling,  is  pecu- 
liar to  human  beings,  who  uone  abuse 
the  faculties  with  which  they  ara 
endowed. 

CARGO,  V,  Freight, 

CARNAGE,  SLAUGHTER,  MAS- 
SACRE, BC7TCHERY. 

CARNAGE,  from  the  Latiif  raro 
camis  flesh,  implies  properly  a  col- 
lection of  dead  flesh,  that  is,  the  reduc- 
ing to  the  state  of  dead  flesh. 

SLAUGHTER,  from  slay,  is  the  act 
of  taking  away  life. 

MASSACRE,  in  French  moiiacre, 
comes  from  the  Latin  mactarc  to  kill 
for  sacrifice. 


186 


CARRIAGE. 


CASE. 


BUTCHERY,  from  to  butcher,  sip- 
mfies  the  act  of  butchering  ;  iu  French 
boucherie,  from  bouche  the  mouth,  sig- 
Iii6e8  the  killing  for  food. 

Carnage  respects  the  number  of 
dead  bodies  made;  it  may  be  said 
either  of  men  'or  animals,  but  more 
oommonly  of  the  former:  slaughter 
respects  the  act  of  taking  away  life, 
ana  the  circumstances  of  the  agent : 
ma$$acre  and  butcherj/  respect  the 
circumstances  of  tlie  objects  who  are 
the  sufferers  of  the  action ;  the  hitter 
three  are  said  of  human  beings  only. 

Carnage  is  the  consequence  of  any 
impetuous   attack    from    a  powerful 
enemy ;  soldiers  who  get  into  a  be- 
sieged town,  or  a  wolf  who  breaks  into 
a  sneepfold,  commonly  make  a  dread- 
ful carnage :  slaughter  is  the  conse- 
quence  of   waHare;    in   battles  the 
Miamghter  will    be  venr  considerable 
where  both  parties  defend  themselves 
pertinaciously :  a  massacre  is  the  con- 
sequence of  secret  and  personal  resent- 
ment between  bodies  of  people ;  it  is 
always  a  stain   upon  the  nation  by 
whom  it  is  practised,  as  it  cannot  be 
effected  without  a  violent  breach  of 
confidence,  and  a  direct  act  of  trea- 
chery;   of  this  description    was  the 
massacre  of  the  Danes  by  the  original 
Britons,     and    the   massacre  of  the 
Hugenots  in  France  :  butchery  is  the 
general  accompaniment  of  a  massar 
crt ;  defenceless  women  and  children 
are  commonly  butchered  by  the  savage 
Airies  who  are  most  active   in  this 
work  of  blood. 

Tlie  carnage  Jano  noin  the  skiastirT^*d, 
And,  toachM  with  grief,  benpoke  the  bliie-«yM 
makL  Pops* 

YtC,  jH  a  IHtle,  and  d-stnicttve  ttaughter 
SMI  rage  around  and  mar  this  beauteoa*  pro- 
■pect.  Rowc. 

Onr  groaoiog  ccnntry  bled  at  every  vein ; 
When  ranrdcn,  rape»,  and  nuutacret  pn^raiPd. 

Ilowc. 

h$t  u  be  sacrlficen,bnt  not  but^en, 

Shakspkabs. 

TO  CARP,  V.  To  censure. 

CARRIAGE,  GAIT,  WALK. 

CARRIAGE  from  the  verb  to  carry 
(v.  To  bear,  carry)  signifies  the  act  of 
carrying  in  general,  but  here  that  of 
corryins  the  body. 

GAIT,  from  go,  signifies  the  manner 
of  going. 


WALK    signifies   the   manner    of 
walkine^ 

Carnage  is  here  the  roost  general 
term  ;  it  respects  the  manner  of  carry^ 
ing  the  body,  whether  in  a  state  of 
motion  or  rest :  gait  is  the  mode  of 
carrying  the  limbs  and  body  when- 
ever we  move :  walk  is  the  manner  of 
carrying  the  body  when  we  move  for- 
ward to  walk, 

A  person's   carriage  is  somewhat 
natural  to  him ;  it  is  often-  an  indica- 
tion of  character,  but  admits  of  great 
change  by  education  ;  we  may  always 
distinguish  a  roan  as  high  or  low,  either 
in  mind  or  station,  by  his  carrimge  z 
gait  is  artificial ;  we  may  contract  a 
certain  gait  by  habit;    the  maii  is 
therefore  often  t^en  for  a  bad  habit 
of  going,  as  wbeo  a  person  has  a  liam- 
ing  gait  J  or  au  unsteady  gait:  toaltk 
is  less  definite  than  either,  as  it  is 
applicable  to  the  ordinary  movements 
of  men ;  there  is  a  good,  a  bad,  or  an 
indifferent  walk ;  but  it  is  not  a  mat- 
ter of   indifference   which    of  thesa 
kinds  of   walk  we  have;    it  is  the 
great  art  of    the  dandug-master  to 
give  a  good  walk. 

Upon  facT  nearer  approach  to  Hetcalea,  As 
■tepped  before  tba  other  iad j,  who  cuae  fbmM 
whh  a  resnlar  compotied  carriage,  AMmoib 
UfeleM  her  gait,  and  »low,  with  aeeBhis  pain. 
She  draegM  her  lolCring  Uaibt  aUmg  the  plaiB. 


In  lei^cth  of  train  descends  her  aweeplaf  gown^ 
And  bj  her  fraceful  walk,  the  <pmm  ci  love  li 
known. 


CARRIAGE,  V.  BehauiouTm 

TO  CARRY,  V.  To  beoT. 

TO  CARRY,  V.  To  brings 
CAROUSAL,  V.  FeasL 

CASE,  CAUSE. 

CASE,  in  Latin  casus,  from  cado 
to  fall,  chance,  happen,  signifies  the 
thing  falling  out. 

CAUSE,  in  French  cause,  Latin 
causa,  is  probably  changed  firom  case, 
and  the  Latin  casus. 

The  case  is  matter  of  fact ;  the  cause 
is  matter  of  question :  a  case  involves 
circumstances  and  consequences;  a 
cause  involves  reasons  and  arguments: 
a  case  is  something  to  be  learned;  a 
cause  is  something  to  be  decided. 

A  case  needs  only  to  be  stated  ;  a 
cause  must  be  defended :  a  cause  maj 


CAST. 


CAST. 


187 


IwWMJwIf 

•Mvtat 


ivdiide  eoiUf  bat  not  vice  wni:  in 
all  eauses  that  are  to  be  tried,  there  are 
many  legal  catet  that  must  be  cited : 
whoever  is  interested  in  the  eaute  of 
bamanity  will  not  be  heedless  of  those 
ctffet  of  distress  which  are  perpetually 
presenting  themselves. 

TkoB  ita  double  ptalw  doe  to  virtue, when  it 
lilodstdlnabo^thaCMeiBstoluive  brao  pw- 
)P%nd  for  tho  nrcplloa  of  vice  ;  InmaajMch 
esMt  tke  foal  aad  bodjr  do  mC  leeai  to  bv  Tel- 

AOOUOR. 

advocate  ao  loof ,  that  I  nrvcr 

nj,  bat  what  thej  prove, 

prooft  In  ctuues  broai^t 

Sift  WllUAM  JOMRli 

CASS)  t;.  SUuaiim, 
CASE,  V.  Frame. 
CASH,  t;.  Morm/* 

TO  CAST,  THROW,  HURL. 

Cast  pnbably  comes  from  eaUu^ 
^■ticiplB  of  eoito  to  fidly  signifyiog  to 
'>>akeorto  let  fall. 

THROW^  in  Saxon  thrawan^  is 
S^^t  probably  a  variation  of  thnut,  in 
-^tiii  tnulo,  Cbaldee  terad  to  thrust 
'^peatedJy. 
jtt  CJHL,  like  the  word  whirl,  comes 
"~  the  Saaron  hirfiven,  hiveorfian^ 
Y^^^  anany  &c.  wirhel,  Teutonic  wirvei, 
~^**ish  hirvel,  hirvler,  Latin  verto, 
^^'"o,  which  are  all  derived  from  the 
■^^k^few  orga/roundy  signifying  to  turn 

I     Ocu^  conveys  simpler  the  idea  of 

J^y^^g  aside,  or  putting  from  one's  self; 

|A^o»  and  Atir/  desipiate  more  speci- 

?*^^^^ly  the  mode  ot  the  action:  cait 

^*  ^n  indifferent  action,  whether  it  re- 

^P^ots    ourselves    or    others;  throw 

^^ays  marks  a  direct  motive  of  dis- 

«ke  fjr  contempt.   What  is  not  wanted 

**  cos/  off;  clothes  which  are  no  longer 

^'^TnarecMt  off:  what  is  worthless 

^  hurtful  IS  thnmn  away ;  the  dross 

^*   separated    from   the   wheat    and 

tkroip,!  away;  bad  hubits  cannot  be 

f^o»fi  off  too  soon. 

Coify  as  it  respects  others,  is  di- 
ynted  of  all  personalities;  but  nothing 
tttftroam  at  any  ono  without  an  in- 
tention of  offending  or  hurting :  a 
^VKe  is  cast  at  a  person,  or  things 
vc  ctut  before  him ;  but  insinuations 
ire  throan  out  against  a  person; 
tilings  are  thrown  at  him  with  the 
riew  of  striking. 


Cntt  requires  no  particular  effort; 
it  amounts  in  general  to  no  more  than 
let  fall  or  go :  throm  is  frequently  ac- 
companied with  violence.  Money  is 
cati  into  a  bag ;  stones  are  thrown 
from  a  great  distance :  animals  ca$i 
their  youngat  stated  periods ;  the  horse 
throws  his  rider ;  a  lawless  man  throtn 
off  constraint. 

Hurl  is  a  violent  species  of  Mrov- 
ing  employed  only  on  extraordinary 
occasions,  expressive  of  an  unosual 
degree  of  vehemence  in  the  agent,  and 
an  excessive  provocation  on  the  part  of 
the  sufferer:  the  hurler,  the  thing 
hurled,  and  the  cause  of  hurling,  cor- 
respond in  magnitude  ;  a  mighty  po- 
tentate is  hurled  from  his  thrown  by 
some  power  superior  to  his  own ;  Mil- 
ton represents  the  devils  as  hurled 
from  Heaven  by  the  word  of  the  Al- 
mighty ;  the  heathen  poets  have  feigned 
a  similfir  story -of  the  i^iants  who  made 
war  against  Heaven,  ud  were  karkd 
by  the  thunderbolts  of  Jupiter  down  to 
the  earth. 

Aifar  aa  I  could  ctut  my  eyn 

Upon  the  •ea.Boaietblas  mrtboofbt  did  rfw 

like  blufih  mtoti.  DavMnr. 

O  war,  Cboa  aon of  bell! 
Wbon  Baff7  beavmt  do  nahe  their  mlnltter, 
Thrmw  in  tbe  flroaeo  bosona  of  oar  part. 
Hoc  coah  of  vesfBance  !  Sn  AKtrcARS. 

Wreath  mjr  head 
Wttb  flamlaff  owCeon,  load  ajr  arms  with  tboa* 

dor. 
Which  a«  I  nlmblj  cat  my  ctoajy  way 
Vn  hurl  OB  thto  nnffalenil  eaicb.  Tais. 

CAST,  TURN,  DESCRIPTION. 

CAST,  from  the  verb  to  ca%t  (v.  To 
cast),  signifies  that  which  is  cast,  and 
hero  by  an  extension  of  the  sense,  the 
form  in  which  it  is  cait, 

TURN,  from  the  verb  to  turn,  si^ 
uifies  also  the  act  of  turning,  or  the 
manner  of  turning, 

DESCRIPTION  signifies  the  act  of 
describing,  or  the  thing  which  is  to  be 
described. 

What  is  cast  is  artificial ;  what 
turns  is  natural :  the  former  is  the  act 
of  some  foreign  asent;  the  latter  is 
tlie  act  of  the  suoiect  itself:  hence 
the  cast,  as  applicable  to  persons,  re- 
spects that  wmch  they  are  made  by 
circumstances;  the  turn,  that  which 
they  are  by  themselves :  thus  there 
are  religious  cath  in  India,  that  is, 
men  cast  in  a  certain  form  of  religion. 


cAimous. 


4CEASE. 


189 


aripte  tk«t  li  ft  iMC/*e  to  KWd  u- 

to  to  CMOVfSCed.  ADMfOH. 

SB,   OCCASION,    CREATE. 

iUSE,  fnim  the  subfltaiitive 
Case),  naturally  signifies  Co 
naeof. 

.SION,  from  the  noun  oeco' 
ufies  to  be  the  occasion  of. 
lTE,  in  Latin  cren/iM,  parti- 
enOf  comes  from  tho  Oreek 
MDDunid)  and  xifsi  w  to  per- 
is eoMcd  seems  to  follow  nar* 
what  is  occasioned  follows  in^ 
y;  what  is  created  receires 
iMiee  arbitrarily.    A  wound 
un;  accidents  occasion  delay; 
Bes  create  mischief. 
nisfuitunes    of  tfie   children 
Mft  affliction  to  the  parents ; 

occasions  n  person's  late  at- 
5  at  a  place ;  disputes  and 
ntandings  create  animosity 
r3L  The  cause  of  a  person's 
hm  may  often  be  traced  to 
K  misconduct:  the  improper 
or  of  one  person  may  occasion 

to  ask  tor  an  explanation : 
w  are  created  in  the  minds  of 
I  by  on   unnecessary  reserve 


IB  ni  to  human  lift  bf loagf, 

ear  fUUei  rauw,  or  mftloftl  wtodk*. 

mftke  tenon  ofcoBtBlmce  oecmti&ned 
■oiytoi,  or  violent  agitatiou  of  Uw 

BtAia. 

K  fts  the  powers  cr  abUitlei  vblcb  are 
to  aClMen  axe  tzerted  in  a  tphera  of 
note  flrom  oucs,  and  not  brouicbt  Into 
loa  wllh  talents  of  tbe  same  kind  to 
I  toM  pntonvions,  tliey  create  no  jca* 

BfcAIB. 

kUTiON,  7'.  Admonition. 
kUTioub,  V.  Careful, 

OUSyWARYyCIRCUiMSPHCT. 

JTIOUS,  r.  Careful. 

RY,  from  the  sume  as  aware 

he  aware  of),  signifies  ready  to 

It. 

.CUMSPECT,  in  Latin  circum- 

;,  participle  of  circumspicio  to 

bout^  signifies  ready  to  look  on 

ss. 

Be  epithets  denote  a  peculiar 

o  avoid  evil ;  but  cauttous  ex- 

s  less  than  the  other  two ;  it  is 

arjr  to  be  camtiouM  %t  aJi  tJints; 


to  be  wafj in  Cmob  ef  peculiar  dan;^; 
to  be  circwmpect  in  matters  of  peca* 
liar  delicacy  and  difficulty. 

CauHon  is  the  effect  of  fear ;  wari- 
ness   of  danger;- circtfiiUEp«c/ibm   of 
experience  ind  i^ection.    The  ca»- 
tious  man  reckons  on  contingencies, 
he  guards  a^nst  the  evil  that  may 
be,  by  pausuig  before  he  acts :    the 
wary  man  looks  for  the  danger  whidi 
he  suspects  to  be    impending,    and 
seeks  to    avoid  it:   the  eirewMped 
man  weighs  and  deliberates;  lie  looks 
around  and  calculates  on  possibilities 
and  pft>balNlities ;  he  seeks  to  attain 
his  end  by  the  safest    means.     A 
tradesman  must  be  caniious  in    his 
dealings  vnth  all  men;   he  must  be 
wary  m  his  interconrse  with  designing 
men;  he  most  be  circumspect  when 
transacting  business  of  particular  im- 
portance md  intricacy.    Itie  travfUer 
must  becoiifvbics  when  going  a  road 
not  fiimiliar  to   him ;   he  most  be 
wary  when  passing  over  slippery  and 
dangerous  places;   he  must  be  c»r* 
eumspect   when   going   througli   <4>» 
scure,   unoertmn,  and  vrinding  pas- 
sages. 

A  peiBOO  ought  to  be  MMfidM  not 
to  give  ofienoe;  he  ought  to  be  wary 
not  to  entangle  himself  in  niiioa& 
litigations;  he  ought  to  be  ctmuBs- 
spect  not  to  engage  in  what  is  above 
his  abilities  to  complete.  It  is  neces- 
sary to  be  cautious  not  to  disclose  onr 
sentiments  too  freely  before  strangers  ; 
to  be  wary  in  one^s  speech  before  busy 
bodies  and  calumniators;  to  be  cit^ 
eumspect  whenever  we  speak  on  public 
matters,  respecting  cither  politics  or 
religiou. 

Tbr  ktcoHff  fcpovt  of  ArlhaA  <LmXk  tot  worse 
Effect  on  tton,  thaa  on  tto  oonaoa  Mrt; 
.  Tbe  vulgar  onl j  ibake  their  ceirtiewt  beads, 
OrwblsperlHttoc«tvM|y«uvlelo«s.    Curbju 

Lei  not  ttot  wrj  eaatloa,  vUch  is  the  fVaK 
of  uperleaoe,  dsfaunte  Into  enIL         Blair. 

Ko  ptona  onaa  can  to  so  e^rtumtpett  la  Cba 
care  ik  hto  cwieiewi^  u  ito  covetous  bmb  is 
IntbatorUspoctel. 


TO  CEASE,  LEAVE  OFP,  DISCX>N* 
TINOE. 

CEASEy  in  French  ceuer,  Lttin 
cesso^  from  ceui  perfect  of  cedr 
yield,  signifies  to  give  up,  or  pv 
end  to. 

LEAVE  is  in    Saxon   kel^ 
remein,  in  Swedish  lifaw,  km , 


CENSURE. 


CENSURE. 


191 


l>at  the  former,  from  the  Latin  e4Bletittm, 
signifies  belonging  to  the  heaven  of 
iHMtheiis;   the   latter,  which  has  its 
origin   among   believers  in  the  true 
Crod,   has  acquired  a  superior  seiise, 
in  regard  to  heaven   as  the  habito- 
tkm  of  th^  Almighty.    This  distinc- 
tion IS  pretty  faithfully  observed  in 
their  application :  celestial  is  applied 
mostly  in  the  natural  sense   ot  the 
keavens ;  keatenlv  is  employed  more 
commonly  in  a  spiritual  sense.  Hence 
-we  speak  of  the  eelestinl  globe  as 
distin^ished  from  the  terrestrial,  of 
the  ceiestial  bodies,  of  Olympus  as 
the  ceiestial  abode  of  Jupiter,  of  the 
reksiiai  deities  :^t  on  the  other  hand, 
of  the  heavenly  habitation,  of  heavenly 
joys  or  Uiss,  of  heavenly  spirits  and 
tlie  like.    Tliere  are  doubtless  many 
cases  in  which  celestial  may  be  used 
for  heavenly  in  the  moral  sense,  but 
Cohere  are  cases  in  which  heavenly 
oanoot  so  properly  be  substituted  for 
cekaiaL 

T«iee  whbM  ^  the  cOutial  mnKngpr, 
TV|MMpilieeanMe,widihaityfnr.  Datdu. 

Bw  aow  te  MbM  BriKb*  ktar'^nly  channi, 
Aii  af  ■!  vtlpu^  prije  defhuids  m j  urmt. 


t'ikiypy  m  I  (fUr  Thrt h  that  rr^pllei, 
^^UIb  im  eebiCtai  trickle  from  her  «jet). 

Pops. 

^«  hMhf  aid,  the  hero  bonnd  hk  brow* 
^'Ui  Infy  hnaehe*,  then  performM  his  vowi ; 
/f 'torlaf  fnl  the  genlas  of  the  pUce, 
^^>a  Eutk,  the  mother  of  the  ikMrenfy  race. 

Davonr. 

TO    CBMSUBB,   ANIMAPVERT, 

CRITICISE. 

C15NSURE,  V.  To  accuse.. 
A.2V1MADVERT,   v.  Animadvert 

CitlTICISE,  V.  Animadversion, 
^^  censure  eipresses  less  than  to 
sn^tsadiert   or   criticise;    one    may 
a^^^!Fs  censure  when  one  animadverts 
orcrificiifj. 

^0  ceanrre  and  animadvert  are  both 
pf'^oail,  the  one  direct,  the  other  in- 
^i*J^;  criticism  is  directed  to  things, 
9S^iwt  to  persons  onljr. 

^^^nsuring  consists  in  finding  some 

faolt  real  or  supposed ;  it  refers  mostly 

tti  the  conduct  of  individuals.    Am- 

mtisert  consists  in  suggesting  some 

trror  or  impropriety ;  it  refers  mostly 

C0  matters  of  opinion  and  dispute; 

criticism  consists  m  minutely  eiamin- 

iog  the  intrintic  characttrutics  and 


appreciating  the  merits  of  each  indi* 
Tidually  or  the  whole  collectively  ^  it 
refers  to  matters  of  science  and  learn- 
ing. 

To  censure  requires  no  more  than 
simple  assertion  ;  its  justice  or  pro- 
priety often  rests  on  the  authority  of 
the  individual :  animadversions  reouire 
to  be  accompanied  with  reasons ;  tnosc 
who  animadvert  on  the  proceedings  or 
opinions  of  others  must  state  some 
grounds  fi)r  tlieir  objections. 

Criticism  is  altogether  argumenta* 
tive  and  illustrative  ;  it  takes  nothing 
for  granted,  it  analyses  and  decom- 
poses, it  compares  and  combines,  it 
asserts  and  supports  the  assertions. 
The  office  of  the  censnrer  is  the  easi- 
est and  least  honourable  of  the  three ; 
it  may  be  assumed  bv  ignorance  and 
impertinence,  it  may  be  performed  for 
the  purpose  of  indulging  an  angry  or 
imperious  temper.  Tlie  task  ot  an*- 
madverting  is  delicate;  it  may  be 
resorted  to  tor  the  indulgence  of  an 
overweening  self-conceit.  Ihe  office 
of  a  critic  is  both  arduous  and  ho- 
nourable; it  cannot  be  filled  by  any 
one  incompetent  for  the  charge  witli- 
out  exposing  his  arrogance  and  folly 
to  merited  contempt. 

Many  ad  author  hw  hem  ilejecteil  at  tha 
cejuureof  ooa  whom  hehai  loohed  upon  at  an 
idiot.  AonnoM. 

I  vhh.  Sir,  jou  wonid  do  as  the  favour  to 
animadrert  frrqiiealljr  upon  the  ftlae  tatte  the 
town  to  In,  with  relation  to  tlie  playi  as  well  aa 
opent.  Snaur. 

It  h  rldfcoloai  for  anj  man  to  erittclie  oa 
the  worki  of  another,  who  hat  not  dlstiosnlNbad 
hlm«elf  hjr  hit  own  performaDces.  Aoouov. 

TO  CENSURE,    CARP,    CAVIL, 

CENSURE,  V.  To  accuse. 

CARP,  in  Latin  carpo,  signifies  to 
pluck. 

CAVIL,  in  French  caviller^  Latin 
cavHior^  from  cavillum  a  hoUuw  man, 
and  cavus  hollow,  signifies  to  be  un- 
sound or  unsubstantial  in  speech. 

To  censure  respects  positive  errors  ; 
to  carp  and  cavil  have  regard  to  what 
is  trivial  or  imaginary  :  the  former  is 
employed  for  errors  in  persons ;  the 
latter  for  supposed  defects  in  tilings. 
Censures  are  frequently  necessary 
from  those  who  have  the  authority  to 
use  them ;  a  good  father  will  censure 
his  children  when  their  conduct  is  cen^ 
surable.  Carping  and  cavilling  are 
resorted  to  only  to  indulge  ill-niture 


CHAIN. 


CHANCE. 


193 


gsldiig  ridias  wiUfindno  reif  forhis 
mind  or  bodj ;  he  will  labour  without 
iniermiition  oftentimes  only  to  heap 
troubles  on  himself. 
Who  ttM  wMld  eoait  tlia  ponp  of  ffslUj 


Aad  fiM  lo  HwpntBiy  deith  for  eaw  ? 
Wknlwlfow  Ufe^  eeMrtfoa  oToar  belBff. 

BialltlnM  mollMMUdoperatloos  vbleh  tre 
faoMna^y  folH  OB  ttfo^fboat  Mtnra^  Uh-to  Ii 
M  4C9  nor  latarfapKtai.  Rlaib. 

Tke  ifftniMH  «*«*<  *Bd  pcueAil  Digkt  an 
tie  pirtliM  oflte  ooljvho Uet down  vfuy  wUh 
lOBMtlaboar.  Joumov. 

WWCher  thedne  of  <Mtermlff<aii  It  ipent  In 
mmfanj  or  In  lolllBdo,  In  aeeoHUj  butlnea  or 
Iwolnnlnry  tefMw,  th»  nndewUndlnf  beqanlly 
"Mnitr'  fkon  the  oltfeetof  inqnlij.  Jonnox. 

CHACB,  V.  Forest. 
CHACK,  ?;.  Hunt. 

TO   CHAFE,   V.  To  fub. 

CHAGRIN,  V.  Vexation. 

CHAlir,   FETTER,  BAND, 
SHACKLE. 

CHAIN,  in  French  chaine^  Latin 
MtaMy  probably  contracted  from  cap- 
teiM  wia  copio^  signifies  that  which 
ttikes  or  holds. 

FETTERy  in  Gennany«ise/,  comes 
hookfauen  to  lay  hold  of. 

BAND,  from  hind,  signifies  that 
winch  himdt, 

SHACKLE,  in  Saxon  seacul,  sig- 
mfiei  that  which  makes  a  creature 
shake  or  move  irregularly  by  confining 
thelegi. 

AU  these  terms  designate  the  in- 
strument by  which  animals  or  men  are 
oonfined.    Chain  is  general  and  inde- 
finite; ali  the  rest  are  chaiju:  but 
there  are  many  chains  which  do  not 
oome  under  the  other  names ;  a  chain 
is  indefinite  as  to  its  make;    it  is 
made  generally  of  iron  rings,  but  of 
diflEerent  sixes  and  shapes :  fetters  are 
lufgatt   they  consist  of  many  stout 
cAmi:    bancU    are  in  general    any 
thmg  which  confines  the  body  or  the 
•Ihnn ;  they  may  be  cither  chains  or 
even  cords:  shackle  is  that  species  of 
dmm  which  goes  on  the  legs  to  con- 
fine them ;  malefactors  of  the  worst 
Cider  have^f ers  on  diflPereut  parts  of 
ihnr  bodies,  and  shackles  on  their  legs. 

Thes*  tenns  may  all  be  used  figu- 


ratively. The  substantive  cJboiii  is  ap- 
plied to  whatever  hangs  together  like 
a  chain,  as  SLchain  of  events;  but  the 
verb  to  chain  signifies  to  confine  as 
with  a  chain :  thus  the  mind  is  chained 
to  rules,  according  to  the  opinions  of 
the  free-thinkers,  when  men  adhera 
strictly  to  rule  and  order;  and  to  re* 
present  the  slavery  of  confiirming  to 
the  establishment,  they  tell  us  we  ar« 
fettered  by  systems.  Band  in  tha 
figurative  sense  is  applied,  particularly 
in  poetry,  to  every  thing  which  is 
supposed  to  serve  the  purpose  of  a 
bmui ;  thus  love  is  said  to  have  its 
silken  ^ndlff.  Shackle,  whether  as  a 
substantive  or  a  verb,  retains  the  idea 
of  controlling  tlie  movements  of  the 
person,  not  in  his  body  only,  but  also 
m  his  mind  and  in  his  moral  conduct : 
thus  a  man  who  commences  life  with 
a  borrowed  capital  is  shackled  in  his 
commercial  concerns  by  the  interest 
he  has  to  pay,  and  the  obligations  he 
has  to  discharge. 

Alailjhty  wMom  never  acts  in  Tain, 
Nor  eball  the  aoni,  on  vblcb  It  hat  bvtow'd 
Soch  povm,  n^er  peiWi  like  an  earthly  clod  ; 
Bat  piirK*d  at  length  from  fool  cormption^tataln. 
Freed  ttom  her  priion,  and  nnbonnd  her  ckain^ 
She  ihall  her  naNfe  itrenfth  and  native  Ate 
Vfiain*  Ji 


LeKblatoia  have  no  nilei  to  Hnd  them  Vet  tW 
ICrmt  prindpln  uf  justice  and  eqntty.  Thoae 
they  aie  bound  to  ob<7  and  follow;  and  rather  in 
enlaife  and  enlighten  lav  by  the  Iibr>rality  of  le- 
giilative  reason  than  loftier  tbdr  hi^ber  eapa* 
city  by  the  narrow  conttracUona  of  raboidlnain 
aftlflclal  jutloe.  Bubkb. 

Break  bii  bands  of  aleep  annder. 
And  nmae  him  like  a  mttliiiff  peni  of  thnnder. 

DnYDBb 

It  If  thefteedom  of  the  aplrit  that  givea  watch 
end  life  to  the  performance.  But  a  aervant  cent- 
monly  b  lev  free  In  miml  than  In  condKloa;  hie 
very  wBl  leema  to  he  In  bondt  and  ihaeUeg, 

Soon. 

TO  CHALLENGE,  V.  To  bravc, 
CHAMPION,  V.  Combatant. 

CHANCB,    FORTUNE,   FATE. 

CHANCE  (v.  Accident)  is  here 
considered  as  the  cause  of  what  falls 
out. 

FORTUNE,  in  French  fortune, 
Latin  fortuna,  from  fors  chance^  in 
Hebrew  gar. 

FATE,  in  Latin/afum,  froaifatum 
participle  of  ^  to  speak  or  decree 

o 


idi 


CHANCE, 


CHANCE. 


sigDifies  that  wliich   is  decreed^  or 
the  power  of  decreeing. 

These  terms  have  served  at  ail  times 
as  clodcs  for  human  ignorance,  and 
before  mankind  ivere  fiivoured  bj  the 
light  of  Divine  Revelation,  they  had 
an  ima«;inarj  importance  which  has 
now  happily  vanisnod. 
'  Believers  in  Divine  Providence  no 
longer  conceive  the  events  of  the  world 
Mleft  to  thttnselvesy  or  as  under  the 
control  of  any  unintelligent  or  uncon- 
■cions  agent,  but  ascribe  the  whole 
to  an  ovuTuling  mind,  which,  though 
invisible  to  the  bodily  eye,  is  clearly  to 
be  traced  by  the  intellectual  eye, 
wherever  we  turn  ourselves.  In  coo- 
fbrmity,  however,  to  the  preoonceived 
notions  attached  to  these  words,  we 
now  employ  them  in  regard  to  the 
agencT  of  secondary  causes.  But  how 
fiur  a  Christian  may  use  them  without 
disparagement  to  the  miyesty  of  the 
Diviiie  Being,  it  is  not  so  much  my 
business  to  inquire,  as  to  define  their 
ordinarjT  acceptation. 

In  this  ordmary  seuse  cAcnce  is  the 
generic, /orlwne  and /ale  are  specific 
terms:  chanu  applies  to  all  things 
personal  or  otherwise;  fortune  and 
fgU  are  mostly  said  of  that  which  is 

CAafior  neither  forms  orders  orde- 
•igm;  nather  knowledge  or  intention 
n  attributed  to  it;  its  events  are  un- 
certain and  variable :  ybr^ne  forms 
plans  and  desigps,  but  without  choice ; 
vre  attribute  to  it  au  intention  without 
discernment ;  it  is  sud  to  be  blind: 
jfaU  foraa  plans  and  chains  of  causes ; 
intention,  knowledge,  and  powdrure 
attributed  to  it ;  its  views  are  fixed, 
its  results  decisive.  A  person  goes  as 
ekancc  directs  him  wlien  he  has  no 
express  object  to  determine  his  choice 
cma  vm  or  other ;  his  fortune  favours 
bim,  if  without  any  expectation  he 
gets  the  thing  he  wishes ;  his  fate 
wills  it,  if  he  reaches  the  desired  point 
contrary  to  what  he  intended. 

.  Men^  Bucoess  in  their  undertakings 
depends  oftener  on  chanu  than  on 
their  ability ;  we  are  ever  ready  to  as- 
/cribe  to  ourselves  what  we  owe  to  our 
good  fortune  ;  it  is  the  fate  of  some 
men  to  foil  in  every  thing  they  under- 
take. 

When  speaking  of  trivial  mattenj^ 


this  language  is  unquestionably  inno^ 
cent,  and  any  objection  to  their  nsi 
must  spring  from  an  over  scrupulous 
conscience. 

If  I  suffor  my  horse  to  direct  me  in 
the  road  I  take  to  London,  I  may 
fiurly  attribute  it  to  chance  if  I  take 
the  right  instead  of  the  left;  and  if 
in  consequence  I  meet  with  an  agree- 
able companion  by  the  way  I  afaall 
not  hesitate  to  call  it  my  good^/brtftme; 
and  if  in  spite  of  any  previous  inten- 
tion to  the  contrary,  I  should  be  led 
to  take  the  same  road  repeatedln 
and  as  often  to  meet  with  an  agreeaUe 
companion,  I  shall  iinroediatelv  say 
that  it  is  my  fate  to  meet  with  an 
agreeable  companion  whenever  I  go  to 
London. 

Some  there  are  who  vtterly  proKilbe  flM  BUM 
of  etenoe  as  •  word  of  implova  aad  piofkae 
tIkBiflcatioa  x  aad  ladced  If  H  be  takea  ^  va  te 
that  warn  In  wblch  k  vai  oaed  by  f  be  beatboaa, 
■n  at  to  ihake  aaj  tbinf  eataal  ia  wiptat  of  God 
himself^  tbefr  ezceptfoo  ou^  Co  be  ■*i^»*trtli. 
Bat  to  i^  a  tbiac;  it  a  dumn  or  caiaalCj  ta  it 
relaten  to  lecoad  caoiet  is  not  imfinan— .  but 
a  great  truth. 

Chance  aldt  ibeir  diuinf  wUb  nhepVi 


We  abould  lean  ttit  none  bat 
poasestloat  are  what  we  ean  proper^  caU>( 
ova.    All  thing*  from  witboot  aic  bat  b 
What ,/arf««e  gives  m  h  not  ons,  and  ^ 
•be  fives  khe  can  taheawaj. 

Sincere  divide*  then,  sloee  f  mtk  Ibas  fbec^ 
Fbr  plt}*t  sake,  for  love's,  ob!  talfcrkut    • 
Thas  UnsaisUofr,  tbm  «}jinf;to  aypnteb  ttea; 
And  s|fb  my  last  adiea  epon  1^ 


CHANCE,    PROBABILITT. 

CEiANCE,  «.  AcddetA^  dbmm. 

PROBABILITY,:  in  Frendi^vte- 
Ikcy  Latin  proba^liioMj  fironi  mobo' 
hilis  and  probo  to  prove,  signinas^dba 
quality  of  being  able  to  be  proved  or 
made  good. 

These  terms  are  both  tmployadiii 
forming  an  estimate  of  fijCnre  events'; 
but  the  chance  is  either  for  or  agaiaat, 
the  pnoftoAi/^  is  always  for  athng. 
Chance  is  but  a  degrceof pro6aMttyv 
there  may  in  this  latter  ceae  ba  m 
chance  where  there  is  no  probakUihfm 
A  chance  affords  a  possibility ;  maof 
chances  are  requisite  to  oonstitme  a 
prahabilitVm  • 

What  has  been  onoe  may^  mdir 
similar  circamstances,  be  agun;  for 
that  there  is  a   chance^  what- has 


CHANGE. 


CHANGE. 


1«8 


ftllen  to  one  man  may  fall  to  another; 
so  far  he  has  a  chance  in  his  favour; 
bat  ID  all  the  ^kaneea  of  life  there  wiU 
be  noDrobabilUy  of  success,  where  a 
Bian  ooes  not  unite  industry  with  inte- 
grity. Chance  cannot  be  calculated 
Q^n ;  it  is  apt  to  produce  disappoint- 
ment: frAAUUy  justifies  hope;  it 
is  sanctioned  by  experience. 


deMki  Hv  demit  «Kb  eqaftl  duaitt^ 
Bj  tamt  they  faft  tlttlr  graud,  by  utm  ad* 

Ohyimii* 


appear,*  hji  Swift,  *  aoia  tbaa 
Ifc  or  lb  BMa  of  cmIw  la  aa  age,  bat  If  thi|y 
wcte  vaUed  the  world  eoald  aot  gtaad  befiaw 
tfceab*  It  ii  bappytbefeToK  for  auuikbid  tbai  of 
ttfc  aaiiwtkMa  is  aoyrafciWffQr.       Joanos. 

CHANCB,    HAZARD. 

CHANCE,  t.  Accident^  chance, 
HAZARD  comes  from  the  oriental 
xar  and  txarj  signifying  any  thing  bear- 
ing an  impression,  particularly  the  dice 
vsed  in  cMiice  games,  which  is  called 
by  the  Italians  xara^  and  by  the  Spar 
niards  tfsar. 

Both  these  terms  are  employed  to 
mark  theooprse  of  future  events,  which 
is  ooC  discernible  by  the  human  eye. 
With  the  Deir^  there  is  neither  chance 
nor  hasard  ;  his  plans  are  the  lesult  of 
ommsdenoe :  \Mi  the  designs  and  ac- 
tiODS  of  men  are  all  dependant  on 
cAaaec  or  katard, 

Cbmce  may  be  favourable  or  unfii- 
iFomaUei  more  commonly  the  former; 
kmurdn  always  unfavourable;  it  is 
property  a  species  of  chance.  There 
18  a  cAnea  eitber  of  saining  or  losing : 
there  is  a  Aasardof  losing. 

In  moat  speculations  the  chance  of 
•a<9ceeding  scarcely  outweighs  tlie 
Aofsarrfof  ~ 


ni 


■  an  vifT  tDtxtjf 
tbe  good  eveirt. 


wit  aadlcaniaf  are  eertain  aad  babi- 
oT  the  ailad,  yet  the  declaiatloii 
aloao  briagi  tbe  VBpale,  toaab- 

Boofa. 


jHttoa 

CHANCE,  v.  Acddeni, 

ID  CHANCE,  V.  To  happen. 

TO  CHANGB,   ALTER,   VARY. 

CHANGE,  in  French  changer,  is 
probably  derived  from  the  middle  Laun 
roMo  to  exchange^  signifying  to  take 
one  thine  for  another. 

AliTEB,  frp^  (be  Latin  alter  ^mo- 


ther,  ugnifies  to  make  a  thing  Intbef^* 

wise. 

I  t       - 

VARY,  in  Larin  tmrio  to  make  ▼»• 
rious,  comes  in  all  probabilitv  frooi 
vairui  a  spot  or  speckle,  which  is  of 
all  things  the  most  various. 

We  change  a  thing  by  putting  ano* 
ther  in  its  place ;  we  aiter  a  thing  bj 
making  it  different  from  what  it  was 
betbre ;  we  vary  it  by  altering  it  in 
different  manners  and  at  different  timea. 
Vfa  change  our  clothes  whenever  wa 
put  on  others:  the  tailor  alterg  the 
clothes  which  are  found  not  to  fit; 
and  he  variei  the  fashion  of  makiiw 
them  whenever  he  makes  new.  A 
man  changes  his  habits,  alien  hit 
conduct,  and  variet  his  manner  of 
speaking  and  thinking,  according  to 
circumstances. 

A  thing  is  changed  without  altering 
its  kind ;  it  is  altered  without  destiiojh* 
ing  its  idoitity ;  and  it  is  varied  widb- 
out  destroying  the  similarity.  Wa 
change  our  habitation,  but  it  still  re- 
mains a  liabitation;  we  alter  our 
house,  but  it  still  remains  the  saraa 
house ;  we  «ory  the  manner  of  painN 
ing  and  decoration,  but  it  ma;|r  strongly 
resemble  the  manner  in  wluch  it  has 
been  before  executed. 

Tbo  fEaMnl  ranedy  of  tbow  «bo  are  miflaqr 
wMMvt  kaofirlBC  ^  caate,  ii  change  of  ptaea. 

JOBI 


AU  tbiaci  are  bat  clteKd,  BOtUas  dto  I 
Aad  here  aad  tbere  Ui*  oabodted  ipirU  liei; 
Bj  ttaM,  or  ftafce,  or  ttekaea^  dl^ioaiea'd. 
And  lodgH,  wbera  k  Ugbta,  ta  oMm  oi  bearit. 

DBT0 

fa  ewary  woifc  of  tbe  faaglflatloB,  tbe  dbpd- 
■Itloa  of  parta,  tbe  faHertloo  of  laddenta,  aad 
UM  of  decorations,  may  be  rmried  a  tboaaad 
vajs  wUh  equal  prepriccjr.  Junaa. 

TO   CHANGE,   EXCHANG^^ 
BARTER,  SUBSTITUTE. 

CHANGE,  o.  To  change,  alter. 

EXCHANGE  is  compounded  of  € 
or  ex  and  change,  signifying  to  change 
in  the  place  of  another. 

BARTER  is  supposed  to  come  from 
the  French  barater,  a  sea  term  for  in- 
demnification, and  also  for  circumvea- 
tion ;  hence  it  has  derived  the  mean- 
ing of  a  mercenary  exchange. 

SUBSTITUTE,  in  French  subMui, 
Latin  iubitUniui,  from  iub  and  staiuo, 
signifies  to  place  one  thing  in  the  room 
of  another. 

The  idea  of  patting  ope  thing  in 

o3 


CHANGEABLE. 


CHABACTEIL       197 


of  a  painfiil  nature  are  leu  dangerous 
than  thme  which  elevate  men  to  an 
unusual  state  of  grandeur.  By  the 
Ibnner  they  are  hrought  to  a  sense  of 
themselves;  by  the  latter  they  are 
carried  beyond  themselves. 

HovitmfBly  mre  the  optaloM  of  mea  altarad 
fej  a  ekmmge  te  tMr  eooditloo.  Bun. 

Oaa  eC  tW  eoaq^ny  aOnMd  t0  «s  he  had 
aetoallf  ladoHd  the  li^aor,  foaad  ia  a  ecN|aettflni 
taait,ia  a  HMn  tn1»e  made  after -'he  BMnner  of 
m  wether  glMP;  but  that  fanlead  of  aeqaalntlBf 
kte  with  the  varldteM  of  the  etmatphcie.  It 
■hswed  htai  the  qaaUtiea  of  thoie  pcnooi  who 
the  to€m  vheie  tt  rtood.  Aaanom* 


KtdsaUuie  vheda  roaad  the  oiottej  erewd. 
The  rich  (row  poor,  the  poor  beconw  pane- 
proad. 

CHANGBABLB,  MDTABLB,  VA- 
RIABLEylNCONSTANTy  nCRLE) 
VSRSATILB. 

CHANGEABLE,  v.  To  change, 
rnUer. 

MUTABLE,  from  the  Latin  muio 
to  change,  is  the  same  as  changeable. 

VARIABLE,  V.  To  change. 
•  INCONSTANT,  compounded  of 
the  privative  ta  and  contianlf  in  Latin 
comians  or  con  and  *to  to  stand  toge- 
ther or  remain  the  same,  signifies  an 
ino^iadty  to  remwn  the  same  for  any 
long  contmuance# 

FICKLE  is  most  probably  changed 
horn  the  Latin /aci/tj  easy. 

VERSATILE,  in  Latin  versatilU 
fiom  verto  to  turn,  signifies  easy  to 
be  turned. 

Changeahle  is  said  of  persons  or 
things;  nnUable  is  sud  of  things  only: 
human  b^ngii  are  changcabUf  human 
affidrs  are  mutable.  Changeable  re- 
spects ikp  sentiments  and  opinions  of 
toe  mind ;  variable,  die  state  of  the 
feelings;  inconstant,  the  affections; 
fickle^  the  inclinations  and  attach- 
ments; vertatile  the  application  of 
the  talents.  A  changeable  person  re- 
jects what  he  has  once  embraced  in 
order  to  take  up  something  new;  a 
variable  person  likes  and  dislikes 
alternately  the  same  tbin^ ;  an  incon" 
Mtant  person  likes  notlnnz  long;  a 
fickle  person  likes  many  tnings  suc- 
cessively or  at  the  same  time ;  averio- 
tiie  person  has  a  talent  for  whatever 
heliLes. 

Changeablenen  arises  firom  a  want 
affixed  principles ;  variableneu  from 
a  predominance  of  humour;  tncon- 


Mmuy  fiom  a  selfish  and  unfeeling 
temper ;  fickleneis  firom  a  lightness  of 
mind;  versatility  from  a  flexibility  of 
mind.  Men  are  the  most  changeable 
and  inconstant ;  women  are  the  most 
variable  waA  fickle :  the  former  offend 
from  an  indifference  for  oljects  in  ge- 
neral, or  a  diminished  attachment  for 
any  object  in  particular;  the  latter 
from  an  excessive  warmth  of  feeling 
tlia^  is  easily,  biassed  and  ready  to 
seize  new  objects.  People  who  are 
changeable  in  their  views  and  plans 
are  particularly  unfit  for  the  govern- 
ment of  a  state ;  those  who  are  vari^ 
able  in  their  humours  are  unsuitable 
as  masters ;  people  of  an  inconstant 
character  ought  to  be  shunned  as 
lovers ;  those  of  a  fiekle  disposition 
oudit  not  to  be  chosen  as  friends. 

Changeable,  variable,  incpnttant, 
BJoAficKle,  as  applied  to  persons,  are 
taken  in  the  bad  sense;  but  verst^ 
tility  is  a  natural  gifl,  which  may  be 
employed  advantageously. 

I  hare  no  taste 
Of  popnlar  applaoae;  the  noby  praiie 
Of  siddj  ccovds  as  dUmgeabie  as  wind*. 

DkTDKir. 
WUh  lapect  to  the  other  altciatloDs  vhWh 
the  Sasoe  laofoaKe  appeals  to  have  eedeffoeob 
«e  have  no  need  to  fnqalie  Bnlaetely  hov  Ikr  thej 
hate  proceeded  fkom  the  natoral  mutabitU]f  of 
haman  sperch,  eqieelallj  amoog  aa  onlearned 
people.  Tvawoirr. 

M'ith  God  there  Is  no  earieMeneff,  with  maa 
thcfo  Is  no  stabllltj.  Henee  he  to  ctutngtablM 
In  his  deslfnt,  fickle  in  Us  friendships,  flncts- 
aUaf  in  Us  vhole  character.  Bmu* 

The  dew,  the  hlossoms  of  the  tree, 

WHh  charms  /nceiuteitC  ihlne; 
Their  charms  were  bis,  hot  woe  to  ne. 

Their  eonstanej  was  mine.  doumonr. 

Lord  North  was  a  man  of  admirable  parts; 
of  gneral  knowledge,  of  at«rsat<le  nndcnlaad- 
inf ,  fitted  fbr  ererj  sort  of  baslaesi,  of  Iniaita 
wit  and  pleauinlrj-,  and  of  a  dai%htfU  lenper. 

BUBSS. 

CHARACTER,    LETTBR. 

CHARACTER  coines  from  the 
Greek  xj^fM-n^of,  signifying  an  im- 
pression or  mark,  from  xj^^aa-^M  to  im- 
print or  stamp. 

LETTER,  in  French  lettre,  Latin 
Utera,  is  probably  contracted  ^m 
legitera,  signifying  what  is  legible. 

Character  is  to  letter  as  the  genus 
to  the  species :  every  letter  is  «  c^^ 
racter ;  but  every  character  is 
letter.    Character  is  any  prhited 
that  stives  to  designate  somatli 


CHABM. 


CHASTITY,  199 


rimt^img  power  in  their  eyes,bj  which 
thej  CBO  kiU  tbe  voimab  on  whom  they 
Imve  fixed  then.  .   =     , 

Fateinattj  as  well  as  the  others,  is 
taken  in  the  improper  sense:  charm^ 
euckantj  uid  JaicinaUy  are  employed 
to  describe  moral  as  well  as  natural 
operations;  enrapture  and  captivate 
describe  eflfects  ou  the  mind  only :  to 
ekarm^  eme.hmnijfa$cinate^  and  enrap^ 
turef  desiffiatft  the  effects  produced 
by  fiAiysical  and  moral  objects ;  eajh' 
tivate  designates  those  produced  by 
pfcysical  objects  oulv:  we  may  be 
€Aarmed,  orvnchaniedy  or  enraptured^ 
with  what'  we  see,  hear,  and  learn ; 
we  may  be  Jascinated  witli  what  we 
see  or  learn  ;  we  are  captivated  only 
with  what  we  see:  a  fine  voice^  a 
fine  prospect,  or  a  fine  sentiment, 
charms,  enchants^  or  enraptures;  a 
£ne  person  JatcinateSf  or  the  conver- 
sation of  a  person  is  fascinating  ; 
beauty,  with  all  its  accompaniments, 
captivates.  When  applied  to  tlie  same 
objects,  charm,  enchant,  and  enrap^ 
ture,  rise  in  sense :  what  charm/prO" 
duces  sweet  but  not  tumultuous  emo- 
tions ;  in  this  sense  music  in  general 
charms  a  musical  ear :  what  enchants 
rouses  tbe  feelings  to  a  high  pitch  of 
tumultuous  delight ;  in  tliis  manner 
the  musician  is  enchanted  with  the 
finest  compositions  of  Handel  when 
performed  by  the  best  masters ;  or  a 
lover  of  the  ooimtry  is  enchanted  with 
Swiss  scenery :  to  enrapture  is  to  ab*> 
lorb  all  the  liffections  of  tlie  soul ;  it 
U  of  too  violent  a  nature  to  be  either 
lasting  or  frequent ;  it  is  a  term  appli- 
cadble  only  to  persons  of  an  enthusias- 
tic character. 

What  charms,  enchants,  and  enrap- 
tures, only  aifords  pleasure  for  the 
time;  what /Mcino^et  and  captivates 
jrivets  the  mind  to  the  object:  the 
Ibnner  three  convey  the  idea  of  a  vo- 
luntary movement  of  the  mind,  as  in 
the  proper  sense ;  the  latter  two  imply 
a  species  of  forcible  action  on  the 
mind,  which  deprives  a  person  of  his 
free  agency ;  the  passions,  as  well  as 
the  affections,  are  called  into  play 
whilst  the  understanding  is  passive, 
which,  with  regard  to  fascinate,  may 
be  to  the  injury  of  the  subject:  a 
loose  woman  may  have  it  in  her  power 
to  fascinate,  and  a  modest  woman  to 
ct^tivate. 


80  AUr  a  landacape  eharm*d  the  woiid*rtnf 
kD%lit.  GilbbtWimv. 

Mwle  has  ekarnu  to  •oothe  die  nvaire  breast. 

Co>oiisvK. 

Trout  not  too  ranch  to  tbst  enekantinf^  fton : 
Beant>*a  a  charm ;  bat  tooa  tbe  charm  will 
paa.  Dbtubsi. 

One  mornU  tliiok  there  was  some  klad  of  Jam- 
etnatioH  la  tbe  eyes  of  a  liip>clrrle  of  pcopl^ 
vheo  dtrting  alto^tlber  upon  oue  j>cnoii. 

ikoOIMM. 

He  puya  to  Mreetl7,Rnd  so  tveetlj  ranr* 
That  00  eadi  oote  th*  enmpfur'il  audience  banfr. 

SiK  Wm.  Jomc* 

Her  fonn  the  patriots  robe  concealM, 

With  itndled  blaiMlhbment«  die  b<Hi^ 

Aad  drew  the  ecyllnrtwl  crowd.  Mooas. 

CHARM,  V.  Grace. 
CHARM,  V.  Pleasure. 
CHARMING,  V.  DelighffuL 
CHARMS,  V.  Attractions^ 
.  CHASM,  V.  Breach. 

TO  CHASTEN,  TO  CHASTISE. 

CHASTEN,  CHASTISE,  botb 
come  through  the  French  chAtier^ 
from  tlic  Latin  castigo,  which  is  com- 
pounded of  castus  and  ago  to  make 
pure. 

Chasten  has  most  r^rd  to  the  end, 
chastise  to  the  means ;  the  former  is 
an  act  of  the  Deity,  the  latter  a  human 
action :  God  chastens  hiu  faithful  peo- 
ple to  cleanse  tliem  from  their  trans* 
gressions ;  parents  chastise  their  chil- 
dren to  prevent  the  repetition  uf  faults : 
afflictions  are  the  means  which  he 
adopts  for  chastening  those  whom  he 
wishes  to  make  more  obedient  to  his 
^vill ;  stripes  are  the  means  by  which 
offenders  ore  chastised. 

Bjr  repairinf  aoinetfaDei  to  tbe 
log,  yon  would  ehoiUm  the 


oTfaaor. 
Blaii. 

Bad  ebaraeten  are  dlipened  abroad  with  pio- 
foiiioo ;  I  hope  for  eiample**  take,  and  (as  pu- 
Dihhmeata  are  dnipied  by  the  ciff  1  power)  waom 
for  tbe  delhrerluf  tbe  fainocent,  than  the  ehattlw 
ffffthefttllty.  Hi 


CHASTIT7,  Continence. 

CHASTITY,  in  French  chastiti, 
Latin  castitas,  comes  from  castus  pure^ 
and  die  Hebrew  kedish  sacred. 

CONTINENCE,  in  French  canii- 
nence,  Latin  continentia,  firom  coiUi^ 
nens  and  contineo,  signifies  tbe  mcf 
keeping  one's  self  within  bounds. 

These  two  terms  are  etinnUg 
ployed  in  relation  to  the  pleain 


CHECK. 


CHECK. 


901 


•jieopla  oneht  always  to  be  checked 
whenever  they  discover  a  too  forward 
temper  in  the  presence  of  their  sup^ 
sion  or  elders ;  it  is  necessary  to  curb 
those  who  are  of  an  impetuous  tem- 
-per,  and  to  keep  youth  under  control^ 
imtil  they  have  within  themselves  the 
mstrictive  power  of  judgement  to  curb 
their  petiionsy  and  control  their  inor- 
dinate appetites. 

Unlimited  power  cannot  with  mo- 
priety  be  entrusted  to  any  individual, 
or  limited  body  of  individuals;  there 
oaglit  in  every  state  to  be  a  legitimate 
means  of  checking  any  one  who 
shows  a  disposition  to  exercise  an 
vndue  authority;  bot  to  invest  the 
people  with  this  office  is  in  fiict  giv- 
ing back,  into  the  hands  of  the  com- 
munityi  that  which  for  the  wisest  pur- 
poses was  taken  from  them  by  the 
uititation  of  government:  it  is  giv- 
ing a  restraining  power  to  those  who 
themselves  are  most  in  want  of  being 
isitrained;  whose  ungovernable  pas* 
sioBS  require  to  be  curbed  by  the  iron 
'ana  of  power ,  whose  unruly  wills  re- 
quire all  the  influence  of  wisdom  and 
Mthority  to  control. 


It  do«  Dot  lie  mdorthe  dkceft 
li  Aft  Co  dcffeoen^  into  nthwlaim. 

Adouov. 

deemMortie, 
■adtocMrftabMe; 
b  clear, 
Mie  a  onek  m  wear. 
Co 


To  tMAptoA 

4djallliiw,the 


pcitanr  vkm  and  pawinni  plead, 
jaMliy  10  Waek  a  deed; 

wt(pj  tempeie  cloadi  the  tool, 
Miaad  bar  coQiM  coiiCrel. 

TROKIOIi. 

CHSCK,  CHIDE,  REPRIMAND, 
REPROVE,  REBUKE. 

^^IIECK,©.  To  check,  curb, 
^lilDE  is  in  Saxon  cidan,  proba- 
^y<xiuiected  with  ofldan  to  scold. 
J^£PilIMAND  is  compounded  of 
y*^  tMivative  syllable  repri  and  nunid, 
in  XLuhimando  to  commend,  siguify- 
ii'R  Hot  to  commend. 

^£PAOV£y  in  French  reprouver, 
^^>n  reprobOf  is  compounded  of  the 
p^^^vB  syllable  re  and  probo,  siguify- 
itft  to  find  the  contrary  of  good,  that 
is^tofind  bad,  to  blame. 

HEBUKE  is  compounded  of  re 
epd  Me^  iQ  French  MiicAethe  mouth, 
0%u^iDg  to  stop  the  mouth. 


The  idea  of  expressing  one*s  disap« 
probation  of  a  person's  conduct  is 
conmion  to  all  these  terms. 

A  person  is  checked  that  he  may 
not  continue  to  do  what  is  oflensive; 
he  is  chidden  for  what  he  has  done 
that  he  may  not  repeat  it:  imperti* 
nent  and  forward  people  require  to  be 
cAecArec/,  that  they  may  not  become  in- 
tolerable ;  thoughtless  people  are  chid' 
den  when  they  give  hurttui  proofs  of 
their  carelessness. 

People  are  checked  by  actions  and 
looks,  as  well  as  words ;  they  are  chid^ 
den  hj  words  only :  a  timid  person 
is  easily  checked ;  the  want  even  of 
due  encouragement  will  serve  to  damp 
his  resolution :  the  young  are  perpetu* 
ally  fallina  into  irregularities  which 
reouire  to  be  chidden. 

To  chide  marks  a  stronger  degree  of 
displeasure  than  reprimand,  and  re- 
prumand  than  repraoe  or  rebukes  a 
person  may  chide  oir  reprimand  ia 
anger,  he  reprovet  and  rebukee  with 
coolness :  great  ofiences  call  forth  for 
chidings ;  omissions  or  mistakes  occa^ 
sion  or  require  a  reprimand;  innegu- 
larities  of  conduct  give  rise  to  reproofs 
and  improprieties  of  behaviour  de- 
mand rebuke. 

Chiding  and  reprimanding  are  em* 
ployed  for  oifences  against  the  indi- 
viduaJ,  and  in  cases  where  the  greatest 
disparity  exists  in  the  station  of  the 
parties ;  a  child  iscAid  by  his  parent; 
a  servant  is  reprimanded  by  his  mas- 
ter. 

Reproving  and  rebuking  have  lese 
to  do  with  the  relation  or  station  of 
the  parties,  than  with  the  nature  of 
the  offence:  wisdom,  age,  and  expfr. 
rience,  or  a  spiritual  mission,  give  au- 
thority to  reprove  or  rebuke  those 
whose  conduct  has  violated  any  law, 
human  or  divine :  the  prophet  Nathan 
reproved  king  David  for  his  heinous 
otVuiices  against  his  Maker ;  our  Savi- 
our rebuked  Peter  for  his  presumptu- 
ous mode  of  speech. 

Ru(  Ifaclaiii^rouii  vile  plebeian  ime, 
Hlin  with  reproof  be  cAedkV,  or  tamM  witli 
blowi. 


Hit  honw  wis  knows  to  aH  the  fjicrant  Irala, 
He  chid  thdr  waaderlagi,  boC  raUet *d  their  pate. 


Thii  tort  of  lanfuafe  ww  ferjr  w? mdj  fw. 
primanded  hj  the  Oaior,  who  lold  the  crialoal 
■•  tbet  bo  apoke  In  contenpC  of  the  court." 

Apmwm  4JU  Sncu. 


CHCERFITL. 


CHIER 


20S 


then  is  more  hoojtxicj ;  gaieijf  com- 
prriieads  mbil^  and  iDdukence.  A 
duterjkl  penon  smiles;  the  merry 
wmm  laot^;  the  tprightfy  person 
oances;  Hbt  gay  person  takes  his 
pleasure. 

The  cheerful  countenance  remains 
eUerfitl;  it  marics  the  contentment  of 
the  hearty  and  its  freedom  from  pain : 
the  wterry  face  will  often  look  sad ;  a 
trifle  will  turn  mrth  into  sorrow :  tlie 
tpngitUneu  of  Touth  is  often  sue- 
ceewd  by  the  lisUessness  of  bodily  in- 
firautyy  or  the  g)oom  of  despondency : 
gaieiy  is  as  transitory  as  the  pleasures 
upon  whidi  it  subsists ;  it  is  often  fol- 
lowed by  BuUenness  and  discontent. 

Ckeerjuinen  is  an  babitnal  state  of 
tho  aund;  nUrtk  is  an  occasional  ele- 
:f«b0D  of  the  spirits ;  tprigktHneu  lies 
in  the  temperature  and  flow  of  the 
Uood;  gmtfy  dqiends  altogether  on 
astenal  drcumstances.  Religion  is 
fibebeit  promoter  of  cheetfulneu;  it 
BiakeB  its  possessor  pleased  with  him- 
flelf  and  ill  aroqnd  faun ;  company  and 
wine  are  but  too  often  the  only  p^ 
moteiB  of  mirik;  youth  and  nealth 
mXt  nstumJIy  be  attended  with  iprtgAt- 
tunw;  a  succession  of  pleasures, 
an  eiemption  from  care,  and  the  ba- 
Bubment  of  thonghty  will  keep  gaiety 
•five. 

fyrigkilinea  and  mrth  are  seldom 
•mptojed  but  in  the  proper  sense  as 
respects  persons :  but  cheerful  and  gay 
•re extended  to  difierent  objects;  as 
•  ekmrfkl  prospect,  a  cheerful  room, 

'^  *pu^  B  foy  scene,  gay  colours, 


&c. 


I 


; 


fo 

a*  BB  ftct,  tbe  Itar- 

JHrl*  h  BbOTt  ud 

SMd  aod  penmiieDt. 

Adduow. 

■ly  ke  aifUed  Into  the  mtrrg  ud 
who  Mh  of  tben  make  a  verj  good 
im  spfdei  B»  loeff  at  tbej  kcfp  their 
^ffwwf  fkoM  ^egvoentlBf  Into  the 


IkalCapM 
M 


▼«■■§»  aesloM  Ibr  her  igmH  affilrc, 

aadaew  dc«l<ae  prepares  t 
awiDW  the  ihqw  aad  fkoa 
aod  Che  tfritfiitl^  pace. 

DsTsn. 

To  Ukkr  iUm^  vherc  feBtlar  dmbmib  nign, 
JtKBi  aadPyaMedbflajif  herjbr|ibt4o«ahi. 
Ot^  ipriehtly  Und  of  mirth  and  eodal  e■■^ 
|>toMM  wMh  tfajKtff  whom  all  Che  veirM  eaa 


TO  CHBRISH,   V.  Tofost&r. 
TO  CHERISH,  V,  To  nOUTlsk* 

TO  CHIDE,  i;.  To  check* 

CHIKF,  PRINCIPAL,  MAIN. 

CHIEF,  in  French  chef,  from  the 
Latin  caput  the  head,  signiiies  belong- 
ing to  the  uppermost  part. 

PRINCIPAL,  in  French  principal, 
Latin  principality  comes  from  prineepe 
a  chief  or  prince,  signifying  belongini^ 
to  a  prince. 

MAIN,  from  the  Latin  flnagnitt^ 
signifies  to  a  great  degree. 

Chief  respects  o^er  and  rank; 
principal  has  regard  to  importance 
and  respectability ;  main  to  degree  or 
quantity.  We  speak  of  a  cAie/T clerk ; 
a  commander  in  chirf;  the  chief  pev" 
son  in  a  city :  but  the  principal  peo- 
ple in  a  city;  th^  principal  drcum- 
stances in  a  narraUve,  and  the  aiaw 
object. 

The  chief  cities,  as  mentioned  faj 
geographers,  are  those  which  are 
ciaMea  in  the  first  rank ;  the  princifal 
cities  generally  include  those  which 
are  the  most  considerable  for  wealth 
and  population  j  these,  however,  are 
not  always  techuicallv  comprehended 
under  the  name  of  chief  cities  :  the 
main  end  of  men's  exertions  is  the  ac» 
quirement  of  wealth. 

What  !•  man. 
If  hh  dU^good  and  maifcet  of  bi«  time 
Bebat  toileep  andfbed}  Abeas^nomon! 


The  right  which  oae  man  hai  to  the  acdooa  ef 
another,  la  generally  borrawed,  or  derived  fraaa 
one  or  both  of  thoK  two  gnat  orisinalt,  prodoo- 
CloB  or  pqmeiwlnn,  which  two  are  certalaljr  the 
jnincipal  and  must  nndoabtrd  rigbtt  that  take 
place  Id  the  world.  Sooia. 

To  the  acddenUl  or  adventitlow  partaef  Pa- 
radlM  Lott,  aome  ilisht  exoaplloai  maj  be  made ; 
biitthe  «Mi»  fabrfe  h  lanoffahlj  aapported. 


CBESiiFDti  V.  Glad. 


CHIBF,   LKADBR,   CHIBiTAIN, 
HBAD. 

CHIEF  and  CHIEFTAIN  signify 
he  who  is  chief  {v.  Chief). 

LEADER,  from  to  lead,  and  HEAD 
from  the  head,  sufficiently  designate 
their  own  signification. 

C^e/*  respects  precedency  in  dvil 
matters  >  /eader  regards  the  direction 
of  enterprises:  chieftMn  is  employed 
ibr  the  superior  in  military  rank;  aod 


CHOOSE. 


CHOOSE. 


205 


species :  we  always  choote  ixi 
*tfi^,  bat  we  do  not  always  pre- 
koosing.  To  choose  is  to  take 
Dg  instead  of  another ;  to  prc- 
to  take  one  thing  before  or  ra- 
lan  another.      We  sometimes 

from  the  bare  necessity  of 
g  ;  bat  we  never  prefer  with- 
iking  a  positive  and  voluntary 

m  we  choose  from  a  specific 
9  the  hds  of  choosing  and  pre- 
rdiffer  in  the  nature  of  the  mo- 
The  former  is  absolute,  the  Int- 
Rtive.  We  choose  a  thing  for 
:  is,  or  what  we  esteem  it  to  be 
f ;  we  prefer  a  thing  for  what 
or  what  we  suppose  it  has,  su- 
to  another. 

ty  or  convenience  are  grounds 
mng ;  comparative  nierit  occa- 
te  preference :  we  choose  some- 
kkt  is  good,  and  are  contented 
until  we  sec  something  better 
we  prefer, 

alcalate  and  pause  in  choosing; 
ide  in  preferring  ;  the  judge- 
etermines  in  making  the  choice  ; 
I  determines  in  giving  the  pre- 
.  We  choose  things  from  an 
e  of  their  merits  or  their  fitness 
purpose  proposed;  we  prefer 
rom  their  accordance  with  our 
habits,  and  pursuits.  Books 
•fs  by  those  who  wish  to  read ; 
es  and  works  of  fiction  are  pre- 
by  general  readers;  learned 
>y  the  scholar. 

who  wants  instruction  chooses 
:er,  but  he  will  mostly  prefer 
ler  whom  he  knows  to  a  pcrtect 
r.  Our  choice  is  good  or  bad 
ng  to  our  knowledge ;  oar  pre^ 
is  just  or  unjust,  according  as 
ictioned  by  reason. 
choice  may  be  directed  by  our 
perience  or  that  of  others;  our 
nee  must  be  guided  by  our  own 
.  Wo  make  our  choice ;  we 
r  preference :  the  first  is  the 
purpose  of  the  mind,  it  fixes 
object ;  the  latter  is  the  iiiclin- 
he  will,  it  yields  rr>  the  object. 
sing  must  be  employed  in  all 
portnnt  concerns  of  lite ;  pre- 

is  admissible  in  subordinate 
<  only.     'I'liere  is  but  one  thing 

right,    and  that  ought  to  be 
when  it  is   discovered :  there 


are  many  indifferent  things  that  may 
suit  our  tastes  and  iiKrlinations ;  these 
we  are  at  liberty  to  prefer.  But  to 
prefer  what  we  ought  not  to  choose  i» 
to  make  our  reason  bend  to  our  wilL 
Our  Saviour  said  of  Mary  that  she 
chose  the  better  part :  had  she  con- 
sulted her  feelings  she  would  have  pr^ 
f erred  the  part  she  had  rejected.  The 
path  of  life  should  be  chosen ;  but  the 
path  to  be  taken  iu  a  walk  may  be 
preferred.  It  is  adviseable  for  • 
youth  in  the  choice  of  a  profession  to 
consult  what  he  prefers^  as  he  has  the 
greatest  chance  of  succeeding  when  he 
can  combine  his  pleasure  with  his 
duty.  A  friend  slK)uld  be  choun  :  a 
conipauion  may  be  preferred,  A  wife 
should  be  chosen  ;  but  unfortunately 
lovers  are  most  apt  to  give  a  prefer-^ 
ence  in  a  matter  where  a  good  or  bad 
choice  may  determine  one's  happiness 
or  misery  for  life.  A  wise  prince  is 
careful  in  the  choice  of  his  mmisters  ; 
but  a  weak  prince  has  mostly  favoui^ 
ites  whom  ho  prefers, 

Tbcve  h  nolhin;;  of  no  gmit  iraporUnoe  Co  «•• 
IB  tke  ffood  qntlhici  of  one  to  whon  we  jola 
oanelfes  for  life.  Wiiea  the  choice  h  I«ft  to 
friendf,  the  cMef  iralnt  iindrr  con«ldmfion  h  ta 
ntate ;  vbere  tbe  putlef  choote  fur  the—lfgi, 
their  thoagbti  tnrn  mott  npon  Uie  ponon. 

Aomsos. 

When  a  ima  has  a  mind  to  Te«tare  hh  monej 
In  a  lotterv,  eT(*ry  fipore  of  U  appeari  equally 
allarin^ ;  and  no  manner  of  n*n«on  can  be  Klven 
why  a  man  tboold  pr^er  one  to  the  other  beftm 
the  lottery  h  drawn.  Amitow. 

Jadf[;eoient  was  wearied  with  the  perptezltj 
or  rhHee  where  there  was  no  motire  for  pre- 
/lerence,  Joumom* 

TO  CHOOSE,    PICK,    SELECT. 

CHOOSE,  V,  To  choose^  prefer. 

PICK,  in  German  picken^  or  hicken^ 
French  bicqucr,  Dutch  becken,  Ice- 
land pickof  Swedish  piacka,  comes 
very  probably  from  the  old  German 
bag,  hich  to  stick,  corresponding  to  the 
Latin  figo  to  fix. 

SKtECT,  Latin  selectus,  participle 
of  ^icligOf  that  is  lego  to  gather  or  put, 
and  sc  apart. 

Choose  i:>  as  in  the  former  case  the 
generic ;  the  others  are  specific  terms : 
pick  and  select  are  expressly  dilFerent 
modes  of  choosing.  VV"e  always  choose 
wliiMi  wti  pick  iitvl  select ;  but  we  do 
not  always  pick  and  select  when  we 
cho(\^€. 

'i  o  choote  may  be  applied  to  two  or 


CIRCIHT. 


CIBCUMSTANCE.    907 


■nyUll,  like  die  baU  of'tfae  ewtb, 
BM7  be  wpreeewted  u  a  globe, 

MiyM  t  nvB  mrnKni  9avKrasi  ■■■a  icmfv 
SMk  tiooB*  flMk  MsMlBii  lalMrpcnpertoffiw; 
Vba  at  CUi  aiNiMy  prfeeni  Ml  be  boima 
T»tiHd  tkt  nae  daB  efrole  ravad  aad  naad. 
nc  foal  wqalw  gujujiaauii  mon  whllini^ 
^j  tfaca  aahaaaicd,  aadatnjad  bj  time. 


Op  n  0Bip9'Mi^paa  Inwi  PiofUoBce  wa  Rclg 
^  trribra  wKh  yltyy  aoibotwoaadttolfcal; 
Wadly,  piilMpa,  MawtlBca  aflBcU  at  ben^ 
TbgaUaaar  view*  to  a  laUiBHr  «pA«re. 


of  iBH  Iqfoad  cadi  oiktr  Waai^ 
Or§§  lall  ate  trli^  aad  glov  vKk  mataal  raji. 


«Mi  aitMnoai  wiof  the  fMc, 
itoianatteanlta,  IbekoM 
laalllHr  aaikhip^  fciaateow,  great,  or  aw* 


ciftcnrT)  TOUR,  round. 

CmCUrr,  in  French  circuit,  latin 
fircuihUf  pvtidple  of  circumeo,  sigg- 
jufiet  dmr  the  act  of  going  round,  or 
thtfeitCDtjgoiie. 

TOUR  18  but  a  yariation  of  turn, 
n^fohmg  •  mere  turn  of  the  bodj  in 
traveUiiic. 

BOUND  mariu  the  track  roimd, 
or  the  ipoce  gone  rou9ul. 

A  circmf  ia  made  for  a  specific  end 
of  a  aerioos .  kind  s  a  tour  is  alwajs 
waaflt  for  plearare  ;  a  roundt  like  a  cir- 
eiuit  is  emnlojed  in  .matters  of  busi- 
oeai^  bat  of  •  more  familiar  and  ordi- 
nary Und.  A  judge  goes  his  circuit 
at  patticaiar  pericds  of  time :  ^en- 
tlfliQeni  in  times  of  peace,  consider 
it  ai  an  essential  part  of  their  educa- 
tion to  make  what  is  termed  the  grand 
foar^  tcaddaenbave  certain  reaatfs 
which  thej  take  on  certain  da^. 

Wo  speak  of  making  the  circuit  of 

a  place;  of  taking  a  tour  in  a  given 

count  J ;  or  going  a  particular  round, 

A  cireiui  ia  wide  or  narrow ;  a  tour 

and  a  rotmd  is  great  or  little.    A 

ctrotttis  pnacribM  as  to  extent;  a 

fear  is  optional;  a  itmncf  is  prescribed 

or  otherwise.    Circuit  is  seldom  used 

bolt  in  a  apecific  sense ;  tour  is  seldom 

omplqyed  bat  in  regard  to  travelling ; 

rmmd  maj  be  taken  figuratively^  as 

when  wa  speak  of  going  one's  round 

1^  {Measure. 

Manaadsn  aad  tha  nawtlal  Irala, 
Iha  cfrcMtt  of  tka  mb4j  rlBh. 

Dai 


TbflicM!  Aaiaawa  vkea  the  hafipy tala 
RefOie,  aad  oolj  wratehcf  are  awake; 
Nov  dteoopteated  shoeu  he|^B  their  mmdg^ 
Haaat     rnln'd    bBUdlap    aod   ^navboleMoe 
fwradt.  OnrAT. 

Sa? age  had  preceded  a  perpetaal  nund.  oir 
iBBoceiK  pleawre  In  Walei,  of  which  he  Mi^pfrtiffl 
BO  latrmipUoa  from  pride,  or  igaoraaoe,  oa 
hrntalitj. 


CMdBBMHi  fonrOroasliBBiopaweaiwtald 
WBsdsHwAniaoitpiftaifwt*     JwnoM, 


TO  CIRCULATE,  V.  To  Spread. 

TO   CIRCUMSCRIBE,    INCLOSB. 

CIRCUMSCRIBE,  from  the  Latin 
circum  about,  and  tcribo  to  write^ 
marks  simply  the  surrounding  with  a 
line. 

INCLOSE,  from  the  Latin  inclunu, 
participle  of  incUido,  compounded  of 
in  and  claudo  to  shut,  marks  a  species 
of  confinement. 

The  extent  of  any  place  is  drawn 
out  to  the  eye  by  a  ctrcumtcription  ; 
its  extent  is  limited  to  a  given  point 
by  an  tncAnvre.  A  garden  is  circum^ 
scribed  by  any  ditc^  line,  or  posts, 
tli^t  serve  as  its  boundaries  ;  it  is  ta- 
ctbted  by  wall  or  fence.  An  inclomre 
may  serve  to  circumscribe,  but  that 
which  barely  circumscribes  will  seldom 
serve  to  inclose. 

Who  can  taafiaathat  the  ezhtenea  of  a  eni» 
Un  h  'to  lie  etratmaeilbed  bj  tloe  whoii 
Ihoagha  are  aot }  Auaoa. 

Benevher  oa  that  htppj  co>iit  to  hatld, 
Aad  with  a  tnach  <iieCM8  the  (hiafal  field. 

OavDBC. 

TO      CIRCUMSCRIBE,     V»     To 

bound. 

CIRCUMSPECT,  v.  Cautious. 

• 

CIRCUMSTANCE,   SITUATION. 

CIRCUMSTANCE,  in  Latin  ci^ 
eumstantia^  from  circum  and  sto,  sig- 
nifies what  stands  about  a  thing,  or 
belongs  to  it  as  its  accident. 

SITUATION,  in  French  situathk, 
comes  from  the  Latin  nhis^  and  tbs 
Hebrew  sot  to  place,  signifying  what  b 
placed  in  a  certain  manner. 

Circumstance  is  to  situation  as  a 
part  to  n  whole ;  many  circumstances 
constitute  a  situation;  a  situation^ 
an  aggregate  of  circumstances.  A 
person  is  said  to  be  in  circumstances 
of  affluence  who  has  an  abundance  Of 
every  thing  essential  for  his  comfort : 
he  is  in  an  easy  situation  when  nothiUg 
exists  to  create  uneasiness. 

Circumstance  respects  that  which 

7 


CITE. 


CTVTL; 


209 


ftJMffHffi  paHicijple  of  minuo  to  dimi- 
mth,  Bigmfiea  oiminisbed  or  reduced 
to  ft  ytBPj  nmil  poiot. 

CitcmmaUmiial  espresses  len  than 
pttrtieidoTf  and  that  less  than  minute, 
A  dftwrnttamiM  aoooont  contains  ail 
kufing  events;  a  particular  accoont 
indodes  cveiy  event  and  movement 
however  trivud;  a  minuie  account 
onits  notlmig  as  to  person,  time,  place, 
^pre,  fonoi  and  every  other  trivial 
tfnmmUmnee  connected  with  the 
Cfventi.  A  narrative  may  be  cirenm- 
kniimi,  partieularf  or  minute;  an 
inqniiyy  invesdgatiou,  or  description 
nay  hepartiaattr  or  minute,  a  detail 
nay  be  ummte.  An  event  or  occur- 
nboe  may  be  particular,  a  cireum' 
Hance  or  particular  may  be  minute. 
We  nay  be  generally  satisfied  with  a 
circiuBifeef JM  account  of  ordinaiy 
eventf  ;  but  whatever  interests  the  fiuJ-* 
iau  emtmUt  be  detailed  with  too  moch 
pmfiafiariijf  or  ndnuteneu,, 


^  vMb  cspurioa  of  feaciml  visvi 

U  dreiinataiittef  vwMieit 

tanbeoD  oMtiacled  and  cmlmmved  ^ 

li0H  or  (he  WBM  whkh  M« 

iaf -tfcu^ywB.       Joimoii, 

M  —  tiiii^y  teBi*tei  t  tfa  irtara  af  jow 
t  jva  euuoC  it  too  pmrUtulmr  la  Iks 

IWw«  wtnptMIAeAnmAwmw 

nMlBBlo  naeotfluliaad  per> 

Nrlacor  aol  feC fbisottea,  tkqr 

Id  tetv  ftwDd  iwderi,  bnt  at 

iha  chaiacten  IKile 

they  awakened  ao 

nC  JoaaMHi. 

TO  CRB9   QUOTE* 

^VE  end  (MJOTE  are  both  derived 
^^VB  the  SBineijBtin  verb  ciio  to  move, 
^  the  Hdxew  sof  to  stir  up,  signify- 
to  pot  into  action, 
jocileia  employed  for  persons  or 
to    Quale    for   things  only : 
^^Iwn  ace  ciled,  passaf^es  from  their 
'^^•fciaie  quoted :  we  cite  only  by  au- 
*^*Ki^;  we  ^wiftf  fbr  general  purposes 
^  ^Dnfeuience.    Historians  ought  to 
^*|^^tliflir  authority  in  orderto  strengthen 
^^*jf   evidaooe    and     inspire    confi- 
^y;^  cootroversialists  must  guote 
^^dgectionable  passages  in  tliose 
^'^{At  which  they  wish  to  confute : 
^1^^  prudent  to  cite  no  one  whose  au- 
™orit]r  IS  questionable;  it  is  super- 
^Koos  to  fMte  any  thing  that  can  be 
'■n^-perued  in  the  original. 


Tke  nwt  worit  of  vhkk  JaitfalaB  haa  Hv 
ciadll,amUser  teataooUeeiedftaia  lawkpvta 
of  approved  aotborltj ;  aad  tbow  textt  are  dtifcaftf 
etl  according  to  aMlentlfical  analyils;  tbo  namea 
of  the  orlirioal  anthon  and  tketfllet  of  Ckdr  wro^ 
lal  hooka  helag  cooitantly  cftrtC 

Sir  Wji.  Jonib 

Z«(  OBMinidflrvhet  binlj  rloriooa  aecoidlnc 
to  the  author  I  kav«  |o-day  ffualed  la  the  fkoal 
af  ay  paper. 


TO  CITE,  SUMMON. 

Crr£,  V.  To  cite,  quote. 

SUMMON,  in  French  tommr, 
Jiarin  mmmoneo  or  tuhmoneo,  com- 
pounded uf  sk6  and  moneo,  siguiiies  to 
give  a  private  intimation. 

Tlie  idea  of  calling  a  person  autho- 
ritatively to  appear,  is  common  t^ 
these  terms.  Cite  is  used  in  a  gene- 
ral sense,  tummon  in  a  particular  and 
technical  sense:  a  person  may  be 
cUed  to  appear  before  his  superior; 
he  w  summoned  to  appear  before  a 
court:  the  station  of^the  individual 
gives  authority  to  the  act  of  citing: 
the  law,  itsell  gives  authority  to  tmit 
of  luawioiiiii^. 

When  cite  is  used  in  a  legal  senses 
it  is  mostly  employed  for  wimessesy 
and  tummon  for  every  occasion :  a  per- 
son 18  cited  to  give  evidence,  he  is 
Mummoned  to  answer  a  charge.    Cite 
is  seldomer  used  in  the  legal  sense 
tlmn  in  that  of  calling  by  name^  in 
which  general  acceptation  it  is  em- 
ployed with  regard  to  authors,  as  spe- 
cified in  the  preceding  article:    the 
legal  is  the  ordinary  sense  oi tummon  ; 
it  may  however  be  extended  in  its  ap* 
plication  to  any  call  for  which  there 
may  be  occasion ;  as  when  we  speak 
of  the  summant  which  is  given  to  at- 
tend the  death  bed  of  a  friend,  or  figu- 
ratively, death  is  said  to  tummon  moi^ 
tals  from  tliis  world. 

E*en  ffodal  f rteadthlp  dnno  hh  car 
lad  dtcthlm  to  the  pablle  iphere.  Bamanma. 

The  tlyeachaatceteinmaioitV  all  her  tralBp 
AUorfoif  Venus, t*een  of  vajrrant  love. 
The  boon  companioH  Baechni,  load  and  rain. 
And  trickfns  HenaeryGod  <tf  (hiadfltd  (tin. 

Wnt. 

CIVIL,  POLITE. 

CIVIL,  in  French  ciri/e,  Latin  ci'- 
vilit  from  civil  a  citizen,  signifies  be- 
longing to  or  becoming  a  citizen. 

POLITE,  in  French  ;io/i,  Latin  po- 
litut  participle  o^polio  to  polish. 

These  two  epithets  are  employed  to 


210 


CIVIL. 


CIVIL. 


denote  different  modes  of  aodng  in  so- 
dal  interooune :  polite  expreeses  more 
than  civil;  it  is  possible  to  be  civil 
n^thout  being  polite:  poliieneu  sap- 
jMses  civility  and  something  in  adai- 

Civility  is  confined  to  no  rank,  age, 
condition,  or  countrr;  all  have  an  op- 
portunity with  equal  propriety  of  being 
civilj  but  not  so  with  politeness,  that 
reooires  a  certain  degree  of  equality, 
at  least  the  equality  of  education ;  it 
would  be  contradictory  for  masters  and 
serrants,  rich  und  poor,  learned  and 
mileamed,  to  be  polite  to  each  other. 
Civility  is  a  Christian  duty ;  there  are 
times  when  all  men  ougKt  to  be  civil 
to  his  neighbour :  politeness  is  rather 
a  voluntary  devotion  of  ourselves  to 
others:  among  the  inferior  orders 
civility  is  indbpensable ;  an  uncivil 
person  in  a  subordinate  station  is  an 
obnoxious  member  of  society :  among 
the  higher  orders  politeness  is  often  a 
substitute ;  and  where  the  form  and 
spirit  are  combined,  it  supersedes  the 
necessity  of  civility :  potUeness  is  the 
sweetener  of  human  sodety ;  it  gives 
A  charm  to  every  thing  tliat  is  said  and 
done. 

Civility  is  contented  with  pleasing 
when  the  occasion  offers:  politeneu 
seeks  the  opportunity  to  please,  it  pre- 
vents the  necessity  of  asking  by  antid- 
patiiq^  the  wishes;  it  is  fiiU  of  delicate 
attentions,  and  is  an  active  benevolence 
in  the  minor  concerns  of  life. 

Civilihf  is  anxious  not  to  ofiend, 
but  it  often  gives  pain  from  ignorance 
or  error:  poUteness  studies  all  the  dr- 
cumstances  and  situations  of  men ;  it 
enters  into  thdr  characters,  suits  itoelf 
to  their  humours,  and  even  yields  in- 
dulgently to  their  weaknesses;  its  ob- 
ject is  no  less  to  avoid  giving  pain  than 
to  study  to  afford  pleasure. 

Civility  is  dictated  by  the  desire  of 
serving,  politeness  by  that  of  pleasing : 
civilUjf  often  confines  itself  to  the 
bare  intention  of  serving;  politeness 
looks  to  the  actiiin  and  its  conse- 
quences :  when  a  peasant  is  croil  he 
often  docs  the  rexerse  of  what  would 
be  desired  of  him;  lie  takes  no  heed 
of  the  wnnt«  and  necessities  of  others : 
politeness  considers  what  is  due  to 
others  and  fntm  others;  it  does  no- 
thinjr  superfluously ;  men  of  good 
breeding  think  before  they  speak,  and 


move  before  they  act.  It  b  neoassary 
to  be  civil  without  being  tnmblesome, 
and  polite  without  beins  affected. 

CroHUy  requires  nothmg  but  good- 
ness of  intention;  it  may  Massoaated 
with  the  coarsest  manners,  the  gross- 
est ignoranc^  and  the  total  want  of  all 
culture:  poUieness  requires  peculiar 
properties  of  the  head  and  the  heart, 
natural  and  artifidal ;  much  goodness 
and  gentleness  of  character*  an  even 
current  of  footings,  ({uickness  and  re- 
foied  delicacy  of  sentiment,  a  command 
of  temper,  a  general  insight  into  men 
and  manners,  and  a  thonm^  acquaint- 
ance with  the  forms  of  soaetv. 

Civility  is  not  incompatible  vdth 
the  harshest  expressions  of  one's  ftal- 
ings;  it  allows  the  utterance  of  all 
a  man  thinks  without  regard  to  peiBon, 
time,  or  season ;  it  lays  no  restraint 
upon  the  angry  passions :  politeneu 
enioins  upon  us  to  say  nothlnj;  to  an- 
other which  we  would  not  wish  to  be 
said  to  ourselves;  it  lays  at  least  a 
temporary  constraint  on  all  the  angry 
passions,  and  prevents  all  torbalent 
commotions. 

Civility  is  always  the  same ;  what- 
ever is  once  civil  is  always  so,  and  a^* 
knof^'Iedged  as  such  by  all  pertoni  i 
politeneu  varies  with  the  faahioDi  and 
times ;  what  is  polite  in  ode  age  or  in 
one  country  may  be  unpoUte  in  an- 
other. 

If  civility  be  not  a  splendid  wtoe, 
it  has  at  least  the  reoommeodation  of 
being  genuine  and  hannletSy  haidng 
nothing  artifidal  in  it;  it  admits  of 
no  gloss,  «id  wiH  never  deceive ;  it  u 
the  true  expression  of  jgood  wiU,  die 
companion  of  respect  in  inforiori,  of 
concfescension  in  superiors,  of  huma- 
nity and  kindness  in  equals:  politeneu 
spnnes  from  education,  is  the  off^ 
sprini  of  rcfiDCDient,  and  oomitta 
much  in  the  exterior;  it  often  rests 
with  the  bare  imitation  of  virtoe.  and 
is  distinguished  into  true  and  nbe ; 
in  the  latter  case  it  may  be  abaed  for 
the  worst  of  purposes,  and  aenre  aif'^n 
mask  to  conceau  malignant  ppwiQpB 
under  tlie  appearance  of  kirtJHjjpiii ; 
hence  it  is  possible  to  be  pemtr  wbl 
form  without  being  civU,  or anjllAlg 
else  that  is  good.  '    ^* 

He  hu  good  I 
And  I  have  good  nwvoen, 
Uli  tow  too  mn  cMl  to  me.  becsi 
I  donoC  ffflaad  lo  be  vlirr  ibw  Itey.    OtVAT- 


CIVIL. 


CLASP. 


811 


ooadolpUi^tet*, 

idvlflctuitanMBh 
nM  Ita  mdt  Mft  fnw  ciH<  at  her  aOBf' 


BMHtO 

Wntter  MM  Iku  ptaMue.  Jonuoa. 

A  pMit  MUtiy  tqaln  itell  make  jw  u 
bowa  la  half  mm  koa?  ai  woald  ierv«  a 
tea 


GIVII9  OBLIGING,    COMPLAI-* 
SANT. 

CIVIL,  V.  Civil fpolile. 
OHLIGINGi  from  oblige,  signifies 
other  doiiig  wluit  Miges,  or  r^y  to 

a)BIPLAISANT,  in  French  eom- 
pkMMod,  comes  from  complaire  to 
pkmae,  nipifying  ready  to  please. 

Cml  IS  more  general  than  obliging ; 

one  is  alwajs  civil  when  one  is  Mig* 

i'ng,  bait  one  is  not  always  Miginf 

'^fnia  one  »  civil:  complaisance  is 

than  tttfaer^  it  refines  upon  both ; 

is  a  branch  of  politeness  (v.  Civil, 

lite). 

Civil  regards  the  manner  as  well  as 

e    actiooy    obliging   respects    the 

complaisant  mcludes  all  the 

ances  of  the  action :   to  be 

i7  n  to  please  by   any  word    or 
*  a ;  to  oe  Miging  is  to  perform 
i  actoal  serrice;  to  be  complai' 
ai(  is  ta  do  that  serrice  in  the  dme 
BMoner  that  is  most  suitable  and 
iabU:  eivi/ify  requires  no  efibrt; 
be  Mging  always  costs  the  ag^t 
"^^  tnMiUo;  complaisance  reqmres 
'  ~  and  observation :  a  person  is 
~-  '^jm  obliging  in  lending 
^laisant  in  his  atten- 
^  to.  Ida  nieods. 
"ikm  is  habitttaUy  civil;  obliging 
^m  dispOMtioB  ;  coa^laisant  ^  trom 
"vacation  and  disposition:  it  is  ne- 
"■nbj  to  be  cM/  without  beiiu  free, 
Im  Mi^ng  without  being  ofmons, 
be  coaiplmnit  without  being  af- 


h  ■WW  mmt  oSemife  Chan  when  it 
to  ba  cf  vtf.  CrausBLAais. 

ne  ihepberd  boaie 
i«  aaa  bj  tam  frilevM 
■id  cT  her  brimmfaig  pail, 
ihoB  pertapa  Mi  wlUna  heart 
^that  bcrt  laacaacv  iImiwb 
fffmntuBi,  aad  aftM^iiif  daedi. 

Tnossov. 


■Htd 


pkaHS  with  what  cvcrj  oae  nid, 
I  aach  eaaipMMaea  afe  all 
ttat  Ctoach  1  lUd  aac  pat 


000  wart  iaio  ttek  dlMoanap  I  btia  the  vaal^ 
t0  lUak  th«!j  ladkcd  apaa  aw  aa  vecy  agnealla 
company.  Adouoh. 

CIVILITY,  V.  Benefit. 
CIVILIZATION,  V.  Cultivaimu 
TO  CLAIM,  V.  To  ask  for. 
CLAIM,  V.  Pretension. 
CLAIM,  V.  Right. 

CLAMOROUS,  V.  Loud. 

clAlMour,  v.  Noise. 

CLANDESTINE,   SECRET. 
CLANDESTINE,  in  Latin  clam- 
destinus,  comes  firom  eUm  secretly. 

SECRET,  in  French  sicrete,  Leitin 
secretui  participle  of  secerno  to  se- 
parate, signifies  remote  from  observa* 
tion. 

Clandestine  expresses  more  than 
secret. 

To  do  a  thing  clandestinely  is  to 
elude  observation ;  to  do  a  thing  90* 
cretly  is  to  do  it  without  the  know-^ 
ledge  of  any  one :  what  is  claiidestina 
is  unallowed,  which  is  not  necessarily 
the  case  with  what  is  secret. 

With  the  clandestine  must  be  a 
mixture  of  art ;  with  secrecy,  cautbn 
and  management  are  requisite:  • 
clandestine  maniage  is  effected  by  a 
studied  plan  to  escape  notice;  a 
secret  marriage  is  conducted  by  the 
forbearance  of  all  communication: 
conspirators  have  many  clandettinB 
proceedings  and  secret  meetings :  an 
un&ithful  servant  clandestinely  con- 
veys his  master's  property  from  the 
premises  of  his  master ;  a  thief  iecrefl|f 
ukes  a  purse  from  the  pocket  of  tta 
bystanders  • 

I  went  to  thii  c^ndetilM  lodgioff.  aad  ftaad 
to  iv  am^aeawat  all  the  oiaaiaeBti  af  a 
Sae  SBBtlenmn,  which  ha  haa  taheaapoa  oadll* 

JoBMoa. 

Te  ho}«  who  plaek  the  flowan,  aad  fpoO  the 

•prioft 
Bawaie  the  secret  make  that  ihooti  a  ttlnf. 

Drtbkr* 

TO  CLASP,  HUG,  EMBRACE. 

To  CLASP,  from  the  noun  clasp, 
signifies  to  lay  hold  of  like  a  elasp. 

HUG,  in  &L\on  hogan,  comes  from 
the  German  hagen,  which  signifies  to 
enclose  with  a  hedge,  and  figuratively 
to  cherish  or  take  special  care  of. 

EMBRACE,  in  Frencb  embrosser, 


CLASS. 

Hw  gfloenl  qnalities  and  attributes 
of  thinn  are  to  oe  considered  in  ciaiM- 
ingg  tbidt  fitness  to  stand  bj  each 
otber  most  be  considered  in  arrange 
tw/  their  Gapacitj  for  fbrmbg  a  line 
is  the  onlj  thing  to  be  attended  to  in 


CLEAB. 


813 


CUuiificaiiam  serves  the  purposes  of 
sdenoa;  arrangement  those  of  deoo- 
*iMi  luidonMunent;  ranging  those 
general   oonveoienoe:    men   are 
tmd  into  diflerent  bodies  according 
to  amne  certain  standard  of  pmperty, 
power,   edocation^    occupation,  &c; 
Aimitiire  is  arranged  in  a  rooni  ao- 
cocdii^;  as  it  answers  either  in  colour, 
e^ede,  oonfenience  of  situation,  kc.; 
f^en    are  naa^   in  order  whenefer 
tbey  make  a  procession :  elamficatian 
m9  oonoemed  with  mental  objects;  ar- 
r^ngemeai  .with  dther  physical   or 
smntal  o^jecU;   ranging  altogether 
^irithphjiicaloUects:  knowledge,  ex- 
-p^ntace,  and  judgement,  are  requisite 
an  daurngf    taste  and  practice  are 
indi^Miisttile  in  arranging  ;  care  only 
»  ^vsBled  in  ram^fprng,    when  a|^lied 
y  ipiiitoal  objects,  arrangjement  is 
^be  onUnary  operation  of  the  mind, 
Jnegpnriag    only    methodical    habiti: 
^^^^ykoAm  18  a  branch  of  philoso- 
^^J  ^riuch  is  not  attainable  by  art 
'7  »  it  nqnires  a  mind  pecnuarly 
.  J^Hawra.al  tqr  nature^  that  is  capabto 
^^>«tiBgBi^ng  things  by  their  gene- 
~  specifio  difiernices ;  not  sepa- 
ls that  arealike;  nor  Uend* 
fkut  are  diflbrent :  books 
♦  K^T^^— "^  "  *  catalogue  according  to 
g^^^^^oontaBlis  they  are  arrangefT  in 
-  ^OcMft  MMMib*  lo  iheir  siie  or  price; 

'  in  a  counter  for  oon- 

lT>tti— °*^'   '^'^^  ^'^  clotted  by  the 

^^g^ian  into  simple  and  complex,  ab- 

^?^^t  and  ooDcrete :  they  are  arranged 

^l    Hie  poiwer  of   refliection    in  the 

^^  ofdie  thinker:  words  are  cAuf- 

^*^^the  grammarian  into  diflerent 

^""■J*  of  speech ;   they   are  snitably 

J^JJlJ^gwd  oy  the  writer  in  diflerent 

^^  of  a  sentence :  a  man  of  busi- 

^^  crroiiget  his  affiurs  so  as  to  suit 

^^  ^me  and  season  for  every  thing ; 

^  *^pkeqier  orraagei  his  goods  so 

^to  have  a  place  for  everything, 

^  to  know   Its  place;  he  rangee 

uoie  tUngs  before  him,  of  which  he 

^bcs  to  command  a  view  :  a  general 


rangethis  men  for  the  battle ;  a  drill 
Serjeant  rdnget  hismenwhcnhe  makafr 
them  exercise. 

WearaBRrutod  nd  claued  by  Mm  wte 


if  iito  joor  ■ia«MBiriif>,  or  ymir  loeiaty,  ( 

b«  crape  Toa  tef*  ■dattlied  a  pfMpto  ti 
eoatnOan  which  will  dBfeat  all  jwr  yUm,  nd 
pcfples  tod  oaUBfle  wbot  jon  tovght  to  cic 
raHgt.  Buaa» 

A  aoble  writer  ihoald  be  bom  wHh  thif  flie«|. 
tj  (a  itrons  InnqpfoaUmi)  w  as  to  be  w«n  iMe  Co 
receive  Ibvlj  id«o  flroai  oolward  obtkcto,  to  i^ 
lata  thna  loop,  tod  to  rang*  them  tofither  ia 
racb  Scarce  aad  rppiiewnfiiHtfBi  at  aio  mmt 
Ukatjtohachefiuic/orthereadar.      AnnoiL 

CLEAN,  CLBANLY,  P17RB. 

CLEAN  and  CLEANLY  is  lii 
Saxon  eiaene, 

PURE,  in  French  pur,  Latin  puna. 

Clean  expresses  a  n«edom  from  dirt 
or  soil ;  cleanly  the  dispoution  or  habit 
of  being  cUan^ 

A  person  who  keeps  himself  ciiiaii 
is  cleanly;  a  cleanly  servant  takes 
care  to  keep  otlier  things  clean. 

Clean  is  employed  in  the  proper 
sense  only ;  jnwe  mostly  in  the  moral 
sense:  the  hands  should  be  clean; 
the  heart  should  be  pure :  it  is  the 
first  requisite  of  good  writing  that  it 
should  be  clean  ;  it  is  of  the  first  im* 
nortance  for  the  morals  of  youth  to  be 
Kept  pure, 

Aga  Uacir  k  aat  aaaoiiahle  wbHt  It  b  pn^ 
eewad  ekoM  aad  laealHeil 


lathaeMl,  whcia  tho  warmth  of  the  cIlHnto 
mahee  elMH^Unen  non  fauneAlatalj  BMomy 
Ihaa  fai  colder  covauiei,  It  ie  onde  one  pert  if 
their  rdl|{lon.  The  Jewbh  law,  and  the  Mabr  • 
nctaa,  wbleh  la  ooma  tbfajtt  coplee  after  k«  b 
Ailed  with  hathiair,  pariieatbae,  aad  other  Hl#« 
of  the  Uha  aatare.  Thoafb  ihem  b  the  above 
aamed  coo?enteat  mwo  to  be  aM%Bed  ftw  thtto 
cemnoobi*  the  cfaM  lateatba  wae  to  t^ptiy  In- 
ward yitrflp  of  heaK.  flnrratoa. 

CLEANLY,   v.  CletOL 

CLEAR,  V.  apparent 

CLEAR,  LUCID,  BRIGHT,  VIVID. 

CLEAR,  9.  Toahtolve. 

LUCID,  in  Latin  luciduSj  from 
luceo  to  shine,  and  lux  light,  signifies 
having  light. 

BRIGHT,  V.  Brightnest. 

VIVID,  Latin  vividus  from  vi99 
to  live,  signifies  being  in  a  state  o/ 
life. 


314 


CLEAR. 


CLEARNESS. 


These  epithets  mark  a  (Ration  in 
their  sense ;  the  idea  of  h^t  is  ooiih 
xnon  to  them,  but  clear  expresses  less 
thua  lucidf  lucid  than  bright,  and 
bright  lew  than  vivid:  a  mere  free* 
dom  firom  stain  or  dullness  constitutes 
the  cleamett;  the  return  of  light,  and 
consequent  removal  of  darkness,  con- 
stitutes lucidity;  briMneu  supposes 
a  certain  strength  otlight ;  vimdneu 
a  fVeshness  combined  with  the 
strength,  and  even  a  degree  of  bril- 
liancy I  a  sky  is  clear  that  is  diverted 
of  clouds ;  the  atmosphere  i$  lucid  in 
the  day,  but  not  in  the  night ;  the  sun 
shines  bright  when  it  is  unobstructed 
by  any  thing  in  tlie  atmosphere ;  light- 
nmg  sometimes  presents  a  vivid  red- 
ness, and  sometimes  a  vivid  pale :  the 
light  of  the  stars  may  be  clear^  and 
sometimes  bright ^  but  never  vivid; 
the  light  of  the  sun  is  radier  bright, 
than  clear  or  vivid  ;  the  light  of  the 
moon  is  either  clear,  bright,  or  vivid. 

These  epithets  may  with  equal  pro- 
priety be  applied  to  colour,  as  well  as 
to  light:  n  clear  colour  is  unmixed 
with  any  other ;  n  bright  colour  has 
something  striking  and  strong  in  it ;  a 
vivid  colour  something  lively  and  fresh 
in  it. 

SoBMcbooie  fbe  eUarat  light, 

And  boldly  chalteoge  the  noit  ptenhig  eye. 

Roacoaxop. 


Nor  to  the  itmm 
Of  pUHt  eff|ital,  northehMM  air, 
Thooi^  OM  traiMpirent  vuancjr  It 
Told  of  their  wwoeo  people. 


Tboxnii. 


Thh  place,  the  hrighie$t  mamtoa  of  theikj. 
ni  cftU  the  ptlace  of  the  OeitJ.  DrnTimi. 

Itom  the  moM  meadov  to  the  withered  Mil, 
Iiedbjr  the  bieeie,  the  vittd  Trrdore  runp, 
And  ewell^eod  deepent  to  the  cherfab'dejre. 

Taoaioa. 

In  tlieir  moral  application  they  pre- 
serve u  similar  distincdon :  a  consci- 
ence is  siutl  to  be  clear  when  it  is  free 
from  every  stain  or  spot ;  a  deranged 
understanding  may  have  lucid  inter- 
vals; a  bright  intellect  throws  light 
on  every  thing  around  it ;  ti  vivid  ima- 
gination glows  with  every  image  that 
nature  presents. 

I  look  npon  a  nwiid  iuMKlDitkNi  u  the 
freetert  blealDK of  lifiei,  next  toe  clear  judf^ 
■MBt,  end  a  good  cooKleace.  aimaox. 

I  belkfe  woeBooneu  allvc^  and  in  om  of 

«  Vide  Tnnder:  <* 


hielMeM  latervak,  he  wvqU  be  ihodhsd  at 
pcmctieal  fmuy  of  hk  MhotarB. 

Bat  ia  a  bo43r  which  doth  nmilsr  jUa' 
Hit  parte  to  fHsoe^  role  obrdleot, 
Thne  Ahaaa,  like  a  tIicIb  qaeni  moiC  hHglkt, 
Doth  floutah  la  ail  bcMty  cieellaM. 

nere  let  the  cleale  pafe  thy  fhaey  lead 
Throagh  raral  Keeeiy  mdi   at  the 

•wata 
Pefaitt  Id  the  BntchleM  bannoaj  of  eoaf^ 
Or  catch  thjwif  the  laedicape,  elided  ewift 
Athwart  inaeiaatloali  vivid  cgre. 

CLBAR,  v.  Fair. 

TO  CLEAR,  v.  To  obsolvC. 

CLEARLY,   DISTINCTLY. 

That  is  seen  CLEARLY  of  which 
one  has  a  general  view ;  that  is  seen 
DISIINCTLY  which  is  seen  so  as  to 
distinguish  the  several  parts. 

We  see  the  moon  dearly  whenevar 
it  shines ;  but  we  cannot  see  the  spots 
in  the  moon  dittinctfy  without  the 
help  of  glasses. 

What  we  see  diainctfy  must  be 
seen  clearly,  but  a  thing  may  be  seiQ 
clearly  without  being  seen  diUinct^. 

A  want  of  light,  or  tlie  interventum 
of  other  objects,  prevents  us  from  see* 
ing  clearly  ;  distance,  or  a  defect  in 
the  sight,  prevents  us  from  seeing  di^ 
tinctly. 

*01d  men  often  see  elearfy  bat 
not  distinctly ;  they  peronve  lai^  or 
luminous  objects  at  a  distance^  bat 
they  cannot  distinguish  such  small 
objects  as  the  characters  of  n  book 
without  the  help  of  convex  (passes ; 
short- sighted  persons,  on  the  oontrary, 
see  small  objects  distinctly,  but  they 
have  no  clear  vision  of  large  olgects» 
unless  they  are  diminished  by  oon- 
cave  glasses. 

The  coitom  cf  arg^inf  on  aaj  tide^  tnm 
against  our  per»Dath>D,  dims  the  nnilmhindif , 
and  maka  it  bj  drgreet  lose  the  Ikcaltj  of  dlH 
ocrnlac  clearly  betweea  IraOk  aid  fklNliood. 


Wbflher  we  aie  ible  to  eoanpnlieBd  all  ike 
operatkne  of  nature,  aod  the  maanen  of  thca^ 
It  Biattera  not  to  Inquire;  but  thto  h  certala.that 
we  can  romprdiend  no  more  of  then  thn  w« 
can  dittinctly  cunceire. 


CLEARNESS,   PERSPICUITY. 

CLEARNESS, from  clear  (v.  C/ear, 
lucid),  is  here  used  figurativelyi  to 

Clearly,  diitinctlj,* 


CLEARNESS. 


CLEAVE. 


215 


luark  the  deme  of  light  hj  which  one 
9ee8  thinn  mutiiictlY. 

PERSPICUriY,  in  Frendb  per^ 
spieuiii,  Latin  penpicuitat  from  per- 
^iemu  and  permuo  to  look  thronghi 
signifies  the  quality  of  being  able  to 
be  aeen  through. 

These   e|>iuiet8    denote    qualities 
«qaally  reqnisite  to  render  a  discourse 
intelKgiUei  but  each  has  its  peculiar 
character.     *  Clearness  respects  our 
ideas,  and  springs  from  the  distinction 
<if  the  things  themselves  that  are  dis- 
cussed :  perspicuity  respects  the  mode 
of  expressing  the  ideasi  and  springs 
^Wmi  the  g^  qualities  of  style.    It 
Squires  a  clear  bead  to  be  able  to 
^ee  a  salgect  in  all  its  bearings  and 
^"eilations ;  to  distinrnish  all  the  nice- 
^\n  and  shades  of  difference  between 
'Chiugs  dat  bear  a  strong  resemblance^ 
'  to  separate  it  from  all  irrelevant 
intermingle   themselves 
iC    But  whatever  ma;^  he  our 
'^MriMSf  of  conception,  it  is  requi- 
if  we  will  communicate  our  con- 
to  others,  that  we  should  ob- 
«  a  purity  in  our  mode  of  diction, 
=^^^  we  should  be  particular  in  th^ 
'^oice  of  onr  terms,  careful  in  the 
of  them,  and  accurate  in 
coostmction  of  our   sentences; 
is  perqticuiiy,  which  as  it  is  the 
10,  aooording  to  Qnintiiian,   it 
most  important  part  ofcompo- 


of  intellect  is  a  natural 

^  perspfoiity  is  an  acquired  art : 

n^   intimately  connected  witli 

ouber,  yet  it  is  possible  to  have 

"MM    without  perspicuity,   and 

^icuiip  mtbout  clearness.    Peo- 

)f  quia  capacities  will  have  c2ear 

OQ    the    subjects    that    ofier 

Ives  to  their  notice,   but  for 

of  education  they  may  often  use 

^^Y^v^oper  or  ambiguous  pinrases;  or 

^Y^^iiurs  of  construction  render  their 

^^^^fcaeoiogy  the  reverse  o(  perspicu- 

^"••s    on  the  other  band,  it  is  in  the 

^^*^^«r  of  some  to  express  themselves 

?^  Subjects  far  above  their  compre- 

^J^^ion  from  a  certain  facility  which 

^^y  acquire  of  catcliiiig  up  suitable 

'"^^es  ofeipression. 

^^^e  study  of  the  classics  and  ma- 

^Qiatics  are  most  fitted  for  the  im- 

F^'^^ement  of  clearness  ;  tbe  study  of 


grammar,  and  the  observance  of  good 
models  will  serve  most  eflfectually  lor 
die  acquirement  of  perjptcM^y, 

II  ii  OM  tUof  to  iMak  right,  and  ■■oONrlltag 
*o  kaov  the  way  to  bj  oar  thooghCs  hoSiw 
otben  with  adtantaffe  and  eUmmeu,      Vookm, 

No  oiodm  orator  can  dam  to  eotw  the  IMi 
whh  Demostbraci  and  Tul^.  We  ham  dh- 
connei,  iadiwd,  that  maj  be  admKled  Ibr  fhrf^ 
penpicuitjft  pvrtty,  and  elflgaaeet  bat  caa  pn- 
dnee  none  that  aboand  in  a  nihllBan  wbkih 
vUrU  avaj  the  andKor  Ilka  a  mighljj  toneat. 

Whabiok. 

TO  CLSAVB,  V,  To  Stlck. 

CLEMENCY,   LENITir,   MBRCT. 

CLEMENCY  is  in  Latin  clemen- 
tia^  signifying  mildness. 

LENltY,  in  Latin  lenitas  from 
lenis  soft,  or  lavis  smooth,  uid  the 
Greek  ^■«c  mild. 

MERCY  is  in  Latin  miserieordia, 
compounded  ofmiseria  and  cordis  the 
pain  of  the  heart,  si^ifying  the  pain 
produced  by  observing  the  pun  of 
others. 

Clemency  and  lenity  are  employed 
on]y  towards  offeaders;  mercy  to- 
wards ail  who  are  in  trouble,  whether 
from  their  own  fault,  or  any  other 
cause. 

Clemency  lies  in  the  disposition; 
lenity  and  mercy  in  the  act ;  the  fin^ 
mer  as  respects  superiors  in  geaanl, 
the  latter  in  r^;ard  to  those  who  are 
invested  with  civil  power :  a  monarch 
displays  his  clemency  by  showing 
mimy  :  a  roaster  shows  lenity  by  not 
inflicting  punishment  where  it  is  d^ 
serving. 

Clemency  is  arbitrary  on  the  part  of 
the  dispenser,  flowing  from  his  will 
independent  of  the  object  on  whom  it 
is  bestowed;  lenity  and  mercy  ars 
discretionary,  they  always  have  i»- 
gsrd  to  the  object  and  the  nature  of 
the  offence,  or  misfortunes;  larnHy 
therefore  often  serves  the  purposes  of 
discipline,  and  mercy  those  or  justice 
by  rorsiveness,  instead  of  punish- 
ment; but  clemency  defeats  its  end 
by  forbearing  to  punish  where  it  is 
needful. 

A  mild  master  who  shows  clemsmcjf 
to  a  faithless  servant  by  not  bringing 
him  to  justice,  ef^  throws  a  worth- 
less  wretch  upon  the  public  to  oomsut 
more  atrocious  depredations.  A  weU^ 
timed  lenity  sometimes  recalls  an 
Ctairt6,  penptettlt^" 


SI6        CLERGYMAN. 


CLEVER. 


offender  to  himfielf,  and  brio^  kim 
back  to  good  order.  Upon  this  prin- 
ciple»  the  English  constitation  has 
wueiy  left  io  the  hands  of  the  mo- 
narch the  discretionary  power  of  showw 
ing  mercy  in  all  cases  tliut  do  not  de- 
BUUid  the  utmost  rigour  of  the  law. 

W«  wnlditd  Tnjant  ton'd  oa  ev '17  ahoze, 
Fram  WA  to  lea,  cbj  clemeiuybnploco; 
VDtMd  tta  flm  <mr  dilpphic  to  dcrfkce^ 
KeoilraCh'iiDlnppyAigilivatognee.  Dbtoik. 

The  Kibe  (Charles  II.)  with  tenUjf  of  which 
the  woffid  hai  bid  perhaps  no  other  aanple, 
docliBM  to  he  the  judge  or  avcufer  of  hit  own 
Of  hhlkther**  wnwfi.  Jobhboii. 

The  pids  (If  eodi  to  eoodone  am  liiclin*d, 
ff  ft^  of  mercy  tonch  their  het? \djr  nrfnd), 
Aad  more  thaa  all  the  goda,  jovr  fenVoea  heerCi 
CeBKhraa  or  worth,  wqnlte  Ua  own  deMrt. 

Drvdkji. 

CLERGYMAN,    PARSON,   PRIEST, 
MINISTER. 

CLERGYMAN,  altered  from  clerk, 
elericuSy  signified  any  one  holding  a 
mular  office,  nnd  by  distinction  one 
w£o  held  the  holy  office. 

I^ARSON  is  either  changed  from 
jwrsoR,  that  is,  by  distinction  the  per- 
son* who  spirituahy  presides  over  a  pa- 
rish, or  contracted  trom  parochianu*, 

PRIEST,  in  German,  Sec.  prictter, 
ooDies  from  the  Greek  vc.-ta-Bvnpocy  sig- 
nifying }m  elder  who  holds  the  sacer- 
dotal  omoe. 

MINISTER,  in  Latin  minister  a 
servant,  finom  minus  less  or  inferior, 
aognifies  literally  one  who  peribmis  a 
anbofdmate  office,  and  has  been  ex- 
tended in  its  meaning,  to  signify  gene- 
rally one  who  officiates  or  performs  an 
office. 

The  word  clergyman  applies  to  such 
as  are  regularly  bred  according  to  the 
forms  of  the  national  religion,  and  ap- 
plies to  none  else.  In  tliis  sense  we 
speak  of  the  English,  the  French,  and 
Scotoh  clergy  without  distinction.  A 
pmrton  is  a  species  of  clergyman,  who 
ranks  the  higncst  in  the  three  orders  of 
inferior  cUrgy;  that  is,  fariofi,  Yicar, 
and  caratc;  the  parson  being  a  tech- 
nical term  for  the  rector,  or  be  who 
holds  the  living:  in  its  technical 
sense  it  has  now  acquired  a  definite 
ase ;  but  in  general  conversation  it  is 
bOBome  almost  a  nickname.  Thb 
word  clergyman  is  always  substituted 
for  parson  in  polite  society.  When 
priest  respects  the  Cliribtiaii  religion 


it  is  a  species  of  elergywian^  that  is, 
one  who  is  ordained  to  officiate  at  the 
altar  in  distinction  from  the  deacon, 
who  is  only  an  assistant  to  the  priut. 
But  the  term  priest  has  likewise  an 
extended  meanmg  in  reference  to  such 
as  hold  the  sacerdotal  character  in 
any  form  of  relieion,  as  the  priests  of 
the  Jews,  or  those  of  the  Greeks, 
Romans,  Indians,  and  the  like.  A 
minister  is  one  who  actually  or  habi- 
tually officiates.  C/ergymen  are  there- 
fore not  always  strictly  ministers;  nor 
are  all  ministers  clergussen.  If  a 
clergymun  delegates  his  lunctionB  alto- 
gether he  is  not  a  minister  ;  nor  is  be 
who  presides  over  a  dissenting  oanmr^ 
gation  a  clergyman.  In  the  fbriner 
case,  however,  it  would  be  invidioos 
to  deprive  the  clergyman  of  the  name 
offfitnif^er  of  the  |^)spel,  but  in  the 
latter  case  it  is  a  misuse  of  the  tenn 
clergyman  to  apply  it  to  auy^  mwuUr 
who  does  not  officiate  according  to  the 
form  of  an  established  religion. 

By  m eteryjeMW  law  eee  ia he^y  eideriP 


To  the  ItaM  of  Edwud  IIL  flt  b  pwheMe 
the  French  bmI  Rngll^h  langMgaa  aehalili 
tlNf  fhAwchoot  the  klafdom;  IheUghar 
hoth  of  the  clergy  and  laity,  apceUeg 
vnifenailj  Fimch ;  the  lower  renUnv  the 
of  their  netlf  e  toegtH*. 

Call  a  nan  a  prints  or  jmtimi, 
blm  le  BOiae  mee^  eKcoa  tea 
owaaCTfwat. 


Bed  yoa  let 


With  leave  and  honor  eater  ov  I 
YeiaciediiUiilftertorBBea  aedgedi. 

CLBVER,   SKILFUL,    EXFEllT, 
DEXTEROUS,  ADROIT. 

CLEVER,  in  French  kgh^^  Latin 
le:vis  light. 

SKILFUL  signifies  full  of  skiii; 
and  skill  probably  comes  from  the 
Latin  scio  to  know. 

EXPERT,  ill  French  experte,  La- 
tin expertus  participle  of  experiar  to 
search  or  try,  signifies  searched  and 

tried.   

DEXTEROUS,  in  Latin  dtgttr^  10 
Greek  ^.(.tf^?;,  comparative  of  H£mc 
clever,  and  h^iat  the  right  hand,  be- 
cause it  is  the  most  fitted  for  action, 
signifies  the  quality  of  doing  rightly, 
as  with  the  right  hand. 

ADROIT,  in  French  adroite,  Latin 
adrectus  or  rectus  right  or  straight. 

Clever  and  ski^  are  qualities  of 
the   mind;    expert,   dexterous,    and 


CLKVBB. 


CLOAK. 


81 


jldhjrffy  ntr  to  modM  of  phynal 

■Ktion.    Ckmrmem  ngndi  in  general 

ete'  rfaiiliiinii  to  oompraheDds  ikill 

M^m  matority  of  die  jodgement ;  ex- 

^MTtaCft  a  Mlity  in  no  me  of  things ; 

^UMtarihf  a  mechanical  ftdlitj  in  the 

paffbnmaoe  of  any  woik ;  airaUne$$ 

Zhi  anttii¥f  movemeDts  of  the  body. 

Jk  pofioa  b  ekver  at  drawing  who 

shoivB  •  taale  for  it»  and  eiecntes  it 

<«vali  ^thoatmnch  inBtroction;  he  is 

m^dyU  in  drawing  if  he  understands 

it  both  in  theory  and  practice;  he  is 

^jtpmi  ia  the  ase  of  the  bow  if  he  can 

aaae  k with eipedition and  effect;  he 

im  dUUifmu  at  any  gune  when  he  goes 

thnm^  the  mancenTres  with  celerity 

9mI  an  naerring  hand;  be  is  adrmi  if 

tsy  •  qncky  snoden,  and  well-directed 

anoiaiMBi  nf  his  body,  he  efiecto  the 

ol^ect  haina  in  view. 

C/gffis  mentxd  power  employe 

in  ifaadfdinary  concerns  of  lin:  a 

ii  diMP in  business.    SkUlit 

BiBtd  and  oorporaal  power, 

ia  michanirel  operations  and 

~  icienoss :  a  j^ysidan,  a  law- 

.an  actisty  is  ikiffuls  one 

}  m  ikUi  in  ^vination,  or  a 

fU  m  pnitingi  Exp€rtna$  ud  dej^ 

^^^"'^  nfUM  mora  oorporaal   than 

~  i^al  power  aierted  in  minor  arts 

aaments:   one  is  expert  at 

the  cpioit;  rfexfsroKf  in  the 

ent  of  horses.    Adrntneu  is 

'  neoiporaal  talent,  onployed 

occasinn  may  requira :  one  is 

ataMioKtha  blows  aimed  by 


is  rather  a  natural  g^ft; 
is  cfeHf  am  improved  by  prac- 
mnd  eitended  knewleHgo ;  expert^ 
7  la  the  efiect  of  long  practice;  iler- 
2^9^  arises  iram  habit  combined  with 
^^^;  MirmNetf  isaspedesofrfer- 
arising  from  a  natural  agility. 

I  vekoaw,  bat  Unck  ■•  fiita 
Hit  JihMa  ABd  BvriH  iraatl  sot 


■I  Ae  tiMW  ttod  te  olfctr  fpllfc  Tbnls. 
iMiir;  ni  wMnnt  w^  Bite  ip  tka 


%kk 


t«o  fkll  u  €itw»  ud  tn  VnmnhtmhyJ* 


^JW«  h  BoCUiV  BMngnMfkl  Ibu  tons 
7*  >»»|  itoa  mu  tor  a  fcw  ■bmbiHi,  aid  tba 
**'^aw  hept  h  n  ■giwiWe  tMpww^  dttrtaf 
^*Uacc  or  a  fM(/iflMtsr. 


<ftr  tar  ud  iWf  tie  vitcqr 

WNk  dorfroMf  arm, 
FterlMi  tkcy  eooAat  0«ciy 
WtaeHiff  la  MU9 1 

JSCpfrt  to  MPQTy  #MIV  tHmS 


Hi6  appVod  MmBif  ont  to  tto 
which  ho  IftowiM  laid  opai  with 


wMd. 


TO  cuMB,  V.  To  arise. 

TO  CLING,  V.  To  sticL 
CLOAK,  MASK,  BUNO»  VSIL. 


TaisE  are  figuratiTO  tertts, 
si ve  of  different  modes  of  intentionally 
keeping  something  (nm  the  view  of 
others.  They  ara  borrowed  fronl 
those  fiuniliar  objects  which  serve  ri» 
milar  purposes  in  common  lift. 
CLOAK  and  MASK  express  fignw 
tively  and  properly  more  tnan  BLIND 
or  Veil.  The  two  former  keepth* 
whde  olgect  out  of  sight;  the  two 
latter  onW  partially  intercept  the  near. 
In  this  figurative  sense  they  ara  ail 
eoiployed  for  a  bad  purpose. 

The  eloakf  the  mask,  and  the  Mind; 
serve  to  deceive  others  J  thenriVservei 
to  deceive  one's  self. 

The  whole  or  any  part  of  a  chap 
recter  may  be  concealed  bv  a  blind; 
a  party  though  not  the  wholes  may  bo 
concealed  by  anuuk,  A  blind  is  not 
only  employed  to  conceal  the  charac- 
ter but  the  conduct  or  proceedingit 
We  carry  a  cloak  and  a  mask  about 
with  us;  but  a  blind  is  something 
external. 

The  cloak,  as  the  external  garment, 
is  the  most  convenient  of  all  coveriqgs 
for  entirely  keeping  concealed  what 
we  do  not  wish  to  be  seen ;  a  good 
outward  deportment  servos  as  a  eioah 
to  conceal  a  bad  character.  Amnth 
only  hides  the  face ;  a  mask  therefore 
serves  to  conceal  only  as  much  as 
words  and  looks  can  affect.  A  blind 
is  intended  to  shut  oat  the  light  and 
prevent  observation ;  whatever,  there* 
fore^  conceals  the  real  truth,  and  pro* 
vents  suspicion  bv  a  felie  exterior,  ia 
a  blind.  A  veil  prevents  a  person 
from  seeing  as  well  -as  being  seen; 
whatever,  therefore,  obscures  dm 
mental  sight  acts  as  a  veil  to  tha 
mind's  eve. 

if 

Religion  is  unfortunately  the  objed 
which  may  serve  to  cloak  the  worst  of 
purposes  and  the  worst  of  characters : 

5 


CLOSE. 


CLOSE. 


219 


_,  __^ an  habitation  for  monks^ 

•^^oiD  the  Greek  '^n;:  alone. 

The  proper  idea  of  cloiiter  is  that 
O^  sedasion ;  the  proper  idea  of  eonr 
Xf^tU  is  that  of  community ;  tlie  prih- 
wper  idea  of  a  monoiiery  is  that  of  so- 
^^ude.  One  is  shut  up  in  a  cliMttr^ 
nut   into  a  convent,  and  retires  to  a 


Whoever  wishes  to  take  an  abso- 

J.«ate  leave  of  the  world,  shuts  himself 

•^^.p   in  a  eloitier ;  whoever  wishes  to 

^i,ttach  himself  to  a  community  that 

l^aa  reoounoed  all  commerce  with  the 

•tfinoffld,  isoes  into  a  convent ;  whoever 

0^ihcB  to  shun  ail  human  intercourse 

.2^0tirea  to  a  monatterjf. 

In  the  eiouter  our  liberty  is  sacri- 

£csed:    in    the  convent  our   worldly 

t3tfAnts  are  nooonced,  and  those  of  a 

^■^oeiilar    lelipous    community    being 

:q^^^ftdj  we  submit  to  the  yoke  of 

^t^tshlished  orders :    in  a  momuiery 

w^0  impose  a  sort  of  voluntary  eule 

aji^op  oonelves ;  we  live  with  tlio  view 

ox  livipg  only  to  God. 

<In  the  andent  and  true  monasteriei, 

^I*^  members  divided  their  time  be- 

^^*^«en oonlemplation  and  labour;  but 

**     populatiou  increased,  and  towns 

*"^**'ti  plied,    monaster iet    were,   pro- 

t*^*^iy  speaking,  succeeded  by  conventi. 

^*^    ordiury  discourse,  cioiMter  is 

^f^^I>loyed  in  an  absolute  and  indefimte 

:  we  speak  of  the  cUntter  to 

nNMOific  state ;  as  entei^ 


*^B.  ^  cioiater  ;  bury  ins  one's  self  in  a 
^****«*«r ;  penances  and  mortifications 


ti 


in  a  cioitler. 
is  not  die  same  thing  when  we 
1ft  of  the  eloi$ter  of  the  Benedic- 
and  of  their  monattery;  or  the 
of  the  Capuchins  and  their 


m  I  w..»M.^, 

wnk  My  vhfin  Ufe  IohmiM. 

D. 


fka  Mv  sMiote  lew  liid««rion  to 
CMWOiff  wl(k  (bfdsiKn.  TysimiTT. 

iBdependeat  foanibUiMi,  vUeh  wen 

the  netpCloDof  fioKlfa  mnkf  la  pie- 

to  the  oftClfca,  a  coa«ld«rable  nnmber 

veie  balK  aaA  ndoved  M  edb 

lerit$  abiaid. 

Javt  or  Enguhb  IIoxa»tbsici. 


CLOSJB9    COMPACT. 

^J-OSE,  V.  Clou,  near. 
^^MPACT,  in  Latin  cmpactu$, 


participle  of  compingo  to  fix  or  join 
in,  signifies  jointed  cwse  together. 

Proximity  is  expressed  by  both  these 
terms;  the  former  in  a  general  and 
the  latter  in  a  restricted  sense.  Two 
bodies  may  be  dote  to  each  other,  but 
a  body  is  compact  with  regard  to  itself. 

Contact  is  not  essential  to  consti- 
tute cloteneu  s  but  a  perfect  adhesion 
of  all  the  parts  of  a  body  is  essential 
to  produce  compact neit.  Dues  are 
ciiue  to  each  other  that  are  separated 
but  by  n  small  space ;  things  are  rolled 
together  in  a  compact  form  that  are 
brought  within  the  smallest  possible 
space. 

To  lisht  and  left  the  mntial  vlnip  dii^ltj 
Tlw*r  khlolac  aroM,  and  itaad  la  cIom  arraj  ; 
Tboufh  weak  their  »pean,  tlMO(h  dvarflsh  to 

tlu*ir  belghl. 
Compare  f key  move,  tto  bahrirk  of  the  fifht. 

Sia  Wh.  Jom. 

CLOSE,   NEAR,   NIGH. 

CLOSE,  V.  To  clou, 

NEAR,  and  NIGH,  is  in  Sana 
neary  ncah,  German,  he,  nah. 

Close  is  more  definite  than  n€ar : 
houses  stand  close  to  each  other  which 
are  almost  joined;  men  stand  chm 
when  they  touch  each  other :  objects 
are  near  which  are  within  sight  s 
persons  are  near  each  other  when  they 
can  converse  together.  Near  and  a^^ 
which  are  but  variations  of  each  other, 
in  etymology,  admit  of  little  or  no  dif- 
ference in  their  use ;  the  former  how« 
ever  is  the  most  general  People  live 
near  each  other  who  are  in  the  same 
street ;  they  live  clou  to  each  other 
when  their  houses  are  adjoining. 

Clou  is  annexed  as  an  adjective ; 
near  is  employed  only  as  an  adverb 
or  preposition.  We  speak  of  clou 
ranks  or  clou  lines;  but  not  near 
ranks  or  near  lines. 
Th*  unwearied  watch  thab  Ifaltniiic  leadffttoep^ 
And  cMchlaf  cle«e,  lepel  lufsdlmileapb 

OfHeadl  UlyMd* sbewli  funds  mjtni 

DlitrenM  be  leeiBi,  mad  ao  ■■!§>■  in  u  nmr. 


Fkon  the  red  feld  Itoir  MStltiM  bodice  bear. 
And  ntgh  ito  fleet  a  huenl  atfoctare  lear. 


TO  CLOSX,   SHUT. 

CLOSE,  is  in  French  clot, 
c/uMxiff,  participle  of  claudo  to  shut. 

.SHUT,  is  in  Saxon  sctt/(m,  Dutch 
schuttcn,  Hebrew  cofem. 


eOASSE* 


COAX. 


SSi 


ASSISTANT  ttgpiifieB  pioperiy  oott 
diat  «niili  or  takM  a  part. 

A  eoa^tor  is  mora  noble  than  an 

sariflf m< :  the  latter  is  mostly  in  a 

Bobonfinate  station,  bat  the  fbnner  is 

equal;  the  latter  perfixrms  menial 

ea  in  the  minor  coucems  of  life, 

•  aaboidinate  part  at  all  times ; 

Ibmier  laboors  conjointly  in  some 

of  common  interest  and  great 

importance.    An  aiusiant  is  en^^ 

iSor  a  compeniabon;  a  aw^uicr  is  a 

^ciliiiitary  lallow'Jabourer.    In  every 

jmbfic  eoBoem  where  the  pnrposes  of 

^larity  or  relipon  are  to  be  promoted, 

^a^dhttcn  often  enact  more  than  the 

~   bbI  pranotars:    in  the  medical 

aAolaitic  professions  auistatits 

to  relieve  the  nres- 

Coadpdon  opj^t  to 

nnanimoos;  anit^anit 

^vfht  10  faa  assiduons  and  fiiithful. 

fanpoit  chat  the  Aith- 

li  dad,  who  b  MMeeeded 

ftnMil J  Bhliop  oC  VtoHMy 

kit  ynn  toaij^litr  to  da 


and  faidlei,  my 

■ad  0EMd  iottai,  I  Ymm  made  choiee  of 

mg  f^ghl  hand,  becaan  I  know  yon  to  bo 

of  yoar  boooar;  and  yoa  oa  my 

I  taour  yo«  an  voy jnacb  cwicgiaed 


COALESCE,  V.  To  add. 


ROUGH,   HUOK« 

'^ABSE,  probaUy  from  the  Oo- 
~  ~  t  Deavvy  answering  to  our 
and  the  Latin  gravii, 
>inSnooAmA,  Gennaa, 

p^^ijDB^  IB  Latin  mdUf  changed 
^  "^**^  rniu^oames  from  inffht,  a  twig, 
^^■sti^ing  onpeeled. 
^^^"laaaa  apiuiets  are  equally  applied 
liat  is  JMt  polished  by  art.    in  the 
ma  oiarse  refers  to  tlie  com- 
aad  matftrinlw  of  bodies,   as 
bread,  eoane  meatyCoarte  doth ; 
raapacts  the  sur&oe  of  bodies, 
V'oa^Awood  and  rough  skia;  rude 
the  make  or  fashion  of  things, 
**  •  rude  bark,  a  rude  utensil. 

GoorsB  is  opposed  to  fine,  rough  to 
HBOQih,  raile  to  polished. 

^  the  figurative  application  they 
/^dietinguished  in  a  similar  manner : 
^*v«e  language  is  used  by  persons  of 
^WntiUy  cooTM  feeling;   rough  lan- 


ue 


guag9  by  those  wIkma  tenmars  ara 
either  naturally  or  occasioqaliy  rough  £ 
rude  language  by  thosp  who  are  igop* 
rantofany  Mtter. 


Tbe  fliwaw  and  doikacj  of  pancptloa  wUeh 
the  maa  eftaile  aeqalwa,  may  bo  amn  Uabto  to 
InllaUoa  tbaa  Iho  ao«n«r  fetUaii  of  oiriads 
Ian  eoltffated. 

WflbaMM 
Wbo,b«ffiaff  beta  frafaM  te 


felknr« 


Asaaayrpavb! 

To  it  In  dmtroylaf  aiidp«IIlDKdowB<baitkfll 
li  dbpUyMt  tbe  ihallowert  VBdantaBdiiv,  (he 
nrffftf  head,  li  MOW  flmagual  to  (hat  talk. 


COARSE,  V,  Gross* 

TO  COAX,  WHBBDLB,  CAJOLE, 
.    FAWN. 

COAX  probably  comes  from  eoke  a 
simpleton,  signii^ng  to  treat  as  a  sim- 
pleton. 

WHEEDLE  is  a  #eqnentativa  of 
wheelf  signifying  to  come  round  a  par^ 
son  with  smooth  art. 

CAJOLE  is  in  French  a^oler. 

To  FAWN,  from  the  noun  famui 
signifies  to  act  or  move  like  tifamH, 

The  idea  of  using  mean  arts  to  turn 
people  to  one^s  sel&h  purposes  is  com* 
mon  to  all  these  terms:  coor  has 
something  childish  in  it;  wheedle  and 
cqfoie  that  which  is  knavish;  Jaem 
that  which  is  servile.    - 

The  act  of  coojrin^  consists  of  urj^ent 
entreaty  and  whirang  supplication; 
the  act  ofvAced/ifig  consists  of  smooth 
and  winning  entreaty;  apoHngcon^ 
sists  mostly  of  trickery  and  strataeeni^ 
disguised  under  a  sof^  address  ami  in- 
sinuating manners;  the  actof/awaiatf 
consists  of  supplicant  ^mace  ana 
antics,  such  as  cnaractense  the  little 
animal  from  which  it  derives  its  name: 
children  coax  their  parents  in  order  to 
obtain  their  wishes;  the  speedy  and 
covetous  wheedle  those  of  an  easy 
temper ;  knaves  cqfoie  the  simple  and 
unsuspecting;  parasites  fawn  upon 
those  who  have  the  power  to  contri- 
bute to  their  gratifications :  coaxing  is 
mostly  resorted  to  by  inferiors  towards 
those  on  whom  they  are  dependant ; 
wheedling  and  cafohng  are  lowpcai> 
tices  confined  to  the  baser  sort  of  men 
with  each  other;  fawning^  though  not 
less  mean  and  disgraceful  than  tha 


COLLEAGUE. 

lAl^nagp  are  not  very  scnipnious  about 
the  correctness  of  their  assertions. 

Upon  Mta  iBtmt  only  opoa  tratV,  the  arm 
•r  u  onlor  fan  IMle  power;  a  crediblo  tn- 
tlaoB J,  or  m  Cflcml  uiraent,  will  overcoma  rII 
Iha  wt  oC  Bodolatlon  and  all  Cbe  vloleoco  of 

Joniciov. 


COLOR. 


SS3 


aatborjoat  menOcnKHf,  essnred 

that  Che  TaiWdi  ntim  of  Uuhl  BtK-daill 

tms ftreiHe,  Sia  Wm.  Jomcfc 

Soofc  ii  tfccowBW  of  Dwiato.  Tbrre  K  » 
Drydra  CJpifM  lt«  perhtpi  **■  too  nnich  horir- 
play  !■  fab  nillico;*  bntif  hb  jcstoare  coiiae 
htaaiSUMBlBaiefCroiif.  Jor.KMiji. 

TO  COINCIDE,  CONCUR. 

COINCIDE,  V.  ih  agreey  coincide, 
CONCUR,  V.  To  agree,  coincide. 
These  words  are  here   considered 
only  in  their  application  to  things; 
m  whidi  CMe  coincide  implies  «<iuiply 
taeetuig  at  a  point ;  concur  running  to- 
'^oaids  a  pmnt ;  the  former  seems  to 
ndnde  the  idea  of  design,  die  latter 
thtt  of  chance :  two  sides  of  different 
tnaogles  emneide  when  they  are  ap- 
|i)ied  to  each  other  so  as  to  rail  on  the 
suae  points;  two  powers  concur  when 
'hey  both  act  so  as  to  produce  the 
Mine  result. 
•A   eaincidence  of  drcomstances  is 
sometimes   so   striking  and   singular 
^^^^t  it  can  hardly  be  attributed  to  pure 
•^cicieni;    a  concurrence  of  circum- 
^'^nccs,  which  seemed  all  to  be  fitnned 
^o     Combine,    is    sometimes  iiotwith- 
•^^ncting  purely  casual. 

^^^^    **wil*cJdfacg  of  icvtUiitfni  maj  vastly  Iiap- 
^"^^^••loit  aaj  eommaBlcatteh,  since  Ihere  ore 


to  which  all  reasoouble  men  wfll 
tUak  aUw.  Joiimson. 

of  itatloo,  irreatainii  of  effect,  and 

Kmooi*  of  fiortaDt*,  ouist  concur  to  plus 

ct  fai  pahile  flew.  Johxmh. 

COINCIDE,  V.  To  agree, 
»u^  V.  Chill. 

^LD,  Vn  Ckx>U 

COLLEAGUE,  PARTNER. 

COlLEAGUE,  in  French  colUgue, 

^^^^   coUega^  compounded  of  col  or 

^  ^xid  kgaiui  sent,  signifies  sent  or 

^P^tcbed  upon  the  same  business. 

/AMNER  from  tlie  word   part, 

upi6es  one  having  a  part  or  share. 

^^^^Ueague  is  more  noble  than  part- 
sc^  •  men  in  the  highest  otiiccs  are 
tmt^guet;  tradesmen,  mechanics,  nnd 
subordinate    persons,  uru   purintfr* : 


every  Roman  Council  had  a  eolieague; 
every  workman  has  commonly  a  pott' 
ner. 

Colleague  is  used  only  with  regard 
to  community  of  office ;  a  partner  is 
most  generally  used  with  regard  to 
community  of  interest :  whenever  two 
persons  are  employed  to  act  together 
on  the  same  busmess  they  stand  in  the 
relation  of  colleagues  to  each  other; 
whenever  two  persons  unite  their  en* 
dcavours  either  in  trade  or  in  gamea 
they  are  denominated  partners :  mi- 
nisters, judges,  commissioners,  and 
plenipotentiaries,  are  co/^ngties;  bank- 
ers, merchants,  chess-players,  card* 
players,  and  the  like,  have  partners. 

Bat  firom  thto  day**  decMoo,  from  the  choice 
Of  hU  flrst  coUnf^Met,  ihall  Mcoeedlag  tlmei 
Of  Edward  judj«|  aod  on  hl«  fime  pronounoe. 

Wart. 

And  lo !  wd  partner  of  the  gmeral  care, 
Wearj  and  faint  I  drtvo  my  goati  aflir. 

WuKUromm 

TO  COLLECT,  i*.  To  assemble. 
TO  COLLECT,  I'.  To  gather. 
COLLECTED,  v.  Calm, 

COLLECTION,  V.  Assembly. 
COLLOQUY,    V.   Conversation. 

TO  COLOR,  DYE,   TINGE,    STAIN. 

COLOR,  in   Latin  color,  probably 
from  cola  to  adorn. 

DYE,  in  SaiLon  deagen,  is  a  vari»* 
tion  of  tinge, 

TINGE   is    in  Latin  tingo,  from 
the  Greek  rtyyta  to  sprinkle. 

S'L  AIN,  like  the  French  desteindre, 
is  htit  a  variation  of  tinge. 

To  color  is  to  put  color  on  ;  to  djft 
is  to  dip  in  an]^  color  ;  to  tinge  is  to 
touch  lightlv  witli  a  color;  to  stain  is 
to  put  on  a  bad  color  or  in  a  bad  man- 
ner :  we  color  a  drawing,  we  dye 
clothes  of  any  color,  we  tinge  a  paiut- 
ingwilh  blue  by  way  of  intermixture, 
we  stain  a  painting  when  we  put  blue 
instead  of  red. 

They  are  taken  in  a  moral  accep- 
tation with  a  similar  distinctiim :  we 
color  a  description  by  the  introduction 
of  strong  figures,  strong  facts,  and 
strong  expressions;  a  person  is  re- 
p-esented  as  dyeing  hib  hands  in  blood, 
Avho  is  so  engaged  in  the  shedding  of 
blood  as  that  he  may  change  the  color 
of  his  skin;  a  persoirs  mind  is  tinged 


COMBAT. 

TbB  gurdUn  ilireeta  one  of  hh  puplU  fo 
tliiik  with  the  wiM,  but  epenk  w<th  tl^c^  valgir. 
TIk  b  t  precppl  Mpecioun  enough,  but  not  al- 
w^i  pncticable.  Jounvon. 

Whilbtraly  uConUiinffthe  partlnnsof  thon 
tw«piMile  9>teaki  wm  at  once  pitTaleat  and 
atMMcnplojeil,  the  one  ottcnaibljf,  tlie  other 
■CRdj,  dirinc  ^  latter  priri  of  the  relgo  of 
*«ibX?.  Burke. 

b  Ah  npfTfietel  wa j  Indeed  the  niiotl  is  c.i- 
paUe  If  mare  Taxietj  of  plausible  talk,  but  b 
Mttdnied  a>  Jt  diould  ^  in  Ua  knowlad^. 

g  Locke. 

nkuBpjMn  alnce  I  tliovght  the  matter ^o- 
•Wt^  Ikit  If  I  coald  by  an  exact  time-keeper  fud 
<n  iqr  pirt  of  the  world  what  a  clock  it  ta  at 
I>««n  Md  at  the  came  tiine  where  the  vhip  Ic,  the 
proUoih  Mired.  AiUDTanor. 

COLUMN,  v.  Pillar. 
COMBAT,  V.  Battle. 

COMBAT,    V.  CoTlflict, 
TO  COMBAT,  OPPOSE. 

COBIBAT,  from  the  French  comr, 
^^re  to  fisfat  together,  is  used  figura- 
**wlj  in  the  same  sense  with  regard 
to  matters  of  opinion. 

OPPOSE,  in  French  oppoter,  Latin 
Wiwipcrfecl  dfoppono,  coijripounded 
'^loktidpono  to  place  one*s  self  in 
the  way,  signifies  to  set  one's  self 
■B*»Mt  another. 

C*fcrt  is  properly  a    species  of 
JRMijf ;  one  always  opposes  in  com-  • 
''^Hf  tboogh  not  rice  versA,    To 
^wirt  ii  used  in  regard  to  speculative 
"J^;  impose  in  regard  to  private 
■'^.  J>enonaI  concerns.    A   person's 
pontioiis  are  eombatted,  his  interests 
^  his  measures  are  opposed.     The, 
VbiHtiBn  comda/s  th^  erroneous  doc- 
'inesof  the  infidel  with  no  other  wea- 
pon than  that  of  argument  ;  the  s(»phist 
W«Ki  Christianity  with  ridicule  and 
"'■f^presentation. 

k  uj°°*'  Jauda!)le  use  to  which  - 
^*Wge  can  be  converted  is  to 
2J|w^  error  wherever  it  presents  it- 
**'fj'>«t^  there  are  too  many,  pnrti- 
JJJWj  in  the  present  day,  w  ho  employ 
IJfhtde  pittance  of  knowledge  which 
^  hive  collected,  to  no  better  pur- 
P!*  than  to  oppose  every  thing  that 
"P«J,  and  eicite  the  same  spirit  of 
*!P^iaw  in  others. 

^h*  «riM  trmptatioo,  tecooded  within 
'JtnkarappeiKe,  andarmed  wlih  iluru 
J«pwd  In  hell.  Invade*  the  f  hn  bbing  breast, 
T' ***■«  "ay  he  gloriona,  and  »Uice«!i 
'**»»i  May  crown  «,  bnt  la  dy  li  lafc. 

C0WP=B. 


COMBATANT,        S«5 

Thongh  rarloui  foea  a^almt  the   truth  con- 
bine,    • 
Pride  above  all  oppote*  her  Anlgn,        Cowpst. 

/       COMBATANT,    CHAMPION'. 

COMBATANT,  from  to  combat, 
marks  any  one  tliat  engages  in  a 
combat. 

CHAMPION,  Frenciv  champum, 
Sn\imcempe,  German  kaempe,  signi- 
lies  originally  a  soldier  or  fighter, 
from  the  Latin  campus  a  field  of  battle. 

A  combatant  fights  for  himself  and 
for  victory ;  a  champion  fights  either 
for  another,  or  in  another's  cause. 
The  word  combatant  has  always  re- 
lation to  some  actual  engagement; 
champion  may  be  employed  for  one 
ready  to  be  engaged,  or  in  the  habits 
of  being  engaged.  The  combatants  in 
the  Olympic  games  used  to  contend 
for  a  prize ;  the  Roman  gladiators 
were  combatants  who  fought  for  their 
lives:  when  knight  errantry  waa  in 
fashion  there  wfere  champions  of  all 
descriptions,  champions  in  behalf  of 
distressed  females,  champions  in  be- 
half of  the  injured  and  oppressed,  or 
champions  ui  behalf  of  aggrieved 
princes. 

-The  mere  act  of  fighting  constitutes 
a  combatant-;  the  act  of  standing  up 
ill  another's  defence  at  a  personal 
risk,  constitutes  the  champion.  Ani- 
mals have  their  combats^  and  conse- 
quently are  combatants;  but  they  are 
seldom  chmnpiaiu.  In  the  prc;3ent 
day  there  are  fewer  combatants  diaii 
champions  amon^;  men.  We  have 
champions  for  liberty,  who  are  the 
least  honorable  and  the  most  question- 
able memlpers of  tliis community;  they 
mostly  ajntend  tor  a  shadow,  and 
court  persecution,  in  order  to  serve 
their  own  purjM^ses  of  ambition. 
Champions  in  the  cause  .of  Christian- 
ity are  not  less  ennobled  by  the  ob- 
ject for  which  they  contend,  than  by 
the  disinterestedness  of  their  mutives 
in  C')nteiiding ;  they  must  ex])fct  in 
an  liilidcl  age,  like  the  pre^ent,  to  be 
elapsed  to  the  derision  and  conicmpt 
of  Tlieir  selt-sutticicnt  op|wiients. 

Conacioua  that  I  do  not  po%^tu  the  «t^eD::th,  I 
■hall  nut  a^ttuiru.'  the  importaoce  ot  a  ehamyUm, 
anil  as  1  am  net  cf  dL:nit>  nioufih  to  l)ean{:ry,  I 
»h  i!l  ]m'j,  my  lompi'r  and  my  dtrtaoce  too,  rkb- 
nii^liinf;  liku  thov>  in»!«;n:!ii  jnt  R.ntry.  who  pby 
the  pact  of  tra/i-M  in  Uie  hpanibh  balNfiKbts 
wliiUt  bolder  combatar.ti  en-iifehim  ta.  the  iwUit 
oMiisUnu.     ■  •  Ci^BLRLMyo. 


COME. 


COMFORT. 


fiS7 


I  «lMrat  some  evil  change  in  public 
I  oftener  than  in  private  concerns ;  it  is 
«x>mmonlj  directed  against  the  go- 
^rernory  in  order  to  overturn  the  go- 
"Vieniment :  in  a  republic,  eofupiradei 
ue  jasti6ed  and  hailed  as  glorious 
events  when  sanctioned  by  success: 
the  coH^raey  of  Brutus  against  Caesar 
is  alwajs  represented  by  the  favorers 
of  a  republic  at  a  magnanimous  ex« 
ploit:  where  every  man  can  rule, 
there  will  always  be  usurpers  and 
tyrants,  and  where  every  man  has  an 
equal  right  to  set  himself  up  against 
Lis  ruler,  there  will  never  be  wanting 
eon^iracies  to  crush  the  usurpers; 
hence  usurpations  and  conspiracies 
Bucoeed  each  other  as  properly  and 
naturally  in  republics  as  cause  and 
effect;  the  rignt  of  the  strongest, 
the  most  daring,  or  the  most  unprin- 
cipled, is  the  only  right  which  can  be 
acKuowledged  upon  the  principles  of 
repoUican  equabty  :  on  the  contrary, 
In  a  monarcny  where  the  person  and 
his  authority  are  alike  sacred,  every 
coMptrolor  to  his  country,  and  every 
€onipirac9f  does  no  less  violence  to  the 
hiws  of  CtocI,  than  to  those  of  man. 

The  pnil^ctor  dmdlnK  c9mbinaUon»  between 
tbe  yaiftammt  and  tb^  m&lcnnCeau  in  the  aniiy, 
rraolfed  to  allow  no  lebure  for  (brming  conigif- 
rmcim  acalait  Mm.  Hvue, 

I  we  yon  conrt  the  crowd, 
Wh«»n  with  tbe  tbooti  of  tbr  rebelUoas  nbble, 
I  ire  >oa  borne  on  eboaldim  to  oatel*.   Dryosii. 

Ob !  think  wbnt  anzbrat  momeutt  pan  betweni 
Tbe  Urth  of  ploCf,  and  tbrir  lait  faUl  p<*riod!i. 

Aonuon, 

Contpir^tdu  no  looncr  abould  be  rormrd  than 
ezecBtrd.  Aomaon, 

COMBINB,  V.  Connect* 

TO   COME)    ARRIVE. 

COME  is  general;  ARRIVE  is 
particular. 

Pentous  or  things  came;  persons 
onlv,  or  what  is  personified,  arrive, 

to  come  specifies  neither  time  nor 
SMumer;  arrival  is  employed  with 
regard  to  some  particular  period  or 
dfcumstances.  The  coming  of  our 
Saviour  was  predicted  by  the  pro- 
phets ;  the  arrival  of  a  messenger  is 
expected  at  a  certain  hour.  We 
know  that  evils  must  come,  but  we 
do  wisely  not  to  meet  them  by  anti- 
cipation; the  arrival  of  a  vessel  in 
the  haven,  after  a  long  and  dangerous 


Iroyage,  is  a  circumstance  of  jireneral 
interest  in  the  neighbourhood  where  it 
happens. 

Hall,  n^*rpDd  prlett !  to  Phcebns*  awfal  dome. 
A  rappllant  I  from  gnstit  Atride*  come.      Pora. 

Old  men  love  noveltlet;  the  laat  arrived 

Still  plaMe»<hw^^j^  yyffWBtatenli  their  Mnilet. 

YOVKO. 

COMEDIAN,   V.  Actor, 

COMELY,  V.  Becoming.       ^ 
COMELY,  V.  Graceful. 

COMFORT,    PLEASURE. 

COMFORT,  V.  To  cheer,  encou- 
rage, 

PLEASURE,  from  to  please,  sig- 
nifies what  pleases. 

Comfort,  that  genuine  English  word^ 
describes  what  England  only  affords : 
we  may  find  pleasure  in  every  eountry ; 
but  comfort  is  to  be  found  in  our  own 
country  only:  the  grand  feature  in 
comfort  is  substantiality;  in  that 
of  pleaiure  is  warmth.  Pleasure  is 
quickly  succeeded  by  pain ;  it  is  the 
lot  of  humanity  that  to  every  pleasure 
there  should  be  an  alloy :  comfort  is 
that  portion  of  pleasure  which  seems 
to  lie  exempt  from  this  disadvantage ; 
it  is  the  most  durable  sort  ofpleasure. 

Comfort  must  be  sought  for  at 
home ;  pleasure  is  pursued  abroad  i 
comfort  depends  upon  a  thousand 
nameless  tnfles  which  daily  arise ;  it 
is  the  relief  of  a  pain,  the  heightening 
of  a  gratification,  the  supply  of  a  want^ 
or  the  removal  of  an  inconvenience : 
pleasure  is  the  companion  of  luxury 
and  abundance :  it  dwells  in  the  pa« 
laces  of  the  rich  and  the  abodes  of  the 
voluptuary :  but  comfort  is  within  the 
reacnofthe  poorest,  and  the  portion 
of  those  who  know  how  to  husband 
their  means,  and  to  adopt  their  enjoy* 
ments  to  their  habits  and  circum- 
stances in  life.  Comfort  is  less  thaii 
pleasure  in  the  detail ;  it  is  more  than 
pleasure  iu  the  aggregate. 

Tbj  growing  virtnei  jnntiflml  my  cams 

And  promif I'd  cotufbrt  to  mjr  allver  hainr.    Pops. 

I  will  believe  then  are  happy  tempers  in 
being,  to  whom  all  tbe  godd  that  arrives  toaej 
of  their  fellow  creatures  gives  a  pleature. 


TO  COMPORT,  ih  To  cheer. 
TO  COMFORT,  V.  To  console. 
COMICAL,  V.  Laughable. 


Q  8 


COMMISSION. 


COMMODIOUS.      fies 


VarihaMt  he  (Lord  Somen)  auikm  tto  Lords 
mmd  CoMWB  tell  to  a  fioos  kgMtotiw  ci«c«U- 

IkM.  BCRU. 

Fnr  not,  that  I  iteU  watch,  with  terrile  shaoMs 

Tb*  fmjMTfoKff  looihs  of  some  proud  GrrcUa 

danie.  DaTDni. 

AHtkoritaUve  faitractlonf,  roandsfn  lAued, 
which  the  Memher  (of  Parllameot)  !■  boand 
Ydladly  aad  ioipfllcltlj  to  vote  aad  arpoe  for, 
tfMmfch  coatrarj  to  tbo  cleamt  oonvletlon  of  hit 
jadsmeat  a»d  onaMleaee;  tbne  are  Mngn  «(• 
terlj  aakaoiwa  to  the  lawt  of  Chit  laod.    Boaas. 

TO  COMMEMORATB,  V,  To  Ce- 

iebrate. 
TO  COMMENCE,  V.  To  begin. 
TO  COMMEND,  V.  To  praise. 

COMMENDABLE,  V.  iMlldable. 
COMMENSURATE,    V.   PrOpOT' 

tumate. 

COMMENTARIES,  V.  Remarks. 

COMMENTS,  V.  Remarks. 

COMMERCE,  V.  Trade. 

COMMERCE,  V.  Intercourse. 

COMMERCIAL,  V.  Mercantile. 

COMMISERATION,  V.  Sympa- 
thy. 

TO   COMMISSION,   AUTHORIZE, 
EMPOWER. 

COMMISSION,  from  commit,  sig- 
nifies the  act  of  committing,  or  putting 
into 'the  hands  of  another. 

To  AUTHORIZE  signifies  to  give 
authority;  to  EMPOWER,  to  put  in 
possession  of  the  power. 

The  idea  of  transferring  some  busi- 
ness to  another  is  common  to  these 
Terms;  the  circumstances  under  which 
this  is  performed  constitute  the  dif- 
ference. We  commission  in  ordinary 
cases ;  we  authorize  and  empower  in 
extraordinary  cases.  We  commission 
in  matters  where  our  own  wiil  and 
convenience  are  concerned ;  we  autho- 
'rize  in  matters  where  our  personal 
authority  is  requisite;  and  we  empower 
in  matters  where  tiie  authority  of  the 
law  is  required.  A  commission  is  given 
by  the  bare  communication  of  one's 
"wishes;  we  authorize  by  a  positive 
and  formal  declaration  to  tliat  intent; 
we  empower  by  the  transfer  of  some 
legal  document.  A  person  is  commit' 
iioned  to  make  a  purchase;  he  is  ct«- 


thorized  to  communicate  what  has 
been  conGned  to  him ;  he  is  empowered 
to  receive  money. 

Commissioning  passes  mostly  her 
tween  equals;  the  performance  of 
commissions  is  an  act  of  civility ;  au- 
thorizing and  empoicerin"  are  as  often 
directed  to  inferiors,  they  are  fre- 
quently acts  of  justice  and  necessity. 
Friendfs  give  each  other  commissions  ; 
servants  and  subordinate  persons  arc 
sometimes  authorized  to  act  in  the 
name  of  their  eVnpioyers ;  magistrates 
empower  the  officers  of  justice  to  ap- 
prehend individuals  or  enter  houses. 
We  are  commissioned  by  persons  only ; 
we  are  authorized  sometimes  by  cir- 
cumstances; we  wreempowered  by  law. 

C«ntmif$fon^d  Id  alternate  watch  thej  vUad, 
The  ran*!  bright  portalt  aad  the  skies  commaatf. 

POIT. 

A  more  decMve  proof  cannot  be  giTm  of  the 
fall  conviction  of  the  Brltiib  natioa  that  the 
|Hlneiplef>  of  the  Revolntion  did  not  authorUt 
them  to  elect  Vlne^  at  plHmare,  than  tbHr  coa- 
tlaolDff  to  adopt  a  plan  of  hereditary  Protettaat 
nccenion  In  the  old  line.  Buaaa. 

Empowered  the  wrath  of  C9ods  and  oien  to  taaw, 
EVn  Jove  rever*d  the  venerabh*  dame.        Popv. 

TO  COMMIT,  V.  To  consign. 
TO  COMMIT,  V.  To  perpetrate. 

COMMODIOUS,  CONVENIENT. 

COMMODIOUS,  from  the  Latin 
commodus,  or  con  and  modus,  ac- 
cording to  the  measure  and  degree 
required. 

CONVENIENT,  from  Latin  con- 
teniens,  participle  of  con  and  venio  to 
come  together  as  it  ought. 

Both  these  terms  convey  the  idea  of 
what  is  calculated  for  the  pleasure  of 
a  person.  Commodious  regards  the 
physical  condition,  and  conTTenienre  the 
mental  feelings.  That  is  commodious 
wliich  suits  one's  bodily  ease ;  that  is 
convenient  which  suits  one's  purpose. 
A  house,  a  chair,  is  commodious;  a 
time,  an  opportunity,  a  season,  or  the 
arrival  of  any  person,  is  convenient. 
A  noise  incommodes;  the  staying  or 
going  of  a  person  may  inconvenience. 
A  person  wishes  |to  sit  commodiously, 
ana  to  be  conveniently  situated  fur 
witnessing  any  spectacle. 

When  a  pofitlon  teema  tkaa  with  ceti 
M»M»  conaeqaenoea,  wbQ  eaa  wiChoatifiiste 
fte  it  to  befall?  Joam 


COMMON. 


COMMONWEALTH.  231 


s  an   crdinary  practice  for 
lake  light  of  their  word. 
»ii  is  unlimited  in  its  appli- 
t  includes  both  vulgar  and 
;  the  hitter  arc  said  in  refer- 
enoDS  only,  common  with  re- 
ersoDS  or  thin^ :  an  opinion 
common  or  vulgar ;  an  em- 
:  is  either  common  or  ordi~ 
was  long  a  vulgarly  received 
hat  the  son  turned  round  the 
t  b  the  ordinary  pursuit  of 
lera  to  observe  the  motions  of 
9ilj  bodies :  disputes  on  reli- 
» rendered  many  facts  vulgar 
•^  which  were  formerly  known 
le learned;  on  that  account 
become  an  ordinary  or  a  coy»- 
ioe  for  men  to  dispute  about 
and  e\'en  to  frame  a  new  set 
lei  for  themselves. 
:  figurative  sense,  in  which 
vey  the  idea  of  low  value, 

synonymous  with  wean : 
I  be  seen,  heard,  and  enjoyed 
body  is  common,  and  natu- 
ttle  value,  since  the  worth 
I  fiequently  depends  upon 
dty  and  the  diliiculty  of  ob- 
lem.  Wliat  is  peculiar  to 
eople  is  vulgar,  and  conse- 
Drse  than  common;  it  is  sup- 
lelong  to  those  who  are  igno- 
iepraved  in  taste  as  well  as 
:  what  is  done  and  seen 
f  may  be  done  and  seen 
:  requires  no  abilities  or 
quirements ;  it  has  nothing 
1  it,  it  excites  ho  interest: 
eon  is  even  below  that  which 
y;  there  is  something  dc- 
it. 

I  is  opposed  to  rare  and  re- 
^or  to  polite  and  cultivated ; 
:o  the  distinguished ;  mean 
le :  a  common  mind   busies 

common  objects;    vulgar 

easily  contracted  from  a 
course  with  vulgar  people ; 
y  person  is  seldom  asso- 
h  elevation  of  character; 
t  appearuiice  is  a  certain 

degraded  condition,  if  not 
led  mind. 

hansetbeir  climate,  buttli«j  con- 
w.  A  inaa  that  f;on  ont  a  fool 
:  sail  Iiimseir  Into  common  lease. 

Addison. 


■an,  which  In  the  ru/'^ar  opinion  of  mankind,  h 
the  DMwC  eoBipleiUMit  part  of  the  creation,  anct 
the  placio;  in  tt  an  onfel,  kt  a  circamitance 
Terj  finely  contrlred.  Addiwh 

A  very  orMnmr^f  telncope  ahows  na  that  a 
loQfle  is  Itfdf  a  verj  Iobbj  creature.        Adduon 

Under  his  fiimlBf  hnnd*  a  creature  grew. 
Manlike,  bat  dKT'rent  sex,  so  lofeljr  Mr, 
Tbiit  what  seemM  flUr  In  all  tlie  world  seemM 

now 
Mean^  or  In  her  rammM  op.  Miitov* 

COMMONLY,  GENERALLY,    FRE- 
QUENTLY,   USUALLY. 

COMMONLY,  in  the  form  of  com- 
mon  {v.  Common"). 

GENERALLY,  from  general^  and 
the  Latin  genus  the  kind,  respects  the 
whole  body  in  distinction  from  the  in« 
dividual. 

FREQUENTLY,  from  frequent, 
in  Yrench  frequent  J  Lax^m  frequent, 
from^ra^o,in  Greek  ^»y>vaid^xy%vfAi 

to   go     about,    signifies    properly   a 
crowding. 

USUALLY,  from  usual  and  use, 
signifies  according  to  use  or  custom. 

What  is  commonly  done  is  an  action 
common  to  all ;  what  is  generally  done 
is  the  action  of  the  greatest  part ; 
what  \s  frequently  done  is  either  the 
action  of  many,  or  an  action  many 
times  repeated  by  the  same  person  i 
what  is  usually  done  is  done  regularly 
by  one  or  many. 

Commonly  is  opposed  to  rarely  ; 
generally  nnd  frequently  to  occasion- 
ally or  seldom;  usually  to  casually: 
men  commonly  judge  of  others  by 
themselves;  those  who  judge  by  the 
mere  exterior  are  generally  deceived ; 
but  notwithstanding  every  precaution, 
one  is  frequently  exposecf  to  gross 
frauds;  a  man  of  business  usually  re- 
pairs to  his  counting-house  every  day 
at  a  certain  hour. 

It  Is  commonfj^  dboenred  anions  soldiers  and 
•earoeo,  though  there  is  mach  klndnen,  there  la 
little  grief.  JoHKvon. 

It  Is  feneralljf  not  m  mach  the  do»ire  of  men, 
sank  into  depravity,  to  deceive  the  world  as  them- 
selves. JOHJfSOII. 

ft  is  too/refnenf/jf  the  pride  of  stndents  to 
despite  tlioM  amuNemmts  and  recreations  which 
ffive  to  the  lust  of  maukind  strength  of  llmba  and 
cbcerfulncfs  of  heart.  Joomoii, 

The  inelBcacj  of  advice  is  Miua^y  th«fkalt  of 
thtf  counMrllor.  Jowiaoii, 


thought  of  directing  Satan  to  the  COMMONWEALTH,  V.  SlOlCm 


COMMUNITY. 


COMPARISON.       S3S 


munkative  for  the  instruction  or  amuse- 
ment of  others,  ami  is  free  in  inipart- 
ing  to  others  wliatever  he  can  of  his 
enjoyments. 

Tbe  mofC  miMnble  nf  all  belop  is  th«  mo^t 
mvlcMii;  a»  on  tbe  other  li-iml  tlie  mr>ft  commu- 
micmUve  li  the  tappieit.  Geote. 

Artatophanei  wii<i  in  privile  lifr  of  a  /tm, 
i^miHlcoiBpaiamble  temper.  Cuxbulamo. 


COMMUNION,   CONTEBSE. 

COMMUNION  from  commune  and 
common,  signifies  the  act  of  making 
common  (v.  Common), 
.  CONV£RS£,  irom  the  Latin  con- 
verto  to  eotnert  or  translate^  signifies 
a  transferring. 

Both  these  terms  imply  a  commu- 
nication  between  minds ;  but  the  for- 
mer may  take  place  without  corporeal 
agency,  tbe  latter  never  does ;  spirits 
hold  comMUinion  with  each  other ;  peo- 
ple bold  eonrerte. 

For  the  same  reason  a  man  may 

bold  communion    with    liimself;    he 

liolds  conTcr$e  always  witii  another. 

Where  a  loar  coorae  of  pfctjr  and  doae  com' 
fmutUm  wllb  God  baa  parked  the  heart  and  ree- 
tiied  the  wUl,  knowledce  wUl  break  in  upon  rarb 

Sovm. 


!■  varied  cowtene  toftenlnf  arery  theme, 
Yoa  frequent  paatiDirtvni;  and  fkom  faer  eyei. 
When  meeken*d  wnae,  and  amtahle  prace. 
And  HvbIj  gweetnem  dwell,  enraptured  drink 

vptrit  of  ethereal  jojr.     TnoitsoN. 


COMMUNION,  V,  Lor(Ps  supper. 

COMMUNITY,  SOCIETY. 

Both  these  terms  are  employed  for 
a  body  of  rational  beings. 

COxMMUNITY,  from  communitat 
and  communis  common  (r.  Common), 
signifies  abstractedly  the  state  of  being 
common,Hnd  in  an  extended  sense  those 
who  are  in  a  state  of  common  posses- 
sion. 

SOCIETY,  in  Latin  socictasy  from 
soeius  a  companion,  signifies  the  state 
of  being  companions,  or  those  who 
are  in  tliat  state. 

Community  in  any  thing  constitutes 
a  community;  a  common  interest,  a 
common  language,  a  common  govern- 
ment, is  the  basis  of  that  community 
which  is  formed  by  any  number  of 
individuals;  communities  are  there- 
fore divisible  into  large  or  small ;  the 
former  may  be  states,  the  latter  fisimi- 
lies:  the  coming  together  of  many 
constitutes    a    society;  societies  are 


either  private  or  public,  according  to 
the  purpose  fi^r  which  they  meet  togc- 
dier;  friends  form  societies  for  the 
purpose  of  pleasure ;  indifferent  per^ 
sons  form  societies  for  tlie  purposes  of 
business. 

Community  has  always  a  restrictive 
ond  relative  sense  ;  society  has  a  gene- 
ral and  unlimited  import :  the  most 
dangerous  members  ot  tlie  community 
are  those  who  attempt  to  poison  tho 
minds  of  youth  with  contempt  for 
religion  and  disaffection  to  the  state  ; 
the  morals  of  society  are  thus  corrupt- 
ed as  it  were  at  the  fountain  head. 

Conimunily  refers  to  spiritual  as 
well  as  corporeal  agents;  society 
mostly  to  human  beings  only:  the 
angels,  the  saints,  and  the  spirits  of 
just  men  made  perfect,  constitute  a 
community  ;  with  them  there  is  more 
communion  than  association. 

Wa*  there  ever  any  community  «o  cormpt  as 
■ot  to  Inclade  within  it  lodividoali  of  real  worth  f 

Blaik. 

The  great  evmmunUjf  of  mankind  U  necw 
nriij  broken  Into  imaller  independent  tociettet, 

JonKaoM. 

COMMUTE,  V.  Exchange. 

COMPACT,  V.  Agreement. 

COMPACT,  V.  Close. 

COMPANION,  V.  Accompani' 
ment, 

COMPANION,  V.  Associate. 

COMPANY,  V,  Assembly. 

COMPANY,  V.  Association^ 

COMPANY,  V.  Band. 

COMPANY,  V.  Society. 

COMPANY,  V.  Troop. 

COMPARISON,    CONTRAST. 

COMPARISON,  from  compare,  and 
the  Latin  comparo  or  com  and  par 
equal,  signifies  the  putting  together  of 
equals. 

CONTRAST,  in  French  contraster, 
Latin  contrast o  or  contra  and  sfo  to 
stand  against,  signifies  the  placing  ono 
thing  opposite  to  another. 

Likeness  in  the  quality  anddiflferenrA 
in  the  degree  arc  requisite  for  a  c 
rium ;    likeness    in    the  degn 
opposition  in  the  quality  are  ro 
for  a  contra^ :   things  of  the 
colour  are  compared;  those  of  n 


2S« 


COMPEL. 


COMPEL. 


posite  colour  are  contrasted:  a  compa- 
nion is  made  between  two  sbiidcs  of 
red;  a  contrast  between  black  and 
white. 

Comparison  is  of  a  practical  utility, 
it  serves  to  ascertain  the  true  relation 
of  objects ;  contract  is  of  utility 
an)oug  poetSy  it  serves  to  heighten 
the  eiTcct  of  opposite  qualities: 
things  are  large  or  small  by  compt^ 
rison;  they  are  magnified  or  dimi- 
nished by  cofUratt:  the  value  of  a 
coin  is  best  learned  by  comparing  it 
with  anther  of  the  same  metal ;  the 
;:encrosity  of  one  person  is  most  strongly 
felt  when  contrasted  with  the  mean* 
ness  of  another. 

Thejr  «ho  are  apt  to  mnloil  na  of  tlidr  an- 
mton>  onlj  put  us  upon  making  eomparUom  Co 
titelrown  ili«advantast*.  SriccTAToa. 

In  Iovel>-  cojitrast  to  this  glorious  viev, 

Calmlj  maroificeot,  then  will  we  tarn 

To  where  the  illver  Tbamei  flnt  rnral  ^m*w«. 

TnojisfON. 

COMPARISON,  V.  Simile, 
COMPASSION,  V.  Pity. 
COMPASSION,  V.  Sympathy. 

COMPATIBLE,    CONSISTENT. 

COMPATIBLE,  compounded  of 
com  and  the  Lit  tin  palibilia,  fnmi  potior 
to  suffer,  signilies  the  capacity  of  buf-. 
fcrin);  together. 

CONSlSTKNT,in  Latin  consistcns, 
participle  of  conmtOj  compounded  of 
fun  and  sisto^  signities  the  fitness  to 
be  placed  together. 

Compatihuify  has  a  principal  refe- 
rence to  plans  and  measures;  con- 
sistency to  character,  conduct,  and 
station.  Every  thing  is  compatible 
with  a  plan  which  does  not  interrupt 
its  prosecution ;  every  thmg  is  con- 
sistent with  a  person's  station  by  which 
it  is  neither  degraded  nor  elevated. 
Jt  is  not  compatible  with  the  good  dis- 
cipline of  a  school  to  allow  of  foreign 
interference ;  it  is  not  consistent  with 
tlic  elevated  and  dignified  character  of 
a  dengyuan  to  engage  in  the  ordinary 

pursuits  of  other  men. 

Whatever  b  incvrnpatible  with  t.Se  higbeit 
A\pi\tj  of  oar  nature  thoald  indred  bA  excluded 
from  oar  coatienatioii.  Hawkk^ worth. 

Troth  i*  alwajn  cofitiilent  with  it«elf.  and 
seetta  nothioR  to  help  U  oot.  Tiuotsom. 

ffO    COMPEL,     FORCE,     OBLIGE, 
NECESSITATE. 
.COMPEL,  Latin  compello  or  ptllo 

8 


to  drive,  signifies  to  drive  for  a  spedfie 
purpose  or  to  a  point. 

FOHC£,  in  French  force,  comas 
from  the  Latin  fortis  strong;  force 
being  nothing  but  the  exertion  of 
strength. 

OBLIGE,  in  French  obliper^  Latin 
obligo^  compounded  of  06  and  liga,  sig- 
nifies to  bind  down.  These  three  terms 
mark  an  external  action  on  the  iriU, 
but  compel  expresses  more  than  okiige, 
and  less  than/orce.  NECESSITATE 
is  to  make  necessary. 

Compulsion  and  force  act  mach 
more  directly  and  piositively  than  ob- 
lige or  necessitate;  and  the  latter 
indicates  more  of  physical  strength 
than  the  former.  We  are  compelled 
by  outward  or  inward  motives ;  fra 
are  obliged  more  by  motives  than 
any  tbingelse;  we  are  ^/brretf  soma* 
times  by  circumstances,  though  o& 
tenor  by  plain  strength ;  we  are  nece^ 
sitated  solely  by  circumstances.  An 
adversary  is  compelled  to  yield  who 
resigns  from  despair  of  victory ;  bo 
is  forced  to  yield  if  ho  stand  in  fw 
of  his  life  ;  he  is  obliged  to  yield  if  he 
cannot  withstand  the  entreaties  of 
his  friends ;  he  is  necessitated  to  yield 
if  he  want  the  strength  to  continue. 

An  obstinate  person  must'  be  emtt- 
7)f//f</ to  give  up  his  point;  a  taiini- 
lent  and  disonierly  man  must  ba 
forced  tu  go  where  the.  officers  of 
justice  choose  to  lead  him ;  an  unrea- 
sonable person  must  be  obliged  to 
Sfitisfy  a  just  demand ;  we  are  all 
orrnsionally  necessitated  to  do  that 
which  is  not  agreeable  to  us. 

Pecuniary  want  compels  men  to  do 
many  things  inconsistent  with  their 
station.  Honour  and  religion  oblige 
men  scrupulously  to  obsen'a  tbur 
word  one  to  another.  Hunger, /brcet 
men  to  eat  that  which  is  most  loath* 
some  to  the  appetite.  The  fear  of  a 
loss  necessitates  a  man  to  give  up  a  fa- 
vourite  project. 

He  would  the  Rhostii  of  alaoffbtei'd  foldkra  can, 
TliMe  lii*»  dread  wnnd«  dkl  to  tliort  life  eoaijif^ 
And  f»rCd  the  fate  of  battles  to  foreleL 

Dktddi. 

He  that  once  owes  more  than  be  caa  pay  Is 
ofton  obliged  to  bribe  his  creditors  to  patleoef; 
by  Increa&Ins  his  debt.  JonaiMi. 

I  hare  sometimes  fancied  that  womeo  have  not 
a  rHentive  power,  or  the  facaltj  of  sQppresaiaic 
their  thnogbts  bnt  that  th(7  sie  «ecewffa<erf  to 
spt^nk  eicrjr  thing  tbej  Uuak. 


COMPENSATION. 


COMPENSATION.      235 


^o^tf  PBNDiuMy  v.  AbriigeinenL 

Ax  PBNSATlONy    SATISFACTION, 
A.AIBNDS,   RBMUNBRATION, 

,    REQUITAL, 
REWARD. 

*Xhe  fint  three  of  these  terms  are 

r^  loved  to  express  a  return  for  some 
;  'remuneration,  recompence,  and 
^^uiial,  a  retain  for  some  good; 
^^^ard,  a  retuni  for  either  good  or 


COMPENSATION,    Latin    com- 
^  ^utUiOj  compounded  ofcmn  and  pen- 
'^^/«^  pennis  and  pendo  to  pay,  sigiii- 
^cs  the  payins  what  has  become  due. 

SATfeFACTION,  from  Mtisfy, 
signifies  the  thing  that  sutisties,  or 
xnakes  up  in  retam. 

AMENDS^  from  the  word  to 
tzmcnd^  signifies  the  thing  that  makes 
good  what  has  been  bad. 

KEMUNERATIOX,  from  remu- 
nerate^ Latin  remuneratut  or  remu- 
ntroy  compounded  of  r^  and  munui  an 
office,  or  service,  signifies  what  is 
given  in  return  for  a  service. 

RECOMPENCE,  compounded  of 
re  and  eompencey  signifies  the  thing 
paid  back  as  an  equivalent. 

REQUITAL,  compounded  of  re 
and  quUalj  or  quittal  from  guU,  sig- 
nifies the  making  one's  self  clear  by  a 
return. 

REWARD  is  probably  connected 
xvith  regard,  implying  to  take  cog- 
nizance of  the  deserts  of  any  one. 

A  conpeiuitf ion  is  something  real; 
it  is  made  for  some  positive  injnry 
•iustained;  justice  requires  that  it 
frhouid  be  equal  in  value,  if  not  like  in 
kind,  to  that  which  is  lost  or  injured : 
a  tatUfact'um  may  be  imaginary,  both 
as  to  the  injury  and  the  return ;  it  is 
pven  tor  personal  injuries,  and  de- 
pends on  the  disposition  of  the  person 
to  be  $aiuficd:  amends  is  real,  bnt 
iiot  always  made  fur  injuries  done  to 
others,  as  for  offences  committed  by 
ourselves.  Sufferers  ou|£ht  to  have  a 
compensation  for  the  injuries  they  have 
6'MUined  through  our  uieaiis,  but 
there  are  injuries,  particularly  those 
which  wound  tlie  feelings,  fur  which 
there  can  be  no  cojvtpeM$a<i(;A :  te- 
nacious and  quarrelsome  people  ^e- 
ainndsaiiffaciion  ;  their  offended  pride 
ik  not  $ai'iified  without  the  humiliutiou 


of  their  adversary :  an  amends  is  ho- 
nourable which  serves  to  repair  a 
fiAult;  the  best  amends  which  an 
offending  person  can  make  is  to  ac- 
knowledge his  error,  and  avoid  a  re- 
petition :  Christianity  enjoins  upon 
Its  followers  to  do  good,  even  to  its 
enemies ;  but  there  is  a  thing  called 
honour,  which  impels  some  men  after 
they  have  insulted  their  friends  to 
frive  them  the  salis faction  of  shedding 
their  blood;  this  is  termed  an  ho- 
nourable amends;  but  will  the  sur- 
vivors find  any  compcn%ation  in  such 
an  amends  for  the  loss  of  a  husband, 
a  lather,  or  a  brother?  Not  to  offer 
any  compensation  to  the  utmost  of 
our  power,  for  any  injury  done  to 
another,  evinces  a  G;ross  meanness  cMf 
character,  and  selfishness  of  disposi- 
tion :  satisfaction  can  seldom  bo 
demanded  with  any  propriety  for  any 
personal  aifront;  although  the  true 
Christian  will  refuse  no  satisfactions 
which  is  not  inconsistent  with  the 
laws  of  God  and  man. 

Compensation  oflen  denotes  a  return 
for  services  done,  in  which  sense  it 
approaches  still  nearer  to  rcmunera^ 
ttottf  recompcnce,  and  rpguital;  but 
the  first  two  are  obligatory ;  the  latter 
are  gratuitous.  Compensation  is  an 
act  of  justice;  the  service  performed 
involves  a  debt;  the  omission  of  pay- 
ing it  becomes  an  injury  tq  the  per- 
former: the  labourer  is  worthy  of 
his  hire  ;  the  time  and  strength  of  a 
poor  man  ought  not  to  be  employed 
without  his  receiving  n  compensation  : 
Remuneration  is  a  higher  species  of 
compensation  ;  it  is  a  matter  of  equity 
dependant  upon  a  principle  of  honor 
in  those  who  make  it ;  it  diflers  from 
the  ordinary  compensatiouy  both  in  the 
nature  of  the  service,  and  of  the  re- 
turn. Compensation  is  made  tor 
bodily  labor  and  menial  offices ;  remu* 
neration  for  mental  exertions,  fi)r  lite- 
rary, civil,  or  political  offices;  com* 
pensation  is  made  to  inferiors,  or  subr 
ordinate  persons;  remuneration  to 
equals,  and  even  superiors  in  educa- 
tion and  birth,  though  not  in  wealth  : 
fi  compensation  is  prescribed  by  a  cer- 
tain ratio ;  remuneration  depends  on 
collateral  circumstances.  A  recom^ 
pence  is  voluntary,  both  as  to  tlie 
bcrvicc  and  the  retuni ;  it  is  an  act 
of  generosity ;  it  ii  not  founded  pi) 


536    COMPENSATION. 


COMPETENT. 


the  value  of  the  service  so  mncli  a^ 
on  the  intention  of  the  server ;  it  is 
not  received  as  a  matter  of  right,  ns 
of  courtesy:  there  are  a  thousand 
acts  of  civility  performed  by  otiiers 
which  arc  entitled  to  some  recom- 
pence,  thouf^h  not  to  any  specific 
compentation.  Requital  is  a  return 
for  a  kindness;  the  making  it  is  an 
act  of  gratitude ;  the  omission  of  it 
wounds  the  feelings:  it  sometimes 
happens  that  the  only  requital  which 
our  kind  action  obtains,  is  the  animo- 
sity of  the  person  ser\'ed. 

It  belongs  to  the  wealthy  to  make 
compensation  for  the  trouble  they  give: 
it  is  scarcely  possible  to  estimate  too 
high  what  is  done  for  ourselves^  nor 
too  low  what  we  do  for  others.  It  is 
a  hardship  not  to  obtain  tlie  remunc" 
ration  which  we  expect,  but  it  is 
folly  to  expect  that  which  xve  do  not 
«leser\'e.  He  who  will  not  ser\'e  an- 
other, until  he  is  sure  of  a  reconn- 
pence,  is  not  worthy  of  a  recom- 
pence.  Those  who  befnend  tlic  wicked 
must  expect  to  be  ill  requited. 

Reward  conveys  no  idea  of  obli- 
gation ;  whoever  rewards  acts  altoge- 
ther optionally ;  the  conduct  of  the 
agent  produces  the  reward.  In  this 
lense,  it  is  comparable  with  compen- 
sation,  amends,  and  recompence  ;  but 
-not  with  satirfaction^  remuneration, 
or  requital:  things,  as  well  as  per- 
sons, may  compensate,  make  amends, 
recompence,  and  reward;  but  persons 
only  can  give  satisfaction,  remunera- 
iion,  and  requital. 

Reward  respects  thu  merit  of  llie 
action ;  but  compensate  and  tlie  other 
■wunJs  simply  refer  to  ihc  connexion 
between  the  actions  and  their  results  : 
what  accrues  to  a  man  as  the  just  con- 
•senuence  of  his  conduct,  be  it  cood 
<ir  bad,  is  the  reward,  Compcmation 
and  amends  serve  to  supply  the  loss 
or  absence  of  any  thing ;  recompence 
and  reward  follow  from  particular 
exertions.  It  is  but  a  poor  compensa- 
tion fur  the  loss  of  peace  and  health 
to  have  one*3  coflfers  filled  with  gold  : 
a  social  intercourse  by  letter  will 
make  amends  for  the  absence  of  those 
who  are  dear.  It  is  a  mark  of  foUy 
to  do  any  thing,  however  trifling, 
without  the  prospect  of  a  recompence, 
and  yet  we  see  this  daily  realized  in 
persons  who  give  themselves  much 


trouble  to  no  purpose.  The  reward 
of  industry  is  ease  and  content : 
when  a  deceiver  is  caught  in  his  own 
snare,  lie  meets  with  the  reward 
which  should  always  attend  deceit. 

Wiat  can  compensate  for  the  loss 
of  honor  ?  What  can  make  amends  to 
a  frivolous  mind  for  the  want  of  com- 
pany ?  What  recampeuces  so  sweet  as 
the  consciousness  of  having  lerved  a 
friend  ?  What  reward  eqiuls  the  re- 
ward of  a  good  conscience  ? 

Now  f^on  the  nIgbClj  thief  prowllai: 
For  plonder,  much  loUeiCoiM  bow  h«t 
He  m^j  cowtpenaate  for  a  day  of  riolb, 
Bjr  works  of  duknew  and  Boctafaal 


Savage  bad  tbe  tM^fmcUtn  of  iidli«  that 

tbovf  fa  be  coQld  not  vefona  Us  BM)ther,  he  oonid 
pnofah  ber.  Jonnov. 

Natare  has  obMvrely  fitted  the  OMto  with  cyoi. 
But  fw  omeniCt,  what  die  li  capable  of  for  her 
dHbccp,  and  warahic  of  daogert  ahe  haa  t«j 
eminently  confnred  npoo  her,  for  ibe  ii  veij 
^Ick  of  hearing.  Abbdov. 

Remuntratory  howw*  are  pwyeitluwid  at 
once  to  tbe  nteTalnen  and  dUBculty  of 


Fitrloti  bare  toilrd,  and  In  tfiair  c«ntrjr^( 
BM  nobly,  and  their  deed%  m  tfaej  i 
Becelre  proad  reeewjiciicfa 

Ai  the  worid  b  niOait  In  Ka  iod|9nWBtB,  an  It 
h  nngrateTDl  in  tta  refnflAl*.  MLUMm 

There  are  ibo  honoraiy  riwsnlff  aMmf  «a 
whieh  are  more  egtcened  hj  Oa  parMi  who  vt* 
celrn  them,  and  are  dienper  to  tbe  priaM^  than 
the  Firlnf^  of  inedalt. 


COMPETENTi    FITTBD,   QUALI- 
FIED. 

COMPETENT,in  Ladn  eompeiens, 
participle  of  compete  to  agree  or  suit , 
signifies  suitable. 

FITTED  from  Jit  (v.  Becoming). 

QUALIFIED,  participle  oi  qualify^ 
from  the  Latin  quali*  and  facio,  sig- 
nifies made  as  ought  to  be. 

Competency  mostly  respects  tlie 
mental  endowments  and  attainments ; 
fitness  the  disposition  and  character ; 
qualification  the  artificial  acquire- 
ments. A  person  is  competent  to 
undertake  an  office ;  fitted  or  qualified 
to  fill  a  situation. 

Familiarity  with  any  subject  aided 
by  strong  mental  endowments  giveii 
competency :  suitable  habits  and 
temper  constitute   die  fitneui     ac- 

Suaintance  with  the  business  to  be 
one,  and  ezpertness  in  the  mode  of 
performing  it,  constitutes  the  quali- 
fication:    none   shoald  pretead.  to 


COMPETITION. 


COMPETITION.      237 


^ve  iheir  opinions  on  serious  subjects 
^ho  are  not  competent  judges ;  none 
Isat  lawyers  are  competent  to  decide 
\n  cases  of  law ;  none  but  medical 
jDen  are  competeni  to  prescribe  medi- 
cines;   none    bat  divines   of  sound 
learning,  as  well  as  piety,  to  dctep- 
mine  on  doctrinal  questions :  men  of 
sedentary  and  studious  habits,  with  a 
lerioas  temper,  are  most  Jitted  to  be 
clergymen  :  and  those  who  have  the 
most  leamii^  and  acquaintance  with 
the  Holy  Scriptures  are  the  best  qua- 
iified  for  the  important  and  sacred 
office  of  instructing  the  people. 

Many  are  qualified  tor  managing 
the  concerns  of  others,  who  would  not 
be  competent  to  manage  a  concern  for 
themselves.  Many  who  are  Jitted 
from  their  turn  of  mind  for  any  parti- 
cnilar  chaiget  niay  be  unfortunately 
incomoelent  for  want  of  the  requisite 
qualificatiami, 

Mu  ii  Mt  MmpetMtto  decide  apon  tlw  good 
or  etU  of  mujr  evcmto  which  befall  blm  in  this 

life-  CUMBBBLAMU. 

Whet  H  nwra  obvioet  end  ordioary  Uum  e 
BBole  I  end  yet  whet  Boce  palpable  argumeat  of 
ProrfdcBee  than  It  ?  Themeipbcnofbc'rbodjrara 
>o  esactlj  JUltd  to  her  natoxe  and  maonfr  of 
Dfir.  Adduoit. 

%wA  beneflle  obIj  can  be  bertowed  as  ochm 
aie  capable  to  iccelfe,  and  inch  pleafturee  Im- 
parted ti  eihen  an  fMoiZ/Iftf  to  enjoj. 

JOOKIOK. 

COMPFTITION,  BMCLATION,  RI- 
VALRY. 

COMPETITION,  from  the  Latin 
compel o,  compound^  of  com  and  petOy 
signifies  to  sae  or  seek  together,  to 
seek  for  the  same  object. 

EMULATION,  in  Latin  emulation 
from  icmuloTf  and  the  Greek  a^ixxa 
a  contest,  signifies  the  spirit  of  con- 
tending. 

RIVALRY,  from  the  Latin  rhms 
the  bank  of  a  stream,  signifies  the  un- 
divided or  commcm  enjoyment  of  any 
stream  whidi  is  the  natural  source  of 
discord. 

Competition  expresses  the  relation  of 
a  competitor,  or  the  act  of  seeking  the 
same  object;  emulation  expresses  a 
diapositiou  of  the  mind  towards  par- 
ticular oljects;  rivalry  expresses 
both  the  relation  and  the  disposition 
of  a  rival.  Emulation  is  to  comptti- 
tiwn  as  tiie  motive  to  the  action ;  emu* 


lotion  produces  competitors,  but  it 
may  exist  without  it :  they  have  the 
same  marks  to  distinguish  them  from 
rira/ry. 

Competition  and  emulation  havis 
honour  for  tlieir  basis;  rivalrif  is 
but  a  desire  for  seUisli  gratifica- 
tion. A  competitor  strives  to  surpass 
by  honest  means  ;  he  cannot  succeed 
so  well  by  any  other :  a  rival  is  not 
bound  by  any  principle ;  he  seeks  to 
supplant  by  whatever  means  seem  to 
promise  success.  An  unfair  competi- 
tor  and  a  generous  rival  are  equally 
unusual  and  inconsistent. 

Competition  animates  to  exertion; 
rixulrif  provokes  hatred :  •  competi- 
tion seeks  to  merit  success ;  rivalry 
is  contented  with  obtaining  it. 

Competitors  uiuy  sometimes  become 
rivals  in  spirit,  although  rivals  will 
never  become  competitors.  It  is  fui^ 
ther  to  be  remarked,  that  competition 
supposes  some  actuu!  effort  for  the 
attainment  of  a  specific  object  set  iu 
view  :  rivalry  may  consist  of  a  con- 
tmued  wishing  for  and  aiming  at  the 
same  general  end  without  necessarily 
comprehending  the  idea  of  close 
action.  Competitors  are  in  the  same 
line  with  each  other ;  rivals  may  work 
toward  the  same  point  at  a  great  dis- 
tance from  each  other.  Literary  prizes 
are  the  objects  of  competition  among 
scholars;  the  affections  of  a  femalo 
are  the  object  of  rivals,  William  the 
Connuei^)r  and  Harold  were  competi- 
tors tor  the  crown  of  England;  .£neas 
and  Tumus  were  rivals  for  the  hand  of 
Lavinia.  In  the  games  which  were 
celebrated  by  Mneua  in  honour  of  bis 
father  Ancliises^  the  naval  competitors 
were  the  most  eager  in  the  contest. 
Juno,  Minerva,  aiur  Venus,  were  riva/ 
goddesses  iu  their  pretensions  to 
l^eauty. 

It  cannot  be  doobted  bet  Cbere  la  aa  great  a 
desire  of  glory  in  a  ring  of  eimUerf  or  eadgel- 
playeri  at  io  an/  olber  more  reflaed  cooijMf Klan 
for  kuperlorlt} .  Hcobks* 

Oftbtf  aocients  enoa|ii  leuulni  io  excite  our 
emitlatton  and  dln^ct  our  endeavoiuM.  Joiui«om« 

To  be  nu  inan*i>  rirat  Id  loye,  or  competitor 
in  bu'incM,  Is  a  ehftracCer  wblcb,  if  it  does  BOt 
ri^oi]iiiMnid  jrou  as  it  ought  to  beoefolenoa 
amoiur  ihow  whom  yott  live  witb,  yet  baa  It 
ciTtaiuly  thin  efltcr«  that  >cn  do  not  itead  hi 
much  ill  aied  of  their  apyrobiitioo  aa  if  joa 
aJuu  d  at  uon*.  Strklc. 


'  Vide  Abb^  Roubiiud ,  '=  Einulation,  rirallU.* 


COMPLAISANCE. 


COMPLAISANCE,    2S9 


ramphiining;  reli^on  only  can  arm 
the  90ul  against  all  the  ills  of  life : 
the    rebellious   Israelites    were    fre- 
qaently  frailty  of  ffiurfnuringSy  not  only 
against  Moses,  but  even  aje;ainst  their 
Almighty  Deliverer,  notwithstanding 
the    repeated  manifestations    of  his 
f^oodness  and  power :  a  want  of  con- 
fidence in  God  is  the  only  cause  of 
repinings ;  he  who  sees  the  hand  of 
God  in  all  things  cannot  repine, 

Vn  not  romplatn  ; 
Cbfldrtn  and  cmnrii  rail  «t  tbdr  alifortiinn. 

TllAP. 

YK  O  my  imI!  tby  rMnc  fnwmnirff  ntajr, 
Korilaretb*  ALLWISE  DISPOSEtt  to  arraiffa  ; 
Or  ajnlnrt  hb  •■pmiv*  Avcrre, 
IVtth  implOQi  {rief  complain.  Lyttlktox. 

Would  all  the  deKin  of  Greece  combine, 
lo  vain  tbe  Kloomj  tfaund'mr  ini;;liC  reptne ; 
Soir  should  he  «lt,  with  icaree  a  f;od  to  frifnil, 
A  ad  tee  hh  Trq)aa«  to  the  shadii  dewend. 

Pors. 

COMPLAINT,  ACCUSATION. 

COMPLAINT,  V.  To  complain, 
ACCUSATION,  V.  To  accuxe. 
Both  these  terms  arc  employed  in 
regard  to  the  conduct  of  others,  but 
the  complaint  is  mostly  made  in  mat- 
ters  that  personally  affect  the  com- 
plainant ;    the  accusation  la  made  of 
matters   in   general,    but   especially 
those  of  a  moral  j)atiirc.    A  complaint 
is  made  for  the  sake  of  obtaining  re- 
dress ;  an  acattation  is  made  for  tlic 
«*ake  of  ascertaining  the  fact  or  bring- 
ing to  punishment.     A  complainl  may 
be    frivolous ;    an    accusation     false. 
People  in  subordinate  stations  should 
be  careful  to  give  no  cause  for  com- 
plaint;    the  roost  guarded  conduct 
w'\\[  not  protect  any  person  from  the 
unjust  accusations  of  the  malevolent. 

Oo  thh  occvlon  (nf  an  interview  irich  Addl* 
KtD).  Pope  made  Mh  complaint  with  frankness 
and  tplrlt,  as  a  hub  undetervedljr  neglected  and 
oppowd.  JOIIIUOK. 

With  fcailt  enter  dlftmit  and  difcord,  mutual 
meeuuUiom  and  ilnhborn  leir-derence. 

Jon»ox. 

COMPLAISANCK,  DEFERENCE, 
CONDESCENSION. 

COMPLAISANCE,  or  the  desire 
of  pleasing,  is  the  pleasing  one's  self  in 
t^omv  that  which  pleases  others. 

DEFERENCE,  in  Trench  dcflr- 
tncCf  fro?n  the  Latin  defe.ro  to  hear 
down,  marks  the  inclination  to  YtcRr, 
or  acquiesce  in  the  sentiments  of  aiirj- 
tlier  io  preference  to  one's  omui. 


CONDESCENSION  marks  the 
act  of  condetcending  firom  one's  own 
height  to  yield  to  the  satisfaction  of 
others,  rather  than  rigorously  to  exact 
oiie*s  rights. 

The  necessities,  the  conx-cnicnces, 
the  accommodations  and  allurements 
of  society,  of  familiarity,  and  of  inti- 
macy, lead  to  complaisance ;  it  makes 
sacrifices  to  the  wishes,  tastes,  com- 
forts, enjoyments,  and  personal  feel- 
ings of  others.  Age,  rank,  dignity^ 
and  personal  merit,  call  for  deference  ; 
it  enjoins  compliance  on  our  opinions, 
judgcment«(,  pretensions,  and  designs. 
The  infii-mities,  the  wants,  the  defects 
and  foihles  of  others,  call  for  conde- 
scension ;  it  relaxes  the  rigour  of  au- 
thority, and  removes  the  distinction  of 
rank  or  station. 

Complaisance  is  the  act  of  an  equal ; 
dcfcrcnct  that  of  an  inferior ;  conde* 
Mcension  that  of  a  superior.  Complais* 
ance  is  due  from  one  well-bred  person 
to  another ;  deference  is  due  to  all 
superiors  in  age,  knowledge,  or  station, 
whom  one  approaches ;  condescension 
is  due  from  all  superiors  to  such  as  are 
dependant  on  them  for  comfort  and 
enjoyment. 

All  these  qualities  spring  from  a  rc- 
fmcnient  of  humanity  ;  but  complais- 
ance has  most  of  genuine  kindness  in 
its  nature;  dcj'erenee  most  of  respect- 
ful submission  ;  coudi  scension  m(i!»t  of 
easy  induluence.  Complaisance  has 
uniilhiycd  pleasure  tor  its  companion ; 
it  is  pleased  with  doing ;  it  is  pleased 
with  seeing  tiiat  it  has  pleased;  it  is 
pleasure  to  the  giver  and  pleasure  to 
the  receiver :  deference  is  not  ?in- 
mixed  with  pain;  it  feat's  to  offend,  or 
to  fiiil  in  tiie  part  it  has  to  perform  : 
it  is  uruKiled  with  a  consciousness  of 
inferiurity,  and  a  fear  of  appearing 
lower  than  it  deserves  to  be  thought  : 
condescension  is  not  without  its  alloy  ; 
it  is  accompanied  with  the  painful 
sentiment  of  witnessing  inferiority,  and 
the  no  less  painful  apprehension  of  not 
maintaining  its  own  Jignily. 

Complaisance  is  busied  in  antici- 
pating, and  meeting  the  wishes  of 
others;  it  seeks  to  amalgamate  one's 
(jwn  \mU  with  that  of  another:  de-- 
ftrcncc  ih  busied  in  vieldin^  suhmis- 
sion,  doing  hontu;^c,  and  marling  one's 
sense  of  luiothcrV  superiority:  con~ 
drscrnFiou  »imj;!«'ys  itself  in  not  op- 


COMPLEXITY. 


COMPLY. 


»1 


and  unsteady  people  set  aboat  many 
things  withoat^auAifig  any.  Litieioin 
people  terminate  one  dispute  only  to 
commence  another. 

It  h  pertapi  feMly  provided  bj  nntrnt,  that 
■a  Ike  tetbm  aad  ttraagUi  of  a  bird  irrow  to- 
0Mb«r,  and  hu  wiag»  are  not  eompteated  fill  iha 
ii  able  to  4r,  10  tone  proportton  ■hould  bx  pre- 
emud  la  the  bumaa  kind  between  Jadfrment  and 

JOB2IIO!l. 


The  aitifteer,  for  tte  mairafketnre  which  he 
Jlnidhev  In  a  day,  leeelves  a  oertaia  loin ;  bet 
tke  wit  firaqnently  gaiM  no  advaatafefrom  a  per- 
fomiMce  at  vhiak  he  hat  tolled  many  moaUu. 

llAWKEtWORTH. 

l%e  thoagkt  *  that  our  eiUteneo  terminata 
with  thia  Ufe,*  doth  natnrallj  check  the  soul  in 
aoj  gencroiii  pnnnit.  BsiikBLEr. 

coMPLKAT,  V.  IVhole. 

COMPLBTION,  V.  Consiimma" 
tion. 

COMPLEX,  V.  Compound* 

COMPLEXITY.  COMPLICATION^ 
INTRICACY. 

COMPLEXITY  and  COMPLXCA- 
TION,  in  French  complication,  Latin 
complicatio  and  amplico,  compounded 
oTcoflt  and  plico^  signifies  a  folding  one 
within  onotner. 

INTRICACY,  Latin  tntrica/io  ond 
iniricoj  compounded  of  in  and  trico  or 
tricety  the  small  hairs  wliich  are  used 
to  ensnare  birds,  signifies  a  state  of 
entanglement  by  means  of  many  in- 
volutions. 

Complexity  expresses  the  abstract 
quality  or  state;  complication  the  act: 
they  both  convey  less  than  intricact/ ; 
intricate  is  that  which  is  very  compli- 
cated. 

Complexity  arises  from  a  multitude 
of  objects,  and  the  nature  of  these 
objects ;  complication  from  an  involve- 
ment of  objects;  and  intricacy  from  a 
winding  and  confuse^  involution. 
What  is  complex  roust  be  decom- 
posed; what  is  complicated  must  be 
developed  ;  what  is  intricate  must  be 
unravelled.  A  proposition  is  complex ; 
affairs  are  complicated;  the  law  is 
iMricate, 

CoK^lexity  puzzles ;  complication 
confounds ;  intricacy  bewilders.  A 
dear  heail  is  requisite  fur  understand- 
ing  the  complex  ;  keenuess  and  pene- 
tration are  required  to  lay  open  that 
whicii  is  complicated;  a  comprehen« 
hive  mind  coupled  with  coolness  and 


perseverance  of  research,  are  essential 
to  disentangle,  the  intricate,  A  com- 
plex system  may  have  every  perfection 
but  the  one  that  is  requisite,  namel}*, 
a  fitness  to  be  reduced  to  practice: 
complicated  schemes  of  villainy  com- 
monly frustrate  themselves;  they 
require  unitv  of  design  among  too 
many  individuals  of  diSerent  stations, 
interests,  and  vices,  to  allow  of  fire« 
qneiit  success  with  such  heterogeneons 
combinations :  the  intricacy  of  the 
law  is  but  the  natural  attendant  on 
human  affairs ;  every  question  admits 
of  difterent  illustrations  as  to  their 
causes,  consequences,  analogies,  and 
'bearings  ;  it  is  likewise  dependant  on 
so  many  cases  infinitely  ramified  as  to 
impede  the  exercise  of  the  judgement 
in  the  act  of  deciding. 

The  complexity  of  the  subject  often 
deters  young  persons  from  application 
to  their  business. .  There  is  nothing 
embarasscs  a  physician  more  than  a 
complication  of  disorders,  where  the 
remedy  fur  one  impedes  the  cure  for 
the  other.  Some  alVairs  are  involved 
in  such  a  degree  of  intricacy,  as  to 
exhaust  the  patience  and  perseverance 
of  the  most  laborious. 

Throosh  the  diacloslnc  deep 
LiKht  my  blind  way ;  the  mineral  strata  there 
Tbnut  btooming,  thence  the  vefetAble  world. 
OVr  tliat  tbe  riBlnpr  Kyiteui  mote  complex 
Of  aaluab,  and  bijfber  btill  the  mind. 

Tuonsox. 

Every  living  creatnrp,  conMldered  in  itself,  baa 
many  utrj  ctmtpHcated  partu  tliat  are  exact 
copka  of  Miine  other  parts  which  It  poneMea,  and 
which  are  compUcated  in  the  aame  manner. 

AoDBOir, 

When  the  mfaid,  by  Inientlble  defieea,  haa 
broociht  Itudf  to  attention  and  close  thinklnir.  It 
will  be  able  to  cope  with  dHBcnltics.  Every 
ahstniKe  problem,  every  itUricate  faestloo,  will 
not  baffle  or  break  It. 


COMPLICATION,         V.        Com^ 

plexity. 

TO  COMPLIMBNT,   V.  To  adu^ 

late. 

TO  COMPLY,    CONFORSI,  YIELD, 
SUBMIT, 

COMPLY,  V.  To  accede. 

CONFORM,  compounded  of  con 
and  form,  signifies  tu  put  into  tjho 
same  form, 

Yl'BLU,  V,  To  accede, 

SUBMITi  in  Latin  tubmittOg  com 


COMFOSBD. 


CONtFOnND.        S4S 


wiHWWtion  will  be  impOMd  upon  hf 
tfi»  Mlfiih  and  nnreasonable;  myklJh 
img  dispoutioD  is  most  unfit  for  com* 
suuufiug;  •  mbmissive  disposition 
•iposet  a  pOTKm  to  the  exactions  of 

■•  BlIartaBd  ump^inf;  joo*lltooa  And 
•to  JohB  wllhMt  ft  ■•dldM  win  btt  Uad. 

Hijumoii. 

A  iMHayft  tMvar  ■uppow.i  jfiaUing  ud 


WhMi  tone  wrnH  vMeneo  and  hard 
kftipv  tooagM  tte  joha  of  Mrvitade  upoa  a  peo- 
pled Mck,  nHctaa  will  tapplj  thm  wkh  a  pai- 
tleat  aadft  tmkmimt9t  iflrlt.  FtBcrwoon, 

TO  COMPLY,  V.  To  accede. 

TO  COMPOSB,    SBTTLB. 

COMPOSE,  in  Latin  composui  per- 
fect of  eoa^jHmo  to  put  together,  signi- 
fies to  put  in  due  order. 

SETTLE  is  a  frequentative  o(set» 

We  am^itate  that  which  has  been 
^jointed  and  separated,  by  bringing 
it  together  aggin ;  we  settle  that  which 
has  been  disturbed  and  put  in  motion, 
by  making  it  rest:  we  compote  the 
thoughts  which  have  been  oeranged 
and  thrown  into  confusion ;  we  settle 
the  mind  which  has  been  fluctuating 
and  distracted  by  contending  desires : 
the  mind  must  be  composed  before  we 
can  think  justly;  it  must  be  settled 
before  we  can  act  consistently. 

We  compose  the  differences  of 
others  :  we  settle  our  own  differences 
with  others :  it  is  difficult  to  compose 
the  quarrels  of  angry  opponents,  or  to 
settle  the  disputes  of  obstinate  parti- 
sans. 

Tb J  picMnea  did  caoh  dottbtfbl  hewrt  compose. 
And  ftctloat  woodnM  that  they  oncearotr. 

TlCSKlL. 


Perikapt  my  leuoa  may  bat  111  deflnd 

My  omied  fUlh,  my  mlad  with  ag«  ImpafrM. 

SMBHlTtOT. 

TO  COMPOSE,  V.  To  Compound. 
TO  COMPOSE,  V.  To  form. 

COMPOSED,   SEDATE. 

(X)MPOS£D  expresses  the  state  of 
beug  campMed  (v.  To  compose), 

SEDATE,  in  Latin  sedatus  par- 
ticiple of  udo  to  settle^  signifies  the 
quality  of  being  settled. 

Con^osed  repects  the  air  and  looks 
externally,  and  the  spirits  internally ; 
sedate  relates  to  the  deportment  or 


euTwg»  eitemally,  and  the  fixednesa 
of  the  poipose  intenMdly:  composed 
is  opposed  to  ruffled  or  hurried,  sedate 
to  buoyant  or  volatile. 

Composure  is  a  particular  state  of 
the  mind;  sedateness  is  an  habitual 
frame  of  mind  ;  a  part  of  the  charac- 
ter :  a  composed  mien  is  very  becoming, 
in  die  season  of  devotion ;  a  sedate 
carriage  is  becoming  in  youth  who  are 
engaged  in  serious  concerns. 

upoa  her  D«arer  approach  to  Heivalcs  die 
depped  before  the  other  My,  who  came  fbrward 
with  a  legular  eompooed  cairlage.  Aimsoii. 
Let  me  atwwhrte  with  the  terious  aigfat* 
Aad  coBtemplatlon,  her  otdaie  compeer. 


COMPOSED,  V.  Calm. 

COMPOUND,  COMPLEX. 

CX>MPOUND  comes  from  compojio 
the  present,  as  compose  {v.  To  compose) 
comes  from  composui  the  preterite  of 
the  same  verb. 

COMPLEX,  9.  Complexity. 

The  compound  consists  of  similar  and 
whole  bodies  put  together ;  the  com^ 
plex  consists  of  various  parts  linked 
together :  adhesion  is  sufficient  to  con-» 
stitute  a  compound;  involution  is  re- 
quisite for  the  complex;  we  distin- 
guish the  wholes  that  form  the  com^ 
pound;  we  separate  the  parts  that 
form  the  complex:  what  is  compound 
may  consist  only  of  two ;  what  is  com^ 
|»/ex  consists  always  of  several. 

Compound  and  complex  are  both 
commonly  opposed  to  the  simple; 
but  the  former  may  be  opposed  to  the 
single,  and  the  latter  to  the  simple: 
words  are  compound,  sentences  are 
complex, 

iDumuch  as  aiaa  li  a  compound  and  a  oriz- 
toieorflah  as  well  as  spirit,  the  soul  datiof  to 
abode  la  the  body  does  all  tfafags  by  the 
tieaoT  these  paaioos,  aad  iafaioraftctlOM. 


With  BMh  petfecUoB  fran^d. 

Is  this  complex  stapendous  scheme  of  thlop. 

Taoxsoir. 

TO  COMPOUND,   COMPOSK. 

COMPOUND  and  COMPOSE,  v. 
To  compose. 

Compound  is  used  in  the  physical 
sense  only;  compose  in  the  proper  or 
the  moral  sense :  words  are  coa^^ 
ed  by  making  two  or  more  inlo 
sentences  are  composed    bv"]^ 
words  together  so  as  to  hhbq  i 

r2 


CONCEAL. 

Ian  'short  of  his  estimate  who  does 
not  include  the  minor  contlngeucies 
which  usually  attach  to  every  under- 
taking. 

Whsi,  Egypt,  d«  tkj  fynmidt  coflNpWae, 
WkBt  inntw  in  Ike  Ugh  ni«d  folljr  lies  I 


CONCEAL. 


2t$ 


That  paitkabr  icheBa  which  fmprehend* 
the  wclal  vlftoct  nnjr  gift  employment  to  the 
■UMt  Indmtrloiu  temper,  wd  find  a  mfto  In  hail- 
veM  mote  thaa  th*  aoil  Mtif  e  statioa  of  life. 

Ammmom. 

The  TlrtBMor  thtMfenl  lollf  1  iJnir, 
Macenaa;  ■««  the  MBdAil  raceear  bring; 
Ifet  Ihat  mjr  noug  la  nock  a  icaot j  ipaee 
So  luge  a  ialgcct  ftaUjr  cap  embrace.    DAYDiiir. 

An  a  wooaa  haato  do  la  this  world  H  eeit- 
tsimed  wMhta  the  talietoT  a  daughter,  a  sbter, 
awlfr,aadaaMther.       *  Smu. 

The  valvcnal  axiom  In  which  all^omplataaaee 
la  iMclMded  hi,  that  ne  «mii  tkoutd  give  mmjf 
^refenmn  tvktmutf.  Joamoii, 

coupviAios^  f/.  Constraint. 
COMPUNCTION,  V.  Repentance. 
TO  COMPOTE,  v.  To  Calculate. 
TO  COMPOTE,  V.  To  estimate. 

TO  CONCKAL,    DISSEMBLE,  DIS- 
GUISE. 

CONCEAI^  -compounded  of  con 
and  ceal,  in  French  celer,  Latin  ceA>, 
Hebrew  raikr  to  have  privately. 

DISSEMBLE,  in  French  disximuhr^ 
compounded  of  dit  and  simulo  or  si- 
«ii/efy  signifies  to  make  a  thing  appear 
unlike  what  it  is. 

DISGUISE,  in  French  disguiter^ 
compounded  of  the  privative  dU  or 
■de  and  gaue,  in  German  tceUCy  a  man- 
jier  or  hishioD,  signifies  to  take  a  form 
opposite  to  the  realitv. 

To  amctat  is  simply  to  abstain  from 
making  known  what  we  wish  to  keep 
secret;  to  distemhle  and  disguise  sig- 
nify to  caneealp  by  assuming  tome 
false  appearance:  we  conceal  facts; 
we  distemhle  feelings;  we  disguise 
sentiments. 

*  Caution  only  is  requisite  in  con- 
eeding  ;  it  may  bo  efiected  by  simple 
silence:  art  and  address  must  be 
employed  in  dissembling;  it  mingles 
.Ails^iood  with  all  its  proceedings: 
iabor  and  cnnning  are  requisite  in  ^w- 
.ftdung  ;  it  has  nothing  but  &lsehood 
in  all  its  movements. 

ITbe  c4mc€Mler  watches  over  him- 


self that  he  may  not  be  betrayed  into 
any  indiscreet  communication ;  the 
dissembler  has  an  eye  to  others  so  as 
to  prevent  them  from  discovering  the 
state  of  his  heart;  disguise  assumes 
alto^tber  a  different  hice  from  the 
reality,  and  rests  secure  under  this 
shelter :  it  is  sufficient  to  conceal  from 
those  who  either  cannot  or  will  not 
see ;  it  is  necessary  to  diuemble  with 
those  wIk)  can  see  without  being 
shown ;  but  it  is  necessary  to  disguise 
from  those  who  are  anxious  to  discover 
and  use  every  means  to  penetrate  the 
veil  ttiat  intercepts  tlieir  eight. 

Concealment  is  a  matter  of  pru- 
dence often  adviseable,  mostly  inno- 
cent; when  we  have  not  resolution  to 
shake  off  our  vices,  it  is  wisdom  at 
least  to  conceal  them  from  the  knoww 
ledge  of  others. 

According  to  Girard,  it  was  amaxini 
with  Louis  XI.  that  in  order  to  know 
how  to  govern,  it  was  necessary  to 
know  how  to  dissemble  ;  this,  he  adda, 
is  true  in  all  cases  even  in  domestic 
government ;  but  if  the  word  conveys 
as  much  the  idea  of  falsehood  m 
Freix:h  as  in  English,  then  is  this  a 
French  and  not  an  English  maxim-; 
there  are,  however,  many  cases  in 
which  it  is  prudent  to  dissemble  our 
resentments,  it*  by  allowing  them  time 
to  die  away  we  keep  them  from  the 
knowledge  of  others.  Disguise  is 
altogether  opposed  to  candor :  an  in- 
genious mina  revolts  at  it ;  an  honest 
man  will  never  find-it  necessary,  unless 
the  Abbe  Girard  be  right,  in  saying 
that  "  when  tlie  necessity  of  circum- 
stances i^*id  the  nature  of  affiiirs  call 
for  disguise  it  is  politic"  Yet  what 
train  Of  circumstances  can  we  conceive 
to  eTLi6t  whicli  will  justify  policy 
founded  upon  the  violation  of  truth  ? 
Intriguers,  conspirators,  and  all  who 
have  dishonest  purposes  to  answer, 
must  practise  disguise  as  the  only 
means  of  success,  but  true  policy  is  as 
remote  from  disguise  as  cunning  is 
from  wisdom. 

Ridlcale  Is  never  moie  itroag  than  when  ft  la 
eaneemUd  in  giavltj.  Spmtavhu 

LaC  •chool-tnngfat  pride  diMemUe  all  It  ean, 
Tbew  Uttle  tUagi  are  great  to  little  man. 


^        m   m  ■■*•■■■ 

Good.hraeding  haa  made  the  (oagae rkWCf  the 
heait«aDdaet  apaitofeeaClMaliwtiaiBt,  while 


•  VlliAMGbifdx'«CMher,dMiMler,di£(alNr.* 


CONCEIT. 


CONCEIVE. 


2in 


6r  only  apparent.  Conceit  appliffs 
onljr  to  intmal  objects ;  it  is  meo- 
tal  m  the  operation  aud  the  result;  it 
IK  a  species  of  iovention :  fancy  is 
applied  to  external  objects,  or  whatr 
erer  acts  on  the  senses:  nervous 
IMopIe  are  subject  to  strunge  canceitM; 
timid  peopleyoary  thev  hear  sounds,  or 
sea  objects  in  the  dark  which  awaken 
terror. 

Those  who  are  apt  to  conceit  oftener 
conceit  that  whicn  is  painful  than 
otherwise;  conceiting  either  that 
thej  are  always  in  danger  of  dying, 
or  that  all  the  world  is  their  enemy. 
There  are  however  insane  people  who 
conceit  themselves  to  be  kings  and 
queens ;  and  some  indeed  who  are  not 
called  insane,  who  conceit  themselves 
very  learned  whilst  they  know  nothing, 
or  very  wise  and  clever  while  they  are 
exposmg  themselves  to  perpetual  ridi- 
cole  for  their  folly,  or  very  handsome 
while  the  world  calls  them  plain,  or 
▼ery  peaceable  while  they  are  always 
qoarrelUng  with  their  neighbours,  or 
very  humble  whilst  they  are  tenaci- 
ously stickling  for  their  own:  it  would 
be  well  if  such  conceits  afforded  a  harm- 
less pleasure  to  their  authors,  but  un- 
fortunately they  only  render  them  more 
offensive  and  disgusting  than  they 
would  ocherwue  be. 

Those  who  are  apt  to  fancy  never 
fancy  any  thing  to  please  themselves ; 
theyyancy  that  things  are  too  long  or 
too  short,  too  thick  or  too  thin,  too 
c(Jd  or  too  hot,  with  a  thousand  other 
fanciet  equally  trivial  in  their  nature ; 
thereby  proving  that  the  slightest  aber- 
ration of  the  mind  is  a  serious  evil, 
and  productive  of  evil. 

Despoodlac  temr,  of  fetMefanciei  ftell. 
Weak  aod  viuHuily,  loomoB  enry  po««r. 

TnoMBOir. 

Aoofi  kavebeea  voudcd  wUh  coneta^ 

And  died  of  neie  opiaton  itnie.  Butuk. 

When  taken  in  reference  to  intel- 
lectual objects,  conceit  is  always  in  a 
bad  sense ;  butyancy  may  be  employed 
in  a  good  sense. 

• 

Nothiiig  can  be  more  plainly  impOMlble  thaa 
for  a  Bian  **  to  be  profitable  to  God,"  aod  coa- 
■aqooBtly  notitlng  can  be  moie  abraid  than  for  a 
man  to  cherish  w  irrational  a  conceiC    Aoncoii. 

MyfHead,  Hit  Roger  de  Covertly,  toMne 
t*olher  day,  that  he  had  been  readtaf  my  paper 
apon  Wettmlntter  Abb^,  in  which,  Mya  he,  there 
an  a  graat  many  ioKaiiew,^yic<0i. 


coNCBiTjt  V.  Pride. 
CONCEITBD,  V.  Opinionated^ 

TO    CONCEIVE,     APPREHEND, 
SUPPOSE,   IMAGINE. 

CONCEIVE,  V.  Conceit, 

APPREHEND,  v.  To  apprehend. 

SUPPOSE,  in  French  supposerp 
Latin  supposui,  perfect  of  tupponop 
or  sub  and  jMmo  to  put  one  thing  in 
the  place  or  another,  signifies  to  have 
one  thing  in  one's  mind  in  lieu  of 
another. 

IMAGINE,  in  French  imaginer^ 
Latin  iniagino,  from  imago  an  image, 
signifies  to  reflect  as  an  image  or 
phantom  in  the  mind. 

Conceive^  in  the  strict  sense  of  the 
word,  is  the  generic,  the  others  the 
specific  terms :  since  in  apprehending^ 
imagining,  and  supposing,  we  al- 
ways conceive  or  form  an  idea,  but 
not  vice  versA;  the  differeiice  consists 
in  the  mode  and  olject  of  the  action  i 
we  conceive  of  things  as  proper  or 
improper,  and  just  or  unjust,  right  or 
wrong,  good  or  bad,  this  is  an  act  of 
the  judgement ;  we  apprehend  the 
meaning  of  another,  this  is  by  the 
power  ofsimjple  perception,  or  of  com* 
oination  aud  rellection;  we  suppose 
and  imagine  that  which  has  happened 
or  may  happen,  tlieso  arc  both  acts 
of  the  imagination ;  but  the  fonuer 
rests  commonly  ou  some  ground  of 
reality;  the  latter  may  be  the  mere 
ot&pniig  of  the  brain. 

What  is  conceived  is  conclusive; 
what  is  apprehended  is  rather  dubi- 
ous; both  refer  to  matters  of  deduc- 
tion, in  distinction  from  suppose  and 
imagine,  which  relate  to  mutters  of 
hct. 

To  conceive  is  an  ordinary  operation 
of  the  mind ;  it  must  precede  every 
other;  we  cannot  either  think  or  act 
without  conceiving :  apprehend  is  em- 
ploYed  in  cases  where  certainty  cannot 
be  had,  where  no  determinate  conclu- 
sion can  be  formed ;  we  shall  never 
apprehend  where  we  can  see  distinctly 
before  us :  suppose  is  used  in  opposi- 
tion to  positive  knowledge ;  no  person 
supposes  that  of  which  he  is  por 
informed;    imagine  is  empbi 
that  which  in  aU  probalnlitj  J 
exist;  we  shall  not  imagjimt ' 
evident  and  undeniable. 


CONCEPTION, 


CONCERT. 


S49 


0«r  flfliM  kDowle40B  euwt  twmfftMemd 
TkvrriaciplciofaaauboiiiMlcdswajf.  Suibu¥. 

CONCEPTION,   NOTION. 

CONCEPTION,,  from  coiic«r«  (v. 
To  conceive),  signifies  the  thing  coit- 
ceived. 

NOnONy  in  French  notion,  LaUn 
notiOf  from  notma  participle  of  notco 
to  knowy  signifies  the  thin^  known. 

Conception  is  the  mind^s  own  work, 
wliat  it  pictures  to  itself  from  the 
exercise  of  its  own  powers;  notion  is 
the  representation  of  objects  ns  they 
are  drawn  from  obsenration.  Concept 
tiom  are  the  firuit  of  the  imagination; 
uoiiont  are  the  result  of  reflection  and 
experience.  Conceptions  are  formed ; 
flM^Mms.  are .  entertained.  Cojicepiions 
are  either  grand  or  mean,  gross  or 
sublimely  eiiher  clear  or  indistinct, 
crude  or  distinct;  notions  are  eitlier 
true  or  false,  just  or  absurd.  Intellec- 
tual culture  serves  to  elevate  the  con^ 
ception  ;  the  extension  of  knowledge 
serves  to  correct  and  refine  the  noiions. 

Some  heathen  philosophers  had  an 
indistinct  conception  of  the  Deity, 
whose  attributes  and  character  are 
unfolded  to  us  in  his  revelation :  tho 
ignorant  have  often  false  notions  of 
their  duty  and  obligations  to  their 
superiors.  The  unenlightened  express 
their  mas  and  crude  conceptions  of  a 
Superior  Being  by  some  material  and 
▼isihie  olgect:  the  vulgar  notion  of 
ghosts  and  spirits  is  not  entirely  ba- 
nished from  the  most  cultivated  parts 
of  England. 

Wordh  i^rrify  Mt  Imoaedlatel/  and  prlnely 
thiiigt  thcMMlffl^  but  tbe  conctptUma  of  tba 
Biiail  coacsniflf  tUagi.  South. 


The9tarj€tTdtmM€hm  is  fiirmed  altogether 
In  tha  ■pirit  of  Hmam,  aid  will  glf«  an  ualcan- 
cd  imdcr  a  moCImi  of  that  gieat  po«t^  maoBor  of 

Wrltllf.  AODIMN. 

It  h  natual  Us  tba  In^lnatlooi  of  men  who 
lead  their  Uvea  In  too  aolitarjr  a  nunner  to  prej 
npon  thoueitWt  and  Ibrm  tnm  their  own  con- 
cciKfem  bdnfi  and  thlnft  whkh  hafe  no  place 
Innatwe.  81 


CowUeriDT  that  tbo  happlnen  of  the  other 
world  le  to  he  the  bappioeM  of  the  whole  n»D, 
who  can  ^neetion,  hot  there  to  an  ininUe  variety 
in  then  pleajraia  wo  are  spoafcinp  of.  ReYela- 
Ifam,  litewiir,  vevy  mncb  coaArow  this  noflon 
:  the  diflteent  viewa  k  fivee  u  of  oar  floture 

ABDiaojb 


coNCBRN,  V.  Affect. 
CONCERN,  V.  Care. 
CONCERN,  V,  Interest. 

TO   CONCERT,  CONTRIVE, 
MANAGE. 

CONCERT  is  either  a  variation  of 
consort  a  companion,  or  from  the 
Latin  concerto  to  debate  together. 

CONTRIVE,  from  contrivi  perfect 
of  contero  to  bruise  together,  signifies 
to  pound  or  put  together  in  the  mind 
so  as  to  ibrm  a  composition. 

MANAGE,  in  French  menager, 
compounded  of  the  Latin  manvs  and 
agOy  signifies  to  lead  by  the  hand. 

There  is  a  secret  understanding  in 
concerting  ;  invention  in  contriving  ; 
execution  in  managing.  There  is 
mostly  contrivance  and  management 
in  concerting;  but  there  is  not  al- 
ways concerting  in  contrivance  or 
management,  MeBsuresvLve  concerted; 
schemes  are  contrived;  affairs  ars 
managed. 

Two  parties  at  least  are  requisite  in 
concerting,  one  is  sufficient  for  con- 
triving  and  managing.  Concerting 
is  always  employ edin  all  secret  trans* 
actions ;  contrivance  and  management 
are  used  indifferently. 

Robbers  who  liave  determined  on 
any  scheme  of  plunder  concert  toge- 
ther the  means  of  carrying  their  pro- 
ject into  execution ;  they  contrive 
^'arious  deinces  to  elude  the  vigilance 
of  the  police;  thej  manage  every  thing 
in  the  dark. 

Those  who  are  debarred  the  oppor- 
tunity of  seeing  each  other  unrestnun- 
edly,  concert  measures  for  meeting 
privately.  The  ingenuity  of  it  person 
IS  irequently  displayed  in  the  am^ 
trivances  by  which  he  strives  to  help 
himself  out  of  his  troubles.  When- 
ever there  are  many  parties  interested 
in  a  concern,  it  is  never  so  well  mo- 
naged  as  when  it  is  in  the  hands  of 
one  individual  suitably  qualified. 


Modem  iitateNnen  art  concerting 
aod  engaged  in  the  depth  of  politics  ><  ^^e  tlaa 
when  their  fbrefiifhm  were  laid  dowa  qaictty  tn 
rebt,  and  had  notUog  in  their  heads  hut  draaak 


CONCEPTION,  t'.  Perception. 
CONCERN,  V.  Affair. 


When  Cmu  waa  one.  of  the  maileri  of  the 
rolat,  he  plaeed  tho  Sgure  of  an  ehrphaat  opoa 
the  mrefK  of  the  pnhlk  monej:  the  word  Cbmt 
algnlfjiof  u  elcphaat  to  the  Puk  Ungaageb 


CONCORD. 


CONDITION.         251 


•  It  is  neoessaiy  to  be  conclunve 
when  we  deliberate,  and  decisive 
1»hen  we  command.  What  is  conclu- 
ttre  puts  an  end  to  all  discassioHy  and 
determines  the  judgement ;  what  is 
Acfstoe  pots  an  end  to  all  wavering, 
«nd  determines  the  will.  Negotiators 
liave  sometiflies  an  interest  in  not 
Speaking  concbmcelif ;  commanders 
can  never  retain  their  authority  with- 
out speaking  dteuivtUfz  coneluaive 
.when  oompaM  to  convincing  is  ge- 
neral ;  the  Jatt«r  is  particular :  an  ar- 
gument is  convincing,  a  chain  of  rea- 
•aonii^  condtttive.  There  may  be  much 
that  is  convincing,  where  tnere  is  no- 
tkaa^  comckuive :  a  proof  may  be  con- 
9incmg  of  a  particular  circumstance  ; 
bat  conc&csnee\idence  will  bear  upon 
the  mmn  question. 

I  will  not  dligiitw  that  I>r.  Bantl^,  wliow 
crUfclm  li  wo  conetuttve  for  tbe  fotgerj  of  thoae 
tn^fllw  qaoled  bj  Pl■tuld^  li  of  oplalon 
••  TteptobiMrtr  pttMkhedaoChlDff  in  writliw.** 

CuaasBLAMS. 

b  It  Bo(  Mnevbat  ttagiiltf  that  Yunng  pie- 
wiwd,  vlthovt  any  palliation,  tUs  prpfkoe  (to 
Ma  Satiit  oa  Women)  to  blantlj  decisive  ta  fk- 
vonr  of  laaghlBr  at  tbe  world.  In  tbe  nme  ool- 
leatioa  or  bfa  voikt  wblcb  cootalM  tbe  monrnfoi, 
•miy,  gloooi^y,  NSfkt  TkmgkUf         Caovr. 

Tbat  reUgloB  li  cneatial  to  tbe  weUbie  ef 
man,  can  be  pcoved  by  tbe  nott  eoKviHei)t4[ 

Blum, 


CONCLUSIVB,  V.  Final. 

CONCOMITANT,  V.  Accompa- 
nimenL 

CONCORD,    HARMONY. 

CONCOBD,  in  French  concordt, 
XAtin  concordin,  from  can  and  cort, 
having  the  same  heart  and  mind. 

IIARMONYy  in  French  harmonic, 
Latin  herm&nia,  Greek  .^v  >.  from 
af  w  to  fit  or  suit,  signifies  the  state  of 
fitting  or  suiting. 

The  idea  of  union  is  common  to 
both  these  terms,  but  under  different 
circumstances.  Concord  is  generally 
employed  for  the  union  of  wills  and 
Affections  ;  harmony  respects  the  ap- 
titude of  minds  to  coalesce.  There 
may  be  concord  without  harmony,  and 
harmony  without  concord.  Persons 
may  live  in  concord  who  are  at  a  dis- 
tance from  each  other;  hut  harmony 
is  mostly  employed  for  those  who  are 
in  close  connexion,  and  obliged  to  co* 
operate.     Concord  should  never   be 


broken  by  relations  under  any  cir- 
cumstances ;  harmony  is  indispensable 
in  all  members  of  a  family  that  dwell 
together.  Interest  will  sometimes 
stand  in  the  way  of  brotherly  concord  ; 
a  love  of  rule,  and  a  dogmatical  tem* 
per,  will  sometimes  disturb  the  har^ 
mony  of  a  family.  Concord  is  as 
essential  to  domestic  happiness,  as 
harmony  is  to  the  peace  of  society, 
and  the  uninterrupted  prosecution  of 
business.  What  concord  can  there 
be  between  kindred  who  despise  each 
other }  what  harmony  between  the  rash 
and  the  discreet  ? 

Tbeauui  tbat  bath  nonradcla  bhntrir. 

Nor  is  not  movM  vltb  concord  of  sweet  leaadi^ 

b  St  for  treasoofl,  villanles,  and  spoils. 


If  we  consider  tbe  world  in  its  sabtenriency  tm 
man,  one  wonld  Ibink  ft  was  made  for  onr  me; 
bat  If  we  consider  it  In  ita  aataral  beantj  end 
harmony^  one  would  be  apt  to  conclnde  It  waa 
made  for  oar  pleason-«  Aimnoii. 

TO  CONCUR,  V.  To  agree. 
TO  CONCUR,  V.  To  coincide. 

CONCURRENCE,   V.  AsSOlL 

CONCUSSION,  V.  Shock. 

TO  CONDEMN,  V.  To  blame. 

TO  CONDEMN,  V.  To  repro* 
bate. 

TO  CONDEMN,  V.  To  senicncc. 

CONDESCENSION,  V.  Complat' 
sance. 

CONDITION,  V.  Article. 

CONDITION,  STATION. 

CONDITION,  in  French  co>uWio/i, 
Latin  conditio,  from  condo  to  build 
or  form,  signifies  properly  tbe  thing 
formed ;  and  in  an  extended  sense, 
the  manner  and  circumstances  under 
which  a  thing  is  formed. 

STATION,  in  French  station, 
Latin  statio,  from  sto  to  stand,  signi- 
fies the  stunding  place  or  point. 

Condition  has  most  relation  to  the 
circumstances,  education,  birth,  and 
the  like ;  station  refers  rather  to  tlie 
rank,    occupation,    or   mode   of  life 
which  ope  pursues.    Riches  sm*' 
acquired  are  calculated    to 
man  forget   his   origioal    eoi 
and  to   render  him  negligent 
duties  of  his  station. 


CONDUCT. 

-  A  natter  of  the  ceremonies  conr 
dmeU  all  strangers  whom  he  -wishes  to 
iDtroduce  into  the  company.  A  teacher 

-    ^id€s  his  scholars  in  the  acquirement 
.of  knowledge.    A  love    of  pleasm^ 

*  WMnetimes  £a</«young  people  into  the 
most  destructive  vices. 

A  wise  man  is  willing  to  be  con'^ 
fiuctedy  in  cases  where  he  cannot  with 
propriety  coadacl  himself.  An  atten- 
tive perusal  of  the  Scriptures  is  suffi- 
cient to  guide  Of  in  the  way  of  salvap 
don.  loere  is  a  weakness  in  suffer- 
iitt  one's  self  to  be  /cot  by  the  will  of 
others:  prudent  people  are  willing  to 
'  <ake  good  counsel,  but  they  will  always 
Ibrm  their  own  resolutious. 


We  wmltcd  iDBe  time  In  eipecUtfoa  of  die 
It  voffthy,  «be  ceme  In  wUh  a  |:reaf  retlnne  of 
MatorlMM,  vkme  aaiwi  1  could  not  Iforn,  most 
of  than  brief  ntKes  of  Cmrtbagv.  Tiie  pcraon 
thM  cojiAcefnIt  vIm>  was  Haonlbal,  neeiaed 
■ineh  dfaterbed.  Aonsoir. 

Tfte  bniCet  eve  guided  bj  tintinet  aed  keow 
ao  Mmiv ;  tie  anfrit  bare  koowledge  and  Aej 
•le  bappj.  Stkku. 

A  gnmal^  ollce  eifaps  blm  to  lead  as  well 
ms  to  coBunaad  bis  armj.  Sootb. 

TO  CONDUCT,  MANAGE,  DIRECT. 

CONDUCT,  V.  To  conduct,  guide. 

MANAGE,  V.  Care,  charge, 

DIRECT,  in  Latin  directnt,  par- 
ticiple of  dirigo,  compounded  ofdi  and 
rego  to  regulate  distinctly,  signifies  to 
put  every  thing  in  its  rigdt  place. 

Conducting  requires  most  wisdom 
and  knowledge ;  mnmtging  most 
action  ;  direction  most  authority.  A 
lawyer  conducts  the  cause  entrusted 
to  him  ;  a  steward  manft^es  the  mer- 
cantile concerns  for  his  employer ;  a 
superintendent  directs  ihc  movements 
of  all  the  subordinate  agents. 

Conducting  is  always  applied  to 
affairs  of  the  first  importance :  imt- 
nagement  is  a  term  of  fair.iliur  use  to 
clmracterize  a  fiimitinr  einpioymunt: 
direction  makes  up  in  authority  what 
it  wants  in  iniportuiice  ^  it  falls  but 
little  short  of  the  word  conduct,  A 
conductor  conceives  and  plans  ;  a  t/m- 
nager  acts  or  executes ;  a  director 
commands.  It  is  necessary  to  comluct 
with  wisdom ;  to  manage  with  dili- 
gence and  attention ;  to  direct  with 
promptitude,  precision,  and  clearness. 
A  mmistcr  of  state  requires  peculiar 
talents  to  conduct  with  success  the 
various  and  complicated  concerns 
3 


CONFEDERATE.     80S 

which  are  connected  with  his  office : 
he  must  eiercise  mudi  skill  io  mw- 
naging  the  various  characters  and 
clashing  interests  with  which  be  be- 
comes connected :  and  possess  much 
influence  to  direct  the  multiplied  ope- 
rations by  which  the  grand  raachina 
of  goven)ment  is  kept  in  motion. 

When  a  genernl  undertakes  to  awi- 
duct  a  can»paign  he  will  entrust  the 
managetnent  of  minor  concerns  to  per- 
sons on  whom  he  can  rely  ;  but  he  will 
direct  in  person  whatever  is  likely  to 
have  any  serious  influence  on  his  suc- 
cess. 

Tbefmeral  parpom  of  men  in  tbe  conduct 
of  tbrir  llfes,  I  ai»o  witb  Rlslioa  to  ihb  life 
ODly.ead  in  Raining  rlcber  tbcafectlon  or  ntam 
of  iboae  wi(b  wbom  tbej  eooferw.  Siucli^ 

Good  dcIivnjT  it  a  craceTbl  manrnttmeni  of 
tbe  voice,  countenance,  andfetture.       Stxslb. 

T  >ave  aometloaec  amuied  nij»eif  witb  coniU 
derlofr  tbe  several  metbodi  of  managing  a  de- 
bete,  wblcb  bave  obtained  In  tbe  worid.  AwNveN. 

To  direct  i^  wanderer  in  the  right  way  It  te 
Ufbt  anotber  man*k  candle  by  oneVi  own,  whkb 
lotes  none  of  its  ligbt  by  wbat  Ibe  otber  galat. 

GcovE. 

coNFEDBRACir,  V.  AlUofice. 

CONFEDERATE,    ACCOMPLICE. 

CONFEDERATE,  r.  Allv. 

ACCOMPLICE,  T.  Abettor. 

Both  these  terms  imply  a  partner 
in  some  proceeding,  but  they  oifFer  as 
to  the  nature  of  the  proce'etling :  in 
the  former  case  it  may  be  lawful  or 
unlawful ;  in  the  latter  unlawfnl  only. 
In  this  latter  sense  a  confederate  is  a 
partner  in  a  plot  or  secret  association  ; 
an  accomplice  is  a  partner  in  some 
active  violation  of  t}>c  laws.  Guy 
Fawkes  retained  his  resolution,  till  the 
last  extremity,  not  to  reveal  the  names 
of  \\\i  confedttrutesi  it  is  the  common 
refuge  of  all  mbbers  and  desperate 
characters  to  betray  their  accomplicet 
ia  order  to  screen  themselves  from 
punishment. 

Now  march  the  bold  e»nftifrtite9  tbroOfb  tbe 

pl4io, 
Well  boTkM,  well  clad,  a  ricb  and  i^hlninj^  tnid. 

DavDRX. 
It  ft  not  inipn4»dblelhat  Ibe  Lilly  M«kmi  (the 
pnmdwiotberfff  Savaire)  initsht  pemaadeor  eo«- 
|H>I  hie  aotber  to  disitt,  or  perbapt  tbe  ceali 
iioC  eaiily  fod  aecampUcet  wiebed  eaoei 
cuncar  in  so  cruel  an  acluin,  a«  tbat  of  b* 
blin  to  the  American  plaiiuilont.  J 

CONFEDERATE,  t'.  AU^ 


CONnNEMENT. 


CONFIRA;.  255 


he  has  asserted,  as  he  is  convinced 
that  be  has  made  no  mistake. 

ConfidenceiB  opposed  to  diffidence; 
dogmati$m  to  seepocism :  poikhnty  to 
hesitation.  A  amfideni  man  mostly 
ftils  for  want  of  using  the  necessary 
means  to  ensure  success ;  a  dogtnatical 
man  is  mostly  in  error,  because  he  ssb- 
stitntes  his  own  partial  opinions  for 
such  as  are  estalbtished ;  a  potUive 
man  is  mostly  deceived,  because  he 
trusts  more  to  his  own  senses  and  me- 
mory than  be  o«|{|it.  Self-knowledge 
is  the  most  efiectoal  cure  for  ulf<oi^ 
dence  ;  an  acquaintance  with  men  and 
tlungii  tends  to  lessen  dogmatism  ;  ^  the 
experience  of  having  been  deceived 
one's  self,  and  the  observation  that 
others  are  peqtetuallv  liable  to  be  de- 
ceived, ondht  to  check  the  folly  of 
being  posUiM  as  to  any  event  or  cir- 
cumstanoe  that  is  past. 

Pespto  ftifrt  kofw  Uttle  it  k  tbat  tkey  laov 
ud  tov  mmdk  hmtt  la  th«t  th^  can  do,  when 
thaj  giov  cnn^ilnif  «pon  anj  prewnt  ttaie  of 

South. 


tfjon 
of 


in  witfiiif,  nor  ihow  Ofhar 
or  yonr  nctioM  tint  jon  an  tnU 
nil  wfll  tka  BMcv  benitUj  rtjoico  at 

BUOOBJU 


JVtIffM  M  yon  noir  un  In  yonr  opInioM,  and 
en^jfUmi  In  jnnr  ■— rf luiii,  hoaMwcdthat  Ibe 
tim  afpnMkto  whei  kodi  awn  and  tlili«i  will 
•ppcarfo  jon  la  n  dIAnnt  l%fat.  BLAit. 

TO  CONFINB,  V.  To  boUTld. 

coNnNSD)  V.  Contracted. 

COSWlXSMXHTf  IMPRISONMENT^ 
CAPTIVITY. 

C0NI1N£M£NT,  V.  To  bound, 
limit. 

IMPRISONMENT,  compounded 
of  Ml  and  pruDn,  French  prium^  from 
pn§usar6aB^  of  prendre,  Latin  pre- 
katJo  to  taxe,  Mgnifies  the  act  or  state 
of  being  taken  or  laid  hold  of. 

CAniymr,  in  French  captivity, 
Latin^  et^ttivUa»  and  capio^  signifies 
likewise  the  state  of  being,  or  being 
kept  in  possession  by  another. 

ConfMememt  is  the  generic,  the  other 
two  specific  terms.  Confinement  and 
H^pruoiiaiefit  both  imply  the  abridg- 
meot  of  one's  personal  freedom,  but 
the  former  specifies  no  cause  which 
the  latter  does.  We  may  be  confined 
in  a  room  for  ill  health,  or  confined  in 
any  place  by  way  of  punishment ;  but 


we  are  never  impritoned  but  in  some 
specific  place  appointed  for  the  coiir 
finement  of  ofienders,  and  always  on 
some  supposed  offence.  We  are  cap- 
tives  by  the  rights  of  war,  when  we 
fall  into  the  hands  of  the  enemy. 

Confinement  does  not  specify  the 
degree  or  manner  as  the  other  terms 
do ;  it  may  even  extend  to  the  re- 
stricting the  body  of  its  free  move- 
ments;  while  impritonment  simpW 
confines  the  person  within  a  certain 
extent  of  ground,  or  the  walls  of  z.  pri- 
son ;  and  captivity  leaves  a  person  at 
liberty  to  range  within  a  whole  country 
or  district. 

Confinement  is  so  general  a  term, 
as  to  be  applied  to  animals  and  even 
inanimate  objects ;  impritonment  and 
captivity  are  applied  in  the  prt^ier 
sense  to  persons  only,  but  they  admit 
of  a  figurative  application.  The  poot 
stray  brutes,  who  are  found  trespassing 
on  unlawful  ground,  are  doomed  to 
a  wretched  confinement^  rendered  still 
more  hard  and  intolerable  by  the  want 
of  food:  the  confinement  of  plants 
within  too  narrow  a  space  will  ^top 
their  growth  for  want  of  air.  Ihelto 
is  many  a  poor  captive  in  a  cage  who, 
like  Sterne's  starling,  would  say,  if  i^ 
could,  "  I  want  to  get  out." 

Bat  aow  my  lorrowi,  loaf  wUh  pain  rappmC, 
Bant  thdr  eor^eniefit  with  InpeCnom  iwaj. 

Yovno. 
C9^finement  of  any  Und  b  draadfal :  lot 
jonr  ImaciaatiM  acquaint  yon  with  what  I  haM 
not  word!  Co  ezpresi,  and  cooeeln%  If  poalble, 
the  honon  viimprUonment^  attended  wtlh  iv» 
proadi  and  Ignominy.  Johbm 

For  life,  heinf  weaiy  of  theie  woridly  ban. 

Never  lacki  power  to  dtomlM  HaHf; 

In  that  each  bondman.  In  hH  own  land,  bean 

The  power  to  eaocel  hh  eaptieit^  : 

Bat  I  do  think  It  cowardly  and  file. 


CONFINES,  V.  Border. 

TO  CONFIRM,    CORROBORATE. 

CONFIRM,  in  French  confirmer, 
Latin  confirmOf  which  is  compounded 
of  coa  and  Jirmo  or  JirmuSy  signifying 
to  make  a^itionally /irm. 

CORROBORATE,  in  Latin  corro^ 
boratus  participle  of  corroboro,  com- 
pounded of  cor  or  con  and  roboro  to 
strengthen,  signifies  to  add  to  the 
strength. 

The  idea  of  strengthening  is  cud- 


CONFORMABLE. 


CONFOUND        257 


been  wve  and  parCjMbroils  amoog 
men,  which  have  occasioned  amflictt 
the  most  horrible  and  destructive  that 
can  be  conceived :  that  combait  have 
been  mere  trials  of  skill  is  evinced  bj 
the  combatM  in  the  ancient  games  of 
the  Greeks  and  Romans,  as  also  in 
the  jnsts  and  toomaments  of  later 
date.  Coniati  are  as  various  as  the 
porsnits  and  wishes  of  men :  whatever 
IS  an  object  of  deiire  for  two  parties 
becomes  the  groond  of  a  contai  ;  am- 
bition, intern^  and  party-zeal  are 
always  bosj  in  fimuslung  men  vrith 
olnectt  for  a  conlnf .  - 

In  a  figorativie  sense  these  terms  are 
a|yplied  to  the  movements  of  the 
mmdy  the  elements  or  whatever  seons 
to  oppose  itself  to  another  thing,  in 
wbicn  sense  they  preserve  the  same 
analogy :  violent  passions  have  their 
confikis  ;  ordinary  desires  their  com- 
baii;  modves  their  contats:  it  is  the 
poet's  part  to  describe  the  confiicti 
oetween  pride  and  passion,  rage  and 
despmr,  m  the  breast  of  the  disap- 
pointed lover;  reason  will  seldom 
come  o£f  rictorions  in  its  combat  with 
ambition,  avarice^  a  love  of  pleasure, 
or  any  predominant  desire,  unless  md- 
ed  bv  raipoD :  where  there  is  a  oofi> 
teti  between  the  desire  of  following 
one's  will  and  a  sense  of  propriety,  the 
voice  of  a  prudent  friend  may  be  heard 
and  heeded. 


Happy  li 
■oCoaly 


wnwfco,    hi  fhe  eoi^'d  of 
•■tf  tka  raid,  ca»  oppon 
to  Mgniwt,  b«t  pleanm  Co 


ElKwlMt  to  wr.  wteMTMOu  dried 
AcbUlei,  wA  — ifMl  emmkat  tried.      Datsiv. 

Sooa  aricnwii  the  deetk  of  tbe  UDf  tut- 

■iitoi  a  gmtai  m  wjjerr  fbr  poetical  evnteir. 

JOBMM. 

TO  CONVOBM,  V,  To  comply. 

CONTOKMABLE,  ACREEABLB, 

8U1TABLK. 

CX>NF6rMABLE  sicnifies  able  to 
(v.  To  am^fy),  £at  is,  having 
of  form. 


AGREEABLE  ngnifies  the  quality 
^  heinc  able  to  mgree  (v.  2b  agree). 
^  JSUITABLE  signifies  able  to  itcii 
W  3V«ree). 

€i€mnmmbU  is  employed  for  mat- 

*  of  obUgpttion;  «[reea6^  for  matp 

of  choice ;  nut^le  for  matters  of 


propriety  and  discretion :  what  is  com* 
tijbrmahle  accords  with  some  prescribed 
form  or  given  role  of  others ;  what  is 
agreeable  accords  with  the  feelings, 
tempers,  or  judgements  of  ourselves  or 
others :  what  is  statable  accords  with 
the  outward  circumstances :  it  is  the 
business  of  those  who  act  for  otheiB 
to  act coit/ormo^/y  to  their  directions; 
it  is  the  part  of  a  fnend  to  act  agree* 
ably  to  the  wishes  of  a  friend;  it  is 
the  part  of  every  man  to  act  naiahfy 
to  his  station. 

The  decisions  of  a  judae  must  bo 
strictly  conformable  to  the  letter  of 
the  law;,  he  is  seldom  at  liberty  to 
consult  his  views  of  eauity :  the  ded* 
sion  of  a  partisan  is  always  agreeabU 
to  the  temper  of  his  party :  the  stylo 
of  a  writer  should  be  iuUabU  to  hia 
subject. 

Conformable  is  most  commonly  em* 
ployea  for  matters  of  temporary  mo- 
ment; ag^reeable  and  tuitable  are 
mostly  sud  of  things  which  are  of 
constant  value :  we  make  tilings  am* 
formable  by  an  act  of  discretion; 
they  are  agreeable  or  suitable  by  thnr 
own  nature:  a  treaty  of  peace  ia 
madecoi{/bniui6fe  to  the  preliminaries ; 
a  k^slator  must  take  care  to  inuna 
laws  agreeably  to  the  Divine  law ;  it 
is  of  no  small  importance  for  every 
man  to  act  suitably  to  the  character  he 
has  assumed. 

A  man  kglad  to  gala  irainten  oa  bit  side,  aa 
tbej  aerre  to  itreoftlien  bim  fa  bla  opinloot.  It 
make*  bhn  believe  tbat  hta  prloclptea  carr^  eoa- 
TlctbMi  with  tbena,  aad  are  tbe  more  likely  to  to 
trae,  vben  to  find*  tbegr  are  cotiformablg  to  tto 
naaoa  of  otbetiaa  well  as  to  bb  own.    Aonaoii. 

Aa  yon  bate  Cbnoert J  offered  tome  argweenti 
for  tto  sonTk  luioiortality,  af  reca6Asboth  to  na* 
son  aad  tto  Chrirtlan  doctriue,  I  believe  year 
readen  will  net  to  dlspleaved  to  see  bow  tto 
tame  frext  tratb  shiaei  In  tto  ponp  of  Roma 
eloqueace.  Hntfan. 

1  think  taagtng  a  cnshioQ  fives  a  man  totf 
warllto  or  perbaps  too  theatrical  a  flgire,  to  to 
mUable  to  a  Christian  congnggatloii.        Swin» 

CONFORMATION,  V.  Form. 
TO  CONFOUND,  V.  To  ubask, 
TO  CONFOUND,  V.  To  baffle. 

TO  CONFOUND,  TO    CONFUSS. 

CONFOUND  and  CONFUSE  are 
both  derived  from  differcDt  parts  of 
the  sama  verb,  namely*  an|^aii^and 


CONJECTURE. 


CONJUNCTURE.     259 


Hie  peraiciDDB  doctrines  of  soeptice, 
iknigh  often  amfiUtd^  ere  as  often 
ednuoed  with  the  same  degree  of 
assnrance  by  the  fiee-thinking,  and  I 
loight  say  the  onthinking  few  who 
kSibe  their  sprit:  it  is  the  employ- 
ment of  Jibellists  to  deal  out  their  ma- 
lioious  aspersions  against  the  objects 
of  their  malignity  m  a  manner  so 
loose  and  indireet,  as  to  preclude  the 
possibility  of  r^ation  :  it  would 
be  a  frnitless  and  anthankful  usk  to 
ictempt  todU^rsM  all  the  statements 
which  are  arcalated   in  a  common 


newspaper. 

It  is  the  doty  of  ministers  of  the 
Gospel  to  trnpugm  all  doctrines  that 
militate  aggmst  the  established  fiuth 
of  Christians. 

1U  iMinirf  dm,  \j  tmnt,  tlm  Inirn'i  rriftttr 
Tel  an  dcfwt  mmUta^  ^  dbpnte.      Obubt. 
mup  cT  MMeasa  r^fiOtd  by  the  fime  of 
feMelltit«Wo«af  Alheat.  Aaatami. 

IIU*h  fteUe  noe  wkiilllli  awdt! 

LAor  oi  pM>ij,  the  ncki  of  pais, 

Dbneew  mad  wemmS  weeping  CraSn. 

led  death,  iM  MiBtfB  ftoei  tiM  fCona  of  Ate, 

Thofbad  OMiplalaC,  bj  toaf  I  ditpvift, 

ABdJattlf>tfetl«waof  Jotew  Coxam. 

■■■MH  vae  •■•  ef  Cbe  Mt  fpitgnen  of  Uia 
eUpUenfflNjf  v^  dMarbed  wHb  hmovacroni 
ill  takt  of  tta  eeboali.  JoMMir. 

TO    OONOmATUJLATEy      V.     To 

coNOBBGATioN,  V,  Assembly. 
ooNoaBBiy  V.  Assembly. 

ConjActubs,  supposition, 
auaifisji. 

C0NJ£Crt7Ke,  in  French  con- 

jeUmre,  Latin  conyecttiriiyfrom  conjicio 

or  earn  and  jaaOf  signifies  the  thine 

put  together  or  framed  in  the  mind 

widwut  desifm  or  foundation. 

SUPPOSITION,  in  French  n^po- 
uikmt  fimn  n^mwy  compounded  of 
mk  mad  ftmo,  signifies  to  put  one's 
thooriits  m  the  place  of  reality. 

SUBMISB,  compounded  of  ntr  or 
M^andflNtiey  Latin  mutus  participle 
ofmitto  to  send  or  put  forth,  has  the 
same  original  meaning  as  the  former. 

All  tuse  terms  convey  ftQ  id^  of 
somerhing  in  the  mi^d  independent  of 
the  reality;  but coii;Vc/ore is  founded 
less  oa  rational  inference  than  tuppo- 
skian  ;  and  mrmim  lees  than  eitner : 
9ny   ciicuastanoe,   howerer   tririal. 


may  ^re  rise  to  a  coit^edtire ;  some 
reasons  are  requisite  to  produce  a  npa- 
position;  a  particular  state  of  feeling 
or  train  of  thinking  may  of  its^ 
create  a  mrmiis. 

Although  the  same  «>ithcts  are  g^ 
nerally  applicable  to  all  these  tenns^ 
yet  we  may  with  propriety  say  that  a 
coi0eeture  is  idle ;  a  supposition  faite; 
a  surmite  fanciful. 

Conjecturet  are  employed  on  events^ 
their  causes,- consequencesi  and  con^ 
tinsencies  ;  suppotitwn  on  speculative 
points ;  surmise  on  personal  concemsi 
The  secret  measurvis  of  {vovemment 
give  rise  to  various  conjectures :  all 
the  suppositioni  wbicli  are  formed  re* 
specting  comets  seem  at  present  to 
fall  short  of  the  troth:  the  beha* 
viour  of  a  person  will  often  occasion 
a  surmiio  respecting  his  intentions  and 
proceedings,  let  tMm  be  ever  so  dis- 
guised. Antiquarians  and  etymologists 
deal  much  in  conjecture* ;  they  nave 
ample  scope  afibrded  them  for  assert* 
ing  what  can  be  neither  proved  nor 
denied:  religionists  are  pleased  to 
build  many  suppotitions  of  a  doctrinal 
nature  on  the  Scriptures,  or,  more 
properiy,  on  their  own  partial  and 
forced  interpretations  of  the  Scrip* 
tures :  it  is  the  part  of  prudence,  as 
well  as  justice,  not  to  express  any 
gunniics  which  we  may  entertain, 
either  as  to  the  character  or  conduct 
of  others,  which  may  not  redound  to 
tlieir  credit* 

Fetfioos  of  tCvdlMiS  Sod  CDnteniplailfe  aafanl 
often  eaterteln  thrtawlvce  wMi  Ike  hMory  of  paH 
acn,  or  raiie  eetentet  aod  coi^/ectafve  apod  fW* 
tarltjr.  AoonoH. 


Evea  In  tint  part  whkb  ve  hate  of  (he , 
aey  to  Caofetbory,  It  will  be  oeeenary,  la  (he 
fbllovbig  Aeview  of  Chancer,  to  take  noUoe  o^ 
eertalD  dsTects  and  ioconfMaielei,  which  catt 
obIj  be  aecountvd  for  apon  (be  iwppotUtan^ 
that  the  work  waa  nefcr  ftahhed  by  the  aathnr. 

TVBWl 


Any  the  leaat  surmUe  9t  aegleet  baa  raiaed 
an  arenion  la  one  man  to  another.  Soina; 

TO  CONJfiCTURS,  V,  To  gtlCSS. 

CONJUNCTURE,    CRISIS. 

CONJUNCTURE,  in  Latin  con- 
juncturn  and  conjungo  to  join  toge- 
ther, signifies  the  joining  together  of 
circumstances. 

CRISIS,  in  Latin  criiiSf  Greek 
JI4I9-K   n  judgment,  bigiiifies  in  an  ex- 


SCO 


CONNECT. 


CONQUEB. 


tended  sense  whatever  decides  or  turns 
the  scale. 

Botii  these  terms  are  employed  to 
express  :i  ])eri()d  of  time  marked  by 
the  &tAtc  of  aiTnirs.  A  conjuncture  is 
n  joining  or  combination  of  corre»- 
pondincr  circumstances  tending  to- 
wards the  same  end ;  a  crisis  is  die 
high-wrou(;ht  state  of  any  aHuir  which 
immediately  precedes  u  change :  a 
conjuncture  may  be  favourable,  a  cri- 
sis alarming. 

An  able  statesman  seizes  the  con-- 
juncture  which  promises  to  suit  his 
purpose,  for  the  introduction  of  a  fa- 
vourite measure:  the  abilities,  finn- 
iiess,  and  perseverance  of  Alfred  tlie 
Great,  at  one  important  crhis  of  liis 
reign,  saved  Knglund  from  destruction. 

Every  vlrtoe  retjnlrcR  time  and  place,  a  propiir 
olOt«tf  and  11  fit  conjuncture  of  clrcuniftancet 
for  the  due  czerelwof  It.  Admsoh* 

Thought  lie,  ihh  Ik  the  lacky  hour, 

IViues  work,  when  vines  are  In  thi'  flower; 

ThU  crMi  (lien  I  viHl  wt  mj  rest  on. 

And  pnt  ber  buldljr  to  th«  qoesllon.        BinrLSa* 

TO    CONNECT,    COMBINE^ 
UNITE. 

CONNECT,  I^tin  conneclo,  com- 
pounded of  con  and  nectOy  signifies 
knit  together. 

.COMBINE,  r.  Association^  com" 
binntion. 

UNITE,  r.  To  add,  join. 

Ihe  idea  uf  being  put  together  is 
common  to  these  terms,  but  with  dif- 
ferent degrees  of  proximity.  Con* 
nectid  is  more  remote  than  combined, 
and  this  than  miiicd.  What  is  con^ 
ntctcd  and  combined  remains  distinct, 
but  what  is  united  loses  all  indivi- 
duality. Things  the  most  dissimilar 
luay  bo  connected  or  combined;  things 
of  the  same  kind  only  can  be  united. 

Things  or  persons  are  connected 
more  or  less  remotely  by  some  com- 
mon property  or  circumstance  that 
serves  as  a  tie  ;  they  are  cotnbincd  by 
a  species  of  juncture  ;  they  are  unittd 
by  a  coalition:  houses  are  connected 
by  means  of  a  common  passage;  the 
armies  of  two  nations  arc  combined  ; 
two  armies  of  the  same  nation  are 
united. 

Trade,  marringc,  or  cc;::cral  inter- 
course, create  a  com.iiiun  between 
individunU  ;  co-operation  (jr  simila- 
ritv  of  tcndencv  aie  LT.'Ui.Jb  for  cum^ 

0  w  ^ 


£ 


bination;  entire  aooordanoe leidiii 
a  union.  It  is  dangeroo*  to  bea» 
nected  with  the  wicked  in  uiy  «^| 
our  repotatioDy  if  not  oarrouniSiaM 
be  the  safferers  thereby.  Tbenoitik 
noxious  members  of  society  an  thm 
in  whom  wealth,  talentB,  inlmei^ 
and  a  lawless  ambition,  are  cmkmtL 
United  is  an  epithet  that  shooU  n^ 
ply  eaually  to  nations  and  lanilia; 
the  same  obedience  to  laws  ihodi 
regulate  every  man  who  lifW  aifa 
the  same  government ;  the  same  hoR 
should  animate  every  breast;  iki 
same  spirit  should  dictate  every 
of  every  member  in  the 
who  has  a  comnum  interest  i 
preservation  of  the  whole. 

A  rlRht  opinion  Is  that  which  cgiiimtt 
tmtlM  bjr  tke  thoctest  tiala  of  liitMMiii 
potHlont. 

FBDcy  can  comkim  the  Ideas  wWcl 
hM  ticMaied.  Hai 

A  frleoA  is  he  with  whom 

CONNECTED,    RBL.ATBD. 

CONNECTED,  v.  To  connect. 

RELATED,  from  relate,  in  Lttn 
relatut  participle  of  rtfero  to  bring 
back,  siguifies  brought  back  to  tla 
same  point. 

These  terms  are  employed  in  the 
moral  sense,  to  express  an  alBoitj 
between  subjects  or  mattets  of 
thought. 

Connexion  marks  affinity  in  an  iiw 
definite  manner  ;  relation  in  a  spedfic 
manner.  A  cxfnnexion  may  be  nther 
close  or  remote ;  a  relation  direct  or 
indirect.  What  is  connected  has  sorns 
common  principle  on  which  it  de- 
pends; what  IS  related  has  sobn 
likeness  'with  the  object  to  wUch  it 
is  related,  it  is  a  part  of  some 
w  hole. 


It  Ih  odd  to  consider  the  amnexUn 
A*>^otiva  and  barbaritjr,  mod  bow  theonktaf  CM 
penon  more  tba.n  nuoi  makes  the  icit : 


^11  manktnd  ara  to  retmieA,  Uiat  caic  ii  to  te 
taken,  in  tblnp  to  wbicb  all  are  liahlcv  JM  <• 
nut  mfntloo  what  coDcema  one  In  tanni  «Uck 
•ball  d'.fgast  auother.  Smu. 

CONNEXION,  V.  Intercourse. 

TO     CONQUBR,   VANQUKSn, 
SUBDUE,   OVSRCOMBy 
SURMOUNT. 
COXQUEK,  in  French  conqutrlr, 


CDMaUER. 


./ 


CONOUBB. 


Wk 


rnHpura,  compoimded  of  con 

iiiiro^  signifies  to  ftaek  or  117  to 

HOBI<ct» 

KlOliSH  Wio  French  vamere^ 

jijBCiB^  Oieek  (ptr  mUMmmy 


WifJEf  Letin  mhda,  signifies  to 

pHOOlBBi  compoimded  of  eoer 
i|l(ji|pifii|jto  oome  over  or  get 


IJSFT,  in  French 

of  Mr  over  .end 
flioim^  signifies  to  rise 


aor  things  are  eanqmerti 
i'  penoos  only  ere  mm* 
ii^  Aa^eaemy  or  a  ooontrj  is 
miti^i  a  foe  is 


an  enemy  by  whatever 
M»pM»  the  masterv  over  him  ; 

£Jtk  hkoif  when  by  fixoe  wo 
"yieU;  we  mknii  him  by 
we  dieck  in  him  the 
A  Christian  tries 
hb  enemies  by  kindness 
'    ;   a  waiTior  tries  to 
ilhens  in  the  field ;  a  pndent 
tatuMae  his  rsoeUioos 
|#iy  a  doe  mixture  of  clemency 

r  iJMiy  be  vanquitked  in  a  single 
^VOne  is  iubdued  only  by  the 
qplsnt  and  persevering  measures. 
M^dwlRrst  eo»9ii«re<<  England 
gjWliiieflhis  rival  Harold ;  after 
ipletely  subdued   the 


fi 


having  vanquished  all 
that  opposed  him,  and 
iliA  the  nadoDs  with  wh«n  he 
V^^incied  that  he  had  om- 
1.  tha  whole  world,  and  is  said 
m  wept  at  the  idea  that  there 
0  mre  worids  to  conquer.  He 
Cians  at  last  vaa^uisied  by  the 
■it  of  fi)ce;  namelyj  drankeo- 

• 

fWii  is  nsed  only  in  the  pnper 
cmtquer  and  sakiBe  are  liae* 
i^plqyed  figuratively^  in  which 
di^  are  amdo^os  to  osereoeie 
naoan^  That  is  coafasred  and 
id  .which  is  in  the  mind;  that 
4mbw  and  tarsioan/ed  which  is 
intamal  orextemaL  Wa.ccMf 
nd  overeoHie  what  makes  no 


taoaaf  ifia^k  violent  and  strong  in 
its  oppoKSdn;  fisUkes,  attadmients, 
and  leelingi  in  gsneraly  mther  fbf  or 
agsinstyian.eoajwerid;  mimly  and 
tumidtum'^-pasnonft  are  to  be  ta^ 
dued;  a  iimn  eomquers  lumself;  he 
niMaei  Ins  spirit*. 

Qne'cMifadrt  by  ordinary  means 
and  effbrts ;  one  sMmes  by  extraor- 
dinary '.'iMmis.  Antipathies  when 
cherished  in  eariy  hfe,  are  not  easily 
eoa^acrnl  in  nper  years:  nbdme 
bat  a  f^fvaifing  sense  of  relsglon»  'md 
a  peipetnai  mar  of  Ood|  can  ever 
jaedSMe  the  rabellioQs  vrills  and  propen* 

It  re^mrsi  determmation  and  fintSB 
to  eoayiNHr  and  ooereomt;  patience 
and  peraavenmoe  to  sMuisfifiA  ntr^ 
tnoaiijp.  Prsjndices  and  prsposieiuions 
areoMreOBK;  obstacles  and  difficol- 
tiesaYaoKnaoKafed:  it  too  fifeqaently 
happens  that  those  who  areeanrto 
avereosm  their  mt^odioes.  in  oroer  to' 
dispose  thsmsttves' for  the  reoeptioa 
of  new  b|uniQos»  foil  into  graatar 
enors  thrni  those  they  have  aban* 
domed :  oodung  tndy  great  has  ever 
been  eAoted  where  great  ^fkaalties 
have  not  been  encountered.  It  is  the 
ch^racMlMic  of  genias  to  tisnmma 
every  difficulty:  Alexander  conceived 
that  baooald  oseroome  nature  herself 
and  Hanmbal  sncoeeded  in  this  very 
points  there  were  scarcely  any  obsta- 
cles  whidi  she  opposed  to  hmi  that 
be  did  notv«iif«MiM<  by.prowess  and 
persevemoe*  1^ 

Whoever  aims  at  Christmn,pa|Ao« 
tion  miwt  etvive  with  Ood>  asnstanoo 
to  canqmr  avarice,  pride,  and  evenf 
ioordtoateproiiensity;  tosal^^wcai;^ 
anger»  luil^  and  every  oaqial.i^ppetita  i 
to  overooaie  temptationsi  and  to  smt-* 
mmsiU  trials  and  impodiments  wjoiA 
obstma  hu  coarse.       


SfrlofifMafhi 


teior  flit  h 
•IwaislksilMlcr 


;  «Ueli,iramMC 
"VMMahMit  uawMl^tis 


MM,  wtotfth00lfH«lli 


AtteHnart 

•r  yuiotopay 


Tbe 


..  .  --  .^' 


CONSEQUENCE. 


CONSIDER. 


9S3 


ntem  than  tlift  ban  exercise  of  aoUio- 
rity,  and  involre  no  other  consequence 
chiui  the  temporerj  pleasure  of  the 
paitiea  conoenud.  Pohlic  measures 
are  permitted  and  ailawedf  hat  aof  er 
eonjenled  to.  The  kw  permUt  or 
ailawM  I  or  the  penon  who  is  aotho- 
riied  permiU  or  vUam§.  Permit  in 
tliia  case  retains  its  positire  sense; 
aiicm  its  negatiTe  sense,  as  before. 
Oovemment  penmti  individoals  to  fit 
out  priTateen  in  time  of  war :  when 
nu^ntrates  are  not  TigUant,  many 
things  will  be  done  which  are  not 
aliemed,  A  judge  is  not  permitted  to 
pass  any  sentcnoa^  hot  wb«t  is  strictly 
caonfiinnahla  tnfaiw:  every  man  who 
is  accused  ie  aliomed  to  plead  bis  own 
cavse,  or  enfrast  it  to  another,  as  be 
tlunks  fit. 

wn  mm.  ^Mty  hftH  t 

odblK 
^VUaoCjMTMilUailoikiitfil.        ■>■..,—>■. 

1  tliab  «ht  iMelfit  Mtwllrta  milme  toam  of 
addvaM  to  to  Mid,  villMSt  mnck  wt^nA  to  Ihilr 

IfttTiU  aCCMUtlOB.  JOBJttOV. 


TO  coNSSNT,  tf.  To  oocede. 

TO  coNaSNT,  «;.  To  assent. 

cmsaoiVixrcZf  absult. 

CONSEQUENCE,  in  French  om- 
•eyifgiice^  Lttin  eansefuentia,  from 
«wjegacr  to  fii^low,  si^fies  the  thing 
that  feflows  in  coanection. 

RESULT,  in  French  remltet  Latin 
fismAd,  or  remltm  and  reiiiio  to  re- 
DOund,  sq^fies  that  which  springs  or 
bounds  bade  fiom  another  thing. 

Cowe^aeaca  flow  of  themseifes 
fitMn  the  nabm  of  thin^;  reiuks  are 
ffrttwn.  C(Bnt§uenee8  proceed  fitnn 
aetiom  in  general;  retutts  proceed 
nfHD'  pafticunr  efforts  and  attempts. 
Cotueqmenees  are  good  or  bad ;  resuUi 
«e  raoeeasAil  or  unsuccessfxil. 

We  endeavoor  to  avert  eaneequencei 
wUch  threaten  to  be  bad ;  we  endea- 
vour to  produce  retulti  that  are  ac- 
eoftling  to  our  wishes.  Not  to  foresee 
the  camequences  which  are  foreseen 
by  others,  evinces  a  more  than  ordi* 
naij  share  of  indiscretion  and  infotua- 
IMb  To  calculate  on  a  fayoureble 
fsmmU  fipom  an  ill-judged  and  iU-eae- 
eolad  enterarise^^  only  pvoTes  a  con- 
sistent blindness  in  the  projector. 

AiAmj  eHm  ftMT  wftef  ft  a  Ibtal  train  of 


Tbe  atalp  of  Ito  mM  It  tontlinanjdMnKlnie, 
aad  BOM  eaa  tell  the  rttutl  of  tfm  aest  vicit- 
■Itade.  JoBHtoji. 

CON8BQUBNCB,  V.  Effect. 
coNSEQUBNCB,  V.  Event. 
coNSKauBMCB,  V.  Importance^ 
coNSBQUBVTLYi  V.  NatnroUy. 
coNSEQUBNTLT,  V.  Therefore. 

TO   CONSIDERi  TO   RBFLBCT. 

CONSIDER,  in  French  eomiderer^ 
Latin  cantiderOf  a  foctative,  firom  C4n^ 
iido  to  sit  down,  signifies  to  make  to 
settle. 

REFLECT,  in  Latin  reflecto,  conn 
pounded  of  re  and  Jiecto,  signifies*  to 
turn  back  or  upon  itself. 

The  operation  of  thought  is  express- 
ed by  these  two  words,  but  it  Turiea 
in  the  circumstances  of  the  action. 

Connderation  is  employed  fmr  preo- 
tical  purposes ;  reflection  for  matters 
of  speculation  or  morel  improvement. 
Common  objects  call  for  consideration  ; 
the  workings  of  the  mind  itself,  or 
objects  purely  spiritual,  occupy  reflet* 
tion.  It  IS  necessary  to  contidef  what 
is  proper  to  be  done,  before  we  take 
any  step;  it  is  consistent  with  our 
natures,  as  rational  beings,  to  r^eet 
on  what  we  are,  what  we  ought  to 
be,  and  what  we  shall  be. 

Without  consideration  we  shall 
naturally  conmiit  the  most  flagrant 
errors;  without  reflection  we  shall 
never  understand  our  duty  to  our 
Maker,  our  neighbour,  and  ourselves. 

He  wbo  cMifidert  of  a  thiof  with  prejadlee 
hat  jadgedfbecaute  before  he  bean  It.    Soota. 

Wboefer  TX^Ieeff  fteqaently  on  the  naceflikly 
of  hb  own  dartttoo,  wm  find  oat  that  Ito  ik 
of  odMn  It  not  aofe  pennaoeat  ttan  Ui  owe. 


TO  CONSIDBRy  BBGARD. 

CONSIDER,  «.  To  coneider,  rv- 
Jiect. 

REGARD,  V.  CarCf  concern. 

lliere  is  most  caution  in  considering  j 
most  attention  in  regarding. 

The  circumstances,  situation,  ad- 
vanta^es)  disadvantages,  and  the  lik% 
are  objects  of  tfoastdtfre^ioa;  persoaal 
character,  abilities^  and  quahtiet,  art 
objects  of  regard.  A  want  of  coMsi^ 
deretion  leads  a  peraoa  to  form  »  ven^ 
uafoir  jttdgaaent  of  others;  a  wwit 
of  regard  vaekm  tbeas  PegMrdim  of 


fee 


It. 


; 


CONSONANT. 


iTZS"™"  or  bSl  •»  *•  «>m 


."«»«»r«u,rt,.i;«prfect,ooand 

mil  - .  • 


n^'  ^  •miMi^  •^PUtlbn  of 


"J  mat! 
g'on  of  p.    I    '**  the  e«h.i.i' .  '  "will 

SaviW-^  ™«  four  BvaiJ^  **°»nt» 
sinceX^'^'«>«''S'onaS  P'«^e  tfa. 


*•' '-  «• »«» *^s:*^it;s.!SL'■ 


CONSTITUTE. 


CONSTRAINT. 


tan;  w  UMHnUy  d^^ttt  loaie  oflts 
■leinben. 

To  tomdilMU  implies  ibe  act  of 
making  as  well «•  choosing;  Uieofioa 
aiwell  at  dm  ptnoQ  i$  pew :  in  mp- 
mmmiimgf  the  pvnon  lw(  not  tho  offica 
»  new.  A  penoD  may  be  conttMMied 
vUter  or  jodge  at  eircumstances  may 
Toquire;  a  suoettior  is  t^pom$€4  bot 
not  catUtUuttd, 

Whoever  it  emtiUuUd  it  invested 

with  topreaie  notboritv  derived  from 

the  hignett  toeratt  of  hnmnn  power, 

oemmoa    oontaeti    whoever  is   Mh 

pmmt0d  derives  bit  iiethoiity  from  the 

nodwrity  of  elbertt  and  hm  conte- 

<|aendy  ool  lioaited  fiower :  do  indi- 

Tidnal  can  iffifoM  another  with  anF> 

thority  eqnal  to  hit  own:    whoever 

is  depnAm  baa  privnte  and  not  public 

authority  3  bit  eAee  is  partinl*  often 

oonfiatd  la  the  particular  transaction 

of  an  individanlf  or  n  body  of  indivi- 

dunla.    Acomding  to  the  Boniiib  r»- 

ligioBy  the  Pope  it  eossCilvied  soprtme 

head  of  the  tihrittian  cboroh  throngho 

out  the  whole  wvirld;  governors  are 

mppaUUed  to  distant  piovinciet;  per- 

ggnt  ate  dipuied  to  present  petitions 

or  make  repretentationB  to  gqvecn^ 

IMDt. 

It  hat  been  the  fiuhion  of  the  pie- 
aent  day  to  speak  ooateuiptaoiitly  of 
edl  camMiimied  antboritiet:  the  i^h 

jmimtrntHii  made  by  govemraenc  are  a 
tfinitfid  taoroe  of  discontent  for  those 
^vho  fidlanr  the  trade  of  opposition  i 
m  busy  moltitnde^  when  agitated  fay 
poUticM  diaoofltioDs^are  ever  reaily  to 
term  snrieliat  and  senddc/Nifeitaoni^in 

^Mder  to  oomsBunicate  their  wishes  to 

^Mirnilen. 


Mfpointad  to  repair  to  HiipaiUoia^  sad  to 


U  tho  CoMMOM  diwcraetotho  mmmdmmta, 
•Malty  followi 
IfroB  each  hoMBi 


TO  CONSTITUTE,  V.  Toform. 
CONSTITUTION^  V.  Frame. 
GOKsTiTUTiON^    V.    GoverUf 

0ON8TBAINT,   eOMPULSI6N. 

GONSTEAINT,   ten   MntfraiR, 


Latin  twrtrimgOw  oompoimded  of  aen 
and  ifrtf^ti^iifies  the  act  of  ttrnn» 
ing  or  ^ng  tiwether. 

COMPULSION  signifies  die  act  of 
ooropellin|;  (v.  To  compel).    ■ 

Tnere  is  much  of  binding  in  eiw« 
tirmint :  of  violence  in  cos^m^iMii: 
anutraini  pre^i'ents  finoro  acting  agree* 
ably  to  the  will;  costpalnon  forces  to 
act  contrary  to  the  will :  a  soldier  in 
the  ranks  moves  with  much  eonMroimi^ 
and  b  often  sulgect  to  much  commit 
tion  to  make  -faim  move  as  is  desued. 
ComMrmni  may  arise  from  oatwaid 
circumstances;  ceiaptilsioa  is  ahvava 
produced  b^  tome  active  agent :  toe 
forms  of  avil  society  lav  a  proper 
oorutraitU  upon  the  behaviour  of 
men  so  as  to  render  them  ameable 
to  each  other ;  the  arm  of  tne  civil 
power  must  ever  be  ready  to  •ompel 
those  who  will  not  submit  without 
compulsion:  in  the  moments  of  relax- 
ation,  the  actions  of  children  should 
be  as  free  from  oonffroiii^  as  possiUt^ 
which  is  one  means  of  lessening  die 
necessity  for  compukion  when  tfaer 
are  called  to  the  peribrmance  of  their 
duty. 

Cofluaanda  act  ao  coMrtmfKli.  IflekytlM 
I  do  U  fiadj.  Nuifa. 

atfaetiaaiaradttalllwaaaalhli  te^  ia 
ijtem  JMtlea;  tkal  te  iateaiei  tahawtf 
P«rad  (to  appear)  at  tka  bar  wUboal  caa^mli 
ft^n,  Jeainoir. 

CONSTRAINT^  EJR&TIUINT. 

CONSTRAINT,  v.  ConsirakU, 
compulsion. 

KE8TRAINT,  v.  !Z^  coerce^  re- 
ifrwn. 

CoHttrmint  respects  the  movenuoCa 
of  the  body  only ;  restraint  those  of 
the  mind,  and  the  outward  actions : 
when  they  both  refer  to  the  ontwani 
actions,  we  say  a  person's  behaviour 
is  eomstraimed;  his  feehnes  are  re- 
strained :  he  is  constrained  to  act  or 
not  to  act,  or  to  act  in  a  certain  man* 
ner;  he  is  restrained  from  acting  at 
all,  if  not  from  fiseling :  die  conduct  ii 
constrained  by  certain  prescribed 
rules,  by  discipline  and  oitier;  it  it 
restrained  by  particular  motivet? 
whoever  learas  a  mechanical  aauvciBa 
it  constraimtd  to  aaove  hia  body  in  a 
certain  direction ;  the  imref  dattetioa 
often  restrains  persons  from  the 


COISTACT. 


CONTAGION.        969 


swrnmiiOf  oompounded   of  em  and 

summa  the  tam,  UEiiifies  the  summing 

or  windine  op  of  uie  whole;  Uie  put- 

tini;  a  fin^  period  to  any  concern.  • 

COMPLETION  sinufies  either  the 

act  of  completiDSi  or  w  state  of  being 

completed  (v.  lieampUte). 

Tne  arrival  at  a  condusion  is  oon»- 

prehended  in  both  these  terms,  but 

thev  differ  principallj  in  application ; 

wishes  are  eanmmmaied ;  plans  are 

eompUied :  we  often  flatter  oorselTes 

that  the  campktkn  of  all  our  plans  will 

be  the  amnmrnaium  of  all  our  wishes, 

and  thus  eipose  ourselves  to  grievous 

disappointnMnts :   the  con$ummatum 

of  the  noptial  ceremony  is  not  always 

the  conmsMMw/iofi  of  hopes  and  joys; 

it   is   fremiently    the   beginning   of 

misery  ana  ifisappointment :  we  often 

sacrifice  mnoh  to  the  completion  of  a 

pufpose  which  we  afterwards  find  not 

worth  the  laboor  of  attaining. 

As  epithetSy  eoiuummate  is  employed 

only  in  a  bad  seosOy  and   complete 

either  in  a  good  or  Irad  sense :  tiiose 

who  are  reguded  as  complete  fools  are 

HOC  nnfineqaently  cmuummate  knaves : 

the  tfaeatra  is  not  the  only  place  for 

witnessing  a  fiuce ;  human  lite  aflfords 

many  of  varioos  descriptions;  among 

the  number  of  which  we  may  reckon 

those  as  com^Ule  in  their  kind,  which 

are  acted  at  elections,  where  coimua- 

fRif «  fbUy  and  coRsaaiiMile  hypocrisy 

are  pnctised  by  turns. 

It  It  Ml  tote  4o«Medtatltwu  a  MMteot 
pncrtnaral  ItaC  It  pnbe-woctky,  whiek  wade 
iMcapaMe  «r  Wholdlnc  deilliy  not  aa  tb* 
liSlM  Wt  0*  CMtfMiiiiurfionfif  Hfe. 


It  tolelj  with  tbat  psriod 
tfci  h— pwallop  of  the  two  tonganf  ■  wo 
II  k  of  ■•  cmt  toiportaaeeto  dctet^ 
tioe  at  whidi  aaj  wevd  or 
Tvawanr. 


CONSUMPTION,  V.  Decojf. 

CONTACTi  TOUCH. 

CONTACT,  Latin  coniactut  par- 
ticiple of  contingOf  compounded  of 
am  and  tango  to  touch  together,  is 
dittinguishea  from  the  simple  word 
TOUCH,  not  so  much  in  sense  as  in 
grammatical  construction ;  the  former 
eipressing  a  state,  and  referring  to  two 
bodies  actually  in  that  state;  the  lat- 
ter on  the  other  hand  implying  tlie  ab- 
stract act  of  touching :  we  speak  of 
things  coning  or  being  in  contoct,  but 


not  of  the  cm^ed  instead  oftbetoadk 
of  a  thing :  the  poison  which  comes 
from  the  poison-tree  is  so  powerful  in 
its  nature,  that  it  is  not  necessaiy  to 
come  in  contact  with  it  in  order  to  feel 
its  baneful  influence;  some  insects 
are  armed  with  stings  so  inconceivably 
sharp,  that  the  smallest  touch  possible 
is  sufficient  to  produce  a  puncture  into 
the  flesh. 

Wa  ata  attfaded  towards  each  othwliffai^ 
ral  ^jmpatbj,  bat  kept  back  fkom  caiitaeC  la 
prifatefartoMt.  Jomnaa* 

Odeadil  vhera  It  utm^jtik^l  Opaiel 
wben  to  tbj  vielocy?  Wboia  an  tba  leiw 
nn  wttb  wklcb  tboa  bait  to  lenn  afHgblid  tba 
aalkNH  ?  Attbe  touch  of  tba  DMaa lod,  €kf 
vWoaary  boiron  are  fled. 


CONTAGION,  INFECTION. 

Both  these  terms  imply  the  power 
of  communicating  something  bad,  but 
CONTAGION,  from  the  Latin  verb 
coR^iNgo  to  come  in  contact,  proceeds 
from  a  simple  touch ;  and  INFEC- 
TION, from  the  Latin  verb  infieio  or 
ta  and^io  to  put  in,  ftnceeds  by  r»- 
ceiving  something  inwardly,  or  having 
it  infused. 

Some  things  act  more  properly  by 
contagion f  others  by  infection:    the 
more  powerful  diseases,  as  the  plagiie 
or  yellow  fever,  are  conmiunicatedby 
contagion;  they  are  therefore  dencH 
nninated  coa/agioiu  ;  the  less  virulent 
disorders,   as  fevers,    oonsumptians, 
and  the  like,  are  termed  infecttoutj  as 
they  are  communicated  by  the  less  ra- 
pid process  of  infection :  the  mr  b 
contagioui  or  infectious  according  to 
the  same  rule  of  distinction:   when 
heavily  overcharged  with  noxioos  va) 
pours  and  deadly  disease,  it  is  justly 
entitled  contagiouM,  but  in  ordinary 
cases  infectious.     In  the  fignradva 
sense,   vice  is  for  the  same  obvioas 
reason  termed  contagious;    and  bad 
principles  are  denominated  infectious : 
some  Young  people,  who  are  fortunate 
enough  to  shun  the  contagion  of  bad 
societ;)r,  are,  perhaps,  caught  by  the 
infection  of  bad  pnnciplcs,  actmg  as 
a  slow  poison  on  the  moral  constitu- 
tion. 

If  I  leod  mj  aoa  abroad.  It  is  icaxGelj  pniilble 
to  krfp  him  from  tfae  relgniog  eonlivfiii  of 
rudcnew. 

But  we  wbo  onlj  do  Inftiie, 
The  res«  Id  tbom  like  boat^-fieas 
*rb  oar  enaipia  tbat  inatita 
la  tbem  tbe  <VfCf ton  of  aar  IIU. 


CONTEMN. 


CONTEMN. 


271 


ts  if  not  their  inclinations. 
re  thrown  in  tho  way  of  seeing 
n  of  females  defiled  with  the 
It  indecendesy  and  hearing  or 

things  which  cannot  be  heard 
I  without  polluting  the  soal :  it 
:  be  surprising  if  after  this  their 
)Ies  are  round  to  be  corrupted 

they  hare  reached  the  age  of 


tnf  of  wtttt  tutn  Iti  pvopreM  tfaffoofni 
Aaaarii  if  fkt  atrett  to  aoc  man  eonl*- 
4  wHk  llth  nd  dirt,  tim  a  ainple  iteiy 
tknmf:htlie  mouths  of  a  Imt 
HAWKnwomTa. 


matkt  ■MWBtahi  tops  with  hideoM  cty 
tfMir  wlnfi  the  hsnfry  hirpin  flj, 
•iGk  thp  meat,  d^fUtng  all  thnj  ff nd, 
id^f  Itava  a  loatfaHMM  itaich  brirind. 

Dbtbbm. 

^gtetae  with  tbHr  Moodj  bands 
^  tad  proCui'd  her  boljr  bandi. 

DBTsim 

MB  ugne  that  Ilcentloof  poemt  do,  of  all 
evrrupt  tfar  heart. 


J  eves  ihall  no  strange  meadowv  ti;, 
V  k  lot  flroiB  tointftf  eompaaj.  Dbtmdi. 

9MTBMN,   DESPISB,   SCORN, 
DISDAIN. 

NTEMN,  in  Latin  contemnOf 
MUided  of  con  and  temno,  is  pro- 
changed  from  tamino,  and  the 
sw  tamah  to  pollute  or  render 
JesS|  which  is  the  cause  of  con- 

a 

HSPISE,  in  Latin  despicioy  com- 
led  of  <ie  and  spccio,  signifies  to 
down  upon,  which  is  a  strong 
of  contewpt, 

CRN,  varied  from  our  word 
9  signifies  stripped  of  all  honours 
oposed  to  derision,  which  situa- 
s  the  caose  of  scorn, 
SDAINy  compounded  of  dis 
itire  and  dain  or  deign  to  think 
'7»  signifies  to  hold  altogether 
ithy. 

B  above  elucidations  sufficiently 
•  the  feeling  towards  others  which 
birth  to  all  these  actions.  But 
leling  o^  contempt  is  not  quite  so 
I  as  that  of  despising^  nor  that 
iipiiing  so  strong  as  those  of 
mg  and  disdaining ;  the  latter  of 
I  expresses  tlie  strongest  senti* 
of  all.  Persons  are  contemned 
heir  moral  qualities ;  they  are 
ted  on  account  of  their  outward 


circnmitmoes,  their  characters,  or 
their  endowments.  Superiors  may  be 
contemned;  inferiors  omy^  real  or  sup- 
posedy  are  deipued. 

Contempt,  as  applied  to  persooty  if 
not  incompatible  with  a  Christian 
temper  when  justly  provoked  by  their 
character ;  but  despmng  is  distinctly 
forbidden  and  seldom  warranted.  Yet 
it  is  not  so  much  our  business  to  con- 
temn  others  as  to  contemn  that  which 
is  conten^ible  ;  but  we  are  not  eqoaily 
at  liberty  to  despise  the  person,  or  any 
thing  belonging  to  the  person,  of  an- 
other. Whatever  springs  from  dbe 
free  will  of  another  may  be  a  subject 
of  contempt;  but  the* casualties  of 
fortune  or  the  gifU  of  Providence, 
which  are  alike  independent  of  per* 
sonal  merit  should  never  expose  a 
person  to  be  despiud.  We  maj, 
however,  contemn  a  person  for  hia 
impotent  malice,  or  despiu  him  for  his 
meanness. 

Persons  are  not  scorned  or  disdain^dp 
but  they  may  be  treated  with  scorm 
or  disdain;  they  are  both  improper 
expressions  of  contempt  or  despite; 
scorn  marks  the  sentiment  of  a  little 
▼ain  mind;  disdain  of  a  haudity  and 

J>erverted  mind.  A  beautiful  womaa 
ooks  with  scorn  on  her  whom  she 
despises  for  the  want  of  this  natural 
gift.  The  wealthy  man  treats  with 
disdain  him  whom  he  despises  for  hie 
poverty.  There  is  nothing  excites  the 
contempt  of  mankind  so  poweHblly  as 
a  mixture  of  pride  and  meanness ;  a 
moment's  reflection  will  teach  us  the 
fully  and  wickedness  of  despising  an- 
other for  that  to  which  by  the  will  of 
Provideace  we  may  the  next  moment 
be  exposed  ourselves ;  there  are  siUy 
persons  who  will  scorn  to  be  seen  in 
the  company  of  such  as  have  not  an 
equal  share  of  finery ;  and  there  arc 
weak  upstarts  of  fortune,  who  disdain 
to  look  at  those  who  cannot  meosare 
purses  vrith  themselves. 

ConUmjtt  CTd  dtrUUn  are  hard  wonk:  but 
hi  whai  nauaar  ea«  one  glfo  odvioe  to  a  joMk 
in  the  parralt  and  poMeakMi  of  Knaal  pkaiiiia^ 
or  affird  ^jr  to  an  old  man  In  the  iBpolcoco 
and  dorfre  of  e^iojioK  them.  Svisu. 

It  Ifl  wldom  that  the  i;re4tt  or  the  wte  fntpeeC 
(bat  thegr  mra  cheated  and  detpbed.      Joaxiov. 

Infaiaooii  wretdi  I 
So  noc^  belov  my  tcern,  t  dare  ool  kDI  tlk«t 


CONTEMPTIBLE. 


CONTEND. 


S73 


to  Mt  aaj  piop«rt  jr  or  ctacuMteDce  of 
ttoit  I  c«ntemptaie  with  mora  joy  than 

rtllttj.  BlUUCSLEY. 

hMtUog  lo  forced  and  cooitfalud  as 
ftvqocatly  nwot  wHh  in  tragediet;  to 
naa  oodar  tke  weicht  of  ffreat  sorrow, 
medUaH&H  vpon  what  be  la  folag  to 
call  wktmt  n»r  a  simile  to  what  iw  Um- 
Ifeo  tkiag  wkkb  he  Is  solaf  to  act. 


rnpont  o«  thto  aad  that, 
«  aa  I  know  not  what. 


Fkaxcu. 


rSMPTIBLK,   CONTEMPT- 
UOUS. 

IB  terms  are  very  freouently, 
veiy  erroneously,  coutouDded 
non  discourse. 

rTEMPTIBLE  is  applied  to 
Mr  deserving  contempt ;  CON- 
ftjOUS  to  that  which  is  ox- 
)  ai contempt.  Persons,  or  what 
by  persons,  may  be  either  con- 
U  or  contemptuMS  ;  but  a  thing 
contemptible. 

todiiction  is  contemptible;  a 
r  look  is  contemptuous. 

n,  or  a  D«frll?ent  Imliffereoce,  proceeds 
er  mixed  with  tcom,  that  shows  anothtf 
ighC  hj  you  too  contemptiUe  to  be  re- 

Admson. 

4n^  principles  in  many  particulars 
t  tbeie  has  been  always  Kucta  a  liarmony 
■  thnt  ahr  seldom  smiles  npon  tlioae  who 
ffcdme  to  pass  with  a  contemptumt 
ib  Hawksswoetb. 

BMPTIBLE,  DESPICABLE, 
PITIFUL. 

rTEMFriBLE  is  not  so  strong 
SPICABLE  or  PITIFUL, 
irioti  may  be  contemptible  for 
lity  or  weakness ;  but  he  is  de" 
i  ror  his  servility  and  baseness  of 
:er;  he  is  pitiful  for  his  want 
liness  and  becoming  spirit.  A 
It  all  times  contemptible  ;  it  is 
Me  when  it  is  told  tor  purposes 
or  private  interest;  it  \s  piti- 
en  accompanied  with  indican 
f  unmanly  tear.  It  is  con- 
le  to  take  credit  to  one's  self 
good  action  one  has  not  per- 
;  it  is  despicable  to  charge  an- 
rith  the  taults  which  we  our- 
lave  committed ;  it  \i  pitiful  to 
others,  and  then  attempt  to 
surselves  iVom  their  resentment 
.ny  shelter  which  offers.  It  is 
}tiblc  for  a  man  in  a  superior 
to  borrow  of  ir.»  inferiors :  it 


is  despieahU  in  him  to  forfeit  his  word; 

it  is  pitiful  in  him  to  attempt  to  con* 

ceal  by  artifice.  . 

Were  eteiy  man  petioaded  fhna  how  mean 
and  low  a  pttaclpie  this  passion  (for  flattery)  le 
derlfed,  tlteiv  ean  he  no  donht  hnt  the  person 
who  should  attempt  to  Kratify  It  would  then  he  aa 
cofiCemirtlMr  aa  he  Is  now  auccesefal.     Stkuc 

To  pot  en  aa  artfai  part  to  oMala  no  other 
hnt  an  nnjnat  praise  from  the  mdiscefBlDf  Is  of 
all  endrawDors  the  most  detftemUe,        Siskb. 

There  la  aomethlDf  pitifully  mean  ta  the  In* 
verted  amhithw  of  that  man  who  can  hope  fbr 
naaihllatioa,  and  pleaee  hlBsaetfto  think  that  hk 
whole  ftbrle  shall  crumble  Into  dnsC 


CONTEMPTUOUS,        V.       Con^ 

temptible. 

CONTEMPTUOUS,   SCORNFUL, 
DISDAINFUL. 

These  epithets  rise  in  sense  by  a 
regular  gradation. 

CONTEMPTUOUS  is  general,  and 
applied  to  whatever  can  express  eon-^ 
tempt :  SCORN  FUL  and  DISDAIN- 
FUL  are  particular ;  they  apply  only 
to  outward  marks :  one  is  contempiuoia 
who  is  scornful  or  disdainful^  but  not 
vice  versA. 

Words,  actions,  and  looks  are  con^ 
temptuous ;  looks,  sneers,  and  gestures 
are  scornful  and  disdainful. 

Contemptuous  expressions  are  al- 
ways unjustifiable ;  whatever  may  be 
the  contempt  which  a  person's  conduct 
deserves,  it  is  unbecoming  in  another  to 
give  him  any  indications  of  the  senti- 
ment he  leels.  Scornful  and  disdavi^ 
ful  smiles  are  resorted  to  by  the 
weakest  or  the  worst  of  mankind. 

Prior  never  mcrlfteea  accuracy  to  hnsfe,  nor 
tadulffeshiflueiriB  ccitfeiNjrtaroMr  negligenoeor 
impatient  Idleness.  Jonnsoiu 

As  soon  as  Bf  avia  began  to  look  round,  and 
saw  the  vacal>ood  Bf  irtiUo  who  had  ao  long  a1^ 
sented  himself  from  iter  circle,  she  looked  npon 
him  with  that  glance  whldi  In  the  UngnairB  of 
oglers  Is  called  the  scon^nl.  Steklk. 

In  vain  he  thus  attempts  her  mind  to  move^ 
With  tears  and  prayers  and  late  repentio|f  love ; 
DUdai^fuUjf  ahe  looked,  then  tomInK  round. 
She  flx*d  hereiyea  unmovM  upon  the  sronnd. 

DavDix. 

TO    CONTEND,   STRIV'E,    VIE, 

CONTEND,  ID  Latin  contendo, 
compounded  of  cotior  contra  and  tendo 
to  bend  one's  steps,  signifies  to  e^rt 
one*s  self  against  any  thing. 

STRIVE  is  in  Dutch  sireveu,  low 
German  ttrevan,  high  German  ttreben^ 

T 


CONTENTMENT. 


CONTENTMENT.  275 


Mion  rioci,  mmm  tbcn  contendr, 
dbi  oooqaetC  cvciy  blln  depends. 

Shknstokk. 

The  poor  worm 
Bf  e  hn  contfH  vnin .     Life*t  litih!  da/ 
m,  and  ibe  k  {(one.     Wliile  1  appmr 
vllh  the  bloom  of  jonth  tbrou<;h  heav*a*9i 
Mvriial  jear.  Mamii  on  TROtB. 

■e  BOC  to  lanfniUh  o«t  mj  dijii, 
» tte  bMlexcbaofe  of  lire  for  prabe. 
■,  tbii  taace^can  mM  dispute  the  priie. 

Drydrm. 


s  ku  WtD  R  lonff  dUputM  for  piveiideoqr 
.  the  ItRgle  RBd  berolc  poett.      AomioN. 

CONTENTION,    STRIFE, 

»UGn  derived  from  the  preceding 

(r.  To  contend,  strive),  have  a 

t  meaning  in  which   they  are 

ous.    The  common  idea  to  them 

:  of  opposing  one's  self  to  on- 

inth  an  uncry  humor. 

STENTION    is    mostly  occa- 

by  the  desire  of  seeking  one's 

STKIF£  springs  from  a  qaar- 

e  temper.     Ci reedy  and  envious 

deal  iu  contention,  the  fonner 

le    they  are  fearful    lest  they 

not  get  enoup;h ;  the  latter  b^ 

they  are    fearful    lest    others 

.  fgBt  too  much.    Where  had  tem- 

lat  are  under  no  control  come  in 

at  collision^  perpetual  strife  will 

consequence. 

■e  ftmr  more  of  Inwr  fame 

Bhle  rank,  attendant  came; 

tU  wUb  imnioi^  grace, 

padaace,  with  brazen  face. 

Urn  bold,  with  iron  lunsa, 

ad0r,wltb  ber  bundred  tongoe*.  Moork. 

Id  aad  ««b»tantbil  invatnew  of  mhiI  looki 
rWi  a  gneron*  neglect  on  the  cenRum 
phnan  of  tbe  maltltude,  and  place*  a 
fmA  the  UUte  noive  and  tt  r{fe  of  tonj^ue*. 

Addhom. 

rrENTioN,  r.  Dissensiott, 

'HNTMENT,  SATISFACTION. 

i^FENTMENT,  in  French  con- 
nt,  from  content,  in  1«atiu  con- 
participlc  of  contineo  to  con- 
r  hold,  signifies  the  keeping 
elf  to  a  thing. 

'ISFACTION,  in  Latin  s/rfi*- 
compounded  of  satis  and  facto, 
m  the  making  or  having  enough. 
lentment  lies  in  ourselves :  sati§» 
.  is  derived  from  external  ob- 
is contented  when  one  wishes 
more  :  one  is  satisfied  whtn  one 
tained  what  one  wishes. 


The  cont€nted  man  has  always 
enough;  the  satisfied  man  receives 
enough. 

The  contented  man  will  not  be  dis- 
satisfied; but  he  who  looks  for  satis- 
faction will  never  be  contented.  Con- 
tentment is  the  absence  of  pain;  satis- 
faction  is  positive  pleasure.  Con- 
tentment  is  accompanied  with  tlio 
enjoyment  of  what  one  has ;  satis- 
factum  is  often  quickly  followed  with 
the  alloy  of  wanting  more.  A  con- 
tented man  can  never  be  miserable ;  a 
satisfied  man  can  scarcely  be  long 
happy.  Contentment  is  a  permanent 
and  habitual  state  of  mind;  it  is  the 
restriction  of  all  our  thoughts,  views, 
and  desires,  within  the  compass  of 
present  possession  and  enjoyment: 
satisfaction  is  a  partial  and  turbulent 
state  of  the  feelings,  which  awakens 
rather  than  deadens  desire.  Con- 
tentment is  suited  to  our  present  con- 
dition; it  accommodates  itself  to  the 
vicissitudes  of  human  life:  satisfac 
tion  belonga  to  no  created  being ;  one 
satisfied  desire  engenders  another  that 
demands  satisfaction.  Contentment 
is  within  the  reach  of  the  poor  man, 
to  whom  it  is  a  continual  feast ;  but 
satisfaction  has  never  been  procured 
by  wealth,  however  enormous,  or  am- 
bition,  however  boundless  and  suc- 
cessful. We  should  therefore  look 
for  the  contented  man,  where  there  are 
the  fewest  meims  of  being  sutlfied. 
Our  duty  bids  us  be  contented ;  our 
desires  ask  to  be  satisfied;  but  our 
duty  is  associated  with  our  happiness ; 
our  desires  are  the  sources  of  our 
misery. 

True  happitten  h  to  no  place  confinM, 
But  ttlil  la  fonnd  In  a  centen£«tf  mind. 

AnoMTMoau 

Woaian  «ho  bave  been  marrtod  lome  tine, 
not  having  it  In  tbelr  bmda  to  drair  after  tbtm 
a  nnmeroua  tiain  of  followerf.  Sod  tbdr  talCr* 
faction  In  tbe  poaaawlon  of  ooa  man^  heart. 

Spectator. 

No  oian  should  be  contented  with  hinnielf 
that  be  barelj  doei  well,  but  he  ahoaM  perform 
everjr  thing  In  tba  bert  maaner  be  la  able. 


It  h  neoemry  to  an  eaty  and  happy  life  to 
po«K«t  oar  Bindi  la  nnch  a  maaner  ai  to  ha 
veil  $att^fi€d  wKh  oar  owa  rHIectloaa.    9n 

CONTEST,  V.  Conflict 

TO  CONTEST,  v.  To  Qontmid. 

CONTIGUOUS,  V.  jtc^'aeenL 


CONTINUATION. 


CONTINUE. 


2T7 


miinuancey  or  onongduration : 
tUinuance  is  used  only  with 
to  the  conduct  of  men ;  duror 
ith  regard  to  the  existence  of 
thing.  Whatever  it  occasion- 
one,  and  soon  to  he  ended,  is 
•r  a  cotUinvance ;  whatever  is 
and  soon  destroyed,  is  not  of 
^uro^ion  ;  there  are  many  ex- 
;  institiitioDs  lu  £n^aud  which 
se  to  be  of  no  less  continuance 
>f  utility.  Duration  is  with  us 
tire  tens ;  things  are  of  long  or 
duration:  by  comparison,  the 
km  of  the  world  and  all  sublu- 
tbjects  is  nothing  in  regard  to 

peni  to  bav«  eqaallj  diridrd  the 
of  maaklDd  Into  dlflTemit  »em,  that 
onj  hatf!  her  honbaDd,  and  that 
Ij  f^aalb  contrnrate  io  the  conff nticnre 

Sthlk* 


PyfhairnreaD  trannnUmtloo,  the  wmnal 
OM  «rthe  M-<honiHan,  and  the  tbady 
if  Plato,  do  all  airm  fa  the  mahi  poliit, 
UmMrtfen  of  oarext^tenoe.     BiuniKiJCY. 

Ciocfcsobamrf*.  **  that  we  eeC  the  Idea  of 
d  durmtioti^  bj  reflecting  on  that  trahi  of 
Urh  screed  one  agother  in  oar  rnlnd^.** 

Aonsoif. 

ITINUATION,    CONTINCITY. 

NTINl '  ATIOX,  as  may  be  seen 

(v.  Continuance),  is  the  act  of 

ndng  ;  continuity  is  the  quality 

ntinuinf^ ;     the  fonner  is    em- 

d  in  the  figurative  sense  for  the 

ion  of  events  and  actions  ;  the 

to  the  physical  sense  for  the 

ion  of  the  component  parts  of 

bodies. .  The  continuation  of  a 

ry  up  to  the   existing  period  of 

vriter  is  the  work  of  -every  ape, 

of  every  year :   there  are  bodies 

JittJe  contin^Uif  that  they  will 

bJe  to  pieces    en  the  slightest 

aao  ajvendlof  Into  the  northern   vlfn* 
elk  lr«t  a  teiaperate  heat,  which  by  hh  ap- 

oolo  the  wUtioe  he  Intendvth ;  and  hj 
Mrtfeii  the  fame  even  npon  deellnatloo. 
BaowV*  VcLBAR  Eaaoaa. 

Mtaly  alwa,Tfi  prrceivex  the  paaMfn  hj 
K  taalBoatm;  feela  the  Impuhe  of  another 
'hfffe  It  jielil4  therrto :  percelvea  the  aepa- 
of  Ma  cnntinvify^  and  for  a  time  mlntR 
iae,  perception  h  dlffoRHl  throng  all 
••  Bacon. 

The  cprif;ht1j  hm«t  denanda 
ant  raptiire;  life,  a  tnllon*  load, 
il  tti  ntnUnuitjf  of  joy.  8fiB««TONE. 

r/NrATio.v,  z'.  Covitntiance. 
1 


TO€OimNI7B,    REMAIN,   STAY. 

CONTINUE,  V.  Continual,  per- 
petuaL 

REMAIN,  in  Latin  reimineo,  is 
compounded  of  re  and  maneo,  Greek 
f««vfy  Hebrew  omad  to  tarry. 

STAY  is  but  a  \'anation  of  the 
word  stand. 

The  idea  of  confining  one's  self  to 
something  is  common  to  all  these 
terms ;  but  continue  applies  often  to 
the  sameness  of  action,  and  remain  to 
the  sameness  of  place  or  situation ; 
the  former  has  most  of  the  active 
sense  in  it,  and  expresses  a  state  of 
-action ;  the  latter  is  altogether  neuter, 
and  ttjLpresses  a  state  of  rest.  We 
speak  of  continuing  a  certain  course, 
ofconiinuing  to  do,  or  continuing  to 
be  any  tiling ;  but  of  remaining  in  a 
position,  in  a  house,  in  a  town,  in  a 
condition,  and  the  Jikc. 

Tliereis  more  of  will  in  continuing; 
more  of  necessity  and  circumstances 
in  renutining.  A  person  continues  in 
office  as  loi^i;  as  he  can  perfbmi  it 
with  satis&ction  to  himself,  and  his 
employers :  a  sentinel  remaint  at  his 
post  or  station.  Continue  is  opposed 
to  coase ;  remain  is  opposed  to  go. 
Things  continue  in  motion;  they 
remain  stationary.  TJie  females 
among  the  brutes  will  cHsmetimes  cotu^ 
tinu£  to  feed  their  young,  long  after 
they  are  able  to  provide  for  them- 
selves: many  persons  are  restored 
to  life  after  having  remained  several 
hours  in  a  state  of  suspended  anima- 
tion. 

Remain  and  ttajf  are  both  perfectly 
neuter  in  tlieir  sense,  but  remain  is 
employed  for  either  persons  or  things ; 
itajf  for  persons  only.  It  is  necessary 
for  some  species  of  wood  to  remain 
long  in  the  water  in  order  to  be  sea- 
soned :  some  persons  are  of  so  rest- 
less a  temper,  that  they  cannot  stay 
long  in  a  place  without  giving  symp- 
toms of  uneasiness. 

When  remain  is  employed  for  pep- 
sons,  it  is  often  involimtary,  if  not 
compulsoiy;  sfayis  altogether  volun- 
tary. Soldiers  must  remain  where 
thev  are  stationed.  Friends  aiMf  ul 
eacli  otber*s  houses  as  visitors.  Fod- 
mer  tiroes  afford  many  instnnoes  p 
servants  continuing  fiuthful  to  thd 
employers,  e%'eo    in    the    season   i 


CONTINUE. 


CONTRACTED.      S79 


«%«OD  with  fwtue  or  prm9ad€f  it  is 
slwa^  fblkmed  by  some  object:  we 
coitf  smi e  to  do,  per$tveref  or  peniti 
%Mk  doing  something :  bat  we  continue, 
fmrgue^  or  vromcvU  some  olgect 
"which  we  wish  to  bring  to  perfeedoo 
by  additional  Uibour. 

Continwt  is  eqoally  indefinite,  as  in 
the  former  case ;  mcrttce  and  frotecuie 
both  oompreheiid  collateral  ideas  re- 
apacting  tu  disposition  of  the  agent, 
end  the  natoia  of  the  object:  to 
^onimue  is  to  go  on  with  a  thing  as  it 
has  been  begun ;  to  purtue  and  prth 
ieetUe  is  to  coatiiitie  by  some  pre* 
scribed  rule,  or  in  some  particular 
manner  s  a  woric  is  continued;  a  plan, 
measure^  or  line  of  conduct  is  pur^ 
med  f  an  undertaking  or  a  design  is 
proHoUtd:  we  may  continue  the 
work  of  another  in  order  to  supply  a 
deficiency;  we  may  punue  a  plao 
that  emanates  either  from  ourselves 
or  another;  we  proeeeuie  our  own 
work  only  in  order  to  obtain  some 
peculiar  object:  continue,  therefore^ 
expresses  less  than  purtue,  and  this 
less  than  protecute :  the  history  of 
England  has  been  continued  down  to 
the  present  period  by  difierent  writ- 
ers ;  Smollett  has  pursued  the  same 
plan  as  Hume,  in  the  continuation  of 
Lis  history;  Captain  Cook  prai^ca/ed 
his  woHl  of  discovery  in  three  several 
voyages. 

n^  eoR^aaae  the  conversation  which 
has  been  intermpted ;  we  purtue  the 
subject  which  has  engaged  our  atten- 
tion ;  we  punue  a  journey  after  a  cer- 
tain lengUi  of  stay  -,  we  prosecute  any 
parricular  journey  which  is  important 
either  on  account  of  its  difficiudes  or 
its  object. 

To  continue  is  in  itself  altogether  an 
indiflferent  action ;  to  purtue  is  always 
a  commendable  action  ;  to  protecute 
rises  still  higher  in  value :  it  is  a  mark 
of  great  instability  not  to  continue  any 
thing  that  we  begin ;  it  betrays  a  great 
want  of  pmdence  and  discernment  not 
to  jfurtue  some  plan  on  every  occasion 
which  requires  method ;  it  is  the  cha* 
racteristic  of  a  pcrtevering  mind  to 
protecute  whatever  it  has  deemed  wor- 
thy to  enter  upon. 

After   ba? laf  petlHoosd  tot  power  to  wakft 

xtemptrntioa,  tbera  it  to  frmu  so  licwsgiil^  In 

not  fntinuimi  Che  uncslc,  IkttwiMMhat 


tW  ftiirtl.  M« 


l«t  «•  loieaU 


if«.  Ha^ 


Ii0Ok  iMMuM  feiibllulB  worldf  how  few 
bow  tfwir  ow«  good,  or  kwwliv  II,  jmmifc 

DrnvaBf. 

Win  je  Dotnowthepalrortoffiipnlw, 
Whe  clM  WM  ead  jnirvH*^  fejMwnl  wiyt  I 

DmTBBb 

There  wfll  be  toaie  ttadj  whkh  every  nea 
mow  ataloMly  pi-teeeiiffi,  wwe  darllag  eeluecC 
ea  which  be  it  princlpeUj  pleued  to  coaverie. 

Jomitosf. 

coNTiNUBD,  V.  Conimuol. 
CONTINUITY,  V.  Continuation. 
TO  CONTRACT,  V.  To  abridge. 
coNTRACTi  v«  Agncfnentm 

CONTRACTBD,  CONriNSD, 
NARROW. 

CONTRACTED^  from  the  verb 
contract,  in  JaUu  contractut  parti- 
ciple of  contraho  to  draw  or  come 
dose  together,  signifies  either  the 
state  or  (|uality  of  being  shrunk  np^ 
lessened  in  sice^  or  brought  within  a 
smaller  compass. 

CONFINED  marks  the  state  of 
being  confined  (v.  To  bound). 

NARROW  is  a  variation  of  near^ 
signifying  the  quality  of  being  near, 
dose,  or  not  extended . 

Contraction  arises  from  the  inhe- 
rent state  of  the  object ;  confined  is 
E reduced  by  some  external  agent :  a 
mb  is  contracted  from  disease ;  it  is 
confined  by  a  chain  :  we  speak  morally 
of  the  contracted  span  of  a  man's  life, 
and  the  confined  view  which  he  takes 
of  a  subject. 

Contracted  and  confined  respect 
the  operations  of  things;  narrom  their 
qualities  or  accidents:  whatever  is 
contracted  or  confined  is  more  or  less 
narrow ;  but  many  things  are  narrom 
which  have  never  been  contracted  or 
confined  ;  what  is  narrow  is  there* 
fore  more  positively  so  than  either 
contracted  or  confined:  a  contracted 
mind  has  but  few  objects  on  which  it 
dwells  to  the  exdusion  of  others  ;  a 
€on/?aed  education  is  cot^ned  to  few 
pomts  of  knowledge  or  information; 
a  narrow  soul  is  hemmed  in  by  a  sin- 
gle  sdfish  passion. 

NeCwilhimdIar  a  mnrreics  tnUrmettd  > 
per  be  that  which  obtahn  Mott  la  the  vwU, 


chanwcvlrtk  ef  BHMihbd. 


CONTROVERT. 


CONTUMACY.       881 


ingenuity  is  the  faculty  which  is  eiert- 
9d  in  inventing. 

Contriving  requires  even  less  exer- 
cise of  the  thoughts  than  deciting : 
^re  contrive  on  familiar  and  common 
occasions;  we  devise  in  seasons  of 
difficolty  and  trial.  A  contrivance  is 
simple  and  ohrions  to  a  plain  under- 
standing :  a  device  xs  complex  and  far- 
fetched ;  it  requires  a  ready  concep- 
tion and  a  degree  of  art. 

Contrivimee$  serve  to  supply  a  deft- 
ciency,    or   increase  a  convenience; 
devices   are    employed   to    extricate 
from  danger,  to  remove  an  evil,  or 
ibm-ard    a   scheme :    the    history  of 
Robinson  Crusoe  derives  considerable 
interest  from  the  relation  of  the  vari- 
ous cfMtrivanceSy  by  which  he  pro- 
vided himself  with  the  first  articles  of 
necessity  and  comfort;    the  history 
of  robbers  and  adventurers  is  full  of 
the  various  devices   by  which  they 
endeavour  to  carry  on  their  projects  of 
plunder,  or  elude  the  vigilance  of  their 
pursuers;    the    history   of  civilized 
society  contains  an  account  of  the 
various  inventions  which  have  contri- 
buted to  the  eujojment  or  improve- 
ment of  mankind. 


Mj  wte— e  fa  far  opea  war;  offHIm 
Mora  nimptit  I  bout  not ;  then  let  thoae 
OiBlrlre  wko  need,  or  wbeo  they  need,  not  now. 

MltTDM. 

Tbebriike«t  nectar 
Shan  bo  Us  drink,  and  all  th*  ambrorfal  catet 
Art  can  devUe  Ibr  wanton  appetite 
Fnmbh  his  banqnet.  NAnn. 

Arcbltectnre,palntlnir,  and  ctatnaiy,  were  #fi- 
vemted  with  the  dnfgn  to  lift  np  homao  natnrr. 

Abdisoii. 

TO  CONTRIVE,  V.  To  concert. 
TO  CONTROL,  I'.  To  check. 

TO  CONTROVERT,  DISPUTE. 

CONTROVERT,  compounded  of 
the  Latin  contra  and  verto^  signifies 
to  tuni  against  another  in  discourse,  or 
direct  one*s  self  against  another. 

DISPUTE,  v.ro  argue,  debate. 

To  controvert  has  regard  to  specu- 
lative noints  ;  to  </ifpii<«  respects  mat- 
ters oi  fact :  there  is  more  of  opposi- 
tion in  controxxr$}f  ;  more  of  doubt  in 
disputing :  a  sopliist  controverts ;  a 
sceptic  disputes  :  the  plainest  and  sub- 
limest  truths  of  the  Gospel  have  been 
sll  controverted  in  their  turn  by  the 
geifsuiBc'mnt  inquirer;  the  authenti- 


city of  the  BiUe  itself  has  been  dis- 
puted by  some  few  individuals;  the 
existence  of  a  God  by  still  fewer. 

Controversy  is  worse  than  an  un- 
profitable task;  instead  of  eliciting 
tnith,  it  does  but  expose  the  failings 
of  the  parties  engaced  :  disputing  is 
not  so  personal,  and  consequently  not 
so  objectional :  we  never  controvert 
any  point  without  .eeriously  and  de- 
cidedly intending  to  oppose  the 
notions  of  another  ;  we  may  some- 
times dispute  a  point  for  the  sake  of 
friendlv  argument,  or  the  desire  of  in- 
formation :  theologians  nnd  politicians 
are  the  greatest  controversiaFtsts ;  it  is 
the  business  of  men  in  general  to  dis- 
pute whatever  ought  not  to  be  taken 
for  granted. 

The  deniolkMnf:  of  Dnnhlrit  wag  no  eaperij 
Imfiited  on,  and  no  warmlj  contrprertedf  m 
had  like  to  have  prodnoed  a  ehallonffew 


Avoid  dUpntti  at  mndi  aa  poprfUe.    Boimiu. 

coNTDMACious,  V,  Obstinate. 

CONTUMACV,    RRBRLUON. 

CONTUMACY,  from  the  Latin 
contumar,  compounded  of  contra  and 
tumeo  to  swell,  signifies  the  swelling 
one's  self  up  by  way  of  resistance. 

REBELLION,  in  Latin  rebellio, 
from  rehelio  or  re  and  (feilo  to  war  in 
return,  signifies  carrying  on  war  against 
those  to  whom  we  owe,  and  have  be- 
fore paid,  a  lawful  subjection. 

Resistance  to  lawful    autliority  is 
the  common  idea  included  in  both  the 
signification  of  these  terms,  but  con- 
tumacy does  not  express  so  much  as 
rebellion :     the    contumacious   resist 
only    occasionally ;   the  rebel  resists 
systematically :      the     contumacious 
stand  only  on  certain  points,  and  op- 
pose the  individual;    the  rebel  sets 
nimself  up  against  the  authority  it- 
self: the  contumacious    thwart    and 
contradict,  they  never  resort  to  open 
violence;  the  rf6e/acts  only  by  main 
force  :  contumacy  shelters  itself  under 
the  plea  of  equity  and  justice;    re- 
bellion  sets  all  law  and  order  at  defi- 
ance. 

The  eennr  told  the  criminal  that  he  apokp  la 
eontanpt  of  the  cooit,  and  tliat  be  ebonid  bn 
proceeded  afcainiit  for  contummcy.        Avoibihu 

The  mntfiRr  of  Waller  wat  the  dan^hter  of 
John  Hampdm  of  Hampdm,  In  theaame  eoontjr, 
and  ihter  to  Hanpdan  the  sealot  of  reklMoii. 

JomnoMft 


«8«   CONVERSANT. 


CONVERSATION. 


TO  coxTKNE,  r.  To  assemble. 

CONTKMBNT,  SUITABLK. 

CONVKNIENT,  T.CwnmodUm. 
SUITABLE,  V.  Conformable, 
Convenient  regards  the  circum- 
stanoe»  of  the  individual ;  suitable 
respects  the  established  opinions  of 
mankind,  and  is  closely  connected 
with  morul  propriety  :  nothin>;  is  con^ 
venient  which  does  not  favour  one's 
pitrposc:  nothing  is  suitable  which 
fiocs  not  suit  tlie  person,  place,  and 
thing :  whoever  has  any  thing  to  abk 
of  another  muMt  take  a  conrenieut  op- 
portunity in  order  to  ensure  success  ; 
Lift  address  on  such  an  occasion  would 
be  very  unsuitabley  if  he  affected  to 
claim  as  a  right  wliat  he  ought  to  soli- 
cit SLA  a  fiivour. 


vorideTMlant 

a  private  world  tftit  h  partlnalM' 


If  toy  BUB  think  tt  e»nvtm1enl  to  ■e«ai  food, 
kt  Mm  W  to  indtml,  and  then  hh  foodncM  will 
affcai  to  etery  bod>*»  Mlbfaetioo.    TiuonoM. 

FleaMic  la  icrnml  ia  the  emueqacat  appro- 
ieoiloo  of  a  iuiiabte  etjeet,  tuUakly  applied  to 
a  i%lMtji  AiapoMfd  faculty.  Soltii. 

CONVENIENT,  V.  Commodious. 
CfWVKNT,  V.  Cloister. 
CONVENTION,  v.  Assembly. 

CONVERSANT,    FAMILIAR. 

CONVERSANT,  from  converse, 
signifies  turning  over  and  over,  con- 
seouently  becoming  acquainted. 

FAMlLIAll,  from  the  Latin/omi- 
iMirM  to  be  of  the  same  family,  signi- 
fies the  closest  connexion. 

An  ucquuiutance  with  things  is  im- 
plied in  botli  these  terms,  but  the  latter 
expresses  something  more  particular 
tliaii  tbe  former. 

A  person  is  conversant  iu  matters 
that  come  frequently  before  his  notice  ; 
he  isjamiliar  with  such  as  form  the 
daily  routine  of  his  business:  one 
who  is  not  a  professed  lawyer  may 
be  cofiversant  witli  the  questions  of 
law  which  occur  on  ordinary  occa- 
sions ;  but  one  who  is  skilled  in  his 
profession  will  be  familiar  with  all 
cases,  which  may  possibly  be  employed 
in  sup)M3rtofa  csiusc:  it  is  udvi^eable 
to  be  conversant  with  tlie  ways  of  the 
world  ;  but  to  l)e  familiar  with  the 
greater  part  of  them  would  not  re- 
dound to  one's  credit  or  adi'antage. 

Tbe  wvkinj^    loio    h    conrcrsoiit  iiittk  tbe 


GfDwa,  fieldi^  aad 
•on  of  tbe  jvar  pkaaanC  to 
«o  aach  at  fn  the  opealof 
tiiey  arp  all  di^w  aod  fMi 


CONVERSATION,  DIALOQUI^ 
CONFERENCE,  COUXIQUT. 

CONVERSATION  denotn  cheaet 
of  holding  eonvene  (v.  Cbiiwnmiw\, 

piALOOUE,  in  French  dM^m, 
Latin  dialogus,  Greek   h*^9yt( 
pound  of  ii:  and  x^^k*  ligoifics  ai 
Detween  two. 

CONFERENCE,  from  the 
eon  and  fero  to  pat  tof^her^  npnia 
consulting  tocetner  on  subieeCs. 

COLLOQUY,  in  Latin  celiofrnm 
from  col  or  am  and  h^uor  to  vpttkf 
signifies  the  act  of  talking  together. 

A  cocersation  is  always  sooMChlBg 
actually  held  between  two  persons ;  t 
dialogue  is  mostly  fictitious,  and  wri^ 
ten  as  if  spoken  :  any  number  of  pt^ 
sons  may  take  part  in  a  roaversofMa; 
but  a  dialogue  always  refers  to  the 
two  persons  who  are  expressly  en- 
gaged  :  n  conversatiom  may  be  desvt 
tory,  in  which  each  takes  bis  part  st 
pleasure;  a  dialogue  is  furmal,  in 
which  there  will  always  be  reply  and 
rejoinder :  a  conversation  may  be  ch^ 
ried  on  by  any  signs  besides  wonh| 
which  are  address^  personally  to  thi 
individual  present;  a  diaiogme  mnsl 
always  consist  of  express  words ;  a 
prince  holds  frequent  canvenetimu 
with  his  ministers  on  aflfaira  of  sttte; 
Cicero  wrote  dialogues  on  the  natme 
of  the  godsy  and  many  later  writen 
have  adopted  the  dialogue  fonn  ns  a 
vehicle  for  conveying  their  sentiments: 
a  conference  is  a  species  of  coapgwa* 
tioti ;  a  colloquy  is  a  species  of  dla- 
logue :  u  conversation  is  indefinite  M 
to  the  subject,  or  the  parties  engngsd 
in  it;  vl  conference  is  confined  to  par- 
ticular subjects  aiid  descriptions  of 
persons :  a  conversation  is  mostly  oe> 
casional ;  a  conference  is  always  spe- 
ciiically  appointed :  a  convenaium  h 
mostly  on  indifferent  matters  ;  a  em^ 
ference  is  mostly  on  national  or  pdblic 
concerns :  we  have  a  convenatkm  aa 
friends;   we   have    a   confertnct  na 


CONVERT. 


CONVICT, 


28S 


The    ^iahgue  naturally  limits  the 
tfnmiber  to  two;  the  eoiloquy  is  in- 
^lafinite  as  to  number :  there  may  be 
^imUfgues  therefore  which  are  not  cof- 
liynict  ;  butevenr  colloquy  may  be  de- 
nominated a  diawgue. 

I   fiiUI  96  wnA  AnMc  and  Peniu  Co  read, 

thM  mil  mj  MMveln  a  mornlair  b  bardlj  mfl- 

«ii«t  far  a  thowudtk  part  of  tba  readlnf  that 

wo«ld  he  agiwaMa  BBd  ttwftil,  aa  I  villi  to  be 

m   mateh  In    ceaMnctfan    with    the  teamed 

■atirca  whoaa  I  kappea  to  meet. 

Sm  Wm.  Joxv. 

AareafMbe  la  wriltea  la  ibjaie,  and  has  tlie 
appeaiaaee  ef  MaK  the  noa  eblMMrate  of  all 
DrTdea^  pl*7*-  Tka  penoaa|(et  ace  Imperial, 
bat  the  dtmlBgrne  b  oAea  doawitir,  aad  therafoia 
•aaeeplihle  ef  acatiaMots  accomamdated  to  fluai- 
llar  loddeat*.  Johmow. 

Tba  coi^rence  betweea  Gabriel  and  Sataa 
Aeaads  irilb  ■aatlmeota  proper  for  the  oc- 
eapkm,  aad  aaitable  to  the  perMmt  of  the  two 

Aomtoa. 


Tbe  cloae  oT  tUa  dJflae  eoOoqug  (betveia  the 
Father  aad  tbeSoa)  with  tbe  hjnu  of  Aageb  that 
follow,  aia  woaderfallj  beaatUU  aad  poetical. 

Aaonoa. 

coNVBBSB,  V.  Communion* 
coNV£RsiBLK|  V.  Facetwus. 

CONVBRT,     PKOSELYTE. 

CONVERT,  from  the  Latin  con- 
vertOg  signifies  changed  to  something 
in  conformity  with  the  views  of  an- 
other. 

PROSELYTE,  from  the  Greek 
ar.-etfiiXi/T«(  and  wp99-f?x»j'*««,  signiGes 
come  over  to  the  side  of  another. 

Convert  is  more  extensive  in  its 
sense  and  application  than  proselyte  : 
convert  in  its  full  sense  includes  every 
change  of  opinicm,  without  respect  to 
tbe  subject ; proselyte  in  its  strict  sense 
refers  only  to  changes  from  one  religi- 
ous belief  to  another :  there  are  many 
conv^ff  to  particular  doctrines  of 
Christianity,  and  proselytes  from  the 
Pagan,  Jewish,  or  Mahomedan,  to  the 
Christian  faith :  there  are  political  as 
well  as  religious  converts,  who  could 
not  with  the  same  strict  propriety  be 
termed  proselytes. 

Conversion  is  a  more  voluntary  act 
than  proselytism;  it  emanates  en- 
tirely from  the  mind  of  the  agent,  in- 
dependent of  forei»;n  influence ;  it  ex- 
tends not  merely  to  the  abstract  or 
speculative  opinions  of  the  individual, 
but  to  the  whole  current  of  his  feel- 
tags  aad  spring  of  his  actions :  it  is 

3 


tba  convenian  of  the  heart  and  soul. 
Proselytism  is  an  outward  act,  which 
need  not  extend  beyond  the  confor- 
mity of  one's  words  and  actions  to  a 
certain  rule:  convert  is  therefore 
always  taken  in  a  good  sense  ;  it  bears 
on  the  face  of  it  the  stamp  of  since- 
rity :  proselyte  is  a  term  ot  more  am- 
biguous meaning;  the  proselyte  is  oflen 
the  creature  and  tool  of  a  party ;  there 
may  be  many  proselytes  where  there 
are  no  converts. 

The  conversion  of  a  sinner  is  the 
work  of  God's  grace,  eitlier  by  his 
special  interposition,  or  by  the  ordi* 
nary  influence  of  his  Holy  Word  on  the 
heart;  it  is  an  act  of  great  presump- 
tion, therefore,  in  those  men  who  rest 
so  strongly  on  their  own  particular 
modes  and  forms  in  bringing  about 
this  great  work  :  they  may  without 
any  breach  of  charity  be  suspected  of 
rather  wishing  to  make  proselytes  to 
their  own  party. 

A  bellefer  bmj  be  ezeaaed  bj  the  moat  hard- 
ened atbeiit  for  andeaTOurinir  to  nake  bin  a 
conrett,  beeanae  be  does  It  widi  an  qre  to  both 
their  iatereita. 


Fain  teadiera  conmoal j  make  aae  of  baaa^ 
aad  low,  and  trmpocal  cooalderatlona,  of  Uttia 
tricha  and  da^eea  to  maka  dlMlplea  and  pia 
pviel^ttt,  TnxoTsoir. 

TO  CONVET,  v.  To  bear. 

TO   CONVICT,   DETECT. 

CONVICT,  from  the  Latin  con- 
uictuSf  participle  of  convinco  to  make 
manifest,  signifies  to  make  euilt  clear. 

DETECT,  from  the  Latm  delectus, 
participle  of  detego,  compound  of  the 
privative  de  and  tego  to  cover,  signi- 
fies to  uncover  or  lay  open  guilt. 

A  person  is  convicted  by  means  of 
evidence ;  he  is  detected  by  means  of 
ocular  demonstration.  One  is  con^ 
victed  of  liaving  been  the  perpetrator 
of  some  evil  deed ;  one  is  detected  in 
the  very  act  of  committing  the  deed. 
One  is  convicted  of  crime&in  a  court 
of  judicature  ;  one  is  detected  in  vari- 
ous misdemeanours  by  different  ca- 
sualties: punishment  necessarily  fbl* 
lows  the  conric^tOTi ;  but  in  tlie  cast 
of  detection,  it  rests  in  the  breast  of 
the  individual  agninst  whom  the  of^ 
fence  is  committed. 

Advice  b  offWtRlr*,  not  becanaa  K  lajt  aa 
open  to  nnexpccted  rvgnt,  or  eenvfefr  na  of  aay 
fault  which  bad  escaped  oar  aotiee^  bat  beeaais 


284       CONVICTION. 


CONVIVIAL. 


Ik  iboirt  m  tbal  wp  we  known  to  otiien  m  wrtl 
M  oanelft*.  JoHHSOB. 

Efvry  inraBber  of  *Cfclfiy  freN  nnil  acknow- 
lodget  the  ii«ce«lf>  of  detertlng  cx\mn, 

JoiiMMir. 

CONVICT,  z/.  CriminaL 

CONVICTION,    PKRSrASION. 

CONVICTION,  from  convince  (». 
Canciusive),  denotes  either  the  act  of 
convincing  or  the  state  of  being  ron- 
vinced. 

PERSUASION,  from  persuade, 
expresses  likewise  either  the  act  of 
periuading  or  the  state  of  bein|i;  per- 
nuided,  Fersuade,  in  Latin  persuadeOf 
from  the  Greek  o  p  sweet,  signifies 
to  make  thoroughly  agreeable  to  the 
taste. 

What  convinces  binds;  whot  per- 
modes  attracts-  We  convince  by  ar- 
guments ;  it  is  the  understanding 
which  determines :  we  are  persuadai 
by  entreaties  nnd  personal  influence ; 
it  is  the  imaginutiim  or  will  which 
deddes.  Our  conviction  respects 
solely  matters  of  belief  or  faith  ;  our 
persuasion  respects  matters  of  belief 
or  practice :  we  are  convinced  that  a 
thing  is  true  or  false ;  we  are  per- 
tnadtd  that  it  is  either  right  or  witmry 
advantageous  or  the  contrary.  A 
person  will  have  half  eflfected  a  thing 
who  is  convinced  that  it  is  in  his  power 
to  eAect  it ;  he  will  be  easily  per- 
suaded to  do  that  whicii  favours  his 
own  interests. 

Conviction  respects  our  most  im- 
portant duties ;  persuasion  is  applied 
to  matters  of  indifferonce.  llie  first 
step  to  true  repentance  is  a  thorough 
eonviction  (»f  the  enormity  of  sin.  The 
cure  of  people*s  maladies  is  sometimes 
promoted  to  a  surprising  degree  by 
their  persuasion  of  the  edicacy  of  the 
remedy. 

As  conviction  is  the  effect  of  sub- 
stantial evidence,  it  is  solid  and  per- 
manent ill  its  nature ;  it  cannot  be 
so  easily  changed  and  deceived  :  pcr- 
suasion,  depending  on  our  fe<^1ings,  is 
influenced  by  external  objects:,  and  ex- 
posed to  vanous  chanfzcs ;  it  may  vary 
both  in  the  degree  and  in  the  object. 
Conviction  answers  in  our  minds  to 
positive  certainty ;  persuasion  answers 
to  probability. 

The  practical  truths  of  Christianity 
demand  our  derpest  conviction  ;  of  its 


speculatiTe  truths  we  oa|^  to  ban 
rational  perwotum. 

The  conviction  of  the  tmth  or  ftb 
hood  of  that  which  we  bete  Vm 
accustomed  to  condemn  or 
cannot  be  efTected  i 
means ;  but  we  may  be  penimki  4 
the  propriety  of  a  tbing  to-dajr,  «|ii|| 
to-morrow  we  shall  regaid  «tfi-» 
difference.  We  ought  to  be  cvaiiMil 
of  the  propriety  of  evoidiii|^  mm^ 
thing  which  can  interfere  with  Ai 
good  order  of  ancietj  ;  we  may  bt|ew 
suaded  of  the  truth  of  a  pencafs  m^ 
rative  or  not,  according  to  tho  n^ 
sentation  made  to  us;  we  My  b 
persuaded  to  pursue  any  study  erl^ 
It  aside.  ' 

Wbca  mm  hare  MttM  la 
TieNon  that  tbcfie  It  notU^ 
ii  not  acconpaaied  with   In 
taetm  bat  what  baa  gaUt  hi  It ; 
and  boiKmn,  wHI  mallj  Utm  KkHi 
f hey  itaiid  luf  €>■  «■  aad  oar  taMfri^. 


LKthemladbe 
of  Immortal  happlama  »oi 
there  will  be  no  w«dC  of  eaadUalai 
fbr  the  glorlooa  premgaUttL 


CONVINCING,  t'.  Concbuhe. 

CONVIVIAL,   SOCIAU 

CONVIVIAI^  in  Latin  e^umvUk 
from  convho  to  live  together,  n§pSim 
being  entertained  together. 

SOCIAL,  from  socka  a  compMios, 
signifies  pertaining  to  company. 

The  prominent  idea  in  amvivkl  k 
that  or  sensual  indulgence;  the  pro- 
minent idea  in  social  is  that  of  eo^Of^ 
ment  from  an  intercourse  with  socm^. 
Convivial  is  a  species  of  the  aocisf ; 
it  is  the  social  in  matters  of  ftstirity. 
What  is  convivial  is  social^  but  whst 
is  social  is  something  more;  thelbnner 
is  excelle<l  bv  the  latter  as  uuich  ss 
the  body  is  excelled  by  the  nund. 
We  speak  of  convivial  meetings  €ost^ 
vivial  enjoyments    or    the  mmpmtf 
board ;  but  social  intercourse,  focis/ 
pleasure,  social  amusements,  and  the 
like. 

It  H   rvUled  hj  Carte,  of  tte  DateoT  Ot- 

mood,  thai  he  naed  uften  to  pa«a  a  ■iehl  wfeh 
Drjrden,  aad  thoM  with  whoa  Dcydea  eoMorlai  j 
who  (bey  wore.  Carte  ha*  not  told,  b«t  ctflalolj 
the  eoHvMml  table  at  wMeh  OriMmd 
not  nirronwM  wkh  a  plehetaa  tocfeV. 


Plato  aad  Soeiatfi  shared 
with  AriMofbiyaea. 


ij  meimi  hoaia 


COOL. 


COPY. 


285 


VOCATION,  I'.  Assembly, 
x>xvoKE,  V,  To  assemble. 

OOL,    COLD,    FRIGID. 

le  natural  sense,  COOL  is  sini- 
t  abdeocc  ol'  warmth;  COLD 
ilGID  are  puaitivelv  contrary 
iithj  the  former  in  regard  to 
in  gemeral,  the  latter  to  montl 
:  in  the  physicul  sense  the 
'  is  strictly  preserved.  Cool  is 
I  it  respects  the  pa^dions  and 
ctions ;  cold  only  witii  regard  to 
vCdoas  i  frigid  only  in  regard 
ndiuatious. 

I  r^rd  to  the  pussions,  cooi 
tes  a  freedom  irom  agitation, 
is  a  desirahle  quulitv.     Cool- 
a  time  of  danger,  and  coolness 
SfffMsaeatp  are  alike  commend- 

30/ and  cold  respect  the  affec- 
the  cool  is  opposed  to  the 
,  the  cold  to  tlie  warm-heart- 
Jri^id  to  the  anhnated;  the 
IS  but  a  degree  of  tlie  latter. 
ption  is  said  to  be  cool;  au 
e  to  be  cold;  a  sentiment 
Coolness  is  au  enemy  to  social 
nits  ;  coldness  is  un  enemy  to 
loral  virtue;  frigiditi/  destroys 
:e  of  character.  Coolness  is 
ired  by  circumstances  ;  it  sup- 
the  previous  existence  of 
1;  coldness  lies  often  in  the 
uuent,  or  is  engendered  by 
It  is  always  sonietiiin<;  viciours; 
y  is  occasional,  and  is  always 
u  Trilling  diiVerence^  produce 
{  sometimes  b<;t\\(ren  the  best 
:  trade  sometimes  engenders 
calcuhiting  tciiip<5r  in  some 
tliose  who  are  remarkable 
thv  will  often  express  ihcm- 
iritn  frigid  indilTerence  on  the 
iportant  subjects. 


ilooa  inau*i>  tli<4-j>«'  i<i  of  to  uulifFnaut 
tkaC  ic  converts  all  it  takt'n  into  lU  own 
nt.  A  conl  bfhatiour  1»  interpreteil 
uice  of  avrrbion :  *  fond  oae  rat^ei  hi« 
•  Addison. 

Midroms  ihat  4  man  caa  f^rt  over  tbo 
lutmcir  and  ptrHMwtioflof  hi*  own  mlod, 
o  take  (]crli;;lit  c-ithir  iu  pa^u*;  or  re- 
Id  aod  rfpfntcd  civiiitk>s.  Sttitxh.. 

llfflon  of  thr  lnu(t<^ru<'  alKtunds  fa  topics 

sftrakly    iicblo    and   csatted,  a^  mii^ht 

flamn  nt'  ^i-nui.ic  oiiitorv  in  tb«>  inont 

d  karrirn  sipaiiiK.  Whakt«)n. 

*  Tide  Gira;  J  : 


COOL,  V.  Dispassionate, 
COPIOUS,  If.  PlentifuL 
COPIOUSLY,  v.  Largely. 

TO    COPY,    TRANbCRinB. 

COPY  is  probably  changed  from 
the  Latin  capio  to  take,  t>ecause  wo 
take  that  from  an  object  which  wo 
copy. 

TRANSCKIBE,  in  Latin  tran^- 
crihoj  tliat  is  trans  over,  and  scribo, 
sipiifics  literally  to  wiite  over  from 
something  else,  to  make  to  pass  over 
in  writing  from  one  to  tlie  other. 

To  f(y;y  res}>ects  the  matter;  to 
transcribe  respects  simply  the  act  of 
writing.  What  is  copied  must  be 
taken  immediately  from  the  original, 
with  which  it  must  exactly  correspond; 
uliut  is  trun^icribvd  niiiy  lie  taken  from 
the  cop\f^  but  not  necessarily  in  an  en- 
tire state.  Things  are  copied  for  the 
yake  of  getting  the  contents;  they  are 
often  transcribed  for  the  sake  of  deap- 
ness  and  fair  writing  A  cj/xVr  should 
be  very  exact ;  a  transcriber  should  be 
a  good  writer.  Lawyers  copy  decds^ 
and  have  them  allerv^ards  f'**tqueutlj 
transcribed  as  occasion  requires. 

Ariftotle  trila  n«  that  tbe  «orld  is  ■  rop^  or 
transcript  of  tho««*  ld«'ai  whicli  arc  la  tb«»  mind 
of  the  Find  Bdnf;,  aiid  lliat  thov  lfl«^<  which  are 
in  the  oiind  of  man  are  a  trantrrtpf  of  the 
world.  To  fUi  we  may  add  that  words  an*  tbe 
transcript  of  those  iiU-as  which  are  ia  tbe  mlad 
of  inao,  and  th.it  writinf  oc  priutlnfT  an  tbe 
tranxcript  of  wordit.  Adduoii. 

COPY,    MODEL,    PATTURN,    SPJB- 
CIMBN. 

COPY,  from  the  verb  to  ct^y  (v. 
To  coptf\  marks  either  the  thing  from 
which  we  copy  or  tlie  thing  copied, 

IVIODKL,  in  Trench  modele,  Latin 
modulus  a  little  mode  or  measure,  sig* 
nities  the  thing  that  sen*es  as  a  mea- 
sure, :  r  that  is  made  atler  a  measure. 

FA'ITEHN,  which  is  a  variation 
ot*  patron,  from  the  French  patron, 
Latin  patronus,  signities  the  thmg  that 
directs. 

SPECIMEN,  in  Latin  specimen^ 
from  specio  to  behold,  signities  the 
tiling  looked  at  or  detenu ined  by. 

*A  copy  and  a  model  may  be  both 
employ^  either  us  an  origmal  work 
or  as  a  work  formed  alter  au  original. 


CORNER. 


CORPOREAL.        5S7 


so  from  COQUETS^  but  one 

kjf  be  a  coquei  without  being  a  jilt. 

^Jagmetry  is  contented  with  employing 

little  arts  to  excite  notice ;  jUttng  ex- 

^Midi  to  the  violation  of  truth  and 

innory  in  order  to  awaken  a  pawion 

which  it  afterwards  disappoints.    Var 

nity  is  the  main    spring   by  which 

toqmeis  tatdjilit  are  impelled  to  action; 

but  the  fonner  indulges  her  propensity 

mostly  at  her  own  expense  only;  but 

the  latter  does  no  less  injury  to  the 

peace  of  otbsrs  than  she  does  to  her 

own  rspatation.    The  coquet  makes  a 

traffic  of  her  own  charms  by  seeking  a 

•nultitude  of  admirers ;  the  jilt  sports 

with  the  sacred  passion  of  love,  and 

barters  it  for  the  gratification  of  any 

selfish    propensity.      Coquetry    is    a 

fault  which  siiould  be  guarded  ag^nst 

by  every  female  as  a  snare  to  her  own 

happiness;  jilting  is  a  yice   which 

cannot  be  practised  where  there  is  not 

some  depravity  of  heart. 

Tte  c«9Mefte  b  ladeed  one  dqrrae  towards  the 
jats  \mt  Om  hMit  of  tfw feroMr  h  bcit  «pM 
adairlRC  benalf,  Md  glvtoK  Mm  hope*  Co  hnr 
lann\  baC  tka  httcr  it  Dot  eoatmed  f  be 
•xtmBriy  UBtable,  bat  tke  nart  add  to  that 
adtaataga  a  Mttala  ddisht  la  being  a  tormeoC  Co 
alhenk  Snxu. 

CORDIAL,  V.  Hearty. 

CORNER,  ANGLE. 

CORNER  answers  to  the  Frnich 
cMMy  and  Greek  y*ni»t  which  signifies 
either  a  comer  or  a  hidden  place. 

ANGLE,  in  Latin  angutut^  comes 
in  all  probability  finom  xy^oiy  the  elbow. 

The  vul^ir  nse  of  corner  in  tbe  or- 
dinary concerns  of  life,  and  the  tech- 
nical use  of  angle  in  the  science  of 
mathematics,  is  not  the  only  distinc- 
tion between  these  terms. 

Comer  properly  implies  the  outer 
extreme  pomt  of  any  solid  body ;  an- 
gUj  on  the  contrary,  the  inner  ex- 
tremity produced  by  the  meeting  of 
two  rigfiit  lines.  When  speakiiie  there- 
fore of  solid  bodies,  corner  and  angle 
may  be  both  employed  ;  but  in  regard 
to  simple  right  lines,  the  wonl  angle 
only  is  applicable :  in  tlie  former  case 
a  corner  is  produced  by  the  meeting 
of  the  different  parts  ol  a  body  wlie- 
ther  inwardly  or  outwardly;  but  an 
angle  is  produced  by  the  meeting  of 
two  bodies;  one  house  has  many 
earners  i   two  houses,  or  two  walls 


at  least,   aie  requisite  to  make  aa 
angle. 

We  likewise  speak  of  making  an 
angle  by  the  direction  that  is  taken 
in  going  ^ther  by  land  or  sea,  because 
suok  a  course  is  equivalent  to  a  right 
line;  in  that  case  the  word  comer 
could  not  be  substituted:  on  the 
otlier  hand  the  word  comer  is  often 
used  for  a  place  of  secrecy  or  obscs- 
rity,  agreeably  to  the  derivation  of  the 
term. 


nea,  flhe  pieCeiai,  aie  Stter  fbr  a  cemrr 
Ihaa  for  a  fait  llfht.  p«rs. 

■ 

Jevelien  griad  their  dlanoadi  wtth  away 
ridet  aad  angles,  that  their  hutre  nuj  appear 
Bia^jwaja.  ~ 


CORPORAL,  GOEPOEBAI^ 
BODILY. 

CORPORAL,  CORPOREAL,  and 
BODILY,  as  their  origin  bespeaks, 
have  all  relation  to  the  same  object, 
tlie  body ;  but  the  two  former  are  eoi- 
ployed  to  signify  relating  or  apper- 
taining to  the  homf;  the  Utter  to  de- 
note containing  or  forming  part  of 
the  body.  Hence  we  say,  corporal 
punishment,  bodily  vigor  or  strength, 
corporeal  substances;  the  Godhead 
loailyf  the  corporeal  frame,  hoiihf 
exertion. 

Corooral  is  only  employed  for  the 

animal   frame  in  its   proper  sense; 

corporeal  is  used  for  animal  substaooe 

in  an  extended  sense;  hence  we  speak 

of  corporal  sufferance  and  corporeal 

agents.      Corporeal   is  distinguished 

from  spiritual;   bodily  from  mentaL 

It  is  impossible  to  represent  spiritual 

beings  any  other  way  than  under  a 

corporeal  form;  bodily  pains,  however 

severe,  are  frequently  overpowered  by 

mental  pleasures. 

B«1tcnrorth  wa«  to  IHtle  mth4rd  with  thfe 
aeeooat,  that  he  paUlckl/  profenaA  hli  mo* 
latioB  €i  a  violent  and  evrporal  rmnge^  hat 
the  iahahUanU  of  St.  Patrich>  dbtrict  ciahadled 
thenuelvti  in  the  Deaa*»  (Svlfl^k)  defence. 


Whra  the  loal  h  ftved  flroet  all  corporeat 
alllaoce  thea  U  truly  eilits.  Huann. 

The  wul  in  hMet  with  a  aan^ron^  train  af 
temptatiomi  to  evil,  whidi  arha  Arom  *MEi<y  app«- 
tltei.  Blais. 

CORPOREAL,   V,  CoTpOrdlm 

CORPOREAL,   MATBRIAL. 

CORPOREAL  is  property  a  species 
of  material  i  whatever  13  corpereai  is 


CORRECTION. 


CORRESPONDENT.  m> 


AvMukM  fwqiit  oppwtMMtei of  ■lUftf - 
4f  tht  irfffiMM  of  a  par^;  of  ■ofteniiif  tke 
,  quhttof  tbe  UfTj,  «Bd  reetifjftnf  the 


Bdvatd  and  HMiy.  now  the  feoait  of  fame, 
Aad  TktMDv  AIM,  m  aore  ■aercd  aames, 
After  a  lUb  or  ipBWMi  tolli  eadnr>d. 
The  GaaU  oahdaM  or  preroty  wcurM, 
Aahkiea  haiiUei,  Miehly  dtlro  itonn'd. 
Or  lawe  ertahUiVd  aad  the  world  ixfrrnCd, 


CORBSCT,  ACCUBATB. 

CORRECT  u  eqaivaleut  to  cor» 
reded  (o.  2b  Mwnd),  or  set  to  rights. 
ACCURATE  (9.  Accurate)  impliee 
pioperijr  done  with  care,  or  by  the 
•jipliGBtian  of  care.  Correct  is  nega- 
tno  iaito  sense;  eccuro^e  is  positive: 
it  is  sufficient  to  be  free  from  fault  to- 
be  oorreci  ;  it  must  contain  every  mi- 
nute  pardcnlar  to  be  accurate.  In- 
fbrmatioo  is  correct  which  contains 
but  facts ;  it  is  accurate  when 


it  cnntaimi  a  vast  number  of  details. 

What  it  inearrtct  is  allied  to  false- 
hood ;  what  is  inaccurate  is  eeneral 
and  indefinite.  According  to  the  dia- 
lect of  moifeni  times,  in  which  gross 
▼iceaan  varnished  over  with  smooth 
namesj  a  Har  is  said  to  speak  iacor* 
Tectkf ;  this  is  however  not  only  an 
immecurei€  but  an  incorrect  mode  of 
speediy  fiir  a  lie  is  a  direct  violation 
•of  tmdiy  aad  the  incorrect  is  only  a 
deratlOB  firom  it  to  greater  or  less 


etasaoC  and  coryvcf  of  all  the 

ei»  that  la  hb  time  wbai 

lie  rtatet  of  the  world  wen 

the  rfpuhlio  tuak  late 

rfeet  of  a  quite  dllhreoC 

aval  ice*  Araitioif. 

I  who  were  the  most  ueeurate  In 

\ «  Ike  ffralai  and  temper  of  oMiw- 

hnw  wNfcpcaft  exactnen  allotted  hieUn^ 

I  fl^Mt  «f  deibe  to  every  MafB  of  lUh. 


OOBUCTION,   DISCIPLINE, 
PUNISHMBNT. 

As  CORRECnON  and  DISCI- 

'JINE    have    commonly    required 

innSflMENT  to  gender  them  ctfi- 

MioQs,  custom  has  affixed  to  tbem  a 

^Ksong  resemblance  in  their  application, 

^hlthpngh  they  are  distinguihhed  from 

^^^ch  either  l^  obvious  marks  of  difTer- 

^^.    The  promment  idea  in  correc- 

^Mi  (v.  To  correct)f  is  that  of  making 

''At  what  has  beoi  wrong.    In  dkci' 

plnHf  (ram  the  Jjatin  diiciplina  and 


ditco  to  learn,  the  leading  idea  is  that 
of  instructing  or  regulating.  la  pu' 
niskmeni,  from  the  Latin  jmnto,  and 
the  Greek  vMn  pain,  the  leading  idea 
is  that  of  inflictuig  pain. 

Children  are  the  peculiar  subjects  of 
correction  ;  discipline  and  punishnetU 
are  coufmed  to  no  age.  A  wise  parent 
corrects  his  child ;  a  master  maintaias 
discipline  in  his  school;  a  general: 
preserves  discipline  in  his  army. 
Whoever  commits  a  fault  is  liable  to 
he  punished  by  those  who  have  autho-. 
rity  over  him ;-  if  he  commits  a  crime 
he  subjects  himself  to.  be  punished  by 
law. 

1 

Correction  and  discipline  are  mostly 
exerdsed  by  means  of  chastiaenaenr^ 
for  which  they  are  often  employed  as  a> 
substitute ;  punishment  is  inflicteid  in 
any  way  that  gives  pain.  Correctiom 
and  discipline  are  both  of  them  per- 
sonal acts  of  authority  exercised  by 
superiors  over  inferiors^  but  the  for- 
mer is  mostly  employed  by  one  indi- 
vidual over  another;  the  latter  has 
regard  to  a  number  who  are  the  sul>- 
jects  of  it  directly  or  indirectly :  pm^. 
nishment  has  no  relation  whotevw 
to  the  agent  by  which  the  action  is 
performed ;  it  may  proceed  alike  from 
persons  or  things.  A  parent  who 
spares  the  due  correction  of  his  child, 
or  a  master  who  does  not  use  a  proper 
discipline  in  his  school,  will  alike  be 
punished  by  the  insubordination  and 
irregularities  of  those  over  whom  they 
have  a  controL 


Thera  wa»  oace  that  vktne  la  this 
kith,  that  a  had  citlieo  wastheafhtto 
a  aevenfr  eorreetfen  than  the  bltteiert  eae^j. 


The  hnairlnatioot  of  jonnp  men  are  of  a  rev- 
lag  oatare,  and  their  panlooa  aader  no  .dta* 
ctpUne  or  reftralnt. 

Whtfli  b>  juNC  veo^aDce  Impinoa  mortale 

The  Gods  beiiold  their  punlikmeiU  with  plea* 

•ore.  Abbuoii. 

CORRECTNESS,   V»  JustmsS. 

CORRESPONDENT,  ANSWER- 
AJJLE,    SUITABLE. 

CORRESPONDENT,  in  French 
correspondiintf  from  the  Latin  com 
and  rapondeo  to  answer  in  unison  or 
in  uuiformity. 

ANSWERABLE  and  SUITABLE, 
from  answer  and  suit,  mark  the  qua- 
lity or  capacity  ofansweringortuitMg. 

u 


COVER. 

nttava^  of  l«yorjr»  or  indulgence,  are 
cottlyy  either  uom  tlunr  Yariety  or 
their  mtrinsic  value;  every  thing  is 
tfjygnii'w  wfaidi  is  ntttnded  with  moeh 
cfptffirey  mhednK  of  little  or  great  Ta- 
ke, Jewels  are  codly  ;  travelling  is 
expenshe.  The  co$tfy  treasures  of  the 
East  are  imported  into  Europe  for  the 
gratification  of  those  who  cannot  be 
contentad  with  the  produce  of  their 
native  soil :  thosa  who  indulge  theob- 
selves  in  snch  expensive  pleasures 
often  laj  op  in  store  for  themselves 
much  sorrow  nnd  repentance  in  the 
time  to  come. 

la  the  moral  acceptation,  the  at- 
tunmeot  of  an  object  is  said  to  coti 
mooh  paiiii;  a  thing  is  persisted  in  at 
the  expense  of  health,  of  honor,  or  of 
life. 

fl'te  tMi  ysMil  h8Hf  hb  pvlnto  wrongv. 
Rather  fhu  i||kt  fSban  at  tha  poUfe  oMf . 


COVEIL 


»1 


ba  aa|y  ■ttataafcla  at 
^■iawiHylatlwaea,  ■■<  rtmHy 
Ja  tha  WMaea,  I  ttttar  mjialf  then  voi  tern  tt 
mj  reatet  trio  woald  aot  think  tha  parchaia 
jaade  at  tao  Mfh  a  prict,  Aaxacaoasr. 

Waald  a  waa  KHd  fbr  eternity,  that  li,  la 
^0bm  wm^  waaM  be  eaved ;  let  Mm  eoa- 
«Mv  arltti  ilBBrif  what  chatter  ha  towOlfaif  ta 
'baatthathaawf  haeo.  flavm. 

com.T,  V.  Valuable. 
GonuftPOBABY,  V.  CoevaU 
covBHANT,  V.  Agreement. 

TO  COTBB,    HIDE* 

COVER,  in  French  couvrir,  is  con- 
"Sracted  from  contra  and  ouvrir^  signi* 
^ing  to  do  the  contrary  of  open,  to 
f  ot  out  of  view. 

mPE^  V.  To  conceal. 

To  cover  is  to  hide  as  the  means  to 

Xhe  end :  we  commonly  hide  by  caver^ 

9m  ;  but  we  ma]r  easily  coper  without 

Aadiajg,  as  also  mde  without  covering. 

le  nding  idea  in  the  word  cover  is 

'  of  throwing  or  putting  something 

a  body :  in  the  word  hide  is  that 

keeping  carefully  to  one's  self,  from 

lAe  observation  of  others. 

To  cover  is  an  indifferent  action, 

springing  from  a  variety  of  motives,  of 

Convenience,  or  comfort ;  to  hide  is  an 

faction  that  spiings  from  one  specific 

^Qttnty  from  care  and  concern  lor  the 

filing,  and  the  fear  of  foreign  intrusion, 

In  mtfst  civilized  countries  it  is  com- 

vioQ  tocowr  the  head ;  in  the  Eastern 


cmmtries  Amalesoamnionlj  wear  veils 
to  hide  the  iace.  There  are  many 
thin^  which  decency  as  well  as  health 
requnre  to  be  covered;  and  others 
which  from  their  very  nature  roust 
always  be  hidden.  Houses  must  be 
covered  with  rooft,  and  bodies  with 
clothing;  the  earth  contains  many 
treasures,  which  in  all  probability  will 
always  be  hidden. 

Spaeioae  namai  are  lent  to  caver  Tloe. 

SraoTAToa. 

Htds  aw  nam  viafhco 
Of  God,  whom  to  behold,  vaa  then  mjhaicht 
or  happlaaib  Misroa. 


COVER,  SHBLTSB,  SCBEBN, 

COVER  propeiiy  denotes  whet 
serves  as  a  cover,  and  in  the  literal 
sense  of  the  verb  from  which  it  is  de- 
rived (v.  To  cover). 

SHELTER,  hke  the  word  shield, 
comes  from  the  German  ichild,  old 
German  $ehelen  to  cover. 

SCREEN,  from  the  Latin  secerno, 
signifies  to  keep  off  or  apart. 

Cover  is  literally  applied  to  maaT 
particular  things  whidi  are  employed 
m  covering  ;  but  in  the  general  sense 
which  makes  it  analogous  to  the  oth^r 
terms,  it  includes  the  idea  of  conceal* 
ing :  thelter  comprehends  that  of  pro* 
tecting  from  some  immediate  or  inw 
pending  evil :  screen  includes  that  of 
warding  off  some  tronble.  A  cover 
always  supposes  something  which  can 
extend  over  the  whole  surface  of  a 
body;  a  shelter  or  a  screen  maj 
merely  interpose  to  a  sufficient  extent 
to  serve  the  mtended  purpose.  Mili«> 
tary  operations  are  sometimes  carried 
on  unaer  cover  of  the  night ;  a  bay  is 
a  convenient  shelter  for  vessels  against 
the  violence  of  the  winds;  a  chair 
may  be  used  as  a  screen  to  prevent 
the  violent  action  of  the  heat,  or  the 
external  air. 

In  the  moral  sense,  a  fair  reputatioo 
is  sometimes  made  Uie  cover  for  the 
commission  of  gross  irregularities  in 
secret.  When  a  person  feels  himself 
unable  to  withstand  the  attacks  of  his 
enemies,  he  seeks  a  shelter  under  th6 
sanctity  and  authority  of  a  great 
name.  Bad  men  sometimes  use  wealtft 
and  power  as  a  screen  from  the  pu* 
nishment  which  is  due  to  their  o& 
fences. 


COUNTETMAN. 


COUPLE. 


29S 


bjtiMAlBdgMj.  BiAim. 

of  the  ciwlett  whm  ai«  alwttyi  diffident 

lielr  prtftle  jadfpm— t,  mtil  It  reeetrrs  a 

Mtten  from  the  public.  AoonoH. 

TIm  apparant  InttfleieBCj  of  every  iodhidDal 

t5  Mi  owD  topplaew  or  mfcty  compels  ni  to 

WA  from  o«e  aaotfaer  aMMaaee  and  mpport. 

JoHiiaoii. 

covvrssKSCBf  V.  Face. 

TO  coUNTBBTBiT,  v»  To  imitate. 

COUNTEBFBIT,  V.  SpurioHS. 

COUNTRY,  V.  Land. 

COUNTBYM AN,  PEASANT,  SWAIN, 
HIND,  RUSTIC,  CLOWN. 

CX)UNTRYMAN,  that  is  a  inan 
ef  the  country,  or  one  belonging  to  the 
country,  is  the  general  term  applicable 
to  all  inhabiting  the  country,  in  distino 
tion  from  a  townsman. 

PEASANT,  in  French/iarjaii  from 
^i^  is  employed  in  the  same  sense 
ibr  any  countryman  among  the  inhap 
Intants  of  the  Continent,  and  is  in  oon- 
BeqafiDoe  used  in  poetry  or  the  graye 
ttyle. 

SWAIN  in  the  Saxon  signified  a 
labourer,  but  it  has  acquired,  from  its 
use  in  poetty,  the  higher  signification 
of  a  the^ierd. 

UINI)  may  in  all  probability  signify 
one  who  is  m  the  oack  ground,  an 
inferior. 

IIUSTIC,  from  rut  the  country,  sig- 
nifies one  bom  and  bred  in  the  coun* 
try. 

CLOWN,  contracted  from  colonut 
a  husbaudmau,  signifies  of  course  a 
menial  in  the  country. 

All  these  terms  are  employed  as 
epithets  to  persons,  and  principally  to 
such  as  live  in  the  country:  the 
terms  countryman  and  peasant  are 
taken  in  an  iudifierent  sense,  and  may 
comprehend  persons  of  ditierent  de- 
scriptions; they  designate  nothing 
more  than  habitual  residence  in  the 
country:  the  other  terms  are  employed 
for  the  lower  orders  of  countrymen, 
but  with  collateral  ideas  favourable  or 
unfavourable  annexed  to  them :  main, 
kind,  both  convey  the  idea  of  inno- 
cence in  a  humble  station,  and  are 
therefore  always  employed  in  poetry 
in  a  good  sense  :  the  ruitic  and  cUmn 
both  ooDvey  the  idea  of  that  uncouth 


mdeiMM  and  ignorance  which  is  in 
mdity  found  among  the  lowest  orders 
of  countrymen, 

Tboagb  contfderinf  my  fbrmer  condKlon,  I 
mayaowbecalledacoiwttysrmtfR;  jetjvmeaa* 
not  call  me  a  ruitIc  (ai  job  woald  Imply  in  yoar 
letter)  uloa; u  I  Ihre  la  lo  eifll  aod  aeMea 
family.  Howsu 

If  by  the  poor  mauoree  aad  proportioiifl  of  a 
mta  we  mny  take  an  eitimate  of  tbh  great  actfon 
(onr  SaTionr^  comfnf  In  tke  finh),  we  ahali 
^niciily  And  bow  irknme  H  Is  to  fledi  and  blood 
**  to  bave  been  bappy,**  to  deeeend  tome  itepa 
lower,  to  ezcbange  tbe  estate  of  a  prince  for  that 
of  a  petuant,  Seusa* 

As  tbai  tbe  soowi  arise,  aail  (bol  and  ilerce 
All  winter  drives  along  tbe  darfcea*d  air. 
In  bis  own  looie  rerolriac  (Mds  tbe  $wain 
DisMtesed  stands.  Trohsoii. 

Tbe  labMag  Mml  his  oxen  shell  dl^hi. 

DavBD, 
In  «rfnlBf  too  tbe  parsoa  owa*d  bis  sUU, 
For  ef*n  tbo'  vanqnlshM  be  coald  ai|«e  stJU; 
While  words  of  learned  lenftb  aod  timaderiaf 

sound 
AmasM  tbe  gudng  rutUci  raa^d  aronnd. 

GoEMMrni. 
Tb*  astonisbM  mother  finds  a  vacaat  nest. 
By  tbe  bard  haad  of  antelenting  deioiw 
Bobb*d.  Ttohsom. 

COUPLE,  BRACB,  PAIR. 

COUPLE,  in  French  couple,  comes 
from  the  Latin  copula  to  join  or  tie  to- 
gether, copula,  in  Hebrew  cahel  a 
rope  or  a  shackle,  signifying  things 
tied  together ;  and  as  two  things  are 
with  most  convenience  bound  together, 
it  has  by  custom  been  confined  to  this 
number. 

BRACE,  firom  the  French  bras  arm, 
signifies  things  locked  together  after 
the  manner  of  the  folded  arms,  which 
on  that  account  are  confined  to  the 
number  of  two. 

PAIli,  in  French  paire^  Latin  par 
enual,  signifies  things  that  are  equalj 
which  can  with  propriety  be  said  only 
of  two  things  with  regard  to  each 
other. 

From  the  above  illustratiou  of  these 
terms,  it  is  dear  that  the  number  of 
two,  which  is  included  in  all  of  them, 
is,  with  regard  to  the  first,  entirely  ar- 
bitrary; that  with  regard  to  the 
second,  it  arises  from  the  nature  of 
the  junction ;  and  with  regarc|  to  tli« 
third,  it  arises  altogether  fi^m  the  i 
tare  of  the  objects :  couple*  audi  h^ 
are  made  by  coupling  and  Ar 
pnirt  are  eitner  so  ot  ihanwel 


CRIBDIT. 


CRIME. 


297 


otbefB  18  marked  by  their  confidenoD 
in  oar  judgement;  by  their  dispou- 
tion  to  Babmit  to  our  decisions ;  by 
their  reliance  io  our  veracity,  or  as- 
sent to  our  <^inions :  the  Juvor  we 
have  with  odiers  is  marked  b^  their 
readiaes  to  comply  with  our  wishes ; 
their  sabserriency  to  our  views;  at- 
tachment to  onr  society:  oien  of  talent 
are  ambitious  to  gain  credit  with  their 
sovereispSy  by  ■  the  superiority  of  their 
counsel:  weak  men  or  men  of  ordi- 
nary powers  are  contented  with  being 
yStke/avorUa  of  princes^  and  enjoying 
their  patronage  and  protection.  Cre- 
dit redounds  to  the  honor  of  the  in- 
dividual, and  stimulates  him  to  noble 
exerdons ;  it  is  beneficial  in  its  results 
to  all  mankind,  individually  or  col- 
lectively:  ,^n9or  redounds  to  the  per- 
sonal advantaee,  the  selfish  gratinca- 
tioo  of  the  individual ;  it  is  apt  to 
inflame  pride,  and  provoke  jealousy. 
The  honest  exertion  of  our  abilities  is 
-  all  that  is  necessary  to  gain  credit ; 
there  will  always  be  found  those  who 
are  just  enough  to  give  credit  where 
eretui  is  due :  JavoTy  whether  in  the 
S^uuing  or  maintaining,  reqiures  much 
Jnesse  and  tridk ;  much  management 
of  the  humours  of  others;  much  con- 
trol of  oAe*!s  own  humours ;  what  is 
"^tts  guned  with  difficult;^  is  often  lost 
3n  a  moment,  and  for  a  tnfle.  Credit^ 
^9hoiu;h  sometimes  obtained  by  folse- 
^Hwoo,  ia  never  got  without  exertion ; 
It  fnoTf  whether  justly  or  unjustly 
itowed,  often  comes  by  little  or 
cfibrt  on  the  part  of  the  receiver : 
minister  giins  credit  with  his  pa- 
shioners  by  the  consistency  of  his 
>ndact,  the  gravity  of  his  demeanour, 
id  the  strictness"  of  his  life ;  the 
of  the  populace  is  gained  bv 
whidi  men  of  upright  minos 
disdain  to  employ. 
Credit  trndjavor  are  the  gifts  of 
k'tiierB;  tii/hrefire  is  a  possession 
IT  liich  we  derive  from  circumstances : 
il^ere  will  always  be  influence  where 
^bers  is  credit' or  favor,  but  it  may 
^3L  ist  independently  of  either :  we  have 
c**€itt  and  Javor  for  ourselves;  we 
:crt  influence  over  others :  credit  and 
serve    one's    own    purposes ; 

^ re   is    employed    in   directing 

^hers :  weak  ytople  easily  giver  their 
or  bestow  their  jatfor,  by 
n  ui^bnniM  B  gained  over  th^m 


to  bend  them  to  the  will  of  others ; 
the  influence  itself  may  be  good  or  bad, 
according  to  the  views  of  the  person 
by  whom  it  it  exerted. 

Tratb  ltirir»lnn  Ion  III  craHT,  If  driheicA 
by  a  pmoo  tint  baa  boo*.  Socm. 

Hallftz  tbInkiiiK  tliii  m  htd^  opportvnICy  of 

•ccoriBi;  teuBOfftalMjr*  nmim  mBM  adtmacet  af 

JSiror,  and  loaiaaveTtacM  of  adnuUfe  to  Pop^ 

which  hn  aeenia  to  bate  fcceived  with  rallan 

coldoen.  Jomaox. 

Wbat  modf «  eoold  Indace  Murray  to  oinrAer 
a  pitaco  withoiit  capacity,  withoat  fbllovefi, 
wlUioBt  Af/lMmee  o? er  the  oobla^  whom  tkm 
qneen,  by  her  neglect,  kad  itdoeed  to  tbo  hgwmt 
atate  of  eoalooipC.  RoBBxaos, 

CREDIT,  V.  Belief. 
CRBDiT,  V,  Name. 
CRBSD,  V.  Faith, 
CREW,  V.  Band. 

CRIME,  VICE,  SIN. 

CRIME,  in  Latin  crtmea,  Greek 
xfifMy  signifies  a  judgement,  sentence, 
or  punishment ;  the  cause  of  the  sen* 
tence  or  punishment,  in  which  latter 
sense  it  is  here  taken. 

VICE,  in  Latin  vitium^  from  vUo  to 
avoid,  signifies  that  which  ought  to  ba 
avoided. 

SIN,  in  Saxon  tunne,  Swedish  f^ad, 
German  tynde,  old  German  nmfa, 
tuntOf  &c.  Latin  tontes,  Greek  triyme^ 
from  ^'**  to  hnrt,  signifies  the  thing 
that  hurts;  ttn  being  of  all  things 
the  most  hurtful. 

A  crime  is  a  social  offence;  a  vice 
is  a  personal  offence:  every  action 
which  does  injury  to  others,  either 
individually  or  collectively,is  a  crime  ; 
that  which  does  injury  to  ourselves  is 
a  vice. 

The  crtfae  consists  in  a  violation  of 
human  laws;  the  vice  in  a  violation 
of  the  moral  law ;  the  itn  in  a  viola- 
tion of  the  Divine  law :  the  stn,  there"' 
fore,  comprehends  both  the  crime  and 
the  vice;  but  there  are  many  tint 
which  are  not  crimes  and  vices :  crimet 
&re  tried  before  a  human  court,  and 
punished  agreeably  to  the  sentence  of 
the  judge  ;  vices  and  tint  are  brought 
before  the  tribunal  of  the  conscience; 
the  former  are  punished  in  this  worid, 
the  latter  will  be  punished  in  the 
world  to  come,  by  the  sentence  of 
the  Almighty  :  treason  is  one  of  the 
most  atrocious  crimeii  dnmkeoness 
on^  of  the  most  drtadfiil  vices  ;  reli* 


CRIMINAL. 


CRIMINAL. 


299 


psrinvcHr  oonosaled*    Tm 
nttik  of  ft  persoDy  the  greattr  his 

kmimaUiy  if  h6  does  not  observe  an 
iMight  and  irreproachable  conduct : 
where  a  number  of  individuals  are 
concerned  in  anj  unlawful  proceeding, 
tlie  difficulty  of  attaching  the  guilt  to 
the  real  offebder  is  greatly  increased. 

CriminalUy  attaches  to  the  aider, 
abettor,  or  encourager ;  but  guiU,  in 
the  strict  senie  only,  to  the  perpe- 
trator of  what  is  bad.  A  penon  may 
therelbra  aooMtimes  be  criminal  witln 
out  being  guihv.  He  who  conceals 
the  offences  ot  another  may,  under 
certain  circmnstances,  be  more  cnmi- 
ne/  than  the  guiUy  person  himself. 
On  the  other  hand,  we  may  be  guiUy 
without  being  criminal :  the  latter 
designates  something  positively  bad, 
bat  the  former  is  qualified  by  the  ob- 
ject of  the  guiii.  Those  only  are  de- 
nominated criminal  who  ofiiend  seri- 
oosly,  either  against  public  law  or 
private  morals ;  but  a  person  may  be 
said  to  be  fuil^,  either  of  the  greatest 
or  the  smaller  offences.  He  who  con- 
tradicts another  abruptly  in  converse* 
tion  is  pulty  of  a  breach  of  politeness^ 
but  he  IS  not  criminal, 

Criminalis  moreover  applied  as  an 
epithet  to  the  things  done ;  guilty  is 
mostly  applied  to  the  person  doing. 
We  commonly  speak  of  actions,  pro- 
ceedings, intentions,  and  views,  as 
triminal;  but  of  the  person,  the  mind, 
or  the  conscience,  as  gtdUy.  It  is 
Tery  criminal  to  sow  dissension  among 
men ;  although  there  are  tuo  many 
who  from  a  busy  temper  are  g^ilty  of 
this  offence. 

Trae  aodflrt/  a?oidi  eTerj  tbinf  tbtt  h  crl' 
mUuU;  Mm  modfeHy  efisry  thUif  thai  It  ud* 
AiUooablB.  AoDiPOii. 

Gifit  h&u%  apiwird  wUb  the  deeply  troobled 

thoatbt; 
Aad  yet  mc  alvaye  m  the  fiO^  hm\ 
itbelbtediadi. 


CAIMINAL^    CULPRIT,   MALB- 
r ACTOR,    FELON,  CONVICT, 

All  these  terms  are  employed  for 
e  public  offender ;  but  the  first  con- 
veys no  more  than  this  general  idea ; 
whilst  the  others  comprehend  some 
eccessory  idea  in  their  signification. 

CRIMINAL  (9.  Criminal^  guiUy) 
18  a  general  term,  and  the  rest  are 
properly  species  ofcriminalf. 


CULPRIT,  from  the  Latin  adpof 
and  prekeHiM  taken  in  a  fkult,  signi- 
fies the  criminal  who  is  directly 
charged  with  his  ofieace. 

MALEFACTOR,  compounded  ot 
the  Latin  terms  male  and  factor  an  evil 
doer,  that  is,  one  who  does  evil,  in  die- 
tion  firom  him  who  does  good. 

FELON,  from  ffUmy,  in  Latin 
felonia  a  capital  crime,  comes  ficom 
the  Greek  y>.^ »<.-.;  an  imposture,  be- 
cause fraud  and  villany  are  the  pro- 
minent features  of  every  capital  of^ 
fence. 

CONVICT,  in  Latin  convictus,  par- 
ticiple of  cditvi'fico  to  convince  or 
prove,  signifies  one  proved  or  found 


guUt, 


^hen  we  wish  to  speak  in  general 
of  those  who  by  offences  against  their 
laws  or  regulations  of  society  have  ex- 
posed themselves  to  punis^ent,  we 
denominate  them  criminals :  when  we 
consider  them  as  already  brought  be- 
fore a  tribunal,  we  call  niem  culprits: 
when  we  consider  them  in  regard  to 
the  moral  turpitude  of  their  character, 
as  the  promoters  of  evil  rather  than  of 
good,  we  entitle  them  malefactors : 
when  we  consider  them  as  offending 
by  the  grosser  violations  of  the  law, 
they  are  termed  felons:  when  we 
Consider  them  as  already  under  the 
sentence  of  the  law,  we  denominate 
them  convicts.  The  punishments  in- 
flicted on  criminals  vary  according  to 
the  nature  of  their  crimes,  and  the 
spirit  of  the  laws  by  which  they  are 
judged :  a  guilty  conscience  will  give 
a  roan  the  air  of  a  culprit  in  the  pre- 
sence of  those  who  have  not  authority 
to  be  either  his  accusers  or  judges : 
it  gratified  the  malice  of  the  Jews  to 
cause  our  blessed  Saviour  to  be  cruci- 
fied between  two  malefactors :  it  is 
an  important  regulation  in  the  internal 
economy  of  a  prison,  to  ha,we  felons 
kept  distinct  from  each  other,  parti- 
cularly if  their  crimes  are  of  an  atro- 
cious nature :  it  has  not  unfirequentlj 
happened,  that  when  the  sentence  of 
the  law  has  placed  convicts  in  the 
lowest  state  of  degradation,  their  che- 
racters  have  undergone  so  entire  a  re- 
formation, as  to  enable  them  to  et**** 
a  higher  pitch  of  elevation  than  1 
had  ever  enjoyed  before. 

If  I  atlaek  the  vIeioM,  I  ttell  «a|7Ml- 
Ifcem  la  a  body,  ud  »U1  oot  be  prorohed  I, 


CRY. 


CRY. 


301 


brutid  or  i&tage  according  to  the  cir- 
cumstftooes  or  aggravation  which  ao 
company  the  act  of  torturing. 

€^ruel  b  applied  either  to  the  dis- 
poiition  or  the  conduct ;  inhuman  and 
harbanmg  moatly  to  the  outward  con- 
duct i  hnUal  and  image  mostly  to  the 
disposition.  CrueUm  and  even  htar- 
bariiieij  too  horrid  to  relate,  are  duly 
practised  by  men  upon  dogs  and  horsesy 
the  usefuUest  and  most  unofiending  of 
brutes  ;  either  ibr  the  indulgence  of  a 
naturally  hndal  temper,  or  from  the 
impulse  of  a  Movage  fury :  we  need 
not  wonder  to  find  the  some  men  iii- 
kMmau  towards  their  children  or  their 
servants.  Domitian  is  celebrated  £or 
the  cruelty  of  his  disposition :  the 
Romans  indulged  themselves  in  the 
taAiMuiii  practice  of  making  their 
slaves  ami  convicts  fight  with  wild 
beasts  j  but  the  barbarities  which  have 
been  practised  on  slaves  in  the  colo- 
nies of  European  states,  exceed  every 
thing  in  atrocity  that  is  related  of  an- 
dent  times ;  proving  that,  in  spite  of 
all  the  refinement  which  the  religion 
of  our  blessed  Saviour  has  introduced 
into  die  world,  the  possession  of  nn* 
controlled  power  will  inevitably  6rtf- 
taUge  the  imnd  and  give  a  savage  fenh 
city  to  the  character. 

111  lofts  a  manlj  mioil. 


tflFBtliw  low  tkm cruel  mother  tod 
ThB MMi «r hernimpp7  babei to ihed, 
iBMlHtllMMionlftke  mother  struck  tbo  blov, 
■ki^  tet  mon  inkmmmu  then. 

DairoEx. 


oat  a  f^  for  mj  fkf  r, 
IknslMai  miken  the  wood-pifieow  breed, 
a  kt  at  thit  pleader  forbear. 
She  fvUajtNrat  a  barbarous  deed. 

Sbbiwtoiib. 

ntfhy  vieacted  at  the  other  theatre,  aad 

brmtai  petntance  of  Clbber  was  cont\rted, 

faribape  not  ifaamed  bj  general  apphmne. 

Joamow. 

hj  brathen*  inpiovs  hands  are  »}i^ ; 
anl  hov  Mvagv  is  thjr  feign !  jBaym. 

CEOBL^  V.  Hardhearted, 
10  CRUSH,  r.  To  break, 
TO  CRUSH,  V,  To  ovenvlielm. 
CRITFCH,  V.  Staffs, 

TO   CRY,   WBSP* 

CRY  comes  firom  the  Greek  «pa(f«, 
*Qd  the  Hebrew  kara  to  cry  or  call. 
W££py  in  lo^  German  flp<g>eii,  is 

5 


a  variation  of  wine,  in  German 
wffeinettf  which  is  an  onomotapefn. 
An  outward  indication  of  pain  is  ea« 
pressed  by  both  these  terms,  but  the 
former  comprehends  an  audible  eot- 
pression  accompanied  or  not  with 
tears ;  the  latter  simply  indicates  the 
shedding  of  tears. 

Crying  arises  firom  an  impatience 
in  suffering  corporeal  pains ;  children 
and  weak  people  commonly  cry: 
weeping  is  occasioned  by  mental  giief  ; 
the  wisest  and  best  of  men  will  not 
disdain  sometimes  to  weep. 

Crying  is  as  selfish  as  it  is  weak; 
it  seri'es  to  relieve  the  pain  of  tibe 
individual  to  the  annoyance  oftibe 
hearer;  weepings  when  call^  forth  fajr 
other's  sorrows,  is  an  infirmity  which 
no  man  would  wish  to  be  witluMit;  aa 
an  expression  of  generous  sympathy 
it  afibrds  essential  relief  to  the  sutterar. 

The  babe  claog  crylnf  to  hb  nnrte^  breait. 
Scared  at  the  daasUog  Mm  aad  aoddlaceiMl. 


Thj  aeeior,  wrapt  hi  ererlaatiBf  elcq^ 
Shall  actther  hear  thee  aish,  aor  see  thee  Mwyw 


TO   CRY,   SCRBAM,   SHRIBK« 

CRY,  V.  To  cryy  weep, 

SCREAM  and  SHRIEK  are  v». 
nations  of  cry. 

To  crv  incQcates  the  utterance  of 
an  articulate  or  an  inarticulate  sound ; 
scream  is  a  sjiecies  of  crying  in  the 
first  sense  ot  the  word;  shriek  is  a 
species  of  crying  in  its  latter  sense. 

Crying  is  an  ordinary  mode  of 
loud  utterance  resorted  to  on  common 
occasions;  one  cries  in  order  to  he 
heard:  screaming  is  an  intemperain 
mode  of  crying ,  resorted  to  fiiom  an 
impatient  desire  to  be  heard^  or  fimn 
a  vehemence  of  fooling.  People 
scream  to  deaf  people  from  the  mis- 
taken idea  of  making  themselves 
heard:  wbereasa  distinct  articulation 
will  always  be  more  efficacious.  It 
is  frequently  necessary  to  cry  when 
we  cannot  render  ourselves  audible  by 
nry  other  means;  but  it  is  never  ne- 
cessary or  proper  to  scream.  Shriek 
may  be  compared  with  cry  and  screoM, 
as  expressions  of  pain  ;  in  this  caae 
to  shriek  is  more  than  to  cry,  and 
less  than  to  scream.  They  both  sig- 
nify to  cry  with  a  violent  eiEfort.  We 
may  cry  from  the  slightest  pun  or  in- 


CULTIVATION. 


CUNNING. 


S(» 


011^8  o«m  skin  or  tbo  porfection  of 
the  thing  itself;  but  the  mind  requires 
culture  preriovs  to  this  particular  ex- 
ercioo  of  tlw  powers. 

(MiiMmtiom  if  the  first  st^^e  of 
adtioaikmi  r^atmemt  is  the  lait 
stM^i  wo  thdlut  savages  by  ^y^ 
ing  them  of  their  rudeness,  and  giviag 
tbem  a  knowledge  of  such  arts  as 
we  leqoisite  fer  dvU  society;  we 
cultivate  people  in  geneni  by  calling 
forth  their  powan  into  action  and  in- 
dapeoiiant  exsrtioB;  we  re^  them 
by  the  introdoetion  of  the  hberal  arta« 

The  iotfodoction  of  Christianity  baa 
hmtk  the  best  meeoa  of  eivilixing  the 
rodvt  natioM.  The  cukhatum  of 
the  mind  in  aatioua  persuits  tends  to 
r^fin€  the  senCiiMnts  without  debili- 
tatdag  dte  Aarnffis ;  bat  the  euUh^ 
tUm  of  the  libaral  arts  may  be  pnrsoed 
to  •  vicioos  eitant»  ao  as  to  introduce 
en  edioesave  r^nemtni  of  feel'mg 
thai  is  inooaapnnble  with  rsel  men* 


CeMeatMn  is  epplied  either  to  per* 
eons  or  tfann;  omutMtiHm  u  appued 
to  men  ecuectirdyy  r^nemeut  to 
sMo  indmdnally:  we  may  euUhate 
the  sind  or  any  of  its  operationa  | 
et  we  maj  euiimate  the  groend  or 
any  thim^  that  |rows  in  the  nroond ) 
"-"ve  eimUm  nations;  we  rf^aa  the 
.anind  or  the  manners. 

H ot«IAitadliff  tfab  t9m»s  (of  taHe)  nuC 
iSHmsMMaw  tamvllh  as,  tkwe  ftraM^ 
MliMiiif  wMritfiMrsadtoaiWftog  U* 


thsM  atriy  iMdi 
yrC  la  Taia 
ftfcnagairt  kind  pMvstal  mid. 


rllMnrtnantar  Isvi, 
■IM  sod  tociabls  to 
llM  vlld  Uocatioiu  MTage 
diMipllBe,  aod  Ub*nl  ait^ 
orUfk!  Vtrtwalike 
A: 


Ei^lTLTTVAllON,     TILLAGE,    HUS- 
BANDEY. 

CtTLTIVATION  has  a  much  more 

^otnprehensive  meaning  than  either 

^uHs^or  hubandry.    TILLaO£  is 

^  node  of  cuUkoatUm  that  extends  no 

3 


Anther  than  the  preparation  of  the 
ground  fo  the  reoepdon  of  tbeseed|| 
cuk'nmtiam  indedes  the  whole  process 
by  which  the  produce  of  the  earth  ia 
biroQght  to  matuiitT.  We  may  tm 
wichont  euUimiing  /  Imt  we  cannot  tul* 
tiftate,  as  iSur  as  respects  tbesoil,  with* 
ont  tiUuge.  HUSBANDRY  is  mor» 
extensive  in  its  meaning  than  tiihge^ 
bnt  not  so  extsnsh^e  as  oiithMtien, 

XUKs^respeots  the  act  only  of  tilt' 
img  the  groond;  kushmtdty  is  em- 
ployed for  the  office  of  eulthating  fbr 
doroeatio  purposes.  A  eulth&ter  is 
a  ^neral  tenOy  defined  only  by  the 
object  that  is  euHhuted,  as  the  ctM- 
9ator  of  the  grape,  or  the  olive ;  n 
tiUer  is  a  laborer  in  the  soil  diet 
performs  the  offics  for  enother;  eAm^ 
kmdban  is  a  homble  species  of  euM" 
vutor,  who  himself  perioims  the  whole 
office  of  euUnmiing  the  groond  for  do* 
mestic  purposes. 

O  toflty  •wtlHof  hint 
0«  wMdi  tbe  power  of  ciilliMfiMi  Hfli, 
And  iiyt  to  Ma  tko  wwhUm  or  kb  toll. 


TW  8Mth-«uft|Nifti  oTBrilAtekiA  ateMf 
teCoM  cha  aft  of  Cwse  H»dt  tka  imi  aa4  «mS 
icHttliite  itep  towar4»  a  dwfl  pottleawat :  n« 
Iba  BritMM  %j  tiUage  aad  mgrieuUur*  M 
tftara  laofeated  to  t  graU  willitade.         Hi«m 

Waiodu  lBag« of  tke  two  itAfaB,  the  aoa^ 
iMiplatlta  aad  tka  aallv^  Sfatad  oaC  fla  As 
ftnom  of  AM  uA  Gala,  ^tkettf  prliaMvs 
tndn,  that  of  the  ■hepbcrd  and  that  of  the 

Bux>a* 


cuLTURv,  r.  Cultivatum^ 

CUNNING,  V.  Art. 

CUNNING,   CRAVrr,   SUBTLB, 
SLY,  WILY, 

CUNNING,  V.  Art. 

CRAFTY  signifies  haTing  cre^,  that 
is»  according  to  the  original  meamng 
of  the  wordy  havine  a  knowledge  of 
some  trade  or  art;  bence»  figuratively 
applied  to  the  character. 

SUfiTLE,  in  Franch  mMil,  and 
Latin  eubtilii  thin,  foom  mk  and  tebt 
a  thread  drawn  to  be  fine ;  hence  in 
the  figurative  sense  in  which  it  is 
here  taken,  fine  or  acute  in  thought. 

SLY  is  in  all  probability  connected 
with  slow,  and  sieek,  or  smooth;  d»* 
liberation  aud  smoothness  entering 
very  much  into  the  sense  of  ify. 

WILY  signifies  disposed  to  wilei 
or  stratagems. 


CURIOUS. 


CURIOUS. 


305 


irihefMl  My  fisds  dlMitdwM  v^w* 
Thaa  dnici  Bcdidnal  eaa  gite  bi  mm; 
TteiMl,  BO  iEKolaplao  medldM  can  cure, 

GSMTLBKAH. 

Seareelj  an  III  to  knmaa  life  belooin, 
B«C  wbat  o«r  IblllM  canie,  or  matna!  wrong! ; 
Or  If  Mniie  aUipe*  ttmn  Pro?ldenee  we  feel. 
Ho  itiikai  with  pity,  ud  bat  woanda  to  heat, 

Jkhym. 


Every  man  baafteqveat  frievaacei  vbleh  only 
the  aoUeltaile  of  flHeadiblp  will    diacoTcr  and 

TtWtedjfi,  JOHNSOH. 

CURB^   BEMEDY. 

CURE  (r.  To  cure)  denotes  cither 
the  act  of  euringf  or  the  thing  that 
cures.   REMEDY  is  mostly  employed 
for  the  thiog  that  remediet.    In  the 
former  sense  the  remedy  is  to  the  cure 
as  the  means  to  the  end ;  a  cure  is 
performed   by  the  application  of  a 
remedy.    That  is  incurable  for  which 
no  reme^  cid  be  found ;  but  a  cure  is 
sonaedmes  performed  without  the  ap- 
j>licatjoa otany  specific  remedy.    The 
^ure  IS  compleat  when  the  evil  is  eo- 
"ftirely  remoTed;  the  remedy  is  sure 
"^wlncb    by  proper  application    never 
lAib  of  efiectiog  the  cure.    The  cure 
-^  disorders  depends  upon  the  skill  of 
phjsieian  and  the  state  of  the  pa- 
it;  the  efficacy  of  reme^i««  depends 
ipcm  their  suitable  choice  and  appli- 
'  in ;  but  a  care  may  be  defeated  or 
remt^  made  of  no  avail  by  a  variety 
fcircumstanoes  independent  of  either. 
A  cure  is  sometimes  employed  for 
thing  that  cures,  but  only  in  the 
of  what  infallibly  cura.    Quacks 
■ways  hold  forth  their  nostrums  as 
>&UiUe  eurei  not  for  one  but  for 
sett   of  disorder ;    experience 
however  fotally  proved  that  the 
in  most  cases  is  worse  than 


^V^yAoald  bedMNWo  tbeM  mtiierleB  to  endun 
y_jwtt  •••14  frant  an  ererlaktins  curef 
^^  fhhi  thflve^  wnethinf  whUpCTR  In  hia  ear 
<lVUi  kaM  Udn  it),  be  baa  mocb  to  fear. 

jBMTm. 

^  peat  deftet  of  Tboni«oo*«  arawns  h  want 
"'■■M ;  batlbr  thb  I  know  not  tbat  th«re  wai 
'fremaig,  Johnsox. 

CUBIOUS,    INQUISITIVE, 
PRYING. 

CURIOUSy  in  French  curieux, 
Istin  cMriofiM  from  cura  care,  sig- 
flifyinKfoliof  care. 

INQUISITIVE,  in  Latin  inquUitus, 
inta  inquiro  to  inquire  or  search  into. 


signifying  a  disposition  to  investigate 
thoroughly. 

PRYING  from  pry,  changed  from 
the  French  preaver  to  try,  signifying 
the  disposition  to  try  or  sift  to  the 
bottom. 

The  disposition  to  interest  one's 
self  in  matters  not  of  immediate  con- 
cern is  the  idea  common  to  all  these 
terms.  Curio»Uy  is  directed  to  all 
objects  that  can  gratify  the  inclination, 
taste, or  understanding;  inguisitivenese 
to  such  things  only  as  satisfy  the  un- 
derstanding. 

The  curious  person  interests  him- 
.self  in  all   the  works  of  nature  and 
art;  he   is  curious  to  try  etfects  and 
examine  causes :  the  in^tiii iliiw  person 
endeavours   to  add    to   his  store  of 
knowledge.     Curiosity  employs  every 
means  which  falls  in  its  way  in  order 
to  procure  gratification;  the  curious 
man  uses  his  own  powers  or  those  of 
others  to  serve  his   purpose:    inqup- 
sitiveness  is  indulged  only  by  means  of 
verbal  inquiry  ;  the  inquisitive  person 
collects  all  from  others.     A  traveller 
is  curious  who  examines  every  thing 
fur  himself;  he  is  inquisitive  when  he 
minutely  questions  others.     Inquisi^ 
iiveness  is  tlierefore  to  curiosity  as  a 
part  to  the  whole ;  whoever  is  curious 
will   naturally  be  inquisitive,  and  he 
who  is  inquisitive  is  so  from  a  species 
of  curiosity. 

Curious  and  inquisitive  may  be  both 
used  in  a  bad  sense  ;  prying  is  never 
used  otherwise  than  in  a  bad  sense. 
Inquisitive,  as  in  the  former  case,  is  a 
mode  of  curiosity,  and  prying  is  a 
species  of  eager  curiosity,    A  curious 
person    takes    unallowed    means    of 
learning  that  whidi  he  ought  not  to 
wish  to  know ;  an  inquisitive  person 
puts  many  impertinent  and  troublesome 
questions ;  a  prying  temper  is  tmceaa- 
ing    in    its    endeavours    to    get    ac- 
quainted with  the  secrets  of  others. 
Curiosity  is  a  fault  common  to  fe- 
males ;  inquisitiveness  is  most  general 
among  children ;  a  prying  temper  be- 
longs only  to  people  of  low  character. 
A  well-disciplined  mind  checks  the 
first  risings  of  idle  curiosity :  children 
should  be  taught  early  to  suppress  an 
in^ifMtlire  temper,  which  may  so  easily 
become  burdensome  to  others :  those 
who  are  of  a  prying  temper  are  insen- 
sible to  every  thing  but  the  desire  of 


CUSTOM. 


CUSTOM. 


807 


tBl^ery  natiOD  has  tmtmm  peculiar  to 
itsdf;  and  every  indi^daal  has  habits 
peculiar  to  bis  agei  station,  and  cir^ 


Kit  Ike  tauum  oTtlie  MibomeUnt,  If  they 
■M  SBiy  yvkritd  or  WdtlMi  paper  npo*  the  gnmnd, 
totakB  a  «p  nd  hgr a aeide earefUly,  m  aot 
hiwliif  h«S  a  was  eoBtalaeoiM  pleraof  the 

AoDnoM. 


If  al( 
iatoJhtfUir 


ctrdeM  HfiB  has  brooglit  a  man 
I,  and  led  him  to  nesleet 
vhkhhe  owed  to  hk  Maker, 
kt  him  ratm  to  the  Bipilar  wonhlp  of  God. 

I  dare  m(  Aadk  my  readen  wtth  tbedeicrfp- 
tian  of  the  cmCewu  and  mannera  of  theae  har* 
hailne  (the  Betteleto),  Hcobes. 

Cicifamafy  and  habUtial,  the  epithets 
derived  from  these  words,  admit  of  a 
similar  distinction :  the  customary  ac- 
tion is  that  which  is  repeated  after  the 
manner  of  a  autcm  ;  the  habitual  ac- 
tion is  that  whidi  is  done  by  the  force 
ofikMr. 

Mperiority  greir  toodeHcate 
avtft,  wKh  all  bli  peoetratkw, 
to  he  deUkhted  with  lev  flaitenr. 

JMunoii. 

to  believe  that,  amidat 
whtcb  attend  hnoHmity, 
pen  Jadge  will  ehlrfly  regard  b  the 
tm  ef  ear  heart  and  life. 


IBT  trathy  and 


eCnOMp  FASHION,    MANNER, 
PllACTICB. 

CUSTOMS,     FASHIONS,     and 
-SfANNSRS^  are   all  employed   for 
ties  of    men :    custom    (v. 
kMi)   respects  established 
ral  aaodes  of  action :  fashitm^ 
a  Fraocfcyiifoa,  from  facio  to  do  or 
vsgaids  partial  and  transitory 
of  makmg   or  doing  thinp: 
r,  in  the  limited  sense  in  which 
k  hefa  taken,  sij^nifies  the  manner 
inodi  of  men's  living  or  behaving  in 
fm  sadal  iateicourse. 
Omiem  is  anthoritative ;  it  stands 
^  the  place  of  law,  and  regulates  the 
^oadootof  men  in  the  most  important 
^^OBOMUs  of  lifeiyotAiofi  is  arbitrary 
^  cepricioasy  iC  decides  in  matters 
eftriliii^  import:  laanaeri  are  ra- 
twaal ;  they  are  the  expressions  of 
•onl  leetings.      CustomM  are  most 
Pfsvalent  in  a  barbarous  stato  of  so- 
My  't  fashions  rale  most  where  loiury 
has  made  the  matest  progress ;  mofi- 
ntrs  are  most  distingabhhble  in  a  dvil- 
ised  stale  of  society . 


Customs  are  in  their  nature  as  un- 
changeable as  fashions  are  variable ; 
manners  depend  on  cultivation  and 
collateral  circumstances  :  customs  die 
away  or  are  abolished ;  fashions  pass 
away,  and  new  ones  take  their  place; 
AKian^ri  are  altered  either  for  the 
bettor  or  the  worse :  endeavours  have 
been  successfully  employed  in  several 
parts  of  India  to  abolish  the  custom 
of  infanticide,  and  that  of  women 
sacrificing  themselves  on  the  funeral 
piles  of  their  husbands;  the  votaries 
of  fashion  are  not  contented  with 
giving  the  law  for  the  cut  of  the  coat 
or  the  shape  of  the  bonnet,  but  they 
wish  to  intrude  upon  the  sphere  of  the 
scholar  or  the  artist,  by  prescribing  in 
matters  of  literature  and  taste;  the 
influence  of  public  opinion  on  the  fnan- 
ners  of  a  people  has  never  been  so 
strikingly  illustrated  as  in  the  instance 
of  the  French  nation  during  and  since 
the  Revolution.  « 

PRACTICE,  in  Latin  practica, 
Greek  irp«ifTiifi«,  from  vfttrTeo  to  do,  sig- 
nifies actual  doing  or  the  thing  done, 
that  is  by  distincrion  the  regularly  do- 
ing, or  the  thing  regularly  done,  in 
which  sense  it  is  most  analogous  to 
custom ;  but  the  former  simply  conveys 
the  idea  of  actual  performance ;  the 
latter  includes  also  the  accessory  idea 
of  repetition  at  stated  periods :  a  prac- 
tice must  be  defined  as  frequent  or  un- 
frequent,  regular  or  irregular;  but  a 
custom  does  not  require  to  be  qualified 
by  any  such  epithets :  it  may  be  the 
practice  of  a  person  to  do  acts  of 
charity,  as  the  occasion  requires ;  but 
when  he  uniformly  does  a  particular 
act  of  charity  at  any  given  period  of 
the  year,  it  is  properly  denominated 
his  cwtom. 

Both  practice  and  castom  are  gen^ 
ral  or  particular,  but  the  former  is 
absolute,  the  latter  relative :  the  prac^ 
tice  may  be  adopted  by  a  nunber  of 
persons  without  reference  to  each 
other;  but  a  ctiitofii  is  always  followed 
either  by  imitation  or  prescription: 
the  practice  of  gaming  has  always 
been  followed  by  the  vicious  part  of 
society ;  but  it  is  to  be  hoped  for  the 
honor  of  man  that  it  will  never  becoose 
tk  custom. 

The  cMfoM  of  npreeeBdng  the  grler  we  have 
Ibr  the  kM|  of  (he  dead  hj  oat  faahKi,  certalnlj 
hadltarhelKMihefcsliBmaworHKa  ae — ^ 

X  2 


soe 


DAINTY. 


cIa: 


too  Mch  dliAiCMd  to  Uke  tk0  eue  tiMy  MgM  or 


or  buuttt  U  b  coofpci'd,  Che  ape 
Comet  Dcamt  um  In  buman  ibape  ; 
Like  HUB,  be  imttatn  nehJiuhi»Hf 
And  malice  ft  bk  niUac  pa«iloD. 


SVIfT* 


Tbalr  aniM,  tiieir  arts,  tbrir  maHnet%  I  diwIoM, 
And  hov  tbey  war,  and  vbnice  tbe  people  rme. 


Safage  wm  to  toocbed  with  the  dlteoferj  of 
bit  real  Bothir,  that  U  was  hbfrequfvt  jmMNce 
to  walk  In  tbe  dark  eveoingi  for  teteml  boare 
before  her  door,  with  bopet  of  aering  her  at  the 
mlgbc  croit  bvr apartmeDti  vltba  candle  fai  ber 
haad«  Joiraaoii. 

CUSTOM,  t/.  Usage, 
CUSTOM,  V.  Tax. 


D. 


DAILY,  DIURNAL. 

DAILY,  from  day  and  iikCf  signi- 
fies after  the  manner  or  in  the  time  of 
the  dmf, 

DIURNAL,  from  dies  day,  signifies 
belonging  to  the  d(^» 

Daily  is  tho  colloquial  term  which 
is  applicable  to  whatever  passes  in  the 
cloy  time;  diurnal  isthesaentiiictGrm, 
which  applies  to  what  passes  within  or 
belongs  to  the  astronomical  day  :  the 
physician  makes  daily  visits  to  his 
patients;  the  earth  has  a  diurnal 
motion  on  its  own  axis. 

All  cmtoret  elM  Ibriret  their  dUtily  care. 
And  tkep,  tbe  commoa  gift  of  nature,  tbarp. 

Bktivsm, 

Half  jet  remains  ansnng,  but  narrow  bound 
WUhIn  tbe  vhible  diurnal  spbvre.         MiLTOir. 

DAINTY,  DELICACY. 

Tiif.se  terms,  which  are  in  vogue 
among  epicures,  have  some  shades  of 
difierence  in  their  signification  not  al- 
together nndeberving  of  notice. 

DAINIT  from  dain,  deign^  and 
the  Latin  digfius  worthy,  signifies  the 
thing  that  is  of  worth  or  value;  it 
is  of  course  applied  only  to  such  things 
as  have  a  superior  value  in  the  esti- 
mation of  epicures;  and  consequently 
conveys  a  more  positive  meaning  than 
DELICACY :  in  as  mucli  as  a  dainty 
may  be  that  which  is  extremely  cte/i- 
cate,  a  delicacy  is  sometimes  a  species 
of  dainty ;  but  there  are  many  deli' 
cacies  which  are  altogether  suited  to 
the  most  delicate  appetite,  that  are 


wluchan  aliaiMt -inMiMmMt'ftn ; 

dainty :  those  who  inddtp 
freely  in  dainiia  and  Mtfm 
ly  know  what  it  19  tQ  eat  with  M^j 
ute;  but  those  who  are  tOMMIihj 
their  osa  of  the  aojoTttaenta  orGMl 
be  enabled  to  derive  pleann  Mi 
ordinary  objects. - 

My  Uodloidii  erihr  ttockl  wlih  ham  ail4^ 

InttaBtl/brii^tCbei 

Whether  veatkMltor! 

For  Bead  or  elder;  er 

Ring  for  aiaik  or  !«•  oTwhll*  m : 

She  t«nt,eB  botplUU* 
Wbatchoiee  te  dhui  i 


DAMAGK,  V.  Jb^UTjfi 
DAMAGB,  t;.  Loss: 

DAMP,  V.  Mokiure, 

DANGSR,  PBRII^  HAZARB. 


DANGER,    in    F^endi    dbwr, 

comes  from  the  Latin  dammmm  a  Mr 
or  damage,  signifying  the  diaAosofi 
loss. 

PERIL,  in  French  ^f»eri(, 
from  pereOf  which  8igpi6e[ 
go  over,  or  to  perish ;  and 
which  signifies  literally  that  mhiA  n 
undergone ;  designating  a  cricicil  dlB> 
ation,  a  rude  trial,  which  may  ' 
nate  in  one's  ruin. 

HAZARD,  V.  Chance, 

The  idea  of  chance  or 
is  ommon  to  all  these  tenns ;  batiks 
twofonner  may  sometimes  be  fbiaw 
and  calculated  upon  3  bat  thekttwii 
purely  contingent. 

The  danger  and  peril  areapplisd  19 
a  positive  evil ;  the  hazard  may  sini- 
ply  respect  the  loss  of  a  good ;  mks 
are  voluntarily  run  from  the  bops  of 
good  :  there  may  be  many  dangen  ia- 
cludcd  in  a  hazard  ;  and  there  caanol 
be  a  hazard  without  some  damger, 

A  general  hazards  a  battlOf  in  orim 
to  disengage  himself  firom  a  difficaky ; 
he  ^ay  by  this  step  involve  himtsif 
in  imminent  danger  of  losing  Us 
honor  or  liis  lite;  but  it  is  likewiis 
possible  that  by  his  superior  skill  hs 
may  set  both  out  of  all  danger :  ws 
are  hourly  exposed  to  dangers  which 
no  human  foresight  can  guard  against^. 
and  are  frequently  induced  to  engags 
in  enterprises  at  the  hazard  uf  our 
lives,  and  of  all  that  we  hold  dear. 


DARING. 


DARK. 


S09 


Dangen  are  far  and  near,  ordinary 
and  extraordinary  j  they  meet  us  if  we 
00  not  go  in  search  of  tliem :  perils 
are  always  distant  and  extraordinary  ; 
we  must  go  out  of  our  course  to  expose 
ourselveii  to  them :  in  the  quiet  walk 
of  lifey  as  io  the  most  busy  and  tumul- 
tuous, it  is  the  lot  of  man  to  be  sur- 
rounded b^  danger;  he  has  nothing 
which  he  is  not  in  danger  of  losing  ; 
and  knows  of  nothing  which  he  is  not 
in  danger  of  suffering :  the  mariner 
and  the  traveller  who  go  in  search  of 
unknown  countries  put  themselves  in 
the  wajr  of  undergoing  perils  both  by 
sea  and  land. 

Pnwd  of  the  Avon  mlf^bty  Jove  hm  ibova, 
Oa  c««tala  dmitgtra  we  too  rashl j  ran.         Pofa, 

From  that  din  delai^  tbroarb  the  witter  j  va*te^ 
Such  leaglbof  jear»,  neh  yiArloa*  perih  past 
At  UtI  OMiped,  to  Lfttiom  we  repair.    Dktdkn. 

Oae  ««■  their  e»re,  and  their  delight  waa  one  ; 
Oae  «ww  kmamrd  \m  the  war  they  shared. 

Dayiwii. 

The  same  distinction  exists  between 
the  epithets  that  are  derived  from  these 
terms. 

It  is  dangerous  for  a  youth  to  act 
without  the  advice  of  his  friends ;  it  is 
periiaus  for  a  traveller  to  explore  the 
wilds  of  Afirica ;  it  is  hazardous  for  a 
aercbant  to  speculate  in  time  of  war : 
experiments  in  matters  of  policy  or 
govemment  are  always  dangerous; 
a  journey  through  deserts  that  are  in- 
fested with  beasts  of  prey  is  perilous  ; 
a  military  expedition  conducted  with 
inadequate  means  is  hazardous, 

HfWtUa,  m4  tnmble!  all  who  would  be  ineat, 

Tct  kaov  mC    what   attends  that   dan^vut 

wmchfld  aute.  Jsmriis. 

The  gvMlj  hoar  ia  singled  flrom  bis  herd, 
A  oMleh  Itar  Heteules ;  round  him  (bey  fly 
la  drain  vide, and  eaobin  pswiag  senda 
Hk  AbUmM  Aatfh  into  bb  brawny  sidn; 
Bat  peril0UM  th*  attempt.  SoKKaviUB. 

Aa  pnvieoa  steps  bring  taken,  and  the  time 
Sftd  far  this  hoMardout  attempt,  Admiral 
BoIbks  neved  wlib  bb  squadroa  fartlier  ap  the 
fhar  about  tfcne  leagues  above  the  place  ap- 
polDted  for  the  dhenbarkatioo,  that  he  ml^ht 
dmln  the  enemy.  Skoixet. 

TO  DARE,  V.  To  brave. 

DARING,  BOLD. 

t 

DARING  signifies  having  the  spi- 
rit to -^are. 

BOLD,  V,  Audacity. 

These  terms  may  be  both  taken  in 
%  bad  tense;  bot  daring  much  oftener 


than6oZ^;  in  either  case  daring  ex- 
presses much  more  than  bold :  he  who 
IS  daring  provokes  resistance,  and 
courts  danger ;  but  the  bold  man  is 
contented  to  overcome  the  resistance 
that  is  offered  to  him :  a  man  may  be 
bold  in  the  use  of  words  only ;  he  must 
be  daring  in  actions :  he  is  bold  in  the 
defence  of  truth;  he  is  daring  in 
military  enterprise. 

Too  daring  prince!  ab  I  vhltber  dost  tbon  ma  ? 
Ab !  too  forfptrul  of  thy  wife  and  son.  Pors. 

Thirty-six  barrels  of  gnnpowder  were  lodged 
in  the  cellar,  the  whole  covered  op  wHb  fbgota 
and  billets ;  the  doors  boldly  flnng  open,  and  eveiy 
body  admitted  ma  if  it  contained  nothing  dai^cr^ 
ous.  Hoax. 

DARK,  OBSCURE,    DIM,  MTSTfi- 

RIOUS. 

DARK,  in  Saxon  deorc,  is  doubtless 
connected  with  the  German  dunkel 
dark  and  dunst  a  vapor,  which  is  a. 
cause  of  darkneu. 

obscure;  in  Latin  obscurus^ 
commouudcd  of  06  and  scurus^  Greek 
(Titifi :  and  0-  la  a  shadow,  signifies 
literally  interrupted  by  a  shadow. 

DIM  is  but  a  variation  of  dark, 
dunkely  &c. 

Darkness  expresses  more  than  o&« 
scurily  :  the  former  denotes  the  total 
privation  of  light ;  the  latter  only  the 
diniinutinn  of  light. 

Dark  is  opposed  to  light ;  obscure 
to  bright :  what  is  dark  is  altogether 
hidden  ;  what  is  obscure  is  not  to  be 
seen  distinctly,  or  without  an  effort. 

Darkness  may  be  used  either  in  the 
natural  or  moral  sense ;  obscurity  onlj 
in  the  moral  sense ;  in  this  case  tha 
former  conveys  a  more  unfavourable 
idea  than  the  latter :  darkness  senrea 
to  cover  that  which  ought  not  to  be 
hidden  ;  obscurity  intercepts  our  view 
of  that  which  we  would  wish  to  see : 
the  former  is  the  consequence  of  de- 
sign ;  the  latter  of  ni^ect  or  accident : 
the  letter  sent  by  the  conspirator  in 
the  gunpowder  plot  to  bis  friend  was 
dark ;  all  passages  in  ancient  writers 
which  allude  to  circumstances  no 
longer  known,  must  necessarily  be 
obscure  :  a  comer  may  be  said  to  be 
dark  or  obscure^  but  tlie  former  is  oied 
literally  and  the  latter  figuratively : 
the  owl  is  obliged,  from  the  weakness 
of  its  visual!  organs,  to  sfek  the  dark- 
est comers  in  the  dey*tiiiie|  meo  of 


DEATH. 


DEATH 


311 


fiMicb  or  little :  deal  is  a  term  con- 
fined to  familiar  use,  and  sometimes 
substituted  for  quantity,  aod  some- 
times for  portion.  It  is  common  to 
speak  of  a  deal  or  a  quantity  of  paper, 
a  great  deal  or  a  great  quantify  of 
money ;  likewise  of  a  great  deal  or  a 
gveat  portion  of  pleasure,  a  great  deal 
or  a  great  portiim  of  wealth :  and  in 
some  cases  deal  is  more  usual  than 
either  quaniity  or  portion,  as  a  deal 
of  heat,  a  deal  of  rain,  a  deal  of  frost, 
a  deal  of  aoise^  and  the  like ;  but  it  is 
altogether  inadmissible  in  the  higher 
style  of  writing. 

Portum  is  employed  only  for  diat 
which  is  defacjied  m>m  tlie  whde; 
jHoniity  inay  sometimes  be  employed 
for  a  nmnber  of  wholes.  We  may 
ipeak  of  a  large  or  a  small  ^uatUityof 
books ;  a  kras  or  a  small  quantity  of 
plants  or  bem;  but  a  large  or  sroali 
porium  of  Ibod,  a  large  or  small  por^ 
tioH  of  color.  Quantity  is  used  only 
m  the  natural  sense :  piortion  also  in 
the  moral  application.  Material  jsub- 
stances,  as  wood,  stone,  metals,*  and 
lujuidsy  are  necessarily  considered 
with  regard  to  ouautitff  ;  the  qualities 
of  the  mind  and  the  arcumstances  of 
human  life  are  divided  into  portiom, 
A  binlder  estimates  the  quantify  of 
materials  which  he  will  want  for  the 
completion  of  a  house  i  the  workman 
estimates  the  portion  of  labour  which 
the  work  will  require. 

THs  SV  iMlsWUvt  tcmyw,  or  niker  lapo^ 
tlMBt  tamMr,  oC  prjior  InloaU  tods  of  vritl«f» 
vitfi  ay  BKhinl  avcnioa  to  loqaaelty,  glfei  me 
«  food  4aai  of  ciDpIojiBint  when  1  enter  may 
kouo  la  Ike  eoutty.  Ameeii. 

Tkere  li  sever  room  in  the  world  tor  mom 
fku  a  eertaia  qmatUttjf  or  meeMuoa  of  repowa. 


He  Jan  oTfiaPfDae  wloe,  AeeMe^  gift, 
Hriii  shiaaeh,  aedCar  tbe  feast  frepar*d, 
h  aiBsl  jpoftieM  with  tbe  fen*eoo  •bar'd. 

DaTBBM. 

TO  BEALj  V.  To  part. 
j)BAX.iNG|  V.  Trade. 
DBARTH,  V.  Scarcity. 

P&ITH,  DBPARTURS,  DECEASBf 
DEMISE. 

DEATH  signifies  the  act  of  dying. 
DEPARTURE  signifies  the  ace  of 
4^pirlia^. 


DECEASE,  from  die  Latin  deceda 
to  ihll  off,  signifies  the  act  of  falling 
away. 

DEIVIISE,  ^m  demitto  to  lay 
down,  signifies  literally  resigning  poa* 
session. 

Death  is  a  general  or  a  particular 
term  ;  it  marks  in  the  abstract  sense 
the  extinction  of  life,  and  is  applicable 
to  men  or  animals ;  to  one  or  many. 
Departure,  decease,  and  demise,  are 
particular  expressions  suited  only  to 
tlie  condition  of  human  beings.  •  Dls- 
parture  is  a  Christian  term,  whick 
carries  with  it  an  idea  of  a  passa^ 
from  one  life  to  another;  deceate  la 
a  technical  term  in  law,  which  is  ii^ 
troduced  into  common  life  to  design-  ^ 
ate  one's  falling  off  from  the  number  ^ 
of  the  living;  demise  is  substituted 
for  decfiase  sometimes  in  speaking  of 
princea* 

Dea<Aof  kself  has  always  semethiag 
terrific  in  it ;  but  the  Gospel  has  di-^ 
vested  it  of  its  terrors:  tne  hour  of 
departure,  therefore,  for  a  Christiaop 
is  often  the  happiest  period  of  his 
mortal  existence.  Decease  presents' 
only  the  idea  of  leaving  life  to  the  sur- 
vivors. Of  death  it  has  been  said, 
that  nothing  is  more  certain  than  that 
it  will  come,  and  nothing  more  uncer- 
tain than  when  it  wiU  come.  Know- 
ing that  we  have  here  no  resting  place 
of  abode,  it  is  the  part  of  wisdom  to 
look  forward  to  our  departure :  pro- 
perty is  in  perpetual  occupancjc;  at 
the  decease  of  one  possessor^  it  passes 
into  the  hands  of  another. 

The  death  of  an  individual  is  some- 
tiroes  attended  with  circumstances 
peculiarly  distressing  to  those  who  ara 
nearly  related.  The  tears  which  are 
shed  at  the  departure  of  those  we 
love  are  not  always  indications  of  our 
weakness,  but  rather  i^timonies  of 
their  worth. 

How  qakUy  woald  the  konout  of  UlaiMoQe 
sen  pertoh  aljfer  dmth,  if  tbelr  wab  perCormed 
DoUiiDS  to  pmerte  their  Hwa, 

llooan,  Afltn  Xsnonna. 

The  low  of  oor  Meads  inpreaes  apoa  at 
boarljr  tbe  aeerwity  of  oar  owe  tUpmrture* 


Tlioagh  BicD  tee  every  day  people  fe  to  tbrir 
loaffhooM,  ihejun  not  m  apt  to  be  alaraad  at 
that»  at  at  tbe  ieeeaae  of  tboie  who  bare  lived 
looger  in  their  ilffat.  Stobx. 

So  tender  to  tbe  law  of  rapporiBg  eren  a  pot- 


•  TMe  pr.  Traaisc :  **  D^ptrtQcr,  dmtb,  decensi* 


Wlitlealt(iaBaI]ruU(dlili*    ' 


-  AsaitepirttM,  rfeorf  it  in«d  eolMct- 
miji  Jeparttd  i»  wed  irith  anoim 
onlj;  deceated  generally  witbont  » 
ncMui,  todenotBoiw  or  mim  Kcord^ 
ing  to  the  connection. 

Here  is  a  r«tpect  doe  to  the  iltad, 
whidi  cwiDM  be  Ttolated  witbopt  o^ 
fence  tn  the  linng.  It  it  k  ]deuuit 
raflection  to  concmTa  of  parted 
•]nritB,  u  taking  an  interait  in  tba 
(jODcenui  of  thoie  whom  theyluTa  lift. 
All  the  marks  on  tba  bod;  of  the  d»- 
etated  indicated  tbat  he  tad  met  with 
bli  death  by  lome  Tiotenoe. 


The  BfUHk  (jTuli  of  Puk  an  load  k  Ikfe 
n  bin  nud  Ibi  ntU. 


TO  DEBAR,  V.  To  dejmve. 
TO  DBBASK,  V.  To  obose. 

TO  DSBATB,  To  OTgue. 
TO  DEBATE,  V.  To  COHSult. 
TO  DBBATB,  DBLIBBRATB. 

DEBATE,  V.  7^  arrue,  damUt. 
DELIBERATE,    v.    To  co/uult, 
dtUberatt. 
These  terms  equally  maik  the  acts 

of  pausing  nr  withholding  the  decisioD, 
whether  applicable  Co  one  or  many. 
To  debate  supposes  always  a  contiai- 
riety  of  opinion;  to  deliberate  »up- 
noMS  simply  the  weighing  or  estimat 
mg  the  value  of  tbe  opinion  that  ii 
offered.  Where  many  pertons  ha*e 
the  liberty  of  otTeriiig  their  opinion*, 
itia  nnt urn!  Id  expect  that  there  will 
be  debating  ;  when  any  subject  offere 
that  ii  complicated  and  queitionahle, 
it  culls  fur  mature  deliberation.  It  is 
lamenlnble  when  passion  gets  tech 
an  ascendency  in  the  mind  of  any  one, 
as  to  make  bim  debate  which  conne 
of  conduct  he  shall  pursue}  the  want 
of  <(<Wttro(ion,  whether  in  priTate  or 
public  traiisactiuns,  is  a  more  fruitful 
sonrce  of  mischief  than  atmutt  aaj 


HMik 

*er,  wUch  iDtnftnriS 
ot  necessarily  imtttg,  ■» 


of  the  ordinary  ftmctioni  ol 

it  a  deficiency  IE    ' 

of  the  body:   i 

want  of  power,  ■ 

but  does  not  necessarily  immj,  I  . 

activity:  imbeeility  lies  in  dw  wWi 

frame,  and  rendei*  it  aliiMMt  anlinlf 

bledwi 


1  iebililiet  in  tbeir  amdm  m 


but  there  it  no  vge  at  whicli  hiuM 
beings  are  eiempt  from  M^TMa^ef 
soms  kind  or  another.  The  vmhtaBl^ 
natural  to  youth,  bodi  ht  bncly  aH 
mind,  would  make  them  wilhog  M 
rest  on  the  strength  of  tbeir  «M«n,  ft 
they  were  not  too  often  milled  }ij  n 
roischievous  confidence  ,in  tbw  <>■> 
strength. 


«  1-n  ttHUImtt  Oa  >a»y 
10  run*  and  ill«l»>fc  *■  wHa^ 


DECAY. 


DECEIT. 


S15 


'  Thlt  li  weaknen,  not  wisdom  I  own,  nnd  on 
tint  ttecoaot  fitter  to  be  traited  to  the  booon  of 
%  ftiMid,  where  I  maj  tafelj  lodge  all  nj  infir' 

mdUu,  AtTBRRVnY. 

U  H  leldoiii  that  we  are  otherwhe  than  bjr 
■■icilon  awakeacd  to  a  iea«e  of  our  imheetUtif. 

Johnson. 

DBBT,    DUB. 

DEBT  and  DUE  are  both  derived 
from  the  same  verb.  Debt  comes  from 
debitia  participle  of  the  Latin  verb 
debeo :  aiid  due,  in  French  du  parti- 
ciple of  devoir,  comes  likewise  firom 
debeo  to  owe. 

Debt  is  used  always  as  a  sabstan- 
live ;  due,  either  as  a  substantive  or 
an    adjective.      A    person   contracts 
debts,   and   receives   his    due.     The 
debt  is  both  obligatory  and  compul- 
sory ;   it   is  a   return  for    something 
equivalent  in  valujB,    and  cannot  be 
dispensed  with  :  what  is  due  is  obli- 
gatory, but  not  always  compulsory. 
A  debtor  may  be  compelled  to  dis- 
char);;e  bis  debts  ;  but  it  is  not  always 
in  the  power  of  a  man  even  to  claim 
that  which  is  his  due.     Debt  is  gene- 
rally used  in  a  mercantile  sense ;  due 
either  in  a  mercantile  or  moral  sense. 
A  debt  is  determined  by  law ;  what  is 
due  is  fixed  often    by   principles  of 
equity  and  honor.     He  who  receives 
the  stipulated  price  of  his  goods  re- 
ceives   his   debt ;    he    who    receives 
praise  and  hoiK)r,  as  a  reward  of  good 
actions,  receives  his  due. 

Though  Christ  wasai  pure  and  andrfll(*d,  with- 
out the  least  «pot  of  sio,  a*  purity  and  innocence 
Itaelf ;  jet  he  was  pteaked  to  make  himself  the 
{greatest  tinner  in  the  world  by  imputation,  and 
render  himself  a  surety  rerpousible  for  our  de6(«. 

SODTS* 

The  ithntCs  rejected  are  th*  unhappy  crew, 
JDeprivM  of  sepulchres  and  funVal  due.  Drvden. 

DECAY,    DECLINE,    CONSUMP- 
TION. 

DECAY,  French  dechoir,  from  tlie 
Latin  dec  ado,  siguitles  literally  to  fall 
off  or  away. 

DECLINE,  from  the  Latin  declino, 
or  </e  and  clino,  signifies  to  turn  away 
or  lean  aside. 

The  direction  expressed  by  both 
these  actions  is  very  similar;  it  is  a 
sideward  movement,  but  decaif  ex- 
presses more  than  decline.  What  is 
decayed  is  fallen  or  guuc;  what  dC' 
elincs  leans  towards  a  full,  or  is  going; 

*  VUeTnttiter;  *"  D 


when  applied,  therefore,  to  the  same 
objects,  a  decline  is  properly  the  com- 
mencement of  a  decay.  I'he  health 
may  experience  a  decline  at  any  period 
of  life  from  a  variety  of  causes,  but  it 
naturally  experiences  a  decay  in  old 
age. 

CONSUMPTION  (v.  T6  eontume) 
impHes  a  rapid  decay. 

*  By  decay  things  lose  their  perfec- 
tion, their  greatness,  and  their  cod* 
sistencY ;  by   decline  they  lose  their 
strength,  their  vigor,  and  their  lustre ; 
by  consumption  they  lose  their  exist- 
ence.    Decay  brinG^  to  ruin ;  decline 
leads  to  an  end  or  expiration.     There 
are  some  things  to  which  decay  is  pe- 
culiar, and  some  things  to  which  de^ 
dine  is  peculiar,  and  other  things  to 
which  both  decay  and  decline  belong. 
The  corruption  to  which  material  sub- 
stances   are    particularly  exposed  is 
termed  decay ;  the  close  of  lile,  when 
health  and  strength  begin  to  fall  away, 
is  termed  the  decline;  the  decay  of 
states  in  the  moral  world  tsikes  place 
by  the  same  process  as  the  decay  of 
fabrics  in  the  natural  world ;  the  de» 
dine  of  empires,  from  their  state  of 
elevation  and  splendor,  is  a  natural 
figure  drawn  from  the  decline  of  the 
settin<;  sun.     Consumption  is  seldom 
applied  to  any  thing  but  animal  bo- 
dies. 

The  seas  shiU  waste,  the  skies  in  smoke  decay^ 
Rocks  fall  to  dasl,aod  moontains  melt  away; 
But  fia*d  \»\%  word,  hh  savioj;  power  remuhis, 
Tby  realm  for  eTer  lasts  ^^3  own  Messiah  r«*Ieai. 

Popc. 

After  the  dtrath  of  Joliasand  Aoj^nAos  Cesar 
the  Roman  empire  declined  efwj  day.     Sooth. 

By  degrees  the  empire  shrivelled  and  phied 
away;  and  from  such  a  sarrdC  of  immoderato 
prosperity  passed  at  length  loto  a  float  con- 
iumption.  South. 

TO  DECAY,  V.  ToperUh. 
DECEASE,  v»  Death, 

DECEIT,   V.  Art. 

DECEIT,    DECEPTIOX. 

DECEIT  (v.  To  deceive)  marki 
the  propensity  to  deceive,  or  the  pnu> 
tico  oil  deceiving  ;  DECEPTION  Um 
art  o\' deceivinff  {v  To  deceive), 

A  deceiver  is  full  of  deceit ;  to 
deception  may  be  occasionally  pn 
tised  by  one  who  has  not  this  tm 
of  deceiving.    Deceit  u  a  cfatimctt 

X2J,  dce\bie,dB6itiit.'* 


DECEIVE. 


DECEIVER. 


S15 


The  itocy  of  tke  three  bookt  of  the  •ft^U  toU 
to  Pttqmla  WIS  all  %Jirmmd  devlMd  Iter  the  con- 
of  etate. 


Or 


Wm  Itltar  fbfce  er^Mfte 
yetfBlM  thbpUef 


TO  DKCEIVB,   DBLODEy  IMPOSE 

UPON. 

DECEIVE,  in  French  decevoir, 
Latin  deeipiOf  oonpoaDded  of  </e  pri- 
vative, and  0^10  to  take,  sigoifies  to 
take  wrong. 

DELUDE,  in  Indn  delude,  com- 
pounded of  d€  and  bidop  signifiea  to 
play  upon  or  to  mislead  by  a  trick. 

IMFOSE,  in  Latin  tMpofiM,  perfect 
of  Mapono,  signifies  literally  to  lay  or 
put  upon. 

Falsehood  is  the  leading  feature  in 
all  these  tems;  they  vary  however 
in  the  drcamstances  of  toe  action. 
To  dMiJw  is  the  most  general  of 
the  three  j  it  eignifies  simply  to  pro- 
duce a  fiilse  conviction:  the  other 
terms  are  properly  species  of  deea/v* 
ingy  indttding  accessory  ideas.  Dc- 
cepium  uMnr  be  practised  in  various 
dflgrees;  Jkimding  is  always  some- 
tbu^  positife,  and  consideraUe  in 
degree.  Every  false  impression  pro- 
dooed  by  estenial  objects,  whether  in 
trifles  or  important  matters,  is  a  dc- 
eeptkm;  but  delusion  is  confined  to 
errors  in  matters  of  opinion.  We 
may  be  deceived  in  the  color  or  the 
distance  of  an  object ;  we  are  deluded 
m  what  nganb  our  principles  or 
moral  condocL 

A  deeefUan  does  not  always  sup- 
pose a  fimlt  on  the  part  of  the  person 
deceived^  but  a  delusion  does.     A 
person  is  sometimes  deceived  in  cases 
where  deceftUm  is  unavoidable:  he 
is  deluded  throng^  a  voluntary  blind- 
ness  of  the  understanding  :     artful 
peoj^  are  sometimes  capable  of  de- 
«eiwff^  eo  as  not  even  to  exdte  sne- 
jMcion ;    their  plausible  tales  justify 
the   oedit  that  is  given   to  them: 
^hen  the  knorant    enter  into  nice 
^mestioos  of  politics  or  religion,  it  is 
war  ordinary  fete  to  be  deluded, 

Deetfiion  is  practised  by  an  indi- 
"mioal  on  himself  or  others;  Sideki^ 
•ioa  is  commonly  practised  on  one's 
^f ;  an  imposition  is  always  practised 
On  another.  Men  deceive  others  from 
^  variety  of  mouves;  they  always 
^<^wsc  f^pon  them  for  paiposes  of  gam. 


or  the  gratification  of  ambition.  Mctt 
deceive  themselves  with  felse  pretexta 
and  false  confidence;  they  delude 
themselves  with  vain  hopes  and  wishes. 
Professors  in  religion  oflen  deceive 
themselves  as  much  as  they  do  others : 
the  grossest  and  most  dangerous  d&^ 
lusion  into  which  they  are  liable  to 
fall  is  that  of  substituting  faith  for 
practice,  and  an  extravagant  regard 
to  the  outward  observances  of  religion 
in  lieu  of  the  mild  and  humble  temper 
of  Jesus :  no  imposition  was  ever  so 
successfully  practised  upon  mankind 
as  that  of  Maliomet. 

I  vooM  have  all  m j  readen  take  care  bow  Hhag 
mWake  themdves  for  mieomiDOQ  gmiues  aad 
men  above  nile,  rioee  It  b  Terjr  eaiy  lor  then  t0 
be  dtcHwtd  ia  tfaia  pMtiealar.  Bui 


XteAolerf  bj  a  aecninif  ezcelleiioe.    Rokoiihov. 


Aa  tbcDB  aeem  to  be  in  thli  mannacript 
anacfaronteoM  and  deviations  flrmo  the  andeoS 
orthofrapfay,  I  am  not  sattaOed  mjaetftbat  It  b 
aatfaentJe,  and  not  ratbei  the  production  of  one 
ef  theae  Ofedan  aophliten  who  have  inqpfMi 
irpeii  the  world  teveral  f  pnriona  works  of  thli 
lutoiei  Aaouoa* 

DBCEIVKR9    IMPOSTOR.       . 

DECEIVER  and  IMPOSTOR,  the 
derivatives  from  deceive  and  impose^ 
have  a  farther  distinction  worthy  of 
notice. 

Deceiver  is  a  generic  term ;  t inpoi- 
tor  specific :  every  impostor  is  a  spe  i 
cies  of  deceiver:  the  words  have 
however  a  distinct  use.  The  deceiver 
practises  deception  on  individuals; 
the  impottor  only  on  the  public  at 
large.  The  false  friend  and  the  faith* 
less  lover  are  deceivers;  the  assumed 
nohleman  who  practices  frauds  under 
his  disguise,  and  the  pretended  prince 
who  lays  claim  to  a  crown  to  which 
he  was  never  bom,  are  investors. 

Deceivers  are  the  most  dangerous 
members  of  society ;  they  trifle  with 
the  best  affections  of  our  nature,  and 
violate  the  most  sacred  obligations. 
Impostors  are  seldom  so  culpable  as 
those  who  give  them  credit.  It  would 
require  no  small  share  of  credulity  to 
be  deceived  by  any  of  the  imposi- 
tions which  have  been  hitherto  prac* 
tised  upon  the  inconsiderate  ptat  of 
mankind. 

That  tiadttloa  of  the  Jewi  that  Chriit  waa 
stolen  ont  of  the  (nve  <*  ■odeBt;  H  waa  the 
lavnition  of  the  jewi^  ■&<  dealea  the  Intescltj  of 


916 


DECIDE. 


DECIDE. 


the  wit 

4eecivtri, 


of  bb  marrectk»,  BnUnf  tbna 

TiuonoH. 


Onr  Saviour  wronxbt  bh  miracle*  freqorady, 
•ad  Tor  a  lone  lini«  tof;Hb«*r  i  a  time  lulEcloat 
to  hare  d«tected  auy  importor  la.      Tildotmm. 

DECENCY,    DECORUM. 

Thoi  GH  DECENCY  and  DECO- 
KUM  ure  both  derived  from  the  sanie 
tvord  (v.  Becoming)^  they  have  ac- 
quired a  distinctiuu  in  their  sense  and 
application.  Decency  respects  the 
conduct;  decorum  tlie  behaviour:  a 
person  conducts  himself  with  decency  ; 
he  behaves  with  decorum. 

Indecency  is  a  vice ;  it  is  the  vio- 
lation of  public  or  private  morals : 
indecorum  is  a  fault;  it  offends  the 
feelings  of  those  who  witness  it. 
Kothing  but  a  depraved  mind  can 
lead  to  indicent  practices;  indiscre- 
tion and  thoughtlessness  may  some- 
times give  rise  to  that  which  is  inde- 
corous. Decency  enjoins  upon  oU 
relatives,  according  to  the  proximity 
of  their  relationship,  to  show  certain 
marks  of  respect  to  the  memory  of 
the  dead  :  regard  for  the  feelings  of 
others  enjoins  a  certain  outward  dc- 
corum  upon  every  one  who  attends  a 
funeral. 

Eren  rellfrion  Itielf,  nnlns  decency  b«  tbo 
bandmaid  which  maiU  upon  hc^r,  in  a[>t  to  make 
people  appear  (uilty  or  sournett  and  ilI*buraour. 

SnCCTATOB. 

I  vfll  admk  that  a  fine  woman  of  a  certala 
rank  cannot  have  too  many  real  vice»  ;  but  at  the 
•ame  time  I  do  insist  upon  Itfthat  it  Iservpnlially 
ber  fnt<*n^t  nut  fo  have  the  appearance  of  any 
one.  ThK  deeorun^  I  conftiw,  will  conceal  her 
•onqnt«>t4  ;  but  on  the  otlier  band,  if  vbe  will  be 
pleaM-d  ti>  ri'fli-cr  tlut  thove  coaqut^it  are  known 
■oorer  or  latiT,  khe  viill  not  upon  an  avtrrage 
ind  hcne-tf  a  lotrr.  CiixrrERnELD. 

DKCENT,  V.  Becoming. 
DECEFi'ioN,  V.  Deceit, 

TO    DHCIDK,    Df:TERMlNE, 
CONCLUDE    UrON. 

DECIDE,  from  the  Latin  decido, 
compounded  of  dc  and  cadoy  signifies 
to  cut  olf  or  cut  .-hort  u  business. 

DETERMINE,  from  the  Latin 
deter  mi  no,  compounilcd  of  dc  and 
tenninus  a  term  or  boundary,  signi- 
fies to  fix  thcbciundarv. 

CONC'Ll  DK,  V,  io  clone,  finish. 

The  idea  of  bringing  a   thing  to  an 
end  is  comnir.ii  to  the  bignii\c'«it\ou  of 
€sc  wdtih  j  but  dwidc  cxprts^es 


more  than  'determinCf  and  deiammg 
more  than  conclude. 

Decide  and  determine  are  bolk 
employed  in  matters  reladng  to  oaiw 
selves  or  others ;  conclude  is  emploj«d 
in  matters  that  respect  tiie  p^itici 
only  who  conclude.  As  it  respedi 
others,  to  decide  is  an  act  of  gnatat 
authority  than  to  determine  :  n  pansc 
decides  for  his  child;  m  subonfaMa 
person  may  determine  sometimes  fir 
those  who  arc  under  him  in  the  ab* 
sence  of  his  soperiors.  In  nil  oaa, 
to  decide  is  an  act  of  greater  inpait- 
ance  than  to  determine,  llie  natan 
and  character  of  a  thing  is  deeUei 
u])on :  its  limits  or  eatent  are  JeUr^ 
mined  on.  A  judge  decides  on  the  lav 
ond  equity  of  the  case ;  the  jory  db* 
termine  as  to  the  guilt  or  innoocooe 
of  the  person.  An  individnal  SetOn 
in  his  own  mind  on  any  measQie,  aai 
the  propriety  of  adopting  it;  he  dt* 
termines  in  his  own  mind,  as  to  hov, 
when,  and  where  it  shall  be  ooa- 
menced. 

One  decides  in  all  matters  of  qoei- 
tion  or  dispute;  one  determines  in  dl 
matters  of  fact.  We  decide  in  oider 
to  have  an  opinion ;  we  determine  m 
order  to  act.  In  complicated  cases, 
whore  arguments  of  apparently  eqaal 
weight  arc  offered  by  men  of  eqoal 
authority,  it  is  difficult  to  decide; 
when  equally  feasible  plans  areofiered 
for  our  choice,  we  are  often  led  to 
determine  upon  one  of  them  fiom  tri- 
fling motives. 

lo  determine  and  conclude  ars 
equally  practical:  but  dttermnt 
seems  to  be  more  peculiarly  the  act 
of  an  individual ;  conclude  tokj  be 
the  act  of  one  or  of  many.  We  df- 
tennine  by  an  immediate  act  of  the 
will ;  we  conclude  on  a  thing  by 
inference  and  deduction.  Caprice 
may  often  influence  in  determining; 
but  mailing  is  concluded  on  without 
deliberation  and  ^dgement.  Many 
things  may  be  determined  on  whi^ 
are  either  never  put  into  execution, 
or  remain  long  unexecuted ;  but  that 
which  is  concluded  on  is  mostly  fbl« 
lowed  bv  immediate  action.  To  con* 
chide  on  is  properly  to  come  to  a 
final  determination. 

\^'ith  mutual  hlood  tb*  ABMBlan  wll  b  djcd* 


-■« 


Wain.  ,v     ^CTDRd  ^     ^ 


■'^^Clsioif^ 


•icL'*--'  p^ne""  r^^Jei"' ?«- 

i^"*^  to  diJ!?Pf    .vh^l'  «  «»«  of 

*  i  *V«^  V^"'  J«fan&*"'  and 
?**    *fc«tA  V  **«"»cter   ,.  t    "  '^"n  of 


?'«  not  V?'.'"»  of  !.*'•»«*« 

'aw      ''"'  opinio.  ^4^^"  *.«.«^^ 

'•" 'fe%>  ''.o„,.         ""•"■"- 

'P^'^^oftlVM  the  t„^','"*  1.0^* 
•*""'  of  an^  k  ".'■'ner;  „  V  'after  «,!. 


P«bi,c/'-.or,,-«Pa,3^,^, 

»w   '  '"■  after ,»    "^'n?  to    '    f  '"ar 
:'«"e  of   '"T'  ««d  con*'"''«t''er;„* 


DECLARE. 

pnhtMed;  the  tneasares  of  govern* 
ment  mrt  proclabned  :  it  is  folly  for 
a  man  to  declare  any  thing  to  be  truey 
which  be  is  not  certain  to  be  so,  and 
wickcklness  in  him  to  declare  that  to 
be  true  whtefa  he  knows  to  be  false ; 
y^hoever  publishes  all  he  hears  will  be 
in  great  danger  of  publishing  many 
fclsehoods ;  woatever  is  proclaimed  is 
flopposed  to  be  of  sufficient  import* 
«ice  to  deeerfe  the  notice  of  all  who 
mavhearorrMKi. 

In  eases  Of  war  or  peace,  princee 
are  ekpectad  to  declare  themselves 
on  one  side  or  the  other;  in  the 
political  world  intelligence  is  qaickly 
published  through  the  medinm  of 
the  pnUic  papers;  in  private  life 
dom^tjc  oocurrences  are  published 
with  emd  cderity  through  the  me* 
diom  or  tale-bearers ;  a  proclamation 
is  ^  the  onhnary  mode  by  whidi  a 
prince  makes  known  his  wishes,  and 
issues  his  commands  to  his  subjects : 
it  is  an  act  of  indiscretion  very  com- 
mon to  young  and  ardent  inqmrers  to 
declare  their  opinions  before  they  are 
properly  matored ;  the  pubUcaiion  of 
domestic  circumstances  is  oftentimes 
the  source  of  much  disquiet  and  ill- 
will  io  fiunilies ;  ministers  of  the  gos- 
pel are  staled  messengers,  who  should 
proclaim  its  glad  tidings  to  all  people, 
andmalltoogaes. 

The  GradEiiB  ibMts  Cbdr  Joint  MMOt  declare, 
Tfce  pffleiC  tofiv*lrma»  tad  rImw  the  Mr. 

PMMb 

1  tin  t«Ty(rii«d  IIMU  MM  «r  the  fortwe-MlM, 
or,  M  the  Frmeh  eaU  them,  the  Di$ntn  4t 
§»mm  mvanSmnt  wh» pukHih  their  Mlto  fa  eterj 
qoarter  of  the  tovo,  hate  not  turoed  our  lotterlei 
Co  their  adveatafe.  AoDieoir. 

NIaa  sacred  heraldt  Mv,  procUimhtg  load 
The  mooaithli  wn;itipead  thelMrMDS  cravd. 


TO  DMCLARBi  V,  To  cUscover. 

TO  DSCLARB,  V.  To  eXpTCSS. 
TO  DECLARB,  t;.  To  pTofesS. 

DECLINB,  V.  Deccy* 

TO  DBCLINB)  V.  To  Tcfuse. 

TO  DBcoRATB,  V.  To  odom. 
DSCORUM)  V.  Decency. 
TO  DBcor,  V.  To  allure. 

TO  DBCREASB,    V.  To  obatf. 


DEDICATE.         919 

2>BCRBB,  EDICT,  PROCLAMA* 
TION. 

DECREE,  in  French  decrety  Latin 
decreluSf  from  decemo  to  give  judge- 
ment or  pass  sentence^  sipifies  Umi 
sentence  or  resolution  that  is  passed. 

EDICT,  in  Latin  edichtSf  mm  edio$ 
to  say  out|  signifies  the  thing  spoken 
out  or  sent  forth. 

PROCLAMATION, «.  TodeeUre. 

A  decree  is  a  more  solemn  add 
deliberatiye  act  than  an  edict ;  on  tbe 
other  hand  an  edict  is  more  authoiita* 
tive :  a  decree  is  the  dedsion  oi  one 
or  many;  un  edict  speaks  the  will  of 
an  individual :  oooncils  and  senate^ 
as  well  as  princes,  make  decfeet ;  dte- 
potic  rulers  issoe  edicts. 

Decrees  are  passed  for  the  legula* 
tion  of  public  and  private  matters; 
they  are  made  known  as  occaskm  re^ 
quires,  but  are  not  always  public: 
edicts  and  proclamations  contain  the 
commands  of  the  sovereign  anthority, 
and  are  directly  addressed  by  the 
prince  to  his  people.  An  edict  b 
peculiar  to  a  dsipotic  government;  n 
proclamation  is  common  to  a  mt^ 
narchical  and  aristocretic  form  of  gcH 
vemment:  the  ukase  in  Ruseia  is  a 
spedes  of  edicts  by  which  the  emperor 
inak^  known  his  will  to  hie  poople-; 
the  king  of  England  communicates  to 
his  subjects  the  determinations  of  him^ 
self  and  his  council  by  means  of  a 
proclamation, 

Aie  we  coadeMa'd,  hj  fatePk  mijait  d§erwt^ 
No  laeiaoar  hoaaee  aad  oar  hottee  Io  NO  I 

DaTBia. 
This  ilatate  or  act  of  yeritnaiwit  k 
amoDf  therecordeofththfagdoai,  there 
oo  furoial  promalgitloa  to  five  It  the  lb 
lav,  es  wai  neeeiMuy  by  the  dffll  Int 
gaid  to  the  eMpoof^  edMi. 


Ibneora 


Fma  the  HUM  orliiaal  of  Oie  Ui«^  hH^ 
Ihantaia  of  jaitlM, ««  nay  alw  rttdeiw  the  ] 
nsattve  ctimmiagpneiamaUomSi  which  k  v 
ed  la  the  Uof  aloae.  BucKnoaa. 

TO  DBCRT,  V.  To  dispoTuge. 

TO  DEDICATE,  DEVOTE,  CONSB* 
CRATE,  HALLOW. 

DEDICATE,  in  Latin  dedicatus, 
participle  from  de  and  dico,  signifies  to 
setapart  by  a  promise. 

DEVOTE,  in  Latin  devotus,  parti- 
ciple fix)m  danveop  signifies  to  vow  for 
an  express  purpose. 


MO        DrailCATII; 

COSSECfiATE,.  4n  7.«tiii  ca^t- 
trabu,  from  eoiiKcre  qt  etnt  and  idcrf, 
NgnifiM  to  make  uc'rod  b;  •  apeeiil 
act,  ■  :..'..' 

HALLOW  from  iofytoi'  tba  S(t>- 


ki  tba  act  of  iMiMfii^thu>u(  ^  of 
rffiM^n; ;  but  teww^lhuiiB  thM  of 
eoxMcrating.  ■    "  ■" 

4o  AnUcafc  Md  AMI  tear  bs  «n> 
jriU^iiB  botk  umpoMl  Mtif-Bpirifaid 
M*[lMii.'  Ill  iiiiiwi^ftfi  iiiil  Aa£bi» 
wdrM  ths  AiMmnl'teiiM t  we  Hlif 
MHMtfl  or  ilnMM  any- tUng  ihu^icM 
'teir  41«{xmI  to  tk*  MrriG*«f-MiM  <*- 
jMt;  hut  thei  ktmir-  Sm  Map^yui 
nwtlj  w  Mgw*  tOMwign,  andil* 
latter  to  pei«a«  wnktm'  ili(diM^ 
liaa^nnk:t  mrfirifcale^a  lnM»  w 
tbetatviMofGodf  orwa  dnntc  oar 
liM'to  dw  iMMfit  of  oar  friMidii'W 
«he  p^cfof  ihe'poorfi^**  maj  M(* 


1(it  teftmOTalwipiti^lMi 


boUmi 

f  inlMi 


dbty';  nW'latMv  n'Mtira  appUcMiw 
«f:MA'lrtf  from  Mil  Md  aftctitat 
i»4liil  oMmMr  bo  »ln  MftMn  Ua- 
Mlf"ta"Ood  alMivcu-faiBibdf-fitMl 

^wy-ot^Mt  iniicA  li  ooti  iiMMdnttvlj 
cdniieOed  trith  tha  s*«iea  of  Ood) 

IwlwW  dMOfM  bilDMlf  EO   tba  inbi^ 

1(7  yunwH  it  at  the  fint  oUeet  oT'Ut 
atteDtkm  and  npud  :  sneb  a  AA*- 
tiM  afr-Mnalf  »  hardl]r>  ooniiirtat 
with  OUT  other  datiet  aa  memben  of 
lodetj)  but  a  dnotiim  of  ooe't 
ponen,  one's  rime,  and  trae't  knoK^- 
ledge  to  the  spread  of  religioD  among 
men  is 'one  of  the  most  nonouiable 
and  sacrad  klndi  ofidevotiim. 

To  camtcraie  it  a  (pedes  nf  formal 
Jtdicatioo  hy  virtue  of  a  raligioos  ok- 
t.  is  applicable  moatly  to 


'places  and  things  connected  with 
ligioQS  works  ;  kalltMB  is  a  specicaof 
infonnal   conieeratiort  applied  to  the 


otgecti :    the  church  i 
crated;  particular  daji  are  halloKed. 
WunM  hy  n«  iwr.  (a  btr  oftsdcd  «ns 
Wi  nk'd  ud  taUeattt  tU*  wrad'mi  frub 


Tbfl  xTEiltal  emqnm 


ytSjiit 


«l  «ly  loaftm  ibe  wnh  sf 


ptaTCCI.  •     '       1   I 

ACHIEVEMENT,  tnm 
sigDJfiee  the  thii%  ocAieM.^  > 

TEAT,  in  French  ffU^' 
turn,  fcwajiuio,  HgiufiM 

lite  first  three  words  liaa  n 
iveW  on  each  other:  MdiV>  Mi 
witfi  tieolbeni,  U  aBpfafn^^^^ 
which  II  ordinary  or  exUauiniaBiTi 
exploU  and  tKhutemM  *l  Ifc Jljf 
for  Iheeitraordiaary;  tba  VMM  JBO 
higher  senaa  than  the  fohioIftK     " 

Dttdt  tnnst  always  badwlMMM 
Bs  ^ood-or  bad,  majmani  innaaJr^pflP- 
cidus,  and  tha  LkeV  eatBlff'  M 
achiecement  do  riot  lai  ailiawlj  miill 
such  epiilista;  they  are  alw^  I 


great. 


proper   sense 'lUr'WUiM&M 
Exploil,  wbao  cufflT4.yJ 


DEED. 


DEFACE. 


S21 


aeldevement,  is  a  term  nsed  in  plain 
prose;  it  designates  not  so  much  what 
IS  great  as  what  is  real :  achievement  is 
most  adapted  to  poetry  and  romance ; 
it  soars  aoove  what  tlie  eje  sees,  and 
the  ear  luMursy  and  affiords  scope  for 
the  imagination.     Martial  deed$  are 
as  interestang  to  the  reader  as  to  the 
iieribrmer:    the   pages    of    modern 
liistory  will  he  crowded  with  the  ex- 
ploitt  of  Englishmen  both  by  sea  and 
land,  OS  those  of  ancient  and  fabolous 
history  are  with  die  achievements  of 
their  heroes  and  demi-gods.    An  ex- 
pioU  marks  only  personal  bravery  in 
acddn ;  an  aehiivement  denotes  eleva- 
don  of  character  in  every  respect,  gran- 
deur of  desien,  promptitute  in  execu- 
tion, and  inilor  in  action. 

An  exploit  may  be  executed  by  the 
lesign  and  at  the  will  of  another ;  a 
aominon  soldier  or  an  army  ma^  per- 
xnntt  exphiis.  An  achievement  is  de- 
igned and  executed  by  the  achiever ; 
MTCules  is  distinguished  for  his 
ckievementi :  and  in  the  same  manner 
ra  speak  of  the  achievements  of  knight- 
tn^toorof great commaDden.    ^ 

^eai  apprraches  nearest  to  exploit^ 
]  siigiiificiition ;  the  former  marks 
killy  and  the  latter  resolution.  The 
UiiB  of  duvalry  displayed  in  justs  and 
mmaments  were  in  former  times  as 
incdi  esteemed  as  warlike  exploits, 
Exploit  tad  feat  are  often  used  in  de- 
Luon,  to  mark  the  absence  of  those 
aalities  in  the  actions  of  individuals, 
lie  soldier  who  afiects  to  be  foremost 
i  situations  where  there  is  no  danger 
msaMUt  be  more  properly  derided  than 
^  tenmng  his  action  an  exploit :  he 
MMO  prides  himself  on  die  display  of 
call  m  the  performance  of  a  paltry 
iok  may  be  laughed  at  for  having 
i/eat. 


reatMllo!  thos  for  whom  thj  Rome  pwpares 
^m  mdij  titaaph  of  thy  fintah'd  wan; 
ta  fkte  an  bour  reservM  for  me 
tfej  £uA  in  irambcn  worthy  (hee  ? 

DiTOEir. 

■ittcr  Ikon  ipjolo^st  roe,  O  prime  of  men ! 
Caik  aad  hard :  for  how  kball  1  relate 
wmm  th*  InrUble  esphita 

•Pirits'  MUTOM. 


9ell»  ud  trophies  galnM  bjr  thee  fhejr 


Wt  Hty  OWB  mckietement9  bt  thj  thare. 

Dayusx. 


llnchlhnfeheud 
or  thy  prodislou  migfat,  naAfUUt  performed. 

Di»D,  t;.  Action. 

TO   DEFACE,   DISFIGURE, 
DEFORH. 

DEFACE,  DISFIGURE,  and 
DEFORM,  signify  literally  to  spoil 
the facey  figure^  Bnd form. 

Deface  expresses  more  than  either 
deform  and  dufi^re.  To  deface  is  an 
act  of  destruction;  it  is  tlie  actual 
destruction  of  that  which  has  before 
existed :  to  disfigure  is  either  an  act 
of  destruction  or  an  erroneous  execu- 
tion, which  takes  away  the  figure :  to 
dtform  is  altogether  an  imperfect  exe- 
cution, which  renders  the  ybrm  what 
it  should  not  be.  A  thing  is  defaced 
by  design ;  it  is  disfig^r^  either  by 
design  or  accident;  it  is  deformed 
either  by  an  error  or  by  the  nature  of 
the  thing. 

Persons   only  drface ;  persons  or 

things  disfigure;  things  are  most  com* 

monlv  d^ormed  of  themselves.    That 

may  be  defaced^  the  face  or  external 

surface  of  which  may  be  injured  or 

destroyed;  that  may  be</i£/Sgtfre(/  or 

deformed^  the  figure  or  form  of  which 

is  imperfect  or  may  be  rendered  im  • 

perfect.    A  fine  paintine  or  piece  of 

writing  is  d^acA  which  is  torn  or 

besmeared  with  dirt:  a  fine  building 

is  disfigured  by  any  want  of  symmetry 

in  its  parts :  a  building  is  deformed 

that  is    made  contrary  to  all  form. 

A  statue  mav  be  defaced^  disfigured^ 

and  deformed:  it  is  d^accd  when  any 

violence  is  done  to  the  face  or  any 

outward  part  of  the  body  ;  it  is  dis^ 

figured  by  the  loss  of  a  limb ;  it  is 

deformed  if  made  contrary  to  the  per^ 

feet  form  of  a  human  being. 

Inanimate  objects  are  mostly  c^e- 

faced  or  disfigured^   but  seldom  dc" 

formed;   animate  objects  are  either 

disfigured  or  deformed,  but  not  defaced, 

A  person  may  disfigure  hihisclt'  by  his 

dress ;  he  is  dejormcd  by  the  hand  of 

nature. 

Yet  she  had  heard  an  ancient  rumour  fly 
(Long  cited  by  the  people  of  the  tky). 
That  times  to  come  slionld  st^  the  Trojan  race 
Her  Carthage  min,  and  her  tow*r«  defmce. 

DftYsvir. 

It  b  bat  too  obvio««  that  cffors  are  ewHttrf 
io  fhli  part  cf  i^ligioD  (defotloa).  'Thne  lire- 


DEFEND. 


DEFEND. 


323 


•ran :  the  Roman  people  were  guilty 
of  a  drfectian  when  they  left  tiM  se- 
Dftte  and  retired  to  moont  Aventine : 
the  Gennans  frequently  attempted  to 
cecover  their  lioerty  by  rcvoUing 
against  the  RcMnans. 

At  Ibe  tiBM  of  the  i^mcnl  ii^^tUon  Ikoai 
Kcro^  TliflBlailurtewwatthahMdofa  ywry 
poweifU'  nmj  la  Omuy,  vUeb  bad  ptmmd 
UfB  to  peerpt  Ite  tttte  at  empefor,  but  be  coo- 
itaBtlj  ifAntA  itm  M BmoTB. 

BxcfBB,  iMltiiftd  bj  GUba,  moChar  to  kiaf 
Harold  itfmd  to  admit  «  Nonnao  farriioa, 
«Dd,  "t^^M^  CbniMltea  to  armt,  ware  rtimftb- 
»iwd  by  ibe  acc—lon  of  the  aelithboOTf nf  bibft- 
bllaiitt  of  DwoMblK  aad  Corawail.  Tbe  Uag 
baaUaed  «ib  Ma  Arm  to  abaiUw  tbii  raiwtf  . 

Hdhb. 

DBTBCnVB,   DEFICIENT. 

DEFECTIVE  expresses  the  quality 
or  property  of  havine  a  defect  (v. 
BUmithy.  DEFICIENT  is  employed 
with  Regard  to  the  thine  itself  tnat  is 
^rai^ting.  A  book  may  be  defective,  in 
CTniifiqm^r,^^  of  some  leaves  being  de- 
Jfcient.  A  deficiency  is  therefo^  often 
what  constitutes  a  defect.^  ^fPy 
thiMS  however  may  be  defective  with- 
out oamg  •xij  d^iency^  an4  vice 
ver^  wliatcver  is  mis-shapen,  and 
fails  eit)i<qr.iii  beautjr  or  u.\jX\ip  is  de- 
fective ;  that  which  is  wanted  to  make 
a  thing  cpmpleat  is  deficient.  It  is  a 
defect  in  the  eye  when  it  is  so  con- 
structed that  things  are  not  seen  at 
their  proper  distances;  there  is  a 
deficiency  m  a  tradesman's  accounts, 
when  one  side  is  made  to  foM  short  of 
the  other. 

Thingis  only  are  said  to  be  defective; 
but  persons  may  be  termed  deficient 
either  in  attention,  in  good  breeding, 
in  civility,  or  whatever  else  the  occa- 
sion inay  require.  That  which  is  de- 
fediveh  most  likely  to  be  permanent; 
but  a  cI^/ScKuicy  may  be  only  occa- 
sional and  easily  rectifie^. 

Prof  Idanea,  for  tba  Bunt  patt  m(*  m  vpon  ft 
kral:  .If  {c  rendera  as  p«rrfeet  In  oaa  aceompUdi* 
■ayt^Kgennallj  leaTeanid^/eetitc^ia  anotbcr. 

AOBIfOII. 

If  tb«B  b«  a  d^ienfjf  In  tbe  tpeoknr,  tbera 
Vill  act  be  anffleient  attention  and  iffard  paid 
to  tbe  tbtng  tpohen.  8wirr. 

0BFKNCE,  V.  Apology m 

TO   DEFEND,   PROTECT, 
VINDICATB. 

DEFEND^  v.  Apology. 


PROTECT,  in  Latin  protectum 
participle  of  protego,  compounded  of 
pro  and  tego,  signifies  to  put  any  thing 
before  a  person  as  a  covering. 

VINDICATE,  V.  To  assert. 

Defend  is  a  general  term;  it  de- 
fines nothing  with  regard  to  the  de- 
gree and  manner  of  the  action  :  pro- 
tect  is  a  particular  and  positive  term, 
expressing  an  action  or  some  consi- 
derable importance.  Persons  may 
defend  others  without  distinction  of 
rank  or  station :  none  but  superiors 
prefect  their  inferiors.  Defence  is  an 
occasional  action ;  protection  is  a  per- 
manent action.  A  person  may  be  de^ 
fended  in  any  particular  case  of  actual 
danger  or  di&culty;  he  is  protected 
ftom  what  may  happen  as  well  as  what 
docs  happen.  Defence  respects  the 
evil  that  tnreatens;  protection  involves 
the  supply  of  necessities  and  the  afford- 
ing comforts. 

A  muter  may  jartJfy  an  aanolt  la  iefince  of 
bit  MTTiDt,  and  a  aenrant  in  dtfenn  of  bit 

■HftCT.  BLACmOHB* 

They  who  protected  the  veakiicsa  of  onr  ia- 
faory  are  entitled  to  our  protectimt  la  their  old 
afe.  BLAacaroaft. 

Defence  requires  some  active  exer* 
tioh  either  of  body  or  mind ;  protec- 
tion  may  consist  only  of  the  extension 
of  power  in  behalf  of  any  particular. 
A  defence  is  successful  or  unsuccess- 
ful ;  a  protection  weak  or  strong.  A 
soltlier  defends  his  country;  a  coun« 
scUor  defends  his  client :  a  prince  pro- 
tects  his  subjects.  Henry  the  Ei^th 
styled  himself  defender  of  the  fiuth 
(tnat  is  of  the  Komish  faith)  at  the 
time  that  he  was  subverting  the  whole 
religious  system  of  the  Catholics : 
Oliver  Cromwell  styled  himself  pro- 
tector  at  the  time  that  .he  was  over- 
turning the  government. 

Savafe  (oo  bb  trial  for  tbe  maider  ef  Sla- 
clalr)  did  not  deny  tbe  fkct,  bat  eodeavoored  to 
jaitlQr  it  by  t^  necenity  of  ee^f-dfjenee,  and 
the  basard  of  hit  own  We  If  bt  bad  loat  the  oppor* 
Cnatty  of  flvtaff  tbe  thmat.  Jomnoib 

Flrit  give  thy  faith  aad  pliRht,  a  ftlneeH  word. 
Of  Bure  pretectivH  by-tby  pom  aad  tword ; 
Tor  I  moat  «pr«k  what  whdom  voQid  coooeal, 
And  tntb  la? Idloaa  to  tbe  (leat  reteal.      Pom. 

In  a  figurative  and  extended  sense^ 
things  may  either  defend  or  protect 
with  a  similar  distinction :  a  coat  de- 
fends us  from  the  inclemencies  of  the 
weather ;  houses  are  a  prat^im  not 
only  against  the  ^ogfi  fif  tb*  .tea- 

t8 


DEnNiwaN. 


DEGRADE. 


325 


A  fcfaf^dwiiUimJ  If  tlw  proMBt  Cdwg  of 
FrtBce),  hu  no  gcneroiu  Intoreit  tlimt  can  ezdta 
bha  IP  ictlmi.  At  bat  hb  coaduet  «ni  be  paa- 
livi  u<  4q/bttfve.  .  Boaa. 

DBFBNSIVE,  V.  Defensible. 
TO  DBTBR,  V.  To  delay. 
j>BrBRBNCE,  t;.  Complaisance. 
DBFiciBNTy  V.  Defective. 

DBFINITBi   POSITIVB* 

DEFINITE,  in  Latin  definitum 
participle  of  d^nio,  compounded  of 
de  andJiniSf  slf^nifies  drawing  the  line 
or  limit^ 

FOSmVEy  in  Latin  notitivut 
from  pOKO  to  place,  signifies  placing  or 
fixing. 

The  understanding  and  reasoning 
powers  are  connected  with  what  is 
defimU;  the  will  with  what  is  pofi- 
tivCm    A  definite  answer  leaves  no- 
thing to  be  explained ;  a  positive  an- 
swer leaves  no  room  for  hesitation  or 
question.    It  is  necessary  to  be  d^ 
tdte  in  ^nnp  instructionsi  and  to  be 
^yoeitvoe  in  giving  commands.    A  per- 
son who  is  definite  in  his  proceedings 
^th  another,  puts  a.  stop  to  all  un- 
xeuonaUe  expectations;  it  is  neces- 
mnxj  for  those  who  have  to  exercise 
4uithority  to'  be  positive^  in  order  to 
enforce  obedience  from  the  self-willed 
auod  coutnmadous. 

W«  MB  Mt  aMe  to  jadga  of  the  dq^ne  d 

\  which  opeialad  at  anj  particalar  tiiM 

I  ow  ova  thoagbtit  bat  ai  it  li  reosried  bj 

>  CHtala  aad  definite  eflbct.  Joaaaoa. 

Bad  Riven    betas   now   la  bit  owa 

aa  bhi  dbath  bed,  thaoffit  tt  hk  dot j  to 

I  fer  Savaso  amoDf  hit   other  aataral 

rhildeaa*  aad  Oatefore  demanded  a  yefttire 

''  af  Itaa  JoaaaoH. 


DBriNinON,  EXPUINATION. 

A  DEFINITION  is  properly  a  spe- 
^  es  of  EXPLANATION.  The  former 


used  sdoitifically,  the  latter  on  ordi- 
i  vy  occasions ;  the  former  is  confined 
o  words,  the  latter  is  employed  for 
'vvords  or  things. 

Adefinition  is  correct  or  precise ;  an 
^inianaiion  is  general  or  ample. 

^  The  definition  of  a  word  defines  or 
limits  the  extent  of  its  signification ; 
H  is  the  mle  for  the  scholar  in  the  use 
^  any  word:  the  explanation  of  a 
^id  may  include  both  definition  and 
lustration :  the  former  admits  of  no 
fUgrowords  than  will  include  the  lead- 


ing foaturos  in  the  meaning  of  any 
term  ;  the  latter  admits  of  an  unlimit- 
ed scope  for  di£fuseness  on  the  part  of 
the  explainer. 

Aa  to  poilCeacm,  ana  j  have  aCteoapted  dejl- 
nitiofu  of  It.  I  bellevo  It  if  be«t  to  be  haowo 
bj  detcriptloB,  definitUn  aot  behif  able  to 
eoapTlie  IC.  Loao  Cbultbam  . 

If  jou  are  foreed  to  deitre  ftiitber  iafomiatloB 
or  erplancf  Ion  npoo  a  point,  do  it  with  prDper 
aptdoflei  for  tlw  trouble  jroo  give. 

Loaa  CiiAniASc. 

TO  BEFORMf  V,  To  deface. 
TO  DEFRAUD,  t/.  To  cheat. 
TO  DEFY,  V.  To  brave. 

TO  DEGRADE,   DISGRACB. 

DEGRADE,  firoin  the  Latin  grm^ 
diu  a  step  or  deeree,  signifies  to  bring  ^ 
down,  or  a  step  lower. 

DISGRACk,  from  the  LaUn  gratia 
favor,  signifies  to  bring  out  of  favor  or 
esteem :  an  officer  in  the  army  is  de* 
graded  ;  a  minister  of  state  or  a  cour« 
tier  is  ditgraced. 

In  the  general  or  moral  application, 
degrade  respects  the  external  station 
or  rank  ;  disgrace  refers  to  the  moral 
estimation  or  character :  one  is  often 
disgraced  bv  a  degradation^  and  like- 
wise when  tnere  is  no  express  degra^ 
dation :  whatever  is  low  and  mean 
is  degrading;  whatever  is  iinmriral 
is  disgraceful :  it  is  degrading  for  a 
nobleman  to  associate  with  prize-fight- 
ers and  jockeys ;  it  is  disgraceful  for 
him  to  countenance  the  violation  of 
die  laws  which  he  is  bound  to  protect : 
it  is  degrading  for  a  clergyman  to 
take  part  in  the  ordinary  pleasures 
and  diversions  of  mankind  in  general ; 
it  is  disgraceful  for  him  to  indulge  in 
any  levities:  Domittan  degraded 
himself  by  the  meanness  of  the  em- 
ployment which  he  chose;  he  di9^ 
graced  himself  by  the  cruelty  which 
he  mixed* with  his  meanness :.  King 
John  of  England  degraded  himself  as 
much  by  his  mean  compliance  when 
in  the  power  of  the  barons,  as  he  hud 
disgraced  himself  before  by  his  detest- 
able tyranny  and  oppression. 

The  liigbcr  the  rank  of  the  indivi- 
dual, the  greater  his  degradation: 
the  higher  his  character,  or  the  more 
sucred  his  office,  the  greater  his  efis- 
grace,  if  he  act  inconsistently  with  itn 
^gtiity  ;  but  these  tcnas  are  not  cuii* 


DELEGATE. 


DELIGHTFUL.       987 


ptotic  to  daiay ;  when  •  plan  is  not 
aacurely  digested,  it  is  prudent  to 
d^er  its  execation  until  every  tliinj;  is 
in  an  entire  state  of  preparation. 
JProerattinaiion  is  a  culpable  May 
arising   solely  from  the  fault  of  the 

i9rocra$tinaior :  it  is  the  part  of  a  di- 
atory  man  to  procrastinate  that  which 
it  is  both  his  interest  and  duty  to  per- 
fcrm. 

To  d^ar  is  used  without  regard  to 
any  partiailar  time  or  object;  to 
pattpane  has  always  relation  to  some- 
thii^  else :  it  is  properly  to  drfer  until 
the  oompUtion  0/  some  period  or 
event:  a  person  may  defer  bis  visit 
from  month  to  month ;  ne  pa$tponM$ 
hia  visit  until  the  commencement  of  a 
new  year :  a  tardy  debtor  delays  the 
settlement  of  his  accounts;  a  mer- 
chant defers  the  shipment  of  any 
goods  in  consequence  cl  tlie  receipt  of 
jresh  intelligence ;  he  postpones  the 
shipment  until  after  the  arrival  of  the 
expected  fieet 

We  delay  the  execution  of  a 
thin^;  we  prolong  or  protract  the 
coAUnnation  of  a  thing ;  we  retard 
the  termination  of  a  thing :  we  may 
deliqf  answering  a  letter,  prolong  a 
contest^  protract  a  lawsuit^  and  retard 
a  publication. 

Fmbb  Ibae  both  old  aod  jaung  wtth  proOt  Imib, 
Tbe  boundi  0f  food  aid  evil  to  dbeern  X 
UaliAppy  be  «bo  doa  (bto  work  adjoorn, 
Aud  to  to-morrov  wovld  tbe  learcb  deU^i 
Uk  UiMj  morrow  will  be  like  to-day.     DavoBv* 

Never  d^fkr  fbat  till  fto-aienov  wUcb  yea  caa 
do  to-day.  Braesu- 

Wben  I  potlpotiitd  to  anotber  ismnier  my  Jonr^ 
ney  to  Et^laad,  coald  I  apprebend  tbat  I  oerer 
aboeMneberafyal  Oisaov. 

ProcnuHmOtan  k  Oa  tbtef  of  thae.      Tooii*. 

Ferbape  cieat  Hector  tbea  bad  foaad  bb  fkte. 
But,  Jove  aad  dnttny  prolon^d  bb  date. 


To  tUs  EaryaloB  :  **  You  plead  fn  vain. 
And  b«t|»roCrac(  tbe  caote  joq  cannot  gala.** 

VnGu. 
I  we  tbelayeretben 
or  mfa^ifed  moalds  of  more  retentive  eartba. 
That  while  tbe  deallnf;  roototnrB  they  tranimlt« 
Retard  Kt  metion  and  fotbld  fli  waiCa 

TaoanoN. 

DELSOATB,  DEPUTY. 

DELEGATB,  in  Latin  delegatus, 
from  delego,  signifies  one  oommis- 
iirmed. 

DEPUTY,  in  Latin  deptdainif  (torn 
depnto,  signi6es  one  to  whom  a  busi- 
ness is  assi^ed. 


Adekggt9 has  a  more  active  office 
than  a  deputy  f  he  is  appointed  tQ 
execQte  soma  positive  commission :  a 
deputy  may  often  serve  only  to  supply 
the  piece  or  answer  in  the  name  of  one 
who  is  absent:  delegates  are  mostly 
appointed  in  pnblio  transactions ;  d^ 
ptiies  are  choeen  either  in  pubKc  or 

rate  matters :  dekgmtes  are  chosen 
^  particular  bodies  for  purposes  of 
negotiation  either  in  regard  to  civil  or 
poliucal  affairs;  deputies  are  chosen 
either  by  individuals  or  small  oommcH 
nities  to  officiate  on  certain  occasions 
of  a  purely  civil  nature:  the  Hant- 
towns  in  Uermany  used  formerly  to 
send  dkktdtes  to  the  Diet  at  Ratisfcion ; 
when  Calais  was  goiitt  to  surrender  to 
Edward  HI.  King  of  England,  ^epvftet 
were  sent  from  the  townsmen  to  im- 
plore his  mercy. 

Let  cboMB  dO/egatet  this  boar  be  tent, 

Myveir  «U  nana  thn,to  PeUdeir  tent.    Pevs. 


Bfwy  tneaAer  Cof  parllUMBt),  tboagb 
wo  by  eoe  pwtloalav  dbttrict,  when  elected  and 
ntnned  lervei  tat  tbe  whole  mlm ;  and  tbare- 
Ibre  be  b  not  bonad,  like  a  deputjf  In  the  antled 
proftaeei,  to  eonnlt  with  Ma  eoaitkaientt  oa  any 
Mitlciilir  polnL  ^ 

Bat  tbit 
Aad  all  tte  uA-tnaspotted  mv 
Afa  to  thy  beaaty^  digaltj«  ud  ui, 
Uneqoal  fbr,  grmt  deiegated  fonree 
or  Hcbt  aad  Ufb,  and  grace,  and  Joy  behnr. 


Tho  nTmtitTnff  nf  perMMtf<yw(edfrBmpf«>- 
pb  at  craat  disUncei  b  a  trouble  to  tbam  tbat 
■re  ifltt  aad  aebaige  to  than  tbat  Mod. 

Ti 


TO  DELiBBRATR,  v^  To  de- 
bate, 

TO   OBLIBERATB,     V.    To  COfl^ 

suit. 

DBLIBBRATB,  V.  ThoUghtfuL 

PBLICACV,  XK  Dainty. 
dblicau^  v.  Fine. 
DBLIGHT9  V.  Pleasure. 

DBLIOHTFULy    CHARMING, 

DELIGHTFUL  is  applied  either 
to  material  or  spiritual  objects; 
CHARMING  mostly  to  objects  of 

sense. 

When  they  both  denote  the  plea- 
sure of  the  sense,  delightful  is  not  so 
strong  an  expression  as  charming :  a 
prospect  may  be  delightful  or  cAonn- 


DEMOLISH. 


iitoacertMii  atent  justifiable :  the 
carefbl  DELIVERY  of  property  into 
the  hands  of  the  owner  will  be  the 
first  object  of  cooeein  inth  a  faithful 
agent, 

WImIb^  bdUi  jov  life  dMll  to  mj  care, 
Om  dntk.  or  oM^eUrcnmee,  W0  will  thue. 

Dbti 

With  ov  Buum 
atwfwMa 

MWWJfUWB  01 


tto  dMvery  of 
MkUDllj  to  ciUMlib  the 
Blioutomk. 


DBLiVBRT)  V.  Deliverance. 
TO  DBLUDBy  V.  To  deceive. 
BBLUOSy  V.  Overflow. 
DELUSION,  v.  Fallacy. 

TO  BBMAND,  V.  To  askfoT. 

TODBMANO,  RBQUIRB. 

DEMAND,  V.  To  ask. 
REQUIRE^  in  Latin  require^  com- 
^ponnded  of  re  and  9«tfro^  simifies  to 
^seek  for  or  to  seek  to  get  baoc. 

We  demmnd  that  which  is  owing  and 
u^||it  to  be  eiTen;  we  rehire  that 
hich  we  wish  and  expect^  to  have 
one.  A  itmamd  is  more  positive  than 
^Sk  reqtdnikm  ;  the  former  admits  of  no 
^zqaestioo;  the  latter  is  liable  to  be 
S^bth  qnesdoned  and  refused  :  the  cre- 
itor  makes  a  demand  on  the  debtor ; 
ho  master  requires  a  certain  portion 
f  doty  from  his  servant:  it  is  unjust 
demand  of  a  person  what  he  has 
rieht  to  give ;  it  is  unreasonable  to 
^^sqmre  of  mm  what  it  is  not  in  his 
wer  10  do. 

A  tlung  is  commonly  demanded  in 
cpress  woids  j  it  is  required  by  im- 
ication:  a  person  demands  admit- 
when  it  IS  not  voluntarily  grant- 
he  requires  respectful  deportment . 
those  who   are  suboroiiiate  to 


the  figurative  application  the 
sense  is  preser\'eu :   things  of 

ency  and  moment  demand  inimedi- 
attention;  difficult  matters  rejmre 

teady  attention. 


',  sH  ye  Tntjaot !  all  je  Gncian  baodi, 
^^^^m  Htk,  Mtbor  of  tto  war,  demmmdM. 

Pots, 

^^'^'w,  hf  mj  ninVelgo  aod  hii  hie  I  iwow, 
^^^^mL*A  tor  fkltb  io  pMce,  and  force  ia  war, 
<^  ow  aUiaoce  other  Unds  deslr*d, 
And  nhtt  w«  teok  of  you  of  as  regicfr'iC. 

Dbydkv. 


Smielj  tto  rolmpoet  of  lUiB  ud  tto  atlrpi 
of  laHi  and  appetfloi  dn^  looted  aad  wt 
■prrad  maj  be  allowed  to  dMwuulioaieiecti 
ttom  iMMlnea  and  and  foUj*  Joau 

Oh  then  bow  blind  to  all  that  trath  reguirts^ 
Who  think  to  fkeedom  wh«  ■  put  Mpliek 

GoLHsn 

DEMEANOUR,  V.  Behoviour. 
DEMISE,  V.  Death. 

TO  DEMOLISH,    RAZB,  DIS- 
MANTLE, DBSTBOy. 

The  throwing  down  wfiat  has  been 
built  up  is  the  common  idea  included 
in  all  these  terms. 

DEMOLISH,  from  the  Latin  demo* 
liar,  and  moles  a  mass^  signifies  to  do* 
compound  what  has  been  ra  a  mass. 

RAZE  like  erase  (v,  7b  blai  tmi) 
signifies  the  making  smooth  or  even 
with  the  ground. 

DISMANTLE,  in  French  doBM- 
ieler,  signifies  to  deprive  of  the  mantle 
or  guara. 

DESTROY,  from  the  Latin  destmo, 
compounded  of  the  privative  de  ana 
struo  to  build^  signifies  properly  to  poll 
down. 

A  fabric  is  demolished  by  scattering 
all  its  component  parts ;  it  is  mostly 
an  unlicensed  act  of  caprice;  it  is 
^ razed  by  way  of  punishment,  that  it 
may  be  left  as  a  monument  of  pnUic 
vengeance;  a  fortress  is  dismantled 
from  motives  of  prudence,  in  order  to 
render  it  defenceless ;  places  are  de* 
strayed  by  various  means  and  from 
vanous  motives,  that  they  may  not 
exist  an^  longer. 

Individuals  may  demolish;  justice 
causes  a  razures  a  general  orders 
towers  to  be  dismantled  and  fortifica* 
tioiis  to  be  destroyed 

From  the  demoUth*d  tow'rt  the  TNgain  throw 
Hoge  heaps  of  itoDeh  that  lUUnircnnhtbefDeu 

DavDSv* 

Gnat  DInncile  has  compaw'd  roood  wHh  walb 

The  city  which  Argjpa  he  calls. 

From  his  own  Affoa  namM ;  we  tovchM  with 

joy 

The  rojal  hand  that  r«s*tf  aibappy  Troy. 

DaYDBIf. 

OV  the  drear  spot  sea  deaolatkin  spread, 

And  the  dUmmnUed  walb  la  ratas  lie.     HoosSi 

We,  for  myieir  I  speak,  and  all  (he  name 
Of  Grecians,  who  to  Troy^  ffestrtfctiOM  came^. 
Not  one  but  mlfeied  and  too  dearly  bonsht 
The  prixe  of  honor  which  in  arms  he  soofht. 

DavBBk 


*  VIda  Ahb6  GIrard :  **  Demolir,  raier,  dein«Bt«ler  dctrtlie** 


DSNT. 


DttfY. 


m 


to  diacera  the  bat  me  of  time  ud  fCM^ete  to 
pnctfpe  II,  tt  wSfftn  bs  ^iwleoy  I  thbilt  vilbont 
AciKctfMH  tbn  lodU  Hbtcty  wimid  be  »  bkiritaf . 

JeaMON. 

L^jd  WM  alira|i  nifiqf  e^^ertient  and  ie> 
■otiBff  tbm.  Jofaneik 


TO  DBNOMTNATB,  V.  To  Tiame. 

DENOMINATION,  v.  Nome. 
TO  DSNcmi,  sioNirr. 

DENOnrE,  in  Latin  dtnoio  or 
verT/Oy  froth  ndhak  participle  of  noico, 
signifies  tp  cause  to  knbw. 

SIGNIFY^  froto  the  Latin  il^m 
u  lign^  and  ^  to  Become,  signines  to 
l)ecdine  oir  be  made  a  sign,  or  guide 
£or  the  understanding. 

JDehaie  is  employed  with  regard  to 
^ings  and  uieir  characters;  signify 
^rith  regvd  to  the  thoughts  or  move- 
xnents.    A  tetter  or  character  may  be 
.Knade  to  iAoii  any  number,  as  words 
^UB  made  taiipUfy  the  intentions  and 
'^irishes  of  tne  person.     Among  the 
Ancient  tjjypdkos  hieroglyphics  were 
^ery  niucoempbycid  to  denote  certdn 
Kaoral  quaQties ;  in  many  cases  looks 
^r  actions  will  i^i/^  more  than  words. 
Ibevicas    and  emblems    of  different 
^escrigtiiws  drawn  either  fromi  fabu- 
Xoos  history  or  the  natural  world  are 
M,  ikewise  now  employed  to  denote  par- 
'^icular    difcumstances    or   qualities: 
-^^he    oomooopia  denotes  plenty;  the 
^jcehini  iemaim  industry;  the  dbve 
^genoie*  medmess ;  and  tne  lamb  gen- 
tleness :    be  who  will^  not  take  the 
K  voobU  to  tign\fy  his  wishes  otherwise 
l-ian  liy  nods  or  signs  must  expect  to 
freqiMfldy  misunderstood. 


■^jdotbe  Mine  tbiof,  andjel  tbe 
Het  ilr  mad  beutj  wblch  dkttofiilsb 
Itbe  tbat    lolfldtable  tauUne 
Sden  biHM  t»  baie  dtfund  oter  bk  landieapei^ 
fliembli.  BncTAsoK. 

ilMMt  imdM  mie  wed  to  H^ify 
Mi  alHIle  Mm;  vttboatnmdiMlfntlaK  to 
wfeieh  mtj  cbuce  to  attend  it.     Bduk. 


j>KNSB,  V.  Thick. 

xo  DBNy^  V.  To  contradict. 

TO  BBNT,   BBrCSB. 

SENY,  in  Latin  denego  or  nego, 
^h^t  is  lie  or  nan  and  t^o,  signifies  to 
~^jr  no  to  a  thing. 

REFUSE^  in  Latin  refusui,  from 

~  Madjkndo  to  pour  or  cast,  signifies 

throw  back  that  which  is  presented. 


To  denjf  respects  matters  of  fmbi 
or  knowledge;  to  refute  matters  of 
wish  or  request.  Vfe  deny  whsut  }SM>> 
inediately  belongs  to  onrselyes;  we 
re^what  belongs  to  another.  W* 
deny  as  to  the  past ;  we  refiu6  n  t6 
the  future :  we  dejiy  our  participatiAi 
in  that  y^hich  has  bten;  we  reflti^ 
our  pnrttcipation  in  that  which  mtt^ 

b^;  to  (i^  must  alwaysr  be  ^xpMtt^ 
y^rbal  ;  a  tefutat  may  sometimes  tt 
signified  ly  ifMions  or  looks  as  well  si 
words.  A  dinisi  affects  our  yeradty; 
a  ^^^^  affects  our  good  nature'. 

To  deny  is  likewise  sometimes  Md 
in  regard  to  one's  own  gratifieations  di 
well  as  to  one's  knowledge,  in  wl|fi6B 
duie  it  is  still  more  analmns  tb  ffflisf, 
which  rttards  tbe  gratifications  of  sfi^ 
othe^.  In  this  case  we  say  we  deny  i 
person  n  thii^but  we  r^flae  his  retfimit 
or  re^i«e  to  ifo  a  thing.  6ome  Curiit^ 
ians  think  it  yery  meritorious  to  dl^ 
themselyes  their  usual  quantity  ef  foM 
at  certain  times;  thej  dre  h6#M^ 
bjbt  sorry  professors  of  Cbristiariity  if 
they  refuse  at  the  sam^  time  to  p¥h 
of  their  snbstance  to  tbe  po6r.  I^ 
stances  are  not  rare  of  roisWs  iA6 
hayei  denied  themselyes  the  toiaitiah 
necessaries  of  Ufe,  and  yet  have  nMit 
refused  to  relieye  those  whofl^iA 
distress,  or  assist  those  who  wehi  fh 
trouble. 

Deny  is  sometimes  th6  act  of  un» 
conscious  agents ;  refiue  is  aJti^in 
a  persorid  aiid  intentional  act.  Wh 
are  sometiriies  c/enied  by  drcmnsCtfiiclik 
the  consolaricm  of  seeing  our  fiitimtt 
before  they  die ;  when  prisonerl  trslkt 
to  see  their  friends  for  sinisterporpdsitt 
they  must  be  refused, 

Jofe  to  bbTbftisooCbliifcooId  fenjf. 
Nor  wit  tbe  tlcnal  «ala  tbat  Aook  tbe  ftr. 

hut 

O  lire  of  Godi  and  mtfb !  fbj  Ibp^lIiM  W; 
B^/um  or  grant ;  for  wkat  baa  Jew  to  Aw  I 


Tnqahe  yea  how  tbeie  pewVi  «e  Shsn  tMte  I 

Tb  not  for  a«  to  know  ;  o«t  Mccb  li  Tata; 

Can  any  one  reoBember  or  Mtato 

How  be  »i«ted  la  tbe  eoibrjo  itale  f 

Tbat  l%bt*ii  demjf'd  to  bhn  wblcb  oCben  acii 

lie  knowa  perhap*  joa*U  tay— aad  ao  do  wb 


TO    DBNYy   DISOWN. 

DENY  (v.  To  deny)  approaches 
nearest  to  the  sense  of  disown  when 
applied  to  petsons;  DISOWN,  that 


39S 


DENY. 


DEPLORE. 


is,  not  to  own,  on  the  other  hand 
bears  a  strong  analogy  to  denjf  when 
applied  to  things. 

In  the  first  case  deny  is  said  with 
T^gard  to  one's  knowledge  of  or  con- 
nection with  a  person ;  diaomning  on 
the  other  hand  is  a  term  of  laiger 
import,  including  the  renunciation  of 
all  relationship  or  social  tie:  the 
former  b  said  of  those  who  are  not 
vdated ;  the  latter  of  such  only  as  are 
related.  Peter  denied  our  Saviour;  a 
parent  can  scarcely  be  justified  in  dii- 
owning  his  child  let  his  vices  be  ever  so 
enormous ;  a  child  can  never  ditown 
its  parent  in  anv  case  without  violating 
the  most  sacreo  duty. 

In  the  second  case  det^  is  sud  in 
regard  to  things  that  concern  others 
as  well  as  ourselves ;  diaomn  only  in 
regard  to  what  is  done  by  one's  self 
or  that  in  which  one  is  personally  con- 
oemed.  A  person  denies  that  there 
is .  any  truth  in  the  assertion  of  an- 
^  other  ;  he  diiowni  all  participation  in 
.  -  imv  afiidr.  We  may  deny  having  seen 
a  thing ;  we  may  duown  that  we  did 
It  ourselves.  Our  veracity  is  often 
the  only  thing  implicated  in  a  denial ; 
our  guilty  innocence,  or  honour  are 
implicated  in  what  we  disown,  A 
witness  denies  what  is  stated  as  a 
iJK^t ;  the  accused  party  disowns  what 
is  hud  to  his  charge. 
.  A  (ienia/ is  employed  only  jfbr  out- 
ward actions  or  events;  that  which 
can  be  related  may  be  denied :  Jis- 
nmning  extends  to  whatever  we  can 
own  or  possess ;  we  may  disown  our 
feelings,  our  name,  our  connexions, 
and  the  like. 

Christians  deny  the  charges  which 
are  brought  against  the  gospel  by  its 
enemies.  The  apostles  would  never 
disown  the  character  which  they  held 
as  messengers  of  Chrbt. 

V,  tike  2te(s  uy  itall  walk  aboat  and  jtS, 

4at^  there  is  anj  moUon  la  natare,  tarelj  that 
Bsa  waa  caoHHated  fM  Antkjia,  and  wen  a 
H  cpupaafaiB  for  thoae  who,  havlog  a  conceit 
th^  are  dead,  cannot  be  conflcted  nato  the  kk 
da^of  theMvlog.  Bnows. 

leit  man  ahonld    qaila  hb  pow*r 


DBPARTURE,  V.  Exit. 

DEPBNOANCB,  BBLIANCE. 

DEPENDANCE,  from  depend  op 
de  and  fend^  in  Latin  pendo  to  hang 
from,  signifies  literally  to  rest  one's 
weieht  by  hanging  from  that  which  is 

RELY,  compounded  of  re  and  iy 
or  lie^  signifies  likewise  to  rest  one^ 
weight  by  lying  or  hanpag  back  firom 
the  olgect  held. 

Dependancc  is  the  general  terra; 
ireliance  is  a  species  ofdependance : 
we  depend  either  on  persons  or  things ; 
we  re/yon  persons  only:  dependence 
serves  fi)r  that  which  is  imnaediate  or 
remote;  reliance  serves  for  the  future 
only.  We  depend  upon  a  person 
ibr  that  which  we  are  obliged  to 
receive  or  led  to  expect  from  bim: 
we  rely  upon  a  person  for  that  which 
he  has  given  us  reason  to  vpect  from 
him. 

Dependancc  is  an  outward  cmditiai 
or  the  state  of  external  circnmstances ; 
reliance  is  a  state  of  the  feelinn  «nth 
regard  to  others.  We  depena  upon 
God  for  all  that  we  have  or  shall  have ; 
we  relif  upon  the  word  of  man  for 
that  which  ne  has  promised  to  perform. 
We  may  depend  upon  a  person's  com* 
ing  from  a  variety  of  causes  ;  but  we 
rely  upon  it  only  in  ref^ence  to  his 
avowed  intention. 


Ht  Bihei  that  pow*r  to  trembUog  nationt  known. 

Jnnrin. 

TO  BENY9  V.  To  disavow. 
DEPARTURE,  V.  Death. 


A  man  wboQNihiibeileBiMVBUttoUiene- 
coidinctotbedlcuteiorflrtw  and  rliht  icaaoa 
has  two  pcrpetnal  aoQioei  of  chaerfklneai,  in 
thecooslderatSon  of  Ui  own  naive,  and  of  that 
Bdi^  on  whom  he  has  n  Htptnttmn 

The  tender  twif  shoots  npwnrd  to  tin 
And  on  the  fUth  of  the  new  ami  reUm 

Dm 

TO  DEPICT,  V.  Tdpaini. 

TO   DEPLORE,   LAMENT, 

DEPLORE,  in  Latin  d^loro,  that 
is  de  and  pUn^  or  pkmgOf  to  g^ve 
signs  of  distress  with  the  fiM»  or 
mouth. 

LAMENT,  V.  To  bewail 

Deplore  is  a  much  stronger  eipres- 
sion  than  lament;  the  former  caUs 
forth  tears  from  tlie  bitterness  of  the 
heart;  the  latter  excites  a  cry  from 
the  warmth  of  feeling.  *  Deplorable  ii^ 
dicates  despair ;  to  lament  marks  only 
piun  or  distress.    Among  the  poor  we 


«  VideTraalcrs  •  lamBrtsble,  deplorablft'' 


deponent; 

hare  deplorable  instances  of  poverty^ 
ignorance,  Tice,  and  wretchedness  com- 
bined :  among  the  higher  classes  we  hare 
often  lamentable  instances  of  extrava- 
nnce  and  consequent  ruin.  A  field  of 
nttle  or  a  city  orerthrown  by  an 
MTthqaake  is  a  spectacle  truly  dephr^ 
Me :  it  is  lamentable  to  see  beggars 
patting  on  all  the  disguises  of  wretch- 
edness in  order  to  obtain  what  they 
might  earn  by  honest  industry.  The 
oondition  ofadyingman  suffering  under 
the  agonies  of  an  awakened  conscience 
18  deplorable;  the  situation  of  the 
relative  or  friend  who  witnesses  the 
aguny,  without  being  able  to  afford 
consolation  to  the  sufferer,  is  truly 
lamentable, 

n«  VModi  they  wuhM,  tbeir  ploiit  tean  tlnej 

wBtOm 

Aad  tadd  ilMf  tbdr  oara  deplor'd  the  dead. 

Pops. 

Bit  let  Ml  cUflf  tbt  Bif  litlni^le  UnmetU 

Ner  raioM  mn,  too  deHcatelj  framM 

To  teook  fhe  hank  confinement  of  the  cage. 

TBomoH. 

BBPONBNT,  BVIDBNCE, 
WITNESS, 

}>£PONENT,  from  the  Latin  de- 
pono,  is  the  cme  laying  down  or  open 
what  he  has  heard  or  seen. 

EVIDENCE,  firom  evident,  is  the 
one  producing  evidence  or  making 
evident, 

WITNESS,  firom  the  Saxon  witan, 
Teutonic  tveiaen,  Greek  ii}a,  and 
Hebrew  ido  to  know,  is  the  one  know- 
ing or  making  known. 

The  deponent  always  declares  upon 
oath ;  he  serves  to  ave  information  : 
the  evidence  is  likewise  generally 
bound  by  an  oath;  he  serves  to  acquit 
or  condemn :  the  witness  is  employed . 
upon  oath  or  otherwise ;  he  serves  to 
confirm  or  invalidate. 

A  deponent  declares  either  in  writ- 
ing or  by  word  of  mouth ;  the  deposit 
tion  is  preparatory  to  the  trial :  an 
evidence  may  give  evidence  either  by 
words  or  actions ;  whatever  serves  to 
clear  up,  whether  a  person  or  an  ani- 
mal, the  thing  is  used  as  an  evidence  ; 
the  evidence  always  comes  forward  on 
the  trial  :  a  witness  is  always  a  person 
in^  the  proper  sense,  but  may  be  ap- 

Elied  figuratively  to  inanimate  objects ; 
e  declares  by  word  of  mouth  what 
he  personally  knows.  Every  witness 
is  an  evidence  at  the  moment  of  trial| 

9 


DEPOSIT. 


ssi 


but  every  evidence  is  not  a  witnessl 
When  a  dog  is  employed  as  an  evi^ 
dence  he  cannot  be  called  a  witness. 

Evidence  on  the  other  hand  is  coeh 
fined  mostly  to  Judicial  matters ;  and 
witneu  extends  to  all  the  ordinary 
concerns  of  life.  One  person  appears 
as  an  evidence  against  another  on  a 
criminal  charge:  a  witneu  appeart 
for  or  against;  he  corroborates  tha 
word  of  another,  and  is  a  security  iu 
all  dealings  or  matters  of  question  be^ 
tvtreen  man  and  man. 

The  pleader  havlnff  apoke  hb  betf. 

And  wttiuu  read  J  to  atteit; 

WhofUrlj  could  CD  oath  depoee^ 

Whea  qoertioBi  OB  the  fhct  aioae^ 

That  e«'f7  article  waa  true. 

Vot  fturther  theie  dtponenU  kaev.  Strirr. 

Of  the  evidence  which  appeared  a^ut  hin 
CSavage)  the  character  of  the  maa  waa  not  ■■« 
esceptioDable;  that  of  the  woman  aotorioua^ 
lafunooi.  JoHx^oK. 

fn  case  a  woman  he  fordUj  taken  awaj  aad 
married,  the  may  he  a  wttneu  againit  her  hue* 
bead  la  order  to  cooTlct  him  of  Mony. 

Blackbtone. 

In  e?ery  man's  heart  aad  consdmce,  leUf  Km 
hat  many  wUneuet  to  iti  Importance  and 
reality.  Blaou 

DEPORTMENT,  V.  Behoviour, 

DEPOSIT,  PLEDGE,  SBCURITIT. 

DEPOSIT  is  a  general  term  from 
the  Latin  depositus  participle  of  de* 
ponOf  signifying  to  lay  down,  or  put 
into  the  hands  of  another. 

PLEDGE,  comes  probably  from 
plico,  signifying  what  engages  by  a 
tie  or  envelope. 

SECURrrY  signifies  that' which 
makes  secure. 

The  deposit  has  most  regard  to  the 
confidence  we  place  in  another;  the 
pledge  has  most  regard  to  the  security 
we  give  for  ourselves;  security  is  a 
species  of  pledge,  A  deposit  is  tuwayai 
voluntarily  placed  in  the  hands  of  an 
indifferent  person ;  a  pledge  and  secti- 
rity  are  required  from  the  parties  who 
are  interested.  A  person  may  make  a 
deposit  for  purposes  of  charity  or 
convenience ;  he  gives  a  pledge  or 
security  for  a  temporary  accommo- 
dation, or  the  relief  of  a  necessity. 
Money  is  deposited  in  the  hands  of 
n  friend  in  order  to  execute  aoom- 
mission :  a  pledge  is  given  as  aq 
equivalent  fur  that  wiiich  has  been 


DEPRAVITY. 


lnatMon,  thfK  «iU  prohabl;  ke  aolnml  kap- 
plor**;  for  wbj  ihoiild  afflictioni  be  pennltted  to 
tafctt  b«lii^  who  wft  not  lu  daBfer  olttorrupUon 
blcMiiigt  f  JonmoN. 


'The  force  of  irregular  prof>eo8itie8 
ind  dJBtempared    imagiBatioDS    pro- 
4aocft  a  4epr^aUy  of  manners;   the 
fiwce  of  cawmpleaod  thedisseminatuNi 
of  iiad  firiiiei|ies  pRniQce  a  cotrupiioti, 
A  jadfyaBl  not  aoimd  or  right  is  dl0» 
prmved  ;  a-^)iidgameDt  debased  by  that 
winch  is  .tacMB  is  corrupted.    What 
is  darned  nquiret  to  be  refbrsied  : 
what  is  €mwupU4  requires  to  -be  mi- 
riliad.    Dtpraipiiy  hua  most  regard  to 
apparant    and    esceisiae    cbsocders; 
eornqdiem  to  infiemal  and  dissolute 
vi<»8.  **  Mauiers/'  says  Cicero,  **  ms 
tmrypted  and  depn/ned  by  the  love  of 
Ticbes.''    «<  Fort  Royal  says  that  God 
has  given  up  infidels  to  the  .wandering 
of  a  corrupted  and  depraved  mind. 
Tbete  voids  ace.by  no  means  a  pleo- 
nasm or  sepetkion,  because  they  re* 
present  .two  distinct  images ;  one  in- 
dicates the  state  of  a  thing  very  much 
changed  in  hs  substaooe;  the  other 
the  state  of  a  thing  very  much  opposed 
to  ratolaiity.    **  Good  Godl  (says 
Maiiiron  itfaie  preacher),  what  a  dread- 
fid  aoooont  .will  the  ridi  and  powerful 
have  one  day  to  ^ve;  since,  besides 
their  own  sms,  they  will  have  to  ao» 
oooDt  before  Thee  rar  public  dborder, 
deprtBoHy  of  morals,  and  the  corrupt 
HoM  of  the  age.''    Public  disorders 
bring  on  naturally  depravity  of  mo- 
rals ;  and  sins  or  ^cious  practices  na* 
tunilly  give4)irth  to  corruption.    Do' 
pravitjf  is  more  or  less  open ;  it  re- 
volts the  sober  upright  understanding ; 
eorruptioH  is  more  or  less  disguised  in 
its  operations,  but  fatal  in  its  effects : 
the  tbrmer  sweeps  away  every  thing 
before  it  like  a  torrent ;  the  latter  in- 
fuses itself  into  the  moral  frame  like  a 
slow  poison. 

That  is  a  depraued  state  of  morals 
in  which  the  gross  vices  are  openly 
practised  in  defiance  of  all  decorum  : 
that  is  a  corrupt  state  of  society  in 
which  vice  has  secretly  insinuated 
itself  into  all  the  principles  and  halnts 
of  men,  and  concealed  its  deformity 
under  the  fair  semblance  of  virtue  and 
honor.  The  manners  of  savages  are 
roost  likely  to  be  depraved ;  tuose  of 
dvilized  nations  to  be  corrupt,  when 
luxury  and  refinement  are  lisen  to  an 


DEPRAVITY.        Sd5 

excessive  pitch.  Cannibal  nations 
present  us  with  the  picture  of  human 
depravity ;  the  Roman  nation  during 
the  time  of  the  emperors,  affords  us 
an  example  of  almost  universal  cor* 
ruption. 

rrom  the  above  observations,  it  is 
clear  that  depravity  is  best  applied  to 
those  objects  to  which  common  usage 
has  annexed  the  epithets  of  right,  re^ 
gular,  fine,  &c.  and  corruption  to 
those  which  may  be  characterized  by 
the  epithets  of  sound,  pure^  innocent, 
or  good.  Hence  we  prefer  to  say  de^ 
pravity  of  mind  and  corruption  of 
heart;  depravity  of  principle  and  cor^ 
ruption  ot  sentiment  or  feeling :  a  de- 
praved character;  a  corrupt  example; 
a  corrupt  influence. 

The  gmteU  diflcultj  that  oeeim  In  aoMlj^fof 
Ml  (Swift^)  dnncCer,  to  to  dlwiover  b/  irtec 
4tprmtH9  ^  fotelleet  be  toek  dellshC  la  nfolv- 
lof  IdMB  rkpa  wbleh  alBWrt  vtuj  «lber  Mia4 
RbrlahiwWb  ilbiiu^  aomoa. 

IPnaoe  b  Uw  bappy  nataral  etate  of  OMB  ; 

IKar  bk  oortufUam^^  di«racau       Trommk. 

.Vo  depnufUjfci  the  mlad  bat  been  mora  hf 
qacBtlj  or  joitlj  cearaced  than  iafcatltade. 

Jcftamnu 

I  bare  remaibed  la  a  ronner  paper,  that  ei«- 

dalHy  to  the  oooudod  .fkilfag  of  InespcrieBoed 

▼Mm^  and  that  he  who  to  ipoataneoaaly  lOfpl* 

.  dona  maj  be  Jnac^cbaiiad  with  radical  ewni^ 

^"*  JOBMOV. 


In  reference  to  the  arts  or  belles 
lettres  we  say  either  depravity  or  cor- 
runtion  of  taste,  because  taste  has  its 
rules,  is  liable  to  be  disordered,  is  or 
is  not  conformable  to  natural  order,  is 
regular  or  irresular  ;  and  on  the  other 
hand  it  may  be  so  intermingled  with 
sentiments  and  feelings  foreign  to  its 
own  native  punty  as  to  give  it  justly 
the  title  of  corrupt. 

The  last  thing  worthy  of  notice  re- 
specting the  two  words  depravity  and 
corruption,  is  that  the  former  is  used 
for  man  in  his  moral  capaci^;  but 
the  latter  for  man  in  a  political  capa^ 
city :  hence  we  speidc  of  human  de- 
pravity,  but  the  corruption  of  govern- 
ment. 

The  depraritjf  oTmaaUnd  to  eo  faslly  dtoco- 
▼erable,  that  notliiaf  but  the  detert  or  the  cell 
can  ezclnde  It  from  notice.  Jomisoif. 

Every  goTernment,  tajr  tite  polltldaat,  to  pat* 
petoally  degenerating  towards  cnruptian. 

TO   OEPRSCIATJ^     V.    To   (£^ 

parage. 


DERANGEMENT. 


DERIDE. 


337 


to  tOrUigtd  at  tbe  mart 
dlKRCioB  of  tto  BHiilntai 


DSPTH)   PROFUNDITT. 

DEFTHy  from  deep,  dip  or  dhe^ 
Ad  Greek  hnrntf  and  the  Hebrew  ttt' 
imng  to  dive,  siniifies  the  point  under 
water  which  is  dived  for. 

PROFUNDrry,  from  profound, 
m  Latin  pr^knduSf  oompoonded  of 
pro  or  nrociM  fiur,  and/tmoM  the  bot- 
tom, ugmfim  the  bottom  which  is  far 
down  m>m  the  surface. 

These  terms  do  not  differ  merelv  in 
their  doivatioD ;  but  depth  is  indefi- 
nite in  its  significatimi ;  and  prqfunf 
dUy  is  a  positive  and  considerable 
dep9b  of  deplA.  Moreover  tbe  word 
dtp^A  is  applied  to  objects  in  general ; 
pAjfimdity  IB  confined  in  its  applicar 
tion  to  moral  objects :  thus  we  speak 
of  the  depth  of  the  sea,  or  the  depth 
of  a  person's  learning ;  but  his  pro- 
Jumd&y  of  thought. 

^jr  tbeM  two  pmlnm  of  bopo  and  Cow,  wo 
naob  fimrarA  tato  fttuMy,  and  brini;  «p  to  oar 
fTCKst  tkoagUi  oljtets  chat  He  la  tto  ramoCot 
AjrfJkffoftiBei  ABnaoii. 

Tto  \\umff  of  SiHft  vUl  want  very  Httla 
pRviowtoovMBBs  ft  vUl  to  aafldcat  Uwt  to 
!■  acqaaialid  with  eoniBoo  words  aad  conwiow 
thtafi;  to  in  adttor  icqalred  to  aowit  detatloas 
■or  to  eiplort  fra/kndttin,  Jomsoir. 

TO  DBPUTB,  V.  To  constitute. 
DBPUTT,  V.  Ambassador. 
DEPUTY,  t;.  Delegate. 
TO  OERAMGB,  V.  To  disorder. 

DBRANGBMSNT,   INSANITY,    LU- 
NACY,  MADNESS,   MANIA. 

DERANGEMENT,  from  the  verb 
to  derange,  implies  the  first  stage  of 
intellect.  INSANITY,  or  unsound- 
ness, implies  positive  disease,  which  is 
more  or  less  permanent.  LUNACY 
is  a  violent  sort  of  insanity,  which  was 
supposed  to  be  influenced  by  the 
moon.  MADNESS  and  MANIA, 
from  the  Greek  ^im/mai  to  rage,  im 
plies  inianittf  or  lunacy  in  its  most 
furious  and  confirmed  stage.  De- 
ranged  persons  may  sometimes  be  per^ 
fectly  sensible  in  every  thing  but  par- 
ticular subjects.  Insane  persons  are 
sometimes  entirely  restored.  iMnalicM 
have  their  lucid  interv-als,  and  fnaniaa 
their  intervals  of  repose. 


Derangement  may  sometimes  be 
applied  to  the  temporary  coufusion  of 
a  aisturbed  mind,  which  is  not  in  full 
possession  of  all  its  fiiculties :  mad^ 
neu  may  sometimes  be  the  result  of 
violently  inflamed  passions:  and  mania 
may  be  applied  to  any  vehement  at- 
tachment which  takes  possession  of  the 
mind. 

Ptortopi  It  misbt  to  ao  atoard  or  aaitaioa* 
aUo  regnlatloa  in  tto  kcblatan  to  dlwt  all 
iMMffof  of  tto  prlvOeve  of  tmtm^,  aod  la 
tam»  of  eaomltj  to  nlOect  ttom  to  ttoeommo* 
peaaltlei  of  tto  law.  Smour. 

A  UmgHe  b  Indeed  ■ometioKi  aierrj,  tot  tto 
huuMe  k  never  Uad.        UAwanwoan. 


Tto  ooaeeqaeaca  of  noider  comnlited  by  a 
manime  any  to  ai  pernleloaa  to  todety  as  thorn 
of  ttomoet  erimiaal  aad  delltorateaiiMriBatloa. 


Tto  loeoaotlfo  immto  of  aa  EairlUiiBaa  eir« 
ealatai  hb  pereoo,  and  of  coane  hit  eaili,  lata 
•fwy  qaarteref  ttoUacdom.        CvHaBELAiro. 

TO   PBRIDS,  MOCK,   BIDICDLB, 
RALLY,   BANTER. 

DERIDE,  compounded  of  de  and 
the  Latin  rideo;  and  RIDICULE, 
firom  rideo,  both  signify  to  laugh  at. 

MOCK,  in  French  mojuer,  Dutch 
mocken,  Greek  /u«xft»,  signifies  like- 
wise to  laugh  at. 

RAIXY,  in  French  miller, 

BANTER,  possibly  from  the 
French  badiner  to  jest. 

Strong  expressions  of  contempt  are 
.  desienated  by  all  these  terms. 

Derision  and  mockery  evince  them- 
selves by  the  outward  actions  in  gene- 
ral ;  ridicule  consists  more  in  words 
than  actions ;  rallying  and  bantering 
almost  entirely  in  wurds.  Deride  is 
not  so  strong  a  term  as  mock,  but 
much  stronger  than  ridicule.  There 
is  always  a  mixture  of  hostility  in  de^ 
rision  and  mockery;  but  ridicule  is 
firequently  unaccompanied  with  any 
personal  feeling  of  displeasure.  De- 
risUm  is  often  deep,  not  loud  ;  it  dis- 
covers itself  in  suppressed  laughs, 
contemptuous  sneers  or  gesticulations, 
and  cutting  expressions :  mockery  is 
mostly  noisy  and  outrageous;  it 
breaks  forth  in  insulting  buffoonery, 
and  is  sometimes  accompanied  with 
personal  violence :  the  former  con- 
sists of  real  but  contemptuous  laugh- 
ter ;  the  latter  often  of  aflected  langfi- 
ter    and    grimace.      Jhruiom    mnA 

t 


DtSfiRti 


DBSfiftT. 


889 


stances  dr  obsemitions.  The  Trojflhs 
derived  the  name  of  their  city  from 
Tros,  a  kine  of  Phtyph  ;  they  trdced 
the  Ime  of  9idr  kings  down  to  Jbar- 
dtnos ;  Copeiiiicufe  deduced  the  prin- 
ciple of  the.  eftrtli'&  turning  round  from 
seterflJ  simple  oBsefrations,  particu- 
tarljT  from  the  ^jNirerit  and  contrary 
n^ioii  of  bodied,  that  are  really  at 
rest.  The  £ai^sh  tongue  is  of  sued 
ntiixed  oripn  tbSt  there  is  scarcely  any 
known  iaii^age  fhmi  which  somfe  oiie 
of  its  words  b  not  derivable ;  it  is  M 
interesting  etbpldyment  to  trace  the 
progress  w  science  and  civilization  ib 
oomitrieft  which  have  befen  involved  in 
ignorance  dnd  barbarism ;  frr)fn  the 
writingii  df  Locke  and  other  philo- 
sdphters  of  an  equalljr  loose  staiiip, 
have  been  deductd  principles  both 
in  morals  and  politics  that  ai^  de- 
structive to  the  happiness  of  men  in 
civil  socieljr. 


The  UapgisnMff  An  iMnCbfBs 
tWaielVM  or  tketr  MCvston  from  aoiae  good. 


Let  V««toa,  pwrii  liitrlligviice!  wbon  Clod 
_  J  oUirtftliltai  to  (rare  bit  botindlMH  wotH 
Wnm  Im  IttHMIj  rim^le  ■peak  thj  Ckne. 

TaoMMW. 

Vna  Chcilieafcry  of  «odtt  aaMnl  MtlmMji 
le  MiMcK  alra^/irigliaaef  ftU 
•■MHif^  aoB  ihaB  Ctooi  anjr 

T 

TO    DBROGATBy     V.     To     dlS- 


V.  To  relaie, 
V.  Account. 
V.  Cast. 
Tofnd. 
To  see. 
To  abandon. 
To  abdicate. 


TO  DBSCRIBB, 
DBB€BlPTIOffr, 
DBSCaiPTION, 
to  DJtSORY,  t;. 
It)  DJiSCiBlY,   V. 
TO  DiteBAT,  V. 
TO  0BSBRT,   V. 


DBSBET)   MERIT,   WORTH. 

DESERT  from  de$erve,  in  Latin 
^ierrio^  signifies  to  do  service  or  be 
*^rviceabl*. 

IfERTTy  in  Latin  meritus  participle 
^  mtreoTf   comes  from   the  Greek 
||Mi^  to  get,  because  he  who  meriti 
H^fearight  to  get. 

WORTH,  in  German  werth,  is  con- 
f^ccted  vrith  wurde  dignity,  and  Inirde 
*  harden,  because  one  bears  worth  as 
lathing  attached  to  the  person. 


Duert  is  taken  for  that  which  is 
good  or  bad ;  merit  for  that  which  is 
good  only.  We  deserve  praise  or 
blame :  we  merit  a  reward.  The  </e- 
fe^*^  consists  in  the  action,  work,  or 
service  performed ;  the  merit  has  re- 
gard to  the  chdracter  of  the  agent  or 
the  nature  of  the  action.  The  person 
doe^  not  deteirve  the  recompence  until 
he  has  p^rfhlixied  this  service ;  he  does 
not  merit  approbation  if  he  have  not 
done  his  part  well. 

Deserve  is  a  tenn  of  ordinary  im- 
port: merit  applies  to  objects  of 
greater  moment :  the  former  includes 
matters  of  persdnAl  lind  physical  gra- 
tification; the  latter  those  altogether 
of  an  intellectual  nature.  Children 
are  alwaj/s  acting  so  as  to  deserve  either 
reproof  or  commendation,  reward  or 
puhi^hhient;  candidates  for  public 
ap|;>laU8e  or  honors  oonceive  they  have 
frequent  occasion  to  complain  that 
they  are  not  treated  iKScordinc;  to  their 
meriis.  Criminals  canuot  always  be 
punished  according  to  their  deserts; 
a  noble  mind  is  nut  contented  with 
barely  obtaining,  it  seeks  to  merit  what 
it  obtdns. 

The  idea  of  value,  which  is  promi- 
nent in  the  signification  of  the  term 
fherit,  renders  it  closely  allied  to  that 
of  worth.  The  man  of  ifieri^  looks  to 
the  advantages  which  shall  accrue  to 
himself;  the  man  of  worth  is  con- 
tented with  the  consciousness  of  what 
he  possesses  in  himself:  merit  respects 
the  attainments  or  qualifications  of  a 
man ;  worth  respects  his  moral  quali- 
ties only.  It  is  possible  therefore  ibr 
a  man  to  have  great  merit  and  little  or 
no  worth.  He  who  has  great  powers 
and  uses  them  for  the  sidvantage  of 
himself  or  others  is  a  man  of  merit ;  he 
only  who  does  godd  from  a  good 
motive  is  a  man  of  worth.  We  look 
for  merit  amone  men  in  the  discharge 
of  their  several  offices  or  duties ;  we 
look  for  worth  in  their  social  capa- 
cities. 

Tte  beMUeoM  chaaf  Ion  viewi  witli  nariu  of 

femr, 
Smit  with  a  comcIom  nmis,  rrtirei  bcAlod, 
And  thnot  the  fkte  he  well  deterv'd  to  find. 

Fori. 

Pniie  fkmn  %  fiksd  or  cemnre  f rmb  a  foe 
Are  lost  <Hi  hearen  that  onr  meriCf  know.  Ponc* 

To  birth  or  oflke.  no  lespeet  be  ptM, 

Let  wrth  dcifmliie  here.  ^^^ 


DESIGN. 


DESIGN. 


341 


fkmn  rules  which  are  not  intended  to 
be  kept;  an  honest  man  always  meafu 
to  satisfy  his  creditors. 

Design  andpurpote  are  taken  some- 
tiines  in  the  abstract  sense;  intend 
and  mean  always  in  connexion  with 
the  agent  who  intends  or  means :  we 
Me  a  design  in  the  wiiole  creation 
which  leads  os  to  reflect  on  the  wisdom 
and  goodness  of  the  Creator;  when- 
ever we  see  any  thing  done  we  are 
led  to  inqoira  the  purpose  for  which 
it  is  done;  or  are  desirous  of  knowing 
the  inientian  of  the  person  for  so 
doiag:  things  are  said  to  be  done 
with  a  detigHt  in  opposition  to  that 
which  happens  by  chance ;  they  are 
wtad  to  be  done  for  a  purpose,  in  refer- 
ence to  the  immediate  purpose  which 
is  expected  to  result  from  them. 
Design^  when  not  expressly  cjualified 
by  a  contrary  epithet,  is  used  in  a  bad 
sense  in  ccmnexion  with  a  particular 
agent ;  purpose,  intention,  and  mean- 
ingf  in  an  indifferent  sense :  a  design^ 
ing  person  is  full  of  latent  and  in- 
terested designs  ;  there  is  notliing  so 
good  that  it  may  not  be  made  to  serve 
the  purposes  of  those  who  are  bad ; 
the  mtentions  of  a  man  must  always 
be  taken  into  the  account  when  we  are 
forming  an  estimate  of  his  actions ; 
ignorant  people  frequently  mean  much 
better  than  taey  do. 

Nothing  can  evince  greater  depra^ 
vity  of  mind  than  designedly  to  rob 
another  of  his  good  name;  when  a 
person  wishes  to  get  any  information 
he  fWTfosdy  directs  his  discourse  to 
the  subject  upon  which  he  desires  to 
be  informed;  if  we  unintentionally 
incur  the  displeasure  of  another,  it  is  to 
be  reckoned  our  misfortune  rather  than 
our  foult;  it  is  not  eneugh  for  our  en- 
deavours to  be  well  meant,  if  they  be 
not  also  well  directed. 

Jof«  boaowt  me  ud  fkvon  my  desigm, 
Hb  ylMMue  gvidai  ne,  and  hii  wfll  eooflaei. 

Ron. 
Pfoad  u  he  fa,  tint  iron  hetrt  rataloi 
Ufa  inbborB  purpoK,  and  hto  fHndfl  dhdalns. 

Pops. 

And  moft  I  thai,  O  lire  of  llood»I 
Beu  this  flerw  answer  to  the  kiofc  ofgoda ! 
Correct  It  yet,  and  change  thj  raih  intenif 
A  BohlemlnddlidainsnottovppeBt.  Pops. 

The*  flnt  Polydamns  the  aUenoehroke, 
I«ong  weighM  the  lignal,  and  to  Heotor  epohet 
How  oft,  mj  brothn!  thj  icproadi  I  heai; 
For  wordiwell  meant  and  ecntianti  dMere. 

Pors. 


DESIGN,  PLAN,  SCHBMB, 
PaOJBCT. 

DESIGN,  V.  To  design. 

PLAN,  in  French  plan,  comes  from 
plane  or  plain,  in  Latin  planus, 
smooth  or  even,  signifying  in  general 
any  plane  place,  or  in  particular  the 
even  surface  on  which  a  building  is 
raised :  and  by  an  extended  applica- 
tion the  sketch  of  the  plane  surface 
of  any  building  or  object. 

SCHEME,  in  Latin  schema,  Greek 
r)n<*a  the  form  or  figure,  signifies  the 
thinv  drawn  out  in  the  mino. 

Project,  in  lAtln  prof  eetus,  from 
pnyicio,  compounded  oi  pro  find  jacio, 
signifies  to  cast  or  put  forth,  that  is, 
the  thing  proposed. 

Arrangement  is  the  idea  conunon 
to  these  terms:  the  design  includes 
the  thing  that  is  to  be  brought  about ; 
the  plan  includes  the  meaias  by  which 
it  is  to  be  brought  about:  a  design 
was  formed  in  the  time  of  James  L 
for  overturning  the  government  of  the 
country ;  the  plan  by  which  this  was 
to  have  been  realized,  consisted  in 
placing  gunpowder  under  the  parlia- 
ment-house and  blowing  up  the  assem- 
bly. 

A  design  is  to  be  estimated  ac- 
cording to  its  intrinsic  worth ;  a  plan 
is  to  be  estimated  according  to  its 
relative  value,  or  fitness  for  the  design  : 
a  design  is  noble  or  wicked,  a  plan  is 
practicable :  every  founder  of  a  cha^ 
ritable  institution  may  be  supposed  to 
have  a  good  design ;  but  he  may  adopt 
an  erroneous  plan  for  obtuimng  the 
end  proposed. 

Scheme  2ind  project  respect  both  the 
end  and  the  means,  which  makes  them 
analogous  to  design  And  plan :  the  de^ 
sign  stimulates  to  action;  the  p/an  de- 
termines the  mode  of  action ;  tlie  scheme 
and  priced  consist  most  in  specula- 
tion :  the  design  and  plan  are  eaually 
practical,  and  suited  to  the  ordinary 
and  immediate  circumstances  of  life  ; 
the  scheme  and  project  are  contrived 
or  conceived  for  extraordinary  or  rare 
occasions:  no  man  takes  any  step 
without  a  design  ;  a  general  forms  the 
plan  of  his  campaign;  adventurous 
men  are  always  forming  scAemei  for 
gaining  money;  ambitious  monarchi 
are  full  o£ projects  for  iucreasii^  their 
dominions. 


DESPAIR. 


DESPERATE.        S4S 


bnt  we  leave  off  at  our  option  :  it  is 
prodeDt  to  dentt  from  Qsira  our  eii- 
AnifOiin  when  we  find  tfiiem  inef- 
ftctoal ;  it  is  natural  for  a  person  to 
htape  ofyfhea  he  sees  no  farther  occa- 
akm  to  oontinae  his  labor:  he  who 
innoyf  another  mast  be  made  to  de- 
ibt;  he  who  does  not  wish  to  offend 
fmlX  leave  q^when  requested. 

So  CT^  ud  Bon  iceooiplWicd  the  riitb, 
Y«C  mC  tUCht  CrtMr  IbnnPa  hb  work ; 
jPirtiUiiCt  tWniH  mwirirdt  op  leCBniM. 

Muituu 

Vaal^,  the  ant  Inoerat  w§tt}m  oi  prid«^ 
wuwamltnqumij  predonlnant:  he  (tevifc) 
Coald  a«C  CMDy  lecrr  ^  wbep  lie  htil  ones 
Niu  towiailMi  hlmteir  «r  hii  works. 

JoBmoM. 

DESOLATE,  V.  Solitary. 

DESOLATION,  V.  RoVQge. 

DESPAIR,  DESPBRATiON, 

DESPONDENCY. 

DESPAIR,  DESPERATION, 
j^om  the  Fr^ch  desespoir,  compound- 
it  of  the  prirative  de  and  the  Latin 
ipet  hope,  sipiifies  the  absence  or  the 
j^nnihilation  of  all  hope. 

DESPONDENCY,  from  despond, 
in  Latin  d^pon^Oj  compounded  of  the 
^rivatire  de  and  ipondeo  to  promise, 
signifies  literally  to  deprive  in  a  solemn 
fanner,  or  cut  off  from  every  gleam 
of  hope. 

Despair  is  a  state  of  mind  pro- 
duced by  the  view  of  external  dr- 
comstanceft;  desperation  and  de^ 
Mfondency  may  be  the  fruit  of  the  ima- 
jglnation ;  the  former  therefore  always 
^rests  on  some  ground,  the  latter  are 
sometimes  idetu  :  despair  lies  mostly 
in  reflection;  desperation  and  dt' 
spondency  in  the  feelings;  the  former 
marks  a  state  of  vehemeut  and  im- 
pitient  feeling,  the  laUer  that  of 
fallen  and  mournful  feeline.  Despair 
is  often  the  forerunner  ot  desperation 
and  despondencjf,  but  it  is  not  neces- 
sarily accompanied  with  effects  so 
powerful :  the  strongest  mind  may 
have  occasion  to  despair  when  cir- 
cumstances warrant  the  sentiment; 
men  of  an  impetuous  character  are 
spt  to  run  into  a  state  of  desperation  ; 
a  weak  mind  full  of  morbid  sensi- 
bility is  most  hable  to  fiili  into  ie- 
tpcndency. 

Despair  interrupts  or  checks  exei^ 
tioB.;  desperation  impels  to  greater 


exertions ;  despondency  unfits  for 
exertion:  when  a  physician  despairs 
of  making  a  cure,  he  lays  aside  the 
application  of  remedies ;  when  a  sol- 
dier sees  nothing  but  death  or  dis- 
grace before  him,  he  is  driven  to 
desperation^  and  redoubles  his  efforts ; 
when  a  tradesman  se^s  before  him 
nothing  but  failure  i^r  the  present, 
and  want  fur  the  future,  he  may  sink 
into  despondency :  despair  is  justifi- 
able as  tar  as  it  is  a  rational  caiciilB-> 
tiou  into  futurity  from  present  appear- 
ances: desperation  may  arise  from 
extraordinary  drcum^tancet  or  the 
action  of  strong  passions;  in  the  Sor^ 
mer  case  it  is  unavoidable,  aud  may 
serve  to  rescue  from  great  distress ;  in 
the  latter  case  it  is  mostly  attended 
with  fatal  consequences :  despondency 
is  a  disease  of  the  mind,  which  nothing 
but  a  firm  trust  in  the  goodness  of 
Providence  can  obviate. 

Despair  and  fftirrdlstnet  nj  iabVlof  mind; 
Ondf !  wbftK  a  crime  mj  Imploui  bMrt  designM. 


It  maj  be  Kenefmlly  ramailwd  of  thoee  who 
•qnandcr  what  they  know  thHr  fortune  k  not 
■oAolmU  to  alhMT,  that  In  their  nget  jovlai 
moaeoti  there  al«a>«  brenkt  out  tome  proof  of 
dieeooteot  and  Impatleoee;  Ibej  either  leatter 
irIUk  a  wild  detperuUm^  or  pay  tfaeir  mowey 
with  a  peevbh  anxktj.  Joniaeii^ 

Thomeon  iobBittlng  hb  prodnctiom  to  aooM 
who  tboniebt  thenwelm  qnaiUlad  to  critWie,  he 
beard  of  nothlag  but  Ikalta;  but  Andlnf  otfaet 
Jodfei  more  fat  arable,  he  did  not  tnffer  hlmtalf 
to  limk  Into  detpondenee*  JamMtom, 

DBSPfiRATfi,    HOPBLBSS. 

D£SP£EIAT£  (v.  Despair)  is  ap- 
plicable to  persons  or  things ;  IIOP&- 
LESS  to  things  only :  a  person  makes 
a  desperate  effort;  he  undertakes  a 
hopeless  task. 

Desperate^  when  applied  to  things, 
expresses  more  than  hopeless;  Ae 
latter  marks  the  absence  of  hope  m 
to  the  attainment  of  good,  the  fbrinefr 
marks  the  absence  of  hope  as  to  the 
removal  of  an  evil :  a  pereon  who  is  in 
a  desperate  condition  is  oven\'helmed 
with  actual  trouble  for  the  present,  antl 
the  prospect  of  its  continuance  fur  tim 
future;  ne  whose  case  is  hopeless  » 
without  the  prospect  of  effecting  tl^ 
end  he  has  in  view:  gMn^ters  aA 
frequently  brought  into  desperate  sitii- 
ations  when  bereft  of  every  thimr  tliitt 
^:^ :ui ^  ighitti^'tfie 


iiught  possibly  serye 


DESTRUCTION. 


DESTRUCTIVE.      S45 


Ckl   fnuift  mt,    godi!   era  Hector 


Ut 


ADIasMkef  Hoaf^uflulytonb.     Foi 


DESTINY,   DESTINATION. 

Both  DESTINY  and  DESTINA- 
TION are  used  for  the  tlung  destined  ; 
bat  the  fonner  is  said  in  relation  to 
a  man's  important  conoems,  the  lat- 
ter onlj  of  particular  circumstances; 
in  wludi  sense  it  may  likewise  be 
•Bodoyed  for  the  act  ot  defining. 

The  daiii^  is  the  point  or  line 
marked  oot  m  the  walk  of  life ;  the 
deiiinmti&m  is  the  place  fixed  upon  in 
pardcolar:  as  every  man  has  his 
peculiar  dtMtinyy  so  ever^  traveller 
nas  his  particular  dettination.  Det- 
tiny  is  altogether  set  above  human 
control ;  no  man  can.  deteraiine, 
though  he  may  influence,  the  destiny 
of  another:  destination  \s,  however, 
the  specific  act  of  an  individual, 
mther  for  himself  or  another:  we 
leave  the  destiny  of  a  roan  to  develop 
itself;  but  we  may  inquire  about  his 
owndestinationf  or  that  of  his  childreu : 
it  is  a  consoling  reflection  that  the 
destinies  of  shortrsighted  mortals, 
like  ourselves,  are  in  the  hands  of  One, 
who  both  can  and  will  overrule  them 
to  our  advantage  if  we  pkce  full 
reliance  in  Him ;  in  the  destination  of 
children  for  their  several  professions  or 
callings,  it  is  of  importance  to  con- 
sult ue  particular  turn  of  mind,  as 
well  as  inclination. 

MUtoB  bad  oooe  dericaed  to  eeMmta  Uig 
Ajl^r,  M  he  Unto  In  bb  terMt  to  Maniot ;  hot 
**  Antanr  wuieMned,**  tayn  Featoo,  **  to  another 
AfMngr.*  Johhmii. 

If oore1>  orisisal  dcrtiJMffoii  eppnuttohave 
keen  fiir  Icade.  Jom mh. 

DESTITUTE,  v.  Bare. 
DBSTiTDTB,  V,  FoTSoken. 
TO  DESTROY,  I'.  To  cofisume. 
TO  DESTROY,  V.  To  demolisfu 

DESTRUCTION,  RUIN. 

DESTRUCTION,  from  destroy  and 
the  Latin  destruo,  signifies  literally  to 
unbuild  that  which  is  raised  ap. 
^  RUIN,  fh)m  the  Latin  ruo  to  fidl, 
angnifies  to  fall  into  pieces. 

Destruction  is  an  act  of  imme- 
diate violence ;  ruin  is  a  gradual  pro- 
cess: a  thing  is  destroyed  by  some 
externa)  action  upon  it;  a  thing  falls 


to  mm'  of  itself:  we  witness  de^ 
^ruction  whererer  war  or  the  adverse 
elements  rage;  we  witness  ruin 
whenever  the  works  of  man  are  ex- 
posed to  the  efiects  of  time :  never- 
theless if  destruction  be  more  forcible 
and  rapid,  ruin  is  on  the  other  hand 
more  sure  and  complete :  what  is 
destroyed  may  be  rebuilt  or  replaced  ; 
but  what  is  ruined  is  lost  for  ever, 
it  is  past  recovery :  when  liouses  or 
towns  BTe  destroyed,  firesh  ones  iis« 
up  in  their  place;  but  when  oommerco 
is  ruined,  it  seldom  returns  to  its  old 
course. 

Destruction  admits  of  various  de- 
grees ;  ruin  is  something  positive  and 
general.  The  property  ofa  man  may 
be  destroyed  to  a  greater  or  less 
eitent,  without  necessarily  involving 
his  ruin.  The  ruin  ofa  whole  fiunilj 
is  oftentimes  tlie  consequence  of  de- 
struction  by  fire.  The  health  is  de- 
stroyed  b^  violent  exerdses,  or  some 
other  active  cause ;  it  is  ruined  by  a 
course  of  imprudent  conduct.  The 
happiness  of  a  fiimily  is  destroyed  hj 
broils  and  discord;  the  morals  of  a 
young  man  are  ruined  by  a. continued 
intercourse  with  vicious  companions. 

Destruction  may  be  used  either  in 
the  proper  or  the  improper  sense ;  ruin 
has  mostly  a  moral  application.  The 
destruction  of  both  body  and  soul  is 
the  consequence  of  sin ;  the  ruin  ofa 
man,  whether  in  his  temporal  or  spi- 
ritual concerns,  is  inevitable,  if  he  fol- 
low the  dictates  of  misguided  passion. 

Dettruction  hangs  o*er  joa  devoCai  wall. 
And  nodding  Uioa  watts  th*  Impending  (klL 


The  daj  shall  eone,  that  great  ateagli^  daj. 
Which  TrojN  prond  glories  In  Uie  dust  shall  laj; 
When  Prlam*s  po«*ks,  and  Prfsm*s  sell;  shall  hl^ 
lad  one  prodlgikNis  ruin  swallow  all.        Von, 

DESTRUCTIVB,   RUINOUS, 
PERNICIOUS. 

DESTRUCTIVE  signifies  proda. 
f^\u2,destruction  (v.  Destruction). 

RUINOUS  signifies  either  having 
or  causii^  ruin  (v.  Destruction). 

PERNICIOUS,  from  the  lAtin 
vernicies  or  per  and  neco  to  kill  fio- 
lently,  signifies  causing  violent  and 
total  dissolution. 

Destructive  and  ruinous,  as  tha 
epithets  of  the  preceding  terms,  hava 
a  similar  distinction  in  their  sense  and 


DETERMINE. 


DEVIATE. 


347 


lUfCoiifofe*  tboM  from  ap* 
•TO  of  a  mmm  ccadmiw,  and 

ADDiaoif. 

—€  <f f ■fcMi-ttwrf  then,  aor  clo«d  thow  tooto, 
voBt  tote  men  rheerfkl  and  wntam, 
vbcB  fkiroMtBtog  fint  miles  OB  the  vorid. 

MiLTOR. 

TO  DETBRMiNE,  V.  To  decide. 

TO   DBTBRMINK,    RESOLVB* 

DEnTERBUNE,  v.  To  decide. 

RESOLVE,  9.  Courage. 

To  dettrmine  is  more  especially  an 
act  of  the  juc^meiit ;  *  to  retotve  is 
an  act  of  the  will :  the  former  requires 
examinfttiQo  and  choice;  we  deter' 
mine  how  or  what  we  shall  do  :  the 
latter  requires  a  firm  spirit;  we  re- 
sofor  that  we  will  do  wnat  we  have 
deiermined  upon.  Our  determin»' 
tions  should  be  prudent,  that  they 
toMj  not  cause  repentance ;  our  reith 
lutunu  should  be  fixed,  in  order  to 
prevent  variation.  There  can  be  no 
co-operation  with  a  man  who  is  un- 
deiermined ;  it  will  be  dangerous  to 
Go-operate  with  a  man  who  is  ir- 
retoiute. 

In  the  ordinary  concerns  of  lifis  we 
have  firequent  occasion  to  determine 
without  reiohing  ;  in  the  discfaaiige 
of  our  moral  duties,  or  the  perform 
ance  of  any  office,  we  have  occasion 
to  rcMolve  without  determining.  A 
master  determines  to  dismiss  his  ser- 
vant ;  the  servant  retolva  on  becom- 
ing more  diligent.  Personal  conve- 
nience or  necessity  gives  rise  to  the 
determination ;  a  sense  uf  duty,  honor, 
fidelity,  and  the  like,  eives  birth  to  the 
reiolution.  A  traveller  determines  to 
take  a  certain  rout ;  a  learner  resohet 
to  conquer  every  difficulty  in  the  ac- 
quirement of  learning,  humour  or 
change  of  drcnmstanccs  occasions  a 
]>erson  to  alter  his  determination; 
timidity,  fear,  or  defect  in  principle, 
occasions  the  resolution  to  waver. 
Children  are  not  capable  of  determine 
ing:  and  their  best  resolutions  fall 
bttKNTe  the  gratification  of  the  moment. 
Those  who  determine  hastily  are  fre* 
fluently  under  the  necessity  of  alter- 
ing their  determinations:  there  are 
no  resolutions  so  weak  as  those  that 
are  made  on  a  sick  bed ;  the  return 
of  health  is  quickly  suc^eded  by  a 
recurrence  to  the  former  course  of 
life. 

*  Vide  Abb4  Oirard :  ** 


In  sdence,  determine  is  to  fii  the 
mindy  or  to  cause  it  to  rest  in  a  cer* 
tain  opinion ;  to  resolve  is  to  lay  open 
what  IS  obscure,  to  clear  the  mtnd 
from  doubt  and  hesitation.  We  de- 
termine points  of  question  ;  we  re- 
solve  difficulties.  It  is  more  difficult 
to  determine  in  matters  of  rank  or 
precedence  than  in  cases  where  the 
solid  and  real  interests  of  men  are 
concerned  :  it  is  the  business  of  the 
teacher  to  resolve  the  difficulties  which 
are  proposed  by  the  scholar.  Every 
point  is  not  proved  which  is  deter^ 
mined ;  nor  is  every  difficulty  resolved 
which  is  answered. 

Wbea  the  mlBd  teven  amMf  Mch  a  vBrMy 
of  anarrmeiitfl,  one  had  better  wttle  on  a  waj  ef 
life  that  b  not  Ite  verj  bert  we  Bfi^  haie  cbowo* 
thaa  grow  old  without  dtUrmintngQias  dM^. 

Afibuoir. 

Tte  refotetipn  of  djlng  to  end  an  mheAm 
does  oot  ibow  nch  a  deenv  of  masnaiilialtjr,  aa 
a  m9iHli»n  to  bear  thnn,  aad  aabautt  to  tha 
dl^eaMtloBfl  of  PfOfldencR 


We  praj  acalaet  oothfav  bat  lio,  and  agalart 
•ffl  la  seaeral  (to  the  VatAH  pnurcv),  leaf  liy  |i 
with  OaMtaeieaee  to  deCenaiM  what  ia  realHj 
•aeh.  Aaonav* 

I  tUak  there  b  do  peat  dUBeal^  la  rerolafnf 
yoardonbts.  Tte  leasoaa  Itar  which  yoa  are  li^ 
cilBed  t«  vMt  Loadoa  ar^  I  thfaifc^  aot  of  raft- 
deat  atreagth  to  annrer  tted^Joctleaa.  JoaaaQik 


TO  DBTERMINB,   V.  ToJlX. 

DfiTBRMiNBD,  V.  Decided. 

TO   DBTESTy   V.   To  abkOT. 

TO  DKTBST,  V.  To  hale. 
DKTESTABLE,  V.  Abominable. 

TO  DBTRACTy  V.  To  OSpCTSe. 

TO  DBTRACTy  V.  To  disparage. 

DBTRIMBNT,      V,      Disodvonr 

tage. 
DBVASTATioN,  V.  Sovage. 
TO  DEVBxx>PSj  V.  To  unfold. 

TO   DEVIATE,  WANDER^ 
SWERVE,    STRAY. 

DEVIATE,  from  demons^  and  the 
Latin  de  vii^  signifies  literally  to  turn 
out  of  the  way. 

WANDEfiy  in  German  wandemp 
or  wandeln^  probablv  connected  with 
wenden  to  tunii  and  the  Greek  B^tftt 
to  go,  signifies  in  general  thd  act  of 
going. 
DeoWen,  roolatioa.** 


DEVISE. 


DEXTERITY.        S49 


Since  tlie  devil*  is  represented  as 
father  of  all  wickedness,  assod- 
haye  been  connected  with  the 
that  render  its  pronunciation  in 
Aniliar  discourse  offensive  to  the 
irfmetened  ear ;  while  demon  is  a  term 
of  indiiSerent  application,  that  is  cum- 
JBonly  siibitikuted  in  its  stead  to  desig- 
Wto  either  a  good  or  an  e^'il  spirit. 

MaKce  and  fraud  are  the  peculiar 
chamcteristki  of  the  devil;  rage  is 
properly  that  of  a  demon.  The  devil 
IS  Mud  in  prorerbial  discourse  to  be  in 
•neh  thiDgs  as  go  contrary  to  the  wish; 
the  demon  of  jealousy  is  said  to  poe- 
ms the  mind  that  is  altogether  car- 
ried awav  with  that  passion.  Men 
who  wish  to  have  credit  for  more 
goodness  than  they  possess,  and  to 
throw  die  load  of  guilt  off  themsdvcs, 
attribate  to  the  dtoil  a  perpetual  en- 
deavoor  to  draw  them  into  the  com- 
mission of  crimes;  wherever  the 
demon  of  discord  hns  sot  admittance 
there  is  a  farewell  to  ^1  the  comibrts 
of  social  life. 

Hw  fBemiei  we  uc  to  coateod  with  are  not 
b«l  drrito.  TillotIoii. 


Mf  ffood  4etm»n  who  nt  et  ny  rifht  hand 
dwlof  the  come  of  thb  whole  vkloD,  obMrfin^ 
in  ne  A  bvniag  dedre  to  join  Chat  (hMrloiu  con* 
pujy  told  Be  be  bkhlj  tppcovcd  oT  that  gene- 
rou  mke  wkii  whkh  I  Poeaed  tnnaported. 

Aomsox. 

TO  DEVISE,  V.  To  amtrive. 

TO  DEVISE,    BEQUEATH. 

DEVISE,  compounded  of  de  and 
7DMC  or  THOU  partioplo  of  video  to  see 
or  showy  signifies  to  point  out  spcci- 
ficiilly. 

BEQUEATH,  compounded  of  be 
and  quetUh,  in  Saxon  cuesanj  from  the 
Latin  qtutso  to  say,  sif^niBes  to  give 
over  to  a  person  by  saying  or  by  word 
of  mouth. 

To  devise  is  a  formal,  to  bequeath 
is  an  infonnal  assignment  of  our  pro- 
perty to  another  on  our  death.  We 
deinu  therefore  only  by  a  legal  testa- 
ment; we  may  bequeath  simply  by 
word  of  mouth,  or  by  any  expression 
of  our  will:  we  can  devise  only  that 
which  is  property  in  the  eye  of  the 
law ;  we  may  bequeath  in  the  moral 
sense  any  thing  which  we  cause  to 
pass  over  to  another :  a  man  devises 

•  Vi J«  Abb^  GIrvJ :  "  Diablo,  dcBoo.** 


his  lands ;  he  beaueaths  his  name  or 
lus  glory  to  hit  eoildrra. 

The  rifht  of  hitaritanee  or  dMont  to  bis 
ehlklieo  and  relatloni  aeeaw  to  have  been  aUowed 
much  earlier  thaa  the  rightof  derUtng  hj  tai« 
tameot.  BLACKaroai, 

With  tbh,  the  Medet  to  laVrbv  ife  bepuath 
New  langk  DnrosM. 

DEVOID,  V.  Empty. 
TO  DEVOTE,  V.  To  oddlcL 
TO  DEVOTE,  V.  To  dedicate. 
DEVOUT,  V.  Holy. 

DEXTERITY,  ADDRESS,  ABILITY. 

DEXTERITY,  in  Latin  dexteritas^ 
comes  from  dexter  the  right  hand^ 
because  that  is  the  member  most 
fitted  for  dexterous  execution. 

ADDRESS  bignifies  properly  the 
mode  of  address  or  of  managing  one's 
self  fv.  Address). 

ABILITY  (i».  Abilitv)  signifies  the 
power  of  having  or  liolcnng  one's  self. 

Dexterity^  says  the  Abbe  Girard^f 
respects  the  manner  of  execudug 
things ;  it  is  the  meclianical  facility  of 
performing  an  office:  address  refers 
to  the  use  of  means  in  executing : 
ability  to  the  discernment  of  the  things 
themselves. 

Dexterity  nnd  address  are  but  io 
fact  modes  o£  ability :  the  former  may 
be  acquired ;  the  latter  is  the  gift  of 
nature :  we  may  have  ability  to  any 
degree  (v.  Ability),  but  dextcriiv  and 
address  are  pfisitive  degrees  of  ability. 
To  form  a  good  government  diere 
must  be  abilitv  in  the  prince  or  his 
ministers ;  address  in  those  to  whom 
the  detail  of  operations  is  entrusted  ; 
and  dexterity  m  those  to  whom  the 
execution  of  orders  is  entrusted.  With 
little  ability  and  long  habit  in  trans- 
acting business,  we  may  acquire  a  dex* 
terity  in  dispatching  it,  and  address  in 
giving  it  whatever  turn  will  best  suit 
our  purpose. 

Dexterity  lends  an  air  of  ease  to 
every  action ;  address  supplies  art  and 
ingenuity  in  contrivance;  ability  en- 
ables us  to  act  with  intelligence  and 
confidence.  To  manage  the  whip 
with  dexterity,  to  carry  on  an  intrunie 
with  address,  to  display  some  abtuty 
on  the  turf,  will  raise  a  man  high  in 
the  rank  of  the  present  fieishiooalSei* 
i  vide  "  DezUrrit^,  aUTMcwbiAllit^.*' 


DtcTION. 


STYLE  cUtet  from  the  Latin  ttpliu 
IIm  hoUda  trith  t*hich  the;  both  i* 


umi  n»™  — I  jfbence  the  word 

hkt  Wn  dMd  Ibr  tbe  mauner  of  #rit- 


DICnOlJARY.        SSI 

mcnONARTt'  BMCYCLOFADIA. 

DICnOMABY,   fioB   tha  Latin 

tUOtm  ■  ujing  or  mnl,  ia  a  N|pmr 

°  ENCYCLOP^IA,  finn  ttw 
Oraok  (HU'hMwliiB  or  » in  ju«mc  and 
•uit  w  iMnuDgi  ugDtfiei  R  icgittM  of 


"is- 


_  dafiiution  of  word*)  with  their 
viriout  cbBDgn,  moditicationa,  neee, 
acceptatunia  nmI  applicatioog,  an  tba 
prapar'nilnecta  of  a  Metimaty ;  tba 
DUore  and  propeitj  of  thiagi  with 
their  construction,  nwf,  powen,  kc. 
ttc  era  tbe  proper  tiibjecta  of  an  «iuy- 


litenij  wortt.  xnnion  requira  uui; 
tp  be  pw^  aAd  dear  i  tlyU  inajr  like 
wiie  b«  nea^  elegant,  florid,  poetic, 
,6fer,  jid  the  like. 

Diaw  u  eaid  moetlj  in  regaRl  to 
'winat  iawnttenj  pHratt  end  plinut~ 
4ii6iiK  are  lud  as  often  of  what  ii 
SmEm  a*  what  is  writtea.  He  hai 
a^kptod  a  itrange  phraie  or  f  Areie- 
iitogMi  ^  former  reapecti  (ingle 
■^pQrda  i  the  latter  comprehends  a  i 
'     ■  m  of  phrasu. 

-  -tm  bli  ■_.  —  —  ~ 
sAofDiTdai,  Joanuf. 
■  UMf,  n  ov  Hj  ailb  iuIlM  ttU  wkiB 
-Ml  -■■  MBTKM  *Uk  lk<(  Cinbir.  Ibq  Gu^ 
«•  k  ta  ie  rnpa  ■  i«Ii  u  In  AX  b'  tte  Hoi/ 


leepecU  the  nee  of  technical  teraie, 
ana  a  perfect  acquaintance  with  tha 
daMical  writera  in  tbe  buguaga,  era 
Bunnriel  for  the  compoeitinn  of  a  dit^ 
thnargi  an  entire  aequaiatanca  with 
all  the  nunotia  of  eraj  ait  andidenca 
ii  reqoiiite  for  the  compotRtion  of  an 
exiycloptdia.  Aiingleindividoal  may 
qniuiff  binuelf  for  the  ta*k  of  wTitinr 
m  dictionary  i  but  the  unirerealitj  ana 
diveraitf  of  knowledge  conuined  in 
an  eiujelop*dia  render  it  neceuanly 
the  work  of  man  j. 

A  di^ionary  hat  been  extended  in 
ill  apphcalion  to  any  work  alpbn- 
betically  airwiged,  at  biogn^cal, 
medical,  botaniou  dictionaritMf  and  tba 
tike,  but  (till  p 


tinn,  that  tbe  dictionary  always  oon- 
taini  only  a  general  or  partial  iUua- 
tration  of  the  inlject  propoeedi  whiU 
the  enryctqMdta  emlwncea  tho  whole 


DICTlONARYf     tBXICOTTi    VOCA- 
BUI^RT,   OLOSSAKT,  MOMBN- 

CLATURR. 

DlCnONAHY,  e.  BirtiMury,  ia 
a  general  tenn,  LEXICON  Grom  ^-tym 
to  aay.  VOCAB0LARY  frtna  «», 
a  wonl,  GLOSSARY  from  gltu  to 
eipluD,  and  NOMENCLATURE 
from  aoMii,  are  all  apeciea  of  the  «fw- 
tionary, 

laiam  ie  a  epedct  of  dictitmary 


S52 


DIFFEK. 


DIFFER. 


appToprittely  applied  to  the  dead 
langnases.  A  dreek  or  Hebrew  .2er»- 
0011  isoiitiiiniislied from  ^dictionary 
<^th0  Fnnch  or  EDjglish.  A  voeabu' 
lory  is  a  partial  kind  of  dktumary 
winch  may  comprahend  a  simple  list 
of  words,  with  or  without  explaaation, 
airanged  in  order  or  otherwise.  A 
glottmry  is  an  explanatory  vocabulary^ 
wUeh  commonly  serves  to  explain  the 
obsoleta  terms  employed  in  any  old 
author. .  A  nomenclature  is  literally  a 
lilt  of  names»  and  iu  particuUr  refer- 
enoe  to  proper  names. 

TO  J>UB|   EXPIRE. 

DIEy  in  low  German  doen,  Danish 
lioe,  from  the  Greek  dvfiv  to  kill, 
designates  in  general  the  extinction  of 
being. 

EaPIRE,  from  the  Latin  e  or  ex 

and  ipiro  to  breathe  out,  designates 

the  last  action  of  life  in  certain  oj^ects. 

■he  Med  every  diy  the  lived.  Rovi. 

Fbpe  Mi<  to  the  eveniaic  of  the  thlrtlef b  daj 
eC  Mij,  1744,  eo  ptoeidly,  tbaC  the  mttcnduite 
did  Mt  dlMen  the  nact  tieie  of  bit  MjrfnrtfMi. 

Joneoa. 


*  There  are  beings,  such  as  trees 
and  plants,  which  are  said  to  live,  al- 
though they  have  not  breath;  these 
die,  but  do  not  expire :  there  are  other 
beings  wluch  absorb  and  emit  air,  but 
do  Hot  IiTe ;  such  as  the  flame  of  a 
Umpf  which  does  not  die,  but  it  ex- 
pirti.  By  a  natural  metaphor,  the 
time  of  bnng  is  put  for  the  life  of  ob- 
jects ;  and  hence  we  speak  of  the  date 
expiring,  the  term  expiring^  and  the 
like ;  and  as  life  is  applied  figuratively 
to  moral  olgects,  so  may  death  to  ob- 
jects not  having  physical  life. 

A  if^MtmetAmtjf  egpin  bj  lencth  of  tioae. 

BiAcurom. 

A  diweleltaa  h  the  cIvU  4c«f*  of  periiaaeeC 

BlACUTOKB. 

Wheo  Alnander  the  Gfett  died,  the  Graden 
■louKhj  etcpired  with  him.  Soma. 

TO  DIB,  V.  To  perisJu 
DIET,  V.  Food^ 
DIET,  z;.  Assembly. 

TO  DIFFER,    VARY,    DISAGREE, 
DISSENT. 

DIFFER,  in   Latin   dipro  or  diM 
iKiidftroi  signifies  to  make  into  two. 

•  Trmler: 


VARY,  V.  To  change,  alter. 

DISAGREE  is  titerally  not  to 
agree. 

DISSENT,  in  Latin  ditieniio  or 
dii  and  ieniiOf  siniifies  to  think  or  feel 
apart  or  tUfiiBrenuy. 

Differ,  vary,  and  dieagreep  are  ap- 
plicable either  to  persons  mr  things; 
diisent  co  persons  only.  First  at  to 
persons :  to  differ  u  the  most  general 
and  indefinite  term,  the  rest  are  but 
modes  of  differewe :  we  may  d'^er 
from  any  canse,  or  in  any  degree  j  we 
vary  only  in  small  matters ;  thus  per- 
sons may  dijfer  or  vary  in  their  state- 
ments. There  must  be  two  at  least 
to  dijffer;  and  there  may  be  an  inde- 
finite number :  one  may  ve/y,  or  an 
indefinite  number  may  vary;  two  or 
a  specific  number  tftio^^ree :  thns  two 
or  more  may  differ  m  an  account 
which  they  give;  one  penon  may 
varff  at  diferent  timet  in  the  aooonnt 
which  he  gives;  and  two  partknlar 
individuals  ditagree:  we  maT  d^/er 
in  matters  of  fact  or  specnladon;  we 
vary  only  in  matters  or  fact;  we  d^ 
afiree  mosUy  in  matters  of  specula- 
tion. Historians  may  ^fftr  in  the 
representation  of  an  afidr,  and 
authors  may  d^fer  in  th«r  views  of 
a  particular  subject;  narrators  vary  in 
certain  circumstances ;  two  p^TtTmlur 
philosophers  diiagree  in  acooonting 
for  a  phenomenon. 

To  disaxree  is  the  act  of  one  man 
with  another :  to  dtMeeei  is  die  act  of 
one  or  more  in  relation  to  a  oommn- 
nity;  thus  two  writers  on  the  same 
subject  may  diiagree  in  their  Gondo- 
sions,  because  they  set  out  firam 
different  premises;  men  diseenihom 
the  established  reli^on  of  their  cowh 
try  according  to  their  edncatioii  and 
character. 

When  applied  to  the  orfiaery 
traosacuons  of  life,  dlffereneee  may 
exist  merely  in  opinion,  or  with  a 
mixture  of  more  or  less  acrimoiuoas 
and  discordant  feeling;  verwssccs 
arise  from  a  collision  of  mtereits;  tfii- 
agreements  from  asperity  of  homor; 
distensions  from  a  clashing  of  opimoos; 
differences  may  exist  between  nations, 
aud  may  be  settled  by  cool  discus- 
sions; xnhen  variances  arise  between 
neighbours,  their  passions  often  inter* 
fere    to    prevent    accommodations ; 

*•  DIf,  expire.'* 


DIFFERENCE. 


DIFFEEENCE.       353 


rlian  men^ben  of  a  faiDily  coosult  in- 
ftt  or  humor  rather  than  aflfoctions, 
will    be   necessarily  disagree^ 
r  and  when  many  members  of  a 
^^xmuntinity  have  an  eqaal  liberty  to 
cpress  their  opinions,  there  will  ne- 
rily  be  distemiom, 

■risMen  of  tka  dUfierenC  polaiitatet  cob- 

uideoataiitds  tat  tbe  peao*  Mtvaoocd lo 

r«  Uutt  ipaedfaf  netbodt  werp  fonnd  necei- 

r,  aad  Bolinglffohe  waa  wnt  to  Pari*  to  adjoat 

^iUfkvmeei  friHk  Urn  fonaaltty.  Johhsom. 

How  many  bleed 
B^  AmmAiI  Miliwuf  betwixt  maa  and  nun. 

Toomov. 

Oa  iii  affrital  ad  Ocntva,  GoMMsMb  was  r»> 

aa  a  tcaveUbiff  tator  to  a  Toaof 

wbo  bad  been  nnncpectedlj  left  a 

of  wofj  bj  a  near  ralatlon.     Tbii'con- 

iMCed  b«t  a  AoH  time:  tbey  d»aicree4 

1m  tbe  Mwtb  of  Firaaee  and  patted.        Joaiiaoii. 

Wben  Cutbage  aball  contend  tbe  world  witb 


Ttan  to  year  time  fior  ibetion  and  drbale, 
Fbr  partial  Ibvor  and  permitted  hate : 
liBt  mawjcnt  fanmatim  dinenhion  ceav. 

Dbtdbm. 

In  regard  to  things,  differ  is  said 
of  two  things  with  respect  to  each 
other ;  vary  of  one  thing  in  respect  to 
itself:  thus  two  tempers  ^ffcr  from 
«ach  other,  and  a  person^  temper 
varies  from  time  to  time.  Things  a^- 
Jer  in  their  essences,  they  vary  m 
their  aoddents ;  thus  the  genera  and 
species  of  things  differ  from  each 
other,  and  the  individuals  of  each 
species  tarjf :  differ  is  said  of  everjf 
thing  promiscuously,  but  disagree  is 
only  said  of  such  things  as  might 
agree ;  thus  two  trees  differ  from  each 
by  the  course  of  tlungs,  out  two  num- 
bers disagree  which  are  intended  to 
agree. 

We  do  not  know  in  wbat  eitber  reason  or  Jn- 
ntlnct  coneiit,  and  tbefefsre  cannot  tell  wItb  ea- 
actaem  In  wbat  they  d^fhr,  Jobhsoh. 

Tbat  mind  and  bodj  oflen  qrmpatUae 
It  plain  ;  each  b  iMt  oabw  nature  tin : 
Bat  tben  as  oftea  tootbey  dUoi^et^ 
Wblcb  ptorei  the  sonri  eoperior  profeoy. 

JnTiis. 
IVade  and  commerce  mlgbt  donbtUea  be  rtlll 
varUd  a  tboiuud  waya,  ont  of  wUch  would 
vlaeaMh  bcancbei  aa  bave  not  been  toucbed. 

Jonmoif* 

BIFFBRENCB,    VARIBTr, 

DIVERSITY,    MEDLEY. 

DIFFERENCE  signifies  the  cause 
or  the  act  of  differing. 

VAREETY,  from  various  or  vary^ 


in  Litiii  viorBMf,  probably  comes  from 
varus  a  spedt  or  speckle,  because  this 
is  the  best  emblem  -oi  variety. 

DIVERSITY,  in  Latin  diversitas, 
comes  from  divertOj  compounded  of 
di  and  verto^  and  signifies  to  turn 
asunder. 

MEDLEY  comes  from  the  word 
meddle,  which  is  but  a  change  from 
mingle^  mity  &c. 

Vifference  and  variety  seem  to  lie 
in  the  things  themselves ;  diversity 
and  medley  are  created  either  by  acci- 
dent or  design :  the  difference  may  lie 
in  two  objects  only ;  a  variety  cannot 
exist  without  an  assemblage :  the  de- 
ference is  discovered  by  means  of  a 
comparison  which  the  mind  forms  of 
objects  to  prevent  confusion;  the 
variety  strikes  on  the  mind,  and 
pleases  the  imagination  with  many 
agreeable  images ;  it  is  opposed  to 
dull  uniformity:  the  acute  observer 
traces  differencesy  however  minute,  in 
the  objects  of  his  research,  imd  by 
this  means  is  enabled  to  class  them 
under  their  general  or  particular 
heads;  *  nature  affords  such  an  in- 
finite variety  in  every  thing  which 
exists,  that  if  we  do  not  perceive  it 
the  fault  is  in  ourselves ;  the  divertUy 
arises  from  an  assemblage  of  objects 
naturally  contrasted;  the  medley  is 
produced  bv  an  assemblage  of  objects 
so  ill  suited  as  to  produce  a  ludicrous 
effect. 

Diversity  exists  in  the  tastes  or 
opinions  of  men ;  the  medley  is  pro- 
duced by  the  concurrence  of  such 
tastes  or  ojMnions  as  can  in  no  wise 
coalesce :  where  the  minds  of  men  are 
disengaged  from  the  shackles  of  super- 
stition and  despotism,  there  will  be  a 
great  diversity  of  opinions ;  where  a 
number  of  m^n  come  together  with 
different  habits,  we  may  expect  to 
find  a  medley  of  characters ;  good  taste 
may  render  a  dij^ersity  of  color  agree- 
able to  the  eye ;  caprice  or  bad  taste 
will  be  apt  to  form  a  ridiculous  medley 
of  colors  and  ornaments.  A  diversity 
of  sounds  heard  at  a  suitable  distance 
in  the  stillness  of  the  evening,  will  have 
an  agreeable  effect  on  the  ear ;  a  vted^ 
ley  of  noises,  whether  heard  near  or 
at  a  distance,  must  always  be  harsh 
and  offensive. 

1  bave  often  tboufbt  If  tbemladiof  mmk\ 


•  Vide  Abb4  Giffard :  **  DUBeicBce,  dlvenlt^,  variety,  blfvrarc.** 

2a 


DIFFERENT. 


DIFFERENT.         SS5 


^.-  ipiSTINCT,     in   Latin  dktinUui 
icipleof  <2ii(ingtMi  (v.  Toahstrac^^ 
trtUe). 
t        SEPARATE,  V.  To  abstract. 

Inference  is  opposed  to  similitude ; 
»   ^hare  is  no  difference  between  objects 
I-  UMolutelj  alike :  distinctnest  is  op- 
;    9p>^   to  identity ;  there  can  be  no 
t    miatineiion  where   there  is   only  one 
t    WBDfA  the  same  being  :  separation  is  op- 
posed to  unity ;  there  can  be  no  sepo' 
^tiiion  between  objects  that  coalesce 
or  adhere :  things  may    be   different 
ftnd  not  distinct,  or  distinct  and  not 
Afferent :  different  is  said  altogether 
Of  the  internal  properties  of  things; 
distinct  is  said  of  things  as  objects  of 
irisioUy  or  as  they  appear  either  to  the 

SB  or  the  mind :  when  two  or  more 
ings  are  seen  only  as  one,  they  may 
be  dlfferentfhut  they  arc  not  distinct; 
but  whatever  is  seen  as  two  or  m^re 
things,  each  complete  in  itself,  is 
sUstinctf  although  it  may  [not  be  dif- 
ferent :  two  roads  are  said  to  ne 
d^erent  which  run  in  different  direc- 
tions, but  they  may  not  be  distinct 
when  seen  on  a  map :  on  the  other 
hand,  two  roads  are  said  to  be  distinct 
when  they  are  observed  as  two  roads 
to  run  in  the  same  direction,  but  they 
need  not  in  any  particular  to  be  dif" 
ferent :  two  stars  of  different  mag- 
nitudes may,  in  certain  directions,  ap- 
pear as  one,  in  which  case  they  are 
different,  but  not  distinct ;  two  books 
on  the  same  subject,  and  by  the  same 
author,  but  not  written  in  continuation 
of  each  other,  are  distinct  books,  but 
not  different. 

What  is  separate  must  in  its 
nature  be  generally  distinct;  but 
*  every  thing  is  not  separate  which  is 
distinct :  when  houses  are  separate 
they  are  obviously  distinct ;  but  they 
may  frequently  be  distinct  when  they 
are  not  positively  separated :  the  dis' 
tinct  is  marked  out  by  some  external 
sign,  which  determines  its  beginning 
and  its  end;  the  sfpara^e  is  that  which 
is  set  apart;  and  to  be  seen  by  itself: 
distinct  is  a  term  used  only  in  deter- 
mining the  singularity  or  plurality  of 
objects ;  the  separate  only  in  regard 
to  their  proximity  or  to  distance  mm 
each  other :  we  speak  of  having  a  dis- 
tinct household,  but  of  living  in  sepa- 
rate apartments  ;  of  dividmg  one*s 
subject  into  distificl  heads,  or  of  mak- 


ing things  into  separate  parcels :  the 
bcMy  and  soul  are  different,  in  as 
much  as  they  have  different  proper- 
ties ;  they,  are  distinct  in  as  much  as 
they  have  marks  by  which  they  may 
be  distinguished,  and  at  death  they 
will  be  separate. 

No  koatile  arms  approtch  your  happy  ground  ; 
Far  <f^*reii(  b  my  fate.  DBvnnr. 

Hh  ttp'rate  troops  let  every  leader  call. 
Rich  ttrenstbcn  each,  and  all  encourage  all; 
Whit  chief  or  soldier  or  the  num'roas  band. 
Or  bravely  fi^ti  or  ill  obeys  commaod. 
When    thus  distinct  tkey  war,    soon  shall  h& 
known.  Ponr. 

DIFFERENT,  SEVERAL,    DIVERS, 
SUNDRY,    VARIOUS. 

All  these  terms  are  employed  to 
mark  a  number  (v.  To  differ,  vary) ; 
but  DIFFERENT  is  the  most  indefi- 
nite  of  all  these  terras,  as  its  office  is 
rather  to  define  the  quality  tlian  the 
number,  and  is  equally  applicable  to 
few  and  many ;  it  is  opposed  to  sin« 
gularity,  but  the  otiier  terms  are 
employed  positively  to  express  many. 
SEv  ERAJL,  from  sever,  signifies  split 
or  made  into  many ;  they  maj 
be  either  different  or  alike:  there 
may  be  several  different  things,  or 
several  things  alike ;  but  there  cannot 
be  several  divers  things,  fbr  the  word 
divers  signifies  properly  many  dif^^ 
ferent.  SUNDRY,  firoin  asunder  or 
apart,  signifies  many  scattered  or  at  a 
distance,  whether  as  it  regards  time  or 
space.  VARIOUS  expresses  not  only 
a  greater  number,  but  a  greater  divert 
si/v  than  all  the  rest. 

The  same  thing  often  affects  dif^ 
ferent  persons  d^erently  :  an  indi- 
vidual may  be  affected  several  times  in 
the  same  way ;  or  particular  persons 
may  be  affected  at  sundry  times  and 
in  divers  manners ;  the  ways  in  which 
men  are  affected  are  so  varums  as  not 
to  admit  of  enumeration:  it  is  nO|^ 
so  much  to  understand  different  lan- 
guages as  to  understand  several  dif* 
J<;reii^  languages';  divers  modien  have 
been  suggested  and  tried  for  the  good 
education  of  youth,  but  most  of  too 
theoretical  a  nature  to  admit  of  being 
reduced  successfully  to  practice;  an 
incorrect  writer  omits  sundry  articles ' 
that  belong  to  a  statement ;  we  need 
not  wonder  at  the  misery  which  b  in* 
troduced  into  families  by  extravaguioe 
and  luxury,  when  we  notice  the  infi- 


A0     f 


\'i 


93B      DIFFICUtTISS. 

nitvlj  MfiMU  ■nDrmwnn 
big  raooey  wUch  we  held 
TOimg  and  ths  tboi^dats. 


wUch  ««  held  oiU  to  As 
IwtlK     ' 


DIFVBBHNT,    DNMKK. 

DIFFERENT  ii  positife,  UN- 
LIKE is  ne^ve :  va  look  at  nhwt 
U  differejil,  and  draw  a  compariioa  ; 
but  that  which  i«  unUke  needi  no 
compariMMt:  a  thtng  is  taid  to  he  dif. 
ferent  iroin  evet;  oUm  ibin^  or  «»- 
tube  to  any  thing  teen  balbre;  whidi 
latter  mode  of  eurMBJuo  ohtionilj 
ConrcTS  leM  to  the  mind  than  the 


ma  thai  of  Un  uha  k  (mm  aid  (■ 


DIFFICULT,  V.  Arduous. 
DIFFICULT,  V.  Hard. 

DIVTICULTIES,    BHBARHAS9- 
HBNTS,   TBOUBLES. 

TauB  termi  are  all  applicable  to  a 
penon's  cancems  in  life;  but  DIFFI- 
CULTIES relate  to  the  diffieul^  (v. 
JiifficuJty)  of  conducting  a  buiiueu ; 
EiUBAHaASSMENTS  relate  to  the 
confusion  attending  a  state  of  debt ; 
and  TROUBLE  to  the  pain  which  it 
the  natural  consequence  of  not  ia)- 
Allin^  eni^gementa  or  answeriog  de- 
jiuuids.  Of  the  tbre^  difficultia  leir 
preues  the  least,  andlroublei  the  mott. 
A  young  man  oa  liis  enliance  into  - 
.the  world  will  unavoidabiT  eiperience 
.Jificultia,  if  not  piovidea  wiu  ample 
jiieang  in  the  ouuet.  But  let  nil 
-means  be  ever  to  ample,  if  he  have 


•  TU*  IbU  GInid  ;  ■  DHcaU,«WMK«B 


DIFFUSE, 


DILATE. 


857 


ignorance  in  the    Ian- 
is    the   greatest   impediment 
a  foreigner  experiences  in  the 
luit  of  any  object  oat  of  his  own 
country. 

Tnth    hu  law  of  tronbto  and  difficulty  of 
leiaeiit  and    perplezitj    of  danser  and 

la  it.  TlLLOTSOII. 

•dftacte  most  have  stood  not  a  lHtI«  ia 

\  waj  of  that  preferment  after  ivbich  Yonng 

to  have  paaCed.     Though  he  tank  orden, 

rar  eatlicly  shook  off  politics.  Cropt. 

The  aecassitj  af  comptyfng  with  tfanes,  and 
«f  apariag'persoM^  b  the  freat  impediment  of 
^iogiaphy.  Jouksom. 

DIFFIDENT,  V.  DistrusffuL 

DIFFIDENT,   V,  Modest, 

DIFFUSE,   PROLIX. 

Both  mark  defects  of  style  opposed 
to  brevity* 

DIFFUSE,  in  Latin  diffusut  ^ni- 
Mleofdiffundo  to  pour  out  or  spread 
wide,  marks  the  quality  of  being  ex- 
tended in  space. 

PROLIX,  in  French  prolixe, 
changed  from  prolaxut,  signifies  to  let 
loose  in  a  wide  space. 


die 
or 


markiMe  Anr  pieeUoa ;  they  are  loose  and  dlf- 
jiue,  Bukia. 

I  look  npoa  a  tedloas  talknr,  or  what  is  irene- 
rally  known  by  the  naaie  of  a  story  teller,  to  be 
much  more  tnsnfferable  than  a  prolix  writer. 

STKSfcB 

TO  DIFFUSE,  V.  To  Spread. 
DIGEST,  V.  AbridgemcnL 

TO  DIGEST,  V.  To  dUpOSC. 

DIGNIFIED,  V.  Majestic. 
DIGNITY,  V.  Honor. 

TO   DIGRESS,    DEVIATE, 

Both  in  the  original  and  the  accepted 
sense,  these  words  express  going  out 
of  the  ordinury  course;  but  DI- 
GRESS is  used  only  in  particular, 
and  DEVIATE  in  general  cases. 
We  digress  only  in  a  narrative  whether 
written  or  spoken ;  we  deviate  in  ac- 
tions as  well  as  in  words,  in  our  con- 
duct OS  well  as  in  writings. 

Digress^  is  mostly  taken  in  a  good 
or  indifferent  sense ;  deviate  in  an 
indifierent  or  bad  sense.  Although 
frequent  digressions  are  faulty,  yet 
bccasionally  it  is  necessary  to  digress 

explanation;  every 


The  diffkieis  properly  opposed  to      for  the  purposes  of  e: 

eprecise;  the  Wix  to  the  concise      j^.^.^  [^l^^j    ^h^,^h  ,3  n^^  sanc- 

or  laconic.    A  t^#iie  wnter  is  foud*^:^^^    ,      ^j^^  necessity  of  circum- 

of  ampbncation,  he  abounds  m  epi-     stances. 

thets,  tropes,   figures,  and    illustra- 


tions ;  the  prolix  writer  is  fond  of 
circumlocution,  minute  details,  and 
trifling  particulars.  Diffuseness  is  a 
fiiult  only  in  degree,  and  according  to 
circumstances ;  prolixity  is  a  positive 
fault  at  all  times.  The  former  leads 
to  the  use  of  words  unnecessarily ; 
the  latter  to  the  ose  of  phrases,  as  well* 
as  words,  that  are  altogether  useless : 
the  diffuse  style  has  too  much  of  re- 
petition ;  the  prolix  style  abounds  in 
tautology.  iJiffuseness  oflen  arises 
from  an  exuberance  of  imagination ; 
prolixity  from  the  want  of  imagi- 
nation ;  on  the  other  hand  the  former 
may  be  coupled  with  great  super- 
ficiality, and  the  latter  with  great 
solidity. 

Giboon  and  other  modem  writers 
have  fallen  into  the  error  of  (ii/fuseneis. 
Lofd  Clarendon  and  many  English 
writers  preceding  him  are  chargeable 
with  prolixity. 

Www  anthoTs  are  naore  clear  and  perspieaoas 
oa  the  whole  thaa  Archbishop  TUIotsoa  aad  Sir 
WaUam  Temple,  jH  neither  of  thtm  are  »- 


Thedigretsiorui  in  the  Tale  of  a  Tub,  rflating 
to  Wotton  and  Bentley,  must  be  coofrssed  to  dis- 
cofer  want  of  knowledge  or  want  of  iote^Uy. 

Johnson. 

A  rfMlntlon  wa«  taken  (by  the  aathors  of  tba 
Spectator)  of  courtinf;  eeneral  approbation  hj 
{general  topics;  to  this  practice  they  adhered 
with  few  deciationt,  -  Jounoju 

TO   DILATE,   EXPAND. 

DILATE,  in  Latin  dilato  firom  di 
apart  and  lotus  wide,  that  is,  to  mako 
very  wide. 

EXPAND,  in  Latin  expando  com- 
pounded of  ex  and  pando  to  spread,* 
firom  the  Greek  ^atvai  to  appear  or 
show,  signifying  to  set  fortn  or  lay 
open  to  view  by  spreading  out. 

The  idea  of  drawing  any  thing  out 
so  as  to  occupy  a  greater  space  is 
common  to  these  terms  in  opposition 
to  contracting.  Dilate  is  an  intran- 
sitive verb;  expand  is  transitive  of 
intransitive;  the  former  marks  th^ 
action  of  any  body  within  itself;  tlM 
latter  an  external  action  on  any  bod* 
A  bladder  dilates  on  the  admitiloD 


DIRECTION. 


DtRECTLY. 


359 


IRECnON,     ADDRBSS,    80PBB- 
SCRIPTION. 

DIRECTION  (r.  To  direct),  mtirVs 
tbat  which  directs. 

ADDRESS  (v.  To  address)  is  that 
which  addresses. 

SUPERSCRIPTION  from  super 
fmd  scribo,  signifies  that  which  is 
written  over. 

Although  these  terms  may  he  used 
promiscuousW  for  each  other,  vet  they 
nave  a  peculiarity  of  signification  hy 
which  their  proper  use  is  defined :  tlie 
directum  may  serve  to  direct  to  places 
as  well  as  to  persons :  the  address  is 
never  used  but  in  direct  application  to 
the  person :  the  superscription  has  more 
respect  to  the  thing  than  the  person. 
TTie  direction  may  be  written  or  ver- 
bal ;  the  address  in  this  sense  is  always 
written ;  the  superscription  must  not 
only  be  written  but  cither  on  or  over 
some  other  thing :  a  direction  is  given 
to  such  as  go  in  search  of  persons  and 
placesy  it  ousht  to  be  clear  and  parti- 
cular :  an  address  is  put  either  on  a 
card,  and  a  letter,  or  in  a  book ;  it 
ought  to  be  suitable  to  the  station  and 
situation  of  the  person  addressed:  a 
superscription  is  placed  at  the  head 
or  other  writings  or  over  tombs  and 
pillars ;  it  ought  to  be  appropriate. 

Iliert  oonid  aot  be  ft  greater  cbance  ihaa  (hat 
wkieh  bsMcIt  to  l^ht  the  powder  (reaion,  ivbra 
Proffldnct  (■•  It  ware,  mtehM  a  kiof  aod  klnc- 
doa  oat  of  the  vary  jaw*  of  death  oaly  bj  the 
mlTlake  of  a  word  la  the  dirtction  of  a  letter. 

BOCTH. 

We  tbfaik  joa  oiaj  be  able  to  polat  ont  to 
him  the  evil  of  aococedhiff ;  If  it  bo  lolicitatloo, 
yoa  will  tell  him  when  to  addreu  it. 

Lord  CnanBXFncLo. 

Deeeit  aod  Iotm^QT  cvrjr  in  them  more  of 
tho  ezpcen  image  and  tupencripthn  of  the 
detfl  tliaa  any  bodily  gfai  whataoerer.       Souni. 

DIRBCnON,  ORDER. 

DIRECTION,  V,  To  direct. 

ORDER,  V,  To  command. 

Direction  contains  most  of  instruc- 
tion in  it :  order  most  of  authority. 
Directions  should  be  followed ;  orders 
obeyed.  It  is  necessary  to  direct 
those  who  are  unable  to  act  for  them- 
selves :  it  is  necessary  to  order  those 
whose  business  it  is  to  execute  the 
orders.  To  servants  and  children 
the  directions  must  be  clear,  simple, 
and  precise;  to  tradespeople  the 
orders  may  be  particular  or  g«ieral. 


Dsrtctums  extend  to  the  moral  con- 
duct of  others,  as  well  as  the  ordinary 
concerns  of  life ;  orders  arc  confmctl 
to  the  personal  convenience  of  the 
individual.  A  parent  directs  a  child 
as  to  his  behaviour  in  company,  or 
as  to  his  conduct  when  he  enters  life ; 
a  teacher  directs  his  pupil  in  the 
choice  of  books,  or  in  the  distribu- 
rion  of  his  studies :  the  master  gives 
orders  to  his  attendants  to  be  in 
waiting  for  him  at  a  certain  hour; 
or  he  gives  orders  to  his  tradesmen  to 
provide  what  is  necessary. 

Then  meet  me  forthwith  at  the  notaryX 
Give  Irim  direction  for  this  merry  bond. 

SUAUPBAIB. 

To  execote  lawi  is  a  royal  office  :  to  execute 
ontert  la  not  to  bo  a  king.  Btaas. 

DrRRCTLY.,    IMMEDIATELY, 
INSTANTLY,    INSTANTANEOUSLY. 

DIRECTLY  signifies  in  a  direct  or 
straight  manner. 

IMMEDIATELY  signifies  without 
any  medium  or  intervention. 

INSTANTLY  and  INSTANTA- 
NEOUSLY,  from  instant^  signifies  in 
an  instant. 

Directly  is  most  applicable  to  the 
actions  of  men ;  itnrnediatefy  and  tn- 
stantly  to  ^thcr  actions  or  events. 
Directly  refers  to  tlie  interruptions 
which  may  intentionally  delay  the 
commencement  of  any  work :  immc" 
diately  in  general  refers  to  the  space 
of  time  that  intervenes.  A  diligent 
person  goes  directly  to  his  work  ;  he 
suffers  nothing  to  draw  him  aside: 
good  news  is  immediately  spread 
abroad  upon  its  arrival  $  nothing  in- 
tervenes to  retard  it.  Immediately 
and  instantly,  or  instantaneously,  both 
mark  a  quick  succession  of  events, 
but  the  latter  in  a  much  stronger 
degree  than  the  former.  Immediately 
is  negative ;  it  expresses  simply  that 
nothing  intervenes :  instantly  is  posi- 
tive, signifying  the  very  existing  mo- 
ment in  which  the  thing  liappens. 
A  person  who  is  of  a  willing  dispo* 
sition  goes  or  runs  immediately  to  the 
assistance  of  another ;  but  the  ardor 
of  affection  impels  him  to  fly  instantly 
to  his  relief,  as  he  sees  the  dangier. 
A  surgeon  does  not  proceed  direetliy 
to  dr^  a  wound :  he  first  eiamyiiBa 
it  in  order  to  ascertun  its  natatosi 
men    of  lively    minds   tnmeilMitei 


DISAPPEAR. 


DISAVOW. 


S61 


«r 


iTonil>l6    meaning   which   is  at- 
d  to  the   hitter.    A  man  may 
_  reasons  to  think  himself  justified 
disaffection ;  hut  he  will  never  at- 
traipt  to  oifer  any  thing  in  justifi- 
«Mtion  of  diilcjfalty.    A  usurped  go- 
iwrnmant  will  have  many  disaffected 
snlnccts    with    whom    it  must   deal 
Imuentlv ;    the  hest  king  may  have 
iUsloyoi  salgects,  upon  whom  he  must 
«Kercise  the  rigor  or  the  law.    Many 
were  disinfected  to  the  usurpation  of 
Otiver  Cromwdl,  because  they  would 
not  be  diskjfol  to  their  king. 
Y«l»  I  pralert,  ic  to  no  nit  d«sirt 
or  wmlag  cMatitm  OMtiag  for  a  ftUglon  ; 
Nor  aaj  dit^^ffectUn  to  the  itate 
Where  I  W9s  bred,  wad  nnto  which  I  owe 
Mj  deftiert  plote,  beth  brovght  me  out. 

BSM  Jofuneii. 

mitaa  betas  tleuti  ftrom  the  eftcti  of  hk 
*i»tapaftjfi,  had  aothioc  reqolred  from  hfan  b«t 
the  ■ptrnMnr'  dot j  of  Uflog  ia  quiet.      Jobmoji. 

TO  DISAGREE,  V.  To  differ* 

TO   DISAPPEAR,   VANISH. 

To  DISAPPEAR  signiBes  not  to 
apptar  (v.  Air), 

VANISH^  m  French  evanoir,  Latin 
evaneo  or  evanetco,  compounded  of  e 
and  vaneo,  in  Greek  t^iy»'  to  appear, 
signifies  to  go  out  of  sight. 

To  disappear  comprehends  no  par- 
Ucnlar  mooe  of  action ;  to  vanish  in- 
cludes in  it  the  idea  of  a  rapid  motion. 
A  tlune  disappears  either  gradually 
or  sudifenly ;  it  XHtnishes  on  a  sudden. 
A  thing  disappears  in  the  ordinary 
course  of  things ;  it  vanishes  by  an 
unusual  efifort,  a  supernatural  or  a 
magic  power.  Any  object  that  re* 
cedes  or  moves  away  will  soon  disap' 
pear ;  in  fairy  tales  things  are  made 
to  vanish  the  instant  they  are  beheld. 
To  disappear  is  often  a  temporary 
action;  to  vanishy  generally  conveys 
the  idea  of  being  permanently  lost  to 
the  sight.  The  stars  appear  and  dis* 
appear  in  the  firmament;  lightning 
vanishes  with  a  rapidity  that  is  un- 
equalled. 

Red  neleora  ran  acroM  th*  ethereal  fpace^ 
Stan  dfaeyyar'il  and  comets  took  their  pUmoe, 

Dbtdoi. 


Whitot  I  WM  lanenUof  tUa  ndden 
tioa  that  bad  been  nude  beforo  me,  the  whole 
■etDe  vmnitked,  Ansnoii  • 

TO  DISAPPOINT,  V.  To  defeat. 

DISAPPROBATION,  V.  DispkU" 

surcs 


TO   DISAPPROVE,  DISLIKE. 

To  DISAPPROVE  is  not  to  ap- 
prove, or  to  think  not  good. 

To  DISLIKE  is  not  to  like,  or  to 
find  unlike  or  unsuitable  to  one's 
wishes. 

Disapprove  is  an  act  of  the  judge- 
ment ;  dislike  is  an  act  of  the  will. 
To  approve  or  disapprove  is  peculiarly 
the  part  of  a  superior,  or  one  who  de- 
termines the  conduct  of  others;  to 
dislike  is  altogether  a  personal  act, 
in  which  the  feelings  of  tne  individual 
are  consulted.  It  is  a  misuse  of  the 
judgement  to  disapprove  where  we 
need  only  dislike ;  it  is  a  perversion 
of  the  judgement  to  disapprove,  be- 
cause we  dislike. 

The  poem  (Samaon  AfonSftei)  haa  a  begin- 
atn(  and  an  end,  which  Aristotle  himself  conid 
not  have  dUapproved,  but  It  muU  be  allowed  to 
arant  a  middle.  Jobksom. 

The  man  of  peace  will  bear  with  manj  whose 
opinions  or  practices  he  (MsWer^,  without  an 
open  ai^  Tioknt  rapCorp.  Blaie. 

DISASTER,  V*  Calamity. 

TO  DISAVOW,  DSNir. 

To  DISAVOW  is  to  avow  that  a 
thing  is  not ;  to  DENY  (v.  To  deny) 
is  to  assert  that  a  thing  is  not. 

The  disavowal  is  a  general  decla* 
ration ;  the  denial  is  a  particular 
assertion ;  the  former  is  made  volun- 
tarily and  unasked  for^  the  latter  it 
always  in  direct  answer  to  a  charge : 
we  disavow  in  matters  of  general  in- 
terest where  truth  only  is  cpncemed ; 
we  deny  in  matters  of  personal  interest 
where  the  character  or  feelings  are 
implicated. 

What  is  d»iat)ooec{  is  generally  in 
support  of  truth;  what  is  denied  may 
often  be  in  direct  violation  of  truth : 
an  honest  mind  will  always  disavom 
whatever  has  been  erroneously  attri* 
buted  to  it;  a  timid  person  some- 
times denies  what  he  knows  to  b* 
true  firom  a  fear  of  the  consequences : 
many  persons  have  disavotoed  being 
the  author  of  the  letters  which  art 
known  under  the  name  of  Jimius; 
the  real  authors  who    have   denied 
their  concern  in  it  (as  doubtleia  tliif 
hsve)  availed  themselves  of  the  cob^ 
terfuge,  that  since  it  was  the  afBib 
several,  no  one  individuaUj  conkl 
himself  the  author. 
8 


DISCLAIM. 


DISCORD, 


365 


yinftvents  us  from  committing  mistalces 
OT  involving  one's  self  in  embarrasa- 
■Mnts. 

When  the  question  is  to  estimate 
the  real  qaalities    of  either  persons 
€V  things,  we  exercise  diacernment ; 
when  it  is  required  to  lay  open  that 
which  art  or  cunning  has  concealed, 
we  must  exercise  penetration;  when 
the   question    is    to     determine    the 
iHrop«rtkms  and  degrees  of  qualities 
m  persons  or  things,  we  must  use  dU" 
crtminatiom;   when    called  upon  to 
take  anj  step,  or  act  any  part,  we 
must    employ    the  judgement.    Dis- 
eemment  is  more  or  less  indispensable 
for  every  man  in  private  or  public 
station;  he  who  has   the  most  pro- 
miscuous dealings  with  men,  has  the 
greatest  need  of  it :  penetration  is  of 
peculiar  importance  for  princes  and 
statesmen:  ditcriminationis  of  great 
utility  for  conunanders,  and  all  who 
have  the  power  of  distributing  rewards 
and  punishments :  judgement  i%  an  ab- 
solute requisite  for  afi  to  whom  the 
execution  or  management  of  concerns 
is  entrusted. 

Cod  age  aiTueas  venerablj  wlie^ 

Tant  •■  ftUkuds  ita  deep  dfieemiifceyci. 


vlthm 


4aar  to  dedde,  av  fa^la  qaick  to  ap- 
^  anS  Mlberat^  welgktef  vtmtj 
a  that  if  offered,  awl  traclas  it 

jadlrioBi  penetration, 

Mklmoto^  Lcmas  op  Purr. 

there  la  no  character  throngh  all 
dra%ra  wRh  more  eplrlt  and  jmt  <llf 
m  tha  fihjbcM.  linunr* 

1  lore  htaK  t  coatea,  eztrenely;  bnt  my 
aAetton  doei  V  "O  imiiM  prejodtoe  my  Judges 
mwHt,  Maunnfu  Lvnttss  o»  Fumr, 

TO  DISCHAEOEy  V.  To  dismi$S4 

PiSCiPLS,  V.  Scholar. 
DiaciPLiNB,  t;.  CarreetioH. 

TO  DISCLAIM,  DISOWN* 

PISCLAIM  and  DISOWN  are 
both  personal  acts  respecting  the  indi-^ 
Tidual  who  is  the  ^ent :  to  disclaim 
is  to  throw  off  a  claim,  as  to  disoan  (v. 
To  acknowledge)  is  not  to  admit  as 
(Mien's  own ;  as  tlaim,  from  the  Latin 
eJamo,  signifies  to  declare  with  a  loud 
tone  what  we  want  as  our  own ;  so  to 
^tjc^tfii  is  with  an  equally  loud  or 
positive  tone,  to  give  up  a  claim :  this 


is  a  more  positive  act  than  to  ditown^ 
which  may  be  performed  by  insinua- 
tion, or  by  the  mere  abstaining  to 
own. 

He  who  feels  himself  disgraced  by 
the  actions  that  are  done  by  his  na- 
tion, or  liis  family,  will  be  ready  to 
disclaim  the  very  name  which  he 
bears  in  common  with  tlie  offending 
party;  an  absurd  pride  sometimes 
impels  men  to  disown  their  relation- 
ship to  those  who  are  beneath  them 
in  external  rank  and  condition :  an 
honest  mind  will  disclaim  all  right  to 
praise  which  it  feels  not  to  belong  to 
Itself;  the  fear  of  ridicule  sometimes 
makes  a  man  disown  that  which  would 
redound  to  his  honor. 

The  thiojr  calPd  life,  with  eaue  I  can  dtMclaim^ 
And  thlak  it  over-aold  to  puchfMetaM. 


Here  Prlam*k  ton,  Defphobut,  he  fband : 
He  acaroely  Inev  hlai,  ttriTlof  to  dimnom 
Hb  hlotted  fonn,  and  hlaihlaf  to  he  haowii. 

Darou. 

TO  DISCLOSE,  V.  To  publis/u 
TO  DISCOMPOSE,  V,  To  disorder. 
TO  DiscoNCBRT,,!/.  To  baffle. 
TO  DISCONCERT,  V.  To  disorder. 

TO  DISCONTINUE,  V.  To  CBOSe. 

DISCORD,  STRIFB. 

DISCORD  derives  its  signification 
from  the  harshness  produced  it\  music 
by  tlie  dashing  of  two  strings  which 
do  not  suit  with  each  other ;  whence 
in  the  moral  sense,  the  chords  of  the 
mind  which  como  into  an  unsuitable 
collision  produce  a  discord. 

STRIFE    comes    from  the    woiHl 
strive,  to  denote  the  action  q( striving, 
that  is,  in  an  angry  manner  (v.  T6 
contend)  :  where  there  is  strife,  there 
must  be  discord;  but  there  may  be 
discord  without  strife :  discord  con- 
sists most  in  the  feeling ;  str^e  con- 
sists most  in  the    outv^ard   action. 
Discord  evinces  itself  in  various  ways ; 
by    looks,  words,  or  actions:  af^e 
displays  itself  in  words  or    acts  df 
violence.      Discord    is  &tal  to  thft 
happiness  df  families;    strife  is  tU. 
greatest    enemy    to   peace  .bet#Ml' 
neighbours :  discord  arose  betweea  tbe 
Goddesses  on  the  apple  beiug  tfaMr 
into   the   assembly;    Homer    co 


DISCREDIT- 


DISCUSS. 


S65 


Itti    name   and    himself  to   be  the 

general  subject  of  ref  roach  :   as  the 

Profession  of  a  Christian  with  a  con- 

Mtent  practice  is  the  greatest  oraa- 

mtnt  which  a  man  can  put  on ;  so  is 

the   profession  with  an  inconsistent 

«nctice  the  greatest  deformity  that 

can  be  witnessed ;  it  is  calculated  to 

bring  a  scandal  on  the  religion  itself 

in  the  eyes  of  those  who  do  not  know 

jind  feel  its  intrinsic  excellences. 

DueredU  depends  much  on  the  cha- 
OBCteiv  circumstonces,  and  situation  of 
those  who  discredit  and  those  who  are 
diMcrediJted.  Those  who  are  in  respon- 
sible situations,  and  have  had  confi- 
dence reposed  in  them,  must  have  a 
-peculiar  guard  over  their  conduct  not 
to    bring   discredit    on    themselves: 
ciitfroce  depends  on  the  temper  of 
men's  nunds  as  well  as  collateral  cir- 
cumstances;   where  a  nice  sense  of 
moral  propriety  is  prevalent  in  any 
commnnity,   disgrace  inevitably    at- 
taches to  a  deviation  from  good  morals. 
B^roach  9Xi<^  scandal  refer  more  im- 
mediately to  the  nature  of  the  actions 
than  the  character  of  the  persons;  the 
former  being  employed  in  general  mat- 
ters; the  latter  mostly  in  a  religious 
application :  it  is  greatly  to  the  ^i- 
credit  of  all  heads  of  public  msUtu- 
tions,  when  they  allow  of  abuses  that 
interfere  with  the  good  order  of  the 
establishment,  or   divert  it  from  its 
original  purpose :  in  Sparta  the  slight- 
est  intemperance  reflected  great  dis- 
grace on  tne  offender :  in  the  present 
age,  when  the  views  of  men  on  Chris- 
tianity and  its  duties  are  so  much  more 
cnlif^tened  than  they  ever  were,  it  is 
a  reproach  to  every  nation  that  con- 
tinues to  traffic  in  the  blood  of  its  fel- 
low creatures :  the  blasphemous  inde- 
cendes  of  which  religious  enthusiasts 
are  guilty  in  the  excess  of  their  zeal  is 
a  scandal  to  aU  sober-minded  Chris- 
tians. 

Wlm  m  man  li  made  ap  wholly  of  the  dofe 
without  the  Inst  icrain  of  the  lerpent  io  hto  com- 
podtioo,  he  beeoawi  rldfcnloat  in  many  clrcnm- 
^»i.<w  of  hi!  Ufe,  ud  very  often  M$eredU$  hb 
beat  aetioni.  Addisob. 

And  where  the  valet  with  vioteta  onoe  were 

crown'd. 
Wow  knotty  brien  and  thorna  dUgrmee   the 

snmnd.  Dvnm. 

The  creeKy  of  MarjH  pefSKntUm  eqaalled  the 
deeds  of  tbo«e  tyrant!i  who  have  hy  the  r»- 
jireacA  to  faaman  natar^  *" 


Oh  I  hadrt  thoa  d  jM  when  first  thou  saw\C  the 

llSht, 
Or  dj'd  at  least  hcfoie  thy  nnptlal  rite; 
A  better  fate  than  vainly  thus  to  bosst. 
And  fly  the  Kondsl  of  the  Trojan  host.      Pops. 


DISCRETION,  V.  Judgement 

TO  DISCRIMINATE,   V.  To  dlS^ 

t'mguish, 

DISCRIMINATION,       V.      Dw- 

cernment. 

TO   DISCUSS,    BXAMIMB. 

DISCUSS,  in  Latin  discusna  pai^ 
dciple  of  discutiOf  signifies  to  shake 
asunder  or  to  separate  thoroughly  so 
as  to  see  the  whole  composition. 

EXAMINE,  .  in  Latin  esamino 
comes  from  examen  the  middle  beam 
or  thread  by  which  the  poise  of  the 
balance  is  held,  because  the  judge- 
ment holds  the  balance  in  examming. 

The  intellectual  operation  expressed 
by  these  terms  is  applied  to  objects 
that  cannot  be  immediately  discerned 
or  understood,  but  they  vary  both  in 
mode  and  degree.    Diieuuion  is  alto- 
gether carried  on  by  verbal  and  per^ 
sonal    conminnication ;    exami/ntmon 
proceeds  by  reading,  reflec^on,  and 
observation ;  we  often  exanune  there* 
fore  by  ducussion^  which  is  properly 
one  mode  oi  examination :  a  ditcuuwn 
is  always  carried  on  by  two  or  more 
persons ;  an  examiwUUm  may  be  car- 
ried on  by  one  only:  politics  are  a 
frequent  though  not  always  a  pleasant 
subject  of  ducussion  in  sodal  meet- 
ings :  complicated  questions  cannot  be 
too  thoroughly  examined;  diseuM^an 
serves  for  amusement  rather  than  for 
any  solid  purpose ;  the  cause  of  troth 
seldom  derives  any  immediate  benefit 
from  it,  although  the  minds  of  nien 
may  become  invigorated  by  a  o^lisioD 
of  sentiment :  examinatitm  is  of  V^^ 
practical  utility  in  the  direction  of  onr 
conduct :  all  decisions  must  be  par- 
rial,  unjust,  or  imprudent,  which  ara 
made  without  previous  examnotion. 

A  conntry  feUow  dMhgvi^hM  MoMtf  an 
BMh  In  the  clraroh-yard  aa  a  eitlaen  dees  vpoa 
the chanfe;  the  whole  paitth  pottUca  beUigr"' 
rally  dEifCMStetf  In  that  plaee  either  after  f- 
or  beftie  the  bell  rinp.  ■*' 

Men  follow  their  IncttnatloBs  wtthoal  I 
ini  whether  there  be  aay  prtaeiptai  »l 
oofhtto  (brm  for  lecaUtiBC  thilr 


1 


DISHONOR. 


DISJOINT. 


867 


to  get  it  by  fraud  or  artifice,  or  by 
inpoeing  on  the  confideoce  of  another. 
We  may  prevent  dishonett  practices 
bj  ordinary  means  of  security;  but 
we  must  not  trust  ourselves  in  the  com- 
puiy  of  knavish  people  if  we  do  not 
wish  to  be  over^reachcd. 

Gualaf  to  Coo  vnraaMaable  aad  dis^Tiut  for 
a  iBBliemia  to  addict  Umself  to  it. 

Lom  LTTTurroM. 

Vet  to  Im^  when  nature  prompt!  to  bat  a 
kjpuctHtoal  waj  of  maUag  a  maik  of 

Pon* 


BISHONOB9   DISGaACE,    SHAME. 

DISHONOR  signifies  what  does 
away  honor. 

DISGRACE,  V.  To  degrade, 
SHAME  signifies   what   produces 

'    Ditgraee  is  more    than  dishonor^ 
and  less  than  ihame.    The  disgrace  is 
applicable  to  those  who  are  not  sen- 
nble  of  the  dishonor,  and  the  shame 
for  those  who  are  not  sensible  of  the 
disgrace.    The  tender  mind  is  alive 
to  diMkonor  :  those  who  yield  to  their 
passioDSy   or  are  hardened  in  their 
▼idous  courses,  are  alike  insensible  to 
disgrace  or  shame^   Di^umor  is  seldom 
the  consequence  of  any  offence,  or 
offered  witn  any  intention  of  punish- 
ing ;  it  lies  mostly  in  the  consciousness 
of  the  individual.  Disgrace  and  shame 
are  the  direct  consequences  of  mi»< 
conduct :  but  disgrace  attaches  to  the 
punishment  which  lowers  a  person  in 
his  own  eyes ;  shame  to  that  which 
lowers  him*  in  the  eyes  of  others :  the 
former  is  not  so  degrading  nor  so  ex- 
posed to  noUce  as  the  latter :  a  citizen 
leels  it  a  dishonor  not  to  be  chosen  to 
those  offices  of  trust  and  honor  for 
which  he  considers  liimself  eligible: 
it  is  a  disgrace  to  a  school-boy  to  be 
placed  the  lowest  in  his  class,  which 
IS  heightened  into  shame  if  it  brings 
him  into  punishment. 

The  fear  of  dishonor  acts  as  a  laud- 
able stimulus  to  the  discharge  of  one's 
duty ;  the  fear  of  disgrace  or  shame 
serves  to  prevent  the  commission  of 
vices  or  crimes.  A  soldier  feels  it  a 
dishonor  not  to  be  placed  at  the  post 
of  danger,  but  he  is  not  always  suffi- 
ciently alive  to  the  disgrace  of  being 
punished,  nor  is  he  deterred  from  his 
irregolahties  by  the  open  stone  to 


whidi  he  is  sometimes  put  in  the  pre- 
sence of  his  fellow-soldiers. 

As  epithets  they  likewise  rise  in 
sense,  and  are  distinguished  by  other 
characteristics  :  a  dishonorable  action 
is  that  which  violates  the  principles  of 
honor;  a  disgraceful  action  is  that 
which  reflects  disgrace;  a  shamefiil  ac» 
tion  is  that  of  which  one  ought  to  be 
fully  ashamed :  it  is  very  dishonorable 
for  a  man  not  to  keep  his  word ;  very 
disgraceful  for  a  eentleman  to  asso- 
ciate with  those  who  are  his  inferiors 
in  station  and  education ;  very  shame^ 
Jul  for  him  to  use  his  rank  and  in- 
fluence over  the  lower  orders  only  to 
mislead  them  from  their  duty :  a  peN 
son  is  likewise  said  to  be  dishonorable 
who  is  disposed  to  hnngdishonor  upoa 
himself;  but  things  only  are  disgrace* 
Jul  or  shameful :  a  dishonorable  man 
renders  himself  an  outcast  among  his 
equals ;  he  must  then  descend  to  his 
inferiors,  amone  whom  he  may  l^«^«p^ 
familiar  with  the  disgraceful  and  the 
shameful:  men  of  cultivation  are  alive 
to  what  is  dishonorable;  men  of  all 
stations  are  alive  to  that  which  is  for 
them  disgracefuly  or  to  that  which  is 
in  itself  sA^rm^u/ :  the  sense  of  what 
is  dishonorable  is  to  the  superior  what 
the  sense  of  the  disgracepil  is  to  the 
inferior ;   but  the  sense  of  what  is 
shameful  is   independent  of  rank  or 
station,  and  forms  a  part  of  that  moral 
sense  which  is  inherent  in  the  breast 
of  every  rational  creature.    Whoever 
therefore  cherishes  in  Rimself  a  lively 
sense  of  what  is  dishonorable  or  dis* 
graceful  is  tolerably  secure  of  never 
committing  any  thing  that  is  shamefuL 
Tb  DO  AiAonotNT  fiir  the  brafe  to  die. 


I  VM  tsatHlj  eonoeraed  to  eeo  humaa  aaiDra 
ia  ao  moeh  wretcbedncH  aad  disgrmee^  baft 
conld  Bot  forbear  smlUof  to  bear  Sir  Roger 
adf be  tbe  old  woomui  to  afold  all  coamonlca- 
tfcme  with  the  devil.  AooiMir. 

Where  the  prond  tbeatmdbelow  thefoena 
WbMb  laterwoveo  Britoot  mom  to  ratoe, 
Amd  Mhovtbetriuiph  vfaAoh  ^ttlrshmne  dbph^yi- 

DaYBm* 

DISINCLINATION,  V.  DtsUhe. 

TO  DISJOIN,  V.  To  separaie* 

TO   DISJOINT,   DISMEMBER. 

DISJOINT  signifies  to  sepamus^ 
the  joint. 


DISUK^. 


DISMISS. 


369 


its  duntioD :  the  tlUgutt  is 
^nunitoryor  otherwite;  momentarily 
or  gradually  produced,  but  stronger 
rhaii  either  of  the  two  others. 

Caprice  has  a  great  share  in  our 
likes   and  dUliket:  di^oMte  depends 
ajpon  the  changM  to  which  the  consti* 
cution  physically  and  mentally  is  ex- 
posed :  duguii  owes  its  origin  to  the 
xiature  of  thinss  and   their  natural 
operation  on  the  minds  of  men.    A 
oluld  likes  and  ditlikes  his  playthings 
-writhout  any  apparent  cause  for  the 
<:bango  of  sentiment:     after  a  loug 
illness  a  person  will  frequently  take  a 
tUstoMit  to  the  food  or  the  amusements 
^nrhich  before  a£fbrded  him  much  plea- 
sure :   what  is  indecent  or  filthy  is  a 
natural  object  of  dug«i<  to  every  person 
"whoso  mind  is  not  depraved.    It  is 
pood  to  suppress  unfounded  dislikes  ; 
It  is  diflicttlt  to  overcome  a  strong  <iif- 
tasie;  it  is  adviseable  to  divert  our 
attention  from  objects  calculated  to 
create  ditguii, 

Dr^dn^  Mritte  of  Che  prirtchood  ii  iapvM 
bj  lAostalar,  wrf  1  think  by  Bro«a«  to  a  re* 
p«lv  whkk  he  nftird  when  be  eolldtecl  ordl> 
■aCloB.  Joamoir. 

Beraow  tnM  hMorj,  thnmj^  freqapnt  ■aCitty 
ud  tlialUtede  of  IMdcb,  worhi  a  ditUule  aad 
■iiprhlou  hi  fbe  mind  of  men,  poeqr  cheereth 
ud  Hftcihcih  the  aoal,  ebaoUnif  tbii«i  race  and 
Ttrlouf.  Bacov. 

Tifi^fldr  vice  ii  meemry  to  he  ahown,  iboald 
alvajB  HsftuL  Jomuo*. 

DISLIKE,   DISINCLINATION. 

DISLIKE,  V.  Dislike, 

DISINCLINATION  is  the  reverse 
of  iadination  (v.  Attachment). 

Dislike  applies  to  what  one  has  or 
does ;  disimelhuUion  only  to  what  one 
does  :  we  ditlike  the  thing  we  have, 
or  diiiike  to  do  the  thing ;  but  we  are 
ditincUned  to  do  the  thing. 

llie;jr  express  a  similar  feeling  that 
diflRsrs  in  degree.  The  disinclination 
is  but  a  small  degree  of  dislike ;  the 
-  dislike  marks  something  contrary ;  the 
disineiinatian  does  not  amount  to 
more  than  the  absence  of  an  inclina- 
tion. None  but  a  disobliging  temper 
has  a  dislike  to  comply  with  reason- 
able rec|uests ;  but  the  most  obliging 
disposition  may  have  an  occasional 
disinclination  to  comply  with  a  parti- 
cular request. 

MofBia  rite  wttb  mlzM  applaiiw» 
Jait  M  thcj  flKvor  oc  difltikethe  caate. 

Datmui. 

T»  be  isrt?t  to  a  minN  mirth.  Off  iMtteatlfe 


lo  hk  dJMOMi a^  arfocs  a  4itineUmaU»H  to  be 
ffartaiaed  ^  hiai.  Sticcls. 

DidLOYALTY,  V.  Disaffection. 

DISMAL,   v.  Dull, 

TO  Di8MAi>fTLE,  V.  To  demolish. 

TO   DISMAY,    DAUNT,   APPAL. 

DISMAY,  in  French  desmayer,  is 
probably  changed  from  desmouvoir, 
signifying  to  move  or  pull  down  the 
spirit. 

DAUNT,  chaneed  from  the  Latin 
doniitifj,  conquered,  signifies  to  bring 
down  the  spirit. 

APPAl^  compounded  of  the  inten- 
sive ap  or  adf  ana  palleo  to  grow  pale, 
signifies  to  make  pale  with  fear. 

The  effect  of  fear  on  the  spirit  is 
strongly  expressed  by  all  these  terms; 
but  dismmf  expresses  less  than  daunt^ 
nnd  this  than  appaL  We  are  dia^ 
mayed  by  alarming  circumstances ;  we 
are  daunted  by  terrifying ;  we  arc  ap- 
palled  by  horrid  circumstances.  A 
severe  defeat  will  dismay  so  as  to 
lessen  the  force  of  resistance  :  the  fiery 
glare  from  the  eyes  of  a  ferocious 
beast  will  daunt  him  who  was  ventur- 
ing to  approach  :  the  sight  of  an  ap- 
parition will  appal  the  stoutest  heart. 

So  ilea  a  tierd  of  bervet,  that  bear,  riUmi^f^df 
Tlie  lioM  roaring  througb  tlie  midnisbt  nhade. 

Pone. 

Jo?e  got  iiach  beroea  as  my  vln*.  vlioacaonl 
No  fear  conid  dm»tnt,  nor  earth,  oor  hell  con- 
troul.  PoPB. 

Nov  the  laat  nitn  the  whole  boat  appmU  ; 
Now  Grecct!  itad  trembled  In  her  voodm  valla. 
But  wise  UljMet  callM  Tjdide*  forth.        Popk. 

TO  DISMBMBBR,  V.  To disjoint. 

TO   DISMISS,   DISCHARGE, 
DISCARD. 

DISMISS,  in  Latin  dimissus,  par- 
ticiple of  dimittOf  compounded  of  di 
and  mitto,  si};iiiBes  to  send  asunder  or 
away. 

DISCHARGE  signifies  to  release 
from  a  charge. 

DISCARD,  in  Spanish  descarlar, 
compounded  of  des  and  cartar,  signi- 
fies to  lay  cards  out  or  aside,  to  cast 
them  off. 

The  idea  of  removing  to  a  distance 
is  included  in  all  these  terms;  but 
with  various  collateral  circumstances. 
Dismiss  is  the  general  term  -,  discharge 
and  discard  are  modes  of  dismissing : 
disniiss  is  applicable  to  person^  of  all 

?  n 


DISORDER. 


DISPARAGE: 


871 


II  ii  apt  to  iermngt  tto  NK«lar 


Hmm  u*  mw  vImmb  povMv  opanta  oniij  at 
IfllMtfe  aad  ia  raCkeoMat ;  and  whose  inteUedval 
"Vlgoar  dewvts  then  in  eoavenation ;  whom  mttt» 
<fai»—  flooltmL  attd  dliiactliMi  difcaiMin^* 

Jomnos* 

M  with  the  chaofeftel  tniper  of  the  «Uei» 
JU  raios  eoadMia,  aad  eaaihiBe  nreflei, 
«D  tnra  the  ifeeiii  la  their  alterV  mlndii. 


Da 


DISOEDKE,   DISBA8B,     DISTEM- 
PBS,   M ALADT. 

DISORDER  signifies  the  state  of 
being  out  of  order. 

DISEASE  signifies  the  sUte  of 
being  ili  at  ease. 

DISTEMPER  signifies  the  sUte  of 
being  oat  of  temper,  or  out  of  a  doe 
tempeFanient. 

MALADY,  firmn  the  Latin  malai 
evil,  signifies  an  ill. 

AQ  these  terms  agree  in  their  ap- 

eication  to  the  state  of  the  animal 
kIj.  Duorder  is,  as  before  (v.  To 
diwrder)^  the  general  torm,  and  the 
others  specific.  In  this  general  senae 
diwrdtr  is  altogether  indefinite ;  but  in 
its  restricted  sense  it  expresses  less  than 
all  the  rest :  it  is  the  mere  cororoence- 
mencement  of  a  diteate :  diietue  is 
also  more  general  than  the  other  terms, 
fiir  it  comprehends  every  serious  and 
permanent  disorder  in  the  animal  eco- 
nomy, and  is  therefore  of  universal 
application.  The  disorder  is  slight, 
partial,  and  transitory:  the (/iieajt is 
deep  rooted  and  permanent.  The  <fit- 
crder  may  lie  in  the  extremities :  the 
disMie  lies  in  the  humors  and  the  vital 
parts.  Occasional  head-achs,  colda, 
or  what  is  merdy  cutaneous,  are  termed 
disarderg;  fovers,  dropsies,  and  the 
like^  are  diMgases.  Distemper  is  used 
for  sach  particularly  as  throw  the 
animal  frame  most  completely  oat  of 
its  temper  or  course,  and  is  cons^ 
qaently  applied  properly  to  virulent 
Miorders,  such  as  the  small-pox.  Afa- 
iady  has  less  of  a  technical  sense 
than  the  other  terms ;  it  refers  more  to 
the  suffering  than  to  the  state  of  the 
body.  There  may  be  many  maladies 
where  there  is  no  disease;  but  dif- 
eotes  are  themselves  in  general  nfakh- 
dies.  Our  maladies  are  frequently 
bom  with  us;  but  our  diseases  may 
cc«me  upon  as  at  any  time  of  lifo. 
filioduess  is  in  itself  a  MaMy,  and 


may  be  produced  by  a  disease  in  the 
eye.  Our  disorders  are  frequently 
cured  by  abstaining  firom  those  things 
which  caused  them ;  the  whole  science 
of  medicine  consists  in  finding  out 
suitable  remedies  for  our  diseases;  our 
aiai0diet  may  be  lessened  with  pap 
tianoe,  although  they  cannot  always 
be  alleviated  or  removed  by  art. 

All  these  terms  may  be  applied 
wnth  a  similar  distinction  to  the  mind 
as  wril  as  the  body.  The  disorders 
are  either  of  a  temporary  or  a  perm** 
nent  nature ;  but  unless  specified  to 
the  contrary,  are  understood  to  be  tem^ 
porary:  diseases  consist  in  vidoos 
nabits :  our  distempers  arise  from  tha 
violent  cperations  of  passion :  our 
wtmladies  he  in  the  injunes  which  tha 
affections  occasion.  Any  perturbation 
in  the  mind  is  a  disorder :  avarice  is  a 
diseoft :  melandioly  is  a  distemper  as 
for  as  it  throws  tlie  mind  out  of  its 
bias ;  it  is  a  maiady  as  for  as  it  occa« 
sions  suffering. 

StraafB  ditcrden  axe  bred  In  the  mfnd  of 
flme  men  whoie  paMlooe  are  not  itgalated  hf 
Tirtoe.  Ai 


The  jealonfl  man^  tflMwe  !•  of  to  DMlfgaaat 
a  aatere  thai  it  eeaTartiall  h  tahei  into  its  «w» 
iL  Ananoa. 


A  penoB  thatii  oiaied,  tboagh  with  pride  or 
Baliecv  Si  A  1%^  very  MortUjFlag  to  hnman  aa^ 
tare ;  bat  when  the  dUUmper  arim  fh>m  aay 
Indiscreet  frnroon  of  dofotioo.  It  dcwfu  our 
compaarioB  ia  a  mom  partloUar  BManer. 

▲ddwoit. 


ntntp*  haa  heea  alwayc  praiied  without  co«« 
tradktloa  as  a  «aa  nodnt,  blamelret,  aad 
pioat,  who  bore  aarrowatM  of  fortune  without 
dfacoBtent,  and  trdiooa  aad  painful  maladift 
without  impatieace.  Jonnox. 

DISORDERLY,   V.  ItTCguIar. 

TO  DISOWN,  V.  To  deny. 
TO  DISOWN,  v»  To  disclaim* 

TO   DISPARAGK,   DETRACT, 

TRADUCE,    DEPRECIATE, 

DEGRADE,   DECRY. 

DISPARAGE,  compounded  of  dti 
and  parage,  from  ports  equaU  signifies 
to  make  unequal  or  below  what  it 
ought  to  be. 

DETRACT,  V.  To  asperse. 

TRADUCB^  in  Latm  fraAico  or 
transduco,  signifies  to  carry  from  one 
another  that  which  is  nnlavorahie. 

DEPRECIATE^  6om  the  Latin 
9b3 


DISPASSIONATE. 


DISPENSE. 


375 


of  truth ;  whatever  derogates  from 
the  dignitj  of  a  man  in  any  office  is  apt 
to  degrade  the  office  itselt. 

Tke  in«D  frbo  icnipln  not  brrakins  hli  word 
la  IM!a  thlofi,  woald  not  MiA>r  fa  hh  own  coo- 
■riewce  to  gml  pain  for  fkilom  of  coowqoenee, 
as  ha  who  thiaki  every  little  olTeiiea  aftlatt 
trath  and  jaidca  a  tUipmragement.        Srsns. 

I  Chink  we  BMj  nj*  witbout  derogating  from 
fhote  woadcrftal  perfonaances  (tbe  Iliad  and 
JBaeM),  that  tkcra  to  an  anqaeitioaable  maj^nUI- 
eaoca  la  evacy  part  of  Paradise  Loat,  aad  Indrad 
a  n«ch  fifatir  thaa  could  ba?e  baea  formed 
npon  aaj  Pagaa  ^jsCan.  Jlonsoa. 

Ortba  Blad  that  can  deliberateij  pollate 
Itieir  with  Ideal  wickedneM,  for  tbe  take  of 
•preadbif  tbe  eontasloa  in  loclety,  I  wl«h  not  to 
eeoeeal  or  escaie  the  depravity.  Socfa  degrm' 
4tKti0U  of  the  d^alty  of  Kenlne  cannot  be  coo- 
taaplated  hot  wkh  frief  and  lodif natioo. 

JoavMM. 

DISPARITY,  INEQUALITY. 

DISPARITY,  from  rfi»  and  ;?ar,  iu 
Greek  wa^a  with  or  by,  signifies  an 
imfitiiess  of  objects  to  be  by  one  an- 
other. 

INEQUALITY,  from  the  Latin 
tfgiwiy  even,  signifies  having  no  regu- 
lantY. 

The  dUparity  applies  to  two  objects 
which  should  meet  or  stand  in  coalition 
with  each  other ;  tbe  inequality  is  ap- 
plicable to  those  that  are  compared 
with  each  other  :  tlie  disparity  of  age, 
situation,  and  circumstances,  is  to  be 
considered  with  regard  to  persons  en- 
tering into  the  matrimonial  connexion; 
the  ineyudity  in  the  portion  of  labor 
which  18  to  be  performed  by  two  per- 
fons,  is  a  ground  for  the  inequality  of 
their  recompense  :  there  is  a  great  in- 
equality  in  the  chance  of  success,  where 
there  is  a  disparity  of  acquirements  in 
rival  candidates:  the  disparity  be- 
tween David  and  Goliah  was  such  as 
to  render  the  success  of  the  former 
more  strikingly  miraculous ;  the  in- 
equality in  the  conditions  of  men  is 
not  attended  with  a  corresponding  in- 
equality  in  their  happiness. 

Yov  formerly  obnerved  to  me,  that  notbiof 
made  a   more  ridlcaloofi  fipire  In  a  man^l  life 
the  dUparity  we  often  find  in  him,  tick  and 

Pope. 


huqualtty  of  behavloar,  either  la  prosperity 
or  adrersHy,  are  alike  ongraoefal  in  maa  that  Is 
todle.  Stbkx. 


passion;  COOL  (v.  Cool)  is  taken, 
positively,  it  marks  an  entire  freedom, 
from  passion. 

Those  who  are  prone  to  be  passiont* 
ate  must  learn  to  be  dispassionate; 
those  who  are  of  a  £Ool  temperament 
will  not  suffer  their  passions  to  be 
roused.  Dispassionate soltly  respects 
the  angry  or  irritable  sentiment ;  cool 
respects  every  perturbed  feeling :  when 
we  meet  with  an  angry  disputant  it  is 
necessary  to  he  dispassionate,  in  order 
to  avoid  quarrels ;  in  the  moment  of 
danger  our  safety  often  depends  upon 
our  coolness. 

As  to  violence  the  lady  (Madame  D*Aeler)  haa 
inflnitely  the  bettrr  of  tbe  gentlemaB  (M.  de  la 
Motte).  Nothing  caa  be  more  polite,  tflf- 
jMUfffeiutle,  or  •raidble,  than  Us  maaaer  of  ma- 
Basing  the  dispute.  Pope. 

I  conceived  this  poem,  aad  gave  loose  to  a 
deprrea  of  mntment,  which  perhaps  I  oofbt  not 
to  have  IndaUnid,  hat  which  la  a  cooler  hoar  I 
caanoc  aUocetber  condemn.  CowPia. 

TO  DISPATCH,  V.  To  hastcTi. 

TO  DISPBL,  DISPBRSB* 

DISPEL,  from  the  Latin  pello  to 
drive,  signifies  to  drive  away. 

DISPERSE  signifies  merely  to  cause 
to  come  asimder. 

Dispel  is  a  more  forcible  action  than 
to  disperse :  we  destroy  the  e&istence 
of  a  thing  by  dispelling  it ;  we  merely 
destroy  the  junction  or  cohesion  of  a 
body  by  dispersing  it :  the  sun  dispels 
the  clouds  and  darkness;  the  wind 
disperses  the  clouds,  or  a  surgeon  dis-^ 
persfs  a  tumor. 

Dispells  used  figuratively;  disperse 
only  in  the  natural  sense:  gloom, 
ignorance,  and  the  like,  are  dispelled  ; 
ixx)ks,  people,  papers,  and  theuke,  are 
dispersed. 

As  when  a  western  whlrlwlad,    charg'd  with 

storms, 
JHspelt  the  Catherine  cloads  that  Notas  fbmi. 

Pops. 

The  foe  dUptnTdt  their  bravest  wanrleia  kilTd, 
Fterce  as  a  whirlwind  now  I  swept  the  field. 


DISPASSIONATE,    COOL. 

DISPASSIONATE  is  taken  nega- 
ttrely,  it  marks  merely  the  abiMoce  of 


TO  DISPENSE,  DISTRIBUTE. 

DISPENSE,  firom  the  Latin  pendo, 
to  pay  or  bestow,  signifies  to  bestow 
in  diflwrent  directions;  and  DISTRI- 
BUTE, from  the  Latin  trihua^  to  be- 
stow, signifies  the  same  thing. 

DiipefiM  is  an  indiscriminate  action ; 
ditiriiuteiM  n  partioolariiiiif  actions 


3T4 


DISPLEASE. 


DISFLBAfflL 


w«  dispense  to  all;  we  disirifnOe  to 
each  individually :  nature  dispensei 
her  gifts  bountifully  to  all  the  innabit- 
ants  of  the  earth  ;  tt  pskrent  distrilmies 
among  his  children  ditferent  tokens  of 
his  parental  tenderness. 

Jjispense  is  an  indirect  action  that 
has  no  immediate  reference  to  the  re- 
ceivers ;  distribute  is  a  direct  and  per* 
sonal  action  communicated  by  the 
giver  CO  the  receiver :  Providence  dii' 
penses  his  favors  to  those  who  pat  a 
sincere  trust  in  him ;  a  prince  distri' 
butes  marks  of  his  favor  and  prefer- 
ence among  his  courtiers. 

Thouch  natore  weigh  our  talenU,  and  dUpenm 
To  every  man  hU  inodlcum  of  tmie; 
Yet  much  depend*,  at  in  the  tUler*!  toll. 
On  culture,  and  the  towing  of  the  toll. 

Cownnu 

Praj  be  no  nigf^rd  In  dittrthuUng  mjr  Ion 
plentifnlly  among  our  fi  ieoda  at  the  inna  of  cooit. 

Uovsu 

TO  DISPERSE,  V.  To  dispel 
TO  DISPERSE,  V.  To  Spread. 

TO  DISPLAY,  V.  To  shoW. 

TO  DISPLEASE,  OFFEND,  VEX. 

]!)ISPL£AS£  (o.  Dislike,  dispiea- 
sure)  naturally  marks  the  contrary  of 

pleasing. 

OFFEND,  from  the  Latin  oj^o, 
signifies  to  stumble  in  the  woy  of. 

V£Xy  in  I^tiu  vexo,  is  a  frequenta^ 
tive  of  ve^o,  signifying  literally  to  toss 
up  and  dowii. 

These  words  estpress  the  painful 
sentiment  which  is  telt  by  the  supposed 
impropriety  of  another's  conduct. 

Displease  is  not  always  applied  to 
tlmt  whiLh.  personally  concerns  our* 
selves  ;  aliliuugh  offend  and  vex  have 
alwuys  more  or  less  of  what  is  peiv 
sonal  in  tlioin :  u  superior  may  be 
displeased  with  one  wliu  is  under  his 
charge  for  improper  behaviour  towards 
pci-sons  in  general ;  he  kviil  be  offended 
with  him  tor  dixrespecttul  liehuviour 
towards  hi  mac  If:  ciicumaiances  as 
well  as  actions  serve  to  rfw^/ca«c;  a 
supptised  intention  or  desigii  is  requi- 
site in  order  to  offtnd:  we  may  be 
dii>fjleascd  with  a  person,  or  at  a  thiu^; 
one  i»  mostly  offendtU  with  the  person; 
a  chiM  may  be  dluplcuned  uc  not 
havin«;  any  p;)rticular  liberty  or  in- 
duigeuce  granted  to  hiui;  he  may  be 


offiiwidM  witb  Inv  pM^4cuow  rar  i 
of  incivility  or  wnkinrfnim. 
Displease  rwpecti  mortly 
state  of  fiseling;  offend  iad  9^ 
most  regard    to    She  tsupntA 
which   provokes  the  ieelniK: 

moursome  penon  may  be      ^ 

without  any  apperent  ceinA  ;*^^lMt  f 
captious  person  wiU  etieut  havesMi 
avowed  trifle  for  which  he  ncfbski 
Vex  expresses  moTO  then  €gimi% '% 
marks  in  hicX  fteqiient  cffhrteto  ^i^ 
or  the  act  of  cjfendimg  under  eg^ 
vated  circnmstanoes :  we  often  ii^ 
tentionaUy</tfpleaieor  ^0iii^«  belli 
who  vexes  has  mostly  that  oljeel  ii 
view  in  so  dcnog :  eny  inelnmn  tf 
neglect  displeaan;  eny  meifced  w 
stance  of  neglect  offenas  ;  may  si^g^ 
vated  instance  ofnef^lect  M«9 :  lb 
feeling  of  dUpUasure  is  more  psmp 
tible  and  vivid  than  that  of  i^BeAif 
but  it  is  less  durable :  the  ftefioglt 
vexation  is  as  tiensitoiy  as  that  onw 
pleasure,  bat  stronger  than  e^ltf. 
Displeasure  and  vexation  betny  tlie»« 
selves  by  an  angry  word  or  look;  ^ 
fence  discovers  itself  iu  the  whole  ooi- 
duct :  our  displeatstro  is  nnjostifidbis 
when  it  exceeds  the  measare  of  sd» 
other's  fault;  it  is  a  mark  of  jMJf 
weakness  to  take  cfftnee  attrSesjj 
persons  of  the  greatest  irritabifi^ 
are  exposed  to  the  most  frequent  fo^ 
ations. 

As  epithets  they  admit  of  a  similar 
distinction :  it  is  very  diuttetmmg  td 
parents  not  to  meet  with  the  most 
respectiiil  attentions  trom  duldr^ 
when  they  give  them  counsel;  inn 
such  conduct  on  the  part  of  cfaildrdf 
is  highly  offensive  t3o  God:  when  wl 
meet  with  an  offemive  object,  we  de 
most  wisely  to  turn  away  from  it:  whsd 
we  are  troubled  with  vexatious  a£huip 
our  best  and  only  remedy  is  patienoe. 

Mmntime  Impvrtel  N^ptone  bpMd  the  mmA 

Oi  raicinf  billovt  temkteK  OB  tbt»gio«adt 
DUpUuM^d  a;t.t  fmriiif  for  bit  wat'ry  ra%a» 
He  rearM  hi»  awful  haul  above  the  main. 

Dai 

Nathan^i  fabl^  of  the  poor  nan  and  Us 
bad  so  Kood  a.i  effiect  as  to  ooave?  InatfmalloB 
Che  eai  of  a  kins  wrtbont  is^eiuUnf  it. 


Tbev)  and  a  thousaad  mind  emotfoaa 

Frum  ever.ch  mfri-ig  views  of  ffood  and  HI. 
Form'd  infliiiti  ly  various,  9e*  iba  salad 
Wtlh«a4VcAa%\«rA. 


DISPLfiASUREL 


DISPOSE. 


575 


DISPLBASURB^  V.  Didike.  ..^** 

OISPLBASURE,    ANGSR9    DISAP- 
PROBATION. 

DISPLEASURE,  v.  DisUke. 

ANGER,  V,  Anger. 

DISAPPROBATION  is  the  »- 
i9ne  of  approbation  {v.  A$unt). 

Between  ditpleature  and  anger  there 
is  a  difference  both  in  the  degree,  the 
cause,  and  the  consequence,  of  the 
feeline :  ditpleature  is  always  a  soften- 
ed and  gentle  feeling;  anger  is  always 
a  harsh  feeling,  and  sometimes  rises  to 
vehemence  and  madness :  diipleoiure 
it  always  produced  by  some  adequate 
cause,  real  or  supposed ;  but  anger 
maj  be  provoked  by  every  or  any 
cause,  according  to  the  temper  of  the 
individual :  displeasure  is  mostly  satis- 
fied with  a  simple  verbal  expression ; 
but  aitfer,  unless  kept  down  with 
great  force,  always  seeks  to  return 
evil  for  evil.  Di$pleamre  and  diaap-^ 
probation  are  to  oe  compared  in  as 
much  as  they  respect  the  conduct  of 
those  who  are  under  the  direction  of 
others:  ditpleature  is  an  act  of  the 
will,  it  is  an  angry  sentiment;  dit" 
approbation  is  an  act  of  the  judge- 
ment, it  is  an  opposite  opinion :  any 
mark  of  self-will  m  a  child  is  calcu- 
lated to  excite  ditpleature;  a  mis- 
taken choice  in  matrimony  may  pro- 
duce ditapprobation  in  the  parent. 

Ditpleature  is  always  produced 
hj  that  which  is  already  come  to  pass; 
ditapprobation  may  be  felt  upon  that 
^hicn  is  to  take  place :  a  master  feels 
ditpleature  at  the  carelessness  of  his 
■ervant;  a  parent  expresses  his  dit^ 
approbation  of  his  son*s  proposal  to 
leave  his  situation:  it  is  sometimes 
prudent  to  check  our  ditpleature;  and 
mostly  prudent  to  express  our  dip- 
approbation:  the  former  cannot  be  ex- 
pressed without  inflicting  pain;  the 
latter  cannot  be  withheld  when  re- 
<iuiired  without  the  danger  of  mislead- 
ing. 

Man  h  the  merriest  ipeciet  of  the  efcattoo  ;  all 
above  or  below  bim  mre  wrlon* ;  be  leei  thbifB  la 
a  dUSerent  li{^t  from  other  beings  an^  finds  bia 
■Birtb  aiMnfc  from  objects  that  perba^  caaie 
■omelbinc  IHie  pity  or  di*ptem*ure  lo  a  higher 
■•tare.  Adodoii. 

From  €mger  In  Its  fall  Import,  protracted  Iota 
malcTolefice  and  exertnl  In  meage,  arise  aaaay 
of  thc»  evUfl  to  wlikh  the  life  of  maa  to  expeafd. 

Joiunox* 


Jtqgaalfli  hrotban 
aC  tka  vlaleat 


wcfo  driflBfoa. 


bar  aacvat 
res  they 
Roasitiaoii. 


DISPOSAL,  DISPOSITION. 

These  words  derive  their  different 
meanings  from  the  verb  to  dispose  (v. 
To  dispote),  to  which  they  owe  their 
common  origin. 

DISPOSAL  is  a  personal  act;  it 
depends  upon  the  will  of  the  indi^-i- 
dual :  DISPOSITION  is  an  act  of  the 
judgement;  it  depends  upon  the  na- 
ture of  the  things. 

The  removal  of  a  thing  from  one's 

self  is  involved  in  a  dispotal;  the  good 

order  of  the  things  is  comprehended 

in  their  dispotition.    The  disposal  ot 

property  is  \n  the  hands  of  the  rightful 

owner ;  the  success  of  a  battle  often 

depends  upon  the  right  disposition  of 

an  army. 

la  the  raifB  of  Henry  the  Sacoad,  If  a  nua 
died  without  wife  or  insae,  the  whole  of  bb  pro- 
perty wa*  at  hto  own  ditpoteU.  Blickstoms. 

.  In  ease  a  penoa  aMde  00  dtip^Htitm  of  such 
of  hto  fcooda  as  wan  testable,  ha  wn  and  to  said 
to  die  IntesUte.  Blackstoms. 

TO  DISPOSE,  ARRANGE,   DIGEST. 

DISPOSE,  in  French  ditpoter, 
T^tin  ditpotui  preterite  of  ditpono  or 
dis  and  ponoy  signifies  to  place  apart. 

ARRANGE,  v.  To  clatt, 

DIGEST,  in  Latin  digettut  parti- 
ciple  of  digero  or  dit  and  gero,  signi- 
fies to  gather  apart  with  design. 

The  idea  of  a  systematic  laying 
apart  is  common  to  all  and  proper  to 
the  word  ditpote. 

We  ditpote  when  we  arrange  and 
digett ;  but  wo  do  not  always  arrange 
and  digest  when  we  ditpote :  they 
differ  in  the  circumstances  and  object 
of  the  action.  There  is  less  thought 
employed  in  ditpoting  than  in  or- 
ranging  and  digetting;  we  may  i/if- 
pote  oNlinary  matters  by  sinapfy  as- 
signing  a  place  to  each ;  in  this  man- 
ner trees  are  ditpoted  on  a  row,  but 
we  arrange  and  digett  by  an  intel- 
lectual effort ;  in  the  first  case  by  put^ 
ting  those  together  which  ought  to  go 
together;  and  in  tlie  latter  case  by 
both  separating  that  whicli  is  dissw 
milar^and  bringing  togetlier  that  frtudi 
is  similar ;  in  this  manner  books  *m 
arranged  in  a  library  aooovd> 
their  size  or  their  subject;  tlM 
rials  for  a  literary  pnMkictioB  1 


376        DISPOSITION. 


DISFOfimCMI. 


fiefted ;  or  the  laws  of  the  Irnid  are 
digested.  What  is  not  wanted  sliould 
be  neatly  dUpo$cd  in  a  suitable  place: 
nothing  contributes  so  much  to 
beauty  and  convenience  as  the  ar» 
rantremcnt  of  every  thing  according 
to  the  way  and  manner  in  which  they 
should  follow :  when  writings  are  in- 
volved in  great  intricacy  and  confu- 
sion, it  is  difficult  to  digest  them. 

In  an  extended  and  moral  appli- 
cation of  these  words,  we  speak  of  a 
person's  time,  talent,  and  the  like, 
bein{;  disposed  to  a  good  purpose ;  of  a 
roan's  ideas  being  properly  arranged^ 
and  of  being  digested  into  a  form. 
On  the  disposition  of  a  man's  time  and 
property  will  depend  in  a  great  mea- 
sure his  success  in  life;  on  the  ar- 
rangement  of  accounts  greatly  depends 
his  facility  in  conducting  business ;  on 
the  habit  of  digesting  our  thoughts 
depends  in  a  great  measure  the  cor^ 
rcctness  of  thinking. 

Then  nnr  tbo  altar  of  the  dartiDg  kinf, 
Ditpt^d  In  rank  tbvir  brcatomb  they  brlof . 

POPB. 

Wlien  a  number  of  dirtloct  Imapet  are  col- 
lected bj  tbete  emukk  and  baaty  aurvejis  tht 
faaejr  ia  botied  In  arrmnglng  tbem.      Johuok. 

The  narki  and  ImprciriooM  of  dtaeuen,  and 
the  changea  and  devartatloM  thr^  bria|c  apon  the 
ioternal  parts,  vhunld  be  fory  carff^llj  ncamliifd 
end  orderly  niguted  Intbe  comparatife  aaatoony 
we  rpeak  of.  Bacoji. 

TO  DISPOSE,  17.  To  place. 

DISPOSITION,    TEMPER. 

DISPOSITION  from  dispou  {v. 
To  dispose),  signifies  here  the  state  of 
beinc;  disponed, 

TEMPER,  like  temperament^  from 
the  l^tin  tef/iperamentum  and  tempera 
to  temper  or  manage,  signifies  the 
thiiit:  niodelicd  or  formed. 

These  terms  arc  both  applied  to  the 
mind  and  its  bias  ;  but  disposition  re- 
spects the  whole  frame  and  texture  of 
tne  mind;  temper  respectb  only  the 
bins  or  tone  of  the  feelings. 

The  disposition  is  permanent  and 
settled ;  the  temper  is  transitory  and 
tiuctuntiiig.  'ihe  disposition  compre- 
hends the  springs  and  motives  of  ac- 
tions; the  temper  influences  the  ac- 
tions for  the  time  being :  it  is  possible 
and  not  iinfrequent  to  have  u  good 
disposition  with  a  bad  temper,  and 
vice  vcr^a.    A  good  disposition  makes 


a  man  ft  oteful  ■■emiwir  of  todctj, 
but  not  always  a  good  ooropamoa;  i 
good  tea^jter  ramrs  lum  mcetfti^ 
to  all  and  peaceable  with  al(  \^ 
essentially  useful  to  none :  i 
position  will  ^  hr  towanb 
the  errors  of  iM^per;  bot^dimihai 
is  a  bAd  ditpo$iiMn  thara  an iiok|M 
of  amendment. 

Uj  frfaad  h«a  U»  cyt 
MMd  dUporttUn  of  fcb  cMMiM 
TUceneBt  or  vnllfc. 

Tbe  BMB  vhe  live*  niiitar  am 
the  Diftoe  pwaappg  Imfi  ap  m 
fiil 


by  I 

••vied  wkb  lbs  loud  of  llbtftj.  aai  by  ■§» 
ceatrkUj  wbiek  tmek  MtptHtimu  im  w^m^ 
avoid,  a  lovrr  of  coafndietloay  aai  ■•fltal  li 
aoj  thlag  ntsUhbrd.  J^eM 

In  ooftn booan  a  naa  of  mf  tampu  hhH 
elaanil,  fhr  If  be  cuMit  tdk  hecu  Itafl 
man  ajcraeablB  to  fah  i 
in  biamlf  in  htiag  a 


i)ISP0SITI01f,    IMCLINATIOII.  ' 

DISPOSITION  in  the  fiinnariK. 
tion  is  taken  for  the  general  fiuM  rf- 
the  mind ;  in  the  present 
particular  frame. 

INCLINATION,  v. 

The  disposition  is  more  positife  thi' 
the  inclination.  We  may  always  «- 
pect  a  man  to  do  that  which  hs  is 
disposed  to  do  :  but  we  cannot  alwiyi 
cafoulate  upon  his  execating  that  to 
which  he  is  merely  inclined. 

We  indulge  a  disposition  ;  irs  yiald 
to  an  inclination.  The  ifiysiifiai 
comprehends  the  whole  state  of  the 
mind  at  the  time;  the  Mc/iMtioa  is 
particular,  referring  always  to  a  par- 
ticular object.  After  the  perfonnanoe 
of  a  serious  duty,  no  one  is  expectsd 
to  be  in  a  disposition  for  laughter  or 
merriment :  it  is  becoming  to  suppms 
our  inclination  to  laughter  in  the 
presence  of  those  who  wish  to  be  se- 
rious ;  we  should  be  careful  notto^nttr 
into  controversy  with  one  who  shows 
a  disposition  to  be  unfriendly.  Whoi 
a  young  person  discovers  any  tacljae- 
tion  to  study,  there  are  hopes  of  his 
improvement. 

It  Ih  the  dntjr  of  every  raaa  wbo  voall  be 
true  to  himself,  to  obtaia  if  po«lbia  a  ^liye- 
sition  to  be  plifairnl.  SiWHi^ 

There  never  was  a  tine^  bellpffe  aw,  whaa  I 
v;iuted  an  incUnaiion  to  coltiTate  >oar  ( 
and  promote  jonr  interert* 
Melxotb's 


DISREGARD. 


DISSENSION.        377 


DISPOSITION,  V.  Disposal. 

TO  DISPROVE,  t/.  To  cofifuie. 
TO  DisPDis,  V.  To  argue, 
TO  DISPUTE,  V.  To  contend* 
TO  DispUTB,  V,  To  controvert. 
DISPUTE,  V.  Difference. 

TO   DISRSOARD,    NEGLECT, 
SLIGHT. 

DISREGARD  signifies  properly 
not  to  regard. 

NEGLECT,  in  Latin  negUctus 
participle  of  ntgligOf  compounded  of 
nee  and  kgOf  not  to  choose. 

SLIGHT,  from  lights  signifies  to 
make  light  of  or  set  light  by. 

We  aUregard  the  warnings,  the 
words,  or  opinions  of  another;  we 
neglect  their  injunctions  or  their  pre- 
cepts. To  disregard  results  from  the 
settled  purpose  of  the  mind ;  to  ne^ 
leet  from  a  temporary  fbrgetfnlness 
or  oversight.  What  is  disregarded  is 
seen  and  passed  over;  what  is  neg- 
lected is  generally  not  thought  of  at 
the  time  required.  What  is  disrp' 
garded  does  not  strike  the  mind  at 
all :  what  is  neglected  enters  the  mind 
only  when  it  is  before  the  eye :  the 
former  is  an  action  employed  on  the 
present  objects;  the  latter  on  that 
which  IS  past :  what  we  disregard  is 
not  esteemed;  what  we  neglect  is 
often  esteemed,  but  not  suiEciently  to 
be  remembered  or  practised  :  a  child 
disregards  the  prudent  counsels  of  a 
parent ;  he  neglects  to  use  the  reme- 
dies which  have  been  prescribed  to 
him. 

Disregard  and  neglect  are  fre- 
quently not  personal  acts ;  tliey  respect 
tne  thing  more  than  the  person ;  slight 
is  altogether  an  intentional  act  to- 
wards an  individual. 

We  disregard  or  neglect  things 
often  from  a  heedlessness  of  temper ; 
the  consequence  either  of  youth  or 
habit :  we  slight  a  person  ftom  feel- 
ings of  dislike  or  contempt.  Young 
ueople  should  disregard  nothing  that 
IS  said 'to  them  by  their  superiors; 
sor  neglect  any  thing  which  tney  are 
enjoined  to  do  ;  nor  slight  any  one  to 
whom  they  owe  personal  attention. 

The  new  ootloii  tbu  hat  prtfalled  of  hte 
jcan  that  th«  Cbriatiaii  relifloD  to  little  more 


than  a  foad  ^ataoi  of  moiaUty  aaat  In  eaone 
draw  on  a  dUrtgurd  to  fpirttoal  enrcton. 

GiBWV. 

Beaaty^fl  a  charm,  but  sooa  the  charm  will  pas*. 
Mrhil<>  UKet  He  neghded  oa  the  plafai ;  ' 
While  dtttky  byaclotha  for  aaa  rettaio.  Davsnt. 
Wheo  once  devotioD  fmcleii  henelf  ander  the 
iaflMoee  of  a  divine  Impabei,  ft  to  no  wonder  the 
ttightt  human  ordiaaooei.  AamaoK. 

DISSATISFACTION,    V.  DtsUke. 
TO  DISSEMBLE,    V,  To  COnCCOl. 
DISSEMBLER,  V.  HypOCTlle. 

TO  DISSEMINATE,  V.  To  Spread. 

DISSENSION,    CONTENTION,  DIS- 
CORD. 

DISSENSION  marks  either  the  act 
or  the  state  o£  dissenting, 

CONTENTION  marks  the  act  of 
contending  (v.  To  contend). 

DISCORD,  V.  Contention.      - 

A  collision  of  opinions  produces 
dissension;    a  collision    of  jnterestt 

Produces  contention;  a  collision  of 
umours  produces  discord.  A  love  of 
one's  own  opinion,  combined  with  a 
disregard  for  the  opinions  of  others, 
gives  rise  to  dissensu>n  ;  selfishness  ia 
the  main  cause  o£  contention ;  and  an 
ungovemed  temper  that  of  discord. 

Dissension  is  peculiar  to  bodies  or 
communities  of  men ;  contention  and 
discord  to  individuals.  A  Christian 
temper  of  conformity  to  the  general 
will  of  those  with  whom  one  is  m  con* 
nexion  would  do  away  dissension  ;  a 
limitation  of  one's  desire  to  that 
which  is  attainable  by  legitimate  means 
would  put  a  stop  to  contention;  a 
correction  of  one's  impatient  and 
irritable  humour  would  check  the  pro» 
gress  of  discord.  Dissension  tends 
not  only  to  alienate  the  minds  of  men 
from  ead)  other,  but  to  dissolve  the 
bonds  of  society ;  contention  is  accom- 
panied by  anger,  ill-will^  envy,  and 
many  evil  passions;  discord  interrupts 
the  progress  of  the  kind  a£^tions,  and 
bars  all  tender  intercourse. 

At  the  time  the  poem  we  am  now  treatlaff  of 
was  written  the  diuenHom  of  the  baxoot,  who 
were  then  ao  maaj  pettj  pdoeea,  ran  verjr  high. 

Addisoh. 

Bf'caoie  K  is  apprehended  there  may  be  great 
contention  ahont  preoedencf^  the  proposer  biim« 
bijr  desires  the  antotance  of  the  learned.  Swivr. 

But  ihiill  celettial  iUeord  aevcr  caaae? 

*Tis  better  ended  In  a  lasting  peace.      Dryvbn. 


878 


DISTANT. 


DISTINGUISHED. 


DISSENSION,  V,  Difference. 
TO  DISSENT,  V.  To  differ. 
DISSENTER,  v.  Heretic. 

DISSERTATION,   V.  EsSOy. 
ID  DISSIPATE,  V.  To  spetki. 

DISSOLC7TE,  V,  Loose. 

DISTANT,    FAR,    REMOTE. 

DISTANT  is  employed  as  an  ad- 
junct or  otherwise ;  FAR  is  used  only 
at  an  adverb.  We  speak  of  distant 
oljectSy  or  objects  being  distant ;  but 
ive  apeak  of  things  only  as  beingj^. 

JDnstantf  in  Latin  distans  com- 
pounded of  di  and  stans  standing 
aminder,  is  employed  only  for  bodies  at 
rest;  for^  in  German  fern,  most  pro- 
bably from  gefakren  participle  ofj^- 
ren^in  Greek  ve^nv  to  go,  signifies 
gOna  or  removed  away,  and  is  employed 
KM*  bodies  either  stationary  or  other- 
wise; hence  we  say  that  a  thing  is 
iUtimUf  or  it  goes,  runs,  or  flies/arr. 

Distant  is  used  to  designate  great 
apace  ;y<ir  only  that  which  is  ordi- 
nary ;  the  sun  is  ninety  four  millions 
•f  miles  distant  fixym  tne  earth ;  one 
person  lives  not  very  J!ar  off,  or  a 
perKm  is^/ar  from  the  spot. 

DistsMt  is  used  abtohiteiy  to  ex- 
Mtoan  intervening  space.  R£« 
MOTE,  in  Latin  refnotus  participle 
i^ftmeveo  to  remove,  rather  expresses 
tha  relative  idea  of  being  gone  out  of 
tight.  A  person  is  said  to  live  in  a 
dutmnt  country  or  in  a  remote  comer 
of  any  country. 

TMy  bear  a  similar  analogy  in  the 
ihnrative  application;  when  we  speak 
or  a  remote  idea  it  designates  that 
which  is  less  liable  to  strike  the  mind 
dwn  a  distant  idea.  A  distant  rela- 
tUMnship  between  individuals  is  never 
«llDgetner  lost  sight  of;  when  the  oon- 
aaiion  between  otnects  is  very  remote 
it  aasily  escapes  observation. 

It  b  m  pretty  njtnK  of  ThalM,  **  FUiebood 
h  jut  M^r  distant  from  tnif  h  «a  Che  nn  from 
Oe  (Bjm^  hj  whldi  he  wonid  Inthnate  that  a 
«ke  ana  wmild  not  entfly  give  credit  to  the  ce- 
poctt  cCaetloBt  which  he  has  npt  wen. 

SPECTATOn. 

O  M||ht  a  paieat^  cmreTnl  whfa  prerafi, 
Fkr^mr  ttotu  IHoa  ibonid  tb j  veMols  nil, 
ABd  tibOQ  from  campa  remote  the  danprer  thnn, 
WUch  BOW,  Bin !  too  aeBrfjf  thivBta  my  tern. 


DISTASTE,  V.  Dislike. 
DI9IBMPBR,  t;.  Disorder. 
BisTiNCT,  V.  Different. 
DISTINCTION,  V.  Difference. 
DISTINCTLY,  V.  Clearly. 

TO   DISTINGUISH,     V.   To  olh- 

stract. 

TO  DISTINGUISH,   DISCRI- 
MINATE. 

DISTINGUISH,  V.  To  abstract. 
DISCRIMINATE,    v.    Discern- 
ment, 

To  distinguish  is  the  general;  to 
discriminate  is  the  particular  term : 
the  fonner  is  an  indefinite ;  tbe  latter 
a  definite  action.  To  discriminate  is  in 
fact  to  distinguish  specifically  ;  hence 
we  speak  of  a  distinction  as  true  or 
false,  but  of  a  discrimination  as  nice. 

We  distinguish  things  as  to  their 
divisibility  or  unity;  we  discriminate 
them  as  to  their'  inherent  properties ; 
we  distinguish  things  that  are  alike  or 
unlike,  to  separate  or  collect  them; 
we  discriminate  things  only  that  are 
difierent  for  the  purpose  of  separating 
one  from  tbe  othef :  we  diMinguish  by 
means  of  the  senses  as  well  as  the  un- 
derstanding; we  discriminate  by  the 
understanding  only;  we  distinguish 
things  by  their  color,  or  we  distinguish 
moral  objects  by  their  truth  or  hlse- 
hood ;  we  discriminate  the  characters 
of  men,  or  we  discrimnate  their 
merits  according  to  circumstances. 

*Tli  MM7  to  diMnguith  hj  Ihoalirht 
The  color  of  the  aoil,  and  black  IVoai  white. 

Dw 


A  nthe  thoold  expow  aothlBir  hvt  what  li 
eorriclhles  and  make  a  doe  diaertmimmti^n 
betveea  thoae  who  an  aad  those  who  an  aot  the 
proper  olgects  cf  it.  Addooh. 

TO  DISTINGUISH,  V.  To  per- 
ceive. 

TO   DISTINGUISH,    V.    To   Stg- 

nalize. 

DISTINGUISHED,    CONSPICUOUS, 
NOTED,   EMINENT,     ILLUS- 
TRIOUS. 

DISTINGUISHED  signifies  hav- 
ing  a  mark  of  distinction  by  whidi 

9 


DISTINGUISHED. 


DISTRESS. 


S7D 


^t  M  to  be  ^iimguished  (v.  To  alh- 

Nrt.) 

CONSPICUOUS,  in  Latin  canspi- 

from  compicio,   signifies  easily 

be  seen-. 

NOTED,  from  notuM  known,  sig- 
aifies  well  known. 

EMINENT,  in  Latin  eminens^  from 
emineo  or  e  and  maneo,  signifies  re- 
inaining  or  standing  out  above  tbe 


ILLUSTRIOUS,  in  Latin  illustris, 
from  lustro  to  shine,  signifies  shone 
upon. 

The  idea  of  an  object  having  some- 
thing attached  to  it  to  excite  notice  is 
oommon  to  all  these  terms.    Distin- 

fuisked  in  its  general  sense  expresses 
ttle  more  tbui  this  idea ;  the  rest 
•re  but  modes  of  the  distinguished. 
A  thing  is  distingtashed  in  proportion 
as    it  is  distinct   or  sej>ar^te    from 
others ;  it  is  conspicuous  m  proportion 
as  it  is  easily  seen;  it  is  noted  m  pro- 
portion as  it  is  widely  known.    In  this 
sense  a  rank  is  distinguished;  a  si- 
tuation   is  conspicuous:    a  place  is 
noted.    Persons  ure  distinguished  by 
external  marks  or  by  characteristic 
qoalides ;  persons  or  things  are  con- 
spicuous mostly  from  some  external 
mark;  persons  or  things   are  noted 
mostly  by  a>llateral  circumstances. 

A  man  may  be  distinguished  by 
his  decorations,  or  lie  may  be  distin* 
guished  by  his  manly  air,  or  by  his 
abilities:  a  person  is  conspicuous  by 
the  gaudiness  of  his  dress ;  a  house  is 
conspicuous  that  stands  on  a  hill :  a 
person  is  noted  for  having  performed 
a  wonderful  cure;  a  place  is  noted 
for  its  fine  waters. 

We  may  be  distinguished  for  things 
good,  bad,  or  indifferent :  we  may  be 
conspicuous  for  our  singularities  or 
that  which  only  attracts  vuls^ar  notice : 
we  may  be  noted  for  that  which  is 
bad,  and  mostly  for  that  which  is  the 
subject  of  vui|»ttr  discourse :  we  can 
be  eminent  and  illmtrious  only  for 
that  which  is  really  good  and  praise- 
worthy ;  the  former  ajiplies  however 
mostly  to  those  tliinjrs  which  set  a  man 
high  in  the  circle  of  his  acquaintance ; 
the  latter  to  that  which  makes  him 
shine  bctbre  tlie  world,  A  man  of  dis- 
tinguished talent  will  he  apt  to  excite 
cnvv  if  he  be  not  lUso  distinguislied 


for  Ins  prinie  virtue  :  affectation  is 
never  better  pleased  than  when  it  can- 
place  itself  in  such  a  conspicuout 
situation  as  to  draw  all  eyes  upon 
itself:  lovers  of  fame  are  sometimes 
contented  to  render  themselvee  neUA 
for  their  vices  or  absmrdities :  nothing 
is  more  |ratifying  to  a  man  than  to 
render  himself  ctidnent  for  his  pro- 
fessional skill :  it  is  the  lot  of  but  fow 
to  be  iliustrious,  and  those  few  are 
verv  seldom  to  be  envied. 

In  an  extended  and  moral  appli^ 
cation,  these  terms  may  be  emj^oyed 
to  heighten  the  character  of  an  ob- 
ject ;  a  favor  may  be  said  to  be  i/tK 
tinguishedf  piety  eminent,  and  a  name 
illustrious, 

U  bas  bran  ob«rf«d  by  tpme  writere  tbat  mm 
h  more  dtitlnguUhed  fk-oin  tbe  animal  world 
by  devoUoD  tban  by  reasoo.  Akosov* 

Before  the  i^teKtoocl  Pjrrhni,  threafning  lond. 
With  {littVliis  arms  coiupteunu  In  the  crowd. 

Drtdsk* 
irpon  my  calHnr  In  latply  at  one  of  tbe  raoat 
fwfad  tVmple  cotfce  honaea,  I  foaad  ibe  vbola 
loom,  vhicb  wat  fnll  of  yooM(  atadenta^  divMad 
into  aeveral  paitiea,  each  of  wbleb  waa  deep  1/ 
ttttf  aged  in  come  controvarty.  Busoblu 

Ot  Prior,  emfiSrnt  m  he  waa  both  by  hia  aU- 
lilifa  and  staUon,  very  frw  meaaoriala  ba?e  boaa 
left  b>  bis  cotemporariea.  Joasiaoa. 

Hail,  sweet  &mirBfanaotl!  orfruftfnliEnia 
Great  parent,  greater  otUluitrio%u  men. 

DRYom* 

Amidst  tbe  agitatlona  of  popniar  f^overnmeiit, 
eeculons  «ni  sometimes  be  afforded  for  eminent 
abllHks  to  break  fbrtb  with  pecuHar  Inftie.  Bnt 
wMIe  public  airltatleM  altow  a  tern  lndividD«l« 
to  lie  uncommonly  di&Hmguiritie€t  ihe  general 
condition  of  tiia  public  semaina  oabunitons  and 
wretched.  BiiAin. 

Next  add  onr  citiea  of  iUtutriouM  name. 
Their  costly  labor  and  atnpendons  ftame. 

Daybbm. 

TO  DISTORT,   V.  To  tUTH. 

DISTRACTED,  V.  Absent. 
DISTRESS,  V.  Adversity. 
TO  DISTRESS,  v.  To  afflict. 

DISTRESS,     ANXIKTY,   ANGUISH, 
AGONY. 

DISTRESS,  V,  AdversUy. 

ANXIKTY,  in  French  smxidf 
ANGUISH,  in  French  angoiam^ 
come  fi'uni  the  JLAtin  ango^  at, 
straiigle. 


S80 


DISTRESS. 


DISTRESS. 


AGONY,  in  French  agtmie,  Latin 
mgonia,  Greek  «.  »  '.ry  fh>iD  »ymi(M  to 
coQtend  or  strive,  signifies  a  severe 
struggle  with  pain  and  suffering. 

iSutireu  is  the  pain  felt  when  in  a 
strait  from  which  we  see  no  means  of 
extricating  ourselves;  anxieitf  is  that 
pain  which  one  feels  on  the  prospect 
of  an  evil,  llie  diUreu  always  de- 
pends upon  some  outward  cause ;  the 
mnxiettf  often  lies  in  the  imagination. 
The  distress  is  produced  by  the  pre- 
sent, but  not  always  immediate  evil ; 
the  anxiety  respects  that  which  is 
future ;  anguish  arises  firora  the  reflec- 
tion on  the  evil  that  is  oast ;  agoi^ 
springs  from  witnessing  that  which  is 
immediate  or  before  the  eye. 

Distress  'i9  not  peculiar  to  any  age, 
trbere  there  is  a  consciousness  of  good 
and  evil,  pain  and  pleasure;  distress 
will  inevitably  exist  from  some  dr- 
camstance  or  another.  Anxiety,  an- 
guiskf  and  agoni/y  belong  to  riper 
years :  infancy  and  childhood  are 
deemed  the  happy  periods  of  human 
•xistance;  because  they  are  exempt 
from  the  anxieties  attendant  on  every 
one  who  has  a  statio^  to  fill,  and 
duties  to  /  discharge.  ^Anguish  and 
ngony  are  species  of  distress,  of  the 
severer  kind,  which  spring  altogether 
from  the  maturity  of  reflection,  and 
the  full  consciousness  of  evil.  A 
child  is  in  distress  when  it  loses  its 
mother,  and  the  mother  is  also  in 
dittresi  when  she  misses  her  child. 
The  station  of  a  parent  is,  indeed, 
that  which  is  most  productive,  not 
only  of  distress,  but  anxiety,  anguish, 
ftnd  agony :  the  mother  has  her 
peculiar  anxieties  for  the  child,  whilst 
rearing  it  in  its  infant  state:  the 
frither  has  his  anxiety  for  its  welfare 
on  its  entrance  into  the  world  :  they 
both  suffer  the  deepest  anguish  when 
the  child  disappoints  their  dearest 
hopes,  by  running  a  career  of  vice, 
and  finishing  its  wicked  course  by  an 
untimely,  and  sometimes  ignominious 
end :  not  unfrequently  they  are  doomed 
to  suffer  the  agony  of  seeing  a  child 
encircled  in  flames  from  which  he 
cannot  be  snatched,  or  sinking  into  a 
watery  grave  from  which  he  cannot 
be  rescued. 

Row  Buunjr,  raekM  wHh  hoturst  pmiont,  droop 
In  dcfp  rattar'd  dtHrtM  !  How  nuny  ataad 


Arovnd  Ibe  deatb-ted  of  thrit  d«Mrt  trtem^ 
Aod  polat  the  partloir  anpiisb.  Tnohmk. 

It  joo  htvA  any  af««tioa  for  me,  let  not  yvu 
aiuriatjf,  on  ny  accoaoC,  injare  your  bealch. 

Mbuiotb*«  LffTTKnt  or  Cicnto. 


In  tbe  anfuUh  of  bis  heart,  Adam  expoate- 
laCes  with  hia  Creator  for  ha?lnf  gtven  him  aa 
nnaiked  exhttnoe.  An 


Theae  are  the  charmlni;  mg^ntei  of  lofe, 
Whooe  BBiiery  deiicMs.    Bot  throith  tka  hmBt 
Sboald  jealoavy  Sta  venom  once  diffote, 
Tiatheo  delislitfol  mhory  no  mora. 
Bat  4fDiqp  unmixed. 


TO    DISTRESS,    HARASS,    PSR- 
PLBX. 

DISTRESS,  V.  DiOrea. 

HARASS,  in  French  hMratser^  pro- 
bablj  firom  the  Greek  m^aav*  to  beat. 

PEIIPLEX,  in  Latin  perpUxus, 
participle  of  perplector,  compounded 
of  j»er  and  pledor,  to  wind  round  and 
entangle^ 

A  person  is  distresmsd  either  in  his 
outward  circumstances  or  his  feelings ; 
he  is  luirassed  mentally  or  corpo- 
really ;  he  is  perplexed  in  his  under- 
standing, more  than  in  his  feelings: 
a  deprivation  distresses:  provocations 
and  hostile  measures  harass;  strata- 
gems and  ambiguous  measures  per- 
plex :  a .  besieged  town  is  Ustrissed 
by  the  cutting  off'  its  resoaroes  of 
water  and  provisions;  the  besieged 
are  harassed  by  perpetual  attacxs; 
the  besiegers  are  perplexed  in  all 
their  mauceuvres  and  plans,  by  the 
counter-manoeuvres  ana  contrivances 
of  their  opponents:  a  tale  of  woe 
distresses;  continual  alarms  and  in- 
cessant labor  harass  ;  unexpected  ob- 
stacles and  inextricable  difficulties 
perplex. 

We  are  distressed  and  perplexed  by 
circumstances ;  we  are  harassed  alto- 
gether by  persons,  or  the  intentional 
eff;>rts  of  others:  we  may  relieve 
another  in  distress,  or  may  remove  a 
perplexity;  but  the  harauing  ceases 
only  with  the  cause  which  gave  rise  to 
to  it. 

O  friend  I  Ulyatet*  abonti  Invade  my 
lH»tres§''d  ha  teemt,  and  no  aasistaaee 


Partoai  who  have  been  long  harmtMd  witb 
bnainem  and  care,  aometlmea  ImaKino  that  wbmi 
life  dcetlnea,  they  cannot  make  their  frtlffmwif 
flrom  the  world  too  complete.  Blah. 

Woald  beinc  end  with  oar  expiriof  brcfttb. 
How  won  mMToftuneii  would  be  p«ffM  away* 


DISTRICT. 


DISTRUSTFUL.        S81 


hoek  can  iihlfftr  us  to  the  du»f, 
htencc  of  the  Unniortal  loiiK 
daxkroad  perplext*  9ti\\. 

Gbntlxvah. 

miBOTE,  V.  To  dispense. 
TBiBUTB,  V.  To  divide. 

raiCT,    REGION,  TRACT, 

QUARTER. 
nUCT,    in    Latin  districtus, 
Uringp  to  bind  separately,  si^- 
oertain  part  marked  off  speci- 

>ION,  in  Latin  regio  from  rego 
signifies  a  portion  that  is  witn- 

,CT,  in    Latin  tractut,    from 

I  dnw,  signifies  a  part  drawn 

kRTER    signifies    literally    a 
part. 

« terms  are  all  applied  to  coun- 
16  former  two  comprehending 
18  marked  out  on  poHtical 
I :  the  latter  a  ^geographical  or 
lefinite  division:  diitrict  is 
r  than  a  region ;  the  former 
only  to  part  of  a  country, 
tt^r  frequently  applies  to  a 
country :  a  quarter  is  in- 
j,  and  may  be  applied  either 
larttr  of  the  world  or  a  particu- 
iighbourhood :  a  tract  is  the 
It  portion  of  all,  and  compre- 
fi«quently  no  more  than  what 

II  within  the  compass  of  the  eye. 
DDiider  the  district  only  with 
a  to  government :  every  magis- 
icts  within  a  certain  district :  wo 
of  a  region  when  considering  the 
istances  of  climate,  or  the  natu- 
'operties  which  distinguish  dif- 
parts  of  the  earth,  as  the  regions 
it  and  cold :  we  speak  of  the 
r  simply  to  designate  a  point  of 
impasB ;  as  a  person  liv^s  in  a 
I  quarter  of  the  town   that  is 

or  south-east,  or  west,  &c.: 
peak  of  a  tract  to  designate 
od  that  runs  on  in  a  line  as  a 
junous  tract ;  hence  tliis  latter 
nay  be  also  applied  to  moral  ob- 

yery  ioequiilitjr  of  reprweutatlon,  which 
jiUhlj  complainwl  of,  U  perhaiw  the  very 
ilch  prevent^  wt  frcm  Ibiukins  or  action 
bvra  for  itMricts.  Botkk. 

.  tboM  region*  and  our  upper  liftht 
mU  and  loveneirabte  Blgirt 
tbfjnJddlenpace.  Drtbbv. 


My  til 

UoaablUow  lf«ct«  panon.  Cowlxt. 

There  it  ^t  man  la  any  rank  who  is  alwajrR  at 
llbertj  to  act  M  he  voald  Incline.  In  bomr 
quarter  or  other  be  li  limited  by  clrenanUoeei. 

Blaie. 

DISTRUSTFUL,  SUSPICIOUS, 
DIFFIDENT. 

DISTRUSTFUL  sipiifics  foil  of 
distrust,  or  of  not  putting  tnut  in  (v. 
Belief). 

SUSPICIOUS  signifies  having  nii- 
picion,  from  the  Latin  suspicio,  or 
fu6  and  specio  to  look  at  askance,  or 
with  a  wry  mind. 

DIFFIDENT,  firom  the  Latin  d^- 
fido  or  disfido,  signifies  having  no 
faith. 

Diitrustfid  is  said  either  of  our- 
selves or  others ;  suspicious  is  said  only 
of  others ;  diffident  only  of  ourselves : 
to  bo  distrustful  of  a  person,  is  to 
impute  no  good  to  him ;  to  be  ncs- 
picUms  of  a  person,  is  to  impute  posi- 
tive evil  to  him  :  he  who  is  distrust^ 
ful  of  another's  honor  or  prudence, 
will  abstain  from  giving  him  his  con- 
fidence ;  he  who  is  suspicious  of  an- 
other's honesty,  will  be  cautious  to 
have  no  dealings  with  him.  Dif- 
trustful  is  a  particular  state  of  feel- 
ing; suspicious  an  habitual  state  of 
feeling  :  a  person  is  distrustful  of  an- 
other, owinjr  to  particular  circum- 
stances ;  he  is  suspicious  from  his  na- 
tural temper. 

As  applied  to  himself,  a  person  is 
distrustful  of  his  own  powers,  to 
execute  an  office  assigned,  or  he  it 
generally  of  a  diffident  disposition: 
it  is  fiiulty  to  distrust  that  in  which 
we  ought  to  trust;  there  is  nothing 
more  criminal  than  a  distrust  in  Pro- 
vidence ;  on  the  other  hand,  there  is 
nothing  better  than  a  distrust  incur 
own  powers  to  withstand  temptation : 
st<s/7icion  is  justified  more  or  less  ac- 
cording to  circumstances  ;  but  a  too 
great  nroneiiess  to  suspicion  is  liable 
to  leaa  us  into  many  acts  of  injustice 
towards  others:  diffidence  is  becom- 
ing in  youth,  so  long  as  it  does  not 
check  their  laudable  exertions. 

Dcfore  ttran^ert,  Pitt  bad  lometbioc  of  t^t 
•cholar's  tloitdtty  and  dUtrutt.  Jo«mo«» 

And  oft,  tho«s^>ri«lon  '<valis,  nuftelam  i 
At  wkdom*^  gate,  and  to  limpltaity 
KetlgnahieciMlFe.  Ml 

A%  an  aetor,  Mr.  CamlB|MuD  utlsilil 

9 


DIVIDE. 


DOCILE. 


S8S 


Af  disjunction  is  the  common  idea 
attached  to  both  separa/e  and  purt^ 
tbey  are  frequently  used  in  relation 
totfie  same  objects:  bouses  may  be 
both  Meparaied  and  parted ;  they  are 
p4H^  by  that  which  does  not  keep 
them  at  so  ^at  a  distance,  ae  when 
they  are  said  to  be  npandtdi  two 
bouses  are  pariid  by  a  small  opening 
between  Uiem;  they  wc%$epariUedhy 
an  intervening  garden :  fields  are  wiui 
more  propriety  said  to  be  teparated  ; 
rooms  are  said  more  properly  to  be 
parted. 

With  regard  to  persons,  par<  desig- 
sates  the  actual  leaving  of  the  person ; 
tnaraU  is  used  in  general  ror  that 
which  lessens  the  society  \  the  former 
is  ofUn  casual,  temporary,  or  par- 
tial ;  the  latter  is  positive  and  serioos : 
the  poriia^  is  momentary ;  the  tepth 
ratitm  may  be  longer  or  shorter : 
twofrisDds  part  in  the  streets  after 
a  GMoal  meeting ;  two  persons  $€pih 
raU  on  the  road  who  had  set  out  to 
timvel  togeUier :  men  and  their  wives 
often  |Mu^  without  coming  to  a  posi- 
tive seperofioa:  some  are  ieparated 
firum  each  other  in  every  respect  but 
that  of  being  directly  parted :  the 
moment  of  parting  between  friends  is 
often  more  painful  than  the  iepanUian 
which  afterwards  ensues. 


lyrayletow  nUia mom  iomb,  tbMgb 
n  lifttle,te  yow  tkoofhts,  dutef  tte  tlMM  •!  ftif 

HOVBU* 


Tbe  priaee  van«M  tlie  parting  itHy 

WRh  words  Kke  thMe,*"  Ah  wUCber  do  joa  4j  ?  ** 

Uaklid  iiDd  end  to  deeeite  yoor  loo.  Drvdsx. 

TO  DIVIDE,  DISTRIBITTB, 
SHARE. 

DIVIDE,  V.  To  divide^  separate. 

DISTRIBUTE,  in  Latin  distri- 
hitus,  from  dutribuo,  or  dix  and  tribw, 
signifies  to  be»tow  apart. 

SHARE,  from  the  word  shear,  and 
the  German  scheeren,  signifies  simply 
to  cut. 

The  act  of  dividing  does  not  extend 
beyond  the  thing  divided;  that  of 
dittrihuting  and  sharing  comprehends 
also  the  purpose  of  the  notion:  we 
divide  the  thing ;  we  distribute  to  the 
person :  we  may  divide  therefore  with- 
out distributing ;  or  we  may  divide 
in  order  to  distribute  :  thus  we  divide 
our  land  into  di«^tinct  fields  for  our 
private  convenience ;  or  we  divide  a 


som  of  moMy  into  so  many  parts,  in 
order  to  distribute  it  among  a  given 
number  of  persons :  on  the  oUier  hand, 
we  may  distribute  without  dividing  ; 
for  goineas,  books,  apples,  and  manv 
other  things  may  be  distributed,  whicn 
feooire  no  ijjvisum. 

To  skar€  is  to  make  into  j>arts  the 
same  as  dsvidfiy  and  it  b  to  give  those 
parts  to  some  persons,  the  same  as 
ditiribute  ;  but  the  person  who  sharea 
takes  a  part  himself;  he  who  liis- 
tribuiei  gives  it  always  to  others: 
a  loaf  is  dmded'va  order  to  be  eaten; 
biead  is  diatributed  in  loaves  among 
the  poor ;  the  loaf  is  sAared  by  a  poor 
flum  wid»  his  poorer  neighbour,  or 
the  profits  of  a  business  are  skartd  by 
tbe  partners. 

To  shaira  may  imply  either  to  f^v 

or  receive ;  to  distrtbmte  implies  pving 

only :  we  share  our  own  with  another : 

ar  anodier  $hare$  what  vre  have ;  but 

loar  own  to  osiers* 

tniwMwtaCMTCBdi^ 
Wm  Ihih  ttoMfh  tvrif^  Wght  tigM  Apidb 

gnldM 
The  jmt^  nd  Mvth  Is  tevwrnl  cUaict  divides. 

Two  urat  bj  JoTi%  higli  tbnroe  bavo  erer  stood, 
Tke  tooiee  of  etH  one,  and  OM  offood ; 
VlMM  tbnce  Ae  ««|^  of  mortal  «u  bo  Silo 
BiCMtofitotbao^to  ikBM  dfrtrAulM  ilL 

Ponu 

Wbj  griofci  mjMA  I  Tby  tugaiili  tat  MO  iterv, 
lUfwl  Cbe  CAMT,  mnd  Inul  a  parat*li  tare. 

POK. 

TbcQT  will  be  to  miwh  tbe  more  careCiil  to 

detwialoe  piopnrlj,  m  tkej  iball  (witl)  be  obt%ed 

to  ttari  tlie  eifenoi  of  nminC«4eiBf  the  omattw 

MEurom**  Lemiu  ov  Puvr. 

DIVINE,  V.  Ecclesiastic, 
DIVINE,  V.  Godlike. 
TO  DIVINE,  To  guess. 
DIVINE,  v.  Holy. 
DIVINITY,  V.  Deity. 
DIVISION,  V.  Part, 
piURNAL,  V.  Daily. 
TO  DIVULGE,  V.  TopubUsh. 
TO  DO,  V.  To  ad. 
TO  DO,  V.  To  make. 

DOCILE,   TRACTABLE,    DUCTILE. 

DOCILE,  in  Latin  dociiis  from  doceo 
to  teach,  is  the  Latin  term  for  ready 
to  be  tauelit. 

TRACTABLE,    firom  the    Latin 


DOUBT. 


DOUBT. 


S85 


Tlie  DOGMA,  from  the  Greek 
^fMM  an<L  ^s^ir  tu  think,  sigoi6es  the 
hang  thousht,  admitted,  or  taken  for 
tnuited ;  tills  lies  with  a  body  or 
Hunber  of  individuals. 

TENET,  from  the  Latin  ttneo  to 
bold  or  maintain,  signifies  the  thing 
(^d  or  maintained,  and  is  a  species 
if  principle  (v.  Doctrine)  specifi- 
CAliy  uuuntained  in  matters  of  opinion 
by  persons  in  general. 

The  doctrine  rests  on  the  authority 

of  tbe  individual  by  whom  it  is  framed ; 

the  dogma  on  the  authority  of  the  body 

by  whom  it  is  maintained ;  the  tenet 

zesta  on  its  own  intrinsic  merits.  Many 

fi£  the  doctrines  of  our  blessed  Saviour 

mre  held  by  faith  in  hun;    they  are 

Aul^cts  of  persuasion  by  the  exercise 

of  oar  rational  powers :   the  do^mat 

of  the   Romish  church  are  admitted 

by  none  but  such    as   admit  its  an- 

jj^fity:     the    tenets  of  republicans, 

■pUfers,  and  freethinkers,  have  been 

onblushingly  maintained  both  in  public 

mud  private. 

UapractlkM  he  to  fawn  or  Mck  for  po«V 
By  d^ctritut  faahianM  to  tb**  Tarybif  hoar ; 
Far  ochcvatiBt  hb  heart  bad  leaned  to  prixe. 
Mora  Bkiird  to  ratae  the  wretcbrd.  than  to  riae. 

GotDtunii. 

There  are  in  England  abundance  of  men  wbo 
tolnatr  in  the  true  apirlt  of  teleralton.  Tboy 
Jblak  the  dagnuu  of  rdiKfon,  though  4n  diflinrent 
ftegieea*  are  all  of  oiooicnt,  and  that  amongit 
them  tbertt  It,  aa  amonp^  all  thiu|^  of  va1u«^,  a 
jaiif  ground  of  preference.  Buaaa. 

One  of  the  puritanical  tenets  vai  the  ille- 
^IMj  ofaU  fmf  of  chance.  Johnson. 

DOGMA,  ?;.  Dociritie, 
DOGMATICAL,  V.  Confident. 

DOLEFUL,  lU  PitiJuL 

DOMESTIC,  V.  Servant. 
DOMINEERING,  V,  Imperioiis. 
DOMINION,  r.  Power. 
DOMINIONS,  r.  Territory, 
DONATION,  V.  Benefaction. 

DONATION,   V.  Gift. 

DOOM,  V.  Destiny. 
DOUBLE-DEALING^  v^  Deceit. 
DOUBT,  V.  Demur. 

TO   DOUBT,    QUESTION. 

DOUBT,  in  French  douter,  Latin 
'^m^ito  frum  dubius,  which  covom  ftom 


hot  and  fv^i/i^v,  in  the  same  manner 
as  our  frequentative  double,  signifying 
to  have  two  opinions. 

QUESTION,  in  Latin  q^uettio^  from 
guaro  to  inquire,  signifies  to  make  a 
question. 

Both  these  terms  express  the  act  of 
the  mind  in  staying  its  decision.  The 
doubt  lies  altogether  in  the  mind ;  it 
is  a  less  active  feeling  than  question  : 
by  the  former  we  merely  suspend 
decision;  by  the  latter  we  actually 
demand  proofs  in  order  to  assist  us  in 
deciding.  We  may  doubt  in  silence ; 
we  cannot  question  without  expressing 
it  directly  or  indirectly. 

He  who  suggests  doubts  does  it  with 
caution ;  he  who  makes  a  question 
throws  in  difficulties  with  a  degree  of 
confidence.  Doubts  insinuate  them- 
selves into  tlie  mind  oftentimes  invo- 
luntarily on  the  part  of  the  doubter  ; 
questions  are  always  made  with  an 
express  design.  We  doubt  in  matters 
of  general  interest,  on  abstruse  as 
well  as  common  subjects ;  we  question 
mostly  in  ordinary  matters  that  are  of 
a  personal  interest:  we  doubt  the 
truth  of  a  position  ;  wo  question  the 
veracity  of  an  author,  llie  existence 
of  mermaids  was  doubted  for  a  great 
length  of  time;  but  the  testimony  of 
creditable  persons,  wbo  have  latelv 
seen  them,  oup:ht  now  to  put  it  out  of 
all  doubt'.  When  the  practicability 
of  any  plan  is  quest ioned,  it  is  un- 
necessary to  enter  any  farther  into  its 
merits. 

The  doubt  is  frequently  confined  to 
the  indindual;  the  ^ii^irtan frequently 
respects  otiiers.  We  doubt  whether 
we  shall  be  able  to  succeed ;  we 
question  another's  right  to  inteifere: 
we  doubt  whether  a  thing  will  answer 
the  end  proposed  ;  we  question  the 
utility  of  any  one  making  the  attempt. 

There  are  many  doubtjul  cases  in 
medicine,  where  the  physician  is  at  a 
loss  to  decide ;  there  are  many  ques" 
tionuble  measures  proposed  by  those 
who   are  in  or  out  of  power  which 
demand  consideration.    A  disposition 
to  doubt  every  thing  is  more  mimical 
to  the  cause  of  truth,  than  the  rendi- 
iiess  to  believe  every  thing ;  a  dir 
sition  to  question  whatever  is  aaii 
done  by  others,  is  much  more.  CI 
lated  to  give  offence  than  to  pra 
deception. 


It 


DRAW. 


DREAM. 


887 


TO  DRAG,  V.  To  draw. 
TO  DRAIN,  V.  To  spend. 

TO    DRAW,    DRAG,    HAUL   OR 
HALE,   PULL,    PLUCK,  TUG. 

DRAWy  comes  from  the  Latin 
irmko  to  draw,  and  the  Greek  ^paaa-^t 
to  lay  hold  of. 

DuAO,  through  the  medium  of  the 
Oerroan  tragen  to  carry,  comes  also 
from  traho  to  draw. 

HAUL  or  Hale  comes  from  the 
Greek  fx««  to  draw. 

PULL  is  in  all  probability  changed 
from  M^  to  drive  or  thrust. 

PIaJCK  is  in  the  Grerman  plucken, 
Ice. 

TUG  comes  from  ziehen  to  pull. 

Draw  expresses  here  the  idea  com- 
mon to  the  first  three  terms,  namely, 
of  putting  a  body  in  motion  from 
behmd  oneself  or  towards  oneself;  to 
drag  is  to  draw  a  thing  with  violence, 
or  to  draw  that  which  makes  resist- 
ance ;  to  haul  is  to  drag  it  with  still 
greater  violence.  We  draw  a  cart; 
we  drag  a  body  along  t!ie  ground ;  or 
kaul  a  vessel  to  the  shore.  To  pull 
signifies  only  an  effort  to  draw  without 
the  idea  of  motion  :  horses  pull  very 
long  sometimes  before  they  can  draw 
a  heavily  laden  cart  up  hill.  To  pluck 
is  to  pull  with  a  sudden  twitch,  in 
order  to  separate;  thus  feathers  are 
plucked  from  animals.  To  tug  is  to 
pull  with  violence  3  thus  men  tug  at 
the  oar. 

(^arioQft  be  nid,  and  ttfw*rd  tbe  Oredvn  crew, 
(SeiaM  bj  Uw  cfflrt)  the  unhappy  warrior  drew  ; 
Stnggllog  be  follow*d,  wbile  th*  embroiderM 

thonc. 
That  tjM  Us  helmet,  dragged  the  chief  alonf . 

POPB. 

Some  boioioif  leveiv,  Rome  the  wheels  prepare. 
And  fasten  to  the  horse'f  fuet ;  the  rest 
With  eablea  haul  alonf  tbe  nowleldlj  beast. 

Dbtdbn. 

Two  mainiets  are  placed,'  ooe  of  them  In  the 
roof  and  the  other  in  the  floor  of  Mahomet^ 
bttr7illf^>  place  at  Mecca,  and  puU  tbe  Impostor^ 
Iron  eoiSn  with  such  an  equal  attraction,  that  it 
i  in  the  air  between  both  of  them.  Addison. 


Em  children  follow*d  with  endearing  wile, 
Aad  pbuVd  his  gown,  to  share  the  good  nnn^ 
smile.  GoiosMmi. 

ClearM,  as  I  thoaght,  and  fulfjr  fiaM  at  length 
To  learn  the  caose,  I  tugg'd  with  all  my  strength. 

Drtoer* 

In  the  moral  application  we  may 
be  drawn  by  any  thing  which  can  act 


oa^  the  mind  to  bring  ns  near  to  an 
object;  vre  are  drog^ec^ only  by  means 
of  force ;  we  pull  a  thing  towards  us 
by  a  direct  effort.  To  haul^  plucky 
and  tug  are  seldom  used  but  in  the 
physical  application. 

Hither  we  sailed,  a  volnntaiy  thrang. 
To  avenge  a  private,  not  a  public  wrong; 
What  else  to  Troy  the  assembled  nations  drawi^ 
But  thine  nngratefnl !  and  thy  brothec*b  cauae. 

Pon. 
'TiB  long  shice  I  for  my  celeattel  wM% 
IioathM  by  the  Gods  have  drag^d  a  Ungerlng 

llA.  Pom. 

Hear  this,  remember,  and  our  ftiry  dread. 
Nor  fuU  th*  nnwIUing  vengeance  on  thy  head. 

Pops. 

TO  DREAD,  V.  To  apprehend. 

DKBADy  V.  Awe, 

DREADruL^  v.  FeorfuL 
DRBADFUL,  V.  Formidable. 

DREAM,    REVERIE. 

DREAM,  in  Dutch  dromy  &c. 
comes  either  from  the  Celtic  drem  a 
sight,  or  the  Greek  ^ua  a  fable,  or 
as  probably  from  the  word  roamy  sig« 
nifying  to  wander,  in  Hebrew  rom  to 
be  agitated. 

REVERIE,  in  French  reverie^  like 
the  English  ravty  comes  firom  the 
Latin  rahieSy  signifying  that  which  is 
wandering  or  incoherent. 

Dreams  and  reverie*  are  alike  op- 
posed to  the  reality,  and  have  their 
origin  in  the  imagination;  but  the 
former  commonly  passes  in  sleep,  and 
the  latter  when  awake:  the  dream 
may  and  does  commonly  arise  when 
the  imagination  is  in  a  sound  state ; 
the  reverie  is  the  fruit  of  a  heated  ima- 
gination :  dreamt  come  in  the  course 
of  nature;  reveries  are  the  conse* 
quence  of  a  peculiar  ferment. 

When  the  dream  is  applied  to  tne 
act  of  one  that  is  awake,  it  admits  of 
another  distinction  from  reverie.  They 
both  designate  what  is  confounded, 
but  the  dream  is  less  extravagant  than 
the  reverie.  Ambitious  men  please 
themselves  with  dfr^ms  of  future  great- 
ness ;  enthusiasts  debase  the  punty  of 
the  Christian  religion  by  Uenoihg  tneir 
own  wild  reveries  with  the  doctrines 
of  the  Gospel.  He  who  indul^  him- 
self in  idle  dreams  lays  up  a  stora  of 
disappointment  for  himself  when  fa 
recovers  his  recollection,  and  finds  Uu 

2c2 


DULL. 


DURABLE. 


889 


Bkade,  to  imply  obscurity,  which  is  roost 
suitable  to  sorrow. 

DISMAL,   compounded  of  dis  or 

Mai  aod  tnalus,  signifies  very  evil. 

9    When  applied   to  natural  objects 

^bey   denote  the   want  of  necessary 

*lig)it  :  in  this  sense  metals  are  more 

or  less  dull  according  as  they   are 

Vtaioed  with    dirt:    the    weather    is 

ttther  dull  or  gloomy  in  different  de- 

grtes ;  that  is  dull  when  the  sun  is 

obscured  by  clouds,  and  gloomy  when 

tiie  atmosphere   is  darkened  by  fogs 

or  thick  clouds.      A  room  is  dully 

gloomy,  or  dismal,  according  to  circum- 

•tances :  it  is  dull  if  the  usual  quantity 

of  light  and  sound  be  wanting ;  it  is 

gloomy  if  the  darkness  and  stillness  be 

▼ery  considerable;  it  is  dismal  if  it 

if  it  be  deprived  of  every  convenience 

that  fits  it  for  a  habitation ;  in  this 

teose  a  dungeon  is   a  dismal  abode. 

&uf  is  not  applied  so  much  to  sensible 

as  moral  objects,  in  which  sense  the 

liistressing  events  of  human  life  on 

the  loss  of  a  parent  or  a  child  is 

justly  denominated  sad. 

In  regard  to  the  frame  of  mind 
which  is  designated  by  these  terms,  it 
will  be  easily  perceived  from  the  above 
explanation.  As  slight  circumstances 
produce  dulness,  any  change,  however 
small,  in  the  usual  flow  of  spirits  may 
be  termed  dull.  Gloom  weighs  heavy 
on  the  mind,  and  gives  a  turn  to  the 
reflectionfr  and  the  imagination !  de- 
sponding thoughts  of  futurity  will 
spread  a  gloom  over  every  other  object. 
Dismal  dfenotes  a  strong  state  of  de- 
pression in  the  spirits.  Sad  indicates 
a  wounded  state  of  the  heart ;  feelings 
of  unmixed  pain. 

Wbil^  DMo  k  a  reialoer  to  the  elemeott  and  a 
sojourner  io  the  boiljr,  it  mutt  be  controt  to 
aobmit  (ti  ovD  qaickncH  and  iptrUoalltjr  to  the 
dulnoB  of  its  vebicte.  Soum. 

AcUllea*  wrath,  to  Grtwee  the  dlrefot  fprlni^ 
or  woet  aDnambef'd,  heav*nlj  goddeat,  tlof ! 
That  wnitb   which   horlM  to   Pluto'^i  gloomy 

n:ifn 
The  aoDls  of  michtj  chiefs  nnUmelj  slain.    Pops. 

For  nioe  long  niehts,  throof  h  all  the  dasky  air 
The  pjre^  thick  flamlof  shot  a  dttmnl  glare. 

POPB. 

Henry  II.  of  France,  bj  a  ipUoter  unhappily 
timnt  into  his  eye  at  a  solemn  jaatiog,  was 
Mat  ont  of  the  world  by  a  iod  but  very  accidental 
death.  SovTH. 

DULL,  V.  Slupid. 


DUMB,  V.  Silent. 
DUPLICITY,  V,  Deceit* 

DURABLJB,    L.\STING, 
PERMAMENT. 

DURABLE  is  said  of  things  that 
are  intended  to  remain  a  shorter  time 
than  that  which  is  LASTING;  and 
PERMANENT  expresses  less  than 
durable. 

Durable^  from  the  Latin  durut 
hard,  respects  the  texture  of  bodies, 
and  marks  tlie  capacity  to  hold  out ; 
lastingf  from  the  verb*  to  last  or  the 
adjective  lasty  signifies  to  remain  the 
last  or  longest,  and  is  applicable  only 
to  that  which  is  supposed  of  the  lon- 
gest duration.  Fermanent,  from  the 
Latin  permaneoy  signifies  remaining  to 
the  end. 

Durable  is  naturally  said  of  mate- 
rial substances ;  and  lasting  of  those 
which  are  spiritual ;  although  in  or- 
dinary discourse  sometimes  they  ex- 
change offices:  permanent  applies 
more  to  the  afiairs  of  men. 

That  which  perishes  quickly  is  not 
durable:  that  which  ceases  quickly 
it  not  lasting  ;  that  which  is  only  for 
a  time  is  not  permanent.  Stone  is 
more  durable  than  iron,  and  iron 
than  wood  :  in  the  feudal  times  ani- 
mosities between  families  used  to  be 
lading  :  a  clerk  has  not  a  permanent 
situation  in  an  office.  However  we 
may  boast  of  our  progress  in  the 
arts,  we  appear  to  nave  lost  the  art 
of  making  things  as  durable  as  they 
were  made  in  former  times  :  the  writ- 
ings of  the  modems  will  many  of  them 
be  as  lasting  moimments  of  human 
genius  as  those  of  the  ancients ;  one 
who  is  of  a  cofttenfced  moderate  dispo- 
sition will  generally  prefer  sl  permanent 
situation  with  small  gains  to  one  that 
is  very  lucrative  but  tenuporary  and 
precarious* 

If  witttngi  he  thua  durabU^  and  nay  pav 
from  age  to  age,  thtoegh  the  whole  eonrse  of 
time,  how  careful  iboold  an  aathor  he  of  nuC 
committing  any  thhag  to  print  that  may  eormpt 
poiCerity.  ikm>MOii. 

I  mutt  desire  my  fkir  readers  to  give  a  proper 
direction  to  their  being  admired;  in  order  to 
wMeh  thflj  meat  cndeevov  to  make 
the  obiieett  of  a  reasonahle  and  latUng 
ratioB. 


aU  tklH*  !•  !•«  cf  r 
fpemumnrtMbettatial  ntwek 


S90 


DURATION. 


DUTY. 


DURABLE,   CONSTANT. 

DURABILTTY  (r.  DurahU)  lies 
in  the  thing. 

CONSliVNT  {v.  Conslancy)  lies  in 
the  person. 

What  is  durable  is  so  from  its  inhe- 

fent  property  ;  what  is  constant  is  so 

by  the  power  of  the  mind.    No  du" 

rmbie  connections  can  he  formed  where 

avarice  or  lust  prevails. 

Seae  ttate*  have  raddraly  emeifed,  wd  tfen 
la  A9  depth!  of  their  calamity  taf  Uld  the 
ftiaailiHen .  of  a  loverlog  aod  dur^Ms  pMi- 

BUMKS. 


meBMotoftt 


StaM  w*  caaoot  praalae  onnelvei  e^mtmut 
h«illh«  Itt  us  eadeavonr  at  mcb  a  temper,  as 
may  be  our  beat  toppwt  in  the  deeay  of  It. 


DURATION,  V.  Continuance. 

DURATION^  TIME. 

Iv  the  philosophical  sense,  accord- 
ing to  Mr.  Locke,  TIME  is  that  mode 
of  DURATION  which  is  formed  in 
the  mind  by  its  own  power  of  observ- 
ing and  measuring  the  |>assing  objects. 

In  the  vulgar  sense  in  which  dura- 
tion is  synonymous  with  time,  it  stands 
ibr  the  time  of  duration^  and  is  more 
particalarly  applicable  to  the  objects 
which  are  said  to  last ;  time  hei()g  em- 
ployed in  general  for  whatever  passes 
IQ  the  world. 

Dmration  comprehends  the  bepin- 
atng  and  end  of  any  portion  of  time, 
that  it  the  how  long  of  a  thing  ;  time 
ia  employed  more  frequently  for  the 
particular  portion  itself,  namely,  the 
time  when  :  we  mark  the  duration  of 
a  sound  from  the  time  of  its  com- 
mencement to  the  time  that  it  ceases : 
the  duration  of  a  prince's  reign  is  an 
olgect  of  particular  coacem  to  his  sub- 
jects if  he  be  either  very  good  or  the 
reverse;  the  time  in  which  he  reigns  is 
mark^  bj  extraordinary  events  :  the 
historian  Computes  the  duration  of 
reigns  and  of  events  in  order  to  deter- 
mine the  antiquity  of  a  nation ;  he  fixes 
the  exact  time  when  each  person  begins 
to  reign  and  when  he  dies,  in  order  to 
determine  the  number  of  years  that 
each  reigned. 

I  tMak  another  prabahle  conjectnro  (rwpeel- 
tav  the  WMil^  immortaiajF)  may  he  imbed  from 
oar  oppetite  to  durati9n  ilaelf.  Svblb. 

The  ff me  of  the  fool  la  lon^  beeaaee  he  does 
what  to  do  wUh  U;  that  of  the  wins 


.bectoae  he  dliltegniAea  ofery 
ith  naefnl  or  amualng  thooehts. 


DUTIFUL,    OBEDIENT, 

RESPECTFtJL.       »  ; 

DUTIFUL  signiaes  full  of  a  sense 
of  duty  or  full  of  what  belongs  In 
duty. 

OB£DI£NT  signifies  ready  to 
obey. 

R£SP£CTFUL  signifies  literaUy 
full  of  respect. 

The  obedient  and  respectful  are  hot 
modes  of  the  dutiful:  we  may  be 
litt^t^/ without  being  either  obidient 
or  respeetjul;  but  we  are  so  fkcdut^ 
Jul  as  we  are  either  obedient  or  rupect^ 
Jul.  Duty  denotes  what  is  due  from 
one  being  to  another ;  it  is  independ- 
ent of  all  circumstances:  obeiienee 
and  respect  are  relative  duties  depend- 
ing upon  the  character  and  station  of 
individuals :  as  we  owe  to  no  one  so 
much  as  to  our  parents,  we  are  said  to 
be  dutiful  to  no  earthly  being  besides; 
and  in  order  to  deserve  the  name  of 
dutiful,  a  child  during  the  period  of 
his  childhood  ou^t  to  make  a  pa- 
rent's will  to  be  his  law,  and  at  no 
future  period  ou^t  that  will  ever  to  be 
an  ol^ect  of  indifference :  we  may  be 
obedient  and  respectful  to  others  he- 
sides  our  parents,  althou^  to  them 
obedience  and  respect  are  m  the  high- 
est degree  and  in  the  first  case  due; 
yet  servants  are  eiyoined  to  be  o6e- 
dient  to  their  masters,  wives  to  their 
husbands,  and  subjects  to  their  king. 

Respectful  is  a  tenn  of  still  greater 
latituae  fj^an  either,  for  as  the  cha- 
racters of  men  as  much  as  tlmr  stations 
demand  respect,  there  is  a  respectful 
deportment  due  towards  every  supe- 
rior. 

For  one  crnel  parent  we  meet  with  s  thouaad 
unduti/ul  children.  AoMiov. 

The  oftediefice  of  children  to  their  parents  is 
the  baab  of  all  fovemmeot,  and  aat  forth  as  the 
meaaoie  of  that  obedience  which  we  owe  to 
thoie  whom  Providence  has  placed  over  n«. 


Let  your  hehaTloor  towards  yonrsnpcilora  in 
dignity,  afe,  learning  or  any  distingnfabcd 
eacellfnce,  be  tnll  of  respect  and  defefonce. 

Cbatbam. 

DUTY,  OBLIGATION. 

DUTY,  as  we  see  in  the  preceding 
section,  consists  altogether  of  what  is 
right  or  due  from  one  being  to  another. 


EAGER. 


EAGEIL 


391 


OBUGATION,  from  the  Latio 
mkU^o  to  bind,  iifj^niiiee  the  bond  or 
^ciccijsity  which  lies  in  the  thing. 

,ji^^  All  duty  depends  upon  moral  ob» 
ligation  which  subsists  between  man 
•nd  man»  or  mail  and  his  Maker ;  in 
4iis  abstract  sense,  therefore,  there 
can  be  no  duty  without  a  previous 
^^igaiion,  and  where  there  is  an 
oUigation  it  involves  tiduty;  but  in 
the  Tolg^  acceptation,  duty  is  ap- 
plicable to  the  conduct  of  men  in  their 

i  irarious  relations;  obligation  only  to 
particular  circumstances  or  modes  of 
action:  we  have  duties  to  perfbrax 
as  parents  and  children,  as  husbands 
and  wives,  as  rulers  and  subjects,  as 
neighbours  and  citiaens:  the  debtor 
IS  under  an  obligation  to  discharge  a 
debt ;  and  he  who  has  promised  is 
wider  an  obligation  to  fulfil  his  pro- 
mise: a  consaentious  man,  therefore, 
never  loses  sight  of  the  obUgatiom 
which  he  has  at  different  times  to  dis- 
charge. 

The  duiy  is  not  so  peremptory  as 
the  obligation;  the  obligation  is  not 
so  lasting  as  the  duty:  our  affec- 
tions impel  us  to  the  dischaige  of 
duty ;  interest  or  necessity  impels  us 
to  the  discharge  of  an  obligatwn :  it 
may  therefore  sometimes  happen  that 
the  man  whom  a  sense  of  duty  can- 
not actuate  to  do  that  which  is  right, 
will  not  be  alile  to  withstand  the 
obligation  under  which  he  has  laid 
himself. 

The  wajrt  oTHmv'o,  jnd^'d  by  a  prtrate  bfWfl| 
It  often  whatH  oar  privmte  interest, 
iknd  tberefore  thoee  who  would  that  will  obej, 
Withoattbeir  interat  mait  tbeir  duty  weisb. 

Drvdkv. 

No  nwB  can  be  onder  an  obligatiou  to  beUere 
nnj  tblnf,wbobath  not  snflktent  meant  wberebj 
ke  Baj  be  aMured  that  tncb  a  thins  b  trae. 

Tnunwot, 

TO  DWRLL,  V.  To  Abide. 


E. 


EACH,   V.  AIL 

EAGBR,  EARNEST,  SERIOUS. 

EAGER,  V,  Avidity. 

EARNEST  most  probably  comes 
from  the  thing  earnest^  in  Saxon 
thornest  a  pledge,  or  token  of  a  per- 


son's real  intentions,  whence  tlie 
word  has  been  emjdoyed  to  qualify 
thft  state  of  any  one's  mind,  as  settled 
or  fixed. 

SERIOUS,  in  Latin  seriui  or  sine 
risUf  signifies  without  laughter. 

Eager  is  used  to  qualify  the  desires 
or  passions;  earnest  to  qualify  Uie 
wishes  or  sentiments ;  the  former  has 
either  a  physical  or  moral  applica- 
tion, the  latter  altogether  a  moral 
application:  a  child  is  eager  to  get 
a  plaything;  a  hungry  person  is  eo^fer 
to  get  food ;  a  covetous  man  is  eager 
to  seize  whatever  comes  within  nis 
gptsp :  a  person  is  earnest  in  solicita- 
tion ;  earnest  in  exhortation ;  earnest 
in  devotion. 

Eagerness  is  mostly  faulty ;  it  can- 
not be  too  early  restrained;  we  can 
seldom  have  any  substaatial  reason  to 
be  eager :  earnestness  is  always  taken 
in  the  good  sense ;  it  denotes  the  in- 
ward conviction  of  the  mind,  and  the 
warmth  of  the  heart  when  awakened 
by  important  oljects. 

A  person  is  said  to  be  earnest^  or 
in  earnest ;  a  person  or  thing  is  said 
to  be  serious:  the  former  charac- 
terizes the  temper  of  the  mind,  the 
latter  characterizes  the  object  itself. 
In  regard  to  persons,  in  which  alone 
they  are  to  oe  compared,  earnest 
expresses  more  than  serious  ;  the  for* 
mer  is  opposed  to  lukewarmness,  the 
latter  to  unconcemedness :  we  are 
earnest  as  to  our  wishes  or  our  per- 
suasions; we  are  serious  as  to  our 
intentions :  ihe  earnestness  with 
which  we  address  another  depends 
upon  the  force  of  our  conviction ;  the 
seriousness  with  which  we  address 
them  depends  upon  our  sincerity,  and 
the  nature  or  the  subject:  the 
preacher  earnestly  exhorts  nis  hearers 
to  lay  aside  their  sins;  heuriously 
admonishes  those  who  are  guilty  of 
irregularities. 

ne  panting  rteedi  Impatient  foiy  braatbev 
Bsttnortandtienbltatchtfcnlf  beneath; 
Ccger  th^  fiew*d  the  praapeet  dark  and  deep, 
Vaat  wag  the  leap,  and  beadJoof  hang  the  iteep. 

Pora. 
Then  e? en  enperler  to  mnbitlon,  we 
With  emmut  eye  anticipate  thoee  aetnee 
Of  bapploeto  and  wonder.  TMHaow, 

It  it  hvdlj  poa»te  to  tit  dowa  <•  IhtjeriMe 
penital  of  Vlrgir*  works,  bet  n  omb  ihnN  r^ 
more  ditpoied  to  virtse  tJid  goodni,     Wa 

£AOERNS88|  V»  AlM 


BAELTt  V.  SOM. 

TO  BARN,  V,  To  acquire.  If , 
BAKNSCT,  v.  Eager. 

BARKIUT,    FLBDGB. 

Ix  the  proper  mom,  the  EABN-. 
EST  {v.  Ager)  »  pm>  »  « tak« 
of  our  bung  in  «BnKtf  in  tl^iPn^ 
miae  we  haxe  made ;  tha  PISDGB) 
m  iill  probaUlit;  Eram  p/ico  to  fold 
or  implicate, ,  lignifiei  ■  ucori^  bj 
which  ws  an  eii^it*^  toindmnj^  flgc 
aloM. 

The  tatHttt  W  ngaid  to  the  gobt- 
fideoce  iuipired ;  the  pUgt  ha*  »• 
|uil  to  the  bond  or  tia  prodnoecl  \ 
«iM  a  ccurtiact  i*  onlj  vecballj 
iffmaA,  It  is  utual  to  ^n  e^tudt 
wheoaver  nionejr  U  adTancod,  it  ii 
comnton  to  pve  ^pledge. 

In  the  figuralive  application  llw 
tcmts  bear  Uie  tanw  analosjr ;  a  man 
of  geniut  wmetiineti'thDDgh  notaW 
waj>,  give*  an  eatnat  in  yonth  of 
hii  future  greatiMU ;  children  aie  the 
deareit  pUJga  of  abctiou  betweM 


yibcM  af  lUn  lul  la  Ika  Ink  sT  Bill*, 
IrbHUTlknMiiBrHitlolWAin,  * 

Kua   fHfn  or  d>}  An  cmnV  tbi   HOkf 

WUk  Ibj  krl|U  tkcM  pnin  hta  te  Ui>  »ttw. 

MlLTOB, 

XASE,  QDIET,  RB8T,  REPOBX. 

EASE  comsi  immediatelj  from  tba 
French  aiii  glad,  aod  that  from  (ha 
Greek  a.Z'«  YOun|,  (rmh. 

QUIE.T,  in  Latio  gtuetui,  comei 
pTobabl;  from  the  Orcek  hiiihi  to  Ko 
down,  RigoifjiD^alTingpoBtDre. 

REST,  in  German  '  fw(,  conMB 
from  the  I^in  redo  tostuid  (till  or 
make  a  halt. 

UEPOSE  comee  fr^i"  ^  I'l^ 
tepottti,  jicrfect  of  repotw  ^  plMM 
back,  Mgnifjiag  the  sinte  oT^feit^ 
uiie's  self  backward. 

The   idea  of  a  motiooleu  state  ii 

commoo  to  all  these  tenam  :  eate and      am nn    i  i  ui   mim  ,,m, 

guief  respect  action  on  the  bodj;  rat      TDii>*,ioirt,iia4Mi^BBa*pnM 
and   rrpoK  respect  the  action  of  the  ' 

body:  we  are  atfji  or  jvict  when  freed      Btt^mKtti,%mtmMtM»,    ■ 
fromanyeitemal  agency  that  is  pain*      AtaiwkMiMitailBmnartfeMl** 


EASE. 


EASY. 


595 


ebrad  plentj  the  rich  owner  bless, 
plm^am  crown  bis  bappineM. 

Drtdkn. 

M  pmMDt  to  the  wan  h  prewM, 

lie  fallow  In  Inglorious  rett,  Drydkn. 

be  tortoi'd  wave  here  find  repoitj 
(  «tni  amid  the  thassy  rocks 
n  o^  the  Katta'd  rra^mcnt*. 

TaoMson. 

B,  EASINESS,  FACILITY, 

LIGHTNESS. 

E  («.  Ease)  denotes  either  the  ^ 
t  itate  of  a  person  or  quality  ' 
ling ;  EASINESS,  from  easy, 
Dg  having  ease,  denotes  sim- 
iiDStract  quality  which  serves 
mcterize  tlie  thing:  a  person 
laUf  or  he  has  an  easiness  of 
ion:  ease  is  said  of  that 
s  borne,  or  that  which  is  done ; 
t  and  FACILITY,  from  the 
^ilis  easYj  most  commonly  of 
hich  is  done;  tlic  former  in 
tion  to  the  thing  as  before,  the 
either  to  tlie  person  or  the 
we  speak  of  the  easiness  o^  the 
Bt  of  a  person 's/tfCi7/Y^  in  doing 
judge  of  the  easiness  of  a  thing 
opanng  it  with  others  more 
t ;  we  judge  of  a  person's  faci- 
•  compariue  him  with  others, 
e  less  skilful. 

i  and  LIGHTNESS  are  both 
f  what  is    to    be   home ;    the 

in  a  general,  the  latter  in  a 
Jar   sense.     Whatever  presses 

form  is  not  easy;  that  which 

\  by  excess  of  weight  is  not 

a  coat  may  be  easy  from  its 

it  can  be  ligfU  only  from  its 


i. 


same  distinction  exists  between 
derivatives,  to  ease,  facilitatey 
ghten  ;  to  eaae  is  to  make  easy 
;  from  pain,  as  to  cflic  a  per- 
'  his  labor ;  to  facilitate  is  to 
a  thing  more  practicable  or  less 
It,  as  to  facilitate  a  person's 
ss ;  to  lighten  is  to  take  off  an 
ive  weight,  as  to  lighten  a  per- 
mrdens. 

ia  the  otmost  that  can  be  bopffd  from  a 
7  and  nnactlfe  habit.  John«on. 

inc  !■  nK>r«  Kubject  tn  mintake  and  dls- 
nent  than  anticipated  jnd|;emeDt,  con- 
tha  tasintM  or  difficulty  of  an>  under- 

JOHMSON. 

f  one  mant  hire  remarked  the  JmciUty 
ilch  the  kindoefK  of  oth«n  ii  tometlmes 
by  thoae  to  whom  he  never  conld  have 
d  hto  own.  Jomisow. 


TrtlM,MrAtaiafr, 
Are  to  the  jealMt  confirmatlont  ttron;, 
A«  proo&  of  boljf  writ.  SnAEsrsAas. 

EASINESS,  V.  Ease. 

EASY,    READY. 

EASY  (r.  Eate^  easiness)  signifies 
here  a  freedom  from  obstruction  in 
ourselves. 

READY,  in  German  bereity  Latin 
paratus,  signifies  prepared. 

Easy  marks  the  freedom  of  being 
done ;  ready  the  disposition  or  will- 
ingness to  do;  the  former  refers 
mostly  to  the  thing  or  the  manner, 
the  latter  to  the  person :  the  thing  is 
eatiy  to  be  done ;  the  person  is  retufy 
to  do  it:  it  is  easy  to  make  professioos 
of  friendship  in  the  ardor  of  tlie  mo- 
ment ;  but  every  one  is  not  ready  to 
act  up  to  them,  when  it  interferes  with 
his  convenience  or  interest. 

As  epitJ^ets   both  are  opposed  to 
difficult,  but  agreeably  to  the  above 
explanation  of  the  terms ;  the  former 
denotes  a  freedom  from  such  difficul- 
ties or  obstacles  as  lie  in  the  nature 
of  the  thing  itself;  the  latter  an  ex- 
emption from  such  as  lie  in  the  tem- 
per  and    diaracter    of  the   person; 
nence  we  say  a  person  is  easy  of  ac- 
cess whose  situation,  rank,  employ- 
ments, or  circumstances,  do  not  pre- 
vent him  firom  admitting  others  to  his 
Kresenqe;  he  is  ready  to  hear  when 
e. himself  throws  no  obstacles  in  the 
way,  when  he  lends  a  willing  ear  to 
what  is  said.    So  likewise  a  task  is 
said  to  be  easy ;  a  person's  wit,  or  a 
person's  reply,  to  be  ready :  a  young 
man  who  lias  birth  and  fortune,  wit 
and    accomplishments,  will  find  an 
easy  admittance  into  any  circle:  the 
very  name  of  a  favourite  author  will 
be  a  ready  passport  for  the  works  to 
which  it  may  be  affixed. 

When  used  adverbially,  they  bear 
the  same  relation  to  each  other.  A 
man  is  said  to  comprehend  easily,  who 
from  whatever  cause  finds  the  thing 
easy  to  be  comprehended ;  he  pardons 
readily  who  has  a  temper  ready  to 
pardon. 

An  ea^  manner  of  conversation  ia  the 
dedrable  qoaltty  a  man  can  hare. 

The  scorpion  ready  to  ncolf  e  th  j  lam, 
TbIdB  hair  hi«  region  and  cootfaoU  his  i 


i 


:.* 


'4 

.A" 


>j 


Dv 


S84 


DOCTRINE. 


DOCTRINE. 


^Ao  to  draw,  signifies  ready  to  be 
drawn. 

DUCTILE,  from  duco  to  lead,  si^ 
nifies  ready  to  be  led. 

The  idea  ofsabmitting  to  the  direc- 
tions of  another  is  comprehended  in 
the  signification  of  all  these  terms : 
iociUty  marks  the  disposition  to  con- 
fonn  our  actions  in  all  particulars  to 
the  will  of  another,  and  lies  altogether 
in  the  will ;  traclalnlUy  and  duC" 
iUky  are  modes  of  docility^  the  former 
m  regard  to  the  conduct,  the  latter  in 
regard  to  the  principles  and  senti- 
ments :  docility  is  in  general  applied 
to  the  ordinary  actions  pf  the  lite, 
iHiere  simply  the  will  •  is  concerned ; 
ineimbiliiy  is  applicable  to  points  of 
conduct  in  which  the  judgement  is 
ooocemed;  ductility  to  matters  in 
wluch  the  character  is  formed  :  a 
child  ought  to  be  docile  with  its 
parents  at  all  times;  it  ou^t  to  be 
trmctable  y/hea  acting  under  Uie  direc- 
tion of  its  superiors ;  it  ou^ht  to  be 
dnetik  to  imbibe  good  prinaples :  the 
want  of  docility  may  spring  from  a 
defect  in  the  disposition ;  the  want  of 
trodabUness  may  spring  either  from  a 
defect  in  the  temper,  or  from  self  con- 
ceit; the  want  of  ductility  lies  alto- 
gether in  a  natural  stubbornness  of 
character:  docility,  being  altogether 
independent  of  thejudgement^  is  appli- 
cahle  to  the  brutes  as  well  as  to  men ; 
traetabUnat  and  ductility  is  appli- 
cable mostly  to  thinking  and  rational 
objects  only,  though  sometimes  ex- 
tended to  inanimate  or  moral  objects : 
the  ox  is  a  docile  animal ;  the  humble 
are  tractable  ;  youtli  is  ductile, 

TIm  Peniaat  an  not  wbolljr  void  of  martial 
fplrtt;  aodirUtcj  are  not  naturalljr  brave,  thej 
an  at  least  eatremelj  docile^  anJ  might  with 
pfoper  discipline  be  made  ezcelleat  aoklier*. 

Sir  Wji.  Jones. 

Their  reindeer  rorm  tbeir  rfchee ;  tbeie  tbeir 

teott, 
TiKir  robes  their  beda,  aod  all  their  bomelj 

wealth, 
Sspplj  their  wtMlcsome  fare,  aad  cheerful  capt; 
Oliiif  tow  at  their  call,  the  decite  tribe 
YWd  (•  the  sledge  tbeir  neclu.  Thomson. 

Tte  people,  without  belns  tenrOe,  most  be 
CraefAMr.  Bobu. 

Tbe  will  was  then  (before  the  fall)  dudiU  and 
pttaM  to  all  the  motions  of  rif  ht  leaion.  South. 

DOCTRINE,    PRBCBPT, 
PRINCIPLE. 

DOCTRINE,  in  French  doctrine, 


Latin  doctrina,  from  doceo  to  teach, 
signifies  the  thing  taught. 

PRECEPT,  from  the  Latin  pr^e^ 
cipioj  sieniiies  the  thing  laid  down. 

PRINCIPLE,  in  French  prineipe, 
Latin  principium,  signifies  the  begin- 
ningj  of  things,  that  is,  their  first  or 
original  component  parts. 

The  doctrine  requires  a  teacher; 
xh»  precept  requires  a  superior  with 
authority ;  the  principle  requires  onlr 
an  illustrator.  The  doctrine  is  always 
framed  by  some  one ;  the  precept  is 
enjdined  or  lud  down  by  some  one; 
the  principle  hes  in  the  thing  itself. 
The  doctrine  is  composed  ofprind^ 
ple$;  the  precept  rests  upon  princi- 
ples or  doctrines,  Pythagoras  taught 
the  doctrine  of  the  metempsychosis, 
and  enjoined  many  precepts  on  his 
disciples  for  the  regulation  of  their 
conduct,  particularly  that  they  should 
abstain  from  eating  animal  food,  and 
be  only  silent  hearers  for  the  first  fire 
years  of  their  scholarship :  the  former 
of  these  rules  depended  upon  the  pre- 
ceding doctrine  of  the  soul's  transmi- 
gration to  the  bodies  of  animab  ;  the 
latter  rested  on  that  simple  principle 
of  education,  the  entire  devotion  of 
the  scholar  to  the  master. 

We  are  said  to  believe  in  doc- 
trines ;  to  obey  precepts  ;  to  imbibe  or 
hold  principles.  The  doctrine  is  that 
which  constitutes  our  faith ;  the  pre- 
cept is  that  which  directs  the  practice: 
both  are  the  subjects  of  rational  as- 
sent, and  suited  only  to  the  matured 
understanding:  princ^les  are  often 
admitted  without  examination;  and 
imbibed  as  frequently  from  observa- 
tion and  circumstances,  as  from  any 
direct  personal  efforts;  children  as 
well  as  men  get  principles. 

This  seditious,  ancoostltntloBal  diHtrine  of 
electing  \i\npi  is  now  publidj  taught,  afowed, 
and  printed.  Bvasx. 

Pytbai^onts's  first  rule  directs  us  to  worship  the 
Sodi,  as  is  ordafaied  bylaw,  for  that  is  the  moat 
natural  iuterpretation  of  tlie  pnctpt,    Abdmoii. 

If  we  had  the  srhole  hicitory  of  atal,  ftora  the 
days  of  Cain  to  our  Umes,  we  should  toe  it  illed 
wUh  so  many  scene*  of  slaufbter  aad  blooUnd, 
as  would  make  a  wise  men  vrry  carernl  out  to 
•uffn'  himself  to  be  actuated  by  such  a  pHit' 
efpUt  when  it  regards  Batten  of  oplaiou  aad 
■peonlation.  Addcsoii. 

DOCTRINE,  DOGMA,    TENET. 

The  DOCTRINE  originates  with 
the  individual. 


ECSTACY. 


ECSTACY. 


S95 


» 


the  episcopal  fimctioDs,  are  entitled 
eeclestastics.  There  are  but  few  de- 
nominatioDs  of  Christians  who  have 
not  appointed  teachers  who  are  called 
divines.  Professors  or  writers  on 
ikeoiogy  are  pecaliarly  denominated 
ikeotog$mns. 

Oar  old  EnglMi  monla  teidom  let  sny  of 
tteir  ktafi  ds^art  la  pcaoc,  who  had  mdeavoar- 
•d  to  dloiaii*  ^  povtr  or  woaHh  of  wlikb  the 
^dttiMBiieB  wwe  in  Cboie  Uimb  DotMsied. 

AiHUSoa. 

If  Off  ihall  I  dvaU  oa  ovr  excellesce  in  meti^ 
pbjvical  ipccalaCioiM;  became,  bo  that  nads  the 
voifcs  of  ovr  dtvinet  will  eailljr  discofer  how 
fhr  hmmaa  anhUKj  has  been  able  to  peoetrate. 

JOBMOll. 

I  leofced  en  that  amnoB  (of  Dr.  Priee*^)  as  the 
pnhUe  deefctfatlMi  of  a  saa  noeh  cooneoied 
with  Ittavary  caballert,  intrisiiiBf  phihwophen, 
•nd  political  theologians,  Bobkb. 

TO  ECLIPSB,  OBSCURE. 

ECLIPSEyin  Greek  txKtirr<ri7y  comes 
from  ix\iiv»  to  fail,  signifying  to  causa 
a  failure  of  light. 

OBSCURE,  from  the  adjective  o&- 
fcttre  (v.  Dark),  signifies  to  cause 
the  intervention  of  a  snadow. 

In  the  natural  as  well  as  the  moral 
application  ecUpse  is  taken  in  a  par- 
ticular and  relative  signiiicatiou ;  olh- 
ioure  is  used  in  a  general  sense. 
Heavenly  bodies  are  ecUfied  by  the 
iatenreotion  of  other  bodies  between 
them  and  the  beholder ;  things  are  in 
general  obscured  which  are  in  any  way 
rendered  less  striking  or  visible.  To 
eclipse  is  therefore  a  species  of  ob- 
scuring: that  is  always  obscured 
which  is  eclipsed  ;  but  every  thing  is 
not  eclipsed  which  i%^jlMfiired, 

So  figuratively  reSriXst  is  eclipsed 
by  the  intervention  of  MJpbrior  merit ; 
it  is  oflen  obtcured  by  an  ungracious 
exterior  in  the  possessor,  or  by  the 
nnfbrtmiate  circumstances  of  his  life. 

Bareasna  maj  ecUpte  thine  own. 

Bit  canaot  blar  aaj  lo»t  nmowo.  Boruou 

Anong  thow  who  are  the  moiC  richlty  on- 
dewed  by  oatora  aad  accomplished  bjr  their 
own  Indttvtrj,  how  few  are  ibere  whote  ? iitnea 
are  not  oUcurcd  by  the  Ignorance,  prcjndlce,  or 
envy  of  their  beholdert.  Adoisom. 

ECONOMICAL,  V,  OecoTiomcal. 

ECSTACy,    RAPTURE,  TRANS- 
PORT. 

Trxre  is  a  strong  resemblance  in 
the  meaning  and  applicadoa  of  these 
wofds.    Tbey  all  express  aa  eatraor* 


dinary  elevation  of  the  spirits,  or  an 
excessive  tension  of  the  mind. 

The  ECSTACY  marks  a  passive 
state,  from  the  Greek  tKfe^^  and 
i£i:nf*t  to  stand,  or  be  out  of  oneself, 
out  of  one's  miod.  The  RAPTURB 
fi^m  the  Latin  rapio,  to  seize  or  carrv 
away;  and  TRANSPORT  from  trans 
and  porto  to  carry  beyond  oneself 
rather  designate  an  active  state,  a 
violent  impulse  with  whidi  it  hurries 
itself  forward.  An  ectiaev  and  rap- 
ture are  always  pleasurable,  or  ansa 
from  pleasurable  causes:  transport 
re8jf>ect8  either  pleasurable  or  pamful 
feelings:  joy  occasions  ecstacies  or 
raptures :  joy  and  anger  have  theif 
transports. 

An  ecs/ory benumbs  the  faculties; 
it  will  take  away  the  fkowerof  speech 
and  oflen  of  thought;  it  is  commonly 
occasioned  by  sudden  and  unexpected 
events :  rapture^  on  the  other  hand, 
ofben  invigorates  the  powers,  and  calls 
them  into  action ;  it  frequently  arises 
from  deep  thought:  the  former  is 
common  to  all  persons  of  ardent  feel- 
ings, but  more  particularly  to  children, 
ignorant  people,  or  to  such  as  have 
not  their  feelings  under  control;  rap* 
ture,  on  the  contrary,  is  applicable  to 
persons  with  superior  minds,  to  cir- 
cumstances of  peculiar  importance. 
Transports  are  but  sudden  bursts  of 
passion,  which  generally  lead  to  in* 
temperate  actions  and  are  seldom  in* 
dulged  even  on  joyous  occasions  ex- 
cept by  the  volatile  and  passionate: 
a  reprieve  from  the  sentence  of  death 
will  produce  an  ecstacy  of  delight  in 
the  pardoned  criminal.  Religious  con* 
templation  is  calculated  to  produce 
holy  raptures  in  a  mind  strongly  im- 
bued with  pious  seal :  in  transports  of 
rage  men  nave  committed  enormities 
which  have  cost  them  bitter  tears  of 
repentance  ever  afler. 

¥iniat  followrd  was  all  ecttae^  and  traace, 
Inmortal  pleaftviea  Tomd  vaj  awiaiiBhif  eyee  dfd 
dance.  DaTnair. 

By  wwtti  degrees  the  lore  of  natiue  work*, 
Aad  wanos  thobonoB,  tUI  at  lait  nblinM 
To  rmpturo  and  eathiialaitie  iMaf , 
We  «Bel  the  pieiHl  Deftjr.  Toomoh. 

Whea  all  thy  mcfoiea,  O  aj  Godt 
My  rliWg  aoal  aonigri* 
TVwiuponad  wkh  tha  %iew,  Vm  loat 
In  woeder,  knre  aad  po^.  Anonoa. 

•EDGB,  V.  Border. 


.*;  * 


^ 


396 


EDIFICE. 


EFFECT. 


EDICT,  v.  Decree. 

SDIFICE,    STRUCTURE,    FABRIC. 

EDIFICE,  in  Latin  edificium  from 
edifieo  or  edes  nndjacio,  to  make  a 
iMwsey  signifies  properly  the  house 
made. 

STRUCTURE,    from    the    Latin 
iinuiura  and  ttmo  to  raise,  signifies 
the  nusinga  thing,  or  the  thing  raised. 
FABRIC,  from  the  Latin  fabrico, 
nniifies  the  fabricating  or  the  tiling 
fwrieated.  ^ 

Edifice  in  its  f)roper  sense  is  always 
applied  to  a  buildmg ;  structure  and 
Rubric  are  either  employed  as  abstract 
actions,  or  the  results  and  fruits  of 
actions :  in  the  former  case  they  are 
applied  to  many  objects  besides  build- 
ing ;  structure  reterring  to  the  act  of 
xaising  or  setting  up  together ;  fabric 
to  that  of  framing  or  contriving. 

As  the  edifice  bespeaks  the  thing 
itself  It  requires  no  mo<ibfication,  since 
it  conveys  of  itself  the  idea  of  some- 
thing   superior:    the  word  structure 
must  always  be  qualified ;  it  is  em- 
ploTod  only  to  designate  the  mode  of 
actum :  the^6ric  is  itself  a  species 
of  epithet,  it  designates  the  object  as 
aomiething  contrived  by  the  power  of 
art  or  by  design.    The  edifices  dedi- 
cated to  the  service  of  rehgion  have 
in  all  ages  been  held  sacred  :  it  is  the 
bomnest  of  the  architect  to  estimate 
tlie  merits  or  demerits  of  the  struct 
ture :  when  we  take  a  survey  of  the 
▼att  fabric  of  the  universe,  the  mind 
becomes  bewildered  with  contemplat- 
ing the  infinite  power  of  its  Divine 
author. 

When  employed  in  the  abstract 
tense  of  actions,  structure  is  limited 
to  objects  of  magnitude,  or  such  as 
consist  of  complicated  ports ;  fabric 
is  extended  to  every  thm|  in  which 
art  or  contrivance  is  requisite ;  hence 
we  may  speak  of  the  structure  of 
veiesls,  ana  the  fabric  of  cloth,  iron 
ware,  and  the  like. 

Tte  Iwellaw  odI j  p«rrcrt  the  ■■toni  order  of 
fhtaga;  they  load  tlie  edifice  of  wotAttty,  by  wt- 
tisf  op  lo  tbo  sir  what  the  aoUditj  of  the  Uruc 
tmr»  iwpikei  to  be  oo  cIm  crooud.  Boiuue. 

Ib  Clw  whole  ffntcterraDd  coootltDUoo  of 
lht^i,God  ifhth  ihowB  hiumir  to  be  favoonble 
to  vtitM,aDd  inimical  to  vkse  aad  giaUt.  Blub. 

By  d«Ciay  conpeird^aafl  in  deipair, 
TW  6f«du  grtw  weaiy  olT  the  tedlont  war. 
And,  by  Mlafna^  9iA,%fKMe  mPd.  Dmybbi. 


EDUCATION,    INSTRUCTION, 
BREEDING. 

INSTRUCTION    and    BREED* 
ING  are  to  EDUCATION  as  parts 
to  a  whole;  the  instruction  respects 
the  communication  of  knowledge,  and 
breeding  respects  the  manners  or  out- 
ward conduct;  but  education  compre- 
hends not  only  both  these,  but  the 
formation  of  the  mind,  the  regulation 
of  the  heart,  and  the  establishment  of 
the  principles :  good  instruction  makes 
one  wiser ;  good  breeding  makes  one 
more  polished  and  agreeable;   good 
educatum  makes  one  really  good.    A 
want  of  education  will  always  be  to 
the  injury  if  not  to  the  ruin  of  the 
sufferer :  a  want  of  instruction  is  of 
more  or  less  iuconvenience,  according 
to  circumstances :  a  want  of  breeding 
only  unfits  a  roan  for  the  society  of 
the  cultivated.     Education  belongs  to 
the  period  of  childhood  and  youth;  ia- 
struction  may  be  given  at  diiB^rent 
ages ;  good  breeding  is  best  learnt  in 
the  eariy  part  of  life. 

A  naolber  tells  her  lufaat  that  two  and  two 
make  foor,  the  child  rememlMn  tlie  pcopoiltJoa, 
and  h  able  to  count  four  for  all  the  parpoaet  of 
lifv,  till  the  course  of  hit  educmtion  hriugt  hloi 
amoDf  philosophers,  who  fright  him  from  his 
former  knowledge,  hj  telliag  him  tliat  fo»r  Is  a 
certain  aggregate  of  aatts.  Jouwov. 

To  illustrate  one  thing  hy  its  memUaBee  to 
another,  has  heea  alwajs  the  most  popalar  and 
elBcaclous  art  of  ifutructloii.  Jomrsoiu 

Mj  breeding  ahroad  hath  shown  me  mote  of 
tlie  world  than  your*  has  done.       Wbhtwortw. 

TO  EFFACE,  t/.  To  blot  OUt. 

TO  EFFEGlf 'fb  To  accomplis/u 

EFFECT,    CONSEQUENCE^ 

The  effect  and  the  CONSEr 
QUE^CE  agree  in  expressing  that 
which  follows  any  thing,  but  the 
former  marks  what  follows  from  a  con- 
nexion between  the  two  objects ;  the 
consequence  is  not  thus  limited ;  the 
effect  is  that  which  necessarily  flows 
out  of  the  cause,  between  which  the 
connexion  is  so  intimate  that  we  can- 
not think  of  the  one  without  the  other. 
In  the  nature  of  things,  causes  will 
have  effects;  and  for  every  effect 
there  vnll  be  a  cause :  the  consequence, 
on  the  other  hand,  may  be  either  ca- 
sual or  natural ;  it  is  that  on  which  we 
can  calculate.    Effisct  applies  eitW 


EFFECT. 


EFFECTIVE. 


897 


pbysical  or  moral  objects,  coTise- 

€  only  to  moral  subjects. 
There  are  many  diseases  which  are 
effectt  of  mere  intemperance  :  an 
rudent  step  in  one's  lirst  setting 
in  life  is  often  attended  with  fatal 
tamMequencts,  A  mild  answer  has  the 
fffrd  of  turning  away  wrath  :  the  loss 
of  character  is  the  general  consequence 
of  mn  irregular  life. 

A  purioB  fur  pratae  producra  very  pood 
ffftctt,  ^  ADDISO!*. 

Were  it  pouible  for  aaj  tbio:;  in  the  Christian 
tetb  to  be  MTooeouv.  I  cao  And  no  ill  eow*r- 
qmr-nctt  in  adlierin;;  to  it.  Admhon. 

TO   EFFECT,   FROOCCK, 
PERFORM. 

The  two  latter   are  in  reality  in- 
cluded in  the  former ;  what  is  effected 
16  both  produced  and  performed;  but 
what  is  produced  or  performed  is  not 
.  always  e#ec/e<if. 

EFFECJl',   in  Latin  effectus,  parti- 
ciple of  officio,  compounded  of  e  and 
Jucioj  signifies  to  muke  out  any  thing. 
PRODUCE,  from  the  Latin  pri>' 
ducOi  signifies  literally  to  draw  forth. 

PERFORM,  compounded  of  per 
aadform^  signifies  to  form  thoroughly 
or  carry  through. 

To /produce,  signifies  to  bring  some- 
thing forth  or  into  existence ;  to  per^ 
Jorm,  to  do  something  to  the  end  :  to 
effect  is  to  produce  by  performing : 
whatever  is  effected  is  tne  conse- 
quence of  a  specific  design ;  it  always 
requires  therefore  a  rational  agent  to 
effect :  what  is  produced  may  follow 
incidentally,  or  arise  from  the  action 
of  an  irrational  agent  or  an  inanimate 
object ;  what  is  performed  is  done  by 
specific  efforts;  it  is  therefore,  like 
effect,  the  consequence  of  design^  and 
retmires  a  rational  agent. 

jUffect  respects  both  the  end  and 
the  means  by  which  it  is  brought 
about:  produce  respects  the  end  only; 
performy  the  means  only.  No  person 
ought  to  calculate  on  effecting  a  re- 
formation in  the  morals  of  men,  with- 
out the  aid  of  religion :  changes  both 
in  individuals  and  communities  are 
often  produced  by  trifles. 

To  effect  is  said  of  that  which 
emanates  from  the  mind  of  the  agent 
himself;  to  perform,  ofthatwhicT)  is 
marked  out  by  rule,  or  prescribed  by 
another.    We  effect  a  purpose;   we 


perform  a  part,  a  duty  or  office.  A 
true  Christian  is  always  happy  when 
he  can  effect  a  reconciliation  between 
parties  who  are  at  variance :  it  is 
a  laudable  ambition  to  strive  to  per- 
form one's  part  creditably  in  society. 

The  united  powen  of  beU  are  Joined  logethrr 
fbr  th(*  deitructioa  of  mankind,  which  tb^y 
effected  in  part.  Aoiinoir. 

Tboagh  prudimoe  does  lo  a  great  neaaora 
produce  oar  pwd  or  111  fortune,  tbere  are  many 
aaforetrao  ocourrence*  which  pervert  the  floett 
•chraif  a  that  can  be  laid  bj  honau  wftdoo. 

Addi«om. 

Wbrre  there  la  a   power  to  p«j;fi»i-wi,  God 
not  accept  tho  will.  Soim. 


EFFECTIVE,    EFFICIENT, 
EFFECTUAL,  EFFICACIOUS. 

EFFECTIVE  signifies  capable  of 
effecting;  EFFICIENT  signifies  li- 
terally  effecting ;  EFFECTUAL  and 
EFFICACIOUS  signify  having  the 
^ff^ty  or  possessing  the  power  to  efflxt. 
The  former  two  are  used  only  in  regard 
to  physical  objects,  the  latter  two  in 
regard  to  moral  objects.  An  army  or 
a  military  force  is  effective  ;  a  cause 
is  efficient ;  the  remedy  or  cure  is 
effectual ;  the  medicine  is  efficacious. 

The  end  or  result  is  effectual,  the 
means  are  efficacious.  No  effectual 
stop  can  be  put  to  the  vices  of  the 
lower  orders,  while  they  have  a  vi- 
cious example  from  th«r  superiors : 
a  seasonable  exercise  of  severity  on 
an  oflfcnder  is  often  very  Mcaeious  ii| 
(luelling  a  spirit  of  insubordination. 
When  a  thing  is  not  found  effectual^ 
it  is  requisite  to  have  recourse  to 
farther  measures ;  that  which  has 
been  proved  to  be  inefficacious  should 
never  be  adopted. 

I  thould  raspeod  my  eoagratnlatloiiB  ob  the 
new  libertlm  of  France,  nntll  I  was  inlbraied 
bow  It  had  been  combined  with  goff amineBt,  wHh 
the  dbclplioe  of  the  armiea,  and  the  eollectioa 
of  an  ^i^eetlve  rarenne.  Bmuuk 

No  Marcher  has  jet  fbuad  the  f0lelent  canae 
of  sleep.  JoHMOw. 

NoChlng  Bo  effeUuAlijf  daadena  the  taato  of 
the  ittblime,  ai  that  which  It  light  and  cadtant. 

BuuElb 

He  who  labonra  to  \emeu  the  dlgnKj  of  hn- 
man  nature,  dettro^s  many  {^leaetowt  motiVBa 
for  practMng  worthj  actiona,  Wamoh. 

EFFECTS,  V.  Goods. 
EFFECTUAL,   V.  Effei 
KFFBMINATJB,  V.  Fm 


EMBARRASS. 


EMBRYO. 


S99 


quence  speaks  one^s  own  feelinc^ ;  it 
comes  from  the  heart,  a  ad  speaks  to 
the  heart :  0ratory  is  an  imitative  art ; 
it  describes  what  is  felt  by  another. 
EJketifric  is  the  affectation  of  orattny. 

An  afflicted  parent  who  pleads  for 
the  restoration  of  her  child  that  has 
been  torn  from  her,  will  exert  her 
eloquence;  a  counsellor  at  the  bar. 
who  pleads  the  cause  of  his  client,  will 
employ  oratory;  vulgar  partisans  are 
full  of  rhetoric. 

Eloquence  often  consists  in  a  look 
or  an  action ;  oratory  mnst  always  be 
accompanied  with  verbosity.  There  is 
a  dumo  eloquence  which  is  not  denied 
^ven  to  the  brutes,  and  which  speaks 
more  than  all  the  studied  graces  of 
speech  and  action  employed  by  the 
0rai«r. 

Between  eloquence  and  oratory  there 
is  the  same  distinction  as  between 
nature  and  art :  the  former  can  never 
be  perverted  to  any  base  purposes ;  it 
always  speaks  truth:  the  latter  will 
M  eMily  serve  the  purposes  of  fidse- 
hood  as  «f  truth. 

The  political  partisan  who  paints 
the  miseries  of  the  poor  in  glowing 
kmguage  and  artful  periods,  may  oflen 
have  oratory  enough  to  excite  dis* 
tatis^Ktion  against  the  government, 
without  having  eloquence  to  describe 
what  he  really  feels. 

Soft  tffocteffon  doettby  g^jla  leaowo, 

Aad  tie  aavetC  aceevtsortiM  pcMalM  fovB, 

fltetleor  ikmxp  wconHnr  to  dgr  cli»ic* 

To  latfh  at  felli»  ar  to  larii  at  vice.     Datsbx. 

SoflM  olbar  ^oeCa  kaow  the  ait  of  ■peaktaf 
vail;  bat  VirffI,  bejondthL%  knew  thcadaif^ 
aUe  Mcrec  of  beiae  eUfuentfy  •llent.      Walsb. 

At  huA  aad  Irra^lar  Monds  h  oot  btmoiv, 
to  eeitker  b  banging  a  caahlon  eraiory,  Svirr. 

Be  bat  a  penon  In  credit  whh  the  araltitade, 
he  tball  be  aUe  to  make  popalar  rambltog  staff 
|Mi  fbr  klgb  rhetoric  aad  movlaf  picaebbig. 


BLOQ0SNCE,   V.  EloCtttum. 

TO  ELUCIDATE,  V.  To  explain. 
TO  ELUDE,  V.  To  cscape. 

TO   ELUDE,   V.  To  UVOld* 

TO  EMANATE,  V.  To  arisc. 

TO  EMBARRASS,    PERPLEX, 
BNTANGUB. 

EMBARRASS,  v.  Difficulty. 
PERPLEX,  r.  To  distresi. 
ENTANGLE,  v.  To  disengage. 

9 


Embarran  respects  the  manners  or 
circumstances ;  perplex  the  views  and 
conduct;  eirtangi^issaidof  particolar 
circumstances.  Embarroitments  de- 
pend altogether  on  ourselves:  the 
want  of  prudence  and  presence  of  mind 
are  the  common  causes  ;  perplexUiee 
depend  on  extraneous  circumstances 
as  wetfas  oursdves;  extensive  deal- 
ings with  others  are  mostly  attend- 
ed with  perplexities:  er^nglements 
arise  mofltly  from  the  evil  designs  of 
others. 

That  emharrmsei  which  interrupts 
the  even  course  or  progress  of  one^ 
actions :  that  perplexes  which  inter- 
feres  with  oneS  decisions:  that  en- 
tan0les  which  binds  a  person  in  his 
actions.  Pecuniary  ififficulties  emhar^ 
rass,  or  contending  feelings  produce 
emharrasimetU :  contrary  counsels  or 
interests  perplex :  law-suits  entangle^ 
Steadiness  of  mind  prevents  emoeu^ 
rassment  in  the  outward  behaviour. 
Firmness  of  character  is  requisite  in 
the  midst  of  perplexities :  caution 
must  be  employed  to  guard  against 
entanglements* 

Ccnraotai  had  an  isaA  kladiHi*  f<«  Doa 
Qalxote,  that  however  he  embmmu$a  Uai  with 
abtard  dlitfccset,  he  flvei  htni  to  nncb  itMe 
and  rtftue  a«  om/  piemte  oar  eiteeoi. 


It  la  aearerty  yowlbla  In  <be  ragabwlty  aad 
coBipalMa  of  the  pnmt  tiaw«  to  haage  the 
tamalt  of  abiiurilltjr  aad  elaaMMr  of  costiadiotlaa 
vbidi  perplexed  doetrlae,  dhordered  praetlet*, 
aad  distarhed  both  pabllc  aad  private  qaM  la 
the  ttee  of  the  TC%dliea.  Jonanev. 

f  pfvaanie  yea  do  aot  enUUfg^  jowmUr  la 
the  parttealar  ceatiofefilia  beCweea  the  Robmo* 
lita  and  aa.  Clabbdimmi. 

EMBARRASSMENTS,    V.    Diffi^ 

cultiesm 

TO  EMBELLISH,   O.  To  odom. 

EMBLEM,  v»  Figure, 

TO  EMBOLDEN,   V.   To  enCOU" 

rage. 

TO   EMBRACE,   t;.   To  closp. 

TO  EMBRACE,  V.  To  comprtze* 

EMBRYO,   FCETUS. 

EMBRYO,  in  French  embroyon, 
Greek  e/^c^pvoi,  from  $fvte  to  germinate, 
signifies  the  thing  germinatsd.  FC£- 
TVS,  in  French  fetus,  Latin /atfuf, 
(rom/oveo  to  cherish,   signifies  the 


EMPIRE 

!MOL0MENT|  t;.  Gain. 
:motion,  v.  Agitation. 
KBfPHASis,  V,  Stress. 

XMPIRB,   KINGDOM. 

'BOUG  H  these  two  words  obviously 
to  two  species  of  states,  where 
iDces  assume  the  title  of  either 
ror  or  king,  yet  the  difference 
Ma  them  is  not  limited  to  this 

COfXI. 

lie  word  EMPIRE  carries  with 
idea»of  a  state  that  is  vast,  and 
osed  of  many  different  people ; 
of  KINGDOM  marks  a  state 
limited  in  extent,  and  united  in 
imposition.  In  kingdoms  there 
nitbrmity  of  fundamental  laws  ; 
ifierence  in  regard  to  particular 
Mr  modes  of  jurisprudence  being 
f  variations  from  custom,  which 
t  effect  the  unity  of  political  ad- 
tntion.  From  this  uniformity, 
I,  in  the  functions  of  government, 
&y  trace  the  origin  of  the  words 
lod  kingdom  ;  since  there  is  but 
rince  or  sovereign  ruler,  although 
may  be  many  employed  in  the 
tistration.  With  empire*  it  is 
mt :  one  part  is  sometimes  go- 
1  by  fundamental  laws,  very 
uit  from  those  by  which  an- 
part  of  the  same  empire  is 
ira;  which  diversity  ucstrnys 
nity  of  government,  and  makes 
lion  of  the  slate  to  consist  in  the 
ssion  of  certain  chiefs  to  the 
lands  of  a  superior  general  or 
From  this  very  right  of  com- 
ing, then,  it  is  evident  that  the 
empire  and  emperor  derive  their 
;  and  hence  it  is  that  there 
be  many  princes  or  sovereigns 
ingdoms  in  the  same  empire, 
B  &rther  illustration  uf  these 
,  we  need  only  look  to  their  ai)- 
.on  from  the  earliest  ages  in 
they  were  used,  down  to  the 
it  period.  Tlie  word  king  had 
stence  long  prior  to  that  i)f  em' 
being  doubtless  derived,  through 
anncl  of  the  northern  hin^iiagos, 
he  Hebrew  cahen  a  priest,  since 
se  ages  of  primitive;  siniplicity, 
:  the  lust  of  (louiinion  had  led 
)  extension  of  power  and  con- 
he  who  pertunneMl   the  sacer- 

*  Via«  AbbABiozM: 


EMPIRE. 


401 


dotal  oflfice  was  unanimously  regarded 
as  the  fittest  person  to  dischai^e  the 
civil  fanctions  for  the  community.  So 
in  like  manner  among  the  Romans  the 
corresponding  word  rex,  which  comes 
from  rtgOf  and  the  Hebrew  regna  to 
feed,  signifies  a  pastor  or  shepherd, 
because  he  who  filled  the  office  acted 
both  spiritually  and  civilly  as  their 
guide.  Rome  therefore  was  first  a 
kingdom,  while  it  was  fonned  of  only 
one  people :  it  acquired  the  name  of 
empire  as  soon  as  other  nations  were 
brought  into  subjection  to  it,  and  be- 
came members  of  it;  not  by  losing 
their  distinctive  character  as  nations, 
but  by  submittine  themselves  to  the 
supreme  command  of  their  conquerors. 

For  the  same  reason  the  German 
empire  was  so  denominated,  because 
it  consisted  of  several  states  inde- 
pendent of  each  other,  yet  all  subject 
to  on€f  ruler  or  emperor ;  so  likewise 
the  Russian  empire,  the  Ottoman  em^ 
pire,  and  the  Mogul  empire,  which 
are  composed  of  different  nations  :  and 
on  the  other  hand  the  kingdom  of 
Spain,  of  Portugal,  of  France,  and  of 
England,  all  of  which,  though  divided 
into  different  provinces,  were,  never- 
theless, one  people,  having  but  one 
ruler.  While  France,  however,  in- 
cluded man;jr  distinct  countries  within 
its  jurisdiction,  it  properly  assumed 
the  name  of  an  empire ;  and  England 
having  by  a  legislative  act  united  to 
itself  a  country  distinct  both  for  its 
laws  and  customs,  has  likewise,  with 
equal  propriety,  been  denominated  the 
British  empire, 

A  kingdom  can  never  reach  to  the 
extent  of  an  empire,  for  the  unity  of 
government  and  adminibtration  wlbich 
constitutes  its  leading  feature  cannot 
reach  so  far;  and  at  the  same  time 
re<iuires  more  time  than  the  simple 
exercise  of  superiority,  and  the  right 
of  receiving  certain  marks  of  homage, 
which  suffice  to  form  an  empire.  Al- 
though a  kingdom  may  not  be  free, 
yet  an  empire  can  scarcely  )>c  other* 
wise  than  despotic  in  its  form  of  go- 
vernment. Power,  when  exten&d 
and  ramified,  as  it  must  unavoidably 
be  in  an  empire,  derives  no  aid  from 
the  personal  influence  of  the  sove- 
reign, and  requires  therefore  to  \ 
dealt  out  in  portions  far  too  peat 
**  Erapint,  rojaooM.** 

12  D 


EMPTY. 


ENCOMIUM.         405 


ntly  belong  to  another ;  but 
one  uses  is  supposed  to  be  his 
ive  property.  On  this  ground 
My  speak  ot  employing  persons, 
ill  as  things ;  but  we  speak  of 
things  only,  and  not  persons, 
person,  the  time,  the  strength, 
be  power,  are  employed  ;  houses, 
Dvey  and  all  materials,  are  usedf 
udti  either  necessities  or  conve- 
es  are  composed.  It  is  a  part  of 
im  to  employ  the  short  portion 
lie  well,  which  is  allotted  to  us 
lis  sublunary  state,  and  to  use 
vam  of  this  world  so  as  not  to 
I  them.  No  one  is  exculpated 
the  geilt  of  an  immoral  action, 
Sering  himself  to  be  employed  as 
itniment  to  serve  the  purposes 
locher :  we  ought  to  use  our 
It  endeavours  to  abstain  from  all 
xion  with  such  as  wish  to  im- 
e  us  in  their  guilty  pracdces. 

BodHke Hector!  all  tby  force  emptogi 
lie  all  tk*  united  bands  of  Troy.       Ponb 

t  thn  broad  belt,  wltb  gay  embrold^ 
f»eVI, 

iM,  the  cordet  from  his  breast  unbracM  ; 
■cfcM  the  Mood,  and  ioT*rri|Kn  balm  In* 
fU>d, 
Chtaoo  cafe,  and  /Bwnlaphu  ufd. 

POWB. 

IPLOTMBNT,   Vm  BustnCSS. 

IPOWER,  V.  Commission. 

IMPTY,  VACANT,  VOID, 
DBVOID. 

[PTY,  in  Saxon  empti,  not  im- 
bly  derived  from  the  Latin  ino^tt 
)r  wantii^. 

.CANT,  m  Latin  vacans  or  tmco, 
!w  bekak  to  empty. 
ID  and    DEVOID,    in    Latin 
r,  and  Greek  .hor,  signifies  soli- 
r  bereft. 

pty  is  the  term  in  most  general 
vacant,  void,  and  devotd,  are 
jred  in  particular  cases:  empty 
acant  have  either  a  proper  or 
iroper  application  ;  void  or  de^ 
ily  a  moral  acceptation. 
P^,  in  tlic  natural  sense,  marks 
lence  of  that  which  is  substan- 
ir  adapted  for  filling;  vacant 
ates  or  marks  the  absence  of 
irhich  flhould  occupy  or  make 
a  thintr.  That  which  is  hollow 
»e  cjupty ;  that  which  respects 
en  space  may  be  vacant,    A 


house  is  empty  vildcik  has  no  inha- 
bitants; a  seat  is  vacant  which  is 
without  an  occupant :  aroomism/i(y 
which  is  without  furniture;  a  space 
on  paper  is  vacant  which  is  free  from 
writing. 

In  the  figurative  application  empty 
and  vacant  haVe  a  sinnlar  analogy  :  a 
dream  is  said  to  be  empty,  or  a  tide 
empty;  a  stare  is  said  to  be  vacant 
or  an  hour  vacant.  Void  or  devoid 
are  used  in  the  same  sense  as  vacant, 
as  qualifying  epithets,  but  not  pre- 
fixed as  adjectives,  and  always  fol- 
lowed by  some  object ;  thus  we  speak 
of  a  creature  as  void  of  reason,  and 
of  an  indiTidual  as  devoid  of  common 
sense. 

To  hoBor  Thetb*  eoa  be  bends  bla  care. 
And  plOBfe  the  Greeks  In  all  tbe  woes  of  war; 
Then  bids  an  emptg  pbaatom  rlxe  to  slybt. 
And  thoa  cenmands  the  visioa  of  tbe  night. 

Pops. 

An  inqnisltiTe  man  b  a  creature  naturally 
vety  vmetmt  of  tboi^ht  In  Itsdf,  and  thenlbre 
forced  to  apply  Itself  to  fbrrfgn  asilstanee. 


My  aeit  derire  Is,  mid  of  eave  and  stHA% 
Tdlead  a  aoll^  secnie,  taglorioas  life.  DBTDm . 

We  I^IBS  are  not  so  devHd  of  sense. 
Nor  so  nawte  Drma  noibo^  lafloenee. 

Dmybsv. 

EMPTT,  V.  Hollow. 

EMULATION,  V.  Competition. 
TO  ENCHANT,  V.  To  chorm. 

TO  ENCIRCLE,  I.  To  SUITOUnd, 

TO  ENCLOSE,  V.  To  drcumscribe. 

ENCOMIUM,    EULOGY, 
PANEGVRIC. 

ENCOMIUM,  in  Greek  %y%»iJuio', 
signified  a  set  or  fi^rm  of  verses,  use<l 
for  the  purposes  of  praise. 

EULOGY,  in  Greek  ii/Xs^m  from 
It;  and  ^o;^^^,  signifies  well  spoken,  or 
a  good  word  for  any  one. 

PANEGYRIC,  in  Greek  ^r-wy^p*- 
x:r,  from  "Vac  the  whole,  and  f^y^a. 
an  assembly,  signifies  that  which  is 
spoken  before  an  assembly,  a  solemn 
oration. 

The  idea  of  praise  is  common  to 
all  these  terms;  but  the  first  seeras 
more  properly  applied  to  the  things  or 
the  unconscious  object;  the  second  ta- 
the  person  in  general,  or  to  the  che-- 
racters  and  actions  of  meu  in  general 
the  third  to  the  persoo  of  some  p«| 

9  d2 


ENCOURAGE. 


ENCOURAGE.   405 


by  His  pecuniary  embarrassmentt  to 
twne  moaey  at  a  ^at  loss. 

We  may  be  impelled^  wrged,  and 
ttimmltOed  to  tbat  which  is  bad ;  we 
are  never  hutigaied  to  that  which  is 
good:  wemaybetMp6//edbycuria0ity 
to  pry  into  that  which  does  not  con- 
eem  as ;  we  may  be  urged  by  the  en- 
treaties of  those  we  are  connected 
with  to  taJce  steps  of  which  we  after- 
wards repent ;  we  may  be  ttimuUUed 
by  a  desire  of  revenge  to  many  fool 
deeds ;  but  those  who  are  not  hard- 
ened in  vice  require  the  intiigaiion 
of  persons  more  abandoned  than  tbem- 
selVesi  before  they  will  commit  any 
desperate  act  of  wickedness. 

The  enecnmgement  and  incUtmaU 
are  the  abstract  nouns  either  for  the 
act  of  etKouraging  or  incitingf  or  the 
thing  that  encouragei  or  incUei :  the 
eneouragemeni  of  bmdable  undertak- 
ings is  itself  laudable ;  a  single  word 
or  look  may  be  an  encouragement: 
the  incUemeiU  of    passion  is  at  all 
times  dangerous,  but  particularly  in 
youth ;  money  is  said  to  be  an  tnciVe- 
ment  to  evil.    IncenthCf  which  is  an- 
other derivative  (h>m    ineUe,    has  a 
higher  application  for  things  that  incite 
than  the  word  incitement ;  the  latter 
being  mostly  applied  to  sensible,  and 
the  former  to  spiritual  objects:    sa- 
voury food  is   an    incitement  to  sen- 
sualists to  indulge  in  gross  acts  of  in- 
temperance: a  relt^ous  man  wants 
no  incentive    to  virtues;    his  own 
breast  furnishes  him  with  those  of  the 
noblest  kind.      Impulsei^  the  deriva- 
tive from  impels  which  denotes  the 
act  of  impelling;  stimulus,  which  is 
the  root  of  the  word  stimulate,  natu- 
rally designates  the  instrument,  name- 
ly, the  spur  or  goad  with  which  one  is 
stimulated :  hence  we  speak  of  acting 
by  a  blind  impulse^  or  wanting  a  sth- 
mulus  to  exertion, 

Bfcry  Ban  enfouraget  the  practice  of  tkat 
viee  which  be  eoqiaiita  ia  appearance,  tbongji  he 
anshb  It  fa  feet.  HAwmwoRm. 

He  that  prosecatet  a  lawfol  purpoae,  bj  law 
f«1  ■eui%  acta  alwaj*  with  the  approbation  of  hie 
ova  f««K»a :  he  ia  animaied  thraegb  the  eoene 
of  hia  eodea? een  bj  an  expectation  which  he 
ka0wi  tp  be  ject.  Joaxaoii, 

While  a  rfffatful  claioti  to  pteaaure  or  to  afla* 
eaee  roost  be  procured  either  by  alow  iadeatry  or 
•neertain  hasard,  there  will  alwaja  be  naltitadee 
whoa  eowaidke  or  impetieace  inciU  to 
■■fe  and  speidjr  aMKheda  efBettfaf 


ThM,  while  anaad  the  warn 

•mH^BOtMuM 

MmpeU  the  aatifea  to  npeaied  toll. 

ladaitiloM  hahHa  ia  eaeh  be 

mmnHgiu 

The  nnglitrate  caaaoC  wrye  ohedleare  vpoa 
lek  potent  fienada  an  theaUaiater.         Boom. 

For  every  want  that  HimuimUf  the  bieaat 
Bar  nawi  a  aoaree  ef  pleawfe  whea  redjat. 

OoLBaaum. 

Theie  are  Anr  ttuUgaitnu  ia  tlila  eoaatry  te 
abreaehofoeaftdeace.  HAWxBiwoan* 

TO  ENCO0RA6E|  ADVANCE,  PRO* 
MOTE,  PREFER,   FORWARD. 

TO  ENCOURAGE,  v.  Toencou* 
rage,  animate. 

ADVANCE,  V.  To  advance. 

PROMOTE,  from  the  Latin  pro- 
maveo,  signifies  to  move  forward. 

PREFER,  from  the  Latin  prmferro 
ovfero  and  pre  to  set  before,  signifies 
to  set  up  before  others. 

TO  FORWARD  is  to  put  forward. 

The  idea  of  exerting  one's  influence 
to  the  advantage  of  an  object  is  in- 
cluded in  the  signification  of  all  these 
terms,  which  differ  in  the  circum- 
stances and  mode  of  the  action :  to 
encourage,  advance,  and  promote,  aro 
applicable  to  both  persons  and  things ; 
prefer  to  persons  only ;  forward  to 
thinps  only. 

first  as  to  persons,  encourage  is 

partial  as  to  the  end,  and  iudehnite 

as  to  the  means:  we  may  encourage 

^  person  in  any  thing  however  trivial, 

and  by  any  means :  thus  we  may  en^ 

courage  a  child  in  his  rudeness,  by 

not  checking  him;  or  we  may  encou^ 

rage  an  artist  or  man  of  letters  in 

some  great  national  work ;  but  to  ad» 

vance,  promote,  and  prefer,  are  more 

general  in  tbeirjend,  and  specific  in 

the  means  :  a  person  may  advance 

himself,  or  may  be  advanced  bv  others ; 

be  is  promoted  and  preferred  only  by 

others:  a  person's  advancement  may 

be  the  fruit  of  his  industry,  or  result 

from  the  eflforts  of  his  fnends  )  pro^ 

n^ion  and  preferment  are  the  work 

of  one's  friends;  theformeif  In  regard 

to  offices  in  general,  the  latter  mostly 

in  regard  to  ^cdes'iastical  situations  ( 

i^  is  the  duty  of  every  one  to  en- 

courage^  to  the  utoiioat  of  his  power, 

those  among  the  poor  who  strive  to 

obtain  an  honest  liveUh<x>d ;  it  is  every 

man's  duty  to  advance  himself  in  lira 

by  every  legitimate  means  ;  it  is  the 

duty  and  Um  pleasure  of  tvtry  good 


406       ENCOURAGE. 


ENCROACH. 


man  in  the  state  to  promote  those  who 
show  themselves  deserving  of  prcmth 
tion  ;  it  is  the  duty  of  a  minister  to 
accept  of  prtferment  when  it  oSm, 
but  it  is  not  his  duty  to  be  solicitous  ibr 
it. 

When  taken  io  regard  to  things 
encourage  is  used  in  an  improper  or 
figurative  acceptation;  the  rest  are 
applied  properly :  if  we  encourage  an 
undertaking,  we  give  courage  to  the 
undertaker ;  but  when  we  advance  a 
cause,  or  promote  an  interest,  or  for- 
ward a  purpose,  they  properiy  convey 
the  idea  of  keeping  things  alive,  or  in 
a  motion  towards  some  desired  end  : 
to  advance  is  however  generally  used 
in  relation  to  whatever  admits  of  ex- 
tension and  a^randizement ;  promdte 
is  applied  to  whatever  admits  of  being 
brought  to  a  point  of  maturity  or  per- 
fection ;  forward  .is  but  a  partial  term, 
employed  in  the  sense  of  promote  in 
regard  to  particular  objects :  thus  we 
advance  religion  or  learning;  vie  pro- 
mote an  art  or  an  invention ;  vie  for- 
ward a  plan. 

Retl^don  dependi  opoa  Ae  enc9ura§nnmi 
of  thoM  that  vt  to  dlip«aN  and  %mmt  IC 


"So  VDMnH  lot  ft  10  unalterably  llzBd  iathto 
life,  bat  that  a  thootand  acddnti  may  either 
Ibnrard  or  diaappoiat  bis  advancemenU 

RMBti. 

Toor  seal  in  promtiHng  my  inteifit  deanrfea 
my  warmeit  a^oowkdgemeota.  Bbatixb. 

If  I  were  now  to  accept  jfr^erment  In  the 
clmrA,  I  theuld  be  apprebenshre  that  I  m<Kht 
■treogthea  the  haadi  of  the  {aiaiaym. 

Bbattiv. 

The  great  eneouragtment  mhkh  has  been 
gifen  to  leamlof  for  some  jeart  last  past,  has 
made  o«r  own  nation  as  f^lorious  upon  this  ac- 
count  aa  for  Its  late  triumphs  and  conqaests. 

Addisoh. 

I  lore  to  see  a  man  Makms  to  a  good  matter, 
•ad  especially  when  his  seal  shows  ttteif  for 
•AMmcfng  BDoralHy,  and  preMoCing  the  happi* 
I  of  mankind.  Adomoii. 


prise  is  roused.  Success  enamni^et  ^ 
the  chance  of  escaping  danger  em> 
hoUUm, 

Outward  circumstances,  however 
trivial,  serve  to  encourage  ;  the  uigeacy 
of  the  occasion,  or  the  impoitanoe  of 
soi^ect,  serves  to  embolden :  a  kind 
vrord  or  a  gentle  look  enconragei  the 
suppliant  to  tender  his  petition ;  when 
the  cause  of  truth  ami  religioa  is  at 
stake,  the  firm  believer  is  anholdened 
to  speak  out  with  freedom :  timid  dis- 
positions are  not  to  be  eneourmg§d 
always  by  trivial  circumstances,  bat 
sanguine  dispositions  are  easiiy  ei»- 
holdened ;  the  most  flattering  repraean- 
tations  of  friends  are  frequently  maoefr- 
sary  to  encourage  the  display  of  talent ; 
the  confidence  natural  to  youth  isofben 
sufficient  of  itself  to  embolden  men  to 
great  undertakings. 

lativpid  throt^ihtiie  midst  of  danger  fra, 
Their  frteads  encourage  and  aaiaae-die  Ibe. 

Dai 


It  behoves  us  not  to  be  wanting  to  onrMlves  hi 
Jbrwerding  the  intention  of  nature  by  the  culture 
of  our  flsindf .  Bsbkbibt. 

TO  ENCOURAGB,  BMBOLDBN. 

TO  ENCOURAGE  is  to  give  con- 
rage,  and  to  EMBOLDEN  to  make 
bold  ;  the  former  impelling  to  action 
in  general,  the  latter  to  that  which  is 
more  difficult  or  dangerous :  we  are 
encouraged  to  persevere;  the  resolu- 
tion is  thereby  confirmed :  we  are  em* 
boldcned  to  begin ;  the  spirit  of  «ntei> 


Emboldened  then,  nor  hethatSog  more, 
Fkst,  fast,  they  plunge  amid  the  flashing  wave. 

TaoKsoH. 

TO    ENCROACH, INTRENCH,    IN- 
TRUDE, INVADE,  INFRINGE. 

ENCROACH,  in  French  encroach- 
erf  is  compounded  of  en  or  in  and 
crouch  cnnge  or  creep,  signifying  to 
creep  into  any  thing. 

INTRENCH,  compounded  of  in 
and  trenchf  signifies  to  trench  or  dig 
beyond  one's  own  ground  into  an- 
otner*s  ground. 

INTRUDE,  from  the  Latin  in- 
trudOf  signifies  literally  to  thrust  u|>on ; 
and  INVADE,  from  invado,  signifies 
to  march  in  upon. 

INFRINGE,  from   the  Latin  in- 
fringo  compounded  of  tn  and  frango^ 
signifies  to  break  in  upon. 

All  these  terms  denote  an  unau- 
thorized procedure ;  but  the  two  for- 
mer designate  gentle  or  silent  actions, ' 
the  latter  violent  if  not  noisy  actions. 

Encroach  is  of^en  an  imperceptible 
action,  performed  with  such  art  as  to 
elude  observation ;  it  is,  according  to 
its  derivation,  an  insensible  creeping 
into  :  intrench  is  in  fact  a  species  of 
encroachment^  namely,  that  percepti- 
ble species  which  consists  in  exceemng 
the  boundaries  in  marking  out  the 
ground  or  space :  it  should  be  one  of 
the  firstobjects  of  a  parent  to  check  the 
first  indications  of  an  encroaching  dis- 


£KCROA€H. 


END. 


407 


IMMitkn  In  tlrair  dnldren;  aceorditi|; 
to  the  building  laws,  it  is  made  acdoir- 
able  for  any  one  to  inifinch  cipon  dm 
"Street  or  public  road  wim  their 
iiooses  or  gardens. 

Encroach  and  inirench  respect 
pro(>erty  only;  iiUrudey  invade^  and 
ii^ringef  are  nwd  with  regard  to  otiber 
objects:  tafnufe and  tfivdde designate 
an  nnantborized  entrr;  the  former  in 
violation  of  right  equity  or  good  man- 
nars ;  the  latter  in  violation  of  public 
law:  the  former  is  more  commonly 
applied  to  individuals ;  the  latter  to 
nations  or  large  cornmnnities :  unbid- 
den guests  tn/raiie  themselres  some- 
times into  fitmilies  to  their  no  small 
annoyance :  an  army  never  irroadet  a 
country  without  doing  some  mischief: 
nothing  evinces  greater  ignorance  and 
impertinence  than  to  intrude  ont^n  self 
into  any  company  where  we  may  of 
course  expect  to  be  unwelcome ;  in  the 
fcodal  times,  when  civil  power  was  in- 
vested in  the  hands  of  the  nobility  and 
pettj  princes,  they  were  incessantly  tn- 
vadtng  each  other's  territories. 

Ltiade  has  likewise  an  improper  as 
wril  as  a  proper  acceptation ;  m  the 
former  case  it  Dears  a  close  analogy  to 
infringe:  we  speak  of  i/ira(/inf  rights, 
or  ittfringing  rights;  but  Uie  for- 
mer is  an  act  of  greater  violence  than 
the  latter :  by  a  tyrannical  and  arbi- 
trary exercise  of  power  the  rights  of 
the  subject  are  invaded ;  by  gradual 
steps  and  imperceptible  means  their 
liberties  mav  be  inSfringed :  invade  is 
used,  only  for  public  privileges;  in- 
fringe is  applied  also  to  private  and 
individual. 

King  John  of  England  invaded  the 
rights  of  the  Barons  in  so  senseless 
and  arbitrary  a  manner  as  to  provoke 
their  resistance,  and  thus  promote  the 
cause  of  civil  liberty ;  it  is  of  import- 
ance to  the  peace  and  well-beine  of 
society  that  men  should,  in  their  differ- 
ent relations,  stations,  and  dudes, 
guard  against  any  infringement  on  the 
sphere  or  department  of  such  as  come 
into  the  closest  connexion  with  them. 

It  b  obMTfed  bj  one  of  the  fitben  tbat  he 
vbo  rettniiM  himielf  in  tbe  ate  of  tbingt  Uwfnl 
will  never  encfaeh  npoa  thiost  forMdden. 

JOBNMm. 

Rdifloa  entrenchtt  upon  none  of  ov  prlvl- 
l(Se*i<atMi^noMofoarp1etiuea>        Soma. 


Om  ef  tfes  dkrcMnstwMet  of  tte  goMrB 
■fB^  ef  tbeifeiavUekBMhereaienordangar 
hnd  talnMM  ea  muUmA^  li  the  ni—iunHj  of 
poQiwrioM.  Joniuoa. 

Ko  Mooer  woe  hli  igFW  In  ilwnber  boend, 
WbflB  from  nbove  r»M«  tbna  aortnl  wond 
Jhwmda  his  enn.  DnTBOr. 

Tke  Klng^  putiMnt  mahrtained  that,  while  the 
friaee  eenkiDeadi  bo  Hrillttry  ftnoe,  be  wfll  la 
fain  by  fMaee  afttenfC  wm  ififr^ig0$Mnt  af 
tevf  to  elaaitjr  deAoedl^Bicanaoflaiadlipatea. 

Unu. 

TO  SNOUMBER,  V.To  dog. 

BNcycLOPEDiA,  V,  Dictwnory. 
BND5  V*  Aim. 

TO  END,   CLOSE,   TERMINATE. 

To  bring  any  thin^  to  its  last  point 
is  the  common  idea  m  the  signification 
of  these  terms. 

To  END  is  the  simple  action  of 
putting  an  end  to,  without  any  colla- 
teral idea ;  it  is  therefore  the  generic 
term.  To  CLOSE  is  to  <nd  gradually. 
To  TERMINATE  is  to  end  in  a  spe- 
cific manner.  There  are  persons  even 
in  dvilized  countries  so  ignorant  as, 
like  the  brutes,  to  end  their  lives  as 
they  be^an  them,  without  one  rational 
reflection  :  the  Christian  cloui  his 
career  of  active  duty  only  with  the 
fiulure  of  his  bodily  powers.  A  person 
end$  a  dispute,  or  puts  and  end  to  it, 
by  yielding  the  subject  of  contest ;  ho 
terminates  the  dispute  by  entering 
into  a  compromise. 

Greece  la  her  single  heroes  itrove  in  ?aln, 

Now  hoifei  oppose  thee,  and  thoa  araot  be  ilala  t 

80  ihall  mj  daji  in  one  tad  Inner  ran. 

And  end  with  torrows  as  tbrj  flnt  bcfaa.Pors. 

Ofe•Ce^  Aoaniaa,  In  flrept  appear, 

And  CBaoeaam  aad  Thooo  eiote  tbe  rear. 

At  t  had  a  mind  to  know  bow  eaeh  of  tbeee 
roada  femrfAoted;  I  joined  njaelf  wMI  the  a»- 
seaUj  that  were  la  theloweraad  vlpeerof  tbeir 
ace,aBdealledthenfelveitliebaBd  efloffn. 

AlSUOM. 


END,    EXTREMITT. 

Both  these  words  imply  the  last 
of  those  parts  which  constitute  a 
thing;  but  the  END  designates  that 
part  generally;  the  EXTREMmr 
marks  the  particular  point.  The 
extremity  is  trom  the  Latin  extremm 
the  very  last  end,  that  which  is  outer- 
most. Hence  the  end  may  be  said  of 
that  which  bounds  any  things  but  er- 
tremity  of  that  which  extends  fkrthest 


ENDEAVOUR. 


ENEMY. 


409 


mieawmTf  Uw  Utter  a  oontiniMd 
stroDC  endeavour.  The  endeavour  it 
called  forth  \jy  ordinary  circum- 
•tanees;  the  ejfort  and  exertion  by 
those  wliich  are  extraordinary.  The 
endeavour  ^ws  out  of  the  condition 
of  our  being  and  constitution;  as 
rational  and  responsible  agents  we 
most  make  daily  endeavoun  to  fit 
onrselTes  for  an  hereafter;  as  will- 
ing and  necessitous  agents,  we  use 
injar  endeavours  to  obtain  such  things 
as  are  agreeable  or  needful  for  us: 
when  a  particolar  emeigency  arises 
we  make  a  great  effort ;  and  when  a 
serious  object  is  to  be  obtained  we 
make  suitable  exertions. 

The  endeavour  is  indefinite  both  as 
to  the  end  and  the  means ;  the  end 
may  be  immediate  or  remote;  the 
means  ma^  be  either  direct  or  indi- 
rect :  but  m  the  effort  the  end  is  im- 
mediate; the  means  are  direct  and 
personal :  we  may  either  make  an 
endeavour  to  get  into  a  room,  or  we 
may  make  an  eruieavour  to  obtain  a 
situation  in  life ;  but  we  make  efforts 
to  speaky  or  we  make  efforts  to  get 
throush  a  crowd.  The  endeavour  may 
cAll  forth  one  or  many  powers ;  the 
effort  calls  forth  but  one  power :  the 
endeavour  to  please  in  soaety  is  lau- 
dable, if  it  do  not  lead  to  vicious  coro- 
]>lianGes ;  it  is  a  laudable  effort  of  for- 
titude to  suppress  our  complaints  in 
the  moment  of  suffering.  The  exer- 
jticn  is  as  comprehensive  in  its  mean- 
ing as  the  endeavour^  and  as  positive 
as  the  effort;  but  the  endeavour  is 
most  commonly,  and  the  effort  always, 
applied  to  individuals  only ;  whereas 
the  exertion  is  applicable  to  nations 
as  well  as  individuals.  A  tradesman 
uses  his  best  endeavours  to  please  his 
customers :  a  combatant  makes  de- 
sperate efforts  to  overcome  his  anta- 
gonist :  a  candidate  for  literary  or 
parliamentary  honours  uses  great  £jr- 
ertions  to  surpass  his  rival;  a  nation 
uses  great  exertions  to  raise  a  navy  or 
extend  its  commerce. 

To  walk  wftb  circomfpcctioa  and  sCeadlnen  ia 
the  right  jMth  oQffhC  to  be  the  constant  emlea- 
rowr  of  every  rational  being.  Jomiaoiv. 

The  Intoeace  of  cuttom  Is  snch,  that  to  eon- 
qoer  it  vUl  ^eqnire  the  atmoiC  effinU  of  flMti- 
IndeandTlitne.  Jousoii. 

The  diaeoBiAtvfes  which  the  repuhUe  ot  a»- 


wifaniil^  calM  fbith 
■ev  ecerfloiit.  Bimsc 

BNDLBSS,  V.  Eternal. 
TO  BNDow,  v.  To  invest. 

BNDOWMBNT,   V.  Gift. 

ENDURANCE,  V.  Patience. 
TO  ENDURE,  V.  To  suff^er. 

ENEMY,   lOE,   ADVERSARYi 
OPPONENT,   ANTAGONIST. 

£NEMYy  in  Latin  inimeus  com* 
pounded^  of  ia  privative  and  amicus  a 
friend,  si^ifies  one  that  is  unfiiendlv. 

FOE,  m  Saxon  fah  most  probably 
froni  the  old  Teutonic  jian  to  hate, 
signifies  one  that  bears  a  hatred. 

ADVERSARY,  in  Latin  adoer^ 
sarins  from  adversus  against,  signifies 
one  that  takes  part  against  another ; 
adversarius  in  Latin  was  particularly 
apolied  to  those  who  contested  a  point 
in  law  with  another. 

OPPONENT,  in  Latin  opponem 
participle  of  oppono  or  obpono  to  place 
m  the  way,  signifies  one  pitted  against 
another. 

ANTAGONIST,  in  Greek  «t.. 
ymnt9i  compounded  of  am  and  «ywi- 
(a»f4,tn  to  contend  against,  signifies  one 
struggling  against  another. 

An  enemy  is  not  so  formidable  as  a 
foe;  the  former  may  be  reconciled, 
but  the  latter  remains  always  deadly* 
An  enemy  may  be  so  in  spirit,  in  ac* 
tion,  or  in  relation ;  a  foe  is  always 
so  in  spirit,  if  not  in  action  hkewise : 
a  man  may  be  im  enemy  to  himself, 
though  not  a  foe.  Those  who  are 
national  or  pohtical  enemies  are  oftea 
private  friends,  but  2ifoe  is  never  anr 
thing  but  aybe.  A  single  act  may 
create  an  enemy^  but  continued  war* 
&re  will  create  3,  foe, 

Enemies  are  either  public  or  pri- 
vate, collective  or  personal;  in  the 
latter  sense  the  word  enemy  is  most 
analogous  in  signification  to  that  of  ad^ 
versary^  opponent,  antagonist.  *Ene» 
mies  seek  to  injure  each  other  com- 
monly firom  a  sentiment  of  hatred; 
the  heart  is  always  more  or  lest 
implicated:  adversaries  set  up  their 
claims,  and  frequently  urge  their  pre- 
tensions with  angry  strife;  bat  in- 
terest more  than  sentiment 


*  VideAhb^GInupd:  "  Eanemi,  adywiw^  aaf ■taaliH.* 


410 


ENEMY. 


ENERGY. 


to  action :  o/ppcntntt  set  np  different 
pvties,  and  treat  each  otner  som^ 
times  with  acrimony;  bat  their  dif- 
ferences do  not  necessarily  include 
may  thing  personal :  antagonisii  are  a 
•pedes  ofopponenti  who  are  in  actual 
eongement :  emulation  and  direct  ex- 
ertiotay  but  not  anger,  is  concerned  in 
making  the  imtagonitt,  Enemiesnmke 
war,  lum  at  destruction,  and  commit 
acts  of  personal  violenoe :  adversaries 
are  contented  with  appropriating  to 
tiiemselves  some  object  of  desire,  or  de- 
priving their  rival  of  it;  cupidity 
being  the  moving  principle,  ana  gain 
the  olject:  opponents  oppose  each 
Mitr  systematically  and  perpetually ; 
•adi  aims  at  being  thought  right  in 
their  disputes :  taste  and  opinions  are 
commonly  the  subjects  of  debate, 
•df-love  oftener  than  a  love  of  truth  is 
the  moving  principle  :  antagonists  en- 
age  in  a  trial  of  strength ;  victory  is 
ne  end ;  the  love  of  distinction  or  su- 
periority the  moving  principle;  the 
dOntest  may  lie  either  in  mental  or 
ptiyskal  exertion ;  may  aim  at  supe- 
riority in  a  verbal  dispute  or  in  a 
manual  combat.  There  are  nations 
whose  subjects  are  bom  enemies  to 
thoee  of  a  neighbouring  nation  :  no- 
tliing  evinces  the  radical  corruption 
of  any  country  more  than  when  the 
poor  man  dares  not  show  himself  as 
an  adversary  to  his  rich  neighbour 
withoat  fearing  to  lose  more  than  he 
mi^t  gain :  the  ambition  of  some 
men  does  not  rise  higher  than  that  of 
b«ng  the  opponent  to  ministers  :  Sca- 
liger  and  Petau  among  the  French 
vrere  great  antagonists  in  their  day, 
as  were  Boyle  and  Bentlev  among 
the  English ;  the  Horatu  and  Curiatii 
were  eqnally  famous  antagonists  in 
their  way. 

Enemy  and  foe  are  likewise  em- 
ployed in  a  figurative  sense  for  moral 
oUects :  our  passions  are  our  enemies 
when  indulged  ;  envy  is  a  foe  to  hap- 
piness. 

Ftatefieb  ajf»  vny  fliMly,  ttat  t  OMa  tliMld 
aoC  bUov  kteKlf  to  hatecfen  bit  mumitt, 

Amucoii. 

80  frmrnM  tte  mlgli^  combatavCi.  that  Ml 
Gfcv  darker  ai  thrtr  firowo:  to  matchM  tbcgr 

•food; 
PlMT  Mfcr  bat  OMa  womewn  eHhcr  llk« 
T0  aeet  to  snat  a>W.  Ifiuoit. 

ThoM  dit^tantt  (Iba  fmctvtort) 


irflh  a  Mitv  comMity  etIM 

Theaame  of  Bojia  b  lodeed  ntviad,  %at  kh 
vorkt  arr  oofleetad;  «o  aio  ooatcakid  to 
kaov  that  be  conqaciad  hit  tppomenUp  vithoirt 
iaqalria{  what  cavUt  vera  prodeoed  ■galDit  hha. 


Sir  Fraaeb  Bacon  ^hiavei  that  a  well  writtte 
book,  eoaipaMd  wttb  tti  rt?a1i  aad  mUtigmtUig, 
ii  IHm  MomliaspeiM  that  IflMMdiatflltr  I 
od  ap  thow  of  the  BorpUaat. 


ENERGY,   FORCE,   VIGOR. 

ENERGY,  in  French  energie, 
Latin  energia,  Greek  tn/yta  from 
ivf,9yi«  to  operate  inwardly,  ugnifies 
thepower  of^producing  positive  effects. 

FORCE,  V.  To  compel. 

VIGOR,  from  the  Latin  vigeo  to 
flourish,  signifies  unimpaired  power, 
or  that  which  belongs  to  a  subject  in 
a  sound  or  flourishing  state. 

With  energy  is  connected  the  idea 
of  activity;  with  ybrce  that  of  capa- 
bility; with  vigor  that  of  health. 
Energy  lies  onW  in  the  mind  ;  Jhrce 
and  vigor  are  the  property  of  either 
body  or  mind.  Knowledge  and  firee- 
dom  combine  to  produce  energy  of 
character ;  force  is  a  gifl  of  nature 
that  may  be  increased  by  exercise; 
vigor,  both  bodily  and  mental,  is  an 
ordinary  accompaniment  of  youth,  but 
is  not  always  denied  to  old  age. 

Oar  poiren  owe  madi  of  tlMlr  tnergjf  lo  oar 
hopai,  poMunt  qala  po«e  vidntar.  Whoi  toe- 
oeM  MBont  attainable,  dUigeooe  it  mfbroed. 

Joantoif. 

On  the  pairiva  main 
Detceadi  th*  ethereal  Jbrce^  aad  «hh  ttrooc 


Tarai  fhaaltt  botCocD  the  diteoloiitM  dwp. 

Tiioaaoa. 

No  BMUi  at  the  afe  aad  vtgmtr  of  thirty  it 
food  of  safar-phimi  aad  rattleiw  Soma. 

TO  ENERVATE,  V.  To  tveakeu. 
TO  ENFEEBLE,  V.  To  Weaken. 
TO  ENGAGE,  V,  To  attract. 
TO  ENGAGE,  V.  To  bind. 

ENGAGEMENT,  V,  Battle. 
ENGAGEMENT,  V.  BuStneSS. 
ENGAGEMENT,  V,  Ptvmise. 

TO  ENGENDER,  V,  To  breed. 
TO  ENGRAVE,  V.  To  imprint. 

ENGRAVING,  V.  PlCture. 

TO  ENGROSS,  V.  To  obsorb. 


ENLARGE. 


EMMITf. 


411 


BNJOVMSNT,   FRUITIONi   GRA- 
TIFICATION. 

ENJOYMENT,  from  ctyajf  to  have 
the  joy  or  pleasure,  signifies  either  the 
act  01  enjojfingi  or  the  pleasure  itself 
derived  from  that  act. 

FRUITION,  from/rttorto«^V>y,  is 
employed  only  for  the  act  of  enjoying  ; 
we  speak  either  of  the  enjoyment  of 
aay  pleasure,  or  of  the  enjoyment  as  a 
pleasure :  we  speak  of  those  pleasures 
which  are  received  from  the  fruition^ 
in  distinction  from  those  which  are 
had  in  expectation.  The  enjoyment 
is  either  corporeal  or  spiritual,  as  the 
emoyment  ot  music,  or  the  enjoyment 
of  study :  but  the  fmition  of  eatmg,  or 
anv  otner  sensible,  or  at  least  external 
object :  hope  intervenes  between  the 
desire  and  the/ruition. 

GRATIFICATION,  from  the  verb 
to  gratify  make  grateful  or  pleasant, 
signifies  either  the  act  of  ^ivmg  plea- 
sure, or  the  pleasure  received.    En- 
joyment   springs    from    every   object 
which  is  capable  of  yielding  pleasure ; 
by  distinction  however,  and  in  the  lat- 
ter sense,  from  moral  and  rational  ob- 
jects :  but  the  gratification,  which  is 
a  species  of  enjoyment,  is  obtained 
through  the  medium  of  the  senses. 
The  enjoyment  is  not  so  vivid  as  the 
gratification  :  the  gratification  is  not 
so  permanent  as  the  enjoyment.    Do- 
mestic  life  has  its    peculiar  enjoys 
ments;  brilliant  spectacles  afford  gro- 
tijication.   Our  capacity  for  enjoyment 
depends  upon  our  intellectual  endow- 
ments ;  our  gratification  depends  upon 
the  tone  of  our  feelings,  and  the  na- 
ture of  our  desires. 

The  ei^joyment  of  f*me  brlagi  bat  very  little 
pleuaiv,  tboQKh  the  Iom  or  want  of  it  be  very 
•eaiible  and  aflUctiog.  Adouov. 

The  man  of  plearare  little  knova  the  perfect 
ioy  he  loiea  for  tlie  diaappointins  §raHfiemti»nt 
which  he  panoea.  Admboii. 

Fame  Is  a  food  ao  whollj  foreign  to  oor  na- 
tures that  we  have  no  &cultj  in  the  aoQl  adapted 
to  It,  nor  any  organ  In  the  body  to  reUih  It;  aa 
oluect  of  deilre  placed  oat  of  the  poMiblUty  of 
^fruition,  AxauBOH. 

TO   SNLARGB,   INCREASB, 
EXTEND. 

ENLARGE  signifies  literally  to 
make  large  or  wide,  and  is  applied  to 
dimension  and  extent. 

INCREASE,  from  the  Latin  in- 


ermeo  to  grow  to  a  thing,  is  applies- 
He  to  t^oantity,  signi^ing  to  become 
greater  in  sise  by  the  joDCtion  of  other 
matter. 

EXTEND,  in  Latin  extendo,  or  ex 
and  tendo,  signifies  to  stretch  out,  that 
is,  to  make  greater  in  space.  We 
speak  of  enlarging  a  house,  a  room, 
premises,  or  boundaries ;  of  increoji- 
tng  the  proper^,  the  army,  the  capi- 
tal, expence^  &c. ;  of  extending  the 
boundaries  of  an  empire.  We  say  the 
hole  or  cavity  enlarges,  the  head  or 
bulk  enlarges^  the  number  increases, 
the  swelling,  inflammation  and  the 
like,  increase :  so  likewise  in  the  figu- 
rative sense,  the  views,  the  prospects, 
the  powers,  the  ideas,  and  the  mind, 
are  enlarged;  pain,  pleasure,  hope, 
fear,  anger,  or  kindness,  is  increased; 
views,  prospects,  connexions,  and  the 
.  like,  are  extended. 

Great  ol]t)«eti  make 
Orent  uOaHt^enlargimf  aa  their  viewa  enlarge, 
Thoae  itUl  more  godlfee^  aa  these  man  diflne. 

Tomo. 

Good  ante  alone  fo  a  aedate  and  qoleieeAt 
quality,  which  naaages  iU  poamiloni  well,  bnt 
docs  not  (nereoie  theft.  JoBKtoK. 

The  wlie  aetetiding  their  inqairiea  wide. 
See  how  both  itatea  are  by  connexion  t>*d  ; 
Fools  view  bnt  part,  and  not  the  whole  survey. 
So  crowd  existence  all  Into  a  day. 


TO    ENLIGHTEN,    V»    To    tUun 

minate* 

TO  ENLIST,  r,  To  enrol. 

TO  ENLIVEN,  V.  To  animate. 

ENMITY,   ANIMOSITY, 
HOSTILITY. 

ENMITY  lies  in  the  heart ;  it  is 
deep  and  malignant:  ANIMOSFIY, 
from  animus  a  spirit,  lies  in  the  pas- 
sions; it  is  fierce  and  vindictive: 
HOSTILTTY,  from  hoitis  a  pjolitical 
enemy,  lies  in  the  action ;  it  is  mis- 
chievous and  destructive. 

Enmity  is  something  permanent ; 
animosity  is  partial  and  transitory :  in 
the  feudal  aees,  when  the  darkness  and 
ignorance  of  the  times  prevented  the 
mild  influence  of  Christianity,  enmi-^ 
ties  between  particular  families  were 
banded  down  as  an  inheritance' from 
father  to  son;  in  free  states,  party 
spirit  engenders  greater  anUnositiet 
tuan  private  disputes. 

JBitmtf^f  is  altogether  personal;  hot- 


ENOUGH. 


ENROL. 


41  a 


•A 


mawitrum  and  monslrous  to  show 
make  visible,  signifies  remarkable, 
^ ,    exciting  notice. 
,  ^   The  enormous  contradicts  our  rules 
^  estimating  and  calculating:  the  pro- 

Sious  raises  our  minds  beyond  their 
inary  standard  of  thinking:    the 
munttrous  contradicts  nature  and  the 
course  of  things.    What  is  enormous 
excites  our  surprise  or  amazement : 
what  is  prodigious  excites  our  astonish* 
ment :  what  is  monstrous  does  violence 
to    our    senses    and    understanding. 
There  is  something  enormous  in  the 
present  scale  upon  which  property, 
whether  public  or  private,  is  amassed 
mild  expended :  the  works  of  the  an- 
cients in  general,  but  the  E^ptian 
pyramids  in  particular,  are  objects  of 
acbniration,  on  account  of  the  prodi- 
gious labor  which  was  bestowed  on 
them :    ignorance    and    superstition 
hsive  always  been  active  in  producing 
tmmsirous  images  for  the  worsliip  of 
its  blind  votaries. 

Jo«t*t  Wrd  oa  aoandf njp  plnlom  bett  the  Alrt, 
A  UanUiif  wrpnt  of  enomMM«  sIm^ 
Hh  taloDM  tnin*d,  alive  aad  cnrlfaif  raand. 
Be  staof  the  bird  wbow  throat  receif*d  the 
woand.  Popv. 

1  dmmed  that  I  wa*  in  a  wood  of  w  prodi- 
gimu  an  eiteot,  and  cut  Into  nieh  a  variety  of 
walks  aad  allcja,  that  all  manklad  werp  loat  and 
bewildered  in  it.  AoonoH. 

Vothiaf  so  mtnuiroiu  can  be  laid  or  tdgu*d 
Bnt  with  belief  and  )ojr  ia  entertalnM.    Deydxii. 

ENOUGH,    SUFFICIBNT. 

ENOUGH,  in  German  genug, 
comes  from  genvgeny  to  satisfy. 

SUFFICIENT,  in  Latin  sufficiens, 
participle  of  suffieio,  compounded  of 
sub  andjacio,  signifies  made  or  suited 
to  the  purpose. 

He  has  enough  whose  desires  are 
satisfied ;  he  has  sufficient  whose 
wants  are  supplied.  We  may  there- 
fore frequently  have  sufficiency  when 
we  have  not  enough,  A  greedy  man  is 
commonly  in  this  case  he  who  has  never 
enoughf  although  he  has  more  than  a 
sufficienct/.  Enough  is  said  only  of 
physical  objects  of  desire:  sufficient 
16  employed  in  a  moral  application, 
for  that  which  serves  the  purpose. 
Children  and  animals  never  have 
enough  food,  nor  the  miser  enough 
money  :  it  is  requisite  to  allow  suffi- 
cient time  fur  every  thing  that  is  to  be 
done,  if  we  wish  it  to  be  done  well. 

9 


If  J  lost  of  hoDOOiH  great  ciunighf 

Then  noed^  not  brand  It  with  a  icoflr.  Bunna^ 

The  thne  prteent  ■eldom  afi>rd«  n^fflcUnt 
enplojnient  for  the  n^nd  of  man.         Ajnnton . 

BNRAPTURB,  t/.  Charm, 

TO  BNROL,  -INLIST,  RBGISTER, 
EBCORD. 

ENROL,  compounded  of  en  or  in 
and  roll,  sigiufies  to  place  in  a  roll, 
that  is,  in  a  roll  of  paper  or  a  book. 

INLIST,  compounded  of  in  and 
iiif ,  signifies  to  put  down  in  a  list. 

REGISTER,  in  Latin  registrum, 
comes  from  regeristum  oarticiple  of 
regerOf  signifying  to  put  aown  in  writ- 
ing; 

UECORD,  in  Latin  recordor,  com- 
pounded of  re  back  or  again,  and  cor» 
the  heart,  signifies  to  bring  hack  to 
the  heart,  or  call  to  mind  by  a  memo- 
randum. 

Enrol  and  inlist  respect  persons 
only ;  register  respects  persons  and 
things;  record  respects  things  only. 
Enrol  is  generally  applied  to  the  act 
of  inserting  names  in  an  orderly  man- 
ner into  any  book  ;  inlist  is  a  specie» 
of  enrolling  applicable  only  to  the 
military.  The  enrolment  is  an  act  of 
authority ;  the  enlisting  is  the  volun- 
tary act  of  an  individual.  Among  the 
Romans  it  was  the  office  of  the  censor 
to  enrol  the  names  of  all  die  citizens 
in  order  to  ascertain  their  number,  and 
(estimate  their  property  :  in  modem 
times  soldiers  are  mostly  raised  by 
means  of  inlisting. 

In  the  moral  application  of  the 
terms,  to  enrol  is  to  assign  a  certain 
place  or  rank  ;  to  inlist  is  to  put  one's 
self  under  a  leader,  or  attach  one'» 
self  to  a  party.  Hercules  was  enrolled 
among  the  Gods ;  the  common  peo- 
ple are  always  ready  to  inlist  on  tha 
side  of  anarchy  and  rebellion.  To  eis 
rol  and  register,  both  imply  writing 
down  in  a  book ;  hut  the  tormer  is  a 
less  formal  act  than  the  latter.  Tha 
insertion  of  the  bare  name  or  designar- 
tiou  in  a  certain  order  is  enough  to 
constitute  an  enrolment ;  but  register-^ 
ing  comprehends  the  birth,  ramilj^ 
and  other  collateral  circumstanoaa  of 

the  individual.  The  object  of  r 
tering  likewise  differs  from  tlli' 
enrolling :  what  is  registered  % 

for  future  purposes,  and  is  of  pc 

oent  utiUty  to  society  in  general  i 


414 


ENROL. 


ENTEBPRIZING. 


what  is  enrolled  often  serves  only  a 
particQiar  or  temporarjr  end.  •  Thus 
in  Damberiiig  the  people  it  is  necessary 
simply  to  enrol  their  natnes;  but 
when  in  addition  to  this  it  was  ne- 
cessary, as  among  the  Romans,  to 
ascertain  their  rank  in  the  state,  every 
thini;  connected  with  their  property, 
their  family,  and  their  connexion,  re- 
quired to  be  registered ;  so  in  like 
manner,  in  more  modem  times,  it 
has  been  found  necessary  for  the  ^x)d 

government  of  the  state  to  regitter  the 
irths,  marriages,  and  deaths  of  every 
citixen :  it  is  manifest,  therefore,  that 
what  is  regisieredy  as  far  as  respects 
persons,  may  be  said  to  be  enrolled ; 
out  what  is  enrolled  is  not  always  re- 
gjuitertd, 

Regitter^  in  regard  to  record^  has  a 
no  less  obvious  distinction :  the  former 
is  used  for  domestic  and  civil  trans- 
actions, the  latter  for  public  and  po- 
litical events.  What  is  registered 
stfves  for  the  daily  purposes  of  the 
commnnity  collectively  and  individu- 
ally; what  is  recorded  is  treasured 
np  in  a  special  manner  for  particular 
reference  and  remembrance  at  a  dis- 
tance. The  number  or  names  of 
streets,  houses,  carriages,  and  the  like, 
are  registered  in  difierent  offices ;  the 
deeds  and  documents  which   regard 

Sints,  charters,  privileges,  and  the 
e,  either  of  individuab  or  particular 
towns,  are  recorded  in  the  archives  of 
nations.  To  record  is,  therefore,  a 
formal  species  of  registering :  we  re- 
gister wnen  we  record ;  but  we  do  not 
'  always  record  when  we  register. 

In  an  extended  and  figurative  ap- 
plication things  may  be  said  to  be 
regisUred  in  the  memory ;  or  events 
recorded  in  history.  We  have  a  right 
te  believe  that  the  actions  of  good 
men  are  registered  in  heaven,  and 
that  their  names  are  enrolled  among 
the  saints  and  angels  ;  the  particular 
sayings  and  actions  of  princes  are  re- 
cordtd  in  history,  and  handed  down 
to  the  ktest  posterity. 

AndoitlyBo  nun  was  raffered  to  abide  la 
Ei^nd  above  fbrtj  daj^§,  unleu  be  were  en* 
rtUetf  Id  loiiie  tltbing  or  dccennarj.  Blackstohe. 

ItM  tiae  never  was  wbea  I  would  bave  fit- 
UiUd  Boder  the  banners  of  any  faction,  tboach 
I  aright  have  can  led  a  pair  of  colors,  if  I  bad 
not  spiinwd  thtm,  in  either  legion. 

8ia  Wa.  Joais. 


I  hot*  yoa  take  care  to  keq^  aa  exact  joami, 
RDd  to  regUter  all  occnrrenoea  and  obaervatloai, 
for  jroar  friends  hero  ex]>ect  such  a  book  of 
vela  as  baa  not  often  becii 


were  tbeir 
deserved  to  be 


The  medals  of  the 
monejr;  wbea  ai 
In  eoln,  it  wasataaaped 
thonsaad  pieoea  of  moDey,  Hka  onr  aUUi^  or 
haitptmes* 


ENSAMPLE,  V.  Example. 

TO  BNSLAYS,   CAPTIVATB. 

To  ENSLAVE  is  to  bring  into  a 
state  of  slavery. 

To  CAPTIVATE  is  to  make  a 
captive. 

There  is  as  mnch  difference  between 
these  terms  as  between  slavery  bjmI 
captivity :  he  who  is  a  slave  is  fettered 
both  body  and  mind ;  he  who  is  a  cap^ 
tive  is  only  constrained  as  to  his  body: 
hence  to  enslave  is  always  taken  in  the 
bad  sense ;  captivate  mostly  in  the 
good  sense :  enslave  is  employed  lite- 
rally or  figuratively;  captivate  only 
figuratively :  we  may  be  enslaved  by 
persons,  or  by  our  gross  passions; 
we  are  captivated  by  the  charms  or 
beauty  of  an  object. 

The  will  was  then  (before  the  fkll)saboidfaiat9 
bat  not  emlaved  to  the  anderrtaadiag.     South. 

Men  sbovld  beware  of  befag  eapHvated  hj  a 
kind  of  savage  phlloeophj,  wonea  hj  a  tboagbC* 
leas  gallantry.  Amuboh. 

TO  ENSUE,  t;.  To  follow. 

TO  ENTANGLE,  V.  To  embafToss. 

TO  ENTANGLE,  V.  To  itiSTUire. 

ENTERPRizE,  V.  Attempt. 

ENTERPRIZING,    ADVENTUROUS. 

These  terms  mark  a  disposition  to 
engage  in  that  which  is  extraordinary 
and  hazardous;  but  ENTEKPRI2!- 
ING,  from  enterprizc  {v.  Attempt),  is  • 
connected  with  the  understanding ;  and 
ADVENTUROUS,  from  adventure, 
ventture  or  trial,  is  a  characteristic 
of  the  passions.  The  enterprixing 
character  conceives  great  projects,  and 
pursues  objects  that  are  difficult  to  be 
obtained ;  the  adventurous  character 
is  contented  with  seeking  that  which 
is  new,  and  placing  himself  in  dan* 
gerous  and  unusual  situations.  '  An 
enterprising  spirit  belongs  to  the 
commander  of  an  army,  or  the  ruler 
of  a  nation  ;  an  adventurous  dispo- 
sition is  suitable  to  men  of  low  degree. 


ENTHUSIAST. 


ENTHUSIAST.       415 


Petar the Oraftt possessed,  in  apeeii- 
Uar  roannery  an  enterpriMing  genius ; 
Robinson  Crusoe  was  a  man  of  an 
^dteniurom  torn.  Enterprising  char 
racterizes  persons  only ;  h»t  odventur^ 
mt$  is  also  applied  to  things,  to  signiQ^ 
containing  atrnn/ures;  hence  a  journey, 
or  a  voyage,  or  a  history,  may  be  de- 
nominated adveniurous. 

One  Wood,  a  maa  enterpriMing  and  rtpa- 
ckms  biiid  obtilMil  m  piUeBl,  empowerloK  bim 
to  coin  OM  taadred  and  eigbtj  tbonsand  povadt 
of  hall^aaaa  aad  fulktesB  foe  tkt  Usfdooi  of 
Ireland.  Joniuojb 

Bat  *tli  enoash 
la  tMi  lata  aga,  mdveneraue  CohatotoadiPd 
Ugbt  OS  tha  aanhara  of  iho Sambu  «««; 
■1^  beafan   ftwMda  tte   bold    |»reanmptno«i 
ftnln.  Tboiuom. 

TO  BNTER  UPON,  v.  To  beghu 

TO  BNTBRTAIN,   V.  To  OmUSe. 
BNTBRTAINMKNT,    V.  AmUSCr 

ntstttm 

ENTERTAINMENT,  V.  Feast. 

ENTHUSIAST,    FANATIC, 
VISIONARY. 

The  enthusiast,  FANATIC, 
and  VISIONARY,  have  disordered 
imaginations;  but  the  enthusiast  is 
only  affected  inwardly  with  an  extra- 
ordmary  fervor,  theyajso^ic  and  vi» 
sionary  betray  that  fervor  by  some 
outward  mark ;  the  former  by  singu- 
larities of  conduct,  the  latter  by  sin- 
(Tularities  of  doctrine.  Fanatics  and 
visionaries  are  therefore  always  more 
or  less  enthusiasts;  but  enthusiasts 
are  not  always  fanatics  or  visionaries. 
E>9»*riar«»  among  the  Greeks,  from «» in 
and  9f  oc  God,  signified  those  supposed 
to  have,  or  pretending  to  have  Divine 
inspiration.  Fanatici  were  so  called 
annong  the  Latins,  from  /ana  the 
temples  in  which  they  spent  an  extra- 
ordmary  portion  of  their  time ;  they, 
Kke  the  t^va-ia,<roLi  of  the  Greeks,  pre- 
tended to  revelations  and  inspirations, 
during  the  influence  of  wliich  they 
indulged  themselves  in  many  extrava- 
gant tricks,  cutting  themselves  with 
knives,  and  distorting  themselves  with 
every  species  of  antic  gesture  and 
grimace. 

Although  we  are  professors  of  a  pure 
religion,  vet  we  cannot  boast  an  ex- 
emption from  the  extravagancies  which 
are  related  of  the  poor  heathens ;  we 


bate  uMuiy  who  indulge  themselvas  in 
simUar  practices,  under  the  idea  of 
honouring  their  Maker  and  Redeemer. 
There  are  fanatics  who  profess  to  be 
under  extraordinary  influences  of  the 
spirit;  and  there  are  en^AuMcutfs  whose 
intemperate  zeal  disqualifies  them  for 
taking  a  beneficial  part  in  the  sober 
and  solemn  services  of  the  chnrch. 
Visionary  signifies  properly  one  who 
deals  in  initoiw,  that  is,  in  the  pr&* 
tended  appearance  of  supernatural 
olgects ;  a  species  of  enthusiasts  who 
have  sprung  up  in  more  modem  times. 
The  leaders  of  sects  are  commonly 
visionaries,  having  adopted  this  arti- 
fice to  establish  Uieir  reputation  and 
doctrines  among  their  deluded  fol-i 
lowers;  Mahomet  was  one  of  the 
most  successful  visionaries  that  ever 
pretended  to  divine  inspiration;  and 
since  his  time  there  have  been  vision^ 
aries  particularly  in  England,  who 
have  raised  religious  parties,  by  having 
recourse  to  the  same  expedient:  of 
this  description  was  Swedenborg, 
Huntington,  Brothers,  and  the  like. 

Fanatic  was  originally  confined  ta 
those  who  were  under  religious  frenzy, 
but  the  present  age  has  presented  us 
with  the  monstrocity  o£  fanatics  m 
irreligion  and  anarchy.    Enthusiast  is 
applied  in  general  to  every  one  who  is 
filled  with  an  extraordinary  degree  of 
fervor  :  visionary  to  one  who  deals  in 
fanciful  speculation.    The  former  may 
sometimes  be  innocent,  if  not  laud* 
able,  according  to  the  nature  of  tha 
object;  the  latter  is  always  censur- 
'able:    the  enthusiast  has   always  a 
warm  heart ;  the  visionary  has  only  a. 
fandful  head.     The    enthusiast  wili 
mostly  be  on  the  side  of  virtue  evei^ 
though  in  an  error ;  the  visionary  pleada 
no  cause  but  his  own.    The  entku^iatt 
suffers  his  imagination  to  follow  bia 
heart ;  the  visionary  makes  his  uadeiw 
standing    bend    to  his    im^iiai^op. 
Although  in  matters  of  religion,  ea-. 
thusiasm  should  be  cautioqsly  guarded 
against,  yet  we  admire  to  see  it  roused 
in  behalf  of  one's  country  and  one's 
friends :  visionari^  whether  in  reli* 
gion,  politics,  or  science,  are  dangeiv* 
ous  as  members  of  society,  and  o^ 
fensive  as  companions. 

Cbertah  trae  latfcioa  aa  preoloa<y  aa  70a  vfll 
lljr  vlib  abbomaco  aad  csoiaaipc  mpmrnMrn 
mad  tnfAiaiann. 


ERADICATE. 


ERROR. 


417 


uable  are  applied  to  the  same 
n  relation  to  itself;  like  or 
I  used  to  the  miuds  of  two  or 
hence  we  say  they  are  alike  in 
tion,  in  sentiment,  in  wishes, 
niform  is  applied  to  the  temper, 
character,  or  conduct :  hence 
is  said  to  preserve  a  uniformity 
ftyiour  towards  those  wnom  he 
inds;  friendtihip  requires  that 
rties  be  eqval  in  station,  alike 
ndy  and  uniform  in  their  con- 
wisdom  points  out  to  us  an 
'jaafx  of  life,  from  which  we 
;  depart  either  to  the  right  or  to 
if  without  disturbing  our  peace ; 
le  of  her  maxims  that  we  should 
le  the  equability  of  our  temper 
the  most  trying  circumstances. 

Wg  btbe  life  of  con  venation ;  and  lie  Is 
k  OBt  who  bmubms  to  bimielf  anj  part 
laoUin',  a§  he  wito  coiwiden  himself 
m  iwl  of  society.  8tsble. 

utnie  Is  InBofficieot  (in  the  marriage 
alem  it  be  steady  and  uniform,  and 
lalBd  vUJi  an  evenness  of  temper. 

SriCTATOS. 

Hlt^  works  is  found  an  CfiMiMe  tenoor 
lufaafe,    which  rather  trickles   than 

JoHinoR. 

w  fkmtllar  as  in  life  he  came; 

low  dUTient,  yet  how  Uke  the  saineb 

Pors. 

BQUIP,  V.  To  Jit. 
riTABLE,  V.  Fair. 
ITY,  V.  Justice, 
ivocAL,  V.  Ambiguotts. 
EQUIVOCATE,  V.  To  cvadc. 
ij  V.  Time. 

ERADICATE,    EXTIRPATE, 
EXTERMINATE. 

ERADICATE,  from  radix  the 
is  to  get  out  by  tlic  root :  EX- 
ATE,  from  ex  and  stirps  the 
is  to  get  out  the  stock,  to 
y  it  thoroughly.  In  the  natural 
we  may  eradicate  noxious  weeds 
ver  we  pull  them  from  the 
1 ;  but  we  can  never  extirpate 
cious  weeds,  as  they  always  dis- 
ate  their  seeds  and  sprmg  up 
These  words  are  seldomer 
n  the  physical  than  in  the  moral 
;  where  the  former  is  applied  to 
objects  as  are  conceived  to  bs 


plucked  op  by  the  roots,  as  habits, 
vices,  abuses,  evils ;  and  the  latter  to 
whatever  is  united  or  supposed  to  be 
united  into  a  race  or  family,  and  is 
destroyed  root  and  branch.  Youth  is 
the  season  when  vicious  habits  may 
be  thoroughly  eradicated  ;  by  the  uni- 
versal deluge  the  whole  human  race 
was  extirpated,  with  the  exception  of 
Noah  ancl  his  &mily. 

EXTERMINATE,  in  Latin  erter^ 
minatuSy  participle  of  exterminOy  from 
ex  or  extra  and  terminot,  signifies  to 
cast  out  of  the  boundaries,  that  is,  out 
of  existence.  It  is  used  only  in  regard 
to  such  things  as  have  life,  and  desig- 
nates a  violent  and  immediate  action ; 
extirpate,  on  the  other  hand,  may 
designate  a  progressive  action :  the 
former  roa^  be  said  of  individuals,  but 
the  latter  is  employed  in  the  collective 
sense  only.  Plague,  pestilence,  famine, 
extirpate  :  the  swotti  exterminatet. 

It  m«st  be  erery  man's  care  to  begin  by 
eratUemtitii^  those  oorruptioos  which,  at  dilTeient 
tUnes,  have  tempted  him  to  vtolate  oooidence. 

Blaib. 

Oo  thoa, iBglorloiM,  firom  th*  embattled  plaia; 
Ships  thoa  hast  store,  and  nearsst  to  the  anain. 
A  nobler  care  the  Grecians  shall  employ. 
To  combat,  conqver,  and  extirpate  Troy. 

POFB. 

80  violent  and  black  were  Ramans  passions, 
that  he  resolved  to  eKterminate  the  whole  nation 
to  which  Moidecai  belonged.  Blaib. 

TOBRASK,   V.    To   blot   OUL 
TO  BRBCT,  V.  To  build, 

TO  ERECT,  V.  To  institute. 

TO  ERECT,  V.  To  lift. 

ERRAND,  V.  Message. 

ERROR,  MISTAKE,  BLUNDER. 

ERROR,  in  French  erreur,  Latin 
error,  from  erro  to  wander,  marks  the 
act  of  wandering,  as  applied  to  the  ra- 
tional faculty.  A  MISTAKE  is  a 
taking  amiss  or  wrong. 

BLUNDER  is  not  improbably 
changed  from  blind,  signifying  the 
thine  done  blindly. 

Lrror  in  its  universal  sense  is  tfa« 
general  term,  since  every  deviation 
from  what  is  right  in  rational  agnts 
is  termed  error  which  is  strictly  op« 
posed  to  truth:  error  is  the  lot  c 
oumanity;  into  whatever  we  attempt! 


fiSSAY. 


ESSAY. 


419 


Vle^  <4t  i*  liU  111  f1iteefti«ilr  dliimto. 

And  in  bet  botrow*d  forat  Scapes  iofnlrlbfr  e)wi. 

9PICTATOK. 

ft  b  a  valrf  attcm^ 
To  bind  the  ambitions  and  mjnat'  by  trentles; 
Thrve tbev  eiude'ti  tbooMsfl  spBelooi'  waji. 

rite'  tsrl  lUfM  hiQ  rt«iBMit1y  Hniml  ftr* 
fah  soil  (fikmgb),  uhd  ikA  ahm>t  Men  omnMd' 
wftkeroHvenntvefi.  JoiAinoir. 

TO  B5CHE\^,  V.  To  avoid. 
TO  ESCORT,  V.  To  accompony. 

ESPliiClALLY,      I^AtlTIcdtARlT, 

PRINCIPALLY,  CHliSFLY. 

ESPECIALLY    and    PARTICU- 
LARLY  are  exclusiTe  or  superlative 
in  their  import;  they  refer  to    otm 
object  out  of  many  that  is  superior  to 
all :  PRINCIPALLY  and  CHIEFLY 
are  comparative  in  their  import ;  they 
designate  in  general  the  superiority  of 
some  objects  over  others.     Especudfy 
is  a  term  of  strongcfr  import  than  par^ 
iicularly,  and  principally   expresses 
somethinsiess  p^neral  than  chighf:  we 
ought  to  have  God  before  our  eyes  at 
all  tiroes,  tint  espedalfy  in  thosd^  mo- 
ments when  we  preselit  ourselves  he- 
fore  him  in  prayer;  the  heat ii -viory 
oppressive  in'  all  cotmtries  uiideilr^the . 
torrid  zone,  but  particular^  in  the 
deserts- of  Arabia,  whete  tliere  is  a* 
want  of  shade  and   moisture ;  it  ii' 
principally  among    the    higher    and 
lower*  orders  of  society  that  we  find 
vices  of  every  description  to  be  preva»- 
lent ;  patriots  who  declaim  so  londhf' 
against  the  measures  of  gofveinment  do ' 
it  ckiejiy  {mnj  Inot  say  solely  ?)  with ' 
a  view  to  their  own  interest. 

An  lore  hrfs  lomKbiof  of  Mlndbeigla  It,  bnC' 
the  love  of  money  eipectel(y.  Soot*.' 

ParUeuiar^jf  let  a  nun  dread  every  ftok  net' 
offtn.  B»ottu 

Neither  Pytba^niv  nor  anj  of  liii  dladplei' 
were»  proper! j  Bpeakin?,  practitioners  of  phjiie, 
•ince  tbey  applied  tbemaelfea  pHitc^at^  to  the' 
ihec/rjr.  JivlBi. 

The  refbrmer*  gafnrd  ctedll  cM<^ubo^ 
peMou  in  the  lo^rer  and  mMdkr  dawei. 

Rotnanoii.- 

TO  ESPY,  V.  To  jmi. 
ESSAY,  V.  Attempt. 

KSSAV,    TREATISE,    TRACT, 
DISSERTATION. 

All  these  words  are  employed  by 


flutlioffi  tb  chanteterice  compositions 
vanring  in  their  ibrm  and  contents. 
E8&AY,' which  stsnifies  a  trial  or  at- 
tempc  (v.  Jfffiitp^,  is  here  used  to 
desisnate  in  a  sipecific  manner  an  au- 
thors attempt  to  illustrate  anj  point ; 
it  is  roost  commonly  applied  to  small 
detached  pieces,  whicn  contain  only 
tfae=  general  thoughts  of  a  writer  on' 
any  given  subject,  and  afford  nxim- 
for  amphfication  into  details  also; 
though  bf  Locke  in  his  <*  Bsmy  oa 
the  Unddrstandins,''  Beattie  in  his 
"  jBiMy  on  Tn]th,'^and  other  authors, 
it  is  niodestly  dft^ibf  th^r  connected* 
and  finish^  endjBavoufs  to  elucidate  a^ 
doctrine.  A  TREATISE  is  mora 
sTstemactic  than  ah  cnay ;  it  treats  on' 
the  sdbject  in  a  methodical  form,  and' 
conveys  the  idea  of  something  labored* 
scientific,  and  instructive.  A  TRACT 
is  only  a  species  of  small  treatise^ 
drawn  up  upon  particular  occasions, 
and  poblished  in  a  separate  fonii: 
they  afe  both  derived  frorii  the  Latin 
/^ociei^,  particiipfe  of  frb/ko  to  draw^ 
inaiiaKe;  or  handle.  DISSERTA- 
TION, fixim  diisero  to  arsue,  is  with 
propriety  applied  to  pemrinances  of 
an  afguinentative  nature. 

Essays  are  either  moral,  political, 
phiJosophiciEtl,' or  literary^  tbey  are  the 
crude  attempts  of  thd 'youth  to  digest 
his  own  thoughts,  or  they  are  tha 
more  matufe  attempts  oF  the  man  tb 
comfAWicate  hts  thoU^R  to '  others : 
of  the  former  description  are  the  prisM 
essaysm  schobis ;  and  of  the  latter  are 
the  essayii  innuniiker&blb'  which  hate 
been  published  cm  einferysubjiect,  sioiba 
thd  days  of  Bitcon  to  the  pfesekit  day : 
treatises  are  mosdv  written  on  ethitad;' 
political,  or  speculocive  subjects,  soch 
as  *Fenelon%  Milton's,  or  Lode^s 
treatise  on  education;  De  Lufanl^s 
treatise  on  the  constitution  of  Eng^ 
land;  Colquhoun's  treatise  on  tha 
police:  dissertations  are  employed 'on 
disputed  points  of  literature,  as  Bent- 
lers  dissertation  upon  the  epistles  of 
Pbalaris,  De  Paw^s  dissertations  on 
the  Egyptians  and  Chinese :  tracts  ar« 
ephemeral  production^,  mostly  on  no* 
litical  and  religious  subjects,  which 
seldom  survive  the  occasion  which 
gave  them  birth  ;  of  this  descrincioii 
are  the  pamphlets  which  daily  iisn* 
frokn'the  press,  'for  or  acninrt  tht 

S  b8  • 


EVADE. 


EVASION. 


421 


one  hand,  and  its  necessarily  unprofit- 
nble  consumption  on  the  other;  he 
ivho  rates  his  abilities  too  high  is  in 
danger  of  despising  the  means  which 
are  essential  to  secure  success;  and 
he  ^vho  rates  them  too  low  is  apt  to 
neglect  the  means,  from  despair  of 
success. 

To  thote  wbo  bave  skill  to  estimate  the  ex- 
cellence uid  dUBciiUy  of  this  preat  work  (Pop«*b 
translation  or  Homer)  it  mnit  be  verjr  desirable  to 
know  bow  it  was  performed.  Jobkson. 

From  tbe  »j;e  of  sixteeo  tbe  life  of  P(^,  as 
an  autlior,  may  bo  eemputetL  Amnsos. 

Sooner  we  learn  and  seldoroer  for^ 

What  critics  scorn,  tban  what  thejr  hi(hlj  rate, 

HcfiBBS. 

ETERNAL,  ENDLESS,  EVERLAST- 
ING. 

TuE  ETERNAL  is  set  above  time, 
the  ENDLESS  lies  within  time ;  it  is 
therefore  by  a  strong  figure  that  we 
apply  eternal  to  any  thing  sublunary  ; 
although  endless  may  with  propriety 
be  applied  to  that  which  is  heavenly : 
that  is  properly  eternal  which  has 
neither  beginning  nor  end  ;  that  is  end- 
less which  has  a  beginning,  but  no 
cud :  God  is,  therefore,  an  eternal^ 
but  not  an  endless  being :  there  is  au  . 
eternal  state  of  happiness  or  misery, 
which  awaits  all  men,  according  to 
their  deeds  in  this  life;  but  their  joys  or 
sorrows  may  be  endless  as  regards  the 
present  life. 

That  which  is  endless  has  no  cessa- 
tion ;  that  which  is  EVERLASTING 
has  neither  interruption  nor  cessation: 
the  endless  may  be  said  of  existing 
thingb ;  the  everlasting  naturally  ex- 
tends itself  into  futurity :  hence  we 
speak  of  endless  disputes,  an  endless 
warfare  ;  an  everlasting  memorial,  an 
everlasting  crown  of  glory. 

Diiitance  immeosi*  between  tlie  powers  that  tUna 

Above,  eternal,  deatbleas,  and  lUvine, 

And  mortal  roan !  PoPB. 

Tbe  faitbful  Mjrdon,  as  be  tnraM  from  fl{ht 
His  fljing  couraers,  sunk  to  endlest  night.    ^OPS. 

Bark  from  tbe  car  he  tumbles  to  the  ground. 
And  everUuting  shades  bis  ejes  surround. 

Popg. 

EUCHARIST,  v.  Lord's  Supper. 
EULOGY,  V,  Encomium. 
TO  EVADE,  V.  To  cscape, 

TO  EVADE,  KaUIVOCATE,  PRB- 
VARICATK. 

EVADE,  V.  To  escape. 


EQUIVOCATE,  v,  AmhiguUy.    • 
PREVARICATE,  in  Latin  pr«»- 
ricatus  particrple  of  pra  and  varicor 
to  go  loosely,  signifies  to  shift  firom 
side  to  side. 

These  words  designate  an  artful 
mode  of  escaping  the  scrutiny  of  an 
enquirer :  we  evade  by  artfully  turning 
the  subject  or  calling  off  the  attention 
of  the  enquirer ;  we  equivocate  by  the 
use  o( equivocal  expressions;  we  pre* 
varicate  by  the  use  of  loose  and  inde- 
finite expressions :  we  avoid  siving 
satisfiiction  by  evading;  we  give  a 
false  satisfaction  by  equivocating;  we 
give  dissatisfaction  by  prevaricating. 
Evading  is  not  so  mean  a  practice  as 
equivocating:  it  may  be  sometimes 
prudent  to  evade  a  question  which  we 
do  not  wish  to  answer ;  but  equvoo* 
cations  are  employed  for  the  purposes 
of  falsehood  and  interest :  prevaricth- 
tions  are  still  meaner;  and  are  resorted 
to  mostly  by  criminals  in  order  to 
escape  detection. 

Wbeneror  a  trader  baa  endeavoored  to  evaia 
tbe  just  demands  of  bis  creditors,  this  hatb  beea 
declared  by  tbe  leglslaCare  to  be  an  act  of  bank- 
ruptcy. BLAGKfllOllK. 

When  Satan  told  Eve  *  Thou  sbalt  not  sairij 
die,*  It  was  in  bis  equtvocatton  *  Thou  sbalt  not 
incur  present  death.'    Browk*s  Vulgar  Eaxoaa. 

Tliere  is  no  prevaricating  with  God  wbeo  we 
are  on  the  very  threshold  of  hta  presence. 

CuxanLiBD. 

TO  EVAPORATE,  V.  To  emxL 

EVASION,    SHIFT,    SUBTERFUGE. 

EVASION  (v.  To  evade)  is  here 
taken  only  in  the  bad  sense  ;  SHIFT 
and  SUBTERFUGE  are  modes  of 
evasion :  the  shift  signifies  that  gross 
kind  of  evasion  by  which  one  attempts 
to  shift  off  an  obligation  firom  one's 
self ;  the  subterfuge,  from  subter  ooder 
nnd  fugio  to  fly,  is  a  mode  of  rvoMois 
in  which  one  has  recourse  to  some 
screen  or  shelter. 

The  evasion,  in  distinction  from  the 
others,  is  resorted  to  for  the  gratifica* 
tion  of  pride  or  obstinacy :  whoever 
wishes  to  maintain  a  bad  cause  must 
have  recourse  to  evasions ;  candid 
minds  despise  all  evasions :  the  shift 
is  the  trick  of  a  knave  ;  it  alwmyi 
serves  a  paltry  low  purpose ;  he  woo 
has  not  courage  to  turn  open  tliief  will 
use  any  shifts  rather  than  not  ^ 
money  dishonestly:  the siiiterfttge it 


EVENT. 


EVENT. 


42^ 


mecurro,  signifies  that  which  rnns  or 
comes  in  the  way. 

These  terms  are  expressire  of  what 
passes  in  the  world,  which  is  the  sole 
signification  of  the  term  tvent ; 
whilst  to  that  of  the  other  terms  are 
annexed  some  accessory  idea^ ;  the 
incident  is  a  personal  event;  the  oe- 
cident  an  unpleasant  event ;  the  ttd- 
venture  an  extraordinary  everU ;  the 
occurrence  an  ordinary  or  domestic 
tvent :  the  event  in  its  ordinary  and 
limited  acceptation  excludes  the  idea 
of  chance;  accident  excludes  thai 
of  design;  the  incident y  adverdwi^ 
and  occurrence^  are  applicable  in  both 
cases. 

The  event  affects  nations  and  com- 
munities as  well  as  individuals;  the 
incident  and  adventure  affect  par- 
ticular individuals;  the  accident  and 
occurrence  affect  persons  or  things 
particularly  or  generally,  individually 
or  collectively :  the  making  of  peace, 
the  loss  of  a  battle,  of  the  deatn  of  a 
prince,  are  national  eventt;  the  form- 
mg  a  new  acquaintance  and  the  revival 
of  an  old  one  are  incidents  that  have 
an  interest  for  the  parties  concerned ; 
an  escape  from  snipwreck,  an  en- 
counter with  wild  beasts  or  savages, 
are  adventures  which  individuals  are 
pleased  to  relate,  and  others  to  hear ; 
a  fire,  the  fall  of  a  house,  the  break- 
ing of  a  limb,  are  accidents  or  occur- 
rences; a  robbery  or  the  death  of  in- 
dividuals are  properly  occutrences 
which  afford  subject  for  a  newspaper, 
and  excite  an  interest  in  the  reader. 

Event,  when  used  for  individuals,  is 
always  of  greater  importance  than  an 
incident.  The  settlement  of  a  young 
person  in  life,  the  adoption  of  an  em- 
ployment, or  th^  taking  a  wife,  are 
events  but  not  incidents;  whilst  on 
the  other  hand  the  setting  out  on  a 
journey  or  the  return,  the  purchase  of 
a  house  or  the  dispatch  of  a  vessel, 
are  characterized  as  incidents  and  not 
events. 

It  is  farther  to  be  observed  that 
accident,  event,  and  occurrence  are  said 
only  of  that  which  is  supposed  really 
to  happen  :  incidents  and  adventum 
are  oflen  fictitious;  in  this  ease  the 
incident  cannot  be  too  important^  nor 
the  adventure  too  marvelloas.  His- 
tory records  tlie  events  of  nations; 
plays  require  to  be  fiill  of  incidmU  in 


order  to  render  them  interesting ;  ro- 
mances and  novels  derive  most  of  their 
channs  from  the  extravagance  of  the 
adventures  which  they  describe ;  pe- 
riodical works  supply  the  public  with 
information  respecting  daily  occur^ 
rences, 

Tbeva  events,  the  permhvlon  of  which  ttnn 
to  «cca«e  hh  fcoodnew  now,  vaxj  In  the  coDMiai- 
matlon  of  thingy  both  ma^lJFy  hb  foodoen  mod 
exalt  bii  wbdom.  ADbison. 

t  bftVe  Md  htfclte  jmi  ool>  unall  ineUetin 
■MBlDglj  IHvololis,  hot  thry  are  principally 
evlb  of  thb  natore  whioh  make  manriaiem  att- 

bappj.  STEKtB. 

To  make  an  epbbdr»*  take  anj  remaining  ad* 
MrthtH;  or  jrotir  fbiiner  cbVertlon,'  th  which  yo^ 
toQld  no  way  Invbtve  }ottr  hero;  or  any  ttnfbrfa- 
liate  accident  thftt  was  too  good  to  he  f hkv>#A 
avay.  Pofs. 

I  think  then  h  wotaew^n  In  Slonteigne  nea- 
tion  made  of  a  family  book,  wherein  all  Che 
occurrence*  that  happened  from  one  generatton 
bt  tHii  bbdie  to  asoiher  #ere  recorded*   Ste^lb. 

BVBRT^    tSSUBj    CONSEQUENCE. 

TtiE  EVENT  (t^.  tlvent)  termi- 
liktes;  the  ISSUE  (v.  To  arini)  flows 
out ;  the  CONSEQUENCE  (r.  Con- 
sequence^ follows. 

The  event  respects  great  under- 
taking; the  issue  of  particular  ef- 
fprts ;  the  consequence  respects  every 
thing  which  can  produce  a  conse- 
quence. Hence  we  ^peak  of  the  event 
of  a  war ;  the  issue  of  a  negociation  ; 
and  the  consequences  of  either.  Tb^ 
measures  of  government  are  often  un- 
justly praised  or  blamed  according  to 
the  evehi ;  the  fote  of  a  nation  some- 
times hangs  on  the  issue  of  a  battle ; 
its  conauest  is  one  of  the  consequences 
which  tollbws  the  defeat  of  its  armies. 
We  mttst  oe  prepared  for  the  event 
which  is  frequently  above  our  control : 
we  tniist  exert  ourselves  to  bring  aboat 
a  &vorable  issue :  aadress  and  activity 
will  CO  far  towards  ensuring  success ; 
but  if  after  all  our  efforts  we  still  fail,- 
it  is  our  duty  to  subodit  with  patient 
resignation  to  the  consequences. 

.  It  haa  ahraya  beeo  the  praetke  of  mankind  to 
Jadge  of  actlomi  by  the  erent,  Joaiisoii. 

A  mild,  nnraflted,  lelf  poaioMing  mind  k% 
bteiviag  mora  Important  to  real  felkitjr  than  all 
tint  can  be  gained  by  tb4  triamphaat  <«tMe  <^ 
aooe  violeiit  cootett.  Ihuin. 

HenW  la  006  of  Ma  advertWaienti  bad  n«i- 
tloMd  Fopc^  tiMtneat  of  SaVafs;  thia  woi 
wppoied  by  Pope  to  be  Che  eotiMffHMea  of  a 
«0D9l«tet  ouide  hy  StfifB  to  Htaliar,  aad  was 


EVIL. 


EXACT. 


425 


of  the  greatest  benefit;  in  this  re- 
spect, therefore,  the  mirfortune  is  but  a 
partial  evil  i  of  evil  it  is  likewise  ob- 
servable, that  it  has  no  respect  to  the 
sufferer  as  a  moral  agent ;  out  misfor- 
tune is  used  in  regard  to  such  things 
as  are  controllable  or  otherwise  by 
human  foresight.  The  evil  which  be- 
falls a  man  is  opposed  only  to  tlie 
good  which  he  in  general  experiences ; 
but  the  misfortune  is  opposed  to  the 
good  fortune  or  the  prudence  of  the 
individual.  Sickness  is  an  evil,  let  it 
be  endured  or  caused  b^  whatever 
circumstances  it  may  ;  it  is  a  misfor^ 
tune  for  an  individual  to  come  iu  the 
way  of  having  this  evil  brought  on 
himself:  his  own  relative  condition  in 
the  scale  of  being  is  here  referred  to. 

The  hafin  and  mischief  are  species 
of  minor  evils;  the  former  of  which 
is  much  less  specific  than  tlie  latter 
both  in  the  nature  and  cause  of  the 
evil,  A  person  takes  harm  from  cir- 
cumstances that  are  not  known;  the 
mischief  is   done    to  him  firom  some 

Stsitive  and  immediate  circumstance, 
e  who  takes  cold  takes  harm ;  the 
cause  of  which,  however,  may  not  be 
known  or  suspected :  the  fall  from  a 
horse  is  attended  with  mischief,  if  it 
occasion  a  fracture  or  any  eoit  to  the 
body.  Evil  and  mirfortune  respect 
persons  only  as  the  objects ;  harm  and 
mischief  ure  said  of  inanimate  things 
as  the  object.  A  tender  plant  takes 
harm  from  being  ex(>osed  to  the  cold 
air :  mischief  is  done  to  it  when  its 
branches  are  violently  broken  off  or  its 
roots  are  laid  bare. 

Mirfortune  is  the  incidental  pro- 
perty of  persons  who  are  its  involun* 
tary  subjects ;  but  evU,  harm,  and  mis- 
chief, are  the  inherent  and  active  pro- 
perties of  things  that  flow  out  of  them 
as  effects  from  their  causes:  evil  is  said 
either  to  lie  in  a  thing  or  attend  it  as  a 
companion  or  follower;  harm  properly 
lies  in  the  thing ;  mischief  properly 
attends  the  thing  as  a  consequence. 
In  political  revolutions  there  is  evil 
in  the  thing  and  evil  from  the  thing; 
evil  when  it  begins,  evil  when  it  ends, 
and  evil  long  after  it  has  ceased :  it 
is  a  dangerous  question  for  any  young 
person  to  put  to  himself — what  harm 
is  there  in  this  or  that  indulgence?  He 
who  is  disposed  to  put  this  question 


to  himself  will  not  hesitate  to  answer 
it  according  to  his  own  wishes:  the 
mischiefs  which  arise  from  the  unskiU 
fulness  of  those  who  undertake  to  be 
their  own  coachmen  are  of  so  serious  a 
nature  that  in  course  of  time  they  will 
probably  deter  men  from  performing 
such  unsuitable  offices. 

Yet  tbiok  not  Chns,  when  fieedom'i  iUt  I  sUU^ 
I  meao  to  flatter  kings  or  court  the  gn^t, 

GoLDsstim. 

A  misery  h  not  to  be  metrared  Trom  the 
mtnre  of  the  erU,  but  rrom  the  temper  of  the 
tnfferer.  Addiiox. 

Mitfortune  stands  wKh  ber  bow  ever  bent 
Over  the  world ;  and  he  who  wounds  another 
Directs  the  fcoddess,  bjr    that  part  where  te 

WOllDdl, 

There  to  strike  deep  ber  errors  In  himself. 

Yocxn* 
To  me  the  laboars  of  the  field  resign  ; 
Me  Puis  Injured  ;  all  the  war  be  mine, 
FUl  be  that  most,  beneath  hto  rifal*s  arms 
And  keve  the  rest  secure  of  future  harms, 

Pow. 

To  monm  a  mlscAf^that  is  past  and  {rone, 
b  the  next  waj  to  draw  new  tnUchiefoa, 

SUAKSFIUIUC. 

EVIL,  V.  Bad. 
TO  EVINCE,  V,  To  argiie. 
TO  EVINCE,  V.  To  prove. 
EXACT,  V.  Accurate. 

EXACT,    EXTORT. 

EXACT,  in  Latin  exacius,  partici- 
ple of  cxigo  to  drive  out,  signifies  the 
exercise  ot  simple  force ;  but  EXTORT, 
from  extortus,  participle  of  exlorqueo 
to  wring  out,  marks  the  exercise  of  un- 
usual force.  In  the  application,  there- 
fore, to  exact  is  to  demand  with  force, 
it  is  commonly  an  act  of  injustice  :  to 
extort  is  to  get  with  violence,  it  is  an 
act  of  tyranny.  The  collector  of  the 
revenue  exacts  when  he  gets  from  the 
people  more  than  he  is  authorized  to 
take :  an  arbitrary  prince  extorts  froixj 
his  conquered  subjects  whatever  he 
can  grasp  at.  In  the  figurative  sense, 
deference,  obedience,  applause,  and 
admiration,  are  exacted :  a  confession, 
an  acknowledgement,  a  discovery,  and 
the  like,  are  extorted. 

While  to  the  establiaiwd  church  is  eivea  that 
protection  and  support  which  the  inteiests  of 
rell^ioa  render  proper  and  due,  jet  no  rifid  con- 
formltj  Is  eacaeud,  Biai  a. 

If  I  err  in  bellevinf:  that  the  sovis  of  mea  ate 
Immortal,  not  while  I  life  woal4  I  wish  to  have 
this  delifihtfal  error  extorted  (torn 


( 


EXAMINE. 


EXAMPLE. 


427 


lions  and  inquiries  are  both  made  b^ 
means  of  questions  ;  but  the  former  is 
an  oihcial  act  for  a  specific  end^  the 
latter  is  a  private  act  for  purposes  of 
convenience  or  pleasure.  Students  un- 
dergo examinations  from  their  teach- 
ers; they  pursue  their  inquiries  for 
themselves. 

An  examination  or  an  inquiry  may 
be  set  .on  foot  on  any  subject:  but  toe 
examination  is  direct ;  it  is  the  set- 
ting of  things  before  the  view,  cor- 
poreal or  mental,  in  order  to  obtain 
a  conclusion :  the  inquiry  is  indirect; 
it  is  a  oircuitous  method  of  coming 
to  the  knowledge  of  what  was  not 
known  before.  The  student  examines 
the  evidences  of  Christianity,  that  he 
may  strengthen  his  own  belief;  the 
government  institute  an  inquiry  into 
the  conduct  of  subjects.  A  re- 
search  is  a  remote  inqidry ;  an  inr 
vestigation  is  a  minute  inquiry;  a 
scrutiny  is  a  strict  examinatiom. 
Learned  men  of  inquisitive  tempers 
make  their  researches  into  anUauity  : 
magistrates  investigate  doubtful  and 
mysterious  affairs;  physicians  ini^ef- 
tigate  the  canses  of  diseases  ;  men 
scrutinize  the  actions  of  those  whom 
they  hold  in  suspicion.  Acuteness 
and  penetration  are  peculiarly  re- 
quisite in  making  researches ;  patience 
and  perseverance  are  the  necessary 
qualincations  of  the  investigator ;  a 
quick  discernment  will  essentially  aid 
the  scrutinizer. 

Tbe  body  of  va^x^  is  luch  a  Ml^ect  as  ttandi 
the  utiDOfft  test  of  examinattim*  Addison* 

If  )oa  narch  purely  for  troth,  it  will  be  la- 
diffrreot  to  >ou  ^here  >ea  fiad  if.  Buoonu 

inquiries  after  bappiaeaB  are  not  so  oecesrvj 
aod  useful  to  mankiod  as  tbe  arts  of  coDsqlatloB. 

Asmsoii* 

To  all  inferior  animals  His  flf*a 

T*  enjoy  tbe  state  allotted  tbem  by  beav^  ; 

Vo  vain  re$earche»  eV  dliAarb  their  rest. 

JSVTHS. 

We  hate  divided  natnral  fhllosopl^  Into  the 
inresU^atiou  of  capses,  and  the  prodvctioa  vi 
eflfects.  Bacow. 

Before  I  fro  to  bed,  I  make  a  icruUny  what 
peccant  bnmoars  have  reigned  in  roe  that  day. 

TO  Ex.^MiNE,  V.  To  discuss. 

TO   EXAMINK,    SKARCH, 
EXPLORB. 

EXAMINE,  V.  Examinaiion, 
SEARCH,  V.  Examination. 
EXPliOHE;  in  Latio  exploro^  oom- 


pouoded  of  esr  and  ploro^  signifies 
|>rQpecly  to  burst  out,  whether  in  la- 
fnenta^on  or  an  examination. 

These  words  ajre  liere  considered  us 
they  designate  the  iookhig  upon  places 
or  objects,  in  order  to  get  acquainted 
with  then.  To  examine  expresses  a 
lieas  efibrt  than  to  atareky  and  this 
«iLnresse8  less  than  to  explere. 

We  examine  oi^ects  that  aoevear ; 
we  search  those  that  are  hidden  or 
removed  at  a  certain  diatance^  we 
explore  those  that  are  imkoown  or 
very  Alistant.  The  painter  £xamim€s  a 
landscape  in  order  to  take  a  sketdi  of 
it;  the  botanist ^eorcto after cohoos 
plants;  die  iikqnisidve  traveller  €»- 
pdorei  uiiknown  regioas. 

Tbe  ymttx  examines  tlie  books  from 
which  he  intends  to  draw  his  aatho- 
lities  ;  the  ontiqaarian  searches  every 
comer  io  which  he  hopes  to£nd  a  mo- 
nument of  antiquity ;  the  classic  ex^ 
plores  the  learning  and  wisdom  of  the 
ancients. 

Men  will  look  Into  oor  lives,  and  examine 
Mr  actknia,  and  taqulre  into  oar  coavcnalions : 
bj  these  they  wfll  jnilge  the  Umth  and  reality  of 
•vr  proftmioB*  Tnxorsox. 

'Not  tboo,  nor  they  shall  teardt  the  thoorbta. 

that  roll 
Up  In  tbe  etoee  reegmii  of  my  son!.  Pors. 

Hector,  be  said,  my  eonrsfe  bids  roe  meet 
This  high  atchieveotcnt,  and  explore  the  deet. 


BXAMPLB,  PATTERN,  ENSAMPLB. 

EXAMPLE,  in  Latin  exemplum, 
very  probably  changed  from  exsum^ 
him  and  exsimulo  or  simt^fb,  signifies 
the  thing  framed  according  to  a  like^ 
ness. 

PATTERN,  r.  Copy. 

ENSAMPLE  signifies  that  which 
is  d<Se  according  to  a  sample  or  ex^ 
ample. 

All  these  words  are  taken  fisr  that 
which  ought  to  be  followed :  but  the 
example  must  be  followed  generally  ; 
the  pattern  must  be  fisUowed  par* 
ticularly,  not  only  as  to  what,  but 
how  a  thing  is  to  be  done :  the  former 
serves  as  a  guide  to  the  judgement ; 
the  latter  to  guide  the  actions.  The 
example  comprehends  what  is  either  to 
be  followed  or  avoided  ^  the  pattern 
onl;^  that  which  is  to  be  followed  or 
copied :  the  ensampU  is  a  species  of 
example^  the  word  being  employed 
only  in  the  solenm  stvle.  lie  ex^ 
mple  may  be  presentedf  ditb«r  in  tht 


EXCELLENCE. 


EXCESSIVE. 


the  Datch  and  Italians  esttUed  tha 
Enalish  in  painting. 
•  We  may  turpan  withoat  any  direct 
or  immediate  effort;  we  cannot  er- 
eel  without  effort.  Nations  as  well 
as  individnals  willi  fttrpcuf  eadi  other 
in  particular  arts  and  scieooasy  as 
much  from  local  and  adventitioos  a^- 
cumstanoes,  as  from  natural  gsnina 
and  steady  application ;  no  one  <mi 
expect  to  exctl  in  leamiog*  whose  in- 
dolence gets  the  better  of  his  ambn 
tion.  The  derivatives  exceiim  and 
escellad  have  this  obvious  distinctioa 
between  them^  that  the  former  alwava 
signifies  aeceetUng  m  that  which  oogns 
not  to  he  exceakd;  and  the  latter 
exceeding  in  that  where  it  is  honoap- 
able  to  exceed :  he  who  is  habitually 
excettive  in  any  of  his  indnlaaiiciei^ 
must  be  insensible  to  the  exceUmoe  of 
a  temperate  life. 

TRANSCEND,  from  tram  beyond 
and  teendo  or  scando  to  climhy  sjgpifies 
climbing  beyond ;  and  OUTDdf  sig- 
nifies doii^  out  of  the  ordinary  coarse : 
the  former^  like  fa»7wit*,refers  rather  to 
the  state  of  tfain|s ;  and  emtdo^  Uke 
excel,  to  the  exertions  of  persons :  the 
former  rises  in  sense  above  turpa$i; . 
but  Ale  latter  is  only  employed  in  par- 
ticular cases,  that  isy  to  excel  in  action : 
excel  is  however  confined  to  that 
which  is  good ;  outdo  to  that  which  is 
S;ood  or  bad.  Hie  senius  of  Homer 
transcends  that  of  almost  every  other 
poet :  Ileliogabulus  outdid  eveiy  other 
emperor  in  extravagance*   . 

Maii*8  boandleM  aTtrloe  ejtceedt, 
Aad  on  his  nclgbbowfl  toMd  ttoiit  Mi 


Dryilen    often  turpMtsit    <ipt<fitlwi,  bbA 

Pope  never  fallt  below  It.  Jmauom* 

To  bim  tbe  kin; :  How  nuck  thy  jWUiMtnf 
In  arts  of  cooniiel,  and  la  fpcaklac  wdL    PWBf 

Aafplclont  prince,  la  anna  a  wai^kej  BaiH^* 
Bot  yef  wbow  actfoas  Ikr  tnMterJid  yosrfluaa* 


Th«  laiC  and  emwnlas  haUm^  aC  nv  lote 
to  our  anemlei  fato  ptay  Ibr  U— i.  ftekytlUta 
man  wonld  fliia  Co  awlito  UnMtf. 


TO  EXCEL,  v.  To  exceed. 

EXCELLENCE,   SC7PBRIOR1T7. 

£XC£UJE:NC£  is  an  absolota 
term ;  SUPEHIOIUTY  is  a  relative 
term  c  many  may  haveefceilsiice.in  the 
same  degree,  but  they  must  have  ni- 
periority  in  different  degrees ;  ^apert* 
ifrity  is  often  snperior.  ^geeikmfif  hf»t 

2 


in  maDT  cases  they  are  applied  to  di^ 
ferent  ol^ects. 

There  is  a  moral  excellence  attaiiH 
aUe  b^  all  who  have  the  will  to  strive 
after  it;  but  there  is  an  intellectual 
aad  physical  MwertbriC^  which  ia- 
above  the  rsach  or  oar  wish^  aad  is< 
gnuited  to  a  few  only. 

I  Mvy  vtUwn  ai  aaoChti^  Jojt 


TiteaUttobflMii  oOmnh  aoandlliaacr 
hmiwm  MMdimptrUriijf,  TttJUfmeu 

EXCEPT,  V*  Besides^ 
EXCEPT,  V.  Unless. 
.    EXCEPTION^  V.  Objectidum 
BXCBSSy  strpERVLunr,  rbduh- 

DANCY. 

EXCESS  is  that  which  exceeds 
any  measure;  SUPEBELUITY  from 
tmper  and  Jluo  to  flow  over;  and 
REDUNDANCY,  from  redmndo  to 
itiisam  back  or  over,  signifies  anit 
exeen  pf  a  good  measure.  We  may 
have  an  anwst  of  heat  or  coldt  wetor 
dry,  when  vre  have  more  than  tha 
ordinary  qoantitqr ;  but  vre  have  a  $t^ 
pAr^K«lftf  of  jffovisioos  when  wehayv 
more  tba^  we  want.  JELrceu  is  uh 
piicabletoanyol^ect;  hat  sup&fiuiijf 
and  redundancy  are  species  of  exceu  ^ 
the  former  applicable  in  a  partiffular 
manner  to  that  which  is  an  olject  of 
Ofur  desire ;  and  redundancy  to  matters 
of  expression  or  feeling  We  aaair 
have  an  erceit  of  prosjperity' or  ao* 
vanity ;  a  nmerftwf  ot§poa  tUnp  ; 
and  a  redundancy  or  spewh  or  wotds* 

ItbwMyaiteiid  taMrpMMC  iCate  iM 
Jay  tad  flsar,  Wpe  aad  grM;  dMvId  ad  attain 


%y  fbitt  or  foUciy,  1^  wiriew^  or  ^ 
fbrtnt^  pnpcity  aad  mfirUit^  vtie  M^ 
dneed  and  a^aihiWd,  tWa  th«r«fcoM  pM^ 
•kM  awnIM  akata  fWff  waaliattanlljr  Md  aat 
tkab  tagwisMttw  ott  ptoaana.  Jonaaa, 

.  1W  daftct  or  rsdMHdtaMfla  af  a  ^ifkUa  B^iie 
ka  aarily  aafarad  la  tka  raellaClM. 


IfXCESSlVB,    UmOOSRATE,  IIU 

TBlIPBmATB. 

TfiE  EXCESSIVE  is  beyond  mea- 
sure; the  ISllffOl>ER.^^r£,  from 
aiodMS  A  mode  or  measure,  is  wit&ot 
measure;  theiNTEWdP£llATE,firom 
tempms  a  time  or  term,'  is  that  which 
isi^kajplvithiolMMiyhMi  / 


EXIGENCY. 


EXIST. 


433 


Exert  is  often  used  only  for  an  in- 
dividual act  of  calling  forth  into  ac- 
tion j  ererritc  always  conveys  the  idea 
of  repeated  or  continued  exertion : 
thus  a  person  who  calls  to  anotlier 
i  exerts  his  voice ;  he  who  speaks  aloud 
for  any  length  of  time  exercises  his 
lungs. 

How  hat  Mnton  reprewated  Uw  whole  God- 
head, exerting  ItM-lf  towards  man  la  iti  fall 
benevoIeDcts  under  the  thre^ld  dlitlnetlon  of  a 
Creator,  a  Redeemer,  and  Comforter.    Addisoh. 

God  made  so  ficolty,  hot  abo  pro? Med  It 
with  a  proper  object  opon  which  It  mifht  exer* 
cUe  it«lf.  «  SocTU. 

w 

BXERTioN,  V,  Endeavour. 
TO  EXHALE,  V.  To  emit, 
TO  EXHAUST,  V.  To  Spend. 

TO  EXHIBIT,  V.  To  glve. 
TO  EXHIBIT,  V,  To  shoW. 
EXHIBITION,  V.  ^how. 

TO  EXHILARATE,  V,  To  animate. 

TO  EXHORT,   PERSUADE. 

EXHORT,  'in  Latin  exhortor^  com- 
pounded of  ex  and  hortor^  from  the 
Greek  <»pTai  perfect  passive  of  of«  to 
excite  or  impel. 

PERSUADE,  V.  Conviction. 

Ex  flirtation  has  more  of  impelling 
in  it ;  persuasion  more  of  drawmg :  a 
superior  exhorts;  his  w6rds  carry  au- 
thority with  them,  and  rouse  to  action : 
a  friend  and  an  equal  persuades ;  he 
wins  and  draws  by  the  agreableness 
or  •kindness  uf  his  expressions.  JEx- 
hortations  arc  employed  only  in  mat- 
ters of  duty  or  necessity;  persuasions 
arc  employed  in  matters  of  pleasure  or 
convenicuce. 

Their  pInloBiiUU 
^Id  looie  libratloni  strrtchM,  to  trait  the  fold 
>    I'rembUag  refuse,  till  down  before  them  flj 
The  parent  guidev,  and  chide,    exhort,  com- 
mand. TBomoH. 

Gaj*s  fHend9  pertuaded  hfan  to  lell  hit  diare 
So  the  South  Sea  vtock,  but  be  dreamed  of  d^- 
nity  and  splendor.  JoHMtoir* 

EXIGENCY,  EMERGENCY. 

Necessity  ib  the  idea  which  is  com- 
mon to  the  signification  of  these 
terms :  the  former,  from  the  Latin 
exigo  to  demand,  expresses  what  the 
case  demands;  and  the  latter,  from 
emergo  to  arise  out  of,  denotes  what 
rises  out  of  the  ':ase. 


Tlie  exigency  is  more  common,  but 
•less  pressing;  the  emergency  is  impe- 
rious when  it  comes,  but  comes  less 
frequently  :  a  prudent  traveller  will 
never  carry  more  mofley  with  him 
than  what  will  supply  the  exigencies 
of  his  journey;  and  m  case  of  an  emer^ 
gency  will  rather  borrow  of  his  friends 
than  risk  his  property. 

Savage  wai  apain  confined  to  Brhlol,  wheie  be 
waf  every  da;  hunted  bj  baiUffp.  In  tbb  exi- 
gence he  once  more  found  a  friend  who  aheKend 
hhn  la  bU  houae.  Johimon. 

When  it  waa  formerly  the  favbion  to  huiband 
a  Ue  and  to  tramp  H  up  lu  aome  (*xtraordIoai7 
emergency.  It  generally  did  raecntlon  ;  but  at 
pflCMDt  every  mu  la  oo  hia  foard.        Anmaoir. 

TO  EXILE,  V.  To  banish. 
TO  JtxiST,  V.  To  be. 

TO  EXIST,  LIVE. 

EXIST,  V,  To  be. 

llVEj  through  the  medium  of  the 
Saxon  libbad,  and  the  other  northern 
dialects,  comes  in  all  probability  from 
the  Hebrew  Ub  the  neart,  wKich  is 
the  seat  of  animal  life. 

Existence  is  the  property  of  all 
thin^  in  the  universe ;  life,  which  is 
the  inherent  power  of  motion,  is  the 
particular  property  communicated  by 
the  Divine  Bemg  to  some  parts  only  of 
his  creation  :  exists  therefore,  is  the 
genera],  and  live  the  specific,  term : 
whatever  lives,  exists  according  to  a 
certain  mode ;  but  many  things  exist 
without  living :  when  we  wish  to 
speak  of  things  in  their  most  abstract 
relation,  we  say  they  exist ;  when  we 
wish  to  characterize  the  form  of  e4E^ 
istence^  we  say  they  live. 

Existence^  in  its  proper  sense,  is 
the  attribute  which  we  commonly  luh 
scribe  to  the  Divine  Being,  and  it  is 
that  which  is  immediately  communi- 
cable by  himself;  life  is  that  mode  of 
existence  which  he  has  made  to  be 
communicable  by  other  objects  be- 
sides himself:  existence  is  taken  only 
in  its  strict  and  proper  sense,  inde- 
pendent of  all  its  attributes  and  ap- 
pendages; but  life  is  regarded  in  con- 
nexion with  the  means  by  which  it  is 
supported,  as  animal  life,  or  vegetable 
life.  In  like  manner,  when  speaking 
of  spiritual  objects,  exist  retains  its 
abstract  sens^,  and  live  is  employed 
to  denote  an  active  principle :  animo- 
sities should  never  exist  in  the  mind  ; 

3f 


EXPERIENCE- 


EXPLAIN. 


435 


TO  EXPEDITE,  V.  To  hasten. 
EXPEDITIOUS,  V.  Diligent. 
TO  EXPEL,  V.  To  banish. 
TO  EXPEND,  V.  To  Spend. 

EXPENSE,  v.   Cost. 

EXPERIENCE,     EXPERIMENT, 
TRIAL,   PROOF. 

EXPERIENCE,  EXPERIMENT, 

from  the  Latin  experioTy  compounded 
of  e  or  ex  and  perio  or  pario^  signifies 
to  bring  forth,  that  is,  the  thingbrought 
to  light,  or  the  act  of  bringing  to 
light. 

TRIAL  signifies  the  act  of  trying^ 
from  try,  in  Latin  tento^  Hebrew  tur, 
to  explore,  examine,  search. 

PROOF  signifies  either  the  act  of 
pravingy  from  the  Latin  j9ro6o  to  make 
good,  or  the  thing  made  good,  proved 
to  be  good. 

By  all  the  actions  implied  in  these 
terms,  we  endeavour  to  arrive  at  a 
certainty  respecting  some  imknown 
particular:  the  experienceis  that  which 
nas  been  tried ;  the  experiment  is  the 
thing  to  be  tried :  the  experience  is 
certain,  as  it  is  a  deduction  from  the 
past  for  the  service  of  the  present ; 
the  experiment  is  uncertain,  and  serves 
a  future  purpose:  experience  is  an 
unerring  guide,  which  no  roan  can 
desert  without  falling  into  error;  expC' 
riments  may  fail,  or  be  superseded  by 
others  more  perfect. 

Hxperiejice  serves  to  lead  us  to 
moral  truth;  the  experiment  aids  us 
in  ascertaining  speculative  truth :  we 
profit  by  experience  to  rectify  prac- 
tice; we  make  experiments  in  theo- 
retical inquiries:  he,  therefore,  who 
makes  experiments  in  matters  of  ex-^ 
perience  rejects  a  steady  and  definite 
mode  of  coming  at  the  truth  for  one 
that  is  variable  and  uncertain,  and 
tliat  too  in  matters  of  the  first  mo- 
ment :  the  consequences  of  such  a 
mistake  are  obvious,  and  have  been 
too  fatally  realized  in  the  present  age, 
in  which  experience  has  been  set  at 
nought  by  every  wild  speculator,  who 
has  recommended  experiments  to  be 
made  with  all  the  forms  of  moral  duty 
and  civil  society. 

The  experiment^  trials  and  proof, 
have  equally  the  character  of  uncer- 


tainty; but  the    experiment  is  em- 
ploved  only  in  matters  of  an  intellec* 
tual  nature  ;  the  trial  is  employed  in 
matters  of  a  personal  nature,  on  phy- 
sical as  well  as  mental  objects;  the 
proof  is  employed  in  moral  subjects  : 
we  make  an  experiment  in  order  to 
know  whether  a  thing  be  true  or  false ; 
we  make  a  trial  in  order  to  know 
whether  it  be  capable  or  incapable, 
convenient  or  inconvenient,  useful  or 
the  contrary ;  we  put  a  thmg  to  the 
proof  in  order  to  determine  whether  it 
be  good  or  bad,  real  or  unreal :  er- 
periments  tend  to  confirm  our  opinions; 
they  are  the  handmaids  of  science ; 
the  philosopher  doubts  every  position 
which  cannot  be  demonstrated  by  re- 
peated experiments :  trials  are  of  ab- 
solute necessity  in  directing  our  con- 
duct, our  taste,  and  our  choice  i  we 
judge  of  our  strength  or  skill  by  trials  ; 
we  judge  of  the  effect  of  colors  by 
trials,  and  the  like :    the  proof  de- 
termines the  judgement,  as  in  common 
life,  according  to  the  vulgar  proverb, 
^  The  proof  of  the  pudding  is  in  the 
eating ; "  so  in  the  knowledge  of  men 
and  diings,  the  proof  of  men's  cba« 
racters  and  merits  is  best  made  bj 
observing  tlieir  conduct. 

A  man  inaj,bjr  experience,  be  perraaded  that 
hit  will  b  free  ;  that  he  can  do  this,  or  not  do  It. 

Tiuonow* 

Any  one  may  easily  mafce  thli  ejeperiment^ 
and  even  plainly  see  that  then  ii  no  bod  in  Ch« 
com  which  ants  lay  up.  AiiWMMU 

But  be  hlinaelf  betook  another  way. 
To  make  more  trial  of  his  hardimsBt, 
And  seek  adventoRs,  as  be  with  priiiee  Arthw 
went. 


O  goodly  usage  of  thoae  ancient  tymes! 
In  which  the  sword  was  servant  unto  right : 
When  not  for  malice  and  oont«ntioQs  cryaes^ 
Bat  all  for  praise  and  proq/ of  rnan^  night. 


BXPERiMSNT,  V.  Experience. 
EXPERT,  V.  Clever. 

TO  EXPIATE,  V.  To  atOfW. 

TO  EXPIRE,  V.  To  die. 

TO  EXPLAIN,   EXPOUND, 
INTERPRET. 

EXPLAIN  signifies  to  make  pUnn^ 
V.  Apparent^ 

EXPOUND,  from  the  Latio  er- 
pono,  compounded  of  ex  and  pona^ 
signifies  to  set  forth  in  detaiL 


EXPLANATORY. 


EXPRESS. 


437 


given  to  children  should  consist  of  as 
few  words  as  possible,  so  long  as  they 
are  sufficiently  explicit. 

1  know  I  meant  jut  what  yoa  exptmtn  t  but 
T  did  not  explain  mj  own  meanlnf  fo  well  as 
yoa.  PorK. 

It  b  Indeed  the  nme  qntem  u  mine,  bat 
iUuitrated  with  a  ray  of  joar  own.  Poriw 

If  our  relli^ioai  tenets  ihoald  ever  want  a 
farther  ebtetdation^  we  shall  not  eall  on  athebn 
to  explain  them.  Buuk. 

EXPLANATION,  V,  Definition. 

EXPLANATORY,    £XPLICIT» 
EXPRESS. 

EXPLANATORY  signifies  con- 
raining  or  belonging  to  explanation^ 
(r.  To  explain), 

EXPLICIT,  in  Latin  exp/icatw 
from  erplico  to  unfold,  signifies  un« 
folded  or  laid  open. 

EXPRESS,  in  Latin  expretntt,  sie- 
nifies  the  same  as  expressed  or  deU- 
vered  in  specific  terms. 

The  explanatory  is  that  which  is 
superadded  to  clear  up  difficulties  or 
obscurities.  A  letter  is  explanatory 
which  contains  an  explanation  of  some- 
tiling  preceding,  in  lieu  of  any  thing 
new.  The  explicit  is  that  which  of  it- 
self obviates  every  difficulty;  an  ex- 
plicit  letter,  llierefore,  will  leave  no- 
thing that  requires  explanation:  the 
explicit  admits  of  a  free  use  of  words; 
the  express  requires  them  to  be  unam- 
biguous. A  person  ought  to  be  ex- 
plicit when  he  enters  into  an  engage- 
ment ;  he  ought  to  be  express  when  hp 
gives  commands. 

An  explanatory  law  stops  the  currMt  of  a 
precedent  Htatute,  nor  does  either  of  them  adoiit 
extension  aftenrurdf.  Baoom. 

Since  the  rerolntion  the  boonds  of  prsvogatlfs 
and  liberty  have  been  better  defined,  the  princi- 
ples of  f orernment  more  thoroai^  wraafnei 
and  understood,  and  the  rights  of  the  sabjeeC 
jiwrc  explicitly  guarded  by  legal  provfalOM,  thaa 
in  any  otber  period  of  the  Engibh  Ustory. 

BfiACKSTOMfc 

1  have  destroyed  the  letter  I  recdfed  from  yos 
by  the  bands  of  Lucius  Aruatlns,  thongb  it  was 
much  too  innocent  to  deserve  so  severe  a  tfeato 
ronit;  however,  it  was  yonr  expreu  desire  I 
sbonld.  destroy  it,  and  I  have  eonpUed  accord- 
ingly. Mbuiotb^  Lvmas  or  Cioxio. 

EXPLICIT,  V,  Explanatory^ 

KXPLoiT,  V,  Deed, 

TO  EXPLORE,  V.  To  examine. 


SXPLOSION,  V.  Eruption^ 
EXPOSBD,  V.  Subject^ 

TO  SXPOSTULATBy 
RBMONST^ATj;. 

EXPOSTULATE,  from  poitulo  to 
demand,  signifies  to  demand  reasout 
for  a  thine. 

R£M()NSTRATE,  from  mtmdro 
to  show,  signifies  to  show  reasons 
against  a  thing. 

We  expostulate  in  a  tone  of  autho* 
rity ;  we  remonstrate  in  a  tone  of  com- 
plaint. He  who  expostulates  passes 
a  censure,  and  claims  to  be  beard; 
he  who  remonstrates  presents  his  case 
and  requests  to  be  heard.  ExpostU" 
lotion  may  often  be  the  precursor  of 
violence;  remonstrance  mostly  rests 
on  the  force  of  reason  and  representa- 
tion :  he  who  admits  of  expostulation 
from  an  inferior  undennines  his  own 
authority  ;  he  who  is  deaf  to  the  re- 
monstrances  of  his  friends  is  far  gone  in 
folly :  the  expostulation  is  mostly  on 
matters  of  personal  interest ;  the  re- 
monstrance  may  as  often  he  made  on 
matters  of  propriety.  The  8cythian 
ambassadors  expostulated  with  Alex* 
ander  agunst  his  invasion  of  their 
countnr;  King  Richard  expostulated 
with  Wat  Tyler  on  the  subject  of  his 
insurrection;  Artabanes  remonstrated 
with  Xerxes  on  the  foil?  of  his  pro« 
jected  invasion. 

With  the  hypocrlta  It  b  not  my  bnttaess  at 
present  to  surposfulafe. 


I  have  been  bat  a  little  time  conversant  wHk 
tiM  world,  yet  I  have  had  already  froqaeat  op- 
poftnnitles  of  ohstntng  tlie  little  eflteacy  of  re* 
•leMlraiice  and  censplalnt.  Jowisos* 

TO  EXPOUND)  V.  To  explain. 
SXPRSSS,  V.  Explanatory. 

TO  EXPRESS,  DECLAREySIONIWy 
•rasTIFY,   UTTER* 

To  EXPRESS,  from  th^  Utin  €»- 
jnitno  to  press  out,  is  said  of  what- 
ever passes  in  the  mind ;  to  DE- 
CLARE (v.  To  declare)  is  said  only 
of  sentiments  and  opinions.  A  man 
expresses  auger,  io^,  sorrow,  and  all 
the  affections  in  their  turn ;  he  declares 
his  opinion  for  or  against  any  particu* 
lar  measure. 

To  express  is  the  simple  act  of 
oommunicatioui  resulting  from  oar  dr* 


458 


EXPRESS. 


EXPR&SS. 


ctimstances  as  social  agents;  to  <fe- 
clare  is  a  specific  and  positive  act 
that  is  called  for  by  the  occasion  :  the 
former  may  be  done  in  private,  the 
latter  is  always  more  or  less  public. 
An  expression  of  one's  feelings  and 
sentiments  to  those  whom  we  esteem 
is  the  supreme  delight  of  social  beings; 
the  declaration  of  our  opinions  may 
be  pmdent  or  imprudent,  according 
to  circumstances.  Words,  looks,  ges- 
tures, or  movements,  serve  to  express  ; 
actions,  as  well  as  words,  may  some- 
times declare:  sometimes  we  cannot 
express  our  contempt  in  so  strong  a 
manner  as  by  preserving  a  perfect  si- 
lence when  we  are  required  to  speak ; 
an  act  of  hostility,  on  the  part  of  a 
nation,  is  as  much  a  declaration  of 
war  as  if  it  were  expressed  in  positive 
terms. 

Thva  Roman  youth  derivM  firom  rolnM  Traj, 
In  rade  Sotaralui  rfaymet  ewpreu  tbdr  joy. 

Da 


TV  nMrrinc  ran  bj  eerlmis  ilgns  dedmret. 
What  tiw  late  tv*a  or  earlj  mora  prepares. 

Drtdkr. 

To  express  and  SIGNIFY  are  both 
said  of  words ;  but  express  has  always 
regard  to  the  agent,  and  the  use  which 
he  makes  of  the  words.  Signify,  from 
signum  a  sign,  and  Jacio  to  make,  has 
respect  to  the  tilings  of  which  the 
words  are  made  the  usual  signs :  hence 
it  is  that  a  word  may  be  made  to 
express  one  thing,  while  it  signifies 
another;  and  heuce  it  is  that  many 
words,  according  to  their  ordinary  sig- 
nijkation,  will  not  express  what  the 
speaker  has  in  his  mind,  and  wishes 
to  communicate :  the  monosyllable  no 
signifies  simple  negation ;  but  accord- 
ing to  the  temper  of  the  speaker,  and 
the  circumstances  under  which  it  is 
spoken,  it  may  express  ill  nature,  an- 
eer,  or  any  other  bod  passion. 

To  signify  and  TESTIFY,  like  the 
word  express,  are  employed  in  general 
for  any  act  of  communication  other- 
wise than  by  words ;  but  express  is 
used  in  a  stronger  sense  than  either 
of  the  former.  The  passions  and 
strongest  movements  of  the  soul  are 
expressed;  the  simple  intentions  or 
transitory  feelings  of  the  mind  are 
signified  or  testified.  A  person  ex- 
presses his  joy  by  the  sparkling  of  his 
•ye,  and  the  vivacity  of  his  counte- 


nance; be  signifiee  bis  wiahei  bj  a 
nod ;  be  testifies  his  approbation  bj  a 
smile.  People  of  vivid  sensibility  must 
take  care  not  to  express  all  their  feeU 
ings ;  those  who  expect  a  ready  obedi- 
ence from  their  inferiors  must  not 
adopt  a  haughty  mode  of  signifying 
their  will ;  nothuig  is  more  gratifyin 
to  an  ingenuous  mind  than  to  testify 
its  regard  for  merit,  wherever  it  may 
discover  itself. 

Express  may  be  said  of  all  sendent 
beings,  and,  by  a  figure  of  speecfai 
even  of  those  which  havtf  no  sense ; 
fjiS^ify  ^s  said  of  rational  agents  only. 
The  do^  has  the  most  expressive  mode 
of  showing  his  attachment  and  fidelity 
to  his  master;  a  significant  look  or 
smile  may  sometimes  give  rise  to  sus- 
picion, and  lead  to  the  detection  of 
^ilt.  To  signify  and  testify,  though 
closely  allied  in  sense  and  application, 
have  this  difierence,  that  to  signify  is 
simply  to  give  a  sign  of  what  passes 
inwardly,  to  testify  is  to  ^ve  that  sign 
in  the  presence  of  others.  A  person 
signifies  by  letter  his  intendon  of  be- 
ing at  a  certain  place  at  a  given  dme; 
he  testifies  his  sense  of  mvors  con- 
ferred, by  every  mark  of  gradtude  uid 
respect. 

UTTER,  from  the  preposition  out^ 
signifying  to  bring  out,  differs  from 
express  in  this,  that  the  latter  respects 
the  thing  which  is  communicated,  and 
the  former  the  means  of  communicar 
tion.  We  express  from  the  heart ;  we 
utter  with  the  lips:  to  express  an 
uncharitable  sentiment  is  a  violadon 
of  Christian  duty ;  to  utter  an  un- 
seemly word  is  a  violadon  of  good 
manners:  those  who  say  what  they 
do  not  mean,  utter  but  not  express  ; 
those  who  show  by  their  looks  what  is 
passing  in  their  hearts,  expreu  but  do 
not  utter, 

At  the  Sopreaw  BHa;  has  etepretteA,  and  at 
it  were  printed  his  Ideas  tn  the  crcatioo,  mea 
varpren  their  ideas  In  books.  Aooisosi. 

On  him  confer  the  Poet*s  sacred  nane, 
VHiose  lofty  voice  declaru  (be  heavenly  fltnae. 

Admm*. 

If  there  be  no  cauM  expretud  the  gaoler  Is 
■ot  bonnd  to  detain  the  prisoner.  For  the  law 
judp>s  in  this  r»p«^,  saith  Sir  Edward  Coke, 
like  Fostns  the  Roman  governor ;  (hat  It  Is  nn- 

rrasonable  to  send  a  prisoner,  and  not  to  *i§a(fy 
wilhal  the  crimes  allcdged  against  bim. 

BLACKSTOaib 


EXTENUATE. 


BXTAANEOUS.      489 


BXTRAMBOITS,  lOTRINSICy 
VORBlGir, 


Wkal  ooBK>laiiMi  cu  W  ted«  Drydm  km  ^O  BXTOATt  V*  To  eXQCt. 

afbrded,  by  lldag  to  repent,  ud  to  tMt(/|p  Ui 
npeotance,  (for  bb  loMml  wrttlogi).  Jonnoib 

The  naltUode  of  angeli,  wicb  a  ^ovt 
IiMd  as  from  nomben  tHchovt  B«nber«  tweet 
JU  froiD  btoMd  ?  oieei,  titterliif  ioj.     MnroK.* 

BXPBSSsioN,<»v.  Word. 
BXPRBssiVE,  V.  Significant. 
TO  BXPUNGS,  V.  To  blot  oui, 
TO  BXTBND,  t;.  7o  enlarge. 
TO  EXTEND,  v.  To  reocA. 
BXTBN8IVB,  1/.  CompTehenswe. 
BXTBNT,  v.  Limit. 

TOBXTBNUATB,  PALUATB. 

EXTENUATE,  from  the  Utiii 
tenuis  thin,  smaU,  sigpifies  literally  to 
make  small. 

PALLIATE,  in  Latin  patU^tug, 
participle  of  palUo,  from  paUkM  % 
cloak,  Bignifies  to  thro«r  a  cloak  oiver 
a  thing  so  that  it  may  not  be  seen. 

These  terms  are  both  applicable  to 
the  moral  conduct,  and  expraas  the 
act  of  lessening  the  guilt  of  any  impro- 
priety. To  extenuate  is  aimply  to 
lessen  guilt  without  refiu^eQce  to  the 
means :  to  palliate  is  to  lessen  it  by 
means  of  art.  To  extemnate  is  rather 
the  effect  of  circumstancea :  to , 
is  the  direct  effort  of  an  individnol. 
Ignorance  in  the  offender  may  senre 
as  an  extenuation  of  his  guilt,  al- 
though not  of  his  offence :  it  is  but  a 
poor  palliation  of  a  man*s  guilt,  to  say 
that  his  crimes  have  not  been  attended 
with  the  mischief  which  they  were 
calculated  to  produce. 

SaTsge  endearonml  to  eaiemiMte  Ao  AmI  (of 
boTtaf  killed  8teelalr),bjw|l« 
of  Uie  whole  octioa. 

Mods.  St.  Bfwcod  bos  eaii 
Uate  the  sapentitloas  of  tbo 

Rli|^. 


BXTERioR,  ff.  Outside. 
BXTEAioRy  V.  Outward. 

TO  EXTERM INATB,  V.  To  efflh 

dicate. 

EXTERNAL,   V.  Outwavd. 
TO   EXTIRPATE^   V.   To 

eate. 
TO  EXTOL,  V.  To  praise. 


EXTRANEOUS,  componnded  of 
exterraneuip  or  ex  and  terra^  sig- 
nifies but  of  the  land,  not  belonging 
to  it. 

EXTRINSIC,  in  Latin  ejfrtntecii^ 
compounded  of  extra  and  $ecu$p  ugai* 
fies  outward|  externaL 

FOREIGN,  from  the  Ladn  /ortf 
out  of  doors,  sigmfies  not  belonging  lo 
the  fiimily. 

The  extraneoui  is  that  which  forms 
no  necessary  or  natural  part  of  any 
dung:  the  estrhuk  is  that  whicb 
forms  a  part  or  has  a  connection,  but 
only  in  an  indirect  form;  it  is  not  an  in* 
herent  or  component  part :  the /bre^ 
is  that  which  forms  no  part  whatever, 
and  has  no  kind  of  connection.  A  work 
is  said  to  contain  extraneous  matter, 
wUch  contains  much  matter  not  ne* 
oessarily  belonging  to^  or  iUostradTO 
of  die  subject :  a  work  is  said  to  hava 
extrinsic  merit  when  it  borrows  its 
valoe  from  local  drcomstances,  in  dis^* 
tinction  jfrom  the  intrinsic  merit,  or 
that  which  lies  in  the  contents* 

Extrtmeoui  and  extruuk  have  a 
general  and  abstract  sense;  but^cK 
re^gn  has  a  particnlar  signification  ; 
di^  always  pass  over  to  some  olgect 
either  expressed  or  understood:  huice 
we  say  extraneous  ideas,  or  extrintie 
worth ;  but  that  a  particular  mode  <^ 
actii^  is  fireign  to  the  g^eneral  jpbn 
pursued.  Anecdotes  of  priTate  mdi- 
viduals  would  be  extraneous  matter  in 
a  flBoeral  history:  the  respect  ml 
credit  which  men  gain  firom  their  Al* 
]ow^tiiens,4)y  an  adherence  to  rectih 
tode,  is  the  extrinsic  adYanta^  o^ 
nrtue ;  the  peaceof  a  good  conscaenbtf 
and  the  &vor  of  God,  are  its  intrtnsie 
advantages :  it  is  foreign  to  the  poi^ 
pose  of  one  who  is  makmg  an  abmhs- 
ment  of  a  wqrk,  to  enter  into  delnis 
in  any  parricolar  part. 


t»thetMi« 


ii 
ttat  IbeUefSi 


JSmOimsi^kssM^JkfwIgn 
Btisw»sasMmsW 


4i0     EXTRAORDINARY. 


EXTRAVAGANT. 


BXTRAORDINARyy    REMARK- 
ABLE, 

Arc  epithets  both  opposed  to  the 
ordinary  ;  and  in  that  sense  tlie  EX- 
TRAORDINARY is  that  which  in 
its  own  nature  is  REMARKABLE : 
but  things,  however,  may  be  extra' 
ordinary  which  are  not  remarkabUy 
and  the  contrarj'.  The  extraordinary 
is  that  which  is  out  of  the  ordinary 
coufAC,  but  it  docs  not  always  excite 
remark,  and  is  not  therefore  remark^ 
able,  as  when  we  speak  of  an  extraor^' 
dinary  loan,  an  extraordinary  mea- 
sure of  government :  on  the  other  hand, 
when  the  extraordinary  conveys  the 
idea  of  what  deserves  notice,  it  ex- 
presses much  more  than  remarkable. 
There  are  but  few  extraordinary  x\\\Ti^y 
many  things  are  remarkable :  the  re- 
markable  is  eminent ;  the  extraor^ 
dinary  is  supereminent :  the  extras 
ordinary  excites  our  astonishment; 
the  remarkable  only  awakens  our  in- 
terest and  attention.  The  extraor^ 
dinary  is  unexpected ;  the  remarkable 
is  sometimes  looked  for :  every  in- 
stance of  sagacity  and  fidelity  in  a  dog 
18  remarkable,  and  some  extraordinary 
instances  have  been  related  which 
would  almost  stagger  our  belief. 

The  lov4>  of  praiM  U  a  paakm  deep  In  tke 
mind  of  e\-fry  extroonff nary  person.     Hdobo. 

The  htrroes  of  literarjr  history  hare  been  no 
Um  remarkable  for  what  tbe>  have  •uffered  than 
for  what  tbey  hare  achieved.  Joantson. 

BXTRAVAGANT,    PRODIGAL, 
LAVISH,    PROFUSE. 

EXTRAVAGANT,  from  extra  and 
vagans,  signities  in  general  wandering 
from  the  line  ;  and  PRODIGAL,  from 
the  Latin  prodigus,  and  prodigo  to 
launch  forth,  signifies  in  general  to 
sena  forth,  or  give  out  in  great  quan- 
tities. 

LAVLSII  comes  probably  from  thc^ 
Latin  Uivo  to  wash,  signifying  to  wash 
away  in  waste. 

PROFl  SE,  from  the  Latin  profusus 
participle  ot  profunda  to  pour  forth, 
signifies  pouring  out  freely. 

The  idea  of  using  immoderately  is 
implied  in  all  these  terms,  but  extra- 
vagant  is  the  most  general  in  its  mean- 
ing and  application.  The  extravagant 
man    s{)ends     hib    money    without 


reason ;  the  prodigal  man  spends  it  in 
excesses ;  the  former  errs  against  plain 
sense,  the  latter  violates  the  moral 
law:  the  extravagant  man  will  ruin 
himself  by  his  follies ;  the  prodigal 
by  his  vices.  One  may  be  extravo' 
gant  with  a  small  sum  where  it  ex- 
ceeds one*s  means;  one  cannot  be 
prodigal  without  great  property.  JBr- 
travagance  is  practised  by  both  sexes; 
prodigality  is  peculiarly  the  vice  of 
the  male  sex.  Extravagance  is  op- 
posed to  meanness;  prodigality  to 
avarice.  Those  who  anow  the  true 
value  of  money  as  contributing  to  their 
own  enjoyments,  or  those  of  others, 
will  guard  against  extravagance. 
Those  who  lay  a  restraint  on  their 
passions  can  never  fall  into  prodi' 
gality. 

Extravagant  and  prodigal  serve  to 
designate  habitual  as  well  as  particular 
actions;    laviik  and  prcfiae  are  em- 

£>yed  only  to  that  which  is  particular : 
nee  we  say  to  lie  lavi$h  of  one's 
money,  one's  presents,  and  the  like ;  to 
be  profuie  in  one's  entertainments,  both 
of  which  may  be  modes  of  extrttva* 
gance.  An  extravagant  man,  how- 
ever, in  the  restricted  sense,  mostly 
spends  upon  himself  to  indulge  his 
whims  and  idle  fancies;  but  a  man 
may  be  lavish  and  profuse  upon  others 
from  a  misguided  generosity. 

In  a  moral  use  of  these  terms,  a 
man  is  extravagant  in  his  praises  who 
exceeds  either  m  measure  or  applica- 
tion :  he  is  prodigal  of  his  strength 
who  consumes  it  by  an  excessive  use : 
he  is  lavish  of  his  compliments  who 
deals  them  out  so  largely  and  promis- 
cuously as  to  render  them  of  no  ser- 
vice :  lie  is  profuse  in  his  acknow- 
ledgments who  repeats  them  oftener, 
or  delivers  them  in  more  words,  than 
are  necessary. 

Extravagant  and  profuse  are  said 
only  of  individuals;  prodigal  and 
lavish  may  be  said  of  many  in  a 
general  sense.  A  nation  may  be  pro- 
digal  of  its  resources  ;  a  government 
may  be  lavish  of  the  public  money, 
as  an  individual  is  extravagant  with 
his  own,  and  profuse  in  what  he  gives 
another. 

No  one  b  to  admit  into  his  petitions  to  hit 
Maker,  things  wperflaoua  and  extravagant. 

South. 


EXUBERANT. 

Here  pfttrloto  Ifve,  who  for  tMr  ooontn't  good. 
In  figbting  fields,  were  prodigal  of  blood. 

DaTDBir. 

See  where  the  winding  vale  its  larUh  stoivt 
Irrlgaons  spreads.  Thomsoh, 

Cicero  was  most  liberally  prqfiue  In  eom- 
mending  the  ancients  and  bis  cotemporartok 

AODISOn  AFTER  PHTTABCn. 

EXTREMB,  V.  Extremity. 

EXTREMITY,  V.  End. 
EXTREMITY,  EXTREME. 

EXTREMITY  is  used  in  the  proper 
or  the  improper  sense;  EXTREME 
in  the  improper  sense:  we  speak  of 
the  extremittf  of  a  line  or  an  avenue, 
the  extremity  of  distress,  but  the  ear- 
trcme  of  t4ie  fashion. 

In  the  moral  sense,  eriremity  is 
applicable  to  the  outward  circum- 
stances ;  extreme  to  the  opinions  and 
conduct  of  men  :  in  matters  of  dis* 
pute  between  individuals  it  is  a  happy 
tiling  to  guard  against  coming  to  e.r- 
tremUies ;  it  is  the  characteristic  of 
volatile  tempers  to  be  always  in  fer- 
tretnes,  either  the  eMreme  of  joy  or 
the  extreme  of  sorrow. 

Savafe  Euffered  the  ntmost  extremiiiea  of  po« 
T(*rt},  and  often  fasted  sp  long  that  be  was  seized 
wUli  faintnes?.  Jomvsoh. 

The  two  estren^ei  to  |>e  guarded  against  an 
dnpoti^ni,  where  ali  are  slavesi  and  anarchy, 
where  all  woald  rale  and  none  obey.        Blaik. 

TO  EXTRICATE,  V,  Disengage. 
EXTRINSIC,  V.  Extraneous. 

EXUBERANT,  LUXURIANT. 

EXUBERANT,  from  the  Latin  ex- 
nherann  or  ex  and  ubero,  signifies  very 
fiuitfiil  or  superabundant :  LUXU- 
111AN'J\  in  Latin  luxuriant  from 
itxus,  signifies  expanding  with  unre- 
strained i'reedom.  These  terms  are 
both  applied  to  vegetation  in  a  flou- 
rishing state ;  but  exuberance  expresses 
the  excess,  and  luxuriance  the  perfec- 
tion :  in  a  fertile  soil  where  plants  are 
left  unrestrainedly  to  themselves  there 
will  be  an  exuberance  ;  plants  are  to 
be  seen  in  their  luxuriance  only  in  sea- 
sons that  are  favorable  to  them :  in  the 
moral  application,  exuberance  of  in- 
tellect is  often  attended  with  a  restless 
ambition  that  is  incompatible  both 
with  the  happiness  and  advancement 
of  its  possessor;  luxuriance  of  im:i- 


FABLE. 


4il 


gination  is  one  of  the  greatest   gifts 
which  a  poet  can  boast  of. 

Another  Flora  there  of  bolder  hnes 

And  richer  sweets,  beyond  oar  garden^s  pride 

Plays  o'er  the  fields,  and  showers  wlUi  sadden 

hand 
ExukermM  spring.  Tbomsom. 

On  whose  luxuriovu  herbage,  half  eonceol'd. 
Like  a  fall'n  cedar,  far  dllTosM  his  train, 
Cas*d  In  green  scales,  the  crocodile  extends. 

TUOHMV. 

TO  EY-P,  V.  To  look. 


F. 


FABLE,  TALE,    NOVEL,  RO- 
MANCE. 

FABLE,  in  Latin  ,/a6u/a  from  ^ar 
to  speak  or  tell,  and  TALE,  from  to 
tell,  both  designate  a  species  of  nar- 
ration ;  NOVEL  is  an  extended  tale 
that  has  novelty  ;  ROMANCE,  from 
the  Italian  romanze,  is  a  wonderful 
tale,  or  a  tale  of  wonders,  such  as  was 
most  in  vogue  in  the  dark  ages  of 
European  literature. 

Different  species  of  composition  are 
expressed  by  the  above  words :  the 
fable  is  allegorical;  its  actions  are 
natural,  but  its  agents  are  imaginary  : 
the  tate  is  fictitious,  but  not  imagi- 
nary ;  both  the  agents  and  actions  are 
drawn  firom  the  passing  scenes  of  lifo« 
Gods  and  goddesses,  animals  and 
men,  trees,  vegetables,  and  inani- 
mate objects  in  general,  may  be  made 
the  agents  of  a  fable ;  but  of  a  tale^ 
properly  speaking,  only  men  or  super- 
natural spirits  can  be  the  agents :  of 
the  former  description  are  the  cele^ 
brated  f ablet  of  ^sop ;  and  of  the 
latter  t*ne  tales  of  Marmontel^  the 
/a/es  of  the  Genii,  the  Chinese  taletf 
Sic.:  fables  are  written  for  instruo- 
tion ;  tales  principally  for  amusement : 
fables  consist  mostly  of  only  one  in- 
cident or  action,  fr«)m  which  a  novel 
may  be  drawn ;  tales  always  of  many^ 
which  excite  an  interest  for  an  indivi* 
dual. 

The  tale  when  compared  with  the 
novel  is  a  simple  kind  of  fiction,  it 
consists  of  but  few  persons  in  the 
drama ;  whilst  the  novel,  on  the  ooft* 
trary,  adiruts  of  every  poesible  vft^ 
riety  in  characters:  the  tafe  ip  tol 
without  much  art  or  contriranc 


PACTION. 


FACTIOUS. 


44S 


JOCULAR  signifies  after  the  man- 
ner o{i\  joke, 

JOCOSE  signifies  using  or  havbg 
jokes. 

Facetious  may  be  employed  either 
for  writing  or  conversation ;  the  rest 
only  in  conversation :  the  facetious  man 
deals  in  that  kind  of  discourse  Avhich 
may  excite  laughter;  a  conversible 
man  may  instruct  as  well  as  amuse : 
the  pleasant  man  says  every  thing  in 
a  pleasant  manner;  his  pleasantry 
even  on  the  most  delicate  subject  is . 
without  otfence :  the  person  speaking 
IS  jocose;  the  thing  said,  or  the  man- 
ner of  saying  it,  is  jocular :  it  is  not 
for  any  one  to  be  always  jocose,  al- 
though sometimes  one  may  assume  a 
jocular  air  when  we  are  not  at  liberty 
to  be  serious.  A  man  is  facetious 
from  humour;  he  is  conversible  by 
means  of  information;  be  indulges 
himself  in  occasional  pleasantry,  or 
alows  himself  to  he  jocose,  in  order  to 
enliven  conversation ;  a  useful  hint  is 
sometimes  couveyed  in  jocular  terms. 

[  have  written  nothing  Rlnce  I  pnUished,  ex- 
cept a  cettsiaJucetUnu  bistoij  of  John  Gflpln. 

Comnuu 
But  hm  m.v  lady  will  objrcf, 
Vonr  inter vaU  of  time  tospend, 
WithBO  convertible  a  friend. 
It  would  not  si^ITy  a  plu 
Whatever  climate  joa  were  In.  SwiTT. 

Aristophanes  wrote  to  pleate  the  malUtode; 
h\apleaiantrles  arecoaraeand  nnpollte. 

Wastoiu 
Thus  Venus  sports. 
When,  cruH  I J  joeo«f. 
She  ties  (he  fatal  noose. 
And  binds  unequals  to  the  bruen  jokes. 

CuoEoa. 

Pope  sometimes  eoadeseeoded  to  be  jocular 
with  servants  or  Inferiors.  Jonnoik 

FAciLiTV,  V,  Ease. 
FACT,  V,  Circumstance. 

PACTION,  PARTY. 

*  These  two  words  equally  suppose 
the  union  of  many  persons,  and  their 
opposition  to  certain  views  different 
from  their  own :  but  FACTION,  from 
/actio  making,  denotes  on  activity  and 
secret  machination  against  those  whose 
views  are  opposed ;  and  PARTY, 
frum  the  verb  to  part  or  split,  expresses 
only  a  division  of  opinion. 

The  term  part^  has  of  itself  no- 
thiuj;  odious,  that  oi  faction  is  always 
so  :  any  man,  without  distinclion  of 

-  Vidclkab^de: 


rank,  may  have  a  party  either  at  court 
or  in  the  army,  in  the  city  or  in  lite- 
rature, without  being  himself  imme- 
diately implicated  in  raising  it ;  but 
factions  are  always  the  result  of  ac- 
tive efforts :  one  may  have  a  party  for 
one's  merit  from  the  number  and  ardor 
of  one's  friends ;  but  a  faction  it 
raised  by  busy  and  turbulent  spirits 
for  their  own  purposes :  Rome  was 
torn  by  the  intestine  factions  of 
Caesar  and  Pompey;  France,  durii^ 
the  Revolution,  was  successively  co- 
vemed  by  some  ruling  faction  whidi 
raised  itself  upon  the  ruins  of  that 
which  it  had  destroyed.  Factions  are 
not  so  prevalent  in  England  as  partie$p 
owin|  to  the  peculiar  excellence  of  tho 
constitution  ;  but  there  are  not  want- 
mgfactious  spirits  who,  if  they  could 
overturn  the  present  balance  ot  power 
which  has  been  so  happily  obtained^ 
would  have  an  opportunity  of  prac« 
tising  their  arts  alternately  on  the  high 
aud  low,  and  carrying  on  their 
schemes  by  the  aid  of  both.  Factum 
is  the  demon  of  discord,  armed  with 
the  power  to  do  endless  mischief,  and 
intent  alone  on  destroying  whatever 
opposes  its  progress;  woe  to  that 
state  into  which  it  has  found  an  en- 
trance :  party  spirit  may  show  itself 
in  noisy  debate;  but  while  it  keeps 
within  the  legitimate  bounds  of  oppo- 
sition, it  is  an  evil  that  must  be  en- 
dured. 

It  te  therertleHtmbltbn  of  a  fev  irtftil  ■■■ 
that  thus  breaks  a  peopto  Into  ^Suflsfu,  aad 
draws  teveral  weHHaeaaing  peraoas  Co  tbeir  latav- 
est  bjr  a  spedooa  ooocera  tat  thtir  eonatrj* 


As  mm  fomerly  becaoie  cmioent  la  leaned 
locietiet  bj  tbdr  parts  and  acqnUtloDs,  th^f 
JDOW  disUofiriib  themselves  by  the  warmth  aad 
violenea  with  which  they  espoue  their  ivspeeths 
jNirUea. 


FACTIOUS,  SEDITIOUS. 

FACTIOUS,  in  Latin  faethmi 
from  facio  to  do,  signifies  the  same  as 
busy  or  intermeddling;  ready  to  take 
an  active  part  in  matters  not  of  one's 
own  immediate  concern. 

SEDn  lOUS,  in  Latin  sedUiotut, 
signifies  prone  to  sedition  (v.  IntMt^ 
rection). 

Factious  is  an  epithet  to  charac- 
terize the  tempers  of  men ;  t/edUuim  chft* 
racterizes  their  conduct :  tbeys^ 

**  FactioD»  parti." 


FAIL. 


FAILURE. 


M5 


ftquisite  for  a  minister  of  stale  are  di& 
ferent  from  those  which  qualify  a  man 
for  being  a  judge. 

Vb  ftvtt  oir  pftlate  oowtifOr  f  owV  oar 
Bvtoi  Its  fn^raiU  koM«  mIIqm  dwill  | 
All  foimM  wttb  proper/«caiUifl*  to  ikue 
Tkt  dailj  boiutin  oT  Ibdr  MakciScue. 


Hamaa  aMliijf  k  ta  vnequl  watiA  fer  Ha 
vtolaot  aa4  OBfDRfBeB  f  teiMlhidei  of  tkp  wwld. 


Tte  Ml,  liiditd«  «j  tBlmC  Id 
la  lollj  trllBi, «  to  imn  ay  !■•• 
Wlthwkduid 


TO  FAIL,  FALL  SHORT, 
BE  OBFICISNT. 

FAIL,  in  French  fiutUr^  Oermaii, 
kcfehlenf  Uke  the  word  fidl^  eomei 
from  the  Latin  failo  to  deoeifei  and 
the  Hebrew  repe/ to  fall  or  decay. 

To/at/ marks  the  result  of  actiooa 
or  efiorts ;  a  person  failt  in  his  m^ 
dertaking:  FALL  SHORT  deugaatee 
either  the  result  of  actions,  or  tbo 
state  of  things;  a  pmatk  filk  ik&rt 
in  his  calculation,  or  in  his  acooont; 
the  issue  fallt  short  of  the  ezpect»- 
tion:  to  fiE  DEFICIEKT  marks 
only  the  state  or  qnali^  of  objects ; 
a  person  is  deficient  in  good  manners. 
People  frequently  fail  in  their  best 
end^vouiTfor  wint  of  knowing  how 
to  apply  their  aUUties:  what  oar 
expectations  are  immoderatei  it  is  not 
surprising  if  our  success  follt  $hort 
of  our  hopes  and  wishes :  there  is 
nothing  in  which  people  disoofer  them* 
sehes  to  be  more  deficient  than  in 
keeping  ordinary  engasements. 

To  fail  and  be  d^eient  are  both 
applicable  to  the  characters  of  men  ; 
but  the  former  is  mostly  employed  fbr- 
the  moral  conduct,  the  latter  for  the 
outward  behaviour:  hence  a  man  b 
said  to  fail  in  his  duty,  in  die  ditf> 
dmrge  of  his  obllg^tioiis,  in  the  per- 
formance of  a  promise^  and  the  like; 
but  to  be  d^icient  m  politeness,  io 
attention  to  his  friends,  m  his  addraH, 
in  his  manner  of  entering  a  i\»om,  ana 
the  like. 

I  wovid  Ml  winiKli  Inik  ^  to  iMlnMC ;« 
IT  IioaieUaMi><lliitUtfoiiiC,wlMBjnbth 
to  be  iMlractlf^  tt  4*0  MfW  MMB  to  lis 


WWIt  SB  cMKlioa  ipetki  fka  pMT^  dhlM^ 

FAILING,  V.  Faibtre. 
FAILING,  V.  Imperfedum, 

FAILURE,   FAILING. 

The  failure  (v.  To  fail)  bo- 
speaks  the  action,  or  the  result  of  the 
action;  the  FAILING  is  the  habit, 
or  the  habitualiSulare :  the  former  ia 
said  of  our  unclertakingB,  the  latter  of 
<Hir  moral  character.  The /SnWe  ia 
opposed  to  the  success;  tbpfailiMg 
to  the  perfrction.  The  merchant  most 
be  prepared  for  yoilaret  in  lus  speca-> 
lations;  the  statesman  for  fnlurei  io^ 
his.  projects;  the  result  of  which 
depends  upon  oontingendes  that  art 
aboire  human  cootroL  With  onryot^ 
tags,  however,  it  is  somewhat  diflfe-i 
tait;  we  ibnst  never  rest  satisfied 
that  we  are  mthont  them,  nor  con- 
tented with  the  mere  consciousness 
that  we  have  them. 


Than  li  aot  la  aij  opMoa  nj  tUif  fine 
■Tilerlom  i«  ntvrt  tku  tUi  kHtlMC  la 
vhlditkuilHiabofa  nrntm, 
•itoftof  a. 

9 


illMi  «4r  pwlMpt  be  tapirted  to  Urn  (Cteiln 
L),  Ibm  ue  Mon  to  to  Mcilked  to  tht  MCMrfly 
or  UisttMtlBa,  ftoa  to  aaj  y«fiMr«  la  tto  to- 
ISpltyarUi|fladil«  HOas. 

Tton  kte^^Mljr  aayJUMnr  or  aliioff  to^lfl 
vUefc  taM«i4arviadM' 
toat,  lltaatafalcAeto,! 
^iiajiaad  f  ai^y  wH>  tto  1 


FAILURE,  MISCAERIAGB, 
ABORTION. 

FAILURE  (V.  Ib>tl)  has  ahnm 
a  reference  to  the  Mat  and  hb  oa* 
sign;  MT8CARRIAQE,  that  is,  tki 
canying  or  ning  wroo^  la  apptiGahb 
to^ell  snUnnary  ooooeras,  withoai 
reference  to  any  partinilar  Msats 
ABOBHON,  from  the  latio  aSfte 
to  deviate  mm  the  riea^  or  to  p«e 
away  before  it  beoome  to  nMUnrilFy 
is  in  the  proper  sense  apfdied  to  die 
oranuM' 


nrocess  of  animal  iinfeiH%  and  k  lllft 
Sgnratave  senae,  t»  the  ikomf^  md 
desinis  which  are  oonoeived  in  iki 
mind. 

Atlare  is  more  detnlte  in  ita  m- 
mficatioo,  and  lintad  in  its  ■pnte 
doni  wa  speak  of  the  ybJSf^T^ 
individuals,  bat  of  the  miictfri 
nations  or  tfai^s  I  tfae^,/tf^^ 
on  the  persQR  to  aa  to  * 
nun 


ki 


9Yv 


FAINT. 


FAIR. 


miscarriage  is  considered  mostly  in 
lation  to  the  course  of  human  events: 
hence  the  failure  of  Xenes'  expedition 
reflected  disgrace  upon  himself;  but  the 
misdarriage  of  military  enterpriies  in 
general  are  attributable  to  the  ele- 
ments, or  some  such  untoward  cir- 
cumstance. The  ahortioTiy  in  its 
proper  sense,  is  a  species  of  miicar^ 
riage ;  and  in  application  a  species  of 
failurey  as  it  applies  only  to  the  de- 
signs of  conscious  agents;  but  it  does 
not  carry  the  mind  back  to  the  agent, 
Ibr  we  speak  of  the  abortion  of  a 
scheme  with  as  little  reference  to  the 
schemer,  as  when  we  speak  of  the 
miicarriage  of  an  expedition. 

He  that  attempit  to  show,  hoiraver  modestly, 
He  failures  of  a  celebrated  writer,  shall  vorelj 
Irritate  his  admirers.  ■  Johmson. 

The  miKarria§e»  of  the  freat  de»ipis  of 
ptiBeca  are  recorded  in  the  histories  of  the  world. 

JOBXSOK* 

JkU  flftorf ion  is  froan  inflrmitjf  acd  C^ftcU 

Sooni. 

VAiLURB,  V,  Insolvency. 

FAINT,    LANGUID^ 

FAINT,  from  the  French  faner  to 
fiide,  signifies  that  which  is  faded  or 
withered,  which  has  lost  its  spirit. 

LANGUID,  in  Latin  lan^uidusy 
from  langveo  to  languish,  signifies 
languished. 

Faint  is  less  than  languid  ;  faint' 
ness  is  in  fact  in  the  physical  appli- 
cation the  commencement  of  languor  ; 
we  may  he  faint  for  a  short  time,  and 
if  continued  and  extended  through  the 
limbs  it  becomes  languor ;  thus  we 
say  to  speak  with  a  faint  tone,  and 
have  a  languid  frame.  In  the  figu- 
rative  application  to  make  a  faint  re- 
sistance, to  move  with  a  languid  air ; 
to  form  a  faint  idea,  to  make  a  Ian* 
guid  effort. 

Low  the  woods 
Bow  their  lioar  bead :  and  here  tlie  languid  son. 
Faint  firom  ilie  west,  emits  Us  evening  ray. 

Thohsok. 

FAIR,    CLEAR. 

FAIR,  in  Soxon  fagar,  comes  pro- 
bably from  the  Latin  pulcher  beau- 
tiful. 

CLEAR,  V.  Cleary  bright. 
Fair  is  used  in  a  positive  sense; 
clear  in  a  negative  sense :  there  must 
soms  brightness  in  whatisyiiir; 


there  mast  be  no  spots  in  what  is 
clear.  The  weather  is  said  to  be  fidr, 
which  is  not  only  free  from  wrait  is 
disagreeable,  but  somewhat  eolivened 
by  the  son ;  it  is  clear  when  it  is  free 
from  clouds  or  mists.  A  fair  skin 
approaches  to  the  white ;  fi  clear  skin 
is  without  spots  or  irregularities. 

In  the  moral  applicadon,  a  fair 
fame  speaks  much  m  praise  of  a  man ; 
a  clear  reputation  is  free  from  fiuilts. 
A  fair  statement  contains  every  thing 
that  can  be  said  pro  and  con  ;  a  clear 
statement  is  free  from  ambigjuity  or 
obscurity.  Faimeu  is  sometmnj;  de- 
sirable and  inviting;  cleameu  is  an 
absolute  requisite)  it  cannot  be  dis- 
pensed with. 

Uhjair  laife  front,  and  qrcs  wMlBe^  deelnV 
Absolute  role.  Miuoi. 


Itlither 

Wtib  laezperleBMd  thoosht,  and  laid  me  down 
Ob  the  green  banl^  to  look  Into  the  citmr 
Smooth  lake  M lEvra. 

FAIR,    HONEST,  EQUITABUB, 
RBASONABLB. 

FAIR,  V,  Fair,  clear. 

HON£ST,  in  Latin  honettut,  comes 
from  honos  honor. 

EQUITABLE     signifies      having 
eguiti/y  or  according  to  equity. 

REASONABLE    signifies    having 
reason,  or  according  to  reason. 

Fair  is  said  of  persons  or  things ; 
honest  mostly  characterizes  the  person^ 
either  as  to  his  conduct  or  his  prin- 
ciple. 'When  fair  and  honest  are  both 
applied  to  the  external  conduct,  the 
former  expresses  more  than  the  latter : 
a  man  may  be  honest  without  being 
fair;  he  cannot  be  fair  without 
being  honest.  Fairness  enters  into 
every  minute  circumstance  connected 
with  the  interests  of  the  parties,  and 
weighs  them  alike  for  both;  honesty 
is  contented  with  a  literal  conformity 
to  the  law,  it  consults  the  interest  oif 
one  party  :  the /air  dealer  looks  to  his 
neighbour  as  well  as  himself,  he 
wishes  only  for  an  equal  share  of  ad- 
vantage; a  man  may  be  an  honest 
dealer  while  he  looks  to  no  one's 
advantage  but  his  own  :  Xheftur  man 
always  acts  from  a  principle  of  right ; 
the  honest  man  may  be  so  from  a 
motive  of  fear. 

When  these  epithets  are  eroplored 
to  characterize  the  man  generaUyi  fixr* 


FAIR. 


PAITH. 


4*7 


neu  expresses  less  then  honedys  tbe 
former  is  employed  only  in  r^ard  to 
commercial  transactions  or  minor  per- 
sonal concerns;  the  latter  ranks 
among  the  first  moral  viitnes,  and 
derates  a  man  hij^  abote  his  Mkm 
creatures:  a  man  isj^r  who  is  readr 
to  allow  his  competitor  the  same  ad- 
vantages as  he  enjoys  himself  in 
every  matter  however  trivial :  or  he  it 
kaned  in  all  his  looks,  words,  and  to* 
tions;  neither  his  tongue  nor  his  coun- 
tenance ever  belie  his  heart.  A  Jmr 
man  makes  himself  acceptable. 


Wloai>8ti»iH'"tofti^ 


flatellt* 
Hi 

I 

u 


traagitatod^a 


Ad AmmK 


%fke 


wMkoCOoi." 


When  fair  is  employed  as  u  epip 
thet  to  qualify  things,  or  to  deeipuile 
their  nature,  it  approaches  very  near 
in  signification  to  eqwiahk  and  rem- 
tandble;  they  are  all  opposed  to  what 
is  unjust :  fair  and  tquUabU  suppose 
two  objects  put  in  collision;  renow- 
able  is  employed  abstractedly;  what 
is  fair  and  equitable  is  so  in  reladoo 
to  all  circumstances ;  what  is  reoiom- 
able  is  so  of  itself.    An  estimate  is 
fair  in  which  profit  and  loss,  merit 
and   demerit,   with   efvry  collateral 
circumstance,   is    duly  weired;   a 
judgement  is  equiiablt  which  deddea 
suitably  and  advantageously  for  both 
parties;  a  price  is  reafOfia6&  which 
does  not  exceed  the  limits  of  reason  or 
propriety.    A  decision  may  he  either 
fair  or  equiiable ;  but  the  former  if 
sfud  mostly  in  regard  to  trifling  mat- 
ters, even  in  our  games  and  amuse- 
ments, and  the  latter  in  regard  to  tha 
important  rights  of  mankmd.    It^  is 
the  business  of  the  umpire  to  dedde 
fairly  between  the  combatanti  or  tha 
competitors  for  a  priie:    it  is  tha 
business  of  the  judge  to  dedde  egmi^ 
iably  between  men  whose  property  ii 
at  issue. 

A  demand,  a  diarge,  a  jpropo- 
tition,  or  an  oflfer,  may  be  saidf  to  ba 
taiherfair  or  reattmaHe:  but  tbs  for- 
mer term  always  bears  a  relatioQ  to 
what  is  right  between  man  and  man  i^ 
the  latter  to  what  is  right  in  itself 
cording  to  circumstances. 


FAITH,  V.  Betitf, 

FAITH,   CREBD. 

FAITH  («.  Belirf)  denotes  eitfaer 
the  prindple  of  trustu^  or  the  thins 
trusted. 

CREED,  from  the  Latin  credo  to 
believe,  denotes  the  thing  believed. 

These  words  are  synonyoMOOs  whes 
taken  for  the  thing  trusted  in  or  b^ 
lieved ;  but  diey  differ  in  this,  tiia| 
faiih  has  always  a  reference  to  tha 
principle  in  the  mind ;  creed  only  re- 
spects the  thing  which  n  the  oliject  of 
faith :  the  former  is  likewise  takea 
generally  and  indefinitely;  the  latter 
particularlv  and  definitely,  sipiiying  a 
set  form :  nence  we  say  to  be  of  tha 
same /»tr A,  or  to  adopt  uie  same  eree^ 
The  noly  marms  med  for  the  fbkk^ 
as  it  is  in  Uhrut  Jesos;  •▼^ 
established  form  of  rd^non  will  have 
its  peculiar  creed,  Tm  Churdi  of 
England  has  adopted  that  creed  widch 
it  considers  as  contunintt  the  purest 
principles  of  Christian  fiiilL 

BL  Paal  Ubat,  tkat  a  rfuer  k  at  aiii^i 
tlied  sad  reniffcd  lato  tka  fltvoar  of  Oo^  In  i 
I  protein  or  tka  CMaiwJiMft. 


aB  Ihe  pmM 
laUiakiaa  at 
ttiTOBM  aat 


If  the  worldHoc  p««Ar 
the>kfret<,  it  li  not 
thqrteefli  to 


laivilehae 

tbojw*  JMr,  Ut 


■koBM  bo  at  lM|fk»  10  tralj  good 


FAtTHy  FioBurnrl 

Tbouob  derived  fiom  dia 
source  («.  Beliefs  thev  diSw  wiid^jf 
in  meamng :  F ATIU  here  danoCas  « 
mode  of  action,  namelyt  an  aotim 
true  to  tha/at^A  which  othqrarapoaa 
in  OS ;  FIDELITY,  a  diwositioo  cf 
the  mind  to  adhere  to  thatjat^A  whidi 
others  repose  in  ns.  We  keep  oar 
/atfA,  we  show  dor  £4s%. 

Faith  u  a  pabbc  ooiicani»  it  da* 
pends  on  promisee ;  Jldslif^  if  fiv^ 
vate  or  persoaal  OQiioev%  it  dm 
nuon  rwatioiisliipa  and  * 
jT^mAcifk&k  is  % 
bringp  a  ttain  oa  a  wafdm 


us 


FAITHFUL. 


FAITHLESS. 


A  breach  of  fidelity  attaches  disgrace 
to  the  individual ;  for  fidelity  is  due 
firom  a  subject  to  a  prince,  or  from  a 
servaut  to  his  master,  or  from  married 
people  one  to  another.  No  treaty 
can  be  made  with  him  who  will  keep 
no  faith ;  no  confidence  can  be  placed 
in  him  who  discovers  no  fidelity. 
The  Danes  kept  no  fiiitk  witli  the 
English;  fashionable  husbands  and 
wives  in  the  present  day  seem  to  think 
there  is  no  fidelity  due  to  each  other. 

The  pit  rptoands  with  ^rieks  «  war  Bocccedt 
For  breach  of  pubiic  faith^  aod   anexsmpled 
deed*.  DaroEH. 

When  OM  bean  of  oef^roes  who  npoo  tto 
death  of  tbdr  mmiterv  \axk%  themtelve*  apoo 
the  next  trer,  who  can  forbear  admiring  their 
fidelity^  tlkottsh  It  ezprenes  itadf  la  so  dreadfol 
a  mn"'^f*'  2  Adduon* 

FAITHFUL,   TRDSTV. 

FAITHFUL  signifies  full  o^ faith 
OT  fidelity  {v.  Faith,  fidelity). 

TRUSTY  signifies  fit  or  worthy  to 
hetruited  {v.  Belief). 

Faithful  respects  the  principle  al- 
together ;  it  is  suited  to  all  relations 
and  stations,  public  and  private: 
trusty  includes  not  only  the  principle, 
but  the  mental  qualifications  in  gene- 
ral;  it  applies  to  those  in  whom  par- 
ticular trust  is  to  be  placed.  It  is 
the  part  of  a  Christian  to  be  faithful 
to  all  his  engagements  ;  it  is  a  parti- 
cular excellence  in  a  servant  to  be 
trusty.  Faithful  is  applied  in  the 
improper  sense  to  an  unconscious 
agent;  trusty  may  be  applied  with 
equal  propriety  to  things  as  to  per- 
sons. We  may  speak  of  a  faithful 
saying,  or  a  faithful  picture ;  a  trusty 
sworai  or  a  trusty  weapon. 

^bat  we  bear 
With  weaker  passion  will  alfcct  the  heart. 
Than  when  thefaUfiful  e^e  bebolda  the  part. 

FaAMCU. 

He  took  the  qnlver  and  the  truity  bow 
Achates  nsed  to  bear.  Dryobh. 

The  steeds  thej  left  their  trusty  senrants  hold. 

Pops. 

FAITHLESS,  UNFAITHFUL. 
FAITHLESS  is  mostly  employed 
to  denote  a  breach  of  faith;  and 
UNFAITHFUL  to  mark  the  want  of 
fidelity  (t7.  Faith,  fidelity).  The  former 
is  positive;  the  latter  is  rather  ne- 
gative, implying  a  deficiency.  A 
prince,  a  novemment,  a  people,  or  an 
mdivi'  il  to  be  faithless ;  a 


hosbandy  a  wife,  a  servonty  or  anf 
individual,  unfaitkfuL  Mefoi  Tiij- 
fetius,  the  AlUin  Dictator,  wtafaitk" 
less  to  the  Roman  people  when  hm 
withheld  his  assistance  in  the  battle^ 
and  strove  to  so  over  to  the  enemy ; 
a  man  is  unjwhful  to  his  employefy 
who  sees  him  injured  by  others  with- 
out doing  bis  utmost  to  prevent  it. 
A  woman  is  faithless  to  her  busbaiid 
who  breaks  the  marriage  vow ;  she  is 
unfaithful  to  him  when  she  does  not 
discharge  the  duties  of  a  wife  to  the 
best  of  lier  abilities. 

TiM  tire  of  men  and  aiourcb  of  tbt  ikj 
Th*  advice  approv'd,  and  bade  Minerfa  l|; 
Dlnolve  th«  leapie,  aad  all  ber  arts  CMplojr 
To  make  Che  bnacb  the  Jmttklen  act  of  Troj. 


At  leagfli  ripe  femwaace  o'er  their  hfadtmpwds. 
Bat  Jore  Umseir  iktfaiUdm  race  defeadi. 

Pon« 

If  e*er  with  life  I  qatt  the  TfGuaa  plata» 
If  eVr  I  see  my  sire  and  spoase  a^n. 
This  bow,  u^faU9\fiU  to  ray  glorioM  anM, 
Broke  by  my  haad  shall  feed  the  blariiif 


FAITHLESS,    PERFIDIOUS^ 
TREACHEROUS. 

FArrHLESS  (9.  Faithless)  is  the  ge^ 
neric  term,  the  rest  are  specific  terms  ; 
a  breach  of  ^ood  faith  is  expressed  by 
them  all,  but  faithless  expresses  no 
more :  the  others  include  accessory 
ideas  in  their  signification. 

PERFIDIOUS,  in  Latin  perfidio- 
sus,  signifies  literally  breaking  tbroogh 
faith  in  a  great  degree,  and  now  im- 
plies the  Edition  of  hostility  to  the 
oreach  o(  faith. 

TREACHEROUS,  most  probably 
changed  from  traitorous,  comes  finom 
the  Latin  trado  to  betray,  and  sig- 
nifies one  species  of  active  hostile 
breach  of  faith. 

A  faithless  man  is  faithless  only 
for  his  own  interest;  a  perfidious 
man  is  expressly  so  to  the  injury  of 
another.  A  friend  is  faithless  who 
consults  his  own  safety  in  time  of 
need ;  he  is  perfidious  if  he  profits  by 
the  confidence  reposed  in  him  to  plot 
mischief  against  the  one  to  whom  he 
has  made  vows  of  friendship.  Faith' 
lessncss  does  not  suppose  any  parti- 
cular efforts  to  deceive ;  it  consists  of 
merely  violating  that  faith  which  the 
relation  produces  ;  perfidy  is  never  so 
complete  as   when  it  has  most  ef- 


FAITHLESS. 


FAIJ4. 


449 


fectnally  assnmed  the  mask  of  sin- 
cerity. Whoever  deserts  his  friend 
in  need  is  goilty  o(  faithkuneti ;  but 
he  is  guilty  of  perfufy  who  dnms 
ftooi  him  every  secret  in  order  to  elfiKt 
his  ruin. 

Incle  was  not  only  a  faithku  bat  a 
perfidious  loireT,  FuUhkuneUf  tbo^h 
a  serious  offence,  is  unhappily  not 
nnfreqoent ;  there  are  too  many  men 
who  are  unmindful  of  their  most  inn 
portant  engagements;  but  we  may 
hope  for  the  honor  of  hnmanity,  that 
there  are  not  many  instances  of  per- 
JUly,  which  exceeds  every  other  vioa 
in  atrocity,  as  it  makes  virtue  itself 
subservient  to  its  own  base  purpotef. 

Perfitfy  may  lie  in  the  fnil  to  do ; 
treachery  lies  altogether  in  the  thing 
done ;  one  may  thmfore  hbperfi^mm 
without  being  treackerme.  A  friend 
xtperfidifmi  whenever  he  evinces  his 
perfiAf ;  but  he  is  said  to  be  IrtocAe- 
rmu  only  in  the  particular  instanoe  in 
which  he  betrays  the  confideooa  and 
interests  of  another.  I  detect  a  man^ 
perfidy,  or  his  perfdma  aims,  by  tho 
manner  in  whico  ha  attempts  to  draw 
my  secrets  from  me ;  I  am  made  ao* 

?uainted  with  his  treachery  not  before 
^scover  that  my  confidence  is  be- 
trayed and  my  secrets  are  divulged. 
On  the  other  hand  we  may  be  treach- 
«roiis  without  being  per/iaioat.  P«r- 
fidy  is  an  offence  mostly  between  in« 
dividuals;  it  is  rather  a  breach  of 
fidelity  (v.  Taiihy  fidelity)  than  of 
fiiith;  treachery  on  the  other  hand 
includes  breaches  of  private  or  public 
fiuth.  A  servant  may  be  both  perfir 
dum$  and  treacherous  to  his  master ; 
a  citizen  may  be  treacherous^  but  not 
perfidious  towards  bis  country. 

It  is  said  that  in  the  Slouih  Sea 
Islands,  when  a  chief  vrants  a  humaa 
victim,  their  officers  will  tometiniaa 
invite  th^r  friends  or  relations  to 
come  to  them,  when  they  take  the 
opportunity  of  suddenly  fiulins  npoa 
them  and  dispatching  them :  liere  is 
perfidy  in  the  injjjwidttal  who  acta  this 
fidse  part;  and  n*eadUry in  the  act 
of  betraying  him  who  is  murdered* 
When  the  schoolmaster  of  Falerii  de- 
livered his  scholars  to  CamillnSy  ho 
was  ginlty  of  treachery  in  the  ac^ 
and  oi  perfidy  towards  tnose  who  had 
re|io8ea  confidence  in  him.  Wham 
Bomnlus  ordered  the  Sajbii^  woBNfqi 


to  be  selied,  it  was  an  act  of  treachery^ 
bat  not  of  perfidy ;  so'  in  like  man- 
ner, when  the  daoghter  of  Tarpeius 
opened  the  gates  of  the  Roman  citadd 
to  the  enemy. 

Old  Prtua,  fctffU  ofthe  waAerant, 
lihtepleit  Poljdore  to  Ttoicfa  wmit 
Frnm  nobe  and  tumnltn,  and  dtttnictlft  war* 
Conmitted  to  1I0  JiOihUft  ^itaot^b  care. 


Wliea  a  Mead  it  tamed  lata  aa  eacoiy,  tha 
worid  it  Jait  enoogb  to  aoeaw  tke  paijli§tm§* 
mm  of  the  fHrad,  rather  thaa  tba  JadJMwHoa 
of  fha  periM  who  eoaSded  ia  bin.        Aaanov; 

nan  Haa  tha  Occdaae  ty,  ob  dtie  dhpaee! 
lad  lBaie«BpaaiA*d  thk^ei^^Ufoaf  laoa  »  Pore. 

Aad  k^  aot  Beat *a  the  fUl  of  Troj  darfga^ 
wae  laid  aad  daaa  t*  lai^lre  a  better 


TkH  bad  oar  laaeee  plereM  the  lfvaeft*rif 

wood, 
Aad  lUaa  towen^  and  Prian^  eotplfe^  itood. 

DaTBBI. 

FALL,  DOWerrALL,  RUIN. 

FALL  and  DOWNFALL^  frooa 
the  Gemian^^i/le%  haa  the  same  do- 
rivadop  as  faU  (v.  Tofaify 

BUIN,  o.  Bairwctiom. 

Whether  applied  tt>  physical  ob- 
jflcta  or  tho-  comtition  or  penom^ 
JM  oipressoi  less  than  domt^Ul,  and 
tluf  kss  than  rata.  Tho  fali  applieo 
^60  that  which  ia  erect;  the  dommdl 
vto  that  wluoh  is  olevatsd :  every  tning 
which  is  set  up,  althoogh  as  trifling  aa< 
astidi,may.havoa/a//;  butwospeak 
ofthedowii/a/i  of  the  loftiest  trpea  or 
the  tallest  spires.  Tho  fisU  may  bo 
atfeBiMlod  vriUi  more  or  lest  nusaue^ 
or  even  with  none  at  alls  bat  tho 
domttfali  and  tho  ruin  are  aooooH 
ponied  with  tho  diasolutioo  of  tiho 
bodies  that /ai/.  Tho  hiohor  a  body 
is  raised,  and  tho  gioator  tne  art  thai 
it  ompiovod  in  the  stractore,  the  ooao* 
plMterliiediwiifatf;  the  greater  tho 
stmctnre  the  more  extended  the  mtii.' 
In  the  fism«tive  ajpplicatioo  we  may 
speak  of  Uie  fall  of  man  firom  a  statfi 
of  innocence,  a^st^te  of  oaso*  or  a 
state  of  prosperity^'  or  his  dowf/otf 
firom  greabesa or  hialb  rank.  Homa^ 
vsoover  from  his^/f,  hot  his  daw^faU 
is  oommonly  foUowod  hy  tb^  entiro 
miii  of  his  oonoomsy  and  often  of 
himtelf.  The  fall  of  kin^^omik  and 
tho  daen^l  of  empires,  most  winm^ 
be  succeeded  by  their  rui^  ifi$  Ot 
*   resnkt 


So 


FAME. 


FAME. 


i5i 


own  feelings  for  the  operations  of  Di- 
vine grace.  The  ideas  of  ghosts  and 
apparitions  are  mostly  attributable  to 
the  illusions  of  the  senses  and  the  ima- 
gination. 

There  li  indeed  no  tnimctlon  which  o/Sat 
ttr»Dgvr  tempUtioin  to  JaUacjf  aad  lophiiClca- 
tion  tlimn  epistolary  intaKonrta.  JounoM. 

As  when  a  wanderiof  txt, 
HoTeriDg  and  hlazinc  with  debuire  light, 
Misleadii  th*  ama^d  night-wanderer  (Wmb  bit 
way.  MitTOH. 

Fame,  glory,  wealth,  honour,  bafe  in  the 
prospect  pleasing  UUulom.  Smtc. 

FALSEHOOD,   V.  FlCtlOn. 

FALSEHOOD,  V.  Unirutlu 

FALSITY,  V.  Untruth. 

TO  FALTER,  V.  To  hesitate. 

FAME,     REPUTATION,    RENOWN. 

FAME,  from  the  Greek  ^n/jn  to 
say,  is  the  most  noisy  and  uncer- 
tain ;  it  rests  upon  report :  REPU- 
TATION (v.  Character,  reputation) 
is  silent  and  solid ;  it  lies  more  in  the 
thoughts,  and  is  derived  firom  obser- 
vation. 

RENOWN,  in  French  renommict 
from  iioni  a  name,  signifies  the  rever- 
beration of  a  name ;  it  is  as  loud  at 
famcy  hut  more  subatantial  and  better 
founded  : '  hence  we  say  that  a  per- 
son's y«we  is  {^oue  abroad;  his  repu- 
tui'ton  is  cbtaUished ;  and  he  has  got 
rcntrrii. 

Fame  may  he  applied  to  any  object, 
^uod,  l)a(l,  or  indifferent;  reputat'wn\% 
applifi  (Mily  tu  real  eminence  in  some 
depart  Mient;  renown  is  employed 
only  for  extraordinary  men  and  bril- 
liant cNpioits.  The yWwc  of  a  quack 
may  he  spi-ead  among  the  ignorant 
mnhitude  hy  means  of  a  lucky  cure ; 
the  reputation  of  a  physician  rests 
upon  his  tried  i>kill  and  known  expe- 
rience; the  renown  of  a  general  is 
proportioned  to  the  magnitude  of  his 
achievements. 

Europe  iritb  Africio  bit ^ffi«  shall  join. 
But  uoitherjbore  bU  conquests^  sball  conflne. 

Dryobw. 

Pope  doubtlfw  approirbod  Addlaon,  wbra 
tbc  Ttputation  of  tl:rir  vit  fiift  brought  them 
tof^pther,  wi(h  tlie  re«pect  doe  to  a  man  wbon 
abili(U'4  were  arknowludgrd.  JouMSOV. 

Weil  conMHuted  (rovcrnrnfotfl  have  alwayi 
■aade  the  profesaJoo  or  a  ph}sfcian  both  hoDoar- 
able  aad  advaotafeous.    Uomer*s  MaduuHi  and 


Virell^  lapla  were  men  of  renown  ^  bn-oca  In 
war.  JouNsoM. 

The  artM  finda  sveater  retoms  in  profit,  as 
the  anther  \njame,  Adouok. 

How  doth  It  please  and  fill  the  memory. 

With  deeds  of  brave  renoim,  wbUe  on  each  band 

Historic  urns  aad  breathing  statues  rlbe. 

And  speakiug  basts.  Dtsm. 

FAME,    REPORT,  RUMOUR, 
HEARSAV. 

FAM£  (r.  Fame)  has  a  reference  to 
the  thing  which  gives  birth  to  it ;  it  goes 
about  of  itself  without  any  apparent 
instrumentality.  The  REPORT,  from 
re  and  porto^  to  carry  back,  or  away 
from  an  object,  has  always  a  reference 
to  the  reporter,    RUMOUR,  in  Latin 
rumor  from  ruo  to  rush  or  to  flow,  has 
a  reference  to  the  flying  nature  of 
words  that  are  carried ;  it  is  therefore 
properly  a  flying  report.    HEARSAY 
refers  to  tlie  receiver  of  that  which  is 
said  :  it  is  limited  therefore  to  a  small 
number  of  speakers,  or  reporters.  The 
Jame  serves  to  form  or  establish  a  cha- 
racter either  of  a  person  or  a  thing; 
it  will  be  good  or  bad  according  to 
circumstances ;  the  Jame  of  our  Savi- 
our's miracles  went  abroad  through 
the  land :  the  report  serves  to  commu- 
nicate information  of  events  ;  it  may 
be  more  or  less  correct  according  to 
the  veracity  or  authenticity  of  the  re- 
porter;    reports  of  victories  mostly 
precede  the  oflicial  confirmation  :  the 
rumor  serves  the  purposes  of  fiction  ; 
it  is  more  or  less  vague,  according  to 
the  temper  of  the  times  and  the  nature 
of  the  events  ;  every  battle  gives  rise 
to  a  thousand  rumors:   the  hearsay 
serves  for  information  or  instruction, 
and  is  seldom  so  incorrect  as  it  is  (&• 
miliar. 

space  may  prodace  new  worlds,  wberanf  an  rift^ 
There  went  %fame  in  beav*n,  that  he  ere  loQS 
Intended  to  create.  Miltom. 

What  liberties  any  man  may  take  in  impnttag 
words  to  ma  which  I  never  spoke,  and  what 
credit  Casar  may  give  to  such  ret—rU,  these  are 
points  for  which  It  is  by  no  means  la  my  power 
to  be  answerable. 

Hkl»otb*s  LmcRs  of  Cicsbo. 

For  which  of  yon  will  stop 
The  vent  of  hearing,  «hen  load  rumour 
Speaks  ?  SiiAa^PBABB. 

Wh^t  Infloence  can  a  mother  have  over  a 
daur'iter,^from  whose  example  the  danghler  ean 
only  have  hear$tig  bencita  t  " 


VAMiLiARj  V.  Coiwer$tn* 

9  o  2 


FAMOUS. 


FANCIFUL. 


4SS 


More  KkillM  lo  the  mean  artH  of  vlee. 
The  wblrlinflf  troque  or  Uw-forblildeo  d(cf>. 

VtULKCtt, 

FAMOUS,    CELEBRATED,    RE* 
NOWNED,    ILLUSTRIOUS. 

FAMOUS  signifies  literally  having 
fame  or  the  cause  of  fame ;  it  is  ap- 
plicable to  that  which  causes  a  noise  or 
sensation,  to  that  which  is  talked  of, 
written  upon,  discussed^  and  thought 
of;  to  that  which  is  reported  of  far 
and  near ;  to  that  which  is  circulated 
amona;  all  ranks  and  orders  of  men. 

CELEBRATED  sigaiiies  literally 
kept  in  the  memory  by  a  celebration 
or  memorial,  and  is  applicable  to  that 
which  is  praised  and  nonored  with  sch 
lemnity. 

RENOWNED  signifies  literally 
possessed  of  a  name,  and  is  appli- 
cable to  whatever  extends  the  name, 
or  causes  the  name  to  be  oflen  re- 
peated. 

ILLUSTRIOUS  signifies  literally 
what  has  or  gives  a  lustre :  it  is  appli- 
cable to  whatever  confers  dignity. 

Famous  is  a  term  of  indefinite  im- 
port ;  it  conveys  of  itself  firequently 
neither  honor  nor  dishonor,  since  it  is 
employed  indifferently  as  an  epithet  for 
things  praiseworthy  or  otherwise ;  it 
is  the  only  one  of  these  t^rms  which 
may  be  used  in  a  bad  sense.  The 
others  rise  in  a  gradually  good  sense. 

*The  celebrated  is  founded  upon 
merit  and  the  display  of  talent  in  the 
arts  and  sciences ;  it  gains  the  subject 
respect:  the  renowned  is  founded 
upon  the  possession  of  rare  or  extrap 
ordinary  qualities,  upon  successful 
exertions  and  an  accordance  with 
public  opinion ;  it  brings  great  honor 
or  glory  to  the  subject :  the  UhuirUmi 
is  founded  upon  those  solid  qualities 
which  not  only  render  one  known  but 
distinguished;  it  ensures  regard  and 
veneration. 

A  person  may  be  famoui  for  his  ec- 
centricities; celebrated  as  an  artist, 
a  writer,  or  a  player;  renowned  as  a 
warrior  or  a  statesman ;  illustriom  as 
a  prince,  a  statesman,  or  a  senator. 

The  maid  of  Orleans,  who  was  de- 
cried by  the  English,  and  idolized  bf 
the  French,  is  equally /omous  in  both 
nations.  There  are  celebrated  authors 
whom  to  censure  even  in  that  which 


is  censurtible,  would  endanger  one's 
reputation.  The  renowned  heroes  of 
antiquity  have,  by  the  perusal  of  their 
exploits,  given  birth  to  a  race  of 
modem  heroes  not  inferior  to  them- 
selves. Princes  may  shine  in  tlieir 
life- time,  but  they  cannot  render  them- 
selves illuatriotis  to  posterity  except 
by  the  monuments  of  goodness  and 
wisdom  which  they  leave  after  them. 

T  tlionicht  n  an  ai^reeable  change  to  haTe  mj 
fhoagto  diverted  from  tlie  freatr»C  amooi;  the 
dead  and  fWbalona  bivoea,  lo  the  mott  ,fmmm» 
anoDf  the  real  and  livlajr.  Aoonoii. 

WbIM  I  was  In  tbia  learned  hoAy  I  applied 
mjaeir  wHb  ao  mocb  diligence  to  my  Mudlea  ( 
that  th/Kte  are  very  ffw  celebratedhookB  Htber  in 
the  learned  or  moderu  tongues  which  I  am  not 
aeqnatnted  with.  ADmto*. 

Cattor  and  Poliax  6nt  In  martial  force. 
One  bold  on  foot,  and  one  renoitn*d  for  home. 

Pora* 

Urn  nlicft  of  the  envlona  man  an  tboas 
lltile  blemitbea  (hat  dieeover  theimelvei  in  an 
Utuitrioti9  character.  AoonoN. 

FANATIC,  V.  EnthusiasL 

FANCIFUL,    FANTASTICAL, 
WHIMSICAL,     CAPRTCIOCS. 

FANCIFUL  signifies  full  offancjf 
(9.  Conceit). 

FANTASTICAL  signifies  belong- 
ing  to  the  phantasy,  which  is  the  ioH 
mediate  derivative  from  the  Greek. 

WIUMSICAL  signifies  either  lik« 
a  whim,  or  having  a  whim. 

CAPRICIOUS  signifies  having  ca- 
price. 

Fanciful  and  fantariical  are  bodi 
employed  for  persons  and  things; 
whuntical  and  caprice  is  mostly  en^ 
ployed  for  persons,  or  what  is  per- 
sonal. Fancifulf  in  regard  to  persoM^ 
is  said  of  that  which  is  irregolar  in 
the  taste  or  judgement ;  fantastical  ig 
said  of  that  which  violates  all  pro- 
priety, as  well  as  regularity:  the 
rormer  may  consist  of  a  siin{)le  devia- 
tion from  rule;  the  latter  is  som^ 
thing  extravagant.  A  person  may, 
therefore,  sometimes  be  advantage- 
ously fanciful,  although  he  can  never 
be  fantastical  but  to  his  discredit. 
Lively  minds  will  be  fanciful  in  the 
choice  of  their  dress,  furniture,  or 
equipage :  the  affectation  of  singularitjr 
frequently  renders  people  faiUattical 
in  their  manners  as  well  as  their  dras*. 


FARMER. 


FASHION. 


455 


Ea^mr  be  risen,  and  layanty  bears 

Tbe  voice  ctslestial  munnuriiif  to  hteeua.  Pops. 

Grief  has  a  natoial  eloqaeiiM  belonging  to  it, 
and  breaks  out  in  mora  aoviog  •eoUments  than 
can  be  sopplfed  bj  the  fineit  imagination, 

Adbuow. 

Docs  ikj  fancy  cheat 
My  miod,  well  pleasM  with  the  deceit  ?  Cbbbcm. 

Therp  are  forms  which  natnrallj  create  respect 
in  the  beholders,  and  at  once  iaflaaM  and  chas- 
tize the  imagituUiQtu  Stsbu. 

FANTASTICAL,   V.   FailcifuL 

FAR,  V.  Distant. 

FARE,  PROVISION. 

FARE,  from  the  Gennan /oAren  to 
pro  or  be,  signifies  in  general  the  con* 
dition  01  thing  that  comes  to  one. 

PROVISION,  from  prowVfe,  sigoi* 
£es  the  thing  provided  for  one. 

These  terms  are  alike  ^employed  for 
the  ordinary  concerns  of  life,  and  may 
either  be  used  in  the  limited  sense  fop 
the  food  one  procures,  or  in  general 
for  whatever  necessary  or  convenience 
is  procured :  to  the  term  fare  is  an- 
nexed the  idea  of  accident ;  provision 
includes  that  of  design :  a  traveller  on 
the  continent  must  frequently  be  con- 
tented with  humble/ore,  unless  he  has 
the  precaution  of  carrying  bis  j7rap»<- 
siojis  with  him. 

Thifl  night  at  least  with  me  forget  jour  eare, 
CbesDQts  and  cords,  and  cream,  tball  be  yoir 
fare,  DftYniw, 

The  winged  nation  wanders  through  the  sktes. 
And  o'er  tbe  plains  and  shady  forest  flies; 
They  breed,  they  brood,  f estmct,  and  edooUe, 
And  malw  provision  for  the  fature  state. 

DmnuDi, 

FARMER,    HUSBANDMAN, 

AGRICULTURIST. 

FARMER,  from  the  Saion  fearm 
food,  signifies  one  mana^ng  a  farm,  or 
cultivating;  the  ground  for  a  subsist- 
ence: HUSBANDMAN  is  one  fol- 
lowing husbandry  J  that  is,  the  tillage 
of  land  by  manual  labor ;  ih^farmerp 
therefore,  conducts  tbe  concern,  and 
the  husbandman  labors  under  bis  di- 
rection; AGRICULTURIST,  from 
the  Latin  ager  a  field,  and  cola  to  till, 
signifies  any  one  engaged  in  the  art  of 
cultivation.  T\iq  farmer  is  always  a 
practitioner  ;  the  agriculturist  may  bo 
a  mere  theorist :  the  farmer  follows 
}iU3bandry  solely  as  a  means  of  living ; 


the  agriculturist  follows  it  as  a 
science:  the  former  tilb  the  land 
upon  given  admitted  principles;  the 
latter  frames  new  principles,  or  alters 
those  that  are  established.  Betwixt 
the  farmer  and  the  agriculturist  there 
is  the  same  difference  as  between 
practice  and  theory :  the  former  may 
be  assisted  by  the  latter,  so  long  as 
they  can  go  hand  in  hand ;  but  in  the 
case  of  a  collision,  the  farmer  will  be 
of  more  service  to  himself  and  his 
countr]^  than  the  asricuHuritt :  farm- 
ing  bnngs  immediate  profit  from  per* 
sonal  service ;  agriculture  may  only 
promise  future,  and  consequently  con* 
tingent  advantages. 

To  check  this  plague,  the  MUu\  farmer  chaff 
And  bteiini;  straw  before  his  orchard  bams. 

THOHSOlTy 

An  Improved  and  Improving  agriculture^ 
which  Implies  a  great  augmentation  of  labor, 
has  not  yet  fonnd  Itself  at  a  sUnd.  Bdrsb, 

Old  kuMbandmen  I  at  Sabfainm  know. 
Who,  for  another  year,  dif  ,  plough,  and  sow. 

Dbmbaii, 

TO  FASCINATE,  V.  To  ckarm^ 
FASHION,  V.  Custom. 

OF  FASHION,     OF  QUALITir, 
OF  DISTINCTION. 

These  epithets  are  employed  pro* 
miscuously  in  colloquial  discoursf ; 
but  not  with  strict  propriety :  *  by  men 
of  fashion  are  understood  such  men  as 
five  in  \hef(uhionable  world,  and  keep 
the  best  company ;  by  men  of  quality 
are  understood  men  of  rank  or  title; 
by  men  of  distinction  are  understood 
men  of  honourable  superiority,  whe- 
ther b^  wealth,  office,  or  pre-eminence 
10  society. 

Gentry  and  merchants,  though  not 
men  of  quality,  may,  by  their  mode  of 
living,  be  men  of  fashion  ;  and  by  the 
office  they  hold  in  the  state,  tliey  may 
likewise  be  men  of  distinction. 

T%eflree  manner  hi  which  people  tffiuMon 
an  disconrsed  on  at  such  meetings  (of  trades, 
people).  Is  bat  a  just  reproach  of  their  failures  So 
this  Und  (In  payment).  Stbilk, 

T%e  siufto  dress  of  a  lady  ^quality  is  often 
the  product  of  an  hundred  climes.  Aomson. 

It  behorea  men  ^  d1stineti»n,  wHh  their 
power  and  example,  to  preside  over  the  public 
diverriotts  In  such  a  manner  as  to  ch^  any 
thing  that  tends  to  the  corruption  of  I 


•VideTrBMltft  »OfFk^hloB,Of Qulily.Of DliUactlM.* 


FEARFUL. 


FEAST. 


457 


nary  occasions,  a  wind  is  said  to  be 
favorable  which  carries  us  to  the  end 
of  our  voyage ;  bat  it  is  said  to  be 
propitious  if  the  rapidity  of  our  pass- 
age forwards  any  great  purpose  of  our 
own. 

Yoo    hare  indeed  twtj  Javombte  eircam* 

ttance  Tor  joar  •dTaacndent  that  can  be  vMMd. 

MBLHoni*t  Lnrsas  ov  Ciotao. 

Bat  ah  t  what  om  of  valour  can  be  made, 
When  Heaven*ii  propUiotu  powen  ivfaie  tfieir 
aid.  Dktdwu 

FAULT,  V.  Blemish, 
FAULT,  V,  Error. 
FAULTY,  V.  Culpable. 
TO  FAWN,  V.  To  coax. 
FEALTY,  v.  Homage. 
TO  FEAR,  V.  To  apprehend. 
FEARFUL,  V.  Afraid. 

FEARLESS,  V.  Bold. 

FEARFUL,  DREADFUL,  FBIOHT- 
FUL,  TRKMENDOUS,  TERRI- 
BLE, TERRIFIC,  HORRIBLE, 
HORRID. 

FEARFUL  hei%  signifies  full  of  that 
which  causes  Jear  (v.  Alarm) : 
DREADFUL,  or  full  of  what  causes 
dread  {v.  Apprehension) ;  FRIGHT- 
FUL, or  full  of  what  causes /ri^Ai  (t;. 
A/raid)  or  apprehension  ;  TREMEN- 
DOUS, or  causing  trembling;  TER- 
RIBLE, or  TERRIFIC,  causing  ter^ 
ror  {v.  Alarm);  HORRIBLE,  or 
HORRID,  causing  horror.  The  ap- 
plication of  these  terms  is  easily  to  be 
discovered  by  what  has  been  said  on 
these  words :  the  first  two  affect  the 
mind  more  than  the  senses;  all  the 
others  affect  the  senses  more  than  tbo 
mind :  a  contest  is  fearful  when  the 
issue  is  important,  but  the  event 
doubtful;  the  thought  of  death  is 
dreadful  to  one  who  feeb  himself  un- 
prepared. 1\\e  frightful  is  less  than 
the  tremendous;  the  tremendous  than 
the  terrible;  the  terrible  than  the 
horrible  :  shrieks  may  be  frightful ; 
thunder  and  lightning  may  be  tre^ 
mendous ;  the  roaring  of  a  lion  is  /cr- 
ribU ;  the  glare  of  his  eye  terrific ; 
the  actual  spectacle  of  killing  is  horr'k- 
ble  or  horrid.  In  their  general  appli- 
cation, these  terms  are  otten  employed 
promiscuously  to  cbaiactenie  what* 


ever  produces  very  strong  impressions : 
hence  we  ma^  speak  of  a  jrightful, 
dreadfuly  terrible^  or  horrid  dream ; 
or  frightful^  dreadjul^  or  terribU 
tempest ;  dreadful^  terrible^  or  horrid 
consequences. 

She  wept  the  terron  ef  thejhaffkl  wiTe, 
Too  oft,  alae !  the  waaderfsf  lorer^  grave. 

pjoeeaia. 

And  darVt  thoa  threat  to  natdi  mjr  prixe  avaj* 
Doe  to  the  deeds  of  many  a  dreadful  day. 

Po#c 
fHgh^ul  coiiTiilBhMii  wriCbM  hb  toftorM  limW. 

Oot  of  the  Ilmh  of  the  mardered  monarchy  kai 
•riieo  a  vast,  trttmtndoua,  oBfomied  spectfe,  la 
afiu  nove  lerr^^c  Kobe  than  which  erer  jet 
orerpowered  die  hnairioatlon  of  man.      Bmuob 

l>eck*d  ia  nd  trhimph  for  the  laoamfol  (Md, 
0*tfr  her  broad  thonlden  hangs  hie  horrid  shield. 

POVB. 

FEASIBLE,  V.  Colorable. 

FEAST,  BANQUET,    CAROUSALi 
ENTERTAINMENT,  TREAT. 

As  FEASTS,  in  the  religious  senses 
from  festuSf  are  always  days  of  lei« 
sure,  and  frequently  of  public  rejoic- 
ing, this  word  has  been  applied  to 
any  social  meal  for  the  purposes  of 
pleasure :  this  is  the  idea  commoa 
to  the  signification  of  all  these  words, 
o£  which  feast  seems  to  be  the  mosi 
general;  and  for  all  of  which  it  may 
^equently  be  substituted,  although 
they  have  each  a  distinct  application : 
feast  conveys  the  idea  merely  of  en« 
joyment:  BANQUET  is  a  splendid 
jeasty  attended  with  pomp  and  state  ; 
it  is  a  term  of  noble  nse,  particularly 
adapted  to  poetry  and  the  high  style  i 
CAhOUSAL,  in  French  carousee,  m 
German  ger'dusch  or  kausch  intoxica- 
tion, from  rauschen  to  intoxicate,  is  a 
drnnken/eoff :  ENTERTAINMENT 
and  TREAT  convey  the  idea  of  ho»^ 
pitalitv. 

Afiast  may  be  giveti  by  princes  or 
their  subjects,  by  nobility  or  common- 
alty :  the  banquet  is  confined  to  men 
of  high  estate;  and  more  commonly 
spoken  of  in  former  times,  when  ranks 
and  distinctions  were  less  blended 
than  they  are  at  present :  the  dinne/ 
which  the  Lord  Mayor  of  London  aa« 
nually  gives  is  properly  denominated 
^feasi ;  the  mode  m  which  Cardimd 
Wolsey  feoeived  the  French  ambassft* 
dors  might  entitle  every  meal  he  nve 
lobedeiMMiiiiiaied^taifiMl.  hjm* 


FEEL. 


FEELING. 


459 


Catholics,  there  are  many  days  wliich 
are  kept  holy,  and  consequently  by  them 
denominated  feastty  iwhich  in  the 
En;;Hsh  reformed  church  are  only  ob- 
served as  /u)U(iays,  or  days  of  cxemfH 
tion  from  public  business ;  of  this  de- 
scription are  the  Saints'  days,  on 
ivhich  the  public  ofBces  are  shut :  on 
the  other  hand,  Christmas,  Easter, 
and  VVhitsuntide,  are  regarded  in  both 
churches  mure  as  feasts  than  as  holi' 
dai/s. 

Fcaxt,  as  a  technical  term,  is  ap- 
plied only  to  certain  specified  holidays; 
a  hoUdat/  is  an  indefinite  term,  it  may 
be  employed  for  any  day  or  time  in 
which  there  is  a  suspension  of  busi- 
ness ;  there  are,  therefore,  manWeos^s 
where  there  are  no  holidays^  ana  many 
holidays  where  there  are  no  feasts  :  a 
J'east  is  altogether  sacred ;  a  holiday 
lias  frequently  nothing  sacred  in  it, 
not  even  in  its  cause;  it  maybe  a 
simple,  ordinary  transaction,  the  act  of 
an  individual :  a  FESTIVAL  has  al- 
ways eit  her  a  sacred  or  a  serious  object. 
AJfeast  is  kept  by  religious  worship;  a 
holiday  is  kept  by  idleness;  &  festival 
is  kept  by  mirth  and  festivity :  some 
feasts  are  festivalSf  as  in  the  case  of 
the  carnival  at  Rome ;  some  festivals 
are  holidays,  as  in  the  case  of  weddings 
and  public  thanksgivings. 

Fintf  I  provide  in)vlf  a  nimbte  thinf^, 

To  be  m J  p'tfre,  a  varlot  of  crafti ; 

Next,  two  Dew  guits  for/eagU  ami  jpila  dajv. 

CVXBSBLAJIO. 

It  liappenM  on  a  snmmer^B  Ao/idoy, 
That  to  the  grren  wood  shade  he  took  bb  way. 

Drtdkx. 
Many  worthy  persons  urged  how  great  the 
faarinony  waa  between  the  hoUdagfi  and  tbefr 
aitiihutes  (if  I  may  call  them  so),  and  what  a 
conru>ion  woald  follow  tf  MicbaelroaR-day,  for 
instance,  was  not  to  be  celebratinl  when  stnbble 
freeze  are  in  their  hightvt  perlection.     WAirouk 

In  Ro  f  nlightened  ao  a(re  a*  the  present,  I  shall 
perbap  b*^  ridiculed  If  I  hint,  as  my  opfailon, 
that  the  observation  of  eert»io  JrtHvala  Is  some- 
thing  more  than  a  mere  political  institntlon. 

Wiirou. 

FEAT,  V.  Deed. 
FEEBLE,  V.  JVeak. 

TO  FEEL,  BE  SENSIBLE,    CON- 
SCIOUS. 

From  the  simple  idea  of  a  sense,  the 
word  FEEL  has  acquired  the  most  ex- 
tensive signification  and  application  in 
our  language,  and  may  be  employed 
indifferently  for  all  the  other  terms, 
but  not  in  all  cases :  Xjofed  is  said 


of  the  whole  frame,  inwardly  and  out- 
wardiy;  it  is  the  accompaniment  of 
existence:  to  BE  SENSIBLE,  from 
the  Ladn  sentio,  is  said  only  of  the 
senses.  It  is  the  property  of  all  living 
creatures  to  feel  pleasure  and  pain  in 
a  greater  or  less  degree  :  those  crea- 
tures which  have  not  the  sense  of  hear- 
ing will  not  be  iensible  of  sonnds. 

In  the  moral  application,  to  feel  is 
peculiarly  the  property  or  act  of  the 
heart ;  to  be  sensible  is  that  of  the 
understanding:  an  ingenious  mind 
feels  pain  when  it  is  sensible  of  having 
committed  an  error :  one  may,  how- 
ever, ^ee/  as  well  as  be  seimble  bj 
means  of  the  understanding :  a  per- 
son ^ef/s  the  value  of  another's  ser- 
vice ;  is  unsibU  of  his  kindness :  one 
feels  or  is  sensible  of  what  passes  out- 
wardly ;  one  is  CONSCIOUS  only  of^ ,. 
what  passes  inwardly,  from  con  or 
cum  and  scio  to  know  to  oneself:  we 
feel  the  force  of  another's  remark ;  we 
are  smuihie  of  the  evil  which  most 
spring  fitrai  the  practice  of  vice ;  we 
are  conscious  of  naving  fiedlen  short  of 
our  duty. 

The  detout  man  does  not  oa^  bdlefe,  bnt 
fatU  there  is  a  Dei^.  Adbuoii. 

There  is,  donbtleM,  a  fkealty  In  spfrttt  hj 
wbich  they  apprehend  one  another,  as  our  wwws 
do  material  objecfs;  and  there  H  no  qnesffcm 
hnt  our  sonls,  when  tbfy  are  dIsemhodM,  will, 
by  thb  facalty,  be  always  $entthte  of  the  DIvfaM 
presence.  Aomaov. 

A  creatare  of  a  more  exalted  kind 
Was  wanting  yet,  and  then  was  man  dealgnM; 
Conscious  of  thongbt,  of  more  capacious  breas^ 
For  empbe  fbnn*d,and  fit  to  role  the  rest. 

FEELING,    SENSATION,  SENSE* 

FEELING  and  SENSATION  ex- 
press  either  th^lffeirticular  act,  or  the 
general  property  of  feeling;  SENSE 
expresses  the  general  property,  or  the 
particular  mode  of  feeling.  Feeling 
IS,  as  before  (v.  To  feet)  y  the  general^ 
tensation  and  sense  are  the  special 
terms  :  the  feeling  is  either  physical 
or  moral ;  the  sensation  is  mostly  phy- 
sical ;  the  sense  physical  in  the  gene- 
ral, and  moral  in  the  particular  appli- 
cation. 

We  speak  either  of  the  feeling  or 
jenso/umofcold,  the  yee^'n^  or  leiue 
of  virtue :  it  is  not  easj  to.  describe 
the  feelings  which  are  excited  bj  tW^ 
cottiDg  of  cork  or  the  sbarpening  '^ 
saw;   the  temaUon  whicb  pen 


FEMAX^S* 


FENCE. 


461 


To  vhn  me  from  bit  tender 

|}iuiDiBbet'4  ovkon  cum. 
Who  prahM  me  for  Imp nted  dMrmiw 

Aad  fUc  or/^rartf  •  iMee*         9oHi»inni. 

A«afect«tf4ellPMj  ti  the  fmaovtqipMff*- 
•■It  la  tkoie  wko  jnrcteii^  lo  to  nitti  «tovt 


k' 


ibr  the  most  myBterious  thingP  in  i»^  /MMfa  dnify  maiiMiByWidlMibittyhaTt 
tore  apon  natural,  or,  as  they  please  engaged  the  attenti^  of  all  essayistSp 
to  term  it,  rational  principles.  from  the  time  of  AddBion  to  the  pnh 

sfnt  period. 

The  feminine  is  natural  to  the  /^ 
9iak7  the  tffemnaie  is  mmatoral  to 
the  male.  A  fmdnine  air  and  ^roioe^ 
irfiich  is  tralj  gratefol  to  the  observer 
in  die  one  sex,  is  an  odioos  mark  of 
0ffhiina^iam  other.  Beantyand 
deficacy  vtfeminme  propeilaes ;  ro- 
bosmess  and  ingor  are  masculine  pro- 
perties; the  former  therefore  when 
moovmd  in  a  man  entitle  him  to  the 
epithet  o^effemnaU. 
Oieot  9tM  iMf  ktiiiMr  Mri  til*  tjnet  knii^ 

|U>ei0lttite  or  •UaAe  Ml  •Mrled, 
Vor  ooiVMb  vessptaedi  Mbra  *e  died. 


TO  FBiGN,  v.  To  kweni. 

TD  VBLICITATBt  OiWOBATUtATB. 

FELICITATE,  Aom  the  U^fiUf 
happy,  signifies  to  make  happy^^  and  is 
umiicable  only  to  oarseWes;  CON- 
ORATULATE,  from  grofiif  pleeeant 
or  agreeable,  is  to  nudce  agreeable^ 
and  is  applicable  either  to  otuSelfee  or 
others :  weftHciiaU  oorselveB  on  bar- 
ing  escaped  the  danger ;  we  oongNim* 
late  others  on  their  good  fortune. 

The  aKronomen,  loderd,  eiped  tar  (i^Ml 
with  trnpatlenctf,  and  JkHHUiU  tfciiiiwlwi  «poa 
Wr  arrival.  JoaMoa. 

Tlie  Seroeyonnr  Wvo  wlw  bed  unmiie  the 
Cwlatil,  liMtead  of  brinf  coMrvfulirtMl  h$  Mi 
•bter  for  ble  vlctoiy,  w««  opbnided  b^  ber  ibr 
baviag  tlaln  b«r  lover.  Asweai 

FELICITY^  V*  Happiness. 

FELLOWSHIPi  SOCIBTT. 

BoTO  these  terms  are  employed  to 
^note  a  close  intercourse;  bat  FEL* 
DDWSHIP  is  said  of  men  as  indif  i* 
duals,  SOCIETY  of  them  collectif  eW : 
we  jshould  be  careful  not  to  boldyi^ 
loaship  with  any  one  of  bad  characteTf 
or  to  join  the  todeiy  of  those  who 
profess  bad  principles. 

UHiBniMMaw 
To  wear  at  once  tbf  fartv  npdtbj  ebalM^ 
Tbougb  by  iqj  former  disnitj  f  nrftr* 
Tbat,  were  I  rdnilaled  hi  mj  tbwmt, 
Tboa  to  bejolnM  Infatttrntkip  vM  Cftv 
Wenld  be  the  irat  ambttle*  «r  our  MaU 

WaMb 


Uabeppjbet  wbo Drwa  te  Ant eT  iqp, 
dbcM^r.  cut  or,  la  left  alotMb 
Amid  tbia  world  ofdeetb. 

FBLON,  V.  CrinmaL 

FEMALE,   FBMININ^^ 
EFFEMINATE. 

FEMALE  is  sttd  of  the  sex  itseli; 
and  FEMININE  of  the  charactep- 
istics  of  the  sex.  Female  Is  'opp<Md 
to  male,,/«iif  taiae  to  masculine. 

In  the  female  charaoter  we  meet 
tofind  that  which  it /«<»•■••   Tba 


lfarbe«v*bi;rlbni 

IS  b«t 
Her  gcaMfel 

Oaf  maittal  enoe^en, 


hwHnO  te  tBlei«4a  tMr 
ieg  nil  arte  ae  fJfkmMtm 

VBMININB,  V.  VnnttU* 

FBNCB,  GUARD,  •KCUBn'r. 

FENCE,  from  the  Latin  fmia^  tn 
fond  or  keep  ofl^  serves  to  peevent  the 
attack  of  an  external  ^omaj.  OUARD| 
which  is  bat  a  ▼ariety  or  wmtdf  horn 
the  Gasman  sweAren  to  eee^  and  Bwie/fcen 
to  watoh,  signifies  that  wliidi  keeps 
ftom  any  danger.  SECUraTlrimnUaa 
that  which  secures  or  prenMOts  iijttry,' 
mischief,  and  lose. 

Tbe,/%iies  in  the  proper  sense  it  an 
inanimate  object;  the  Mend  is  a  Ui»- 
tnc  agent ;  the  former  is  of  permanent 
mSity,  the  latter  acts  to  a  partial  an- 
ient :  in  the  figuBlive  sense  thev  i^' 
lain  the  tame  iflfiinetion.    Moles^f 
it  a  ^Mce  to  a  woman's  idrtoe;  the 
lovb  of  the  snbject  is  the  mooardA 
matest  se^Mord.    There  art  fnjxk^ 
meet  wfaicn  mvor  relipoo  and  mbor- 
Anation,  that  net  at^^ncsf  agidnst  die 
introdnction  of  lioentkMt  principles 
into  the  jurenile  or   unedig|htened 
mind;  aproper  tente  of  an  over- 
roUng  provttlenoe  will  terrt  as  a^^Mml 
-  to  prevent  the  admistion  of  improper' 
thongbtt.    The  gtuvrd  oidy  tttndt  m 
dbe  entranee,  to  prevent  die  inpait  of 
evil:  the  fteaHiy  ttopt  MP  aU  1 
avenaee,  it  lookt  op  wm  taib 
giutri  MTvet  to  prevent  llmii 
ev^tlingihit  ■iffkwi'li 


^ 


f:BETILE. 

idea  of  what  is  creadve,  and  is  peco* 
liarly  applicable  to  animals.  We  maj 
say  that  the  ground  is  eithstfertik  or 
Jhiitfiii,  but  not  prolific:  we  maj 
speak  of  a  female  of  anj  species  being 
fruitful  and  prolific^  but  not  fertile  ; 
we  may  speak  of  nature  as  being 
fruitful,  but  neither/er^t/^  notpndific. 
A  country  \%fertUe  as  it  respects  the 
quality  of  the  soil ;  it  \%  fruitful  as  it 
respects  the  abundance  of  its  produce: 
it  is  possible,  therefore,  for  a  country 
to  be  fruUfiU  by  the  industry  of  its 
inhabitants,  which  was  not  ftiiik  by 
nature. 

An  animal  is  said  to  beyrtti{/ti/  aa 
it  respects  the  numbar  of  youEi^  whidi 
it  has ;  it  is  said  to  be  pro^Se  as  it 
respects  its  generative  power.  Soma 
women  are  moreyr«i{/iM  than  others  $ 
but  there  are  many  animals  more  pro- 
iijic  than  human  creatures.  The  lands 
in  Egypt  are  rendered^r/i/^  by  means 
of  mud  which  they  receive  from  the 
overflowing  of  the  Nile:  theyconse- 
uently  produce  harvests  mora  frmt^ 
ul  than  in  almost  any  other  oonntiy. 
Among  the  Easterns  barrenness  was 
reckoned  a  disgrace,  and  everv  woman 
was  ambitious  to  be  fruitful :  there 
are  some  insects,  particularly  amongst 
the  noxious  trib^  which  are  so  prth 
lificy  that  they  are  not  many  hours  in 
being  before  tney  begin  to  breed. 

In  the  figurative  application  they 
admit  of  a  similar  distincdon.  A  man 
is  fcrtiU  in  expedients  who  readily 
contrives  upon  tne  spur  of  the  ooc»- 
sion ;  he  '\^  fruitful  m  resources  who 
1ms  tliem  ready  at  his  hand ;  his  brain 
is  prolific  if  it  generates  an  abundance 
of  new  conceptions.  A  mind  'i^fBt' 
tile  which  has  powers  that  admit  of 
cultivation  and  expansioa :  an  ima|^ 
nation  \%  fruitful  tnat  is  rich  in  stores 
of  imagery ;  a  genius  i»proiUic  that 
is  rich  in  invention,  females  are 
,/eni/e  in  expedients  and  devices;  am- 
bition and  avarice  are  the  mostjfriiil- 
Jul  sources  of  discord  and  misery  in 
public  and  private  life ;  novel-writers 
are  the  most  prolific  class  of  authors* 

Why  sboiild  I  mralioa  tlMte^  wboie  ooij  tofl 
]•  rendei'd/rrtife  bj  tbt  onHflffwiaf  Nlkb 

J 

When  fraCtha  mII  nedhimlimfndtfkl 
Mahe  oo  dday,  bat  oowcr  ttwUhipwd,  Dk 


FB8TIVITT. 


4fi» 


WUeb  poailiff  davB  ftomViUopteB  bads 
■ifeMgveeBdM  Mil,  with  rfkM  and  btack  pr^ 
l(/lenadi.  Dann. 

T*  eiftfyiroifc  WailnitoB  traaiiC  a  amooiy 
lUl  ftaasbt,  tofilbic  vtt  a  fka^^Srffte  of 
aaoiMamtlaafc  Joaatoa. 

Tto  phllowpli J  leetlvad  flraai  Om  fliaaks  Imw 
Um,frmi{fiU  la  lualwimilM,  bat  barfca  of 


PaaeatorMghC! 

Pi«i|^  beaai,  vhaai  vayi 
Ha  faiiaaa  fUb  if  Prawldeaca. 


Aat« 


IBRVOR,   ABDOR. 

FERVOR,  Sromfbrveo  to  boil,  is 
not  so  violent  a  beat  aa  ARDOR, 
from  ardeo  to  bom.  The  affections 
are  yiopvAjfervent ;  the  passions  are 
mrdemt :  we  wrt  fervent  in  feeling,  and 
ardent  in  acting :  the  fervor  of  devo- 
donmaybe  rational;  bat  the  ardor 
of- zeal  is  mostly  intemperate.  The 
first  martyr,  Stepnen,  was  filled  with  a 
holy  fervor  i  St.  Peter,  in  the  ardor 
of  bis  zeal,  promised  his  master  to  do 
more  than  be  was  able  to  perlbnn. 


TheJqraftbelMd  iiaoltobe ...^ 

«f  Mgb  raplant  aad  tnaipotti  af  nilgioai 


Do  utem  haitaa  to  tbilr  davoCioafwIA  that 
MVitr  that  tbogr  voaU  to  a  lavd  plaj  V    Booni. 

FESTIVAL,  V.  Feast* 

FBSnVITY,   MIRTir. 

Tbere  is  commonly  MIRTB  with 
FBnVnY,  bat  there  maj  be  Sn- 
qaenOy  mirth  withoat  Jhtimfy,  Tha 
fiMtitity  lies  in  the  outward  drcma* 
stances :  mirth  in  the  temper  of  the 
mind.  JTei^ifjf  is  rather  the  prodocar 
of  mirth  than  the  mirth  itself.  Jb- 
^toify  includes  the  social  eiyoymenta 
of  eadnfff  drinking,  dancings  oards,  and 
other  pteasares :  aurlA  includes  in  U 
the  booyancj  of  s|nrits,-  which  is  en- 
geodered  by  a  participation  in  sodi 
pleasores :  but  fettivity  may  be  nooom- 
panied  with  intemperance. 

awlaf  that  tfba  >iff ai<|  <f  Ml 

boHrtHiapiaB^  ttai 


tostay- 
barttii  tkd 

taipli*a, 
^tMN  snjvaavB  Mffvk  laa 


CaaaaaxABBb 


fan 


when  la  poaup  tbr  oaa^barat 
Ha  paiatad  baisai  ^«r  tha 


JO  FETCH,  V.  To  bring, 

RTfBR,  V*  Chohu  • 

FBUOj  p.  QwfrnL 


FTNAL. 

timplest  kind,  by  which  a  word  ac- 
quires other  meanings  besides  that 
which  is  originally  affiled  to  it;  as 
when  the  term  Imd,  which  properly 
signifies  a  part  of  the  body,  is  applied 
to  the  leader  of  an  army.  The  alle- 
gory is  a  continaed  metaphor  when 
attributes,  modes,  and  acdons,  are  ap- 
plied to  the  objects  thus  Jigured^  as 
m  the  allegory  of  sin  and  death  in 
Milton. 

The  emblem  is  that  sort  oi  figure 
of  thought  by  which  we  make  cor- 
poreal objects  to  stand  for  moral  pro- 
perties; thus  the  dove  is  represented 
as  the  emblem  of  meekness,  or  the  bee- 
hive is  made  the  emblem  of  industry : 
the  nfrnbol  is  that  species  of  emblem 
which  is  converted  into  a  constituted 
sign  among  men ;  thus  the  olive  and 
laurel  are  the  tymbolt  of  peace,  and 
have  been  recognised  as  such  among 
barbarous  as  well  as  enlightened  na- 
tions. The  /vpe  is  that  species  of 
emblem  by  which  one  object  is  made 
to  represent  another  mystically ;  it  is, 
therefore,  only  employed  in  religious 
matters,  particularly  in  relation  to  the 
coming,  the  office,  and  the  death  of 
our  Saviour;  in  this  manner  the  offer- 
ing of  Isaac  is  considered  as  a  type  of 
our  Saviour's  offering  himself  as  an 
atoning  sacrifice. 

Hw  ■pring  been  tbe  nine  flgure  raoDg  the 
MMOM  oTtlw  jear,  that  tbe  morahif  don  Binoaf 
the  divWont  of- tbe  day,  or  jovlb  amoaf  Ibe 
■cafeterufb. 

Vo  Baa  bad  a  bappler  maimer  of 
tbe  aActfoaa  of  oae  aenie  by  metaphon  takes 
fhMD  aaotbcr  Cbaa  UUtoa.  Boi 


HND. 


465 


Vlfgn  bat  eart  tbe  wbole  sjHeai  of  Pktoaie 
pbUoeoplu*  w  fbr  as  icganb  tbe  teal  of  man,  iato 
tttMOM  mlUgvrUs.  AtUiMcm, 

Tbe  aterfc^tbe  mttem  of  true  piety.  BsAOMoar. 

I  need  not  iMBtlon  tbe  jafCnces  of  tboagbt 
wUcb  h  obiwed  ia  the  gencntlon  of  tbeee 
lymbelfeMf  pcfaon*  lia  Miltoo^  aUegvrff  of  iln 
and  death).  Annaoir. 

An  the  ramaifcable  erentt  aader  tbe  lav  were 
m^evofClfrlst.  Btua. 

FIGURE,  V.  Form. 
FILTHY,  V.  Nasty. 

FINAL,   CONCLUSIVE. 

FINAL,  in  French  final,  latin 
finaliif  from  finis  tbe  aid,  signifies 
having  an  end. 


CONCLUSIVE  (t^.  Concluihe) 
signifies  shutting  up,  or  coming  to  a 
conclusion. 

Final  designates  simply  the  diw 
cnmstance  of  bein^  the  last ;  conclmhe 
the  mode  of  finishmg  or  coming  to  the 
last:  a  determination  is  j?iui/ which  is 
to  be  succeeded  by  no  other;  a  rea- 
soning is  concluiive  that  pots  a  stop  to 
farther  question.  The  final  is  arbi- 
trary ;  It  depends  upon  the  will  to 
make  it  so  or  not:  the  conclusive  is 
relative;  it  depends  upon  the  circun^ 
stances  and  the  understanding:  a 
person  gives  a  final  answer  at  op- 
tion ;  but  in  order  to  make  an  answer 
conduiive  it  must  be  sarisfkctory  to  all 
parties. 

Kekber  with  at  la  Enghad  bath  there  bcM 
(tfll  lery  tatdy)  any  JUuU  determbiatlen  apoa 
the  i%bt  of  aatbonat  the  comoMm  lev. 


I  hardly  thiab  tbe  enniple  of  Abnbam*k 

lanplaiBlQf,  that  aoleai  be  bad  tooie  ebUdrea  of 
bis  body,  hit  itevaid  EHear  of  Damaaew 
voaU  be  hit  bHr,  it  quite  coneliafve  to  ibeiv 
that  he  made  him  to  by  will.  BLicxtron. 

FINAL,  V.  Last. 

TO  FIND,  FIND  OUT,   DISCOVER^ 
ESPY,    DESCRY. 

FIND,  in  German  finden,  kc.  is 
moe^  probabljf  connected  with  the 
Latin  venio,  signifying  to  come  in  tha 
way. 

DISCOVER,  V.  To  detect. 

ESPY,  in  French  espicTf  cornea 
from  the  Latin  espicio,  signifying  to 
see  a  thing  out. 

DESCRY,  from  the  Latin  discemo^ 
sisnifies  to  distinguish  a  thing  firooi 
oubers. 

To  find  signifies  simply-  to  come 
within  siphe  of  a  thin|^  wfaieh  it  tlii 
general  idea  attached  to  all  thcnifli 
terms :  they  vary,  however,  either  in 
the  mode  of  the  action  or  in  the  ob- 
ject. What  ^efind  may  become  visi^ 
ble  to  us  by  accident,*  but  what  wo 
firui  out  is  the  result  of  an  efiurt.  Wo 
mAy  find  any  thing  as  we  pass  along, 
in  the  streets ;  but  we  firui  out  mis- 
takes in  an  account  by  carefully  goinf^ 
over  it,  or  we  find  out  the  difficulties 
which  we  meet  with  in  learning,  bv  roJ 
doubling  our  diligenoei  Whatis^/mmif 

2  II 


FIND. 


HNE 


467 


venting  machines,  iDStniments,  and 
various  matters  of  use  or  elegance ;  of 
discovering  the  operations  and  laws  of 
nature.  Many  fruitless  attempts  have 
been  made  to  find  the  longitude  :  men 
have  not  been  so  unsuccessful  in  findr 
ing  out  various  arts,  for  communi- 
cating their  though ts^  commemorating 
the  exploits  of  their  nations,  and  su|>- 
plying  themselves  with  luxuries ;  nor 
have  they  failed  in  every  species  of 
machine  or  instrument  wliich  can  aid 
their  purpose.  Harvey  discovered  the 
circulation  of  the  blood  :  Toriceili  rfif- 
covered  the  gravity  of  the  air:  Newton 
discorered  the  principle  of  universal 
gravitation  :  by  geometry  the  proper- 
ties of  ficrures  are  discoroered  ;  by  che- 
mistry the  properties  of  compound  sub- 
stances :  but  tne  geometrician ^luif  by 
reasoning  the  solution  of  aiw  problem; 
or  by  investigating,  he  finds  md  a 
clearer  method  of  solving  the  same 
problems ;  or  he  invents  an  instrument 
by  which  the  proof  can  be  deduced  from 
ocular  demonstration.  Thus  the  as- 
tronomer discovers  the  motions  of  the 
heavenly  bodies,  by  means  of  the  tele* 
scope  which  has  been  invented, 

Jjod^  practice  has  a  nnn  lmprorefneiit.^»iiiul| 
With  ktndkfd  firai  to  barn  the  btma  frovod. 

Dbtbo. 

Since  the  hannonlc  prioclplet  were  diMcoveredf 
nrasic  has  been  a  great  independent  iclence. 

SiCVABB. 

The  sire  of  goAt  and  men,  vltb  hard  decrees, 
Fotbidn  our  plentj  to  be  bovglit  with  eaae  ; 
Himself  invented  flnt  the  ihlBinf  share, 
And  whetted  hnman  industry  bjr  cart.    DiTsm. 

TO   FIND    FAULT  WITH,   BLAHBy 
OBJECT  TO. 

All  these  terms  denote  not  simply 
feeling,  but  also  expressing  dissatis- 
faction with  some  person  or  thing. 
To  FIND  FAULT  with  signifies 
here  to  point  out  a  faulty  either  in 
some  person  or  thing;  to  BLAME  is 
said  only  of  the  person  ;  OBJECT  is 
applied  to  the  thing  only :  wefindfimlt 
with  a  person  for  his  behaviour;  we 
find  fault  with  our  seat,  our  convey- 
ance, and  the  like ;  we  bUime  a  person 
for  his  temerity  or  his  improvidence ; 
we  object  to  a  measure  that  is  pro- 
posed. We  find  fault  with  or  binne 
that  which  has  been  done ;  we  obfeci 
to  that  which  is  to  be  done. 

Finding  fault  is  a  familiar  action 
applied  to  matters  of  personal  con- 


venience or  taste;  blame  and  object  to, 
particulariy  the  latter,  are  applied  to 
serious  objects.  Finding  fault  is  of^en 
the  firuit  of  a  discontented  temper; 
there  are  some  whom  nothing  will 
please,  and  who  are  ever  ready  to 
find  fault  with  whatever  comes  in 
their  way :  blame  is  a  matter  of  dis- 
cretion ;  we  blame  frequently  in  order 
to  correct:  objecting  to  is  an  afiair 
either  of  capnce  or  necessity ;  some 
capriciously  ol^ect  to  that  which  is 
proposed  to  them  mereW  from  a  spirit 
of  opposition ;  others  oiject  to  a  tning 
from  substantial  reasons. 

Trai^l-eoiiiedy  yoa  have  joandf  found  fcaUt 
with  fcrjiwtlj.  BvnoaDi. 

It  is  a  mosC  ootala  rale  hi  rwnn  and  moral 
phiUwoph J,  that  when  thcfe  Is  no  cboloe,  then 
can  be  no  Home,  Sovnt. 

TO  FIND  OUT,  V.  Tofind  {descry). 
TO  FIND  OUT,  V.  Tofifid  {invent). 
FINE,  V.  Beautiful. 

FINE,   DELICATE,  NICE. 

It  is  remarkable  of  the  word  FIN£ 
(9.  Bea%ttiful)^  that  it  is  equally  ap* 
plicable  to  lai^e  and  small  objects : 
DELICATE,  in  Latin  delicatus,  from 
delicim  delights*  and  delicio  to  allure^ 
is  applied  only  to  small  objects. 
Fine,  in  the  natural  sense,  deootet 
smnllness  in  general.  Delicate  d^ 
notes  a  degree  offineneu  that  is  agree- 
able to  the  taste.  Thread  is  said  to 
be  fine  as  opposed  to  the  coarse  and 
thick ;  silk  is  said  to  be  delieate,  when 
to  fineness  of  texture  it  adds  softnesa. 
The  texture  of  a  spider^s  web  is  re- 
markable for  Its  fineness ;  that  of  the 
ermine's  fur  is  remarkable  for  its  db- 
licaty.  In  writing,  all  up-strokes  most 
be  nne  ;  but  in  superior  writing  th^ 
will  be  delicately  fine,  Wheo  applied 
to  colors,  the  fine  is  coupled  with 
the  grand  and  the  strong;  delicate 
with  what  is  minute,  soft,  and  fair : 
black  and  red  mav  be  fine  colors  j 
white  and  pink  delicate  colors.  The 
tulip  is  reckoned  one  of  the  finest 
flowers ;  the  white  oMWs-rose  is  a  deli' 
cate  flower.  A  fine  pamter  delineates 
with  boldness ;  but  toe  artist  who  has 
a  delicate  taste,  throws  delicate  touehss 
into  the  grandest  delineations. 

In  tlieir  moral  application  tWmm 
terms  admit  of  the  same  dh' 
the^n^  approaches  eitber  ^ 
or  to  the  weak;  thoMni 

8  K  S 


HNITE. 


HRB. 


46d 


F«r  to  probibH  and  i 
To  find  oat  or  to  make  oliiBee, 
To  wC  what  ebafacten  tliej  ptcaWy 
And  mulett  «•  tia,  or  godllMiB, 
If  aft  pcovc  a  pMtty  thrtttac  tradt. 

U  moat  be  coafeHid,  that  ■•  fUr  the  laiM  af 
neo,  fratttttdefanotw^ielned^tiw— ctlaaaf 
penaUiet.  ^  SoinBi* 

The  EariorHaNlbfd,hdaf;tftedteaMdai 
l«fei  Nonnaaoerani,  eoald  oalj  he  paakhed  ^m 
Jbrjiihtre  of  hit  Inheritanee.         Tysawartft,* 

la  the  Ronao  law.  If  a  tord  OMiiUBtta  Mi 
•lave,  frets  toirratttade  ia  the  penoa  ao  mM 
tneJ^rfltiUklBttmiam.  9mnm» 

FINESSE,  V.  Artifice. 

FINICAL)   8PRUCB,   90PPISH.    - 

These  epithets  an  applied  to  tddi 
as  attempt  at  finerr  dj  improper 
means.  The  FINICAL  is  iotimi- 
ficantly  fine ;  the  SPRUCE  it  Jfbop 
riously  and  artfully  firte;  the  FOP- 
PISH is  fantastieally  and  aflfeetaAj 
fine.  The  finical  is  said  tnonAj  ot 
manners  and  speech ;  the '  jpmciff  it 
said  of  the  dress  $  the/e^M^lf  dntt 
and  manners. 

A  ^itiro/ gentleman  dipt  hit  woidp 

and  screws  his  hodyinto  attRMdl  m 

compass  as  possiUe  to  pve  hintetf 

the  air  of  a  delicate  perton :  a  ^pmet 

gentleman  strives  not  to  have  a  fold 

wfong  in  his  frill  or  eramt,  nor  a  hair 

of  his  head  to  lie  amiss  ^  ^foppM 

gentleman  seeks  hy  en^waganoa  in 

the  cut  of  his  clothes,  and  hy  the  taw* 

driness  in  their  ornaments,  to  nmdar 

himself  distinguished  for  finenr.    A 

little  mind,  fullof  oooont  of  itself,  will 

lead  a  man  to  he  finical:  a  Tacant 

mind  that  is  anxious  to  he  pleating 

will  not  object  to  the  empbymeiit  w 

rendering  tne  perton  iprttce :  ag|kiijJY 

y^in  mind,  eager  afler  applaute,  inqialt 

a  man  to  every  kind  m  foppery,    . 

At  the  top  of  the  hiBdiiy  (OlwlliiM  >■— » 
areaeveiaLcapolaa  aad  HttlaCBRata  that  hMi 
bat  ao  111  eflect,  aad  anka  the  tail 
eoce  Jinical  asd  heaey. 

Metl^ahB  I  aeethceqmfetaadtaia 
WRh  coat  eaihcoldei*d  rIeMj  ridofw 

The  leaned,  f^H  «r  isvard  fridtb 

The  fap%  of  oatvaid  Aev  deild^  Oat. 

TO  FiNifiB,  V.  To  close. 

TO  FINISH,  V,  TooompleaU^ 

FINISHED,  V,  Compleai* 

m 

FINITE,   LIMITED. 

FU^rr^  fhtm  >Siiif  an  end,  it  Um 


natonJ.  pnopwly  of  things;  and  U«- 
MITEDy.from  Innes  a  boundary,  it' 
the  artificial  propertv :  the  former  ia 
tmposita  only  to  the  it^fruies  but 
the  latter,  which  lies  withm  the  iSaste,  • 
it  opposed  tothetm^itit/ed  or  the  tis» 
fitdie.  This  world  is/fii<c^  and  tpaoa 
w/lnite;  the  power  of  a  prinoa  b 
^Mitf ed.  It  it  aoi  in  our  power  to 
extend  the  boundt  of  the  fimiUt  but. 
the  UmiUd  it  mostly  under  our  oon- 
tfol.  We  wnfiniiB  beings  •odour 
capadtiet  am  rarioaily  USikti  either 
bf  natoae  OTfivncumttanott. 

MMUokithliriifle  eoMldcntisd  of  Ae  pes* 
0NM  af  a  jkmm  apMt  te  parihUtoa  will  ta- 


aadaU 


IBM 


iwaaaiaffClai 
mg  HmtUd  eapael^  aad  aamnr  view,  urn 
JHt  ataaanaomhtoat  the  ckOdUi  coatflalili 
«f  awBot  hilt  ilwid  «ah  %  MiweaeBpie  igfib 


FIEX,    HEAT,  WAEIITB,  QVOW. 

Ih  the  pnop«r  tense  theie  wotda 
axe  eatily  dittiiyijthed,  but  not  to 
eatilyiatbe  impioper  tante;  andaa. 
tba  latter  dependt  princbally  upoii 
thefomier»  it  it  not  altogtUier  niMtti. 
to  enter  into  tooia  asplanatioa.ot 
their  phyucal  maaniflg. 

Fl&Eiswitb  lefM  to.  HEAT  as 
the  cante  to  th^  ernct;  it  it  ittalf  m 
inherent  property  in  tome  oMCarial 
bodiet,  and  wheo  in  notion  oommh 
nicatet  heat:  ffire  it penoqitibla  Itt 
ut  bjr  the  eyi^  at  well  at  tlia  toodii 
Aeo<  it  perc^»abla  only  by  the  toveiikA 
we  ditongoMh  jEfv  by  meant  of  dit 
flame  it  tmit  forth,  or  by  thinhajpi 
which  it  prodnoet  upon  otbar  hndiny 
but  we  ditoof  ar  kmt  only  by  tbn 


tatiopt  which  itpodncat  inomMlNib 
J^  bat  withm  itself  tha  pow«r  iJT 
oonmnnicatiitt  hmf  to  odiar  bodhM 
atadittancymunit;  botAaaf,  wAm 
it  liet  in  bodiet  wit|xMit  fir^  it  M 
rommnnirahlft  or  even  peroipcihl% 
except  by  coining  iiioontai:twitl|l]|(t 
bodjr-    •'Ve  it  produdbla  in 


bodiet  at  pleatnre^  and  wbtD  in  nctias 
will  oonnnunicata  ittalf  wijthoiit  uaf 
external  inJloenoa  ;  but  kf^  it  alvm 
to  be  produced  and  kept  in  being,  Ej 

^^0UMm^^  ^#^takWAAa^Bw     ^ag^^wa^WFj   a  ^^^^  ^     ^PH^*^^^^^^H^B 

bat  iba(  £at  away,    lira  it. » 
dUe  joply  m certain  bod^i^ 
may  bp  prodnoad  in  niMi 


die 


FIRM. 


FIT. 


471 


•d  to  something  else,  and  not  easily 
torn;  that  is  solid  which  is  able  to 
bear,  and  does  not  easily  give  way ; 
that  is  stable  which  is  able  to  make  a 
stand  against  resistance,  or  the  eflfects 
of  time.  A  pillar  which  is^rm  on  its 
base,  fixed  to  a  wall  made  of  solid 
oak,  is  likely  to  be  stahU.  A  man 
stands  firm  in  battle  who  does  not 
flinch  from  the  attack :  he  is  fixed  to 
a  spot  by  the  order  of  his  commander. 
An  anny  of  firm  men  form  a  toHd 
mass,  and  by  their  heroism  may  de- 
serve the  stablest  monument  tliat  can 
be  erected. 

In  the  moral  sense,  firmnesM  is  used 
only  for  the  purpose,  or  sudi  actions 
as  depend  on  the  purpose ;  fixed  is 
used  either  for  the  mind,  or  for  out- 
ward circumstances;  solid  is  applica- 
ble to  things  in  general,  in  an  abso- 
lute sense;  stable  is  applictible  to 
things  in  a  relative  sense.  Decrees 
are  more  or  less  firm^  according  to 
the  source  from  which  they  spniig; 
none  are  firm^  compared  witli  those 
which  anse  from  the  will  of  the  Al- 
mighty :  laws  are  fixed  in  proportion 
as  they  are  connected  with  a  consti- 
tution in  which  it  is  difficnlt  to  inno- 
vate. That  which  is  solid  is  so  of  its 
own  nature,  but  does  not  admit  of 
degrees:  a  solid  reason  has  within 
itself  an  independent  property,  which 
cannot  be  increased  or  diminislied. 
That  which  is  stable  is  so  by  compa- 
rison with  that  which  is  of  less  dura- 
tion ;  the  characters  of  some  men  are 
more  stable  than  those  of  others,  and 
youth  will  not  have  so  stable  a  chtr 
racter  as  manhood. 

A  friendship  is  firm  when  it  doei 
not  depend  upon  the  opinion  of  others ; 
it  is  fived  when  the  choice  is  made 
and  grounded  in  the  mind ;  it  is  $olid 
when  it  rests  on  the  on\y  solid  basis  of 
accordancy  in  virtue  and  religion ;  it 
is  stable  when  it  is  not  liable  to  de- 
crease or  die  away  with  time. 

In  one  Jirm  orb  tfw  bands  were  nmg*d  arottad* 
A  dead  of  heron  bladcen'd  all  tbe  frosnd. 


FIRMNESS,  v»  Constancy. 
FIT,  v»  Becoming* 

FIT,   APT,    MEET* 

FIT  (9.  Becoming)  it  either  an  ao* 
quired  or  a  natural  property ;  APT,  in 
Latin  aftus^  from  the  Greek  airrw  to 
correct,  is  a  natural  property;  MEET^ 
from  to  meet  or  measure,  signifying 
measured,  is  a  moral  quality.  A 
house  is  fit  for  the  accommodation  of 
the  family  according  to  tbe  plan  of  tbe 
builder;  the  young  mind  is  upt  to 
receive  either  good  or  bad  impressions* 
Meet  is  a  term  of  rare  use,  except  in 
spiritual  matters  or  in  poetry:  it  is 
meet  to  offer  our  prayers  to  tbe  su* 
preme  disposer  of  all  things. 

Nerboly  rapture  muMod  tbeyto  pfalw 
Their  anker  im  JU  itralM  pnMovBcM  or  raaf. 

iBBtnee  or  n  Mpe  plnMS 


UnrooTM  and  illent,  the  whole  war  thej  wait, 
Serenfl J  dreadfttl,  and  ai  fiat'd  m  Arte. 

Bat  tbffe  fantartlc  erron  of  our  dream 
Lifad  as  to  nUd  rnnagm 

Tbe  prosperity  of  no  man  on  cavtt  fli  maUt 
and  anued. 

FIRM,  V.  Hard. 


If  joa  bear  a 
eawmit  It  te  yatir 

8nllsuiY  SomtT* 

M J  imi«B,  not  Imparted  to  tha  bffvia 

Whoie  lUlowaldp  tbeiefbie  not  unmtet  for  ihei^ 

Good  leaaoa  waa  thoa  fkaely  ihoaldat  dhlike. 

MlLTOlf. 

FIT,  2/.  Expedient. 

TO  FIT,  EQUIP,  PREPARE,  QUA« 

LIFY. 

To  FIT  (v.  Fitf  becoming)  sienifies 
to  adopt  means  in  order  to  make  fit, 
and  conveys  the  eenera!  sense  of  all 
the  other  terms ;  tney  differ  principally 
in  the  means  and  circumstances  of 
fitting :  to  EQUIP  is  to  fit  out  by 
furnishing  the  necessary  materinlt: 
to  PREPARE,  from  the  Latin  J9r«- 
paroy  compounded  of  pre  and  par6 
to  get  before  hand,  is  to  take  steps 
for  the  purpose  of  fitting  in  futnre : 
to  QUAIirY,  from  die  Latin  oica- 
lificOf  or  fsteio  and  qualis  to  make  it 
as  it  should  be,  is  to  fit  or  funuih 
with  the  moral  reauisites. 

To^  is  employed  for  ordinaiy 
cases ;  to  equip  is  employed  only  for 
expeditions :  a  house  is  fitted  up  for 
the  residence  of  a  fomily ;  a  vessel  is 
equipped  with  every  thing  requisite  for 
a  voyage :  to  fit  is  for  an  immediate 
purpose  ;  to  prepare  is  for  a  remote 
purpose.  A  person  fits  lumseif  for 
taking  orden  when  he  is  at  the  nm« 
Tersity  :  he  prepares  himself  at  school 
before  he  goes  to  the  nnifwir*-' 
fit  u  to  Mopt  positivo  ■ 


FIX. 


FIX. 


473 


inasmuch  as  that  T?hich  was  wrong  is 

set  right. 

When  tbinft  mftn  that  fu  a4fn§ted  towards  m 
p«tce,  ail  other  differeocca  were  loon  meeomwt*' 
dated,  AomaoN . 

FITTED,  V.  Competent. 

TO  FIX,    FASTEN,   STICK. 

FIX,  r.  To  fix,  setlk. 

FASTEN  is  to  make  fait. 

STICK  is  to  make  stick  (v.  Stkk). 

Fix  is  a  generic  term ;  fasten  and 
stick  are  but  modes  of  fixing :  we  fix 
whatever  we  make  to  remain  m  a  given 
situation;  we  fasten  i£  vie  fix  it  firmly : 
we  stick  when  we^  a  thmg  by  means 
of  sticking,  A  post  is  fixed  in  the 
ground ;  it  is  fastened  to  a  wall  by  a 
nail ;  it  is  stuck  to  another  board  by 
means  of  glue.  Shelves  are  fixed :  a 
horse  is  fastened  to  a  gate :  bills  are 
stuck.  What  is  fixed  may  be  removed 
in  various  ways  :  what  is  fastened  is 
removed  by  main  force  :  what  is  stuck 
must  be  separated  by  contrivance. 

On  mules  and  dogB  the  iufectioa  Snt  be|;«B, 
And  laM  the  vengefal  arrows  JUi*d  in  man. 

PoPB. 

As  the  bold  boand  that  ffves  the  lion  chaee, 
XVitb  beati^c  bosom,  and  with  eairer  paee. 
Hangs  on  his  haancb,  or  Jiutena  on  his  heels. 
Guards  as  he  tonis,  and  circles  as  lie  wheels. 

Pops. 

Some  lines  more  mo?{o|:  than  the  rest, 

atuck  to  the  point  that  piere*d  her  Itfeast.  Swirr. 

TO  FIX,  SETTLE,   ESTABLISH. 

FIX,  in  Latin ^a:i  perfect  offigo^ 
and  in  Greek  frryy^  signifies  simply  to 
make  to  keep  its  place. 

SETTLE,  which  is  a  frequentative 
of  stty  sigui6es  to  make  to  sit  or  be 
at  rest 

ESTABLISH,  from  the  Latin  stabilis, 
signifies  to  make  stable  or  keep  its 
ground. 

Fix  is  the  general  and  indefinite 
tenn  :  to  settle  and  establish  are  to^ 
strongly.  Fix  and  settle  are  applied 
either  to  material  or  spiritual  oojects, 
establish  only  to  moral  objects.  A 
post  may  be  fixed  in  the  ground  in 
any  manner,  but  it  requires  time  for 
it  to  settle.  A  person  may  either^ 
himself,-  settle  himself,  or  establish 
himself:  the  first  case  refers  simply 
to  his  taking  up  his  abode,  or  choos- 
ing a  ^certain  spot ;  the  second  reiers 
to  his  permanency  of  stay  ;  and  the 
third  to  the  business  which  he  raises 
ar  renders  pennaoeot. 


The  same  distinction  exists  between 
these  words  in  their  farther  applica- 
tion to  the  conduct  of  men.  We  may 
fix  one  or  many  points,  important  or 
unimportant,  it  is  a  mere  act  of  the 
will ;  we  settle  many  points  of  im- 
portance ;  it  is  an  act  or  deliberation : 
thus  we^  the  day  and  hour  of  doing 
a  thing ;  we  settle  the  affiairs  of  our 
&mily :  so  likewise  to  fix  is  properly 
the  act  of  one ;  to  settle  may  be  the 
joint  act  of  many :  thus  a  parent ^es 
on  a  business  for  his  child,  or  he 
settles  the  marriage  contract  with 
another  parent.  To  fix  and  settle  are 
personal  acts,  and  the  objects  are 
mostly  of  a  {private  nature ;  but  estO' 
blish  is  an  mdirect  action,  and  the 
object  mostly  of  a  public  nature: 
thus  vie  fix  our  opinions;  we  settle 
our  minds ;  or  we  are  instrumental  in 
establishing  laws,  institutions,  and  the 
like.  It  is  much  to  be  lamented  that 
any  one  should  remain  unsettled  in 
his  faith ;  and  still  more  so,  that  the 
best  form  of  faith  is  not  universally 
established. 

While  warerinf  eonndls  thne  his  mfaid  cnpifi^ 
FInctnates  in  dMbtfol  thonsfat  the  PjUan  eace. 
To  join  the  host  or  to  the  tui*nl  haata^ 
Debatlof  Umgt  he  Jlxei  on  the  last.  Popk. 

Warm*d  in  the  l>rain  the  braam  weapon  lies. 
And  riiades  eternal  $eUU  o^er  his  ejes.       P^>Pi. 

I  would  ertabUsh  but  one  snierai  rule  to  b« 
oWrrcd  in  aU  Gonveraatioa,  which  ia  this,  that 
•*  men  should  not  talk  to  please  themaelfes,  h«t 
those  that  hear  them." 


TO  FIX,     DETERMINE,    SETTLE, 
LIMIT. 

To  FIX  (v.  To  fix,  settle)  is  here 
the  general  term;  to  DETERMINE, 
V.  To  decide  ;  to  SETTLE,  v.  To  fix  ; 
to  LIMIT,  V.  To  bound ;  are  nere 
modes  of  fixing.  They  all  denote  the 
acts  of  conscious  agents,  but  diffiar  in 
the  object  and  circumstances  of  the 
action :  we  msLyfix  any  object  by  any 
means,  and  to  any  point,  we  may  fix 
material  objects  or  spiritual  objects, 
we  may  eiuier  fix  by  means  of  our 
senses,  or  our  thoughts ;  but  we  can 
determine  only  hj  means  of  our 
thoughts.  To  fix,  in  distinction  from 
the  rest,  is  said  in  regard  to  a  single 
point  or  a  line ;  bat  to  determne  it 
always  said  of  one  or  more  pomtB,  or 
a  whole :  we  fig  where  a  tning  slitD 
begin ;  but  we  determime  whera  il 
•hall  begin,  and  where  it  sfaall  end^ 


FLATTERER. 


FLEXIBLE. 


475 


VvU  tatj  gnardt  each  flaming  pileJKttffld, 
Whow  nmber'd  anns,  bj  flti,  thick  JlocMet  amd. 

PUFB. 

Have  we  aot  Men  ronnd  Britoni  peopled  ihoR^ 
Her  useful  sons  exchaDfcM  fbr  oieleM  oce. 
Seen  all  ber  triampba  hut  destruction  haste. 
Like  flaHnfUfen  brlgbtflniiif  aa  thegr  wa^«. 

GoLOSKiro* 

Et'u  in  the  heicfat  of  noon  oppien*d,  the  ran 
Sheda  weak  and  blunt,  his  whle  refracted  raj. 
Whence  glaring  oft,  with  many  a  broadenM  orb 
He  fHghts  the  nattoni.  TaoHao«. 

FLARE,  V.  Flame. 
FLASH,  V.  Flame. 

FLAT,    LEVEL. 

FLAT,  in  German  Jlach,  is  con- 
nected with  platt,  broad,  uud  that  with 
the  Latin  latus,  and  Greek  wXaTuc. 

LEVEL,  in  all  probability  from  the 
libella  and  libra  a  balance,  signifies 
the  evenness  of  a  balance. 

Flat  is  said  of  a  thing  with  regard 
to  itself;  it  is  opposed  to  the  rotmd  or 
protuberant ;  level  as  it  respects  an- 
other; it  is  opposed  to  the  uneven  :  a 
country  is^i^  which  has  no  elevation ; 
a  wall  is  level  with  the  roof  of  a  house 
when  it  rises  to  the  height  of  the  roof. 

AJIot  can  hardljr  look  well  on  paper. 

CoDiiTBe  or  HRirrromo. 

At  that  black  hour,  which  genVal  borrow  theda 
On  the  low  ievel  of  the  insiorioua  throng. 

YouiM. 

FLAT,  V.  Insipid. 

TO  FLATTER,  V.  To  odukUC. 

FLATTERER,     SYCOPHANT,     PA- 
RASITE. 

FLATTERER,  v.  To  adulaU. 

SYCOPHANT,  in  Greek  ri;ot«»T»c, 
signified  originally  an  informer  on  the 
matter  of  figs,  but  has  now  acquired 
the  meaning  of  an  obsequious  and 
servile  person. 

PARASITE,  in  Greek  wA^ae-iref, 
from  ^  pet  and  (r>To?  com  or  meat,  ori- 
ginally referred  to  the  priests  who 
attended  feasts,  but  it  is  now  applied 
Co  a  hanger-on  at  the  tables  of  the 
great. 

The  flatterer  is  one  who  flatters  b^ 
words ;  the  sycophant  and  parasite  is 
tlierefore  always  2iflattererf  and  some- 
thing more,  for  the  tycopkarU  adopts 
every  mean  artifice  by  which  he  can  in- 
gratiate himself,  ttud  the  parasite  sub- 
mits to  every  degradation  and  servile 


compliance  by  which  he  can  obtain  liis 
base  purpose.  These  terms  differ 
more  in  the  object  than  in  the  means : 
the  former  havine  general  ])urposes  of 
fevor;  and  the  Tatter  particular  and 
still  lower  purposes  to  answer.  Conr- 
tiers  may  be  sycophants  in  order  to  be 
well  with  the  prince,  and  obtain  pre« 
ferment ;  but  they  are  seldom  paro' 
siteSf  who  are  generally  poor  and  in 
want  of  support. 

Fiflttereant  an  the  boaom  eneaaiei  of  priaeM. 

Soon* 

By  m  rerolntloB  In  the  atate,  the  fawalng  9* 
cophant  of  jpeiterdaj  b  conTcited  Into  the  ana* 
tece  crMck  of  the  preaent  homr.  Bmus. 

The  flivt  ci  pleaeiimi 
Were  to  be  ridi  m  j«e!f(  bat  nest  to  thfa 
I  hold  it  bat  to  be  a  pmrMiU, 
And  feed  epon  the  rich. 


FLAVOR,  V.  Taste. 
FLAW,  V.  Blemish. 
FLEETING,  V.  Temporary. 

FLEBTNS8S,   V.  SwiftfieSS. 

FLEXIBLE,    PLIABLE,     PLIANT9 
SUPPLE. 

FLEXIBLE,  in  Latin  flexibiUs, 
from  flecto  to  bend,  signifies  able  to 
be  bent. 

PLIABLE  signifies  able  to  be  plied 
or  folded  :  PLIANT  sienifies  Hterallj 
plyingy  bending,  or  folding. 

SUPPLE,  in  French  souplt^  from 
the  intensive  sellable  sub  and  ply^ 
signifies  very  f  liable, 

*  Flexible  is  used  in  a  natural  or 
moral  sense;  pliable  in  the  familiar 
and  natural  sense  only ;  pliant  in  tha 
higher  and  moral  application  only: 
what  can  be  bent  in  any  degree  as  a 
stick  h  flexible ;  what  can  be  bent  as 
wax,  or  folded  like  cloth,  is  pliable. 
Sufple,  whether  in  a  proper  or  a  figu- 
rative sense,  is  an  excess  o£ pliability ; 
what  can  be  bent  backward  and  tor- 
ward,  like  ozier  twig|,  is  supple. 

In  the  moral  application,  flexible  is 
indefinite  both  in  degree  and  appUca- 
tion;  it  may  be  greater  or  less  in 
point  of  degree :  whereas  pliant 
supposes  a  great  degree  of  p/MMtt[|fj 
and  supplenesSf  a  great  degree  of 
pliancy  or  pliability :  it  apjilieii  like* 
wise  to  the  outward  acticm^  totko 
temper,  the  resulntioOi  or  toe  fri 


•  VideBoibMd:  <*  Flexible,  lovpli^  dodlt.* 


FLOW. 


FLUID. 


♦77 


ivhen  a  uoct  Jiourishei  he  is  the  oma- 
nient  of  his  country,  the  pride  of 
human  nature,  the  boast  of  literature : 
when  a  city  flourishes  it  attains  all 
the  ends  of  civil  association;  it  is  ad- 
vantageous not  only  to  its  own  mem- 
bers, but  to  the  world  at  large.  No 
one  thrives  without  merit:  what  is 
gained  by  the  thriving  man  is  gained 
by  those  qualities  which  entitle  him 
to  all  he  has.  To  prosper  admits  of 
a  different  view :  one  may  prosper  by 
that  which  is  bad,  or  prosper  m  that 
which  is  bad,  or  become  bad  by  pros^ 
pcring  ;  the  attainment  of  one  s  ends, 
oe  they  what  they  may,  constitutes 
the  prosperity;  a  man  may  prosper 
by  means  of  fraud  and  injustice  ;  he 
may  prosper  in  the  attainment  of 
inordinate  wealth  or  power:  and  he 
may  become  proud,  unfeeling,  and 
selhsh,  by  his  prosperity:  so  great 
an  enemy  has  prosperity  been  con- 
sidered to  the  virtue  of  man,  that 
every  good  man  has  trembled  to  be  in 
that  condition. 

Th«re  hare  be«n  tiniM  ia  wblch  no  power  hat 
been  brought  bo  Iov  as  France.  F^  have  ever 
Jlaurlthed  In  f  reaCer  f  lorj.  Burkb. 

Every  thririftf  Knzla  ean  think  hloneir  but 
Ml  dealt  with,  if  vrithin  bis  own  eoantrj  be  b  not 
courted.  Sovni* 

Betimes  ionre  jonrself  to  exam(ne  how  yoor 
estate  p  rotpert,  Woitwoath« 

TO  FLOW,  To  arise. 

TO  FLOW,  STREAM,  GUSH. 

FLOW,  in  Latin ^uo,  and  Greek 
^Xuw  or  <^xu»,  to  be  in  a  ferment,  is  in 
all  probability  connected  with  pi», 
wliicn  signifies  literally  to  flow, 

STREAM,  in  German  stroemen, 
from  riemen  a  thong,  signifies  to  run 
in  a  line. 

GUSH  comes  from  the  German 
giessen,  &c.  to  pour  out  with  force. 

Floio  is  here  the  generic  term ;  the 
two  others  are  specific  terms  express- 
ing different  modes :  water  raxjflaa 
citlier  in  a  large  body  or  in  a  long  but 
narrow  course ;  they  stregm  in  a  long 
narrow  course  only :  thus,  vitXenflow 
in  seas,  rivers,  rivulets,  or  in  a  small 
pond  ;  they  stream  tmly  out  of  spouts, 
or  small  channels :  they^/low  gently  or 
otherwise ;  they  stream  gently;  but 
they  gush  with  a  force :  thus,  the  blood 
flatcs  from  a  wound  which  comes  from 
it  in  any  manner:  it  streams  from  a 


wound  when  it  runs  as  it  were  in  a 

channel ;  it  gushes  from  a  woimd  when 

it  runs  witn  impetuosity,  and  in  as 

large  quantities  as  the  cavity  admits. 

Down  lb  wan  cbaefc  m  brinj  torrent  >leiM.  Pom. 

FIrea  itream  la  llfhtalng  flraa  hie  mnirabM 
ciyes.  PWB. 

Snnh  in  hb  sad  conipanbNiaP  araa  he  lay. 
And  in  short  pantinfs  sobbM  hbiovlaway 
(lAe  some  vile  worm  extended  on  thefronad), 
WUIe  life**  torrent  giulCd  from  o«t  the  wonnd. 


FLUCTUATE,   WAVER. 

FLUCTUATE,  in  Latin  >fc/«a- 
tus  participle  offlucttto,  from fluctui  a 
wave,  sienifies  to  rise  in  waves. 

To  WAVER  is  a  frequentadve  of 
to  wavey  which  is  formed  from  the 
substantive  vave,  signifying  to  mova 
like  a  wave. 

To  fluctuate  conveys  the  idea  of 
strong  agitation ;  to  waver^  that  of 
constant  motion  backward  and  for- 
ward: when  applied  in  the  moral 
sense,  to  fluctuate  designates  tha 
action  of  the  spirits  or  the  opinions  ; 
to  waver  is  said  only  of  the  will  or 
opinions :  he  who  is  alternately  merry 
and  sad  in  quick  succession  is  said  to 
be  fluctuating ;  or  he  who  has  many 
opinions  in  quick  succession  is  said  to 
fluctuate ;  but  he  who  cannot  form  an 
opinion,  or  come  to  a  resolution,  is 
said  to  waver. 

Fluctuations  and  m>averingi  are 
both  opposed  to  a  manJy  character : 
but  the  former  evinces  the  imcontrolled 
influence  of  the  passions,  the  total 
want  of  that  equanimity  which  ch»* 
racterizes  the  Christian;  the  latter 
denotes  the  want  of  fixed  principle, 
or  the  necessary  decision  of  cha- 
racter :  we  can  never  have  occasion 
to  fluctuate,  if  we  never  raise  our 
hopes  and  wishes  beyond  what  b 
attainable ;  we  can  never  have  occa- 
sion to  wa-oer,  if  we  know  and  feel 
what  is  right,  and  resolve  never  to 
swerve  firom  it. 

The  tempter,  bnt  with  show  ofaeal  mad  lov« 
To  man,  and  Indlfnatlon  a^  hb  wrong, 
Kew  part  puts  on,  and  as  to  pimlon  movM 
FttietuaUa  dbtorb^d.  MiiTO«. 

Let  a  man,  wtthont  trepMatbA  or  wmMrtmfp 
proceed  in  dbchaiflashb  dntj. 


FLUID,  LIQUID. 

The  fluid,  fromfluo  to  flow,  »^ 
nifies  that  which  from  its  natnra  flows  ^ 


FOLLOW. 


FOLLY. 


47d 


likewise  the  huntsmen  and  hunters 
follow  tlie  dogs  in  the  chase ;  the 
dogs  pursue  the  hare.  In  application 
to  things,  follow  i«>  taken  more  in  the 
passive,  and  pursue  more  in  the  active 
sense:  a  man  follows  the  plan  of  an- 
other, and  pursues  his  own  plan;  he 
follows  his  inciinations^and  pursues  an 
object. 

^*  Now,  now,**  aid  br,  **  nj  ton,  no  mora  delaj, 
I  yield,  I/oUqw  when  lirav*a  ibowi  the  wtj.** 

Davnnh 

Stilt  dote  they/oUoiP,  eloar  the  nor  enpffe, 
iEoeas  itormt,  and  Hector  foamt  with  race. 

POFS. 

The  sanoG  RatlUaos  who  with  wnoMpurtue 
The  Tnjan  race  are  eqaal  foea  to  jon. 

DmTDn. 

The  felicity  l«  when  aay  one  It  so  liappy  as  to 
fled  out  %nd/bUow  what  is  tlie  proper  hent  of 
bb  {renlus.  Smu. 

Look  roaad  the  habltoal  worid,  bow  few 
Kaow  tbeir  own  sood,  or  kaowinf  it  pumte, 

Davmh. 

TO  FOLLOW,  IMITATE* 

FOLLOW,  V.  To  foUaw,  succeed, 

IMITATE,  in  tatin  imitaius  par- 
ticiple of  tiRt^from  the  Greek  aa>m(« 
to  mimick  and  ^/umoc  alikoy  signifies  to 
do  or  make  alike. 

Both  these  terms  denote  the  regu- 
lating our  actions  by  something  that 
offers  itself  to  us,  or  is  set  before  us ; 
but  we  follow  that  which  is  either  in- 
ternal or  external ;  we  tnttfo/e  that  onlj 
which  is  external :  we  either  follow 
the  dictates  of  our  own  minds  or  the 
suggestions  of  others ;  but  we  imitate 
the  conduct  of  others :  in  r^ard  to  ex- 
ternal objects  we  follow  either  a  rule 
or  an  example ;  but  we  imilaie  an  ex- 
^amplc  only :  we  follow  the  footsteps 
of  our  forefathers ;  we  imitate  their 
virtues  and  their  perfections:  it  is 
adviseable  for  young  persons,  as 
closely  as  possible  to  folufw  the  good 
example  of  those  who  are  older  and 
wiser  than  themselves;  it  is  the 
bounden  duty  of  every  Christiaa  to 
imitate  the  example  of  our  blessed 
Saviour  to  the  utmost  of  his  power. 

To  follow  and  imitate  may  both  be 
applied  to  that  which  is  good  or  bad : 
the  former  to  all  the  actions ;  but  the 
latter  only  to  the  behaviour  or  the  ex- 
ternal manners:  we  may  follow  a 
person  in  his  career  of  virtue  or  vice  ; 
we  imitate  his  gestures,  tone  of  voicey 
and  the  like.      Parents   should    h% 


guarded  in  all  their  words  and  acti- 
ons ;  for  whatever  may  be  their  ex- 
ample, whether  virtuous  or  vicious,  it 
will  in  all  probability  be  followed  by 
their  children:  those  who  have  the 
charge  of  youue  people  should  be  par- 
ticularly careful  to  avoid  all  bad  habits 
of  gesture,  voice,  or  speech ;  as  there 
is  a  much  greater  propensity  to  imitate 
what  is  ridiculous  than  what  is  becom- 
ing. 

Aad  I  witb  the  sum  peediMM  did  seek. 
As  water  when  I  tUrst,  to  swallow  Greek; 
Wblob  I  dkl  only  learn  that  I  miffht  know 
Those  sreat  exaapleo  whkh  IJbUow  now. 

Draiijiir* 

The  imitatari  of  BflKoa  Men  to  place  all 

the  cxoellency  of  tbatoottof  wrMac  la  the  ue  <^ 

WMoath  or  antique  wotds.  * 


FOLLOWER,    ADHBRENT, 
PARTISAN. 

A  FOLLOWER  is  one  who  follows 
a  person  generally ;  an  ADHERENT 
is  one  who  adheres  to  his  cause ;  a 
PARTISAN  is  the  follower  of  a  party : 
the  follower  follows  either  the  person, 
the  interests,  or  the  priciples  of  any 
one;  thus  the  retinue  of  a  nobleman, 
or  die  firiends  of  a  statesman,  or  th« 
fiiends  of  any  man*s  opinions,  may  be 
styled  hisfollowers ;  but  the  adharent 
is  that  kind  oifoUawer  who  espouses 
the  interests  of  another,  as  the  iu(A^ 
rents  of  Charles  I. :  Vi  follower  follows 
near  or  at  a  distance  ;  but  the  adke* 
rent  is  always  near  at  hand ;  the  jmit- 
Usan  hangs  on  or  keeps  at  a  certain 
distance:  thd  fcdlomer  follows  from 
various  motives;  the  adherent  adhem 
from  a  personal  motive  ;  the  partisan 
from  a  partial  motive :  Charles  I.  bad 
as  many  adkerenis  as  he  hskd  foUower$f 
the  rebels  had  as  many  pariisam  «• 
they  bad  adherents. 

The  Boorafnl,/Mis«ert,  wKh  Hslrtaai 
The  (roaalag  hrro  to  Us  chariot  hear. 


TherfUgfcm  lawUcb  Fiofa  IheAaMl  dM 
thatofthecharebof  Rmm,  !•  which  In  hli  ( 
reipondcooe  wfUi  Racine  he  pcofaip  hlmasif  % 
sioeefe  adkerenU  Josmmv. 

With  Addisoo,  the  wlta,hii  adkermttnd 
JhU»wer9^  were  cntahi  to  cooeat.        JoBWoa* 

They  (the  Jacobins)  then  pneeed  la  affvoMBC 
ai  If  all  those  who  dtsapprave  of 

ror< 


F0LL7,  FOOLERY. 

FOLLY  is  the  abstract  of  foolid 
and  chmcterizet  thetbioi;  fOKM 


FOOLHARDY. 

IdUts  an  itill  lo  rcqoaik  In  nw*  of  the  eourti 
•r  Germany,  where  there  to  not  a  prince  of  any 
great  ma«:iiiflceace  who  bat  not  two  or  three 
dreaud,  disUnguhhed,  undUputed  foolt  in  bis 
ntlnne.  Ain«»OH. 

Honv^r  bat  described  a  Vulcan  that  is  a  buJEf^n 
among  hi*  gods,  and  a  Thewitw  among  bh  mor- 

AODUOH. 


FORBID. 


Ml 


FooLEftY,  V,  Folly. 

FOOLIl.VilDV,   ADVESTUBOUS, 
RASH. 


I^mn  u  old  vay  of  nemttof, 

WMeh  learned  baieben  called  bearbaitlor, 

A  bold  tidcenVrmu  exefciae.  Bunsa. 

WVy  vUt  thoa,  then,  renew  <he  vain  pnnnlt, 

^nA  nuhl^  catch  at  the  forbidden  firmit  ?  Pbiob  . 

TOOLISH,  V.  Irrational. 
TooLiSH,  V.  Simple. 
FOOTSTEP,  V.  Mark. 
FOPPISH,  V.  Finical. 
TO  FORBEAR,  V.  To  obstoin* 


FOOLHAUDY  sigiufies  having  tlie 
hardihood  of  u  fool. 

ADVENTUROUS   sigiiities  ready 

to  venture. 

RASH,  in  German  raichy  which  sig- 
nifies swift,  comes  firom  the  Arabic 
raaschen  to  go  swiftly. 

The  foolhardy  expresses  more  than 
the  adventurous ;  and  the  adventurous 
than  the  rath. 

The  foolhardy  man  ventures  in  de- 
fiance of  consequences :    the  adven* 
turous  man  ventures  from  a  love  of 
the  arduous  and  the  bold  ;  the  rash 
man  ventures  for  want  of  thought: 
courage  and    boldness    become  fool- 
hardihood  when  they  lead  a  person  to 
run  a  fruitless  risk;  an  adventurous 
spirit  sometimes  leads  a    man  into 
unnecessary  difficulties;  but  it   is  a 
necessary   accompaniment   of   greats 
ncss.    There  is  not  so  much  design, 
but  there  is  more  violence  and   im- 
petuoj^ity  in  rashness    than    in  fool' 
hardihood :  the  former  is  the  conse- 
quence of  an  ardent  temper  which  will 
admit  of  correction  bv  the  inAuence  of 
the  judgement;  but  the  latter  compre- 
lieiids  the  perversion  of  both  the  will 
and  the  judgement. 

An  iniidel  is  foolhardy^  who  risks 
his  future  salvatwn  for  the  mere  gm- 
tificatioii  «f  his  pride;  Alexander 
was  an  adventurous  prince,  who  de- 
lighted in  enterprizes  in  proportion 
as  they  presented  ditiSculties;  he  was 
likewise  a  rash  prince,  as  was 
evinced  by  ?ns  jumping  into  the  river 
Cvdnus  whiU^he  was  hot,  and  by  his 
leaping  over  tbe  wall  of  Oxvdracte  and 
exposing  himself  singly  to  tlie  aUackof 
the  enemy. 

If  anj  jet  be  tojbolkardjf, 

T*  expose  tbewseives  to  vainjcQpar^yi 

If  they  come  wounded  off  and  lame, 

]f«  bonoit^  got  by  tn«b  a  nadm.  Bonta. 


TO 


IN- 


FORBID,   PROHIBIT, 
TERDICT. 

The/ot  in  FORBID,  from  the  Ger- 
man ver,  is  negative,  signifying  to  bid 

iK)t  to  do. 

The  Dro  in  PROHIBIT,  and  inter 
in  lOTERDICT,  have  both  a  simi- 
larly negative  sense :  the  former  verb, 
from  habeo  to  have,  signifies  to  have 
or  hold  that  a  thing  shall  not  be  done, 
to  restrain  from  doing;  the  latter, 
from  dico  to  say,  signifies  to  say  that 
a  thing  shall  not  be  done. 

Forbid  is  the  ordinary  term ;  pro- 
hihit  is  the  judicial  term;  interdict 
the  moral  term. 

To  forbid  is  a  direct  and  personal 
act ;  to  prohibit  is  an  indirect  action 
that  operates  by  means  of  extended 
influence :  both  imply  the  exercise  of 
power  or  authority  of  an  individual ; 
but  the  former  is  more  applicable  to 
the  power  of  an  individual,  and  the 
latter  to  the  authority  of  government. 
A  parent  forbids  his  child  marrying 
when  he  thinks  proper;  the  govern- 
ment prohibits  the  use  of  spirituous 
liquors.  Interdict  is  a  species  at  for- 
bidding applied  to  more  serious  con- 
cerns ;  we  roar  be  interdicted  the  use 
of  wine  by  a  physician. 

A  thing  is  forbidden  by  a  word ;  it 
is  prohibited  by  a  law:  hence  diat 
which  is  immoral  is  forbidden  by  the 
express  word  of  God ;  that  which  is 
illegal  is  prohibited  by  the  laws  of 
man.    We  vre ^bidden  in  the  Scrip- 
tare  from  even  indulging  a  thought  of 
committing  evil ;  it  is  the  policy  of 
every  government  to  pivAiitt  the  im- 
portation and   exportation    of  sudi 
commodities  as  are  likely  to  afiect  tlM 
internal  trade  of  the  fcoontry.*    To 
forbid  or   inderdict  are  opposed 
command ;  to  prohibitf  to  luloir. 


«  VMt  Trtuilff:  **  To  ftcbld,  pnUMt.* 


FORERUNNER. 


FORESIGHT.         483 


the  ancestors  of  a  nation  as  well  as  of 
any  particular  person. 

We  paned  rilffatly  otpt  three  or  four  of  our 
ImmeAititie/vreftaMert  wbom  we  knew  by  trtdl* 
Cion.  Adduon. 

Each  in  hh  narrow  cell  for  e? er  InM, 

The  ndefin'^/athert  of  tbe  bamleC  sleep.  Gaat. 

Suppoie  a  gentleman,  ftill  of  hb  illaitrloai 
family,  ibonld  aee  the  whole  Use  of  hit  progt' 
niton  pa**  in  ra? lew  befoie  him ;  with  how  many 
▼:iryiii{(  paainnt  would  he  behold  tbepherdi,  lol- 
dkrrs  pr1ncn,andheKarR,  walk  in  the  procewioa 
of  Ave  thousand  years  I  Anouov. 

O  aOMjeHtic  nightl 
Natnrc*a  great  ancefter/  Yooira. 

It  h  highly  kndable  to  pay  reipeet  fo  mea 
who  are  descended  from  wortiiy  oficeifsrt. 

Adohon. 

TO  FOREGO,   V.  To  glVB  tip. 

FORBGOIN6,  V.  Antecedent, 
FOREIGN,  V,  Extraneous. 
FOREIGNER,  V.  Stranger, 

FORERUNNER,    PRECURSOR, 
MESSENGER,  HARBINGER.^ 

FORERUNNER  and  PRECUR- 
SOR signify  literally  the  same  thing, 
namely,  one  running  before  ;  but  the 
forerunner  is  properly  applic^l  only  to 
"one  who  runs  before  to  any  spot  to 
communicate  intelligence  ;  and  it  is 
figuratively  applied  to  things  which 
in  their  nature,  or  from  a  natural  con- 
nection, precede  others ;  precursor  is 
only  employed  in  this  figurative  sense : 
thus  imprudent  speculations  are  said 
to  be  the  forerunners  of  a  man's  ruin; 
the  ferment  which  took  place  in  men's 
minds  was  the  precursor  of  the  revolu* 
tion. 

MESSENGER  signifies  literally 
one  bearing  messages:  and  HAB^ 
DINGER,  from  the  Teutonic  her- 
bingery  signifies  a  provider  of  a  Aer- 
berfic  or  inn  for  princes. 

Both  the  terms  are  employed  for 
persons :  but  the  messenger  states 
what  has  been  or  is;  the  harbinger 
announces  what  is  to  be.  Our  Sa- 
vious  was  the  messenger  of  glad  ti- 
dings to  all  mankind ;  the  prophets 
were  the  harbingers  of  the  Messiah. 
A  messenger  may  be  employed  on 
different  othces;  a  harbinger  is  a 
messenger  who  acts  in  a  specific  office* 
I'he  angels  are  represented  as  messen* 
gers  on  different  occasions.  John  the 
Baptist  was  the  harbinger  o(  our 


vioar,  who  prepared  the  way  of  the 
Lord. 

LoM  of  tight  ie  the  mivry  of  life,  and  atoally 
tbeyhrenmiter  of  death.  South. 

Gospeller  was  a  name  of  contempt  given  by 
the  papiKt«  to  the  Lollards,  Um  pnihans  of  early 
timei,  and  the  precurt^n  of  protevtantbra. 

JOlIKflON« 

Hlf  words  are  bonds,  hhi  oath«  are  oraclef. 
Bis  tears  pare  metsengen  sent  from  hb  heart. 

SttAKsTBaaCi 

Sin,  and  her  shadow  death ;  and  mitery, 
Dmtk\  hmrbingtr,  Miltoii. 

FORESIGHT,   FORECAST, 
PREMEDITATION. 

FORESIGHT,  from  seeing  before, 
denotes  the  simple  act  of  the  mind  in 
seeing    a    thing  before  it    happens : 
FORECAST,  from  casting  the  thoughts 
onward,  signifies  coming  at  the  know- 
ledge of  a  thing  beforehand  by  means 
of  calculation:  PREMEDITATION, 
from  meditate^  signifies  obtaining  the 
same  knowledge  by  force  of  meditating, 
or  reflecting  deepfy.     Foresight  is  the 
general  and  indefinite  term ;  we  em- 
ploy it  either  on  ordinary  or  extras 
ordinary  occasions ;  forecast  and  pre- 
meditation  mostly  in  the  latter  case : 
all  business  requires  ybrei^A/ ;  state 
concerns   require  forecast :  foresight 
and  forecast  respect  what  is  to  hap- 
pen i   they  are  the  operations  of  the 
mind  in  calculating  futurity :  preme^ 
ditation  respects  what  is  to  be  said  or 
done;    it  is    a    preparation    of   the 
thoughts  and  designs  fur  action :  by 
foresight  tiadforecast  we  ^uard  against 
evils  and  provide  for  contingencies;  bj 
premeditation  we  guard  against  errors 
of  conduct.     A  man  betrays  his  want 
o(  foresight  who    does  not    provide 
against  losses  in  trade ;  he  shows  hit 
want  o( forecast  who  does  not  provide 
aeainst  old  age;  he  shows  his  want 
of  premeditation  who  acts  or  speaks  on 
the  impulse  of  the  moment ;  the  man 
therefore  who  does  a  wicked  act  with- 
out premeditation  lessens  his  guilt. 

The  wary  crane ybrrjee«  It  ilnt,  aod  taib 
Above  the  storm,  and  leafet  the  lowly  Talee. 

DavMUi, 

LK  him/oreecit  hli  work  with  Chnely  care. 
Which  else  It  haAdled,  when  the  tUee  awfliir.^ 

The  toagae  nay  Ml  and  falter  la  ler-  r 
t«lemporal  eipreailoni,  bat  the  fa  k 
gfeater  advaotaga  of  prewuditMi^n  I 
Mili}ect  to  error. 
S  Z  S 


FORGIVE. 


FORM. 


4S5 


justiceindaciMidiiig  retribntiofl.  Fgr^ 
give  is  the  familiar  term ;  pardon  u 
adapted  to  the  senous  »tjle.    Indi- 
vidnals  forgive  each  other  personal 
ofiences ;  they  purtUm  offences  against 
law  and  moials  :  the  former  is  an  act 
of  Christian  charitj;  the  latter  an  aet 
of  clemenqr:  the  former  is  an  act 
that  is  confined  to  no  condition  ;  the 
latter  is  peculiarly  the  act  of  a  simrior. 
He  who  has  the  right  of  being  offended 
has  an  opportmiity  o£fotgimng  the 
ofiender;  tie  who  1ms  the  authontj  of 
punishing   the  offence    may  paraom. 
Next  to  the  pHnciple  d  not  takine 
oSeace  easily,  that  o^forghmg  reu 
injunes  should  be  instilled  into  the 
infimt  mind :  it  is  the  happy  preroga- 
tive of  the  monarch  that  he  can  extend 
his  pardon  to  all  crinnnals^  except  to 
those  whose    crimes   hare  renoered 
them  unworthy  to  lire :  they  may  be 
both  used  in  relation  to  our  Maker, 
but  with  a  »milar  distinction  in  teiiie. 
God  forgives  the  sins  of  his  creatorst 
as  a  father  pitying  his  children;  he 
fardons  their  sins  as  a  judge  extend- 
ing mercy  to  criminals,  as  fiir  as  is 
consistent  with  justice. 

*  Par^oa,  when  compared  with  RE* 
MISSION,  is  the  consequence  of 
offence;  it  respects  principally  the 
person  offending;  it  depends  upon 
him  who  is  offended ;  it  prodooes  re- 
conciliation  when  it  is  sinoertly 
granted  and  sincerely  demanded.  Bs» 
misiion  ia  the  oooseqaence  of  the 
crime ;  it  has  more  particular  regard 
to  the  punishment;  it  is  granted  either 
by  the  prince  or  magistrates;  it  arrests 
the  execution  of  justice.  Remiisianf 
like  ooridoa,  is  peculiarly  applicable 
to  tne  sinner  with  regard  to  his 
Maker.  ABSOLUTION  is  taken  in 
no  other  sense :  it  is  the  consequence 
of  the  fault  or  the  sin,  and  properly 
concerns  the  state  of  the  culprit ;  it 
properly  loosens  him  from  the  tie  with 
which  he  is  bound ;  it  is  pronounced 
either  by  the  civil  judge  or  the  eccle- 
siastical minister ;  it  re-establishes  the 
accused  or  the  penitent  in  the  rights 
of  innocence. 

The  jHtrdon  of  sin  oUiteratee  that 
which  IS  past,  and  restores  the  sin- 
ner to  the  Divine  6ivor ;  it  is  promised 
throughout  Scripture  to  all  men  on  the 


coadidon  of  faith  and  repentance:  re- 
mission  of  sin  only  averts  tha  Divine 
vengeance,  which  otherwise  would  fail 
upon  those  who  are  guilty  of  it ;  it  is 
granted  peculiarly  to  Christians  upon 
the  ground  of  Christ's  expiatory  sa- 
crifice, which  satisfies  Divine  justice 
for  all  offences :  ttbsolution  of  sin  is 
the  work  of  God's  grace  on  tlie  heart ; 
it  acts  for  the  future  as  well  as  the 
past,  by  lessening  the  dominion  of  sin, 
and  making  those  free  who  were  be- 
fore in  bondage.    The  Roman  Catho- 
lics look  .upon  absolution  as  the  im- 
niediate  act  of  the  Pope,  by  virtue  of 
his  sacred  relationship  to  Christ ;  but 
the  Protestants  look  to  Christ  only  as 
the  dispenser  of  thb  blessing  to  men, 
and  his  ministers  simply  as  messen- 
gers   to  declare   the   divine  will  to 
men. 

Ho  wove  Achlllei  dnivt 
Hit  eoBqa'rlnff  tword  li  aajr  wmmu^  eaaw. 
TIm  gods  eoranwMl  mt  to^^rglve  Ike  put, 
Bnt  let  tidi  fine  infuioo  be  the  lart.  Povs, 

A  baiof  who  hat  aothiag  to  pwrdon  ia  hta* 
•elf  may  rewmrd  etevy  mao  according  to  bta 
worb;  bat  he  wboes  verj  hm.  actioni  miut  W 
wea  arNh  a  grabi  of  allowaace,  caanoc  be  toa 
■lid,  modarate,  9MA.fargiving.  rtpwiaa. 

Round  In  bb  ora  Cbe  bl«ad«d  ball*  ha  lolfa^ 
Abmlme*  tbe  JMC,  and  dooBH  the  gall^Mali. 

Dmvaaa. 
The  toft  Napsan  race  will  toon  repent 
Their  aoger,and  rtmil  the  paaisbawu.  Drtbd. 

FoaLORNy  V.  Forsaken. 

FORM,   FI6URB,    CONFORMA- 
TION. 

FORM,  in   French  forme^   Latin 

forma^  most  probably  from  ^ophma  and 

<wpj»  to  bear,   sigiiities  properly   the 

image  borne  or  stamped. 


FIGURE  (r.  Yigurt)  signifies  the 
image  feigned  or  conceived. 

CONFORMATION,  in  French 
cojformatioiif  in  Latin  conformation 
from  conform,  signifies  the  image  dis* 
posed  or  put  together. 

t  Form  is  the  generic  term ;  figure 
and  conformation  are  special  terms. 
The  form  is  the  work  either  of  nature 
or  art ;  it  results  from  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  parts :  the  figure  is  the 
work  of  design;  it  includes  the  gene- 
ral contour  or  outline  :  the  conforma^ 
tion  includes  such  a  disposition  of  tjke 
parts  of  a  body  as  is  adapted  for  per- 


«  Vide  Abb6  GIrwd:  «  Absolation,  pardon,  reminloa.* 
t  VidB  Qirafd :  '*  Fi^or,  ifioio,  fSwn^  coalimMiton.*' 


FOBM. 


tOKU. 


4vf 


acdooy  or  to  cbwactoise  tlibgi. 
Things  may  be  finned  either  bj  per- 
80B8  or  thing* ;  tney  are  eompoted  «tid 
conitiiuted  onlj  by  oonsdoiu  ^geiiti : 
thus  persons  ,^r«i  thingSy  or  thing* 
form  one  another:  thw^we  form  a 
circle,  or  the  reflectiaii,  jiqf  the  light 
after  rain  ybrmt  a  rainbow.  Persons 
connote  and  caiuHtuie  :  thus  a  musi- 
cian compout  a  piece  of  munc,  or 
men  contiiivte  laws.  Form  in  rogard 
to  persons  is  the  act  of  the  will  and 
determination;  coMpose  ii  a  work  of 
the  intellect;  eomhtute  is  an  act  <^ 
power,  yftform  a  puty,  we  firm 
a  plan ;  we  compose  a  txM»;  men  con* 
s^i^tt^e  governments,  offices^  flee. 

When  employed  to  characterise 
things, /brm  signifies  simply  to  have  • 
firm^  be  it  a  simple  or  a  complex 
firm :  compote  and  emutkute  are  said 
only  of  those  thii^  which  have  com* 
plexfirmt;  the  former  as  respecting 
the  material,  the  latter  the  esseotiu 
parts  of  an  object :  thus  we  may  say 
that  an  object  firmi  a  circle,  or  a  < 
semicircle,  or  the  segpnent  of  a  drde : 
a  society  is  conposed  of  individnals ; 
but  law  and  oraer  eonafifMle  the  ei- 
seoce  of  society:  so  letters  and  sylb- 
Ues  compou  a  vrord;  bot  seosa  is  ea- 
sential  to  coniltMe  a  word. 

All  aalnah  of  ibe«MM  kM  wIM/mn  a 
wdec J  u«  mon  kaowtaf  thn  oihwt.  kjnumu 

Nor  did  IwMl  ^capa 
Th*  Infectioa,  wliea  tMr  borravld  fpld  eMf 

^t\m  calf  in  Ortol.  Mninv. 


To  raeehre  and  to 
coiufttttlet  the  bapplMH  of  tai 


FORM,   GSRBllOinr,    BITS, 
OB6BRVANCX. 

FORM,  V.  JPoTM,  figmre. 

CEREMONY,  in  Latin  emtmmm, 
is  supposed  to  sigoify  the  ritii  of 
Ceres. 

RITE,  in  Latin  rtes,  is  pnfaably 
changed  from  reiut^  sigoifying  a  cus- 
tom that  is  esteemed. 

OBSERVANCE  signifies  the  thing 
observed. 

All  these  terms  are  empbyed  with 
regard  to  particular  modes  of  actimi 
in  civil  soctoty.  Form  is  here,  as  in 
the  preceding  sections,  the  most  g^' 
neraf  in  its  sense  and  applicadoo ; 
ceremony f  rUe,  and  okeenmt^  art 


pntioolai^'  Imids  of  Jfona,  suited  tar 
particolar  occasions.  Jbrsi,  in  its  dis- 
tinct application,  respects  au  modes 
of  actii^  and  speakinj;,  that  is  adopted 
by  society  at  la^ge,  m  every  transac- 
tion of  life;  ceremonjf  respects  those 
firme  of  outward  behavioor  which  are 
made  the  eapressions  of  respect  and 
delerenoe;  rtfe  and  okterwmee  are 
applied  to  national  eeremoniet  in  mat- 
tes of  religion.  A  eertmn /brm  is 
reqnisito  for  the  sake  of  orJer,  me- 


thod, imd  decorum,  in  every 
matter,  whether  in  aflfairs  of  statSL  ia 
a  ouurt  of  law,  in  a  place  of  worship, 
or  in  the  privatointerooorseof  firiends. 
80  long  as  distinctions  an  admittodin 
society,  and  men  are  agreed  to  ex- 
press their  sentiments  w  retard  and 
respect  to  each  other;  It  wiU  be  ne- 
.cessary  to  preserfn  the  eereaioiilei  of 
politeness  which  have  been  eMb- 
nshel.  £vary  ooantry  has^^adopted 
certain  flies  ioondad  upon  itsneonliar 
rsligiotts  fiuth,  and  prescribea  certain 
osssrcmices  or  wmcn  incuvionais  copmi 
make  a  pobtic  pro^fessioni^  their  fidtb. 
Adipiiustering  oaths  bjr  theniMJstrate 
Is  a  neoessaiy  Yorist  m  law;  kissii^ 
the  king's  hand  is  a  ccreswiy  nraov 
tised  atoonrt;  faaptisroisona  nieof 
initiation  into  tfaa  Christian  chnid% 
and  ^  confirmation  another;  prayer^ 
reading  the  Scnp^nrss,  and  prsadung^ 
ars  dioerent  religions  elscrmnicci. 

As  the  cersmoajf,  the  rke,  and  thr 
oSsenMffce,  respect  religion^  the  first 
may  be  sud  either  of  an  individual 
.or  a  community ;  the  second  is  said 
only  of  a  community;  the  oternsncs^ 
more  nroperiy  of  the  individual  either 
in  noblic  or  private.    The  jMrenkNiy 
of  kneeling  during  the  time  m  prayer 
is  the  most  becoming  pastors  hi  a 
suppliant,  whether  in  public  or  pri- 
vate.   The  discipline  of  a  Christhui 
dhnrch  consisu  in  its  riUt.  to  wl 
efmrj  member,  either  as  a  leym 
a  pnest,  is  obliged  to  conform.  ^ 
lie  worship  is  an  ofaernsnct  wK 
Christian  thinks  himself  at  libst, 
neuect.  m 

It  betrays  eitfaH^poss  ignorsnoe 
wilJbl  impertinenos^  in  tm  man  v 
sets  at  nought  any  of  tha^tablia 
finm  of  society.    Whm  eitrem 
an  too  nnmenMH^  thsf  •||bplP"' 
of  social 


488 


FOTIMAL. 


FORMIIhlBLE. 


absence  of  ceremony  destroys  all  do* 
cency.  In  public  worship  the  excess 
of  ceremony  is  apt  to  e&tinguish  the 
warmth  and  spirit  of  devotion ;  bat 
the  want  of  ceremony  deprives  it  of 
all  solemnity. 

Yon  may  ftiwover  tribe*  of  men  wftbont  fm* 
■cf ,  or  Uwa,  or  ckioa,  or  aay  of  tka  arte  of 
lift;  tat  no  wbeiie  vlll  jfoa  And  thim  wkiMMt 
wowmjkrm  of  r^liflon.  Dlaijr* 

Aad  wtat  have  Unci  that  primtot  have  not  too, 
ftnrt  eeremonjf  9  SmAaanuuuL 

Li«B  tboa  to  mooni  tbjr  love^  vnluippj  fate^ 
V»  taar  my  roanfled  body  tnm  the  foe. 
Or  bay  itbaofc,  aad  Ara*M  rttet  bnfov. 


will  alvayi  ftel  tone  in- 
cUMtflea  tMrtfde  exterior  aets  aad  ritoml  okmr^ 
94mem»  Jonnoa* 

TO  FORH,  V.  To  make. 

lORMAL,    CBRBMONIOUS. 

FORMAL  and  CEREMONIOUS^ 
fnm^  form  and  ceremom  (v.  Form, 
eertmany),  are  either  taken  in  an  in- 
different sense  with  respect  to  what 
contains  ybrm  and  ceremony,  or  in  a 
ImmI  sense,  as  expressing  the  excess  of 
firm  and  ceremony,  A  person  expects 
tt>  have  a  /ormardismissal  before  he 
considers  fiimself  as  dismissed ;  people 
of  fiishion  pay  each  other  ceremonian$ 
visitft,  by  way  of  keeping  op  a  distant 
intercourse.  Whatever  communica- 
tions are  made  firom  one  ppvemment 
to  another  nrast  be  made  in  a  firmal 
BMUiner.  It  is  the  business  of  the 
l^mvh  to  regulate  tiie  ceremonious 
part  of  religion. 

FtPhnal,  in  the  bad  sense,  is  op- 
posed to  easy:  ceremonums  to  the 
cordial.  A  formal  carriage  prevents 
n  person  fnan  indulging  himself  in  the 
innocent  fimiliarities  of  friendly  in- 
tercourse; a  refemtmfoifj  carriage  puts 
a  stop  to  all  hospitality  and  kindness. 
Princes,  in  xhevr  firmal  intercourse 
with  each  other,  know  nothing  of  the 
pleasures  of  society ;  ceremonioiu  vi- 
•itants  give  and  receive  entertain- 
mentSy  without  tasting  any  of  the  en- 
joyments which  flow  from  the  reci- 
procity of  kind  offices. 

I  hate  not  thovcbt  fit  to  leton  them  any 
JhrmtU  anawflr.  Anoiaox. 

Fyom  the  noninit  one  aeti  up  for  an  author, 
tme  mjut  be  tmUed  aa  certmtni&usfy^  that  ii, 
■o  nnfklthfiilly,  «  at  a  Vb0  fiTovfite^  or  ae  • 


voRMBii,  V.  Ankiceient. 

FORMERLY,    IN  TIMES  FAST, 

OR  OLD  TIMBS,  D AV8  OV  TCMRB, 

ANCIENTLY,  OR  ANeiBST 

TIMBS. 


FORMERLY  supposes  a  less 
mote  period  than  IN  TIMES  PAST  ; 
and  tnat  less  remote  than  IN.  DAYli 
OF  YORE  and  ANCIENTLY.    The 
two  first  may  be  said  of  what  happens 
within  the  age  of  man ;  the  last  two 
are  extended  to  many  generations  and 
ages.    Any  individual  nutjF  use   the 
word  formerly  with  regard  to  hiin- 
self :    thus   we    enjoyed  oor  health 
better  yonner^  than  now.     An  old 
man  may  speak  o(  times  fast,  as  whan 
he  says  he  does  not  enioy  himself  aa 
he  did  in  times  past.    OLD  TIMES, 
days  qfyorcy  and  anciently^  are  more 
applicable  to  nations  than  to  indivi- 
duals ;  and  all  these  express  different 
degrees  of  remoteness.     As    to  our 
present    period,    the    ag^  of  Queen 
Etizabeth  raav  be  called  old  times ; 
the  days  of  Alfred,  and  still  later,,  the 
days  of  yore :  the  earliest  period  in 
which    Britain  is  mentioned  to    be 
ANCIENT  TIMES. 

Men  were  .^N'lBrWy  dkfute4  oat  of  tMr 
donbta.  Adouob. 

In  timet  ^f  oU,  when  time  waa  joanf» 

And  poeta  their  own  venes  budk, 

A  rem  eonld  ilraw  a  ttooe  or  beam.         Swirr. 

Thva  Edfar  proud,  fn  dayt  qf  yort^ 

Held  nooarcbs  labourlog  at  tbe  onr.  Swirr. 

In  ancient  timet  tbe  aacrad  ploagh  emplu/d 
Tbe  kinga  and  awful  fathef»  of  n^anklniU 

THoa»o5. 

FORMIDABI^  DREADrUL, 

TERRIBLE,    SHOCKING. 

FORMIDABLE  is  applied  to  that 
which  is  apt  to  excite  lear  (v.  To 
apprehend);  DREADFUL  (v.  To 
apprehend)  is  applied  to  what  is  cal^ 
cidated  to  excite  dread ;  TERRIBLE 
(v.  Alarm)  is  applied  to  that  which 
excites  terror;  SHOCKING,  from 
skakey  is  applied  to  that  which  vio- 
lently shakes  or  agitates  {v.  To  egi- 
taie\  The  formidable  acts  neither 
■oddenly  nor  violently;  the  drtadAU 
may  act  violently,  but  not  suddenly  : 
thus  the  appearance  of  an  army  may 
}a%  formidable ;  that  of  a  6eld  of  battle 
is  dreadful.    The  terrible  and  sksck-' 


FORSAKEN. 


FORTUNATE.        489 


ing  act  both  suckienly  mid  riolendy ; 
but  the  former  acts  both  on  the  senses 
and  the  imagination,  the  latter  on  the 
moral  feelings :  thus  the  glare  of  a 
tyger*s  eye  is  terrible ;  the  unexpected 
news  of  a  friend's  death  is  shocking, 

FnMsce  conCin««d  aot  oiriy  powctfol  htitjbr* 
mtidakU  to  ttie  boor  of  the  rain  of  the  monarcfaj. 


TbiDk,  timely  tblnk^  on  the  iMt  anM4^  Aiy. 

When  men  are  arrived  at  thintog  of  tbelr 
▼ery  dissolatkm  with  p1eaiaTe»  how  ftw  tUofa 
aretheiethatcaabet^rriMtftothem.     ftrtna. 

Nothins  could  be  more  thocking  to  a  gene- 
rous nobilltj*  than  the  entmitlBg  to  mercenary 
bands  tbe  de(V>nce  of  thote  terrltoriea  whkh  had 
been  acquired  or  preferred  by  tbe  blood  of  tbeir 
ancettors.  Robbmsov. 

TO  FORSAKS,  V,  To  obcmdon. 

FORSAKEN,    FORLORN, 
DESTITUTE  • 

To  be  FORSAKEN  (v.  Toabandon) 
is  to  be  deprived  of  the  company  and 
assistance  of  others;  to  be  FOR- 
LORN, from  the  Geman  verlohren 
lost,  is  to  be  forsaken  in  time  of  dif- 
ficulty, to  be  without  a  guide  in  an 
unknown  road;  to  be  DESTITUTE, 
from  the  Latin  destilutuSf  is  to  ba 
deprived  of  the  first  necessaries  oflife. 

To  be  forsaken  is  a  partial  aitua» 
tion  ;  to  be  forlorn  and  destitute  is  a 
permanent  condition.  We  may  be 
Jbrsaken  by  a  fellow  traveller  on  tbe 
road;  we  are  forlorn  when  we  get 
into  a  deserted  path,  with  no  one  to 
direct  us ;  we  are  destitute  when  we 
have  no  means  of  subsistence^  nor  the 
prospect  of  obtaining  the  means.  It 
IS  particularly  painful  to  he  forsiUun 
by  the  friend  of  our  youth,  and  the 
sharer  of  our  fortunes ;  the  orphan, 
who  is  left  to  travel  the  road  of  life 
without  counsellor  or  friend,  is  of  all 
others  in  the  most  forlorn  condition  ; 
if  to  this  be  added  poverty,  his  misery 
is  aggravated  by  becoming  destitute. 

Bat  &arfal  for  tlvmielves,  my  coaatryaam 
Left  mejbrtaken  In  tbe  Cjrclops*  den.  DRTsnr. 

ConBcience  made  them  ^oaeph^  brelhraD) 
recollect,  that  tboy  who  had  ooce  been  deaf  to 
the  lupplications  of  a  brother  ware  wrw  Ml 
frieadJew  aod  yoriom. 

Frieodlefs  and  d^tHtUUi  Pr. 
exposed  to  ail  the  mhmJBk  tt- 
tomign  country. 


"SO    FORSWEAft,     FERJURB, 
9UBORN. 

FORSWEAR  is  Saxon;  PER. 
JURE  is  Latin;  the  preposition /<ir 
and  per  are  both  privative,  and  the 
words  signify  hteratly  to  swear  con- 
trary to  the  tmth;  this  is,  howevet, 
not  tbeir  only  distincdon :  tofowtweof 
is  applied  to  all  kinds  of  oaths;  to  per- 
jure is  employed  only  for  such  oaths 
as  have  been  administered  by  the  civii 
macstrate. 

A  soldier  fon'swears  himself  who 
breaks  his  oath  of  allegiance  by  de« 
sertion ;  and  a  subject  fortwear$  hia^ 
self  who  takes  an  oath  of  allegiance  to 
his  Majesty  which  he  afterwards  vio- 
lates :  a  man  perjures  himself  in  a 
court  of  law  who  swears  to  the  tmtb 
of  that  which  he  knows  to  be  falsei 
Forswear  is  used  only  in  the  proper 
sense:  perjure  may  be  used  figure^ 
tively  with  regard  to  lover's  vows ;  he 
who  deserts  his  mistress  to  whom  he 
has  pledged  his  affection  is  a  pajured 
man. 

Fortaear  taidptfjure  are  the  acts 
of  individuals ;  SUBORN,  from  tbe 
Latin  suhornare,  signifies  to  make  to 
forswear  :  a  perjured  man  has  all  the 
guilt  upon  himself;  but  he  who  is 
suborned  shares  his  guilt  with  the 
suborner, 

Abe  as  thra  nt,  and  move  than  talae,  J^ 

twomf 
Hot  tpnoffSMi  nobtorliead,  ntr  gHUm'hMml 
Whf  aho«ld,i  o«p»  ?  what  iporaa  lave  I  to  %« | 


BiB  gone,  for  ever  leave  thh  happy  sphere; 
lWjMi/ifti\f  kMn  have  no  manalons  here.  Lea* 

Tley  were  tubmrfCd  ; 
MakoiBt  aoiltanlbato,  the  btag^  two  sons, 


la  » 


TO  FORTIFY,  V.  To  strengthcTu 
voftTiTUDB,  V.  Courage. 

BVBTOVATB,  tUCKY,   PROSPBR* 
OUS,  SUCCBSSFUI^ 

FORTUNATE  sigmaes  htma^fop^ 
tune  ^.  ChoHce^nrfiimt)^ 

LUCKY  signiSes  hawing  lucky  which 
ift  m  German  ^Aic4,  aod  i»  aU  probft- 
hiJity  comes  frooi  gfitmgim  et  tingm%, 
to  succeed. 

PROSPEROUS,  V.  To  flourish 

SUCCESSFUL  signifies  Mi  of  «*&• 
cesSf  enabled  to  succeeds 

The  fortunate  and  lucky  are  both 


FOUND. 

pleasure ;  as  when  one  indulges  an 
affection,  by  making  the  will  and  the 
outward  conduct  bend  to  its  gratifica- 
tions. 

He  who  falters  pride  in  his  breast 
lays  up  for  himself  a  store  of  morti- 
fication in  his  intercourse  with  the 
world ;  it  is  the  duty  of  a  man  to 
cherish  sentiments  of  tenderness  and 
kindness  towards  the  woman  whom 
he  has  made  the  object  of  his  choice  i 
nothing  evinces  the  innate  depi^avity 
of  the  human  heart  more  forcibly  than 
the  spirit  of  malice,  which  some  men 
harbour  for  years  together;  any  af-. 
fection  of  the  mind,  if  indulged  be- 
yond the  bounds  of  discretion,  will 
become  a  hurtful  passion,  that  may 
endanger  the  peace  of  society  as  much 
as  that  of  the  individual. 

The  g:reater  part  of  fbow  who  live  bot  to 
Infuie  malifDitjT,  and  maltlpljr  enenties,  have  no 
hnpfs  io/6itert  no  dnigns  to  promoCr,  nor  anj 
•xpeclations  of  attainlof  power  bj  fanoleBce. 

JoBmov. 


i\fi  Koclal  incUoatlont  are  abfolntdj 
to  the  wrlNbeiDg  of  the  world,  it  Is  the  Autj 
and  interest  of  every  Indhridttal  to  ehtriih  and 
Improve  them  to  the  benefit  of  mankind. 


Thii  Is  sooni. 
Which  the  Mr  ioqI  of  gentle  Atbenals 
Would  ne*er  hare  harb9ur*dm 

The  kin;  (Charles  I.)  woold  indulge  no  re- 
finements of  casuistry,  howerer  planiiMe,  in  soeh 
delicate  sutgects,  and  was  resolved,  that  what 
depredations  soever  fortune  should  commit  opon 
him,  she  never  should  bereave  him  of  his  boooor. 

Hv«x. 

FOUL,  V.  Nasty. 

TO  FOUND,  GROUND,  RKST^ 
BUILD. 

FOUND,  in  French  fonder^  Latin 
fundoy  comes  from  Jundus  the  ground^ 
and,  like  the  verb  GROUND,  pro- 
perly signifies  to  make  firm  in  the 
groundj  to  make  the  ground  the  sup- 
port. 

To  found  implies  the  exercise  of 
art  and  contrivance  in  making  a  sup- 
port; to  ground  signifies  to  lay  so 
deep  that  it  may  not  totter ;  it  is 
merely  in  the  moral  sense  that  they 
are  here  considered,  as  the  verb  to 
ground  with  this  signification  is  never 
used  otherwise.  Found  is  applied  to 
outward  circumstances;  ground  to 
what  passes  inwardly :  a  lAan  Jbunds 
his  charge  against  another  upon  cer> 


Foundation.     491 

tain  facts  that  are  come  to  his  luow^ 
ledge;  he  grounds  his  belief  upon  the 
most  substantial  evMence:  a  man 
should  be  cautious  M^  to  make  any 
nccusations  which  are  not  vfei\  found', 
ed;  nor  to  indulge  any  expectations 
which  are  not  well  grounded:  mo- 
narchs  cammoiAy  found  their  claims 
to  a  throne  upon  the  right  of  primo- 
geniture; Christians  ground  their 
hopes  of  immortality  on  the  word  of 
God. 

To  found  and  ground  are  said  of 
things  which  demand  the  full  exercise 
of  the  mental  powers ;  to  REST  is  an 
action  of  less  importance :  whatever 
'ufounded  requires  and  has  the  utmost 
support;  whatever  is  retted  is  more 
by  the  will  of  the  individual :  a  man 
founds  his  reasoning  upon  some  un- 
equivocal fact;  he  rests  his  asser- 
tion upon  mere  hearsay.  To  founds 
groundf  and  rest,  have  always  an  im- 
mediate reference  to  the  tning  that 
supports ;  to  BUILD  has  aa  especial 
reference  to  that  which  is  supported, 
to  the  superstructure  that  is  raised : 
we  should  not  say  that  a  personybumii 
an  hypothesis,  without  adding  some- 
thing, as  observations,  experiments, 
and  the  like,  upon  which  it  v/asfound» 
ed ;  but  we  may  speak  of  his  simply 
building  systems,  supposing  them  to 
be  the  mere  fruit  of  nis  distempered 
imagination;  or  we  may  say  that  a 
system  of  astronomy  has  been  ^7^ 
upon  the  discovery  of  Copernicus  re- 
specting the  motion  of  the  earth. 

The  only  nare  prlneipln  we  can  lay  down  for 
repilatinf  oar  eondnet  most  he/oundrd  on  the 
ChrialiaB  leUgloo.  Bijub. 

I  know  there  an  pecBOBi  who  look  vpoo  these 
wonders  of  art  (la  ancient  history)  as  faboiow; 
bat  I  eansot  flad  aaj  ground  for  such  a  mtpi- 

AODUO*. 


Oar  disUaetioD  mast  re$t  upon  a  steadj  ad- 
berunce  to  rational  rellfrlon,  when  the  aaltitnde 
are  do? iatiog  into  liceatioos  and  erfmlnal  condact. 

Blauu 

Thi^  wbo  fkooi  a  mtsAaten  seal  for  the  boooor 
of  Dlrlae  revelation,  either  deoj  the  ezisteoce* 
or  Tilify  the  authori^  of  natnral  religimi,  are 
not  aware,  that  hy  disaUowinf  the  tense  of  ob- 
lifatloa,  thegr  nadennine  the  foandation  oa  which 
revehUioa  huUdt  ita  power  of  cominsndlag  the 
heart. 


TO  FOUND,  V.  To  institute. 

FOUNDATION,  GROUND,  BASIS.  - 

FOUNDATION  and  GROUND 


FRAME. 


FRANK. 


498 


fication.  Temper^  nvhich  is  applicable 
only  to  the  mindy  is  taken  in  tbe  ge- 
neral or  particnlar  state  of  the  indU 
ridual.  Theyromf  comprehends  either 
the  whole  body  of  mental  ponvers,  or 
the  particular  disposition  of  those 
powers  in  indiriduals;  the  temper 
comprehends  the  general  or  particular 
state  of  feeling  as  well  as  thinking  in 
the  individaaJ.  The  mental  frame 
which  receives  any  violent  concussion, 
is  liable  to  derangement ;  it  is  neces* 
sary  for  those  who  govern  to  be  well 
acquainted  with  the  temper  of  those 
whom  they  govern.  By  reflection  on 
the  various  attributes  of  the  Divine 
Being,  a  man  may  easily  bring  his 
mind  into  ayrmne  of  devotion:  by  the 
indulgence  of  a  fretful  repining  tevner^ 
a  man  destroys  his  own  peace  of  mmd^ 
and  oifends  his  Maker. 

Temperament  and  comtituium  mark 
the  general  state  of  the  iadii^dttal; 
the  former  comprehends  a  minture  of 
the  physical  and  mental;  the  latter 
has  a  purely  physical  application.  A 
man  with  a  warm  temperawteni  owes 
his  warmth  of  character  to  the  rapid 
impetus  of  the  blood ;  a  man  with  a 
delicate  conslittUion  is  exposed  to 
great  fluctuations  in  his  health ;  the 
whole  frame  of  a  new-bom  infant  if 
peculiarly  tender.  Men  of  iefroe  Um^ 
pert  are  to  be  found  in  ail  natioas ; 
men  of  sanguine  tempere  are  more 
frequent  in  warm  climates ;  the  can- 
sfUutions  of  females  are  more  tender 
than  those  of  the  male,  and  their 
frames  ure  altogether  more  susceptible. 

Thetonl 
roDtemplatm  what  she  }■,  and  wfaeDee  liieauiie. 
And    aloKHt  oocii]pr«faeiid9    Imt  owo   Mnud«g 
yrame.  Jsjrm. 

Tiihe 

Sets  •upcntUion  }ii§b  on  vlrtne*4(  CbnuM^ 
Then  thinks  bis  Maker**  temper  like  hia  owo. 

Jsinrita* 

There  is  a  great  tendency  to  cheerftilDeas  In 
lellgion;  and  soch  a  frame  of  mind  la  not 
•nlj  th(>  most  loveljr,  but  tbo  most  cooioievdabto 
la  a  Tiftnous  peraoa.  Abotboh. 

The  aole  streafrtb  of  tfat  aosad  froai  the 
skoatinc  of  rauUkades  so  amaMs  and  eonfoandi 
the  imagioation,  that  thp  beM  established  fem- 
pert  can  scarcely  forbear  being  borne  down. 

BORXX. 

I  have  always  more  need  of  a  langh  than  aciy, 
behtfT  Bomrwbat  disposed  to  melanoholy  by  my 
tiim.perawetA.  Cowvsa. 

How  little  omr  ctnfCAu fion  Si  aMs  to  \ms  a 


Inis  pots  or  tMi  air,  Dft  anub  Ugl» 
ttaathatveeowMntybRathtia!  Imsb. 

TO  FRAME,  r.  To  invent. 

FRANK,  CANDID,  INGENUOUS, 
FREE,  OPEN,  PLAIN. 

FRANK,  in  French  franc^  Ger- 
man, k^:.  frank,  is  connected  with  tlw 
word/r«cA  bold,  and^et  free. 

CANDID,  V.  Candid. 

INGENUOUS  comes  from  the  I*, 
tan  ingeituut,  which  sicniiies  literally 
free-born,  as  distinguished  from  the 
iiberli  who  were  afterwards  ^•^ 
free:  hence  the  tenn  has  been  en- 
ployed  by  a  ^ure  of  speedi  to  denote 
nobleness  of  birth  or  character.  A^ 
cording;  toGirard,  t^gemi  in  French  is 
taken  m  a  bad  sense;  and  Dr.  IVass- 
ler,  in  translating  his  article  sineenti, 
frasuhiie,  naivete,  inginmite,  has  eno- 
neously  assigned  the  saoDe  offioa  to 
our  word  in^entiaas;  but  this,  how^ 
ever,  in  its  use  has  kept  true  to  the 
original,  by  being  always  m  epithet 
of  commendation. 

FREE  is  to  be  fbond  in  aooet  ef 
the  northern  languages  under  difSmot 
fcrms,  and  is  sunposed  byAdeltiiK  to 
beooanected  with  the propoeitioai^^oat, 
which  denotes  a  separation  orenlai^ 
ment. 

OPEN,  V,  Candid. 

PLAIN,  V,  Apparent,  who  evident. 

All  these  terms  convey  the  idea  of 
a  readiness  to  communicate  and  be 
communicated  with;  they  are  all  op- 
posed to  concealment,  bat  under  di^ 
ferent  circumstances.  The/renib  man 
is  under  no  constraint ;  his  thoughts 
and  feelings  are  both  set  at  ease^  and 
his  lips  are  erer  ready  to  give  utteiw 
eace  to  the  dictates  of  his  heart ;  he 
has  no  reserve :  the  candid  man  has 
nothing  to  conceal;  he  speaks  withoot 
regard  to  sell^interest  or  any  partial 
motive ;  he  speaks  nothing'  but  the 
truth :  the  ingenuous  man  throws  off 
all  disguise;  he  scorns  all  artifice,  and 
brings  every  thing  to  light ;  he  speaks 
tiie  whole  truth.  JVvaieaess  is  ao» 
ceptable  in  the  general  transacdoBi  of 
society ;  it  inspiies  ooafidenoe,  and 
invites  communication:  candor  ia  of 
peculiar  use  in  matters  of  dinnite;  it 
serves  the  purposes  of  eqfoity,  aod 
invites  to  ooncilutian :  ' 


FREAK. 


FREE. 


496 


sees  in  imminent  dan^r.  A  free 
speaker  is  in  danger  of  being  hated  ; 
a  plain  dealer  must  at  least  be  re- 
spected. 

Mj  own  prirate  opinion  wHh  rpfrard  to  floeb 
rvcrMtions  (as  poetry  and  matk)  I  have  f Ivtv 
with  all  the  franknetts  imaftaable.         Stcblk. 

If  >ou  have  made  aoj  better  mnarfcs  of  yoar 
wtro,  communicate  tbem  with  candour;  if  not 
make  use  of  tbow  I  prevent  you  wHh.    Adoi«or. 

We  fee  an  ingenuout  kind  of  behaviour  not 
only  make  up  for  faulti  committed,  but  to  a 
maooer  expiate  them  la  the  very  commimlon. 


We  cheer  the  ycuth  to  make  hit  own  defence. 
And  freeiy  tell  us  what  he  was  and  whence. 

Deydbii. 

If  I  have  abused  your  Foodacas  by  too  much 

freedom^  I  hope  you  will  attribute  it  to  the 

open  nett  of  my  temper.  Pors. 

Pope  hardly  drank  tea  without  a  stratagem: 
If  at  the  house  of  his  IHeods  be  wanted  any  ae- 
eommodatioo,  he  was  not  willhig  to  ask  for  It  ia 
plain  terms,  but  would  mention  it  remotely  at 
sometbinf  convenient.  Jobnsov. 

FRAUD,  V.  Deceit. 

FRAUD CLSNT,  V.  FaltocioUS. 

FRBAK,    WHIM. 

FRKAK  most  probably  comes  from 
the  GermskD  f reck,  bold  and  petulant. 
WHIM  from  Teutonic  wimmem  to 
whine  or  whimper :  but  they  have  at 
present  somewhat  deviated  from  their 
original  meaning ;  for  vl freak  has  more 
of  childishness  and  humour  than  bold- 
ness in  it,  a  whim  has  more  of  eccen- 
tricity than  childishness  in  it.  Fancy 
and  fortune  are  both  said  to  have  their 
freaksy  as  they  both  deviate  most 
widely  in  their  movements  from  all 
rule ;  but  whims  are  at  most  but  sin- 
gular deviations  of  the  mind  from  its 
ordinary  and  even  course.  Females 
are  most  liable  to  be  seized  withyreaA^t, 
which  are  in  their  nature  sudden  and 
not  to  be  calculated  upon :  men  are 
apt  to  indulge  themselves  in  whims 
which  are  in  their  nature  strange  and 
often  laughable.  We  should  call  it  a 
freak  for  a  female  to  put  on  the  habit 
of  a  male^  and  so  accoutred  to  sally 
forth  into  the  streets :  we  term  it  a 
whim  in  a  man  who  takes  a  resolution 
never  to  shave  himself  any  more. 

Bat  the  long  pomp,  the  midalcht  maaqnaradi^ 
Whh  all  thefreakt  of  wanton  wealth  array'd. 
In  these  ere  trifles  half  their  wish  obtahi. 
The  toUinff  pleaaore  sickcos  into  pain. 

OouMimm 

8 


*T1s  all  baqMath'd  to  pidUle 

To  pnUic  uses !  Tbera^  a  whim! 

What  had  the  public  done  for  him  ?        Swift. 

FREE,  v»  Communicative. 
FREE,  V.  Prank. 

FREE,    LIBERAL. 

In  the  former  section  (v.  Frank) 
FREE  is  only  considered  as  ie  re- 
spects communication  by  words,  in 
tne  present  case  it  respects  actions 
and  sentiments.  In  all  its  accepta* 
tions  free  is  a  term  of  dispraise,  and 
LIBERAL  that  of  commendation. 
To  be  free  signifies  to  act  or  think  at 
will ;  to  be  liberal  is  to  act  according 
to  the  dictates  of  an  enlarged  heart 
and  an  enlightened  mind.  A  clown 
or  a  fool  may  be  free  with  his  money^ 
and  may  squander  it  away  to  pleas* 
his  humour,  or  grati^  his  appetite; 
but  the  nobleman  ana  the  wise  man 
will  be  liberal  in  rewarding  merit,  in 
encouraging  industry^  and  m  promot- 
ing whatever  can  contribute  to  the  or- 
nament, the  prosperity,  and  improve- 
ment of  his  country.  A  man  who  i8^^*ee 
in  his  sentiments  thinks  as  he  pleases; 
the  man  who  is  liberal  thinks  according 
to  the  entent  of  his  knowledge.  The^ 
free  thinking  man  is  wise  in  his  own 
conceit,  he  despises  the  opinions  of 
others;  the  ^'6era/ minded  thinks  mo- 
destly on  his  own  personal  attainments^ 
and  builds  upon  the  wisdom  of  others. 

The  /refthinker  circumscribes  ail 
knowletige  within  the  conceptions  of 
a  few  superlatively  wise  heads;  the 
liberal  minded  is  anxious  to  enlarge 
the  boundaries  of  science  by  making 
all  the  thinking  world  in  all  ages  to 
contribute  to  the  advancement  of 
knowledge.  With  theyr^thinker  no* 
thing  is  ^uod  that  is  old  or  estab- 
lished ;  with  the  liberal  man  nothing 
is  good  because  it  is  new,  nothing  baa 
bemuse  it  is  old.  Men  of  the  least 
knowledge  and  understanding  are  the 
most  free  in  their  opinions,  m  which 
description  of  men  this  age  abounds 
above  all  others ;  such  men  are  ex- 
ceedingly anxious  to  usurp  the  epithet 
liberal  to  themsdves;  bat  the  good 
sense  of  mankind  will  prevail  against 
partial  endeavours,  and  assign  this  titJo 
to  none  bat  men  of  comprehensive 
talents,  sound  jadgements^  extensive 
experience,  and  deep  erudition. 

It  seems  as  if  freedom  of  thought 


FREE. 


FREE. 


497 


of  established  government:  in  this 
manner  is  Europe  $et  free  from  the 
iron  yoke  of  the  French  usurper  by 
its  ancient  rulers.  A  country  is  deli- 
vered  from  the  grasp  and  oppression 
of  the  invader;  in  this  manner  has 
Spain  been  deliveredy  by  the  wisdom 
and  valor  of  an  illustrious  British 
general  at  the  head  of  a  band  of  Bri- 
tish heroes. 

When  applied  in  a  spiritual  sense 
free  is  applied  to  sin  ;  iet  free  is  em- 
ployed for  obligation  and    responsi- 
bility ;  deliver  is  employed  for  external 
circumstances.  God,  as  our  Redeemer, 
free*  us  from  the  bondage  and  conse- 
quences of  sin,  by  the  dispensations 
of  his  atoning  grace ;  but  he  does  not 
set  us  free  from  any  of  our  moral  ob- 
ligations or   moral    responsibility  as 
free  agents ;  as  our  Preserver  he  de- 
livers us  from  dangers  aiid  misfor- 
tunes, trials  and  temptations. 

She  then 
Sent  Iris  down  to  frte  ber  from  th«  Urtfe 
Of  labouring  nature,  and  dJMohre  her  life. 

Drnviuai. 

When  heaven  would  kindly  art  m  free^ 

And  earth*!  eflchantment  end  | 
It  takn  the  moat  effcvtnal 


And  roba  ua  of  a  Mend. 


YOUMS. 


Howt^er  dcvirooa  Mary  was  of  obtainli^  4if- 
liveranet  from  l>amlt>jr*t  caprioaa,  the  bad  food 
reasona  for  r^jratlng  tbe  metliod  bj  wbich  thaiy 
propoa«d  to  aceomplieb  ft.  Roseetsoii. 

Tbe  inquiaitor  rang  a  bell,  and  ordered  Nicolas 
to  be  forthwith  liberated,  CvamttLLAM9, 

FREE,    FAMILIAR. 

FREE  has  already  been  considered 
as  it  respects  the  words,  actions,  and 
sentiments  (y.  Free)  ;  in  the  present 
case  it  is  coupled  with  FAMILI/iRITY 
in  as  much  as  they  respect  the  outward 
behaviour  or  conduct  in  general  of 
men  one  to  another. 

To  be^ree  is  to  be  disengaeed  finom 
all  the  constraints  which  tne  cere- 
monies of  social  intercoarse  impose ; 
to  he  familiar  is  to  te  upon  the  rooting 
of  a  familiar,  of  a  relative,  or  one 
of  the  same  family.  Neither  of  these 
terms  can  be  admitted  as  unexception- 
able ;  but  freedom  is  that  which  is 
in  general  totally  unauthorized ;  fumi* 
liarity  sometimes  shelters  itself  under 
the  sanction  of  long,  close,  and  friendly 
intercourse. 

Free  is  a  term  of  much  more  ex- 
tensive import  than  familiar  ;  %  man 


may  be  fret  towards  another  in  a 
thousand  ways  ;  but  he  is  familiar 
towards  him  only  in  his  manners  and 
address.  A  man  who  is  free  looks 
upon  every  thing  as  his  which  he 
chooses  to  make  use  of;  vl  familiar 
roan  only  wants  to  share  with  an* 
other  and  to  stand  opon  an  equal 
footing.  A  man  who  is  free  will  tak(S 
possession  of  another  man's  house  or 
room  in  his  absence,  and  will  make 
ose  of  his  name  or  his  property  as  it 
suits  his  convenience;  his  freedom 
always  turns  upon  that  whicd  contri- 
butes to  his  own  indulgence :  a  man 
who  is  familiar  will  smile  upon  you, 
take  hold  of  your  arm,  call  you  by 
some  friendly  name,  and  seek  to  enjoy 
with  yon  all  the  pleasures  of  social 
intercourse;  his  familiarity  always 
turns  upon  that  which  will  increase 
his  own  importance.  There  cannot 
be  two  greater  enemies  to  the  harmony 
of  society  than  freedom  and  fanu" 
liarity  ;  both  of  which  it  is  the  whole 
business  of  politeness  to  destroy ;  for  no 
man  can  beyre«  without  being  in  danger 
of  infringing  upon  what  belongs  to 
another^  nor  familiar  without  being 
in  danger  of  obtruding  himself  to  the 
annoyance  of  others. 

Upon  eqoalit J  depends  tbe  freedtm  of  dit- 
eonrse,  and  consequeotlj  Um  ease  and  good 
hooMNir  of  everjr  soeletjr.  TvaawuTT. 

VamUJUkr  eonierae  Improred  g«ieral  civllftlea 
into  an  noff  igned  pasaion  on  both  aides. 


FREE,   EXEMPT. 

FREE,  V,  Free,  liberal. 

EXEMPT,  'in  Latin  exemptus,  par- 
ticiple of  eximo,  signifies  set  out  or 
disengaged  from  a  part. 

Tbe  condition  and  not  the  conduct 
of  men  is  here  considered.  Freedom 
is  either  accidental  or  intentional j 
the  exemptims  is  always  intentional; 
we  may  be  free  firom  disorders,  or 
free  from  troubles ;  we  are  exempt^ 
that  is  exempted  h^  government,  from 
serving  in  the  militia.  Free  is  applied 
to  every  thing  from  which  any  one  may 
wish  to  he  free ;  but  exempt,  on  the  con- 
trary, to  toose  burdens  which  we  should 
share  with  others:  we  may  he  free 
from  imperfections,  yree  from  inoon- 
yeniencies,yree  from  the  intemiptiona 
of  others ;  but  exempt  from  any  office 
or  tax.    We  may  likewise  be  said  Ip 


FREQUENT. 


FRESH. 


499 


burden  of  a  vessel  is  estimated  by  the. 
number  of  tons  which  it  can  carry. 

H  ■>•»>,  my  dparfatTter  (tin  notiinf>  to  wmlt), 
A  ad  ioad  in>  shouiden  with  a  MWng  freight, 

Daydcji. 
The  tnrgins  air  recdvn 
1t%  pUmj  burden,  Tnommr. 

TO    KUEQUKNT,    RESORT  TO, 
HAUNT. 

I'RKQUEXT  wmes  fromfrequent, 
in  \jiLX\nfregue7is  crowded,  si^nlHes  to 
come  in  numbers,  or  come  often  to  the 
same  place. 

I< IISOHT,  in  French  ressortir,  com- 
pounded of  re  and  sortir,  signifies  to 
go  backward  and  forward. 

IIAUXT,  in  French  Fianter. 

Frequent  is  more  commonly  osed 
for  an  individual  who  goes  often  to  a 
place  ;  resorf  and  haunt  for  a  number 
of  individuals.  A  man  is  said  to^/re- 
quent  a  public  place;  but  several 
persons  may  resort  to  a  private  place ; 
men  who  are  not  fond  of  home  JrC' 
quvnt  taverns ;  in  the  iirst  ages  of 
Christianity,  while  persecution  raged, 
the  disriples  used  to  retort  to  private 
plares  for  purposes  of  worship. 

Frequent  and  resort  arc  indiffercuc 
actions ;  but  haunt  is  always  used  in 
a  bud  sense.  A  man  may  frequent 
a  theatre,  a  rlnb,  or  any  other  social 
nicftiinc,  innoccMit  or  otherwise;  people 
from  different  quarters  may  resort  toti 
f:iir,  u  church,  or  any  other  place 
wl;ero  thoy  wish  to  meet  for  a  common 
}>nrpr»c;  but  those  who  haunt  any 
phu  ('  «^o  to  it  in  privacy  for  some  bad 
|»urpn>e.  Our  ^Saviour  frequented 
tiio  synagogues:  the  followers  of 
tin*  prophet  Mahomet  resort  to  his 
tomb  at  Mecca:  thieves  haunt  the 
darkf'^t  and  most  retired  parts  of  the 
city  in  order  to  concert  their  measures 
for  obtaining  plunrler. 

For  mj  own  pirt  I  liare  mt  rqcarded  oor 
inn^  of  court  a«  nuncries  or  ^tattrsmen  and  law- 
I^Wer*.  which  mahM  ne  often  frequeHt  that 
part  of  the  town.  Budokix. 

Home  is  the  rtmrt 
Of  love,  of  joj,-,  of  peAcf,  and  plfiitj.  «hera 
Supporiinir  and  rapported,  poll^hM  frhwdn 
And  di  ir  reUllons  i]iin|;Ic  into  bliw.    Thokiom. 

But  bardenM  by  alTronts,  and  rtlll  tbe  tame, 

lioct  to  »U  Bf  n*ie  of  huaonr  and  of  fame, 

Tboa  jet  can«t  lore  to  kauni  tbe  grant  buib^ 

hoard, 
And  think  uo  nuppcr  good  bat  with  a  lord. 

Lewis. 

FRKQUKNTLr,  V.  ComiTtonhj.  . 


FRBQUBNTLY,   V.  Often. 

FRESH,   NEW,   RECENT. 

Adeluko  supposes  the  German  wonl 
friseh  to  be  aerived  fromyWcrai  to 
freeze,  as  the  idea  of  coolness  is  preva- 
lent in  its  application  to  the  air ;  it  is 
therefore  figuratively  applied  to  that 
which  is  in  its  first  pure  and  best  state. 

NEW^  in  German  ncu,  comes  from 
theLatin  ncrmUf  and  tbe  Greek  vis;. 

RECENT,  in  Latin  recens,  is  sup- 
posed to  come  from  re  and  candeo  to 
whiten  or  give  a  fair  color  to,  because 
what  is  new  looks  so  much  fairer  thaa 
what  is  old. 

The  fresh  is  properly  opposed  to 
tbe  stale,  as  the  new  is  to  the  old  : 
the  fresh  has  undergone  no  change  ; 
the  new  has  not  been  long  in  being. 
Meat,  beer,  and  provisions  in  general, 
are  said  to  be  Jresh  ;  but  that  which 
is  substantial  and  durable,  as  houses, 
clothes,  books,  and  the  like,  are  said 
to  be  new, 

'Recent  is  taken  only  in  the  im- 
proper application ;  the  other  two  ad- 
mit of  both  applications  in  this  case : 
the  fresh  is  said  in  relation  to  what 
lias  lately  preceded  ;  new  is  said  in  re- 
lation to  what  has  not  long  subsisted  ; 
recent  is  used  tor  what  has  just  passed 
in  distinction  from  that  which  has  long 
gone  by.  A  person  pves^//"t>*A  causo 
of  oifeuce  who  has  already  ofleiided ; 
a  thing  receives  a  new  name  in  lieu  of 
the  one  which  it  has  long  had;  a  recent 
transaction  excites  an  interest  which 
cannot  be  excited  by  one  of  later 
date.  Fresh  intelligence  arrives  every 
day;  it  quickly  succeeds  the  event 
itself:  tliat  intelligence  which  is  recent 
to  a  person  at  a  distance  is  already 
old  to  one  who  is  on  the  spot.  Fresk 
circumstances  continuallv  arise  to  con* 
firm  the  report ;  new  changes  continu- 
ally take  place  to  supersede  the  thingn 
that  were  established. 

lift!  ipreat  Aneatnuhei  to  th»  Agbt, 

Bpiang  fcDin  a  ipod^uMl  aiofB  than  mofial  bold  ; 

He  Jfttk  In  ^onlls  and  I  in  araw  crown  old. 

Popic 

Seanonn  bnt  cbangt  neir  plmnm  to  prodnce. 
And  elempots  contend  to  wtxfn  our  use.  Jsiiy  in. 

The  coorage  of  tbe  Parllaoent  wai  increased 
bj  two  rrceiiteres^  wb|cb  bad  bappenml  fa 
tbeir  favor.  Hmrt. 

TO  FBET,  V*  To  rub. 

'..    .  FRETFUL,   VJ  CafitioUS.  .i 

9k  ^ 


FULNESS. 


GAIN. 


501 


terms  is  evident  from  their  explica* 
tions:  the  wishes,  the  expectations^ 
the  intentions,  and  promises,  of  an  in- 
dividual, are  approp»ately  said  to  b« 
fulfilled  ;  national  projects,  or  under- 
takings, prophecies,  and  whatever  is 
of  general  interest,  are  said  to  be  oc- 
complished  :  the  fortune,  or  the  pros- 
pects of  an  individual,  or  whatever  re- 
sults successfully  from  specific  efforts, 
is  said  to  be  realized  :  the  fulfilment 
of  wishes  may  be  as  much  tne  effect  of 
good  fortune  as  of  design  ;  the  /ircom- 
plishment  of  projects  mostly  results 
from  extraordinary  exertion,  as  the 
accomplishment  of  pfophecies  results 
firom  a  miraculous  exertion  of  power ; 
the  realization  of  hopes  results  more 
commonly  from  the  slow  pntcess  of 
moderate  well  combined  efforts  than 
from  any  thing  extraordinary. 

7*be  paUM  dotard  Inoki  rounA  him*  pfreatyw 
bimM'ir  to  he  alone;  be  hai  turvfved  hto  rriradi, 
and  he  whhen  to  foWow  fhfm ;  hit  wiBb  kJulJU' 
ted ;  be  drop«  torpid  and  laiMmtible  tefo  Ibat  i^If 
which  ft  fleeper  than  the  p«ve.  HawKBswoR-ni. 

God  blett  yon,  sweet  bo;  I  and  mceompUih  Ibo 
jojful  hope  1  cooctflvedoryou. 

8ia  PMiLir  Syovbt. 

After  my  ftocj  had  b««n  bulled  In  attemptlas 
to  rtatite  the  scene*  that  Shaktip«'aredr«;v,  [  re- 
(tetted  that  the  labor  was  Inef^tual. 

HAwavwoaia. 

TO  FULFIL,  V.  To  keep. 
FULLY,  V.  Largely. 

FULNESS,  PLENITUDE. 

Although  PLENITUDE  is  no 
more  than  a  derivative  from  the 
Latin  for  FULNESS,  yet  the  latter 
is  used  either  in  the  proper  sense  to 
express  the  state  of  objects  that  are 
fully  or  in  the  improper  sense  to  ex- 
press great  quantity,  which  is  tlie  ac- 
companiment of  fulness;  the  former 
only  in  the  higher  style  and  in  the 
improper  sense  :  hence  we  say  in  the 
fulness  of  one's  heart,  in  the  fulness 
of  one*s  joy,  or  the  ^fulness  of  the 
Godhead  bodily  ;  but  the  plenitude  of 
glory,  the  plenitude  of  power. 

All  mtokind 
Mttit  hate  been  lost,  ad  JDd{M  to  death  and  hell, 
Bj  doom  ferere,  had  not  the  Son  of  God, 
In  whom  theyWMesf  dwelb  of  love  dfvlne, 
His  dearest  meditatloB  thus  renewed.       Mittm* 

The  most  benedeeat  Belnir  Is  be  who  hath  an 
absolute  ^fiUnem  of  perf*«tloa  la  htaosilf;  who 
cave  existence  to  the  ualvetse,  and  so  caaaoC  he 
supposed  to  want  that  which  he  fowwnkated 


wlthoat  dimlalshlaff  ttpm  the  pUntiudt  of  his 
owB  power  aad  happlaesai  Oaovs. 

FUNCTION,  t;.  Office. 

FUNERAL,  OBSEQUIES. 

FUNERAI^  in  Latin^ntif,  is  de- 
rived from  funis  a  cord,  because  light- 
ed cords,  or  torches,  were  carried  be- 
fore the  bodies  which  were  interred  by 
night;  thefkneral,  therefore, denotes 
the  ordinary  solemnity  which  attends 
the  consignment  of  a  body  to  the  grave. 

OBSEQUIES,  in  Latin  exeouiie, 
are  both  derived  from  sequor,  wiiich, 
in  its  compound  sense,  signifies  to  per- 
form or  execute;  they  comprehend, 
therefore,yt(nera/!t  attended  with  more 
than  ordinary  solemnity. 

We  speak  of  the/ttnfra/  as  the  list 
sad  office  which  we  perfonn  for  a 
fKend ;  it  is  accompanied  by  nothing 
bat  by  mourning  and  sorrow :  we  speak 
of  the  ohseouies  as  the  tribute  ot  re- 
spect which  can  be  paid  to  the  person 
of  one  who  was  high  in  station  or  pub« 
lie  esteem :  the  funeral,  by  its  fre- 
quency, becomes  so  familiar  an  object 
that  it  passes  by  unheeded ;  the  wt^ 
quies  which  are  performed  over  the 
remains  of  the  great,  attract  our  no- 
tice fi^m  the  pomp  and  grandeur  with 
which  they  are  conducted. 

That  plackM  mj  nerres,  those  leader  strlap  of 

life. 
Which,  pluckM  a  lUtle  aiore,  will  toll  the  hoU 
That  calls  bj  tow  Meods  to  mj  fvtnmmL 

Boom  la  the  flowV-almra  giafe  the  corpse  has* 
And  annual  obteqtties  aroaad  K  paid.     Jams* 

FURIOUS,  V.  Violent. 

TO  FURNISH,  V.  To  provide. 

FURNITURE,  V.  Goods. 

FURY,  V.  Anger. 
FURY,  V.  Madness. 
FUTILE,  V.  Trifling. 


TO  GAIN,  V.  To  acquire. 

GAIN,  PROFIT,  BMOLUMBNTf 
LUCRB. 

GAIN  UjEiiifiet  in  fBOtfal  what  it 
iined  (v.  Tb  acquire). 


GATHER, 


GENERAL. 


503 


J^upe  and  itare  are  taken  in  the 
"bad  sense;  the  former  Hidicacing 
the  usConishment  of  gross  ignorance  \ 
the  latter  not  only  ignorance  but 
impertinence :  ^aze  is  taken  alwavs 
in  a  good  sense,  as  indicating  laud- 
able feeling  of  astonishment,  plea- 
sure, or  curiosity :  a  clown  ga^a  at 
the  pictures  of  wild  beasts  which  he 
sees  at  a  fair  ;  an  impertinent  fellow 
Hares  at  every  woman  he  looks  at,  and 
star  a  a  modest  woman  out  of  counte- 
nance :  a  lover  of  the  fine  arts  will 
gaze  with  admiration  and  delight  at 
the  productions  of  llaphnel  or  'i  itian ; 
when  a  person  is  stupified  by  af- 
fright, he  gives  a  vacant  s/ore:  those 
who  are  filled  with  transport  ga«e  on 
the  object  of  their  ecstacy. 

It  wu  now  «  intm«bl«  apeefaele  to  «0  m 
nod JiD<^  and  gaping  at  oae  aaoCber,  efeiy  aua 
talkio{^  and  no  man  hmrd. 

Sia  JOBV  MAMDITtLU* 

AstonUhM  Avnus  jnat  arrives  bjr  cbaaca 
To  see  htsfall,  nor  farther  dares  advance; 
But,  fixing  on  (he  maid  his  horrid  eye. 
He  $tarei  and  shaltea,  and  finds  ft  vain  to  fly. 

De 


For,  while  expectioe  there  the  qoeen,  h»  rahM 
Hb  wond^rin^ejct,  and  nand  the  tenple  gmfd^ 
AdmlrM  the  fortune  of  thn  risinf;  town. 
The  strivios  artists,  and  their  art^  renown. 

i>EYOtV. 

GARRULOUS,  V.  Tolkative. 
TO  GASP,  V.  To  fjolpitate. 

TO   GATHER,    COLLECT. 

To  GATHER,  inlSaxon  gatltcrian 
probably  contracted  from  get  here, 
^'\efl'\he%  siinplv  to  bring  to  one  spot. 
To  COLLECT  (v.  To  assemble,  col- 
lect) annexes  also  the  idea  of  binding 
or  forminj^  into  a  whole ;  we  gather 
tliat  which  is  scattered  in  different 
parts :  thus  stones  are  gathered  into 
u  heap ;  vessels  are  collected  so  as  to 
form  a  fleet.  Gathering  is  a  mere 
act  of  necessity  or  convenience;  col' 
lecting  is  an  act  of  design  or  choice  : 
we  gather  apples  from  a  tree,  or  a 
:»ervant  gathers  the  books  from  the 
table;  the  antiquarian  collects  coins, 
or  the  bibliomaniac  collects  rare 
books. 

As  the  small  ant  (for  she  instructs  the  man. 
And  preaclies  labour)  g<Uher»  all  she  can. 

Cebrh. 


The  ro}aI  bee,  qneen  of  the  rosy  boww, 
CeUecU  her  praclow  wrcHi  ftom  cvtry  §omm. 

C.  Joaiiioa. 


GAUDY,  V.  Showy. 
GAY,  V.  CheerfuL 
GAY,  v.  Showy. 
TO  GAZE,  V.  To  gape. 

GENDER,    8BX. 

GEN^DER,  in  Latin  eenus,  sinii- 
fies  properly  a  genus  or  kind.  SEX, 
in  French  sexe,  Latin  sesus,  comes 
from  the  Greek  i£  ,  signifying  the 
habit  or  nature.  The  gender  is  that 
distinction  in  words  which  marks  the 
distinction  of  sex  in  things  :  there  are 
therefore,  three  genders,  bat  only  two 
sexes.  By  the  inflections  of  words  are 
denoted  whether  things  are  of  this  or 
that  sex,  or  of  no  sex.  The  genders 
therefore,  are  divided  in  grammar  into 
masculine,  feminine,  and  neuter;  and 
things  are  divided  into  male  Mid  fe- 
male scf. 

GENERAL,    UNIVERSAL. 

Toe  general  is  to  the  UNI- 
VERSAL what  the  part  is  to  the 
whole.  What  is  general  includes  the 
greater  part  or  number ;  what  is  tint* 
versal  mcludes  every  individual  or 
part.  The  general  rule  admits  oi 
mtmy  exceptions;  the  unhersal  rule 
admits  of  none.  Human  government 
has  the  general  good  for  its  object :  the 
government  of  Providence  i«  directed 
to  tcYii ver^a/ good.  General  is  opposed 
to  particular,  and  universal  to  indivi- 
dual. A  scientific  writer  will  not  coiw 
tent  himself  with  general  remarks, 
when  he  has  it  in  his  power  to  enter 
into  particulars ;  the  universal  com- 
plaint which  we  hear  against  men  for 
dieir  pride,  shows  that  in  every  indi- 
vidual it  exists  to  a  greater  or  less 
degree.  It  is  a  general  opinion  that 
women  are  not  qualified  for  scientific 

Pursuits,  but  Madame  Dacier,  the 
larchioness  of  Chatelet,  and  Madame 
de  Grafigny,  each  in  her  way,  form 
exceptions  no  less  lionoorable  to  their 
whole  sex,  than  to  themselves  in  par- 
ticular: it  is  a  universal  principle, 
that  children  ought  to  honour  their 
parents ;  the  intention  of  the  Creator 
m  this  respect  is  manifested  in  such  a 
variety  of  ibrms  as  to  admit  of  no  ques- 
tion. General  philosophy  considers, 
the  properties  common  to  all  bodies^ 
and  regaxdi  the  distinct  propertiet  of 


BOi 


OENTEEL. 


GENTILE. 


particular  boHics,  only  in  as  much  as 
they  coiiHnn  abstract  general  views. 
Univertal  philosophy  depends  on  unt- 
venal  science  or  knowleage,  which  be- 
]onc;s  only  to  the  infinite  uiind  of  tho 
Creator.  Gfnera/ grammar  embraces 
in  it  all  principles,  that  are  supposed 
to  be  applicable  to  all  languages: 
nniver$al  grammar  is  a  thing  scarcely 
attainable  by  the  stretch  of  human 
power.  What  man  can  become  so 
thoroughly  acquainted  with  all  existing 
languages,  as  to  reduce  uU  their  par- 
ticular idioms  to  any  system  ? 

GENERALLY,  V.  Commofily. 

GENERATION,    AGE. 

The  generation  is  said  of 
the  persons ;  the  AGE  is  said  of  tho 
time. 

Those  who  are  bom  at  the  same 
time  constitute  the  (generation;  that 
period  of  time  which  comprehends  the 
oae  of  man  is  the  age :  there  may 
therefore  be  many  generationt  spring 
up  in  the  course  of  an  age ;  a  fresh 
generation  is  springing  up  every  day, 
which  in  the  course  of  au  age  pass 
away,  and  arc  succee<led  by  fresh  ^e- 
ntratioM. 

'  We  consider  roan  in  his  generation 
as  to  the  part  which  he  has  to  perform. 
We  consider  the  age  in  which  we  live 
as  to  the  manners  of  men  and  the 
•vents  of  nations. 

'  I  oftm  taaiCTrttfd  that  f  wn»  not  one  of  that 
iMiypy  fcncfwfion  who  demoltobed  the  eonvnt*. 

J0HN«0*« 

Tliroof  bo«ft  every  mge^  God  hath  pointed  hta 
paeolUr  diapleasnn*  aK*!n»it  the  confidence  of 
BMtaapCIOD,  and  the  arrogance  of  prosperity. 

Blair. 

GENERATION,  V,  Race. 
GENEROUS,  V.  Beneficent. 
GENIUS,  V.  Intellect 
GENIUS,  V,  Taste. 

GENTEEL,    POLITE. 

GENTEEL,  in  French  gentil, 
Latin  gentility  signifies  literally  one 
belonging  to  the  same  family,  or  the 
next  akin  to  whom  the  estate  would 
fall,  if  there  were  no  children ;  hence 
by  an  extended  application  it  denoted 
|X>  be  of  some  family. 

POLITE,  T?.  Civil. 


Gentility  respects  rank  in  life ;  po» 
liteneu  the  refinement  of  the  autid 
and  outward  behaviour. 

A  genteel  education  is  suited  to 
the  station  of  a  gentleman  ;  a  polite 
education  fits  for  polished  society  and 
conversation,  and  raises  the  individual 
among  his  equals. 

There  may  be  gentility  withoot 
politeness  ;  and  vice  versA.  A  person 
may  have  genteel  manners,  a  genteel 
carriage,  a  genteel  mode  of  living  as 
far  as  respects  his  general  relation  with 
society ;  but  a  polite  behavioar  and  a 
polite  address,  which  qualify  him  for 
every  relation  in  society,  and  enable 
him  to  shine  in  connection  with  all 
orders  of  men,  is  independent  of 
either  birth  or  wealth ;  it  is  in  part 
a  gift  of  nature,  although  it  is  to  bo 
acquired  by  art. 

The  equipage,  the  servants,  the 
house,  and  tne  furniture,  may  be  such 
as  to  entitle  a  man  to  the  name  of 
genteel  who  is  wanting  in  all  the  forms 
of  real  good-breediug ;  while  fortune 
may  sometimes  frown  upon  the  po- 
lished gentleman,  %vhose  politeness  is 
a  recommendation  to  him  wherever 
he  goes. 

A  lady  of  genius  will  five  a  genteel  afar  to 
her  whole  dre«a  hy  a  welNfknded  ault  of  knots, 
a«  a  Jttdlciottt  writer  fives  a  apbtt  to  a  vkolo 
MQtence  bjr  a  alofle  expressioo.  Oat* 

In  this  {sle  remote. 
Oar  painted  ancestors  were  slow  to  leara. 
To  arm*  devote,  in  tho  poiUer  arts. 
Nor  skilled,  nor  stadions. 


GENTILB,    HEATH  EN,   PAGAN. 

^  The  Jews  comprehended  all 
strangers  imder  the  name  of  Goim, 
nations  or  GENTILES:  among  the 
Greeks  and  Romans  they  were  desig- 
nated by  the  name  of  barbarians.  By 
the  name  Gentile  was  understood  es- 
pecially those  who  were  not  of  the 
Jewish  religion,  including,  in  the  end, 
even  the  Christians^  for,  as  Fleury 
remarks,  there  were  some  among 
these  uncircnmcised  Gentiles  who 
worshipped  the  true  God,  and  were 
permitted  to  dwell  in  the  holy  land 
provided  they  observed  the  law  of  na- 
ture and  abstinence. 

Some  learned  men  pretend  that  the 
Gentiles  were  so  named  from  their 
haying  only  a  natural  law,  and  such  as 


«  Vide  RoQbaidt  ••  GNtUf.paleos.* 


GENTILE. 


GENTLE. 


SOS 


they  imposed  on  theroselvesy  in  oppo- 
sition to  the  Jews  and  Christians,  who 
have  a  positive  revealed  law  to  which 
they  are  obliKed  to  submit. 

Frisch  and  others  derive  the  word 
HEATHEN  from  the  Greek  idyn, 
fdvix«r,  which  is  corroborated  by  the 
translation  in  the  Anglosaxon  law  of 
the  word  hattkne  by  the  Greek  tdv«. 
Adelung,  however,  thinks  it  to  be  more 
probably  derived  from  the  word  heide 
a  field,  for  the  same  reason  as  PAGAN 
is  derived  ffom  pagus  a  village,  be- 
cause when  Constantino  banished  idol- 
ators  from  the  towns  they  repaired  to 
the  villages,  and  secretly  adnered  to 
their  religious  worship,  whence  they 
were  termed  by  the  Christians  of  tM 
fourth  centuryPogani,  which,  as  he 
supposes,  was  translated  literally  into 
the  German  heidener  a  villager  or  wor- 
shipper in  the  field.  Be  this  as  it  ma^, 
it  is  evident  that  the  word  Heathen  u 
in  our  language  more  applicable  than 
Taga%  to  the  Greeks,  the  Romans, 
and  the  cultivated  nations  who  prac- 
tised idolatry ;  and,  on  the  other  hand, 
J^agan  is  more  properly  employed  for 
the  rude  and  uncivilized  people  who 
worship  false  Gods. 

The  Gentile  does  not  expressly  be- 
lieve in  a  Divine  Revelation ;  but  he 
either  admits  of  the  truth  in  part,  or  is 
ready  to  receive  it :  tlie  Heathen  adopts 
a  positively  false  system  that  is  op- 
posed to  the  true  faith :  the  Fagan 
IS  the  species  of  Heathen  who  obsti- 
nately persists  in  a  worship  which 
is  merely  the  fruit  of  his  own  imagi- 
nation. The  Heathens  or  Pagans  are 
CentiUs;  but  the  Gentiles  are  not 
all  either  Heathens  or  Pagans.  Con- 
fucius and  Socrates,  who  rejected  the 
plurality  of  Gods,  and  the  followers 
of  Mahomet,  who  adore  the  true  God, 
are,  properly  speaking,  Gentiles.  The 
worsnippers  of  Jupiter,  Juno,  Mi- 
nerva, and  all  the  deities  of  the  an- 
cients, are  termed  Heathens.  The 
worshippers  of  Fo,  Brama,  Xaca,  and 
all  the  deities  of  savage  nations,  are 
termed  Pagans. 

The  Gentiles  were  called  to  the  true 
fiiith,  and  obeyed  the  call:  many  of 
the  illustrious  Heathens  would  have 
doubtless  done  the  same,  had  they  en- 
joyed the  same  privilege :  there  are 
many  Pagans  to  this  day  who  reject 


this  adnmtage,  to  porsoe  thtir  own 

blind  imaginations. 

Tbefe  nlgbt  be  teirml  aiiMOf  the  OentUm 
la  the  ■ame  cendKloa  that  Coreellu  wat  befbi* 
he  became  a  ChrMiaa.  Tuunaoib 

Not  that  I  beUeve  that  aU  ? Irtoct  of  the  Hea- 
thent  were  couoterfdt,  aad  dotitttte  of  aa  In- 
ward prtoclple  of  goodncM.  God  forbid  wf- 
sboBld  page  so  bard  a  jndireiDeDt  apoo  fhoee 
ezoelleat  Men,  Sociatci,  aad  Bptetetna,  aad  Aa* 
tioeaae. 


Aad  aetioae  laid  ia  blood;  diaU nerUce 

To  ChrMiaa  pride!    which  had  with   boner 

•bockM 
The  darkert  Pagam,  oflwed  to  their  fodt. 


GENTLE,  TAM£« 

GENTLENESS  lies  rather  in  the 
natural  Asposition :  TAMENESS  is 
the  effect  either  of  art  or  circum* 
stances.  Any  unbroken  horse  may  be 

fentkf  but  not  tame :  a  horse  that  ia 
roken  in  will  be  tame,  but  not  always 
gentle. 

Gentle,  as  before  observed  (v.  Gen» 
fee/),  signifies  literally  well  bom,  and 
is  opposed  either  to  the  fierce  or  the 
rude:  fame,  in  German  zahm,  from 
zaum  a  bridle,  signifies  literally  curbed 
or  kept  under,  uid  is  opposed  either 
to  the  wild  or  the  spirited. 

Animals  are  in  general  said  to  be 
gentle  who  show  a  (iUsposition  to  as- 
sociate with  man,  and  conform  to  his 
will ;  they  are  said  to  be  tame,  if 
either  by  compulsion  or  habit  they  are 
brought  to  mix  vnth  human  society. 
Of  the  first  description  there  are  incb- 
viduals  in  almost  every  species  who 
are  more  or  less  entitled  to  the  name 
of  gentle;  of  the  latter  description  are 
many  species,  as  the  dog,  the  sheep^ 
the  hen,  and  the  like. 

In  the  moral  application  genile 
is  always  employed  in  the  good,  and 
tame  in  the  bad,  sense :  a  gentle  spirit 
needs  no  control;  it  amalgamates 
freely  with  the  will  of  another:  m 
tame  spirit  is  without  any  will  of  its 
own;  It  is  alive  to  nothing  but  sub- 
mission ;  it  is  perfectly  consistent  with 
our  natural  liberty  to  liave  gentleness, 
but  tameness  is  the  accompaniment  of 
slavery,  llie  same  distinction  marks 
the  use  of  these  words  when  applied  to 
the  outward  conduct  or  the  language  : 
the  gentle  bespeaks  something  posi« 
tively  good;  toe  tame  bespeaks  the 
want  of  an  essential  good :  the  fbcmar 


GIFT. 


GIFT- 


507 


TO  GIHEj    V.  To  Scoff. 

GiDDiNKss,  V.  Lightness. 

GIFT,    PRESENT,    DONATION. 

GIFl'  is  derived  from  to  give,  in 
the  sense  of  what  is  communicated 
to  another  gratuitously  of  oue*s  pro- 
perty. 

PRESENT  is  derived  from  to  prc- 
sent,  signifying  the  thing  presented  to 
another. 

DONATION,  from  the  French  rfo- 
natloriy  and  the  Latin  dono  to  present 
or  give,  is  a  species  of  gift, 

llie  gift  is  an  act  of  generosity  or 
condescension;  it  contributes  to  tho 
benefit  of  the  receiver :  the  present  is 
an  act  of  kindness,  courtesy,  or  re- 
spect ;  it  contributes  to  the  pleasure 
of  the  receiver.  The  ^iji  passes  from 
the  rich  to  the  poor^  from  the  high  to 
the  low,  and  creates  an  obligation; 
the  present  passes  either  between 
equiUs,  or  from  the  inferior  to  the 
superior.  Whatever,  we  receive  from 
God,  through  the  bounty  of  his  Pro- 
vidence, we  entitle  a  gift ;  whatever 
we  receive  from  our  friends,  or  what- 
ever princes  receive  from  their  sub- 
jects, are  entitled  presents.  We  are 
told  by  all  travellers  that  it  is  a  cus- 
tom in  the  ea«t,  never  to  approach  a 
great  man  without  a  present ;  the 
value  of  a  sj^ift  is  often  heightened  by 
being  given  opportunely.  The  value 
of  a  present  otten  depends  upon  the 
value  we  have  for  the  giver ;  the 
smallest  present  from  an  esteemed 
friend  is  of  more  worth  in  our  eyes, 
than  the  costliest  presents  that  mo- 
narchs  receive. 

The  gi/ti  o(  heaven  my  following  9oag  puntue*. 
Aerial  houey  and  ambrosial  ikrwt.  Dryoe!!. 

Hive  whit  jou  »»k,  >(mr pretents  I  n'ceivtf  ; 
Land,  vhtfre  and  when  you  ple4«e,  with  maple 
k-ave.  DmniKif. 

The  gift  is  private,  and  benefits  the 
individual ;  the  donation  is  public,  and 
serves  some  general  purpose  :  what  is 
given  to  relieve  tlie  necessities  of  any 
poor  person  is  a  gift  ;  what  is  given 
to  supp)rt  an  institution  is  a  dona- 
tion.  The  clergy  are  indebted  to  their 
p'.iirons  for  the  livings  which  are  in 
their  gift  :  it  has  been  the  custom  of 
the  pious  and  charitable,  in  all  ages, 
to  make  donations  for  the  support  of 
alms-houses,    hospitals,    iofirniarieft, 


and  sadi  institudons  as  serve  to  di- 
minish the  sum  of  human  misery. 

And  she  shall  havje  (bm.  If  apiln  she  nuji 
Since  yon  the  fWer  and  the  gift  (etoe. 

Davimc 

The  ecciedepllcii  were  not  cooCeDt  wilh  the 

d^nmtiont  nade  them  Vj  the  Saxon  pria<^  an^ 

nobles.  HoMb 

GIFT,  ENDOWMENT,   TALENT. 

GIFT,  t>.  Gift. 

ENDOWMENT  signifies  the  thing 
with  which  one  is  endowed. 

TALENT,  V.  Faculty. 

Gift  and  endowment  both  refer  to 
the  act  of  giving  and  endowing,  and 
of  course  include  the  idea  of  some* 
thing  given,  and  something  received  : 
the  word  talent  conveys  no  such  coir 
lateral  idea.  When  we  speak  of  a 
gift,  we  refer  in  our  minds  to  a  giver  ; 
when  we  speak  of  an  endowment,  we 
refer  in  our  minds  to  the  receiver; 
when  we  speak  of  a  talent,  we  only 
think  of  its  mtniraic  quality. 

The  gift  is  either  supernatural  or 
natural ;  the  endowmetU  is  only  nato* 
ral.  The  primitive  Christians  received 
various  gifts  through  the  inspiratioo 
of  the  Holy  Spirit,  as  the  gift  of 
tongues,  the  ^t/}  of  healing,  &c.  There 
are  some  nlieii  who  have  a  peculiar 
gift  of  utterance ;  beauty  of  person, 
and  corporeal  agility,  are  enddomenU 
with  which  some  are  peculiarly  in- 
vested. 

The  word  gift  excludes  the  idea  of 
any  thing  accjuired  by  exertion ;  it  is 
that  which  is  communicated  to  us 
altogether  independent  of  ourselves, 
and  enables  us  to  arrive  at  that  perfec-t 
tion  in  any  art,  which  could  not  be 
attained  any  other  way.  Speech  is 
denominated  a  general  gift,  inasmuch 
as  it  is  given  to  the  whole  homan 
race,  in  distinction  from  the  brutes ; 
but  the  gift  of  utterance  is  a  peculiar 
sift  granted  to  individuals,  in  distinc- 
tion from  others,  which  maybe  ex- 
erted for  the  benefit  of  mankind. 
Endowments,  though  inherent  in  us, 
are  now  independent  of  exertions; 
they  are  qualities  which  admit  of 
improvement  by  being  used ;  Uiey  are 
in  fact  the  gifts  of  nature,  which  servo 
to  adorn  and  elevate  the  possessor, 
when  employed  for  a  good  purpose. 
Talents  are  either  natum  or  aequired. 


GIVE  UP. 


GLAD. 


511 


sensual  indul[;enccs ;  be  yields  to  the 
force  of  temptation. 

CEDE,  from  the  Latin  cedo  to  give, 
is  propeHy  to  surrender  by  virtne  of 
a  treaty :  we  may  surrender  a  town 
as  an  act  of  necessity ;  but  the  ers- 
sian  of  a  country  is  purely  a  political 
transaction  :  thus,  tjenerals  frequently 
surrender  such  towns  as  they  are  not 
able  to  defend  ;  and  governments  cede 
such  countries  as  they  find  it  not  con- 
venient to  retain,  to  CONCEDE, 
which  is  but  a  variation  of  cede,  is  a 
mode  of  yielding  wh'*ch  may  be  either 
an  act  of  discretion  or  courtesy ;  as 
when  a  government  concedes  to  the 
demands  of  the  people  certain  privi- 
leges, or  when  an  individual  concedes 
any  point  in  dispute  for  the  sake  of 
p<.'ace. 

The  peaceable  man  will  give  up  hb  faTOurlte 
•cliMH"*:  he  will  yield  to  an  opponent  rather 
than  become  the  caase  of  tlolent  embrollmrats. 

Blair. 
On  my  nperlenc<>,  Adam,  freely  tattp. 
And  fear  of  death  deUrer  to  the  wlodi.  Miltoit. 

The  ^ouns.  half-wdaced  by  perraacioD,  and 
luUf-coiiip.'lled  by  ridicule,  tnrrender  tbeir  con- 
ticiions,  and  consent  to  live  as  tbej  see  others 
around  them  livfnp.  Blaie. 

As  to  tlie  magic  power  vhicb  the  devillm- 
parts  for  tbc«e  concetsiom  of  bis  votaries,  tbeolo- 
Cians  bare  different  opioions .  CuaBBaLARO. 

TO   Gn'^E   UP,   ABANDON, 
RESIGN,    FOREGO. 

TiirsK  terms  differ  from  the  pre- 
ceding (y.  To  give  up),  inasmuch  as 
they  designate  actions  entirely  free 
from  foreign  influence.  A  man  GIVES 
UP,  ABANDONS  {v.  To  abandon), 
and  RESIGNS  (r.  To  abandon),  from 
the  dictates  of  his  own  mind,  inde- 
pendant  of  all  control  from  others. 
To  give  up  and  abandon  both  denote 
a  positive  decision  of  the  mind;  bat 
the  former  may  be  the  act  of  the  un- 
derstanding or  the  willy  the  latter  is 
more  commonly  the  act  of  the  will 
and  the  passions  :  to  giveup is  applied 
to  familiar  csises;  abandon  to  matters 
of  importance :  one  gives  up  an  idea, 
an  iiitentiouy  a  plan,  nnd  the  like;  one 
abandons  a  project^  a  scheme,  a  mea- 
sure of  <;ovemment. 

To  give  up  and  resign  are  applied 
either  to  the  outward  actions^  or 
merely  to  the  inward  movements :  but 
the  former  is  active,  it  determinately 
fixes  the  conduct;  the  latter  seems  to 

3 


be  ratlier  passive,  it  is  the  leaning  of 
the  mind  to  the  circumstances :  a  man 
gives  up  his  situation  by  a  positive  act 
of  his  choice;  he  resigns  his  office 
when  he  feels  it  incooveiiient  to  hold 
It :  so,  likewise,  we  give  up  expects* 
tions,  and  resign  hopes.  In  this  sense, 
FORKOO,  which  signifies  to  let  go,  is 
comparable  with  resign,  inasmuch  as 
it  expresses  a  passive  action ;  but  wa 
resign  that  which  we  have,  and  we 
Jorego  that  which  we  might  have : 
thus,  we  resign  the  claims  which  we 
have  already  made ;  we  forego  the 
claims  wliich  we  might  make:   the 
former  may  be  a  matter  of  prudence; 
the  latter  is  alwavs  an  act  of  virtue 
and  forbearance.     When  applied  re- 
flectively, to  give  up  is  used  either  in  a 
good,  bad,  or  indifferent  sense ;  abatir 
don  ahvays  in  a  bad  sense  ;  resign  al- 
ways in  a  good  sense :  a  man  may  give 
himself  tt/),  either  to  studious  pursuits, 
to    idle    vagaries,   or  vicious  indul- 
gencies ;  he  abandons  himself  to  gross 
▼ices  ;  he  resigns  himself  to  the  will 
of  Providence,  or  to  the  circumstances 
of  his  condition :  a  man  is  said  to  be 
given  up  to  his  lasts  who  is  without 
any  principle  to  control  him  in  thegra- 
tificntion;  he  is  said  to  be  abandoned^ 
when  his  outrageous  conduct  bespeaks 
an  entire  insensibility  to  every  honest 
principle;  he  is  said  to  be  resigned 
when    he    discovers   composure    aod 
tranquillity  in  the  hour  of  affliction. 

Upon  his  friend  telllnf:  bin,  he  wondered  he 
gave  up  the  qnefthm,  when  be  had  tMblj  the 
better  of  the  dispute;  I  am  neter  aabanwdp 
i^yt  he,  to  be  coafi(ted  bjr  one  who  b  nufter  of 

iflj  brionf.  Anuom 

For  Greece  we  gHcWtObamdoned  bj  her  fbte^ 
To  drink  the  dregs  of  thj  uunetanrM  btdc 


The  pmlae  ofarffkil  anviben  I  reriifw, 
Jjid  hanf  mj  pipt  npoa  the  ■acred  pioei 

DavMDb 
Then,  pflferiro,  tarn,  thj  eatetjbrego  ; 
All  earth-born  cacet  are  wronip*         QoiBmmu 

GLAD,  PLEASED,  JOYFUL^ 

CHSBRFUU 

GLAD  is  obviously  a  Tariation  of 
gke  and  ^low  (v.  f<ire), 

PLEA§£D,from  to  please,  marks 
the  state  of  being p/eotecf. 

JOYFUL  bespeaks  its  own  meao^ 
ing,  either  as  full  of  joy  or  prodoctiirf 
of  great  ;oj/. 

CHEEttFUL,  t^.  CAfff/ii/. 

Glad  denotes  either  a  partial^  state, 


GLEAM. 


GLIMPSE. 


5ld 


{imnortAlUj  of  the  tout)  at  toeb  m  tine  (that  of 
death).  Thk  paatage,  1  tbjnk,  evideatlj  gtaneu 
upon  Ariitophaoca,  who  writ  a  comedj  oa  par- 
pose  to  ridicule  the  discoanea  of  that  dl? lae  phi- 
loaopber.  Aanaov. 

The  author,  in  (he  whole  coune  of  hb  poem, 
kae  Infinite  aUuitiotu  to  plaeea  of  Solptore. 

Amooh. 

GLANCE,  V.  Look. 

GLANCE,  V.  Glimpse. 

GLARE,  V.  Flame. 

TO  GLARE,  V.  To  sfime. 

GLARING,  BAREFACED. 

GLARING  i9  here  used  in  the 
figuratiFe  sense,  drawn  from  its  nar 
tural  signification  of  broad  light, 
which  strikes  powerfully  upon  the 
senses. 

BAREFACED  signifies  literallv 
having  a  ^re  or  tcncaverr</^ctf,  which 
denotes  the  absence  of  all  disguise  or 
all  shame. 

G/aring designates  the  thing;  bare^ 
foced  characterizes  the  person :  a 
glaring  falsehood  is  that  which  strikes 
the  observer  in  an  instant  to  be  false- 
hood ;  a  barefaced  lie  or  falsehood  be- 
trays the  effrontery  of  him  who  utters 
it.  A  ^/arin^  absurdity  wi'l  be  seen  in- 
stantly without  the  aid  of  reflection ; 
a  barefaced  piece  of  impudence  cha- 
racterizes the  a|E;eot  as  more  than  ordi- 
narily lo^jt  to  all  sense  of  decorum. 

The  glaring  side  is  tint  of  enmitj.       Burkk. 

The  aolmositlm  racrrajied,    and  the  paitles 
appeared  barefaced  agalnit  each  other. 

Clulbmdoh. 

GLEAM,  GLIMMER,    RAY,  BEAM. 

GLEAM  is  in  Saxon  gleomen^  Ger- 
man glimmen,  &c.  GLIMMER  is  a 
variation  of  the  same. 

RAY  is  connected  with  the  word 
row. 

BEAM  comes  from  the  Teutonic 
baunif  a  tree. 

Certain  portions  of  light  are  desig- 
nated by  these  terms,  but  the  gleam 
and  glimmer  are  indefmite ;  the  rty 
and  beam  are  definite.  The  gleam  is 
properly  the  commencement  of  light, 
or  that  portion  of  opening  light  which 
interrupts  the  darkness  :  the  glimmer 
is  an  uiibteady  gleam  :  ray  and  beam 
are  portions  of  light  which  emanate 
from  some  luminous  body ;  the  fonrer 
from  all  iumiuous  bodies  iu  general, 


the  latter  more  particulariy  from  the 
sun ;  the  former  is,  as  its  deriration 
denotes,  a  row  of  light  issuing  iu  a 
greater  or  less  degree  from  any  body; 
the  latter  is  a  great  row  of  light,  like 
a  pole  issuing  from  a  bodv.  Thera 
may  be  a  gleam  of  light  visible  on  the 
wall  of  a  dark  room,  or  sl  glimmer  if  it 
be  moveable ;  there  may  be  rays  of 
light  visible  at  night  on  the  back  of  a 
glow-worm,  or  royf  of  light  may  break 
through  the  shutters  of  a  closed  room  ; 
the  sun  in  the  height  of  its  splendor 
•ends  forth  its  beams.  Gleam  and  ray 
may  be  applied  figuratively ;  beam  only 
in  the  natural  sense :  a  gleam  of  light 
may  break  in  on  the  benighted  undej>- 
stauding ;  but  a  glimmer  of  light  rather 
confuses ;  rm^  of  light  may  dart  into 
the  mind  of  the  most  ignorant  savage 
who  is  taught  tlie  principles  of  Christ-* 
lanity  by  the  pure  practice  of  its  pro* 
fesson. 

A  draadAil  glemm  ftooi  hb  brigM  annonr  came^ 
And  tnm  hia  eje-balls  flaAM  the  lirluf  ilanM\ 

Ponct 

Hie  fflmmerf ng*  llcfat  vbieh  tliot  latty  the 

cbaoafroB  the  vtaieat  vecfB  of  the  creation,  ia 

«oodnfciljr  b««atlf>il  and  poetic.  AooctoH* 

A  aaddea  nqr  diot  beaaBiaf  oVr  the  plain. 
And  riiow'd  the  alwcca,  the  navj»  and  tlie  mate. 

Pon» 
The  ftan  «hioe  eaiarter  \  and  the  taotm  adoran. 
At  with  unlxHTowM  beam*,  her  horns.   DaYDiir. 

TO    GLIDE,   V.  To  slip. 

GLIMMER,  V.  Gleam. 

GLIMPSE,   GLANCE. 

The  glimpse  is  the  action  of 
the  object  appearing  to  the  eye ;  the 
GLANCE  is  the  action  of  the  eya 
seeking  the  object:  one  catches  a 
gUmpse  of  an  object ;  one  casts  a 
glance  at  an  object :  the  latter  there- 
fore is  pix)perly  the  means  for  obtain- 
iug  the  former,  which  is  the  end :  we 
get  a  glimpse  by  means  of  a  glance* 
The  glimpse  is  the  hasty,  imperfect, 
and  sudden  view  which  we  get  of  an 
object;  the  glance  is  the  hasty  and 
imperfect  view  which  we  take  of  an 
object :  the  former  may  depend  upon 
a  variety  of  circumstances ;  the  latter 
depends  upon  the  will  of  the  agpuU 
We  can  seldom  do  more  than  gtfrn 
glimpse  of  objects  in  a  carria(^  tnat 
u  going  with  rapidity:  when  we  do 
not  wish  to  be  obeerved  to  look  w^ 
take  but  a  glance  of  au  oiject. 

OftlwitattwIihwMihpneciM  kaa  ael  M* 


GLORY. 


GLORY. 


515 


by  keeping  them  under  too  severe  a 
control.  SuUenness  shows  itself  mostly 
by  an  unseemly  reserve ;  morosenesi 
shows  itself  by  the  hardness  of  the 
speech,  and  the  roughness  of  the  voice. 
SuUenness  is  altogether  a  sluggish 
principle,  that  leads  more  or  less  to 
inaction ;  morosenens  is  a  harsh  feeling, 
that  is  not  contented  with  exacting 
obedience  unless  it  inflicts  pain. 

Morose ness  is  a  defect  of  the  tem- 
per; but  SPLEEN,  from  spfen,  is  a 
defect  in  the  heart :  the  one  betrays 
itself  in  behaviour,  the  other  more  in 
conduct.  A  tniyrose  man  is  an  unplea- 
sant companion  ;  a  spieneiic  man  is  a 
bad  member  of  society  :  the  former 
is  ill-natured  to  those  about  him,  the 
latter  is  ill-humoured  with  nil  this  world. 
Jilurosencss  vents  itself  in  temporary 
expressions  :  spleen  indulges  itself  in 
perpetual  bitterness  of  expression. 

Th*  uiiwillinir  hrnld^  »c(  tln-ir  lord^i  compfianda. 
Pensive  tlx-jr  walk  along  the  bArm  lands, 
ilriiv*d,  tliv  hero  in  bit  tmt  tbcy  And 
Wiib  glooiHjf  aspi'ct,  on  his  mnn  reclioM.  Pors. 

At  thh  th<fv  ct'-iied;  the  %Uta  dibatp  eipirM; 
The  chleft  in  tuUrn  maj^ntjr  retlr'd.  Pop*. 

The  moroic  philoacphCT'  b  Mt  iMKh  alEpcled 
bj  thnc  and  vtme  other  aolhoritiefi,  that  bo 
becomes  a  convert  to  M%  filevd,  and  dnirei  be 
would  tuke  Lim  with  Ma  when  he  went  to  hh 
next  bail.  BiiWBm 

Whilbt  in  tb^i  iptenelie  mood,  we  amwed 
yonnelvea  In  a  lour  critical  •peculation  of  which 
we  oorwlvefl  were  the  object*,  a  tew  month* 
effected  u  total  chanj^e  iu  oar  variable  mind*. 

GLORY,    HONOR. 

GLORY  is  something  dazzlinfi;  and 
widely  diifused.  Ihe  l^tin  word  ^/orta, 
anciently  written  glosiOy  is  in  all  proba- 
bility connected  with  our  words  gloUf 
gluiCj  glittery  glow,  through  the  me- 
dium of  the  northern  words  gleitsenf 
glotzen,  gldnzeuy  gluheuy  all  which 
come  from  the  Hebrew  gfAe/,  alive  cool. 
That  the  moral  idea  of  gUny  is  best 
represented  by  light  is  evident  from 
the  glory  which  is  painted  round  the 
head  of  our  Saviour. 

HONOR  is  something  less  splendid, 
but  more  solid,  and  probably  comes 
from  the  Hebrew  hon  wealth  or  sub- 
stance 

Glory  impels  to  extraordinary 
efforts  and  to  great  undertakings. 
Honor  induces  to  a  discharge  of  one's 
duty.  Excellence  in  the  attainment, 
and   succebs  in    the    exploit,    bring 


glory;  a  faithful  exercise  of  one's 
talents  reflects  honor.  Glory  \s  con- 
nected with  every  thing  which  has  a 
peculiar  public  interest;  honor  is  more 
properly  obtmned  within  a  private 
circle.  Glory  is  not  confined  to  the 
nation  or  life  of  the  individual  by 
whom  it  is  sought;  it  spreads  over 
all  the  earth,  and  descends  to  the 
latest  posterity  :  honor  is  limited  to 
those  who  are  connected  with  the  sub- 
ject of  it,  and  eye-witnesses  to  his 
actions.  Glory  is  attainable  but  by 
few,  and  may  be  an  object  of  indif* 
ference  to  any  one ;  honor  is  more  or 
less  within  the  reach  of  all,  and  must 
be  disregarded  by  no  one.  A  general 
at  the  head  of  an  army  goes  in  pur- 
suit of  glory  ;  the  humble  citizen  who 
acts  his  part  in  society  so  as  to  obtain 
the  approbation  of  his  fellow  citizens 
is  in  the  road  for  honor.  A  nation 
acquires  glory  by  the  splendor  of  its 
victories,  and  its  superiority  in  arts  as 
well  as  arms  ;  it  obtains  honor  by  its 
strict  adherence  to  equity  and  good  faith 
iu  all  its  deahngs  with  other  nations. 
Our  oun  nation  has  acquired  glory 
by  the  help  of  its  brave  warriors ;  it 
has  gained  honor  by  the  justice  and 
generosity  of  its  government.  The 
military  career  of  Alexander  wn«  g/o- 
rious;  his  humane  treatment  of  the 
Persian  princesses  who  were  his  pri- 
soners was  an  honorable  trait  iu  his 
character.  The  abolition 'of  the  slave 
trade  by  the  English  government  was 
a  glorious  triumph  of  Christianity 
over  the  worst  principles  of  human 
nature  ;  the  national  conduct  of  Eng^- 
laiid  during  the  revolutionary  period 
reflects  honor  on  the  English  name. 

Glory  is  a  sentiment,  selfish  in  its 
nature,  but  salutary  or  pernicious  in 
its  effect,  according  as  it  is  directed ; 
honor  is  a  principle  disinterested  in 
its  nature,  and  beneficial  in  its  opera- 
tions. A  thirst  for  glory  it  seldom 
indulged  but  at  the  expense  of  others, 
as  it  is  not  attainable  in  the  plain 
path  of  duty ;  there  are  but  few  op- 
portunities of  acquiring  it  by  elevated 
acts  of  goodness,  and  still  fewer  who 
liave  the  virtue  to  embrace  the  op- 
portunities that  offer :  a  love  of  honor 
can  never  be  indulged  but  to  the  ad- 
vantage of  otiiers ;  it  is  restricted  by 
-  fixed  laws  ;  it  requires  a  tacrifice  of 
every  selfish  consideradoB,  and  a  du« 

S  L  9 


GODLY. 


GOLD. 


517 


€ODLIKE,    DIVINE,    HEAVENLY. 

GODLIKE  bespeaks  its  own  mean- 
iiis,  as  like  God^  or  after  the  manner 
ot'  God. 

DIVINE,  in  Latin  divinus  from 
dimts  or  Deus,  signifies  appertaining 
to  God. 

H  EAVENLY,  or  HEAVENLIKE, 
signifies  like  or  appertaining  to  heaven. 

Godlike  is  a  more  expressive,  but 
less  common  term  than  divine:  the 
former  is  used  only  as  an  epithet  of 
peculiar  praise  for  an  individual ;  di- 
vine is  generally  employed  for  that 
which  appertains  to  a  superior  being, 
in  distinction  from  that  which  is  hu- 
man. Benevolence  is  a  godlike  pro- 
perty :  the  Divine  image  is  stamped 
on  the  features  of  man,  whence  the 
face  is  called  by  Milton  *  the  human 
face  Divine.*  As  divine  is  opposed  to 
human,  so  is  heavenly  to  earthly  :  the 
Divine  Being  distinguishes  the  Creator 
from  all  other  beings ;  but  a  heavenly 
being  denotes  the  angels  or  inhabitants 
of  heaven,  in  distinction  from  earthly 
beings  or  the  inhabitants  of  earth.  A 
divine  influence  is  to  be  sought  for 
only  by  prayer  to  the  Giver  of  all  good 
things;  but  a  heavenly  temper  may 
be  acquired  by  a  steady  contemplation 
of  heavenly  tilings,  and  an  abstraction 
from  those  which  are  earthly:  the 
Divine  will  is  the  foundation  of  all 
moral  law  and  obligation;  heavenly 
joys  are  the  fruit  of  all  our  labors  in 
tliis  earthly  course. 

Sure  he  that  madr  u<t  with  nicli  lar|:e  dlscoane, 

liookins:  brfore  and  aHer,  jgvfe  m%  DOt 

That  rapabliity  and  godWte  nason. 

To  ni>t  in  n^  anus'd.  fiBAXsPKAmi. 

Of  aU  that  M>e  or  read  thy  comedie*, 
Whoever  in  tbow  fflane*  looks  majflnd 
The  «potii  retum*d,  or  ffracea  of  hit  mind  ; 
And  by  the  help  of  to  divine  an  art, 
AC  leitore  view  and  drm  bis  nobler  part. 

WAixsa. 

Eeaion,  ala« !  It  doet  not  know  ftielf ; 

Bat  man,  vain  man !  woald  with  hto  riiort*lfaiM 

plummet 
Fathom  the  vast  abym  of  Aeaveii(y  jofCioe. 

DaTim* 

GODLY,    RIGHTEOUS. 

GODLY  is  a  contraction  of  godlike 
(v.  Godlike). 

RIGHTEOUS  signifies  conform- 
able to  right  or  truth. 

These  epithets  are    both  used  in 


a  spiritual  sense,  and  cannot,  with- 
out an  indecorous  affectation  of  reli- 
gion, be  introduced  into  any  other  dis- 
course than  that  which  is  proi^erly 
spiritual.  Godlineu,  in  the  strict 
sense,  is  that  outward  deportment 
which  characterizes  a  heavenly  temper; 

f)rayer,  reading  of  the  Scriptures,  pub* 
ic  worship,  and  every  religious  act, 
enters  into  the  signification  of  godli' 
neUf  which  at  the  same  time  supposes 
a  temper  of  mind,  not  only  to  delight 
in,  but  to  profit  by  such  exercises : 
righteoumets  on  the  other  hand  com* 
preheuds  Christian  morality,  in  dis* 
tinction  from  that  of  the  heathen  or 
unbeliever;  a  righteow  man  does 
right,  not  only  because  it  is  right, 
but  because  it  is  agreeable  to  the  will 
of  his  Maker,  and  the  example  of  hit 
Redeemer:  righteomnets  is  therefore 
to  godliness  as  the  effect  to  the  cause. 
The  godly  man  goes  to  the  sanctuary, 
and  by  converse  with  his  Maker  assi- 
milates all  his  affections  to  the  cba^ 
racter  of  that  Being  whom  he  wor- 
ships ;  when  he  leaves  the  sanctuary 
be  proves  the  efficacy  of  his  godlineu 
by  bis  righteous  converse  with  his 
fellow  creatures.  It  is  easy  however 
for  men  to  mistake  the  means  for  the 
end,  and  to  rest  with  godliness  without 
righteousness,  as  too  many  arc  apt  to 
do  who  seem  to  make  their  whole  duty 
to  consist  in  an  attention  to  reli|;ious 
observances,  and  in  the  indulgence  of 
extravagant  feelings. 

It  hath  been  the  gnat  dmigu  of  the  devU  aiiA 
hb  initnimeuti  in  all  ngn  to  vodermioe  rellfioa, 
bjr  roakioc  an  aohappj  leparatioo  and  dlvorot 
between  godlineu  and  morality.  Bat  let  «•  not 
deceive  (wrpelvea ;  thle  wai  alwayt  reli<loii,  and 
the  coadlthm  of  oar  acceptance  with  Oed,  lo 
endeavoar  to  he  like  Oed  in  pnrltjr  and  holiiien» 
ie  joiftke  and  rig^Umsneu,  Tujunmm* 

GOLD,   GOLDBN. 

These  tenns  are  both  employed  as 
epithets,  but  GOLD  is  the  substantive 
used  in  composition,  and  GOLDEN 
the  adjective,  in  ordinary  use.  The 
former  is  strictly  applied  to  the  metal 
of  which  the  thing  is  made,  as  a  gold 
cup,  or  a  gold  cmn;  but  the  latter  .to 
whatever  appertains  to  gold,  whether 
properly  or  figuratively :  as  the  gMen 
lion,  the  golden  cntwn,  the  goUem 
age,  or  a  golden  harvest. 

•OLDBN,  V.  Gold. 


GOODNATURE. 


GOODS. 


519 


UaleM  men  wfiv  endowtd  by  luUare  with 
•oine  MT.»t*of  dut>  or  moml  obHr«tion,thej  could 
reap  no  benefit  Trocn  reTelaiion.  Blair. 

The  true  nrt  of  mt-mnrv  <t  the  art  of  attention. 
Mo  man  will  reotl  with  much  adratitage  who  la 
■oC  able  -,it  pleasure  to  evacaate  hb  minil. 

Jonifsoi. 

cooDHUMorR,  ?'.  Goodnature, 

GOODNATURK,  GOOOHUMOUR. 

COODNAT;  RE  ami  GO<)I>- 
HrMOUll  both  iiuply  tbc  disposition 
to  please  aiul  be  pleased  ;  but  the 
roriT!»>r  is  babitual  and  pemiaiient, 
tht»  luttei  is  reiii|H)r.iry  and  partial: 
'  the  f'  riiier  I'es  in  the  nature  and  frame 
of  .h>  iiiinil ;  tlie  litter  in  the  state  of 
th«'  lni;ii.  urs  or  spirits.  A  good- 
nut  uitd  uiun  recommends  himself  at 
all  times  for  hU  goodnaiure  ;  a  good- 
humoured  man  recommends  himself 
particularly  as  a  companion:  good- 
nature di»»|ilays  itself  by  a  reaciiness 
in  doin^  kind  offices ;  goodhumour  is 
confined  mostly  to  the  ease  and  cheer- 
fulness of  one's  outward  deportment 
in  social  con\erse  :  goodnature  is  apt 
to  be  iiuilty    of  weak    compliances  : 

foodhuiHour  is  apt  to  be  succeeded  by 
ts  of  peevishness  and  depression. 
Goodnature  is  applicable  only  to  the 
character  of  the  indi\idual;  good- 
humour  may  be  said  of  a  whole  com- 
pany :  It  is  a  mark  of  goodnature  in 
a  man  who  will  not  disturb  the  good- 
humour  of  tbe  company  he  is  in,  by 
resenting  the  alfront  that  i«  offered 
him  by  ancUlier. 

I  conclnilftl,  however  umcfount:.ble  the  as«er« 
<iertloD  miuht  appear  ;tt  fir>t  «i^ht,  thtt  fWtd* 
ttatureviM  an  cavntlai  qnaiitjr  in  aaatirt^t. 

.4Dono«. 

When  Vlrp'l  nid  **  He  that  did  not  bale 
Bavia*  mtulit  love  .Mevia*,'*  he  waa  In  perfeel 
gooiihumour,  Addisov. 

GOOD-OFFICE,  V,  Benefit, 
GOODS,  u.  Commodity, 

GOODS,    FCRNITURE,  CHATTELS, 
MOVEABLFIS,  EFFECTS. 

All  these  terms  are  applied  to  such 
things  as  l)elon^  to  an  individual :  the 
lirst  term  is  the  most  (general,  both  in 
sense  and  application;  all  the  rest  are 
species. 

FURMTUHE  comprehends  all 
household  poods  ;  wherefore  in  re^;ard 
to  an  individual,  supposing  the  house 
to  contain  all  he  has,  the  general  is 


pat  for  the  specific  term,  as  when  one 
speaks  of  a  person's  moving  his 
GOODS  for  his  furniture :  but  in 
the  strict  sense  goodt  comprehends 
more  than  furniture,  includinf;  not 
only  that  which  is  adapted  for  the  do- 
mestic purposes  of  a  family,  but  also 
every  tniiig  which  is  of  value  to  a 
person  :  the  chairs  and  tables  are  a 
pnrt  of  furniture;  papers,  books, 
and  money,  aie  included  among  tbe 
goods:  it  is  obvious  therefore  that 
goodt,  even  in  its  roost  limited  sense, 
is  of  wider  import  \\\-dXi  furniture, 

CHATTELS,  which  is  probably 
chan^:ed  from  cattie,  is  a  term  not  in 
ordinary  use,  but  still  sufficiently  em- 
ployed to  deserve  notice.  The  chat' 
tels  comprehends  that  species  o{ goods 
which  is-  in  a  special  manner  separated 
from  one's  person  and  house;  a  man's 
cattle,  his  implements  of  husbandry, 
the  alienable  rights  which  he  has  in 
land  or  buildings,  are  all  comprehended 
under  chattels ;  hence  the  propriety  of 
the  expression  to  seize  a  man  s  goodt 
and  chattels,  as  denoting  the  disposable 
proj)erty  which  he  has  about  his  per- 
son or  at  a  distance.  MOVEABLES 
comprehends  all  the  other  terms  in  the 
limited  application  to  property,  as  far 
as  it  admits  of  being  removed  firom 
one  place  to  the  other ;  it  is  opposed 
either  to  6xtures,  when  speaking  of 
furniture,  or  to  land  as  contrasted  to 
goods  and  chattels, 

EFFECTS  is  a  term  of  nearly  as 
extensive  a  siiniification  as  goods,  but 
not  so  extensive  an  application : 
whatever  a  man  has  that  is  of  anj 
supposed  value,  or  convertable  into 
money,  is  entitled  his  goods;  what^ 
ever  a  man  has  that  can  effect,  pro- 
duce, or  brin^  forth  money  by  sale,  is 
entitled  his  ejfects  :  goods  therefore  is 
applied  only  to  that  which  a  man  has 
at  his  own  disposal ;  effects  more  pro- 
perly to  that  which  is  lett  at  the  disposal 
of  others.    A  man  makes  a  sale  ot  his 

foods  on  his  removal  from  any  place ; 
is  creditors  or  executors  take  care  of 
his  effects  either  on  bis  bankruptcy  oc 
decease :  goods,  in  this  case,  is  sel- 
dom employed  but  in  the  hmited  sense 
of  what  IS  removeable;  hut  effects  in- 
cludes every  thing  personal,  fireehold| 
and  copyliold. 

Now  I  cite  up  my  abop  And  dlipoMof  all  agr 
poeUcal  fo«di  at  once;  I  nvnt  ik&ntkn  dfriie 


GOVERNMENT- 


GOVERNMENT.   521 


htte  is  a  species  of  gaveminp  simply 
by  judcement;  the  word  is  applicanJe 
to  things  of  minor  moment,  where  the 
force  of  authority  is  not  so  requisite : 
one  fiovernt  the  aifairs  of  a  nation,  or 

0  large  body  where  great  interests  are 
involved  ;  we  regulate  the  concerns  of 
an  individual,  or  we  regulate  in  cases 
where  good  orderor  convenience  only  is 
consulted:  so  likewise  in  regard  to  our^ 
selves,  we  govern  our  passions,  but  we 
regulate  our  affections.  They  are  all 
properly  used  to  denote  the  acts  of  con- 
scious as^nts,  but  by  a  figure  of  personi- 
fication they  may  be  applied  to  inani- 
mate or  moral  objects :  the  price  of 
one  market  governs  the  price  of  an- 
other, or  governs  the  seller  in  his  de- 
mand ;  fashion  and  caprice  rule  the 
majority,  or  particular  fashions  rti/e  ; 
the  time  of  one  cluck  regulates  that  of 
many  others. 

'Whrnct*  can  thl*  vnr  motion  ttke  its  blitli. 
Not  «un*  iroffi  matter,  from  doll  clods  of  euth  t 
But  from  a  liviiif;  npirit  lodjrM  within. 
Which  gorernt  all  the  bodily  DMchlne.  Jtwm* 

When  I  b-hold  a  factlnas  band  a^ree^ 
To  call  It  freeilom  when  thnoadfen  are  frfp; 
Each  w:tnton  judrtfopw  pmal  tfatotfidnw; 
X^w«  {rrind  thr*  poor,  and  rich  mm  rv(c  the  lav; 

1  fly  fr'>m  p«<tjr  tyrant*  to  tbethronir.  Goldvwtii. 

DiRtnctfne  thon<rlitH  by  tum«  bfai  bo«oin  ru/\(, 
Now  firM  by  wrath,  and  now  by  veatm  coolM. 

POPK. 

Thon{>1i  a  senoe  of  moral  food  and  eril  h« 
def'ply  iinpremcHl  on  ihi»  heart  of  man.  It  hi  not  of 
•ofDcient  power  to  regulate  bis  life.  BtAiR. 

COV£RNMENT,    ADMINISTRA- 
TION. 

Both  these  terras  may  he  employed 
cither  to  designate  the  act  of  GO- 
VERNING and  ADMiNISTEIt. 
IN  G,  or  the  persons  governing  and 
ndminixtering.  In  both  cases  govern^ 
ment  has  a  more  extensive  meaning 
than  administration  :  the  goternment 
includes  every  exercise  of  authority  ; 
the  administration  implies  only  that 
exercise  of  authority  which  consists 
in  putting  the  laws  or  will  of  another 
in  force  :  hence,  when  we  speak  of  the 
gnroernment,  as  it  respects  the  persons^ 
it  implies  the  whole  body  ot  consti- 
tuted authorities;  and  the  admini^ 
tratioiiy  only  that  part  which  pots 
in  execution  the  intentions  of  the 
whole :  the  gaoernment  ot  a  country 
therefore  may  remain  oualtered,  while 
the    administrtUian  undergoes  many 


changes:  it  is  the  business  of  the 
government  to  make  treaties  of  peace 
and  war ;  and  without  a  government 
it  is  impossible  for  any  people  to  ne- 
gotiate :  it  is  the  business  of  the  ad- 
ministration to  administer jwdcCf  to 
regulate  the  finances,  and  to  direct  all 
tM  complicated  concerns  of  a  nation ; 
without  an  administration  all  public 
business  would  be  at  a  stand. 

Oovnytment  ia  an  art  above  the  attat— ^t 
of  an  ordinary  cm^Bs*  Sem*. 

What  are  we  to  do  If  the  gnnrnrnMut  nil 
the  whole  commniiitj  it  ot  the  lame  deKtlpfioa  ) 

Bui 


In  tmllnfr  of  an  invbible  world,  and  tto 
administration  of  gorernment  there  carried  on 
by  the  Father  of  iplrlt*.  partlculaii  occur  whleli 
appear  loromprebmible.  Biifet. 

GOVERNMENT,    CONSTITUTION. 

GOVERNMENT  is  here  as  in  the 
former  article  (v  Government)  the 
generic  term ;  CONSllTUTION  the 
specific.  Government  implies  gene- 
rally the  act  of  governing  or  exer- 
cising authority  under  any  form  what- 
ever; constitution  implies  any  conili- 
tuted  or  fixed  form  of  government: 
we  may  have  a  government  without  a 
constitution;  we  cannot  have  a  coik 
stitution  without  a  goroernment.  In 
the  first  formation  of  society  getverti^ 
ment  was  placed  in  the  hands  of  indi- 
riduals  who  exercised  authority  ao* 
cording  to  discretion  rather  than  any 
fixed  rale  or  law :  here  then  was  §»> 
vernment  without  a  constitution:  ai 
time  and  experience  pn)ved  the  neces* 
sityof  some  established  form,  and  the 
wisdom  of  enlightened  men  disoo- 
▼ered  the  advantages  and  disadvan* 
tages  of  different  forms,  government 
Uk  every  country  assumed  a  more  de» 
finite  shape,  and  became  the  eonsti* 
tution  of  the  country  ;  hence  then  the 
anion  of  government  and  const itutionk 
Governments  are  divided  by  political 
writers  into  threeclasses,  monarchical, 
aristocratic,  and  republican:  but 
these  three  general  fonns  have  been 
adopted  with  such  variations  and  mo- 
difications as  to  reader  the  constitution 
of  every  country  something  peculiar 
to  itself. 

Political  squabblers  have  always 
chosen  to  consider  government  in  its 
limited  sense  as  including  only  the  sti* 
preme  or  executive  authority,  and  the 
cQostitutifm  as  that  whiobia  ast-np  hf 


GRACEFUL. 


GRACIOUS. 


BOA 

ana. 


his  most  unworthy  creatures  from  the 
iiidnitecoodness  of  his  Divine  nature ; 
it  is  to  his  special  grace  that  we  attri- 
bute every  good  feeling  by  which  we 
are  prevented  from  committing  sin  : 
the  term  favor  is  employed  indis- 
criminately with  regard  to  man  or  his 
Maker  ;  those  who  are  in  power  have 
the  greatest  opportunity  ot  conferring 
J'avorn ;  but  all  we  receive  at  the 
hands  of  our  Maker  must  be  acknow- 
ledged as  9,  favor.  The  Divine  grace 
is  absolutely  indispensable  for  men  as 
sinners;  the  Divme^/iivar  is  perpe- 
tually necessary  for  men  as  his  crea- 
tures dependant  upon  him  for  every 
thing. 

But  vajr  I  coolil  repent  and  coaM  obtain, 
Bj  act  Df  smrr,  my  ronner  state,  how  aocm 
Would  height  r<ecal  high  tbonf htt }        Miltdit. 

A  bad  man  k  wholljtlwemtare  of  the  world. 
He  baoga  opoa  its  Jdcor,  Blair. 

GRACE,    CHARM. 

GRACE  is  altogether  corporeal ; 
ClIAKM  is  either  corporeal  or  men- 
tal :  the  grace  qualifies  the  action  of 
the  body ;  the  charm  is  an  inherent 
quality  ni  the  body  itself.  A  lady 
moves,  dances,  and  walks  with  grace  ; 
the  charms  of  her  person  arc  equal  to 
thoseof  her  mind. 

Savaged  method  of  life  particularly  qaallfied 
him  for  con\erMtion,  of  which  he  knew  how  to 
practise  ail  the  gracet.  JonMMif. 

Mtttic  hat  charmu  to  aootbe  the  savage  breast 

COMORKTB. 

GRACEFUL,  COMELY,  ELEGANT. 

A  GRACEFUL  figure  is  rendered 
so  by  the  deportment  of  the  body. 
A  COMELY  figure  has  that  in  itself 
which  pleases  the  eye.  Gracefuinen 
results  from  nature,  improved  by  art; 
comeliness  is  mostly  the  work  of  nature. 
It  is  possible  to  acquire  gracefulneu 
by  the  aid  of  the  dancing  master,  bat 
fur  a  comely  fonn  we  are  indebted  to 
nature  aided  by  circumstances.  Grace 
is  a  quality  pleasing  to  the  eye ;  but 
ELEGANCE,  from  the  Latin  eligo, 
electuSy  select  and  choice,  is  a  quality 
of  a  higher  nature,  that  inspires  admi- 
ration ;  elegant  is  applicable,  like 
gracefuly  to  the  motion  of  the  body, 
or  like  comely,  to  the  person,  and  is 
extended  in  its  meaning  also  to  the 
words  and  even  to  the  dress.  A  per- 
son's step  is  graceful ;  bis  air  or  his 
movements  are  elegant ;  the  grace  of 


an  action  lies  chiefly  in  its  adaptation 
to  the  occasioo. 

Grace  is  in  some  degree  a  relative 
Quality ;  the  gracrjMlness  of  an  action 
oepends  on  its  suitability  to  the  occa- 
sion :  elegance  is  a  positive  quality ; 
it  is,  properly  speaking,  beauty  ill  regard 
to  the  exterior  of  the  person ;  an  e/e- 
gance  of  air  and  manner  is  the  con- 
sequence not  only  of  superior  birth  and 
station,  but  also  of  superior  natural 
endowments. 


The  Grftt  who  appraadied  ber  vat  a  yovtb  of 
graeeful  presence  aad  eoaitlj  afr,  b«t  dremd 
in  a  richer  habit  tbaa  hwl  evsr  beoo  sees  in  A»* 
cadla.  Stbbu*. 

IsJdaii  tbe  BOD  of  PbaUdaa  was  at  this  timo  io 
tbe  bloom  of  Ma  joncb,  mad  ferj  ramarkable  for 
the  cometineu  of  his  peisoo.  Aoouoa. 

The  natural  prof^m*  of  the  works  of  meo  ia 
from  rudeoefi^  to  coD?enlence,rrom  conTeulence  to 
eUgance^  and  nrom  elrgance  to  nioet j.   Joimsoii . 

GRACEFUL,  V,  Becoming. 

GRACIOUS,    MERCIFUL,    KIND. 

GRACIOUS,  when  compared  to 
MERCIFUL,  is  used  only  in  the  spi- 
ritual sense ;  the  latter  is  applicahU 
to  the  conduct  of  man  as  well  as  of 
the  Deity. 

Grace  is  exerted  in  doing  good  to 
an  object  that  has  merited  the  con* 
trary ;  mercy  is  exerted  in  withholding 
the  evil  which  has  been  merited.  God 
is  gracious  to  his  creatures  in  afford- 
ing thetn  not  only  an  opportunity  to 
address  him,  but  every  encouragement 
to  lay  open  their  wants  to  him  ',  their 
unworthiness  and  sinfulness  are  not 
made  impediments  of  access  to  him. 
God  is  merciful  to  the  vilest  of  sin- 
ners, and  lends  an  ear  to  the  smallest 
breath  of  repentance  ;  in  the  moment 
of  executing  vengeance  he  stops  his 
arm  at  the  voice  of  supplication :  he 
expects  the  same  mercy  to  be  ax- 
tended  by  man  towards  his  offending 
brother. 

Grace,  in  tbe  lofty  sense  in  which 
it  is  her*  admitted,  cannot  with  pro- 
priety be  made  the  attribute  of  aoj 
numnn  being,  however  elevated  his 
rank :  nothing  short  of  infinite  wis- 
dom as  well  as  goodness  can  be  sup? 
posed  capable  of  doing  good  to  o^ 
tenders  without  producing  ultimate  evil. 
Were  a  king  to  attempt  any  displaj 
of  grace  by  bestowing  favors  on  cni» 
inioalsy  his  CDuduct  would  btbig^j 


GRATIFY. 


GRATUITOUS.       525 


^andcur  are  Yarely  in  a  temper  of 
inind  to  take  a  just  view  of  them- 
selves and  of  all  things  that  surround 
them ;  they  fona;et  that  there  is  any 
thing  above  this,  in  comparison  with 
which  it  sinks  into  insignificance  and 
meanness.  The  grandeur  of  Euro- 
pean courts  is  lost  in  a  comparison 
with  the  magnificence  of  Eastern 
princes. 

Grandeur  is  applicable  to  the  works 
of  nature  as  well  as  art,  of  mind  as 
well  as  matter;  magnificence  \%  alto- 
gether the  creature  of  art.  A  struo- 
ture,  a  spectacle,  an  entertainment, 
and  the  like,  may  be  grand  or  mag- 
nificent ;  but  a  scene,  a  prospect,  a 
conception,  and  the  like,  is  grandy 
but  not  magnificent. 

There  h  a  kind  of  grandeur  «nd  refpeet, 
vrhich  the  meannt  and  mo4C  lonl^iScaal  part  of 
manktod  endeavour  to  procure  In  the  Uttio  ^rcle 
of  their  friendf  and  aeqaaintance.  ilDBfaoM. 

The  wall  of  China  h  one  of  tiKHe  enterp 
pieces  or  magnificence  whkh  csaket  a  flpure 
•▼en  in  the  map  of  the  world,  altbouKli  an  ae» 
count  of  it  would  have  be«n  Ibongbt  fabnlont, 
were  not  the  wall  Itself  ntanf.  Amnov. 

TO  GRANT,  V.  To  odmit. 
TO  GRANT,  V.  To  allmv. 
TO  GRANT,  V.  To  give, 
TO  GRASP,  V.  To  lay  hold. 
GRATEFUL,  V.  Acceptable. 
GRATIFICATION,  V.  Enjoyment. 

TO   GRATIFY,    INDULGE, 
HUMOUR. 

To  GRATIFY,  make  grateful  or 
pleasant  {y.  Acceptable) y  is  a  positive 
act  of  the  choice.  To  INDULGE, 
from  the  Latin  indulgeo  and  dulcii  to 
sweeten  or  make  palatable,  is  a  nega- 
tive act  of  the  will,  a  yielding  of  the 
mind  to  circumstaoces.  One  gratifies 
the  appetites;  one  iudulges  the  nu- 
niours.  To  gratjfy  and  indulge^  as 
individual  acts,  may  be  both  allow- 
able ;  but  to  gratify  is  unrestricted  by 
any  moral  consideration ;  indulging 
always  involves  the  sacrifice  of  some 
general  rule  of  conduct  or  principle  of 
action.  We  may  sometimes  gratify 
a  laudable  curiosity,  and  indulge  our- 
selves by  a  salutary  recreation ;  but 
gratifying  as  a  habit  becomes  a  vice, 
and  indulging  us  a  habit  is  a  weak- 
ness. A  person  who  is  in  search  of 
pleasure  gratifies  the  desires  as  they 


rise ;  he  lives  for  the  Ratification^  and 
depends  apon  it  for  his  happiness .  He 
who  has  higher  objects  in  view,  thaa 
the  momentary  grotj/Zctf/um,  will  b% 
careful  not  to  indulge  himself  too 
much  in  such  things  as  will  wean  him 
from  his  purpose. 

To  gratify  is  a  selfish  act ;  we  grO' 
tify  ourselves  only,  but  not  others : 
to  indulge  is  often  a  kind  action ;  w^ 
indulge  others  as  well  as  ourselves : 
to  HUMOUR  is  to  indulge  or  fidl  in 
with  the  humour;  it  may  be  selfish  or 
prudent.  Tiie  sensualist  gratifies  bis 
passions,  and  sacrifices  not  only  his 
own  substantial  happiness,  but  the 
peace  of  others  to  the  gpatificaiion :  sk 
good  parent  tfieia^ef  his  child  in  what- 
e\'er  he  knows  is  not  hurtful :  it  is 
sometimes  necessary  to  humour  the 
temper  in  some  measure,  the  better 
to  correct  it.  Things  gratify ;  persons 
only  indulge :  we  are  gratified  with 
any  spectacle  which  we  witness ;  we 
are  indulged  with  the  opportunity  of 
witnessing  this  spectacle  through  the 
kindness  of  a  fi-iend. 

It  b  certalflljr  a  verj  hnportaot  lesson  to  lean 
bow  to  enjoj  ordinary  tblnga,  and  to  1m  able  to 
idltb  jovr  brinf,  without  the  traanport  of  loim 
panlon,  or  frof  (/leolidA  of  tooae  appetite. 


8C11I  io  tboft  latenrali  of  pleatln;  woe, 
Regardfol  of  the  Mendly  doei  I  owe; 
I  to  tbe  ((lorioos  dead  for  efer  dear, 
IndMtlge  the  tribute  of  a  g^atef  al  tear. 

▲  skilful  manafrer  of  the  rabUe,  wftb  two  or 
three  popular  empty  words  racb  9%  *  right  of  the 
mbjert.  and  liberty  of  coniclence,'  well  toned 
Md  Aumeure/f,  may  wbitUe  tbem  backwards 
ftnd  fbrwards  till  be  is  weary.  Sounr. 

TO  GRATIF7,  V.  To  SCUisfy. 

GRATiTUDB,  V.  Thonkfulness. 

GRATUITOUS,   VOLUNTARY. 

GRATUITOUS  is  opposed  to  that 
which  is  obligatory.  VOLUNTARY 
is  opposed  to  that  which  is  compul- 
sory, or  involuntary.  A  gift  is  g;rth 
tuitous  which  flows  entirely  from  the 
free  will  of  the  giver,  independent  of 
right:  an  oflfer  is  voluntary  whidi 
flows  from  the  free  will,  independent 
of  all  external  constraint.  'Gratuitous 
is  therefore  to  voluntary  as  a  species 
to  the  genus.  What  is  ^o/tii/Mit  is 
voluntary^  although'  what  is  voluntary 
is  not  always  gratuitous.  The  gra- 
tuitous is  properiy  the  voluntary  in 
regard  to  the  disposal  of  one's  pro- 
perty :  and  the  voluntary  is  applicable 
to  all  other  actions. 


GRAVE. 


GREAT. 


527 


where  bodies  are  deposited.  GRAVE, 
from  the  German  graben,  &c.  has  a 
refereoce  to  the  hollow  made.  TOMB, 
firom  tumulut  and  tumeo  to  swell,  has 
a  reference  to  the  rising  that  is  made. 
SEPULCHRE,  from  sepelio  to  bury, 
has  a  reference  to  the  use  for  which 
it  is  employed.  From  this  explana- 
tion it  is  evident,  that  these  terms 
have  a  certain  propriety  of  application : 
to  sink  into  the  grave  is  an  expression 
that  carries  the  thoughts  where  the 
body  must  rest  in  death :  to  inscribe 
on  the  tomby  or  to  encircle  the  tomb 
with  flowers,*  carries  our  thoughts  to 
the  external  of  that  place  in  which  the 
body  is  interred,  lo  inter  in  a  sepul- 
ehre^  or  to  visit  or  enter  a  sepulckrej 
reminds  us  of  a  place  in  which  bodies 
are  deposited. 

The  path  ot glory  leads  bat  to  the  grmve,  Gjut. 

Nor  }oa,  ye  proud.  Impute  to  thne  the  fknti, 
If  mem*rj  o*er  thrir  t9tnhi  no  trophies  nitp. 

GaiT. 

The  Lay  itwlf  It  either  knt  or  hvried,  pefhape 
for  ewt  io  one  of  thoee  ttpiUdkm  of  M88. 
which  hjr  courtetj  are  called  llhrariee.  v.. 

TfkwBTT. 

GRAVE,  V,  Sober. 

GRAVITY,  V.  Weight. 

GREAT,    LARGE,   BIG. 

GREAT,  derived  through  the  me- 
dium of  the  northern  languages  from 
the  Latin  cra%$us  thick,  and  cresco  to 
grow,  is  applied  to  all  kinds  of  di- 
mePikiuns  iu  which  things  can  grow  or 
increase.  LARGE,  in  Latin  lurgut 
wide,  is  probably  derived  frum  the 
Greek  •  -  and  .-?iv  to  flow  plentifully; 
for  largior  bigniiies  to  give  freely,  and 
large  has  in  English  a  similar  sense : 
it  is  properly  applied  to  space,  extent, 
and  quantity.  BIG,  from  the  Ger- 
man bauch  belly,  and  the  English 
bulk,  denotes  great  as  to  expansion  or 
capacity.  A  house,  a  room,  a  heap, 
a  pile,  an  anny,  &c.  is  great  or  large  ; 
an  animal  or  a  mountain  is  great  or 
big :  a  road,  a  city,  a  street,  and  the 
like,  is  termed  rather  great  than  large. 
Great  is  used  generally  iu  the  im- 
proper scnbe  ;  large  and  big  are  used 
only  occasionally :  a  noise,  a  distance, 
a  multitude,  a  number,  a  power,  and 
the  *  like,  is  termed  greaty  but  not 
large  :  we  may,  however  speak  of  a 
lar^  portion,  a  large  share,  a  largt 


qotyttity ;  or  of  a  mind  big  with  con* 
oeption,  or  of  an  event  big  with  tb* 
fate  of  nations. 

At  ooe'li  irtt  eotraeee  hito  the  PliBtheoa  at 
Rome,  bow  the  ImapfliiatioQ  b  illed  trkh  tome- 
thins  grtaVwoA  amaaiof ;  and  at  the  same  time 
bow  IHtk^  la  proportion  ooe  la  alllBCted  with  the 
lotlde  of  a  Gothic  cathedral,  atthoneb  It  be  fire 
times  larffT  than  the  other.  AoDiion. 

We  are  not  a  IKfle  p1«n«ed  to  find  every  ficm 
leaf  twarm  with  mlllloni  of  anlmab,  that  at  their 
targnt  growth  are  not  visible  to  the  naked  eye. 


An  animal  no  Mffvr  than  •  mile  enanoC  ap- 
pear perft^t  to  the  eje,  because  the  sifht  taken 
It  In  at  once.  AoDiiOB. 

AmoBf:  all  the  fignras  of  archMectnre,  th«» 
are  none  that  have  a  greater  air  than  the  eon- 
cate  and  the  coof  es.  Adooow. 

Snre  be  that  made  os  with  snch  targ9  diicoQne, 
Looking  bHbre  and  after,  gave  ni  not 
That  capability  and  godlike  reason. 
To  mat  In  us  onnsM. 


Amaxlof:  clouds  on  clonda  continnal  heapVi, 
Or  whirrd  tempettaous  by  the  gasty  wind. 
Or  silent  borne  along  heaty  and  dow. 
With  the  big  itoraa  of  stieaminf  oceans  daig'd. 

Thoiuom. 

GREAT,   GRAND,   SUBLIBfS. 

These  terms  are  synonymous  only 
in  the  moral  application.  GREAT 
simply  designates  extent;  GRAND 
includes  likewise  the  idea  of  excel- 
lence and  inperiority.  A  great  un- 
dertaking characterizes  only  the  ex* 
tent  of  the  undertaking ;  a  grand  un- 
dertaking bespeaks  its  superior  excel- 
lence: great  objects  are  seen  with 
facility;  grand  objects  are  \iewed 
with  admiration.  It  is  a  great  point 
to  make  a  person  sensible  or  bis 
fiiults ;  it  should  be  the  grand  aim  of 
all  to  aspire  after  moral  and  religious 
improvement. 

Grand  and  SUBLIME  are  both 
superior  to  ^reat ;  but  the  former 
marks  tlie  dimension  of  greatnetii 
the  latter,  from  the  Latin  subiiadSf 
desii^nates  that  of  height  A  scent 
may  be  either  grand  or  Mublime :  it  is 
grand  as  it  fills  tlie  imagination  with 
its  immensity ;  it  is  aublime  as  it  ele- 
vates the  imagination  beyond  the  sur- 
rounding and  less  important  objects. 
There  is  something  grand  in  the  sight 
of  a  vast  army  moving  forward,  as  it 
were  by  one  impulse;  there  is  some- 
thing peculiarly  sublime  in  the  sight  of 
huge  mouutaius  and  craggy  diflb  of 
ice,   shaped    into   yaiiout    fimtttdo 


GROAN. 


GROSS. 


599 


ing  commence  ^hen  the  lamentation 
ceases. 

As  epithets,  grievous^  numrnjul^  and 
lamentahUy  have  a  similar  distinction. 
What  presses  hard  on  the  person,  the 
property,  the  connexions,  and  circum- 
stances of  a  person  is  grievous ;  what 
touches  the  tender  feelings,  and  tears 
asunder  the  ties  of  kindred  and  friend- 
ship, is  mournful ;  whatever  excites  a 
painful  sensation  in  our  minds  is  /a- 
mentable.     Famine  is  a  grievous  cala- 
mity for  a  nation  ;  the  violent  separa- 
tion of  friends  by  death  is  a  mournful 
event  at  all  times,  but  particularly  so 
for  those  who  are  in  the  prime  of  life 
and   the  fulness  of  expectation;  the 
ignorance   which  some    persons    dis^ 
cover  even  ,in  the  present  cultivated 
state  of  society  is  truly  lamentable. 
Grievous  misfortunes  come  but  sel- 
dom,   although   they  sometimes  fall 
thickly  on  an  individual ;  a  mournful 
tale  excites  our  pity  from  the  persua- 
sion of  its  veracity;  but  lamentable 
stories  are  often  fabricated  for  sinister 
purposes. 

Achatn,  tbn  eorapaokm  of  bU  bmtt. 
Goes  grUvittfr  by  his  side,  with  eqoal  cares  op* 
prcss'd.  D»Yimir« 

My  brother>  frI«Hi(Ifl  nnd  dan|;hter  left  behind, 
Falxe  to  them  all,  to  Paris  oaly  kind; 
For  this  I  monrny  till  grief  or  dire  disease 
Shall  wa<te  the  form,  whose  crime  K  «u  to 
ple5i«ie.  Por«. 

So  do^  In  popl:ir  *hRd«,  her  children  gonr. 
The  mother  niehtin{rale  lamenU  nictut*  DiiTDKir. 

GRIEVED,    V.  Soriy. 

GRIM,  V.  Hideous. 

TO  GRIPE,  V.  To  lay  hold, 

TO  GRIPE,  v.  To  press* 
GRISLY,  V.  Hideous. 

TO   GROAN,    MOAN. 

GROAN  and  MOAN  are  both  an 
onoinatopeia,  from  the  sounds  which 
they  express.  Groan  is  a  deep  sound 
produced  by  hard  breathing:  moan  is  a 
plaintive  long-drawn  sound  produced 
by  the  organs  of  utterance.  The  groan 
proceeds  involuntarily  as  an  expres- 
sion of  severe  puin,  either  of  body 
or  mind  :  the  moan  proceeds  often  from 
the  desire  of  awakening  attention  or 
exciting  compassion.  Dying  groans 
sure  uttered  in  the  agonies  of  death : 


the  moam  of  a  wounded  sufferer  are 
sometimes  the  only  resource  he  has 
left  to  make  his  destitute  case  known. 

The  plain  os,  wbos^  toll, 
PillaBt  and  erer  iendy,clothea  the  land 
With  all  the  pomp  of  harvest,  shall  he  bleed. 
And  stroj^ling  ffoan  beneath  the  cmel  hands 
E*en  of  Che  clown  he  ferdt  ?  Taomaojc. 

The  fair  Alexh  lovM,  bat  IotM  In  vain. 
And  nndemeath  the  beachen  shade,  atone. 
Thus  Co  the  woods  and  monntaiiis  made  hie 
f$iaaru  Dbtoxx. 

GROSS,    COARSE. 

GROSS  derives  its  meaning  in  this  * 
application   from  the    Latin  crassus 
thick  from  fat,  or  that  which  is  of 
common  materials. 
COARSE,  V,  Coarse, 
These  terms  are  synonymous  in  the 
moral  application.   Grossness  of  habit 
is  opposcKi  to  delicacy ;  coarseneu  to 
softness  and   refinement.     A  person 
becomes  gross  by  an  unrestrained  in- 
dulgence of  his  sensual  appetites;  par- 
ticularly in  eating  and  dnnking;  lie  is 
coarse  tVom  the  want  of  polish  either 
as  to  his  mind  or  manners.     A  ^ross 
sensualist  approximates  very  nearly  to 
the  brute;    he  sets  aside  all  moral 
considerations ;  he  indulges  himself  in 
the  open  face  of  day  in  defiance  of  all 
decency  :  a  coarse  person  approaches 
nearest  to  the  savage,  whose  rough- 
nesses of  humour  and  inclination  have 
not  been  refined  down  by  habits  of 
restraining   bis  own    will,  and   com- 
plying with  the  will  of  another.     A 
gross  expression  conveys  the  idea  of 
that  which  should  be  Kept  from  the 
view  of  the  mind,  which  shocks  the 
moral    feeling;   a   coarse  expression 
conveys  the  idea  of  an  unseemly  sen* 
timent  in  the  mind  of  the  speaker. 
The  representations  of  the  Deity  by 
any  sensible  imago  is  gross,  because 
it  gives  us  a  low  and  grovelling  idea  of 
a  superior  being;  the  doinjg  a  kind- 
ness, and  making  the  receiver  at  the 
same  time  sensible  of  your  superiority 
and  his  dependance,  indicates  great 
coarseness  in  the  character  of  the  ficH 
TOurer. 

A  certain  pveparatioa  b  reqvisite  for  the  ca* 
joyment  of  defotlon  In  Us  whole  extent:  a^ 
onljr  a»«t  the  llfys  bs  reTormed  from  fresf  enor* 
Mktas,  but  the  heart  mn%t  bate  nndeffone  Chit 
change  which  the  Goapel  deaudi.  Buuu 

The  reSnad  plctMn»  9i  a  plow  mM  m^  la 
S   M 


GUARD. 


GUARD. 


531 


What  ft  dreadrfel  tklng  ti  a  atandiaf  army,  far 
<he  COD  dud  of  tbe  «bole,  or  aoj  part  of  wblc|i« 
00  one  is  retpontikle.  Buiftc 

No  man*!  mUtake  will  be  able  to  wmrrmnt  an 
uigust  sunniae,  much  k;t»  jofttifj  a  f^fite  cen- 
sure. SotTU* 

GUARD,  V.  Fence. 

TO  GUARD,  DEFBND,  WATCH. 

GUARD  is  but  a  variation  of 
fcardy  which  comes  from  the  Teutonic 
wahren  to  look  to. 

DEFEND,  V,  Apology^  anil  to  de- 
fend. 

'  WATCH  and  WAKE,  through  the 
medium  of  the  northern  languages,  are 
derived  from  the  Latin  vigil  watchful, 
vigeo  to Jkuriikf  and  tlie  Greek  »yaXKm 
to  exult  or  be  in  spirits. 

Guard  seems  to  include  in  it  the 
idea  of  both  defend  and  watchj  in  as 
much  as  one  aims  to  keep  off  danger, 
by  personal  etforts;  guard  compre- 
hends the  signification  of  de/tnd,  w 
as  much  as  one  employs  one'>s  eyes 
and  attention  to  detect  the  danger. 
Gtiarci  comprehends  the  idea  of  watch; 
one  defends  and  watches,  therefore, 
when  one  guards  ;  but  one  does  not 
always  guard  when  one  defends  or 
watches. 

To  defend  is  employed  in  a  case  of 
actual  attack ;  to  ^luird  is  to  defend^ 
by  preventing  the  attack :  the  soldier 
guards  the  palace  of  the  king  in  time 
of  peace ;  he  defends  the  power  and 
kingdom  of  his  prince  in  time  of  war, 
or  the  person  of  the  king  in  the  field 
of  battle  :  one  guards  in  cases  where 
resistance  is  requisite,  and  attack  is 
threatened ;  one  watches  in  cases 
where  an  unresisting  enemy  is  appre- 
hended :  soldiers  or  armed  men  are 
employed  to  guard  those  who  are  in 
custody  ;  children  are  set  to  v>atch  the 
corn  which  is  threatened  by  the  birds: 
hence  it  is  that  those  are  termed 
guards  who  surround  the  person  Of 
the  monarch,  and  those  are  termed 
watchmen  who  are  employed  by  night, 
to  watch  for  thieves  and  give  the 
alarm,  rather  than  make  any  attack. 

In  the  improper  application  they 
have  a  similar  sense:  modesty  guards 
female  honor ;  it  enables  her  to  pre- 
sent a  bold  front  to  the  daring  vio- 
lator: clothing  defends  against  tbe 
inclemency  of  the  weather :  a  person 
whu  wants  to  escape  watch^  his  op- 


portunity to  slip  out  unobserved.  The 
love  of  his  subjects  is  the  king's  great- 
est ^eguard ;  walls  are  no  defence 
•gainst  an  enraged  multitude;  it  is 
necessary  for  every  man  to  set  a  watch 
upon  his  lips,  lest  he  suffer  that  to 
escape  from  him  of  which  he  may 
afterwards  repent. 

M9^»f*J  li  not  only  an  ornaaMat,  but  alio  a 
guard  to  Tirtve.  AoMtOR. 

FofthwMi  on  all  vide*  to  hia  aM  vat  Tva, 
Bj  angeU  maoj  anditfDiV»  who  iaterpoa'd 
Defence,  Miltom. 

Bnt  we  thf  «elUp1oai*d  beanecome^noddlasoQ, 
Stately  Hnd  tlov,  aad  properly  attended 
By  tke  wliato  «Ue  trlbe«  chat  painful  watek 
Tbe  lick  iaao*k  door,  and  live  upon  the  de4d. 

BuLin. 

GUARD,    SBNTINBL. 

These  terms  are  all  employed  to  de- 
sigjnate  those  who  are  employed  for 
the  protection  of  either  persons  or 
things. 

llie  GUARD  has  been  explained 
above  (p.  To  guard);  the  S^NTI- 
NEI^  in  French  len^iiie/^,  is  properly 
a  species  ofguard,  namely*  a  military 
guird  in  tbe  time  of  a  campaign : 
any  one  may  be  set  as  guar^  over 
property,  who  is  empowered  to  keep 
off  every  intruder  by  force;  but  the 
sentinel  acts  in  the  army  as  the  watch 
(9.  To  guard)  in  the  police,  rather  to 
observe  the  motions  of  the  enemy, 
than  to  repel  any  forces 

Fnt  aa  he  eoald,  he  aisbfa;  qaltt  tbe  valla, 
And  thoa  deaceoding,0D  tbe  guartU  he  calk. 

Pon. 

Oae  of  tbe  ienttneb,  who  stood  on  the  sltgt 
to  prevent  diaorder,  burst  into  tearv.         Btkili. 

Cooaeience  ia  tbe  $enHnei  of  vfrtae.  Joasaoii. 

GUARD,  GUARDIAM. 

TuBSE  words  are  derived  from  the 
vnb guard  (v.  To  guard);  bat  they 
have  actiuired  a  distinct  offict. 

GUAIID  is  used  eidier  in  the  lite- 
Mml  or  figurative  sense ;  GUARDIAN 
unly  in  the  improper  sense.  Gtsmrd 
is  applied  either  to  persons  or  things ; 
gumrdian  only  to  persons.  In  appli- 
cation to  persons,  the  g^ttrd  is  tem- 
porary; the  giian/Miii  is  tixed  and  per- 
manent :  xJbteg^ard  <m\y  guards  against 
external  evils  ;  the  guardian  takin 
upon  him  the  olhceof  parent,  (x>unba^ 
lor,  and  director :  when  a  house  ia  in 
danger  of  being  attacked,  a  peiaoo  nma 
sit  up  as  a  guard;  whan  the  paiaot  y 


GUILTLESS. 


GUILTY. 


535 


The  Bible  is  our  best  guide  dor 
moral  practice ;  the  doctrines  as  in- 
terpreted in  the  articles  of  the  esta- 
blisiied  church  are  the  best  rule  of  faith 
for  every  Christian. 

Yoa  must  first  apply  to  rellcloa  at  the  guide 
of  life,  before  you  can  have  recoune  to  It  as 
the  refoge  of  sorroir.  Blahu 

There  ivMtmethin;  so  wildf  and  jet  to  solemn. 
In  Shakspeare's  speeches  of  hto  gbotts  and  ftUrles, 
and  the  like  imaf^nary  penons,  that  we  eaonoC 
forbear  thinking  them  natunl,  tbongh  we  hafe 
oo  rule  hj  which  to  jadgethem.  Atattaon. 

GUiLK,  V.  Deceit. 

GUILTLESS,  INNOCENT, 
HARMLESS. 

GUILTLESS,  without  guilt.h  more 
than  INNOCENT:  innocence^  from 
noceo  to  hurt,  extends  no  farther  than 
the  quality  of  not  hurting  by  any 
direct  act ;  guiltless  comprehends  the 
quality  of  not  intending  to  hurt:  it  is 
possible,  therefore,  to  be  innocent  with- 
out being  guiltlesSy  though  not  vice 
vers6  :  he  who  wishes  for  the  death  of 
another  is  not  guiltless,  though  he  may 
be  innocent  of  the  crime  of  murder. 
Guiltless  seems  to  regard  a  man's 
general  condition;  innocent  his  par- 
ticular condition :  no  man  is  guilts 
less  in  the  sight  of  God,  for  no  man  is 
exempt  from  the  guilt  of  sin ;  but  he 
may  be  innocent  in  the  sight  of  men, 
or  innocent  of  ail  such  intentional  of- 
fences as  render  him  obnoxious  to  his 
fellow  creatures.  GuiUlessness  was 
that  happy  state  of  perfection  which 
men  lust  at  the  fall ;  innocence  is  that 
relative  or  comparative  state  of  perf 
faction  which  is  attainable  here  on 
earth  :  the  highest  state  of  innocence 
is  an  ignorance  of  evil. 

Ah  !  whj  should  all  maaUad 
For   one   man's  faoU  that    guilUeu  be  cos- 

demnVI, 
If  gviltifgs  jf  But  from  me  wh^t  can  proceed 
Bat  all  corrupt  f  MitTOV. 

When  Adam  sees  the  seTcral  changes  of  na- 
ture about  him,  he  appears  In  a  disortler  of  mind 
suitable  to  one  who  Jiad  forfeited  both  his  inne- 
cence  and  liis  happiness.  Amnsoir. 

Guiltless  is  in  the  proper  sense  ap- 
plicable only  to  the  condition  of  man  ; 
and  when  applied  to  things,  it  still 
has  a  reference  to  the  person :  tnno* 
cent  is  equally  applicable  to  persons 
or  things ;  a  j^rson  is  innocent  who 
lias  not  committed  any  injury,  or  has 


not  any  direct  purpose  to  commit  any 
injury;  or  a  conversation  is  innocent 
which  is  free  from  what  is   hurtful, 
/iinocen^  and  HARMLESS  both  re- 
commend themselves  as  qnalities  ne- 
gatively good ;  they  designate  a  free« 
dom  either  in  the  person  or  thing  to 
injure,    and    differ  only  in  regard  to 
the  nature  of  the  injury :  innocence 
respects  moral  injury,  and  harmless 
physical  injury:    a  person  is   inno- 
cent who  is  free  from  moral  impurity 
and  wicked  purposes ;  he  is  harmless 
if  he  have  not  the  power  or  dispo- 
sition  to  commit  any  violence;  a  di- 
version is  innocent  which  has  nothing 
in  it  likely  to  corrupt  the  morals ;  a 
game  is  harmless  which  is  not  likely 
to  inflict  any  wound,  or  endanger  the 
health. 

But  from  the  monntafai^  puvj  aide, 

A  fuiUUu  feast  I  bring; 
A  tcrip  with  fruits  and  berba  supplied. 

And  water  from  the  spring.  Goumhith, 

A  man  should  endeavour  to  make  the  sphere 
of  bis  fimoeent  pleatoren  at  wide  at  possible, 
that  he  may  retire  Into  them  with  tafetj. 

Addooit. 
Fall  on  bis  breaat  the  Trq$an  arrow  fell. 
Bat  lutrmU9§  bounded  from  the  plated  tteeL 

Apoiaojit 

GUiLTy,  V.  CriminaU 

GUISE,    HABIT. 

GUISE  and  wise  are  both  derivec) 
from  the  northern  languages,  and  de- 
note the  manner ;  but  the  former  is 
employed  for  a  particular  or  distin- 
guished manner  of  flress. 

HABIT,  from  the  Latin  habitus 
a  habit,  fashion,  or  form^  is  taken  for  a 
settled  or  permanent  mode  of  dress. 

The  guise  is  that  which  is  unusual, 
and  often  only  occasional ;  the  hahit 
is  that  which  is  usual  amongst  partica- 
lar  classes :  a  person  sometimes  assumes 
the  g^ise  of  a  peasant,  in  order  the 
better  to  conceal  himself;  he  who  de- 
votes himself  to  the  clerical  profession 
puts  on  the  habit  of  a  clergvm^. 

Annbis,  SpUnz, 
Idels  of  antique  guitt^  and  homed  Pun, 
Terrific,  monstrous  shapes  I  Drsaf 

For  tis  the  mind  that  makes  tbe  body  ricb. 
And  as  the  sun  breaks  through  tbe  darkest  ckm4 
So  honour  appeareth  in  tbe  meaoeit  haMt. 


GULF,  ABYSS. 

GULF,  in  Greek  mav«  &q|d  «fA 


HAPPINESS. 


HAPPY, 


8S5 


either  happtnesa  or  felicity,  both  as  to 
the  degree  and  nature  of  the  enjo^r- 
ineDt.  Happiness  is  the  thing  adapt- 
ed to  our  present  condition,  and  to 
the  nature  of  our  being,  as  a  coio- 
pound  of  body  and  sool ;  it  is  impure 
in  its  nature,  and  variable  in  degree ; 
it  is  sought  for  by  various  means  and 
with  great  eagerness ;  but  it  often  lies ' 
much  more  within  our  reach  than  we 
are  apt  to  imagine  :  it  is  not  to  be 
found  in  the  possession  of  great  wealth, 
of  great  power,  of  great  dominions,  of 
great  splendor,  or  the  unbounded  in- 
dulgence of  any  one  appetite  or  de- 
sire ;  but  it  is  to  be  found  in  moder 
rate  possessions,  with  a  heart  temper- 
ed by  religion  and  virtue,  for  the  ei>» 
joyment  of  that  which  God  has  be> 
stowed  upon  us :  it  is,  therefore,  not 
so  unequally  distributed  as  some  bare 
been  led  to  conclude. 

Happiness  admits  of  degrees,  since 
every  individual  is  placed  in  different 
circumstances,  either  of  body  or  mind, 
which  fit  him  to  be  more  or  less  happy. 
Felicity  is  not  regarded  in  the  same 
light ;  it  is  that  which  is  positive 
and  independent  of  all  drcurastances : 
domestic  felicity,  and  conjugal  Jeli- 
city,  are  regarded  as  moral  enjoyments, 
abstracted  from  every  thing  which  can 
serve  as  an  alloy .  Bliss  is  that  which 
is  purely  spiritual ;  it  has  its  source  ia 
the  imagination,  and  rises  above  the 
ordinary  level  of  homan  enjoyments  : 
of  earthly  bliss  little  is  known  but  in 
poetry ;  of  heavenly  bliss  we  form  but 
an  imperfect  conception  from  the 
utmost  stretch  of  our  powers.  Bless- 
edness is  a  term  of  spiritual  import 
which  refers  to  the  happ^  condition  of 
those  who  enjoy  the  Divine  favor,  and 
are  permitted  to  have  a  foretaste  of 
heavenly  bliss,  by  the  exaltation  of 
their  minds  above  earthly  happiness. 
Beatitude  denotes  the  quality  of  hap* 
pifiess  only  which  is  most  exalted; 
namely,  heavenly  happissess, 

Ab !  wMtlMtr  mw  «i«  tad 
Thoie  dreams  of  ffreaCnefli  }  them  mmoSUi  htf^ 
Of  hupfintu  t  T«oMM«* 

No  gmttt  ftUtUf  em  geoiM  atlaia  Itaa 
that  «f  hmvins  pnrified  intellactml  plnunre, 
separated  mlrtb  TroB  indeewejr,  aid  wM  from 
Deenttoofaens.  Jo^msoh'. 

The  fond  tool, 
Wmft  In  fef  vWont  f*f  nnteni  ftMn, 
StiU  paints  lb*  iHuiive  form.  Tiiomaovi 

In  th«  danflpCiaa  of  bMV€»  and  bell  ip» 


mmeSf  totetfertad,  aa  «n  an*  all  to  rcaide  ban- 
after  either  tn  the  r^ioni  of  honor  or  of  btUs, 

JOHMSOH. 

So  toTId  a  comfort  to  men,  under  all  the  tnm- 
hhe  and  atBlctlonf  of  thb  world,  h  that  drm  m- 
MiMce  which  the  Cfartotiaa  reHflon  gtves  a*  of  a 
f atara  kairfi$te$h  «•  to  brinf  tfra  the  gnataaft 
aidaerlea  which  in  this  lll«t  we  am  liable  to»  In 
some  Mvee,  onJer  the  notion  of  bUtaednen. 

TlUOTtOH. 

At  In  the  next  world,  so  In  this,  the  only  solid 
Mcmlngs  are  owing  to  the  foodnem  of  the  mlnd» 
oat  the  extent  of  the  capacity;  Mendabip  here  la 
an  eoBaaatloa  fram  tbe  same  sonrea  as  keatthU^ 


HAPPINESS,  V.  IVelUbeiTig. 

HAPPY,    FORTUNATB. 

HAPPY  and  FORTUNATE  are  both 
applied  to  the  external  circumstances 
of  a  man ;  but  the  former  conveys  the 
idea  of  that  which  is  abstractedly 
good,  the  latter  implies  rather  what  is 
agreeable  to  one's  wishes.  A  man  is 
happy  in  his  marriage,  in  his  children, 
in  bis  cx)nnections,  and  the  like :  he  is 
fortunate  in  his  trading  concerns. 
Happy  excludes  the  idea  of  chance ; 
fortunate  excludes  the  idea  of  per- 
sonal effort :  a  man  is  happy  in  the 
possession  of  what  he  gets ;  he  is  ^br- 
tunate  in  getting  it. 

In  the  improper  sense  they  bear  a 
similar  analogy.  A  happy  thought,  a 
happy  expression,  a  nappy  turn,  a 
happy  event,  and  the  like,  denotes  a 
degree  of  positive  axcellence;  Sk  for- 
tunate idea,  sl  fortunate  ctrcumstanoe, 
a  fortunate  event,  are  all  relatively 
considered,  with  regard  to  the  wishes 
and  views  of  the  individual. 

O  happy^  If  be  knew  bis  happp  state, 
TbeswsiD,  who,  tnte  trem  baslness  ud  detete. 
Receives  bis  easy  food  Afom  Mtafe^  bawd. 
And  jwt  ratnms  of  cnMvaled  land.      DavMtK 

VIrit  flw  fnyest  and  rnDsk  JkHuMtOe  em  mmk 
«Mf  witb  aieeplcm  nlcfcls,  disorder  any  alibis 
oifan  of  the  teases,  and  yon  dall  (wOl)  present^ 
see  W*  giiety  vaaisb.  Btiia. 

HARAMGUK,  V,  Address. 
TO  HARASS,  9.  To  distrcss. 
TO  HARASS,  V,  To  weoTy. 
HARBiNGBR,  V.  F&re^^/wmer, 

HARBOR,    BAVBN,    PORT. 

Thb  idWi  of  a  rae^as-plaoe  ibr  Tea* 
sals  19  common  to  tMse  tarns,  <yf 
wMch  HARBOR  »  genmO,  and  tlM 
two  others  speciiicin  their  significaHtim. 

AridTt  from  tii»  TaotMue  Aef4«r- 


HARD. 


HARD. 


537 


solid  man  holds  no  purposes  that  are 
not  well  founded.  A  man  is  hardened 
in  that  which  is  bad,  by  being  made 
insensibie  to  that  which  is  good :  a 
man  is  confirmed  in  any  thing  good 
or  bud,  by  being  rendered  less  dis- 
posed to  lay  it  aside;  his  mind  is 
consolidated  by  acquiring  fresh  motives 
fur  action. 

I  lee  yoa  labonrins  tbronch  ftll  jovr  inooo- 
veDleooM  of  the  roagh  roods,  the  hard  nddle, 
the  trottiDg  bone,  and  what  noC  Pors. 

The  looeeaM  toe 
Ruvtlai  no  more ;  but  to  tbe  tedgj  bank 
Fa*t  {;row«,  or  lathers  round  tbe  pointed  tton«, 
A  crjrstal  paTement,  by  the  breath  oTheavea 
Cemented  firm.  THoaeoil. 

A  copious  manner  of  exprevlon  girea  ttrength 
and  weight  to  our  Ideas,  which  frequently  makaa 
itnprfMionii  upon  the  mind,  as'lron  doei  upoo 
9<Hid  bivUes,  rather  bj  repaated  ttrokea  than  a 
•Ingle  blow.         Meuiotii**  Lbttuu  of  Pumr. 

HARD,     CALLOUS,     HARDENED, 
OBDURATE. 

HARD  is  here,  as  in  the  former 
case  (r.  Hard),  the  general  term,  and 
tlie  rc^t  particular :  hard,  in  its  most 
extensive  physical  sense,  denotes  tbe 
property  of  resisting  the  action  of  ex- 
ternal force,  so  as  not  to  undergo  any 
change  in  its  form,  or  separation  in 
its  parts :  CAULOUS  is  that  species 
of  the  hard,  in  application  to  the  skin, 
which  arises  from  its  dryness,  and  the 
absence  of  all  nervous  susceptibility. 
Hard  and  callous  are  likewise  applied 
in  the  moral  sense  :  but  hard  denotes 
the  absence  of  tender  feeling,  or  the 
property  of  resisting  any  impression 
■which  tender  objects  are  apt  to  pro- 
duce ;  callous  denotes  tbe  property  of 
not  yielding  to  the  force  of  motives 
to  action.  A  hard  heart  cannot  be 
moved  by  the  sight  of  misery,  let  it 
be  presented  in  ever  so  affecting  a 
form :  a  callous  mind  is  not  to  be 
touched  by  any  persuasions  howeVer 
powerful. 

Hard  does  not  designate  any  cir- 
cumstance of  its  existence  or  ori* 
gin  :  we  may  be  hard  from  a  variety 
of  causes ;  but  callousness  arises  from 
the  indulgence  of  vices,  passions,  and 
the  pursuit  of  vicious  practices. 
When  we  speak  of  a  person  as  hard^ 
it  simply  determines  what  he  is  :  if 
we  speak  of  him  as  callous,  it  refers 
also  to  what  he  was,  and  from  what 
tie  is  become  so. 


Callous,  HARDENED,  and  OB- 
DURATE, are  nil  employed  to  desig- 
nate the   morally  depraved   state  of 
a   man's  character:   but  callousness 
belongs  properly  to  the    heart    and 
affections  ;  hardened  to  both  the  heart 
and    the    understanding;     obdurate 
more  particularly  to  the  will.     Cal^ 
lousness  is  the  6rst  stage  of  hardness 
in  moral  depravity ;  it  may  exist  in  the 
infant  mind,  on  its  first  tasting  the 
poisonous  pleasures  of  vice,  without 
being  acquainted  with  its  remote  con- 
sequences.   A  hardened  state  is  the 
work  of  time ;  it  arises  from  a  con- 
tinued course  of  vice,  which  becomes 
as  it  were  habitual,  and   unfits  the 
whole  person   for  admitting  of  any 
other   impressions ;    obduracy  is   the 
last  stage  of  moral  hardness,  which 
supposes  the  whole  mind  to  be  ob- 
stinately bent  on  vice.    A  child  dis- 
covers himself  to  be  callous,  in  whom 
the  tears  and  entreaties  of  a  parent 
cannot  awaken  a  single  sentiment  of 
contrition;   a  youth  discovers  him- 
self to  be  hardened  who  begins  to 
take  a  pride  and  a  pleasure  in  his 
▼icioas  career ;  a  man  shows  himself 
to  be  obdurate  when  he  betrays  a  set- 
tled and  confirmed  purpose  to  pursue 
his  abandoned  course,  without/egard 
to  conseqoences. 

Snch  woea 
Kot  e'en  the  hardett  of  our  foet  could  bear, 
Kor  ttem  UljMea  tell  witbouC  a  tear.     DavMn. 

Bj  degrees  tbe  lenie  (Erows  eaUout,  and  loaei 
tiMK  ezquUlte  relish  of  trttea.  Bbbkblict. 

Hb  hardened  heart,  norprajren,  nor  threatenloge 

move; 
Fate  mad  the  godi  bad  ttopp'd  Uaaan  Co  lore. 

Davonb 

Eovnd  be  Chrova  Us  balelbl  eyes, 
TImit  vtaMsaM  hat»  aObetloa  and  disoMiy, 
MU*d  with  abdunue  pdde  aod  sididfkit  hate. 

Ml£T01l» 

HARD,    HARDY,    INSENSIBLE, 
UNFEELING. 

HARD  (v.  Hard)  may  either  be 
applied  to  that  which  makes  resist- 
ance to  external  impressions,  or  that 
which  presses  with  a  force  upon  other 
objects :  HARDY,  which  is  only  a  va- 
riation of  hard,  is  applicable  only  in  the 
first  case :  thus,  a  person's  skin  may 
be  hard,  which  is  not  easily  acted 
upon ;  but  the  person  is  said  to  be 
hardy  who  can  withstand  the  eleoMiiCt  t 


HASTEN. 


HATE. 


S^i 


our  power  to  expedite  a  business  :  we 
dispatch  a  great  deal  of  business  with- 
in a  given  time.  Expedition  is  re- 
quisite for  one  who  executes ;  dispatch 
is  most  important  for  one  who  deter- 
mines  and  directs.  An  inferior  officer 
must  proceed  with  expedition  to  fulfil 
the  orders,  or  execute  the  purposes  of 
his  commander ;  a  general  or  minister 
of  state  dispatches  the  concerns  of 
planning,  directing,  and  instructing, 
hence  it  is  we  3pea!k  only  of  expedite 
ing  a  thing;  but  we  may  speak  of  (/is- 
patching  a  person,  as  well  as  a  thing. 
Every  man  hastens  to  remoye  his 
property  in  case  of  fire.  Those  who 
are  anxious  to  bring  any  thing  to  an 
end  will  do  every  tbmg  in  their  power 
to  accelerate  its  progress.  Those  who 
arc  sent  on  any  pressing  errand  will 
do  great  service  by  using  speed.  The 
success  of  a  military  progress  depends 
often  on  the  expedition  with  which  it 
is  conducted.  In  the  counting-bouse 
and  the  cabinet,  dispatch  is  equally 
important;  as  we  cannot  do  more  than 
one  thing  at  a  time,  it  is  of  importance 
to  get  that  quickly  concluded  to  make 
way  for  another. 

Where  with  like  haste,  tbovgb  wfcral  traji  Aej 

ran. 
Some  to  ando,  and  aome  to  be  nndoiie.  Dkiihak. 

Let  the  ag<>d  coDiider  well,  that  bj  every  In- 
temperate indulgence  tbej  aeeeleraU  decav. 

Blaib. 

The  coachman  «a«  ordered  to  drhre,  and  thcj 
hurried  with  th«  utmost  expedition  to  Hjdi*  Park 
Corner.  Johhsov. 

And  a%  in  races,  M  It  not  the  large  ttiMe,  or 
high  lift,  that  makes  the  «pceif;  so.  In  bvshie«s 
the  koepinp;  close  to  the  matter,  aad  not  takiac 
of  it  too  much  at  once,  procnreth  diapaich, 

Bacoit. 

TO  HASTEN,    HURRY. 

HASTEN,  V.  To  hasten. 

HURRY,  in  French  harier,  pro- 
bably comes  from  the  Hebrew  charrer 
or  harrer  to  be  inflamed,  or  be  in  a 
hurry. 

To  hasten  and  hurry  both  imply 
to  move  forward  with  quickness  in 
any  matter ;  but  the  former  may 
proceed  with  some  design  and  good 
order,  but  the  latter  always  supposes 
perturbation  and  irregularity.  We 
hasten  in  the  communication  of  good 
news,  when  we  make  efforts  to  convey 
it  in  the  shortest  time  possible;  we 
hurry  to  get  to  an  end,  when  we  impa- 


tiently and  inconsiderately  press  for- 
ward without  making  choice  of  our 
means.  To  hasten  is  opposed  to  delay 
or  a  dilatory  mode  of  proceeding ;  it  is 
frequently  indispensable  to  Aos/enin  the 
affairs  of  human  life :  to  hurry  is  op 
posed  to  deliberate  and  cautious  pro- 
ceeding; it  must  always  be  prejudicial 
and  unwise  to  hurry:  men  may 
hasten;  children  hurry. 

As  epithets,  hasty  and  hurried  are 
both  employed  in  the  bad  sense ;  bat 
hasty  implies  merely  an  overquicknesa 
of  motion  which  outstrips  considera- 
tion ;  hurried  implies  a  disorderly  mo 
tion  which  springs  from  a  distempered 
state  of  mind.  Irritable  people  use 
hasty  expressions ;  they  speak  before 
they  think :  deranged  people  walk  with 
hurried  steps;  they  follow  the  blind 
impulse  of  undirected  feeling. 

Hon^,  to  prgserve  the  oalty  of  action,  fuutent 
iBto  the  nridst  of  tkfof»,  at  Horace  bas  observed. 

AODIiOM. 

Now  *tN  aovrbt 
Bot  re«t1e«t  hurrj/  through  the  busy  air. 
Beat  bj  annnmberM  wingi.  TnoMsoir. 

HASTINESS,  V.  Roskness. 
HASTY,  V,  Cursory. 
HASTY,  V.  Angry. 

TO  HATE,  DETEST. 

HATE,  V,  Antipathy. 

DETESTv  V.  To  abhor. 

The  alliance  between  these  terms 
in  signification  is  sufficiently  illus- 
trated in  the  articles  referred  to.  Thel* 
difference  consists  more  in  sense  than 
application. 

To  hate  is  a  personal  feeling  directid 
towards  the  object  independently  '>f 
its  qualities;  to  detest  is  a  fbelisg 
independent  of  the  person,  and  alto- 
gether dependent  upon  the  nature  of 
the  thing.  What  one  hates^  one  hatis 
commonly  on  one's  own  account; 
what  one  detests^  one  detests  on  so- 
count  of  the  object :  hence  it  is  that 
one  hate^y  but  not  detests^  the  person 
who  lias  done  an  injury  to  one's  self; 
and  that  one  detests,  rather  than 
Ao/es,  the  person  whe  bas  done  in- 
juries to  others.  Joseph's  brethrtfi 
hated  him  because  he  was  more  bs- 
loved  than  they ;  we  detest  a  traitir 
to  his  country  because  of  the  enormity 
of  his  offence. 
9 


HAZARD. 


HfiALTftY. 


M5 


Who  knows  whcthn  tadlgMtlofi  vnj  noA 
fuccerd  to  terror,  miMl  the  reflf«I  t^Mgh  «•• 
timrata,  ipurninc  mvaj  the  illoiioa  oTMfefjr  par- 
•haaed  at  the  npence  of  glorjr,  maj  not  drive  «■ 
to  a  generous  despair.  Borkb. 

The  wis«  will  determine  from  th«  gravity  of  tbo 
ca«e ;  the  irritable,  from  seDslbitlty  to  oppret- 
Mnn ;  the  kighminded^  from  dl«d«fn  ami  Indlf^ 
nation  at  aboslve  power  in  unworthy  haoda* 


TO  HAUL  OR  HALR,  V.  To  draw» 
TO  HAUNT,  V.  TofreqtienL 

TO  HAZARD,  R!SK,  VBNTURB, 

HAZARD,  V.  Chance. 

RISK,  V.  Danger. 

VENTURE  is  the  same  as  ad?eii- 
ture  (t).  Event). 

Alk  these  terms  denote  actions  per- 
formed under  an  uncertainty  of  the 
event ;  but  hazard  bespeaks  a  want  of 
design  and  choice  on  the  part  of  the 
ageiit ;  to  rwfc  implies  a  dioice  of  al- 
ternatives ;  to  vtnture,  a  calcolation 
and  balance  of  probabilities  :  one  *<i- 
Mards  and  risks  under  the  fear  of  an 
evil ;  one  ventures  with  the  hope  of  a 
good.  He  who  hazards  an  opinion  or 
au  absertion  does  it  from  presumptu- 
ous feelings  and  upon  slight  ^nnds  ; 
chances  are  ratlier  against  him  than 
for  hira  that  it  may  prove  erroneous : 
he  who  risks  a  battle  does  it  often  from 
necessity ;  he  who  chooses  the  least  of 
two  evils,  although  the  event  is  dobi- 
ous,  vet  he  fears  less  from  a  failure 
than  from  inaction :  he  who  ventures 
on  a  mercantile  speculation  does  it 
fruui  a  love  of  ^ain ;  he  flatters  himself 
with  a  favorable  event,  and  acquires 
boldness  from  the  prospect. 

There  are  but  very  few  circum^ 
stances  to  justify  us  in  hazardinf^ ; 
there  may  be  several  occasions  which 
render  it  necessary  to  tisk,  and  very 
many  cases  in  which  it  may  be  advan- 
tageous to  venture. 

They  lUt  wllh  women  each  degen'rate  name. 
Who  dan»  not  hanard  life  for  future  fame. 

Dbybcr. 

If  the  adventnrer  ritquet  honour,  he  rUqnea 
more  than  the  knight.  H%w«i»woaT«. 

Socrates,  In  his  disconrse  before  Ms  death,  says, 
he  did  not  know  whether  his  body  sbaU  C«<m>><1) 
remain  after  death,  but  he  thought  so,  and  had 
such  hopes  of  It  tliat  he  was  very  willlogto  tren- 
turehU  life  upon  these  hopes.  TUMitoii. 

HAZARD,  V.  Clutnce* 
viEAO,  V.  Chief. 


BEABSTRONG,  V.  Ohstinatc. 
HBADY,  V.  Obstinate. 
TO  HEAL,  V.  To  cure. 

BBALTHY,   WHOLESOME,    SALU-* 
BRIOUS,  SALUTARY. 

HEALTHY  signifies  not  only  having 
healthy  but  also  causing  health* 

WHOLESOME,  like  the  German 
heilsam,  signifies  making  whole,  keep- 
ing whole  or  sound. 

SALUBRIOUS  and  SALUTARY, 
from  the  Latin  salut  safety  or  health, 
signify  likewise  contributive  to  health 
orjEood  in  general. 

'lliete  epithets  are  all  applicable  to 
such  objects  as  have  a  kindly  influence 
on  the  bodily  constitution :  healthy  it 
the  most  general  and  indefinite ;  it  if 
applied  to  exercise,  to  air,  situation, 
climate,  and  most  other  things,  but 
fbod,  (or  which  wholesome  is  commonly 
substituted :  the  life  of  a  farmer  is  rec- 
koned the  most  healthy  ;  and  the  sim* 
d|e8t  diet  is  the  most  wholesome* 
Mealthy  and  wholesome  are  rather 
negative  in  their  sense;  saluhriom 
and  salutary  are  positive:  that  is 
healthy  and  wholesome  which  does  no 
injurv  to  the  healih ;  that  is  salubrioui 
which  serves  to  improve  the  health  ; 
and  that  is  salutary  which  serves  to 
remove  a  disorder:  climates  f^ 
healthy  or  unhealthy ^  according  to  th« 
constitution  of  the  person ;  water  is  a 
wholesome  beverage  for  those  who  are^ 
not  dropsical;  bread  is  a  wholesome ^tt 
for  human  beings ;  the  air  and  climate 
of  southern  France  has  been  long  famed 
for  its  salubrity  f  and  has  induced  many 
invalids  to  repair  thither  fisr  theabene* 
fit  of  their  health ;  the  effects  have  not 
been  equally  salutary  in  all  cases  :  it 
is  the  concern  of  government  that  the 
places  destined  ror  the  public  educa- 
tion of  youth  should  l>e  in  healthy 
situations;  that  their  diet  shouM  he 
wholesome  rather  than  delicate;  and 
that  in  all  their  disorders  care  should 
be  taken  to  admistertbe  most  salutafy 
remedies. 

Wholesome  and  salutary  have  like- 
wise an  extended  and  moral  appti- 
cation;    healthy   and  salubrious  are* 
employed  only  in  the  proper  senee:  * 
wholesome  in  tnis  case  seems  to  coavcy 
the  idea  of  makinz  whole  asain  what  \ 
has  not  been  sonnci;  but  taaatnf'nf^' 
3n 


HEAVE. 


HEAVY. 


547 


WARM,  V.  Fire, 

SINCERE,  V.  Candid. 

CORDIAL,  from  cors  the  heart,  sig- 
nifies according  to  the  heart* 

H ear 1 1/  ^nd  warm" express  a  stronger 
feeling  than  sincere;  cordial  is  a 
mixture  of  the  warm  and  sincere. 
There  are  cases  in  which  it  may  he 
peculiarly  proper  to  be  hearty,  as 
when  vre  are  supporting  the  cause  of 
religion  and  virtue;  there  are  other 
cases  in  which  it  is  peculiarly  proper 
to  be  wamiy  as  when  the  affections 
ought  to  be  roused  in  favor  of  our 
friends ;  in  all  cases  we  ought  to  be 
sincere,  when  we  express  either  a  sen- 
timent or  a  feeling ;  and  it  is  pecu- 
liarly happy  to  be  on  terms  of  cordial 
regard  with  those  who  stand  in  any 
close  relation  to  us.  The  roan  himself 
should  be  hearty  ;  the  heart  should  be 
warm ;  the  professions  sincere ;  and 
the  reception  cordial. 

Yet  should  tome  neighbour  fe«l  a  pda ' 
Jolt  in  the  parts  where  I  compUlo, 
How  many  a  meMafre  would  be  Mod, 
What  Aearf^  imyers  that  I  iboiild  mead. 


Youth  it  the  wafon  of  tiwrm  and 
tloos. 


Blaib. 


I  hare  not  lince  we  imrted  beea  at  peace. 

Nor  known  one  joj  tincere.  Rows. 

With  a  gratitude  the  moiC  cardial,  a  good 
maa  looka  up  to  that  Almlj^tj  Beoefactor,  who 
aim«  at  no  enil  bat  the  happlncM  of  those  whom 
he  blesser.  Blur. 

HEAT,  V.  Fire. 
HEATHEN,  V.  GentiUs. 

TO    HEAVE,   V.   To   lift. 

TO   HEAVB,    SWELL. 

HEAVE  is  used  either  transitively 
or  intransitively,  as  a  reflective  or  a 
neuter  verb  ;  SWELL  is  used  only  as 
a  neuter  verb.  Heave  implies  raising, 
and  swell  implies  distension :  they 
dilTer  therefore  very  widely  in  sense, 
but  they  sometimes  agree  in  appli- 
cation. The  bosom  is  said  botn  to 
heave  and  to  swell ;  because  it  hap- 
pens that  the  bosom  swells  by  heaving ; 
the  waves  are  likewise  said  to  heaoe 
themselves  or  to  swell,  in  which  there 
IS  a  similar  correspondence  between 
the  actions :  otherwise  most  things 
which  heave  do  not  twell,  wad  those 
which  su>ell  do  not  heave. 

He  hravft  fftr  brtatb,  he  atagiefa  to  ud  firo. 


And  ekndi  of  famlof  amoke  hia  noatrilt  loudly 
btov.  DaTOE!(. 

Mean  time  the  OMOBtain  bfllows,  to  the  clonda 
U  draadftU  luonU,  twHCdwuge  abote  surge. 

THOMaoii. 

HBAVBNLY,  V.  Celestial. 

HEAVENLY,   V.  GodUke. 

HEAVINESS,  V.  Weight. 

HEAVY,    DULL,   DROWSY. 

HEAVY  is  allied  to  both  DULL 
and  DROWSY,  but  the  latter  have 
DO  close  connexion  with  each  other. 

Heavy  and  dull  are  employed  as 
epithets  both  for  persons  and  things ; 
heavy  characterizes  the  corporeal  state 
of  a  person  ;  dull  qualifies  the  spirits 
or  the  understanding  of  the  subject.  A 
person  has  a  heavy  look  whose  tem- 
perament seems  composed  of  gross 
and  weighty  materials  which  weigh 
him  down  and  impede  his  morements ; 
he  has  a  dull  countenance  in  whom 
the  ordinanr  brightness  and  vivacity 
of  the  mind  is  wanting :  heavy  is  either 
a  characteristic  of  the  constitution, 
or  only  a  temporary  state  arising  from 
external  or  internal  causes ;  duil  as  it 
respects  the  frame  of  the  spirits,  is  a 
partial  state,  as  it  respects  the  mental 
vigor,  it  is  a  characteristic  of  the  in- 
dividual. It  is  a  misfortune  frequently 
attached  to  those  of  a  corpulent  habit 
to  be  very  heavy :  there  is  no  one  who 
from  the  changes  of  the  atmosphere 
may  not  be  occasionally  heavy.  Those 
who  have  no  resources  in  themselves 
are  always  dull  in  solitude :  those  who 
are  not  properly  instructed,  or  have  a 
deficiency  of  capacity,  will  appear  diUi 
in  all  matters  of  learning. 

Heavy  is  either  properly  or  im- 
properly applied  to  things  which  are 
conceived  to  have  an  undue  proportioa 
of  teudency  to  pressure  or  leaning 
downwards*:  dull  is  in  like  mauier 
employed  for  whatever  fails  in  the 
necessary  degree  of  brightness  or  vi- 
vacity ;  the  weather  is  heavy  when  the 
Mr  is  full  of  thick  and  weighty  mate- 
rials ;  it  may  be  dull  from  the  inter- 
vention of  clouds. 

Heavy  and  dromty  are  both  eov- 
ployed  in  the  sense  of  sleepy  $  bat 
the  former  is  only  a  particolar  state, 
the  latter  particular  or  general ;  lUi 
persons  may  be  occasiooMW  Aecmy  or 
dromsy;  some  are  hMtaJlj*  ifVtMg^ 

Sir  2 


HEINOUS. 


HELP. 


549 


HEEDLESS,  V.  Negligent. 

TO    HEIGHTEN,    RAISE, 
AGGRAVATE. 

TO  HEIGHTEN  is  to  make  higher 

(v.  Haughty).  To  RAISE  is  to  cause 
to  rise  (v.  To  arise).  To  AGGRA- 
VATE (v.  To  aggravftte)  is  to  make 
heavy.  Heighten  refers  more  to  the 
result  of  the  action  of  making  higher; 
raise  to  the  mode :  we  heighten  a 
house  by  raising  the  roof;  as  raising 
conveys  the  idea  of  setting  up  alofty 
which  is  not  included  in  the  word 
heighten.  On  the  same  ground  a 
])ead»dress  may  be  said  to  be  height" 
enedf  which  is  made  higher  than  it 
was  before;  and  a  chair  or  a  table  is 
raised  that  is  set  upon  sometliing  else : 
but  in  speaking  of  a  wall,  we  may 
say,  that  it  is  either  heightened  or 
raised,  because  the  operation  and 
result  must  in  both  cases  be  the  same. 
In  the  improper  sense  of  these  terms 
they  preserve  a  similar  distinction : 
we  heighten  the  value  of  a  thing  ;  we 
raise  its  price :  we  heighten  the  f^ran- 
deur  of  an  object ;  we  raise  a  family. 
Heighten  and  aggravate  have  con- 
nection with  each  other  only  in  appli- 
cation to  offences  :  the  enonnity  uf  an 
oifence  is  heightened,  the  guilt  of  the 
offender  is  aggravutedhy  particular  cir- 
cumstances. Thehonrorsofa  murder 
are  heightened  by  being  committed  in 
the  dead  of  the  night ;  the  guilt  of 
the  perpetrator  is  aggravuled  by  the 
addition  of  ingratitude  to  murder. 

Parity  and  virtue  heighten  all  the  powen  of 
fraition.  BlaiB* 

I  voalil  liAVe  oar  ronc«ptioin  rmited  by  the 
(liiniit>'  of  thought  and  loblimiij  of  ezpranion, 
rather  than  by  a  train  of  robes  or  a  plame  of 
fntiu^vu  Anonov. 

Tb«  connM^lfl  of  pnfftTanlmtty  very  rarely  put 
off,  whib4  thf'y  are  always  tare  to  agfravmi€f 
tbe  evils  from  which  tbey  would  fly.  Bubks. 

HEINOCS,    FLAGRANT,    FLA- 
GITIOUS,   ATROCIOUS. 

HEINOUS,  in  French  heinous^ 
Greek  i».'»9'  or  *^»vdc  terrible. 

FLAGRANT,  in  Latin  flagrans 
burning,  is  a  figurative  expression  for 
what  is  excessive  and  violent  in  its 
nature. 

FLAGITIOUS,  in  Latin  Ar^iowif, 
from  Jlagitium  infamous,  denotes  pe- 
culiarly infamous. 


ATROCIOUS,  in  Latin  atrox  cruel, 
from  ater  black,  signifies  exceedingly 
black. 

These  epithets,  which  are  applied  to 
crimes,  seem  to  rise  in  degree.  A 
crime  is  heinous  which  seriously 
offends  against  the  laws  of  men ;  a 
sin  is  heinous  which  seriously  offends 
against  the  will  of  God :  an  offence 
is  flagrmnt  which  is  in  direct  de- 
fiance of  established  opinions  and 
practice :  it  is  ftagitiout  if  a  gross 
violation  of  the  moral  law,  or  coupled 
with  any  grossness  :  a  crime  is  atro^ 
eioHi  which  is  attended  with  any  ag- 
gravating circumstances.  Lying  is  a 
keintmti  sin ;  gaming  and  drunkenness 
are  ^flagrant  breaches  of  the  Divine 
law ;  the  murder  of  a  whole  family 
is  in  the  fullest  sense  airociouB, 

ThM%  ara  fluwy  Mthoni  «bo  bave  abowa 
vhoceln  tha  mallffnity  of  a  lie  eonalcta,  and  art 
forth  ia  proper  coloara  tbe  MeinsusneM  of  tbe 
offfuce.  AiMMaoii. 

If  ^oyjiagrmnt  deed  oecar  to  amlte  a  mmo's 
cottscleoce,  on  this  be  caanot  arold  reitins  with 
anxHy  and  terror.  Blajsu 

n  la  recorded  of  Str  Mattbefw  Hale,  that  hm 
fbr  a  loos  tine  eoner^led  the  eooaecratlon  of  bfan- 
aeir  to  the  vfrloler  dotlea  of  reHffcia,  Icat  by  womb 
JUgUinu  actios  he  ahoald  brlaf  pleCj  Into  dto- 
fTdce.  JoHHaaM. 

The  wiokednen  of  a  loore  or  profaao  anther 
h  more  atrociouM  than  that  of  the  giddj  liber- 
tine. Johhsoh. 

TO  HBLP,   ASSIST,   AID,    SUC- 
COUR,   RELIBVB. 

HELP,  in  Saxon  helpan,  German 
helfen,  probably  from  the  Greek  o^iXKat 
to  do  good  to,  to  help, 

ASSIST,  in  Latin  atsisto,  or  ad  and 
iiito,  signifies  to  place  one's  self  by 
another  so  as  to  give  him  our  strength. 

AID,  in  Latin  adjuvo,  that  is  the 
intensive  syllable  ad  and  juvo,  tnaa^ 
fies  toprofit  towards  a  specific  end. 

SUdCOUR,  in  Latin  succurnf  to 
run  to  the  help, 

RELIEVE,  V.  To  alleviate. 

The  idea  of  communicatingto  the  ad- 
vantage of  another  is  common  to  all 
these  terms.  Help  is  the  generic 
term ;  the  rest  specific :  help  mav  be 
substituted  for  the  others,  and  in 
many  cases  where  they  wooM  nol  be 
applicable.  The  first  three  are  eoi* 
ployed  either  to  produce  a  positivi 
eood  or  to  remove  an  evil ;  the  two 
latter  only  to  remove  an  evH.  We 
help  8  person  to  prosecute  fait  WMll| 


HERETIC. 


HESITATE. 


551 


members  of  the  establishment^  who 
hold  though  they  do  not  avow  here* 
tical  notions. 

The  heretic  is  considered  at  such 
with  regard  to  the  Catholic  Church  or 
the  whole  body  of  Christians,  holding 
the  same  fundamental  principles ;  bat 
the  schismatic  and  sectarian  are  con- 
sidered as  such  with  regard  to  parti- 
cular established  bodies  of  Christians. 
Schism^    from    the    Greek   o-x^i^^  to 
split,  denotes  an  action,  and  the  sckii- 
matic  is  an  agent  who  splits  for  him- 
self in  his  own  individual  capacity : 
the  sectarian  does  not  expressly  per- 
form a  pait,  he  merely  holds  a  rela- 
tion ;  he  does  not  divide  any  thing 
himself,  but  belongs  to  that  which  is 
already  cut  or  divided.    The  scAif- 
matic    therefore   takes   upon   himself 
the  whole  moral  responsibilitv  of  the 
schism;    but  the  sectarian  does  not 
necesarily  take  an  active  •  part  in  the 
measures  of  his  sect :  whatever  guilt 
attaches    to   schism  attaches   to   the 
schismatic ;  he  is  a  voluntary  a^ent, 
who  acts  from  an  erroneous  principle, 
if  not  an    unchristian   temper:    the 
sectarian    is    often    an    involuntary 
agent;    he  follows  that   to  which  be 
has  been  incidentally  attached.    Jt  is 
possible,  therefore,  to  be  a  schiimatic, 
and  not  a  sectarian ;  as  also  to  be  a 
sectariarif  and  not  SL  schismatic.  Those 
professed  members  of  the  establish- 
ment who  affect  the  title  of  evange- 
lical,   and   wish   to   palm  upon   the 
Church  the  peculiarities  of  the  Cal- 
vanistic  doctrine,  and  to  ingraft  their 
own  modes  and    forms   into    its  dis- 
cipline, are   schismatics,  but  not  seC' 
iarians ;    on    the   other  hand,   those 
who  by  birth  and   education  are  at- 
tached to  a  sect,  are  sectarians,  but 
not  always  schismatics.  Consequently, 
schismatic  is  a  term  o^  much  greater 
reproach  than  sectarian. 

The  schismatic  and  sectarian  have 
a  reference  to  any  established  body 
of  Christians  of  any  country ;  bat 
dissenter  is  a  term  applicable  only  to 
the  inhabitants  of  Great  Britain,  and 
bearing  relation  only  to  the  established 
Church  of  England :  it  includes  not 
only  those  who  have  individually  and 
personally  renounced  the  doctrines  of 
the  Church,  but  those  who  are  in  a 
state  of  dissent  or  difference  from  it. 
Dissenters  are  not  necessarily  either 


sehi$matic9  or  sectarians,  for  British 
Roman  Catholics  and  the  Presbyte- 
rians of  Scotland  are  all  dissenters, 
althodgh  they  lire  the  reverse  of  what 
.  is  understood  by  schismatic  and  sec* 
tarian :  it  is  equally  clear  that  all 
schistnatics  and  sectarians  are  not  dis^ 
unters,  because  every  established 
community  of  Christians,  all  over  the 
world,  have  had  individuals  or  smaller 
bodies  of  individuals  setting  them- 
selves up  a^inst  them  :  the  term 
dissenter  bemg  in  a  great  measure 
technical,  it  may  be  applied  indivi- 
dually or  generally  without  conveying 
any  idea  of  reproach  :  the  same  may 
be  said  of  nonconformist,  which  is  a 
more  special  term,  including  only  such 
as  do  not  conform  to  some  established 
or  .  national  religion  :  consequently, 
all  members  of  the  Romish  Church, 
or  of  the  Kirk  of  Scotland,  are  ex- 
cluded from  the  number  ,of  noncan^^ 
formists;  whilst  on  the  other  hand, 
all  British-bom  subjects  not  adhering 
to  these  two  forms,  and  at  the  same 
time  renouncing  the  established  form 
of  their  country,  are  of  this  numb«r, 
among  whom  may  be  reckoned  Inde- 
pendents, Presbyterians,  Baptists,  Qua^ 
xers,  Methodists,  and  all  other  such 
sects  as  have  been  formed  since  the 
reformation. 

It  it  ciTtaIn  If  oar  seal  were  tme  and  ge- 
anloe,  wesbonldbe  mnch  oiore  aogrj  wHb  a 
iianer  than  a  Aeretlc  Aoonow. 

The  ickitnuUiet  dbtarb  the  tweeC  peace  of 
ov  Chnreb.  Howsu 

fa  the  house  of  Sir  Samael  Lnhe,  one  of 
Croaawell*f  ofScerv,  Bntler  obeerred  lo  much  of 
the  character  of  the  SeetarUa  that  he  b  eaid  t» 
haw  written  or  besvo  his  poem  at  thb  time. 

JOBKSOII. 

Of  the  Dtmentert,  Swift  did  not  wish  to  in- 
fringe  the  toleration,  bat  he  opposed  their  la- 
eroachments.  Jounon* 

Watts  is  at  least  one  of  the  few  poets  with 
whom  joath  and  Ignorance  aiay  be  safidy 
pleased;  and  happy  will  that  reader  be,  wheee 
Mfaid  Is  disposed,  by  Us  verses  or  Us  prose,  to 
Imlttte  him  in  all  bat  his  noneeii/brm^. 


TO  HBSiTATB,  t/.  To  demux. 

TO   HBSITATB,   PALTBRy      . 
STAMMER)   STUTTBB. 

HESITATE,  V.  To  demur. 
FALTER  or  FAULTER  seems  to 
signify  to  commit  a  /(BuUt  or  Uimderi 


552 


HESITATE, 


HIDEOUS. 


or  it  siay  be  a  frequeoUtive  of  to  fiiUl, 
ftignifyinp  to  fttumble. 

STAMM£U,  in  the  Teutonic  ttam- 
merUf  comes  uioiC  probably  finom  the 
Ilel^rew  xaiem  to  obstruct. 

.ST LITER  is  but  a  variation  of 
itamwer. 

A  defect  in  utterance  is  the  idea 
Bhich  i^  common  in  the  signification 
of  all  thc.'-e  terms :  tbey  differ  either 
as  to  Uie  cause  or  the  mode  of  the 
action.  With  re|i;ard  to  the  cause, 
a  hesitation  results  from  the  state 
of  the  mind,  and  an  interruption  in 
the  train  of  thoughts;  /alter  arises 
frtim  a  perturbed  state  of  feeling; 
ttawmer  and  stutter  arise  either  from 
an  incidental  circumstance,  or  more 
commonly  from  a  physical  defect  in 
the  organs  of  utterance.  A  person 
who  ib  not  in  the  habits  of  public 
speaking,  or  of  collecting  his  thoughts 
into  a  set  form,  will  be  apt  to  hesitate 
even  in  familiar  conversation  ;  he 
who  first  addresses  a  public  assembly 
will  be  apt  to  falter.  Children  who 
first  begin  to  read  wilt  stammer  at 
hard  words  :  and  one  who  has  an  im- 
pediment in  his  speech  will  stutter 
when  he  attempts  to  speak  in  a  hurry. 

With  regard  to  the  mode  or  degree 
of  the  action,  hesitate  expresses  less 
X\\\\i\  falter ;  slammer  less  than  stutter. 

The  slightest  difficulty  in  uttering 
words  constitutes  a  hesitation ;  a 
pause  or  the  repetition  of  a  word  may 
t>c  termed  hesitating  :  but  to  falter 
supposes  a  failure  in  the  voice  as  well 
as  the  lip»  v%lien  they  refuse  to  do 
their  ofhce.  Siummerin^  and  stutter^ 
ing  ure  confined  principally  to  the 
useless  moving  of  the  mouth  ;  he  who 
stammers  brings  forth  sounds,  but  not 
the  right  sounds,  without  trials  and 
efforts ;  he  who  4f utters  remains  for 
some  time  in  a  si  ate  of  agitation 
without  uttering  a  sound. 

To  look  t»Uh  volicitadr  iDd  Rpeak  with  heii» 
tmXion  b  attainable  at  will;  but  tLe  %hoi»  of 
wlHlom  i^  ridiculnuR  wb«^  there  i<i  notbini;  to 
camw  doubt,  u  tb.it  of  valour  when  there  to 
nothing  to  bt>feaie>l.  Johksoh. 

And  >e«  wa*  wery  fauUeHng  tonfne  of  mmu, 
;\Iinii:h(j  Fatbrrl  client  in  thy  prai»e, 
Tb>  workt  themielves  would   raise  a  lEeneral 
Toice,  Thomson. 

Ijagean  juice 
Will   ttnmm'ring  tongues  and  ttagg*riDg  irat 
produce.  Drypbn. 


TO  HEsiTAn,  V.  To  scmpU* 

HESITATION,  V,  DemuT, 
HBTEKODOXY,  HBRBSV. 

HETERODOXY,  from  the  GteA 
fTfr9c  and  9  fry  signifies  another  or  a 
difTerent  doctrine. 

HERESY,  from  the  Greek  «'»f7.;  a 
choice,  signifies  an  opinioii  adopted  bj 
individoal  choice. 

*  To  be  of  a  different  peninsion  is 
heterodoxy ;  to  have  «  fiuth  of  ooe^s 
own  is  heresy  ;  the  heterodan/  charac- 
terises the  opinions  formed ;  the  keretg 
characterizes  the  individoal  fermiiig 
the  opinion :  the  heterod&iy  exists  in* 
dependency  and  for  itself;  the  Afr» 
sets  itself  np  against  others.  As  aU 
division  supposes  error  either  on  one 
side  or  on  both,  the  words  heterodoxy 
and  herey  are  applied  only  to  hu- 
man opinions,  and  strictly  in  the  sense 
of  a  false  opinion,  formed  in  distinc- 
tion from  that  whidi  is  better  foonded; 
but  tlie  former  respects  any  opinions, 
important  or  otherwise;  the  latter  re- 
fers only  to  matters  of  importance : 
the  ^^^<^  i>  therefore  a  fundamental 
error.  There  has  been  much  hetero- 
doxy in  the  Christian  world  at  all 
times,  and  among  these  have  been 
heresies  denying  the  plainest  and  most 
serious  truths  which  have  beenacknow* 
ledged  by  the  great  body  of  Christians 
since  tlie  Apostles. 

^11  wronc  noUoM  fai  lellfioB  are  naked  aador 
the  freneral  nameof  ArCeroifojr.  Goftmrn. 

Thoae  who  hare  bren  pretenC  at  paMic  dto- 
putfn  In  (he  UnivmKj,  know  that  tt  to  mmI  to 
Dwhrtaln  hertHa  tut  ugaoMMli  wake. 


HIDDEN,  t;.  Secret* 
TO  HIDE,  V,  To  conceaL 
TO  HIDE,  V.  To  coven 
HiDK,  V.  Skin, 

HIDEOUS,   GHASTLY,  GRIM, 
GRISLY. 

HIDEOUS  comes  probably  from 
hidcy  signifying  6t  only  to  be  hidden 
from  the  view. 

GHASTLY  signifies  like  A  ghost. 

ORIM,  in  German  grimm,  signifies 
fierce. 

GRISLY,  from  grizxle,  signifies 
grizzled,  or  motley  coloured. 


«  Vide  Ooubaiul:  **  H^raifir,  ba^rodoze.** 


HIGH. 


HIGH. 


555 


An'  unseemly  exterior    is  cbarao* 
terized  by  these  terms;  hut  the  hideous 
respects    natural    objects,     and    the 
ghastli/  more  properly  that  nvhich  is 
supernatural    or  what  resembles   it. 
A  mask  with  monstrous  grinning  fea- 
tures looks  hideout :  a  humau  form 
with  a  visage  of  deathlike  paleness  is 
ghastly.    The  grim  is  applicable  only 
to    the  countenance;   dogs    or  wild 
beasts  may  look  very  grim :   grisly 
refers  to  the  whole  form,  but  particu- 
larly  to  the  color;   as  blackness  or 
darkness  has  always  something  terrific 
in  ity  a  grisly  figure  having  a  monr 
strous  assemblage  of  dark  coioury  is 
particularly  calculated  to  strike  terror. 
Hideous  is   applicable  to  objects  of 
hearing  also,  as  a  hideous  roar ;  but 
the  rest  to  objects  of  sight  only. 

From  the  Ivroad  anrfin  Co  Um  etstiv  gnv 
bbclwt.  rotkc,  and  wMrlpoota,  kUetm§  to  diB 
view.  WujDQmM* 

AaddMtk 
GrionM  horribly  a  ghastijf  nalle.  Mnioa. 

Even  beU*s  grim  kiof  Alicldct*  pow*r  eontet. 

Pon. 

All  parts  resouod  wltli  tumoltt,  plaloti,  and 

feam. 
And  grUljf  death  In  niiidiy  ihspei  appear*. 


HIGH,  V.  Haughty. 

HIGH,   TALL,    LOFTY. 

HIGH,  in  German  hochy  comes 
from  the  Hebrew  agog  to  be  high, 

TALL,  in  Welsh  tal,  is  derived 
by  Davis  from  the  Hebrew  tulal  to 
elevate. 

LOITY  is  doubtless  derived  from 
lifty  and  that  from  the  Latin  levatui 
raised. 

High  is  the  term  in  most  general 
use,  which  seems  likewise  in  the  most 
unqualified  manner  to  express  the  idea 
of  extension  upwards,  which  is  com^ 
mon  to  them  all.  Whatever  is  tall 
and  lofty  is  high,  but  every  thine  is 
not  tall  or  Utfty  which  is  high.  Tall 
and  lofty  both  designate  a  more  than 
ordinary  degree  of  the  high  ;  but  the 
taU"\s  peculiarly  applicable  to  what 
shoots  up  or  stands  up  in  a  perpendi- 
cular direction  :  but  tofty  is  said  of 
that  which  is  extended  in  breadth  6s 
well  as  in  height ;  that  which  is  lifted 
up  or  raised  by  an  accretion  of  matter 
or  an  expausiou  iu  the  air.    By  thia 


rule  we  sav  that  a  house  is  high,  a 
chimney  tallf  a  room  lofty. 

Trees  are  in  general  said  to  be  high 
which  exceed  the  ordinary  standard  of 
height ;  they  are  opposed  to  the  low. 
A  poplar  is  said  to  be  tally  not  only 
from  its  exceeding  others  in  height, 
but  from  its  perpendicular  and  spiral 
maooer  of  ^wing ;  it  is  opposed  to 
that  which  is  bulky.  A  man  and  a 
horse  are  likewise  said  to  be  tall;  but 
a  hedge,  a  desk,  and  other  common 
objects,  are  high,  A  hill  is  high,  bat 
amountain  is  lofty ;  churches  are  in 
general  high,  but  the  steeples  or  the 
domes  of  cathedrals  are  lofty ,  and  the 
spires  are  tall. 

With  the  high  is  associated  no  idea 
of  what  is  stnking;  but  the  tall  is 
coupled  with  the  aspiring  or  that 
which  strives  to  out-top:  the  lofty  is 
always  coupled  with  the  grand,  and 
that  which  commands  admiration. 


Il|f*attlielr 
Aadhold 


bead  ke  nv  the  chtef  appear. 
Coeaicttttheirraar. 


Praitiate  ob  earth  their  beauteous  bodies  laj. 
Like  noaMaia  in,  as  tatf  mad  stralgbt  aa  thij. 


K*eB  aow,  O  Mac !  *tiB  glv^a  thee  to  dsetroj 
The  i^jf  tow*rs  of  wide  ezteaded  Tioy.     Pon. 

High  and  hfty  have  a  moral  ac- 
ceptation, but  tall  is  taken  in  the  na- 
tural sense  only :  high  and  lofty  are 
applied  to  persons  or  what  is  personal, 
with  the  same  difference  in  degree  as 
before :  a  lofty  title  or  lofty  preten- 
sion conveys  more  than  a  high  title  or 
a  high  pretension.  Men  of  high  rank 
should  nave  high  ideas  of  virtue  and 
personal  dignity,  and  keep  themselves 
clear  from  every  thing  low  and  mean : 
a  lofty  ambition  often  soars  too  high 
to  serve  the  purpose  of  its  possessor ; 
the  greater  is  (lis  fall  when  he  finds 
himself  compelled  to  descend. 

Whea  3wa  are  tried  ia  sflaodaTs  coart, 
Slaad  A/fA  ia  hooor,  wealth,  or  vkt. 
All  others  who  Inferior  sit 
CoBcehe  themaelvei  in  eoaseieaeehoBnd 
To  join  and  draf  joa  to  the  ciaaad. 

Wtthont  thee,  notblnf  t^ffy  can  I  slof ; 
CoiM  then,  a^l  with  thjitlf  thy  geaiva  Mag, 

Dava 

HIGHMINPBO^  V.  Houghty. 

HI6HSOUND1NG,   V.  NotSy. 

HILARITV,  V.  Mirth, 


HINT. 


fflNT. 


sss 


ply  to  the  cessation  of  motion ;  we 
may  be  hindered,  therefore,  by  being 
stopped ;  but  we  may  also  be  hindered 
without  being  expressly  stopped,  and 
we  may  be  stopped  withoat  being  Ain- 
dered.   If  the  stoppage  do  not  interfere 
with  any  other  object  in  view,  it  is  a 
stoppage,  but  not  a  hindrance;   as 
when  we  are  stopped  by  a  friend  whilst 
walking  for  pleasure :  but  if  stopped 
by  an  idler  in  the  midst  of  urgent  bu- 
siness, so  as  not  to  be  able  to  proceed 
according  to  our  business,  this  is  both 
a  stoppage  and  a  kindrmsee :  oo  tlw 
other  hand,  if  we  are  interrupted  in 
the  regular  course  of  our  proceeding, 
but  not  compelled  to  stand  still  or 
give  up  our  business  for  any  time,  this 
may  be  a  hindrance,  but  not  a  stop' 
page :   in  this  manner,  the  conversa- 
tion of  others  in  the  midst  of  our  bo- 
einess,    may  considerably  retaid  its 
progress,  and  so  hr  kinaer,  but  not 
expressly  put  a  stop  to  the  lAkoie  con- 
cern. 

If  it  Dot  the  height  of  wbdoa  and  foodncM 
too,  to  hinder  the  comDmiiiatlon  of  tbote  mmiI* 
wartlof  •int,  by  ebUslac  as  t»  wiUMtand  them  fa 
Cbeir  Ant  lafaacj  ?  Sooni. 

A  tiirna]  omen  ttopp'd  the  fmming  host, 

Tbelr  martial  furjr  io  Ihdr  vooder  loit      PoR. 

TO  HINDER,  V.  To  retard. 
TO  HINT,  V.  To  allude. 

TO   HINT,    SUGGEST,   INTIMATE, 
INSINUATE. 

.  HINT,  V.  To  allude 

SUGGEST,  V.  To  allude. 

To  INTIMATE  is  to  make  one  in- 
timate,  or  specially  acquainted  with; 
to  communicate  one's  most  inward 
thoughts. 

INSINUATE,  from  the  Latin  sinus 
the  bosom,  is  to  introduce  gently  into 
the  mind  of  another. 

All  these  terms  denote  indirect  ex- 
pressions of  what  passes  in  one's  own 
mind.  We  hint  at  a  thing  from  fear 
and  uncertainty ;  we  suggest  a  thing 
from  prudence  and  modesty ;  we  in- 
timate a  thing  from  indecision;  we  in- 
sinuafe  u  thing  from  artifice.  A  per- 
son who  wants  to  get  at  the  certain 
knowledge  of  any  circumstance  hints 
at  it  frequently  in  the  presence  of 
those  who  can  give  him  the  informa- 
tion ;  a  man  who  will  not  ofiend  others 
by  an  assumption  of  superior  wisdom 


suggests  his  ideas  on  a  subject,  instead 
of  setting  them  forth  with  confidence  ; 
when  a  person's  mind  is  not  made  up 
on  any  future  action,  he  only  inti- 
mates what  may  be  done ;  he  who  hat 
any  thing  offensive  to  communicate  to 
another,  will  choose  to  insinuate  it, 
rather  than  declare  it  in  express  terms. 
Hints  are  thrown  out;  they  are  fire- 
quently  characterized  as  broken :  sug* 
gestions  are  o£Fered;  they  are  fre- 
quently termed  idle  or  ill-grooDdad : 
sntimaiioms  are  given,  mxi  are  either 
itight  or  bfxmd:  insinuations  are 
thrown  out ;  they  are  commonly  de- 
signated as  slanderous,  malignant,  and 
the  like. 

To  hint  is  taken  either  in  a  bad  or 
an  indifferent  sense ;  it  is  commonly 
resorted  to  by  tale-bearers,  mischieK 
makers,  and  ail  who  want  to  talk  of 
more  than  they  know :  it  is  rarely 
necessary  to  have  recourse  to  hints  in 
lieu  of  positive  inquiries  and  declam* 
tions,  unless  the  term  be  used  in  re- 
gard to  matters  of  science  or  morals, 
when  it  designates  loose  thoughts, 
casually  ofiferMl,  in  distinction  Irom 
those  which  are  systematized  and  for- 
mally presented :  upon  this  ground,  a 
distinguished  female  writer  of  the  pre- 
sent day  modestly  entitles  her  book, 
'  Hints  towards  forming  the  Character 
of  a  Young  Princess/  To  suggest  is 
oftener  used  in  the  good  than  the  bad 
sense:  while  one  suggests  doubts, 
queries,  difficolties,  or  improvements 
in  matters  of  opinion,  it  is  truly  laud* 
able,  particularly  for  young  persons; 
but  to  suggest  any  thing  to  the  dis- 
advantage of  another  is  even  worse 
than  to  speak  ill  of  him  openly, 
for  it  bespeaks  cowardice  as  well  as 
ill-nature.  To  intimate  is  taken  either 
in  a  good  or  an  indifferent  sense ;  it 
commonly  passes  between  relatives  or 
persons  closelv  connected  in  the  com* 
munication  of^  their  half-fonned  inteiw 
tions  or  of  doubtful  intelligence.  To 
insinuate  is  always  taken  m  the  bad 
sense  ;  it  is  the  resource  of  an  artful 
and  malignant  enemy  to  wound  the 
reputation  of  another,  whom  he  does 
not  dare  openly  to  accuse.  A  person 
is  said  to  take  a  hint,  to  follow  a  sstgr 
gestion,  to  receive  an  intimation,  to 
disregard  an  insinuatum, 

WnUof  to  woand,  and  jtt  aflrald  to  iMIb^ 
J  wt  Mia  a  fiuilt,  aoA  hsdCtfs  4iriati« 


HOLD. 


HOLD. 


557 


porary  and  partial  action  is  here  exr 
pressed  by  fwldy  in  distinction  from 
keepy  which  is  used  to  express  some- 
thing definite  and  permanent :  the 
money-lender  keeps  the  property  as 
his  own^  if  the  borrower  rorieits  it  by 
breach  of  contract.  When  a  penou 
purchases  any  thing,  he  is  expected 
to  keep  it,  or  pay  die  value  of  the 
thing  ordered,  if  the  tradesman  fuIAl 
bis  part  of  the  engagement.  What  is 
detained  is  kept  either  contrary  to  the 
willy  or  without  the  consent,  of  the 
possessor :  when  things  are  suspected 
to  be  stolen,  the  officers  have  the 
right  of  detaining  them  until  inquiry 
be  instituted.  What  is  retained  is 
continued  to  be  kept;  it  supposes, 
however,  some  alteration  in  the  terms 
or  circumstances  under  which  it  is 
kept :  a  person  retains  his  seat  in  a 
coach,  notwithstanding  he  finds  it  dis« 
agreeable  ;  or  a  lady  retains  some  of 
the  articles  of  milinery,  which  are 
sent  for  her  choice,  but  she  returns 
the  rest. 

All  are  used  in  a  moral  application 
except  detain ;  in  this  case  they  are 
marked  by  a  similar  distinction.  A 
person  is  said  to  hold  an  office,  by 
which  simple  possession  is  implied; 
he  may  hold  it  for  a  long  or  a  short 
time,  at  the  will  of  others,  or  by  his 
own  will,  which  are  not  marked :  he 
keeps  a  situation,  or  he  keeps  his 
post,  by  which  his  continuance  in  the 
situation,  or  at  the  post,  are  denoted : 
he  retains  his  office,  by  which  is  sig* 
nified  that  he  might  have  given  it  up^ 
or  lost  it,  had  he  not  been  led  to 
continue.  In  like  manner,  with  regard 
to  oue's  sentiments  or  feelings>  a  roan 
is  said  to  hold  certain  ofnuioos^  wbidi 
are  ascribed  to  him  as  a  part  of  his 
creed;  he  keeps  the  opinions  which 
no  one  can  induce  him  to  give  up ;  he 
retains  his  old  attachments,  notwith- 
standing the  lapse  of  years,  and  change 
of  circumstances,  which  have  inter- 
vened, and  were  naturally  calculated 
to  wean  him. 

It  is  a  certain  ri^n  of  a  win  co'^fnoMBt, 
when  It  can  hold  men'k  hearts  bjr  hopes.  Bicov^ 

The  proof  U  best  whcga  men  kaep  Ihalr  aa- 
tboritjr  toward!  thdr  ehUdreo,  hut  aoC  their 
purae.  Baoov. 

Haale !  goddeM,  baiCe!  tb»  Mh  hoik  detrntn^ 
Nor  let  oae  nU  be  boMcd  oa  tbt  ■*!■•    Pen. 


Meat  aur  reteiami  bj  rewmittoB  of  that  te* 
pmdeQ  which  time  ie  alwaja  wearing  awaj. 

TO   HOLD,   occupy,    POSSESS. 

HOLD,  V.  To  hoUL 

OCCUPY,  in  Latin  occupo,  or  oc 
and  capio  to  hold  or  keep,  so  that  it 
cannot  be  held  by  others. 

POSSESS,  in  Xatin  possidea^  or 
potis  and  sedeo,  signifies  to  sit  as 
master  of. 

We  hold  a  thing  for  a  long  or  a  short 
time ;  we  occupy  it  for  a  permanence: 
we  hold  it  for  ourselves  or  others ;  we 
oceupy  it  only  for  ourselves :  we  hold 
it  for  various  purposes;  we  occupy  only 
for  the  purpose  of  converting  it  to  our 
private  use.  Thus  a  person  may  hold 
an  estate,  or,  which  is  the  same  things 
the  title  deeds  to  an  estate  pro  tem- 
oore,  &yr  another  person's  benefit;  but 
ne  occupies  an  estate  if  he  enjovs  the 
fruit  of  it.  On  the  other  hand,  to 
occtipjf  is  only  to  hold  under  a  ceruin 
compact ;  but  to  possess  is  to  hold  as 
one's  own.  The  tenant  occupies  the 
farm  when  he  holds  it  by  a  certain 
lease,  and  coltivates  it  for  his  subsist- 
enoe :  but  the  landlord  possesses  the 
hrm  who  possesses  the  right  to  let  it, 
and  to  receive  the  rent.  We  may  hold 
by  force,  or  fraud,  or  right ;  we  occupy 
either  by  fiirce  or  right;  we  possess 
ooly  by  right.  Hence  we  say  fignnn 
tively,  to  hold  a  person  in  esteem  or 
contempt,  to  occupy  a  person's  atten- 
tion, or  to  jMisjeM  his  affection. 
Ha  (Um  eagle)  drivee  ttaa  tram  hk  Ibft,  Ite 

towerlof  Mat, 
Tbr  agee  of  hi*  empire  which  la  peae« 
UattalaM  he  Aeldv.  Taomoi* ' 

In  the  Prop  of  Ariitophanet,  three  entiiw  acte 
aieece»j»l«l  bj  a  conte*  between  Xat^jlua  and 
Bwlpidea.  dnuaximiL 

But  BOW  the  featber'd  yooth  their  former  boandi 
Ardent  dMafa,  aod  we%hiDff  oH  their  wingi. 
Demand  the  fkoe  juamerfoK  ef  the  i^. 


TO  HOLD,   SUPPORT,  MAINTAIN* 

HOLD,  V.  To  hold,  keep. 

SUPPORT,  n.  To  coufJenmKe. 

MAINTAIN,  V.  To  assist,  main, 
tarn. 

Hold  is  here^  as  in  the  fi>nner  arw 
Ude,  a  term  of  very  general  import; 
he  who  tupforU  and  ntaintuim  muse 
holdy  though  not  vice  versi. 

Hold  und  support  areenpleyed  m 
the  proper  Mose,  MotnAiui  la  the  im- 
propersmut.    Tb  koid  i§  sl  tmm  wt- 


HOLLOW. 


HOLY. 


559 


dage  to  the  solemnity  of  the  scene, 
which  excites  a  reverential  regard  to 
the  individual  in  the  mind  of  the  be- 
holder, and  the  most  exalted  senti- 
ments of  that  religion  which  he  thus 
adorns  by  his  outward  profession. 

Habitval  preparation  for  the  SaeraoMot  consWt 
la  a  permanent  habit  or  principle  of  hoUneut. 

Sooth. 

Abont  an  a^e  ago.  It  wa»  the  fashion  in  Eng- 
land for  ever;  one  that  would  be  thought  reli« 
gious,  to  throw  as  much  tanctUy  as  possible  into 
Us  faw.  AoMison. 

HOLLOW,  EMPTY. 

HOLLOW,  from  hole,  signifies  being 
like  a  hole. 

EMPTY,  V.  Empty, 

Hollow  respects  the  body  itself;  the 
absence  of  its  own  materials  produces 
hoUowness :  empty  respects  foreign 
bodies ;  their  absence  in  another  body 
constitutes  emptiness.  Holkmhiess  is 
therefore  a  preparative  to  emptiness, 
and  may  exist  independently  of  it; 
but  emptiness  presupposes  the  exist- 
ence of  hoUowness  :  what  is  empty 
must  be  hollow  ;  but  what  is  hollow 
need  not  be  empty.  Hollowness  is 
often  the  natural  property  of  a  body ; 
emptiness  is  a  contingent  property: 
that  whicli  is  hollow  is  destined  by 
nature  to  contain;  but  that  which  is 
empty  is  deprived  of  its  contents  by  a 
casualty  :  a  nut  is  hollow  for  the  pur- 
pose of  receiving  the  fruit;  it  is  empty 
if  it  contain  no  fruit. 

They  are  both  employed  in  a  moral 
acceptation,  and  in  a  bad  sense  ;  the 
hollow,  in  this  case,  is  applied  to  what 
ought  to  be  solid  or  sound;  and  empty 
to  what  ought  to  be  filled :  a  person  is 
hollow  whose  goodness  lies  only  at  the 
surface,  whose  fair  words  are  without 
meaning;  a  truce  is  hollow  which  is 
only  an  external  cessation  from  hos- 
tilities :  a  person  is  empty  who  is  with- 
out the  requisite  portion  of  under- 
stiinding  and  knowledge;  an  excuse 
is  empty  which  is  unsupported  by  fact 
and  reason ;  a  pleasure  is  empty  which 
cannot  afford  satisfiiction. 

The  Bhocks  of  an  earthquake  &re  much  more 
dreadful  tiian  the  higlmt  and  loudest  blnsteis  of 
n  fltorm  ;  for  there  ma  j  be  some  shelter  against 
the  violence  of  the  one,  but  no  securitj  against 
the  hoUowiuM  of  the  other.  Souni. 

Tbecreatoramnn, 
CondemnM  to  sacrifiee  his  cliildish  jean 
Te  babbling  ignonnoe  aad  emftai  lbvt»  Pj 


HOLY,  PIOUS,  DBVOUT,  RELI- 
GIOUS. 

HOLY,  V.  Holiness. 

PIOUS,  in  Latin  pifus,  is  most  piro- 
bably  changed  from  dita  or  deus,  sig- 
nifying regiud  for  the  gods. 

DEVOUl',  in  Latin  devolus,  from 
devoveo  to  engage  by  a  vow,  signifies 
devoted  or  consecrated. 

RELIGIOUS,  in  Latin  religiom^ 
comes  firom  religio  and  religo  to  bind, 
because  religion  binds  the^  mind,  and 
produces  in  it  a  fixed  principle. 

A  strong  regard  to  the  Suprems 
Being  is  expressed  by  all  these  epi- 
thets; but  holy  conveys  the  most 
comprehensive  idea ;  pious  and  devout 
designate  most  fervor  of  mind ;  reli' 
eiom  is  the  most  general  and  abstract 
in  its  signification.  A  holy  man  is  in 
all  respects  heavenly-minded;  he  is 
more  fit  for  heaven  than  earth :  holi^ 
ness,  to  whatever  degree  it  is  pos- 
sessed, abstracts  the  thoughts  from 
subluuary  objects,  and  fixes  them  oa 
things  that  are  above ;  it  is  therefore 
a  Christian  quality,  which  is  not  to 
be  attained  in  its  full  perfiaction  by 
human  beings,  in  their  present  imper- 
fect state,  and  is  attainable  by  some 
to  a  much  greater  degree  than  by 
others.  Our  Saviour  was  a  perfect 
pattern  of  holiness ;  his  apostles  after 
him,  and  innumerable  saints  and  good 
men,  both  in  and  out  of  the  ministry, 
have  striven  to  imitate  his  example^ 
by  the  holiness  of  their  life  and  con- 
versation :  in  such,  however,  as  have 
exclusively  i/evo^e£i{  themselves  to  his 
service,  this  Win^M  may  shine  brighter 
than  in  those  who  are  entangled  with 
the  a£Eairs  of  the  world. 

Pious  is  a  term  more  restricted  in 
its  signification,  and  consequently 
more,  extended  in  application  than 
holy :  piety  is  not  a  virtue  peculiar  to 
Christians,  it  is  common  to  all  be- 
lievers in  a  Supreme  Being ;  it  is  the 
homage  of  the  heart  and  the  affeo- 
tions  to  a  superior  Bein^ :  firom  a  si- 
milarity in  the  relationship  between  a 
heavenly  and  an  earthly  parent,  ie- 
votedness  of  the  mind  has  in  both 
cases  been  denominated  piety.  Piety 
towards  God  naturally  produces  piety 
towards  parents ;  for  the  obedience  of 
the  heart,  which  .gives  rise  to  the 
▼irtiM  in  the  one,  seems  instantly  ta 


am 


HOLY. 


HOLY. 


ilirtute  tlif  ^xf  rcistf  of  it  in  tlie  other. 
*V\w  ilitVrrfiu'i;  between  holineu  is  ob* 
viouit  fV«im  thi^,  that  oar  Sariour  and 
his  »)MiMlob  are  characterized  as  Aa(tfy 
but  not  pious^  because  piety  is  swal- 
luwed  up  in  kolintu.  On  the  other 
hand,  Jew  and  Gentile,  Christian  and 
Heathen*  are  alike  termed  pibtts,  when 
ther  cannot  be  called  Ao/y,  because 
fieiy  i«  not  oolj  a  more  practicable 
▼irtoe,  hct  beciase  it  is  more  univer- 
sally zTE'Hcafale  ro  the  dependant  con- 
ditio c^  man. 

DfT'.Yn  14  a  species  of  piety  pe* 
cnHar  tv^-  :be  worshipper ;  it  bespeaks 
tbac  devocedncss  of  mind  whicli  dis- 
c£iTf  :cselt'  in  the  temple,  when  the 
Bx£T:«iuai  seems  hj  his  outward  ser- 
rices  sdemuly  to  divaie  himself,  soul 
ani  hods  J  to  the  ser\'ice  of  his  Maker. 
FieiVf  therefore,  lies  in  the  heart,  and 
maj  appear  externally;  but  devotion 
does  not  properly  eiist  except  in  an 
external  observance:  a  man  piousfy 
resigns  himself  to  the  will  of  God, 
in  the  midst  of  his  afflictions;  he 
prap  devoutly  in  the  bosom  of  his 
nmily. 

Religioiu  is  a  term  of  less  import 
than  either  of  the  other  terms ;  it  de- 
notes little  more  than  the  simple  ex- 
istence of  relis^ion,  or  a  sense  of  re- 
ligion in  the  miud :  the  religious  man 
is  so,  more  in  his  principles  than  in 
his  affections;  he  is  religious  in  his 
sentiments,  in  as  much  as  he  directs 
all  his  vievrs  according  to  the  will  of 
his  Maker;  and  he  is  religious  in  his 
conduct,  in  as  much  as  he  observes 
the  outward  formalities  of  homage 
that  are  due  to  his  Maker.  A  holy 
man  iits  himself  for  a  higher  state  of 
existence,  after  which  he  is  always 
aspiring ;  a  pious  man  has  God  in  all 
his  thoughts,  and  seeks  to  do  his 
will ;  a  devout  man  bends  himself  in 
humble  adoration,  and  pays  his  vows 
of  prayer  and  thanksgiving;  a  reli' 
gious  man  confonns  in  all  things  to 
what  the  dictates  of  his  conscience 
require  from  him,  as  a  responsible 
being,  and  a  member  of  society. 

When  applied  to  things,  they  pre- 
serve a  similar  distinction  :  we  speak 
of  the  holy  sacrament;  of  .a  pious 
discourse,  a  pious  ejaculation ;  of  a 
devout encTche,  a  devout  air;  are/*- 
mious  sentiment,  a  religious  life,  a 
■^'otts  education,  and  the  like. 


The  AsHflff 
■rld>  liiMim 
iMiatftMBtt. 

Is  flvwy  aiBV  Che  ynctlcA 


wMfc  fit 
•r  mH  aii 


oTjifi^liithtptei 


A  «4ate  of  inapemee,  MMrty,  wd  JmUbp, 
withottt  ddwCfan,  b  a  HfehN  teripM  casMf  Im  «f 
tfrtneb  ' 


AfMtira  imiiwBi  — t  m  mwdi  tfce  i 
of  moy  pwtlMlur  daCy^  ■■  CM  aplril  bHcI 
all  reKrfetv  dallii.  ~ 


HOLY»  SACRED,  DIVINB. 

HOLY,  «.  HolintMi. 

SACRED,  in  Latin  socer,  it  derived 
either  from  the  Greek  my^  hdj  or 
r«K  whole,  perfect^  and  the  Hebmr 
tacah  pure. 

DIVINE,  V.  GodUke. 

Holy  is  herff,  as  in  tha  fonner  a»> 
ride,  a -term  of  higher  import  thu 
either  sacred  or  divine :  wnatever  if 
most  intimatelj  connected  with  rsli* 
H^on  and  religious  worship,  in  its 
purest  state,  is  Ao/y,is  unhallowed  by , 
a  mixture  of  inferior  objects,  is  el^ 
▼ated  in  the  greatest  possible  de^;rae^  ■ 
so  as  to  smt  iSe  nature  of  an  iatiniteiy 
perfect  and*  exalted  Being.  AoMMlig 
the  Jews,  the  koly  of  holies  was  that 
place  which  was  intended  to  approach 
the  nearest  to  the  heavenly  abnde,. 
consequently  was  preserved  as  much 
as  possible  from  all  contaminarion 
with  that  which  is  earthly :  among  the 
Christians,  that  religion  or  form  of  re* 
lision  is  termed  hofyj  which  is  esteem- 
ed purest  in  its  doctrine,  discipline, 
and  ceremonies ;  b^  the  Roman  Ca- 
tholics this  ritle  .IS  applied  to  their 
own  form ;  by  the  Church  of  England 
it.  has  been  adopted  to  designate  its 
religious  system.  Upon  this  ground 
we  speak  of  the  church  as  a  koh 
place,  of  the  sacrament  as  the  koqf 
sacrament,  and  the  ordinances  of  the 
church  as  holy. 

Sacred  is  less  tlian  holy  ;  the  sacred 
derives  its  sanction  from  human  insti- 
tutions, and  is  connected  rather  with 
our  moral  than  our  religious  duUes: 
what  is  holy  is  altogether  spiritoal, 
and  abstracted  from  the  earthly ;  what 
is  sacred  may  be  simply  the  human 
puritled  from  what  is  gross  and  cor* 
rupt :  what- is  koly  must  be  regarded 
with  awe,  and  treated  with  every  poe* 
sible  mark  of  reverence ;  what  is  fo- 


HOLY. 


HOMAGE. 


561 


credmui^tnotbe  violated  nor  iniriDged 
upon.  The  laws  are  sacredy  but  not 
hoiy :  a  man's  word  should  be  sacred, 
though  not  holy  :  for  neither  of  these 
things  is  to  be  reverenced,  but  both 
are  to  be  kept  free  from  injury  or 
external  violence.  The  holy  is  not  so 
much  opposed  to,  as  it  is  set  above, 
every  thine  else;  the  $acred  is  op- 
posed to  the  profane :  the  Scriptures 
are  properly  denominated  holy,  be- 
cause they  are  the  word  of  God,  and 
the  fruit  of  his  Holy  Spirit ;  but  other 
writings  may  be  termed  sacred  which 
appertain  to  religion,  in  distinction 
from  the  profane,  which  appertain 
only  to  worldly  matters. 

Jbivine  is  a  term  of  even  less  im- 
port than  sacred ;  \\  signifies  either 
belonging  to  the  Deity,  or  being  like 
the  Deity ;  but  from  the  looseness  of 
its  application  it  has  lost  in  some  re- 
spects the  dignity  of  its  meaning. 
The  divine  is  often  contrasted  with 
the  human :  but  there  are  many  human 
things  which  are  denominated  ^ine ; 
Milton's  poem  is  entitled  a  divine 
poem,  not  merely  on  aocoont  of  the 
subject,  but  from  the  exalted  manner 
in  which  the  poet  has  treated  his  sub- 
ject: what  is  divine,  therefore,  may 
be  so  superlatively  excellent  as  to  be 
conceived  of  as  having  the  stamp  of 
.  inspiration  from  the  Deity,  which  of 
a)urse,  as  it  respects  human  perform- 
ances, is  but  an  hyperbolical  mode  of 
speech. 

From  the  above  explanation  of  these 
terms,  it  is  clear  that  there  is  a  mani- 
test  ditference  between  them,  and  yet 
that  their  resemblance  is  sufficiently 
great  for  them  to  be  applied  to  the  same 
objects.  We  speak  of  the  Holy  Spirit, 
and  of  Divine  inspiration ;  by  the  first 
of  which  epithets  is  understood  not 
only  what  is  superhuman,  but  what 
is  a  constituent  part  of  the  Deity ;  by 
the  second  is  represented  merely  iu  a 
general  manner  the  source  of  the  in- 
spiration as  coming  from  the  Deity, 
and  not  from  man.  Subjects  are  de- 
nominated either  sacred  or  divine,  as 
when  ve  speak  of  sacred  poems,  or 
divine  hymns ;  sacf^d  here  character- 
izes the  subjects  of  the  poem)r,  as 
those  which  are  to  be  held  sacred;  and 
divine  designates  the  subject  of  the 
hymns  as  not  being  ordinary  or  merely 
human:    it  is  clear,  therefore,  that 


what  is  holy   is  in  its  very  nature 

sacred,  but  not  vice  vfrtd ;  and  that 

what  is  holy  and  sacred  is  in  its  very 

nature  i/imne ;  but  the  divine  \^  not 

always  either  holy  or  sacred. 

To  flt  o«  for  a  doe  wetaim  to  the  h»tjf  Saefa- 
■mt,  we  «niC  add  actaal  preparathm  to  baM- 
teal.  Soimi. 

Rellflon  prop4*rl7  conslitt  la  a  nvemUlal 
mttgem  of  tblBfi  Mcretf  •  Soimi. 

When  a  man  mtrCh  and  anoiHli  hlwMlf 
apoe  Dirine  protection,  be  fnithtrctb  a  Ibrei* 
and  faith  wbfeh  baaian  aatare  lo  ftaelf  eoald 
not  obtain.  Bacox. 

HOLY-DAY,  V.  FeOSL 

HOMAGE,    FBALTY,   COURT. 

IIOMAG£,  in  French  hommagef 
comes  finom  homme  a  man,  signifymg 
a  man's,  that  is,  an  inferior's,  act  of 
ackfiowledging  superiority.  Homage, 
in  the  technical  sense,  was  an  oath 
taken,  or  a  service  performed,  by  the 
tenant  to  his  lord,  on  being  ad- 
mitted to  his  land ;  or  by  inferior 
princes  to  a  sovereign,  whereby  they 
acknowledged  his  sovereignty,  and 
promised  fidelity :  in  its  extended  and 
figurative  sense,  it  comprehends  any 
solemn  mark  of  deference,  by  which 
the  superiority  of  another  is  acknow- 
ledged. 

FEALTY,  changed  {rom fidelity,  is 
a  lower  species  of  homage,  consisting 
only  of  an  oath  ;  it  was  made  formeriy 
by  tenants,  who  were  bound  theret^ 
to  personal  service  under  the  feudal 
system;  it 'is  never  taken  otherwise 
than  in  the  proper  sense. 

COURT,  which  derives  its  meaning 
from  the  verb  to  court,  woo,  and  seek 
favor,  is  a  species  of  homage,  com- 
plaisance, or  deference,  which  is  as- 
sumed for  a  specific  purpose;  it  is 
not  only  voltmtary,  but  depends  upon 
the  humor  and  convenience  of  the 
courter. 

Homage  is  pnid  or  done  to  superior 
endowments;  court  is  paid  to  the 
contingent,  not  the  real,  superiority 
of  the  indindual.  Homage  consists  in 
any  fbi-m  of  respect  which  is  admitted 
in  civil  society;  the  Romans  did 
homage  to  the  talent  of  Virgil^  by 
always  rising  wlien  he  entered  the 
theatre ;  men  do  homage  to  the  wit* 
dom  of  another,  when  they  do  n6t 
venture  to  contradict  bit  assertion!, 
or  call  in  question  bis  opimont«  Court 


562 


HONESTY. 


HONESTY. 


it  every  thing  or  nothing,  as  circum- 
stances require ;  he  who  pays  his  anurt 
oonsults  the  will  and  humoar  of  him 
to  whom  it  is  paid»  while  he  is  con- 
sulting his  own  interest. 

We  eMDoC  aroid  obMrriae  the  k»magt  which 
the  world  it  uuiwU  lined  to  pey  te  vktecw  Blaib. 

Mao  diaobeyinf, 
DMoTal  bffceki  his  fmli^.  Mixroir. 

VMoe  litbe  unlvenal  chvoi ;  eva  Iti  ihadow 
koeiirteri:  Bfc4M. 

BONBST,  V.  Fair. 
HONEST,  V,  Sincere. 

HONESTY,  UPRIGHTNESS,    IN- 
TBGRITY,  PROBITY. 

HONESTY,  V.  Fair. 

UPRIGHTNESS,  fiom  upright,  in 
German  aufrichtig  or  eufferickteif 
from  aufrichien  to  set  up,  signifies  in 
a  straight  direction,  not  deviating  nor 
taming  aside. 

Hone$t  is  the  most  familiar  and 
universal  term ;  it  is  applied  alike  to 
acttoos  and  principles,  to  a  mode  of 
conduct  or  a  temper  of  mind:  up^ 
right  is  applied  to  the  conduct,  but 
always  witli  reference  to  the  moving 
.  principle.  As  it  respects  the  conduct, 
koturty  is  a  much  more  homely  virtue 
than  uprightness :  a  man  is  said  to  be 
kpnest  who  in  his  dealings  with  others 
does  not  violate  the  laws ;  thus  a  ser- 
vant is  htmut  who  does  not  take  any 
of  the  proper^  of  bis  master,  or  suffer 
it  to  be  taken ;  a  tradesman  is  honest 
who  does  not  sell  bad  articles;  and 
people  in  general  are  denominated 
haiutt  who  pay  what  they  owe,  and  do 
not  adopt  any  methods  of  defrauding 
others :  hanestif  in  this  sense,  there- 
.  fore,  consists  m  negatives ;  but  up* 
rightness  is  positive,  and  extends  to  all 
matters  which  are  above  the  reach  of 
the  law,  and  comprehends  not  only 
every  thing  which  is  known  to  be 
hurtful,  but  also  whatever  may  chance 
to  be  hurtfiil.  To  be  honest  requires 
nothing  but  a  knowledge  of  the  first 
principles  of  civil  society;  it  is  learn- 
ed, and  may  be  practised,  by  the 
youngest  and  most  ignorant:  but  to 
be  upright  supposes  a  superiority  of 
understanding  or  information,  which 
qualifies  a  person  to  discriminate  be- 
■  tween  that  which  may  or  may  not  in- 
.  jure  andther.  An  honest  man  is  con- 
tea^  with  not  overchaiging  aoother 


for  that  which  he  sells  to  him ;  but  an 
upright  man  seeks  to  provide  him  with 
that  which  shall  fully  answer  his 
purpose:  a  man  will  not  think  him- 
self dishonest  who  leaves  abother  to 
find  out  defiscts  which  it  b  possible 
may  escape  his  notice ;  botaai^|»r^Ar 
man  will  rather  suffer  a  loss  himself 
than  expose  another  to  an  enor  which 
may  be  detrimental  to  his  interests. 
Fh>m  this  difociioe  between  hanet^ 
and  tiprigA/n#tf  arises  another,  name- 
ly, that  the  honett  man  may  be  honed 
only  for  his  own  convenieiioe,  out  of 
regard  to  his  character,  or  afmr  ofthe 
laws ;  but  the  upright  man  is  alwa;fi 
uprighty  firom  his  sense  of  what  n 
nght,  and  lus  oonoem  for  otben. 

Honestf  in  ita  extended  tense,  as 
it  is  applied  to  principles,  or  to  the 

general  character  of  a  man,  is  of  a 
igher  cast  than  the  commoa  kind  of 
A<met(y  abovementioned;  uprightmett, 
however,  in  this  case,  still  preserves  its 
superiority.  An  honett  principle  is 
the  first  and  most  universally  appli^ 
cable  principle  which  the  mind  forms 
of  what  is  nght  and  wrong ;  and  the 
hone$t  man,  who  i»  so  denominated 
on  account  of  his  having  this  prin- 
ciple, is  looked  upon  with  respect,  in 
as  much  as  he  possesses  the  founda- 
tion of  all  moral  virtue  in  his  dealingi 
with  others.  Honest  is  here  the  gene* 
ric  term,  and  uprightness  the  specific 
term;  the  former  does  not  exclude 
the  latter,  but  the  latter  includes  the 
former.  There  may  be  many  honest 
men  and  honest  minds ;  but  there  are 
not  so  many  upright  men  nor  upright 
minds.  The  honest  man  is  rather  con- 
trasted with  the  rogue,  and  an  honest 
principle  is  oppos^  to  the  selfish  or 
artful  principle :  but  the  upright  man 
or  the  upright  mind  can  be  compared 
or  contrasted  with  nothing  but  itself. 
All  honest  man  will  do  no  harm  if  he 
know  it ;  but  an  upright  man  is  care- 
ful not  to  do  to  anotlier  what  he  would 
not  have  another  do  to  him. 

Honesty  is  a  feeling  that  actuates 
and  directs  by  a  spontaneous  impulse ; 
uprightness  is  a  principle  that  regu- 
lates or  puts  every  thing  into  an  even 
course.  Honesty  can  be  dispensed 
with  in  no  case;  but  uprightness  is 
called  in  question  only  in  certain  cases. 
We  characterize  a  servant  or  the 
lowest  person  as  honest:  but  we  do 


HONESTY. 


HONESTY. 


56S 


not  entitle  any  one  in  so  low  a  ca- 
pacity as  uprightf  since  uprightneu 
IS  exercised  in  matters  of  higher  mo- 
ment, and  rests  upon  the  evidence  of 
a  man*s  own  mind;  a  judge,  how- 
ever, may  with  propriety  be  denomi- 
nated upright^  who  scrupulously  ad- 
heres to  the  dictates  of  an  unbiassed 
conscience  in  the  administration  of 
justice. 

Uprightness  is  applicable  O'^JjTjp 
principles  and  actions;  INTEGRTTY, 
from  tne  Latin  integer  whole,  is  appli- 
cable to  the  whole  man  or  his  cha- 
racter ;  and  PROBITY,  from  fmbus 
or  profubus  restraining,  that  is,  re- 
straining from  evil,  is  in  like  manner 
used  only  in  the  comprehensive  sense. 
Uprightness  is  the  straightness  of  role 
by  which  actions  and  conduct  in  cer- 
tain cases  is  measured;  tn/egrt^  is  the 
wholeness  or  unbrokenness  of  a  man's 
character  throughout  life  in  his  various 
transactions ;  probity  is  the  excellence 
and  purity  of  a  man's  character  in 
his  various  relations.  When  we  call 
a  man  upright^  we  consider  him  in 
the  detail ;  we  bear  in  mind  the  uni- 
formity and  fixedness  of  the  principle 
by  which  he  is  actuated :  when  we  call 
him  a  man  of  integritify  we  view  him 
in  the  gross,  not  in  this  nor  that  cir- 
cumstance of  life,  but  in  every  cir- 
cinnstance  in  which  the  rights  and 
interests  of  others  are  concerned. 
Uprightness  may  therefore  be  looked 
upon  in  some  measure  as  a  part  of 
integrity ;  with  this  difference,  that 
Uie  acting  principle  is  in  the  one  case 
only  kept  in  view,  whereas  in  the 
other  case  the  conduct  'and  principle 
are  both  included.  The  distinction 
between  these  terms  is  farther  evident 
by  observing  their  difierent  applica- 
tion. We  do  not  talk  of  a  man's 
uprightness  being  shaken,  or  of  his 
preserving  his  uprightness;  but  of  his 
integrity  being  shaken,  «nd  bis  pre- 
serving his  integrity.  We  may,  how* 
ever,  ascribe  the  particular  conduct 
of  any  individual  as  properly  to  the 
integrity  of  his  principles  or  mind, 
as  tu  the  uprightness  of  his  principles. 
A  man's  uprightness  displays  itself  in 
his  dealings,  be  they  ever  so  minute ; 
but  the  integrity  of  his  character  it 
seen  in  the  most  important  coucemt 
of  life.  A  judge  shows  his  upright 
ness  in  his    daily  administrmtioo  of 


justice,  when  he  remains  uninfluenced 
by  any  partial  motive ;  he  shows  his 
integrity  when  be  resists  the  most 
powerful  motives  of  personal  interest 
and  advantage  out  of  respect  to  right 
and  justice. 

Integrity  and  probity  are  both  ge- 
neral and  abstract  terms;  bat  Si» 
former  is  relative,  the  latter  is  posi- 
tive :  integrity  refers  to  the  eitemal 
injuries  by  which  it  may  be  assailed 
or  destroyed ;  it  is  goodness  tried  and 
preserved  :  probity  is  goodness  exists 
m^  of  itself,  without  reference  to  any 
thing  else.  There  is  no  integrity 
where  private  interest  is  not  in  ques- 
tion ;  there  is  no  probity  wherever  the 
interests  of  others  are  injured  :  intO' 
griiy  therefore  includes  probity^  but 
probity  Aoes  not  necessarily  suppose 
integrity.  Probity  is  a  free  principle, 
that  acts  without  any  force ;  integrity 
is  a  defensive  principle,  that  is  obliged 
to  maintain  itself  against  external 
force.  Probity  excludes  all  injustice ; 
integrity  excludes  in  a  particular 
manner  that  injustice  which  would 
fitvor  one's  self.  Probity  respects  the 
rights  of  every  man,  and  seeks  to 
render  to  ever^  one  what  is  his  due ; 
it  does  not  wait  to  be  asked,  it  does 
not  require  any  compulsion ;  it  vo- 
lunurily  enters  into  all  the  circum- 
stances and  conditions  of  men«  and 
measures  out  to  each .  his  portion : 
probity  therefore  forbids  a  man  being 
malignant,  hard,  cruel,  ungene- 
rous, unfair,  or  any  thing  else  which 
may  press  unequally  and  unjustly  on 
his  neighbour :  integrity  is  disinter- 
ested; it  sacrifices  every  personal 
consideration  to  the  maintenance  of 
what  is  rieht :  a  man  of  integrity 
will  not  DC  contented  to  abstain 
firom  seUing  himself  for  gold ;  be  will 
keep  himself  aloof  from  all  private 
partialities  or  resentments,  all  partj 
cabals  or  intrigue,  which  are  apt  to 
violate  the  integrity  of  his  mind. 
We^  look  for  honesty  and  ^gmgktnem 
in  dtizens ;  it  sets  every  qoestion  at 
rest  between  man  and  man :  we  look 
for  integrity  and  probity  in  statesmen, 
or  such  as  nave  to  adjust  the  rigfati  of 
many ;  they  contribute  to  the  pablic 
as  often  as  to  the  private  eood. 

Were  I  to  take  an  estimate  of  the 
comparative  value  of  these  foor  twam^ 
I  should  deoottunate  ktmetly  a  niini 

3o3 


HONOR. 


HOPE. 


566 


cur  parents  by  holding  a  similar  sen- 
timent in  a  less  degree. 

To  honor  and  respect  are  extended 
to  other  objects  besides  our  Maker 
and  our  parents;  but  reverence  is  con- 
fined  to  objects  of  a  religious  de- 
scription, **  We  honor  the  king  and 
all  that  are  put  in  authority  under 
him,"  by  rendering  to  them  the  tri- 
bute that  is  due  to  their  station ;  we 
respect  all  who  possess  superior  quar 
lities :  the  former  is  an  act  of  duty, 
it  flows  out  of  the  constctutioo  of 
civil  society  ;  the  latter  is  a  voluntary 
act  flowing  out  of  the  temper  of  the 
mind  towards  others.  To  respfict^  as 
I  have  before  obsen  ed,  signifies  merely 
to  feel  respect ;  but  to  show  respect^ 
or  a  mark  of  respect,  supposes  an  ouc^ 
ward  action  which  brings  it  still  nearer 
to  honor.  It  is  a  mark  of  honor  in 
subjects  to  keep  the  birth-day  of  their 
Sovereign ;  it  is  a  mark  of  respect  to 
any  individual  to  give  him  the  upper 
seat  in  a  room  or  at  a  table.  Divme 
honors  were  formerly  paid  by  the 
Romans  to  some  of  their  emperors  : 
respect  is  always  paid  to  age  in  all 
Christian  countries ;  among  the  hea- 
thensit  differed  according  to  the  temper 
of  the  people. 

Of  li'aminir,  as  of  vfrtoe.  It  vny  ba  aArmcd 
(iiat  it  it  at  once  honored  and  neglected. 

JOHMIOW. 

The  foandatioo  of  Kverj  proper  diaporitioo 
towards  God  inusi  be  laid  la  rer«rence.  Chat  it, 
admiration  mixtfd  with  awe.  BtAia. 

Establish  jroar  character  on  tbe  retpect  of  the 
wbe,  not  on  tbe  flattcrj  of  depeadeuti.     Blaib. 

HONOR,    DIGNITY. 

HONOR  (r.  Honor)  maj  be  taken 
either  for  that  which  intrinsically  be- 
longs to  a  person,  or  for  that  which  is 
conferred  on  him. 

DIGNITY,  from  the  Latin  dignus 
worthy,  signifying  worthiness^  ma^  be 
equally  applied  to  wiiat  is  extrinsic  or 
intrinsic  in  a  roan. 

In  the  first  case  ilonor  has  a  reference 
to  what  is  esteemed  by  others ;  dignity 
to  that  which  is  esteemed  by  ourselves : 
a  sense  of  honor  impels  a  man  to  do 
that  which  is  esteemed  honorable 
among  men ;  a  sense  of' dignity  to  do 
that  which  is  consistent  with  the  worth 
and  greatness  of  his  nature:  the 
former  strives  to  elevate  himself  as 


an  individual ;  the  latter  to  raise  him- 
self to  the  standard  of  his  species : 
the  former  may  lead  a  person  astray ; 
but  the  latter  is  an  unerring  guide. 
It  is  honor  which  makes  a  man  draw 
his  sword  upon  his  friend :  it  is  dignity 
which  makes  him  despise  every  paltry 
affront  from  others,  and  apoTogizo 
for  every  apparent  affront  on  his  own 
part.  This  distinction  between  the 
terms  is  kept  up  in  their  application  to 
what  is  extraneous  of  a  man :  the 
honor  is  that  which  is  conferred  oo 
him  by  others  ;  but  the  dignity  is  tha 
worth  or  value  which  is  fuided  to  hit 
condition :  hence  we  always  speak  of 
honors  as  conferred  or  received ;  but 
dignities  as  possessed  or  maintained. 
Honors  may  sometimes  be  casual ; 
but  dignities  are  always  permanent : 
an  act  of  condescension  from  the  sove- 
reign is  an  honor  ;  but  the  dignity  lies 
in  the  elevation  of  the  office.  llence 
it  is  that  honors  are  mostly  civil  or 
political;  i^ij^iu^iei  ecclesiastical. 

When  ayrovd  aapfrfoff  man  rneMi  with  nonart 
mod  preferiMiits,  thcM  an  the  tMaga  whieh  mn 
ivadjr  to  lajr  bold  of  his  heart  aod  aflhetlon. 

Soon. 
Him  TallDS  nest  In  dffni(y  lacceedt.  Dktmn. 

HOPS,   EXPECTATION,   TRUST, 
CONFIDENCE. 

HOPE,  in  German  hoffen,  probably 
comes  from  the  Greek  ovii/m  to  look  at 
with  pleasure. 

EXPECTATION,  v.  To  owail. 

TRUST,  ».  Belief. 

CONFIDENCE^;  v.  To  confide. 

Anticipation  of  futurity  is  the 
jcommon  idea  expressed  by  all  these 
words. ^  Hope  is  welcome;  ejpect^ 
ation  is  either  welcome  or  unwel- 
come :  we  hope  only  for  that  which  is 
good ;  we  expect  the  .bad  as  well  a^ 
the  good.  lu  bad  weather  we  hop£  it 
will  soon  be  better;  but  in  a  bad 
season  we  expect  a  bad  harvest,  and  iu 
a  good  season  a  good  harvest.  H<^c 
is  simply  a  preseutiment ;  it  may  vary 
in  decree,  more  according  to  the  tem« 
per  ol  the  mind  than  the  nature  of  the 
circumstances ;  some  hope  where  thert 
is  no  ground  for  hope^  and  others  de- 
spair where  thejr  might  hope :  expect" 
ation  is  a  conviction  that  excludes 
doubt;  «  we  expect  in  proportion  as 
that  conviction  is  positive:  we  hope 


•  See^Eberhardt:  •«  Bofinnff,  Enmtuf^  wmtsneOf  saveakM,' 


HOWEVER. 


HOWEVER. 


567 


same  in  significationi  is  employed 
either  in  poetry  or  in  application  to 
moral  objects  :  a  room  is  hoi  ;  a  fur- 
nace or  the  tail  of  a  comet  fiery ;  a 
coal  burning  ;  the  sun  ardent. 

In  the  figurative  application,  a  tem* 
per  is  hot  or  fiery ;  ra^  is  burning  ; 
the  mind  is  ardent  in  pursuit  of  an 
object.  A  zeal  may  be  hot,  fi'^f 
burningy  and  ardent ;  but  in  the  first 
three  cases,  it  denotes  the  intemper- 
ance of  the  mind  when  heated  by 
religion  or  politics  $  the  latter  is  adr 
missible  so  long  as  it  is  confined  to  a 
good  object. 

Let  loow  the  nfioc  ekmenti,    Bre«(b*d  kBt 
From  all  Che  hoeadlcw  tannee  of  the  tky* 
And  the  wide  slictrrias  WMte  oi burning  MUid, 
A  •uffoe4tliif  wind  the  pOcriflB  mnkm 
With  Invtant  deeth.  Tuohmk. 

B*ei  the  eanei  feels 
Shot  thfovgh  hii  withcr'd  hevt,  iht  fiery  Mart. 

TllOMIOll. 

The  ro}al  eai;1e  drawt  hb  vlgoroet  yottig, 
Strong  pottacM,  and  «nlent  with  patenial  Aiew 

TaoMSOM. 

HOUSE,  V.  Family. 

HOWBVKR)    YXT,   NBVSR- 
THELESS,  NOTWITHSTANDING. 

These  conjunctions  are  in  erammar 
termed  adversative,  because  they  join 
sentences  together  that  stand  more 
or  less  in  opposition  to  each  other. 
HOWEVER  IS  the  most  general  and 
indefinite;  it  serves  as  a  conclusive 
deduction  drawn  from  the  whole. 

The  truth  is  however  not  yet  all 
come  out ;  by  which  is  understood  that 
much  of  the  truth  has  been  told,  and 
much  yet  remains  to  be  told  :  so  like- 
wise in  similar  sentences ;  I  am  not 
however  of  that  opinion ;  where  it  is 
implied  either  that  many  hold  the  opi- 
nion, or  much  may  be  said  of  it;  but 
be  that  as  it  may,  I  am  not  of  that 
opinion :  however  yon  may  rely  on 
my  assistance  to  that  amount;  that  is, 
at  all  events,  let  whatever  happen, 
you  may  rely  on  so  much  of  my  assist- 
ance :  howevery  as  is  obvious  from 
the  above  examples,  connects  not  only 
one  single  proposition,  but  many  pro- 
positions either  expressed  or  under- 
stood. YET,  NEVERTHELESS, 
and  NOTWITHSTANDING,  are 
mostly  employed  to  set  two  specific 
propositions  either  in  contrast  or  direct 
opposition   to  each  other;   the  two 


latter  are  but  species  of  the  former, 
pointing  out  the  opposition  in  a  more 
specific  manner. 

There  are  cases  in  which  yet  is  pe- 
culiarly proper;  others  in  which  ne* 
vertheiet$f  and  others  in  which  not- 
withstanding, is  preferable.  Yet  be- 
speaks a  simple  contrast;  Addison 
was  not  a  good  speaker,  yet  he  was 
an  admirable  writer ;  Johnson  was  a 
man  of  uncouth  manners,  ^e^  he  had  a 
good  heart  and  a  sound  liead :  never- 
theleu  and  noiwithstanding  could  not 
in  these  cases  have  been  substituted. 
Nevertheleu  and  notwUkUanding  are 
mostly  used  to  imply  efifects  or  con- 
sequences opposite  to  what  might 
naturally  be  expected  to  result.  Ha 
has  acted  an  unworthy  part;  seser- 
theleu  I  will  be  a  friend  to  him  as  far 
as  I  can;  that  is,  although  he  has 
acted  an  unworthy  part,  I  will  be 
no  less  his  friend  as  far  as  lies  in  my 
power.  Notwithstanding  all  I  have 
said,  he  still  persists  in  his  own  im- 
prudent conduct,  that  is,  all  I  have 
said  notwithstanding  or  not  restrainuig 
him  from  it,  he  still  persists.  He  is 
still  rich  notwithstanding  his  loss;  that 
is,  his  loss  notwithstanding,  or  not 
standing  in  the  way  of  it,  he  is  still 
rich.  From  this  resolution  oitiie  terms, 
more  than  from  any  specific  rule,  we 
may  judge  of  their  distinct  applica- 
tions, and  clearly  perceive  that  in  such 
cases  as  those  above-cited  the  con- 
junctions nevertheless  and  notwith' 
standing  could  not  be  substituted  for 
each  otlier,  nor  yet  for  either:  in 
other  cases,  Aowfver,  where  the  objects 
are  less  definitely  pointed  out,  they 
may  be  used  indifferently.  The  Jesuita 
picfued  themselves  always  upon  their 
stnct  morality,  and  yet  {notwithittmd^ 
ing  or  nevertheleu)  they  admitted  of 
many  things  not  altogether  consonant 
with  moral  principle :  you  know  that 
these  are  but  tales,  yet  \natwUhMtand' 
ing,  nevertheless)  you  believe  them. 


Ilhieerer  It  li  hot  Jaal  ■omKlmea  Co  gif  e  the 
world  a  repuneatatloa  of  the  Mi^M  elde  of  ha- 
■ao  Mtniv.  lloeaik 


lie  had  not  thet  leiiwuei  fm  the  fwea  ■• 
might  hate  heea  ezptcted  fron  a  muk  of  Me 
wMom  and  hceedlaiE;  yet  he  was  lapertfaMitl|j 
eoUdtoa*  to  know  what  her  Bli^j  mU  ofhta 
hi  private.  CLSwemoMm 

There  will  alwaji  he  aooMthfof  that  we  ahall 
wU  to  have  inhhcd;  tad  be  nevntkeims  ea. 
wOUeg  to  beghi. 


HUMBLE. 


HUMOR. 


569 


to  others  from  a  sense  of  their  desert ; 
a  modest  man  demands  nothing  for 
hims«lfy  from  an  nnconsciousness  of 
desert  in  himself. 

Between  humble  and  iubmittivt 
there  is  this  prominent  feature  of  dis- 
tinction, that  the  former  marks  a  tem- 
per of  mind,  the  latter  a  mode  of 
action ;  the  former  is  therefore  often 
^he  cause  of  the  latter,  but  not  so  al- 
ways :  we  may  be  m^miftive,  because 
we  are  humble :  but  we  may  likewise 
be  submissive  from  fear,  from  inter- 
ested motives,  from  necessity,  from 
duty,  and  the  like ;  and  on  the  other 
hand,  we  may  be  humble  without  be- 
ing submissivey  when  we  are  not 
brought  into  coimexion  with  others. 
A  man  is  humble  in  his  closet  when  he 
takes  a  review  of  his  sinfulness:  he  is 
submissive  to  his  master  whose  dis- 
pleasure he  dreads. 

As  humility  may  display  itself  in 
the  outward  conduct,  it  approaches 
still  nearer  to  submissive  in  application : 
hence  we  say  a  humble  air,  and  a  sub- 
missive air;  the  former  to  denote  a 
man's  sense  of  his  own  comparatire 
littleness,  the  latter  to  indicate  his 
readiness  to  submit  to  the  will  of  ano- 
ther :  a  man  therefore  carries  his  A«m. 
ble  air  about  with  him  to  all  his  su. 
periors,  nay,  indeed  to  the  world  at 
large ;  but  he  puts  on  h\s  submissive  air 
only  to  the  individual  who  has  the  power 
of  controlling  him.  Upon  the  same 
principle,  if  I  humbly  ask  a  person's 
pardon,  or  humbly  solicit  any  favor, 
I  mean  to  express  a  sense  of  my  own 
unworthiness,  compared  with  the  indi- 
vidual addressed ;  but  when  a  coun- 
sellor submissively  or  with  submission 
addresses  a  judge  on  the  bench,  it  im- 
plies his  willingness  to  submii  to  the 
decision  of  the  bench ;  or  if  a  person 
submissively  yields  to  the  wisnes  of 
another,  it  is  done  with  an  air  that 
bespeaks  his  readiness  to  conform  his 
actions  to  a  prescribed  rule. 

In  God^  boTj  houfe,  I  prontrele  mjraelf  ia  tbe 
humblett  and  daoeotnt  wigr  of  fmiulfecUoo  I  am 
Ima^ne.  Ilown. 

Sedttion  fttelf  b  m»dt»t  in  the  daim,  and  only 
toWatlon  majr  be  palUlooed,  when  noClibig  Icm 
cbAo  «aipfra  is  detjgn*d.  Sovxtt. 

And  potent  Rajabf,  wIm  ttiemMhrci  piolde 
O'er  rt-alau  of  wide  riteul!    Bat  here  «mA- 

mittive 
Their  homage  pajr ;  alternate  kiage  and  •Ut«  ! 

SOHttVUU. 


TO  HUMBLE,   HUMILIATE, 
DEGRADE. 

HUMBLE  and  HUMILIATE  are 
both  drawn  from  the  same  source  (p. 
Humble,  modest). 

DEGRADE,  v.  To  abase. 
^  Humble  is  commonly  used  as  the  act 
either  of  persons  or  things :  a  person 
may  humble  himself  or  he  may  be 
humbled:  humiliate  is  employed  to 
characterize  things;  a  thing  is  hums- 
liating  or  an  humiliation.  No  man 
humbles  himself  by  the  acknowledge- 
ment of  a  fault;  but  it  is  a  great 
hsimiliation  for  a  person  to  be  depend- 
ant on  another  for  a  living  when  he 
has  it  in  bis  power  to  obtain  it  for  him- 
self :  to  humble  is  to  bring  down  to 
the  ground ;  it  supposes  a  certain  emi- 
nence, either  created  by  the  mind,  or 
really  existing  in  the  outward  circum- 
stances :  to  degrade  is  to  let  down 
lower;  it  supposes  steps  for  ascending 
or  descending.  He  who  is  most  ele- 
vated in  his  own  esteem  may  be  most 
humbled  ;  misfortunes  may  humble  the 
proudest  conqueror:  he  who  is  most 
elevated  in  the  esteem  of  others,  may 
be  the  most  degraded  ;  envy  is  ever  on 
the  alert  to  degrade.  A  lesson  in  the 
school  of  adversity  is  humbling  to 
one  who  has  known  nothing  but  pros- 
perity :  terms  of  peace  are  hums* 
liating :  low  vices  are  peculiarly  de^ 
grading  to  a  man  of  rank. 

Deep  horror  Klam  ev'ry  homan  breast. 
Their  pride  b  AMmftleif,  and  thdi  frar  coBfcw*i. 

Dai 


A  long  habit  oihumiUatioK  deei  not  leeai  • 
v«7  rood  prrparaUve  to  oMtoljrand  viforoaiiea* 
tlmeati,  bui 


Who  bat  a  tyrant  (a  fiane  eapwairira  of 
•fcfj  thing  which  caa  vitiate  and  de^rndg  huMB 
natare)  coald  think  of  leislng  oo  the  propedj  of 
Biea  anaccoaed  and  nabeard  i  BrnuB. 

TO  HUMILIATE,  V.  To  humhle. 
HUMOR,  V.  Liquid. 

HUMOB,  TEMPER,   MOOD. 

HUMOR  literally  signifies  moisture 
or  fluid,  in  which  tense  it  is  used  for 
the  fluids  of  the  human  body ;  and  at 
far  as  these  hwmfn  or  their  particalv 
state  is  connected  with,  or  nas  its  in* 
fluence  on,  the  animal  spirits  and  the 
moral  feelings,  so  for  it  hmnot  appli- 
ceble  to  moral  agentt. 


570 


HUMOR. 


HUMOR. 


TEMPER  (v.  DjiftoBUion)  is  less 
specific  in  its  signification;  it  may 
with  equal  propriety,  under  the  chaneed 
form  of  temperamenty  be  applicM>le 
to  the  geiiena  state  of  the  body  or  the 
mind. 

MOOD,  which  is  but  a  change  from 
mode  or  manner,  has  an  original  sig- 
Bificatkuinot  less  indefinite  than  the 
iHmer ;  it  is  applied  however  only  to 
tke  mind.  As  the  human  of  the  l>od^ 
are  the  most  variable  parts  of  the  ani- 
mal firmme,  hmmor  in  regard  to  the 
mind  denhtes  but  a  partial  and  tran- 
tttory  state  when  compared  with  the 
UwKDtr^  which  is  a  general  and  habi* 
Inal  state.  The  humor  is  so  floctu- 
atiag  that  it  varies  in  the  same  mind 
perpetuallv ;  but  the  temper  is  so  fiur 
coofioed  that  it  always  shows  itself  to 
be  the  same  whenever  it  shows  itself 
at  all :  the  humor  makes  a  man  differ- 
ent firom  himself;  the  temper  makes 
lam  different  firom  others.  Hence  we 
speak  of  the  humor  of  the  moment ; 
ot  the  Im^er  of  yoath  or  of  old  age ; 
io  likewise,  to  accommodate  one's  self 
to  the  Manor  of  a  person ;  to  mana^ 
lus  temper  :  to  pot  one  into  a  certam 
hmmor  ;  to  correct  or  sour  the  temper. 
Humor  n  not  less  partial  in' its  nature 
than  in  its  duration;  it  files  itself 
often  on  only  one  object,  or  respects 
only  one  particolar  direction  of  the 
MMigs :  temper  extends  to  all  the  ac- 
tions and  opinions  as  well  as  feelings 
of  a  man;  it  gives  a  colouring  to  all 
ht  says,  does,  thinks,  and  feels.  We 
may  be  in  a  humor  for  writing,  or  read- 
ing ;  for  what  is  gay  or  what  is  seri- 
ous; for  what  is  nois^  or  what  is 
qniet :  but  our  temper  is  discoverable 
IB  our  daily  conduct;  we  may  be  in 
a  good  or  itl  humor  in  company,  but 
in  domestic  life  and  in  our  closest  re- 
lations we  show  whether  we  are  good 
or  ill  tempered.  A  man  shows  his 
humor  in  different  or  trifling  actions ; 
he  shows  his  temper  in  the  most  im- 
portant actions :  it  may  be  a  man's 
mmor  to  sit  while  others  stand,  or  to 

Konehaveo  while  others  shave ;  but 
•hows  his  temper  as  a  Christian 
or  otb^nviso  in  forgiving  iijjuries  or 
harbooring  nssentments;  m  living 
peaceably,  or  indulging  himself  in  con- 
lenttons. 

,  The  same  distinction  is  kept  up  be- 
tween the  terms  when  applied  to  bo- 


of  men.  A  nation  may  have  its 
humor  and  its  temper  at  much  as  an 
individual:  the  former  discovers  itself 
in  the  manners  and  fashions ;  the  lat- 
ter in  its  public  spirit  towarda  its  go- 
vernment or  other  natioaa.  It  mis 
been  the  anlacky  Anmor  of  the  present 
day  to  banish  ceremony,  and  conse- 
miently  decency,  from  all  oompaoim : 
tne  temper  of  the  times  is  somewhat 
more  sober  now  than  it  was  dnring  the 
heat  of  the  revolutionary  mania* 

jHaifiior  and  mood  agree  indenodog 
a  particular  and  temporary  state  A 
feeling ;  but  they  differ  in  the  cause: 
the  former  being  attributable  rather  to 
the  physical  state  of  the  body ;  and 
the  latter  to  the  moral  frame  of  the 
mind:  the  fiMmer  therefore  is  indo^ 
pendent  of  all  external  circomstanoesi 
or  at  all  events,  of  any  that  are  re- 
ducible to  system ;  the  latter  is  guided 
entirely  by  events,  or  the  view  which 
the  mind  takes  of  events.  The  humor 
is  therefore  generally  taken  in  a  bad 
sense,  unless  actually  qualified  by  some 
epithet  to  the  contrary  :  the  mood  is 
always  taken  in  an  indifferent  sense* 
There  is  no  calculating  on  the  humor 
of  a  man ;  it  depends  upon  his  aiood 
whether  be  performs  ill  or  wel^:  it  is 
necessary  to  suppress  humor  in  a 
child ;  we  discover  by  the  melancholy 
mood  of  a  man  that  something  dis- 
tressing has  happened  to  him. 

Trae  modeitj  fe  tsbaiMd  to  io  aay  tUnf  tkat 
ii  on»otlte  to  the  humvur  oi  ike  Hoiayaay. 

Tkere  are  time  or  fov  ilflcle  mm  whe  aett 
m  tamper  to  a  hair.  Covraa. 

Straafa  ai  It  nnj  aeaaa,  Hw  aoeal-  ladieraat 
Uaai  I  ever  wrote  kare  keta  wrttlea  la  the  tad* 
denaieoii.  Cowrau 

HUMOR,  CAPRICK. 

HUMOR,  9.  Humor. 

CAFKICE,  V.  Fantastical. 

Humor  is  general ;  caprice  is  par* 
ticular:  humor  may  be  good  or  bad; 
CMrice  is  always  taken  in  a  bad  sense. 
Humor  is  always  independent  of  fixed 
principle ;  it  is  the  feeling  or  impulse 
of  the  moment :  caprice  is  always  op- 
posed to  fixed  principle,  or  ratiomii 
motives  of  acdng ;  it  is  the  feeling  of 
the  individual  setung  at  novttht  all 
rule,  and  defying  all  reason.  The  feel- 
ing only  is  perverted  when  the  Aamor 
predominates;    the  judgement   and 


HUNT. 


HURTFUL. 


fffi 


will  is  perverted  by  caprice :  a  child 
shows  Its  humor  in  fretfulness  and  im- 
patience ;  a  man  betrays  his  caprice  in 
liis  intercourse  with  others^  in  the  ma- 
nagement of  his  concemsyin  the  choice 
of  his  amusements. 

Indulgence  renders  children  and 
subordinate  persons  humonome ; 
prosperity  or  unlimited  power  is  apt 
to  render  a  man  capriciout :  a  Au- 
morsome  person  commonly  objects  to 
be  pleased,  or  is  easily  displeased ;  a 
capricious  person  likes  and  dislikes, 
approves  and  disapproves  the  same 
thing  in  ciuick  succession.  Humor^ 
when  applied  to  things,  has  the  sense 
of  wit ;  whence  the  distinction  be- 
tween humorsome  and  humorous :  the 
former  implying  the  existence  of  Ati- 
mor  or  perverteid  feeling  in  the  person; 
the  latter  implying  the  existence  of 
humor  or  wit  in  the  person  or  thing. 
Caprice  is  improperly  applied  to  things 
to  designate  their  total  irregularity 
and  planlessness  of  proceeding ;  as,  in 
speaking  of  fashion,  we  notice  its  co- 
price,  when  that  which  has  been  laid 
aside  is  again  taken  into  use :  diseases 
are  termed  capricious  which  act  in 
direct  opposition  to  all  established 
rule. 

You*ll  ask  me,  why  I  nUber  choott  to  han 
A  weif  lit  of  carrion  flesh  thaa  to  Kcdve 
Tbre«  thoDvand  dacaU;  Pll  noC  am««Y  th«t» 
Bat  Mj.  it  U  nj  kmnor,  Sbaupbaib. 

Mm  will  sQbaiit  to  anj  rale  hy  wbkb  tbry 
maj  bH  eiempted  tnm  the  tjraaoj  of  caprice 
and  cbaoo*.  Jokmoii. 

HUMOR,  V,  Wit. 

TO  HUMOR,  V.  To  qualify. 

HUNT,   CHACB. 

The  leading  idea  in  the  word 
HUNT  is  that  of  searching  after;  the 
leading  idea  in  the  word  CIIACE  is 
that  of  driving  away,  or  before  one. 
In  the  strict  sense,  the  hunt  is  made 
for  objects  not  within  sight;  the  chace 
is  made  after  such  objects  only  as  are 
within  sight :  we  may  kunt^  therefore, 
without  chasing;  we  may  cAoiewitli- 
out  hunting:  a  person  hunts  after, 
but  does  not  chase  that  which  is  lost : 
a  boy  chases,  but  does  not  hunt  a  but- 
terfly. When  applied  to  field  sports, 
the  hunt  commences  as  soon  as  the 
huntsman  begins  to  look  for  the  game; 
the  chace  commences  as  icon  at  it  is 


found :  on  this  groiud,  perhaps,  it  if, 
that  hunt  is  used  in  familiar  discourse^ 
to  designate  the  spedhc  act  of  taking 
this  amusement;  and  chace  is  used 
only  in  particular  cases  where  the 
peculiar  idea  is  to  be  expressed :  a 
fox  hunty  or  a  stap  hunt^  is  said  to  take 
place  on  a  particular  day;  or  that 
there  has  been  no  hunting  this  sea- 
sotu  or  that  the  kunt  has  been  ▼err 
bad :  but  we  speak,  on  the  other  band, 
of  the  pleasures  of  the  cikace;  or  that 
the  chace  lasted  very  long;  the  aninud 
gave  a  long  chace. 

Come  bitber,  boj !  well  hunt  to-day 
The  bookwofia,  nvcaiac  bcMl  of  pny. 

Pamku. 
Clwtaew  timlmA  wmi  JBttoae  too 
Th*  Oljrapk  tropbloi  sbov  ; 
Both  their  levtrftl  parti  moat  do 
U  the  noble  ekaee  of  fane.  Cowurr. 

TO  HURL,  V.  To  cast. 
HURRICANE,  V.  Bfcexe. 
TO  HURRY,  v»  To  hosten, 
HURT,  V.  Irgwy. 
HURT,  V.  Sorry. 
HURTFUL,   t;.  Disadvantage. 

HURTFUL,  PERNICIOUS,  NOXI- 
OUS, NOISOME. 

HURTFUL  signifies  foil  of  hurt,  or 
causing  plenty  of  hurt. 

PERNICIOUS,  V.  Dettrudive. 

NOXIOUS  and  NOISOME,  from 
the  Latin  noxius  and  noceo  to  hurt, 
signifies  the  same  originally  as  hurtful. 

Between  hurtjul  and  peruiciotu 
there  is  the  same  distinction  as 
between  hurting  and  destroying : 
that  which  is  hurtful  may  hurt 
in  various  ways;  but  that  which  is 
pernicious  necessarily  tends  td  d6> 
struction :  confinement  is  hurtjul  to 
the  health ;  bad  company  is  pemiekms 
to  tlieir  morals ;  or  the  doctrines  of 
freethinkers  sltc pernicious  to  the  well- 
being  of  society.  Noxious  and  noi' 
some  are  species  of  the  hurtfkl:  things 
may  be  hurtjul  both'  to  body  and 
mind ;  noxious  and  noisome  only  to 
the  body :  that  which  is  noxiosu  in* 
flicts  a  direct  injury ;  that  which  h 
noisome  inflicts  it  indirectly  :  muimti 
insects  are  such  as  wound;  mmsamt 
Taponrs  are  such  as  tend  to  oioato  dis- 
orders :  Ireland  is  said  to  be  fireoftom 
every  nariom  weed  or  animal ;  whin 

2 


IDEAL. 


IDLE. 


579 


nations  are  employed  on  distant  and 
strange  objects  :  hence  the  thtmghis 
arc  Henorniimted  sober,  chaste,  and 
the  like;  the  imaginations,  wild  and 
extravagant.  'l*he  thoughts  engage  the 
mind  as  circumstances  give  rise  to 
them;  they  are  always  supposed  to 
have  a  foundation  in  some  tnmg :  the 
imaginations,  on  the  other  hand,  are 
often  the  mere  fruit  of  a  disordered 
brain;  they  are  always  regarded  as 
unsubstantial,  if  not  unreal;  they  fre- 
quently owe  their  origin  to  the  sug- 
gestions of  the  appetites  and  passions ; 
whence  they  are  termed  the  imaginO' 
tions  of  the  heart. 

Every  one  fiod*  that  mtny  of  the  idUiM  which 
he  desired  to  retain  hate  slipped  away  trreCrhnr- 
ably.  JowNsoiv. 

O  calm 
'I'he  varrtnir  passions,  and  tamaUaoas  tk»u(tjki» 
That  t^gt  witbia  thee !  Rows. 

Different  climates  produce  la  men  hj  a  diAi^ 
•ut  mixture  of  the  bnmoars  a  dHTerent  and  aa- 
equal  courw  of  imaginaiiont  and  postioos. 

Titwru. 

IDEA,  V.  Perception. 

IDEAL,  IMAGINARY. 

IDEAL  does  not  strictly  adhere  to 
the  sense  of  its  primitive  idea  (v.  Idea) : 
the  idea  is  the  representation  of  a  real 
object  in  the  mind;  but  ideal  signifies 
belonging  to  the  idea  independant  of 
the  reality  or  the  extemal  object. 
IMAGINARY  preserves  the  signifi- 
cation of  its  primitive  imagination  (r. 
Fancy,  also  r.  Idea),  as  denoting  what 
IS  created  by  the  mind  itself. 

The  ideal  IS  not  directly  opposed  to, 
but  abstracted  from,  tlie  reality :  the 
imaginary,  on  the  other  hand,  is  di- 
rectly opposed  to  the  reality ;  it  is  the 
unreal  thing  formed  by  the  imaginO' 
tion.  Ideal  hapuiness  is  the  happiness 
which  is  formed  in  the  mind,  without 
having  any  direct  and  actual  prototype 
in  nature;  but  it  may,  nevertheless, 
be  something  possible  to  be  realised  ; 
it  may  be  above  nature,  but  not  in 
direct  contradiction  to  it:  the  MUt^t- 
nan/  is  that  which  is  opposite  to  some 
positive  existing  reality ;  the  pleasure 
which  a  lunatic  derives  from  the  ooa- 
ccit  of  beiog  a  king  is  altogether  uiia- 
ginary. 

There  is  not,  perhaps.  In  all  the  stom  of  ideal 
aofrnish,  a  tboufbt  more  painful  than  the  coa* 
sciousitess  of  bavlnf  propagated  oorcaptioa. 


well  the  vanity  of  fheet 
imtmgimmry  petllBetloM  (hat  ewall  the  heart  af 
man.  AMnov. 

IDIOM,  v.  Language. 
IDIOT,  V.  FooL 

IDLE,    LAZY,  INDOLENT. 

IDLE  it  in  German  eitel  vain. 

LAZY,  in  German  lamgf  consei 
finom  the  Latin  lauui  weary,  betaiuse 
weariness  naturally  engentierB  Uui' 
fiett. 

INDOLENT,  in  Utin  indoUw, 
signifies  without  feeling,  having  apathy 
or  unconcern. 

A  propensity  to  inaction  is  the  com* 
mon  idea  by  which  these  words  are 
connected;  they  difller  in  the  caiose 
and  degree  of  the  quality:  idle  ex- 
presses less  than  laxy,  and  lajy  less 
than  indolent :  one  is  termed  idle  who 
will  do  nothing  useful;  one  is  laty 
who  will  do  nothing  at  all  without 
great  reluctance ;  oneista^o/fiU  who 
does  not  care  to  do  any  thing  or  set 
about  any  thing.  There  is  no  direct 
inaction  in  the  idler;  for  a  child  is 
idle  who  will  not  learn  his  lesson,  but 
he  is  active  enough  in  that  which 
pleases  himself:  there  is  an  aversion 
to  corporeal  action  in  a  lai^  man,  but 
not  always  to  mental  action ;  he  is 
lazy  at  work,  lazy  in  walking,  or 
lazy  in  sitting  ;  but  he  may  not  object 
to  any  employment,  such  as  reading 
or  thinking,  which  leaves  his  body 
entirely  at  rest :  an  indolent  man,  on 
the  contrary,  iiuls  in  activity  fit>m  a 
defect  both  in  the  mind  and  the  bod^ ; 
he  will  not  only  not  move,  but  he  wiU 
not  even  think,  if  it  give  him  trouble ; 
and  trifling  exertions  of  any  kind  are 
sufficient,  even  in  prospect,  to  deter 
him  from  attempting  to  move. 

Idlenese  is  common  to  the  yoong 
and  the  thoughtless,  to  such  as  have 
not  steadiness  of  mind  to  set  a  value 
on  any  thing  which  may  be  acquired 
by  exertion  and  regular  employment ; 
the  idle  man  is  opposed  to  one  that 
is  diligent :  loiineu  is  frequent  among 
those  who  are  compelled  to  work  for 
others ;  it  is  a  habit  of  body  snper- 
induced  upon  one's  condition;  those 
who  should  labor  are  otten  the  most 
unwilling  to  move  at  all,  and  ribcs 
the  spring  of  the  mind  whioh  sboald 
impel  tbem  to  action  is  wanttn^ 


574 


IDLE. 


IDLE. 


M  they  are  continuaUy  andar  the 
necessity  of  moving  at  the  will  of 
another,  they  acquire  an  habitual 
reluctance  to  any  rootiooy  aiid  find 
their  comfort  in  entire  inaction  :  hence 
lasinets  is  almost  confined  to  servants 
and  the  labouring  classes  ;  laziness  is 
opposed  to  industry  :  indolence  is  a 
physical  property  of  the  mind,  a 
want  of  motive  or  purpose  to  action  : 
tba  isuhlent  man  is  not  so  fi>nd  of  his 
bodily  ease  as  the  UtMy  man,  but  he 
shrinks  firom  every  species  of  exertion 
still  more  than  the  latter ;  indolence 
h  a  disease  most  observable  in  the 
higher  classes,  and  even  in  persons  of 
tbe  highest  intellectual  endowments,  in 
whom  there  should  be  the  moet  power- 
ful motives  to  exertion ;  the  indolent 
stands  in  direct  opposition  to  nothing 
bnt  tbe  general  term  active. 
The  life  of  a  common  player  is  most 

St  to  breed  an  habitual  idleness  ;  as 
ly  have  no  serious  emnloyment  to 
oeoupy  their  hands  or  tneir  heads, 
tbey  grow  averse  to  every  thing  which 
JMOoloreauire  the  exercise  of  either : 
tbe  IHe  or  a  common  soldier  is  apt  to 
breed  Uudnese;  he  who  can  sit  or  lie 
lor  twenty  hours  out  of  the  twenty- 
tfxaty  will  soon  acquire  a  disgust  to 
any  kind  of  labor,  unless  he  be  natu- 
ndly  of  an  active  turn  :  the  life  of  a 
fich  man  is  most  favorable  to  indo- 
hnee ;  he  who  has  every  thing  pro- 
Tided  at  his  band,  not  only  ms  the 
necessities,  but  the  comforts  of  life, 
may  soon  become  averse  to  every 
thing  that  wears  the  face  of  exertion ; 
be  may  become  indoUmt^  if  be  be  not 
unfortunately  so  by  nature. 

k%  pride  If  toBMlliMt  liid  vador  bvmlllCj, 
MfeiMW  b  oflai  covend  by  tottataMe  «Bd  iMRy. 

Joaatoik 

Tbe  daw, 
Tht  raok,  a«d  nafpfe^  to  tbe  gaej-srown  oika. 
That  tbe  Mim  viltefe  In  their  ferdaat  aniu 
SbeUerlaf  embcace^difeet  their  lm$  fligfat. 

Taonov. 


ITolhtacii 
Ufraethe 


oppoeite  to  tbe  tms  ea)ojrioeat  of 
aad  fteble  elale  of  aa  imMolent 

BiJUB. 


IDLB,  UBISURB,  VACANT. 

IDLE,  V,  Idle. 

LEISURE,  otherwise  spelt  Uatiwe^ 
comes  from  UaUf  as  in  the  compound 
reletts€f  and  the  Latin  Uuco  to  make 
lax  or  loose,  that  iS|  k)08ed  or  set 


VACANT,  V.  Fre^ 

Tbe  idle  is  opposed  befe  ^o  tlit 
busy ;  the  leisure  simplv  to  tbe  em- 
ployed :  he  therefiMre  who  is  idU,  in- 
stead of  being  busy,  commits  a  fisult ; 
which  is  not  always  the  case  with 
him  who  is  at  leisttre  or  free  from  his 
employment.  Idle  is  therefore  al* 
ways  taken  in  a  sense  more  or  less  un- 
favourable ;  leisure  in  a  sense  peurftctly 
indifferent :  if  a  man  says  of  hiuMelf 
that  he  has  spent  an  idie  hour  in  this 
or  that  place  in  amusement,  coaipaay, 
and  the  like,  he  means  to  signilV  be 
would  have  spent  it  better  if  any  thing 
had  offered;  on  the  other  hand,  he 
would  say  that  he  spends  his  leuure 
momtots  in  a  suitable  relaxation :  he 
who  values  his  time  will  take  care  to 
have  as  few  idle  hours  as  possible; 
bat  since  no  one  can  always  be  em- 
ployed in  severe  labor,  he  will  occupy 
liis  leisure  hours  in  that  which  best 
suits  his  taste. 

Idle  and  leisure  are  said  in  parti- 
cular reference  to  the  time  that  is 
employed ;  vacant  is  a  more  general 
term,  that  simply  qualifies  the  thing  : 
an  idle  hour  is  without  any  employ- 
ment ;  a  vacant  hour  is  in  general  free 
from  the  employments  with  which  it 
might  be  fitlea  up;  a  person  has 
leisure  time  according  to  his  wishes ; 
but  he  may  have  vacant  time  fh>m 
necessity,  that  is,  when  he  is  in  want 
of  employment. 

Life  beaitaiaed  with  90  lltUelaboar,  fbatAe 
tedfoaacn  of  tfle  ttne  canaot  oltenrtae  be  eap- 
poited  (tbaa  by  aitlisial  deriNi)w         JouMe» 

Tbe  plant  that  AoeteHrooi  leed,  a  totleB  tree 
At  Uiturt  grewB,  for  lata  poeterity.        DmTanb 

Mfenen  dietatae  expedfeatsiby  wUeb  uabvmj 
be  peiied  aapnetablj*  vitbevEt  tbeledlewMw  of 
msMj  vaeami  boack  Tna— 

IDLE,  VAIN. 

IDLE,  V.  Idle,  lazy. 

VAIN,  in  Latin  vanus^  probably 
changed  from  vacaneus,  signifies 
empty. 

These  epithets  are  both  opposed  to 
the  solid  or  substantial ;  but  tdle  has 
a  more  particular  reference  to  what 
ooght  or  ought  not  to  engage  the  time 
or  attention ;  vatn  seems  to  qualify 
the  thing  without  any  such  reference. 
A  pursuit  may  be  termed  either  idle 
or  vain :  in  the  former  case,  it  reflects 
immediately  on  the  agent  for  not  em- 


IGNORANT, 


ILLD&nNATE.       575 


plowing  his  time  on  something  more 
serious;  but  io  the  latter  case,  it  tim- 
ply  characterizes  the  pursuit  as  one 
thkiat  will  be  attended  with  no  good 
consequences :  when  we  consider  our- 
selves as  beings  who  have  but  a  short 
time  to  live,  and  that  every  moment  of 
that  time  ought  to  be  thoroughly  well 
spent,  we  should  be  careful  ta  avoid 
.ail  idle  concerns ;  when  we  consider 
ourselves  as  rational  beings,  who  are 
responsible  for  the  use  of  those  powers 
with  which  we  have  been  invested  by 
our  Almighty  Maker,  we  shall  be 
careful  to  reject  all  vain  concerns :  an 
idle  effort  is  made  by  one  who  doet 
not  care  to  exert  himself  for  any  useful 
purpose,  who  works  only  to  please 
himself;  a  vain  effort  may  be  made 
by  one  who  is  in  a  state  of  despera- 
tion. 

Aod  lei  no  «pot  of  tdU  CArth  be  (bsod. 

But  culUfate  Uie  geoiiu  of  the  (roood.  DaTMK. 

Deludeil  b;  rain  opinions,  we  look  to  thead- 
faatages  of  fortaoe  as  oar  nltiiBate  (ood«. 

BtAM. 

IGNOMINY,  v.  Infamy. 

IGNORANT,   ILLITEBATB, 
UNLEARNED,  UNLETTERED. 

IGNORANT,  in  Latin  ignorant, 
from  the  privative  ig  or  in  and  noro,  or 
the  Greek  yiyvrnv,  signifies  not  know- 
ing things  in  general,  or  not  knowing 
any  particular  circumstance. 

UxVLEAHNED,  ILLITERATE, 
and  UNLETTERED,  are  compared 
with  ignorant  in  the  general  sense. 

Ignorant  is  a  comprehensive  term ; 
it  includes  any  degree firom  the  hig^ieBt 
to  tlie  lowest,  and  consequently  in- 
cludes the  other  terms,  iUUerate,  ««• 
learned,  and  unlettered,  which  ex- 
press different  forms  of  ignorance. 
Ignorance  is  not  always  to  one's  dis- 
grace, since  it  is  not  always  one's 
fault;  the  term  is  not  therefore  di- 
rectly reproachful:  the  poor  ignortfn^ 
savage  is  an  object  of  pity,  rather 
than  condemnation;  bat  wBen  igno- 
rance is  coupled  with  self-conceit  and 
presumption,  it  is  a  perfect  deform- 
ity :  hence  the  word  illiterate,  which 
is  used  only  in  such  cases  as  beoomo 
a  term  of  reproach  :  an  ignofrant 
man  who  sets  up  to  teach  others,  is 
termed  an  illiterate  preacher ;  and 
quacks,  finom  the  very  aatare  of  their 


calUng,  are  altogether  an  illiterate 
race  of  men.  The  words  unlearned 
and  unlettered  are  disembursed  from 
any  unfavourable  associations.  A 
modest  roan,  who  makes  no  preten- 
sions to  learning,  may  suitably  apolo- 
giie  for  his  supposed  deficiencies  by 
saying  he  is  an  unlearned  QtumUtr 
tered  man ;  the  former  is,  however,  a 
term  of  more  familiar  use  than  the 
latter.  A  man  may  be  descaribe^ 
either  as  generally  unlearned,  or  as 
unlearned  in  particular  sciences  or 
arts;  as  unlearned  in  history;  yiii- 
learned  in  philosophy ;  unlearned  ip 
the  ways  of  the  world :  a  poet  may 
describe  his  muse  as  unlettered. 

He  said,  aod  tent  CyBmim  wHb  eonatad 
Tofrae  tlie  port!,  aad ope tbaPaolc  land 
ToTraiiaBCaeiU;  Im/t,  ignormni  of  ^Hm, 
The  qoeni  mlgbC  force  tbom  fron  Iwf  town  aad 
■tatr.  DiYseif. 

Bectase  thto  doetrioe  maj  have  appeared  to 
tbe  unlearned  Ikbt  and  wMnniea],  I  iini»t  Uke 
leave  to  nofold  the  wkdom  and  antiquity  of  mj 
lint  propositUm  In  them  mj  emfitto  wit,  that 
•*  tYtxy  worthbH  num  It  a  dead 


Ajiiz»  the  haughtj  eUeC  (be  unlHIered  Mi- 
dler, had  no  waj  of  Baking  hii  user  knowa  hat 
hj  gloomj  tnlleni 


ILL,  V.  Badly. 
ILLNESS,  V.  Sickness. 

ILLITBRATB,     V.    IgnOTOnt. 

TO    ILLUMINATE,    ILLUMINE^ 
ENLIGHTEN. 

ILLUMINATE,  in  Latin  illmmn4^ 
tus,  participle  of  illumino,  and  EN- 
LIGHTEN, from  the  noun  l^ht,  both 
denote  the  commonication  of  light; 
the  former  in  the  natural,  the  latter  in 
the  moral  sense.  We  illuminate  b? 
means  of  artificial  lights;  the  sun  ti- 
luminatei  the  world  by  its  own  light : 
preaching  and  instruction  enUghten 
the  minds  of  men.  Hiumine  is  but  a 
poetic  variation  of  illuminate;  as^  iiw 
Sun  of  Righteousness  iliumimed  the 
benighted  world:  illuminaiioni  are 
employed  as  public  demonstrations  of 
joy :  no  nation  is  now  termed  enligk^ 
ened  but  such  as  have  received  tbe 
li^t  of  the  Gospel. 

llM8o■•argnl'^«lMtcaaih•nMenflJ^      . 
Than  that  the  fan  fOiMKiMtci  tW  a^  I.  Rufa. 
But  If  Mtthflff  70a  nor  I  oaa  ^ihar  ••  aadi 
fkwB  theie  plaeai,  thej  will  teU  at,  Mh  hfvaue 
wesitaol  fanvwdtjciilffftmieA        '     Jfovn 


676 


IMITATE. 


IMITATE. 


WtetiameUdark 
lUuwdne  ;  what  b  low.  raite  and  topporf . 

Miuroif. 

TO  ILLUMINE,  V.  To  illuminate. 
TO  ILLUSTRATE,  V.  To  explain. 
ILLUSTRIOUS,  V.  Distinguished. 
ILLUSTRIOUS,  V.  Fomous. 
ILL  WILL,  V.  Hatred. 
IMAGE,  V.  Likeness. 
IMAGINARY,  V.  Ideal. 
IMAGINATION,  V.  Fanaj. 
IMAGINATION,  u.  Idea. 
TO  IMAGINE,  V.  To  conceive. 
TO  IMAGINE,  V.  To  think. 
IMBECILITY,  V.  Debility. 

TO  IMITATE,  V.  To  follow. 

TO  IMITATE,  COPY,  COUNTER- 
FEIT. 

TO  IMITATE,  V.  To  follow. 

COPY,  V,  Copy. 

COUNTERFEIT,  from  the  Latin 
contra  and  facioy  signifies  to  make  in 
opposition  to  the  reality. 

The  idea  of  taking  a  hkeness  of  some 
object  is  common  to  all  these  terms ; 
but  imitate  is  the  generic  copy,  and 
counterfeit  the  specific :  to  imitate  is 
to  take  a  general  likeness ;  to  copy,  to 
take  an  exact  likeness ;  to  counter" 
feityto  take  a  false  likeness :  to  imitate 
is,  therefore,  almost  always  used  in  a 
good  or  an  indifferent  sense  ;  to  copy 
-mostly,  and  to  counterfeit  always,  in 
a  bad  sense :  to  imitate  an  author's 
'style  is  at  all  tiroes  allowable  for  one 
who  cannot  form  a  style  for  himself; 
but  to  copy  an  author's  style  would  he 
a  too  slavish  adherence  even  for  the 
dullest  writer.  To  imitate  is  applica- 
ble to  every  object,  for  every  external 
^Igect  is  susceptible  of  imitation ;  and 
hi  man  the  imitative  faculty  displays 
itself  alike  in  the  highest  ana  the 
lowest  matters,  in  works  of  art  and 
moral  conduct :  to  copy  is  applicable 
only  to  certain  objects  which  will 
admit  of  a  minute  likeness  being 
taken ;  thus,  an  artist  may  be  said  to 
copy  from  nature,  which  is  almost  the 
onl^  circumstance  in  which  copying 
is  justifiable,  except  when  it  is  a  mere 
■UUioal  act;    to  copy  any  thing  ia 


others,  whetlier  it  be  their  voice,  their 
manners,  their  laogmge,  or  their 
works,  is  inconsisteot  with  the  inde- 
pendence which  belongs  to  every  ra- 
'tional  agent :  to  counterfeit  is  ap- 
plicable but  to  few  objects,  mod  hap- 
pily practicable  but  in  few  cases ;  we 
may  counterfeit  the  coin,  or  we  may 
counterfeit  the  person,  or  the  charao- 
ter,  or  the  voice,  or  the  hand-writing, 
of  any  one  for  whom  we  woold  wish 
to  pass;  but  if  the  likeness  be  not 
'Very  exact,  the  falsehood  is  easily 
detected. 

Poetrj  and  motk  have  die  power  of  Iwlfaflnf 
tke  maBoen  of  men.  8tK  Wa. 

TliA  mind,  Imprenibte  tod  soft,  witk  mm 
Imbibe*  and  eoplnr  wbnt  ibe  benn  mad  m 


I  ena  eounterfeU  the  deep  tneedfaw. 
Speak  and  look  big,  and  prj  on  etery  aide. 


TO   IMITATE,    MIMICK,   MOCK, 
APB. 

IMITATE,  V.  To  follow. 

MIMICK,  from  the  Greek  /mi/mc, 
has  the  same  origin  as  imitate. 

MOCK,  in  French  mocquer^  Greek 
/bcr<£.oi  to  laugh  at. 

To  APE  signifies  to  imitate  like  an 
ape. 

To  imitate  is  here  the  general  terra : 
to  mimic  and  to  ape  are  both  spedes 
of  vicious  imitation. 

One  imitaicM  that  which  is  deserv- 
ing of  imitation^  or  the  contrary :  one 
mimicks  either  that  which  is  not  an 
authorized  subject  of  imitaiionf  or 
which  is  imitated  so  as  to  excite 
laughter.  A  person  wishes  to  make 
that  his  own  which  he  imitateZy  hot 
he  mimicks  for  the  entertainment  of 
others. 

The  force  of  example  is  illustrated 
by  the  readiness  witti  which  people 
imitate  each  other's  actions  when 
they  are  in  close  intercourse :  the 
trick  of  mimickry  is  sometimes  car- 
ried to  such  an  extravagant  pitch  that 
no  man,  however  sacred  his  character, 
or  exalted  his  virtue,  can  screen  hims^ 
from  being  the  object  of  this  species 
of  buffoonery  :  to  ape  is  a  serions 
though  an  absurd  act  of  imitatiom  ; 
to  mimic  is  a  jocose  act  of  imitatiom: 
to  mock  is  an  ill-natured  and  vulgar 
act  of  imitation.  The  ape  imHatet  to 
pUmse  hifflseify  but  the  mtaiic  imitatm 


IMMINENT. 


IMMODEST. 


577 


to  please  others.  The  ape  seriously 
tries  to  come  as  near  the  original  as 
he  can ;  the  mimic  tries  to  render  it  as 
ridiculous  as  possible :  the  former  opet 
out  of  deference  to  tbejperson  aped; 
the  latter  mimicki  out  of  contempt  or 
disr^rd. 

Mimickry  belongs  to  the  meriy- 
andrew  or  buffoon;  aping  to  the 
weakling  Tvho  has  no  originality  in 
himself  Show-people  display  their 
talents  in  mimicking  the  cries  of  birds 
or  beasts,  for  the  entertunment  of  the 
gaping  crowd ;  weak  and  vain  people, 
who  wish  to  be  admired  for  that  which 
they  have  not  in  themseWes,  ape  the 
dress,  the  manners,  the  voice,  the 
mode  of  speech,  and  the  like,  of  some 
one  who  is  above  them.  Mimickfy 
excites  laughter  frbm  that  which  is 
burlesoue  in  it ;  aping  excites  laughter 
from  toat  which  is  absurd  and  un^ 
suitable  in  it ;  mockety  eicites  laughter 
from  the  malicious  temper  of  those 
who  enjoy  it. 

Bocanse  we  MmeCiaMt  walk  on  two  I 

I  bate  the  imUaiing  eiew.  Gat. 

Nor  will  It  lea  ddif^t  th*  atteatife  «afe 

T'  observe  (bat  ImtlDCt  which  anerrliii;  f  uidct 

The  brutal  race  wbicb  mimickt  reaioa**  love. 

SOMSBTIUI. 

A  coariieranj  ape  wrpactet ; 

Behold  bf  m  humbly  cringing  wait 

Upon  Uie  mlafarter  of  state. 

View  blm  soon  tfrer  to  inferiors 

-dpimg  the  conduct  of  raperiors.  Swift. 

IMMATERIAL,  t;.  IticorporeaL 
IMMATERIAL,  V.  Unimportant 
IMMEDIATELY,  V.  Directly. 
IITMENSE,  V.  Enormous. 

IMMINENT,    IMPENDING, 
THREATENING. 

IMMINENT,  in  Latin  imminens, 
from  maneo  to  remain,  signifies  resting 
or  coming  upon. 

IMPENDING,  from  the  Latin 
pendo  to  hang,  signifies  hanging. 

THREATENING  is  used  in  the 
eense  of  the  verb  to  threaten. 

All  these  terms  are  used  in  regard 
to  some  evil  that  is  exceedingly  near : 
imminent  conveys  no  idea  of  duration ; 
impending  excludes  the  idea  of  what 
is  momentary.  A  person  may  be  in 
imminent  danger  of  losing  his  life  in 
one  instant,  and  the  danger  may  be 
•ver  the  next  instant;   but  the  m» 


pending  danger  is  that  which  has 
oeen  long  in  existence,  and  gradu- 
ally approaching;  we  can  seldom 
escape  imminent  danger  by  any 
efforts  of  one's  own;  but  we  may 
*  be  successfully  warned  to  escape 
from  an  impending  danger.  Jm- 
minent  and  impending  are  said  of  dan- 
gers that  are  not  discoverable;  but 
a  threatening  evil  gives  'intimations 
of  its  own  approach ;  we  perceive  the 
threatening  tempest  in  the  blackness 
of  the  sky ;  we  near  the  threatening 
sounds  of  the  enemy's  clashing  swords. 

The  threatening  voice  and  Serce  imtnrei 
with  which  these  words  were  uttered,  struck  Mon* 
tesnma.  He  saw  his  own  danger  was  imminentt 
the  nccessltj  unavoidable.  KoasaTson. 

Then  was  an  opinion,  if  wn  ma;  believe  thn 
Spanish  historiaos,  ahaott  universal  among  tbn 
Americans,  that  some  dreadful  caUmitjr  was  <m- 
pending  over  their  heads.  RonixTsoH. 

IMMODERATE,   V.  ExCCSsive. 

IMMODEST,  V.  Indecent. 

IMMODEST,  IMPUDENT,  SHAME- 
LESS. 

IMMODEST  signifies  the  want  of 
modesty:  IMPUDENT  and  SHAME- 
LESS signify  without  shame. 

Immodest  is  less  than  either  impu- 
dent or  shameless :  an  immodest  girl 
lays  aside  the  ornament  oi"  her  sex, 
and  puts  oa  another  garb  that  is  less 
becoming ;  but  her  heart  need  not  ba 
corrupt  until  she  becomes  impudent : 
she  wants  a  good  quality  when  she  is 
immodest ;  she  is  possessed  of  a  posi- 
tively bad  quality  when  she  is  impti- 
dent.  There  is  always  hope  that  an 
immodest  woman  may  be  sensible  of 
her  error,  and  aipend ;  but  of  an  im- 
pudent  woman  there  is  no  such 
chance,  she  is  radically  corrupt. 

Impudent  may  characterize  tha 
person  or  the  thing:  shameless  cha- 
racterizes the  person.  A  person's 
air,  look,  and  words,  are  impudent^ 
that  is  contrary  to  all  modesty:  the 
person  herself  is  shameless  that  is  devoid 
of  all  sense  o(  shame. 

Music  diffuses  a  calm  all  around  ns,  nal 
makes  ns  drop  all  thoae  immodett  thong hts  which 
would  be  an  blndranoeto  ns  in  the  perfitrnanon 
of  the  great  dot  j  of  thuiksgiving.      Sfbctatob. 

I  am  at  once  equally  CearfW  of  sparlof  yon, 
and  of  being  too  impudent  a  eomctor. 

The  sole  remoise  his  fnaady  heart  can  fK>l» 
b  if  one  life  iicapet  hb  a«rdcili«  «etl : 


678 


IMPAIR. 


IMPERFECnON. 


tKmmrUMt  lij  ton»  or  fmod  t»  wmIi  Ut  #if « 
Mad  GO  left  prompt  to  flatter  tfcaa  brtray. 

CAiummwLkfn, 

TO    IMPAIR,    INJURE. 

IMPAIJi  comes  from  the  Latm 
ffn  nnri  pfjifto  or  ptjcr  worse^  signi- 
fyiinr  fo  make  worse. 

INJIJRK,  from  in  and  ;ti«  ft|E>niist 
rifrlit,  signifies  to  make  otherwise  than 
It  otieht  to  be. 

Impair  seems  to  be  in  regard  to 
injure  as  the  species  to  the  fi^tis ; 
what  is  impaired  is  injured^  but  what 
is  injured  is  not  necessarily  impaired. 
To  impair  is  a  progressive  mode  of 
injuring :  to  injure  tan  take  plac« 
either  by  a  process,  or  by  an  instan* 
taneons  act :  straining  of  the  eyes  im* 
pairt  the  sight,  but  a  blow  injures 
rather  thnn  impairs  the  eye.  A  roan's 
health  may  l>e  impaired  or  injured  by 
his  vices,  but  hxa  limbs  arc  injured 
rather  than  impaired  by  a  fall.  Tlie 
circumstances  are  impaired  by  a  suc- 
cession of  misfortunes  ;  they  are  in- 
jured  by  a  sudden  turn  of  fortune. 

It  te  puinrul  to  cookidn-  that  tbto  wblime  en- 
jo^m^t  of  Trb^dkbip  majr  be  impaired  bj  {n- 
aumerable  an^ie*.  Jommoji. 

Who  llvfito  nature  mrelj  can  b«  poor, 
O  f»batii  patrimoojr  tbh!  a  brin; 
Of  »nch  iofwrvtit  •trpopih  and  majestj, 
lfotworM«poM«ttcanraltelt;  worldi  dotroyM 
cant  injure,  Youiro. 

TO  IMPART,  V,  To  communicate. 
IMPASSABLE,  I'.  Lfipemous^ 
TO  IMPEACH,  V,  To  Qcaise. 
TO  IMPEDE,  V.  To  hiftder. 
IMPEDIMENT,  V.  Difficulty. 
TO  IMPEL,  V.  To  actuate. 
TO  IMPEL,  V,  To  encourage. 
IMPENDING,  V.  Imminent. 
IMPERATIVE,  V.  Commandijw. 

IMPERFECTION,    DEFECT, 
FAULT,    VICE. 

IMPiaiFIXniON  denotes  cither 
the  absinu-t  quality  of  i>w/;fr/f c/,  or 
the  thing  wlilch  constitutes  it  imper- 
fect, 

DEVECT,  T.  Bl^^mish. 

PAULT,  r.  Fault. 

VICK,  r.  Crime. 

These  terms  are  applied  cither  to 
persons  or  things.  An  imperjection  in 
a  Derson  arises  Irom  hib  want  of  per* 


,/0rt ioii,  and  the  mfinniff  of  hii  nataie; 
there  is  no  oat  widNNit  ■bMm  point  dT 
impKrfiction  i^hich  bolmoitt  to  others^ 
if  not  to  himself;  he  tmy  strife  t» 
diminish  it,  nltho^  he  omnrnt  npm 
to  get  altogether  rid  of  it :  «  tfeflcf  it 
a  deviation  from  the  cenertd  ouMli- 
totim  of  man ;  it  is  what  may  ht  na- 
toral  tt)  the  man  m  ah  hidividoti,  hm, 
notnatoral  to  man  to  a  s|ftcies;  ih 
this  manner  we  may  apeak  of  a  <<^%r( 
insoeech,  oraif^hBf  mtemiier.  Thb 
famk  and  vice  rise  in  difcite  ami  cfafr* 
racter  above  either  of  the  fimner  terms; 
they  both  reflect  disuma^  atom  or  Im 
on  the  pereon  possessing  them ;  hUt 
the  yim^  always  cfaaracferiies  the 
a^t,  and  is  said  in  rehition  to  as 
indiridaal ;  the  vict  chaiacterijes  tbs 
action,  aiid  may  be  etmsidered  ah- 
Btractedly :  hence  we  sfteak  of  a  aun't 
Jfaulii  as  the  things  we  ma^  odndeoHi 
in  him  ;  bat  we  may  speak  of  the 
«fce«  of  drunkenness,  lymgt  and  tk 
like,  without  any  immeditiUft  ffefereac> 
to  any  one  who  practises  these  viem. 
When  they  are  both  employed  far 
an  individual,  their  distinction  is  ob- 
vious :  the  fault  may  lessen  the  amia- 
bility or  etodlence  of  the  character; 
the  vice  is  a  stain ;  a  single  act  d^ 
stroys  its  purity,  an  habitual  pracdcs 
is  a  pollution. 

In  regard  to  things  the  distinctJOD 
depeufls  upon  the  precedini^  expiaaa- 
tion  in  a  great  measure,  for  we  can 
scarcely    use    these    Words    withoot 
thinking  on  man  as   a   int>ral  itgtitf 
who  was  made  the  most  perfect  of  all 
cr(^at\jres,  and  became  the  mo^tw* 
perfect;   and  from   our  ''"P^flHja 
nas  arisen,  also,  a  general  impeiflD' 
tion   throughoilt    all    the    i^orks   of 
creation.    The  word   impetfection  is 
therefore  the  most  uilquaGfied  term  of 
ail :  tliere  may  be  imperfection  in  re- 
gard to  our  Muker;  or  tliere  maybe 
imperfection  in   regard   to  what  we 
conceive  of  perfection :   aiid  in  tbb 
case,  the  term  simply  and  generally 
implies  whatever  falls  short  in  any 
degree    or     manner     of    ptrfkciicm. 
Defect  is  a  positive  degiiee  of  imptr^ 
fectian;    it   is  contrary  both    to  our 
ideas  of  perfection^  or  our  particular 
intention :  thus  there  may  be  a  defect 
in  the  system  ;  a  defect  in  the  mate- 
rials of  which  a  thing  is  mado  ;  or  a 
defut  in  the  mode  of  making  it  >  ths 


IMPERFECTION. 


IMt>ERIOUS.         570 


defccty  however,  whether  said  of  per- 
sons or  things,  characterizes  rather 
the  ohject  than  the  agent.  Faulty  on 
the  other  hand,  when  said  of  things, 
always  refers  to  the  agent:  tlius  we 
mav  bay  there  is  a  defect  in  the  glaJt, 
or  a  defect  in  the  spring;  but  there 
is  i\  fatilt  in  the  ^vorkmanship,  or  a 
fault  in  the  |)ut  ting  together,  and  tlie 
like.  The  vicc^  with  re&:ard  to  things, 
ib  properly  a  serious  or  radioil  defect ; 
the  former  hcs  in  the  constitution  of 
the  whole,  the  latter  may  lie  in  the 
parts  ;  the  fonner  lies  in  the  essences, 
tho  luttor  lies  in  the  accidents  :  there 
niav  he  a  defect  in  the  shape  or  make 
of  a  horse;  but  the  vice  is  said  in 
retxard  to  his  soundness  or  unsound* 
nus>,  his  docihty  or  indocility. 

II  N  a  plea  Rant  utory  that  we  fonooth  who  ars 
the  only  imperfect  crratare*  in  thir  auiveiM, 
art'  (he  only  beings  that  will  not  allow  of  Im- 
pcrfcrtion.  Stkblb. 

Tho  low  race  of  men  take  a  RerrH  pleasure 
in  tinriinj;  an  emfoent  cktirjclrir  levrlted  to  iMt 
condition  by  a  rrport  of  Its  defetts,  anil  keep 
theni«ehe«  in  countraantfto,  tboufh  tbey  are  n- 
c»^lttHl  in  a  thou«antl  ?irtue»,  H  thej  belk;re  that 
the^  hate  in  common  with  a  sreat  pefsoo  an^  oue 
fault.  Aonisoii. 

I  did  myvlf  the  honour  thh  day  to  nakfl  a 
m'wM  to  a  l:tdy  of  quality,  who  h  one  of  those 
that  are  ever  railing  at  the  rfcet  of  the  a|re. 

IMPKRFKCTION,   WEAKNESS, 
KUAILTV,    FAILING,    FOIBLE. 

Tin  IMPKRl'ECTION  {v.  Imper- 
fection) has  ivlrcady  been  considered 
as  that  which  in   the  most  extended: 
?eusc  abridges  the  moral  perfection  of 
nrinar  the   reat   are  but  modes  of 
impirfltfion   yarying    in   degree  and 
cirf-umstaiices.     The  Wl'lAKNESS  is 
a  pf»sitive  and  sin)ng  degree  of  imper- 
ficriou  whicfi  ii  opposed  to  strength ; 
it  is  whnt  we  do  not  so  necessarily 
h)ok   liir,  and  therefore  distinguishes 
the  indi\i(hinl   who    is   liable    to    it. 
The    ITlAIl/l'Y    is    another    stroQg 
mode   of  imperfection  ^hich  charac- 
teri/es   the  fragility  of  man,  but   not 
of  all  men  ;  it  dilfers  from  the  area ^'- 
7?('Ks-   in    respect    to  the    object.      A 
ziva InunK  lie-,  more  in  the  judgement 
or  in   tlu;  sentiment;  the  /rwiV/y  lies 
more   in   the   moral    features    of  nrl 
aciion.     It  is  a  ueakness  in  a  man  to 
yield   to    the  ]>ei'!)Uasions  of  nny  one 
against  his  better  judgement;  it  is  ft 
J'ruiUif  in  a  man  to  yield  tu  iiitem- 


^. 


perance  or  illicit  indulgences.  The 
FAILING  and  the  FOIBLK  are  tira 
smallest  degrees  uf  imperfection  tu 
which  the  human  character  is  liable  : 
we  have  all  our ^ailin^t  in  temper, 
and  our  foibles  in  pur  habits  and  our 
prepossessions ;  and  he,  as  Horace  ob- 
serves, is  the  best  who  has  the  fewest. 
For  our  imperfections  we  must  seek 
superior  aid :  we  must  be  most  oa 
our  guard  against  those  weaknesses  to 
which  the  softness  or  susceptibility 
of  our  minds  may  most  expose  us^ 
and  i^ainst  those  frailties  into  which 
the  violeucMf  our  evil  passions  may 
brine  us  :  W^ards  the  failings  and 
foibles  of  others  we  may  be  indulgent, 
but  ambitious  to  correct  them  ia  our- 
selves. 

Ton  live  In  a  lelfa  oThvintii  hiflnnlty  where 
enrj  oa»  huimperfectUHM.  Blaiiu 

Tlii  folly  of  aHowihg  oartelreaio  drlay  «baC 
ve  know  canaot  fiaally  be  etcaped*  h  one  of  tli€ 
(eneral  ufeakneM§et  which,  ip  a  (reater  or  b-tt 
depree,  prevail  in  every  mInJ.  Johnson. 

_  There  are  clrcnm^ia-ict^  which  erery  naadi 
i^nit  know  will  prtfte  the  becastbas  of  calffns 
fbrth  hit  latent /rafft(r#.  Bl41iu 

Kerer  allow  amah  fkilint*  to  dwell  on  your 
attentloo  lo  much  a«  tu  deface  the  whole  of  an 
amiable  character.  Blair. 

IMPERIOUS,  V.  Corrnhafiding. 

liltntttfdtJS,    LORDLV,    DOMI- 
NEERING,  OVEUBfiARING. 

All  these  epithets  imply  an  un- 
seemly exercise  or  nlfectation  of  power 
or  sU]>eriority.  IMPERIOUS,  from 
impero  to  command,  characterize^ 
either  the  disposition  to  command 
without  adequate  authority,  or  to 
convey  one's  commands  in  an  olTensive 
manner :  LOUDLY,  signifying  like  a 
lordy  characterizes  the  manner  of  acting 
the  lord:  and  DOMINEERING, 
from  dominus  a  lord,  denotes  the  man- 
ner of  ruling  like  a  lord,  or  rather  of 
attempting  to  rule  :  hence  the  temper 
or  tone  is  tleiiominated  imperious  ;  the 
air  or  deportment  is  lordly  ;  the  tone 
is  domineering.  A  woman  of  an  i;/i- 
p'eriotts  temper  commands  in  order  to 
oe  obeyed :  she  commands  with  an 
imperious  tone  in  order  to  enforce  obe- 
dience. A  person  assumes  a  lordty 
air  in  order  to  display  his  own  im- 
portance :  he  gives  oi'dfcrs  in  a  duMt- 
neering  tone  in  order 'co.  make  othen 
feel  their  inferiority.    There  is  always 

3P2 


S80     IMPERTINENT, 


IMPERTINENT. 


somethinfi;  ofTen^tve  in  imperioutnets ; 
there  is  frequently  something  ludicrous 
in  that  which  is  lordly ;  and  a  mixture 
of  the  ludicrous  and  offensive  in  that 
which  is  domineering :  the  lordly  is 
an  affectation  of  gmpdeur  where  there 
jire  the  fewest  pretensions ;  and  the 
domineering  is  an  affectation  of  au- 
thority where  it  least  exists:  the 
ordly  is  applied  even  to  the  brutes 
who  set  themselves  up  above  those  of 
their  kind ;  the  domineering  is  applied 
to  servants  and  ignorant  people,  who 
have  the  opportunity  of  commanding 
without  knowing  how  to  command. 
A  turkey  cock  struts  ab|lk  tlie  yard  in 
a  lordly  style :  an  uppeHlrvant  domi- 
neert  over  all  that  are  under  him. 

The  first  three  of  these  terms  are 
employed  for  such  as  are  invested 
witn  some  sort  of  power,  or  endowed 
with  some  sort  of  superiority,  however 
trifling;  but  OVERBEARING  is 
employed  for  men  in  the  general  rela- 
lations  of  society,  whether  superiors 
pr  equals.  A  man  of  an  imperious 
temper  and  some  talent  will  frequently 
be  so  overhearing  in  the  assemblies  of 
his  equals  as  to  awe  the  rest  into  si- 
lence, and  carry  every  measure  of  his 
own  without  contradiction.  As  the 
petty  airs  of  superiority  here  described 
are  most  common  among  the  unculti- 
vated part  of  mankind,  we  ma;^  say 
that  the  imperious  temper  shows  itself 
peculiarly  in  the  domestic  circle ;  that 
the  lordly  air  shows  itself  in  public  ; 
that  the  domineering  tone  is  most  re- 
markable in  the  kitchen  ;  and  the 
iroerbearing  behaviour  in  villages. 

I  rafli^ted  within  mytelfbov  moch  todeCy 
wnald  suffipr  if  Mch  inioleat  overbeariug  ciw- 
ntUn  M  Leontine  wue  not  held  in  resCnint. 

ClWBSSLlllO. 

Thy  willhDf  victim,  Cartbaire,  bamlnf  looie 
Vrom  all  that  plradlni^  nature  conld  oppone  ; 
Vron  a  whole  city^  tear*,  by  rigid  faith 
itnperioui  call'd,  and  hoooor's  dire  command* 
; .  t'  Thom.iom. 

No  more  f|0  Tarns  and  the  Atax  feel 

The  lordly  borden  of  the  Latian  koel.      Rows. 

He  who  ba«  rank  lo  far  below  himielf  a*  to 
have  givn  np  his  ament  to  a  domineering  error 
li  St  for  noChlng  but  to  be  trampled  on.  Sootb. 

yMPBRTlNSNT,    RUDE,    SAUCY, 
IMPtJDBNT,    INSOLENT. 

IMPERTINENT,  in  Latin  in  and 
pertinem  not  belonging  to  ooe^  sig* 


nifies  beini:  or  wanting  to  do  what  i 
does  not  belong  to  one  to  be  or  do. 

RUDE,  in  Latin  rudus  rude,  and 
rauduatk  ragged  stone,  in  the  Greek 
paSh:  a  rough  stick,  signifies  literally 
^polished ;  and  in  an  extended  sense, 
wimting  all  culture. 

Saucy  comes  from  $auce,  and  tbe 
Latiu  salsuSf  sig^fying  literally  salt  ; 
and  in  an  extended  seose^  stinging 
like  salt. 

IMPUDENT,  V.  Assurance. 

INSOLENT,  from  the  Latin  ta 
and  solens  contrary  to  custom,  signifies 
being  or  wanting  to  be  contrary  to 
custom. 

Impertinent  is  allied  to  rude^  as 
respects  one's  general  relations  io 
society,  without  regard  to  station ;  it 
ia^  allied  to  saucy,  impUiUntf  and  ia- 
solentf  as  respects  the  conduct  of  in- 
feriors. 

He  who  does  not  respect  the  laws 
of  civil  society  in  his  intercourse 
with  individuals,  and  wants  to  assume 
to  himself  what  belongs  to  another,  is 
impertinent :  if  he  carry  this  imper- 
tinence so  far  as  to  commit  any  viuleot 
breach  of  decorum  in  his  benaviour, 
he  is  rude.  Impertinence  seems  to 
spring  from  a  too  high  regard  of  one*f 
self:  rudeness  from  an  ignorance  of 
what  is  due  to  others.  An  impertinent 
mai^  will  ask  questions  for  the  mere 
gratiBcaiion  of  curiosity ;  a  rude  man 
will  stare  in  one's  face  in  order  to 
please  himself.  An  impertinent  man 
will  take  possession  of  the  best  seat 
llrithout  regard  to  tbe  right  or  conveni- 
ence of  another :  a  rude  man  will/ 
into  the  room  of  another,  or  pusl 
his  person,  in  violation  uf 
many. 

Impertinent,  in  comparison  with 
the  other  terms,  saucy,  impudent,  and 
insolent,  is  the  most  general  and  iode^ 
finite  :  whatever  one  does  or  says  that 
is  not  compatible  with  our  humble 
station  is  impertinent;  saucy  is  a 
sharp  kind  of  impertinence  ;  impudent 
an  unblushing  kind  of  impertinence; 
insolence  is  an  outrageous  kind  of  «•- 
p$rtinence,  it  runs  counter  to  all 
established  order:  thus,  the  tenns 
seem  to  rise  in  sense.  A  person  may 
be  impertinent  in  words  or  actions : 
he  is  saucy  in  words  or  looks  :  he  is 
impudent  or  insolent  in  words,  tones* 
gesturei  looks,  and  every  spedea  oi 


rconvem- 
wiUbufst 


IMPERTINENT. 


IMPERVIOUS.       581 


action.  A  person's  impertinence  dis- 
covers itself  in  not  jE^ving  the  respect 
whicli  is  due  to  his  superiors  in  ge- 
neral, strangers,  or  otherwise ;  as  when 
a  common  person  sits  down  in  the 
room  in  the  presence  of  a  man  of 
rank  :  sauciness  discovers  itself  to- 
wards particular  individuals,  in  cer- 
tain relations  ;  as  in  the  case  of  ser^ 
vants  who  are  $aucy  to  their  masters, 
or  children  who  are  saucy  to  their 
teachers :  impudence  and  insolence  are 
the  strongest  degrees  of  impertinence  ; 
but  the  former  is  more  particularly 
said  of  such  things  as  reflect  disgrace 
upon  the  offender,  and  spring  from  a 
low  depravity  of  mind,  such  as  the 
abuse  of  one*s  superiors,  and  a  vulgar 
defiance  of  those  to  whom  one  owes 
obedience  and  respect:  insolence,  on 
t1)c  contrary,  originates  from  a  haughti- 
ness of  spirit,  and  a  misplaced  pride, 
which  breaks  out  into  a  contemptuous 
disregard  of  the  station  of  those  by 
whom  one  is  offended ;  as  in  tbe  case 
of  a  servant  who  should  offer  to  strike 
his  master,  or  of  a  criminal  who  sets 
a  magistrate  at  defiance. 

Seif-conceit  is  the  grand  source  of 
impertinence,  it  makes  persons  forget 
themselves ;  the  young  thereby  forset 
their  youth;  the  servant  forgets  his 
relationship  to  his  master ;  the  poor 
and  ignorant  nmn  forgets  the  distance 
between  himself  and  those  who  are 
elevated  by  education,  rank,  power,  or 
wealth :  the  impertinent,  therefore, 
act  towards  their  equals  as  if  they 
were  inferiors,  and  towards  their  su- 
periors as  if  they  were  their  equals : 
an  angry  pride  that  is  offended  with 
reproof  commonly  provokes  saucineis: 
an  insensibility  to  shame,  or  an  un- 
consciousness of  what  is  honorable 
either  in  one's  self  or  others,  gives 
birth  to  impudence  :  uncontrolled  pas- 
sions, and  bloated  pride,  are  the  ordi- 
nary stimulants  to  insolence^ 

ft  i«  publicly  whltpered  u  a  picee  of  imper' 
tinfut  pride  in  me,  that  1  have  hitherto  bean 
4auctly  cl«n  to  nrrry  bodj,  a*  If  I  thovg^ 
nobody  good  eoou|:h  to  qoarrri  with. 

Last  M.  W.  Mortaotb. 

My  hoaw  should  no  rach  rude  dlwrden  kaov. 
At  from  high  drinkiuff  comeqoeotljr  loir. 

PoMrasT. 

W  briber  he  Iroev  the  thlaf  or  so. 

His  tnofTue  extemallf  woald  fpt ; 

Fuff  he  bad  imjnMteficc  at  wUl.  OiT. 


He  eblmt  the  ball  with  lawlev  inMlenee, 
And  havlnf  wli'd  hi*  honta,  accoatt  the  prince. 

Davoni. 

IMPERVIOUS,  IMPASSABLE, 

INACCESSIBLE. 

IMPERVIOUS,  from  the  Latin  i% 
per,  and  via,  signifies  not  haviuK  ft 
way  through;  JMPASSABLK,  not  to 
be  passed  through;  INACCESSIBLE, 
not  to  be  approached.  A  wood  is 
impervious;  tne  trees,  branches,  and 
leares,  are  entangled  to  such  a  de- 
gree as  to  admit  of  no  passage  at  dl : 
a  rirer  is  impassable  that  is  so  deep 
that  it  cannot  be  forded :  a  rock  or 
a  mountain  IB  inaccessible  the  sum- 
mit of  which  is  not  to  be  reached  by 
any  path  whatever.  What  is  imper* 
vious  is  so  for  a  permanency  ;  what  is 
impassable  is  commonly  so  only  for  a 
time :  roads  are  frequently  impassable 
in  the  winter  that  are  passable  in  the 
summer,  while  a  thicket  is  impervious 
during  the  whole  of  the  year :  impass- 
able is  likewise  said  only  of  that  which 
is  to  be  passed  by  living  creatures,  but 
impervious  may  be  extended  to  inani- 
mate objects ;  a  wood  may  be  impp^ 
vious  to  the  rays  of  the  sun. 

The  monter,  Cama,  more  than  half  a  beast, 
TMa  hold  iutperrUms  to  the  ana  poaiieB»M. 

DaTom. 

Bat  lert  the  dHBcoMy  of  paaainf  hack 
Stay  hb  reCam  perhapa  o? er  thia  fulT, 
IwpAMaMf,  liwpervioiM,  let  na  trjr 
Adfeat*roua  work.  Miltow. 

At  leaat  our  envlona  foe  hath  flilfd  who  thouf ht 

All  like  hiraarir  rfbelllooa,  by  wbo«e  aid 

Thia  ifuuxetHble  h^gh  atrrafth,  the  acat 

or  Deity  Snpirme,  oa  dlappiataa*d, 

He  tniated  to  hate  adaM.  Muioh. 

IMPETUOUS,  V.  Vtolent. 
IMPIOUS,  r.  Irreligious. 

IMPI^CABLE,  UNRELENTING, 
RELENTLESS,    INEXORABLE. 

IMPLACABLE,  unapggteble,  sig- 


[>rV£L] 


nifies  not  to  be  allayed  i^^Bftened. 

UNRELENTING  or^ffiLENT- 
LESS,  from  the  Latin  Unio  to  soften, 
or  to  make  pliant,  signifies  not  ren- 
dered soft. 

INEXORABLE,  from  oro  to  prayi, 
signifies  not  to  be  turned  by  pfnyers. 

Inflexibility  is  the  idea  ejipretsed  in 
common  by  thece  tenns,  but  they 
differ  in  the  causes  and  drctmutanco 


582       IMPLACABLE, 


mPLAJST. 


witl)  wliich  it  is  attended.     Atuinosi- 
ties  are  implacable  when  no  misery 
nvhicli  we  occasion  can  diminish  their 
force,  and  no  concessions  on  the  part 
of  the  oirender  can  lessen  the  spirit  of 
revenue  :  the  mind  <  r  chunictcr  of  a 
man  is  unnlcufing^  when  it  is  no;  to 
bt;  turneii  troni  its  pnrposc  by  a  view 
of  the  pain  which  it  inflicts :  a  man 
is  inexorable  who  turns  a  deaf  ear  to 
every  solicifation  or  entreaty  that  is 
made  to  induce  him  to  lessen  ttie  rigor 
of  his  .sentence.     A  inairs  aiif^ry  pas- 
sions render  him  implacable  ;  it  is  not 
the  mugnitndo  of  tiie  ollence,  but  the 
temper  otthc  oflfcndcd  that  is  here  ii) 
question ;  by  implacability  he  is  ren- 
dered insensible  to  the  misery  he  occa* 
sionsy  and  to  every  satisfaction  which 
the  oflfcndcr  may  otfer  him  :  fixedness 
of  purpose  rendfers  a  man  uurelenling 
or  relentless  ;  ilie  unrelenting  temper 
is  not  less  callous  to  the  misery  pro- 
duced, than  the  implacable  temper; 
but  ir  is  not  gi-ounded  always  on  re- 
sentment  for   personal   injuries,    but 
sometimes  on  a  certain   principle  of 
right  and   a  sense  <»f  nece.-Hsity  :   the 
inexorable  man  adheres  to  his  rule,  as 
the  unrelenting  man  does  to  his  pur- 
pose ;  the  former  is  insensible  to  any 
workings  of  his  heart  which  might 
shake  his  purpose,  the  latter  turns  a 
deaf  ear  to    all    the  solicitations  of 
others  uhich  would  i»o  to  alter  his  de- 
crees :  savnj;es   are  mostly  implacable 
in  their   animosities ;  Titus   Manlius 
Torquatus  displayed   an    instance  of 
unrelenting  severity  towards  his  son  ; 
O^ncus  and  Uhodomanthus  were  the 
inexorable  }\xi\vLQs  of  hell. 

Implacable  and  unnltnting^Te  said 
only  of  animate  beings  in  whom  is 
wanting  an  ordinary  portion  of  the 
tender  alTeclions :  inexorable  may  be 
improperly  applied  to  inanimate*  ob- 
jects ;  justice  and  death  arc  both  re- 
presented as  inexorable, 

Implaca^.^l^  the  ramitjr  of  the  Mextcane 
was,  they  w^ktb  anacqualDtt-d  with  the  tclence 
or«ar  that  \\\ry  knew  not  how  to  take  the  propec 
measuret  fur  the  destruction  of  the  Spaaiard$. 

KoRKRnOH. 

These  are  the  realms  of  unrelenting  fate. 

Drydxv. 

^rca/tls  pant,  he  ■vfnM  before  mj  Fight, 
InvxorcAU  death,  and  clainu  bis  riglit. 

Deyoen. 


TO   IMPLANTf    I^pBAFTf 

INCULCATB,   INSTII^ 

INFUSB. 

To  plant  is  properly  to  fix  I>lant| 
ill  the  ground  ;  to  iSlPl^ANT  is,'  id 
the  impn>per  sense,  to  fix  princi|Je4 
in  the  mind.  Graft  is  to  make  one 
plant  grow  oi>  the  stock  of  another; 
to  INGRAFT  is  to  make  patticalir 
principles  flourish  in  the  mind,  and 
form  a  part  of  t lie  character.  Calco  if 
in  I^tin  to  tread;  and  INCULCATE^ 
t(»  stamp  into  the  mind.  Stiliot  i^ 
Liltin,  is  literally  to  fall  dropwise: 
imtilloy  to  INSTfL,  is,  in  the  improper 
sense,  to  make  sundmeiits  as  it  were 
drop  into  the  mind.  Fundo,  iu  Latk^ 
is  uterally  to  pour  in  a  stream :  i»- 
fu^  to  INFUSE,  is  in  the  improper 
sense  to  pour  principles  or  feelings  into 
the  mind. 

To  impltintf  ingrafts  and  incukattf 
are  said  ofabstrart  opinions,  orrufei 
of  right  and  wrong ;  inUH  and  infut 
of  stiil^  principles  that  influence  the 
heart,  the  atrections,  and  the  passions. 
It  is  thebu'^incss  oftho  parent  in  early 
life  to  implant;  it  is  tho  business  of 
the  teacher  to  ingraft,     1  i'.o  belief  uf 
a  Deity,  and  all  the  truths  of  Divine 
Revelation,  oiight  to  be  implanted  in 
the  mind  of  the  child  as  soon  as  it 
can  understand  any  thing,  if  it  h  ire 
n'»t  enjoyed  this  privilege  h\  its  eariiest 
infuiny  :  the  tasK  of  uigrajiing  tliese 
principles  afterward>  iiiU)  tht?  mind  is 
attended  with  considird?le  difliculty 
and  uncertainty  of  success.     Instil  \i 
a  corresponding  act  with  implant:  we 
implant  the  belief;  we  instil  the  feel- 
ing which  is  connected  witli  this  be- 
lief.    It  is  not  enough  to  have  an  ab* 
stract  belief  of  a  God  impluntedmio 
the  mind  :  we  must  likewise  have  a 
love,  and  a  fear  of  him,  and  reverence 
for  his  holy  name  and  Word^  instilled 
into  the  mind. 

To  instil  is  a  gnidual  process  which 
Ls  the  natural  wurk  of  education ;  to 
infuse  is  a  more  aibttrary  and  imme- 
diate act.  Sentiments  are  instilled 
into  the  mind,  not  altogether  by  the 
personal  elforts  of  any  individual,  but 
likewise  by  collateral  endeavours;  they 
are  however  infused  at  the  express 
will,  and  witli  tlie  express  endeavour 
of  some  person.    By  the  reading  of 


IMPLICATE. 


IMPORTANCE.      5SS 


the    Scriptures,     an    attendance   on. 
public  wurshiu,  and  the  influence  of 
example,  combined  with  the  iustruo- 
tioiis  of  tlie   parent,    religious  senti- 
ments  are    in&tiilcd  into   the  mind; 
by  the  counsel  and  conversation  of  s^i 
iutimutc  friend,  an  even   current  of 
the  feeling  becomes  infiued  Into  the 
mind.     Instil  is   applicable    only  to 
pennancut    sentiments;    infuse   may 
be  baid  of  any  partial  feeling :  hence 
\fe  bpeak  of  infusing   a   poison  into 
the  uiind  by  means  of  insidious  and 
mischievous  publications ;  or  infuiing 
a  jealousy  by  means  of  crafty  insinua- 
tions,   or  infusing  an  ardor  into  the 
minds  of  soidier&by  means  of  spirited 
addresses  coupled  with  military^^>- 
cesses.  ^H 

With  variooB  seeds  of  art  deep  In  the  idIbI^ 
Implanted.  Thomson. 

The  reciprocal  attraction  in  tlie  minds  of  men 
Is  a  principle  in^rafltd  in  the  ver>  first  forma* 
tioD  of  the  sK>uI,  by  the  Author  of  •rxt  nature. 

BEBSEIfT. 

To  preach  prActical  sermons,  as  ihey  are  call- 
ad,  that  In,  MTTDions  npon  vlrtoes  and  flees  with* 
out  inculcating  the  great  Scripture  truths  of 
redempUoo,  grace,  &c.,  wblcli  aloue  can  enable 
and  incite  ns  to  fbisake  sin  and  follow  after 
rigbteousnfs« ;  what  is  It,  bat  to  put  tofetl^  the 
wbef  U  and  set  the  bands  of  a  watch,  forgetting 
the  spring  which  Is  to  make  them  all  go  ? 

Bishop  Hoaiir. 

The  apostle  often  makes  meation  of  sound 
doctrine  in  opposition  to  the  extravagant  and 
corrupt  opinions  which  false  teachers,  even  in 
tliosie  days,  inHiUeA  into  the  minds  of  their 
igoorant  and  unwary  diiciplet.  BjenEtHBOE, 

No  sooner  grows 
The  soft  i}\fu$ion  prevaleut  and  wldn, 
Than  ail  alive,  at  once  their  joy  overflows 
In  music  uuconfiu^d.  Thohsou* 

TO    IMI'LICATE,    INVOLVB. 

IMPLICATE,  from  plico  to  fold, 
denotes  to  fold  into  a  thing;  and  IN- 
\'()LVE,  from  xolvo  to.  roll,  signities 
to  roll  into  a  thing  :  by  which  exp)vca- 
tiun  we  perceive,  that  to  implicate 
marks  something  less,  entan^^  than 
to  involve :  for  that  which  is  folded 
may  be  folded  only  once,  but  that 
whicii  is  rolled  is  rolled  many  times. 
In  application  therefore  to  human 
aiVairs,  people  are  said  to  be  implif 
cutcd  uho  have  taken  ever  so  small  a 
share  in  a  transaction ;  but  they  are 
involved  only  when  they  are  deeply 
concerned :  tlic  former  is  likewise  es- 
pecially applied  to  criu^iinal  transac- 


tions, the  latter  to  those  things  which 
are  in  themselves  troubIe:aome :  thua 
H  man  is  implicated  ui  the  ^uilt  of 
robbery  who  should  stand  by  and  see 
it  done,  without  interfering  for  its  pre- 
v«Qtion ;  as  law  suits  are  of  all  thmg» 
the  most  intricate  and  harassing,  hoi 
who  is  engaged  in  one  is  properly  i'n- 
volved  in  it,  or  be  who  is  in  debt  in 
every  direction  is  strictly  siud  to  be 
involved  in  debt. 

That  which  can  exalt  a  wife  opljby  defradiif 
a  husband,  will  appear  on  th*  wbojo  not  worth 
the  acquisition,  even  thongh  it  could  b**  matVs 
without  provoking  jealousy  by  the  implication 
ofenatempt.  Hawkk^wortw, 

Thow  who  cultivate  the  memory  of  our  Revo- 
latloa,  will  take  care  how  tbey  are  involrci  with 
portoot  who,  under  pvelfzt  of  seal  towards  tbw 
Revolatkm  und  constitution,  fBe<|u«alJ^  waodec 
from  their  true  principles.  BuaaB« 

TO  IJUPLORK,  V.  To  beseech^ 
TO  IMPLY,  V,  To  signify. 
TO  iMiHiar,  V.  To  signify* 

IMPORTANCE,    CONSBQ^EXCK, 
WEIGHT,    MOitfKNT. 

IMPORTANCE,  from  porto  to 
carry,  signifies  the  carrying  or  bearing 
witli^  or  in  itself. 

CONSEUUENCE,  from  comequoir 
to  follow,  or  result,  signifies  the  follow* 
ing,  or  resulting  from. 

WEIGHT  signifies  the  quantum 
that  the  thing  weighs. 

MOM  EN  r,  from  momentum^  signi* 
fies  the  force  that  puts  in  motion. 

The  importance  is  what  things  Jiave 
in  themselves ;  they  may  he  of  more 
or  leas  importance^  according  to  the 
value   which  is  set  upon  them  :  this 
may  be  real  or  unreal ;  it  may  be  es 
timated  by  the  experience  of  their  past 
utility,   or  from  the   presumption  of 
their  utility  for  the  future :  the  idea 
of  importance^  therefore,  enters  into 
the  meaning  of  the  other  terms  in(»re 
or  less.     Contegucnce  is  the  import* 
ance  from  its  conse^aencet,  !^is  term 
therefore  is  peculiarly  applicable  to 
such  things,  the  consequences  of  which 
may  be  more  immedn&teiy  discerned 
eitJier  from  the  neglect  or  the  atten- 
tion :  it  is  of  consequence  for  a  letter 
to  go  oiT  on   a  certain  day,  for  the 
affairs  of  an  individiml  maj  be  more 
or  less  affected  by  it ;  an  b«ui^s  dcla^ 
sometuucs  in  Uie  departure  of  a  malt* 


INABILITY. 


INACTIVE, 


585 


ceed  insidiously  and  circuitously  to 
undermine  the  faith  of  others :  an 
attacker  always  proceeds  with  more 
or  less  violence.  To  impugn  is  not 
necessarily  taken  in  a  bad  sense ;  we 
may  sometimes  impugn  absurd  doc- 
trines by  a  fair  train  of  reasoning  :  to 
attack  is  always  objectionable,  cither 
in  the  mode  of  the  action,  or  its  ob- 
ject, or  in  both  ;  it  is  a  mode  of  pro- 
ceeding oftener  employed  in  the  cause 
of  falsehood  than  truth:  when  there 
arc  no  arguments  wherewith  to  impugn 
a  doctrine,  It  is  easy  to  attack  it  with 
ridicule  and  scurrility. 

TO  IMPUTE,  V,  To  ascribe, 

INABILITY,    DISABILITF, 

INABILITY'  denotes  the  aBsence 
of  ability  in  the  most  general  and  ab- 
stract sense.  DISABILITY  implies 
the  absence  of  ability  only  in  parti- 
cular cases :  the  inability  lies  in  the 
nature  of  the]thing,  and  is  irremediable; 
the  di»ability  lies  in  the  circumstances, 
and  may  sometimes  be  removed : 
weakness,  whether  physical  or  mental, 
will  occasion  an  inability  to  perform 
a  task;  there  is  a  total  inability  in 
an  infant  to  walk  and  act  like  a  man  : 
a  want  of  knowledge  or  of  the  requi- 
site qualifications  may  be  a  disability; 
in  this  manner  minority  of  age  or  an 
objection  to  take  certain  oaths  may  be 
u  disability  for  filling  a  public  office. 

It  is  not  from  inability  to  diicover  whattbej 
ou£;Iit  to  do  tliat  inea  err  io  practice.        Blair. 

Want  of  age  ia  a  legal  disabilitjt  io  contract 
n  marriage.  Blackstoiis. 

INACCESSIBLE,  V.  Impervwus. 

INACTIVE,    INERT,    LAZY, 
SLOTHFUL,    SLUGGISH. 

A  RELUCTANCE  to  bodily  excrtioii  is 
common  to  all  these  terms.  INAC- 
TIVE is  the  most  general  and  unqua- 
lified term  of  all ;  it  expresses  simply 
the  want  of  a  stimulus  to  exertion : 
INERT  is  something  more  positive, 
from  the  Latin  titers  or  sine  arte 
without  art  or  mind;  it  denotes  a 
specific  deficiency  either  in  body  or 
mind. 

LAZY  (v.  Idle).  SLOTHFUL, 
from  sioWf  that  is,  full  of  slowness ; 
and  SLUCiGlSlI  from  slug,  that  is, 
like  a  slu^';,  drowsy  and  heavy :  ail  rise 


upon  one  another  to  denote  an  ex- 
pressly defective  temperament  uf  the 
body  which  directly  impedes  action. 

To  be  inactive  is  to  be  indisposed 
to  action ;  that  is,  to  the  performance 
of  any  office,  to  the  doing  any  spe- 
cific ousioess  :  to  be  inert  is  some- 
what more ;  it  is  to  be  indisposed  to 
movement :  to  be  lazy  is  to  move  with 
pain  to  one's  self:  to  be  slothful  is 
never  to  move  otherwise  than  slowly : 
to  be  sluggish  is  to  move  in  a  sleepy 
and  heavy  manner. 

A  person  may  be  inactive  from  a 
variety  of  incidental  causes,  as  timid- 
ity, ignorance,  modesty,  and  the 
like,  which  combine  to  make  him 
averse  to  enter  upon  any  business,  or 
take  any  serious  step ;  a  person  maj 
be  inert  from  temporary  indisposition; 
hut  lasiness,  slothfulnesSy  and  sluggish" 
ness  are  inherent  physical  defects : 
laziness  is  however  not  altogether  in- 
dependent of  the  mind  or  the  will ;  but 
slothful  and  sluggish  are  purely  the 
offspring  ef  nature,  or,  which  is  the 
same  thing,  habit  superinduced  upon 
nature.  A  man  of  a  mild  character 
is  firequentlv  inactive;  he  wants  that 
ardor  which  impels  perpetually  |p 
action;  he  wishes  for  nothing  wi^ 
sufficient  warmth  to  make  action 
'  agreeable ;  he  is  therefore  inactive  by 
a  natural  consequence :  some  diseases, 
particularly  of  the  melancholy  kind, 
are  accompanied  with  a  strong  degree 
of  inertness ;  since  they  seem  to  de< 
prive  the  frame  of  its  ordinary  powers 
to  action,  and  to  produce  a  certain 
degree  of  torpor :  lazy  people  move  as 
if  their  bodies  were  a  burden  to  them* 
selves ;  they  are  fond  of  rest,  and  par- 
ticularly averse  to  be  put  in  action ; 
but  they  will  sometimes  move  quickly, 
and  perform  nmch  when  once  impelled 
to  move :  slothful  people  never  vary 
their  pace ;  they  have  a  physical  im- 
pediment in  themselves  to  qoick  mo- 
tion: slugglish  people  are  hardly 
brought  into  action ;  it  is  their  nature 
to  be  in  a  state  of  stupor. 

What  laws  ar«  theM  ?  infract  o*  If  yoa  eaa  ; 
Tktn^  one  de>i(nM  for  brute*,  and  one  for  naa. 
Another  ffuidea  tnaeUve  natter^  conrke. 

Jntiii. 
Infonner  of  the  planetary  train, 
WMhont  whose  qniekeninf  glaneo  their  c«m* 

broot  orba 
Wen  hnitr,  ank»velj  n»H,<»tert  and  dead. 

Tmoauowm 


9 


INCESSANTLY. 

Opinion  on  any  one  subject,  because 
he  can  have  made  himself  master  of 
none. 

Incapable  is  applied  sometimes  to 
the  moiral  character,  to  sijyiify  the  ab- 
s^ce  <ytbut  which  is  bad  ;  insufficient 
and  incompetent  always  convey  the 
idea  of  a  deficiency  in  that  which  is  aj( 
least  desirable:  ic  is  aft' honor  to  a 
person  to  be  incapable  of  falsehood,  or 
incapable  of  doin^;  an  ungenerous 
action  ;  but  to  Ije  insufficient  and  in- 
competent  are,  at  all  events,  qualities 
not  to  be  boasted  of,  although  they 
may  not  be  expressly  disgraceful, 
lliese  terms  are  likewise  zipplicable 
to  things,  in  which  they  preser\'e  a  si- 
milar distinction :  infidelity  is  inca- 
pable of  atfordini;  a  man  any  comfort; 
tvlien  the  means  are  imujficient  for  oh- 
tainin^  the  ends,  it  is  madness  to  ex- 
pect success ;  it  is  a  sad  condition  of 
humanity  when  a  man's  resources  are 
incompetent  to  BOpply  him  with  the 
first  necessaries  of  life. 

Inadequate  is  relative  in  its  sit^nifi- 
cation,  like  insufficient  and  incompe- 
tent ;  but  the  relation  is  ditlercnt.  A 
thini:  is.  insuffiiient  which  does  not 
suUice  either  for  the  wishes,  the  pur* 
poses,  or  necessities,  of  any  one,  in 
particular  or  in  general  cases  ;  thus,  a 
quantity  of  materials  may  be  insuffi- 
cient for  a  particular  building :  incom- 
jyeiencif  is  an  insufficicnct/  for  general 
pnrpo>cs,  in  thinp  nf  the  first  ueces- 
sity ;  thus,  an  incuine  may  be  incom- 
petent to  supjKtrt  a  family :  inadequacy 
is  still  nu'ic  particular,  for  it  denotes 
any  deticiuncy  which  is  measured  by 
coinpuribon  with  the  object  to  which 
it  refers  ;  thus,  the  strength  of  an  aiv- 
mal  may  ho  inadequate  to  the  labor 
which  is  required,  or  a  reward  may  be 
inadequate  to  the  service. 

Were  a  liuman  i>oa1  incapoMe  of  ft rtbn*  m- 
lari;ements  [  could  Imagine  h  might  fail  avaj 
iDtieriAibly.  Aoouoii. 

M  hen  Go<l  withdraws  h\%  hand,  and  leCa  na- 
ture xjDlt  into  its  orifinal  weal(nc«  and  inin^ffU 
ctency^  all  a  man^s  deliebtsfail  him.         South. 

AU  the  attainmentK  powible  in  onr  prpsent 
statf  aru  evideutlj  inadequate  to  onr  capacitlet 
of  enjoyment.  Joumwn. 

INCESSANTLY,    UNCBASINGLV, 

UMNTKRRUPTKDLY,     WITHOUT 

INTERMISSION. 

INCESSANTLY  and  UNCEAS- 


INCESSANTLY.      587 

_  4 

INGLY  are  but  variations  from  the 
same  word,  cease. 

UNINTfiRliUPTEDLY,    «.     To 
disturb.      " 

INTERIVIISSION,  v.  To  subside. 

Continuity,  but  not  duration,  is  de- 
noted by  these  terms :  incessantly  is 
the  most  general  and  indefinite  of  all ; 
it  signifies  without  ceasing,  but  may 
be  applied  to  things  which  admit  of 
certain  intervals :  unceasingly  is  defi- 
nite, and  si&nifies  never  ceasing  ;  it 
cannot  therefore  be  apphed  to  what 
has  any  cessation,  in  familiar  dis-  ' 
course^  incessantly  in  an  extravagant^ 
mode  of  speech,  by  which  one  mean^ 
to  rienote  the  absence  of  those  ordi- 
nary iutcr\'als  which  are  to  be  expecN 
ed ;  as  when  one  says  a  person  is  t/^r 
cessantly  talking;  by  which  is  under- 
stood, that  he  does  not  allow  himself 
the  ordinary  intervals  of  r^st  froa:| 
talking :  unc^atitigly^  ou  the  other 
hand,  is  more  literally  employed  for  i| 
positive  want  of  cessation;  a  iK)ise  i^ 
said  to  be  unceasing  whic^  literally 
never  ceases;  or  complaints  are  unr 
ceasing  which  are  mi^e  without  any 
pauses  or  intervals.  Incessantly  and 
unceasingly  are  said  of  things  whicU 
act  of  themselves ;  uniiUerruptedljf 
is  said  of  that  which  depends  upou 
other  things :  it  rain^  incessantly,  mark^ 
a  continued  operation  of  nature,  inde-r 
pendant  of  every  thing ;  bu(  to  be  un- 
tnfcrruptedly  happy,  marks  onc*s  freer 
dom  from  every  foreign  influenca 
which  is  unfriendly  to  one's  happiness* 
Incessantly  and  the  other  two  words  are 
employed  either  for[>ersons  or  things; 
without  intermission  is  however  u^os.^iy 
employed  for  persons  :  things  ac<;  ^pd 
re-act  incessantly  upon  one  another ;  ^ 
man  of  a  persevermg  temper  goes  on 
laboring  without  intermissiftn^  until  he 
has  effected  his  purpose. 

Surfvcif,  mitdiet,  and  unt^fiy  waitf, 

ValnefeaiiteB,  and  jdie  tuperfluitle. 

All  thoiie  thiii  leoce^  fort  am>le  incetmntfy, 

Spercb* 
Inpeird,  with  stepf  uneetutng^  to  pnnne 
Soow  fleeUos  ^ood  that  mock*  me  wUb  tlw  viev* 

She  drawR  a  cloM  incnmbrat  clond  of  dnth, 
UiHn  terrupted  bj  the  living  winds.      Thojuov. 
For  aoj  one  to  be  alwajt  In  a  laboriouv,  ha- 
sardoot  porturr  of  dffenee,  ufilAout  intermU' 
Hon,  mntC  nerds  be  intolerable.  Soum 

INCIDENT,  V.  Circumstance. 
INCIDENT,  V.  Event. 


INCONVENIENCE. 


INCORPOREAL.   589 


lities  of  things ;  incoherenaf  to  words 
or  thoughts :  things  are  nijule  incon- 
siitent  by  an  act  of  the  will ;  a  nrian 
acts  or  thinks  inconsistentfy,  according 
to  his  own  pleasure :  incongruitif  de- 
pends upon  the  nature  of  the  things  ; 
there  is  something  very  incongruout 
in  blending  the  solemn  and  decent  ser- 
vice of  the  church  with  the  extrava- 
gant rant  of  Methodism :  incoherence 
marks  the  want  of  coherence  in  that 
which  ought  to  follow  in  a  train  ;  ex- 
temporary effusions  from  the  pulpit 
are  often  distinguished  most  by  their 
incoherence. 

Every  indivitlual  h  to  ua«qaa1  to  liimvelf  that 
man  Mems  to  be  the  molt  wavwiof  and  f/.Ton- 
tittent  helng  In  tbe  QoWerw.  Huores. 

Tbe  solemn  lotrodnctlon  of  the  Plianix,  in  the 
last  scene  of  Sampson  Af^ontstes,  l«  tncongruout 
to  tbe  persona^  to  whom  it  is  ascribed. 

JORXSOH, 

Be  but  a  person  bi  credit  wHh  the  muliltode^ 
he  shall  be  able  to  make  rambUog  incoherent 
•luff  pass  for  high  rhetoric  South* 

INCONSTANT,  v.  Changeable. 

INCONTROVSRTIBLE,   V,  I/ldu- 

bitable. 

TO  INCONVENIENCE,    ANNOV, 
MOLEST. 

To  INCONVENIENCE  is  to 
wake  not  convenient  (o.  Convenient), 

To  ANNOY,  from  the  Liftiu  noceo 
to  hurt,  is  to  do  some  hurt  to.  To 
MOLEST,  from  jhe  Latin  mole$  a 
mass  or  weight,  signifies  to  press  with 
a  weight. 

We  inconvenience  in  small  matters, 
or  by  omitting  such  things  as  mieht 
be  convenient ;  we  annoy  or  molest 
by  doing  that  which  is  positively  pain- 
ful :  we  are  inconvenienced  by  a  per- 
son's absence;  we  are  annoyed  by  bis 
presence  if  he  renders  himself  offen- 
sive :  we  are  inconvenienced  by  what 
h  temporary ;  we  are  annoyed  by  that 
which  is  either  temporary  or  durable ; 
we  are  molested  by  that  which  is 
weighty  and  oppresive :  we  are  i/ic-on- 
venienced  simply  in  regard  to  our  cir- 
cumstances; we  are  annoyed  mostly 
in  regard  to  our  corporeal  feelings;  we 
are  molested  mostly  in  regard  to  our 
minds :  the  removal  of  a  seat  or  a 
book  may  inconvenience  one  who  is 
engaged  in  business ;  the  buzzing  of 
a  fly,  or  the  stinging  of  a  knat,  may 


annoy;  the  impertinent  freedom,  or 
the  rude  insults  of  ill-disposed  persons, 
may  molest, 

1  have  often  been  fempted  to  Inquire  what 
hapi>iiies«  b  to  be  iralned,  or  what  titconrtnience 
to  be  avoided,  bj  this  fitaled  racesslon  from  this 
town  In  tbe  sammer  seaMM.  Johnsom. 

A;;aln«t  the  eapitol  I  met  a  Hon, 

Who  p:lar*d  upon  me,  and  went  sofly  bj. 

Without  annoyiitlTioe.  SHiKSPaLBS. 

See  all  with  skill  acquire  thrlr  djily  food. 

Produce  their  tender  proj^nj  aud  fi«d« 

With  care  parental,  whilst  that  care  thej  need, 

In  tbeM!  k>v*d  offices  completely  blest. 

No  hopes  beyond  them,  nor  vain  fean  moltnt. 

INCORPOREAL,    UNBODIED,    IM-» 
MATERIAL,  SPIR^UAL. 

INCORPOREAL,  from  corpus  a 
body,  marks  the  quality  of  not  belong- 
ing to  the  body,  or  having  any  proper- 
tics  in  common;  UN^DIED  de- 
notes the  state  of  being  without  tb« 
btKly,  or  not  inclosed  in  a  body:  a 
thing  roav  dierefore  be  incorporeal 
without  being  unbodied;  but  not  vice 
vend:  tbe  soul  of  man  is  incorporeal, 
but  not  unbodied,  during  his  natural 
life. 

Incorporeal  is  alvi-ays  used,  in  re- 
gard to  living,  particolarly  by  way  of 
comparison,  with  corporeal  or  human 
beings :  hence  we  speak  of  incorporeal 
agency,  or  incorporeal  9gents,  in  refer- 
ence to  such  bemgs  as  are  supposed  lo 
act  in  this  world  without  the  help  of 
the  body;  but  IMMATEIUAL  is  ap. 
plied  to  inanimate  objects ;  men  ar« 
corporeal  as  men,  spirits  are  incorpo- 
real ;  the  body  is  the  material  part  of 
man,  the  soul  his  immaterial  part : 
whatever  exteniai  object  acts  upon  the 
senses  is  material ;  but  the  action  of 
the  mind  on  itself,  and  its  results,  are 
all  immaterial:  the.  trees,  tbe  earth, 
sun,  moon,  &c.  are  termed  material ; 
but  the  impressions  which  they  mak« 
on  tbe  mino,  that  is,  oar  ideas  of  them, 
are  itnmaterial. 

The  incorporeal  and  immaterial 
have  always  a  relative  sense;  the 
SPIRrrUALis  that  which  is  positive: 
God  is  a  spiritual,  not  properly  an  tii- 
corporeal  nor  immaterial  being :  the 
angels  are  likewise  designated,  in  ge- 
neral, as  the  spiritual  inhabitants  of 
Heaven;  although,  when  spoken  of< 
ill  regard,  they  may  be  denominated 
incorporeal. 


£92     INDIFFERENCE. 


INDIFFERENCE. 


.  '»■ 


1      y 


ity :  the  former  however  in  external 
matters,  as  dress ,  words,  and  looks ; 
tlie  latter  in  conduct  and  disposition. 
A  person  may  be  indecent  for  want  of 
eitner  knowing  or  thinking  better ;  but 
a  female  cannot  be  immodest  without 
radical  corruption  of  principle.  The 
indecency  may  be  a  partial ;  the  im- 
modesty  is  a  positive  and  entire  breach 
of  the  moral  law.  Indecency  beloncs 
to  both  sexes ;  immodesty  is  peculiarly 
applicable  to  the  misconduct  of  fe- 
males. 

Indecency  is  less  than  immodesty^ 
but  more  than  indelicacy :  they  both 
respect  the  outward  behaviour;  but 
the  former  spring's  from  illicit  or  an* 
curbed  desire ;  the  indelicacy  from 
the  want  of  education.  It  is  a  great 
indecency  for  a  man  to  marry  again 
very  quickly  after  the  death  of  his 
wife ;  but  a  still  greater  indecency  for 
a  woman  to  put  such  an  afl'ront  on 
her  deceased  nusband  :  it  is  a  great 
indelicacy  in  any  one  to  break  in  upon 
the  retirement  of  such  as  are  in  sorrow 
and  moumifl^  It  is  indecent  for 
females  to  expose  their  persons  as 
mauy  do  whom  we  cannot  call  immo- 
dest women;  it  is  indelicate  for  fe- 
males to  engage  in  masculine  exer- 
cises. 

The  DobifUn  cooCain*  more  ingenoH/  and 
wit,  more  indecency  aod  blanphemy,  thaa  I 
ever  saw  collected  lo  one  aioKle  volunu*. 

Sim.  W'm.  Josici . 

Immodett  words  a  Jmit  of  no  dtfrnce. 
For  waot  of  di«rncj  is  want  of  weute, 

RoscuaaiOK. 

Yuor  papers  would  be  chargeable  with  some* 
thing  worse  than  indeHcacjff  did  ^nu  treat  the 
detrfetablf  sin  of  nncleanoess  in  the  s:ime  manntfT 
as  )ou  ralljr  self-love.  Spectatob. 

INDELICATB,  V.  IiidccenL 

TO  INDICATE,    V.  To  s/lOW. 

INDICATION,  V.  Mark. 

INDIFFERENCE,  INSENSIBILITY^ 
APATHY. 

INDIFFERENCE  signifies  no 
difference ;  that  is,  having  wo  differ- 
ence ot'  feeling  fur  one  thing  more  than 
another. 

INSENSIBILITY,  from  sense  dLnd 
able,  bignities  incapable  of  feciing. 

APATHY,  from  the  Greek  pri- 
vative and  jincsi  fecliiigi  implies  with' 

3 


Indifference  is  a  jiutial  state  of  tha 
mind ;  apathy  and  inundhiiiiy  are  ge- 
neral states  of  the  mind  ;  he  who  bai 
indifference  is  not  to  be  awakened  to 
feeling  by  some  otgectSy  though  be  may 
by  others ;  bat  hie  who  has  not  srs- 
sibility  is  incapable  of  feeling;  and  he 
who  hjEis  apathy  is  without  any  feeling. 
Indifference  is  nkostly  a  temporary 
state;  insennbiUty  is  either  a  tem- 
porary or  a  permanent  state ;  ofotky 
IS  always  a  permanent  state:  wd^* 
ference  is  either  acquired  or  acci- 
dental ;  insensibility  is  either  prodooed 
or  natural;  apathy  is  natoraL  A 
person  may  be  m  a  state  of  ind^fcrenee 
about  a  thing  the  value  ot  which 
he  is  not  aware  of,  or  acquire  an  in- 
difference for  that  which  he  knows  to 
be  of  comparatively  little  valua:  he 
may  be  in  a  state  of  insensibiiity  from 
the  lethargic  torpor  which  has  seised 
his  mind ;  or  he  may  have  an  hahitnal 
insensibility  arisine  either  from  the 
ccntractedness  of  his  powers,  or  the 
physical  bluntness  of  his  understand- 
ing, and  deadness  of  tus  passions ;  his 
apathy  is  bom  with  him,  and  forms 
a  prominent  feature  in  the  eonstitutioa 
or  his  mind. 

Indifference  is  often  the  conse- 
quence of  insensibility;  for  he  who  is 
riot  sensible  or  alive  to  any  feeling 
must  naturally  be  without  cnoice  or 
preference:  but  indifference  is  not 
always  insensibility,  smce  we  may  be 
indifferent  to  one  thing  because  we 
have  an  equal  liking  to  another.  In 
like  manner  insensibility  may  spring 
from  apathy,  for  he  who  has  no  feeling 
is  naturally  not  to  be  awakened  to  feel- 
ing, that  is,  he  is  unfeeling  or  iiuea- 
sible  by  constitution;  but  since  his 
insensibility  may  spring  from  other 
causes  besides  those  that  arc  natural^ 
we  may  be  inunsible  without  having 
apathy.  Moreover  it  is  observable 
that  between  insensibility  and  apathy 
there  is  this  farther  distinction,  that 
the  former  refers  only  to  our  capacity 
for  being  moved  by  the  outward  ol> 
jects  that  «>urround  us  ;  whereas  apor 
thy  denotes  an  entire  internal  dewi- 
ness of  all  the  feelings  :  but  we  may 
be  insensible  to  the  present  external 
objects  frum  the  total  absorption  of 
all  I  he  powers  and  feelings  in  one  dis- 
tant object. 

I  could  lunrer  prerail  with  njvelf  to  esAsii|S 


INCREASE. 

of  itself;  it  is  the  coming  or  joining 
of  one  thing  to  another  so  as  to  i»i- 
creuse  the  whoife.  A  merchant  in^ 
creufips  liis  property  by  ftdding  his 
gains  in  trade  every  year  to  the  mass ; 
but  he  receives  an  accemo7i  of  pro- 
peity  cither  by  inheritance  or  any 
otlier  contingency.  In  the  same  mail- 
ner  a  inonurcli  increuxes  his  dominions 
by  nddim:  one  territory  to  another, 
or  by  various  accetshni  of  territory 
wh\<\\  fill!  to  his  lot. 

Wlieii  we  speak  of  the  increasef  \ve 
think  of  the  whole  and  its  relative 
magnitude  at.  different  times  ;  wh^n 
we  speak  of  the  addition^  we  think 
only  of  the  part  and  the  agency  by 
which  this  part  is  joined  ;  when  wo 
speak  of  the  acccisiony  we  think  only 
of  the  circumstance  by  which  one  thing 
becomes  thus  joined  to  another.  Jti- 
crease  of  happiness  does  not  depend 
upon  increase  of  wealth;  the  miser 
makes  dally  additions  to  the  latter 
without  making  any  to  the  former: 
sudden  acressions  of  Wealth  <ire  seldotn 
attended  with  any  good  consquences, 
as  they  turn  the  tmrUgbts  loo  violently 
out  of  their  sober  channel  and  bend 
them  too  strongly  on  one's  present 
possessions  and  good  fortune. 

Augmentation  is  another  term  for 
increase^  which  differs  less  in  sense 
than  in  application:  the  latter  is 
generally  applied  to  all  objects  that 
admit  such  a  change :  but  the  former 
is  applied  only  to  objects  of  higher 
import  or  cases  of  a  less  familiar 
nature.  We  may  say  that  a  person 
experiences  an  increase  or  an  attgrneAt- 
at  ion  in  his  family ;  or  that  he  hasTiad  du 
increase  or  an  augmentation  of  his 
salary,  or  that  there  is  an  increase  or 
augmentation  of  the  number :  in  nil 
which  cases  the  former  term  is  most 
adapted  to  the  colloquial,  and  tllfe 
latter  to  the  grave  style. 

At  will  I  crop  the  year**  //icmue, 

Mjr  latter  life  m  rt!»t  and  peMc«.  DnYDEN. 

The  ill  state  of  bfalth  into  wlifch  Tnllia  h 
fillr»n  I'j  a  vert  wrrttre  ad'iliion  to  the>  manj  and 
i;rt?:it  di«quletudi*s  tir  it  afflict  mr  mind. 

Mnjiofji*!i  liirrrp.llfl  of  CtrFRO. 

Thcr*»  iR  nothing:  in  luy  opinion  infwe  ptenslhi^ 
In  rcli<r!oii  tlian  to  rontiiler  that  ffre  s<ial  Is  to 
thine  lor  ever  with  new  occf  #yio/u  of  glory. 

AODI^tOV. 

AmMtifMH  Turuu^  in  th<»  pre«i«  appt^ara. 
And  a£{;r4TaUiiB  crime;,  aunmenltih^t  fearv. 

Dnvdfcx. 


INDECENT. 


591 


INCREDULITY,  V.  Unbelief. 
INCURSION,  V.  Invasion. 

INDKBTBD,    OBLIGRD. 

INDEBTED  is  more  binding  and 
positive  than  OBLIGED  :  we  are  in- 
debted to  whoever  confers  an  essential 
service :  we  are  ohlig\td  to  him  who 
does  us  any  service.  A  man  is  irt- 
debted  to  another  for  the  preservation 
of  his  life ;  he  is  obiiged  to  hira  fttt 
an  ordinary  act  of  civility  :  a  deH 
whether  of  legal  or  moral  richt  rrtust 
injustice  be  paid ;  an  obligation  winch 
is  only  moral,  ought  in  reason  to  bd 
returned.  Whether  we  be  indebted  to 
another  expressly  for  a  certain  sum  of 
money,  or  whether  we  be  indebted  to 
him  for  our  iiaturai  existence,  or  foi* 
the  main  comfort  of  our  lives,  we  are 
bound  to  make  hirh  a  suitablfe  com- 
pensation as  far  as  lies  in  ou^  power; 
but  when  we  are  simply  obliged^  we  owd 
another  particular  good  will.  Ac- 
cording to  an  old  proverb  in  this  case, 
one  good  turn  deserve**lhother.  We 
may  be  indebted  to  things ;  we  are 
obliged  to  persorts  only :  we  dre  m- 
debted  to  Cnristianity,  not  only  fol-  A 
superior  faith,  but  also  fof  a  superior 
system  of  morality ;  we  ought  to  be 
obliged  to  our  friends  who  admonish 
us  of  our  faults  with  a  friendly  temper. 
A  nation  may  bfe  indebted  to  an  indi- 
vidual, but  men  arc  o(»%f^  to  each  other 
only  as  individlials :  the  English  natioti 
is  indebted  to  Alfred  for  the  ground-^ 
work  of  its  free  constitution;  the 
little  courtesies  which  pass  between 
friends  in  their  social  intercourse  with 
each  other  lay  them  under  obligations 
which  it  is  equally  agreeable  to  receive 
and  to  pay. 

A  fratpfhi  uliid 
Bj  owinj;  own  not,  but  still  pajiatooce 
Indebted  and  dfichat^M.  JAttron. 

We  arr  each  of  us  to  c{?ll  and  ohiigingt  that 
drither  tfifrilt  lie  h  obliged.  Pors. 

INDECENT,  IMMODEST,  INDE- 
LICATE. 

INDECKNT  is  the  contrary  6f 
decent  {y.  Becoming),  IMMODESTP 
the  contrary  of  7ttt>dest  (v.  ModeM\ 
INDELK.ATR  the  contrary  of  i/W^ 
cate  {v.  Fine). 

Indtcency  and  immodesfy  TidlaU 
the  fundamental  pnuciples  of  Mi^ 

9 


f. 


* 


IXDUBITABLE, 


INDULGENT.       595 


such  positive  cli3ea9e  of  mind  or  bodj. 
The  careless  person  is  neither  averse 
to  Jabor  or  thought  nor  devoid  of  de- 
sire* but  wants  in  reality  that  cart  or 
thought  which  is  requisite  for  his  state 
or  condition.  CartUuneu  is  rather 
an  error  of  the  understanding,  or  of  the 
conduct,  than  the  will ;  since  the 
careless  would  care^  be  concerned  for, 
or  interested  about  things,  if  he  could 
be  brought  to  reflect  on  their  iinjport^ 
ance,  or  if  he  did  not  for  a  time  foigeC 
himself. 

Hffocfl  reawnen  okm  rdla*d  b«C  boC  woon  whe, 
Thdr  wholtf  «>si«t«ace  fftbuloai  MBpeet, 
And  tratb  and  ftltc^ood  la  a  Iwnp  nJeeC  ; 
Too  indolent  f o  learn  what  maj  ba  1 
Or  elM  too  prood  that  l^oonuMt  to 


With  what  aneqaal  teapen  are  we  tnm*Af 
One  d:i7  the  loal,  tupine  with  sue  aad  flak 
ReveU  vpcare.  Row. 

Sollen,  roethlnkt,  and  vlov  fhe  morataf  bicakf, 
A%  if  the  nan  wefe  ItHien  to  appear.      D»Tonk 

Pert  lore  with  her  by  joint  commliiloa  rale^ 

Who  bj  fal«e  aiti  and  popalar  deeallt. 

The  corelTM,  food,  aathlakhic  MBrtal  cbeali. 

Poxffiuer. 

INDUBITABLE,  UVaUBSTION- 

ABLE,  INDISPCTTABLB,  UNOK- 
NIABLE,  INCONTROVEBTfBLE, 
IRREFRAGABLE. 

INDUBITABLE  signifies  admit- 
ting of  no  doubt  (v.  DouU);  UN- 
QUESTIONABLE, admitting  of  no 
question  (v.  Doubt);  INDfePUT- 
ABLE,  admitting  of  no  dispute  (v. 
To  controvert);  UNDENIABLE, 
not  to  be  denied  (v.  To  den^^ 
disown);  INCONTROVERTIBLE, 
not  to  be  contrawrtcd  (r.  To  con-' 
trovert):  IRREFRAGABLE,  from 
frango  to  break,  signifies  not  to  be 
broken,  destroyed,  or  done  away. 
They  nre  ail  opposed  to  uncertainty ; 
but  they  do  not  imply  absolute  cer- 
tainty, for  they  all  express  the  strong 
persuasion  of  a  person's  mind  rather 
than  the  absolute  nature  of  the  thing : 
when  a  fact  is  supported  by  such  e? i- 
dence  as  admits  of  no  kind  of  doubt,  it 
is  termed  indubitable ;  when  the  truth 
of  an  assertion  rests  on  the  authority  of 
a  man  whose  character  for  integrity 
stands  unimpeached,  it  is  termed  tin- 
questionable  authority;  when  a  thing 
is  believed  to  exist  on  the  evidence  of 
every  man's  senses,  it  is  termed  un- 
deniable ;  when  a  sentiment  hat  al- 
ways been  held  as  either  true  or  false, 
wiiiiout  dispute,  it  is  tuiMd  lintiyifl^ 


able;  when  arguments  hare  never 
been  controverted^  they  are  termed  t n- 
controvertible;  and  when  they  have 
never  been  satisfactorily  answered, 
they  are  termed  irrefrof^able. 

A  fan  or  a  thin  hoiwe  will  induUtabtp  ex- 
pren  the  teBte  of  a  najorttj.      HAwzMiroiiTfi. 

FVom  thetmfueftton«ft/edoc«aeBtsuddic- 
t^teai  of  the  lav  of  natore,  I  Rball  ertace  the  oh- 
llcatfcm  IjlDf  opoa  enry  man  to  ihow  gnlltade. 


Treth,  knovlaic  the  indUjnttahlM  elate  As 
baa  to  all  that  ie  called  raawa,  tUnka  11  bitov 
hMf  to  a»k  that  apoa  courteqr  la  vhfeb  ibe  M9 
plead  a  property.  Sovni. 

SoiM^raioMe  it  tlvtratb  of  lUi  (vls.tbt 
bazdneai  of  oar  daty),  that  the  Meae  ofvtotaeli 
Uld  la  ear  aitaral  atcnencHto  CMage  eueOnt. 


Our  dMaetloa  aaoit  ml  apea  a  itaady  ai- 
braeacetothe  iaegnlreyertfUtialwofvbtM. 

Bi.4n. 

There  h  aoae  «ho  walfai  to  eam|y,  aad  apoa 
aaeb  irrefragmbU  sroaadi  of  pradaacf^  Ǥ  ba  wbo 
ii  rellKioat.  Soora* 

TO  INDUE,  V.  To  invest 
TO  INDUCE,  V.  Toactuaie. 

TO  INDUCE,  V.  To  enconragef 
ammate. 

TO  INDULGE,  t;.  TofoStCT. 

TO  INDULGE,  v.  To  gratify, 

INDULGENT,  FOND. 

INDULGENT,  r.  To  groHfy. 

FOND,  V,  Amorous, 

Indulgence  lies  more  in  forbearing 
from  the  exercise  of  authority ;  fonA^ 
nesi  in  the  outward  behaviour  and  en- 
dearments :  they  may  both  arise  fhom 
an  excess  of  kindness  or  love;  but  the 
former  is  of  a  less  objectionable  cha- 
racter than  the  latter.  Indulgence 
may  be  sometimes  wrong;  butyZm^ 
fietf  is  seldom  right :  an  induig/aU 
parent  b  seldom  a  prudent  parent; 
but  a  fond  parent  does  not  rise  above 
a  ibol :  all  who  have  the  care  of  young 
people  should  occasionally  relax  from 
the  strictness  of  the  disciplinarian, 
and  show  an  indulgence  where  a  suit- 
able opportunity  offers ;  tifond  inother 
takes  away  from  the  value  of  tii* 
dulgence$  bv  an  invariable  compliant 
witn  the  iiumon  of  her  children ; 
however,  when  applied  KeDenUjr  or 
abstractedly,  they  are  botb  XJtkmk  IB  B 
good  sense. 
Cbtilwa  tknf  aH  cweMnj  ihto,ee  iii^ 

sqs 


INFLUENCE. 


INFORM. 


nsn 


flppnbriaust  wHb  Ut  robe  of  ilgbtoomaen 
Atnjiag,  cover'd  firom  hk  father**  sl^C. 

Mmroir. 

INFANTINE,  V.  ChlUUsh, 

INFATUATION,    V.    Intox'tcation. 
INFECTION,  V,  Contagion. 
INFERENCE,  V.  Conclusum. 
INFERIOR,  V.  Second. 
INFERIOR,  V.  Subtject. 
INFIDELITY,  V.  Unbelief. 
INFINITE,  V.  Boundless. 
INFIRM,  V.  Weak. 
INFIRMITY,  V.  Debility. 
INFLUENCE,  V,  Credit. 

INFLUENCE,  AUTHORITY, 
ASCENDANCY,    SWAY. 

INFLUENCE,  v.  Credit. 

AUTHORITY,  in  Latin  auctoritai, 
from  aucior  the  author  or  prime 
mover  of  a  thing,  signifies  that  power 
which  is  vested  in  the  prime  mover. 

ASCENDANCY,  from  (ucend,  sig- 
nifies having  the  upper  hand. 

SWAY,  like  our  word  swing  and 
the  German  schwehen^  comes  from  the 
Habrew  za  to  move. 

These  terms  imply  power,  under 
different  circumstances:  influence  is 
altogether  unconnected  with  any  right 
to  direct ;  authority  includes  tlie  idea 
of  right  necessarily :  superiority  of 
rank,  talent,  or  property,  personal  at- 
tachment, and  a  variety  of  circum- 
stances give  influence;  it  commonly 
acts  by  persuasion,  and  employs  en- 
gaging manners,  so  as  to  determine  in 
favor  of  what  is  proposed :  superior 
wisdom,  age,  office,  and  relation,  eiva 
authority ;  it  determines  of  itself,  it 
requires  no  collateral  aid:  ascend' 
ancy  and  sway  are  modes  of  influence^ 
ditTering  only  in  degree;  they  both 
imply  an  excessive  and  improper  de- 
gree ofi/i/?u«nceover  the  mind,  inde- 
pendent of  reason :  the  former  is,  how- 
ever, more  gradual  in  its  process,  and 
consequently  more  confirmed  in  its 
nature ;  the  latter  may  be  only  tempo- 
rary, but  may  be  more  violent.  A 
person  cunploys  many  arts,  and  for  a 
lengtli  of  lime,  to  gain  the  ascendancy  ; 
but  he  exerts  a  sway  by  a  violent 
stretch  of  power.  It  is  of  ^reat  im- 
portance for  those  who  have  v^^masce^ 


to  condact  themselves  consistently 
with  their  rank  and  station ;  men  are 
apt  to  regard  the  warnings  and  ad- 
monitions of  a  true  firiend  as  an  odiooi 
assumption  of  authorityy  while  they 
voluntarily  give  themselves  up  to  the 
ascendancy  which  their  valet  or  their 
mistress  has  gained  over  them,  and 
who  exert  the  most  unwarrantable 
stoay  to  serve  their  own  interested  and 
vicious  purposes. 

Influence  and  ascendancy  are  said 
likewise  of  things  as  well  as  persons : 
true  religion  will  have  an  influence  not 
only  on  the  outward  conduct  of  a  man, 
but  the  inward  affections  of  his  heart; 
and  that  man  is  truly  happy  in  whose 
mind  it  has  the  ascendancy  over  every 
other  principle. 

The  <ff/lH«}iee  of  Fnuwe  at  a  lepabHck  b 
•qml  to  ■  wv.  BoBut. 

Wtthout  thelbfwor«MtA0Hliy  thepoiraror 
•oUien  growt  pfrnldou  to  tiMk 


France,  rinee  Iwr  ratolatloD,  k  aadcr  the 
Bwajf  of  a  wet,  whoie  leederi,  at  one  itroke^ 
baTe  demoUtbed  the  whole  body  of  Jorftpni- 
donee.  Boias* 

If  joo  allow  anj  paaloo,  even  thongh  R  he 
oMoenied  ionooent,  to  neqniio  an  abeolnte  «t* 
emdafir,7onr  inwaid  peaoewfll  betepabed. 

Bumi* 

TO  INFORM,  MAKB  KNOWN, 
ACQUAINT,     APPRIZE. 

The  idea  of  bringing  to  the  know- 
ledge of  one  or  more  persons  is  com- 
mon to  all  these  terms.  INFORM, 
from  the  Latin  informo  to  fashion 
the  mind,  comprehends  this  general 
idea  only,  without  the  addition  of  any 
collateral  idea;  it  is  therefore  the 
generic  term,  and  the  rest  spedfic: 
to  inform  is  to  conmiunicate  what 
has  lately  happened,  or  the  contrary ; 
but  to  MAKE  KNOWN  is  to  bring 
to  light  what  has  long  been  knotsn 
and  purposely  conceal^  :  to  if\form 
it  to  directly  or  indirectly  communi- 
cate  to  one  or  many ;  to  make  known 
is  mostly  to  communicate  indirectly 
to  many :  one  informs  the  public  of 
one's  intentions,  by  means  ofanad* 
vertisement  in  one's  own  name ;  oom 
makes  known  a  fact  through  a  dr* 
cuitous  channel,  and  without  any 
name.  To  inform  may  be  eitlier  n 
personal  address  or.  otherwise}  to 
ACQUAINT  and  APPRIZE  m  im-. 
mediate  and  peraonal  commnaiotft' 
One  Mi/orMi  die  gorenipnuir^ 


INFORMATION- 


INFORMATION.      599 


plication  an  important  distinction. 
Hie  INFORMANT  being  he  who 
informs  for  the  benefit  of  others,  and 
the  IMFORMER  to  the  molestotion 
of  others.  What  the  informant  com- 
municates is  for  the  benefit  of  the  in- 
dividual, and  what  the  informer  com- 
municates is  for  the  benefit  of  the 
t\  hole.  The  informant  is  thanked  for 
his  civility  in  making  the  communica- 
tion ;  the  informtr  undergoes  a  great 
deal  of  odium,  but  is  thanked  bv  no  one, 
not  even  by  those  who  employ  him. 
We  may  aU  be  in/brmatitt  in  our  turn, 
if  we  know  of  any  thing  of  which  ano- 
ther may  be  informed ;  but  none  are 
informers  who  do.  not  inform  against 
the  transgressors  of  any  law. 

Ihrerj  member  of  society  feels  tad  icknow- 
M^res  ttie  nect^alty  of  ileflectlnf  crimes,  jet 
kcarce  eoy  d^ree  of  riftna  or  ivputatloa  is 
able  to  secure  an  ii\former  from  public  hatred. 

Jonmo!!. 

Ajre  (sa>s  our  AriKt's  informamt),  bntmt  the 
same  time  be  declared  you  (Hogarth)  were  as 
good  a  portrait  painter  as  Vsndyke.  Piuusotor. 

INFORMATION,     INTELLIGKNCE, 
NOTICE,    ADVICE. 

INFORMATION  (v.  To  inform) 
signifies  the  thing  of  which  one  is  in- 
formed :  INTELLIGENCE,  from 
the  Latin  inteliigo  to  understand,  sig- 
nifies that  by  which  one  is  made  to 
understand  :  NOTICE,  from  the  Latin 
notiiiay  is  chat  wliich  brings  to  the 
knowledjre:  ADVICE  (r.  Advice) 
siii^nifics  tiiat  which  is  made  known. 
These  terms  come  very  near  to  each 
other  in  signification,  but  differ  in  ap- 
plication :  information  is  the  most 
general  and  indefinite  of  all;  the  three 
others  are  but  modes  of  informalion. 
VVhatever  is  communicated  to  us  is 
information,  be  it  public  or  private, 
open  or  concealed ;  notice,  intelli- 
fience,  and  advice  are  mostly  public, 
but  particularly  the  former.  Jfiform- 
ation  and  notice  may  be  communicated 
by  word  of  mouth  or  by  writing;  in- 
telligence  is  mostly  communicated  by 
writing  or  printing;  advice$  are  mostly 
sent  by  letter :  the  information  is 
mostly  an  informal  mode  of  cimmuni- 
cation :  the  notice,  intelligence,  and 
advice,  are  mostly  formal  communi- 
cations. A  servant  gives  his  master 
information,  or  one  friend  sends  ano- 
ther information  from  the  country ; 


mafpatrates  or  officers  pve  notice  of 
such  things  as  concent  the  public  to 
know  and  to  observe ;  spies  eive  in- 
telligence of  all  that  passes  under  their 
notice ;  or  intellisence  is  given  in  the 
pnblic  prints  of  all  that  passes  worthy 
of  notice :  a  military  commander  sencis 
advice  to  his  government  of  the  opera- 
tions which  are  going  forward  under 
his  direction;  or  one  merchant  dves 
advice  to  another  of  the  state  of  the 
market. 

Information,  as  calculated  to  in- 
fluence, ought  to  be  correct :  those 
who  are  too  eager  to  know  what  is 
passing,  are  often  misled  by  false  in- 
formation.  Notice,  as  it  serves  either 
to  warn  or  direct,  ought  to  be  timely, 
no  law  of  general  interest  is  carried 
into  effect  without  giving  timely  notice. 
Intelligence,  as  the  first  intimation  of 
an  interesting  event,  ought  to  be  early; 
advices,  as  entering  into  the  detad, 
ought  to  be  clear  and  particular; 
official  advices  often  arrive  to  contra- 
dict non-official  intelligence. 

Information  and  intelligence,  when 
apphedas  characteristics  of  men,  have 
a  farther  distinction :  the  man  of  tfi- 
formatUfn  is  so  denominated  only  on 
account  of  his  knowledge;  but  a  man 
of  intelligence  is  so  denominated  on 
account  of  his  understanding  as  well 
as  experience  and  information.  It  is 
not  possible  to  be  intelligent  without 
information ;  but  we  may  be  well  in- 
formed without  being  remarkable  for 
intelligence :  a  man  of  information 
may  be  an  agreeable  companion,  and 
fitted  to  maintain  conversation;  but 
an  intelligent  roan  will  be  an  instruc- 
tive companion,  and  most  fitted  for 
conducting  business. 

There,  eeateriiif  to  a  fbent  ronod  mod  neat. 
Let  all  your  ni}i  of  if\farmatUn  laeet. 

CowncH. 

BIy  lion,  whose  jawt  are  at  all  hovrs  open  to 
inteiUgence^  informs  me  that  there  an  a  tew 
wtfapotu  •till  in  beluf . 


ilt  his  yean 
Death  glTn  vhort  notice. 


TaoHsoir. 


Ai  h«*  wa«  dictatinf  to  Us  haaren  with  great 
aatlMirity,  there  came  In  «  gentleman  fkom  Gar- 
mway\  who  told  xm  that  there  were  Kreral 
IfCtMrt  firom  Franco  jwC  eome  In,  wUk  mdvtee 
tint  the  lilng  was  in  good  health. 

INFORMER,  v»  Informant. 
INFRACTION^  V.  Infirmf 


INHERENT. 


INHERENT. 


601 


^uent  nobleness  of  the  character  which 
is  inborn :  the  latter  reitpects  the  ge- 
nius or  ipental  powers  which  are  in- 
born.   Truth  is  coupled  with  fineedom 
or  nobility  of  birth;  the  ingenntmty 
therefore,  bes|>eaks the  inborn  IreedoiD, 
by  assertinjs;  the  noblest  right,  and 
following  the  noblest  impulse,  of  human 
nature,  namely,  that  of  speaking  the 
truth  ;  genius  is  altofi;ether  a  natural 
endowment,  that  is  bom  with  us,  in- 
dependent of  external  circumstances ; 
the  ingenious  man,  therefore,  displays 
his  powers  as  occasion  may  offer.  We 
love  the  ingenuous  character,  on  ac- 
count of  the  qualities  of  his  heart;  we 
admire  the  ingenious  man  on  acoonnt 
of  the  endowments  of  his  mind.    One 
is  ingenuous  as  a  man ;  one  is  ingeni- 
ous as  an  author :  a  man  confesses  an 
action  ingenuously  ;  he  defends  it  iti- 
geniously. 

Compare  the  ingenunu  pIMbleneti  to  Tirta* 
OQi  cou  Udell  whkb  ft  in  yo«th,  to  tbe  ooaflriMd 
obstinacy  In  an  old  iloDrr.  Sovtk. 

ingeniotu  to  their  rain,  ererj  age 
ImproToi  tbe  arta  and  iuttnuaentB  of  xagc 

Waubi. 

TO  INGRAFT,  V.  To  implant, 

TO    INGRATIATE,    V.    To   inSt' 

nuate. 

TO  INGULF,  v.  To  absorb. 
TO  INHABIT,  v.  To  abide. 

INHERENT,  INBRED,  INBORN, 

INNATE. 

The  inherent,  from  htro  to 
stick,  denotes  a  permanent  quality  or 
property,  as  opposed  to  that  which 
IS  adventitious  and  transitory.  IN- 
BRED denotes  that  property  which  ii 
derived  principally  from  habit  or  by  a 
gradual  process,  as  opposed  to  the  one 
acquired  by  actual  efforts.  INBORN 
denotes  that  which  is  purely  natural, 
in  opposition  to  the  artificial.  JnAe- 
rent  is  in  its  sense  the  most  general ; 
for  what  is  inbred  and  inborn  is  natu- 
rally inherent ;  but  all  is  not  inbred 
and  inborn  which  is  inherent.  Inani- 
mate objects  have  inherent  proper^ 
ties ;  but  the  inbred  and  inborn  exist 
only  in  that  which  receives  life;  so- 
lidity is  an  inherent^  hut  not  an  tn- 
bred  or  inborn,  property  of  matter  :  a 
love  of  truth  is  an  inborn  property  of 
the  human  mind ;  it  is  oonsoquentlj 


inkerentj  in  as  raoch  as  nothings  can 
totally  destroy  it.    That  which  is  tn- 
bred  is  bred  or  nurtured  in  us  from 
our  birth ;  that  whidi  is  inborn  is 
simplv  bom  in  us :   a  property  may 
be  inborn,  but  not  inbred;  it  cannot, 
however,  be  inbred  and  not  inborn^ 
Habits  which  are  ingrafted  into  the 
natural  disposition  are  properly  tn- 
bred  ;  whence  the  vulgar  proverb  that 
'^  what  is  bred  in  the  bone  will  never 
be  out  of  the  flesh;''  to  denote  the 
influence  which  parents  have  on  the 
characters  of  their  children,  both  phy- 
sically and  morally.     Propensities,  on 
the  other  hand,  which  are  totally  in- 
dependent of  education  or  external 
circumstances,   are  properly   inborn^ 
as  an  inborn  love  of  freedom ;  hence, 
likewise,  the  properties  of  animals  are 
inbred  in  them,  is  as  much  as  they 
are  derived  through  the  medium  of  the 
breed  of  which  the  parent  partakes. 

Inborn  and  INNATE,  from  the 
Latin  mUus  bom,  are  precisely  the 
same  in  meaning,  yet  they  di flier  some- 
what in  .application.  Poetry  and  the 
grave  style  have  adopted  inborn;  phi- 
losophy has  adopted  innate  :  genius 
is  inborn  in  some  men ;  nobleness  is 
inborn  in  others :  there  is  an  inborn 
talent  in  some  men  to  command,  and 
an  inborn  fltness  in  others  to  obey. 
Mr.  Locke  and  bis  followers  are 
pleased  to  say,  there  is  no  such  thing 
as  innate  ideas;  end  if  they  only  mean 
that  there  are  no  sensible  impressions 
on  the  soul,  until  it  is  acted  upon  by 
external  objects,  they  may  be  right: 
but  if  they  mean  to  say  that  there 
are  no  inborn  characters  or  powers  in 
the  soul,  which  predispose  it  for  the 
reception  of  certaui  impressions,  thej 
contradict  the  experience  of  the  learn- 
ed and  the  unlearned  in  all  ages,  who 
believe,  and  that  from  close  observa- 
tion on  themselves  and  others,  that 
man  has,  fn>ni  his  birth,  not  only  the 
general  character,  which  belongs  to 
him  in  common  with  his  species,  but 
also  those  peculiar  characteristics 
which  distinguish  individuals  from 
their  earliest  infancv :  all  these  cha- 
racters or  characteristics  are,  there- 
fore, not  supposed  to  be  produced,  but 
elicited,  by  circumstances;  and  the 
ideas,  which  are  but  the 
forms  that  the  soul  assume 
oonnection  with  the  bod/i  ai 


INJUSTICE. 


INSIDIOUS. 


eos 


fio  ploBRh  shAll  hmrt  Um  gUK    ■>  V^BOm 
book  the  viae.  Dbtsbn. 

With  harmUu  play  amUbt  tte  tovb  kc  ptMiU 

Drywui. 

Bat  farioat  Dido,  with  dirk  thorite  lavoMd, 
Sbook  at  the  nishty  mUehi^Of  NnltM. 

Dfnwuk 

INJURY^  V.  Irgustice. 

INJUSTICE,    INJURY,  WRONG. 

INJUSTICE  {v.  Juttice),  IN. 
JURY  (r.  Ditftdvantagejy  and 
WRONG,  sicnifjing  the  thiDg  tbftt  it 
wrong f  are  s9l  opposed  to  tbs  riglic ; 
but  the  injustice  lies  in  the  prinapla^ 
the  injury  in  the  action  that  imurcf. 
There  may,  tlierefbre,  be  ifiputice 
where  there  is  no  specifio  iH^uryi 
and,  on  the  other  hand,  there  nay 
be  injury,  where  there  it  no  ii^utike. 
When  we  think  worse  of  a  person 
than  we  ought  to  think,  we  do  ham 
an  act  of  infuttke ;  but  we  do  D0t| 
in  the  strict  sense  of  the  word,  do 
him  an  injury :  on  the  other  hand,  if 
we  say  any  thing  to  the  discredit  of 
another,  it  will  be  ao  injury  to  his 
repatation  if  it  be  believad ;  but  it 
xna^  not  be  an  injuiticef  if  it  be 
strictly  conformable  to  troth,  and  that 
which  one  is  compelled  to  say. 

The  violation  of  jtistice,  or  a  breach 
of  the  rule  of  rigbt,  constitntes  the 
injutiice;  but  the  quantum  of  ill 
which  fails  on  the  person  constitutes 
the  injury.  Sometimes  a  person  it 
dispossessed  of  his  property  by  fraud 
€fr  violence,  this  is  an  act  of  tn/as- 
tice  :  bot  it  is  not  an  injury y  i^  in 
consequence  of  this  act,  he  obtains 
friends  who  mnke  it  good  to  him  be- 
Yond  what  he  has  lost :  on  the  other 
hand,  a  person  suffers  very  moch 
through  the  inadvertence  of  another, 
which  to  him  is  a  serious  tf^ry,  al- 
tljough  the  offender  has  not  been 
guilty  oi  injustice. 

The  wrong  partakes  both  of  inju»- 
tlcc  and  injury  ;  it  is  in  fact  an  in- 
jury  done  by  one  person  to  another, 
in  express  violation  of  justice.  The 
man  who  seduces  a  woman  from  the 
path  of  virtue  docs  her  the  greatest 
of  nil  wrongs.  One  repents  of  ia/tif- 
iicc,  repairs  injuries,  and  rfdresset 
wrongs, 

A  ti(*  ifl  pntperljr  a  tpeelra  of  injuaUM,  Mi 
a  viol.itioit  of  Ibe  tlflfU  of  tkot 
fbe  falM  tpeecb  it  dicveted. 


LamalN  ra  itee  wKk  •■  oMdiitBdlogi  CH% 
As  I  would  dent  mhtn  bangrj  liom  are; 
And  rather  patnp  ir^fttriea  iluia  bt 
A  ylafoc  to  bha  irbo^d  %e  i  plagea  t»iM. 

Poai 


TWbooable  nan,  wbra  He  reeKw*  •  tbrong^ 
R«fen  revem;e  to  wkeoi  II  daft  WlM(- WA&ua. 

INNATE,  V.  Inherent. 
INNBR,  t;.  Inward. 
INNOCENT,  t;.  Guiltless. 
iNorPBNSivB,  V.  Unoffending. 
INORDINATE,  V.  IrreguloT. 
TO  iNauiRE,  V.  To  ask. 
INQUIRY,  r.  Examination, 
INQUISITIVE,  V,  Curious. 
INROAD,  V.  Invasion. 
iKsANiTY,  V.  Derangement. 
INSCRUTABLE,  V,  Unsearchable^ 
iNSBNsiBiLiTY,  V.  Indifference. 

IN8EN8IBLB,  V.  HOrd. 

INSIDE,    INTERIOR. 

The  INSIDE  may  be  said  of  bo- 
dies  of  any  magnitude,  small  or  large; 
the  INTERIOR  is  peculiarly  appro- 
priate to  bodies  of  great  magnitude. 
We  may  speak  of  the  inside  of  a  nut 
shell,  but  not  of  its  interior :  on  the 
other  hand,  we  speak  of  the  interior  of 
St.  Paul's,  or  the  interior  of  a  palaod^ 
This  difference  of  application  is  not 
altogether  arbitrary :  for  tafide  literally 
sigikifies  the  side  that  it  inward;  but 
interior  signifies  the  space  which  it 
more  inward  than  the  rest,  which  is 
inclosed  in  an  indoeure :  consequently 
cannot  be  applied  to  any  thing  but  any 
large  spaoa  tnat  is  inck«ed. 


At  for  tb«  firtlde  of  thair  Mit,  Bone  b«t  tbaM- 
ariww  wtfe  eaacarnad  ta  It,  MoaidlBg  !•  the  la- 
vIolaMa  lava  caUbHibed  amoof  tbeaa  aalanla 
(tbe  aata).                                           Aoeiaaa. 

Tbe  iwtflt  are  drawB  back,  aad  tba  iMlaHar  of 

INSIDIOUS,   TREACHEROUS. 

INSIDIOUS,  in  Latin  insidioiUM, 
from  insidia  stratagem  or  ambush, 
from  insideo  to  lie  in  wait  or  ambush. 

TREACHEROUS  is  changed  from 
traiterouif  and  derived  from  irado  t$ 
betraj,  signifying  in  general  the  dis- 
position to  betray. 

The  insidious  man  is  not  so  bid  ts 


)K>I         INSINUATE. 


mtmUATION. 


the  treacherous  man;  for  the  former 
only  lies  in  wut  to  ensnare  us,  when 
we  are  off  our  guard ;  but  the  latter 
dnows  us  c»ff  our  guard,  by  lulling 
OS  into  a  state  of  security^  in  order 
the  more  effsctually  to  get  us  into  his 
power:  an  enemy  is,  therefore,  de- 
nominated inaidioui,  but  a  friend  is 
treacherous.  The  insidums  man  hat 
recourse  to  various  little  artifices,  by 
which  he  wishes  to  e£fect  his  purpose, 
and  gain  an  advantage  over  his  oppo- 
nent; the  treacherous  man  pursues  a 
system  of  direct  falsehood,  in  order 
to  ruin  his  friend  :  the  insidious  man 
objects  to  a  fair  and  open  contest;  but 
the  treacherousmsai  assails  in  the  dark 
him  whom  he  should  support.  The 
opponents  to  Christianity  are  fond  of 
insidious  attacks  upon  its  sublime 
truths,  because  they  have  not  always 
courage  to  proclaim  their  own  shame ; 
the  treachery  of  some  men  depends 
for  its  success  on  the  credulity  of 
others  ;  as  in  the  case  of  the  Trojans, 
who  listened  to  the  tale  of  Sinon^  the 
Grecian  spy. 
])Melt»  that  fktenddiip'b-Bask  intUUmf  wean. 

jKKYllfl. 

The  world  mial.UiInk  him  hi  fbe  wiong^ 

Woold  nj  be  made  a  tre€teh*rout  mte 

Of  wit,  to  flatter  and  ledeoe.  Swirr. 

INSIGHT,    IN8PBC7I0N. 

The  insight  is  what  we  receive : 
the  INSPECTION  is  what  we  give : 
one  gets  a  view  into  a  thing  by  the 
insiglit;  iMie  takes  a  view  over  a  thing 
by  im  inspection.  The  insight  serves 
to  increase  our  own  knowledge:  the 
inspection  enables  us  to  instruct  others. 
An  inquisitive  traveller  tries  to  get  an 
insight  into  the  manners,  customs, 
laws,  and  government  of  the  countries 
which  he  visits ;  by  inspection  a 
master  discovers  the  errors  which  are 
ooromitted  by  bis  scholars,  and  seto 
them  right. 

Anfreh  both  good  and  bad  bare  a  fall  Insight 
lito  the  actlrltjr  and  force  of  oatoral  caotei. 


Somethiog  no  doubt  is  designed  ;  but  what  Chat 
li,  I  will  not  pretnme  to  detenahie  ftom  an  fo- 
Sptetinn  of  meB**  hearti.  Soim* 

INSIGNIFICANT,  v*  Unimportant. 

TO  INSINUATE,   V.  To  hhU. 
TO  INSINUATE,  INGRATIATE. 

INSINUATE  {v.  To  hint),  and  IN- 


GHATIATS,  from  gt&tn  gnteral  or 
acceptable,  are  empoved  to  expess 
the  endeavour  to  gam  nvor;  bat  they 
differ  in  the  circumstances  of  the  ac- 
tion. A  person  who  inssmtaies  adopts 
every  art  to  steal  into  the  good  wiH 
of  another;  but  he  who  ingra^etes 
adopts  troartiiicial  means  to  conciliate 
good  will.  A  person  of  iuMinsuttiug 
manners  wins  upon  another  imper* 
ceptibly,  even  so  as  to  convert  dislike 
into  attachment;  a  persoo  with  im- 
gratiating  manners  proctures  goodwill 
by  a  permanent  intercourse.  InssmU" 
ate  and  ingratiate  differ  in  tiie  modva^ 
as  well  as  the  mode,  of  tlieactioQ:  the 
motive  is,  in  both  cases,  self-interait; 
but  the  former  is  unlawful,  and  the 
latter  aliowaMe.  In  proportion  as  the 
object  to  be  attained  by  another's  iafor 
is  oase,  so  is  it  necessary  to  have  re- 
course to  insinuation ;  whilst  the  ob- 
ject to  be  attained  b  that  which  may 
be  avowed,  ingratiating  will  serve  the 
purpose.  Low  persons  tiutmui^e  theei* 
selves  into  the  flavor  of  their  superiors, 
in  order  to  obtain  an  influence  over 
them :  it  is  commendable  in  a  ^oung 
person  to  wish  to  ingratiate  himsdf 
with  those  who  are  entided  to  his 
esteem  and  respect. 

Insinuate  noay  be  used  in  the  im- 
proper sense  for  unconscious  agents; 
ingratiate  is  eJwavs  the  act  of  a  con- 
scious agent.  Water  will  insinuaU 
itself  into  every  body  that  is  in  the 
smallest  degree  porous;  there  are  few 
persons  of  so  much  apathy,  that  it 
may  not  be  possible,  one  way  or  an- 
other, to  ingratiate  one's  self  into  their 
favor. 

The  aaaw  character  of  deipottaa  ituimmttsi 
Mieir  Into  efery  conrt  of  Eoiope.  " 

My  lecolatkm  wat  now  to  tngrattMU  m, 
with  moo  wbo«e  repntatlon  was  MUbHihed. 

J 


INSINUATION,    REFLECTION. 

These  both  imply  personal  re- 
marks, or  such  remarks  as  are  directed 
towards  an  individual ;  but  the  former 
is  leas  direct  and  more  covert  than  the 
latter.  The  INSINUATION  always 
deals  in  half  words;  tlie  REFLEC- 
TION is  commonly  open.  They  are 
both  levelled  at  the  individual  with  no 
good  intent:  but  the  insinuation  is 
general,  and  may  be  employed  to 
convey  any  unfavorable   sentiment; 


INSIPID. 


.    INSNARE. 


G05 


the  reflection  is  particular,  and  com* 
monly  passes  between  intimates^  and 
persons  in  close  connexion. 

The  insinuation  respects  the  honor, 
the  moral  character,  or  the  intelleo* 
tual  endowments,  of  the  person ;  the 
reflectiim  respects  his  particolar  con- 
duct or  feelings  towards  another.  En- 
vious people  tiirow  oat  iminuationt  to 
the  disparagement  of  others,  whose 
merits  they  dare  not  openly  question ; 
when  friends  quarrel,  they  deal  largely 
in  reflections  on  the  past. 

Tbe  prejailiced  admfren  of  the  indentf  ire 
^nry  angrj  at  tbe  least  inginnati»H  ttat  tbegr 
iMd  any  idea  of  oor  b«rkanNU  tract-eoBOrdy. 

TWIMIIM. 


The  ill  natuied  man  give* 
^Uetiani  which  a  good  natnred  maa 


to  IT- 

AODUOM. 


INSIPID^   DULL,    FLAT. 

INSIPID,  in  I^atin  intipidutj,  from 
in  and  sapeo  to  taste^  signifies  without 
savor. 

DULL,  V,  Dull. 

FLAT,  V.  Flat, 

A  want  of  spirit  in  the  moral  sense 
is  designated  by  these  epithets,  which 
borrow  their  figurative  meaniog  from 
different  properties  in  nature :  the 
taste  is  referred  to  in  the  word  insipid  ; 
the  properties  of  colors  are  considered 
under  tne  word  dull  ;  the  property  of 
dimensions  is  referred  to  by  the  word 
Jiat.  As  the  want  of  flavor  in  any 
meat  constitutes  it  insipid,  and  renders 
it  worthless,  so  does  the  want  of  mind 
or  character  in  a  man  render  hhn 
equally  ifisipid,  and  devoid  of  the 
dibtinguibhing  characteristic  of  his 
nature  :  as  the  beauty  and  perfection 
of  colors  consist  in  their  brightness, 
the  absence  of  this  essential  property, 
which  constitutes  dulness,  renaers  them 
uninteresting  objects  to  the  eye;  so 
the  want  of  spirit  in  a  moral  com- 
position, which  constitutes  its  dulness, 
deprives  it  at  the  same  time  of  that 
ingredient  which  should  awaken  at- 
tention :  as  in  the  natural  world  objects 
are  either  elevated  or  Jlat,  so  in  the 
moral  world  the  spirits  are  either 
raised  or  depressed,  and  such  moral 
representations  as  are  calculated  to 
raise  the  spirits  are  termed  spirited, 
whilst  those  which  fiiil  in  this  object 
are  termed  ^Af.  An  tnsiptc/ writer  is 
without   sentiment   of  any  kind  or 


degree;  a  dull  writer  fails  in  viva- 
city and  vigor  of  sentiment ;  a  JUt 
performance  is  wanting  in  the  pro- 
perty of  provoking  mirth,  which  should 
oe  its  peculiar  ingredient. 

To  a  eovetone  mao  all  other  thinci  bat  wealtii 
are  ituiftd.  Soook 

tet  Tet  beware  of  eoaacllfl  when  too  foil, 
NenbtfT  makea  long  dbpatev,   and  graveneai 

dtUL  HSMUAMm 

The  leoies  are  disgDvted  with  tbeir  old  en- 
tertatnments,  and  ezhtence  turns  flat  and  {«- 
Hpid.  OaoTB. 

TO   INSIST,    PERSIST. 

Both  these  terms,  being  derived 
from  the  Latin  sislo  to  stand,  express 
the  idea  of  resting  or  keeping  to  m 
thing;  but  INSIST  signifies  to  rest 
on  a  point,  and  PERSIST,  from  per 
through  or  by  (v.  To  continue)^  sig- 
nifies to  keep  on  with  a  thing,  to  cany 
it  through.  We  insist  on  a  nuUter  by 
maintaining  it ;  we  persist  in  a  thing 
by  continumg  to  do  it ;  we  insist  hj 
the  force  of  authority  or  argument; 
we  persist  by  the  mere  act  of  the  wilL 
A  person  insists  on  that  which  he  con- 
ceives to  be  his  right :  or  he  insists 
on  that  which  he  conceives  to  be 
right :  but  he  persists  in  that  which  be 
has  no  will  to  give  up.  To  insist  is 
therefore  an  act  of  discretion  :  to  per^ 
sist  is  mostly  an  act  of  folly  or  ca- 
price ;  the  former  is  always  taken  ia 
a  good  or  indifferent  sense ;  the  latter 
mostly  in  a  bad  sense.  A  parent 
ought  to  insist  on  all  matters  that  are 
of  essential  importance  to  his  chil« 
dren ;  a  spoiled  child  persists  in  its 
follies  from  perversity  of  humour. 

TMt  natarel  tendency  of  dapocic  jpowcr  to 
IfDonnee  and  barbarity,  thoaxh  not  InuUud 
apOB  by  otben,  li^  I  tbink,  an  hicoasiderable  av- 
gaaeat  agafant  tbat  form  of  goferament. 

Aomaov. 

A  sreat  deal  nuy  be  done  by  a  eoane  of  be- 
BcAeence  obrtlnatdy  perHtted  in.  GaovK. 

TO   INSNARE,   KNTRAP,    KN- 

TAN6LK,   BNVEIOLK. 

The  idea  of  getting  any  object  art- 
fully into  one's  power  is  common  to 
aU  these  terms :  To  INSNARE  is 
to  take  in  or  by  means  of  a  snare  ; 
to  ENTRAP  is  to  take  in  a  trap  or 
by  means  of  a  trap  ,•  to  ENTANGLE 
is  to  take  in  a  tangle^  or  by  means  of 
tangled  thread;  to  INVEIGLE  is 
to  take  .by  means  of  making  blind, 
from  the  French  aveugk  UiimL 


INSTANT. 


INSTITUTE. 


GOT 


iNSPECTioK,  v.  InsigfU. 

INSPECTION,    BUPERINTRN- 
DANCY,    OVEKSIGHT. 

The  oiEce  of  looking  into  the  con- 
duct of  others  is  expressed  by  both 
these  terms ;  but  the  former  compre- 
hends little  more  than  the  preservatioa 
of  good  order ;  the  latter  includes 
the  arrangement  of  the  whole. 

The  monitor  of  a  school  has  the 
INSPECTION  of  the  conduct  of  his 
school  fellows,   but  the  master  has 
the  SUPERINTENDANCE  of  the 
school.  The  othcers  of  ao  army  inspect 
the  men,  to  see  that  they  ol»epre  all 
the  rules  that  have  been  laid  down  to 
them ;   a  general  or  superior  officer 
has  the  superintendance  of  any  mili- 
tary operation.     Fidelity  is  peculiarly 
wanted    in    an  inspector,  judgement 
and  experience  in  a  super intendant. 
Inspection  is   said    of  things  as  well 
as   persons;    OVERSIGHT  only  of 
persons :  one  has  the  inspeclion  of 
i)ooks  in  order  to  ascertain  their  accu- 
racy ;  one  has  the  oversight  of  persons 
to  prevent  irregularity :  there  is  an 
inspector    of  the  customs^    and    an 
overseer  of  the  poor. 

Thi«  author  propotei  UuU  thtn  di9alfl  he  ex- 
amlnen  appointed  to  intpect  the  geniai  of  every 
particular  bojr.  Buoosix. 

'Whtro  female  mind*  are  emUtlefed  bj  afe  or 
xoHtude,  tbeir  malisnlty  i«  fenerallj  exerted  Id 
a  spiteful  superintendance  of  trifles.    JoaxsoB. 

TO  INSPIRE,  r.  To  animate. 
INSTANCE,  I'.  Example. 

INSTANT,    MOMENT. 

INSTANT,  from  slo  to  stand,  sig- 
nifies the  point  of  time  that  stoods 
over  usy  or  as  it  were  over  our  heads. 

MOMENT  from  the  Litin  mo- 
mentumf  is  any  small  particle,  par- 
ticularly a  small  particle  of  time. 

The  instant  is  always  taken  for  the 
time  present;  the  moment  is  taken 
generally  for  cither  past,  present,  or 
future.  A  dutiful  child  comes  the 
instant  he  is  called  ;  a  prudent  per- 
son embraces  the  favorable  moment. 
When  they  are  both  taken  for  the 
present  time,  tlie  instant  expresses  a 
much  shorter  space  than  the  moment ; 
when  wc  desire  a  person  to  do  a  thing 
this  instant,  it  requires  haste;  if  we 
dc<;:rc  him  to  do  it  this  momtnt,  it 


only  admits  of  no  delay.  Instaniii' 
neous  relief  is  necessary  on  some  oo- 
oasions  to  preserve  life;  a  moment's 
thought  will  furnish  a  r«wiy  wit  with 
a  suitable  reply. 

Some  eIreaiiMCaneei  of  nriMry  are  ao  powers 
felly  rldicolont,  that  nelClicr  UadMei  oor  dety 
am  widMand  tbea ;  tliey  ferae  Ike  ftlepd,  (be 
4epeedaiit,  or  the  child,  to  give  way  to  itutmu' 
tfMeout  motioDi  of  aMrrfmee^  JoeMaosu 

I  caa  eaiUy  overlook  asy  freMot  m^mnttmrw 
flomw,  whep  I  reflect  thai  it  b  f  a  lay  power  to  be 
bappy  ft  tbouand  yean  beoce. 


INSTANTANEOUSLY,  V^  Dwectly. 

INSTANTLY,  V,  Directly, 
TO  INSTIGATE,  V.  To  encourage. 
TO  INSTIL,  V.  To  implant. 

TO  INSTITUTE,   ESTABLISH, 
FOUND,   ERECT. 

INSTITUTE,  in  Latin  instUutus^ 
participle  of  instituo,  from  in  and 
statuo  to  place  or  appoint,  signifies  to 
dispose  or  fix  a  specific  end. 

ESTABLISH,  v.  To  fix. 

FOUND,  V.  To  found.  , 

EttECT,  V.  To  iiaW. 

To  institute  is  to  form  aix^ording  to 
a  certain  plan ;  to  establish  is  to  fix  in 
-a  certun    position    what   has   been 
formed  ;  to  found  is  to  lay  the  foun- 
dation;  to  erect  is  to   make  erect. 
Laws,    communities,   and  particoiar 
orders,  are  instituted:  schools,  col- 
legesy  and  various  societies,  are  estah^ 
lished  ;  in  the  former  case  something 
new  is  supposed  to  bo  framed ;  in  the 
latter  case  it  is  supposed  only  to  have 
a  certain  situation  assigned  to  it.    The 
order  of  the  Jesuits  was  instituted  by 
Ignatius    de   Loyola:    schools  were 
established  by  Alfired  the  Great  in  va- 
rious parts  of  his  doroioioDS.    Th* 
act  of  tnsti/tiltfi^  comprehends  design 
and  method ;  that  of  establishing  in- 
cludes the    idea  of  authority.    The 
inquisition  was  instituted  in  the  tine 
of  Ferdinand;  the  Church  of  England 
is  established  by  authority.  To  institute 
is  always  the  immediate  act  of  some 
aeent ;  to  establish  is  sometimes  the 
eoect    of    circumstances.     Men    of 
public  spirit  institute  that  which  is  fiar 
the  public  good ;  a  communication  or 
trade  between  certain  places  becomet 
established  in  course  of  time.    An  in- 
stitution  is  properly  of  a  public  nature^ 
but  e»tablUhments  are  as  often  private: 


INSURRECTION. 


INTELLECT.        609 


people;  the  inmrrection  in  Madrid, 
in  the  year  1801,  against  the  infamous 
usurpation  of  Bonaparte,  has  led  to 
the  most  important  results  that  ever 
sprung  from  any  commotion.  Rome 
M-as  the  grand  theatre  of  seditionSf 
■which  were  set  on  foot  by  the  Tri- 
bunes :  England  has  been  disgraced 
by  one  rebellion,  which  ended  in  the 
death  of  its  king. 

Sedition  is  common  to  all  forms  of 
government,  but  flourishes  most  in  re- 
publics,since  there  itcan  scarcely  be  re- 
garded as  a  political  or  moral  offence  : 
rebellion  exists  properly  in  none  but 
roonarchical  states ;  in  which  the  al- 
legiance thtit  men  owe  to  their  sove* 
reign  recj aires  to  be  broken  with  the 
utmost  violence,  in  order  to  be  shaken 
off.  Insurrections  may  be  made  by 
nations  against  a  foreign  dominion,  or 
by  subjects  against  their  government : 
sedition  and  rebellion  are  carried  on 
by  subjects  only  against  their  govern- 
ment :  revolt  is  carried  on  only  by 
nations  against  a  foreign  dominion; 
upon  the  death  of  Alexander  the 
(jrcat  most  of  his  conquered  countries 
revolted  from  his  successor. 

Elizabeth  enjoyed  a  wonifeifnl  cfthn  (exo«pt- 
in;  some  !>hort  cuits  of  insurreetiim  at  tkv  be- 
(tuatng)  for  near  upon  fortjr-five  yean  tof^ether. 

HOWKLL. 

Wbeo  the  Roman  people  befao  to  bring  la 
plebriaas  to  the  office  of  chiefett  power  and 
dijrnity.then  befran  tho><e  aeditton*  which  K>  long 
distempered,  and  at  leagtb  ruine<l,  the  stateb 


If  that  reMUon 
Came  like  U.^elf.  lo  ba«e  and  afu«ct  roiits 
'N'oa  revf  rend  father,  and  these  noble  lorda. 
Had  not  been  here  to  drei«  tb«*  nglj  forms 
Of  ba»e  and  bloody  iumrrection,   SHiUPBARX. 

Our  »eIMove  ii  ever  ready  to  revolt  from  oar 
better  judgement,  and  join  the  eaemy  wltbto. 


INTEGRITY,     V.  HoTICSty. 

INTKLLECT,  GENIUS,  TALENT. 

IN  rKLLECT,  in  Latin  intellectus 

from  intelli^io  to  understand,  signilies 
the  gift  of  uiuierstunding,  as  opposed 
to  mere  iii<*tinct  or  impulse. 

GIlNIL'S,  in  Latin  geniuSf  from 
gigtio  to  be  born,  signifies  that  \%hich 
is  p*f(  uliarly  boni  with  us. 

TALP^N  r,  V.  Faculty, 

liiti  Iki't  is  iiere  the  generic  term, 
38  it  includes  in  its  own  meaning  that 
of  the  two  others :  there  cannot  be 


fenttts  or  talent  without  intellect; 
ot  the.e  may  be  intellect  without 
genius  or  talent :  a  man  of  intellect 
distinguishes  himself  from  the  com- 
mon herd  of  mankind,  by  the  acute- 
ness  of  his  observation,  the  accuracy 
of  his  judgement,  the  originality  of  his 
conceptions,  and  other  peculiar  attri- 
butes of  mental  power;  genita  is  a 
particular  bent  of  the  intellect^  which 
distinguishes  a  man  from  every  other 
individual ;  talent  is  a  particular  mo- 
dus or  modification  of  the  intellect^ 
which  is  of  practical  utility  to  the 
possessor.  Intellect  sometimes  runs 
through  a  family,  and  becomes  as  it 
were  an  hereditary  portion  :  genius  is 
not  of  so  communicable  a  nature ;  it 
is  that  tone  of  the  thinking  faculty 
which  is  altogether  individual  in  its 
character;  it  is  opposed  to  every 
thing  arti^cial,  acquired,  circumstan- 
tial, or  incidental ;  it  is  a  pure  spark 
of  the  Divine  flame,  which  raises  the 
possessor  above  all  his  fellow  mortals; 
It  is  not  expanded,  like  intellect,  to 
many  objects ;  for  in  its  very  nature 
it  is  contracted  within  a  vefy  short 
space ;  and,  like  the  rays  of  the  sun, 
when  concentrated  within  a  focus,  it 

^  gains  in  strength  what  it  loses  in  ex- 

'pansion. 

We  consider  intellect  as  it  generally 
respects  speculation  and  abstraction ; 
but  genius  as  it  respects  the  opera- 
tions of  the  imagination ;  talent  as  it 
respects  the  exercise  or  acquirements 
of  the  mind.  A  man  of  intellect  may 
be  a  good  writer ;  but  it  requires  a 
genius  fT>r  poetry  to  be  a  poet,  a 
genius  for  painting  to  be  a  painter,  a 
genius  for  sculpture  to  be  a  statuary, 
and  the  like :  it  requires  a  talent  to 
learn  languages;  it  rnqQires  ti  talent 
for  the  stage  to  be  a  good  actor; 
some  have  a /a/en<  for  imitation, others 
a  talent  for  humour.  Intellect,  io  its 
strict  sense,  is  seen  only  in  a  mature 
state;  genius  or  talent  may  be  dis^ 
covered  in  its  earliest  dawn :  we 
speak  in  general  of  the  intellect  of  a 
man  only ;  but  we  may  speak  of  the 
genius  o'r  talent  of  a  yooth :  intellect 
qualifies  a  person  fur  conversation,  and 
afiR>rds  him  great  enjoyment ;  ^enttct 
qualities  a  person  for  thie  most  exalted 
efforts  of  the  human  mind ;  talent  qum- 
liiies  a  person  for  the  active  duUes- 
and  employments  of  life. 
211 


INTERCHANGE. 


INTERCOURSE.      611 


termeddle  are  of  a  different  descrip- 
tion :  one  may  interfere  for  the  good 
of  others,  or  to  gratify  one's  self;  one 
never  intermeddles  but  for  sel6sh  pur- 
poses :  the  first  three  terms  are,  there- 
fore, always  used  in  a  good  sense  ;  the 
fourth  in  a  good  or  bad  sense,  ac- 
cording to  circumstances;  the  last  al- 
ways in  a  bad  sense. 

To  interfere  has  nothing  conciliat- 
ing in  it  like  intercede,  nothing  au- 
thoritative in  it  like  interpose,  no- 
thing responsible  in  it  like  mediate  ; 
it  may  be  useful,  or  it  may  be  injuri- 
ous; it  may  be  authorized  or  unau- 
thorized; it  may  be  necessary,  or 
altogether  impertinent :  when  we  in- 
terfere so  as  to  make  peace  between 
men,  it  is  useful ;  but  when  we  inter- 
fere unreasonably,  it  often  occasions 
differences  rather  than  removes  them. 

Intercede,  and  the  others,  are  said 
in  cases  where  two  or  more  parties 
are  concerned ;  but  interfere  and  iu- 
termeddle  are  said  of  what  concerns 
only  one  individual :  one  interferes 
and  intermeddles  rather  in  the  con- 
cern, than  between  the  persons ;  and, 
on  that  account,  it  becomes  a  question 
of  some  importance  to  decide  when 
y\e  ought  to  interfere  in  the  aflRurs  of 
another  :  with  regard  to  intermeddU, 
it  always  is  the  unauthorized  act  of 
one  who  is  busy  in  things  that  ought 
not  to  concern  him. 

Virgil  recovered  bU  estate  by  Mccenas^c  fn- 
Urcfiiioit.  DxYoiN. 

Those  ftw  you  we  eacapM  the  KtonD«  and  fear, 
Unlttss  >ou  interpotCy  a  shipwreck  here. 

Drydim. 

It  js  ^netaMy  bettef  (io  nef^ociatiai^)  to  deal 

by  speech  than  by  letter,  and  by  the  mediatim 

of  a  (Itird  than  by  a  roaa^s  lelf.  Baoom. 

RelifTioD   interferes  not  wkh  aaj  nliooal 
pleasure.  Sotrni. 

The  si^^t  intermeddle  not  ^itb  that  'vblek 
affects  the  smell.  Soirm. 

INTERCHANGE,  EXCHANGE, 
RECIPROCITY. 

The  interchange  is  a  fre- 
qucnt  and  mutual  exchangt  {v. 
Change);  the  EXCHANGE  con- 
sists of  one  act  only;  the  interchange 
consists  of  many  acts  :  the  interchange 
is  used  only  in  the  moral  sense ;  ex- 
change is  used  mostly  in  the  proper 
sense:  an  interchange  of  civilities 
keeps  alive  good  will ;  an  exchange  of 


commodities  is  a  convenient  mode  of 
trade. 

The  interchange  is  an  act ;  the 
RECIPUOCITY  is  an  abstract  pro- 
perty :  by  an  interchange  of  senti- 
ment, friendships  are  engendered ;  the 
reciprocity  of  good  services  is  what 
renders  them  doubly  acceptable  to 
those  who  do  them,  and  to  those 
who  receive  them. 

Kindness  Is  preserved  bj  a  coaitant  inter* 
change  of  pleasaret.  Jomno*. 

The  whole  eonne  of  natare  b  a  great  e«- 
thangem  Sooth* 

The  services  of  the  poor,  and  the  protection  of 
the  rlcb|  beoome  recfprooMy  neceasary.  Blaib. 

INTERCOURSE,     COMMUNICA- 
TION, CONNEXION,    COMMERCE. 

INTERCOURSE,  in  Latin  inter- 
cursus,  signifies  literally  a  running  be- 
between 

C9MMUNICATION,  V.  To  com- 
municate. 

CONNEXION,  V.  To  connect. 

COMMERCE,  from  com  and  merx 
a  merchandize,  signifies  literally  an 
exchange  of  merchandize,  and  gen&- 
rallv  an  interchange. 

Hie  intercour»e  and  commerce  sub« 
sist  only  between  persons ;  the  com- 
munication   and   connexion    between 
persons  and  things.    The  intercourse 
with   persons  may  be  carried  on  in 
various  forms;    either  by  an   inter- 
change of  civilities,  which  is  a  friendl/ 
intercourse  ;  an  exchange  of  commo- 
dities, which  is  a  commercial  inter- 
course ;    or  an  exchange  of    words, 
which  is  a  verbal  and  partial  inter- 
course:    tbe  communication,  in  this 
sense,  is  a  species  of   intercourse; 
namely,    that  which  consists  in  the 
communication  of   one*s  thoughts  to 
another :  tbe  connexion  consists  of  a 
permanent  intercourse  ;  since  one  who 
nas  a  regular  intercourse  for  purposes 
of  trade  with  another  is  said  to  have 
a  connexion  with  him,  or  to  stand  in 
connexion  with    him.      There  may, 
therefore,  be  a  partial  intercourse  or 
communication  where  there  is  no*  coti' 
flexion,  nothing  to  bind  or  link  tbe 
parties  to  each  other ;  but  there  can- 
not be  a  connexion  which  is  not  kept 
up  by  continual  intercourse. 

The  commeru  is  a  species  of  general 
but  close  intercouru ;  it  may  consist 
9»f 


612 


INTEREST. 


INTERVAL. 


either  of  frequent  meeting  and  regular 
co-operation,  or  in  cohabitation  :  in 
this  sense  we  speak  of  the  commerce  of 
men  one  with  another,  or  the  commerce 
of  roan  and  wife,  of  parents  and  chil- 
dren, and  the  like. 

As  it  respects  things,  communica- 
tion is  said  of  places  in  the  proper 
sense  ;  connexion  is  used  for  things  iu 
the  proper  or  improper  sense :  there 
is  said  to  be  a  communication  between 
.two  rooms  when  there  is  a  passage 
open  from  one  to  the  other ;  one  house 
has  a  connexion  with  another  when 
there  is  a  common  passage  or  tho- 
joughfare  to  them:  a  communication 
is  kept  up  between  two  countries  by 
means  of  regular  or  irregular  convey- 
ances ;  a  connexion  subsists  between 
two  towns  when  the  inhabitants  trade 
with  each  other,  intermarry,  and  the 
like. 

Tb«  world  It  maintained  by  intereoune. 

Sooth. 

How  hHppj  i«  an  Intellectaal  being,  who,  hy 
prayer  and  mt^itation  opens  this  communication 
Wtween  God  and  hit  own  toul.  AoorsoN. 

A  very  material  part  of  onr  happine&t  or 
niterj  aritea  from  tbe  connexions  we  hav«f  with 
those  around  us.  Blauu 

I  fihould  venture  to  call  politenpKS  benevo- 
lence in  trifled,  or  the  preference  of  others  to  our- 
■elves,  in  little,  daily,  and  hourly  occurrences  in 
tht  commerce  of  life.  Chatham, 

INTKREST,     CONCERN. 

The  interest,  from  the  Latin 
interest    to   be    amongst,   or  have  a 
part  or  a  share  in  a  thing,   is  more 
comprehensive  than  CONCERN  (r. 
Affair).       We    have    an   interest   iu 
Whatever   touches  or  comes   near  to 
our  feelings  or  our  external  circum- 
stances ;  we  have  a  concern  in  that 
•which  respects  our  external  circum- 
stances.   The  interest  is   that  which 
is   agreeable;   it    consists  of    either 
pro6t,    advantage,    gain,    or  amuse- 
inent ;  it  binds  us  to   an  object,  and 
makes  us  think  of  it :  the  concern,  on 
the  other  hand,  is  something  involun- 
tary or  painful ;  we  have  a  concern 
in  that  which  we  are  obliged  to  look 
to,  which  we  are  bound  to  from  the 
fear  of  losing  or  of  suffering.     It  is 
the  interest  of  every  man  to  cultivate 
a  religious  temper  ;  it  is  the  concern 
of  all  to  be  on  their  guard  against 
temptation. 


Tbeir  t nterert  m  pctait  aorj 

Forjrets.  JiBnAM4 

And  coald  tbe  marble  iwcIb  baC  know, 
TheyM  strive  to  Sad  aouw  wtitt  way  ankaowa, 
Maufre  tbe  leoaeteat  aatare  of  the 
Their  pity  and  concent  Co  ihow* 


TO  INTERFERE,  V.  To  hUer- 
cede, 

INTERIOR,  V.  Inside. 

INTERIOR,  V.  Inward. 

INTERLOPER,  V.  Intruder. 

TO    INTERMEDDLE,   V.   ToW' 

tercede. 

INTERMEDIATE,    INTERVENING. 

INTERMEDIATE  signifies  bong 
in  the  midst,  between  two  objects; 
INTERVENING  signifies  comiBg 
between  :  the  former  is  applicable  to 
space  and  time ;  the  latter  either  to 
time  or  circumstances. 

The  intermediate  time  between  tbe 

commencement  and  the  tenninatioo  of 

a  truce  is  occupied  with  preparatiooi 

for  the  renewiil  of  hostilities ;  i^ier- 

vening      circumstances      sometioKS 

change  the  views  of  the  belligerent 

parties,  and  dispose  their  mioos  to 

peace. 

A  rlg^t  opinion  is  that  which  eonaeeli  tmh 
by  the  shortest  tmln  of  iv.termediaU  fnfoi^ 
tions. 


Hardly  vonld  any  traQ«lent  gleaina  of  faCrr* 
rening  joy  be  able  to  force  its  way  tfir«M((h  tks 
clouds,  if  the  raccestive  toeora  of  diitras 
through  which  we  are  to  pass  were  laid  h«fttt 
our  view. 


INTERMENT,   V.  BwiaL 

TO  INTERMINGLE,  V.  To  nUX. 

INTERMISSION,  r.  Cessation. 
TO  INTERMIX,  V,  To  substde. 

TO  INTERMIX,  V,  To  miX. 

INTERNAL,  V.  Luvard. 
TO  INTERPOSE,   t».  To  intercede, 
INTERPOSITION,  u.  Intervention, 
TO  INTERPRET,  V.  To  explain. 

TO  INTERROGATE,  V.  To  ask, 

TO  INTERRUPT,  V,  To  disturb. 

INTERVAL,  RESPITE. 

INTERVAL,  in  Utin  intevTaUum, 
sigaifies  literally  tiie  spau:   bccweea 


INTERVENTION. 


INTOXICATION.     615 


tho  stakes  which  formed  a  Roman  in- 
trenchmeiit;  and,  by  an  extended  ap- 
plication, it  signifies  every  6pace. 

RESPITE,  probably  contracted  from 
respirity  a  breathing  again. 

Every  respite  requires  an  interval;  but 
there  are  many  intervals  where  there 
is  no  respite.  The  interval  respects 
time  only ;  respite  includes  the  idea  of 
action  within  that  time  which  may  be 
more  or  less  agreeable :  intervals  of 
case  are  a  respite  to  one  who  is  op- 
pressed with  labor ;  the  interval 
which  is  sometimes  granted  to  a  cri- 
minal before  his  execution  is  in  the 
properest  sense  a  respite. 

Aay  uDcommon  exertion  of  strength,  or  peffM- 
vernnce  io  labour,  is  succeeded  bjr  a  lung  inttr* 
rat  or  languor.  Jobhhon. 

Give  me  leave  to  allow  mjself  no  retpUe  fkom 
I  ibor.  Spkctatob. 

INTERVENING,  V.  Intermediate, 

INTERVENTION,  INTERPOSITION. 

The  INTERVENTION,  from 
inter  between,  and  venio  to  come,  is 
said  of  inanimate  objects;  the  IN- 
TERPOSITION, from  inter  between, 
and  pono  to  place,  is  said  only  of  ra- 
tional agents.  The  light  of  the  moon  is 
obstructed  by  the  intervention  of  the 
clouds;  the  life  of  an  individual  is 
preserved  by  the  interposition  of  a 
]i(t])cnor  :  human  life  is  so  full  of  con- 
tingencies, that  when  we  have  formed 
our  projects  we  can  never  say  what 
may  intervene  to  prevent  their  execu- 
tion ;  when  a  man  is  engaged  in  an 
unequal  combat,  he  has  no  chance  of 
escaping  but  by  the  timely  interposi- 
tion  of  one  who  is  able  to  rescue. 

Kt  fleet  alfK)  on  the  cahmitous  iHterccntion  of 
picture  cleaners  (to  oHginak).  Barrt* 

Death  read;^  staud4  to  interpoge  his  dart. 

MuToa; 
INTERVIEW,  V,  Meeting, 
INTIMACY,  V,  Acquaintance, 
INTIMATE,  V.  To  hint, 
INTIMIDATE,  V.  To frighten, 

INTOXICATION,    DRUNKENNESS, 
INFATUATION. 

INTOXICATION,  from  the  Latin 
toxicum  a  poison,  signifies  imbued 
with  a  poison. 

DRUNKENNESS  signifies  the 
state  of  having  drunk  over  much. 


INFATUATION,  from /fl/uui  fool- 
ish, signifies  making  foolish. 

Intoxication  and  drunkenness  are 
used  either  in  the  proper  or  the  im- 
proper sense;  infatuation  in  the  im- 
proper sense  only:  intoxication  is  a 
general  state;  drunkenness  a  par- 
ticular state:  intoxication  may  be 
produced  by  various  causes ;  drunken^ 
ness  is  produced  only  by  an  immo« 
derate  indulgence  in  some  intoxicating 
liquor:  a  person  may  be  intoxicated 
by  the  smell  of  strong  liquors,  or  by 
vapors  which  produce  a  simjlar  effect; 
he  becomes  drunken  by  the  drinking 
of  wine  or  other  spirits.  In  the  im* 
proper  sense  a  deprivation  of  one's 
reasoning  faculties  is  the  common  idea 
in  the  signification  of  all  these  terms: 
the  intoxication  and  drunkennest 
spring  from  the  intemperate  state  of 
the  feelings;  the  irifatuation  springs 
from  the  ascendancy  of  the  passions 
over  the  reasoning  powers :  a  person 
is  intoxicated  with  success,  drunk 
with  joy,  and  infatuated  bv  an  excess 
of  vanity,  or  an  impetuosity  of  chap 
racter. 

A  person  who  is  naturally  inioxi* 
cated  reels  and  is  giddy  ;  he  who  is 
in  the  moral  sense  intoxicated  is  dis- 
orderly and  unsteady  in  his  conduct : 
a  drunken  man  is  deprived  of  the 
use  of  all  his  senses,  and  in  the  moral 
sense  he  is  bewildered  and  unable  to 
collect  himself:'  an  infatuated  man 
is  not  merely  foolish  but  wild ; '  he 
carries  his  roily  to  the  most  extrava- 
gant pitch. 

TUs  plan  of  empire  was  not  f  akra  np  la  tkc 
Ant  intoxication  of  unexpected  micccm. 

Bum;' 
Paidoii  It  the  drunkenneii  of  the  mind. 

SMini. 

A  tare  deatnctbm  fropendt  orar  thbae  in*  • 

JkliuUed  prineen,  who,  In  the  conflict  witb  Ibis  , 

new  and  nnheard  of  power,  proceed  an  If  tfacqr. 

were  enms^d  in  a  war  that  bort  a  rtaemManc* 

to  their  former  contestt.  Biwip. 

TO  INTRENCH,  V.  To  encToodu 

INTREPID,  V.  Bold, 

INTRICACY,  V,  Complexity • 

INTRINSIC,  RB.\L,  GENUINB, 

KATIVB. 

INTRINSIC,  in  Latin  iniHtmom^ 
signifies  on  the  inside,  that  is,  lying  in' 
the  thing  itself. 


INVALID. 


INVASION. 


615 


ants;  it  is  the  fault  of  young  per- 
sons, who  have  formed  auy  opinioot 
for  themselves,  to  obtrude  them  upon 
every  one  who  will  give  them  ahearmg. 
In  the  moral  acceptation  they  pre- 
serve the  same  distinction.  In  mo- 
ments of  devotion,  the  serious  man 
endeavours  to  prevent  the  intrusion  of 
improper  ideas  in  his  mind.  The 
guilty  conscience  obtrudes  itself  upon 
a  mind  even  in  the  season  of  greatest 
merriment. 

The  intrution  of  icrnplM,  and  the  recollcc* 
tion  of  bftter  not  ions  wiN  not  MfferMNnr  to  live 
contented  with  their  own  cooduct.         ^orjcsom* 

Artiftts  are  soroetinoes  readjr  to  Ulk  to  an  te« 
cidental  enquirer  at  thej  do  to  one  anoCbffr,  and 
to  malie  their  knowledge  ridiculoat  bjr  iDJndleSimi 
0btrution.  JomnOM. 

INTRUDKR,    INTERLOPER. 

An  intruder  {v.  To  intrude) 

thrusts  himself  in :  an  INTER- 
LOPERy  from  laufen,rtins  in  between 
and  takes  his  station.  The  intruder 
therefore  is  only  for  a  short  space  of 
time,  and  in  an  unimportant  degree ; 
but  the  interloper  abridges  another  of 
his  essential  rights  and  for  a  perma* 
nency.  A  man  is  an  intruder  who  is 
an  unbiddden  guest  at  the  table  of 
another :  he  is  an  interloper  when  he 
joins  any  society  in  such  manner  as  to 
obtain  its  privileges,  without  sharing 
its  burdens.  Intruders  are  always 
offensive  in  the  domestic  circle:  inter* 
lopers  in  trade  are  always  regarded 
with  an  evil  eye. 

I  wuald  not  have  yon  to  uffer  It  to  the  doctor, 
as  eminent  phj^siciant  do  not  lore  intrudert, 

JoniuoH. 

Some  propose.]  to  vnt  the  trade  to  America 
in  exclusive  companies,  which  interest  would 
render  tlie  most  vigilant  goardi:insof  the  Spanish 
commerce,  agaimtt  the  tocroachafientd  of  inter' 
lopert.  RoBBEnoM. 

TO  INVADE,  I'.  To  encroachx 

INVALID,    PATIENT. 

INVALID,  in  Latin  </iT7a/ie/u«,  sig- 
nifies literally  one  not  strong  or  m 
good  healtii;  PATIENT  from  the 
Latin  patiem  suAering,  signifies  one 
suffering  under  disease.  The  invalid 
is  a  general,  and  the  patient  a  parti- 
cular tciin  :  a  person  may  be  an  in- 
valid  without  being  a  patient :  he  may 
be  a  patient  without  being  an  invalid. 
An  invalid  is  so  denominated  from  his 
wanting  his  ordinary  share  of  health 


and  strength ;  but  the  patient  is  one 
who  is  labouring  under  some  bodily 
suffering.  Old  soldiers  are  called  in- 
valids who  are  no  longer  able  to  bear 
the  fatigues  of  warfare :  but  they  are 
not  necessarily  patients.  He  who  is 
under  the  surgeon's  hands  for  a  broken 
limb  is  a  patient^  but  not  necessarily 
an  invalid, 

TO  INVALIDATE,  l/.   To   Weokeit. 

INVASION,    INCURSION, 
IRRUPTION,    INROAD. 

The  idea  of  making  a  forcible  en- 
trance into  a  foreign  territory  is  com- 
mon to  all  these.  INVASION,  from 
vado  to  go,  expresses  merely  this  ge- 
neral idea,  without  any  particular  qua- 
lification :  INCURSION,  from  curro 
to  run,  signifies  a  hasty  and  sudden 
invasion :  IRRUPTIO>f,  from  rumpo 
to  break,  signifies  a  particularly  vio- 
lent invasion  :  INROAD,  from  in  and 
road,  signifies  a  making  a  road  or 
wa^  for  one's  self,  which  includes  in- 
vasion and  occupation'.  Invasion  is 
said  of  that  which  passes  in  distant 
lands;  Alexander  invatfect India;  Han- 
nibal crossed  the  Alps,  and  made  an 
invasion  into  Italy :  incursion  is  said 
of  neighbouring  states ;  the  borderers 
on  each  side  the  Tweed  used  to  make 
frequent  incursions  into  England  or 
Scotland.  Invasion  is  th3  net  of  a 
reguldr  nrmy ;  it  is  a  systematic  mi- 
litary movement :  irruption  is  the  ir- 
regular and  impetuous  movement  of 
undisciplined  troops.  The  invasion  of 
France  by  the  Allies  is  one  of  the 
grandest  military  movements  that  the 
world  has  ever  witnessed  ;  the  tV- 
ruption  of  the  Goths  and  Vandals  into 
Europe  has  been  acted  over  again  by 
the  late  revolutionary  armies  of  France. 

The  invasion  may  be  partial  and 
temporary ;  one  invades  from  various 
causes,  but  not  always  from  hostility 
to  the  inhabitants :  an  inroad  is  made 
by  a  conqueror  who  determines  to  dis- 
possess the  existing  occupier  of  the 
land :  invasion  is  therefore  to  inroad 
only  as  a  means  to  an  end.  He  who 
invades  a  country,  and  gets  possession 
of  its  strong  places  so  as  to  have  an 
entire  command  of  the  land,  is  said 
to  make  inroads  into  that  countiy ; 
but  since  it  is  possible  to  get  forcible 
possession    of  a   coantry   by   other 


INVEST. 


INVINCIBLE.        617 


otberfl,  or  occasioned  by  the  sugges- 
tions of  others;  it  is  framed  inasmuch 
as  it  required  to  be  duly  disposed  in 
ail  its  parts,  so  as  to  be  consistent;  it 
IS  fabricated  inasmuch  as  it  runs  in 
direct  opposition  to  the  actual  cir- 
cumstances, and  therefore  has  re- 
quired the  skill  and  labor  of  a  work- 
man; it  is  forged  inasmuch  as  it 
seems  by  its  utter  falsehood  and  ex- 
travaj^ance  to  have  cansed  as  much 
severe  action  in  the  brain,  as  what  is 
produced  by  the  fire  in  a  furnace  or 
forge. 

P^Uia^orai  invented  the  fortj-serenth  propo- 
sition of  the  tint  book  of  Eaclid.         Bartblct. 

Tbeir  savai^  eyes  turn*d  to  a  roodecl  iraw 
B;  the  fiwert  power  of  rontk;  tbererore^  tbe  poet 
Did  feign  that  Orplieus  drew  tree*,  Moon,  aad 
fi(X>ds.  Shaespkarx. 

Nature  bath  JranCd  strange  fellowft  in  her  time. 

SnAKSPEARK. 

Tbe  verj  idea  of  tbe  fabrUMti^n  of  a  new 
f^overament  i*  eooagb  to  fill  us  with  horror. 

Bciiu. 

As  chymifts  gold  from  bra»  by  fire  would  draw. 
Pretexts  are  into  treaaon/orf'il  by  law. 

DsmfA*. 

TO  INVERT,  V,  To  overlum. 

TO    INVEST,    ENDUE  OR  ENDOW. 

To  INVEST,  from  vettio,  signifies 
to  clothe  in  any  thing. 

INDUE  or  ENDOW,  from  the 
Latin  induo,  bignifies  to  put  on  any 
thing.  One  is  invested  with  that  which 
is  external :  one  is  endued  with  that 
which  is  internal.  We  invest  a  person 
with  an  office  or  a  dignity  :  one  endues 
a  person  witli  good  qualities.  The  iw- 
Tcatmtnt  is  a  real  external  action ;  but 
endue  may  be  merely  fictitious  or 
mental.  The  king  is  invested  with 
supreme  authority  ;  a  lover  endues 
his  mistress  with  every  earthly  perfec- 
tion. Endow  is  but  a  variation  of  «n- 
due,  and  yet  it  seenis  to  have  acauired 
a  distinct  office :  we  may  say  that  a 
person  is  endued  or  endowed  vviih  a 
good  understanding ;  but  as  an  act  of 
the  imagination  endow  is  not  to  be 
substituted  for  endue  :  for  we  do  not 
say  that  it  endows  but  endues  things 
with  properties. 

A  f^trict  and  efficacioas  constltatlon.  Indeed, 
which  inreits  the  chorcb  with  no  power  at  all, 
but  where  men  will  be  so  civil  as  to  obey  it. 

Soimi* 

k%  in  the  nataral  body,  the  eye  does  not 
(peak,  nor  tbe  toosae  see;  lo  oeitliir  ia  the 


flj^Mtomt,  is  vnry  one  endued  mito  with  tha 
gift  sad  »pirll  of  KOveruneBC.  Sounu 

INVESTIGATION,  v.ExamtnatioTU 

INVIDIOUS,   ENVIOUS. 

INVIDIOUS,  in  Latin  invidiosus^ 
from  invidia  and  invideo  not  to  loolc 
at,  signifies  looking  at  with  an  evil 
eye :  ENVIOUS  is  Uterally  only  a 
variation  of  invidious.  Invidious  in 
its  common  acceptation  signifies  caus- 
ing ill  will ;  envioii  signifies  having  ill 
will. 

A  task  is  invidious  that  puts  one  in 
the  way  of  giving  offence  ;  a  look  is 
envious  that  is  full  of  envy.  Invidi* 
ous  qualifies  the  thing ;  envious  miali- 
fies  the  temper  of  the  mind.  It  is 
invidious  for  one  author  to  be  judge 
against  another  who  has  written  on 
the  same  subject:  a  raan  is  envious 
when  the  prospect  of  anotherVi  hap- 
piness gives  hiui  pain. 

For  I  miMtiipeak  what  wMom  would  oenceaU 
And  troths  invidious  to  tbe  graat  ruf  eaU  Pope. 

Tbej  that  desire  to  excel  la  too  aaay  natten 
Mt  of  let itjr  and  vain  glory,  areerer  tntious, 

Bacow. 

TO  ivwGonATEyV.To  strengtheru 

INVINCIBLE,  UNCONQUEaABLE, 
INSUPERABLE,  INSURMOUNT- 
ABLE. 

INVINCIBLE  signifies  not  to  be 
vaoquished  (v.  To  conquer) :  UN- 
CONQUERABLE not  to  be  con- 
quered: INSUPERABLE  not  to  be 
overcome :  INSURMOUNTABLE 
not  to  be  surmounted.  Persons  or 
things  are  in  the  strict  sense  invincikle 
which  can  withstand  all  force  -,  but 
as  in  this  sense  nothing  created 
can  be  termed  invincible,  the  term 
is  employed  to  express  strongly 
whatever  can  withstand  human  force 
in  general ;  on  this  ground  the  Spa- 
niards terme«l  their  Armada  invinci- 
ble. The  qualities  of  the  mind  are 
termed  unconquerable  which  are  not 
to  be  gained  over  or  brought  under  the 
control  of  one's  own  reason,  or  the 
judgement  of  another:  hence  obsti- 
nacy is  with  propriety  denominated 
unconquerable  which  will  yield  to  no 
foreign  influence.  The  particular  dis- 
position of  the  mind  or  turn  of  think- 
mg  is  termed  insuperable,  in  as  much 
as  it  baffles  our  resolution  or  wishes  to 

9 


IRREGULAR, 

liisown  fancied  superiority  of  intelli- 
gence and  illumination.     FoolUhf  ab- 
surd, and  preposterauSfUse  in  degree : 
a  violation  of  common  sense  is  im- 
plied by  them  all,  but  they  vary  ac- 
cording to  the  degree  of  violence  which 
is  done  to  the  understanding : /oo/mA 
is  applied  to  any  thing,  however  tn- 
vial,    which  in   the    smallest  degree 
offends  our  understandings :  the  in- 
duct  of  children  is    therefore  oaen 
fooliih,  but  not  fffcmrd and |>r«po«*eroia, 
which  are  said  only  of  serious  things 
that  are  opposed  to  our  judgments : 
it  is  absurd  for  a  roan  to  persuade  an- 
other to  do  that  which  he  in  like  cir- 
cumstances would  object  to  do  him- 
self; it  is  preposterous  for  a  man  to 
expose  himself  to  the  ridicule  of  others, 
and  then  be  angry  with  those  who  will 
not  treat  him  respectfully. 

The  •cbeme*  of  freethlnkera  are  altoKetber  <r- 
raiionaU  and  require  the  mort  extra? agant  ci«- 
dullty  to  embrace  them.  Addhom. 

The  tame  well  raeaulog  icentkman  took  occa^ 
f  loD  at  another  time  to  hrt««  together  toch  of  hia 
friendu  at  were  addicted  to  a  fuMah  habltoal 
cuHtom  of  twearlng.  In  ordec  to  skow  them  the 
aA<urdi<y  of  the  practice.  Amuoji. 

By  a  j)refo*terimi  detire  of  thinfrt  In  them* 
lelvet.  Indifferent  m«»n  forego  the  eqJ07DB<>(*'  ^ 
that  happloew  wlilch  thow  things  are  Inani- 
meatal  to  obtain.  BBaMCunr. 

IRREFRAGABLE,  V.  Indubitable. 

IRREGULAR,    DISORDERLY, 

INORDINATE,    INTEMPERATE. 

IRREGULAR,  that  is  literally  noi 
rei^ular,  marks  n\erely  the  absence  of  • 
a  good  quality :  DISORDERLY,  that 
is  literally  out  of  order,  marks  the 
presence  of  a  positively  bad  quality. 
what  is  irregular  may  be  so  from  the 
nature  of  the  thing ;  what  is  ditot' 
derly  is  rendered  so  by  some  external 
circumstance.  Things  are  planted  ir- 
regularly for  want  of  d^ign :  the 
best  troops  are  apt  to  be  disorderly  in 
a  long  march,  irregular  and  disor- 
derly are  taken  in  a  moral  as  well  as 
a  natural  sense:  INORDINATE, 
which  signifies  also  put  out  of  order, 
is  employed  only  in  the  moral  sense. 
What  is  irregular  is  contrary  to  the 
rule  that  is  estabtished,  or  ought  to 
be  ;  what  is  disorderly  is  contrary  to 
the  order  that  has  existed  ;  what  is  i»- 
ordinate  is  contrary  to  the  order  that 
1!}  prescribed;  what  is  INT£MP£- 

8 


IRRELIGIOUS.       619 

RATE  is  contrary  to  the  temper  or 
spirit  that  ought  to  be  encouraesd. 
Our  habits  will   be   regular   which 
are  not  conformable  to  the  laws  of 
social  society;  our  practices  will  be 
disorderly  when  we  follow  the  blind 
impulse  of  passion.     Our  desires  will 
be  inordinate,  when  they  are  not  under 
the  control  of  reason,  guided  by  re- 
ligion ;  our  indulgencies  will  be  iniem- 
perate  when  we  consult  nothing  but 
our  appetites.     Young  people  are  apt 
to  contract   irregular  habits  if  not 
placed  under  the  care  of  discreet  and 
sober  people,    and  made  to  conform 
tu  the  regulations  of  domestic  life : 
diildren  are   naturally  prone  to  be- 
come  diiorderlyf  if  not  perpetually 
under  the  eye  of  a  aiaster :  it  is  the 
lot  of  human  beings  in  all  ages  and 
stations   to   have  inordinate  desires, 
which  require  a  constant  clieck  so  as 
to  prevent  intemperate  conduct  of  any 
kind. 

In  jonth  thMe  ia  a  eertain  f rrcgKlsrify  and 
afttatkm  by  no  means  nabacoainf . 

ll>uiOTB*s  Lbttbas  or  PUST. 

TIm  nioda  of  bad  men  are  dlt9r4erlp,  BLain. 

/aerdliMte  pnarioos  are  Che  great  dlatotbera 
of  life. 

IRRELIGIOUS,    PROFANE, 

IMPIOUS. 

As  epithets  to  designate  the  cha- 
racter of  the  person,  they  seem  to  rise 
in  degree :  the  IRRELIGIOUS  is  ne- 
gative;   the    PROFANE    and  IM- 
PIOUS are  positive ;  the  latter  being 
much  stronger  than  the  former.    AU 
ix)en  who  are  not  positively  actuated 
by  principles  of  religion  are  irrtli- 
gioiu  :  who,  if  we  include  all  such  as 
show  a  disregard  to  the  outward  ob- 
servances of  religion,  form  a  too  nu- 
merous class  :  profanity  and  impiety 
are  however  of  a  still  more  heinous 
nature ;  they  consist  not  in  the  mere 
absence  of  regard  for  religion,  but  in 
a  positive  contempt  of  it  and  open 
outrage  against  its  laws ;  the  pryane 
man  treats  what  is  sftcred  as  if  it  were 
profane ;  what  a  believer  holds  in  re- 
verence, and  utters  with  awe,  is  pro- 
nounced with  an  air  of  indifference  or 
levity,  and  as  a  matter  of  common 
discourse,  by  ^profane  man ;  he  knows 
no  difference  between  sacred  and  pro- 
fane ;  but  as  the  former  may  be  con- 
vert^ iato  a  source  of  scaodai  to- 


JEST. 


JEST. 


621 


tidia  from  invideo^  compounded  of  in 
privative  and  video  to  see,  signifies 
not  looking  at,  or  looking  at  in  a  con- 
trary direction. 

We  &rc  jealous  of  what  is  our  own ; 
we  are  envious  of  what  is  another's. 
Jealousy  fears  to  lose  what  it  has; 
envy  is  pained  at  seeing  another 
have.  Princes  arc  jealouM  of  their  au- 
thority; subjects  are  jealous  of  their 
rights  :  courtiers  are  envious  of  those 
in  favor ;  women  are  envious  of  supe- 
rior beauty. 

The  jealous  man  has  an  object  of 
desire,  something  to  get  and  some- 
thing to  retain ;  he  does  not  look  be- 
yond the  object  that  interferes  with 
his  enjoyment :  a  jealous  husband 
may  therefore  be  appeased  by  the  de- 
claration of  his  wife's  animosity  against 
the  object  of  his  jealousy.  The  €a- 
vious  man  sickens  at  the  sight  of  en- 
joyment ;  he  is  easy  only  in  the  misery 
of  others :  all  endeavours,  therefore^ 
to  satisfy  an  envious  man  are  fruitless. 
Jealousy  is  a  noble  or  an  ignoble 
passion  according  to  the  object;  in 
the  former  case  it  is  emulation  sharp- 
ened by  fear ;  in  the  latter  case  it  is 
greediness  stimulated  by  fear:  envy 
is  always  a  base  passion,  haying  the 
worst  passious  in  its  train. 

Jealous  is  applicable  to  bodies  of 
men  as  well  as  individuals  ;  envious  to 
the  individuals  only.  Nations  are 
jealous  of  any  interference  on  the  part 
of  any  other  power  in  their  com- 
merce, government,  or  territory;  in- 
dividuals are  envious  of  the  rank, 
wealth,  and  honors  of  each  other. 

Every  noan  is  mottjealouM  of  bb  natanl  tins 
hi«  moral  qoaliUes.  Hawkkswoktu. 

Tbe  enrioua  man  b  la  pain  upon  all  ocea- 
tions  which  should  give  him  pleaaure.   Adduon. 

TO    JEER,    v.  To  scoff. 

TO   J£ST,    JOKE,    MAKE    GAME, 
SPORT. 

JEST  is  in  all  probability  abridged 
from  gesticulate,  because  the  ancient 
mimics  used  much  gesticulation  in 
breaking  their  jes/s  on  the  company. 

JOKE,  in  Latin  jocus,  comes  in 
all  probability  from  the  Hebrew 
tsechek  to  laugh. 

To  MAKE  GAME  signifies  here 
to  make  the  subject  of  the  gamt  or 
play  (v.  P/oy). 


To  SPORT  signifies  here  to  sport 
with,  or  convert  into  a  subject  of 
amusement. 

One  jests  in  order  to  make  others 
laugh ;  one  jokes  in  order  to  please 
one*s  self.  The  jest  is  directed  at  the 
object;  the  joke  is  practised  with  the 
person  or  on  the  person.  One  at- 
tempts to  make  a  thing  laughable  or 
ridiculous  by  jesting  about  it,  or 
treating  it  in  a  jesting  manner;  one 
attempts  to  excite  good  humour  in 
others,  or  indulge  it  in  oneself  by 
joking  with  them.  Jests  are  tlicre- 
fore  seldom  harmless :  jokes  are  fre- 
quently allowable.  The  most  serious 
subject  may  be  degraded  by  being 
turned  into  Vijest;  but  the  melancholy 
or  dejection  of  the  mind  may  be  con- 
veniently dispelled  by  a  joke.  Court 
fools  and  buffoons  used  formerly  to 
break  their  jests  upon  every  subject 
by  which  they  thought  to  entertain 
their  employers :  those  who  know 
bow  to  joke  with  good-nature  and  dis- 
cretion may  contribute  to  the  mirth 
of  the  company :  to  make  game  of 
is  applicable  only  to  persons  :  to  make 
a  sport  of  or  sport  with,  is  applied 
to  objects  in  general,  whether  persons 
or  things;  both  are  employed  like 
jest  in  the  bad  sense,  of  treating  a 
thing  more  lightly  than  it  deserves. 

To  jest  consists  of  words  or  cor- 
responding signs ;  it  is  peculiarly  ap- 
propriate to  one  who  acts  a  part :  to 
joke  consists  not  only  of  words,  but 
of  simple  actions,  wnich  are  adcu- 
lated  to  produce  mirth;  it  is  pecu- 
liarly applicable  to  the  social  mter- 
cour^e  of  friends :  to  make  game  of 
consists  more  of  laughter  than  any ; 
it  has  not  the  ingenuity  of  the  jest, 
nor  tbe  good-nature  of  the  joke  ;  it 
is  the  part  of  the  fool  who  wishes  to 
make  others  appear  what  he  himself 
really  is :  to  sport  with  or  to  make  sport 
ofj  consists  not  only  of  simple  actions, 
bat  of  conduct;  it  is  the  error  of  a 
vreak  mind  that  does  not  know  how 
to  set  a  due  value  on  any  thing;  the 
fool  sports  with  his  reputation,  when 
he  risks  the  loss  of  it  for  a  bauble. 

But  tboflB  who  aim  at  rldicole. 

Should  fla  upon  toine  certain  rule. 

Which  fklrly  hfaits  they  are  In  jui.  Swirr. 

How  fond  are  men  of  rale  and  place, 

MTbo  coart  It  from  the  mrnD  and  bue^ 

Thej  lore  the  cellai^  wlfar Jete, 

And  leie their  boiuB in  aisiAdfinoke.       G«r. 


JUDGE. 


JUDGMENT.         623 


UMPIRE  is  roost  probably  a  coN 
ruption  from  empire,  signifying  one 
who  has  authority. 

ARBITER  and  ARBITRATOR, 
from  arhitror  to  think,  signify  one  who 
decides. 

Judge  is  the  generic  term,  the  others 
are  only  species  of  the  judge.  The 
judge  determines  in  all  matters  dis- 
puted or  undisputed ;  he  pronounces 
what  is  law  for  the  future  as  well  as 
what  will  be  law  ;  the  umpire  and 
arbiter  are  Gti\y  judges  in  particular 
cases  that  admit  of  dispute :  there 
may  be  judges  in  literature,  in  arts, 
and  civil  matters ;  umpires  and  ar6t- 
tera  are  on\y  judges  in  civil  matters. 
I'he  judge  pronounces,  in  matters  of 
dispute,  according  to  a  written  law  or 
a  prescribed  rule  ;  the  umpire  decides 
in  all  matters  of  contest;  and  the 
arbiter  or  arbitrator  in  all  matters 
of  litigation,  according  to  his  own 
j  udgment.  The  judge  acts  under  the 
appointment  of  government;  the  um^ 
pire  and  arbitrator  are  appointed  by 
individuals  :  the  former  is  chosen  for 
his  skill ;  he  adjtidges  the  paim  to  the 
victor  according  to  the  merits  of  the 
case  :  the  latter  is  chosen  for  his  im- 
partiality ;  he  consults  the  interests  of 
both  by  equalizing  their  claims. 

The  ofhce  of  an  English  judge  is 
one  of  the  most  honourable  in  the 
state ;  he  is  the  voice  of  the  legis- 
lator,  and  the  organ  for  dispensing 
justice;  he  holds  the  balance  between 
the  king  and  the  subject :  the  cha- 
racters of  those  who  have  filled  this 
office  liJive  been  every  way  fitted  to 
raise  it  in  the  estimation  of  all  the 
world.  An  umpire  has  no  particular 
moral  duty  to  discharge,  nor  important 
ofhce  ;  but  he  is  of  use  in  deciding  the 
contested  merits  of  individuals;  among 
the  Romans  and  Greeks,  the  umpire 
at  their  games  was  held  in  high  esti- 
mation. The  office  of  an  arbiter^  al- 
though not  so  elevated  as  a  judge  in 
its  literal  sense,  has  often  the  im- 
portant duty  of  a  Christian  peace- 
maker ;  and  as  the  determinations  of 
an  arbiter  are  controlled  by  no  external 
circumstances,  the  term  is  apphed  to 
raonarchs,  and  even  to  the  Creator  as 
the  sovereign  Arbiter  of  the  world. 

Paifinoii  shall  be  judge  ho^  ill  }ou  rhyme. 

DarDB«« 
To  prajV,  rf  i>eataDc<',  tod  obedienee  due. 


MbM  Mr  tkall  not  be  slow,  mlM  «jfl  not  that. 

And  I  will  place  within  tbem  m  a  fnide, 

Mjr  umpire  conKience.  Miltom. 

Yoo  ooee  hare  known  roe. 
Twist  waninf  menarcht  and  cooteodiDS  ttate^ 
The  nflorioni  arbiUr,  Lswis. 

I  am  not  oot  of  the  meh  of  people  who 
obl^e  me  to  act  as  their  judge  or  their  «r&f • 
trator,  MxlhothIi  LsmR*  op  Punv. 

JUDGMENT,  DISCRBTIOK, 
PRUDBNCB. 

These  terms  are  all  employed  to 
express  the  various  modes  of  prac- 
tical wisdom,  which  serve  to  regulate 
the  conduct  of  men  in  ordinary  life. 
The  JUDGMENT  is  that  feculty 
which  enables  a  person  to  distinguish 
right  and  wrong  in  eeneral:  DIS- 
CRETION and  PRUDENCE  serve 
the  same  purpose  in  particular  cases. 
The  judgment  is  conclusive;  it  decides 
by  positive  inference;  it  enables  a 
person  to  discover  the  truth  :  discre^ 
tion  is  intuitive  (v.  Discernment)  ;  it 
discerns  or  perceives  what  is  in  all 
probability  nght.  The  judgment  acts 
py  a  fixed  rule  ;  it  admits  of  no  ques- 
tion or  variation :  the  discretion  acts 
according  to  circumstances,  and  is  its 
own  rule.  The  judgment  determines 
in  the  choice  of  what  is  good :  the 
discretion  sometimes  only  guards 
against  error  or  direct  mistakes;  it 
chooses  what  is  nearest  to  the  truth. 
The  judgment  requires  knowledge  and 
actual  experience;  the  discretion  re- 
quires reflection  and  consideration  :  a 
general  exercises  his  judgment  in  the 
disposition  of  his  army,  and  in  the 
mode  of  attack ;  whilst  he  is  follow- 
ing tlie  rules  of  military  art  he  ex- 
ercises his  discretion  in  the  choice  of 
officers  for  different  posts,  in  the  treat- 
ment of  his  men,  in  his  negotiations 
with  the  enemy,  and  various  other 
measures  which  depend  upon  contin- 
gencies. 

Discretion  looks  to  the  present ; 
prudence,  which  is  the  same  as  pro- 
vidence or  foresight,  calculates  on  the 
future :  discretion  takes  a  wide  survey 
of  the  case  that  offers;  it  looks  to  the 
moral  fitness  of  the  thing,  as  well  as 
the  consequences  which  may  follow 
from  it ;  in  determines  according  to 
the  real  propriety  of  the  thing,,  as 
well  as  the  ultimate  adi'antages  wbic)^ 
it  may  produce:  prudence  looks  only 
to  the  good  or  evil  which  may  result 


JUSTICE. 


JUSTNESS. 


625 


hand,  when  a  regard  to  tffttdy  leads 
to  the  direct  violation  of  any  law^  it 
ceases  to  be  either  equity  or  juiticen 
The  rights  of  property  are  alike  to  be 
preserved  by  both  juttice  and  equity : 
but  the  former  respects  'only  thc«e 
general  and  fundamental  principles 
which  are  universally  admitted  in  the 
social  compact,  and  comprehended  . 
under  the  laws;  the  latter  respects 
those  particular  principles  which  be- 
long to  the  case  of  individuals  :  juj- 
tice  is,  therefore,  properly  a  virtue  be- 
longing only  to  a  large  and  organized 
society :  equity  must  exist  wherever 
two  individuals  come  in  connexion 
with  each  other.  When  a  father  dis- 
inherits his  son,  he  does  not  violate 
justice,  although  he  does  not  act  con- 
sistently with  equity  ;  the  disposal  of 
his  property  is  a  right  which  is  eoa- 
ranteed  to  him  by  the  established  laws 
of  civil  society ;  but  the  claims  which 
a  child  has  by  nature  over  the  pro- 
perty of  his  parent,  become  the  claims 
of  equity  which  the  latter  is  not  at 
liberty  to  set  at  nought  without  the 
most  substantial  reasons.  On  the 
other  hand,  when  Cyrus  adiudged  the 
coat  to  each  boy  as  it  fitted  him, 
without  regard  to  the  will  of  the 
younger  from  whom  the  large  coat  had 
been  taken,  it  is  evident  that  he  com- 
mitted an  act  of  injutticef  without 
performing  an  act  of  equity  ;  since  all 
violence  is  positively  tt7i;ta/,  and  what 
is  positively  unjust,  can  never  be  equi- 
table :  whence  it  is  clear  that  justice, 
which  respects  the  absolute  and  un- 
alienable rights  of  mankind,  can  at 
no  time  be  superseded  by  what  is  sup- 
posed to  be  equity ;  although  equity 
may  be  conveniently  made  to  inter- 
pose where  the  laws  of  justice  are 
either  too  severe  or  altogether  silent. 
On  this  ground,  supposing  I  have  re- 
ceived an  injury,  justice  demands  re- 
paration; it  listens  to  no  palliation^ 
excuse,  or  exception :  but  supposing 
the  reparation  which  I  have  a  rism 
to  demand  involves  the  ruin  of  him 
who  is  more  unfortunate  than  guilty, 
can  I  in  equity  insist  on  the  demand  ? 
Justice  is  that  which  public  law  re- 
quires ;  equity'is  that  which  privatelaw 
or  the  law  of  every  man's  conscience 
requires. 

Tb^  wbo  supplicate  for  merey  firon  oCkm, 
caa  never  hope  torjuitict  Cbrovgb  themnlvci. 


E^*iy  nto  of  equUj^  d«manda 
TiMt  flee  and  vlrtne  fkom  the  AlmiKhty*f  hands 
Sbonld  due  rewardi  and  pnnfahmento  receif e. 

jEmrm. 

TO  JUSTIFY,  V.  To  apologize. 

JUSTNESS,    CORRECTNESS. 

JUSTNESS,  from  jus  law  (r.  Jus- 
tice), is  the  conformity  to  established 
principle:  CORRECTNESS,  from 
rectus  right  or  straight  (jo.  Correct), 
is  the  conformity  to  a  certain  mark  or 
line :  the  former  is  used  in  the  moral 
or  improper  sense  only ;  the  latter  is 
used  in  tne  proper  or  improper  sense* 
We  estimate  tne  value  of  remarks  by 
their  justness,  that  is,  their  accord- 
ance to  certain  admitted  principles. 
The  correctness  of  the  outline  is  of 
the  first  importance  in  drawing; 
the  correctness  of  dates  enhances  the 
value  of  H  history.  It  has  hecn justly 
observed  by  the  moralists  of  antiquity, 
that  money  is  the  root  of  all  evil; 
partisans  seldom  state  correctly  what 
they  see  and  hear. 

Few  men,  povened  of  the  most  perfect  sSgiit, 
can  deKribe  viMal  oljects  with  more  spirit  and 
juMSneu  than  Mr.  Blacklock  the  poet  bom  blind* 

BURKK. 

I  do  not  mean  the  popular  eloquence  which 
eannot  be  tolerated  at  the  bar,  but  that  cerreef* 
nett  oTityle  and  elegance  of  method  vUefa  at 
once  pleaiet  and  petsuadet  the  hearer. 

Sin  Wm.  Joxia. 

JUVENILE,  V.  Youthful. 


K. 

KEEN,  V.  Acute. 
KEEN,  V.  Sharp. 
TO  KEEP,  V.  To  hold. 

TO  KEEP,  PRESERVE,  SAVE* 

KEEP,  1^.  To  hold,  keep. 

PRESERVE,  compounded  of  pre 
and  the  Latin  servo  to  keep,  signifies, 
to  keep  away  from  all  miscmef. 

SA vE  signifies  to  kup  safe. 

The  idea  of  having  in  one's  pos- 
session is  common  to  dl  these  terms ; 
which  is,  however,  the  simple  mean- 
ing of  keep :  to  preserve  is  to  keep 
with  care,  and  free  fitxn  all  injury;  to 
save  is  to  keep  laid  up  in  a  sidejplace^ 
and  free  firom  destruction.  Tfainn 
are  kept  at  all  times,  and  under  lui 
cirqiimstanoes ;  they  a^  preserved  in 
circumstances  oC  pecoliar   difficult^ 

Ss 


KIND. 


KINDRED. 


687 


MURD£Ry  io  German  Mon^^  Sec  is 
connected  with  the  Latin  jwors  death. 

ASSASSINATE,  signifies  to  kUl 
after  the  manner  of  an  osMtf  sin;  which 
word  probably  comes  from  the  Levantf 
where  a  prince  of  the  Arsacides  or 
assaasint,  who  was  called  the  old  man 
of  the  mountains,  lived  in  a  castle 
between  Antioch  and  Damascos,  and 
brought  up  young  men  to  lie  in  wait 
for  passengers. 

SLAY  or  SLAUGHTER,  in  Ger- 
man schlagen,  &c.  probably  from  Ue^ 
gen  to  He,  signifying  to  lay  low. 

To  km  is  the  general  and  indefinite 
term,  signifying  simply  to  take  awmj 
life;  to  murder  is  to  kill  with  open 
violenee  and  injustice ;  to  asaamnate 
is  to  murder  by  surprise,  or  by  means 
of  lying  in  wait ;  to  tltnf  is  to  kill  in 
battle  :  to  kill  is  applicable  to  men, 
animals,  and  also  vegetables;  to 
murder  and  a$9a»»inaU  to  men  only ; 
to  slatf  mostly  to  men,  but  sometimes 
to  animals ;  to  tlaughter  only  to  ani- 
mals in  the  proper  sense,  but  it  may 
be  applied  to  men  in  the  improper 
sense,  when  they  are  killed  like  brutes, 
either  as  to  the  numbers  or  to  the 
manner  of  killing  them. 

Th0  finc«  jo«i«  haro  vte  had  ofgwio—c  the 
Curiatii,  beio;  upbraided  by  bb  ibCer  for  havii« 
tiain  her  lover,  fa  th«  heiifat  af  hit  meatncBt 


Murder§  and  exectttlaoa  arealwajatfamaalid 
behiad  the  leenes  Ja  the  Preach  theatvw 


The  women  interposed  wkh  lo  manj  ptajreia 
and  entreAtiM,  that  they  prerented  the  arataal 
timtgkier  whidi  threatened  the  Roaiaaa  aad  the 

Sabines. 

On  this  vain  bope,adaltefeia,  thievcaitly* 
And  to  this  altar  vile  mmamint  ^T* 

KINO,  V,  Affectionate. 
KINO,  V.  Gracious. 

KIND,  SPSCIES,  SORT. 

KIND,  most  probably  from  the 
Teutonic  kind  a  child,  signifying  re- 
lated, or  of  the  same  family. 

SPECIES,  in  Latin  ipeciet^  from 
specio  to  behold,  signifies  literally  the 
form  or  appearance,  and  in  an  ex- 
tended sense  that  which  couies  under 
a  particular  form. 

sour,  in  Latin  tor$  a  lot,  signifies 
that  which  constitutes  a  particular  lot 
or  parcel. 

Kind  and  species  are  both  employed 


ia  their  proper  sense;  $ort  has  been 
diverted  lirom  its  original  meaning  by 
colloquial  use :  kind  is  properly  em* 

eoyed  for  animate  oljects,  particu- 
rly  for  mankind,  and  improperly  for 
moral  objects ;  species  is  a  term  used 
by  philosophers,  classing  things  ao- 
oording  to  their  external  or  internal 
properties.  Kind,  as  a  term  in  vulgpr 
use,  has  a  less  definite  meaning  thaji 
species,  which  serfes  to  form  the 
grotmdwork  of  science:  we  discri* 
rainate  things  in  a  loose  or  general 
manner  by  saying  that  they  are  of  the 
animal  or  vegetable  kind;  of  the 
canine  or  feline  kind  ;  but  we  discri- 
minate them  precisely  if  we  say  that 
they  are  a  species  of  the  arbutus,  of 
the  pomegranate,  of  the  dog^  the 
horse,  and  the  like.  By  the  same 
role  we  may  speak  of  a  spuies  of 
madness,  a  species  of  fever,  and  the 
like;  because  diseases  have  been 
brought  under  a  systematic  arrange 
ment:  but,  on  the  other  hand,  we 
shouM  speak  oivikind  of  language,  a 
kind  of  feeling,  a  kind  of  influence  ; 
and  in  similar  cases  where  a  general 
resemblance  is  to  be  expressed. 

Sort  may  be  tised  for  either  kind  or 
species ;  it  does  not  necessarily  imply 
any  affinity,  or  conmion  property  in 
the  ol^ects,  but  simple  assemblage, 
produced  as  it  were  by  forr,  chance : 
aence  we  speak  of  such  sort  of  folks 
or  people;  soch  sort,  of  practices; 
different  sorts  of  grain ;  the  various 
sorts  of  merchandizes :  and  in  similar 
cases  where  things  are  sorted  or  brought 
together,  rather  at  the  optioii  of  the 
person,  than  according  to  the  nature 
of  the  thing. 

Aa  aaipratenil  peraoa  is  a  ktitd  ct  thnrngh  i 
fiire  or  eoawioa  thore  for  the  good  thiafi  of  the 
worid  to  paaatato.  Bomv. 

If  the  neach  thoald  aaceaed  la  vhait  they 
propoae,  aad  eatabliih  a  deaiocraey  ia  a  coaatiy 
cIrcaBMlaneed  like  Franoe,  they  wfll  estahllih.  a 

a  very  had  ipeeiay  of  ty« 


The  Frraeh  ande  aad  feaorded  a  eoft  of  h- 
■tltate^  aad  digeat  of  aaareby,  called  the  righta  of 
■laa.  Bvaaa. 

KiNONBss,  V.  Benefit. 
K1NONESS,  V.  Benevolence* 

KINDRED,    RELATIONSHIP,  AF* 
riNITT,  CON8AM6C7I2VITY. 

TsB  idea  of  a  stat»iii  wlucbfersoi%) 


KNOWLEDGE. 


LABOR. 


62» 


The  attainment  of  knomUdge  is,  of 
itself,  a  pleasure,  independent  of  the 
many  extrinsic  advantages  which  it 
brings  to  every  individual,  according 
to  the  station  of  life  in  which  he  is 
placed ;  the  pursuits  of  science  have 
a  peculiar  interest  for  men  of  a  pecu- 
liar turn :  those  who  thirst  after 
general  knowledge  may  not  have  a 
reach  of  intellect  to  take  the  compre- 
hensive survey  of  nature,  which  is 
requisite  for  a  scientific  man.  Learn" 
ing  is  less  dependant  on  the  genius, 
than  on  the  will  of  the  individual; 
men  of  moderate  talents  have  over- 
come the  deficiencies  of  nature,  by 
labor  and  perseverance,  and  have  ac- 
quired such  stores  of  learning  as  have 
raised  them  to  a  respectable  station  in 
the  republic  of  letters.  Profound  crw- 
dition  is  obtained  but  by  few ;  a  reten- 
tive memory,  a  patient  industry,  aod 
deep  penetration,  are  requisites  ^r 
one  who  aspires  to  the  title  of  an  erur 
dite  man. 

Knowledge^  in  the  unqualified  and 
universal  sense,  is  not  always  a  good : 
Pope  says,  <'  A  little  knowledge  is  a 
dangerous  thing :  *'  it  is  certain  we 
may  have  a  knowledge  of  evil  as  well 
as  good,  and  as  our  passions  are  ever 
ready  to  serve  us  an  ill  turn,  they  will 
call  in  our  imperfect  or  superficial 
knowledge  to  their  aid.  Science  is 
more  exempt  from  this  danger;  but 
the  scientific  man  who  forgets  to  make 
experience  his  guide,  as  many  are  apt 
to  do  in  the  present  day,  will  wander 
in  the  regions  of  idle  speculation,  and 
sink  in  the  quicksands  of  scepticism. 
learning  is  more  generally  and  prac- 
tically useful  to  the  morals  of  men  than 
science ;  while  it  makes  us  acquainted 
with  the  language,  the  sentiments,  and 
manners  of  former  ages :  it  serves  to 
purify  the  sentiments,  to  enlarge  the 
understanding,  and  exert  the  powers; 
but  the  pursuit  of  that  learning  which 
consists  merely  in  the  knowledge  of 
words,  or  in  the  study  of  editions^  is 
even  worse  than  a  useless  employment 
of  the  time.  Erudition  is  idways 
good,  it  does  Dot  merely  serve  to  eo- 
noble  the  possessor,  but  it  adds  to  the 
stock  of  important  knowledge  s  it 
serves  the  cause  of  religion  and  moral* 
ity,  and  elevates  the  views  of  men  to 
the  grandest  objects  of  inquiry. 


CtLU  knowiedge  huw  aoboiiBd,  bit  inoat  ad- 

vasce 
80  far,  Co  make  m  wish  forlffnonnee  ?  DtiiBAif. 
O  Mcivd  pony,  tboa  tplrft  of  Romin  art% 
The  soil  of  geienee,  and  the  qoeeo  of  ■oul*. 

B.  JoBNaoii. 

At  learning  advanced,  new  work*  were 
adopted  {ntooor  lanfruage,  bat  I  think  with  little 
improveaieot  of  the  art  of  translation.  Johnmm. 

Two  of  tiie  Fn^och  cleify  with  wbAm  I  paned 
mj  eveoiai^  were  men  of  deep  ertutUion, 

BvBn. 

L. 

x«ABOR,  V.  Work. 

TO  LABOR,  TAKE  PAINS  OR 
TROUBLE,    USE   ENDEAVOUR. 

LABOR,  in  Latin  lahor^  comes,  in 
all  probability,  from  labo  to  falter  or 
faint,  because  lahor  causes  faintness. 

To  TAKE  PAINS  is  to  expose  one- 
self tothe^Muns;  and  to  TAKE  the 
TROUBLE  is  to  impose  the  trouble. 

ENDEAVOUR  (p.  To  endeavour). 

The  first  three  terms  suppose  the 
necessity  for  a  painful  exertion :  but 
to  labor  expresses  more  than  to  take 
painSf  and  this  more  than  to  trouble  ; 
to  we  endeatour  excludes  every  idea 
of  pain  or  inconvenience :  great  diffi- 
colties  must  be  conqaered ;  gr«at  per- 
lection  or  correctness  requires  pains : 
a  concern  to  please  will  give  trouble  ; 
but  we  use  endeavours  wherever  any 
olject  is  to  be  obtained,  or  any  duty 
to  be  performed.  To  labor  is  either  a 
corporeal  or  a  mental  action ;  to  take^ 
pains  is  principally  an  effort  of  the 
mind  or  tne  attention ;  to  take  trouble 
is  an  effort  either  of  the  body  or  mind : 
a  faithful  minister  of  the  Gospel  labors 
to  instil  Christian  principles  into  the 
minds  of  his  audience ;  and  heal  all  the 
breaches  which  the  angry  passions 
make  between  them :  when  a  child  is 
properly  sensible  of  the  value  of  im- 
provement, he  will  take  the  utmost 
pains  to  profit  by  the  instruction  of  the 
master :  tie  who  is  too  indolent  to  take 
the  trouble  to  make  his  wishes  known 
to  those  who  would  comply  with  them, 
cannot  expect  others  to  trouble  them- 
selves  witii  inquiring  into  their  neces- 
sities :  a  good  name  is  of  such  value 
to  every  man  that  he  ought  to  tise  his 
best  endeavours  to  preserve  it  unble^ 
misbed. 


LANGUAGE. 


LARGB. 


681 


of  expressing  our  thoughtSy  but 
wider  different  circumstances.  Lb** 
guage  is  the  most  general  term  in  its 
nieaiung  and  application ;  it  conreja 
the  general  idea  without  any  roodiica^ 
tion,  and  is  applied  to  other  modee  of 
expression,  bcMidea  that  of  words,  and 
to  other  objects  besides  persons;  the 
language  of  the  eyes  frequently  sup- 
plies the  place  of  that  of  the  tongue  i 
the  deaf  and  dumb  use  the  Umguage 
of  signs  ;  birds  and  beasts  are  sup- 
posed  to  have  their  peculiar  language : 
tongue,  speech,  and  the  others,  are 
applicable  only  to  human  beings. 
language  is  either  written  or  spoken; 
but  a  tongue  is  conceived  of  mostly  as 
a  something  to  be  spoken ;  and  tpeech 
is,  in  the  strict  sense,  that  only  whidi 
is  spoken  or  uttered.  A  tongue  is  a 
totality,  or  an  entire  assemblage,  of  all 
that  is  necessary  for  the  expressions ; 
it  comprehends  not  only  words,  but 
modifications  of  meaning,  changes  of 
termination,  modes  and  forms  of  words, 
with  the  whole  scheme  of  syntactical 
rules ;  a  tongue  therefore  comprehend- 
ed, in  the  hrst  instance,  only  those 
languages  which  were  originally  form- 
ed: the  Hebrew,  Greek,  and  Latin,' 
are  in  the  proper  sense  tongues  ;  but 
those  which  are  spoken  by  Europeans, 
and  owe  their  origin  to  the  former, 
commonly  bear  the  general  denomini^ 
tion  of  languages. 

Speech  is  an  abstract  term,  imply^ 
ing  either  the  power  of  ottering  arti- 
culate sounds :  as  when  we  speak  of 
the  gift  of  speech,  which  is  denied  to 
those  who  are  dumb,  or  the  words 
themselves  which  are  spoken;  as 
when  we  speak  of  the  parts  of  speesib, 
or  the  particular  mode  of  eapressiiig 
one's  self;  as  when  we  say  that  a 
man  is  known  by  bis  speech.  Idiom 
and  dialect  are  not  properly  a  /af»- 
guage,  but  the  properties  of  language  z 
the  idiom  is  the  peculiar  constmction 
and  turn  of  a  language^  which  distin- 
guishes it  altogether  firom  others ;  it 
is  that  which  outers  into  the  composi- 
tion of  the  language,  and  cannot  be 
separated  from  it.  The  dialect  is 
that  which  is  engrafted  on  a  language 
by  the  inhabitants  of  particular  parts 
of  a  country,  and  admitted  by  its 
writers  and  learned  men  to  form  an 
incidental  part  of  the  language;  as 
the  dialects  which  origiaated  wttb  the 


Jonians,  the  Athenians,  the  .£olians, 
and  were  afterwards  amalgamated 
into  the  Greek  tongue';  as  also  the 
dialects  of  the  hiah  and  low  German 
which  are  distinguished  by  similar  pe- 
culiarities. 

Languages  simply  senre  to  conv^ 
the  thoughts:  tongues  consist  of 
words,  written  or  spoken :  speech  con- 
sists of  words  spoken  :  iduimx  are  the 
expression  of  national  manners, 
customs,  and  turns  of  sentiment^ 
which  are  the  roost  difficult  to  be 
transferred  from  one  language  to  an- 
otlier :  dialects  do  not  vary  so  much 
in  the  words  themselves,  as  in  the 
forms  of  words ;  they  are  prejudicial 
to  the  perspicuity  of  a  language,  but 
add  to  its  hamiony. 

Nor  do  thejr  tniBC  thdr  tonfve  «lon«, 

Bat  f  poftfc  «  tangumgv  of  their  owu.  Swr. 

WImU  V  wo  conld  dlwontie  with  peopio  of  an 
the  Mtleoc  opoo  the  nuth  la  Uioftr  own  wnilur 
fngue  f  Uolow  we  koov  Jeras  Cbriit*  sImh  we 
•koold  be  lo%t  for  ever.  Beviuuogs. 

Wheo  tpecA  b  empIojrtMl  onlj  at  i\nif  vehicle 
of  flitfehood,  evety  man  mutt  dUaolte  bfm*^ 
ftrooi  othn*.  Jonnsov. 

The  Umguage  of  thl«  gnnX  poet  b  mmetlaci 
ohKorad  hf  old  words,  traiMporitioni,  and  tt» 

AoDMoa. 


IdMtjr  vt  iMfl  to  dimteet^  ■aronth  aad  ■■- 
fratoAil  to  aU  whosi  ouktoa  bM  oo(  loooooUed 
to  it!  sound.  Jouiaoa. 

LANGUID,  V.  Faint. 

TO  LANGUISH,  t/.  Toflag, 

LARGE)  V.  Great. 

LARGB,  WIDE,  BROAD. 

LARGE  (v.  Great)  is  applied  in  a 
general  way  to  express  every  dimen- 
sion ;  it  implies  not  only  abundance  in 
solid  matter,  but  also  fireedom  in  the 
space,  or  extent  of  a  plane  superficies. 

WIDE,  in  German  weit,  is  most 
probably  connected  with  the  French 
vtc/e,  and  the  Latin  mduus  empty, 
signifying  properly  an  empty  or  open 
space  unincumbered  by  any  obstruc- 
tions. 

BROAD,  in  German  hreit,  proba- 
bly comes  from  the  noun  bret,  board ; 
because  it  is  the  peculiar  pro|)erty  of 
a  board,  that  is  to  say,  it  is  the  width 
of  what  is  particularly  long.  Many 
things  are  large ,  but  not  wide ;  as  a 
large  town,  a  Urge  circle,  a  kurge 
ball,  a  large  nut:  other  things  are 
both  Urge  and  midci   as  a  l^gjt 


V 


LAUDABLE. 


LAUGH. 


6SS 


licult  matters  requires  caution.  Jealom 
people  strive  not  to  be  the  last  in  any 
thing ;  the  lateH  intelli^ce  which  • 
man  gets  of  his  country  is  acceptable 
to  one  who  is  in  distant  quarters  of 
the  globe;  it  requires  resolution  to 
take  a  final  leave  of  those  whom  one 
holds  near  and  dear. 

The  sapreme  Anthor  of  oar  being  hM  to  fomad 
the  tout  of  man  Uimt  noCbloirlrot  hlaielf  caa  be 
Ita  ton,  adequate,  Md  proper  bappfi 


A  pleannt  eomedj  vblcb  piriirti  the  mmmn 
of  tbe  age  i«  a  durable  woib.  ud  is  trauwiMled 
to  Um  latcMt  potltrttj.  Hoas. 

Pinal  cantei  lie  more  bare  uad  open  to  our 
obaervatloo,  aa  there  are  often  a  greater  raileCj 
that  belong  to  tbe  tame  effioct.  Asouom, 

The  ultimate  end  of  man  is  <be  enjoyment  of 
Cod,  beyond  irblch  be  cannot  form  a  wkb. 

Obovb. 

LASTING,  V.  Durable. 

LASTLY,    AT    LAST,   AT   LENGTH. 

LASTLY,  like  Uut  (v.  Last),  re- 
spects the  order  of  succession :  AT 
LAST  or  AT  LENGTH  refer  to 
what  has  preceded.  When  a  sermon 
is  divided  into  many  heads,  the  lastly 
comprehends  the  lak  division.  When 
an  affair  is  settled  after  much  diffi- 
culty it  is  said  to  be  n^  last  settled ; 
and  if  it  be  settled  after  a  protracted 
continuunce,  it  is  said  to  be  settled  at 
length. 

Lattly,  opportunities  do  aoanetimes  oifer  In 
which  a  man  may  wickedly  make  Us  fortune  with- 
out fear  of  temporal  damage.  In  such  cases  what 
n>«traiot  do  they  lie  under  who  hare  no  regard 
beyond  tbe  frrave  ?  BmtKBUnr. 

At  last  being  satisfied  they  bad  nothfaig  to 
fear  they  brought  out  all  their  com  evei7  daj. 


A  neighbouring  king  bad  made  war  vpou 
this  female  republic  aaveral  years  with  furiow 
success,  and  at  length  oferthrew  them  in  u  very 
great  battle.  Adduor. 

LATENT,  V.  Secret. 

LATEST,   V.  Last. 

LAUDABLE,    PRAISEWORTHY, 
COMMENDABLE. 

LAUDABLE,  from  the  Latin  laudo 
to  praise,  is  in  sense  literally 
PRAISEWORTHY,  that  is  worthf  of 
praisCy  or  to  be  praised  (r.  Topraim.) 

COiMMENDABLE  signifies  enti^ 
:led  to  comtnendatiott. 


Laudable  is  used  in  a  general  ap<« 
plication ;  praiseworthy  and  commeiM^ 
ahU  are  applied  to  individuals: 
things  are  laudable  in  themselves ; 
they  are  praiseworthy  or  commendable 
in  this  or  that  person. 

That  which  is  laudable  is  entitled 
to  encouragement  and  soneral  appro- 
bation; an  honest  enoeavonr  to  be 
useful  -  to  one's  family  or  one's  self 
is  at  all  ^mes  laudable,  and  will  en- 
sure the  support  of  all  good  people. 
What  is  praiseworthy  obtains  the  re* 
spect  of  all  men :  as  all  have  tempt* 
ations  to  do  that  which  is  wronsy 
the  performance  of  one's  duty  it 
in  all  cases  praiseworthy  ;  but  par* 
ticuiarly  so  m  those  cases  where  it 
opposes  one's  interests  and  interferes 
with  one's  pleasures.  What  is  com- 
mendable  is  not  equally  important 
with  the  two  former;  it  entitles  a 
person  only  to  a  temporary  or  partial 
expression  of  good  will  and  appro- 
bation: the  performance  of  those 
minor  and  particular  duties  which 
belong  to  cnildren  and  subordinate 
persons  is  in  the  proper  sens^  eom^ 
spendable. 

It  is  a  laudable  ambition  to  wish  to 
excel  in  that  which  is  good ;  it  is  very 
praiseworthy  in  a  child  to  assist  its 
parent  as  occasion  may  require;  si- 
lence is*  commendable  in  a  young  per- 
son when  he  is  reproved. 

Nothing  is  more  laudable  than  aa  eaquliy 
after  truth. 


Ridicule  is  fenerallj  made  use  of  to  laufh 
men  out  of  virtue  and  good  sense  by  attarbiug 
everj  tUng  praiaewurihy  ia  hnmuB  UAP. 

Addcsow. 

Edmund  Waller  was  bom  to  a  veryfUr  eetale 
bj  the  parAnouy  or  firugalltj  of  a  wise  fbOer 
and  methtf,  and  be  thoufht  it  so  cemmenMkU 
an  advantage  tliat  he  resolved  to  Improve  It  with 
his  utmett  cure.  Cr.auBuiw. 

TO   LAUGH   AT,    RIDICULE. 

LAUGHy  through  the  medium  of 
the  Saxon  Klahan^  old  German  lahan^ 
Greek  >^fXs«,  comes  from  the  Hebrew 
lahak,  with  no  variation  in  the  mean- 
ing. 

RIDICULE,  from  the  Latin  rideOf 
has  the  same  original  meaning. 

Both  these  verbs  are  used  here  in 
the  improper  sense  for  laumhter^ 
blended  with  more  or  lest  ei  ooKk» 
tempt :  but  the  former  dispkyi  itMtf 

4 


LAWFUL. 


LAY. 


ess 


**  speak  the  best  sense  in  the  world, 
and  deport  himself  in  the  most  grace- 
ful manner  before  a  prince,  yet  if 
the  tail  of  his  shirt  oappen,  as  I 
have  known  it  happen  to  a  very  wise 
man,  to  bang  out  behind,  more  peopk 
will  iamgk  at  that  than  attend  to  the 
other.**  This  is  the  lutUerous.  The 
same  can  seldom  be  said  of  the  riili- 
culous  ;  for  as  this  sprinss  from  posi- 
tive moral  causet,  it  reflects  on  the 
person  to  whom  it  attaches  in  a  less 
questionable  shape,  and  produces  po- 
sitive disgrace.  Persons  very  rarely 
appear  ridiculous  without  being  really 
so;  and  he  who  is  really  ridUuUmt 
justly  excites  contempt. 

Droll  and  COMICAL  are  in  the 
proper  sense  applied  to  things  which 
cause  laughter,  as  when  we  speak  of 
a  droll  story,  or  a  comical  incident, 
or  a  COMIC  song.  They  may  be 
applied  to  the  person;  but  not  so 
as  to  reflect  aisadvantageously  on 
the  individual,  as  in  the  former 
terms. 

TbeyMl  not  thow  (hHr  tattb  in  way  of  tmllck 
Tboagfa  Nertor  swaar  the  J€i(  bt  laattkmUe. 

Siu 


The  netloo  of  Ihe  tboUce,  tbongb  nwdern 
ftatcs  ettnm  it  biu  tMidicrout  nnlem  k  be  i^ 
tirical  and  bitinf ,  was  canfbUj  vatckid  bgr  tbe 
audeots  that  it  mig bt  Improve  mankind  in  vfatn«u 

Baoor. 

Infelije  paupertoM  baa  ootbinf  in  it  more  Into- 
lerable thaa  this,  that  it  icnd<*n  men  HdiculouM* 

South. 

A  comic  salOoct  lovei  an  hnmble  Tene, 
Thjestet  Koros  a  loir  and  comle  sCyie. 

BMCoaanv. 

In  the  Attf^oKtine  nK«  itwtf,  notwUMandtaf 
the  ccMire  of  Horace,  tkry  prafcied  the  iMr 
bcffbonery  and  droUerjf  of  PlantM  to  the  4eH- 
eacj  of  Tei 


LAVISH,  V.  Extravagant. 
LAWy  V*  Maxim. 

LAWFUL,    LEGAL,    LBGITIMATB, 

LICIT. 

LAWFUL,  from  law,  and  the 
French  /oi,  comes  from  the  Latin  fer, 
in  the  same  manner  as  LEGAL  or 
I^GITIMATE,  all  signifving  in  the 
proper  sense  belongiiv  to  law.  They 
di flier  therefore  accorome  to  the  sense 
of  the  word  law  ;  (osg/^l  respects  the 
law  in  general  defined  or  undefined ; 
legal  respects  only  the  civil  lam  which 
is  defined;    and   legitimate  respects 


the  laws  or  roles  of  science  as  wall 
as  civil  matters  in  general.  LICfT, 
firam  the  Latin  Ueet  to  be  allowed,  ts 
used  only  to  characterize  the  moral 
quality  of  actions :  the  (op^/ properly 
implies  conformable  to  or  anjoinad  by 
Imo ;  the  legal  what  is  in  the  form  or 
after  the  manner  of  law^  or  binding 
by  lam :  it  is  not  hmful  to  emtk 
mone^  with  the  king's  stamp ;  a  mar- 
riage is  not  legal  in  England  which  is 
not  solemnised  according  to  the  rites 
of  the  established  church :  men's  pas- 
sions impel  them  to  do  many  things 
which  are  unUmful  or  illicit;  their 
icnonnce  leads  them  into  many 
things  which  are  illegal  or  iUefgL 
timate.  As  a  good  citizen  and  a  true 
Christian,  every  man  will  be  anxious 
to  avoid  every  thing  which  is  unlaws 
Jul :  it  is  tlie  business  of  the  lawyer 
to  define  what  is  legal  or  illegal :  it 
is  the  business  of  tfie  critic  to  define 
what  is  Ufitmate  verse  in  poetry ;  it 
is  the  busmess  of  the  lingtiist  to  diefine 
t)M  legitimate  use  of  words :  it  is  the 
business  of  the  moralist  to  point  oat 
what  is  illicit.  As  usurpers  have  no 
lawful  authority,  no  one  is  under  any 
obligation  to  obey  them:  when  a 
daim  to  property  cannot  be  made  out 
according  to  the  established  lawi  of 
the  country  it  is  not  le^al:  the 
cause  of  legitimate  sovereigns  is  at 
length  brought  to  a  happy  issue ;  it  is 
to  be  hoped  that  men  will  never  be  so 
unwise  as  ever  to  revive  the  question : 
the  first  inclination  to  an  illicit  in* 
dulgence  should  be  carefully  sup- 
pressed. 

Acooidhi^  to  tfcitfplrltttal  deotor  of  polMii,  It 
IMf  Majmtjr  doea  net  ovehia  erewn  te  the  choke 
of  hie  people^  he  ii  no  Im^/kl  Unf.         Buau, 

Swift*k  mental  powen  deelteed  till  (17*1) 
It  wia  found  neeewai7  that  Ugmt  fn«>«iiiiif 
ilMttM  he  appointad  to  bit  penoa  and  fbrtnnew 

Joajfioir. 

Upon  the  whole  I  have  lent  thie  my  oAprlq( 

into  the  world  in  as  decent  a  dram  aa  I  was  able; 

a  kgittmrnu  eoe,  knmenieltfc.  Meou. 

The  Kiac  of  Prmla  ehaifed  lome  of  the 

,  Me  priMMWft,  with  mnlatniataf  an  IIIMI 


LAX,  V.  Loose. 
TO  LAr,  V.  To  put. 

TO,  LAY  OR  TAKB   HOLD   OF, 

CATCH,   SKIZB,   «NATCB, 

GRASP,   ORIPS. 

To  LAY  or  TAKE  HOLD  OF 


LEAVE. 


LEAVE. 


657 


a  slight  degree :  that  which  hend$  foniH 
a  curvature ;  it  does  not  all  lean  the 
same  way :  a  house  learn  when  the 
foundation  gives  way ;  a  tree  may  grow 
90  as  CO  incline  to  the  right  or  the 
left,  or  a  road  may  incline  this  or 
that  way ;  a  tree  or  aroad  6eiM^  when 
it  turns  out  of  the  straight  course. 

In  the  improper  sense  the  judg(»- 
ment  leans,  the  will  inclines^  the  will 
or  conduct  bendi,  in  consequence  of 
some  outward  action.  A  person  learn 
to  this  or  thatsideof  a  question  which 
he  favors;  he  incliTies  or  is  inclined 
to  this  or  that  mode  of  conduct;  he 
bends  to  the  will  of  another.  It  is 
the  duty  of  a  Judge  to  lean  to  the  side 
of  mercy  as  mr  as  is  consistent  with 
justice  :  whoever  inclines  too  readily 
to  listen  to  the  tales  of  distress  which 
are  continually  told  to  excite  compas- 
sion, will  find  himself  in  general  de- 
ceived ;  an  unbending  temper  is  the 
bane  of  domestic  felicity. 

Like  joa  a  coartier  born  and  bred. 

Kings  Uan*d  their  ear  to  what  I  nld.         Oat. 

Say  what  yoa  want ;  the  Latim  yoo  ihall  And, 
lifot  forcM  to  goodneM,  bat  by  will  ineUiCd* 

Daysn. 

And  aa  on  corn  when  western  gnaCi  deMend, 
Before  the  blast  the  lofty  harvest  bend.      Pope^ 

UBARNiNG^  V.  Knowledge. 
LEARNING,  V.  Letters, 

TO   LEAVE,   V.  To  let. 

TO  LEAVE,    QUIT,    RELINQUISH. 

LEAVE,  in  Saxon  leqfve,  in  old 
German  laube,  Latin  linquo^  Greek 
\ikir:>y  signifies  either  to  leave  or  be 
wanting,  because  one  is  wanting  in 
the  place  which  one  leaves. 

QUIT,  in  French  quitter,  from  the 
Latin  quiettu  rest,  signifies  to  rest  or 
remain,  to  give  up  the  hold  of. 

RELINQUISH,  v.  To  abandon. 

We  leave  that  to  which  we  may 
intend  to  return;  we  quit  that  to 
which  we  return  no  more:  we  may 
leave  a  place  voluntarily  or  other- 
wise ;  but  we  relinquish  it  unwil- 
lingly. We  leave  persons  or  things ; 
we  quit  and  relinquish  things  only. 
I  leave  one  person  in  order  to  speak 
to  another;  I  leave  my  house  tor  a 
short  time ;  I  quit  it  not  to  return  to 
it. 

Leave  and  quit  may  be  used  in  the 


improper  as  well  as  the  proper  sense. 
A  prudent  man  leaves  all  que:)tions 
about  minor  matters  in  religion  and 
politics  to  men  of  busy  restless  tem- 
pera :  it  is  a  source  of  great  pleaAure 
to  a  contemplative  mind  to  revisit  the 
scenes  of  early  childhood,  which  have 
been  long  quitted  fur  the  busy  scenes 
of  active  life :  a  miser  is  loath  to 
relinquish  the  gain  which  has  added  so 
srcAtlv  to  his  stores  and  his  pleasures. 
It  is  the  privilege  of  the  true  Christiau 
to  be  able  to  leave  all  the  enjoy mentt 
of  this  life,  not  only  with  composure^ 
bat  with  satisfaction;  dogs  havo 
sometimes  evinced  their  fidelity,  even 
to  the  remains  of  their  masters,  bj 
not  quitting  the  spot  where  they  are 
laid;  prejudices,  particularly  in  mat- 
tera  of  religion,  acquire  so  deep  a 
root  in  the  mind  that  they  cannot  be 
made  to  relinquish  their  hold  by  the 
most  persuasive  eloquence  and  forcible 
reasoning. 

Wky  lea»e  we  not  the  fatal  Tnjan  sbofs, 
Aad  Maasare  back  the  aeas  wn  cnm*d  baforef 

Pora. 
The  sacred  wiwtler,  tiU  a  blevlac  siv*a, 
^uUt  not  his  hold,  bat  haltinf  eoaqvers  hm^tu 

Waixsa. 

AHbough  Charles  reUn^Uhgd  almoot  ctety 

power  of  the  crowa,  ha  would  neither  ^Ife  op 

his  friends  to  pnnisbmeot,  nor  desert  what  ha 

esteemed  his  religions  dnty«  Homs* 

TO  LBAVB,  TA&B  LEAVE,  BID 
FAREWELL,  OR  ADIEU. 

LEAVE  is  here  general  as  before 
(o.  To  leave) ;  it  expresses  simply  the 
idea  of  separating  one's  self  from  an 
object^  wnether  tot  a  time,  or  other- 
wise; to  TAKE  LEAVE  and  BID 
FAREWELL  imply  a  separation  for 
a  perpetuity. 

To  leave  is  an  unqualified  actioil, 
it  is  applied  to  objects  of  indifiereucau 
or  otherwise,  but  supposes  in  general 
no  exercise  of  ones  feelings.  We 
leate  persons  as  convenience  requires ; 
we  leave  them  on  the  road,  in  the 
field,  in  the  house,  or  wherever  cir« 
cumstances  direct;  we  leaeoe  them 
with  or  without  speaking ;  but  to  taka 
leave  is  a  parting  ceremony  between 
friends,  on  their  parting  for  a  oonsi* 
derable  time;  to  bid  furemeli  or 
ADIEU  is  a  still  more  solemn  cere? 
mony,  when  the  parting  is  espeoted 
to  be  final.  When  applied  to  chingL 
leave  tuch  as  we  do  not  wbb  tpiia 


LETTER. 


LETTERS. 


699 


to  bear  with,  signifiet  not  to  pot  a 
stop  to. 

The  removal  of  hindrance  or  con- 
straint on  the  actions  of  others,  is 
implied  by  all  these  terms;  bat  lei  is 
a  less  formal  action  than  UavCy  and  this 
than  sufer.  I  let  a  person  pass  in  tha 
road  by  getting  out  of  his  way  :  I  leave 
a  person  to  decide  on  a  matter  ac- 
cording to  his  own  discretion,  by  de- 
clining to  interfere :  I  suffer  a  person 
to  go  his  own  way,  over  whom  I  am 
expected  to  exercise  a  control.  It  is 
ill  general  most  prudent  to  let  things 
take  their  own  course :  in  the  education 
of  youth,  the  greatest  art  lies  in 
leaving  them  to  follow  the  natural 
bent  of  their  minds  and  turn  of  the 
disposition,  and  at  the  same  time  not 
suffering  them  to  do  any  thing  preju- 
dicial to  their  character  or  future  m- 
terests. 

Then  to  iiiToln 
Th<i  GoilJm,  and  let  In  tke  fiuU  bone. 
We  al  I  consent .  DkmhAH. 

Tbf*  crime  1  eonld  aol  Imte  napvnMird. 

DB«ii4a. 

If  Pope  had  netted  hit  b«rt  to  be  aUiMted 
from  her,  he  could  have  foand  Bothinf  that 
might  fill  her  place.  Joiunoa. 

LBTHARGic,  V.  Sleepy, 
LETTER,  V.  Character. 

LETTER,    BPISTLB. 

According  to  the  origin  of  these 
words,  LETTEIl,  in  Latin  liter^j 
signities  any  document  composed  of 
written  letters;  and  £PISTL£,  in 
Greek  gr;r:>.?  from  ■inri^X'»*  to  send, 
signifies  the  letter  sent  or  addressed; 
consequently  the  former  is  the  generic^ 
the  latter  the  specitic  term.  Letter 
is  altogether  familiar,  it  may  be  used 
for  whatever  is  written  by  one  friend 
to  another  in  domestic  life,  or  for  the 
public  documents  of  this  description, 
which  have  been  emanated  from  the 
pen  of  writers,  as  the  /ef/fr  of  Madame 
de  Savignv,  the  letters  of  Pope  or  of 
Swift ;  and  even  those  which  were 
written  by  the  ancients,  as  the  letters 
of  Cicero,  Pliny,  and  Seneca;  but  in 
strict  propriety  those  are  entitled  e/>if- 
ties  us  a  terra  most  adapted  to  whatever 
has  received  the  sanctionj)f  ages,  and  by 
the  same  rule,  likewise,  whatever  is 
peciiiiuriy  solemn  in  its  contents  has 
acquired  the  same  epithet,  as  the  epis^ 
ties  of  St.  Paul,  St.  Peter,  St.  John, 


St.  Jude ;  and  by  an  analogous  rule, 
whatever  poetry  is  written  in  the  epii' 
tolary  form  is  denominated  an  epistle 
rather  than  a  letter^  whether  of  ancient 
or  modem  date,  as  the  epistles  of 
Horace,  or  the  epistles  of  Boileau ; 
and  finally,  whatever  it  addressed  by 
way  of  dedication  is  denominated  a 
dedicatory  epistle.  Ease  and  a  friendly 
&miliarity  should  characterise  the 
letter :  sentiment  and  instruction  are 
always  conveyed  by  an  epistle. 

LBTTORS^    LITERATDRB, 
{.EARNING. 

LETTERS  and  LITERATURE 
signify  knowledge,  derived  through 
tm  medium  of  written  letters  or  books, 
that  is,  information :  LEARNING  (n. 
kntmledge)  is  confined  to  that  which 
is  communicated,  that  is,  scholastic 
knowledge.  Men  of  liters,  or  the 
republic  of  letters,  oomprebends  all 
who  devote  themselves  to  the  culti* 
▼ation  of  their  minds  i  literary  so- 
cieties have  for  their  object  the  di& 
fusion  of  general  information  :  teamed 
societies  propose  to  themselves  the 
higher  object  of  extending  the  bounds 
of  sdence,  and  increasing  the  som  of 
human  knowledge.  Men  of  letters 
have  a  passport  for  admittance  into 
the  highest  circles :  literary  men  can 
always  find  resources  for  themselves 
in  their  own  society  :  learned  men  or 
men  of  learning  are  more  the  ofcnecfs 
of  respect  and  i^miration  than  of  imi- 
tation. 

To  (he  sreHer  purl  flf  auikliid,  tbedotlM  Af 
life  MM  iooeMbtttiC  villi  Haek  eCadj  ;  and  Che 
boan  whteh  thej  wovld  tpend  opon  irttfrt  nut 
heUoln  ftom  tkdr  owvpatiaai  aadfkmlUtt. 

<loBnoa. 

He  ttat  icMlli  €tm  attention  of  fluuddad  te 
nj  put  of  lemmingmhkh  tfaae  hav  MlheMBd 
II,  oMij  be  tralj  laid  lo  advaooa  the  ittermttm 
9t  hb  ova  age.  J4 


TO  LBVBL,  V.  To  aim. 
LBVBL,  V.  Euen. 

LBVBI.,  V.  Flat. 
LBviTY,  V.  lAghiness. 
LBxicoN,  v.  Dictionary. 
LiABLB,  V.  Subject^ 
LI  BERAL,  V.  BeneficeHi. 
LiBRRALy  V.  F)ree. 

TOLUIBRAn^    VfTQjfm 


LIFT. 


LIGHTNESS. 


641 


TO    LIFT,    RAISE,    ERECT, 
ELEVATE,   EXALT. 

LIFT,  V.  To  lift, 

RAISE,  signifies  to  cause  to  rise. 

ERECT,  in  LAtin  erecttUy  parti- 
ciple of  erigo  or  e  and  regOy  prooably 
from  the  Greek  ptre,  signifies  literallj 
to  extend  or  set  forth  in  the  height. 

ELEV^ATE  is  a  variation  from  the 
same  source  as  lift, 

EXALT  comes  from  the  Latin  altus 
high,  and  the  Hebrew  olah  to  ascend, 
and  signifies  to  cause  to  be  high  (v, 

Ilifrf,). 

The  idea  of  making  one  thing 
higher  than  another  is  common  to 
these  verbs,  which  differ  in  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  action.  To  lift  is 
to  take  off  from  the  ground ;  to  raise 
and  erect  are  to  place  in  a  higher 
position,  while  in  contact  with  the 
ground  :  we  lift  up  a  stool ;  we  raite 
a  chair,  by  giving  it  longer  legs ;  we 
erect  a  monument  by  beapiog  one 
stone  on  another. 

Whatever  is  to  be  carried  is  UJied  ; 
whatf.ver  is  to  be  situated  higher  is 
to  be  rained  ;  whatever  is  to  be  con- 
structed above  other  objects  is  erected, 
A  ladder  is  lijted  upon  the  shoulders 
to  be  conveyed  from  one  place  to  an- 
other; a  standard  ladder  is  raiud 
against  a  building;  a  scaffolding  is 
erected. 

Tliese  terras  are  likewise  employed 
in  a  moral  acceptation;  exalt  and 
elevate  are  used  in  no  other  sense. 
Lift  expresses  figuratively  the  arti- 
ficial notion  of  setting  alofl ;  as  in  the 
case  of  lifting  a  person  into  notice : 
to  raise  preserves  the  idea  of  making 
higher  by  the  accession  of  wealth, 
honor,  or  power;  as  in  the  case  of 
persons  who  are  raised  from  beggary 
lo  a  state  of  affluence :  to  erect  re- 
tains its  idea  of  artificially  construct- 
ing, so  as  to  produce  a  solid  as  well 
as  lofty  mass ;  as  in  the  case  of  erect' 
ing  a  tribunal,  erecting  a  system  of 
spiritual  dominion.  A  person  cannot 
lift  himself,  but  he  may  raise  him- 
self; individuals  lift  or  raise  up  each 
other  ;  but  communities,  or  those  only 
who  are  invested  with  power,  have  the 
opportunity  of  erecting, 

lo  lift  is  seldom  used  in  a  good 
sense  ;  to  raise  is  used  in  a  good  or 
an  inditferent  sense;  to  elevate  and 
esalt  are  always   used    in   the  best 


tense.  A  person  is  seldom  lifted  up 
for  anv  sood  purpose,  or  from  any 
merit  m  himself;  it  is  commonly  to 
suit  the  ends  of  party  that  people  are 
lifted  into  notice,  or  lifted  into  office ; 
a  person  may  be  raised  for  his  merits, 
or  raise  himself  by  his  industry,  in 
both  which  cases  he  is  entitled  to 
esteem:  one  is  elevated  by  circum- 
stances, but  still  more  so  by  one's 
character  and  moral  qualities;  one 
is  rarely  exalted  but  by  means  of 
superior  endowments.  To  eltoatt 
may  be  the  act  of  individuals  for 
themselves;  to  exalt  must  be  the 
act  of  others.  There  are  some  to 
whom  elevation  of  rank  is  due,  and 
others  who  require  no  adventitioot 
circnmstances  to  elevate  them;  the 
world  have  always  agreed  to  exaU 
great  power,  great  wisdom,  and  great 
genius. 

Now  rosy  morn  aacesdt  tbe  eoaft  of  Jofe, 
I4fU  up  \tff  ifffat,  «od  opent  daj  above.    Port. 

RmW^d  hi  btemiod  the  Trqjmn  hero  (food. 
And  loogM  lo  breAkfrom  out  bit  taBbient  elovd. 

Dbydbii* 

From  tbHr  aMMmnee,  happier  walls  npeeC, 
Wbleh,  iraod*rine  loaff,  at  laat  tbo«  shalt  erwl* 

Davom. 

Pmdence  operatet  on  life  in  the  tame  manner 
as  roles  on  composition ;  it  prodnoea  vliellaaee 
rather  than  tkvoHon*  Joiaaow, 

A  craatore  of  a  bmi«  emmtUd  kind 
Was  vantiof  yet,  and  tben  was  man  deslfn*d. 

Dnvwni. 

LIGHTNESS,    V.   Eose, 

LIGHTNESS,      LEVITT, 

FLIGHTINBSS,  VOLATILITY, 

GIDDINESS. 

LIGHTNESS,  from  Ught,  signifies 
the  abstract  quality. 

LEVITY,  in  Latin  levitat,  from 
Uvis  light,  signifies  the  same. 

VOLATILITY,  in  Latin  vokHlUoi, 
from  volo  to  fl^,  signifies  flittingi  or 
ready  to  fly  swiftly  on. 

FLIGHTINE^  fcom  flichty  and 
Jhfy  signifies  ^^^  readiness  to  fly. 

GIDDINESS,  from  giddy ^  in  Saxon 

Lightness  is  taken  either  in  tbe 
natural  or  metaphorical  sense;  th« 
rest  only  in  tbe  moral  tenM:  Ifgkit' 
ness  is  said  of  tbe  outward  carne*^ 
or  the  inward  temper ;  Uviiy  it 
only  oftheontwanlcumfti  ft 


LIKENESS. 


LINGER. 


64$ 


SlKwId  foUy  there  her  Ukeneu  vl««, 
I  fret  oot  that  th^  mirror's  true. 


MooftCi 


8o,falot  re$embtanee!  <w  the  narhle  tooib 

The  wril-di»emh1ed  Imrer  fCooplDC  ttand*. 

For  ever  tilent,  and  for  emr  Md.  Thohmw. 


Rochefbicaolt  fnqaeatiy  mukm  me  of  the 
antttbitriff,  a  mode  of  •peakinc  Che  Moat  Ure- 
•ome  of  any,  by  the  Hmtlarit^  of  the  perieda. 

WAMnom 

A«  U  add'^h  drformity  to  an  ape  to  be  ao  like 
a  man,  «o  the  »imiUtude  of  rapentltloo  to  n4l« 
^n  make*  It  the  more  defoniMlI.  Bacoic 

LIKBNBSS,  PICTDRB,  IMAGE, 
EFFIGY. 

In  the  former  article  LIKENESS 
is  considered  as  an  abstract  term,  but 
in  connexion  with  the  words  picture 
and  imafre  it  signifies  the  representa- 
tion of  likenets, 

PICTURE,  in  Latin  pic/uro,  from- 
pintro  to  paint,  signifies  the  thing 
pained. 

IMAGE, in  Latin  imago^  contracted 
from  imituffOf  comes  from  imitor  to 
imitate,  signifying  an  imitation. 

EFFIGY,  in  Latin  effigies  or  ejfingo, 
signifies  the  thing  feigned  after  an- 
other. 

Likeness  is  a  general  and  indefinite 
tenn  ;  picture  and  image  express 
something  positively  tike.  The  like» 
ness  is  the  work  of  art;  it  is  sketched 
by  the  pencil,  and  is  more  or  less 
real :  the  picture  is  either  the  work  of 
art  or  nature ;  it  may  be  drawn  by 
the  pencil  or  the  pen,  or  it  may  be 
found  in  the  incidental  resemblances 
of  tirm<;s;  it  is  more  or  less  exact: 
the  image  lies  in  the  nature  of  things, 
and  is  more  or  less  striking.  It  is  the 
peculiar  excellence  of  the  painter  to 
produce  a  likeness;  the  withering  and 
falling  off  of  the  leaves  from  the  trees 
in  autumn  is  a  picture  of  human 
nature  in  its  decline;  children  are 
frequently  the  very  image  of  their 
parents. 

The  likeness  is  that  which  is  to 
represent  the  actual  likeness  ;  but  tba 
ejii^i/  is  an  artificial  or  arbitrary  like- 
ness ;  it  may  bo  represeuted  on  paper, 
or  in  the  figure  of  a  person.  Artists 
1>t€h\\xco  likenesses ;  boys  attempt  to 
produce  effigies, 

C^'d,  MoHv  At*t.  then  David,  did  loaplre* 
To  roinpofi**  aathemtt  for  Us  hea«*nlj  %mln\ 
To  th'  one  tb<*  stjle  of  friend  he  did  Inpart, 
On  th'  other  »UmpM  the  Ukeneu  of  hb  betrt. 

DnsAS. 


Or  elw  fbe  ceeale  mnae 
Helda  to  the  wotid  •  f»lcCart  ef  Itaeir.  TaoMioa^ 

The  BilDd  of  men  It  aa  <mcffe*  net  only  of 
God's  splcitoallfy,  but  of  his  loflnlty.        Soora* 

I  bare  read  soaBewhete  fbat  ene  of  the  popea 
ftfbaed  to  accept  aa  edltloa  of  a  aalnt*s  worin, 
which  were  preaeaied  to  him,  because  the  saint. 
In  bh  <0^gfte  before  the  boc^  was  drawn  with- 
evt  a  htud,  AoMsen. 

LIKEWISE,  t;.  Also, 
LIMB,  V.  Member, 
TO  LIMIT,  r.  To  bound. 

TO  LIMIT,  v.  To  fix. 

LIMIT,  EXTENT* 

LIMIT  is  a  more  specific  and  defi* 
nite  term  than  £XT£NT:  by  th« 
former  we  afe  directed  to  the  point 
where  any  thing  ends ;  by  the  latter 
we  are  led  to  no  particular  point,  bat 
to  the  whde  space  included :  the 
UwsUs  are  in  their  iiatnre  sometFing 
finite ;  the  extent  is  either  finite  or  in- 
fimte:  we  tbcrefore  speak  of  that 
which  exceeds  the  limits^  or  comes 
within  the  limits ;  and  of  that  which 
comprehends  the  extent^  or  is  accord* 
ing  to  the  extent :  a  plenipotentiary  or 
minister  must  not  exceed  the  limits  of 
his  instruction ;  when  we  tliink  of  the 
imrsense  e.rtetU  of  this  globe,  and  that 
it  is  among  the  smallest  of  an  infinite 
nnmber  of  worlds,  the  mind  is  lost  in 
admiration  and  amazement:  it  does 
not  fall  within  the  limits  of  a  periodi- 
cal work  to  enter  into  historical  de- 
tails; a  complete  history  of  any  coun-^ 
try  is  a  work  of  great  extent, 

WhaCsoevvr  a  uiaa  aecemrta  bis  treeaore  an- 
■wera  all  b<«  capacities  of  pleastirB.  It  fa  the 
utaaost  limit  of  eaJajaMBt.  Seem. 

It  a-obaarrabletbet,eltber^MtaraorlMbft, 
oer  ihcvltlea  are  fitted  to  Unagea  of  a  certain  etc 
tent,  JohmmmIp 

LIMIT,  v»  Term. 
LIMITED,  V.  Fimte. 

TO  LINGER,  TARRY,  LOITBR, 
LAG,  SAUNTER. 

LINGER,  from  longer^  mgnifiek  to ' 
nkake  the  time  lortg^in  doing  a  thing;' 

TARRY,  firom  tardus  slow,  it  to; 
make  the  thiitg  slow. 

LOITER  may  pi^bably  come  frditf  ^ 
leniui  slow. 

LAO,  from  /i>,  siglnfi^s  ttffiis  bi«*< 

SAUNTER,  fVom  tifHef a  f crHr 
Hdy  Land;  beemise,  itf  cWthi 

St9 


LITTLE. 


LIVELIHOOD.        e^ 


^  a  long  roll  of  saints :  eatalagm  in* 

volves  more  details  than  a  iirople  tut; 

it  specifies  not  only  noznesy  but  dates, 

qualities,  and  drcumstaoces.    A  lut 

of  books  contains  their  tides ;  a  catt^^ 

logue  of  books  contains  an  enumeration 

of  their  size,  price,  number  of  volumes^ 

edition,  ficc.:  a  ro//  of  saints  simply 

specifies  their  names ;  a  cmtalegite  of 

saints  enters  into  particulars  of  their 

ages,  deaths,  &c. :  a  regitter  contatm 

more    than    either;   for  it    contains 

events,  with  dates,  actors,  &c.  in  all 

matters  of  public  interest. 

Attn  I  bad  rrttd  over  tiM  Utt  of  the  penoM 
«lect«tf  Into  tb«  Tien  But,  nctbiDK  whkb  tkigr 
afttfrward^  did  could  appear  astoaiaUoc.  Busts. 

It  appean  freas  tlw  aactaot  vU§  of  paiila> 
meBt,  and  froin  th*  auuin«r  of  cbootiaf  the 
lords  of  artkin,  that  the  proceedlasa  of  that 
bi|^b  coort  mut  have  been  la  a  gmt  wouumn 
aader  their  directloa. 


Aje  I  in  the  eatmlofue  yftfs^tot  meo, 

A*  boundit  and  gri7boaa«l»,  ntonfrela,  Bpanleli^ 

coil, 
Allbjthe  naiiM*of  doft.  SaAssrsAis* 

I  am  eredibljf  laformed  bj  aa  antiquary,  who 
hat  learcbfHl  Uie  rtgUtm^  that  the  naida  of 
honour,  in  Queen  Blliabetbli  tlow,  wefe  allowed 
three  rampa  of  beef  for  their  breakfut. 


ix>  LISTEN,  V.   To  attend. 
LISTLESS,  V.  Indolent. 
LITERATURE,  V.  Letters. 

LITTLE,  SMALL,  DIMINUTIVE. 

LITTLE,  in  low  German  U^tf 
Dutch  Itttel,  is,  in  all  probability, 
connected  with  light,  in  Saxon  leohtf 
old  German  lihto,  Sweden  /off,  &c. 

SMALL  is,  with  some  variations,  to 
be  found  in  most  of  the  northern 
dialects,  in  which  it  signifies,  as  in 
English,  a  contracted  space  or  quan- 
tity. 

DIMINUTIVE,  in  Latin  iminu^ 
tivut^  signifies  made  tmall, 

LittU  is  properly  opposed  to  tho 
great  {y.  Great),  tmall  to  the  laree, 
and  diinmuii'9e  is  a  specie  of  mt 
imallf  which  is  made  so  contrary  to 
the  course  of  things :  a  child  is  said 
to  be  lUtle  as  respects  its  age  as  well 
as  its  size ;  it  is  said  to  be  imall  as 
respects  its  size  only;  it  is  said  to 
be  diminutive  when  it  is  exeeedingly 
tmall  considering  its  age :  little  chil- 
dren cannot  be  left  with  tafisty  to 
^emselves;  small  chiidraa  an  pie** 


santer  to  be  nursed  than  large  ones : 
if  we  look  down  from  any  very  great 
height  the  latest  men  will  look  dimif 
nutive. 

The  ulent  of  turalnfr  smb  toto  ridicule,  aad 
expooittf  to  iaofhler  thaoe  «••  ooorefaea  with, 
la  tha  quallication  of  UttU  aofeiieroaa  tempera. 

Adouon. 

Ho  who«e  knowledge  ia  at  beit  but  limited, 
and  whoae  intellect  proceed*  by  a  tmaU  ^wUnm» 
live  Ufbt,  cannot  but  recelTe  aa  additional  light 
bj  the  conceptiona  of  another  man.  South. 

TO  LiVB>  V.  To  exist. 

LIVELIHOOD,  LIVING,  SUBSIST- 
SNCB,  MAINTENANCE,  SUSTE- 
NANCE. 

The  means  of  living  or  supporting 
lifis  is  the  idea  common  to  all  these 
terms,  which  vary  according  to  the 
circumstances  of  the  individual  and  the 
nature  of  the  object  which  constitutes 
the  means :  the  LIVELIHOOD  is  the 
thing  sought  after  by  the  day;  a 
labourer  eama  a  Uxielihood  by  the 
sweat  of  his  brow :  a  SUBSISTENCE 
is  obtained  by  irregular  efforts  of  vari- 
ous descriptions ;  beggars  meet  with 
so  much  that  they  obtain  something 
better  than  a  precarious  and  scanty 
tubtittence :  UVlNG  is  obtained  by 
more  respectable  and  less  severe 
effiMts  than  the  two  former;  trades- 
men obtain  a  good  living  by  keeping 
shop ;  artists  procure  a  uving  by  the 
exercise  of  their  talents :  MAIN- 
TENANCE, SUPPORT,  and  SUS- 
TENANCE,  differ  from  the  other 
three  in  as  much  as  they  do  not  com- 
prehend what  one  gains  by  one's  own 
efforts,  but  by  the  efforts  of  others : 
the  maintenance  is  that  which  is  per- 
manent ;  it  supplies  the  place  ofliv* 
ing :  the  tupp0rt  may  be  casual,  and 
vary  in  degree :  the  object  of  most 
public  charities  is  to  afford  a  mainte^ 
nance  to  such  as  cannot  obtain  a  /toe- 
lihood  or  living  for  themselves;  it  is 
the  business  of  the  parish  to  ^ve  tup* 
portf  in  time  of  sickness  and  distress, 
to  all  who  are  Icg^  parishioners. 
The  fnain^enance  ai^  mtpport  are  al- 
ways granted ;  but  the  suttenanee  ia 
that  which  is  taken  or  received:  the 
former  comprehends  the  means  of  ob- 
taining food ;  the  swaenance  oompf»> 
bends  that  which  sustains  the  body 
which  supplies  the  place  of  fboiL 
AoniBaiaitMffikaMrwkHtlsiei  mm- 


LODGINGS. 


LOOK. 


6«7 


in  respect  to  the  temw  by  wlodi  k  ll 
heldy  according  to  the  eocletiaBtical 
Uw :  there  are  manj  Ihingi  which  are 
not  beneficesy  aithoagh  not  vice  verti. 

Id  conipqaeDoe  of  the  Popc^  laferferaiMe,  Ifte 
hmt  UviHgt  ncro  fllltd  hy  Itdiw,  and 


Batatai  held  bj  featel  teavie,  betif  orlgtea^y 
gntollow  donatioM,  were  at  tkU  time  denoori- 
aated  benefltia;  their  verjr  name,  ai  well  at 
comtttotlon,  wa»  borrowed,  aad  tbe  cars  of  Cbe 
■ooh  of  a  parbb  tbeace  eame  to  be  denonriiiated 
«*ene/lce.  BtAcmumu 

LIVING,  V,  UvelihoocL 
LOAD,  V,  Freight. 

TO  LOAD,   V,  To  clog, 

LOAD,  V.  Weight. 

TO  LOATH,  V,  To  obhoT. 

LOATH,  V.  Averse. 
LOATHING,  V.  Disgtisttng. 
LODGB,  V.  Htarbar* 

LODGINGS,  APARTMENTS. 

LODGING,  from  a  pUce  to  kdgt 
or  dwell  in,  comprehends  single  rooms, 
or  many  rooms,  or  in  fact  any  place 
which  can  be  made  to  serve  the  pur- 
pose ;  APARTMENTS  respect  only 
suits  of  rooms :  afarimefU$y  therefore, 
are,  in  the  strict  sense,  lodgings ;  but 
all  lodgings  are  not  apartments:  on 
tbe  other  band,  the  word  lodgings  is 
mostly  nsed  for  rooms  that  are  let  out 
to  hire,  or  that  serve  a  temporary 
pnrpose;  but  the  word  apartments 
may  be  applied  to  tbe  suites  of  rooms 
in  any  large  house :  hence  the  word 
lodging  becomes  on  one  ground  re- 
stricted in  its  use,  and  apartments  on 
the  other :  all  apartments  to  let  out 
for  hire  are  lodgings;  bat  aparU 
ments  not  to  let  out  for  hire  are  not 
lodgings. 

LOFTINESS,  V,  Pride. 

LOFTY,  V.  High. 

TO  LOITER,  V.  To  linger. 

LONELY,  V.  Alone. 

TO  LpNG  FOR,  V.  To  desire. 

LOOK,  V.  Air. 

LOOK,  GLANCE. 

LOOK,  V.  Air. 
GLANCE,  V.  To  glance  at. 


Look  h  the.geDeric  and  gitmee  the 

specific  term ;  that]|is  to  say,  a  casual 

or  momentary  look :  a  look  may  be 

characterised  as  severe  ofr  mild,  neroe 

or  gentle,  angry  or  kind ;  a  glance  as 

hasty  or  sodden,  imperfect  or  slight : 

so  likewise  we  speak  of  taking  a  E)ok, 

or  catching  a  glance. 

Here  thesoft  locks.  With  tbt  lane  barmlen  tifdk 
Thej  wore  alive. 


The  tjfw,  dartiaf  Scree 
lapeCsoat  oa  hb  prej,  tlw  giamee  bat  doomed. 

Taoaaov. 

TO  LOOK,   SEE,    BEHOLD,   VIEW, 

SYS. 

LOOK,  in  Saxon  locan^  upper  Ger- 
man lugejtj  comes  from  la*  light,  and 
the  Greek  kom  to  see* 
SEE,  in  German  sehen. 
BEHOLD,  compounded  of  the  in- 
tensive he  and  hold,  signi6es  to  hold, 
or  fix  the  eye  on  an  object. 

VIEW,  from  the  ^nch  voir^  and 
the  Latin  video,  signifies  simply  to 
see. 

To  EYE,  from  the  noun  eye,  natu- 
rally signifies  to  fathom  with  the  eye. 

We  look  voluntarily;  we  see  invo- 
luntarily: the  eye  seesi  the  peison 
looks :  absent  people  ofien  see  things 
before  they  are  folly  conscious  that 
they  are  at  hand :  we  may  look  with- 
out seeing,  and  we  may  see  without 
looking:  near-sighted  people  often 
look  at  that  which  is  too  distant  to 
strike  the  visual  organ.  To  behold  is 
to  look  at  for  a  continuance ;  to  view 
is  to  look  at  in  all  directions ;  to  eye 
is  to  look  at  earnestly,  and  by  side 
glances :  that  which  is  ween  may  die* 
appear  in  an  instaat ;  it  may  strilDs  ' 
the  eye  and  be  gone;  bat  what  it 
looked  at  must  make  some  stay ;  oon* 
sequently  lightning,  and  things  equally 
fugitive  an<4  rapid  in  their  flight,  may 
be  feea,  but  cannot  be  looked  at. 

To  look  at  is  the  familiar,  as  well 
as  the  general  term,  in  re^rd  to  the 
others :  we  look  at  tbines  in  generaJ, 
which  we  wish  to  see,  Uiat  is,  to  see 
dearly,  folly,  and  in  all  their  parts ; 
hot  we  behold  that  which  excites  a 
moral  or  intellectual  interest ;  we  vieso 
that  which  demands  intellectual  atten- 
tion ;  we  eye  that  which  gratifies  any 
paiticular  passion  :  an  inquisitive  chin 
looks  at  things  which  are  new  to  it^ 
but  does  not  behold  them  i  w^koku 


LOOSE. 


LOOSE. 


049 


less ;  he  has  no  part  and  takes  no  part 
in  what  he  sees;  be  look$  on,  because 
the  thing  is  before  biro,  and  be  bas 
nothing  else  to  do :  a  spectator  may 
likewise  be  nuconcemed,  but  in  gp- 
neral  he  derives  amusement, if  notbiog 
else,  from  what  he  sees.  A  clown  mav 
be  a  looker-on,  who  with  open  mouta 
gapes  at  all  chat  is  before  him,  without 
understanding  any  part  of  it ;  but  he 
who  loaks  on  to  draw  a  moral  lesson 
from  the  whole  is  in  the  moral  sense 
nut  an  uninterested  spectator, 

Ihe  BEHOLDER  has  a  ueiurer 
interest  than  the  spectator  ;  and  the 
OBSEHVEll  has  an  interest  not  less 
near  than  that  of  the  beholder,  but 
somewhat  different :  the  beholder  has 
his  affections  roused  by  what  he  sees; 
the  observer  has  his  understanding 
employed  in  that  which  passes  before 
him:  the  beholder  indulges  himself 
in  contemplation ;  the  observer  is  busy 
in  making  it  subservient  to  some  pro- 
posed object:  every  beholder  of  our 
Saviour's  sufferings  and  patience  was 
struck  with  the  conviction  of  his 
Divine  character,  not  excepting  even 
some  of  those  who  were  his  most 
prejudiced  adversairies ;  every  calm 
observer  of  our  Saviour's  words  and 
actions  was  convinced  of  iiis  Divine 
mission. 

lA}okers'on  mny  tinui  tee  more  than  gant»- 
■ters.  Bacon. 

Bat  bi^h  io  bmTen  Ihi? j  sit,  and  gase  from  for, 
Tbe  Ume  sptctatort  of  bto  deeds  ot  war.     Pops. 

Olijectv  Itnpeifectly  dlacerned  take  form*  Awra 
Cbe  ht)|>«  or  fear  of  the  beholder.  Johhmh* 

S  w  iu  w  at  an  exact  observer  of  life.      J  omiioii. 
TO  LOOK  FOR,    V,  To  aWQlt. 

LOOSE,  VAGUE,  LAX,  DISSOLUTB, 
LICENTIOUS. 

LOOSE  is  in  German  los,  &c.  Latin 
laxusy  Greek  aXa^o-sn^  and  Hebrew 
chalats,  to  make  free. 

VAGUE,  in  Latin  vagus,  signifies 
wandering. 

Lax,  in  Latin  laxus,  has  a  similar 
oriciii  with  Itxne. 

jblSbOLirrE,  in  Latin  dissolutus 
participle  of  dissolvo,  siguifieJ  dissolifed 
or  set  free. 

LICENTIOUS  signifies  having  the 
licence  or  power  (v.  Leave,  lilkrti/) 
iu  do  as  one  pleases. 

JLooie  is  tiie  generic,  the  rest  are 


spedfic  terms ;  they  are  all  opposed 
to  that  which  is  oound  or  adheres 
closely :  loose  is  employed  either  for 
moral  or  intellectual  subjects ;  vague 
only  for  intellectual  objects ;  Uue 
sometimes  for  what  is  intellectual, 
but  oftener  for  the  moral ;  dissolute 
and  licentious  only  for  moral  matters : 
whatever  wants  a  proper  connexion, 
or  linking  together  of  the  parts,  is 
loose ;  whatever  is  scattered  and  re- 
motely separated  is  vague :  a  style  it 
loose  where  the  words  and  sentences  are 
not  made  to  coalesce,  so  as  to  form  a 
regularly  connected  series ;  assertions 
are  vapie  which  have  but  a  remote 
connexion  with  the  subject  referred  to : 
by  the  same  rule,  loose  hints  throwa 
out  at  random  may  give  rise  to  specu- 
lation"^ and  conjecture,  but  cannot 
serve  as  tlie  ground  of  any  conclusion ; 
ignorant  people  are  apt  to  credit  every 
vague  rumour,  and  to  communicate  it 
as  a  certainty. 

Opinions  are  loose,  either  inasmuch 
as  they  want  logical  precision,  or  as 
they  rail  in  moral  strictness;  sug- 
gestions and  surmises  are  in  their 
nature  vague,  as  they  spring  finom  a 
very  remote  channel,  or  are  produced 
by  the  wandering  nature  of  tne  imagi- 
nation ;  opinions  are  las,  inasmuch  as 
they  have  a  tendency  to  lessen  the 
moral  obligation,  to  loosen  the  moral 
tie :  loose  notions  arise  from  the  un- 
restrained state  of  the  will,  from  the 
influence  of  the  unruly  passions  ;  lax 
notions  from  the  error  of  the  judg^ 
ment :  loose  principles  affect  the  moral 
conduct  of  the  individual;  /ux  princi- 
ples affect  the  speculative  opinions  of 
men,  either  as  individuals  or  in  society ; 
one  is  loose  in  practice,  and  lax  in  spe- 
culation or  in  discipline:  the  loose 
roan  sins  against  his  conscience;  he 
sets  himself  free  from  that  to  which  he 
knows  that  he  ought  to  submit :  the 
lax  man  errs,  but  ho  affects  to  defend 
his  error.  A  loose  man  injures  himself, 
but  a  l<ix  man  injures  society  at  large. 
Dissoluteness  is  the  excess  of  toose* 
neu ;  licentiousness  is  the  consequence 
of  laxity,  or  the  freedom  from  external 
constraint. 

Looseness  of  character,  if  indulged, 
soon  sinks  mxjo  dissoUUeneu  of  morels; 
and  laxity  of  discipline  is  quickly  fill- 
lowed  by  Licentiousness  of  maooers. 

A  young    man  of  loou  chaiacte" 


LOUD. 


LOVE. 


661 


Lost  is  here  the  generic  term ;  dm^ 
mage  and  detriment  are  species  or 
modes  of  lots.  The  jponoo  sustains 
the  loss,  the  thuig  suffers  the  damagt 
or  detriment.  Whatever  is  ^one  from 
us  which  we  wish  to  retiun  is  a  loss  ; 
hence,  we  may  sustain  a  loss  in  our 
property,  in  our  reputation,  in  our  in- 
fluence, in  our  intellect,  and  every 
other  object  of  possession  :  whatever 
renders  an  ol^ect  less  serviceable  or 
valuable,  by  any  external  violence,  is 
a  damage ;  as  a  vessel  suffers  a  damage 
in  a  storm  :  whatever  is  calculated  to 
cross  a  man's  purpose  is  a  detriment ; 
the  bare  want  of  a  good  name  may 
be  a  detriment  to  a  young  tradesman ; 
the  want  of  prudence  is  always  a 
great  detriment  to  the  prosperity  of  a 
family. 

What  trader  woold  pvrehMeraeh  alryattit- 
Ikcdoa  (u  the  charnu  of  eonvenatlon)  bj  tte 
loss  of  BolJd  gain  ?  JoBiiws. 

The  anU  were  atlU  troablod  with  the  ralo,  aai 
the  oext  day  they  took  a  world  of  paint  to  n^ 
pair  the  damage,  Adbisoh. 

Tlie  expraditare  thoald  he  with  the  lea«C  pos- 
sible detriment  to  the  morals  of  those  who  ex* 
peod.  Bomss. 

LOUD,    NOISY,     HIGHSOUNDING, 
CLAMOROUS. 

LOUD  is  doubtless  connected 
through  the  medium  of  the  German 
laut  a  sound,  and  lautehen  to  listen^ 
with  the  Greek  xXudo  to  hear,  because 
sounds  are  the  object  of  hearing. 

NOISY,  having  a  noite,  like  noi' 
tome  and  Tiojriatif,  comes  from  the  Latin 
noceo  to  hurt,  signifying  in  general 
offensive,  that  is,  to  the  sense  of 
hearing,  of  smelling,  and  the  like. 

HIGHSOUNDING  signifies  the 
same  as  pitched  upon  an  elevated 
key,  so  as  to  make  a  great  noise,  to 
be  heard  at  a  distance. 

CLAMOROUS,  from  the  Latin 
clamo  to  cry,  signifies  crying  with  a 
loud  voice. 

Loud  is  here  the  generic  term,  sinot 
it  signifies  a  great  sound,  which  is  the 
idea  common  to  them  all.  As  an 
epithet  for  persons,/!oiM{  is  mostly  taken 
ill  an  indifferent  sense ;  all  the  others 
are  taken  for  being  lotid  beyond  mea- 
sure :  noist/  is  to  be  intemperately 
loud :  hightounding  is  only  to  bie 
loud  from  the  bigness  of  one's  word : 
clamorous  is  to  be  disagreeably  and 
painfully    laud,      W»    most    tpetk 


kudfy  to  a  deaf  person  in  order  to 
make  ourselves  beuid:  children  will  be 
noity  at  all  times  if  not  kept  under 
control:  flatterers  are  always  high" 
mmnding  in  their  eulogiums  of 
princes:  children  will  be  clamoroue 
for  what  they  want,  if  they  expect  to 
get  it  by  dint  of  noise ;  they  will  be 
turbulent  in  case  of  refusal,  if  not 
under  proper  discipline.  In  the  imp 
proper  application,  loud  is  taken  in  as 
Dad  a  sense  as  the  rest ;  the  loudeti 
praises  are  the  least  to  be  regarded : 
the  applause  of  a  mob  is  always  noisy : 
hightounding  titles  serve  only  to  ex^ 
cite  contempt,  where  there  is  not 
some  corresponding  sense :  it  is  the 
business  of  an  opposition  party  to  be 
clamoroutf  which  serves  tne  purpose 
of  exciting  turbulence  among  the  ig* 
norant'. 

The  clowns,  a  bofst'ioos,  md^,  nngoTem*d  crew. 
With  ftirtoos  haste  to  the  Untd  saminoBs  flew. 

DaTDKII* 

O  leave  the  noisjf  town.  Davinni. 

I  ara  touched  with  sorrow  at  the  condnet  of 
tome  few  men,  who  hare  lent  the  aathorlty  of 
thdr  Ugfuounding  Qtines  to  the  deslfas  of 
men  with  •hom  thejr  eevld  oot  be  acqoalntcd. 

Bom. 

Ctam*rous  aronnd  the  royal  hawk  they  fly. 

Dbydbk* 

LOVE,  t;.  Affection. 

LOVE,    FRIENDSHIP, 

LOVE  (v.  Affection)  is  a  term  of 
very  extensive  import;  it  may  be 
either  taken  in  the  most  general  sense 
for  every  strong  and  passionate  at^ 
tachment,  or  only  for  such  as  subsist 
between  the  sexes ;  in  either  of  whxdk 
cases  it  has  features  by  which  it  has 
easily  distinguished  from  FRIEND- 
SHIP. 

Love  subsists  between  members  of 
the  same  family;  it  springs  out  of 
tlieir  natural  relationship,  and  is  kept 
alive  by  their  close  intercourse  and 
constant  interchange  of  kindnesses: 
friendthip  excludes  the  idea  of  any 
tender  and  natural  relationship;  nor 
is  it,  like  love,  to  be  found  in  children, 
but  is  confined  to  maturer  years ;  it 
is  formed  by  time,  by  circumstances, 
by  oongruity  of  character,  and  sym- 
pathy of  sentiment.  Love  always 
operates  with  wdor ;  friendth^  it  re- 
markable for  firmness  and  oonitaner. 
L&iv§  is  pecoliar  to  no  station ;  it » 


LOVER. 


LOW. 


653 


has   fallen  from    the  high  estate  to 
which  we  thought  him  entitled. 

So  ef(ri7  paR<(ton,  but  fond  love, 

Uato  itit  own  miress  does  mofei  Waukb. 

For  nataral  affectioo  won  doth  cm*e% 
And  qoeoched  Is  with  CupidH  Kmt^  flaOM, 
But  fiLMhiiMlfriendghip  doth  then  both  roppien. 
And  them  with  masterlag  dtectpline  doth  tame. 

LOVELY,  V.  Amiable, 

LOVER,   SUITOR^  WOOER. 

LOVER  signifies  literally  one  who 
loves f  and  is  applicable  to  any  obiect ; 
there  are  iorcrs  of  money,  and  loverg 
of  wine,  lovers  of  things  individuallyi 
and  things  collectively,  that  is,  Uroer% 
of  particular    women    in    the  good 
sense,  or  lovers  of  women  in  the  bad 
sense.    The  SUITOR  is  one  who  suet 
and  strives  after  a  thing ;  it  is  equally 
undefined  as  to  the  object,  but  may 
be  employed  for  such  as  sue  for  favors 
from  their  superiors^  or  sue  for  the 
affections  and    person    of  a  female. 
The  WOOER  is  only  a  species  of 
lover,  who  wooes  or  solicits  the  kind 
regards  of  a  female.    When  applied 
to    the    same    object,    namely,   the 
female  sex,  the  Urver  is  employed  for 
persons  of  all  ranks,  who  are  equally 
alive  to  the  tender  passion  of  loot : 
suitor  is  a  title  adapted  to  that  class 
of  life  where  all  the  genuine  affections 
of  human  nature  are  adulterated  by 
a  false  refinement,  or  entirely  lost  in 
other    passions  of   a    guilty  nature. 
Wooer  is  a  tender  and  passionate  title, 
which   is   adapted    to   that   class  of 
beings   that  live  only  in  poetry  and 
romance.     There  is  most  sincerity  in 
the  /(/rer,  he  simply  proffers  his  /ore ; 
there  is  most  ceremony  in  the  suitor , 
he  prefers  his  suit ;    there  is  most 
ardor  in  the  wooery  he  make  his  vows. 

It  is  rprj  nataral  for  a  yonnf  fHend,  and  a 
young:  /orrr,  to  think  the  peraom  tbej  lore  bare 
nothinf;  to  do  bot  to  pleaae  them.  Popr. 

What  pleatvre  can  it  be  to  be  tbroi^rd  with 
pptitinnere,  and  those  perhaps  niUon  for  Ibis 
fame  thing  ?  8oirm. 

I  am  priad  thi«  parcel  of  too»ert  are  no  reawa* 
abl«,  for  there  te  not  one  of  tbein  bot  I  dote  oa 
his  ?erj  abMMice.  SiUKfPBAas. 

LOVING,  V.  Amormis, 
LOW,  V.  Humble. 

LOW,   MEAN,   ABJECT* 
LOW,  V.  Humble. 


MEAN,  in  German  gemein,  Sec. 
comes  from  the  Latin  communis  com- 
mon (v.  Common). 

ABJECT,  in  French  al^ect,  Latin 
ahjectus,  participle  of  ahjtcio  to  oast 
down,  signifies  literally  brought  low. 

Low  is  a  much  stronger  term  than 
mean ;  for  what  is  low  stands  more 
directly  opposed  to  what  is  high,  but 
what  is  mean  is  intermediate:    the 
low  is  applied  only  to  a  certain  num- 
ber or  description ;    but   the  mean^ 
like  the  common,  is  applicable  to  the 
great  bulk  of  roankina.    A  man   of 
low  extraction  falls  below  the  onli- 
nary  level ;  he  is  opposed  to  a  noble 
man :  a  man  of  mean  birth  does  not 
rise  above  the  ordinary  level ;  he  is 
upon  a  level  with  the  majority.  When 
employed  to  designate  the  character, 
they  preserve  the  same  distinction: 
the  low  is  that  which  is   positively 
sunk  in  itself;  but  the  mean  is  that 
which  is  comparatively  low,  in  regard 
to  the  outward  circumstances  and  re- 
lative   condition    of   the  individual. 
Swearing  and    drunkenness    are  low 
vices ;  boxing,  cudgelling,  and  wrest- 
ling,    are   low  games :    a  misplaced 
economy  in    people    of  property  is 
mean ;  a  condescension  to  those  who 
are  beneath  us  for  our  own  petty  ad- 
vantages is  nteanness,    A  man  is  com- 
monly low  by  virtue  of  his  birth,  his 
education,  or  his  habits  ;  but  meau'^ 
ness  is  a  defect  of  nature  which  sinks 
a  person  in  spite  of  every  external 
advantage. 

The  low  and  mean  are  aualities 
whether  of  the  condition  or  tne  cha- 
racter ;  but  abject  is  a  peculiar  state 
into  which  a  man  is  tlirown :  a  man 
is  in  the  course  of  things  low  ;  he  is 
voluntarily  mean,  and  involuntarily 
abject.  The  lowneu  discovers  itself 
in  one's  actions  and  sentiments ;  the 
mean  and  abject  in  one's  spirit ;  the 
latter  being  much  more  powerful  and 
oppressive  than  the  former :  the  mean 
man  stoops  in  order  to  get ;  the  abject 
man  crawls  in  order  to  submit:  the 
lowest  man  will  sometimes  have  a  con- 
sciousness of  what  is  due  to  himself; 
he  will  even  rise  above  his  condition : 
the  mean  man  sacrifices  his  dignity  to 
his  convenience ;  he  is  always  below 
himself:  the  abject  man  altogether 
forgets  that  he  has  any  dignity ;  h*  •- 
kept  down  by  the  pressure  of  aih 


MAGISTERIAL. 


MAGISTERIAL.      666 


cal  performances,  a  fashionaUe  rage 
for  any  whim  of  the  day.  Fiif3^ 
though  commonly  signifying  r&§$ 
bursting  out,  yet  it  may  be  any  impe- 
tuous feeling  displaying  itself  in  extra- 
vagant action :  as  the  drnt^/ury  sap^ 
posed  to  be  prodaced  apon  the 
priestess  of  Apoiioy  by  the  inspimtioii 
of  the  god,  and  tlie  Bacchanalian^f;f 
which  depicts  the  influence  of  wine 
upon  the  body  and  mind. 

In  the  improper  application,  to  in- 
animate objects,  the  words  rage  and 
Jtiry  preserve  a  similar  distinction: 
the  rage  of  tlte  beat  denotes  the  exces- 
sive height  to  which  it  is  risen ;  the 
fury  of  the  winds  indicates  their  vio- 
lent commotion  and  turbulence :  so  in 
like  manner  the  raging  of  the  tem- 
pest characterizes  figuratively  its  burn- 
ing anger ;  and  the  fwy  of  the  flames 
marks  their  impetuous  movemeuts, 
their  wild  and  rapid  spread. 

Twat  no  Mte  heraUrj  when  madne§§  draw 
Her  p«dlf  ree  from  thove  wbo  too  mach  knew. 

DsiiaAH. 

Whutphnnu^  dtfpkMri,  baa  tby  moI  famnm^dt 

Davi 


FIntSocrUM 
Af^in^t  the  rage  of  tjrants  dagls  stood, 
loviocfble !  TaoKSOVi 

ConfinM  their  fury  to  thoae  dark  abodai* 

Dbtobii. 

MAGISTBaiAL,  MAJBSTIC, 
.STATELY,  POMPOUS,  AOOUST, 
DIGNIFIED. 

MAGISTERIAL,  from  magister  a 
master,  and  MAJESTIC,  from  mo- 
jestas,  are  both  derived  from  magd 
more  or  major  greater,  that  is,  more 
or  greater  than  others ;  but  they  differ 
in  this  respect,  that  the  magisterial  it- 
something  assumed,  and  is  therefore 
often  false ;  the  majestic  is  natural,  and 
consequently  always  real :  an  upstart,  or 
an  intruder  into  any  high  station  or 
otBce,  may  put  on  a  magisterial  air,  in 
order  to  impose  on  the  multitude  ;  but 
it  will  not  be  in  his  power  to  be  mmes- 
ticy  which  never  shows  itself  in  a  bor- 
rowed shape;  none  but  those  who 
have  a  superiority  of  chai-acter,  of 
birth,  or  outward  station,  can  be  ma- 
jestic :  a  petty  magistrate  in  the  coun- 
try may  be  magisterial;  a  king  or 
queen  cannot  uphold  their  station 
without  a  majestic  deportment. 


The  STATELY  and  POMPOUS  are 
most  nearly  allied  to  the  magisterial ; 
the  AUGUST  and  DIGNIHED  to 
the  majestic  :  the  former  being  merely 
extrinsic  and  assumed ;  the  latter  ia- 
txinskc  and  inherent.  Magisterial 
respects  the  authority  which  is  as- 
sumed; stately  regards  the  splendor 
and  rank;  pompous  regards  the  per- 
sonal importance,  with  all  the  appen- 
dages of  greatness  and  power :  a  pe^ 
son  is  magisterial  in  the  exerciB*  of 
his  office^  and  the  distribation  of  his 
commands ;  he  it  stately  in  his  ordi- 
nary intercourse  with  his  inferiors  aad 
equals;  he  is  pompous  on  particular 
occasions  of  appearing  in  public :  • 
person  demands  silence  in  a  magis^ 
terial  tone ;  he  marches  forward  with 
a  stately  air ;  he  comes  forward  in  a 
pompous  manner,  so  as  to  strike  others 
wito-  a  sense  of  his  importance. 

Mf^estic  is  an  epithet  that  characf 
terizes  the  exterior  of  an  object;  aum 
gust  is  that  which  marks  an  essential 
characteristic  in  the  object;  digni^ 
fied  serves  to  characterize  the 
action :  the  form  of  a  female  is  term-i 
ed  majestic  which  has  something  in^ 
posing  in  it,  suited  to  the  condition.  oC 
m^esty,  or  the  most  elevated  station 
in  society ;  a  monarch  is  entitled  au- 
gust  in  order  to  describe  the  extent  of 
his  empire ;  an  assembly  is  denomi- 
nated august  to  bespeak  its  high  cluu> 
racter,  and  its  weighty  influence  in  th^ 
scale  of  societ^r;  a  reply  is  termed 
dignified  when  it  upholds  the  indivi* 
dual  and  personal  character  of  a  maa^ 
as  well  as  his  relative  character  in  the- 
community  to  which  he  belongs :  tha^ 
two  former  of  these  terms  are  associ- 
ated only  with  grandeur  of  outward 
circumstances;  the  last  is  applicabla 
to  men  of  all  stations,  who  hsve  each 
in  his  sphere-  a  dignity  to  oiaintaio. 
which  belongs  to  man  as  aa  indepeodr 
ent  moral  agent. 

Goreranent  beteg  theiofblwtand  Moit  njil** 
tkiVM  of  all  arts,  la  veiy  oaic  for  tbow  to  talk. 
magUUrimUy  of  wbo  aefsr  bon  aaj  ibare  in-  IC 

BODTll. 

Tb«a  Arktidet  Ufts  hit  hoMit  firoot, 
to  pore  mqfenic  poveity  reveiM.        TiiotfsoiB' 
Soeh  teeins  tby  fPiitla  bii%bt,  nade  on!/  pfMkI'  * 
To  batbe  ba«l»  of  that  jiwwjpgia  load.  Paiiiat* 

There  to  for  the  molt  part  as  mach  feafretdtty 
■Mot  BBdev  tha  oKaiMrt  cottage,  a»  aillWa< 
waUaoCtbe 


MAKE. 


MALEDICTION.     657 


onqoalified  term ;  to  form  signifies  to 
give  a  form  to  a  thing,  that  is,  to 
make  it  after  a  given ybrm ;  tx> produce 
is  to  bring  forth  into  the  lipht,  to  caO 
into  existence ;  to  create  is  to  bring 
into  existence  by  an  absolute  exercise 
of  power :  to  make  is  the  simplest 
action  of  ally  and  comprehends  a  sim- 
ple combination  by  tne  smallest  e^ 
forts;  to  form  requires  care  and  at- 
tention, and  greater  efforts ;  to  pr(h 
duce  requires  time,  and  also  laoor: 
whatever  is  pot  together  so  as  to  be- 
come another  thing,  is  made  ;  a  chair 
or  a  table  is  made:  whatever  is  put 
into  any  distinctybrm  is  formed  ;  the 
potter  form$  the  clay  into  an  eartheo 
vessel:  whatever  emanates  from  • 
thing,  so  as  to  become  a  distinct 
object,  is  produced ;  fire  is  often  prO' 
duced  by  the  violent  friction  of  two 
pieces  of  wood  with  each  other.  The 
process  of  making  is  always  performed 
by  some  conscious  agent,  who  enn 
ploys  either  mechanical  means,  or  the 
simple  exercise  of  power:  a  bird 
makes  its  nest ;  man  maket  various 
things,  by  the  exercise  of  bis  under- 
standing and  his  limbs ;  the  Almighty 
Maker  has  made  every  thing  by  his 
word.  The  process  oi  forming  does 
not  always  require  a  conscious  asent; 
things  are  likewise  formed  of  them- 
selves; or  they  nn  formed  by  the 
active  operations  of  other  bodies ; 
melted  leiad,  when  thrown  into  water, 
will  form  itself  into  various  little 
bodies ;  hard  substances  are  formed 
in  the  human  body  which  give  rise  to 
the  disease  termed  the  gravel.  What 
is  produced  is  oftener  produced  by  the 
process  of  nature,  than  by  any  ex- 
press design;  the  earth  producei  all 
Kinds  of  vegetables  from  seed;  ani- 
mals, by  a  similar  process,  produce 
their  young.  Create^  in  this  natural 
sense  of  the  term,  is  employed  as 
the  act  of  an  intelligent  being,  and 
that  of  the  Supreme  Being  only  ;  it  is 
the  act  of  making  by  a  simple  efibrt 
of  power,  without  the  use  of  materiab, 
and  without  any  process. 

They  are  all  employed  in  the  moral 
sense,  and  with  a  similar  distinction : 
make  is  indefinite;  we  may  make 
a  thing  that  is  difficult  or  easy,  simple 
or  complex;  we  may  make  a  letter, 
or  make  a  poem ;   we  maj  mikf  a 


word,  or  make  a  sentence.  To  fi,fm 
is  the  vrork  either  of  intelligence,  or 
of  circumstances  :  education  has  much 
to  do  in  forming  the  habits,  but  na- 
ture has  more  to  do  in  forming  the 
disposition  and  the  mind  altogether; 
sentiments  are  firequently  ybrmet/  by 
young  people  betbre  they  have  %um^ 
cient  maturity  of  thought  and  know^ 
ledge  to  justify'  them  in  coming  to 
any  decision.  To  produce  is  the  effect 
of  great  mental  exertion  ;  or  it  is  the 
natural  operation  of  things :  no  in- 
dustry could  ever  produce  a  poem  or 
a  work  of  the  imagination :  but  a  his* 
tory  or  a  work  of  science  may  be 
produced  by  the  force  of  mere  labor. 
All  things,  both  in  the  moral  and 
intellectual  world,  are  linked  together 
upon  the  simple  principle  of  cause 
and  effect,  by  which  one  thing  is  the 
producer,  and  the  other  the  thins 
produced:  quarrels  produce  hatre<^ 
and  kindness  |;roeter€t  love;  as  heat 
produces  inflammation  and  fisver,  or 
disease  pro<luce«  death.  Since  genius 
is  a  spark  of  the  Divine  power  that 
acts  by  its  own  independent  agency^, 
the  property  of  creation  has  been  figu- 
ratively ascribed  to  it:  the  creative 
power  of  the  human  mind  is  a  faint 
emblem  of  that  power  which  brought 
every  thing  into  existence  out  of  no« 
thing. 

In  every  ttntj  tbow  ooneeMlont  wfaicb  he 
(Cbarin  L)  thoefU  he  could  not  malnfain ;  Im 
■evereonid  bj  anj  motive  or  peiwiukm  be  !•• 
dooed  to  makt,  Hni^ 


BomuH  and  VlrfU't  beroet  do  notjbrm  m  i 
Itttion  witboat  tbe  condact  and  direction  of  i 
deitj. 

A  npernatvnil  effpct  la  that  wblcb  la  nbeva 
anj  nntnrml  power,  that  we  know  of,  to  pr0duc^ 

TkiLonoiw 

A  weadnMmblfroflypblc  robe  ahe  wore. 

In  wblcb  all  coloura  and  all  Scmea  were^ 

That  nataie  or  tbat  fanoj  can  create.  Cvwuv* 

TO  MAKE  KNOWN,  V.  To  tflform. 

MALADY,  V.  Disorder* 

MALEDICTION,  Ct7R$B, 

IMPRECATION,   EXECRATION, 

ANATHEMA. 

MALEDICTION,  from  male  and 
dicOf  signifies  a  saving  ill,  that  is,  de* 
claringan  evil  vrisn  ag^nst  a  person. 

CUKSE,  io  SaioQ  kuniaup  oomet 
in    ail   probability  firom  tbe  Greek 

8  V 


658      MALEDICTION. 


MALEVOLENT. 


Mvfim  to  sanction  or  ratify,  tienifying 
a  bad  wish  declared  upon  oath,  or  io 
a  solemn  manner. 

IMPRECATION,  from  im  and 
preoo,  signifies  a  prajing  down  evil 
upon  a  person. 

EXECRATION,  from  the  Latin 
execror,  thai  is,  ^  tacrii  excluderCf 
signifies  the  same  as  to  excommuni- 
cate, with  every  form  of  solemn  ijn- 
precation, 

ANATHEMA,  in  Greek  (im0i/.«, 
signifies  a  setting  out,  that  is,  a  put- 
ting out  of  a  religious  community  as  a 
penance. 

The  malediction  is  the  most  indefi- 
nite and  general  term,  signifying  sim- 
ply the  declaration  of  evil ;  eur$e  is 
a  solemn  denunciation  of  evil:  the 
former  is  employed  mostly  by  men ; 
the  latter  by  God  or  man :  the  rest 
are  species  of  the  cur$e  pronounced 
unly  by  man.  The  malediction  is 
caused  by  simple  anger ;  the  curu  is 
occasioned  by  some  grievous  otfence  : 
men,  in  the  heat  of  their  passion,  will 
utter  maledictions  against  any  object 
that  offends  them ;  God  pronounced  a 
€uru  upon  Adam,  and  all  his  poste- 
rity, after  the  fall. 

The  curse  differs  in  the  degree  of 
evil  prouounced  or  wished ;  the  txn- 
precation  and  execration  always  imply 
some  positive  great  evil,  and,  in  fact, 
as  much  evil  a^  can  he  conceived  by 
man  in  his  anger;  the  anat/tema  re- 
spects the  evil  which  '}»  pronounced 
according  to  the  canon  law,  by  wliich 
a  man  Mb  not  only  put  out  of  the 
church,  but  held  up  as  an  object  of 
offence.  1  he  malediction  is  altogether 
an  unallowed  expression  of  private  re- 
sentment ;  the  cume  was  admitted,  in 
sonic  cases,  according  to  the  Mosaic 
law;  and  that,  as  well  as  the  ana- 
thenta,  al  one  time  formed  a  part  of 
the  ecclebiastical  discipline  of  the 
Christian  ciiurch ;  tlie  imprecation 
formed  a  part  of  the  heathenish  cere- 
mony of  religion ;  but  the  execration 
is  always  the  informal  expression  of 
the  most  violent  personal  anger. 

With  many  praUi's  of  hli  f;ooA  play,  and 
man  J  moled  icthnt  nn  the  power  of  chanci*,  be 
took  up  the  cardv  aud  threw  them  in  (he  fire. 

MiCKERSm. 

B«t  know,  that  ere  jonr  proo^UM  walli  joo 
boild, 
T  tur$e9  ihall  fererely  be  fulfiird.      Dryoin. 


J  v*  CriminaL 


TbniMlMriort 


I  km  HiB  ki 

«p  bit  f«M  Id  a 

beavra  to  vtter  execrmtintg 


The  tare  mmmtkemm»  of  «he  ^•fdi  frn 
•0  aiaaj  knOaJubrntrnm  m^tm  tte 
•ckismatleil* 


M 


MALBVOUENT,  M AUCIOUSy 
MALIGNANT. 

Tkbse  words  have  all  their  derifa- 
tion  from  nmIks  bad  ;  thmt  is,  MALE- 
VOLENT, wishing  ill ;  MAUCIOCS 
(v.  Malice)y  hainitt  an  evil  dispositiai; 
and  MALIGNANT,  having  an  eifl 
tendency. 

Malevolence  has  a  deep  root  la  fk§ 
hearty  and  is  a  settled  part  of  tht 
character;  we  dendminate  the  perm 
wwlecolenif  to  designate    the    niliB| 
temper  of   his    mind:    tnalieioiaMm 
may  be  applied  as  an  epithet  to  pai^ 
ticular  parts  of  a  man's  character  er 
conduct;  one  may  have  a  maUatm 
joy  orpleasnrs  in  seeing  the  distmM 
of  another :  malignity  is  not  emplofal 
to  characterize  the  person,  hut  tfct 
thing ;    the  maUgniiy  of  a  design  ii 
estimated  by  the  degree  of  mischief 
which    was   intended    to     be   done. 
Whenever  malevolence  has  token  po^ 
session  of  the  heart,  nil  the  sooroa 
of  goodwill  are  dried  up ;  a  stream  of 
evil  runs   through    the  whole  fiamei 
and  contaminates  every  moral  feding; 
the  being  who  is  under  such  an  qi> 
happy  influence    neither   thinks   nor 
does  any  thing  but  what  is  evil:   a 
malicious  disposition  is  that  branch  of 
malevolence   which  is  the  next  to  it 
in  the  blaclAltss  of  its  character;  it 
differs,  however,  in  this,   that  matiee 
will,  in  general,  lie  dormant,  until  it 
is  provoked  ;    but  malevolence  is  as 
active  and  unceasing  in  its  operatinni 
for  mischief,  as  its  opposite,  benefo- 
lence,  is  in  wishing  and  doing  good. 

Malicious  and  malignant  are  bodi 
applied  tu  things ;  but  the  former  is  ap* 
plied  to  those  which  are  of  a  persomd 
nature,  the  latter  to  objects  purely  ia* 
animate  :  a  story  or  tale  is  termed  me- 
licious,  which  emanated  from  a  malici' 
ous  disposition ;  a  star  is  termed  mm* 
lignant,  which  is  supposed  to  have  a 
bad  or  malignant  influence. 


MALICE. 


MANNERS. 


659 


I  hate  ofren  known  Trrjr  butioc:  mal9voUne§ 
excited  by  uiiluckj  censarea.  JoaxMUm 

Greatoew,  the  earoett  of  maUdoui  FAte 
Fur  future  woe,  ww  nerer  meant  a  i:ood. 

SocTHnui* 
Still  horror  reigns,  a  dreary  twilight  round. 
Of  Btrngsliog  nigfat  and  daj  nutU^nant  miz'd. 

Thouqv. 

MALICE,  RANCOR,  SPITE, 
GRUDGE,  PIQUB. 

MALICE,  in  Latin  mulitia,  from 
mains  bad,  signifies  the  Tcry  essence 
of  badness  lying  in  the  heart ;  RAN- 
COR (t7.  Hatred)  is  only  continued 
hatred ;  the  former  requires  no  exter- 
nal cause  to  provoke  ityit  is  inherent  in 
the  mind ;  the  latter  must  be  caused 
by  some  personal  offence.  Malice  is 
properly  the  love  of  evil  for  eviPs 
sake,  and  is,  therefore,  confined  to  no 
number  or  quality  of  objects,  and 
limited  by  no  circumstance;  rancor, 
as  it  depends  upon  external  objects 
for  its  existence,  so  it  is  confined  to 
such  objects  only  as  are  liable  to 
cause  displeasure  or  anger:  malice 
will  impel  a  man  to  do  mischief  to 
those  who  have  not  injured  him,  and 
nri^  perhaps  strangers  to  him ;  rancor 
can  subsist  only  between  those  vcho 
have  had  sufficient  connection  to  be  at 
variance.  , 

SPITE,  from  »pUy  the  sharp  instru- 
ment with  which  one  pierces  bodies, 
denotes  a  petty  kind  of  malice ^  or 
disposition  to  olTend  another  in  trifling 
matters;  it  may  be  in  the  temper  of 
the  person,  or  it  may  have  its  source 
in  some  external  provocation :  chil- 
dren often  show  their  ipite  to  each 
other.  i 

GRUDGE,  connected  with  grum-  '• 
hie  and  growly  and  PIQUE,  from 
pike^  denoting  the  pridk  of  a  pointed 
instrument,  are  employed  for  that 
particular  state  of  ¥ancorQVi%  or  fmie" 
fill  feeling  which  is  occasioned  by 
personal  offences  :  the  grudge  is  that 
which  has  long  existed ;  the  pique  is 
that  which  is  of  recent  date :  a  per- 
son is  said  to  owe  another  a  grudge 
for  having  done  him  a  disservice;  or 
he  is  said  to  have  a  pique  towardf 
another,  who  has  shown  him  an  tS* 
front. 

If  anv  chance  has  hither  broogbt  the  BtllM 
or  Pal<tme<le«,  not  unknown  to 
Who  suflerM  from  themoUeff  oft! 


Part/  ^Irlt  fills  a  Dallon  with  spleen  and  rmff 
eour.  Annuo*. 

Can  beav'nij  mindt  ench  high  retentment  thow. 
Or  exercise  their  spite  in  human  woe.   DairnBiu 

The  sod  of  wit,  to  show  hhgrudgt, 

ClapM  aase^  ean  upon  the  jndfe.  Swirr. 

Yon  maj  be  rare  the  ladles  are  not  wantinf, 
on  their  tide.  In  cberUbinf  and  Improrlef  them 
important  piqtus,  wbleb  di? Ide  tbo  town  almost 
into  as  manj  parties  as  there  aro  families. 

Laot  M.  W.  MonTJynau 

MALICIOUS,  V.  Malevolent. 
MALIGNANT,  V.  Malevolent. 
TO  MANAGE,  V,  To  coucert. 

TO  MANAGE,  V»  To  COTlducL 

MANAGEMENT,  V.  Care, 

MANAGEMENT,  V.  EcOTlOmy. 

MANFUL,  V.  Manly. 

TO  MANGLE,  V.  To  mutilate. 

MANIA,  V.  Derangement. 

MANIFEST,  V.  Apparent. 

TO  MANIFEST,  V.  To  discover. 

TO  MANIFEST,  V.  To  pTOVe. 

MANLY,  MANFUt, 

MANLY,  or  like  a  man,  is  opposed 
to  juvenile,  and  of  course  applied  only 
to  youths ;  but  MANFUL,  or  full  of 
manhood,  is  opposed  to  e£feminatey 
and  is  applicable  more  properly  to 
grown  persons :  a  premature  mantine$$ 
m  young  persons  is  hardly  less  un« 
seemly  than  a  want  of  manfulnets  in 
one  who  is  called  upon  to  display  hit 
courage. 

I  lota  a  ntanl^  fkvedom  aa  mach  as  any  of 
the  band  of  cashlerers  of  khifs.  BoiXB* 

I  opposed  his  whim  nunifiiUgt  vhtch  I  think 
yon  will  appro? e  of. 

MANNBB,  V.  Air. 
MANNER,  V.  Custom. 

MANNER,  V.  Way. 

MANNERS,  MORALS. 

MANNERS  (v.  Air,  manner) 
spect  the  minor  forms  of  acting  with 
others  and  towards  others ;  MORALS 
include  the  important  duties  of  lifb : 
tnanners  have,  therefore,  been  deno- 
minated minor  mwralt.  By  an  atten- 
tion to  good  mannen  we  leoder  oovr 
Dslf es  goixi  companions ;  by  Jtii  ^ 
HTvance  of.  good  mordiiym,hm 

90d  i 


MARK. 


MARK. 


G61 


or  the  print  of  the  foot  is  made  ob 
the  ground.  The  impression  is  made 
by  means  more  or  less  violent,  ■■. 
When  an  impression  is  made  upoa 
wood  by  the  axe  or  hammer ;  or  by 
means  gradual  and  natural,  as  by  the 
dripping  of  water  on  stone.  The  stamp 
is  made  by  means  of  direct  pressure 
with  an  artificial  instrument. 

Mark  is  of  such  uniTersal  applica- 
tion, that  it  is  confined  to  no  objects 
whatever,  either  in  the  natural  or 
moral  world ;  print  is  mostly  applied 
to  material  objects,  the  face  of  which 
undergoes  a  lasting  change,  as  the 
printing  made  on  paper  or  wood; 
impression  is  more  commonly  applied 
to  such  natural  objects  as  are  partis 
cularly  solid ;  stamp  is  generally  ap* 
plied  to  paper,  or  still  softer  and  more 
yielding  bodies.  Impression  and  stamp 
have  both  a  moral  application :  eveota 
or  speeches  make  an  iw^ression  oo 
the  mind  :  things  bear  a  certain  stamp 
which  bespeaks  their  origin.  Where 
the  passions  have  obtained  an  ascend- 
ancy, the  occasional  good  impressiona 
which  are  produced  br  religions  ob- 
servances but  too  frequently  die 
away;  the  Christian  reli^on  carries 
with  itself  the  stamp  of  truth. 

De  la  Chambre  amertt  poaltlvely  tbmt  firon 
the  marks  on  the  body,  the  eonflgnntioB  of  tlia 
planeti  at  a  naUvitjr  may  b«  galharad.     Wii 


From  hence  Aitrea  took  her  filgfat,  and  here 
The  printt  of  her  depaitinf  alepi  appear. 

Dkthbi. 
No  man  can  offer  at  the  diaage  of  ika  go* 
vernment  established,  withoot  in*  gainlnf  bsv 
authority,  and  in  KMoe  degree  debaiinf  thn  old 
by  appearance  and  impretHoru  of  contraiy 
qoallties  in  those  who  before  enjoyed  It. 


Adulterate  metala  to  the  HerUng 
Appear  not  meaner,  than  mere  baoMM  lii 
CoroparM  vUh  those  whoae  lospinUlon  shlnci. 

RoseoHvov. 

MARK,    SIGN,    NOTE,    SYMPTOM, 
TOKEN,    INDICATION. 

MARK,  V.  Mark,  impression. 

SIGN,  in  Latin  signum^  Greek 
^iytx.t  from  Ti^x  to  punctuate,  signifiea 
the  thing  that  points  out 

SYMPTOM,  in    Latin   symptoma, 

Greek    a-ufxtrrvfAa    from     a-UfA,^iirT«»    to 

fall  out  in  accordance,  signifies  what 
presents  itself  to  confirm  one's  opinion* 

TOKEl^,v.  To  betoken. 

INDICA  nON,  ia  Latin  indic<Uio 


from  indieop  aad  the  Grreek  tvhum 
topouitout,  signifies  the  thing  wfaick 
points  out. 

The  idea  of  an   external    object, 
whioh  senres  lo  direet  the  observer,  is 
common  to  all  these  terms ;  the  differ- 
ence onnsbts  in  the  objects  that  are 
employed.    Any  thing  may  serve  as  m 
mark,  a  stroke,  a  dot,  a  stick  set  up, 
and  the  like;    it  serves   simply  te 
guide  the  senses:  the  si^is  some- 
thing more  complex ;  it  consists  of  a 
figure  or  representation  of  some  ol>* 
ject,  as  the  twelve  signs  of  the  Zodiac,, 
or  the   signs  which   are    affixed  ta 
houses  of  entertainment,  or  to  shops. 
Marks    are    arbitrary;     every    ene 
choosee  his  mark  at  pleasure :  sign§ 
have  commonly  a  connexion  with  the 
object  that  is  t&  be  observed :  a  boose, 
a  Upee,  a  letcer,  ot  any  external  object 
may-  be  chosen  a«  a  mark  ;  but  a  tOi* 
baccooist  chooses,  the  sign  of  a  blado 
man ;  the  innkeeper  ehoosea  the  hend 
of  the  reigning  prince.    Marks  sewe 
in  general  simply  to  aid  the  memory^ 
in  distinguishing  the  situation  of  ob* 
jects,  or  the  particular  circumstaneae 
of  persons  or  things,  as  the  marka 
which  are  set  up  in  a  garden  to  die* 
tittguish  the  ground  that  is  occupied ; 
they  may,  therefore,  be  private,  and 
known  only  to  the  individual  or  indi- 
viduals that  make  them,  as  the  private 
mm'ks  by  which  a  tradesman  distio- 
guishes  his  prices :  they  may  likewise 
be  changeable  and  fluctuating,  acconU 
ing  to  the  humor  and  convenience  of 
the  maker,  as  the  private  marks  which 
are    employed    by  the    military  on 
gnard.    Signs,  on  the  contiarr^  serve 
to  direct  the  understanding ;  thev  have 
either  a  natural,  or  an  artificuil  re* 
semblance  to  the  olgect  to  be  repie- 
settled ;  they  are  consequently  chosen, 
not  by  the  will  of  one^  but  by  the 
universal  consent  of  a  body ;  they  are 
not  chosen  for  the  moment,  but  for  a 
permanency,  as  in  the  case  of  Ian* 
gnage,  either  oral  or  written,  in  the 
case  of  the  zodiacal   signs,  or  the 
sign  of  the   cross,   the   algebraical 
signs,  and  the  like.    It  is  clear,  there* 
fore,  that  many  objects  may  be  both 
a  mark  and  a  sign,  acoording  to  the 
above  illustration :  the  cross  which  is 
employed  in  books,  by  way  of  refi»w 
enoe  to  notes,  is  a  wuurk  only,  because 
it  serv^  merely  to  guide  the  ejre»  or 


MARK. 


MARK. 


663 


been :  a  gift  to  a  friend  is  a  mark  of 
one's  affection  and  esteem  :  if  it  be 
permanent  in  its  nature  it  becomes  a 
token  ;  friends  who  are  in  close  intei^ 
course  have  perpetual  opportunities  of 
shotviufv  each  other  marks  of  their  re- 
gard by  reciprocal  acts  of  courtesy 
and  kindness  ;  when  they  separate  for 
any  length  of  time  they  commonly  leave 
some  token  of  their  tender  sentiments 
in  each  other's  hands,  as  a  pledji^e  of 
what  shall  be,  as  well  as  an  evidence 
of  what  has  been. 

Sii^n^  as  it  respects  indication^  is 
said  in  abstract  and  general  propo- 
sitions :  indication  itself  is  only  em- 
ployed for  some  particular  individual 
referred  to;  it  l>espeaks  the  act  of  the 
persons :  but  tlie  sign  is  only  the  face 
or  appearance  of  the  thing.  When  a 
man  does  not  live  consistently  with 
the  profession  which  he  holds,  it  is  a 
aif^n  that  his  religion  is  built  on  a 
wrong  foundatioli ;  parents  are  grati- 
lied  when  th^y  observe  the  slightest 
indications  of  genius  or  goodness  in 
their  children. 

Thp  cereanonial  lavt  of  MoMi  wera  the  mmrk§ 
to  divtioguiah  Ibe  people  of  God  from  the  Qen- 
liti-y.  Baooii. 

So  plain  the  » /fttf,  loch  propbeti  era  the  ikia. 

DavDiH. 

The  KKciiojF  of  the  klopi  of  Fraoce  (u 
IiO,v>>pl  fiavB)  is  the  »ign  of  tbeir  Mvnel(a 
pritfttbood.  Tkxpuu 

Tliiti  fall  of  the  French  monarchj  wat  far 
from  b<*ins  precMltnl  ¥j  aaj  exterior  jytifjrtoint 
4}f  decliDC.  BVBKB. 

I'he  famous  bnlUfeasI*  are  an  evident  feXceii 
of  the  QaixoUscu  and  romanUc  ta»te  of  the 
Si^auiard^.  Sombsviub, 

It  h  certain  Vircn*«  parenta  gmve  Mm  ■  good 
rJncatioa,  to  which  thej  were  inclined  bj  the 
early  indications  he  fave  of  a  avert  dtapoirtlloa 
aud  ezeeUent  wit.  Waiml 

MARK,    TRACE,    VB5TIOB, 
FOOTSTEP,   TRACK. 

TiiR  word  MARK  has  already  been 
iroiibidered  at  large  in  the  preceding 
article,  but  it  will  adroit  of  farther 
illustration  when  taken  in  the  sense  of 
til  at  which  is  visible,  and  serves  to 
show  the  existing  state  of  things; 
the  mark  is  here  as  beibre,  the  most 
general  and  unqualified  term;  the 
other  terms  varying  in  the  drcum- 
gtances  or  manner  of  the  mark* 

TiiAC£,  in  Italian  irecciOf  Greek 
T^i^i.v  to  run,  and  Hebrew  darek  m%j, 
signifies  any  continued  markm 


VESTIGE,  in  Latin  veitigiumf  not 
improbably  contracted  from  pedis  and 
Hifium  or  stigmaf  from  C(^»  to  im* 
pnnty  s^ifies  a  print  of  the  foot. 

FOOT^EP  is  taken  for  the  place 
in  which  the  foot  has  stepped,  or  the 
mark  made  by  that  step. 

TRACK,  derived  from  the  same  at 
trace,  signifies  the  way  run,  or  th« 
mark  prtxiuced  by  that  running. 

The  mark  is  said  of  a  fresh  and  Qn* 
interrupted  line ;  the  trace  is  said  of 
that  which    is   broken    by  time:  a 
carriage   in   driving  along   the   sand 
leaves  marks  of  the  wheels,  bat  in 
a  short  time  all  traces  of  its  having 
been  there  will  be  lost ;  the  mark  it 
produced  by  the  action  of  bodies  on 
one  another  in  every  possible  form ; 
the  spilling  of  a  liquid  may  leave  a 
mark  on   the   floor;    the  blow  of  a 
stick  leaves  a  mark  on  the  body ;  but 
the  trace  is  a  mark  produced  only  by 
bodies  making  a  progress  or  proceed 
ing  in  a  continued  course:   the  ship 
that  cuts   the   waves,  and  the  bird 
that  cuts  the  air,  leaves  no  traces  of 
their   course  behind  ;    so   men  pass 
their  lives,  and  after  death  leave  no 
traces  that  they  ever  were.    They  are 
both  applied  to  moral  objects,  bat 
tlie  mark  is  produced  by  objects  of 
interior  importance ;  it  excites  a  mo- 
mentary observation,   but  does  not 
carry  as  back  to  the  past ;  its  cause 
is  either  too  obvious  or  too  minute  to 
awaken  attention:   a  trace  is  gene> 
rally  a  mark  of  something  which  we 
may  wish  to  see.    Marks  of  haste 
and  imbecility  in  a  common  writer 
excite    no   surprise,    and    call  forth 
no  observation :   in  a  writer  of  long 
standing  celebrity,  we  look  for  traee$ 
of  his  former  genius. 

The  vestige  is  a  species  of  the 
mark  caused  literally  by  the  foot  of 
man,  and  consequently  applied  to 
tuch  places  as  have  been  inhabited| 
where  the  active  industry  of  man  has 
lef^  visible  marks;  it  is  a  species  of 
trace,  inasmuch  as  it  carries  us  back 
to  that  which  was,  but  is  not  at  pre- 
sent. We  discover  by  marks  that 
things  have  been ;  we  discover  by 
traces  and  ve^iges  what  they  bava 
been:  a  hostile  army  always  leaves 
sufficiently  evident  marks  of  ils  ha* 
ving  passed  tbroogh  a  ooimtrrx 
there  are  Iriicct  of  the  {Ummo  mi 


MARK. 


MARK. 


666 


the  gown  and  surplice  that  of  derieal 
men ;  the  uniform  of  charity  chil- 
dren is  the  badge  of  their  conditioD; 
the  peculiar  hahit  of  the  Quakers  and 
Methodists  is  the  badge  of  their  relir 
ginn  :  the  ttigma  consists  not  so 
much  in  what  is  openly  imposed  upon 
a  person  as  what  falls  upon  him  in  the 
judgement  of  others ;  it  is  the  hlack 
mark  which  is  set  upon  a  person  by 
the  public,  and  is  consequently  the 
stroiij;est  of  all  marks,  which  every 
one  most  dreads,  and  every  good  man 
seeks  least  to  observe.  A  simple 
mark  niay  sometimes  be  such  only  in 
our  own  imagination ;  as  when  one 
fancies  that  dress  is  a  mark  of  superi* 
ority,  or  the  contrary ;  that  the  cour- 
tesies which  we  receive  from  a  supe- 
rior are  marks  of  his  personal  es- 
teem and  regard :  but  the  stigma  is 
not  what  an  individual  imagines  for 
himself,  but  what  is  conceived  towards 
him  by  others ;  the  office  of  a  spy  and 
informer  is  so  odious,  that  every  mau 
of  honest  feeling  holds  the  very  name 
to  be  a  stigma :  although  the  stigma 
is  in  general  the  consequence  of  a 
man's  real  unworthiness,  yet  it  is 
possible  for  particular  prejudices  and 
ruling  passions  to  make  that  a  stigma 
which  is  not  so  deservedly ;  as  in  the 
case  of  men's  religious  profession,  ii^ 
asmuch  as  it  is  not  accompanied  with 
any  moral  depravity ;  it  is  mostly 
unjust  to  attach  a  stigma  to  a  whole 
body  of  men  for  their  speculative 
views. 

In  the«e  revolotionarj  mectinpii  every  ooubmI, 
In  proportion  ai  it  h  dartni; and  Tioleat  and  per^ 
fldiouH,  is  taken  for  the  mark  at  sapcrior  fniat* 

BCKSB. 

The  people  of  EDfland  look  apon  beriditarj 
8ncc»iiion  as  a  secoritj  for  tbeir  llbertj,  not  aa  a 
badfe  of  MTVltade.  BuBS*. 

Th4>  crosB  which  our  Savioar^enemleathoofbt 
was  to  ttigmatite  him  wiCk  iufkmy,  beeaoM  the 
Miiisn  of  hto  renown*  BuAia. 

MARK,    BUTT. 

After  all  that  has  been  said  upon 
the  word  MARK  {v,  Mark,  print)^ 
it  has  this  additional  meaning  in  com- 
mon with  the  word  BUTT,  that  it  im- 
plies an  object  aimed  at :  the  mark  is 
however  literally  a  mark  that  is  said 
to  be  shot  at  by  the  marksman  with  a 
gun  or  a  bow ;  or  it  is  metaphorically 
employed  for  the  man  who  by  his  pe- 
culiar characteristics  makes  himself 


the  object  of  notice ;  he  is  the  mark 
at  which  everyone's  looks  and  thoughts 
are  directed:  the  butt,  from  the 
French  bout  the  end,  is  a  species  of 
mark  in  this  metaphorical  sense ;  but 
the  former  only  calls  forth  general 
observation,  the  latter  provokes 
the  laughter  and  jokes  of  every  one. 
Whoever  renders  himself  conspicuous 
by  his  eccentricities  either  iu  his 
opinions  or  his  actions,  must  not 
complain  if  he  become  a  mark  for  the 
derision  of  the  public :  it  is  a  man's 
misfortune  rather  than  his  fault  if  he 
become  the  butt  of  a  company  who 
are  rude  and  unfeeling  enougn  to  draw 
their  pleasures  from  another*s  pain. 

A  fluttering  doTenpon  the  top  they  tle^ 
Th«  living  wmrk  at  which  Uidr  arrowa  fljr. 

DavDia. 

I  mean  thoaehonect  (gentlemen  that  are  pelted 

hjr  men,  women,  nod  children,  bj  friends  and 

foea,  and  in  a  word  stand  at  tutU  in  cooTersatfcm. 

Aoauov. 

TO   MARK,   NOTE,    NOTICB. 

MARK  is  here  taken  in  the  intel- 
lectual sense,  fixing  as  it  were  a  mark 
(v,  Mark)  upon  a  thine  so  as  to  keep 
it  in  mind,  which  is  in  ract  to  fix  one's 
attention  upon  it  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  he  able  to  distinguish  itby  its  charao> 
teristic  qualities  :  to  mark  is  therefore 
altogether  an  intellectual  act:  to  NOT£ 
has  the  same  end  as  that  of  marking  ; 
namely,  to  aid  the  memory,  but  one 
notes  a  thing  by  making  a  written  note 
of  it ;  this  is  therefore  a  mechanical 
act :  to  NOTICE,  on  the  other  hand^ 
is  a  sensible  operation,  from  notitia 
knowledge,  signifies  to  bring  to  one's 
knowledge^  perception  or  understanding 
by  the  use  of  our  senses.  We  mari 
and  note  that  which  particularly  in- 
terests us:  the  former  is  that  which 
serves  a  present  purpose ;  notice  to  that 
which  may  be  of  use  in  future.  The 
impatient  lover  marks  the  boors  until 
the  time  arrives  for  meeting  his  mis- 
tress :  travellers  note  whatever  strikes 
them  of  importance  to  be  remembered 
when  they  return  home:  to  notice 
may  serve  either  for  the  present  or  the 
future ;  we  may  notice  things  merely 
by  way  of  amusement ;  as  a  child  will 
notice  the  actions  of  animals,  or  we 
may  notice  a  thing  for  the  sake  of 
bearing  it  in  mind,  as  a  person  notices 
a  particular  road  when  he  wishes  to 
retnm* 


•I 


GGG 


MARRIAGE. 


MARTIAL, 


Manj  who  mark  with  tiicb  Acruraejr  thu 
coanc  of  time  appear  to  Lave  little  Mii»ibilit«  of 
tiK!  dudiue  of  life.  Juunson. 

O  trcachVouft  consciencf!  while  she  Meini  to 

Kleep, 
Unnoted,  ttoUt  each  roomeDt  inhapph*d 

YOVKG. 

An  RD<r1i4hinanN  notice  or  the  weather  is  the 
natural  coo'^rqueoee  of  changeable  »kie«  and 
ttocntaiD  »eahon».  JoMN*eir. 

TO  MARK,  ^^  To  shou\ 

BIARRIAGR,    WEDDING, 
NUPTIALS. 

MARRIAG  E,  from  lo  wmrry,  denotes 
the  act  of  marri/in^;  WKDDING 
and  NUPTIALS  demite  the  ceremony 
of  beinj;  married.  To  marr^,  in 
rrcncli  niarrier,  iind  Latin  tnurito  to 
be  joinc-d  to  II  male;  btncc  marriage 
comprehends  the  act  of  choosing  and 
bein<i  leaaliy  bound  to  a  man  or  a 
wotnun  ;  raddin^,  from  teed,  and  the 
Teutonic  rcclttn  to  promise  or  betroth, 
implies  the  ceremony  of  carrying j 
inasmuch   as  it  is  binding  upon  the 

Earlics.  ^iiptiah  comes  Irom  the 
at  in  nnho  to  veil,  because  the  Jioman 
ladies  were  veiled  at  the  time  of  w/ar- 
rin^c  :  hence  it  has  been  put  for  the 
^vlinle  ccvcmony  itself.  Marriage  is 
an  iubtitulion  uhich,  by  those  who 
have  been  blessed  wiili  the  light  of 
Divine  Revelation,  has  always  been 
C(>n^idcrcil  as  sacred  :  with  some 
perbon.*.,  jiarticularly  among  the  lower 
orders  of  society,  the  day  of  tlieir 
vedding  is  converted  into  a  day  of 
riot  and  intemperance :  among  the 
Roman  ('atholics  in  England  it  is  a 
practice  for  ihem  to  have  their  nup- 
tials soleninized  by  a  priest  of  their 
own  persuasion  as  well  as  by  the  Pro- 
testant Cleigvman. 

O  fatal  malil !  th^v  marriage.  i«  eotlowM 
With  Phrygian,  Latiaa,  and  Kutulian  blood. 

DRYDRlf. 

A»li  ant  one  how  he  h^n  been  einploved  fo« 
Aay  :  he  will  (ell  joii.  piMhap*,  I  havob.'cuat  the 
ceremony  of  taking  iliu  manly  robe:  thin  friend 
in\itiil  mf  to  a  jcedding'  that  detirtd  ue  to 
atttfutl  thu  liearii:^  of  hi-  c  iuj^**. 

MEI,>iOTn*»  Lr.TTERs  UF  PusT, 

Fir*d  Mhh  diMlain  for  Tiirnu«  dispowus'd, 
And  the  new  nuptialt  of  the'l'roJHn  fu«t. 

Drvdei* 

MARRIAG E,    M  ATH  I  AlON  Y, 

WEDLOCK. 

MARRIAGE    (r.    Marriuoc)     is 
oftener  an  act  than  a  btate ;  i»lA TRl- 


MON^Y  and  WEDLOCK   both  de- 

scribe  states. 

Marriage  is  taken  in  the  sense  oT 
an  act,  when  we  speak  of  tlie  laws 
of  marriage^  the  day  of  one's  mar- 
riage, the  congratdations  upon  one's 
marriage,  a  luippy  or  unhappy  mmr" 
riagfy   the  fruits  of  one's  marriage, 
ami  the  like;  it  is  taken  in  the  sense 
of  a  state,    when  we   speak  of  the 
pleasures  or  pains  of  marriage;  but 
in  this  latter  case  malrimcny^  wliidi 
signihes  a   married  life  abstractedly 
from  all  agents  or  acting  persons,  is 
preferable;  so  likewise,  to  think  of 
m'atriimmy,  and  to  enter  into  the  holy 
state  of  matritnornf,  are  expressioiis 
founded  upon  the  signi6catioa  of  tbe 
term.    As  matrimony  is  deriTod  from 
muter   a   mother,    because   marriei 
women  are  in  general  mothers,  it  has 
particular  reference  to  tbe  domestic 
state  of  the  two  parties ;  broib  aie 
but  too  fretiueotly  the  fruits  of  mair^ 
many,  yet  there  are  few  cases  in  which 
they  might  not  be  obviated  by  the  good 
sense  of  those  who  are   engaged  ia 
them.      Hasty  marriages  cannot  bs 
expected  to  produce  happiness ;  young 
people  who  are  eaget  ior  matrimaay 
before  they  are  fully  aware  of  its  coin 
sequences  will  purdiase   their  espe* 
rience  at  the  expense  of  their  peace. 

Wedlock  is  the  old  English  word 
for  matrimony,  and  is  in  consequence 
admitted  in  law,  when  one  speaks  of 
children  born  in  wedlock;  agreeably 
to  its  derivation  it  has  a  reference  to 
the  bond  of  union  which  follows  the 
marriage  :  hence  one  speaks  of  living 
happily  in  a  sute  of  wedlock,  of  being 
joined  in  holy  wedlock, 

Marriage  I*  rewarded  with  conae  hoaoonbto 
diflinctiooi  which  celibacjr  it  forbiddes  to  awry. 

JOBKiOXa 

Aft  love  generally  produce*  tmrntriimomy,  «o  Ic 
often  happens  that  matrimony  produce*  lore. 

SniCTATDS. 

Tlie  men  who  would  make  irnod  bofbaodc,  if 
thf V  \  i»it  public  pl;iee4,  are  frifhCiHl  at  •'^l^fck 
and  resolve  to  lire  siiif^ie.  Jobkiov. 

MARTIAL,    WARLIKB,    MILI- 
TARY,  SOLDIEK-LIKB. 

MARTIAL,  from  Mars,  the  god 
of  war,  is  the  I^itin  tenn  for  belong- 
ing to  war:  WARLIKE  signities 
iiierally  like  toar,  having  the  image 
of  war.  In  sense  these  terms  approach 


MARTIAL. 


MATTER. 


667 


K)  near  to  each  other,  that  they  may 
be  easily  admitted  to  supply  «u:h 
other's  place ;  but  custom,  the  lawgiver 
of  language,  has  assi^^n^  an  office  to 
each  that  makes  it  not  altogether  in- 
diflferent  how  they  are  used.  Martial 
is  botii  a  technical  and  a  more  com- 
prehensive term  than  warlike  ;  on  the 
other  hand,  warlike  designates  the 
temper  of  the  individual  more  than 
martial :  we  speak  of  martial  array, 
martial  preparations,  martial  law,  a 
court  martial;  but  of  a  warlike  na- 
tion, meaning  a  nation  who  is  fond  of 
war;  a  warlike  spirit  or  temper,  also 
a  warlike  appearance,  in  as  much  as 
the  temper  is  visible  in  the  air  and 
carriage  of  a  man. 

MILITARY,  from  miletj  signifies 
beh»ii<;ing  to  a  soldier,  and  SOL- 
DlEll-LlKE  like  a  soldier.  Military 
in  comparison  with  martialii  a  term  of 
particular.  Martial  having  always  a 
reference  to  war  in  general ;  and  mili' 
tary  to  the  proceedings  consequent 
upon  that:  hence  we  speak  o( military 
in  distinction  frqm  naval,  as  military 
expeditions,  military  movements,  and 
the  like;  but  in  characterizing  the 
men,  we  should  say  that  they  had  a 
marH'a/ appearance;  but  of  a  particular 
place,  that  it  had  a  military  appear- 
ance, if  there  were  many  soldiers. 
Military y  compared  with  soldier- like, 
is  used  tor  the  body,  and  the  latter  for 
the  individual.  The  whole  anny  is 
termed  the  military :  the  conduct  of 
an  individual  is  soUOer-like  or  other- 
"wise. 

Ad  active  prioc^,  aod  prone  to  muartUil  deeds. 

Drtdsv. 

L I  St  from  the  Vol<<ians  fair  Camilla  cane, 
Am\  If. I  her  war/<jke  troops  a  warrior  dame. 

1  }ip  Tla<K:alanB  were  like  all  nnpolMied  na» 
tiou«,  «<raDgm  to  military  order  and  diidpllae. 

RoBKnTCOR. 

TIio  feari  of  the  Spaaiardi  led  them  to  pre- 
sumptuous and  unsnldU r-like  dhcuulons  coe- 
crrnir.g  the  propiictj  of  their  gisoerars  meaioref. 

ROBSMTKW. 

MARVEL,  V,  IPmider. 
MASK,  V,  Cloak, 
MASSACRE,  V,  Camoge. 
MASSIVE,  V,  Bulky. 
Piaster,  i;.  Possessor. 
MATERiAb,  V.  CoTporeaL 


MATERIALS,  V.  Matter. 
MATRfMONY,  V.  Marriage. 

MATTER,  MATERIALS,  SUBJECT. 

Matter  and  materials  are 
both  derived  from  the  same  source, 
namely,  the  Latio  materia,  which 
comes  in  all  probability  firom  mater, 
because  mof^fr,  from  which  e^ery  thing  . 
is  made,  acts  in  the  production  of 
bodies  like  a  mother. 

SUBJECT,  in  Latin  subjectumf 
participle  of  subjicio  to  lie,  signifies 
the  thing  lying  under  and  forming  the 
foundation. 

Matter  in  the  physical  application 
is  taken  for  all  that  composes  the  sen- 
sible world  in  distinction  from  that 
which  is  spiritual  or  discernible  only 
by  the  thinking  faculty ;  hence  matter 
is  always  opposed  to  mind. 

Li  regard  to  materials  it  is  taken  in 
an  indivisible  as  well  as  a  general 
sense ;  the  whole  universe  is  said  to 
be  composed  of  matter,  thot^if'.)  not  of 
materials :  on  the  other  hand  mate* 
rials  consist  of  those  particular  parts 
of  matter  wliich  serve  for  the  arti- 
ficial production  of  objects ;  and  mat* 
ter  is  said  of  those  things  which  are 
the  natural  parts  of  the  universe :  a 
house,  a  table,  and  a  chair,  con«ist  of 
materials  because  they  are  works  of 
art ;  but  a  plant,  a  tree,  an  animal 
body,  consist  of  matter  because  they 
are  the  prodilctions  of  nature. 

llie  distinction  of  these  terms  ia 
their  moral  application  is  very  simi- 
lar :  the  matter  which  composes  a 
moral  discourse  is  what  emanates 
from  the  author;  but  the  materials 
are  those  with  which  one  is  furnished 
by  others.  The  style  of  some  writers 
is  so  indifferent  that  they  disgrace  the 
matter  by  the  manner;  periodical 
writers  are  furnished  with  materials 
for  their  productions  out  of  the  daily 
occurrences  in  the  political  and  monu 
world.  Writers  of  dictionaries  en- 
deavour to  compress  as  much  matter 
as  possible  into  a  small  space ;  thej 
draw  their  materials  from  every  other 
writer. 

Matter  seems  to  bear  the  same 
relation  to  subject  as  the  whole  does 
to  any  particular  part,  as  it  respects 
moral  objects:  tne  subject  is  the 
groundwork  of  the  matter  i  the  matter 


MEAN. 


MEETING. 


669 


temper  the  world  aflTords  soch  abun- 
dant examples  that  it  may  almost 
seem  unnecessary  to  spcdf)r  any  par- 
ticularsy  or  else  I  woula  say  it  is  mean 
in  those  who  keep  servants,  to  want  to 
deprive  them  ol  any  fair  sources  of 
emolument :  it  is  mean  for  ladies  in 
their  carriages,  and  attended  by  their 
livery  servants,  to  take  up  the  tune  of 
a  tradesman  by  bartering  with  him 
about  sixpences  or  shillings  in  the 
price  of  his  articles  :  it  is  mean  for  a 
gentleman  to  do  that  for  himself  which 
according  to  his  drcumstances  he 
might  get  another  to  do  for  him. 
Piti fulness  goes  farther  than  mean* 
ness  :  it  is  not  merely  that  which  de- 
grades, but  unmans  the  person ;  it  is 
that  which  is  bad  as  well  as  low :  when 
the  fear  of  evil  or  the  love  of  gain 
prompts  a  man  to  sacrifice  his  cha- 
racter and  forfeit  his  veracity  be  be- 
comes truly  pitiful  ;  Blifield  in  Tom 
Jones  is  the  character  whom  all  pro- 
nounce to  be  pitiful.  Sordidneu  is 
peculiarly  applicable  to  one*s  love  of 
gain:  although  of  a  more  corrupt,  yet 
it  is  not  of  so  degrafling  a  nature  as 
the  two  former :  the  sordid  man  does 
not  deal  in  trifles  like  the  mean  man  ; 
and  has  nothing  so  low  and  vicious  in 
him  as  the  pitiful  man.  A  continual 
habit  of  getting  money  will  engender 
a  sordid  love  of  it  in  the  human  mind; 
but  nothing  short  of  a  radically  wicked 
character  leads  a  man  to  be  pitiful. 
We  think  lightly  of  a  mean  man :  we 
hold  a  pitiful  man  in  profound  con- 
tempt :  we  hate  a  sordid  man.  Mean^ 
ness  descends  to  that  which  is  insigni- 
ficant and  worthless :  pitifulness  sinks 
into  that  which  is  despicable :  sordid' 
ness  contaminates  the  mind  with  what 
is  foul. 

Nature  I  tbo«gh(,  performM  too  mean  m  put* 
Fonniog  her  movements  to  tbo  nilei  of  att. 


The  Jews  tell  nt  of  a  two-fold  Meastali*  a  vita 
and  most  pitiful  fietcb,  Inveated  onlj  to  evade 
what  tbej  caonot  answer.  PaiDliinc. 

This,  ray  assertion  proves  be  any  be  old. 

And  jret  not  nrdUty  who  refuses  gold.  Dsbram. 

MEAN,    MEDIUM. 

MEAN  is  but  a  contraction  of 
MEDIUM,  which  signifies  in  Latin 
the  middle  path.  The  mean  is  used 
abstractedly  in  all  speculative  matters : 
there  b  a  mean  in  opinions  between 


the  two  extremes :  this  mean  is  doubt- 
less the  point  nearest  to  truth,  ikfe- 
dium  is  employed  in  practical  matters ; 
coniputations  are  often  erroneous  from 
being  too  high  or  too  low :  the  medium 
is  in  this  case  the  one  most  to  be  pre- 
ferred. The  moralist  will  always  re- 
commend the  mean  in  all  opinions  that 
widely  differ  from  each  other:  our 
passions  always  recommend  to  us 
some  extravagant  conduct  either  of 
insolent  resistance  or  mean  compli- 
ance ;  but  discretion  recommends  tlie 
medium  or  middle  course  in  such  mat- 
ters. 

Tbe  man  within  the  feldea  mean^ 
Wbo  can  bis  boldest  wish  coatalo, 
Seeorelj  views  tbe  miaM  cell 
Wbere  sordid  want  and  sorrow  dwell.   Frahcis, 
He  wbo  look*  npoa  tbe  soul  through  It*  out« 
ward  actions,  often  sees  It  throof  h  a  decettfut 
medium,  Addiso!!. 

MEANING,  v.  Signification* 

MEANS,  v.  fVay. 

MECHANIC,  V,  Artist. 

TO  MEDIATE.  V.  To  intercede* 

MEDIOCRITY,  V.  Moderation* 

TO  MEDITATE,  V.  To  contem^ 
plate* 

MEDIUM,  V.  Mean* 

MEDLEY,  V.  Difference. 

MEDLEY,  V.  Mixture. 

MEEK,   V.  Soft. 
MEET,   V.  Fit. 

MEETING,  V*  Assembly* 

MEETING,    INTERVIEW. 

ME£TING,  from  to  meet,  is  the 
act  of  meeting  or  coming  in  the  coai- 
pany  :  INTERVIEW  compounded  of 
inter  between,  and  view  to  view,  is  a 
personal  view  of  each  other.  The 
meeting  is  an  ordinary  concern,  and 
its  purpose  familiar;  meetings  are 
daily  taking  place  between  friends : 
the  interview  is  extraordinary  and 
formal ;  its  object  is  conunoaly  busi- 
ness; an  interview  sometimes  takes 
place  between  princes,  or  conunaodecs 
of  armies. 

I  have  Dot  joj*d  an  boar  aioee  fan  deyarled. 

For  pabUe  miserlei  aad  private  fears. 

Bat  tUi  Uev'd  «Mff<iic  bat  o*crpaid  fhem  an. 

nn 


MEMORY. 


MEMORY. 


671 


memhrance,  recollection,  and  reminii* 
cence,  are  operations  or  exertions  of 
this  power,  which  vary  in  their  mode. 

The  memory  is  a  power  which  exerts 
itselt  either  independently  of  the  will, 
or  in  conformity  with  the  will ;  but 
all  the  other  terras  express  the  acts  of 
conscious  agents,  and  consequently 
are  more  or  less  connected  with  the 
will.  In  dreams  the  memory  exerts 
itself,  but  we  do  not  say  that  we  have 
any  remembrance  or  recollection  of 
objects. 

Remembrance  is  the  *  exercise  of 
memory  in  a  conscious  agent ;  it  may 
be  the  effect  of  repetition  or  habit,  as 
in  the  case  of  a  child  who  remembers 
his  lesson  after  having  learnt  it  several 
times ;  or  of  a  horse  who  remembers 
the  road  which  he  has  been  continu- 
ally passing ;  or  it  may  he  the  effect 
of  association  and  circumstances,  by 
which  images  are  casually  brought 
back  to  the  mind,  as  happens  to  in- 
telligent beings  continually  as  they 
exercise  their  thinking  faculties. 

In  these  cases  remembrance  is  an 
involuntary  act;  for  things  return  to 
the  mind  l)efore  one  is  awaro  of  it,  as 
in  the  case  of  one  who  hears  a  parti- 
cular name,  and  remembers  that  be  has 
to  call  on  a  person  of  the  san)e  name ; 
or  of  one  who,  on  seeing  a  particular 
tree,  remembers  all  the  circumstances 
of  his  youth  which  were  connected 
with  a  similar  tree. 

Remembrance  is  however  likewise  a 
voluntary  act,  and  the  consequence  of 
a  direct  determination,  a&  in  the  case 
of  II  child  who  strives  to  remember 
what  it  has  been  told  by  its  parent; 
or  of  a  friend  who  remembers  Xvi^  hour 
of  nieciing  another  friend  in  conse- 
quence of  the  interest  which  it  has 
excited  in  his  mind:  nay  indeed  ex- 
perience teaches  us  that  scarcely  any 
thing  in  ordinary  cases  is  more  under 
the  subservience  of  the  will  than  the 
memoru ;  for  it  is  now  become  almost 
a  niaxnn  to  say,  that  one  may  remem" 
ber  whatever  one  wishes. 

The  power  oi  memory^  and  the  sim- 
ple exercise  of  that  power  in  the  act  of 
re/fiemberififr,  are  possessed  in  conif 
mon,  though  in  ditierent  degrees,  by 
man  and  hrutc ;  but  recollection  and 
retniniseence  arc  exercises  of  the 
memory  that  are  connected  with  the 
hij^her  faculties  of  man,  his  judge- 


ment and  anderstanding.  To  remem^ 
ber  is  to  call  to  mind  that  which  has 
once  been  presented  to  the  mind  ;  but 
to  recollect  is  to  remember  afresh,  to 
remember  what  has  been  remembered 
before.  Remembrance  busies  itself 
with  o^ccts  that  are  at  hand ;  recoU 
lection  carries  us  b^k  to  distant  pe» 
nods  :  simple  remembrance  is  engaged 
in  things  that  have  but  just  left  the 
mind,  which  are  more  or  less  easily 
to  be  recalled,  and  more  or  less  faitli- 
fully  to  be  represented;  but  recoU 
lection  tries  to  retrace  the  faint  images 
of  thincs  that  have  been  so  long  un« 
thought  of  as  to  be  almost  obliterated 
from  the  memory.  In  this  manner 
we  are  said  to  remember  in  one  half 
hour  what  was  told  us  in  the  prece- 
ding half  hour,  or  to  remember  what 
passes  from  one  day  to  another ;  but 
we  recollect  the  incidents  of  child* 
hood  ;  we  recollect  what  happened  in 
our  native  place  afVer  many  years' 
absence  from  it.  The  remembrance  is 
that  homely  every-day  exercise  of  the 
memory  which  renders  it  of  essential 
service  in  the  acquirement  of  know- 
led^,  or  in  the  performance  of  one*s 
duties ;  the  recollection  is  that  exalted 
exercise  of  the  memory  which  affords 
us  the  purest  of  enjoyments  and  serves 
the  noblest  of  purposes ;  the  recol^ 
lection  of  nil  the  mmuto  incidents  of 
childhood  is  a  more  sincere  pleasure 
than  any  which  the  present  moment 
can  afford. 

Reminiscence,  if  it  deserve  anj 
notice  as  a  word  of  English  use,  is 
altogether  an  abstract  exercise  of  the 
memory,  which  is  employed  on  purely 
intellectual  ideas  in  distinction  from 
those  which  are  awakened  by  sensible 
objects;  the  mathematician  makes 
Qse  of  remiscence  in  deducing  un- 
known truths  from  those  which  he^ 
already  knows. 

Reminiscejue  among  the  disciples 
of  Socrates  was  the  remembrance  of 
things  purely  intellectual,  or  of  that 
natural  knowledge  which  the  souls  had 
had  before  tlieir  union  with  the  body; 
whilst  the  memory  was  exercised  upon 
sensible  things,  or  that  knowledge 
which  was  acquired  through  the  me- 
dium of  the  senses :  therefore  the 
Latins  said  that  reminiscence  belonged 
exclusively  to  man  because  it  wv* 
purely  intellectual,  but  tbat 


672 


MENTAL. 


MERCANTILE. 


common  to  all  animals  because 
it  was  merely  the  depot  of  the  senses ; 
but  this  distinction,  from  what  has 
been  before  observed,  is  only  preserved 
as  it  respects  the  meaning  of  reminU" 
cence.  Memory  is  a  generic  term,  as 
bas  been  already  shown ;  it  includes 
the  common  idea  of  reviving  former 
impressions,  but  does  not  qualify  the 
Bature  of  the  ideas  revived  :  the  term 
is  however  extended  in  its  application 
to  signify  not  merely  a  power  but  also 
a  seat  or  resting  place,  as  is  likewise 
remembrance  and  recollection ;  but 
still  with  this  difference,  that  the  me- 
wmy  is  spacious,  and  contains  every 
I  thing ;  the  remembrance  and  recollec- 
tian  are  partial,  and  comprehend  only 
passing  events :  we  treasure  up  know- 
ledge in  our  memory ;  the  occurrences 
of  a  preceding  year  are  still  fresh  in 
our  remembrance  or  recollection. 

Remember  th<« ! 
Ah,  tlioa  poor  flio»t,  wlille  memorjf  holds  a  Mat 
la  this  distracted  globe.  SoAUPBAJUt. 

WomiitfBtatem  h  neetmuj  to  remumkrmnee, 

JOHIUOR, 

Uem^Tf  »*y  he  a«ltted  bj  method,  aed  the 
deraja  of  hnowledge  lepalred  hj  atated  tioMa  of 
rte0Uection.  JoHNaoM. 

Reminiscence  h  the  retrlet laf  •  thiof  at  pre- 
•rst  forfot,  or  eoofoKdly  remembered^  bj  settlof 
Ae  mlad  to  b«nt  over  aU  ha  eotioiia.        Soora. 

MENACE,  V.  Threat. 
TO  MEND5  V.  To  amend. 
MENIAL,  V.  Servant. 

MENTAL,    INTELLECTUAL. 

Tbere  is  the  same  difference  be- 
tween MENTAL  and  INITLLEC- 
TUAL  as  between  mind  and  intellect : 
the  mind  comprehends  the  thinking 
fiu:ulty  in  general  with  all  its  opera- 
tions i  the  intellect  includes  only  that 
part  of  it  which  consists  in  under- 
standing and  judgement:  mental  is 
therefore  opposed  to  corporeal;  in- 
iiUeetual  is  opposed  to  sensual  or 
physical :  mental  exertions  are  not  to 
M  expected  from  all ;  intellectual  en- 
joyments fall  to  the  lot  of  compara- 
livelv  few. 

Objects,  pleasures,  pains,  opera- 
^^ooBf  gifb,  &c  are  denominated 
mental;  subjects,  conversation,  pur- 
suits, and  the  like,  are  entitled  intel-^ 
Ifctual,  It  is  not  always  easy  to  dis- 
tinguish our  wtental  pfeatures   fi:om 


those  corporeal  pleasures  wbicfa  vc 
enjoy  in  comn^on  with  the  brutes ;  the 
latter  are  however  greatly  heightened 
by  the  former  in  whatever  degree  thej 
are  blended :  in  a  society  of  well  in- 
formed persons  the  conversation  wi& 
turn  principally  ou  initlUctual  sab- 
jects. 


To  collect  and  reporit  tbe   rariovs  f« 
thlBf«  b  tkt  the  naoat  pleaiiay  part  of 
ooenpaUoQ.  Jobmov. 

Mao*s  Dore  divine*  the  maot<>r  of  all  tlM-wt, 
Lord  of  the  vide  wrld,  aod  wide  wmt*ry  aaM, 
Eadoed  wHh  inteUectual  aeoaK  and  «oul. 

SiiAKancAa& 

TO   MENTION,   NOTICE. 

MENTION  from   mens  mind,  sig- 
nifies here  to  brine  to  mind. 

NOTICE  (r.  To  mark). 

These  terms  are  sync^nj^nous  only 
in  as  much  as  they  imply  the  act  of 
calling  things  to  another  persou's  miod. 
We  mf  nf  ion  a  thing  in  direct  terms:  we 
notice'it  indirectly  or  in  a  casual  man- 
ner; we  f/rcn/ion  that  which  may  serve 
as  information  ;  we  notice  that  which 
may  be  merely  of  a  personal   or  inci- 
dental nature.     One  friend    mentionM 
to  another  what  has  passed  at  a  parti- 
cular meeting  :  in  the  course  of  con* 
versation  he  notices  or  calls   to   the 
notice  of  his  companion  the   badness 
of  the  road,  the  wideness  of  the  street, 
or  the  like. 

The  great  crHk  I  have  before  ^memtitwed, 
thoQfb  an  heathen,  ha«takt^  notice  of  th^  Mih- 
Uae  manner  in  which  the  lawghrer  of  tbr  Jeva 
baa  dncrlbed  the  eraatloo.  Ajmmmb. 

MERCANTILE,    COMMERCIAL. 

MERCANTILE,  from  merchan- 
dixe^  respects  the  actual  transaction 
of  business,  or  a  transfer  of  merchan- 
dize by  sale  or  purchase;  COM- 
MERCIAL comprehends  the  theory 
and  practice  of  commerce :  hence  we 
speak  in  a  peculiar  manner  of  a  mer- 
cantile house,  a  mercantile  town,  a 
mercantile  situation,  and  the  like  ;  but 
of  a  commercial  education,  a  commer* 
cial  people,  commercial  speculations, 
and  the  like. 

Snob  b  the  happioev,  the  hope  of  which  ae- 
dnoad  De  from  the  duties  and  pWasurra  of  a 
mareamtUe  life.  Joflsaos. 

The  commercial  world  !•  very  fVequt^tlj  pet 
tato  confUsioD  by  the  bankruptcy  of  oierchanty. 

JoawsoK. 

MERCENARTi  V.  Hireling. 


i 


MESSAGE. 


MINDFUL. 


675 


MERCENARY,  V.  VenoL 
MERCHANDIZE,  V.  Commodiiy. 
MERCIFUL,!;.  Grodous. 
MERCILESS,  V,  Hardhearted. 
MERCY,  v.  Clemency. 
MERCY,  V.  Pity. 
MERE,  V.  Bare. 
MERIT,  IK  Desert. 

MERRIMENT,  V.  Mirth. 

MERRY,  V.  Cheerful. 
MERRY,  V.  Lively. 

MESSAGE,  ERRAND. 

MESSAGE,  from  the  Latin  wtj«uj, 
participle  of  mitto  to  send,  signifies  the 
thing  sent. 

ERRAND,  from  erro  to  wander  or 
go  to  a  distance,  signifies  the  thing  for 
which  one  goes  to  a  distance. 

The  message  is   properly  any  com- 
munication which    is   conveyed;  the 
errand   sent  from  one  person  to  an- 
other is  that  which  causes  one  to  go : 
servants  are  the  bearers  of  messages, 
and   are    sent  on    various    errands. 
I'he  message  may  be  either  verbal  or 
written ;  the  errand  is  limited  to  no 
form,  and  to    no    circumstance :  one 
delivers    the   message^   and   goes  the 
errand.     Sometimes  the  message  may 
be  the  errand,  and  the  errand  may 
include  the  message  :  when  that  which 
is  sent  consists  of  a  notice  or  intima- 
tion to  another,    it    is   a  message; 
and  if  that  causes  any  one  to  go  to 
a  place,  it  is  an  errand ;  thus  it  is  that 
the  greater  part  of  errands  consist  of 
sending  messages  from  one  person  to 
another. 
Tlie  scenes  vbere   andeot    bards  th'  Inplriiiff 

breath 
Ecstatic  felt,  and,  from  Ihte  world  relfT*d» 
TonversM  with  anjfrlf  and  bmaortal  fornii, 

00  gracioo<i  errands  b«'nt.  TiiOHaoii. 

Sometime  from  her  eje», 

1  did  receive  fair  spoecblvtt  mfuaget. 

Shakspsarb. 

IMESSENGER,  V.  Harbinger. 

TO     METAMORPHOSE,     V.    To 

transfigure. 

METAPHORICAL,  V.  Figura- 

t'lVC. 


MBTHOD5  V.  Order. 
METHOD,  V.  System. 
METHOD,  V.  Way. 
Bf IBN,  V.  Air. 
MIGHTY,  V.  Powerful. 

MILD,  V.  Soft. 

MILITARY,  V.  MarliaV. 
TO  MiMicK,  V.  To  imitate. 
TO  MIND,  V.  To  attend  to. 

MINDFUL,  REGARDFUL,  OB- 
SERVANT. 

MINDFUL(i?.  To  attend  to)  respects 
that  which  we  wish  firom  others ;  RE- 
GARDFUL (10.  To  regard)  respects 
that  which  in  itselfdemandsregarefor 
serious  thought;  OBSERVANT  re- 
spects  both  that  which  is  communi- 
cated by  others,  or  that  which  carries 
its  own  obligations  with  itself:  a  child 
should  always  be  mindful  of  its  pa- 
rents" instructions ;  they  should  never 
be  forgotten :  every  one  should  be  re- 
gardful  of  his  several  duties  and  obli- 
gations ;  they  ought  never  to  be  neg- 
lected :  one  ought  to  be  observant  of 
the  religious  duties  which  one's  pro- 
fession enjoins  upon  him ;  they  cannot 
with  propriety  be  passed  over.     By 
being  mindful  of  what  one  hears  from 
the  wise  and  good,  one  learns  to  be 
wise  and  good  ;  by  being  regardful  of 
what  is  due  to  oneself,  and  to  society 
at  large,  one  learns  to  pass  through 
the  world  with  satisfaction  to  one's, 
own  mind  and  esteem  from  others ;  by 
being  observant  of  all  rule  and  order, 
we  a£fbrd  to  others  a  salutary  example 
for  their  imitation. 

Be  mindful,  wbeo  tiion  hait  entombM  the  iboot. 
With  Mtore  of  earth  around  to  fised  the  root. 

Dhyobii. 

No,  there  Is  none ;  no  mler  of  the  ilara 
Ragard^ful  of  my  ntaerlet.  Hnx. 

Obsertant  of  the  right,  religious  of  his  word. 

Deydbm. 

TO  MINGLE,   V.  To  Mix. 

MINISTER,  V.  Clergyman. 

MINISTER,  AGENT. 

MINISTER   comes    from    minus 
less,  as  magister    comes  from,  ump' 
more;  the  one   being  less,  and 

2x 


MISCONSTRUE. 


MIX. 


675 


of  the  lower  station :  mirth  may  be 
provoked  wherever  any  number  of 
persons  is  assembled ;  merriment  can- 
not go  forward  any  where  so  properly 
as  at  fairs,  or  common  and  public 
places.  J0\^IAL1TY  or  JOLLITY, 
and  HILARITY,  are  species  of  mer- 
riment which  belong  to  the  conrivial 
board,  or  to  less  refined  indul- 
gences :  javialiti/  or  jollity  is  the  un- 
refined, unlicensed  indulgence  in  the 
pleasures  of  the  table,  or  any  social 
entertainments  ;  hilarity  is  the  same 
thing  qualified  by  the  cultivation  and 
good  sense  of  the  company :  we  may 
expect  to  find  much  jaoiality  wad  jol- 
lity at  the  public  dinner  of  mechanics, 
watermen,  or  labourers :  we  may  ex- 
pect to  find  hilarity  at  a  public  dinner 
of  noblemen:  eating,  drinking,  and 
noise,  constitute  the  joviality;  the 
converriiation,  the  songs,  the  toasts,  and 
the  public  spirit  of  the  company,  con- 
stitute the  hilarity. 

Tlie  hij;liefct  gratification  we  receivP  here  from 
compaoy  is  mirtk^  which  at  the  best  it  iMt  a 
fluttfrini;  anqnlet  motion.  Pon. 

He  who  beft  knows  onr  natures  bj  sncb  af- 
flictions rrcalla  our  wanderlof  tboogfata  from  Idto 
merriment,  Q%AT, 

Now  swarms  the  village  o*er  tbejovUU  mead. 

Thoksov. 

With  branches  we  the  fanes  adorn,  and  waMe 
Id  joUitif  the  daj  ordain'd  to  be  the  last. 

Detdkii. 

He  that  contribntes  to  the  hilarity  of  the 
vacant  boar  will  be  welcomed  with  ardour. 

Johnson. 

MISCARRIAGE,  V.  Failure. 
MISCELLANY,  V.  Mixture. 
MISCHANCE,  V.  Calamity. 

MISCHIEF,   V.  Evil. 

MISCHIEF,  V.  Injury. 

TO  MISCONSTRUE,  MISlKTER- 
PRBT. 

MISCONSTRUE  and  MISIN- 
TERPRET  signify  to  explain  in  a 
wrong  way ;  but  the  former  respects 
the  sense  of  one's  words  or  the  impli- 
cation of  one*8  actions  :  those  who  in- 
dulge themselves  in  a  light  mode  of 
speech  towards  children  are  liable  to 
be  misconstrued ;  a  too  great  tender- 
ness to  the  criminal  may  be  easily  mir- 
interpreted  into  favor  of  the  crime. 

These  words  may  likewise  be  em- 
ployed in  speaking  of  langMige  in  gmt- 


ral :  bat  the  former  respects  the  lite- 
ral transmission  of  foreign  ideas  into 
the  native  language;  the  latter  re-^ 
spects  the  general  sense  which  one  af- 
fixes to  any  set  of  words,  either  in 
the  native  or  the  foreign  language : 
the  learners  of  a  language  will  un- 
avoidably mUconttrue  it  at  times ;  in 
all  languages  there  are  ambiguous  ex* 
pressions,  which  are  liable  to  mitinter* 
pretation.  Misconstruing  is  the  con* 
sequence  of  ignorance ;  misinterpreta* 
tion  of  particular  words  are  ofteucr  the 
consequence  of  prejudice  and  voluntary 
blindness,  particularly  in  the  expla- 
nation of  the  law  or  of  the  Scriptures. 

In  ev^ry  act  and  tarn  of  llfiif  be  Teehi 
Pabiie  catemities  or  household  ills ; 
Tbo jndfe  corrupt,  the  lonf  df pcfPdlag  caste. 
And  doubtful  issue  of  miKumtrueit  laws. 

PniOK. 
Some  purposely  mlsreprejwnt  or  put  a  wronf 
interpretation  on  the  firiuet  of  others. 

Adoisom. 

MISDEED,  V.  Offence, 
MISDEMEANOUR,  V.  Crime. 

MISDEMEANOUR,!;.  OffcnCB. 

MISERABLE,  V.  Unhappy. 
MISERLY,  V.  Avaricious. 
MISFORTUNE,  V.  Calamity. 

MISFORTUNE,  V.  Evil. 

MISHAP,  V.  Calamity. 

TO  MISINTERPRET,  V.  To  MiS' 

construe. 
TO  MISS,  V.  To  lose. 
MISTAKE,  V.  Error. 
MISUSE,  V.  Abuse. 

TO  MIX,  MINGLE,  BLBND,  CON* 
FOUND. 

MIX  is  in  German  mischen,  Latin 
misceOf  Greek  /Atryi^  Hebrew  mageg. 
MINGLE,  in  Greek  t^tym^^  is  but  a 
variation  of  mix. 

BLEND,  in  German  blenden  to 
dazzle,  comes  finom  blind,  signifying  to 
see  confusedly,  or  confuse  objects  in  a 
general  way. 

CONFOUND,  V.  Confound. 

Mix  is  here  a  general  and  indefinite 
term,  signifying  simply  to  pat  toge* 
ther :  but  we  may  mix  two  or  seva 
ral  things ;  we  mingle  several  object! 
thinip  are  m«xe<2  to  as  to  loM  all  dia 
tiiiction ;  but  they  maj  bd,  Mtii^^ 

Szft 


MODEST. 


MODESTY. 


677 


assurance,  is  not  incompatible  with 
a  confidence  in  ourselves;  diffidence 
altogether  unmans  a  person,  and  dis- 
qualifies him  for  his  duty :  a  person  it 
generally  modest  in  the  display  of  his 
talents  to  others ;  but  a  diffident  man 
cannot  turn  his  talents  to  his  own  use. 

A  man  tniljr  modeii  h  u  aMich  wo  when  he  It 
alone  a*  in  company.  Buiwbu.. 

Mere  baif^fulnm$,  wHhoDt  merK,  b  awkvanl- 
nen.  Aodimin. 

Diffidence  and  pmnmptWm  both  arise  friHa 
the  want  of  knowinf ,  or  rather  endeavoarine  to 
knovr,  oorwlves.  Stkblb. 

MODEST,  V.  Humble. 

MODESTY,     MODERATION,   TEM- 
PERANCE,    SOBRIETY. 

MODESTY,  in  French  modesties 
Latin  modestiay  and  MODERAllON, 
in  Latin  moderatio  and  moderor\  both 
come  from  modus  a  measure,  limit,  or 
boundary  ;  that  is,  forming  a  measure 
or  rule. 

TEMPERANCE,  in  Latin  temper- 
antittf  from  tempus  time,  signifies  fix- 
ing a  time  {v.  Abstinent), 

SOBRIETY,  V.  Abstinent. 

Modesty  lies  in  the  mind,  and  in 
the  tone  of  feeling;  moderation  re- 
spects the  desires  :  modesty  is  a  prin- 
ciple that  acts  discretionally  ;  mode* 
ration  is  a  rule  or  line  that  acts  as  a 
restraint  on  the  views  and  the  out- 
ward r(»nduct. 

Modesty  consists  in  a  fair  and  me- 
dium estimate  of  one's  character  and 
qualification;  it  guards  a  man  against 
too  hii^h  an  estimate  ;  it  recommends 
to  him  an  estimate  below  the  reality : 
moderation  consists  in  a  suitable 
rc£;ulation  of  one's  desires,  demands, 
and  expectations ;  it  consequently 
depends  very  often  on  modesty  as  its 
groundwork  :  he  who  thinks  modestly 
of  his  own  acquirements,  his  own  per- 
formances, and  his  own  merits,  will 
be  moderate  in  his  expectations  of 
praise,  reward,  and  recompense  :  be 
on  the  other  hand,  who  overrates  his 
own  abilities  and  qualifications,  will 
equally  overrate  the  use  he  makes  of 
them,  and  consequently  be  immode- 
rate in  the  price  which  he  sets  upon 
his  services  :  in  such  cases,  there- 
fore, modesty  and  moderation  are  to 
t^ach  other  as  cause  and  e£fect;  but 


there  may  be  modesty  without  mode" 
ration^  upd  moderation  without  mo^ 
desty.  Modesty  is  a  sentiment  con- 
fined to  one's  self  as  the  olject,  and 
consisting  solely  of  one's  judgement 
of  what  one  is,  and  what  one  does ; 
but  moderation,  as  is  evident  from  the 
above,  extends  to  objects  that  are 
external  of  ourselves :  modetty^  rather 
than  moderationy  belongs  to  an  au- 
thor; moc/ero/ion,  rather  than  modesUff 
belongs  to  a  tradesman,  or  a  man  who 
has  gains  to  make  and  purposes  to 
answer. 

Modesty  shields  a  man  from  mor- 
tifications and  disappointments,  which 
assail  the  self-conceited  man  in  every 
direction :  a  modest  man  conciliates 
the  esteem  even  of  an  enemy  and  a 
rival ;  he  disarms  the  resentments  of 
those  who  feel  themselves  most  in- 
jured by  his  superiority  \  he  makes  all 
pleased  with  him  by  making  them  at 
ease  with  themselves:  the  self-con- 
ceited man,  on  the  contrary,  sets  the 
whole  world  against  himself,  because 
he  sets  himself  asfunst  every  body ; 
every  one  is  out  of  humour  with  him, 
because  he  makes  them  ill  at  ease 
with  themselves  while  iu  his  company. 
Moderation  protects  a  man  equally 
from  injustice  on  the  one  hand,  and 
imposition  on  the  other :  he  who  is 
moderate  himself  makes  others  so; 
for  every  one  finds  his  advantage  in 
keeping  within  that  bound  which  is  as 
convenient  to  himself  as  to  his  neich- 
bour;  the  world  will  always  do  this 
homage  to  real  goodness,  that  they 
will  admire  it  if  tney  cannot  practise 
it,  and  they  will  practise  it  to  the 
utmost  extent  that  their  passions  will 
allow  them. 

Moderation  is  the  measure  of  one's 
desires,  one's  habits,  one's  actions, 
and  one's  words;  temperance  is  the 
adaptation  of  the  time  or  season  for 
particular  feelings,  actions,  or  words  : 
a  man  is  said  to  be  moderate  in  his 
principles,  who  adopts  the  medium 
or  middle  course  of  tninking ;  it  rather 
qualifies  the  thing  than  the  person: 
he  is  said  to  be  temperate  in  his  anger, 
if  he  do  not  suffer  it  to  break  out  into 
any  excesses;  temperance  charac- 
terizes the  person  rather  than  the 
thing. 

A  moderate  man  in  poUtioi  m 


MONUMENT. 


MOTION. 


679 


which  may  be  turned  into  cathf  as  oon- 
▼eiiience  requires. 

MONSTEK,  V.  JVonder. 
MONSTROUS,  V.  Ejwrmous.. 

MONUMENT,    MEMORIAL, 
REMEMBRANCER. 

MONUMENT,  in  Latin  mmttmtn- 
turn  or  monimentumf  trom  monto  to 
advise  or  remind,  signifies  the  thing 
that  puts  in  mind. 

MEMORIAL,  from  memory^  signi* 
fies  the  thinti;  that  helps  the  memory; 
and  REMEMBRANCER,  from  re- 
weniber  (v.  Memory)^  the  thing  that 
causes  to  remember. 

Irom  the  above  it  is  dear  that 
these  terms  have,  in  their  original 
derivation,  precisely  the  same  signifi- 
cutioii,  and  ditTer  in  their  collateral 
acceptations :  monument  is  applied 
to  that  which  is  purposely  set  up  to 
keep  a  thing  in  mind;  memorial  and 
remembrancer  are  any  things  which 
are  calculated  to  call  a  thing  to  mind : 
tii(;  monument  is  used  to  preserve  a 
public  object  of  notice  from  being  for- 
gotten ;  the  memoriat  serves  to  keep 
an  indiviriual  in  mind  :  the  monument 
is  crmHuonly  understood  to  be  a  spe- 
cies of  building;  as  a  tomb  which 
preserves  \\\9  memory  of  the  dead,  or 
a  pillar  which  preserves  the  memory  of 
some  public  event :  the  memorial  al- 
ways consists  of  something  which  was 
the  property,  or  in  the  possession,  of 
another;  as  the  picture,  the  hand- 
writing, the  hair,  and  the  like.  The 
Monument  was  built  to  commemorate 
the  dreadful  fire  of  London  iu  the 
year  1666 :  friends  who  are  at  a  dis- 
tance are  happy  to  have  some  token  of 
each  other's  regard,  which  they  like- 
wise keep  as  memorials  of  their  former 
intercourse. 

1  he  monument,  in  its  proper  sense, 
is  always  made  of  wood  or  stone  for 
some  specific  purpose;  but,  in  the 
improper  sense,  things  may  be  con- 
verted into  monuments  when  they 
serve  the  purpose  of  reminding  the 
public  of  any  circumstance:  thus,  the 
pyramids  are  monuments  of  antiquity; 
the  actions  of  a  good  prince  are  more 
lasting  monuments  than  either  brass  or 
marble. 

Memorials  are  always  of  a  private 


natare,  and  at  the  same  time  such  as 
remind  as  naturally  of  the  object  to 
which  they  have  belonged ;  this  object 
is  generally  some  person,  but  it  may 
likewise  refer  to  some  thing,  if  it  be  of 
a  personal  nature  :  our  Saviour  insti- 
tuted the  Sacrament  of  the  Lord's 
Supper  as  a  memorial  of  his  death. 

A  memorial  respects  some  object 
eitemal  of  ourselves;  the  remem^ 
brancer  is  said  of  that  which  directlj 
concerns  ourselves  and  oar  particular 
duty:  a  man  leaves  memorials  of 
himself  to  whomsoever  he  leaves  his. 
property  ;  but  the  remembrancer  is 
that  which  we  acquire  for  ourselves : 
the  memorial  carries  us  back  to  an* 
other;  the  remeatbrancer  brings  us 
back  to  ourselves:  the  memorial  re- 
vives in  our  minds  what  we  owe  to 
another ;  the  remembrancer  puts  us  in 
mind  of  what  we  owe  to  ourselves,  it 
is  that  which  recalls  us  to  a  sense  of 
our  duty :  a  gift  is  the  best  memorial 
we  can  give  of  ourselves  to  another ;  a 
sermon  is  often  a  good  remembrancer 
of  the  duties  which  we  have  neglected 
to  perform. 

A  ay  memoriat  of  yovr  good  naturp  and 
fripodship  l«  naoit  irelcoma  to  me.  Pors. 

ir  (In  the  Iile  of  Sky)  tbe  mnembnioce  of 
papftl  mp«t«UClon  It  oblluvntvd,  tbe  monumentt 
of  papal  piety  are  likmiM>  fAced.        Ji 


Wbm  God  b  fbrsot(«o,  bb  jadgeoMnts  ara  hit 
Ttm€monntceT$m  Coi 


MOOD,  V.  Humour. 
MORALS,  V.  Manners. 
MORBID,  V.  Sick. 
MOREOVER,  V.  Bcsides. 
MOROSE,  V.  Gloomy. 
MORTAL,  t;.  Deadly. 
MORTIFICATION,  V.  Vexatwru 
TO  MORTIFY,  V.  To  kumble. 

MOTION,    MOVEMENT. 

These  are  both  abstract  terms  to 
denote  the  act  of  moving,  but  MO* 
TION  is  taken  genemlly  and  ab- 
stractedly from  the  thing  that  moves  ; 
MOVEMENT,  on  the  other  hand,  is 
taken  in  connexion  with  the  agent  or 
thing  that  mooes :  hence  we  speak  of 
a  state  of  malum  as  opposed  to  a  stat* 
of  rest,  of  perpetual  motum^  t 
laws  oi motion^  and  the  like;  on  i 
other  hand,   to  make  a 


mo 


MOURNFUL. 


MULTITUDE. 


when  speaking  of  an  army,  a  general 
movement  when  speaking  of  an  assem« 
Wy. 

When  motion  is  qualified  by  the 
thing  that  move$,  it  denotes  continued 
meiian ;  but  movement  implies  only 
a  particular  motion :  hence  we  say, 
the  motion  of  the  heavenly  bodies, 
the  motion  of  the  earth  ;  a  person  is 
in  continual  motion^  or  an  army  is  in 
fusion ;  hut  a  person  makes  a  move- 
ment who  rises  or  sits  down,  or  goes 
fiiom  one  chair  to  another ;  the  diner- 
ent  mooementt  of  the  springs  and 
wheels  of  any  instrument. 

It  ii  not  euy  to  •  "tlnd  acciutomed  to  tbe 
loroad«  of  troablpMnne  tboofhte  to  expel  tbeta 
ImBediatoljr  by  pvuloir  kolter  taiafet  taCo  iiMttoN, 

JOBMtOM. 

Natiire  I  tboogbt  pfTfermM  too  mesn  a  put, 
Fonaiag  ker  movetneniM  to  tbe  rotoi  of  art. 

P«ioB« 

MOTIVE,  V,  Cause. 
MOTIVE,  V.  Principle. 
TO  MOULD,  V.  To  form. 
TO  MOUNT,  V.  To  arise. 
TO  MOURN,  V.  To  grieve. 

MOURNFUL,    SAD. 

MOURNFUL  signifies  full  of  what 
causes  mourning;  SAD  (9.  DuU)^ 
signifies  either  a  painful  sentiment,  or 
what  causes  this  painful  sentiment. 
The  difference  in  the  sentiment  is  what 
constitutes  the  difference  between 
these  epithets :  the  mournful  awakens 
tender  and  sympathetic  leelings  :  the 
gad  oppresses  tbe  spirits  and  makes 
one  heavy  at  heart ;  a  mournful  tale 
contains  an  account  of  otliers'  dis- 
tresses; a  sad  story  contains  an  ac- 
count of  one's  own  distress ;  a  mourn' 
ful  event  befulls  our  friends  and  rela- 
tives ;  a  $ad  misfortune  befalls  our- 
selves. Selfish  people  find  nothing 
mournfuly  but  many  things  sad :  tender 
hearted  people  are  always  atlected  by 
what  is  mournful^  and  are  less  troubled 
about  what  is  sad, 

Karciva  folUmt  t>re  bt*  tomb  It  closed. 

Her  d<>atb    in? udet  bit    mournful .  right  and 

claiina, 
Tbe  grief  tbat  started  from  rojr  lids  for  him. 

MiLTOV. 

Row  Mad  %'%\f\A  Is  buman  bapplnesi 
Te  tbove  whose  thoogbta  can  pieiee  beyond  an 
boar !  Toini«i 

TO  MOVE,  V.  To  stir. 


M0VBABLB8,  V.  Goodi. 

MOVEMENT,    V.  Motiofl. 

MOVING,  AFFECTING,  PATHETIC 

The  moving  is  in  genentl  what- 
ever moves  the  a£fectioii9  or  the  pas- 
sions ;  the  AFFECTING  and  PATHE- 
TIC are  what  move  the  affections  io 
difierent  degrees.  The  good  or  bad 
feelings  may  be  mated;  the  tender 
feelings  only  are  affected,  A  field  oi 
battle  is  a  moving  spectacle:  the 
death  of  king  Charles  was  an  affeetimg 
spectacle.  The  affecting  acts  l:^ 
means  of  the  senses,  as  well  as  the 
understanding;  the  pathetic  applies 
only  to  what  is  aiidreaeed  to  the 
heart :  hence,  a  sight  or  a  descripdoo 
18  affecting  ;  but  an  address  is  patke- 
tie. 

Tlwre  Is  someCblog  to  wuvimg^  in  cbewiy 
lonfB  of  weeping  beantj. 


I  do  not  remember  to  bnve  seen  no  j  ancieel 
or  modm  story  more  effecting  tbmn  a  leCtxr  sf 
Ann  of  Bonlogne.  Aoddox. 

Wbat  tbink  yon  of  the  bardVt  enchnntlng  art. 
Wbicb  wbetber  be  attempts  to  vnnn  the  hrari 
With    fabled  scenes,   or  cfanrm    the  enr  vJtk 

rhyme, 
Bientbrt  nil  paiheHe,  lofrly,  nnd  subllae  } 

Jbhyis. 

MULCT,  V.  Fine. 

MULTITUDE,    CROWD,   TUBONG, 
SWARM. 

Tbe  idea  of  many  is  common  to  all 
these  terms,  and  peculiar  to  that  of 
MULTITUDE,  from  the  Latin  mul- 
tus;  CROWD,  from  the  rerb  to 
crawdj  signifies  the  many  that  crowd 
together;  and  TIIRONG,  from  the 
German  drangen  to  press,  signifies 
the  many  that  press  together;  and 
SWARM,  from  the  German  gchw'ar' 
men  to  fly  about,  signifies  running 
together  in  numbers.  These  terms 
vary,  either  in  regard  to  the  object, 
or  the  circumstance:  multitude  is 
applicable  to  any  object;  crowd, 
tnrongy  and  swarmy  are  in  the  proper 
sense  applicable  only  to  animate  ob- 
jects :  the  first  two  in  regard  to  per- 
sons ;  the  latter  to  animals  in  general, 
but  particularly  brutes.  The  multi' 
tude  may  be  either  in  a  stagnant  or  a 
moving  states  all  the  rest  denote  a 
multitude  in  a  moving  state:  the 
crowd  is  always  pressing,  generally 
eager  and   tumultuous;   the  throng 


MUTILATE. 


MUTUAL, 


681 


may  be  busy  and  active,  but  not 
always  pressing  or  incommodious  :  it 
is  aJways  inconvenient,  sometimes 
dsuii^erous  to  go  into  a  crowd ;  it  is 
amusing  to  see  the  throng  that  is  per- 
petually passing  in  the  streets  of  the 
city  :  the  swarm  is  more  active  than 
either  of  the  twii  others;  itis  commonly 
applied  to  bees  which  fly  together  in 
numbers,  but  sometimes  to  human 
beins;s,  to  denote  their  very  great  num- 
bers when  scattered  about;  thus  the 
children  of  the  poor  in  low  neighboar- 
hoods  swarm  in  the  streets. 

A  multitude  is  Incapable  of  framing  ordi^n. 

Tkhpub. 

The  crowd  shall  Ccsar*s  Todlan  war  brtiold. 

Drydhi. 

I  flione  amid  the  heavenly  throng,  Mamn. 

Nomborlrss  nation*,  ftretehlni:  far  and  wide. 
Shall  (I  (oTOfsfv  it)  soon  with  Gothic nrarmt come 

forth. 
From  igQorancc\  anlveraal  North.  Swift. 

MUNIFICENT,  V.  Beneficent. 

TO    MLRDER,    V.  To  kUL 

TO  MURMUR,  V,  To  complaw, 
TO  MUSE,  V.  To  contemplate. 
TO  MUSE,  V.  To  think. 
TO  MUSTER,  V.  To  osscmble. 
MUTABLE,  V.  Changeable, 
MUTE,  i\  Silent. 

TO  MUTILATE,    MAIM,  MANGLB. 

MTTILATE,  in  Latin  mulilattu, 
from  mutilo  and  inutilus,  Greek  ixitv^ 
A .  without  horns,  signifies  to  take  off 
any  necessary  part. 

MAIM  and  MANGLE  are  in  all 
priibubility  derived  firom  the  Latin 
mancus,  which  comes  from  mantu, 
signifying  to  deprive  of  a  hand  or  to 
wound  in  general. 

Mutilate  has  the  most  extended 
meaning  ;  it  implies  the  abridging  of 
any  limb  :  mangle  is  applied  to  irre- 
gular womids  in  any  part  of  the  bod?  : 
maim  is  confined  to  wounds  in  the 
hands.  Men  are  exposed  to  be  mtUi" 
fated  by  means  of  cannon  balls ;  thej 
are  in  danger  of  being  mangled  when 
attacked  promiscuously  with  the  sword; 
they  frequently  get  maimed  when 
boarding  vessels  or  storming  places. 

One  is  mutilated  and  mangled  by 
active  means;  one  becomes  maimea 

•  ¥ldeEoitaiidt« 


by  natural  infirmity:  mutilate  and 
mangle  are  applicable  to  moral  objects ; 
maim  is  employed  only  in  the  natural 
sense.  Tn  this  case  mangle  is  a  much 
stronger  term  than  mutilate;  the  latter 
signifies  to  lop  off  an  essential  part ; 
to  mangle  is  to  mutilate  it  to  such  a 
degree  as  to  render  it  useless  or  worth- 
less. Every  sect  of  Christians  is  fond 
of  mutilating  the  Bible  by  setting  aside 
such  parts  as  do  not  favor  its  own 
scheme,  and  amongst  them  all  the 
sacred  Scriptarcs  become  literally 
mangled,  and  stripped  of  all  its  most 
important  doctrines. 

How  Halci  would  haTR  borne  Che  mutiloHPHt 
which  hb  Plea  qf  the  Crown  baa  suflTervd  ftom 
the  Editor,  they  who  hoow  hit  charaeter  will 
•arflj  coacrive.  Joimiow. 

I  hare  shown  the  evO  of  imaimiitf  and  apllt- 
Unj  rellKtoD.  Bt\f». 

What  hare  thejr  (the  French  nobllHy)  done 
that  tltej  should  be  hunted  about,  mangled^  aod 
tortured.  Boulc 

MUTINOUS,  V.  Tumultuous. 

MUTUAL,    RECIPROCAL. 

MUTUAL,  in  Latin  mutuus  from 
mtdo  to  change,  signifies  exchanged 
so  as  to  be  equal  or  the  same  on  both 

sides 

RECIPROCAL,  in  Latin  recipro- 
cus  from  recipio  to  take  back,  signi- 
fies giving  backward  and  forward  by 
way  of  return.  Mtttual  supposes  a 
sameness  in  condition  at  the  same 
time :  reciprocal  supposes  an  alterna- 
tion or  succession  of  returns.  •  Ex- 
change is  free  and  voluntary ;  we  give 
in  exchange,  and  this  action  is  mutual: 
return  is  made  either  according  to 
law  or  equity;  it  is  obligatory,  and 
when  equally  obligatory  on  each  in 
turn  it  IS  reciprocal.  Voluntary  dis- 
interested services  rendered  to  each 
other  are  mutual :  imposed  or  merited 
services,  returned  from  one  to  the 
other,  are  reciprocal :  friends  render 
one  another  mutual  services ;  the  ser- 
vices between  servants  and  masters 
are  reciprocal.  The  husband  and  - 
wife  pledge  their  faith  to  each  other 
miutualfy:  they  are  reciprocal^  bound 
to  keep  their  vow  of  fidelity.  The 
sentiment  is  mutual,  the  tie  is  re 
procal.  Mutual  applies  miMtly 
matters  of  will  and  opinion,  a  fw 
affection,  a  mutual  incliaatioii 
Mttuni,  wclpro^ne.** 


682       MYSTERIOUS. 


NAME. 


oblige,  a  mutual  ioterest  for  each 
other's  comfort,  a  mutual  concern  to 
avoid  that  which  will  di-splease  the 
other;  these  are  the  sentiments  which 
render  the  marriage  state  hapoy  :  re- 
ciprocul  ties,  reciprocal  bonclsy  rect- 
jiroco/rightSy  reciprocal  duties;  these 
•re  what  every  one  ou^ht  to  hear  in 
mind  as  a  member  of  society,  that 
he  may  expect  of  no  man  more  than 
what  in  equity  he  is  disposed  to  re- 
tuTD.  Mutual  applies  to  nothing  but 
what  b  personal;  reciprocal  is  ap- 
plied to  tnings  remote  from  the  idea 
of  personality,  as  reciprocal  verbs, 
reciprocal  terms,  reciprocal  relations, 
aad  the  like. 

Tbr  •o«l  and  spirit  tkat  aolaatM  and  k4>epe 

%tf  MCkty  Is  flmtwoi  tmst.  Soirra. 

LtfB  eaoBoC  mImIsC  in  toolctj  b«C  bj  rge^prp- 

9al  COBMUiolU.  J«H1M0«. 

MYSTBRious,  V.  Dark. 

M¥8TBRIOlTS,  MYSTIC. 

MYSTERIOUS  (p.  Bark),  and 
MYSnCi  are  but  variations  of  the 
same  original ;  the  former  however  is 
mora  commonly  applied  to  that  which 
it  supernatural,  or  veiled  in  an  impe- 
■etrable  obscurity ;  the  latter  to  that 
which  is  natural,  but  in  part  concealed 
from  the  view  ;  hence  we  speak  of  the 
mjftttricfui  plans  of  Providence :  myttic 
schemes  of  theology  or  myttic  prin- 
ciples. 

▲•  sooo  M  tbaC  mjftteriotu  f  df,  wblch  now 
eavm  fotority,  was  lifted  ap,  all  the  galetj  of 
llfc  VMld  dtnypear.  Blaib. 

JkmA  j9  ive  oCtar  waadMi^  Sres  tbat  mo?« 
la  mgtUc  danee  not  wtthoac  soac 
EewMd  Ma  praise.  ^-- 


MiLToa. 


MYSTERIOUS,  V.  Secret. 
MYSTIC,  V.  Mysterious. 

N. 
NAKED,  V.  Bare. 

TO  NAME,    CALL. 

NAME  is  properly  to  pronounce 
•ome  word,  from  the  Latm  nomen, 
Greek  -v9/u<.,  Hebrew  nam, 

CALL,  r.  To  call. 

Both  these  words  imply  the  direc- 
tion of  the  sound  to  an  ol^ject ',  but 
uaming  is  conGned  to  the  use  of  some 
distinct  and  significant  sound :  calling 

1^ 


is  said  of  any  soond  whatever;  we 
may  call  without  naming^  but  we  cu- 
not  name  without  calling,  A  persoo 
is  named  by  his  name,  whether  pro- 

Eer,  patronymic,  or  whatever  is  usual; 
e  is  called  according  to  the  charac- 
teristics by  which  he  is  distinguished. 
The  emperor  Tiberius  was  namei 
liherius  ;  he  Was  called  a  monster. 
William  the  First  of  Kngland  is  named 
William ;  he  is  called  the  Conqueror. 
Helen  went  three  times  round  the 
wooden  hori»e  iu  order  to  discover  the 
snare,  and,  with  the  hope  of  taking  the 
Greeks  by  surprise,  called  their  princi- 
pal captains,  nomine  them  by  their 
namely  and  counterfeiting  the  voices  of 
their  wives.  Many  ancient  nations  in 
naming  any  one,  called  him  the  soo 
of  some  one,  as  Richardson  the  son  of 
Richard,  and  Robertson,  the  son  of 
Robert. 

Some  baogbtj  Greek  who  lives  tby  teara  to  »ee, 
Embittenall  tbj  won,  hj  naming  me. 

I  laj  the  deep  foandatioot  of  a  wall. 
And  iBBoi,  MOjn'dfhMD  me,  the  citj  cmlL 


NAME,     APPELLATION,      TITLE, 
DENOMINATION. 

NAME,  V,  To  name, 

APPELLATION,  in  French  appel- 
latioUf  Latin  appellatio  from  appello 
to  call,  signifies  the  thing  called. 

TITLE,  in  French  titre,  Latin  /i- 
tulus,  from  the  Greek  nv  to  honor, 
signifies  that  which  is  assigned  for  the 
purpose  of  honor. 

DENOMINATION  signifies  that 
which  denominatet  or  distinguishes. 

Name  is  a  generic  term,  the  rest 
are  specific.  Whatever  word  is  em- 
ployed to  distinguish  one  thing  from 
another  is  a  name;  theretbre,  an 
appellation  and  a  title  is  a  name,  but 
not  vice  ver$d,  A  name  is  either  com- 
mon or  proper ;  an  appellation  is  ge- 
nerally a  common  name  given  tor  some 
specific  purpose  as  characteristic. 
Several  kmgs  of  France  had  the 
names  of  Charies,  Louis,  Philip,  bat 
one  was  distinguished  by  the  appel- 
lation of  Stammerer,  another  by  that 
of  the  Simple,  and  a  tliird  by  that  of 
the  Hardy,  arising  from  particular  cha- 
racters or  circumstances.  A  title  is 
a  species  of  appellation,  not  drawn 
from  any  thii^g  personal,  but  ooo- 
ferred  as  a  ground  of  political  distine- 


NAME. 


NAME. 


68S 


tion.  An  appellation  may  be  often  a 
term  of  reproach ;  but  a  title  is  al- 
ways a  mark  of  honor.  An  appellation 
is  given  to  all  objects,  animate  or 
iniuiimate  ;  a  title  is  given  mostly  to 
persons,  sometimes  to  things.  A  par- 
ticular house  may  have  the  appella- 
tion of  the  cottage,  or  the  hall ;  as  a 
particular  person  may  have  the  title 
of  Duke,  Lord,  or  Marquis. 

Denomination  is  to  particular  bo- 
dies, what  appellation  is  to  an  indivi- 
dual; namely,  a  term  of  distinction, 
drawn  from  their  peculiar  charac- 
ters and  circumstances.  The  Chris- 
tian world  is  split  into  a  number  of 
different  bodies  or  communities,  under 
the  denominationt  of  Catholics,  Pro- 
testants, Calvinists,  Presbyterians,  &c. 
which  have  their  oripn  in  the  peculiar 
form  of  faith  and  discipline  adopted 
by  these  bodies. 

Then  on  yonr  name  shall  wretched  mmrtab  call, 
And  offerM  Tiotiros  at  joar  altan  fid].    DEToa. 
The  names  drrired  from  the  profettlon  of  the 
ministry   in  the   lanfuaee  of  the  preient  afe, 
nre  made  but  the  appellativet  of  leoni.    Soirra. 

We  generally  find  In  titlei  an  IntioMtlon  of 
Rome  particular  merit,  that  thoold  feeommend 
nen  to  Che  high  ■latfoni  which  they  pottrnt. 

AomsoK. 

It  has  coBt  me  much  care  and  thought  i» 
mamlial  and  fix  the  people  nnder  their  proper 
denominations,  Amuoii* 

TO    NAME,    DBNOMINATB, 

STYLE,    ENTITLE,    DESIGNATE, 

CHARACTERIZE. 

To  NAME  {v.  To  name,  call)  sig- 
nifies simply  to  give  a  name  to,  or  to 
nddrcss  or  specify  by  the  given  name; 
to  DENOMINATE  is  to  give  a  spe- 
cific name  npon  speci6c  ground,  lo 
distinguish  by  the  name  ;  to  STYLE, 
from  the  noun  ityle  or  manner  (v. 
Diction,  style),  signifies  to  address  by 
a  specific  name ;  ENTITLE  is  to  give 
the  specific  or  appropriate  name.  Adam 
named  every  thing;  we  denominate  the 
man  who  drinks  excessively, '  a  drunk- 
ard ; '  subjects  style  their  monarch 
<  His  Majesty ; '  books  are  entitled 
according  to  thejudgment  of  the  author. 
NamCy  denominate,  ityle,  and  entitUf 
are  the  acts  of  conscious  agents  only. 

To  DESIGNATE,  signif^ng  to 
mark  out,  and  CHARACTERIZE, 
signifying  to  form  a  characteriitiCf  are 


said  only  of  things,  and  agree  with 
the  former  only  inasmuch  as  words 
may  either  designate  or  characterize  : 
thus  the  word  '  capacity '  is  said  to 
designate  the  power  of  holding ;  and 
'  finesse '  characterizes  the  people  by 
whom  it  was  adopted. 

1  could  name  some  of  onr  acquaintance  who 
have  Keen  obliged  to  travel  as  far  as  Alexandria 
tn  parmlc  of  oioaey. 

MSLMOTbN  LBTtERS  OP  ClCSSO. 

A  fable  in  tragic  or  epic  poetry  It  den^mi' 
noted  aimple,  when  the  erenta  it  contains  follov 
each  in  an  unbroken  tenoar.  WAaioii. 

Happy  thoie  timea 
When  lords  were  itWd  fathers  of  famlliefl. 

SHAKSTBAaK. 

TO  NAME,  V.  To  nominate. 

NAME,  REPUTATION,  REPUTE, 
CREDIT. 

NAME  is  here  taken  in  the  im- 
proper sense  for  a  name  acquired  in 
public  by  any  peculiarity  or  quality  in 
an  object. 

REPUTATION  and  REPUTE, 
firom  reputo  or  re  and  puto  to  think 
back,  or  in  reference  to  some  imme- 
diate object,  signifies  the  state  of  being 
thought  of  by  the  public,  or  held  in 
public  estimation. 

CREDIT  (v.  Credit)  signifies  the 
state  of  being  believed  or  trusted  io 
general. 

The  name  implies  something  more 
specific  than  the  reputation  ;  and  the 
reputation  something  more  substan- 
tial than  the  name ;  a  name  may  be 
acquired  by  some  casualty  or  by  some 
quality  that  has  more  show  than 
worth  ;  reputation  is  acquired  only  by 
time,  and  built  only  on  merit:  the 
name  may  be  arbitrarily  given,  simply 
by  way  of  distinction ;  the  reputation 
is  not  given,  but  acquired,  or  follows 
as  a  consequence  of^  one's  honorable 
exertions.  A  physician  sometimes 
gets  a  name  by  a  single  instance  of 
professional  skill,  which  by  a  combi- 
nation of  favorable  circumstances  he 
may  convert  to  his  own  advantage  in 
forming  an  extensive  practice;  but 
unless  he  have  a  commensurate  de- 
gree of  talent,  this  name  will  n^*'** 
ripen  into  a  solid  reputation. 

Inanimate  objects  get ».  nm 
reputation  \b  applltdonly  la 
or  that  which  is  pei&(rDal.    Fi 


e&it 


NAME. 


NATAL. 


liberal  in  giving  names  to  certain 
shops,  certain  streets,  certain  com- 
modities, as  well  as  to  certain  trades- 
people, and  the  lik^.  Universities, 
academies,  and  public  instita^ons, 
acquire  a  reputation  for  their  learn- 
ing, their  skill,  their  encouragement 
sod  promotion  of  the  arts  or  sciences : 
the  name  and  reputation  are  of  a 
more  extended  nature  than  the  repute 
and  the  credit.  Strangers  and  distant 
countries  hear  of  the  name  and  the 
reputation  ;  but  neighbours  and  those 
only  who  have  the  means  of  personal 
observation  can  take  a  part  in  the  repute 
and  credit.  It  is  possible,  therefore, 
to  have  a  name  and  reputation  without 
having  repute  and  credit ,  and  Ttice  versAy 
for  the  objects  which  constitute  the 
former  are  sometimes  different  firom 
those  which  produce  the  latter.  A 
manufacturer  has  a  name  for  the  ex- 
cellence of  a  particular  article  of  his 
own  manufacture ;  a  book  has  a  name 
among  witlings  and  pretenders  to  li- 
terature :  a  good  writer,  however, 
seeks  to  establish  his  reputation  for 
genius,  learning,  industry,  or  some 
praise-worthy  characteristic :  a  preach- 
er ts  in  high  repute  among  those  who 
attend  him :  a  master  gains  great  credit 
from  the  good  performances  of  his 
•cbolars. 

Name  and  repute  are  taken  either 
in  a  good  or  bad  sense;  reputation 
and  credit  are  taken  in  the  good  sense 
only:  a  person  or  thing  may  get  a 
good  or  an  ill  name;  a  person  or 
thing  may  be  in  good  or  ill  repute ; 
the  reputation  may  rise  to  different 
degrees  of  height,  or  it  may  sink 
again  to  nothing,  but  it  never  sinks 
into  that  which  is  bad ;  the  credit 
■Day  likewise  be  high  or  low,  but 
when  it  becomes  bad  it  is  discredit. 
Families  get  an  ill  name  for  their 
meanness;  houses  of  entertainment 
get  a  good  name  for  their  accommoda- 
tion ;  houses  fall  into  bad  repute  when 
•aid  to  be  haunted ;  a  landlord  comes 
into  high  repute  among  his  tenants,  if 
lie  be  considerate  and  indulgent  to- 
wards them. 

Who  (nn  not  to  do  ill,  yet  feara  the  fiam^. 
And  free  from  conwieoce.  It  «  slave  to  fame* 

Denrah. 

SplCDdov  of  rejnttaitpn  te  not  to  be  eonoted 
aSMWff  tie  wtftmihi  of  life.  Johhsom. 


llattoa  hu  likewiM 
IBOQC  o«r  TslfMrt 

Would  jNm  tnio  happlniw 
Let  honerty  joor  paadoBt  nla. 
So  live  In  ertdti  and  tHuwi, 
And  tlie  good  fumu  je«  loot. 


ftynCt 


GiT. 

TO  NAP,  V.  To  sleep. 
NARRATION,  V.  Becttal. 
NARRATiVB,  V.  AccmmU 
NARROW,  V.  CantractedL 
NARROW,  V.  Straight. 

NASTY,  FILTHY,  TOUL. 

NASTY  is  connected  with  nausema. 

FILTHY  and  FOUL  are  TariatioDi 
from  the  Greek  ^aoxct. 

The  idea  of  dirtiness  is  common  to 
these  terms,  but  in  different  degrees, 
and  with  different  modificatioDs.  What- 
ever dirt  is  offensive  to  any  of  the 
senses,  renders  that  thing  muty  which 
is  soiled  with  it :  the  Jilti^  exceeds  the 
nasty,  not  only  in  the  Quantity  but  ia 
the  offensive  quality  or  the  cUrt ;  and 
the  foul  exceeds  the  filthy  in  the  same 
proportion. 

Wo  look  behind,  tbon  vieir  IM  ikaggj  board. 
Hit  clothes  ware  tan*d  with  tbono, and  >ltt*Mi 
limbs  besmearM.  DaTSO. 


Only  oar  foe 
Temptinc  affronts  vs  with  hbyiml  oateeoi. 

MlLTOB. 

NATAL,    NATIVE,    INDIGBNOUS. 

NATAL,  in  Latin  natalis^  from 
natus,  signifies  belonging  to  one's  birth, 
or  the  act  of  one's  bemg  bom ;  but 
NATIVE,  in  Latin  nativut,  likewise 
from  natu$y  signifies  having  the  onpn 
or  beginning. 

INDIGENOUS,  in  Latin  indigene, 
from  inde  and  genitusy  signifies  sprung 
from  that  place. 

The  epithet  natal  is  applied  only  to 
the  circumstance  of  a  man's  birth,  as 
his  natal  day;  his  natal  hour;  a 
natal  song ;  a  natal  star.  Native  has 
a  more  extensive  meaning,  as  it  com- 
prehends the  idea  of  one's  relationship 
by  origin  to  an  object ;  as  one's  native 
country,  one's  native  soil,  native  vil- 
lage, or  native  place,  native  language, 
and  the  like.  Indigenous  is  the  same 
with  regard  to  planum,  as  native  in  re- 
gard to  human  beings  or  animals. 

Safe  tn  the  band  of  one  difpminf:  pow>. 

Or  la  the  matal,  or  the  mortal  hour.  Pone* 


NATIVE. 


NATURALLY.       685 


Vor  cftB  Cht  gTOfVaf  afeid 
la  the  daik  dvaseoo  of  the  Into  cooing 
Auert  ibe  lurtfoe  lUfli  or  own  tti  heaT*nly  UmI, 

DETon. 

NATION,  v.  People. 
NATIVE,  V.  Intrinsic. 
NATIVE,  V.  Natal. 

NATIVE,   NATURAL. 

NATIVE  {v.  Natal)  is  to  NA- 
TURAL  as  a  spedes  to  the  genus : 
every  thb^  nattve  is  according  to  its 
strict  signification  natural ;  but  many  , 
things  are  natural  which  are  not  iuif/- 
tive.  Of  a  person  we  may  say  that 
his  worth  is  native^  to  designate  that 
it  is  some  valuable  property  which  is 
bom  with  him,  not  foreign  to  him,  or 
ingrafted  upon  his  character;  but  we 
say  of  his  disposition,  that  it  is  fiov 
tuYalf  as  opposed  to  that  which  it 
acquired  by  habit.  The  former  is  d- 
ways  employed  in  a  good  sense,  in  op- 
position to  what  is  artful,  assumed,  and 
unreal ;  the  other  is  used  in  an  indif- 
ferent sense,  as  opposed  to  whatever 
is  the  effect  of  habit  or  circumstances. 
When  children  display  themselves 
with  all  their  natvoe  simplicity,  they 
are  interesting  objects  of  notice :  when 
they  display  their  natural  turn  of 
mind,  it  is  not  always  that  which 
tends  to  raise  human  nature  in  our 
esteem. 

In  beat  en  we  sball  pais  ttom  the  darknen  of 
oor  ruUlve  IpioraDoe  Into  the  liroad  light  oTefer- 
Uttlnj  day.  Soon. 

Scriptare  onght  to  be  aadentood  aceordioc 
to  the  familiar,  natural  way  of  conttnetioo. 

Soonb 

NATURAL,  V.  Native. 

NATURALLY,    IN   COURSE, 

CONSEQUENTLY,   OP   COURSE. 

The  connexion  between  events, 
actions,  and  things,  is  expressed  by 
all  these  terms.  NATURALLY  sig- 
nifies according  to  the  nature  of  things, 
and  applies  therefore  to  the  connexion 
which  subsists  according  to  the  orisi- 
nal  constitution  or  inherent  properties 
of  things :  IN  COURSE  signifies  in 
the  count  of  things,  that  is,  in  the 
regular  order  that  tilings  ought  to 
follow :  CONSEQUENTLY  signifies 
by  a  consequence^  that  is,  by  a  neces- 
sary law  of  dependance,  which  makes 
one  thing  follow  another:  OF 
2 


COURSE  signifies  on  account  of  the 
coune  which  things  most  commonly  or 
even  necessarily  take.  Whatever  Hap- 
pens naturally  f  happens  as  we  expect  it ; 
whatever  happens  in  course,  happens  as 
we  approve  ot  it ;  whatever  follows  con* 
sequent fy,  follows  as  we  judge  it  right ; 
whatever  follows  qfcoursef  follows  as 
we  see  it  necessarily.  Children  no- 
turally  imitate  their  parents :  people 
naturally  fall  into  the  habits  of  those 
they  associate  .with :  both  these  cir- 
cumstances result  firotn  the  nature  of 
^  things :  whoever  is  made  a  peer  of 
the  realm,  takes  his  seat  in  the  upper 
house  in  course ;  he  requires  no  other 
qualification  to  entitle  him  to  this  pri- 
vilege, he  goes  m,  or  according  to  the 
established  couru  of  things;  consign 
qtjenlly  as  a  peer,  he  is  admitted 
without  question  ;  this  is  a  decision  of 
the  judgment  by  which  the  question  is 
at  once  determined  :  of  course  none 
are  admitted  who  are  not  peers ;  this 
flows  necessarily  out  of  the  constituted 
law  of  the  land. 

Naturally  and  in  course  describe 
things  as  they  are ;  consequently  and 
tf  course,  represent  them  as  they  must 
be;  naturally  and  in  course  state 
facts  or  realities ;  consequently  and  of 
dourse,  state  the  inferences  drawn  fix)m 
those  facts,  or  consequences  resulting 
from  them ;  a  mob  is  naturally  dis- 
posed to  riot,  and  consequently  it  is 
dangerous  to  appeal  to  a  mob  for  its 
judgment;  the  nobility  attend  at  court 
in  course,  that  is,  by  virtue  of  their 
rank ;  soldiers  leave  the  town  of  course 
at  assize  or  election  times,  that  is,  be- 
cause the  law  forbids  them  to  remain. 
Naturally  is  opposed  to  the  artificial 
or  forced;  in  course  is  opposed  to  ir- 
regular: naturally  excludes  the  idea 
of  design  or  purpose;  in  course  in- 
dodes  the  idea  of  arrangement  and 
social  order :  the  former  is  applicable 
to  every  thing  that  has  an  independent 
existence;  the  latter  is  applied  to  the 
constituted  order  of  society  ;  the  for- 
mer is,  therefore,  said  of  every  object, 
animate  or  inanimate,  having  natural 
properties,  and  performing  natural 
operations ;  the  latter  only  of  pereons 
and  their  establishment.  Plants  that 
require  much  air  naturally  thrive  most 
in  an  open  country :  membm  of  i^ 
tociety^  who  do  not  forfisk  tbetr  title 


NECESSITY. 


NEGLECT. 


687 


cumstances  i^der  neeetfory ;  the  m§* 

cessary  is  that  which  is  absolotdy  Mid 

onconditionally  necessary. 

Art  has  ever  been  busy  in  inventiog 

things  to  supply  the  Tarioiis  necessUm 

of  our  nature,  and  yet  there  are  alwayi 

numbers  who  want  even  the  first  ««- 

cessaries  of  life.     Habit  and  desire 

create  necessities ;  nature  only  creates 

necessaries :  a  volnptaary  has  necessi^ 

ties  which  are  unknown  to  a  temperate 

man;  the  poor  have  in  general  Uttle 

more  than  necessaries, 

Tboee  wbove  condition  hai  ahmyt  reatnlMd 
tbera  to  (he  contemplntfon  of  their  own  «ieeei- 
^ftiet  will  Marcely  nnderetuid  wbj  ni^ts  m4 
dajt  tbonld  be  »pent  lo  itndj.  Joamoa. 

To  nake  a  inui  iMippjy  vfrtne  raoit  be  le- 
eompanied  with  at  leut  a  moderate  prorisioQ  ^ 
all  the  necestarlea  of  liCp,  and  not  di»tnrbed  by 
bodily  palu. 


NECBSSITY,   NBED. 

NECESSITY,  V.  Necessary. 

NEED,  in  German  noth,  probably 
from  the  Greek  avxyuM  necessity. 

Necessity  respects  the  thing  wanted ; 
need  the  person  wanting.  There  would 
be  no  necessity  for  punishments,  if 
there  were  not  evil  doers ;  he  is  peci»- 
liarly  fortunate  who  finds  a  firiend  in 
time  of  need.  Necessity  is  more  press- 
ing than  need :  the  former  places  in  a 
positive  state  of  compulsion  to  act ; 
It  is  said  to  have  no  law,  it  prescribes 
the  law  for  itself  j  the  latter  yields  to 
circumstances,  and  leaves  in  a  state 
of  deprivation.  We  are  frequently 
mider  the  necessity  of  going  withoat 
that  of  which  we  stand  mott  in 
need. 

Where  necessity  ends,  cnifoaHy  biffat. 

JonuMm. 

One  of  the  many  adraatafM  of  friendAlp  li, 
tint  one  can  tay  to  on^  friend  the  tUnga  that 
«Uod  in  need  of  pardon.  Pofi. 

From  these  two  noons  arise  two 
epithets  for  each,  which  are  worthy 
of  observation,  namely,  necessary  and 
needful,  necessitous  and  needy.  Ne- 
cessary and  needful  are  both  appli- 
cable to  the  thing  wanted  ;  necessitous 
and  needy  to  the  person  wanting: 
necessary  is  applied  to  every  ol^ect 
indiscriminately;  needful  only  to  such 
objects  as  supply  temporary  or  partial 
wants.  Exercise  is  necessary  to  pre- 
serve the  health  of  the  boay ;  re- 
straint is  necessary  to  preserve  that  of 
the  mind;  asiistaiice  is  needfiU  for 


one  who  has  not  sufficient  resources 
in  himself:  it  is  necessary  to  go  by 
water  to  the  continent ;  money  ii 
needful  lor  one  who  is  travelling. 

The  dissemination  of  knowledge  is 
necessary  to  dispel  the  ignorance 
which  would  otherwise  prevail  in  the 
world  \  it  is  needful  for  a  young  per- 
son to  attend  to  the  instructions  of 
his  teacher  if  he  will  improve. 

Neceuitous  expresses  more  than 
needy :  the  former  comprehends  a 
peneral  state  of  necessity  or  deficient^ 
in  the  thing  that  is  wanted  or  need* 
ful;  needy  expresses  only  a  parti- 
cular condition.  The  poor  are  in  a 
necessitous  condition,  wno  are  in  want 
of  the  first  necessaries^  or  who  have 
not  wherewithal  to  supply  the  most 
pressing  neceuities;  adventurers  ara 
said  to  be  neetfyf  when  their  vices 
make  them  in  need  of  that  which 
they  might  otherwise  obtain:  it  ia 
charity  to  supply  the  wants  of  tho 
neeeesitouSf  but  those  of  the  needy  aro 
sometimes  not  worthy  of  one's  pity. 
It  Mean  to  om  moat  ftnuife  that 


Seefaif  that  death,  a  neustary  ead. 
Will  coBM,  when  it  will  come. 

Tlme^  lonf  expected,  eat'd  na  of  onr  load, 
And  brought  the  nee</ki  protnee  of  a  god. 

DBvnoi. 

Steeled  lapradeBce  of  generority,  or  vanity  ef 
profmlM,  kept  him  alwaji  iaearably  suetiHtvuM, 

Joaiuoa. 

Charity  la  the  work  of  Heaven,  whleh  is 
alwaya  laying  itaalf  o«t  on  the  needy  and  the 
impotent.  Sovn. 

NECB88ITT,  V.  OCCOSWH. 

NBED,  V.  Necessity. 
NKBO|  V.  Poverty. 
NBBO,  V.  IVant. 
NEFARIOUS,'  V.  Wtcked. 
TO  NEGLECT,  V.  To  disregar^. 

TO   NEGLECT,   OMIT. 

NEGLECT,  V.  To  ditregard. 

OMIT,  in  Latin  omitto,  or  ob  and 
nUttOy  signifies  to  put  aside. 

The  idea  of  letting  pass  or  slip,  or 
of  not  using,  is  comprehended  in  tha 
signification  of  both  these  terms ;  tha 
former  is,  however,  a  culpable,  the 
latter  an  indifferent,  action.  What 
we  neglect  ought  not  to  be  nefkcied; 
but  what  we  omit  may  be  omUtedf  or 
otherwise,  at  ooDvanieuca  ra^vraa. 


NEGOTIATE. 


NEGOTIATE.        689 


engage  the  senses  or  the  thoughts  t>f 
the  moitient.  One  is  careless  in  busi* 
ness\  thoughtless  in  conduct,  heedless 
in  walking  or  running,  inattentroe  in 
listening:  careless  and  thoughtleu 
persons  neglect  the  necessary  use  of 
their  powers ;  the  heedless  and  nurf- 
tejUive  neglect  the  use  of  their  senses. 
Careless  people  are  unfit  to  be  em- 
ployed in  the  management  of  any 
concerns ;  thoughtless  people  are  unfit 
*  to  have  the  management  of  them- 
selves ;  heedless  children  are  unfit  to 
go  by  themselves  ;  inattentwe  children 
are  unfit  to  he  led  by  others.  One 
is  careless  and  inattentive  to  provide 
for  the  good ;  one  is  thoughtless  and 
heedless  in  not  guarding  against  the 
evil :  a  careless  person  does  not  trouble 
hinfself  about  advancement ;  an  tna^• 
tentive  person  does  not  concern  him« 
self  about  improvement;  a  thoughtleu 
person  brings  hipiself  into  distress ;  a 
heedless  person  exposes  himself  to 
ddents. 


Tbe  two  cluiM  moat  aptto  be  negUgent  «f 
thb'duty  (rellgfow  ratlremeirt)  trs  tlie  men  of 
pl«UQrr,  and  tlie  men  of  butiien..  Blub. 

Mj  feo*roat  btocher  it  of  gentle  kind. 

He  teems  remia,  bat  been  a  vallaot  rolod. 

POPB. 

'  If  tbe  paitt  of  time  were  not  varieoilj  eo* 
loared,  we  ahpold  never  ditctm  their  departnie 
and  incceMlon,  but  tboold  live  tkaugkUut  of 
.  tbe  past,  and  carelest  of  tbe  f atare.  JoBMtoif. 
There  In  the  mlo,  keedkts  of  tbe  dead,  * 
Tbe  ibdltr-weUeC  pcMBBt  boUds  bb  thed.  * 
*  GoLDsaira. 

In  tbe  midst  ef  hit  fiery  the  Almlfffafj  b  not 
ituUttntive  to  tbe  meanett  of  bb  snlQectt. 

Bi.An. 

TO   NEGOTIATE,   TREAT  FOB  Ott 
ABOUT,   TRANSACT. 

The  idea  of  conducting  busiofMS 
with  others  is  included  in  the  significa- 
tion of  all  these  terms ;  but  they  differ 
in  the  mode  of  conducting  it,  and  tbe 
nature  of  the  business  po  be  conducted. 
NEGOTIATE,  in  the  Latin  nego^ 
tiatUs,  participle  ofnegotior,  from  n«- 
gotium,  is  applied  in  the  original 
mostly  to  merchandize  or  traffic,  but 
it  is  more  commonly  employed  in  the 
complicated  concerns  of  governments 
and  nations.  TREAT,  from  the  Lfr- 
tin  tractOy  frequentative  of  traho  to 
draw,  signifies  to  turn  over  and  over 
or  set  forth  in  all  ways:  these  two 


verbs,  therefore,  suppose  deliberation : 
but  TRANSACT,  firom  transactus, 
participle  of  transago,  to  carry  for- 
ward or  bring  to  an  end,  supposes  more 
direct  agency  than  consultation  or 
deliberation;  this  latter  is  therefore 
adapted  to  the  more  ordinary  and 
less  entangled  concerns  of  commerce. 
Negotiations  are  conducted  by  many 
parties,  and  involve  questions  of  peace 
or  war,  dominions,  territories,  rights 
of  nations,  and  the  like:  treaties  ^re 
often  a  part  o£  negotiations ;  they  are 
seldom  conducted  by.  more  than  two 
parties,  and  involve  only  partial  ques- 
tions, as  in  treaties  'about  peace, 
about  commerce,  about  the  bounda- 
ries of  any  particular  state.  A  con- 
gress carries  on  negotiations  for  the 
ebtablishment  of  good  order  among 
t|ie  ruling  powers  of  Europe  ;  indivi- 
doal  states  treat  with  each  other,  to 
settle  their  particular  differenoes.  To 
negotiate  mostly  respects  political  con- 
cerns, except  in  the  casQ  of  negotiating 
bills :  to  treaty  as  well  as  transact,  is 
said  of  domestic  and  private  concerns : 
we  treat  with  a  person  about  the  pur- 
qhase  of  a  house ;  and  transact  our 
business  with  him  by  making  good  the 
purchase  and  paying  down  the  money. 
As  nouns,  negotiation  expresses  ra- 
ther the  act*  of  deliberating  than  the 
thing  deliberated  :  treaty  includes  the 
ideas  of  tjie  terms  proposed,  and  the 
arrangement  of  thos,e  terms:  trant* 
action  expresses  the  idea  of  something 
actually  done  and  finished.  Negotia^ 
tions  are  sometimes  very  long  pending ' 
before  the  preliminary  terms  m-e  even* 

.proposed,  or  any  basis  is  cfefined; 
treaties  of  commerce  are  entered  iQto 
by  all  civilized  countries,  in  order  to 

"  obviate  misunderstandings,  and  enable 
them  to  preserve  an  amicable  inter- 
course ;  the  transactions  which  daily 
pass  in  a  great  metropolis,  like  that 
of  London,  are  of  so  multifarious  a 
nature,  and  so  infinitely  numerous, 
that  the  bare  contemplation  of  ikiem 
fills  the  mind  with  astonishment  ^e- 
gotiations  are  long  or  short ;  treaties  are 
advantageous  or  the  contrary ;  trans^^ 
actions  are  honourable  or  dishonoui^ 
able. 

I  do  Dol  lore  te  mtesle  ipeecb  wilb  aaj  ebovC 
or  wotldly  ntgotiatioHg  In  Oed%  haiy 

He 


«  Y 


NOISE. 


NOMINATE. 


691 


What  then  Worlds 
\n  a  far  thinner  element  nutaloM, 
And  acting  the  saine  part  with  grtAter  fkltif 
More  rapid  movemeot,  aoA  for  nobUit  ends. 

YOUKO. 

More  obvioas  ends  to  paM  are  not  tbeae  stars, 
The  Rpat'j  majestic,  prood  imperial  thrones. 
On  which  anffulic  deleirates  of  lieatHi 
Di8cliar;re  high  trusts  of  vengeance  or  of  love. 
To  clothe  ia  outward  grandeur  grand  dfvtgns. 

YODNO. 

NOCTURNAL,  V.  Nightly, 

NOISE,    CRY,    OUTCRY. 
CLAMOR. 

NOISE  is  any  loud  sonnd  ;  CRY, 
OUTCUY,  and  CLAMOR,  are  par- 
ticular kinds  of  noises,  differing  either 
in  the  cause  or  the  nature  of  the 
sounds.  A  noise  proceeds  either  from 
animate  or  inanimate  objects;  the  ay 
proceeds  only  from  animate  objects. 
The  report  of  a  cannon,  or  the  loud 
sounds  occasioned  by  a  hiijh  wind,  are 
voiscs,  but  not  cries;  cries  issue  from 
birds,  beasts,  and  men.  A  noise  is 
produced  often  by  accident;  a  cry  is 
always  occasioned  by  soine  particular 
circumstance  :  when  many  horses  and 
carriages  are  going  together  they  make 
a  great  noise  ;  hunger  and  pain  cause 
cries  to  proceed  both  from  animals 
and  human  beings. 

Noise f  when  compared  with  cn/y  is 
sometimes  only  an  audible  sound  ;  the 
cry  is  a  very  loud  noise :  whatever 
disturbs  silence,  as  the  falling  of  a 
pin  in  a  perfectly  still  assembly,  is 
denominated  a  noise;  but  a  cry  is 
that  which  may  often  drown  other 
noises,  as  the  cries  of  people  selling 
things  about  the  streets.  A  cry  is  in 
general  a  regular  sound,  but  outcry 
and  clamor  are  irregular  sbunds;  the 
former  may  proceed  from  one  or  many, 
the  latter  from  many  in  conjunction. 
A  cry  after  a  thief  becomes  an  outcry 
when  set  up  by  many  at  a  time ;  it 
becomes  a  clamor,  if  accompanied 
with  shouting,  bawling,  and  noise$  of 
a  mixed  and  tumultuous  nature. 

Th(^so  terms  may  all  be  taken  in  an 
improper  as  well  as  a  proper  sense. 
Whatever  is  obtruded  upon  the  public 
notice,  so  as  to  become  the  universal 
subject  of  conversation  and  writing, 
is  said  to  make  a  noise ;  in  this  man- 
ner a  new  and  good  performer  at  the 
theatre  makes  a  noise  on  his  first  ap- 
pearance :  a  noiic  may,  however,  be 


fbr  or  against ;  but  a  cry,  outcry^  and 
clamor,  are  always  against  the  object, 
varying  in  the  degree  and  manner  in 
which  they  display  themselves :  the 
cry  is  less  than  the  outcry,  and  this  is 
less  than  the  clamor.  When  the  pub- 
lic voice  is  raised  in  an  audible  man- 
ner against  any  particular  matter,  it  is 
a  cry ;  if  i**  be  mingled  with  intern- 
Derate  language  it  is  an  outcry  ;  if  it 
be  vehement,  and  exceedingly  noiiy^ 
it  is  a  clamor :  partisans  raise  a  cry 
in  order  to  form  a  body  in  their  favor; 
the  discontented  are  ever  ready  to  set 
up  an  outcry  against  men  in  power;  a 
clamor  for  peace  in  the  time  of  war  is 
easily  raised  by  those  who  wish  to 
thwart  the  government. 

Nor  was  his  ear  less  pealM 
With  noises  load  and  mlnons.  Miltok. 

From  either  host,  the  mingled  shouts  and  criea 
Of  Trcgans  and  BntUians  rend  the  sliles. 

Dbydbv. 

And  now  frreat  deeds 
Had  been  achieved,  whereof  all  bell  had  runs'. 
Had  not  the  snaky  sorceress  that  sat 
Fa^t  bj  hell  gate,  and  kept  the  fatal  key, 
Ris'tofand  with  hideous  outcry  mshM  between. 

MlLTOlf. 

Their  darts  with  clamour  at  a  distance  drive. 
And  only  keep  the  langaishM  war  alive. 

DftTOSII. 

NOISOME,  V.  Hurtful. 
NOISY,  V.  Loud. 
NOMENCLATURE,  V.  Dictionary. 

TO  NOMINATE,    NAME. 

NOMINATE  comes  immediately 
from  the  Latin  nominatus,  participle 
of  nomino;  NAME  comes  (wm  the 
Teutonic,  &c.  name,  and  bcjth  from 
the  Latin  nomen,  &c.  (v.  To  name). 

To  nominate  and  to  name  are  both 
to  mention  by  name :  but   the  former 
is  to  mention  for  a  specific  purpose ; 
the  latter  is   to  mention  for  general 
purpose :  persons  only  are  nominated; 
things  as  well  as  persons  are  named  : 
one  nominates  a   person  in  order  to 
propose  him,  or  appoint  him,  to  an 
office  ;  but  one  names  a  person  casu- 
ally, in  the  course  of  conversation,  or 
one  names  him  in  order  to  make  some 
inquiry  respecting  liim.    To  be  fUNiii- 
nated  is  a  public  act;  to  be  named  ia 
generally  private:  one  is  nom^ 
before  an  assembly ;  one  is  nm 
any  place  :  to  be  nominated  is  fl 
an  honor ;  to  be  named  is  eitb 
noorable,  or  the  contnij, 

2  Y  3 


G9m 


NOTED. 


to  the  circumstances  tinder  which  it 
is  mentioned  :  a  person  is  nominated 
as  member  of  Parliament;  he  is 
named  in  terms  of  respect  f^enever 
be  is  spoken  of. 

maabetb  nominated  ber  coMmiMlMMti  to 
hmt  b«th  parties.  RoMRTioa. 

Tkea  CiIcIms  (bjr  TJIjmcb  tint  inptr*!]) 
Wik  wg'd  to  name  whom  th*  anfvjr  fodsir* 
qalr*d.  DsaiifAa. 

NOTE,  V.  Mark. 

TO  NOTE,  V.  To  r?iarA. 

NOTED,   V.    Distinguished. 

NOTED,    NOTORIOUS. 

NOTED  (v.  Distinguished)  may  be 
employed  either  in  a  good  or  a  bad 
sense ;  NOTORIOUS  is  never  used 
but  in  a  bad  sense  :  men  may  be  noted 
for  their  talents,  or  their  eccentricities ; 
they  are  notoriotis  only  for  their  vices : 
noted  characters  excite  many  and  di- 
verse remarks  from  their  fiiends  and 
their  enemies;  notorious  characters 
ore  universally  shunned. 

An  eofflnett  of  noted  kUII, 

BngBgM  to  stop  the  srowlng  III.  6a  v. 

"What  priocfplps  of  ordinary  prndenee    can 
irarrant  a  man  to  trust  a  notoriou»  cheat? 

South. 

NOTE,  V.  Remark. 
TO  NOTICE,  V.  To  attend  to. 
TO  NOTICE,  v.  Tb  mark. 
TO  NOTICE,  V.  To  mention. 
NflglCE,  V.  Informatioju 

TO  I^icE,  REMARK,  OBSERVE. 

To  NOTICE  {v.  To  atUnd  to)  is 
either  to  take  or  to  give  notice :  to 
REMARK,  compounded  of  re  and 
mork  (v,  Mark)y  signifies  to  reflect 
or  bring  back  any  mark  to  our  own 
mimly  or  communicate  the  same  to 
another :  to  mark  is  to  mark  a  thing 
once,  but  ta  remark  is  to  mark  it 
Hfun. 

OBSERVE  (v.  Looker  on)  sienifies 
ttther  to  keep  a  thing  present  before 
one's  own  view,  or  to  communicate 
oor  view  to  another. 

In  the  first  sense  of  these  words, 
at  the  action  respects  ourselves^  to 
notice  and  remark  require  simple  at- 
tention, to  observe  requires  examina- 
tion. To  notiu  is  a  more  cursory 
^^Btion  than  to  rem4urk :  we  may  notice 


I^OTICE. 

a  thing  by  a   single  stance,  or  on 
merely  turning   one^s  head;    bat  to 
remark  supposes  a  reaction  of  the 
mmd  on  an  object :  we  notice  that  a 
person  passes  our  door  on  a  certain 
day  and  at  a  certain  lionr;  but  we 
remark  that  he  goee  past  every  day 
at  the  same  hour :  we  notice  that  the 
sun  sets  this  evening  under  a  doud 
and  we  remark  that  it  has  done  so  for 
several    evenings     saocessiTelT :    we 
notice  t.ie  state  of  a  person's  health  or 
his  manners  in  company  ;  we  remark 
his  habits  and  peculiarities  in  domes- 
tic hfe.    yVhAi'iB  notUed  und  remark- 
ed strikes  on  the  senses,  and  awakens 
the  mmd;  what  is  observed  is  looked 
after  and  sought  for :  the   former  are 
often  involuntary  acta  ;  we  see,  hear, 
and  think,  because  the  objects  obtrude 
themselves  uncalled  for ;  but  the  lat- 
ler  is  intentional  as  well  as  ▼oluntarv- 
we  see,  hear,  and  think,  on  that  whidi 
we  have  watched.     We  remark  thim 
as  matters  of  fact  j  we   observe  thea 
in  order  to  judge  o^  or  draw  conclu- 
sions from,  tliem :  we  remark  that  the 
wind  lies  for  a  long  time  in  a  certaio 
quarter;  we  observe  that  whenever  it 
hes  in  a  certain  quarter  it  brings  rain 
with  it.     A  general  notices  any  thing 
particular  in  the  appearance  of  his 
army ;  he  remarks  that  the  men  have 
not  for  a  length  of  time  worn  contented 
faces;  he  consequently  observes thmv 
actions,  when  they  tliink  they  aie  not 
seen,  in  order  to  discover  the  cause 
of  their  dissatisfiiction :  people  who 
have  no  curiosity  are  sometinies  at- 
tracted to  notice  the  surs  or  planets, 
when    they  are   particularly  bright; 
those  who  look  frequently  will  remark 
that  the  same  star  does  not  rise  exactly 
in  the  same  place  for  two  soccessive 
nights;  but  the  astronomer  goes  far- 
ther, and  observes  all  the  motions  of 
the  heavenly  bodies,  in  order  to  disco- 
ver the  scheme  of  the  universe. 

In  the  latter  sense  of  these  verbs, 
as  respects  the  communication  to 
others  of  what  passes  in  our  own 
minds,  to  notice  is  to  make  known 
our  sentiments  by  various  ways ;  to 
remark  and  observe  are  to  make  then 
known  only  by  means  of  words:  to 
notice  is  a  pei-sonal  act  towards  an 
individual,  in  which  we  direct  our 
attention  to  him,  as  may  happen 
cither  by  a  bow,  a  nod,  awwdior 


NOVEL. 


NUMB. 


6M 


even  a  look  ;  but  to  remark  and  oh- 
serve  are  said  only  of  the  thoughts 
which  pass  in  our  own  minds,  and  are 
exprc:»sed  to  others :  friends  notice 
each  other  when  they  meet ;  they  r^ 
mark  to  others  the  impression  which 
passing  objects  make  upon  their 
minds :  the  observations  which  intelli- 
gent people  make  are  always  entitled 
to  notice  from  young  persons. 

The  dc'pravitv  of  maoklod  h  so  easily  dlit»> 
Tprablp,  that  nuthlof  but  the  daert  or  cell  cao 
exclude  it  from  7i«(/or.  JonKSOku 

Th*>  cUn  that  ■»a|:oia«>«  lit  ol^*otii  cootractn 
th«»  iii*bt  io  a  point,  and  tlie  mJod  mwrt  be 
fixed  Dpon  a  tingle  character,  to  rtmark  Its 
niaute  peculiaritie*.  Joimcoii. 

The  coarse  of  time  is  so  vKIbty  marked,  that 
it  i«  observed  ereo  hy  the  birds  of  pasufreu 

JOOHSOll. 

TO  NOTIFY,  V.  To  cxptess. 
NOTION,  V.  Conception. 
NOTION,  V.  opinion. 
NOTION,  V.  Perception. 
NOTORIOUS,  V.  Noted. 

NOTWITHSTANDING,  V.  HoWCVer. 

NovBL,  V.  Fable. 

NOVEL,  NEW. 

NOVEL  and  NEW  both  come 
immediately  from  the  Latin  novui 
(v.  News)y  and  the  former  is  to  tlie 
latter  as  the  species  to  the  genus :  every 
thing  novel  is  new;  but  all  that 
is  new  is  not  novel:  what  is  nofvcl 
is  mostly  strange  and  unexpected ;  but 
what  is  new  is  usual  and  expected :  the 
freezin;;  of  the  river  Thames  is  a  no- 
velty ;  the  frost  in  every  winter  is 
something  new  when  it  first  comes  : 
tliat  is  a  novel  sight  which  was  either 
lutver  seen  before,  or  seen  but  seldom ; 
tliat  is  a  new  sight  which  is  seen  for 
tlie  fl^^t  time :  the  entrance  of  the 
French  king  into  the  British  capitol 
was  a  sight  as  novel  as  it  was  interest- 
ing ;  the  entrance  of  a  king  into  the 
Ctnpital  of  Franco  was  a  Jiew  sight, 
aitcr  the  revolution  which  had  so  long 
existed. 

Wv  are  naturally  delighted  with  noveltjf, 

Joiiicsox. 

*Ti«  on  rtome  evening,  sunny,  fratefel,  mild, 
\Vh'  n  iiouf[ht  bDt  balm  I*  beaming  throogh  tho 

uoods, 
V\  irf.  ^.•IIovr  lu^tre  bright,  that  the  NfirtriWa 
Vixit  (lit-  'pHciou*  lieav'ns.  Tm^uton. 


TO  NOURISH,    NURTURE, 
CHERISH. 

To  NOUMSH  and  NURTURE 
are  but  variations  from  the  same  verb 
nutrio. 

ChlERlSHy  V.  Foster. 

The  thing  nourishes,  the  pierson 
nurtures  and  cherishes :  to  nourish  is 
to  aflTord  bodily  strength,  to  supply 
the  physical  necessities  of  the  body ; 
to  nurture  is  to  extend  one's  care  to 
the  supply  of  all  its  physical  neces- 
sities, to  preserve  life,  occasion  growth, 
and  increase  vigor  :  the  breast  of  the 
mother  nourishes  ;  the  fostenng  care 
and  attention  of  the  mother  nurtures. 
To  nurture  is  a  physical  act;  to 
cherish  is  a  mental  as  well  as  a  phy- 
sical act :  a  mother  nurtures  her  in/ant 
while  it  is  entirely  dependant  upon 
her;  she  cherishes  her  child  in  her 
bosom,  and  protects  it  from  every 
misfortune,  or  tJhrds  consolation  in 
the  midst  of  all  its  troubles,  when  it 
is  no  longer  an  infant. 

Air,  and  je  element*,  the  eldest  birth 

Of  nature's  womb,  that  ia  qaatemioB  na 

Periietual  circle,  rouUirona ;  aad  mix 

And  nourith  all  thinp.  Miltoit, 

Of  thy  superfluous  hroo<1,  she'll  ekeriih  kind 
Thtt  alien  oth^mg.  SovKRTiixa. 

NOXIOUS,  V.  Hurtful. 

NUMB,    BENUMBED,  TORPID. 

NUMB  and  BENUMBED  come 
from  the  Hebrew  num  to  sleep ;  the 
former  denoting  the  quality,  and  the 
latter  the  state:  there  are  but  few 
things  niff»6  by  nature;  but  there 
may  be  many  things  wliich  may  be 
benumbed.  TORPID,  in  Latin  torpi* 
dus,  from  torpeo  to  languish,  is  most 
commonly  employed  to  express  tho 
permanent  state  of  being  benumbed^ 
as  in  the  case  of  some  animals,  which 
lie  in  a  torpid  state  all  the  winter ;  or 
in  the  moral  sense  to  depict  the  ^- 
numbed  state  of  the  thinking  faculty ; 
in  this  manner  we  speak  of  the  torpor 
of  persons  who  are  benumbed  by  any 
strong  affection,  or  by  any  strong  ex- 
ternal action.        ' 

The  nifiht,  with  its  alluMt  and 
shows  the  winter.  In  whick  all  fhe 
veffftatlOB  are  bemimbed.  Ji 

There  most  be  a  graiid  tpeeCads  t 
the  tmaglnatlim,  icrovii  ttr^M  witik  1^ 
Jujmpal  of  alsty  jmnf  mcmls§. 


OBJECT. 


OBJECTION.        eds 


triple  of  objicio  to  lie  in  the  wmy, 
9ig;infics  the  thing  that  lies  in  ones 
way. 

SUBJECT,  in  Latin  subjectus,  par- 
ticiple  of  subjicio  to  lie  under,  sig- 
nifies the  thing  forming  the  ground- 
work. 

Tlie  object  puts  itself  forward ;  the 
subject  is  in  the  back  ground :  we 
notice  the  object ;  we  observe  or  re- 
flect on  the  subject:  the  objects  are 
sensible ;  the  subject  is  altogether  in- 
tellectunl ;  the  eye,  the  ear,  and  all 
the  senses,  are  occupied  with  the  sur- 
rounding objects ;  the  memory,  the 
judgement,  and  the  imagination,  are 
supplied  with  subjects  suitable  to  the 
nature  of  the  operations. 

When  obje^  is  taken  for  that  which 
is    intellectual,    it    retains  a  similar 
signification ;  it  is  the  thing  that  pre- 
sents itself  to  the  mind ;  it  is  seen  by 
the  mind's  eye :   the  subject ^  on  the 
contrary,    is    that   which    must     be 
sought  fur,  and  when  found  it  engages 
the  mental  powers :     hence  we  say 
an  object  of  consideration^  an  object 
of  delight,  au  object  of  concern  ;    a 
subject  of  reflection,  a  subject  of  ma- 
ture deliberation,    Uie   subject  of  a 
])oem,  the  subject  of  grief,  of  lamenta- 
tion, and  the  like.     When  the  mind 
becomes   distracted    by    too  great  a 
multiplicity  of  o4;ec^s,  it  can  fix  itself 
on  no  one  individual  object  with  suf- 
ficient steadiness  to  take  a^sij^ey  of 
it ;  in  like  manner,  if  a  chilcNjlbTe  too 
many  objects  set  before  it,  for  ^he  exer- 
cise of  its  powers,  it  will  atoquire  a 
familiarity  with  none :   religion  and 
politics  arc  interesting,  but  delicate 
subjects  of  discussion. 

He,  whose  subllaae  punaft  It  God  and  tnitb, 
Buros  like  lome  abik'nt  and  iropatleot  jovtb. 
To  joio  the  ohjtct  ofbit  warm  deiirea.    Jbhvh*. 

The  hymtm  and  ode*  (oftlie  Inspired  writen) 
excel  thooe  delivererl  down  (o  «•  bjr  the  Orveki 
and  Romans,  Jo  the  poetry  as  much  an  lo  the 
#tt^Vc^  '  ADDuoa. 


use  of  the  terms  in  ordinary  life :  to 
object  to  a  thing  is  to  propose  or  start 
something  against  it;  but  to  oppose 
it  is  to  set  oneself  up  steadily  against 
it :  one  objects  to  ordinary  matters  that 
require  no  reflection ;  one  opposes  mat- 
ters that  call  for  deliberation,  and  af- 
ford serious  reasons  for  and  against : 
a  parent  objects  to  his  child's  learning 
the  classics,  or  to  his  running  about 
the  streets;  he  opposes  his  marriage 
when  he  thinks  the  connexion  or  the 
circumstances  not  desirable :  we  object 
to  a   thing  from  our  own  particular 
feelings ;  we  oppose  a  thing  because  we 
judge  it  improper;  capricious  or  selfish 
people  will  (Ajeot  to  every  thing  that 
comes  across  their  own  humour;  those 
who  oppose  think  it  necessary  to  assign, 
at  least,  a  reason  for  their  opposition, 

Aboni  this  time,  an  Arcbhtobop  of  York  o^ 
Jected  to  clerks  (lecomiaeiided  to  benedws  bj  th« 
Pope),  because  tbejr  were  ignorant  of  EoKliah. 

TYawmrr. 
*Twas  of  no  parpose  to  oppote^ 
She'd  hear  to  bo  excnae  In  pcoae.  Swmv 

OBJECTION^  V.  Demur. 

OBJECTION,  DIFFICULTY, 
EXCBPTION. 


TO  OBJECT,  OPPOSE. 

To  OBJECT  {v.  Object)  is  to  cast 
in  the  way,  to  OPPOSE  is  to  place 
in  tlie  way;  there  is,  therefore,  very 
little  original  dilTerence,  except  that 
castino  is  a  more  momentary  and  sud- 
den proceeding,  placing  is  a  more  pre- 
meditated action ;  which  distinction,  at 
(he  same  time,  corresponds  with  the 


The  objection  {v.  Demur)  \% 
here  general;  it  comprehends  both 
the  DIFFICULTY  and  the  EXCEP- 
TION, which  are  but  species  of  the 
objection :  the  objection  and  the  dif" 
Jiculty  are  started;  the  exception  is 
made :  the  objection  to  a  thing  is  in 
gBieral  that  which  renders  it  less  desir- 
able ;  but  the  difficulty  is  that  which 
rendera  it  less  practicable:  there  is 
zxi  (Abjection  against  every  schema 
which  incurs  a  serious  risk ;  the  want 
of  means  to  begin,  or  resources  to 
carry  on  a  scheme,  are  serious  diffi* 
culiies. 

The  objection  and  exception  both 
respect  the  nature,  the  moral  ten- 
dency, or  moral  consequences  of  a 
thing ;  but  the  objection  may  be  frivo- 
lous or  serious;  the  exception  is  some- 
thing serious:  the  objection  is  posi- 
tive ;  the  exception  is  relatively  con- 
sidered, that  is,  the  thing  excepted 
horn  other  things,  as  not  good,  and 
consequently  objected  to.  Ol^edianM 
are  made  sometimes  to  propoeals  tat 
the  mere  sake  of  getting  rid  of  »" 
gagement :  those  who  do  not  n 
gi?e  themselres  trooUe  fiad  m 


OBSERVE. 


OBSTINATE.        69T 


vy  Ladjr  CUre,  joar  gmndmothM',  wiUi  all  dntj 
and  obttrra/ice,  Euu.  StaVPMB* 

OBSERVATIONS,  V.  NoieS* 

ro  oBSER\"E,  V.  To  keep. 
TO  OBSERVE,  V.  To  noticc* 

TO  OBSERVE,  WATCH. 

ORSERVE,p.  To  notice. 

WATCH,  V.  To  watch. 

These  terms  agree  in  expressing  the 
act  of  looking  at  an  object ;  bnt  06- 
scrre  is  not  so  strict  a  looking  after  as 
to  zcafch  :  a  general  observes  the  mo- 
tions of  an  enemy  ^vhen  they  are  in  no 
particular  state  of  activity ;  he  watches 
the  motions  of  an  enemy  when  they 
are  in  a  stale  of  commotion  :  we  oS- 
serve  a  tiling  in  order  to  draw  an  in- 
ference from  it :  we  watch  any  thing 
in  order  to  discover  what  may  hap- 
pen :  we  obserre  with  coolness ;  we 
nafc/i  with  etigcrncss:  we  observe 
carefully  ;  we  watch  narrowly :  the 
conduct  of  mankind  in  general  is  ob- 
served;  the  conduct  of  suspicious  in- 
dividuals is  watched. 

Nur  must  the  pluughuun  lets  observe  the  Aln. 

Drydkm. 

FortboQ  koovft 
Wliat  hath  btfo  warned  ur,  what  malidoH  foa 
tfalrhcM^  no  doubt,  with  fvri^y  hope  to  find, 
ili>  Hi«h  and  Im^  advaotngc,  us  a»uuder. 

Milton. 

TO  OBSERVE,  ?'.   To  $66. 

OBSERVER,  V,  Looker  on. 

OBSOLETE,  V.  Old. 

OBSTACLE,  V.  Diffiailty. 

OBSTINATE,  CONTUMACIOUS, 

STUBBORN,  HEADSTRONG, 

HBAbV. 

OBSTINATE,  in  Latin  obstinatus, 
participle  ot'obstino,  from  ob  and  stinOf 
$to  or  xisto,  signifies  standing  in  the 
way  of  another. 

COxN  TUMACIOUS,  v.  Contumacy. 

STUBBORN,  or  stoutbern,  signifies 
stitTr»r  immoveable  by  nature. 

IIEADSTllONG  signifies  strong  in 
the  head  or  the  mind ;  and  U£ADY, 
full  of  one's  own  head. 

Obstinacy  is  a  habit  of  the  mind  ; 
contumacy  is  cither  a  particular  8tat« 
of  feeling  or  a  mode  of  action :  0^ 
itinacy  amsists  in  an  attachment  to 


ono*8  own  mode  of  acting ;  contumacy 
consists  in  a  swelling  contempt  of 
others:  the  obstnuste  man  adheres 
tenaciously  to  his  own  ways,  and  op- 
poses reason  to  reason ;  the  contuma- 
cious man  disputes  the  right  of  another 
to  control  his  actions,  and  opposes 
force  to  force.  Obstinacy  interferes 
with  a  man's  private  conduct,  and 
makes  him  blind  to  right  reason ;  C09- 
tumacy  is  n  crime  against  lawful  au- 
thority; the  contumacious  man  setti 
himself  against  his  superiors :  when 
young  people  are  o^inafc' they  are  bad 
subjects  of  education ;  when  grown 
people  arc  contumacious  they  are  trou« 
olesome  subjects  to  the  king. 

The  stubborn  and  the  headstrong 
are  species  of  the  obstinate :  the 
former  lies  altogether  in  the  perver- 
sion of  the  will;  the  latter  in  the  per- 
version of  the  judgement  :  the  stuboorn 
person  wills  what  he  wills ;  the  head" 
strong  person  thinks  what  be  thinks. 
Stubbornness  is  mostly  inherent  in  the 
nature ;  a  headstrong  temper  is  com- 
monly associated  with  violence  and 
impetuosity  of  character.  Obstinacy 
discovers  itself  in  persons  of  all  ages 
and  stations;  a  stubborn  and  head" 
strong  disposition  betray  themselves 
mostly  in  those  who  are  bound  to 
conform  to  the  Nvill  of  another. 

The  obstinate  keep  the  opinions 
which  they  have  once  embraced  in 
spite  of  all  proof;  but  they  are  not 
hasty  in  forming  their  opinions,  nor 
ado[>t  them  without  a  choice:  the 
headstrong  seize  the  first  opinicms  that 
offer,  and  act  upon  them  in  spite  of 
all  remonstrance :  the  stubborn  fblloir 
the  ruling  will  or  bent  of  the  miod, 
without  regard  to  any  opinions  ;  they 
are  not  to  be  turned  by  force  or  peiw 
suasion.  If  an  obstinate  child  be 
treated  with  some  degree  of  indul- 
flSence,  there  may  be  hopes  of  correct* 
ing  bis  failing ;  but  a  stubborn  and  a 
k^sdstrong  diild  are  troublesome  sub* 
jects  of  education,  who  will  baffle  the 
utmost  skill  and  patience :  the  former 
is  insensible  to  all  reason ;  the  latter 
has  blinded  the  little  re;i6on  which  \m 
possesses :  the  former  is  uncooscioiif 
of  every  thing^  but  the  simpla  will 
and  determination  to  do  what  \m^ 
the  latter  is  so  preoccupied  will 
own  fisvourite  ideas  aa  to 


OFFENDING. 


OFFER. 


701 


absence ;  it  b  ao  mJfrotU  torjp/qfh  put 
him  with  Tiolenoe  and  rudeoeas.*^ 

Offences  are  either  aeainst-^od  or 
maji;  the  irespau  is  idwayi  an  ^ 
fence  against  man ;  the  trcoMgrenUm 
is  against  the  will  of  Ood  or  tne  laws 
of  men ;  the  misdtmeawmr  is  moM 
particularly  agiunst  the  established 
order  of  society ;  the  misdeed  is  an  o^ 
fence  against  the  Divine  Law;  tM 
affront  is  an  offence  against  good  man- 
ners. 

8U|rbt  provo«ttIcm»  aad  MvoIom  off^mea  an 
tko  nott  frequent  etwn  oC  diiqmiet. 


The  kilHnf  of  a  6ftT  or  boar,  or  etmi  t  harp, 
WM  panhbtd  wKh  tin  lo«  of  fiie  dtUttqmnVt 
ayoi.  HiiMF. 

OFFENDING,   OFFBNSIVB. 

OFFENDING  signifies  either 
actually  offending  or  calculated  to 
of  end  (v.  Todispieate);  OFFENSIVE 
signifies  calculated  to  offend  at  all 
times ;  a  person  may  be  qffkndksg  m 


Ins  manners  to  a  particular  individoaly 
or  nse  an  offending  expression  on  a 
particalar  occasion  without  any  impu- 
tation on  his  character;  but  if  his 
manner^  are  offensive^  it  reflects  both 
on  his  temper  and  education. 

And  tbo*  til*  ojgi^nding  part  feft  Mortal  pafa, 
IV  laoortal  part  Ua  ksowledfe  dU  rateln. 


Foffirt  the  teriiaroas  trmpmst  of  aiy  toogaa^ 

Otvay* 

To  wbora  wkh  stera  rafard  tlraa  Gabriel  ipaka  s 
Wb J  hast  tbim,  Sataa,  braka  tbe  boonda  pfs- 

icrib*d 
To  tbj  trmntgreutoTUf  Miltoii* 

Smallrr  fknlti  in  i  iolafioa  of  a  pnblle  law  are 
compricrd  ander  the  iiaiae  of  misdemmnour, 

Bt4CK«l«*l. 

Fleree  HaAw  b  your  lot,  (be  tUs  mitdeed^ 
R«dae*d  to  ffrlad  tbo  plain  m  whkh  yoa  IbaL 

DBYBHb 

God  may  mmdo  tiaaa  or  olhar  thiak  K  tbe  eoa-  , 
cem  of  bh  juMke  aad  pro>ldeooa  too  to  wreaft 
tbe  affronU  pat  upon  tbe  laws  of  oian*    Sovtb* 

TO  OFFEND,  V.  To  displease, 

OFFENDER,   DELINQUENT. 

The  offender  (v.  To  displease) 
is  he  who  offends  in  any  thing,  either 
by  commission  or  omission ;  the  DE- 
LINQUENT, from  delinquo  to  fail, 
signifies  properly  he  who  fails  by  omis- 
sion, but  it  is  extended  to  fail  by  the 
violation  of  a  law.  Tliuse  who  go 
into  a  wrong  place  are  offenders; 
those  who  stay  away  when  they  ought 
to  go  are  delinquents :  there  are  many 
offenders  against  the  sabbath  who 
commit  violent  and  open  breaches  of 
decorum  ;  there  .are  still  more  deUn- 
quents  who  never  attend  a  public  plac* 
of  worship. 

When  any  offender  ia  preianted  Into  aay  of 
the  ecclesiastical  courts  he  Is  dted  to  appear 

BR?aaroait. 


Gentlenea  eonvcta  whatatw  la  offemHv  In 
oor  auuiBerk  Blaia. 

OFFENSIVE,  V.  Obnoxious. 
OFFENSIVE,  V.  OffejuUng. 
TO  OFFER,  r.  To  give. 

TO  OFFER,   BID,  TENDER, 
PROPOSE. 

offer,  v.  To  give. 

BID,  V.  To  ask. 

TENDER,  like  the  word  tend^ 
from  tendo  to  stretch,  signifies  to 
stretch  forth  by  way  of  cfftring. 

PROPOSE,  in  Latin  proposui, 
perfect  of  propano  tu  place  or  set 
oefore,  likewise  characterizes  a  mode 
of  offering. 

Offer  is  employed  for  thai  which 
is  literally  transferrable,  or  for  that 
which  is  indirectly  communicable : 
WL  and  tender  belong  to  offer  in  the 
first  sense;  propou  belongs  to  (j^ 
in  the  latter  sense.  To  offer  is  a  vo- 
luntary and  discretionary  act;  tbe 
offer  may  be  accepted  or  rejected  at 
pleasure ;  to  hid  and  tender  are  spe- 
cific modes  of  offering  which  depend 
on  circumstances :  one  bids  with  the 
hope  of  its  being  accepted ;  one  tem» 
ders  from  a  prudential  motive,  and 
in  order  to  serve  specific  purposes. 
We  tjffer  money  to  a  poor  person,  it 
is  an  act  of  chanty  or  good  nature ; 
we  &uj  a  price  hr  the  nurchase  of  a 
house,  it  is  a  commercial  dealing  sub- 
ject to  the  rules  of  commerce  |  we 
tender  a  sum  of  money  by  way  of 
payment,  it  is  a  matter  of  prudence 
m  order  to  fulfil  an  obligation.  By 
the  same  rule  one  offers  a  person  the 
use  of  one's  horse ;  one  bids  a  sum  at 
an  auction ;  one  tenders  one's  services 
to  the  government. 

To  offer  and  propose  are  both  em- 
ployed in  matters  of  practice  or  spe- 
culation ;  bat  the  former  is  a  less  de> 
finite  and  decisive  act  than  the  lat- 
ter; we  cffier  aa  opioioft  by  way  of 


OFFSPRING. 


OFTEN. 


703 


discharging  or  compledng  an  office  or 
business,  nom  Jungorf  viz.  finem  and 
ago,  to  put  an  end  to  or  bring  to  a  con- 
clusion ;  it  is  extended  in  its  accept- 
ation to  the  office  itself  or  tHi  thing 
done.  The  office  therefore  in  its  strict 
aense  is  performed^  only  by  conscion 
or  intelligent  agents,  who  act  according 
to  their  instructions ;  xh.^  function^  on 
the  other  hand,  is  an  operation  of  un- 
conscious objects  according  to  the 
laws  of  nature.  The  office  of  an  herald 
is  to  proclaim  public  events  or  to  com- 
municate circumstances  from  one 
public  body  to  another :  the  Jvnefion 
of  the  tongue  is  to  speak ;  that  of  the 
ear,  to  hear ;  that  of  the  eye,  to  see. 
The  word  office  is  sometimes  employed 
in  the  same  application  by  the  per- 
sonification of  nature^  which  assigns 
an  office  to  the  ear,  to  the  tongue^  to 
the  eye,  and  the  like.  When  the 
frame  becomes  overpowered  by  a 
sudden  shodi,  the  tongue  will  fre- 
quently refuse  to  perform  its  office; 
when  the  animal  funcHom  are  im- 
peded for  a  length  of  time,  the  vital 
power  ceases  to  exist. 

Tb  all  meii*»  office  io  tp«ak  patienca 

To  those  that  wring  nnder  the  load  of  lorroir. 

SaAKSPBAMB. 

When  rogue*  like  tb«9e  (a  iparrow  eilei) 

To  honort  and  employments  rke* 

I  court  no  favor,  ask  no  plact.  Oat* 

Denliam  was  made  goTemor  of  Famham 
Castle  for  the  king,  hot  he  toon  resigned  that 
charge  and  retreated  to  Oxford.  Joh^isok. 

Nature  within  me  seems. 
In  all  hetfuncliona^  wearj  of  herself.    MrLTOv. 

The  two  office*  of  oaemorj  are  collection  and 
distributlcn.  JoaiiMW. 

OFFICIOUS,  V.  Active. 

OFFSPRING,    PROGBNY,    ISSUS. 

OFFSPRING  is  that  which^prings 
oflf  or  from  ;  PROGENY  that  which 
is  brought  forth  or  out  of;  ISSUE 
that  which  issuet  or  proceeds  from ; 
and  all  in  relation  to  the  family  or  ge* 
neration  of  the  human  species.  The 
offspring  is  a  familiar  term  applicable 
to  one  or  many  children  ;  progeny  is 
employed  only  as  a  collective  noun 
for  a  number;  itsue  is  used  in  an 
indefinite  manner  without  particular 
regard  to  number.  When  we  speak 
of  the  children  themselves,  we  aeno- 
minate  them  the  offspring  ;  when  we 

«  VidaTiudfr: 


speak  of  the  parents,  we  denominate 
the  children  their  progeny,  A  child 
is  said  to  be  the  only  offspring  of  his 
parents,  or  he  is  said  to  be  the  off' 
spring  of  low  parents ;  a  man  is  said 
to  have  a  numerous  or  a  healthy  pro^ 
geny,  or  to  leav*  his  progeny  in  cir- 
cumstances of  honor  and  prosperity. 
The  issue  is  said  only  in  regaro  to  m 
man  that  is  deceased  :  he  dies  with 
male  or  female  issue ;  with  or  with- 
out inue  ;  his  properff  descends  to  bb 
male  issue  in  a  direct  uoe. 

The  tame  canse  Chat  has  drawn  fhe  hatred  of 
God  and  iMn  opo*  the  tather  ef  hjm  OMy 
jnMj  entail  It  apoo  hb  ^fftpHng  too. 

The  haae  degenVate  Inm  ^fft^ngtmdM, 
A  golden  progeny  fram  Heav'a  deseeodfc 


Next  him  King  Lejr,  la  hi^pj   pUe«   Ions 

reigned. 
Bat  had  no  iuue  male  him  to  svcceed. 


OFTEN,    FREaUENTLV. 

OFTEN,  or  its  contracted  fbrm 
qftf  comes  in  all  probability  through 
the  medium  of  the  northern  languages, 
from  the  Greek  «4'  again,  and  signifiee 
properly  repetition  of  action. 

FREQUENTLY,  from  frequent 
crowded  or  numerous,  respects  a  plu- 
rality or  number  of  obfects. 

An  ignorant  man  often  uses  a  word 
without  knowing  what  it  means ;  igno- 
rant people  frequently  mistake  the 
meaning  of  the  words  thev  hear.  A 
person  goes  out  very  often  in  the 
course  of  a  week;  he  has  frequently 
six  or  seven  persons  to  visit  him  in 
the  course  of  that  time.  *  By  doing 
a  thing  c0en  it  becomes  habitual ;  we 
frequently  meet  the  same  persons  in 
the  route  which  we  often  tate. 

Often  flpon  the  caiilem  hack 
Of  herds  and  flocks  a  thoMaad  taggtog  hflli 
Piock  hair  and  wooL  TaoKioa. 

Hen*/in0gM«nt  at  the  vMoaaiy  hoar. 

When  musing  midnight  reigns  or  alleot  nooo, 

Aqgelic  harps  are  in  fnli  concert  heard. 

TaoHiON. 

OLD,  V.  Elderly. 

OLD,   ANCIENT,   ANTIQUE, 

ANTIQUATED,   OLD-FASH  lONBD, 

OBSOLETE. 

OLD,  in  German  ali,  low  German 
old,  &c.  comes  from  the  Greek  f«A»: 
of  yesterday. 

**  Oftoi,  freqncBtlj.** 

4 


ONWARD. 


OPENING. 


705 


tag  (o  mjif  ir  the  protection  of  that  Bdof  vho 

duposev  of  ereots. 


TO  OMIT,  V.  To  neglect. 

ON  one's  guard,  v.  Aware. 

ONE,    SINGLE,  ONLY. 

Unity  is  the  common  idea  of  all 
these  terms ;  and  at  the  same  time  the 
whole  signification  of  ONE,  which  w 
opposed  to  none ;  SINGLE,  in  Latin 
smgutus  each  or  one  by  itself,  pro- 
bably contracted  from  sine  angulo 
without  au  angle,  because  what  is  ei^ 
tirely  by  itself  cannot  form  an  angle, 
signifies  that  one  which  is  abstractecl 
from  others,  and  is  particularly  0{h 
posed  to  two,  or  a  double  which  may 
fonn  a  pair ;  ONLY,  contracted  from 
oneii/,  signifying  in  the  form  of  unity, 
is  employed  for  that  of  which  there  is 
no  more.  A  person  has  one  child,  is  a 
positive  expression  that  bespeaks  its 
own  meaning :  a  person  has  a  UTigle 
child,  conveys  the  idea  that  there  ough^t 
or  might  be  more,  that  more  was  ex- 
pecteil,  or  tliat  once  there  were  more  : 
a  person  has  an  only  child  implies  that 
he  never  had  more. 

For  shame,  RaUltaot,  caa  joa  hear  the  sifht. 
Of  one  ezpotM  for  aU,  in  iittgU  Afht.  Deyi»b>. 

Homely  hot  vboleaome  roots 
My  daJIj  food,  and  water  from  tte 
Nearest  spriof  n^  oiiily  drink.  VuMMtu 

ONLY,  V.  One. 
ONLY,  V.  Solitary. 
ONSET,  V.  Attack. 

ONWARD,    FORWARD,   PRO- 
GRESSIVE. 

ONWARD  is  taken  in  the  literal 
sense  of  going  nearer  to  an  olnact : 
FORWARD  is  taken  in  the  sense  of 
going  from  an  object,  or  going  farther 
in  the  line  before  one :  PROGRES- 
SIVE has  the  sense  of  going  gradually 
or  step  by  step  before  one. 

A  person  goes  onteard  who  does  not 
stand  still :  he  goesfortcard  who  does 
not  recede ;  he  goes  progressrveiy  who 
%oes  forward  at  certain  intervals. 

Onicard  is  taken  only  in  the  proper 
acceptation  of  travelling;  the  traveller 
who  has  lost  his  way  feels  it  necessary 
to  go  onxctird  Ww'd  the  hope  of  arriv- 
ing at  some  ptnnt ;  forward  is  em- 
ploved  in  the  improper  as  well  as  the 
proper  application;  a  traveller  (eet 


forward  in  onler  to  reach  his  point  of 
destiaadon  as  quickly  as  possible;  a 
Itamer  uses  his  utmost  endeavours  in 
order  to  ffit  forward  in  his  learning : 
progrtmoely  is  employed  only  in  toe 
improper  application  to  what  requires 
time  and  labor  io  order  to  bring  it  to  a 
ooodusion ;  erery  man  goes  on  prf>» 
greuively  in  his  art^  until  be  arrives 
at  the  point  of  perfection  attainable  by 
hinaselr. 

Ranorte,  aelHeBMi,  aetaneboly,  liov. 
Or  bjr  the  lasj  Sdield,  or  wanderinff  Pe, 
Or  vnward  where  the  rude  Corinthian  boor. 
Against  the  h<MiaeleBS  strancer  shuts  the  doer. 
Wliere'er  I  roam,  wbaterer  realms  to  see^ 
Mj  heut  aatmelPd  foodlj  tarns  to  thee. 

OouMHm. 

Haitood  the  cbalrmao  was  mech  bUned  for 
hb  rashness;  he  said  the  duty  of  the  chair  was 
always  to  set  things  JbrwanL  Baonr. 

ReiBoa  ]rr9gT€t$ict,  Instina  is  complete. 

YOOKO. 

OPAKE,   DARK. 

OPAKE,  in  Latin  opactu,  comes 
from  ops  the  earth,  because  the  earth 
is  the  darkest  of  all  bodies ;  the  word 
opake  is  to  DARK  as  the  species  to 
the  genasy  for  it  expresses  tliat  species 
of  darkness  which  is  inherent  in  solid 
bodies,  in  distinction  from  those  which 
emit  light  from  themselves,  or  aclmit 
of  light  into  themselves ;  it  is  there- 
fore employed  scientifically  for  the  more 
vulgar  and  familiar  term  dark.  On 
this  ground,  the  earth  is  termed  ati 
opake  body  in  distinction  from  the 
sun,  moon,  or  other  luminous  bodies^: 
any  solid  substances,  as  a  tree  or  a 
stone  is  an  opake  boidy  in  distinction 
from  glass  which  is  a  clear  or  trans- 
parent body. 

Bat  all  soashiae,  as  when  Us  Beams  at  noon, 
Calmlaote  from  th*  eqaator  as  they  now 
Shot  npward  still,  wbenee  no  way  eoud 
ttndosr  fh>m  body  eyerice  can  fUL         MsuMr. 

OPEN,  V.  Candid. 
OPEN,  V.  Franlu 

OPENING,   APERTURE,    CAVTrY. 

OPENING  signifies  in  general  angr 
place  led  open  without  defining  any 
circumstances;  the  APERTURE  is 
generally  a  spedfic  kind  of  opening 
which  is  oomidered  sdeatifically : 
there  ace  eptnmgs  in  the  wood  when 
tlw  trees  aie  partly  cat  away; 
0penings  in  streets  by  (lie.yiaoioval  of 
bo«Be>;  cor  pjMntf^  i»  l^fiwco  t|M|t 


706 


OPINIATED. 


OPINION. 


has  been  broken  down;  but  soato- 
Diists  speak  of  apertures  in  the  iknll 
or  in  the  heart,  and  the'  nataraliat  de- 
scribes the  apertures  in  the  nests  of 
bees,  ants,  beavers,  and  the  iike; 
the  operttng  or  i^erfitre  is  the  oom- 
mencement  of  an  inclosore ;  the  CA- 
VITY is  the  whole  indosore :  hence 
they  are  frequently  as  a  part  to  the 
t^hole ;  many  animals  make  a  cavity 
in  the  earth  for  their  nest  with  only  a 
small  aperture  for  their  egress  and 
ingress* 

Th^Menftddsv 
Betimjr*  fccr#BH7  taihjHntli,  aad  deep 
Ib  •eattcml  ralleo  openings,  ht  bekted, 
WiU  cvciy  bfcese  dw  hetn  tbe  eoatnc  itonB. 

Tbomm>». 

t^laalktBa  nloate  lie  bad  Ihrait  kli  little 
pmon  tkroofh  the  aperture,  and  afala  aad  airalo 
prirdm  a  poo  hb  neifAtboai^  cage.        CowntB. 

la  the  centre  of  erery  floor,  fhmi  top  to  bot- 
tom b  the  ehtaf  room,  of  no  sreat  extent,  roand 
whidi  there  aaa  aarrvw  emwiUes  or  rcciitei. 

JOBIUO*. 

OPBBATloN,  V.  Adunu 

OPBRATION,  V.  tVork, 

OPJMIATBD        OR      OPINIATIVE9 
CONCEITED,   EGOISTICAL. 

A  FONDNESS  for  one's  opinion  be- 
speaks the  OPINIATED  man;  a 
fond  conceit  of  one's  self  be- 
speaks the  CONCEITED  man:  a 
fond  attachment  to  one's  self  bespeaks 
the  EGOISTICAL  man :  a  liking  for 
.one's  self  or  one's  own  is  evidently  the 
common  idea  that  runs  through  these 
terms;  they  ditfer  in  the  mode  and  in 
the  object. 

An  opiniated  man  is  not  only  fond 

of  his  own  opinion,   but  full  of  his 

own  opinion ;  he  has  an  opinion  on 

every  thing,  which  is  the  best  possible 

epiniony   and  is  delivered  therefore 

freely  to  everyone,  that  they  nay  profit 

in  forming  their  own  opinions,    A  con- 

ceited  man  has  a  conceit  or  an  idle 

fond  opinion  of  his  talent;  it  is  not 

only  high  in  competition  with  others, 

but  it  is  so  high  as  to  be  set  above 

others.    The  conceited  man  does  not 

want  to  follow  the  ordinary  means  of 

aoquirine  knowledge :  his  conceit  sue- 

gests  to  him  that  his  talent  will  supply 

Uibor,  application,  reading  and  study, 

and   every  other  contrivance  which 

'men   have  commonly  employed    for 

their  improvemem;  he.  sees  by  iota* 


ition  what  another  leanis  by  eiperi- 
ence  and  observation ;  he  knows  in  a 
day  what  others  want  Tears  to  ao- 
quire;  he  learos  of  himself  wbit 
others  are  contented  to  get  bj  means 
of  instruction.  The  €gQistsemi  mu 
makes  himself  the  daiiing  theme  of 
his  own  contemplation ;  lie  admiiss 
and  loves  himselr  to  that  decree  that 
he  can  talk  and  think  of  notmng  dse; 
his  children,  his  house,  his  gaideo,  his 
rooms,  and  the  like,  are  the  incxssaal 
theme  of  his  conversation,  and  beoons 
invaluable  from  the  mere  drcomstaDOS 
of  belonging  US  him. 

An  opiniated  man  is  the  most  na- 
fit  for  conversation,  which  only  afibids 
pleasure  by  an  alternate  and  eqnabls 
communication  of  sentiment.  A  csa» 
ceited  man  is  the  most  unfit  for  cs- 
operation,  where  a  junction  of  taleot 
and  effort  is  essential  to  brinff  thinn 
to  a  conclusion ;  an  e^otsf fca/manii 
the  most  unfit  to  be  a  compauiofi  sr 
friend,  for  he  does  not  know  how  to 
value  or  like  any  thing  oat  of  Ki™«ifH; 


«t 


Down  was  ke  eaiC  from  all  Ua 
h  pkj  bat  all  Midi  poMtick  0pi$ttmt»rs 


No  freat  meaeaie  at  a  veiy  dUBcalt  ccWi 
bepamedvhicliit  not  atteaded  wHS  aoae  1 
chief;  none  bat  eoneetterf  prrtfilan  la 
baataew  bold  a^j  otber  language. 

To  ahov  their  partknlar  aveialoB  to  _, . 

fa  the  flnt  penoo,  the  fentlraieo  at  Ifott  lofal 
braaded  this  form  of  vrttli^  wMi  the  aaiwflf 


OPiNiATiVB,  V.  Opiniated, 

OPINION,    SBNTIMENT9    NOT10N. 

OPINION,  in  Latin  opinio  from 
opinor,  and  the  Greek  nrwotm^  to  think 
or  judge,  is  the  work  of  tlie  head. 

SENTIMENT,  from  sesUw  to  M, 
is  the  work  of  the  heart. 

NOTION,  in  Latin  notioy  hxm 
nosco  to  know,  is  a  simple  operation 
of  the  thinking  faculty. 

We  form  opinions:  we  have  lew- 
^tmen^s:  we  get  notions.  Ophwms 
are  formed  on  speculative  matter; 
they  are  the  result  of  reading,  expe- 
rience, and  refiection  :  sentiwtents  are 
entertained  on  matters  of  practice ; 
they  are  the  consequence  of  habits 
and  circumstances :  ao^toas'  are  ga- 
thered upon  bensible  objects,  aiid 
arise  out  of  the  casualties  of  hearing 
and  seeing.    Wo  have  c^iniont  oa 


OPPOSE. 


OPPOSE. 


TOT 


religion  as  respects  its  doctrines ;  w6 
have  untimentt  on  religion  as  respects 
its  practice  and  its  precepts.  The 
unity  of  the  Godhead  in  the  general 
sense,  and  the  doctrine  of  the  Trinity 
in  the  particular  sense,  are  opiniofu ; 
honor  and  gratitude  towards  the 
Deity,  the  sense  of  oar  dependance 
upon  him,  and  obligations  to  him,  are 
sentiments. 

Opinions  are  more  liable  to  error 
than  sentiments:  the  former  depend 
upon  knowledge,  and  must  therefore 
be  inaccurate ;  the  latter  depend  ra» 
ther  upon  instinct,  and  a  well  organ- 
ized frame    of  mind.      Nation*  are 
still  more  liable  to  error  than  either; 
they  are  the  imraatured  decisions  of 
the  uninformed  mind  on  this  appear- 
ances  of  things.    The  difference  of 
opinion  among  men,  on  the  most  im- 
portant questions  of  human  life,  is  a 
sufficient  evidence  that  the  mind  of 
man  is  very  easily  led  astray  in  mat- 
ters of  opinion  :  whatever  difference 
of    opinion    there    may    be    among 
Christians,  there  is  but  one  sentiment 
of  love  and  good  will  among  those 
who  follow  the  example  of  Christ, 
rather  than  their  own  passions:  the 
notions  of  a  Deity  are  so  imperfect 
among  savages  in  general,  that  they 
seem  to  amount  to  little  more  than  an 
indistinct  idea  of  some  superior  invi- 
sible agent. 

No,  coasia,  (saM  Henry  IV.  when  ehuyed  by 
tbe  Duke  of  Bouillon  with  having  chaoKed  Ua 
reli^oD)  I  have  changed  no  relision,  but  aa 
n>i^ion.  Howw. 

Tb^re  are  never  frraat  oBmben  te  any  sgtioa 
who  can  raise  a  pleavtof  diKOttnefnai  their  vwa 
itock  of  $eniimenU  and  imacei^  Johmoh, 

Thia  lettpr  comes  to  yew  loidMp,  irroa 
panied  with  a  small  wrtthif^  entllM  m  wfffii  | 
for  such  alone  can  that  piece  be  called  whieb 
aspires  no  higher  than  to  tbe  fornUnff  a  prvjeet. 

Saai 


OPPONENT,  V.  Enemy. 

OPPORTUNITY,  V.  OcCOSUm, 

TO  OPPOSE,  V.  To  cwnbai. 
TO  OPPOSE,  V.  To  contradict. 
TO  OPPOSE,  V.  To  object. 

TO   OPPOSRy   RESIST, 
WITHSTAND,   THWART. 

OPPOSE,  V.  To  contradia. 


RESIST  signifies  literally  to  stand 
beck,  away  from»  or  against. 

WUk  in  WITHSTAND  has  the 
fbfce  of  re  in  resiti. 

THWART,  from  tbe  German  guer 
cross,  signifies  to  oome  across. 

The  action  of  setting  one  thing  up 
against  another  is  obviously  exprMsed 
by  all  these  terms,  but  they  differ  in 
the  manner  and  the  circumstances* 
To  opoou  is  the  most  general  and  un« 
qualined  terra ;  it  simply  denotes  the 
relative  position  of  two  objects*  and 
when  applied  to  persons  it  does  not 
necessanly  imply  any  personal  cha- 
racteristic :  we  may  oppose  reason  or 
force  to  force :  or  things  may  be  ap' 
posed  to  each  other  which  are  in  an 
ooposite  direction,  as  a  house  to  a 
cnurch.  Resist  is  always  an  act  of 
more  or  less  force  when  applied  to 
f>ersons ;  it  is  mostly  a  culpable  ac- 
tion, as  when  men  resist  lawhil  antho- 
ritv ;  resistance  is  in  fact  alwavs  bad, 
unless  in  case  of  actual  selMefence. 
Opposition  may  be  made  in  any  form, 
as  when  we  oppose  a  person's  admit- 
tance into  a  noose  by  our  personal  af- 
forts ;  ot  we  appose  his  admission  into 
a  society  by  a  declaration  of  our  opi- 
nions. Resistance  is  always  a  direct 
action,  as  when  we  resist  an  invading 
army  by  the  sword,  or  we  resist  the 
evidence  of  our  senses  by  denying 
our  assent ;  or,  in  relation  to  thmgs, 
when  wood  or  any  hard  substance 
resists  the  violent  efforts  of  steel  or 
iron  to  make  an  impression. 

Withstand  and  ikmart  are  modes 
of  resistance  applicable  only  to  con- 
scioas  agenU.  To  withstand  is  nega» 
tive ;  it  implies  not  to  yield  to  any 
foreign  agency :  thus,  a  person  vt^i- 
stands  the  entreaties  ot  another  to 
comply  with  a  request.  To  thspart  is 
positive;  it  is  actively  to  cross  tbe 
will  of  another:  thus,  humoursoma 
people  are  perpetually  thwarting  the 
wisnes  of  those  with*  whom  they  are 
in  connection.  Habitual  oppontion^ 
whether  in  act  or  in  spirit,  is  equally 
senseless;  none  but  conceited  or  tur- 
bolent  people  are  guilty  of  it.  (J^me- 
iitionists  to  eovemment  are  dangerous 
members  of  society,  and  are  ever 
preaching  up  resistance  to  constituted 
authorities.  It  is  a  happy  thing  when 
a  young  man  can  wnthstmd  the  aUei^ 
9z8 


7(0. 


OORTIOV. 


OSOBB. 


its  of  pleftinre.  It  is  a  part  of  a 
Christian's  doty  to  bear  with  patieooo 
tiM  untoward  events  of  life  that  ihmmft 
his  purposes. 

86  ioC  «« Mmtt,  to  Ugli  *•  tUMll  roM, 
WMto  ow  iifcui,— a  wMi>tfc>nwhi  ujnnit. 
(  DftTm. 

!  fSitfeolMr  toflMoat  of  •faoi>4  ilfbt  hate  W«i 
fkfakwUk  Mfih  eritece,  n  ■«Mhflr  BacM  aor 
S^lle  te?«  bcM  abla  to  rwCft.  JomtoH. 

Ite  twice  a««  4aji  Cte  food  old  mw  irfUb^tootf 
TK  iitwWIod  Inuoa,  ud  wu  dunb  Co  blood. 

Dbviicw. 
He  VBdenliBdlnf  ud  will  never  dttogieed 
(Mbiw  ClM  fUl);  ibr  *o  proponli  of  tlio  ooo 
wmm  Vmmittd  the  iMMaatfot  rf  tht  othor. 

Sovn* 

opp^iTEy  V.  Adverse. 
OPPROBRIUM)  v.  Infamy. 
TO  OPPUGN,  v.  To  confute^ 

OPTION,^  CHOICX. 

OPTION  is  immediately  of  Latin 
derivation^  and  is  consequently  a  term 
of  less  frequent  use  than  the  word 
CHOICfiy  which  has  been  shown  {v. 
To  ekoom)  to  be  of  Celtic  origin. 
Die  former  term,  firom  the  Greek 
oerrt/bMii  to  see  or  consider,  implies  an 
mcontrolled  act  of  the  mind;  the  lat* 
ter  a  simple  leaning  of  the  will.  We 
ipeak  of  the  option  only  as  regards 
ode's  fieedom  from  external  con- 
straint in  the  act  of  ohoo$ing:  one 
speaks  of  the  choice  only  as  the  simple 
act  itself.  The  option  or  the  power 
of  ckooiing  is  given ;  the  choice  itself 
is  made :  hence  we  say  a  thing  is  at 
»  person's  option,  or  it  is  his  own 
opiunif  or  the  option  is  left  to  him,  in 
Older  to  designate  his  freedom  of 
thoice  more  stron^jr  than  is  expressed 
by  the  word  choice  itself. 

Wbilft  thej  telk  we  mnit  maka  oar  cA«<ce, 
th^  or  the  Jacoblu.    We  InTe  no  other  ^pUan, 

Boen. 

OPULENCE,  V.  Riches. 
ORAL,  V.  Verbal. 
ORATION,  V.  Address. 
ORATORY,  V.  Elocution. 
ORB,  V.  Circle. 
TO  ORDAIN,  V.  To  appoint. 
TO  ORDBB,  V.  To  appoint. 
.OEDSR^  V.  Class. 


ORDER,  V.  Oommaxd. 
oRDBRj  V.  Direction. 

ORDER,   IIBTHOD,    ftULB. 

ORDER,  V,  To  diepoee. 

METHOD,  m  ,]Frenc1i  methode, 
Latin  methodus,  Gntk  /^tM^i  hon 
fAtra  and  e^o;,  signifies  the  ready  or 
right  wajr  to  do  a  thing. 

RULE  comes  from  the  Latin  r^^ 
a  rule,  and  rego  to  eovfni»  direct,  or 
make  strmght,  the  former  exprasfing 
the  act  of  making  it  straight  or  ths 
thing  by  which  it  is  made ;  the  latter 
the  abstract  quality  of  being  so  asado. 

Order  is  appliea  in  geaeral  to  emy 
thing  that  is  dispoied  ;  method  and 
rule  are  applied  only  to  that  whidi  is 
done ;  the  order  lies  in  consulting  the 
time,  the  place,  and  the  ol)}ect,  so  si 
to  make  them  accord  ;    the  WKtkod 
consists  in  the  right  choice  of  raeass 
to  an  end ;  the  rule  consists  in  that 
which  will  keep  us  m  the  ryht  w^. 
Where  there  is  a  number  of  olaecis 
there  must  be  order  19  the  dispoiutiflo 
of  them :  there  most  be  ordSrin  s 
school  as  to  the  arranE^nient  ef  tks 
children  and  the  arrangement  of  die 
business :  where  there  is  work  to  canj 
on,  or  any  object  to  obtaio,  or  asy 
art  to  follow,  there  must  be  mttkoi  in 
the  pursuit ;  a  tradesman  or  merebsafi 
must  have  method  in  keeping  his  wc- 
counts ;  a  teacher  must  haye  a  wKtkod 
for  the  communication  of  instructioD : 
the  rule  is  the  part  of  the  method:  it 
is  that  on  which  the  method  rests; 
there  cannot  be  method  withoet  rmk^ 
but  there  may  be  rule  without  method; 
the  method  varies  with  the  thing  tbit 
is  to  be  done ;  the  ruie  is  that  which 
18  permanent  and  serves  as  a  guide 
nnaer  all  circumstances.    We  ^^v^ 
the  method  and  follow  the  rute.    A 
painter  adopts  a  certain  method  of  pre- 
parioe  his  colors  according  to  the  rules 
laid  down  by  his  art. 

Order  is  said  of  every  complicated 
machine,  either  of  a  physical  or  s 
moral  kind :  the  order  of  the  naiverse, 
by  which  every  part  is  made  to  bar^ 
monize  to  the  other  part,  and  all  indi- 
vidually to  the  whole  coUedively,  is 
that  which  constitutes  its  priadpsl 
beauty:  as  rational  beinn  we  aim 
at  introdttdng  thenme  otSor  into  die 


ORDER. 


ORIFICE. 


709 


moral  scheme  of  society:  order  is 
therefore  that  which  is  founded  upon 
the  nature  of  things,  and  seems  in  its 
extensive  sense  to  comprehend  all  the 
rest.  Method  is  the  work  of  the  un- 
staiidinp:,  mostly  as  it  is  employed  in 
the  mechanical  process;  sometimes 
however,  as  respects  intellectaal  ob- 
jects. B,uU  is  said  either  as  it  respects 
mechanical  and  physical  actions  or 
moral  conduct. 

The  order  of  society  is  preserved  by 
means  of  government,  or  authority : 
laws  or  rules  are  employed  by  au- 
thority ns  instruments  in  the  pre- 
servation of  order :  no  work  should 
be  performed,  whether  it  be  the  build- 
ing a  house,  or  the  writing  a  book, 
without  method ;  this  method  will  be 
more  or  less  correct,  as  it  is  ibnned 
according  to  definite  rultt. 

The  term  rule  is,  however,  as  be- 
fore observed,  employed  distinctly  fipom 
eitlior  order  or  method^  for  it  applies 
to  tlie  moral  conduct  of  the  individnai. 
'J'hc  Christian  religion  contains  rul€$ 
for  the  guidance  of  our  conduct  in  aii 
tlio  relations  of  human  society. 

As  epithets, orderly^meikodieal^  and 
reffular,  are  apfilied  to  persmis  and 
even  to  things  according  to  the  above 
distinction  of  the  nouns :  an  orderly 
man,  or  an  orderly  society,  is  one  that 
adheres  to  the  established  order  of 
things :  the  former  in  his  domestic 
habits,  the  latter  in  their  public  capa- 
city, their  social  meetings,  and  their 
social  measures.  A  methodical  man  is 
one  who  adopts  method  in  all  he  sets 
about ;  such  a  one  may  sometimes 
run  into  the  extreme  of  formality,  by 
bein;;  precise  where  precision  is  not 
necessary  :  we  cannot  speak  of  a  me- 
t hod Ual  society,  for  method  is^alto^ 
ther  a  personal  quality.  A  man  is 
reptfar,  in  ns  much  as  he  follows  a 
certain  rule  in  his  moral  actions,  and 
tliercby  preserves  a  uniformity  of  con- 
duct :  a  regular  society  is  one  founded 
by  a  certain  prescribed  rule. 

A  disorderly  person  in  a  family  dis- 
composes its  domestic  osconomy  :  a 
man  who  is  disorderly  in  his  business 
throws  every  thing  into  confusion.  It 
is  of  peculiar  importance  for  a  person 
to  be  methodical  who  has  the  superin- 
tendancc  of  other  people's  labor :  much 
time  is  lost  and  much  fruitless  trouble 
•occasioned  by  the  v?anC  d"  nuBihod: 
3 


regularity  of  life  is  of  as  much  more 
importance  than  order  and  method^  as 
a  man's  durable  happuiess  is  to  the 
happiness  of  the  moment :  the  orderly 
and  methodical  respect  only  the  tran- 
sitory modes  of  things ;  but  the  regU" 
lar  concerns  a  man  both  for  body  and 
soul. 

These  terms  are  in  like  manner  ap- 
plied to  that  which  is  personal;  Wie 
say,  an  orderly  proceeding,  or  an  or^ 
derly  course  for  what  is  none  in  due 
order :  a  regular  proceeding,  or  a  regU" 
Uir  course,  which  goes  on  according  to 
a  prescribed  rule ;  a  methodical  gram- 
mar, a  methodical  delineation,  and  the 
like,  for  what  is  done  according  to  a 
given  method. 

The  order  and  mtthod  of  niCnre  li  gOMnllj 
VCfy  dlffrr«iit  flpom  <Hir  meocuRS  and  proportlopib 


Tbdr  ttorjr  I  rvfoltM;  ud  iwerent  own'd 
TMr  pdiihM  arts  of  rule,  tkeir  hamui  firtocs. 

MAUBt. 

TO  ORDER,   V.  To  ploce. 

ORDBR,  t;.  Succession. 
ORDINARY)  V.  Common. 

ORIFICE,    PERVORATIOIf. 

ORIFICE,  in  Latin  orijteium  or 
orifaeium,  from  oi  andyacf  trm,  signifies 
a  made  mouth,  that  is  an  opening 
made,  as  it  were. 

PERFORATION,  in  Latin  perfih- 
tatiOy  from  perfbro,  signifies  a  piercing 
through. 

These  terms  are  both  scientificaUj 
employed  by  medical  men,  to  desig- 
nate certain  cavities  in  the  human 
body;  but  the  former  respects  that 
which  is  natural,  the  latter  that  which 
is  artificial :  all  the  vessels  of  the  fan- 
man  body  have  their  orificei  which  are 
so  constructed  as  to  open  or  close  of 
themselves.  Surgeons  are  firequently 
obliged  to  make  perforatiom  into 
the  bones:  sometimes  perforation 
may  describe  what  comes  from  a 
natural  process,  but  it  denotes  » 
cavity  made  througli  a  solid  sub- 
stance ;  but  the  orifice  is  particularly 
applicable  to  such  openings  as  most 
resemble  the  month  in  form  and  use. 
In  this  manner  the  wofds  may  be  ex* 
tetided  in  thdr  application  to  other 
bodies  besides  animal  substances,  and 
in  other  sciences  besides  aoatoiny: 
hence  we  speak  of  die  ofifief  of  a 


i 


OVERBEAR. 


OVERBEAR.    711 


heavy  body  cutweighs  one  that  is 
light,  when  they  are  put  into  the  same 
scale.  Overbalance  and  outweigh  are 
likewise  used  in  the  improper  applica- 
tion ;  preponderate  is  never  used 
otherwise:  things  are  said  to  aver" 
balance  which  are  supposed  to  turn 
the  scale  to  one  side  or  the  other;  they 
are  said  to  outweigh  when  they  are  to 
be  weighed  against  each  other;  they 
are  said  to  preponderate  when  one 
weighs  every  tning  else  down :  the  evils 
which  arise  from  innovations  in  so- 
ciety commonly  overbalance  the  good; 
the  will  of  a  parent  should  outweigh 
every  personal  consideration  in  the 
mind ;  which  will  always  be  the  case 
where  the  power  of  religion  prepondC' 
rates, 

Wbaie?er  mny  imn  dmij  have  wriCteii  or  doM, 
hta  pmepCs  or  hit  yaloar  «ill  Maredjr  over^ 
balance  the  unimportant  nnlfomltjr  which  mas 
through  hto  time.  Joaaso*. 

If  endless  afres  can  outweigh  aa  hoar. 

Let  not  the  laurel  hut  the  palm  la^iia.    Totnn. 

Loolu  which  do  not  correipoad  with  tiM 
heart  cannot  be  acsuraed  wfthont  hibor,  nor  eon- 
tinned  without  pain;  the  motive  to  rdlaqnUi 
them  murt,  tiierefore,  woanprtponderMe, 

HAwxatwomTB. 

TO  OVERBEAR,  BEAR  BOWN9 

OVERPOWER,  OVERWHELM, 

SUBDUE. 

To  OVERBEAR  is  to  bear  one's 
self  over  another,  that  is,  to  make 
another  bear  one's  weight ;  to  BEAR 
DOWN  is  literally  to  bringdown  by 
bearing  upon ;  to  OVERPOWER  is 
to  ^ct  the  power  over  an  object; 
to  OVEHVVllELM,  from  wheUn  or 
wheel,  signifies  to  turn  quite  round  as 
well  as  over;  to  SUBDUE  (v.  To 
conquer)  is  literally  to  bring  or  put 
underneath.  A  man  overSean  by 
carrying  himself  higher  than  others* 
and  putting  to  silence  those  who 
might  claim  an  equality  with  him; 
an  overbearing  demeanor  is  most  ood- 
spicuous  in  narrow  circles  where  an 
individual,  from  certain  casual  advao* 
tages,  affects  a  superiority  over  the 
members  of  the  same  community* 
To  bear  down  is  an  act  of  greater 
violence  :  one  bears  down  opposition ; 
it  is  properly  tlie  opposing  force  to 
force,  until  one  side  yields:  there 
may  be  occasions  in  which  bearing 
down  is  fully  Justifiable  and  laudable. 
Mr.  Pitt  was  often  compelled  to  bear 


da$m  a  fiictioua  party  which  threat* 
ened    to   overturn    the   government. 
Overpowtr,  as  the  term  implies,  be- 
longs to  the  exercise  of  power  which 
may   be    either   physical  or  moral : 
one  may  be  overpowered  by  another, 
who  in  a  struggle  gets  one  into  his 
power;  or  one  may  be  overpowered  in 
an  argument,  when  the  argument  of 
one's  antagonist  is  such  as  to  bring 
one  to  silence.    One  is  overborne  or 
borne  down  by  the  exertion  of  iudivi* 
duals;    one  is    overpowered   by  the 
active  eHbrts  of  individuals,  or  by  the 
force  of  circumstances ;  one  is  over* 
whelmed  by  circumstances  or  things 
only :  one  is  overborne  by  another  of 
superior  influence ;  one  is  borne  down 
by  the  force  of  his  attack ;  one  is  ovpr»  . 
powered  by  numbers,  by  entreaties,  by 
looks,  and  the  like;  one  is  overwhelm* 
ed  by  the  torrent  of  words^  or  tlie  im- 
petuosity of  the  attack. 

Overpower  and  overwhelm  denote 
a  partial  superiority ;  subdue  denotes 
that  which  is  permanent  and  positive : 
we  may  overpower  or  overwhelm  for 
a  time,  or  to  a  certain  degree ;  but  to 
nibdue  is  to  get  an  entiie  and  lasting 
superiority.  Overpower  and  over* 
whelmwe  said  of  what  passes  between 
persons  nearly  on  a  level ;  but  subdue 
is  said  of  those  who  are,  or  may  be, 
reduced  to  a  lov^  state  of  inferiority : 
individuals  or  armies  are  overpowered 
or  overwhelmed;  individuals  or  na- 
tions are  subdued :  we  may  be  over* 
powered  in  one  engagement,  and  over* 
power  our  opponent  in  another;  we 
may  be  overwhelmed  by  the  sudden- 
ness and  impetuosity  of  the  attack, 
yet  we  may  recover  ourselves  so  as 
to  renew  the  attack ;  but  when  we  are 
Mubdued  all  power  of  resistfMice  is 
gone. 

To  overpower,  overwhelm^  and  tub* 
due,  are  likewise  applied  to  the  moral 
feelings,  as  well  as  to  the  exteriud 
relations  of  tilings :  but  the  two  for- 
mer are  the  etfects  of  external  circum- 
stances ;  the  latter  follows  from  the 
exercise  of  the  reasoning  powers  i  tha 
tender  feelings  are  overpov^red  ;  the 
mind  is  overwhelmed  with  painful 
feelings ;  the  unruly  passions  are  tub* 
dued  by  the  fojrce  of  religious  con- 
templatioii :  a  person  may  be  so  over* 
powered,  on  seeing  a  dymg  friend,  as 
to  be  ^^»b\p  to  speak  j  a  person  ma j 


OVERTURN. 


OVERWHELM.      7IJ 


Ttt^fltorroorinU  u4  flic,wiA  tie  tekMH 
tliit  nvtrspread  the  land  for  three  (Ujt,ftra  dc» 
■cribed  with  fnrat  strvngth.  ABDnplh 

Mnrt  dnpotic  fovennaenta  iTp natnrallj  •per> 
rvn  with  inorance  and  barbarity.         ilDoisoii. 

\^  hilc  Herctd  wai  abtODt,  tbc  tUev«  of  Tra- 
chonite«  ravaged  with  the-lr  depredationa  all  the 
pirt9  of  Judea  and  Cxelo  S^frU  that  lay  wltlrfo 
thfrir  reach.  PMoimAn:. 

OVERSIGHT,  V.  Inodvertcncy. 
OVERSIGHT,  v.  Inspection. 
TO  OVERTHROW,  V.  To  beat. 
TO  OVERTHROW,  V.  Tooverttirti. 

TO  OVERTURN,  OVERTHROW, 
SUBVERT,  INVERT,  REVERSE. 

To  OVERTURN  is  simply  to  tarn 
over,  which  mav  be  more  or  less  gra- 
dual :  but  to  OVERTHROW  is  to 
throw  over,  which  will  be  more  or 
less  violent.  To  overturn  is  to  turn  a 
thing  either  with  its  side  or  its  bottom 
upward ;  but  to  SUBVERT  is  to  turn 
thnt  under  which  should  be  upward : 
to  REVERSE  is  to  turn  that  before 
which  should  be  behind  ;  and  to  IN- 
VERT is  to  place  that  on  its  head 
which  should  rest  on  its  feet.  These 
terms  differ  accordingly  in  their  appli- 
cation and  circumstantses  :  things  are 
overt unifd  by  contrivance  and  gradual 
means ;  infidels  attempt  to  overturn 
Christianity  by  the  arts  of  ridicule  and 
falsehood :  the  French  revolutionists 
overthrew  their  lawful  government  by 
every  act  of  violence.  To  overturn  is 
said  of  small  matters  ;  to  subvert  only 
of  national  or  large  concerns :  the  do- 
mestic economy  may  be  overturned  ; 
religious  or  political  establishments 
may  be  subverted :  that  may  be  orer- 
turned  which  is  simply  set  op;  that 
is  suhrerted  which  has  been  establish- 
ed :  an  assertion  may  be  overturned; 
the  best  sanctioned  principles  may  by 
artifice  be  subverted. 

To  overturn,  overthrow^  and  suth 
vert,  j;enerally  involve  the  destruction 
of  the  thing  so  overturned,  aver^ 
thrown,  or  subverted,  or  at  least  renders 
it  for  the  time  useless,  and  are,  there- 
fore, mostly  unallowed  acts ;  but  rc- 
verse  and  invert,  which  have  a  more 
particular  application,  have  a  less  spe- 
cific character  of  propriety  :  we  may 
rtverse  a  proposition  by  taking  the 
negative  instead  of  the  affirmative; 


a  decree  may  be  reversed  so  as 
to  render  it  nagntory;  but  both  of 
these  acts  may  be  right  or  wrong,  ac- 
cording to  circumstances:  likewise, 
the  order  of  particular  things  may  be 
inverted  to  suit  the  convenience  of 
parties ;  bat  the  order  of  society  can* 
not  be  interted  without  tubterting 
all  the  principles  on  which  civil 
society  is  built. 

An  agv  Is  rfpViiOf  hi  rerolvtBir  fkt». 

When  Troy  ihall  •verturn  the  Gneciaa  alatow 


ThiR  pnid0i,br  dianeton  •^trthfwm, 
taairlM  that  thej  nUre  tbHr  own.  Oat» 

Othefi,  fran  pnUtevplrit,  li^cforvd  to  prewnt 
a  ef?il  war,  wbick,  vbat^er  party  vhonld  prevail, 
mart  abake,  wad  perhapi  ntkvert^  the  Spaniib 
Po*«r*  RobBifaoiu 

Our  aneettora  aflMed  a  cntain  pomp  nf  atylci^ 
and  ibb  affpctatlon,  1  antpecl,  w%%  th«  truecauva 
of  their  so  freqnentljr  intferting  tbe  natanl 
ordur  af  Ckrir  irorda,  etpceiall j  In  poetry. 

TvamtHPtra 

He  who  valkl  not  nprlisbUy  bai  ndtker  from 
the  preuimptlon  of  QoA\  mercj  rerenlng  tha 
decrra  of  hit  jnatk^  nor  firoai  Ut  ovn  purpoaoa 
of  a  future  repentance,  nnj  tare  K>'ouud  to  ict 
hia  foot  npob.  South. 

TO  OVERWHELM,  t;.  To  overbeoT. 

TO  OVERWHELM,  CRUSH. 

To  OVERWHELM  (v.  To  over^ 
bear)  is  to  cover  with  a  heavy  body^ 
so  that  one  should  sink  under  it ;  to 
CKU6H  is  to  destroy  the  consistency 
of  a  thing  by  violent  pressure :  a 
thing  may  be  crushed  by  being  over* 
whelmed,  but  it  may  be  overwhe/med 
without  being  cnuked;  and  it  may  be 
crushed  without  being  croerwhelmed  z 
the  girl  Tarpeia,  who  betrayed  tlie 
Capitolane  hill  to  the  Sabine*^  is  said 
to  nave  been  overwhelmed  with  their 
armsy  by  which  she  was  crushed  to 
death:  when  many  persons  fail  on 
one,  he  may  be  overwhelmed^  bat  not 
neetuMiiy  crushed :  when  a  waggoa 
fjoes  over  a  body,  it  may  be  crusMedf 
but  not  overwhelmed, 

CMC  Hot  the  potWeal  nielaplijtin  of  JaedMM 
bmk  priaoHf  to  hnril  Uho  m  Levanter,  to  awctp 
tbe  cnnh  with  tbeir  hnrricano,  and  to  break  iif 
tbe  fonnCkinaor  tbe  great  deep  to  orenohelm  ■«. 

BoBU. 

Melt  hb  cold  bearC,  and  wike  dead  natora  fa 

htm, 
Ormtk  Ma  la  thy  umm,  Otwav* 

OUTCRY,  1/.  Noise. 

TO  OUT-DO,  V.  To  exceed. 


PAIN. 


PAINT. 


715 


«   thousand   paces  was   the  Rmmn 

measurement  for  a  mile ;  a  step  op  two 

desijl^nates  almost  the  shortest  possible 

distance. 

To*iDorro«,  to-morrow,  tad  Co-momnr, 
Creeps  In  a  rtealtof  jMce  fkonday  to  d^y. 


Grace  vm  In  all  her  $tep§,  hmTca  in  ber  ej«. 
In  era-jr  gestnre  dignltjr  and  lofe.  Mlltov* 

TO  PACIFY,  V.   To  appease. 
PAGAN,  V.  Gentile. 

PAIN,  PANG,  AGONY,    ANGUISH. 

PAIN  is  to  be  traced,  through  the 
French  and  northern  languages,  to  the 
Latin  and  Greek  vun  punishment, 
irovoff  labor,  and'  «'ivo/*«i  to  be  poor  or 
in  trouble.  PANG  is  but  a  variation 
o( pain,  contracted  from  the  Teutonic 
peinigen  to  torment. 

AGONY  comes  from  the  Greek 
ayc^i^v  to  Struggle  or  contend,  signi*^ 
fying  the  labor  or  pain  of  a  struggle. 

ANGUISH  comes  from  the  Latin 
o^go,  contracted  from  ante  and  ofo^ 
to  act  against,  or  in  direct  opposition 
to,  and  signifies  the  pain  arising  from 
severe  pressure. 

Faiut  which  expresses  the  feeling 
tliat  is  roost  repugnant  to  the  nature 
of  all  sensible  beings,  is  here  the  ge- 
neric, and  the  rest  specific  terms :  pain 
and  agony  are  applied  indiscrimi- 
nately to  what  is  physical  and  mental ; 
pang  and  anguish  mostly  respect  that 
which  is  mental :  pain  signifies  either 
an  individual  feeling  or  a  permanent 
state;  pang  is  only  a  particular  tisel- 
ing ;  agony  is  sometimes  employed  for 
the  individual  feeling,  but  more  com- 
monly for  the  state;  anguish  is  always 
employed  for  the  state.  Pain  is  inde- 
Anite  with  regard  to  the  degree;  it 
may  rise  to  the  highest,  or  sink  to  the 
lowest  possible  degree;  the  rest  are 
positively  high  degrees  of  pain :  the 
pang  is  a  sharp /)ain;  thea^oiiyisa 
severe  and  permanent  pain  ;  the  ofi- 
guish  is  an  overwhelming  jMiin. 

The  causes  of  pain  are  as  various 
as  the  modes  of  pain,  or  as  the  cir- 
cumstances of  sensible  beings  ;  it  at- 
tends disease  and  want  in  an  in6nite 
variety  of  forms :  the  pangs  of  con- 
science frequently  trouble  the  man 
who  is  not  yet  hardened  io  guilt: 
a^ony  and  anguish  are  produced  by 
violent  causes,  and  disease  in  its  moit 


terrible  shape;  wounds  and  torments 
naturally  produce  corporeal  agony; 
a  guilty  conscience  that  is  awakened 
to  a  sense  of  guilt  will  suffer  mental 
agony :  «fi^«»i4  arises  altogether  from 
moral  causes;  the  miseries  and  dis« 
tresses  of  others,  particularly  of  those 
who  are  nearly  related,  are  most  cal- 
culated to  excite  anguish  ;  a  mother 
suffers  anguish  when  she  sees  her 
child  laboring  under  severe  pain,  or 
in  danger  of  losing  its  life,  without 
having  the  power  to  relieve  it. 

We  tiionld  pan  on  fimm  crime  to  eiinie  beed* 
len  and  waoweif.  If  mlwrj  did  not  itand  ia 
oor  way,  and  onr  ovn  paitu  admonish  nt  of  ou 

folljr.  JOHNIOB. 

What  pmngs  the  tender  hreart  of  Dido  tore ! 

Day 


Thoo  ibalt  behold    bin    atretchM  in  all  th« 

egonte$ 
Of  a  tormentinf  and  a  riiainetal  death.    Onr  at* 

Are  these  the  paitiof  |Mnfv  which  natareliaels 
When  amguinh  mA%  the  heartatringa  I 


TO  PAINT,  DBPICT. 

PAINT  and  DEPICT  both  come 
from  the  Latin  pingo  to  represent 
forms  and  figures :  as  a  verb,  to  paint 
is  employed  either  literally  to  repre- 
sent figures  on  paper,  or  to  represent 
circumstances  and  events  by  means 
of  words;  to  depict  is  used  only  ia 
this  latter  sense,  but  the  former  word 
expresses  a  greater  exercise  of  the 
imagination  than  the  latter  :  it  is  the 
art  of  the  poet  to  paint  nature  in 
lively ;  it  is  the  art  of  the  historian  or 
narrator  to  depict  a  real  scene  of 
misery  in  strong,  colours.  As  nouns, 
paint mg  rather  describes  the  action  or 
operation,  and  picture  the  result. 

When  we  speak  of  a  eood  paintings 
we  think  particularly  of  its  executioa 
as  to  drapery,  disposition  of  colors, 
and  the  like ;  but  when  we  speak  of 
a  fine  picture^  we  refer  immediately 
to  the  object  represented,  and  the  im- 
pression which  it  is  capable  of  pro- 
ducing on  the  beholder:  paintingg 
are  confined  either  to  ml-paintings  or 
paintings  in  colors ;  but  every  draw* 
ing,  whether  in  pencil,  in  crayons,  or 
in  India  ink,  may  produce  a  picture  ; 
aod  we  have  likewise  pictures  in  em- 
broidery, pictures  in  tapestry,  and 
pictures  in  Mosaic. 

Tkmpaimtinf  b  aluMMt  the  natnnl  omm, 

Ua  k  but  otttfeidcb  SuAummAKSm 

A^ictiirfliapoaAwithQatvordfc      ABiigM. 

9 


PARABLE. 


PART. 


717 


FLUTTER  is  a  frequentative  of  fly, 
signifying  to  fly  backward  and  forward 
in  un  agitated  manner. 

PANT,  probably  derived  from  penty 
and  the  Latin />en^o  to  hang  in  a  state 
of  suspense,  so  as  not  to  be  able  to 
move  backward  or  forward,  as  is  the 
case  with  the  breath  when  one  pants, 

GASP  is  a  variation  of  ^ape,  which 
is  the  ordinary  accompaniment  in  the 
action  of  gasping, 

Tltese  tenns  agree  in  a  particular 
manner,  as  they  respect  the  irregular 
action  of  the  heart  or  lungs  :  the  two^ 
former  are  said  of  the  heart;  and  the 
two  latter  of  the  lungs  or  breath  :  to 
palpitate  expresses  that  which  is 
strong ;  it  is  a  strong  beating  of  the 
blood  against  the  vessels  of  the  hoort : 
tojiutter  expresses  that  which  is  rapid; 
it  is  a  violent  and  alternate  motion  of 
the  blood  backward  and  forward ;  fear 
and  suspense  produce  commonly  ^a/- 
pitatiorif  but  joy  and  hope  procfuce  a 
Jiuttering  :  panting  is,  with  regard  to 
thebre.'^th,  what  palpitating  is  with 
regard  to  the  heart ;  panting  is  occa- 
sioned by  the  inflated  state  of  the  re- 
spiratory organs  which  renders  this 
palpitating  necessary  :  gasping  differs 
from  the  former,  in  as  much  as  it  de- 
notes a  direct  stoppage  of  the  breath ; 
a  cessation  of  action  m  the  respiratory 

organs. 

No  playi  bave  ofteoer  filled  the  ejei  with 
team,  aoU  the  breajit  with  palpitaiion ^iXxAn  thoie 
which  are  varic^ted  with  lotcrladeB  of  mirth. 

JOHNMni. 

She  wprioira  aloft,  with  eti^rated  pride. 

Above  the  langlini;  mabs  or  low  ileairea. 

That  bind  the  fluttering  crowd.  TBOluoa. 

AU  uatare  f^idca  exCioct,  and  ihe  alooe. 
Heard,  fi>lt,  and  Men,  powme*  everjr  thought, 
Fillk  every  lenae,  and  pants  ia  ever/  Tein. 

TlI«HtOII. 

Had  not  the  soul  thh  oatUit  to  the  ikles. 

In  this  vart  vewel  of  the  uoivene, 

llow  abould  we  gasp,  aa  la  an  onptj  void !  Yomio. 

PANEGYRIC,  V.  Encomium. 

PANG,  V.  Pain. 

TO  PANT,  V,  To  palpitate. 

PARABLE,  ALLEGORY. 

PAliABLEy  in  French  parabole, 
Greek  Trapa^cAn  from  irxf.-Ba.XKy^  sig- 
nifies what  is  thrown  out  or  set  be- 
fore one,  in  lieu  of  something  which  it 
resembles. 


ALLEGORY,  v.  Figure. 

*  Both  these  terms  imply  a  veiled 
mode  of  speech,  which  serves  mons 
or  less  to  conceal  the  main  object  of 
the  discourse  by  preseatiug  it  uiideir 
the  appearance  of  someuiing  elsA^ 
which  accords  with  it  in  aost  of  tbt 
particulars  :  the  parable  is  luostlv 
employed  for  moral  purposes;  the  al* 
If'gory  in  describing  historical  events. 

The  parable  substitutes  some  other 
subject  or  agent,  who  is  represented 
under  a  character  that  is  suitable  to 
the  one  referred  to.  In  the  allegory 
are  introduced  strange  and  arbitmry 
persons  in  the  place  of  the  real  per* 
sonages,  or  imaginary  characteristics* 
and  circumstances  are  ascribed  to  rati 
persons. 

1\io  parablei^  principally  employed 
in  the  sacred  writings ;  toe  allegory 
ibrms  a  grand  feature  in  the  prc^uc* 
tious  of  the  eastern  nalioas. 

PARADE,  V.  Sfunv. 
PARASITE,  V,  Flatterer. 

PARDON,   IK  Excuse, 

TO  PARDON,  v»  To  forgivc. 
PARDONABLE,  V.  Venud, 
TO  PARE,  V.  To  peel. 
PARENTS,  V,  Forefathers. 
PARK,  V.  Forest. 
PARLIAMENT,  V.  Assembly. 
PARSIMONIOUS,    V.  Avaridous. 
PARSIMONY,  V.  (Economy. 
PARSON,  V.  Clergymun. 

PART,   DIVISION,    PORTION) 
SHARE. 

PART,  in  Latin  pors^  comes  from 
the  Hebrew  j9erejA  to  divide. 

DIVISION,  V.  To  divide. 

PORTION,  in  Latin por^io,  is  sap- 
posed  to  be  changed  from /^artio,  which 
comes  from  partiar  to  distribute,  and 
originally  from peresh,  as  the  word par^. 

Share,  in  Saxon  icjfran  to  divide^ 
comes  in  all  probability  from  the  He- 
brew shar  to  reooain,  that  is,  to  remaia 
after  a  division. 

Pari  is  a  term  not  only  of  more 
general  use,  but  of  more  compreheo- 


•TideAUdOlard:  •*  FanbUs,sll«itfk.« 


PARTICULAR. 


PARTICULAR.       719 


the  one  English,  and  the  other  Latin, 
si|!;nify  literally  to  take  a  part  in  a 
thine;.  The  former  is  employed  in  the 
proper  or  improper  sense;  and  the 
fatter  in  the  improper  sense  only  :  we 
may  partake  of  a  feast,  or  we  may 
partake  of  pleasure,  but  we  parties 
pate  only  in  pleasure. 

To  partake  is  a  selfish  action;  to 
participate  is  either  a  selfish  or  a  be- 
nevolent action :  we  partake  of  that 
which  pleases  ourselves ;  we  partici- 
pate  in  that  which  pleases  another: 
we  partake  of  a  meal  with  a  friend ; 
we  participate  in  the  gifts  of  Provi- 
dence, or  in  the  enjoyments  which 
another  feels. 

1  o  partake  is  the  act  of  taking;  the 
thing,  or  getting  the  thine  to  one's  self ; 
to  SHARE  is  the  act  of  having  a  title 
to  a  share,  or  being  in  the  habits  of 
receiving  a  share :  we  may,  therefore, 
partake  of  a  thing  without  sharing  i^ 
and  share  it  without  partaking.  We 
partake  of  things  mostly  through  the 
medium  of  the  senses;  whatever, 
therefore,  we  take  apart  in,  whether 
gratuitously  or  casually,  that  we  may 
be  said  to  partake  of;  in  this  manner 
we  partake  of  an  entertainment  with- 
out sharing  it :  on  the  other  hand,  we 
share  things  that  promise  to  be  of 
adviuitage  or  profit,  and  what  we 
share  is  what  we  claim;  in  this 
manner  we  share  a  sum  of  money 
which  hiis  been  left  to  us  in  commoa 
with  others. 

All  Hhe  of  nitureN  coamon  fiift  porteAe, 
Unhappy  Dido  was  alone  awake.  Dwnmn, 

Oiir  God,  wben  beat *a  and  earth  be  did  create, 
KormM  man,  who  kbould  of  both  pmtMpaiem 

AToidtnir  love,  1  bad  not  fonnd  despair, 
fiat  nhar'd  wUb  savafe  beasts  tbe  cobudob  air. 

DaTBBH. 

TO  PARTICIPATE,  V,  To  partake. 
PARTICULAR,  V.  CircumstoMiaL 

PARTICULAR,    V.   ExQCt. 

PARTICULAR,    SINGULAR,    ODD| 
ECCENTRIC,    STRANGE. 

PARTICULAR,  in  French  parti- 
culierf  Latin  particularis  from  parti" 
€ula  a  particle,  signifies  belongmg  to 
a  particle  or  a  very  small  part. 

SINGULAR,  in  Frencn  singulier^ 
Latin  singular  is  from  iingului  every 
one,  which  very  probably  comes  irom 


the  Hebrew  iigelet,  peculium,  or  prn 
vate. 

ODD,  probably  changed  from  add, 
signifying  somethins  arbitrarily  added* 

EXJCENTRIC,  from  ex  and  centre^ 
signifies  out  of  the  centre  or  direct 
line. 

OTRANGE,  in  French  Uran^^ 
Latin  ejrtra,  and  Greek  f(  out  of,  sig- 
nifies out  of  some  other  part,  or  ooC 
belonging  to  this  part. 

All  these  terms  are  employed  either 
as  characteristics  of  persons  or  things* 
What  \s  particular  belongs  to  some 
small  particle  or  point  to  which  it  is 
confined;  what  is  singular  is  tingle^ 
or  the  only  one  of  its  kind ;  what  is 
odd  is  without  an  equal  or  any  thing 
with  which  it  is  fit  to  pair ;  what  is 
eccentric  is  not  to  be  brought  within 
any  rule  or  estimate,  it  deviates  to  th« 
riglit  and  the  left;  what  is  strange  is 
different  finom  that  which  one  is  ac- 
customed to  see,  it  does  not  admit  of 
comparison  or  assimilation.  A  person 
it  particular  as  it  respects  himself; 
he  is  singular  as  it  respects  others ; 
he  is  particular  in  his  habits  or  modes 
of  action;  he  it  singular  in  that  whiich 
is  about  him ;  we  may  be  particular 
or  singular  in  our  dress ;  in  tbe  former 
case  we  study  the  minute  points  of 
our  dress  to  please  ourselves ;  in  the 
latter  case  we  adopt  a  mode  of  dress 
that  distinguishes  us  from  all  others. 

One  is  odd,  eccentric,  and  strange, 
more  as  it  respects  established  modes, 
forms,  and  rules,  than  individual  cir« 
cnmstances :  a  person  is  odd  when  his 
actions  or  his  words  bear  no  resem- 
blance to  that  of  others  ;  he  is  eecen* 
trie  if  he  irregnlariy  departs  from  the 
customary  modes  of  proceeding;  ho 
it  strange  when  that  which  he  does 
makes  him  new  or  unknown  to  those 
who  are  about  him.  Farticularity  and 
singularity  are  not  always  taken  in  a 
bad  sense ;  oddneu,  eccentricity,  and 
strangeness,  are  never  taken  in  a  good 
one.  A  person  ought  to  be  particular 
in  the  choice  of  his  society,  his  amuse- 
ments, his  books,  and  the  like;  he 
ought  to  be  singular  in  virtue,  when 
▼ice  is  unfortunately  prevalent :  bat 
particularity  becomes  ridiculous  when 
It  respects  trifles ;  and  singularity  be- 
comes culpable  when  it  is  not  war- 
ranted by  the  most  imperioas  neces- 
sity.    As  iMnesSf  epctftfrtcafy,  and 


PASSIVE. 


PATIENT. 


721 


iobject  can  never  be  known  from  other 
individual  objectSy  while  it  remains 
only  ind'roiduaL  Particular  is  a  term 
used  in  regard  to  individualSf  and  is 
•pposed  to  the  general :  individual  is 
a  term  used  in  regard  to  coUectires ; 
and  is  opposed  to  the  whole  or  that 
which  is  divisible  into  parts. 

T  bote  particular  apeechct  whioh  are  c«n- 
moDly  known  bj  the  name  of  nmta,  are  blembiirfl 
in  onr  Englisb  tngedj,  Aosisoji. 

To  five  Ibee  beinf ,  I  lent 
Oat  ofm;  olde  totbee,  neareet  my  beart. 
Substantial  life,  to  have  thee  by  my  tide. 
Henceforth  an  individual  solace  dear.   IIilton. 

PARTICULAR,  v»  Pecultar. 
PARTICULAR,  V,  Special. 

PARTICULARLY,     V.    Espcdolly. 

PARTISAN,  V.  Follower, 
PARTNER,  V,  Colleague. 
PARTNERSHIP,  V.  Assodation* 
PARTY,  IK  Faction. 
PASSAGE,  V.  Course, 
PASSIONATE,  V.  Angry. 

PASSIVE,    SUBMISSIVE. 

PASSIVE,  in  Latin  pasiivus  from 
potior ,  and  the  Greek  fr%<r».tt  to  suffer, 
bignities  disposed  to  suffer. 

SUBMISSIVE,  V,  Humble. 

Paisive  is  mostly  taken  in  the  bad 
sense  for  suffering  indignity  to  another; 
submissive  is  mostly  in  a  good  sense 
for  submitting  to  another,  or  suffering 
one's  self  to  bo  directed  by  another; 
to  be  passive  therefore  is  to  be  submit' 
sive  to  an  improper  degree. 

When  men  attempt  unjustly  to 
enforce  obedience  from  a  mere  love  of 
rule,  it  is  none  but  those  who  are  de- 
ticient  in  spirit,  who  are  pauivef  or 
who  submit  quietly  to  the  imposition : 
when  men  lawfully  enforce  obedience, 
it  is  none  but  the  unruly  and  self-willed 
who  will  not  be  tubmiuive. 

For  high  abova  the  froand, 
Tbetr  march  was;  and  thepa«flpe  air  npbora 
Their  nimble  tread.  Miltoh* 

He  ia  ddlflit 
Both  of  her  beauty  and  gtAmissivt  chanat, 
Smird  with  superior  love.  MaTOM. 

PASSIVE,  V.  Patient. 
PAST-TIME,  V.  Amusement. 
PATCH,  V.  Part, 


PATHETIC,  v.  Moving. 

PATIENCE,   ENDURANCE,    RE-* 
8IGNATION. 

PATIENCE  applies  to  any  trou- 
bles or  pains  whatever,  -small  or  great ; 
RESIGNATION  is  employed  only 
for  those  of  great  moment,  in  which 
onr  dearest  interests  are  concerned : 
patience  when  compared  with  resigna* 
tion  is  somewhat  negative ;  it  consists 
in  the  abstaining  from  all  complaint  or 
indication  of  what  one  suffers :  but 
reiignation  consists  in  a  positive  sen- 
tiroent  of  conformity  to  the  existing 
circumstances,  be  they  what  they  may. 
There  are  perpetual  occurrences  which 
are  apt  to  harass  the  temper,  unless 
one  regards  them  with  patience  ;  tho 
misfortunes  of  some  men  are  of  so 
calamitous  a  nature,  that  if  they  have 
not  acauired  the  resiptation  of  Chris- 
tians, Uiey  must  inevitably  sink  under 
them. 

Patience  applies  only  to  the  evils 
that  actually  nang  over  us ;  but  there 
is  a  resignation  connected  with  a  firm 
trust  in  Providence  which  extends  its 
views  to  futurity,  and  prepares  us  for 
the  worst  that  may  happen. 

As  patience  lies  in  the  manner  and 
temper  of  suffering,  and  ENDUR- 
ANCE in  the  act :  we  may  have  en^ 
durance  and  not  patience :  for  we  may 
have  much  to  enduretxnd  consequently 
endurance:  but  if  wc  do  not  endure 
it  with  an  easy  mind  and  without  the 
disturbance  of  our  looks  and  words, 
we  have  not  patience :  on  the  other 
hand  we  may  have  patience  but  not 
endurance :  for  our  patience  may  be 
exercbed  by  momentary  trifles,  which 
are  not  sufficiently  great  or  lasting  to 
constitute  endurance. 

Tbougb  the  doty  of  patience  and  Ml|)ectloB, 
wbefe  men  raffec  wron^AiUy,  nigbt  p« ilbly  be 
of  Mme  force  to  thoi«  timei  of  daiknen;  yet 
aodniB  ChrMlanity  teache*  that  then  only  mea 
an  boand  to  mffer  wbeo  they  are  not  able  to 
itabt.  Sooth. 

There  was  never  yet  pbllotopber 
Tbai  conld  endure  the  tootb-acbe  patiently. 

SuAKsmaBx. 

My  motlier  to  in  that  dtoplrlted  itate  of  re- 
Hgnation  which  U  the  effect  of  a  ions  lUie,  aad 
tho  lou  of  what  is  daar  to  as.  Pon. 

PATIENT,  V.  Invalid. 

PATIENT,    PASSIVE. 

PATIENT  comes  finro  paHem,  tbr 
3a 


PENETRATION. 


PEOPLE. 


ftS 


end  or  the  beginning ;  ^he  shrieks  of 
distress  nre  sometimes  so  loud  as  to 
seem  to  pierce  the  ear. 

For  if  when  d<fad  we  are  bat  dott  or  clay, 
Whj  think  of  what  poKerftj  »ball  My  ? 
Their  prnise  or  centnre  cannot  na  concern, 
Vo€  eviT  penetrate  the  silent  nm.  Jknvki. 

Subtle    as    ligbtniDg,  bright,    and  qoick  and 

fi«»rce. 
Gold  through  doon  and  walls  did  pierce. 

COWUT* 

Mountains  were  perjoraied^  and  bold  arcbea 
thrown  over  the  broadest  and  moiC  rapid  streaim 
(by  the  RomanH).  Gniaoii. 

Bnt  Caprf,  and  the  p^ver  aort,  thonght  ft. 
The  Greeks'  suspected  present  to  coainft 
To  seas  or  flames,  at  least  to  search  or  hort 
The  sides,  and  what  that  space  coDtalna  t*  «v- 
plore.  Dkmhan. 

PENETRATION,  V.  Discemment. 

PENETRATION,    ACUTKNBSS, 
SAGACITY. 

As  characteristics  of  mind,  these 
terms  have  much  more  in  them  in 
which  they  differ  than  in  what  they 
agree  :  PENETRATION  is  a  neces- 
sary property  of  mind ;  it  exists  to  a 
greater  or  less  degree  in  everjr  rational 
being  that  has  the  due  exercise  of  its 
rational  powers  :  ACUTENESS  is  an 
accidental  property  that  belongs  to  the 
mind  only,  under  certain  circum- 
stances. As  penetration  (v.  Discern- 
ment) denotes  the  process  of  entering 
into  substances  physically  or  morally, 
so  acutenesSf  which  is  the  same  as 
sharpness,  denotes  the  fitness  of  the 
thing  that  performs  this  process ;  and 
as  the  mind  is  in  both  cases  the  thing 
that  is  spoken  of,  the  terms  ftnetra- 
tion  ana  acutcuess  are  in  this  parti- 
cuhir  closely  allied.  It  is  clear,  how- 
ever, that  the  mind  may  have  pent' 
tration  without  having  acuteness,  al- 
though one  cannot  have  acutenest 
without  penetration.  If  by  penetru" 
tion  we  are  commonly  enabled  to  get 
at  the  truth  which  lies  concealed,  by 
acuteiiess  we  succeed  in  piercing  the 
veil  that  hides  it  from  our  view;  the 
former  is,  therefore,  an  ordinary,  and 
the  hitter  an  extraordinary  gift. 

SAGACITY,  in  Latm  tagacitas 
and  sagio  to  perceive  quickly,  comes 
in  all  probability  from  the  Persian 
sag  a  dog,  whence  the  term  has  been 
peculiarly  applied  to  dogs,  and  from 
thence  extended  to  all  brutes  which 


discover  an  intuitive  wisdom,  and 
also  to  children,  or  uneducated  per- 
sons, in  whom  there  is  more  penetra* 
tion  than  may  be  expected  from  the 
narrow  compass  of  tneir  knowledge ; 
hence,  properly  speaking,  sagacity  is 
natural  or  uncultivated  acuteneu. 

Faldhz  havlnf  neither  talantt  blmseir  for 
eabal,  nor  peieef  ration  to  disconv  the  cabals  of 
others,  bad  given  hia  entire  confidaace  to  Crom- 
welL  HoMB. 

Chlllbi^orth  was  an  aevte  disputant  afalnst 
the  papists.  Hmuc. 

Activity  to  seise,  not  tagacUy  to  discern,  it 
tbe  requisite  which  joath  valne.  Blaib* 

PENITENCE,  V.  Repentance. 
PENMAN,  v.  IFriter, 
PENURIOUS,  V.  Oeconomical. 

PEOPLE,   NATION. 

PEOPLE,  in  Latin  populus,  comes 
from  the  Greek  a ao;  people,  .--rica 
multitude,  and  rroXvc  many.  Hence 
the  simple  idea  of  numl>ers  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  word  people  ;  but  the 
term  NATION,  from  natus,  marks 
the  connexion  of  numbers  by  birth  r 
people  is,  therefore,  the  generic,  and 
nation  the  specific.  A  nation  is  a 
people  connected  by  birth ;  there  can- 
not, therefore,  strictly  speaking,  be  a 
nation  without  a  people :  but  there 
may  be  a  people  where  there  is  not  a 
nation,  *  The  Jews  are  distinguished 
as  a  people  or  a  nation^  according  to 
the  diiTerent  aspects  under  which  they 
are  viewed :  when  considered  as  an 
assemblage,  under  the  special  direc- 
tion of  the  Almighty,  they  are  termed 
the  people  of  God ;  but  when  con- 
sidered in  regard  to  their  common 
origin,  they  are  denominated  the 
Jewish  naiion.  The  Americans,  when 
spoken  of  in  relation  to  Britain,  are 
a  distinct  pe^fple,  because  they  have 
each  a  distinct  government ;  but  they 
are  not  a  distmct  nation,  because 
they  have  a  common  descent.  On 
this  ground  the  Romans  are  not  called 
the  Roman  nation,  because  their 
origin  was  so  various,  but  the  Roman 
people,  that  is,  an  assemblage,  living 
uoaer  one  form  of  government. 

In  a  still  closer  application  people 
is  taken  for  a  part  of  the  state, 
namely,  that  part  of  a  state  which 
consists  of  a  multitude,  in  distinctiop 


•  Tide  Bwbaad;  ••  Matioii, people.* 


m 


PEOPLE. 


PEOPLE. 


distinction  in  the  use  of  the  t^rins  j 
far  we  may  speak  of  th«  BHtish  ptth 
pie,  thfe  Fr<»nch  of  the  Ddteh  ptOpkj 
when  we  wish  merely  to  talk  of  th« 
ttidJiS ;  bnt  ¥rt  speak  of  tbto  British 
naiiahf  the  French  natinH,  and  thii 
Dutch  nation,  whfen  public  measdfes 
ire  in  question,  which  emannte  from 
Uie  government,  or  the  whol6  ptdpU, 
The  English  people  have  ever  been  re- 
markable for  their  attachment  to  ra« 
tioual  liberty :  the  abolition  of  the 
•lave  trade  is  one  of  the  roost  glorious 
acts  of  public  justice,  which  was  ever 
performed  by  the  British  nation.  The 
impetuosity  and  volatility  of  the 
French  people  render  them  peculiarly 
nhfit  to  legislate  for  themselves ;  the 
military  exploits  of  the  French  nation 
will  render  them  a  highly  distinguished 
peop^  in  the  annals  of  history.  Upon 
l^e  same  ground  republican  states  are 
distinguished  by  the  name  of  people ; 
but  kingdoms  are  commonly  spoktin 
of  in  hiStorr  aS  nations.  Hence  i^e 
•ay  the  Spartan  people^  the  Ath^Uian 
people^    tne   people   of  Genoa,    the 

feople  of  Venice ;  but  the  nationg  of 
,  lurope,  the  African  nationM,  the  Eng- 
iishy  French,  German,  and  Italian 
natiohi. 

It  It  too  tBirnint  a  Aemomtntloa  ho#  noob 
Viot  b  the  darllnf  of  anj  |KWf»lr,  when  rinanj 
mmoapH  tbem  are  pn*forrrd  lor  thow  pracMen 
]hr  #lifeh  ia  otkrr  plaoM  Ui«>>  can  icAree  b#  par* 

■ 

Wken  we  lead  the  fiMory  of  fi«Hefu,  «MI 
ie  we  read  but  IIm  crlmcfe  AAd  fotHn  ef  abeA  t 


PBOPIA)   POPULACE,    HOB^ 
MOBIMTY. 

t^EO^LE  and  POPULACfe  are 
evidently  changes  of  thb  sam6  word  to 
express  a  number. 

The  signification  of  these  teriUs  is 
tliat  of  a  number  gathered  together. 
iPeople  is  said  of  any  body  supposed 
ito  be  assembled,  as  Well  As  really  as- 
sembled :  populace  is  said  of  a  body 
only,  when  actually  assembled.  1  he 
f oice  of  the  people  cannot  always  be 
disregarded;  the  populace  m  England 
ere  foh^  of  dragging  their  lavohces  in 
(carhaues. 

Mob  and  MOBILITY  are  from  the 
Latin  fiio6i/iy,  signifying  moveableuess, 
which  is  the  characteristic  ot  the  amiI- 


titnde :  benoe  Virftil't  tnabik  vulgu. 
These  terms,  therefbre,  designate  not 
only  what  is  low,  but  tameltuoot.  A 
mob  is  at  ail  timea  an  object  of  tenor: 
the  nwbitiiiff  whether  high  or  km,  tit 
a  fluttering  order  that  mettlj  mo  fha 
bad  to  worse. 

The  people  like  a  lwodle««  tenot  fo. 
And  everjr  dan  tkey  break  or  omiea. 


dapeiorMv«ltf,wiU 


By  thewawlen  and  iMiirBlicaat  cOak  af^i* 
applied  words,  aeaw  reatlcaa  denafefeei 
f  allied  the  niod  of  tli^  aottiafa  fne^tle  to  a 

«f  the  beater 


PBOPLB5   PBRSON89    FOLKS. 

The  term  PEOPUg    has  already 
been  considered   in  two  acceptadooi 
(v.  People,   Nation  ;  People^  Popw> 
l8ce).  Under  the  general   idea  of  an 
assembly ;  but  in  the  present  ease  it  ii 
employee  to  express  a  email  ottMbr 
bf  individuals  :  the  word^eofii^  how^ 
eVer,  is  always  considered  as  one  ob- 
divided  body,  and  the  word  P£HSON 
knay  be  distinctly  used  either  in  de 
singular  or  plural :  as  we  cannot  uy 
one,  two,  three,  6t  four  j^coplt :  btt 
we  may  say  one,  two,  three,  or  fber 
peftonti  yet  on  the  other  hand,  «• 
may  indifferently    say,    such  pojilr 
tM-  penoni ;  many  peoptt  or  penoiu ; 
some  ptople  or  pefsMW,  and  the  like. 

With  regard  to  the  ase  of  these 
terms,  which  is  altogether  colloquial, 
people  is  employed  in  g;eneral  proposi- 
tions ;  and  personM  in  those  which  ate 
spectre*  or  referring  directlj  to  sent 
particular  indiTiduals :  people  art  ge- 
nerally ot  that  opinion ;  some  peifk 
thmk  so ;  some  people  attended :  tbne 
^re  but  tewpframs  present  at  the 
entertainment;  the  whole  oompaay 
consisted  of  sii/^erscmt. 

As  the  term  people  is  employed  to 
designate  the  promiscuous  moltitade, 
it  has  acquired  a  certain  meaaness  of 
aci^eptation  which  makes  it  less  sail- 
able  than  the  word  pertea#|  when  peO' 
pie  of  respectability  are  referred  to  : 
were  1  to  say,  of  any  individnalsy  I  do 
tmt  know  «%  ho  the  people  are ;  it  woohi 
toot  be  so  respectful  as  to  say,  1  do  not 
know  who  those  pereone  are :  ki  bke 
tnanner  one  says  from  peopie  of  thai 
Umapf  better  is  not  to  be  expected; 


PERCEIVE, 


PERCEPTION.       in 


persons  of  their  appearance  do  not 
frequent  such  places. 

FOLKS,  through  the  inedium  of 
the  northern  languaG;e8,  comes  from 
the  Latin  vulgus,  the  common  people : 
it  is  not  unusual  to  say  good  people, 
or  good  /r)//rs ;  and  in  speakin^ocularl  j 
to  one's  friends,  the  latter  term  is  like- 
ivise  admissible :  but  in  the  serious 
I  style  it  is  never  employed  except  in 
a  disrespectful  manner :  such  Jolks 
(speakingof  gamesters)  are  often  pyt  to 

sorry  shifts. 

Performance  to  eren  tbe  duller  tot 

W»  act ;  and,  but  in  the  pUlaer  tnd  •inpla 

Kind  of  tbc  people,  the  deed  is  quite  ont  of 

Uae.  flBAKtPtAIB. 

Yon  may  otHerra  many  bowat  iniiliiiNe 
pertOHt  atrajifely  ran  down  by  tm  nfly  word. 

Bouts. 

T  paid  some  compliateota  to  gs9ttjhlke^  vbo 
like  to  be  complimented.  Herbiho. 

TO   PERCEIVE,   DISCERNi 

DISTINGUISH. 

PERCEIVE,  in  Latin  perripiOf  or 
per  and  capio^  signifies  to  take  hold  of 
thoroughly. 

DISCERN,  V.  Discernment. 

piSTINGUISH,  V,  Difference. 

To  perceive  is  a  positive,  to  discern 
a  relative,  action :  we  perceive  things 
by  themselves ;  we  discern  them 
amidst  many  others :  we  perceive  that 
which  is  obvjous ;  we  discern  that 
which  is  remote,  or  which  requires 
much  attention  to  get  an  idea  of  it. 
We  perceive  by  a  person's  looks  and 
words  \\hat  he  intends;  we  discern 
the  drift  of  his  actions.  We  may 
perceive  sensible  or  spiritual  objects ; 
we  commonly  discern  only  that  which 
is  spiritual :  we  perceive  light,  dark- 
ness, colors,  or  tiie  troth  or  falsehood 
of  any  thing ;  we  discern  characterty 
motives,  the  tendency  and  conse- 
quences of  actions,  fcc.  It  is  the  act 
of  a  child  to  perceive  according  to  the 
quickness  of  its  senses;  it  is  the  act 
of  a  ninn  to  discern  according  to  the 
measure  of  his  knowledge  and  under- 
standing. 

To  discern  and  distinguish  ap- 
proach the  nearest  in  sense  to  each 
other ;  but  the  former  signifies  to  see 
only  one  thing,  the  latter  to  see  two 
or  mure  in  quick  succession.  We 
discern  what  lie  in  thingB;  we  dtttin' 
guish  things  according  to  their  out- 
ward marks :  we  discern  things  in 
order  to  understwd  tbnr 


we  distinguish  in  order  not  to  con- 
found them  together.  Experienced 
and  discreet  people  may  discern  the 
signs  of  tlie  times ;  it  is  just  to  dit* 
tinguish  between  an  action  done  from 
inadvertence,  and  that  which  is  done 
from  design.  The  conduct  of  neople  is 
sometimes  so  veiled  by  art,  that  it  is 
not  easy  to  discern  their  object :  it  is 
necessary  to  distinguish  between  prac* 
tice  and  profession. 

Awl  bnlly,  inratoK  {nvardly  bfr  ryei, 
Ferceires  how  nil  bti  own  idoM  rlaa.     JCRTHf* 

Oae  vbo  b  ncMntHd  by  party  spirtt,  la  nlmoal 
under  an  incapacity  of  ditceniing  either  r«<nl 
blemiabet  or  beantie*.  Aooiao«« 

Mr.  Boyle  obaervea,  that  tbonKh  the  mole  be 
not  totally  blind  (aa  li  fpnifrally  tboo|rhl),  ahe 
baa  Bot  aight  enoogh  to  diitinguUh  olbjectt. 

Adm«ov» 

TO  PERCEIVE,    V.  To  SBC. 

PERCEPTIBLE,  V,  Sensible. 

PERCEPTION,    IDEA, 
CONCEPTION,   NOTION. 

PERCEPTION    expresses    either 
the  act  of  perceiving  (v.  To  perceive)^ 
or   the  impression  pntduced  by  that 
act;  in  this  latter  sense  it  is  analo- 
p)us    to  an  IDEA    (v.  Idea).    The 
impression  of  an  object  that  is  present 
to  us   is    termed  a  perception;    the 
renval  of  that  impression,  when  the 
object   is  removed,   is  an    idea.     A 
combination  of  ideas  by  which  any 
image  is  presented  to  the  mind  is  a 
CONCEPTION  (v.  To  comprehend) ; 
the  association  of  two  or  more  ideas, 
so  as  to  (institute  it  a  decision,  is  a 
NOTION  (v.  Opinion),     Perceptions 
are  clear  or  confused,  according  to  the 
state  of  the  sensible  organs,  and  the 
perceptive  ^ulty ;  ideas  are  faint  or 
vivid,  vague  or  distinct,  according  to 
the  nature  of  the  perception  ;  concept 
tions  are  gross  or  refined  according  ta 
the  number  and  eitent  of  one's  idem  ; 
notions  are  true  or  false,  correct  or 
incorrect,  according  to  the  extent  of 
one's    knowledge.      The    perceptUm 
which  we  have  of  remote  objects  is 
sometimes  so  indistinct  as  to  leave 
hardly  any  traces  of  the  image  cm  tho 
mind ;  we  have  in  that  case  a  percep* 
tion,  but  not  an  idea :  if  we  read  tno 
description  of  any  object,  we  may  hsnm 
an  idea  of  it ;  but  we  need  not  have 
any  immediate  perception :  the  *''" 
ip  this  case  bwi^goawph)!^  Mid ' 


PERSUADE. 


PICTURE. 


729 


TO  PERMIT,  V,  To  admit. 
TO  PERMIT,  r.  To  consent. 
PERNICIOUS,  V,  Destructive^ 
PERNICIOUS,  V.  HurtfuL 

TO    PERPETRATE,    COMMIT. 

The  idea  of  doing  something  wrong 
IS  common  to  these  terms ;  but  PEll- 
PETRA TE,  from  the  Latin  perpetro^ 
compounded  of  per  and  petro,  in 
Greek  ^p^ttv,  signifying  thoroughly 
to  compass  or  bring  about,  is  a  much 
more  determined  proceeding  than  that 
of  COMMUTING.  One  may  com- 
r»U  offences  of  various  degree  and  mag»> 
nitude ;  but  one  perpetrates  crimes 
only,  and  those  of  the  more  heinous 
kind.  A  lawless  banditu,  who  spend 
their  lives  in  the  perpetration  of  the 
most  horrid  crimes,  are  not  to  be  re* 
strained  by  the  ordinary  course  of  jus- 
tice :  he  who  commits  any  oflfence 
against  the  good  order  of  society  ex- 
poses himself  to  the  censure  of  others, 
who  may  be  his  inferiors  in  certain 
respects. 

Then  shews  the  fumt  which,  in  after  llmai» 
Fierce  KomuluR,  Tor  perpetrated  crlnei, 
A  refbge  made.  Dbyww^ 

The  mUcarriafivi  of  the  grait  destjpra  of 
prince*  are  of  IHtle  une  to  the  baUi  of  mankind, 
who  xeem  verj  little  Intereetod  in  admonitions 
Against  errors  which  thejF  cannot  atmmit, 

JOHKSOH. 

PERPETUAL,  V.  ConttnuaL 
TO  PERPLEX,  V.  To  distress. 
TO  PERPLEX,  V.  To  embaTTOSS. 
TO  PERSEVERE,  V,  To  conthute, 
TO  PERSIST,  V,  To  continue. 
TO  PERSIST,  V,  To  insist. 
PERSONS,  V.  People. 
PERSPICUITY,  V.  Clearness. 

TO  PERSUADE,    V.  To  Cxkort. 

TO    PERSUADE,    BNTICB,    PRE- 
VAIL UPON, 

PKRSUADR  (t?.  Conviction)  and 
EMICE  (v.  To  allure)  are  employed 
to  express  dilVerent  means  to  the  same 
end;  namely,  that  of  drawing  any  one 
to  a  thing  :  one  persuades  a  person  by 
means  of  words ;  one  entices  him  either 
by  words  or  actions;  one  may  ptr^ 
snade  either  to  a  good  or  bad  thing ; 
but  one  entices  commonly  to  that  which 


is  bad ;  one  uses  arguments  to  per" 
made,  and  arts  to  entice. 

Persuade  and  entice  comprehend 
either  the  means  or  the  end  or  both : 
PREVAIL  UPON,  comprehends  no 
more  than  the  end  :  we  may  persuade 
without  prevailing  upon,  anci  we  may 
prevail  upon  without  persuading. 
Many  will  turn  a  detif  ear  to  all  our 
persuasions,  and  will  not  be  prevailed 
upon,  although  persuaded :  on  tho 
other  hand,  we  may  be  prevailed  upon 
by  the  force  of  remonstrance,  autho- 
rity, and  the  like;  and  in  this  case 
we  are  prevailed  upon  without  being 
persuaded.  We  should  never  per- 
tuade  another  to  do  that  which  we  are 
not  willing  to  do  ourselves ;  credulom 
or  good-natured  people  are  easily  pre- 
•oailed  upon  to  do  things  which  tend  ta 
their  own  injury, 

1  besM^h  jon  Id  me  have  so  anich  credK  wifh 
joa  as  to  pemtade  jroa  to  eommnnkate  may 
donbC  or  scrapie  which  ocenr  to  jon,  before  jo« 
saflbr  thorn  to  make  too  deep  an  fmpretsloo  apos 

jon.  CLiEnOOK, 

If  famine  does  an  aged  sire  entice^ 
Then  mjr  young  master  swifllj  learns  (he  vice. 

Dbyoib. 

Herod  bfarlng  of  Aicrlppals  arrival  In  Upper 
4sla,  went  thltber  to  him  and  prevailed  mUh 
him  to  accept  an  Invitation.  PaioBAOb 

PBRSUASioN,  V.  Conviction, 
PERTINACIOUS,  V.  TenaciouA. 
TO  PERUSE,  V.  To  read. 
PKRVBRSB,  V.  Awkward^ 
PEST,  V.  Bane. 
PBTiTiON,  V.  Prayer. 
PETTV,  V.  Trifling. 

PETULANT,    V.  CapttOttS. 

PHANTOM,  V,  Vision. 
PHRASE,  V.  Diction. 
PHRASE,  V.  Sentence. 

PHRASEOLOGY,    V.  DictioTU 

PHREN8Y,  V.  Madness. 
TO  PICK,  V.  To  choose. 
PICTURE,  V.  Likeness. 
PICTURE,  V.  Painting. 

PICTURE,     PBINT,    BNGRAVING. 

PICTURE  (».   Pointing^  -- 
hkeness  taken  by  the  hand  or 
the  PRINT  is  the  oopj  of 
iii|^  in  a  printed  state;  w 


PITIABLE. 

With  fOodMwn  eltAt 
At  weak  afalnrt  the  mouotalo  heap*  tbry  pnh 
Tbelr  bcallo?  breait  io  vain  and  pUeotu  l»ray, 
Ht^  lavs  them  qulverlog  on  Ih*  ruancaln'd  pluln. 
■'  TNomoH. 

Coc) tun  namM,  of  lameoUttoi  towSt 

Ikarrt  on  iIk>  n*f  A*'  «tc«m.  MiirMfc 

PITEOUS,  V,  Pitiable, 

PITIABLK,    PITEOUS,    PITIFlJL. 

Tiusr.  three  epithets  drawn  from 
the  same  word  have  shades  ot  dif- 
ference in  sense  and  appplication. 

PITIABLE  signities  deserving  of 
pity;  PIIEOUS,  moving  pUjf ;  PI- 
TIFU1>,  tuU  of  that  which  awakeni 
pity  :  a  condition  is  pitiable  which  is 
8odiMresbingahtocallforth/>i/j^;acry 

is  piteous  which  indicates  such  distress 
as  can  excite  pity :  a  conduct  is  joitifui 
which  marks  a  character  entitled  to 

rhe   first  of  these  terms  is  taken 
in   the  best  sense  of  the  term  pUjf ; 
the  last  two  in  its  unfevorable  beuse: 
what  is  pitiable  in  a  person  is  inde- 
pendent of    any   thing    in    himself  j 
circumstances  have  rendered  him  pitP- 
able;  v%hat  \% pUeou$  and  pit{ful  in  a 
man  arises  from  the  helplessness  and 
imbecililv  or  worthlessness  of  his  cha- 
racter ;  the  former  respects  that  which 
is   weak;    the  latter   that  wliich  iS 
worthless  in  him:  when  a  poor  crea^ 
ture  makes  fitetms  moans,  it  indicates 
ins  incapacity  to  help  himself  as  he 
ought  to  do  out  of  his  troubles  ;  when 
a  man  of  rank  has  recourse  to  pitiful 
shifts  to  gain  his  ends,  he  betrays  th6 
innate  meaimess  of  his  soul. 


PITY. 


731 


Is  rt  then  iaipoMible  that  a  »u  tmj  be  CmAI 

who  without  crtalnAl,  III  ioteothm,  er  pUiab^ 
ab^urdUy,  bhall  prefer  a  mlsed  fovemmeiit  to 
cilbirr  of  tbeexlremea?  Boail. 

t  ha\e  io  view,  calliof  io  mind  wHh  bfed 
Part  of  our  «mtence,  that  thy  leed  thtir 
The  STrpent**  head  ;  pUt^mt  aoeada,  w 
Be  m-aut,  ^b»m  1  coqiectaie,  ewrgraad  Hm. 

Bncon  wrote  a  pitifkl  letter  to  King  JaMt  1. 
oot  long  before  bit  dMth.  UowBb 

PITIFUL,  V.  Pitiable. 
PITIFUL,  V.  Mean. 

PITY,    COMPASSION. 

PITY  is  in  all  probability  oontracted 
from  piety. 
COMPASSION,  in  Latia 


«u»,  fh>m  com  and  potior^  signifies  to 
suffer  in  conjunction  with  another. 

The  pain  which  one  feels  at  the  dis- 
tresses of  another  is  the  idea  that  is 
common  to  the  signification  of  both 
these  terms,  but  they  differ  in  the  ob* 
ject  that  causes  the  distress :  the  for- 
mer  is    excited    principally    by   the 
weakness  or  degraded  condition  of  tba 
subject ;  the  latter  by  his  uncoutroU- 
able  and  inevitable  misfortunes.    Wo 
pity  a  man  of  a  weak  understanding 
who  exposes  bib  weakness:  we  com^ 
pouionate  the  man  who  is  reduced  to 
a  state  of  begii;ary  and  want.     Fity  it 
kindly  extended  by  those  in  higher 
condition  to  such  as  are  humble  in 
their  outward  circumstances;  the  poor 
are  at   all    times  desenriug   of  f^iiy 
when  their  poverty  is  not  the  positive 
fruit  of  vice:  compiusion  is  a  senU* 
ment  which  extendb  to  persons  in  all 
.  conditions ;  the  good  Samaritan  had 
campai$ian  on  the  traveller  who  fell 
among  thieves.     Pityt  though  a  ten^ 
der  sentiment,  is  so  closely  allied  to 
contempt,  that  an  ingenuous  mind  is 
always  loath  to  be  the  subject  of  it, 
since  it  can  never  be  awakened  but 
by  some  circumstance  of  inferiority  ; 
it  hurts  the  honest  pride  of  a  man  to 
reflect  that  he  can  excite  no  interest 
but  by  provoking  a  comparison  to  hit 
own  disadvantage :  on  the  other  hand, 
such  is  the  general  infirmity  of  our 
natures,  and  such  our  exposure  to  tho 
casualties  of  human   life,   that  com' 
pauion  is  a  pure  and  delightful  sen- 
timent, that  IS  reciprocally  bestowed 
and  acknowledged  by  all  with  equal 
tatisfiKiUon. 

Ofheet  esttbded  asked  o«  tha  ioor, 
Siird  horn  hMM*  pUy  here  ikej  U», 
And  kaov  bo  esd  of  BilaVj  tttl  the/ diii 

Pojirit^ 

Hia  fate  c^mpmatUn  in  Ike  victor  bred; 
Stem  aa  he  was,  he  yet  rever*d  Um  dead. 


PITY,    MERCy. 

The  feelings  one  indulges,  and  tbo 
conduct  one  adopts,  towards  otheit 
who  suffer  for  their  demerits  is  the 
oomiBon  idea  which  renders  these 
terms  syDoayaaoot;  but  PUT  layt 
liold  of  those  circumstances  which  do 
not  affect  the  moral  chancter,  or 
which  diminish  the  culpability  of  the  in- 
dividual :  M£RCY  lays  hold  of  thoae 
external  diconttaooet  which   maj 

9 


PLEASURE. 


PLEASURE. 


7SS 


PLEADER,  V.  Defender. 

PLEASANT,  V.  Agrcable, 
PLEASANT,  V.  Focetioiis. 
PLEASED,  V.  Glad. 
PLEASING,  V.  AgreabU. 

FLEASURJB,    V.  ComfofL 

PLEASURE,  JOY,   DELIGHT, 
CHARM. 

PLEASURE,  from  the  iMtin  placeo 
to  please  or  give  content,  is  the 
pencric  term,  involving  in  itself  the 
common  idea  of  the  other  terms. 

JOY,  v.Glftd. 

DELIGHT, in  Latin  rfc/*ci*,  comes 
from  delicio  to  allure,  signifying  the 
thing  that  allures  the  niind. 

Pleasure  is  a  term  of  most  exten- 
sive use ;  it  emhraces  one  grand  class 
of  our  feelings  or  sensations,  and  if 
opposed  to   nothing  but  pain,  which 
embraces  the  second  class  or  division : 
joy    and   delight    are    but  modes  or 
modifications  of  pleasure^  dtfiering  as 
to  the  degree,  and  as  to  the  objects 
or  sources.    Pieature,  in  its  pecaliar 
acceptation,  is  smaller  in  degree  than 
cither ^*oy  or  delighty  but  in  its  anfrep- 
eal  acceptation  it  defines  no  degree  : 
the  term  is  indifferently  employed  for 
the  highest  as  well  as  the  lowest  de- 
gree; whereas  Joy  and   delight  can 
only  be  employed  to  express  a  posi- 
tively high  degree.     Pleamre  is  pro- 
duced by  any  or  every  object ;  every 
thing  by  which    we    are  surrounded 
acts  upon  us  more  or  less  to  produce 
it ;  we  may  have  pleasure  either  from 
without    or     from   within :   pleasure 
from  the  gratification  of  our  senses, 
from  the  exercise  of  our  afiections,  or 
the   exercise  of  our  understandings; 
pleasures  from  our  own  selves,  at  plea- 
sures from  others :  but  joy  is  derived 
from  the  exercise  of  the  affections  ; 
and  delight  either  from  the  affections 
or  the  understanding.    In  this  manner 
we  distinguish   the  pkflsures  of  the 
table,  social  pleasures,  or  intellectual 
pleasures  ;  tiie  joy  of  meeting  an  Old 
friend ;   or  the  delight  of  pursuing  a 
favorite  object. 

Pleasures  are  either  transitory  or 
otherwise;  they  may  arise  from  mo- 
mentary circumstances^  orbe  attached 
to    some    permanent   condition :   all 


earthly  pletmtrt  is  in  its  nature  fleet- 
ing ;    and  heavenly  p/ean/rf,  on  the 
contrary,  lasting.     Joy  is  in  its  nature 
commonly  short  of  duration,  it  springs 
from  particular  events ;  it  is  pleasure 
at  high  tide,  but  it  may  oome  and  go  as 
suddenly  as  the  events  which  caused 
it :  one  s  joy  may  be  awakened  and 
damped  in  quick  succession  ;  earthly 
joys  are  peculiarly  of  this  nature,  and 
heavenly  jV^ff  are  not  altogether  di« 
vested    df  this    characteristic ;  tbe|T 
are  supposed  to  spring  out  of  parti* 
cnlar  occurrences,  when  the  spiritual 
and    holy    affections    are    peculiarly 
called  into  action.     Delight  is  not  so 
fleeting  wjcy,  but  it  may  be  less  to 
than  simple  pleasure  ;  delight  arises 
from  a  state  of  outward  circumstances 
which  is  naturally  nuire  durable  than 
that  of  9'oy  ;  bat  it  is  u  state  seldomer 
attainable,  and  aot  so  much  at  one's 
command    as  pleasure:    this  last  is 
very  seldom  denied  in  some  form  or 
another  to  eveiy  htiman  being,   but 
those  only  are  sasoeptible  of  delight 
who  have  aci|uired  a  certain  degree  of 
mental  refinement;  we  must  have  a 
strong  capacity   for  enjoyment  before 
we  can  find  delight  in  the  pursuits  a£ 
litarature,  or  the  cnltivation  of  the 
«rte.    PietfiUFesare  oflen  calm  and 
moderate;  they  do  not  depend  upon 
a  man's  rank  or  condition ;  they  are 
within  the  reach  of  all,  more  or  less, 
and  more  or  less  at  one's  command  : 
joys  are    buoyant;    they  dilate  the 
heart  fbr  a  time,  but  they  most  and 
will  subside.;  they  depend  likewise  on 
casualties  which  are  under  no  one's 
control :  delights  are  ardent  and  ex- 
cessive ;  they  are  within  the  reach  of 
a  few  only,  but  depend  less  on  eater- 
nal  circumstances  oibd  on  the  temper 
of  the  receiver. 

Pleasure  may  be  had  either  by  re- 
flection on  the  past,  or  by  anticipa- 
tioD  of  the  future  ;joy  and  delight  can 
be  prodoeed  only  by  the  present  ob- 
ject :  we  have  a  pleasure  in  thinking 
on  what  we  have  once  enjoyed,  or 
what  we  may  again  enjoy;  we  ec* 
perience  joy  on  the  receipt  of  parti- 
cularly goodf  news;  one  may  ej^peneoce 
.  delight  from  a  musical  entertainment. 
Pleasure  and  delight  may  be  either 
individual  orsooial ;  jeyis  rather  of  a 
social  nature :  we  feel  a  pleasure  in 
solitude  when  locked  up  only  in  our 


PLUNGS. 


POISON. 


79T 


Tte  retC J  katfet  are  oveiraa  irNb 
At  plenty  ever  is  the  nurae  of  facflra* 

And  God  said,  teC  the  vatera  fenerafe 
Reptile  with  spawn  abundmnt,  Ufhig  iottl. 

MfLTOIV* 

Smooth  to  the  sheivln;  brink  a  copi4mt  flood 
Rolls  fair  and  placid.  Tiiomion. 

Peac«^al  heaeath  prineval  treea,  that  cast 
Tbvir  ample  shade  oVr  Nifer*k  yellow  stream, 
I«eaiii  the  huge  efephaat,  wlMaioT  bnitett 

Taoicaoii. 

PLIABLE,  V.  flexible. 
PLIANT,  V.  Flexible. 
PLIGHT,  V,  Sittiation. 
PLOT,  V.  Combination. 
TO  PLUCK,  V.  To  draw. 
PLUNDER,  V.  Rapine. 

TO  PLUNGB,  DIVB* 

PLUNGE  is  bat  a  variation  of 
pluck,  pull,  and  the  Latin  pello  to 
drive  or  force  forward. 

DIVE  is  but  a  variation  of  dip, 
which  is  under  various  forms  to  bff 
found  in  the  northern  languages. 

One  plunges  sometimes  in  order  to 
dive ;  but  one  maj  plunge  without 
d'mngy  nnd  one  may  dive  without 
plunging  :  to  plunge  is  to  dart  head^ 
foremost  into  the  water ;  to  dive  is  to 
go  to  the  bottom  of  the  water,  or 
towards  it :  it  is  a  good  practice  for 
bathers  to  plunge  into  the  water 
when  they  first  go  in,  although  it  is 
not  adviseuble  for  them  to  dive  ;  the 
ducks  frequently  dive  into  the  water 
without  ever  plunging.  Thu»  f^' 
theyditfcr  in  their  natural  sense;  but 
in  the  figurative  application  they  differ 
more  widely  :  to  plunge,  in  this  case, 
is  an  act  of  rashness ;  to  dive  is  an 
act  of  design :  a  young  man  hurried 
away  by  his  passions  will  plunge  into 
every  extravagance  when  he  comes  into 
possession  of  his  estate :  people  of 
a  prying  temper  seek  to  dive  into  the ' 
secrets  of  others. 

The  French  plunged  thetttelVei  laCotbe  eala* 
oiKlea  they  saflTifr,  to  prevenl  theoiaelfca  ftooa 
settlini:  into  a  British  comtttntloa. 

How  he  did  te«m  to  dive  ioCa  tbdr  lieuti 
WiUi  humble  and  faaillar  ooortiiiy. 


TO  POINT,  V.  To  am, 

TO  POINT  OUT,  V.  T<P  shoWn 


TO  POISK;  BfALANCSr. 

POISE,  in  French  peser,  probably 
comes  from  pes  a  foot,  on  which  the 
body  is  as  it  were  poised, 

BALANCE,  in  French  balancer, 
from  the  Latin  hilanM,  or  his  and 
laiur  a  pair  of  scales. 

The  idea  of  bringing  into  an  equi* 
librium  is  common  to  both  terms ; 
but  poise  is  a  particular,  and  ha» 
lance  a  more  general  term:  a  thing 
ifl  poised  as  respects  itself;  it  is  (o- 
lanced  as  respects  other  things :  a 
person  poises  a  plain  stick  in  his  hand 
when  he  wants  it  to  lie  even ;  he  hm" 
lances  the  stick  if  it  has  a  particular 
weight  at  each  end:  a  person  may 
poise  himself,  but  he  balances  others  : 
when  not  on  firm  ground,  it  is  ne- 
cessai7  to  poise  one's  self;  v^tL 
two  persons  are  situated  one  at  eaoh 
end  of  a  beam,  they  may  bal&nu  one 
another. 

Boas  evO,  tanlMe  and  nntbtmem^ 
Msat  Bare  CBsoe  to  jieite  tba  leale  affalaaC 
TUa  Tail  profbiloa  of  ezcaedloig  ploaMUV. 

niitOt  tUa  TCfy  momast  let  me  die, 
Yl%lk  bopeft  and  flmn  In  equal' *«&MM  lie. 

DavsaiK 

POISON^    VENOM. 

POISON,  in  French  poisen,  comes 
from  the  Latin /lolio  a  potion  or  drink. 

VENOM,  in  Frendt  venm,  Latin 
venenum,  comes  probably  from  vena 
the  veins,  betmuse  it  circulates  rapidly 
through  the  veins,  and  infects  the  blood 
in  a  deadly  manner. 

Poison  18  a  general  term ;  in  its  orl-- 
ginal  meaning  it  signifies-  any  potkm 
which  acts  destructit«ly  upon  the 
systtom :  venom  is  a  species  of  deadlj 
or  malignant  poison :  a  poison  may  be 
either  slow  or  quick ;  a  venom  is  al- 
ways most  active  in*  its  nabire :  npoi* 
son  mtfSt  be  administered  inwardly 
to  haw  its  effect;  a  venom  will  act 
by  an  external  application:  the 
joiee  of  the  hellebore  is  a  poison  t 
the  tongue' of  the  adder  and  the  tooth 
of  the  viper  contain  venom :  many* 
pbmCs  are  unfit  to  be  ettten  onnceoont 
of  tlie  poisonous  qoaKty  which  is  io 
them ;  the  Indians  are  in  the  habits  of 
dipping  the  tips  of  their  arrows  in  a 
venomous  juice,  which  reddbfs  the 
sopitest  wound- movtal. 

SB 


POSITION. 


POSITIVE. 


7S9 


funeral,  a  heavy  burden  upon  the  in- 
habitants; there  are  some  persons 
who  ore  not  ashamed  to  Jive  and  die 
as  paupers. 

popuLACB,  V,  People* 
PORT,  V.  Harbor. 

TO  PORTEND,    V.  To  OUgUr, 

PORTION,  V.  Deal. 
POSITION.  V.  Place. 

POSITION,  POSTURB. 

POSITION  {v.  Place)  is  here  used 
as  respects  persons,  and  in  this  sense 
is  allied  to  POSTURE,  which  is  a 
species  of  posture,  that  ib,  an  artificial 
or  a  set  posture :  if  a  person  stands 
tiptoe,  in  order  to  see  to  a  greater  dis- 
tance, he  may  be  said  to  put  himself 
into  that  position  ;  but  if  a  dancer  do 
the  same,  as  a  part  of  his  perforiiv- 
ance,  it  becomes  a  posture :  so,  like- 
v^ise,  when  one  leans  against  the  wall 
it  is  a  \eA\\\i\%  position  ;  but  when  one 
theatrically  bends  his  body  backward 
or  forward,  it  is  a />os/«re:  one  may, 
in  the  same  manner,  sit  in  an  erect 
fositioUf  or  in  a  reclining  posture. 

Evrry  ttfp.  In  the  prognwloa  of  exltt«iice, 
•hanpes  our  position  with  nspect  to  tbt>  things 

about  U«.  JOBMIOW. 

Milron  has  presentpd  this  vtolent  spirit  (Mo- 
loch) as  (ht;  firnt  that  riw*  in  that  ttawmbly  to 
give  his  opinion  opoo  tbdr  pfeteoC  patture  of 
affkin.  Ajmuso:!. 

POSITION,  t'.  Tenet. 
POSITIVE,  V.  Actual. 
POSITIVE,  V.  Confideni. 
POSITIVE,  V.  Defiiiite. 

POSITIVE,  ABSOLUTE, 
PEREMPTORY. 

POSITIVE,  in  Latin  potUivM, 
from  pono  to  put  or  place,  signifies 
placed  or  fixed,  that  is,  fixed  or  esta- 
blished in  the  mind. 

ABSOLUTE  («.  Absolute)  kigni- 
fies  uncontrolled  by  any  external  cir- 
cumstances. 

PEKEiMPTpRY,  in  Latin  ptrtmp^ 
toriuSj  from  perimo  to  take  away, 
signilies  removing  all  further  question. 

Fusitive  is  said  either  of  a  man's 
convictions  or  temper  of  mind,  or  ot 
his  proceedings;  absolute  is  said  of  big 
i»ode  of  proceeding;,  or  bit  rclativf  cir 


cumstanoes;  peremptory  is  said  of  his 
proceeding.  Fohitirff  as  respects  a 
man*s  conviction,  has  been  spoken  of 
under  the  article  of  confidtrit  (v.  Con" 
Jtdent);  in  the  latter  sense  it  bears  the 
closekt  analogy  to  absolute  or  peremp' 
tory :  a  positive  mode  of  speech 
depends  upon  a  positive  state  of  mind ; 
an  absolute  mode  of  speech  depends 

rn  the  uncontrollable  authority  of 
speaker;  a  peremptory  mode  of 
speech  depends  upon  the  disposition 
and  relative  circumstances  of  tha 
speaker:  a  derision  is  positive;  a 
command  absolute  or  peremptory  i 
what  is  positive  excludes  all  ques- 
tion ;  what  is  absolute  bars  all  resist- 
ance ;  what  is  peremptory  removes  all 
hesitation :  a  positive  answer  can  bo 
given  only  by  one  who  has  ponitive 
information  ;  an  absolute  decree  can 
issue  only  from  one  vested  with  abso" 
lute  authority;  ti peremptory  refusal 
can  be  given  only  by  one  who  has  the 
will  and  the  power  of  deciding  it 
without  any  controversy. 

As  adverbs,  positively,  absolutely, 
and  peremptorily,  have  an  equally 
dose  connexion :  a  thing  is  said  not 
Co  be  positively  known,  or  positively 
determined  upon,  or  positively  agreed 
to ;  it  is  said  not  to  be  absolutely  ne- 
cessary, absolutely  true  or  false,  aln 
sohttely  required  ;  it  is  not  to  be  pe^ 
remptorily  decided,  peremptorily  de* 
Glared,  peremptorily  refused. 

Positive  and  absolute  are  likewise 
applied  to  moral  objects  with  tha 
same  distinction  as  before :  the  posi* 
the  expresses  what  is  fixed  in  dis- 
tioctioD  from  the  relative  that  may 
vary;  the  absolute  is  that  which  19 
independent  of  every  thinj;;  thus,  plea* 
surep  and  pains  SLrepOiUtve;  names  in 
logic  are  absolute ;  cases  is\  gnunioar 
are  absolute. 

Tbe  dlmiovtioii  or  ceitiiif  of  ptia  doe*  not 
ofcnte  UkaptUive  pleuare.  Bcbks. 

Tboae  puts  of  tte  moral  world  vUdi  tafo 
mat  ma  abniute,  may  yet  btvo  a  relative  beau^j, 
in  fmpect  ufioait  otbv  paits  concealed  from  at, 

ABonon, 

Tko  Hlshlandtr  ilvai  to  cfwy  qneitloB  an 
aatwcr  10  pcompt  and  pemnpt^r^  tbat  toep* 
tlchm  b  dand  Into  tlkncn.  Joanoif, 

TO  POSflBSS,  V.  To  have. 
TO  POSSESS,  V,  To  hold. 
POSSBaUON%.  ti».iSo(^ 

9b« 


POVERTY. 

niences  of  life  :  indigence  is  a  par- 
ticular state  <>f  poverty^  which  rises 
ab«ive  if  in  »uch  a  degree,  as  to  ex- 
clude the  necessaries  as  well  as  the 
coiivenienceR;  irtfaf  and  tiferf  arc  hoth 
partial  stnteb,  that  refer  only  to  indi- 
vidual things  which  are  iranfin^  to 
anv  one.    Poverty  and  indigence  com- 
prehend all  the  eitemal  circumstances 
of  a  man's  life ;  hut  want,  when  taken 
by  itself,  denotes  the  watU  of  food  or 
clothinp,  and  is  opposed  toahundance; 
need,  when  taken   by  itself,  implies 
the  want  of  moiiey,  or  any  other  uset'al 
article;  but  they  are  both  more  com- 
monly taken  in   connexion  with  the 
object  which  is  vantedj  and   in  this 
sense  they  are  to  the  two  ftirmer,  as 
the  Renus    to  the  species.     Poverty 
and  indigence  are  permanent  states; 
want  and  need  are  temporar}*:  piwerty 
and  indigence  are  the  order  «l  Provi- 
dence, they  do  not  depend  ap<»n  the 
individual/  and    are,    therefore,   not 
reckoned  as  his  fault ;  want  and  need 
arise  more  commonly   from  circum- 
stances of  one's   own  creation,   and 
ten'l    frequently    to    one's   discredit. 
What  man  has  not  caused,  man  can- 
not so  easily   obviate;    poverty  and 
indigence  cannot,  therefore,   be   re- 
moved at  one's  will :  but  want  and  need 
are  frequently  removed  by  tlie  aid  of 
others.     Poverty  is  that  which   one 
should  learn  to  bear,  so  as  to  lessen 
its  pains;    indigence   is   a   calamity 
which  the  compassion  of  others  may 
in  some   measure   alleviate,    if  they 
cannot  entirely  obviate;  wanty  when 
it  results  from  intemperance  or  extra- 
vagance, is  not  alto|i;ether  entitled  to 
any  relief;  but  need,  when  it  arises 
from  casualties  that  are  independent 
of  our  demerits,  will  always  find  friends. 
It  is  a  wise  difrtribution  of  Provi- 
dence which  has  made  the  rich  and 
poor  to  be  mutually  dependent  upon 
each  other,  and  both  to  be  essential 
to  the  happiness  of  the  whole.  Among 
all  descriptions  of  indigent  persons^ 
none  are  entitled  to  more  charitable 
attention,  than  those  who  in  addition 
to  their  wants  suffer  under  any  bodily 
infirmity.      The    old    proverb    says, 
<<  1'hat  waste  makes  want,*  which  it 
daily   realized    among   men   without 
making   them    wiser   by  experiencso. 
''  A  friend  in  nterf/'  according  to  an- 


POUR. 


741 


other  Tolgar  proverb,  "  is  a  friend 
indeed,"  which,  like  all  proverbial 
sayings,  contains  a  striking  truth ;  for 
nothing  can  be  more  acceptable  than 
the  assistance  which  we  receive  from  a 
friend  when  we  stand  in  need  of  it. 

That  the  poverty  of  th*  HIghhndfrt  fa  fT*- 
dnallj  dlmfariAcil  cannot  be  BPnttonvd  anonff 
the  uopI»!iiaK  coRW^ueacM  of  loliJtTtio*. 

JounoN. 

If  vfl  can  tat  ntae  hia  abora  indigenet^  • 
nibilfnti*  share  of  food  fortune  and  mtrlt  will 
h<*  auiBcifnt  to  open  hU  way  to  wbalefer  elie  wt 
can  wbti  him  to  ohtahi. 

MSLH0TH*9  LrTTRU  OF  ClCaM. 

fnint  Is  a  bHter  and  a  hatenil  pmod, 
Bi«%B«p  Ha  TirtuPB  are  not  ■ndrratood. 
Yet  many  Ibinfi,  impuMible  to  niou|ilit. 
Have  been  bj  need  to  full  perfection  broafrM. 

TO  POUND,  V.  To  break. 

TO  POUR,    SPILL,    SHED. 

POUR  is  probably  connected  with 
pore,  and  the  Latin  preposition  per 
throu);h,  signifying  to  make  to  pass  as 
it  were  through  a  channel. 

SPILL  and  splash,  and  the  German 
ipulen  are  probably  otiomatopeias. 

SHED  comes  firom  the  German 
icheiden  to  separate,  signifying  to 
cast  from. 

We  pour  with  design  ;  we  spill  by 
accident :  we  pour  water  over  a  plant 
or  a  bed  ;  we  spill  it  on  the  ground. 
To  pour  is  an  act  of  ccmvenience ;  to 
spill  and  shed  are  acts  more  or  less 
hurtful;  the  former  is  to  cause  to  run 
in  small  quantities ;  the  latter  in  lai^ 
quantities :  we  pour  wine  out  of  a 
bottle  into  a  glass;  but  the  blood  of  a 
person  is  said  to  be  spilt  or  shed  when 
his  life  is  violently  taken  away  :  what 
is  poured  is  commonly  no  part  of  the 
body  from  whence  it  is  poured  ;  but 
what  is  shed  is  no  other  than  a  com- 
ponent  part ;  hence  trees  are  said  to 
shed  their  leaves,  animals  their  hair, 
or  human  beings  to  shed  tears. 

Poeaj  ta  of  lo  pubile  a  aplrit,  tbat  In  tW 
p&urtHg  not  of  one  laflfusfe  Inio  another.  It 
wHI  evaporate.  Dbmbav, 

0  n^ut«tlnn!  deamflbrtbaa  lifli, 

Tbon  pMclona  balnua,  Iweljr  aweeC  af  MMl^ 
WbMe  cordial  dropa  oooe  lyrftt  bj  aooM  fiSh 

band, 
irnt  all  tbe  owoer%  tair,  nor  tbe  repeallnff  toQ 

01  tbe  mde  tpfl/er,  can  colltfet.  Sbwiu 
Hffffod  acted  tba  part  of  a  gmt  nmimeff  Ibr 

tbe  deeeSied  AfMobnloi,  sMUimi[  abai 


POWERFUL. 


PRAISE. 


74S 


nay  have  the  pmoer  to  read  or  leare  it 
■lone;  but  he  cannot  dispose  of  his 
person  without  authority.  In  what 
concerns  others,  we  must  act  bv  their 
outAon'/y,  if  we  wish  to  act  con- 
scientiously;  when  the  secrets  of 
another  are  confided  to  us,  we  have 
the  power  to  divulge  them,  but  not 
the  authority,  unless  it  be  given  by 
hira  who  entrusted  them. 

Instructors  are  invested  by  the  pa- 
rents with  authority  over  their  chil- 
dren ;  and  parents  receive  their  au- 
thority  from  nature,  that  is,  the  law 
of  God ;  this  paternal  authority^  ac- 
cording to  the  Ch^stian  system,  ex- 
tends to  the  education,  but  not  to  the 
destruction  of  their  ofispring.  The 
Heathens,  'however,  claimed  and  ex- 
erted a  power  over  the  lives  of  their 
children.  By  my  superior  strength  I 
nay  be  enabled  to  exert  a  power  over 
a  roan,  so  as  to  control  his  action ; 
of  his  own  accord  he  gives  me  autho- 
rity to  dispose  of  his  -property ;  so  in 
literature,  men  of  established  repu- 
tation, of  classical  merit,  and  known 
Teracity,  are  quoted  as  authorititi  is 
support  of  -any  position. 

Power  w  indefinite  as  to  degree ; 
one  may  have  little  or  much  power : 
dominion  is  a  positive  degree  oi  power. 
A  monarch's  power  may  'be  limited 
by  various  circumstaDces ;  a  despot 
exercises  dwninion  c^^  all  his  sub- 
jects, high  and  low.'  One  is  not  said 
to  get  a  power  over  any  object,  but  to 
get  an  object  into  one's  power :  on  the 
other  hand,  we  get  a  dmninion  over  an 
object;  thus  some  men  have  a  dloiiri- 
tiion  over  the  conscienoes  of  xnfaers. 

.^opoe  tkw  ihalt  jprove  my  joMclit,  and  cone  the 

,ko«r 
Thoa  sioMlit  %  rif«l  of  faperf^  j»oipV.     Pon. 

IRnotr  arftiag  from  §trengtk  H  alwajn  ta 
then  who  ere  govenied,  who  ere  Baajt'lMt 
mmAtrUjf  erfilaf  froei  opteioa  !•  ta  iboie  vhe 
gefcm,  who  tie  fev. 


ef  thcte  oMMt  .will,  pewdee^  rte^iy 
led  drew  coofmMlj.in  fi  different  line^ 
^[?hleh  then  eanelafin  dominion  o'er  f  be  itefy 
Oretai^p  tbt  rtiiof  paoiioo  lotbebreeat. 


<K>W8RVUL,    POTENT,     MIGHTY. 

POWERFUL,  or  full  of  power,  is 
also  the  original  meaningof  PUT£NT; 
bat  MIGHTY  signifies  having  might. 
Fcmerful  is  applicable  to  strength  as 
vrcil  as  i^over ;  apo»ff/ii/imuiitotte 


who  by  his  size  and  make  can  easily 
overpower  another:  and  ti  powerful  per» 
son  is  one  who  has  much  in  his  power  ; 
potent  is  used  only  in  this  latter  sense, 
m  vHiich  it  expresses  a  larger  extent 
of  power :  a  potent  monarch  is  much 
more  than  ti  powerful*  unwce;  mighty 
expresses  a  still  higher  degree  of 
potcer ;  might  i%  power  unlimrtdd  bj 
any  consideration  or  circumstance; 
a  giant  is  called  mighty  in  the  physical 
sense,  and  genius  is  said  to  be  mighty 
which  takes  every  thing  within  its 
grasp;. the  Supreme  Being  is  entitled 
either  Omnipotent  or  Almighty  ;  but 
the  latter  term  seems  to  convey  th« 
idea  of  boundless  extent  more  forcibly 
than  the  former. 

It  b  certala  thnt  tlie  aeoiet  are  eaoie  pover/Wl 
as  the  reason  Is  weaker.  Joamok. 

Now,  flamloir  np  (he  heavens,  \hfp9Unt  umi 
MelU  Into  liiniddair  the  high  raised  elovdfc 

TaoaeOK. 

He  who  Uves  hy  t  migkip  prinelple  wltUe, 
w^ch.  the  world  about  biin  eeither  sees  nor  ma* 
deratands  he  only  ovfht  to  pass  for  godlj. 

SOOTM. 

PRACTICABLE,   V.   PoSSlble* 

paACTiCAL,  t;.  Passible, 

PRACTICE,  V.  Custom^ 

TO  PRACTISE,  v.  To  exercist, 

TO   PRAISE,    COMMEND^ 
APPLAUD,   EXTOL. 

PRATSE  comes  from  the  Gerraan 
preisen  to  value,  and  our  own  word 
price,  signifying  to  give  a  .value  to  a 
thing. 

COMMEND,  in  Lotin  commenio^ 
compounded  of  com  and  mando,  sig- 
nifies to  commit  to  ^he  good  opinioii 
of  others. 

APPLAUD,  V.  Applause. 

]f  XTOL,  in  Latin  extollo,  signifiga 
to  Tift  up  very  high. 

All  these  terms  denote  the  act  of 
eipressing  approbation.  The  pram 
is  the  most  general  and  indefinite  ;  it 
may  rise  to  a  high  degree,  but  it  g^ 
nerally  implies  a  lower  degree:  yi9 
praiMe  B,  person  generally;  we  com^ 
wiend  him  particolaHy :  we  prake  him 
for  his  diligence,  sobriety,  and  the 
like;  we  commend  him  fof  |iis  per* 
Ibrmances,  or  for  any  partieulai^  in- 
stance of  prudence  or  {food  cbhdutet. 
To  applaud  is  an  iu^&nt'  mode  of 
fraiang ;  we  apflmd  '•  person  for 


PRELUDR. 


PJU6MI8E. 


745 


Torture  liln  vith.Uv  toftneff, 
Kor  tin  thy  prayert  are  granted,  net  him  f«ee. 

Otvay. 

Sh«  tak«^  petitions^  and  ditpenies  la^t. 
Hears  and  detvrmiiMM  every  private  eaa«e. 

Drvobi. 

Thnt  upoke  IlinBttoi;  tbeTnafatfrtv, 
yV'ith  oriea  and  clamoiin,  h^  rtfUMt  nqev. 

ArKumr^nts,  enfrtoU^f,  and  pnilM^w*  fV^M 
employ tHl  in  order  to.M»oth  4bem  (the  foUowen 
or  Corti*).  BOBBR-WO*. 

S^'Ulom  or  never  U  there  moeh  apoke,  ^^- 
«ver  aojr  ^ue  comes  to  prefer  a  iu^  to  another. 

Sooth. 

PRECAUious,  V,  DmibtfuL 
PRECEDENCE,  V.  Priority. 
PRECEDENT,  v.  Example, 
PRECEDING,  V,  Antecedent. 
PRECEPT,  V.  Command. 
PRECEPT,  V.  Doctrine^ 
PRECEPT,  V.  Maxim. 
PRECINCTS,  V.  Border. 
PRECIOUS,  V.  Valuable. 
PRECIPITANCE,  V.  Rashness. 
PRECISE,  V,  Accurate. 
PRECISION,  V.  Justness. 
TO  PRECLUDE,  V.  To  prevent. 
PRECURSOR,  V.  Forerunner. 

PREDICAMENT,   V.  StttUition. 

TO  PREDICT,  V.  To  foretel. 
PREDOMINANT,  V.  Prevailing. 
PRHEMiNENCB,  V,  Priority. 
PREFACE,  V,  Prelude. 

TO  PREFER^    V,  To  ckoOSe. 

TO  PREFER,  V.  To  encouroge. 

PREFERABLE,   V.  Eligible. 

PREFERENx^E,  V.  Priority. 
PREJUDICE,  V.  Bias. 

PREJUDICE,  V.  Disadvantage. 
PRBi.iMiNARY,  V.  Previous. 

PRELUDE,    PREFACE. 

PIIELUDE,  from  the  LatiD  Imdo 
to  play,  signifies  the  oune  that  pre- 
cedes ;  PREFACE,  Irom  the  Latin 
for  to  speak,  signifies  the  speech  that 
precedes.    The  idea  pf  a  pw|iaratoiy 


IntroductiMi  is  .iadadaid  in  both  these 
terms,  but  the  former  consists  of  ac- 
tions ;  the  latter  of  words :  the  throw- 
ing of  stones  and  breaking  of  windows 
is  the  prelude  on  the  part  of  a  mob  to 
a  general  riot ;  an  apology  for  one's 
iU*behaviour  is  sometwies  the  p^ace 
to  spliciting  a  remission  of  punish- 
ment. The  prelude  is  mostly  prepa^ 
rntory  to  that  which  is  in  itselractuallj 
bad :  the  pre/iM;e  is  mostly  prepai^|ory 
to  something  supposed  to  be  object- 
ionable. Intemperance  in  liquor  is 
the  prelude  to  pvery  other  cxti^va- 
gance;  when  one  wishes  to  insure 
compliance  with  a  request  that  may 
possibly  be  upraaspnabie,  it  is  neces- 
sary  to  pare  the  way  by  jioma  suitable 
preface. 

Atthit  tlHM-thtre  VM  ft  genenl  paiae  all 
over  the  world,- whkb  jrai  %  proper  preludfi  for 
wbeilac  fB  l>t*  coalnir  «bo  was  tbe  prlnee  of 


AsDodelaj 
Of  pr«/iMateoaUBg  (hra«i^  Ma:JBal  oT.ri^ 

lliiToa. 

PREMEDITATION^      V.      ForC' 

thought. 

TO   PREMISE,   PRKSUMB. 

PREMISE,  fnm pre  Bndmitto,  sig- 
nifies set  down  beforehand;  'PRE- 
SUME,  from  sumo  to  take,  signifi.es  to 
take  before  hand.  Boih  these  termi 
are  employed  in  regard  to  our  prerioot 
assertions  or  admissions  of  any  circum- 
stance; the  jbrmer  is  used  for  what 
is  theoretical  or  belongs  to  opinions ; 
the  latter  is  used  for  what  is  practice 
or  belongs  to  facts  :  vrepremite  .that 
the  existence  of  a  Deity  is  unques^tioo- 
able  when  we  aigue  respecting  hif 
attributes;  we  presume  that  a  person 
has  a  firm  belief  in  divine  revelatiqa 
when  we  exhort  him  to  follow  the  pr^ 
cepts  of  <he  Gospel.  No  argdmeot 
can  'be  pursued  until  wehave  orogstf^ 
those  points  upon  which  both  parties 
ace  to  agree :  we  must  be  caretul  not 
to  presume  .upon  more  than  what  w^ 
are  fully  authorized  to  take  for  certain. 

Here  we  nmat  ^nipremUe  what  K  it  to  enter 
lafo  tempcatioe.  Soora. 

la  tbe  loof  ramlMc  aetR,  ft  doei  not  appear 
that  Chaoerr  ever  eenpoted  at  all ;  for  1  jrrt* 
—f  ao  oneaaa  lawgliiu  tlau  he 
of  laamalin. 


TO  PRBPARB,   V.   To  JUm 


PREVENT. 


PREVENT. 


740 


TW  «f  lit  naturally 
itmUiMf  templatioa  «f  lateUiablei 

WiMtiVr  Uion  sbalt  ordalo,  tbov  ruHnf 
Unkiiowm  and  suddM  be  the  dreadful  boar. 

Rows. 

Nor  can  a  maa  Indepeadeatly  mpm  the  over* 
ruUng  Influence  of  Ood^  blotlnf ,  car*  and  call 
bimseir  one  penny  rl«bar«  Socm. 

The  doctrine  of  not  owninf  a  foreifner  to  be  a 
klnf  wan  beld  and  tanght  by  tb<  Phartaen,  a 
predonUnant  wed  of  tbe  Jewa.  FnoKAvz. 

TO  PREVAIL  UPON,  V.  To  pCT" 

suade. 

PREVALBNT,  v.  Prevailing. 
TO  PRBVARICATE,  V.  To  evode. 
TO  PRBVBNTi  v.  To  hinder. 

TO   PREVENT,   ANTICIPATE. 

To  PREVENT  is  litemllf  to  conM 
beforehand,  aod  ANTICIPATE   to 
take  beforehand:  the  former  it  em- 
ployed for  actual    occurreooes;    tho 
laUer  as  much  for  calculatiooB  as  fov 
actioDs :   prevent  is  the  act  of  one 
being  towards  another;  tuUkipaie  ie 
the  act  of  a  being  either  towards  him- 
self or  anotheiv.    God  is  said  to  pre- 
vent  us,  if  he  interposes  with,  his  grace 
to  divert  our  purpose*  towards  that 
which  is  right;  we  anticifaie  the hap« 
piness  whidi  we  are  to  enjoy  in  future; 
we  anticipate  what  a  person  is  going 
to  say  by  saying  the  same  thing  before 
him.    The  term  prevent^  when  taken 
in  this  its  strict  and  literal  sense,  is 
employed  only  as  the  act  of  the  Divine 
Being ;  a^Uicipate,  on  the  contrary,  is 
taken    only  as    the    act    of   human 
beings    towards    each  other.    These 
words  may,  however,  be  farther  allied 
to  each  other,  when  under  the  term  pre* 
vention  in  its  vulgar  acceptation  is  in- 
eluded  the  idea  of  hindering  another 
in  his  proceedings;  in  which  case  to 
anticipate  is  a  species  of  pretteniitm; 
that  is,  to  prevent  another  from  doing 
a  thing  by  doing  it  one's  self. 

But  I  do  tbink  It  raoft  eoirardly  and  rile. 
For  fear  of  whtt  migbt  Ml,  eo  Co  prtpemi 
Tbe  time  of  lifek 


He  tliat  baa  anttetpated  tbe  coBvtnatleB  c€  a 
wit  will  wooder  to  wbat  prejudice  be  owe  bli 
reputation.  JONStOK. 

TO   PREVENT,   OBVIATE,   PBB« 
CLHDE. 


hem  «8  in  the  former  case  tbe  generic 
term,  thaotbers  are  specific.  What  one 
prevents  does  not  happen  at  all :  what 
one  OBVIATES  ceases  to  happen  in 
future :  we  prevent  those  evils  whicb 
we  know  will  come  to  pass  if  not  pre^ 
vented:  we  ok^iofe  those  evils  wnich 
we  have  already  felt;  that  is,  we  pre* 
vent  their  repetition.  Crimes  ami 
cnieimmes  are  prevented ;  difficulties, 
objections,  inconveniences,  and  troir- 
bles,  are  ohmated.  When  crowds  col» 
lect  in  yast  numbers  in  any  small  spot, 
it  is  not  easy  to  prevent  mischief  t 
wise  precautions  may  bo  adopted  to 
obfviate  the  inconvenience  which  ne^ 
cessarily  attends  a  preat  crowd. 

Preeent  and  obtiate  are  the  acts  of 
either  conscious  or  unconscions- agents: 
PRECLUDE  is  the  act  of  unconsciotis 
agents  only :  one  prevents  or  obviate 
a  thins  by  the  use  of  means,  or  else 
tlio  thmgs  themaeWes  preeent  and  abm. 
vieitef  as  when*  we  say,  that  a  person 
preeente  another  fcam  coming,  or  ill* 
ness  prevente  him  from  coming:  e, ^  j 
person  chviatee  a  difficulty  by  a  oonl^=   f\  ( 
trivanoe,    a  certain  arrangement  or        . 
change  oMofsr  every  difficwtj.    MR) 
intentionally  prevent  te  person  from 
doing  that  wnich  we  disapprove  of; 
bis  circumstances  preclude  him  frxnn 
enjoying  ceitain  pnvileges.    Prevent 
respects  that  which  is  either  good  or 
b«a ;  f^iate  respects  that  which  is 
bad  always ;  preclude  respects  that 
which  is  good-  or  desirable :  ill  health 
prevents  a  person  from  pursuing  hii 
Dosiness;    employment    prevents    a 
yoang  person  from  falling  into  bad 
practtoes;  admonition  ofVen  obviaiee 
tbe  necessity  of  punishments;  want 
of  learning  or  of  a  regular  edncatiotf 
often-  preehides  a  man  from  many  of 
the-  political    advantages  which   h^ 
migbs  otherwise  enjoy. 

Bf*c7  dieeaae  of  afar  we  may  jumeat* 

Like  tboie  of  jFontb.bjr  belef  dHlsenC.  Dbihak. 


Tbe  inpntatioD  of  foUj,  if  It  h  trae.  OMtC  ba 
isArad  wUbent  bope;  bet  tbal  of  Iweieffalily 
any  be  •kvtmUd  bj  removlnc  tbe  eaa^^ 


Hti  Mt  lata  wi  label  Haaee  to  arblch  all  mtf 
nCam,  vbo  aiv  not  ••  SmUMi  at  to  oontleM  fktf 
;  after  pleaMue  tOI  ercrj  bope  to  jrrccfiMiiiL 


To  PREVENT  («.  To  JUmUr)  it  PEBVIOU8,  v.  JnUcedeni^ 


nK^rtWL 


't^iM  -a*^  '9|.4>r       ?-— !> 


ou'/l.f  f*/  « r  */i  tthfUiftHht!  Huj  itnfKiir^ 
yrt inttuiofif  tut  \n\itp.  rh^r  rjin  ffecilitate 

lU  fif'ft'f 'irioi,  .  Ill  roflipli/Mf^J  mftU 
14  14  i»  i«  ti</i4itiry  to  h;iVfl  4orrifttliing 
hulrniluilnt  If  hy  wtiy  of>x|ilHri»tion. 

dh'  »«•  |i  Iff  f»I.M  l«  •  imipiiiiMHi  MpproNclm  l« 
Ma  ^»l*l■.  u  1  fifitnut  ftumtn^  famllUrHy  of 
llii.  tniMii  wifh  fif  «in  Willi  k  ■  man  ltt«mptrd  to. 

^OVTN. 
I  Ifuvfi  4l'«ii»«ii1  tlif«  iiii|illiil  prrttmtnarlft  mi 
mIi»h.  ihaf  I  tail  ri|N<Hl  Ihi*  fiiiiti*  In  whkbjula- 
Ihki  aip  Mitiliiil  «nil  iilii-itHiih'j  iri  unil. 

.lullNVOII. 

4f«iIi|Ih«    la    In  ihn  itinrllrn  iif   liuldinK   tin* 

■l«itiiiiii    hi  MimiM  ii«ii  lij  «  pn  ptimtni  )i  •Wenrti 

In  iiu  i.|iii.f  |pri«Hi«  i'raiiaia«iiu. 


onW« 


ISr«ttf ;  mmty  is 
tnuil  r»bjeec» :  priJe  u 
<kr  b«4 ;  rwNfy  is  slwrn^a  bod,  k  s 
ftiwa^i  eniptiucM  or  iwiftiiniRiWMfc  1 
man  n  primd  who  valoes  hivsdf  • 
Um  po»4«ssHNi  of  his  fitenrf  or  »- 
tadiic  calcnty  on  his  weskh,  «■  lii 
nnky  on  hit  power,  on  his 
loentft,  or  fait  superiorifj  otcr  hb 
petitors;  tie  is  vain  of  hb  pc 
nit  drefl«y  hit  wslk^  or  any  clniif  tki 
it  frivoloot.  Pride  is  the  inl&fetf 
qoslity  in  man ;  sod  while  it  reits  m 
noble  objectty  t(  it  his  noblesr  ckan^ 
teribtic;  vanity  it  the  distortion  «f 
one's  nature  flowing  from  a  ixoem 
constitution  or  education  :  pride  tboet 
it!M?lf  variously  acc«irding  Co  thenattft 
of  the  object  on  which  it  it  fiicd ;  a 
noble  pride  seeks  to  displajr  itself  ia 
nil  tlinr  can  coininand  the  respect  or 
adiiiiratiuu  of  mankind  ;  the  pridt^ 
u-ciilth,  of  power,  or  of  other  ad^'eutt* 
tioiih  priipcrticsy  cominonij  displays 
itbvlf  iu  au  uutaemlj  depafaienttfh 


PRroE. 


PRIDE. 


751 


wards  others ;  vanittf  shows  itself  only 
by  its  eagerness  to  catch  the  notice  of 
others. 

Pride  (says  Blair)  makes  us  esteem 
ourselves;  vanity  makes  us  desire  the 
esteem  of  others.     But  if  pride  \s,  as 
I  have  before  observed,  self-esteem, 
or,  which   is  nearly  the  same  thing, 
self-valuation,  it  cannot  properly  be 
said  to  make  us  esteem  ourselves.     Of 
vanity  I   have    already   said  that  it 
makes  one  anxious  for  the  notice  and 
applause  of  others ',  but  I  cannot  with 
Dr.  Blair  say  that  it  makes  one  want 
the  esteem  of  others,  because  esteem 
is   too  substantial    a  quality   to  be 
sought  for  by  the  vain.   Besides^  that 
what  Dr.  Blair  seems  to  assign  as  a 
leading  and  characteristic  ground  of 
distinction  between  pride  and  vanity 
is    only    an    incidental  property.    A 
roan  is  said  to  be  vain  ot  his  clothes, 
if  he  gives  indications  that  he  values 
himself  upon    them  as  a  eround  of 
distinction;    although  he  should  not 
expressly  seek  to  display  himself  to 
others. 

Conceit  is  that  species  of  self-Falu- 
ation  that  respects  one's  taleats  only ; 
it  is  so  far  therefore  closely  allied  to 
pride ;  but  a  man  is  said  to  be  proud 
of  that  which  he  really  has,  but  to 
be  conceited  of  that  which  he  really 
has  not :  a  man  may  be  proud  to  an 
excess  of  merits  which  he  actually 
possesses;  but  when  he  is  conceited 
iiis  merits  are  all  in  his  own  conceit  ; 
the  latter  is  therefore  obviously  fouud- 
ed  on  falsehood  altogether. 

Vanity  maket  me*  ridlcnlons,  prUtt  odkNn, 
and  ambition  terrible. 


*T{t  an  old  maxim  In  the  adioolti 

That  vanityt  Che  food  of  fbolt.  SwiiT. 

The  lelf  conceit  of  the  jooaf  It  the  fficnt 
•ource  of  thoM  dangefa  to  which  they  ue  ex- 
posed. Blue. 

PRIDE^     HAUGHTINESS,     LOFTI- 
NESSy    DIGNITY. 

PRIDE  is  employed  principally  as 
respects  the  temper  of  the  mind;  the 
other  terms  are  employed  either  as 
respects  the  sentiment  of  the  mind,  or 
the  external  behaviour. 

Pride  is  here  as  before  (v.  Fridey^ 
a  generic  term:  HAUGHTINESS 
(v.  Haughty),  LOFTINESS  (t». 
Hifrh\  DlGxNITY  («.  Honor),  ara 
but  modes  oi  pride,   Fride,  inumueii 


as  it  consists  purely  of  self  esteem,  is 
a  positive  sentiment  which  one  may 
entertain  independent  of   other  per- 
sons :  it  lies  in  the  inmost  recesses  of 
the  human  heart,  and  mingles  itself  in« 
sensibly  with  our  affections  and  pas- 
sions ;  It  is  our  companion  by  night  and 
by  day;  in  public  or  in  private;  it 
goes  with  a  man  wherever  he  goes^ 
and  stays  with  him  where  he  stavs; 
it  is  a  never  failing  source  of  satisnio* 
tion  and  self-complacency  under  every 
circumstance  and  in  every  situatioA  of 
human  life.  -Haughtineu  is  that  mod» 
of  pride  which  springs  out  of  one's 
comparison  of  one's  self  with  others? 
the  haughty  roan  dwells  on  the  inf^ 
riority  of  others ;  the  proud  man  in 
the  strict  sense  dwells  on  his  own  per- 
fections.   Lqftineu  is  a  mode  ofprids 
which  raises  the  spirit  above  objects 
supposed  to  be  inferior ;  it  does  not  set 
wan  so  much  above  others  as  above 
himselfl  or  that  which  concerns  him- 
self.   Dignity  it  a  mode  of  pride 
which  exalts  the  whole  roan,  it  is  the 
entire  consciousness  of  what  is  becom- 
ing himself  and  due  to  himself. 

Pride  assumes  such  a  variety   of 
shapes,  and  puts  on  such  an  infinity  of 
disguises,  that  it  is  not  easy  always  to 
recognize  it  at  the  first  glance ;  but  an 
insight  into  human  nature  will  suffice 
to  convince  us  that  it  is  the  spring  of 
all  human  actions.    Whether  we  see 
a  man  professing  humility  and  self- 
abasement,  or  a  singular  degree  of  self 
debasement,  or  any  degree  of  sdf  ex- 
altation, we  may  rest  assured  that  his 
own  pride  or  conscious  self'imporD- 
anoe  is  not  wounded  by  any  such  mea- 
sures;   but  that  in   all  cases  he  is 
equally  stimulated  with  the  desire  of 
giving  himself  in  the  eyes  of  others 
that  degree  of  importance  to  which  in 
his  own  eyes  he  is  entitled.    Hough' 
tinets  is  an  unbending  species  or  mode 
of  pride  which  does  not  stoop  to  anj 
artifices  to  obtain  gratification;   but 
oompels  others  to  give  it  what  it  fan- 
cies to  be  its  due.     Lqftinen  and  dig-- 
nity  are  equally  remote  from  any  sub- 
tle pliancy,  but  they  are  in  no  less 
degree  exempt  from  that  unamiable 
characteristic  in   haughtiness   which 
makes  a  man    bear  with  oppressive 
sway  upon  others.    A  Iqfty  s|urit  and 
a  dignity  of  character  preserve  a  man 
from  yielding  to  the  jcoataminalion  of    « 

3 


PRINCIPLE. 


PRIORITY. 


753 


let  his  territory  be  ever  so  inconsidef* 
able ;    Germany    is    divided    into   a 
iiiiiiiber   ot'  small    states   which    are 
governcil    l)y    petty  princes.      Every 
une  reipiing  by  himselt'  in  a  state  ot* 
some    coiibiderable     magnitude,    and 
having  an  independent  authority  over 
hib  subject^,  is  a  monarch  :  kintzs  and 
emperurs  thcrefijre  are  all  momtrchs, 
Every  niouanh   is  a  sovereign  whose 
extent    (jf  dominion   and    number   of 
subjects  rises  above  the  ordinary  levcj; 
he  is  a  potentate  if  hisinBuence  cither 
in  the  cabinet  or  the  field  extends  very 
considerably  over  the  atfairs  of  other 
nations.      Although    we    know    that 
princes  are  but  men,  yet  in  estimating 
their  characters  men  are  apt  to  expect 
more  of  them  than  what  is  human.    It 
is  the  preat  concern  of  every  monurch 
wlio  wibhes  for  the  welfare  of  his  sub- 
jects to  choose  good  counsellors :  who- 
ever has  approved   himself  a  faithful 
subject  may  approach   his  sovereign 
with   a   steady   confidence  in   having 
done  his  duty :   the  potentates  of  the 
earth  may  sometimes  be  intoxicated 
with  their  power  and  their  triumphs, 
but  in  general  they  have   too  many 
mementos  of  their  common  infirmity, 
to  forget  that  they  are  but  mortal  men, 

or  all  thp  prlneed  who  Ind  •irayc^  f  b^  Mrxl- 
«mn  K'eptr*',  MonCnoma  vat  tbe  mn«t  hau^litjr. 

ROBKAnOM. 

Th»'  Mi'xican  p«)ple  wen*  uaillke  ami  «»l«rr- 
priainp,  tlie  authoritjf  of  the  monarch  anboand.il. 

UoT:i.itT<*ON. 

The  Pernviam  >if1ded  a  blind  sul>nii<'iioii  to 
their  garerei^nt.  liom  nrsoN. 

How  inr-in  must  tb«  most  exaltid  potenlate 
upon  e  irth  appi^r  fo  that  <>)e  which  take*  In  in* 
nuinrnblf  orders  of  R;>iriL«.  AnuitON. 

PRINCIPAL,    V,  ChUf. 

PRINCIPALLY,  V,  Especialli/. 
PRINCIPLE,  V,  Doctrine, 

PRINCIPLE,    MOTIVK. 

The  principle  {v.  Doctrine) 
may  sometimes  be  the  MOTIVE;  but 
often  there  is  a  principle  where  there 
is  no  motive,  and  there  is  a  motive 
where  there  '\s  no  principle.  The prin* 
ciple  lies  in  conscious  and  unconscious 
agents ;  the  motive  only  in  conscious 
agents  :  all  nature  is  guided  by  certain 
principles  ;  its  movements  go  forward 
upon  certain  principUi:  maDii  put 


iQto  action  by  certain  motives;  the 
principle  is  the  prime  moving  cause  of 
every  thing  that  is  set  in  motion  ;  the 
motive  is  the  prime  moving  cause  that 
sets  the  human  machino  into  action. 
TJie  principle  in  its  restricted  sense 
comos  still  nearer  to  the  motive,  when 
it  refers  to  the  opinions  which  we 
fonn :  the  principle  in  this  case  is  that 
idea  which  we  form  of  things,  so  as  to 
regulate  our  conduct;  the  motive  is 
that  idea  which  simply  impels  to  ac- 
tion; the  former  is  therefore  some- 
thing permanent,  and  grounded  opon 
the  exercise  of #  our  reasoning  powers ; 
the  latter  is  momentary,  and  arises 
simply  from  onr  capacity  of  thinking: 
bad  principles  lead  a  man  into  a  bad 
course  of  life  ;  bad  motives  lead  him  to 
the  commission  of  actions  bad  or  good^ 

The  bftt  leflslaton  have  bera  latiiard  with 
tbe  i«tablt»bnient  of  Mine  rare,  foIi<^  and  rulloK 
principle  In  sovcrament.  Bcbkb. 

Tbe  daB^er  of  betrajinr  onr  weaknew  to  oar 
iiervantt,  and  the  ImpoialbHItjr  of  coneeaHoc  U 
from  them,  majF  be  jaiUj  cooildered  ai  one  mo- 
tiee  to  a  repilar  life.  Jobmoh. 

PRINT,  V.  Mark. 
PRINT,  v.  Picture. 
PRIOR,  V.  jintecedent^ 

PRIORITY,   PRECBDKNCR, 
PRE-EMINENCE,     PREFERENCE. 

PRIORITY  denotes  the  abstract 
quality  of  being  before  others  :  PRE- 
CEDENCE, from  prte  and  ccdo,  sig- 
nifies the  state  of  going  before :  PRE- 
EMINENCE  signifies  being  more 
<miinent  or  elevated  than  others : 
PREFERENCE  signifies  being  put 
before  others.  Priority  respects  sim- 
ply the  order  of  succession^  and  is 
applied  to  objects  either  in  a  state  of 
motion  or  rest;  precedence  signifies 
priority  in  qoing,  and  depends  upon  a 
right  or  privilege ;  preeminence  signi- 
fies priority  in  being,  and  depends 
upon  merit ;  preference  signifies  pri^ 
ority  in  placing,  and  depends  upon 
favor.  The  priority  is  applicable  ra- 
ther to  the  thing  than  the  person ;  it 
is  not  that  which  is  sought  for,  but 
that  which  is  to  be  had :  age  fre- 
quently ^ves  priority  where  every 
other  claim  is  wanting.  The  immo- 
derate desire  for  precedence  is  often 
nothing  but  a  childish  vanity ;  it  is  a 
distinction  that  flows  out  of  rank  v 

3  c 


PROCEEDING. 


PROCEEDING*       155 


ject  which  it  is  desirable  to  have) 
prerogative  is  confined  to  the  case  of 
making  one*s  election,  or  exercising 
any  special  power;  erernpiion  is  ap- 
plicable to  cases  in  which  one  is  ex- 
empted from  any  tribute,  or  payment; 
immunity^  from  tlie  Latin  munui  an 
office,  is  peculiarly  applicable  tocasei 
in  which  one  is  freed  from  a  service : 
all  chartered  towns  or  corporations 
have  privileges,  exemptiofUf  and  tm- 
munities  ;  it  is  the  privilege  of  the 
city  of  Ix)ndon  to  shut  its  gates  against 
the  king. 

Ab  the  aiTPd  d(*part  from  the  dlffujtj,  lo  tiMU 
forfeit  the  prIrfUget  of  frej  halts,  Bl*». 

B.v  the  vont  of  luurfMUkos,  ao  UMrpaCtoB 
on  the  prerogativft  of  aatnre,  joa  attcnpt  to 
force  (tnjion  and  carpeuten  Into  the  state). 

NelthpT  Dobillty  nor  clerpy  (Jn  France)  enjoy- 
ed any  e»emption  from  the  duty  oa  ooaaamabi* 
commodities.  Burke* 

You  c!a{m  an  immunity  from  evil  which  be- 
toagt  hot  to  tbo  lot  of  man.  Blauu 

PRIVILEGE,  V.  Right. 

PRIZE,  V.  Capture. 
TO  PRIZE,  V.  To  value. 
PROBABILITY,  V.  Clionce. 
PROBITY,  V,  Honesty, 
TO  PROCEED,  v.  To  odvonce, 
TO  PROCEED,  u.  To  orise. 

PROCEEDING,  PROCESS^ 

PROGRESS. 

The  manner  of  performing  actions 
for  the  attainment  of  a  given  end  is 
the    common  idea    comprehended  in 
these  terms.     PROCEEDING  is  the 
most  general,  as  it  simply  expresses 
the  general   idea   of   the  manner  of 
goinji  on  ;  the  rest  are  specific  terms, 
denoting    some    particularity    in  the 
action,  object,  or  circumstance.    The 
proceeding  is  said  commonly  of  such 
things  as  happen  in  the  ordinary  way 
of  doing  business  ;  PROCESS  is  said 
of  such  things  as  are  done   by  rule: 
the  former  is  considered   in  a  moral 
point  of  view  j  the  latter  in  a  scientific 
or  teclinical   point  of  view :  the  free- 
masons   have    bound   themselves  to- 
gether by   a  law  of  secrecy  not  to 
reveal  some  part  of  their  proreet/ii^; 
the  process  by  which  paper  is  made 
has  undergone  considerable  improre* 
ments  since  its  first  iavention. 


The  procteding  and  PROGRESS 
both  refer  to  die  moral  actions  of 
men ;  but  the  proceeding  simply  de- 
notes the  act  of  going  on,  or  doing 
something;  the  progress  denotes  an 
approximation  to  the  end:  the  pro' 
ceeding  may  be  only  a  partial  action, 
comprehending  both  the  beginning 
and  the  end ;  but  the  progress  is  ap- 
plied to  that  which  requires  time,  and 
a  regular  succession  of  action,  to  bring 
it  to  a  completion:  that  is  a  pro- 
ceeding  in  which  every  man  is  tried  in 
a  court  of  law ;  that  is  a  progre$f 
which  one  makes  in  learning,  by  the 
addition  to  one's  knowledge :  hence 
we  do  not  talk  of  the  proceeding  of 
lifii,  but  of  the  progress  of  life. 

DerotloD  br«tofrt  that  eularfivarat  of  heart 
in  the  KnUuf.  of  God,  which  U  the  frreatett 
principle  both  of  pen^rrrance  and  progrrgs  In 
virtue.  Blaik, 

Satarnlan  Jni»o  nofr,  with  donble  caiv, 

Attrads  the  fatal  process  of  the  war.      DavDCir. 

What  could  be  mom  fkir,  than  to  laj  open  to 
anenemjall  that  von  nibbed  to  obtain,  and  to 
denfro  Urn  to  la»Mate  your  Ingennoiia  proeeettm 
ingf  Boua. 

PROCEBDINn,  TRANSACTION* 

PROCEEDING  signifies  literally 
the  thing  that  proceeds;  and  trans- 
action the  thing  transacted :  the  former 
is,  therefore,  ot  somethiitg  that  is  going 
forward ;  the  latter  of  something  that 
is  already  done  :  we  are  witnesses  to 
the  whole  proceeding  ;  we  inquire  in- 
to the  whole  transaction.    The  pro- 
ceeding is  said  of  every  event  or  cii^ 
cumstance      which      goes      forward 
through  the  agency  of  men ;  the  trant^ 
action  only  comprehends  those  mat- 
ters   which  have    been    deliberatelj 
transacted  or  brought  to  a  conclusion : 
in  this  sense  we  use  the  word  proceed- 
ing in  application  to  an  affray  in  the 
street ;  and   the  word  transaction  to 
some  commercial  negotiation  that  has 
been  carried  on  between  certain  per* 
8DQS.   The  proceeding  marks  the  man- 
ner of  proceeding  ;  as  when  we  speak 
of  the  proceedings  in  a  court  of  law : 
the  transaction  marks  the    business 
transacted;  as  the  transactions  on  the 
Eicbange.   A  proceeding  may  be  cha« 
racterizedus  disgraceful;  a  transaction 
as  iniquitous. 

Thej»roceiMlltifff  of  «co«MO«f  •U  mm  la 
tt  Amarlcan  triba^  ve  ut  told,  Vfie  ao  In* 
3C  % 


PRODUCTION. 


PROFESS. 


757 


amount  or  aggregate  result  from  phy- 
sical ur  mental  labor:  thus,  whatever 
the  husbandman  reaps  from  the  culti- 
vation of  his  land  is  termed  the  pro- 
duce  of  his  labor ;  whatever  results 
from  any  public  subscription  or  col- 
lection is,  in  like  manner,  the  pro- 
duce :  the  product  is  employed  only 
in  regard  to  the  mental  operation  of 
fii2;ures,  as  the  product  from  multi- 
plication. 

Nature  atdo,  as  if  desiroat  that  to  brif  bt  a 
production  of  hrr  skill  sbould  be  set  in  the 
fairei^t  li^ht,  had  bevtowed  on  kin;  Alfred  every 
bodiljr  accomplishinent.  Huhjc. 

A  storm  of  bail,  I  am  iofonopd,  ban  destroyed 
all  tbe  produce  of  my  estate  fa  Tuwany, 

Mblmoth's  Lcttkks  of  Ctcsao. 

T  cannot  belp  tbinkior  the  Arabian  taJei  tbe 
product  of  some  woauui^  Imagrinatioo. 

AmiuivftT. 

PRODUCTION,  PERFORMANCE^ 

WORK. 

When  we  speak  of  any  thing  as  re- 
sulting from  any  specified  operation^ 
we  term  it  a  PRODUCTION  ;  as  the 
production  of  an  author,  signifying 
what  he  has  produced  by  the  effort  of 
his  mind  :  Ilomer*s  Iliad  is  esteemed 
as  one  of  the  Onest  productions  of  the 
imagination.  When  we  speak  of  any 
thing  as  executed  or  performed  by 
some  person  we  term  it  a  PER- 
FORMANCE, as  a  drawing  or  a 
painting  is  denominated  the  perform- 
tf  nee  of  a  particular  artist.  The  term 
production  cannot  be  employed  with- 
out specifying  or  referring  to  the 
source  from  which  it  is  produced,  or 
the  means  by  which  it  h produced ;  as 
the  production  of  art,  the  production 
of  the  inventive  faculty,  the  production 
of  the  mind,  &c. :  the  performance 
cannot  be  spoken  of  without  referring 
to  the  individual  by  whom  it  has  beeu 
performed  ;  hence  we  speak  of  this  or 
that  i^Qv%o\\fi  performance.  When  we 
wish  to  specify  any  thing  that  results 
from  WORK  or  labor,  it  is  termed  a 
work  :  in  this  manner  we  either  speak 
of  the  work  of  one*s  hands,  or  a  work 
of  the  imagination,  a  work  of  time,  a 
work  of  magnitude.  The  production 
results  from  a  complicated  operation; 
the  performance  consists  of  simple 
uciion;  the  work  springs  from  active 
exertion :  Shakspcare's  plays  ara 
termed  productions,  as  they  respect 
the  source  from   which  they  cam^, 


namely,  his  genius;  they  might  be 
called  his  performances,  as  far  as  re- 
spected the  performance  or  completion 
of  some  task  or  specific  undertaking ; 
they  would  be  called  his  works,  as  far 
as  respected  the  labor  which  he  l>e- 
stowea  upon  them.  The  composition 
of  a  book  is  properly  a  production, 
when  it  is  original  matter ;  the  sketch- 
ing of  a  landscape,  or  drawing  a  plan, 
is  a  performance ;  the  compilation  of 
a  history  is  a  work. 

Nature,  la  hor  pr^duetions  slow,  aspires 
By  jost  degrees  to  r«acb  perfectioirft  heiicht. 

SOMBSTILUC. 

Tbe  perJormanceM  of  Pope  were  bnrot  by 
thoee  wbom  be  bad,  perbaps  selected  as  mo%t 
likely  to  publisb  tbem.  Jormon. 

Yet  tbere  are  some  toorfa  whicb  tlie  autbor 
most  coosifn  unpubllsbed  to  posterity. 

JOHJISON. 

PROFANE,  V.  Irreligious. 

TO  PROFESS,  DECLARE. 

PROFESS,  in  Latin  prqfisssui,  par- 
ticiple oiprofiteor,  compounded  of  pro 
SLiia  fateor  to  speak,  signifies  to  set 
forth,  or  present  to  public  view. 

DECLARE,  V,  To  declare. 

An  exposure  of  one's  thoughts  or 
opinions  is  the  common  idea  in  the 
si^ification  of  these  terms ;  but  tliey 
diner  in  the  manner  of  the  action,  as 
well  as  the  object :  one  professes  by 
words  or  by  actions ;  one  declares 
only  by  woras :  a  man  professes  to 
believe  that  on  which  he  acts ;  but  he 
declares  his  belief  of  it  either  with 
his  lips  or  in  his  writings.  The  pro- 
fession may  be  general  and  partial,  it 
may  amount  to  little  more  than  an 
intimation :  the  declaration  is  positive 
and  explicit ;  it  leaves  no  one  in 
doubt:  a  profession  may,  therefore, 
sometimes  be  hypocritical;  he  who 
professes  may  wish  to  imply  that 
which  is  not  real :  a  declaration  must 
be  either  directly  true  or  false ;  he 
who  declares  expressly  commits  him- 
self upon  his  veracity.  One  professes 
either  as  respects  single  actions,  or  a 
regular  course  of  conduct;  one  de^ 
clares  either  passing  thoughts  or  set- 
tled principles.  A  person  professes 
to  have  walked  to  a  certain  clistance ; 
to  have  taken  a  certain  route,  and  the 
like :  a  Christian  professes  to  follow 
the  doctrine  and  precepts  of  Christi- 
aoity;    a  persoii  declares   that   ti^e 


PROGRESS. 


PROGRESS. 


759 


pour  forth  in  great  plenty;  PRO- 
FUSENESS  is  taken  irom  the  same, 
in  relation  to  conscious  agents,  who 
likewise  pour  forth  in  great  plenty: 
the  term  pr<^usion^  therefore,  is  put 
for  plenty  itself,  and  the  term  pro- 
J'usene$g  as  a  characteristic  of  persons 
in  the  sense  of  extravagance. 

At  the  hospitable  board  of  the  rich, 
there  will  naturally  be  a  profv$ion  of 
every  thing  which  can  gratify  the  a(>- 
petite;  when  men  see  an  unusual 
degree  of  profusion^  they  are  apt  to 
inddlge  themselves  m  prirfusenest. 

Ye  gltuVinf;  towns  wlUl  woiUb  and  tpleBdor 

erown*d, 
Te  flpld*  where   saauner    ipmids  prffu$Un 

round, 
For  me  your  tribatftry  Morea  combloe. 

OOUMatTB. 

I  wai  coHYlnced  that  the  liberality  of  mjr 
jroong  compitnioat  was  oalj  pr^futen/w* 

Joomov. 

PROGENITORS,  V,  Forefathers* 
PROGENY,  V.  Offspring. 
PROGNOSTIC,  V.  Omen. 

TO      PROGNOSTJCATB,      V.    To 

JoreteL 

PROGRESS,  v.  Proceeding. 

PROGRESS,  PROGRESSION, 
ADVANCE,   ADVANCEMENT. 

A  FORWARD  motion  is  designated 
by  these  terms :  but  the  former,  PRO- 
GRESS and  PROGRESSION,  simply 
imply  this  sort  of  motion  ;  however 
ADVANCE  and  ADVANCEMENT 
alM>  imply  an  approximation  to  some 
object :  we  may  make  a  progreu  iq 
that  which  has  no  specific  termination, 
as  a  progrets  in  learning,  which  may 
cea^e  only  with  life ;  but  the  advance 
is  only  made  to  some  limited  point  or 
object  in  view;  as  an  advance  in 
wealth  or  honor,  which  may  find  a 
termination  within  the  life. 

Progress  and  advance  are  said  of 
that  which  has  been  passed  over  3  but 
progression  and  advancement  may  be 
said  of  that  which  one  is  passing :  the 
progress  is  made,  or  the  person  is  in 
advance  ;  he  is  in  the  act  oii  progres- 
sion or  advancement :  a  child  makes 
a  progress  in  learning  by  daily  atten- 
tion ;  the  progression  from  one  stage 
of  learning  to  another  is  not  always 
perceptible;  it  is  not  always  postim 


to  overtake  one  who  is  in  advance  ; 

sometimes  a  person's  advancemtnt  is 

retarded  by  circnmstances    that  are 

altogether  contingent:  the  first  step 

in  any  destructive  course  still  prepares 

for  the  second,  and  the  second  for  the 

third,  after  which  there  is  no  stop,  but 

the  progress  is  infinite. 

I  wish  it  vere  In  my  power  to  i^Te  a  regular 
blstorjr  of  tke  progrtn  wUcli  9m  aacetton  have 
nuule  In  this  fpeciei  of  versification.  TrawHrrr. 

And  better  thaiee  a^fai,  and  better  itlll, 

la  iaSnite  proerestion,  Tbohmk. 

Thi(  moat  •oooeMfbi  ttodmtt  make  tbelr«tf> 
wancm  la  knowledge  bjr  ^ort  iigbu.     Jouwov. 

I  have  lived  to  tee  the  ierce  adrmmeetmemt^  Htm 
tvdden  torn,  and  the  abrupt  period,  of  three  or 
foor  enormon*  (Vtendships.  Pon. 

PROGRESS,  PROFIC1BNC7, 
IMPROVEMENT, 

PROGRESS   (v.  Proceeding)  is  a 

feneric  term,  the  rest  are  specific ; 
PROFICIENCY,  from  the  Latin  pro- 
Jicio,  compounded  |Of  pro  and  Jacio^ 
signifies  a  profited  state,  that  is  to  say, 
a  progress  already  made ;  and  IM- 
PROVEMENT, from  the  verb,  signi- 
fies  an  improved  condition,  that  is, 
progress  in  that  which  improves.  The 
progress  here,  as  in  the  former  para- 
graph, marks  the  step  or  motion  onward, 
and  the  two  others  the  point  already 
reached ;  but  the  progress  is  applied 
either  in  the  proper  or  improper  sense, 
that  is,  either  to  those  travelling  for- 
ward, or  to  those  going  on  stepwise  in 
any  work ;  proficiency  is  applied,  in  the 
improper  sense,  to  the  ground  gained 
in  an  art,  and  improvement  to  what  is 
gained  in  science  or  arts:  when  idle 
people  set  about  any  work,  it  is  diffi« 
cult  to  perceive  that  they  make  any 
pro^rejs in  it  from  time  to  time;  those 
who  have  a  thorough  taste  for  either 
music  or  drawing  will  makeapr^^t- 
ency  in  them  which  is  astouisning  to 
those  who  are  unacquainted  with  th« 
circumstances ;  the  improvement  of 
the  mind  can  never  be  so  dTectually 
and  easily  obtained  as  in  the  period  of 
childhood, 

Seloa,  the  Mfe«  bli  jrrafrtat  aevar  eiasVI, 
Bat  itlU  hit  leaniac  wllb  bla  d«jr«  lacitaa'i. 


Wbeo  the  lad  waa  aboat  alaeCara,  bli  aado 
dBflfBd  to  tea  bins,  that  be  ml||bt  know  wbat  pro* 
JkUneg  be  bad  wtSm.  Hawmwoanb 

Tbemetrleal  pwtof  oarpocCry.bitbettawof 
Cbasoer,  wis  ajpabto  rf  mote  iwjiroMwaiif. 


PROPORTIONATE. 


PROPOSAL. 


761 


made  only  by  words,  the  word  is 
often  pat  for  either,  or  for  both,  as 
the  case  requires :  he  who  breaks  his 
word  in  small  matters  cannot  be 
trusted  when  he  gives  his  word  in 
natters  of  consequence. 

▲a  acra  of  performaaee  is  worth  the  whole 
W9*lAotprfmUe.  Howbl. 

Th«  ettgugementi  I  had  to  Dr.  Swift,  wan 
isch  a«  the  actual  senrictn  be  had  done  me,  la 
vriatlon  to  the  sahacription  for  Homer,  obli^ 
me  to.  Pops. 

JBoeas  waa  o«r  prince,  a  jniter  lord. 
Or  Bobkr  warrior,  never  divw  a  sword  ; 
Obatttant  of  the  right,  relisioas  of  hit  word. 

DftYDnr. 

TO  PROMOTE,  V,  To  eucourage, 
PROMPT,  V.  Diligent. 
PROMPT,  v.  Ready. 

TO  PROMULGATE,  V.  To  publish. 

PRONENBSS,  V.  Inclination. 

TO  PRONOUNCE,  V.^To  UttCT* 

PROOF,  V.  Argument » 
PROOF,  r.  Evidence, 
PROOF,  v.  Experience. 
PROP,  V.  Staff. 

TO  PROPAGATE,  V.  To  Spread. 
PROPENSITY,  V.  Inclination. 

PROPER,  V.  Right. 
PROPERTY,  V.  Goods* 

PROPERTY,  V.  Quality. 
PROPITIOUS,  V.  Auspicious. 
PROPITIOUS,  V.  Favorable. 
TO  PROPHESY,  V.  ToforeteU 
PROPORTION,  V.  Rate. 
PROPORTION,  V.  Symmetry. 

PROPORTIONATE,  COMMENSU- 
RATE, ADEQUATE. 

PROPORTIONATE,  from  the 
Latin  proportio,  compounded  oipro 
and  portio,  signiBes  having  a  pdmon 
suitable  to,  or  in  agreement  with, 
some  other  object. 

COMMENSURATE,  from  the 
Latin  commentus  or  commelior,  sig- 
nifies measuring  in  accordance  with 
some  other  thing,  being  suitable  in 
measure  to  something  else. 

ADEQUATE,  in  Latin  adtequatui^ 

n'dple  of  adaguoy  signifies  made 
with  some  otlier  body. 


Proportionate  is  here  a  term  of 
general  use ;  the  others  are  particular 
terms,  employed  in  a  similar  sense, 
in  regard  to  particular  objects :  that 
is  proportionate  which  rises  as  a  thing 
nses,  and  falls  as  a  thing  falls ;  that 
is  commensurate  which  is  made  to  rise 
to  the  same  measure  or  degree;  that 
is  adequate  which  is  made  to  come  up 
to  the  height  of  another  thing.  Pro* 
portionate  is  employed  either  in  the 
proper  or  improper  sense:  in  all 
recipes  and  prescriptions  of  every 
kina  proportionate  quantities  must 
always  be  taken  ;  when  the  task  in- 
creases in  difficulty  and  complication, 
a  proportionate  degree  of  labor  and 
talent  must  be  employed  upon  it. 
Commensurate  and  adequate  are  em- 
ployed  only  in  the  moral  sense ;  the 
former  in  regard  to  matters  of  distri- 
bution, the  latter  in  regard  to  the 
equalizing  of  powers :  a  person's  re- 
(x>mpence  should  in  some  measure  be 
commensurate  with  his  labor  and  de- 
serts :  a  person's  resources  should  be 
adequate  to  the  work  he  is  engaged  in* 

AU  tary  is  proportionate  to  dedre. 

JoBJUoir. 

Where  the  matter  la  not  eommenturate  to 
the  words  all  speaking  b  hut  taatolofy.     Soma. 

Outward  actlcms  are  not  adequate  ezpmslona 
of  oar  Tirtoes.  Admsox. 

PROPOSAL,  PROPOSITION. 

PROPOSAL  comes  from  propom^ 
in  ihe  sense  of  offer :  PROPOSITION 
comes  from  propose,  in  the  sedse  of 
setting  down  in  a  distinct  form  of 
words.  We  make  a  proposal  to  a  per- 
son to  enter  into  partnership  withliim; 
we  make  a  proposition  to  one  who  is 
at  variance  with  us,  to  settle  the  dif^ 
fereuce  by  arbitration. 

The  proposal  relates  altogether  to 
matters  of  personal  and  pnvate  ia- 
terest;  the  proposition  is  sometimes 
of  an  abstract  nature  :  proposals  are 
made  for  the  sale  or  purchase  of  par- 
ticular articles,  for  the  establishment 
of  any  mercantile  concern,  for  the, 
erection  of  any  place  or  institution, 
and  the  like ;  propositions  are  ad- 
vanced either  ror  or  against  €:ertaiQ 
matters  of  opinion :  the  proposal  it 
to  be  accepted  ;  the  proposition  it  to' 
be  admitted. 

I  have  prttpoud  a  visit  to  her  fHend  LMl 
Campbell,  and  my  Anna  seaiacd  to  nceif  a  the 
prepteat  wMh  ptoisafib  4m  Ws«  iwtti^ 


PROVIDE. 


PRUDENT. 


76S 


PROCURE,  V.  To  get. 

FURNISH,  in  French/onrwiVr. 

SUPPLY,  iu  French  supplier^  Latin 
tuppteo  from  sub  and  pleoy  signifies  to 
fill  up  a  deticieiicy,  or  make  up  what 
is  wanting. 

Provide  and  procure  are  both 
actions  that  have  a  special  reference 
to  the  future ;  furnish  and  supply  are 
employed  for  that  which  is  of  immedi- 
lite  concern:  one  provides  a  dinner 
in  the  contemplation  that  some  per- 
soos  are  coming  to  partake  of  it ;  one 
procures  help  in  the  contemplation 
chat  it  may  be  wanted ;  we  furnish 
«  room,  as  we  find  it  necessary  for 
the  present  purpose;  one  suppties  9, 
fkmily  with  any  article  of  domestic 
use.  Calculation  is  necessary  in  pro- 
viding ;  one  does  not  wish  to  provide 
too  much  or  too  little  •  labor  and  ma- 
nagement are  requisite  in  procuring  ; 
when  the  thing  is  not  always  at  hand, 
or  not  easily  come  at,  one  must  ex- 
ercise one's  strength  or  ingenuity  to 
procure  it:  judgement  is  requisite  in 
furnishing ;  what  on^  furnishes  ought 
to  be  sSected  with  concern  to  the 
drcumstances  of  the  individual  who 
furnishes :  care  and  attention  are 
wanted  in  supplying;  we  must  be 
careful  to  know  what  a  person  really 
wants,  in  order  to  supply  him  to  his 
satisfaction.  One  provides  against  all 
cimtingencies ;  one  procures  all  ne- 
cessarie'^ ;  one  furnishes  all  comforts  ; 
one  supplies  all  deficiencies.  Provide 
and  procure  are  the  acts  of  persons 
only  ;  furnish  and  supply  are  the  acts 
of  unconscious  agents :  one's  garden 
and  orchard  may  be  said  to  ^furnitk 
us  with  delicacies;  the  earth  «ip- 
plies  OS  with  food.  So  in  the  kn- 
|»Dper  application :  the  daily  occar- 
rences  of  a  great  city  furnish  mar 
teriids  for  a  newspaper  j  a  newspaper, 
to  an  Englishman,  supplies  almost 
every  other  want. 

A  rwie  liMd  nmy  buiM  walls  <i»rm  raolli 
oi  Uy  floort,  mod  provide  all  that  wanntb  aad 
Mcvkjr  raqttire.  Jowwo». 

Svdi  dr«M  as  sMy  •nable  the  b<4f  <«  endavf 
tba  iifttoaC  icmiioBa,  the  vaoU  luwollskaiMd  aa* 
ttoM  have  been  able  to  procure,  Jorhson. 

Yonr  Mmtt  tw  uertr,  aad  borrowed  from  a 
Boontalnoaoonatry,  the  ooly  enetkatoali^^* 
nbh  tnfj  pleturetqae  scenery.  G«ay. 

AhA  dDQiB,  dlfl»h^,«ke  Chkity  sro«B«  wfl^fy* 


PROVIDENCE,    PRUDENCE. 

PROVIDENCE  and  PRUDENCE 
are  both  derived  from  the  verb  to 
provide ;  but  the  former  expresses  the 
particular  act  of  providing ;  the  latter 
the  habit  of  providiiig.  The  former 
is  applied  both  to  animals  and  men  ; 
the  latter  is  employed  only  as  a  clia- 
racteristic  of  men.  We  may  admire 
the  providence  of  the  ant  in  laying  up 
a  store  for  the  winter  ;  the  prudence 
of  a  parent  is  displayed  in  his  concerm 
for  the  future  settlement  of  his  child. 
It  is  provident  in  a  person  to  adopt 
measures  of  escape  mr  himself,  in  cer- 
tain situatione  of  peculiar  danger ;  it 
n  prudent  to  be  always  prepared  for 
all  contingencies. 

In  Aibiou^t  Ule,  when  glorious  Ed|rar  nlfn^dy 
He,  wixcly  provident,  freu  her  white  cMh 
LaancbM  half  her  forartt.  Se 


Prudence  operate*  on  life.  In  the  mne  an* 
oer  as  rules  on  compoiltkm ;  it  prodaees  f^{l« 
lanee  rather  than  elevajtion.  Joi 


PROVIDENT,  V.  Careful. 
PROVISION,  V.  Fare, 
TO  PROVOKE,  V*  To  aggravate^ 
TO  PROVOKE,  V,  To  owoken^ 
TO  PROVOKE,  v»  To  exdtc. 
PRUDENCE,  V,  Judgmentm 
PRUDENCE,  v»  Providence. 
PRUDENCE,  t;.  Wisdonu 

PRUDENT,    PaUOENTlAU 

PRUDENT  (v.  JudgemeiU)  eh^ 
racterizes  the  person  or  the  thioe; 
PRUDENTIALcharacteriaesonly  tho 
thing.  Prudent  signiBes  having piift- 
dence  ;  prudential^  according  to  rules 
of  prudence,  or  as  respects  prudence. 
The  prudent  is  opposed  to  the  itffpru* 
dent  and  inconsiderate ;  the  prudential 
is  opposed  to  the  voluntary  :  the  coun- 
sel IS  prudent  which  accords  with  the 
principles  of  prudence;  the  reason 
or  motive  is  prudential,  as  flowing 
out  of  circumstances  of  prudence  or 
necessity.  Every  one  is  called  upoa 
at  certain  times  to  adopt  vruaeni 
measures;  those  who  are  obliged  to 
consult  their  means  in  the  manage- 
ment of  their  expenses,  nrast  act  upon 
prudential  motives. 


PUT. 


QUALIFY. 


765 


Then  earth  Bod  ocean  various  fonm  ditclo$e. 

Dryoxn. 

TO  PULL,  V*  To  draw. 
PONCTUAL,  V.  Exact. 
PUNISHMENT,  V.  Correction. 
TO  PURCHASE,  V.  To  buy. 
PURE,  V.  Clean. 
TO  PURPOSE,  V.  To  design. 

TO    PURPOSE,    PROPOSE. 

We  PURPOSE  (r.  To  design)  that 
which  is  Dear  at  hand,  or  immediately 
to  be  set  about ;  we  PROPOSE  that 
which  is  more  distant :  the  former  re- 
quires the  setting  before  one*s  mind, 
the  latter  requires  deliberation  apd 
plan,  y/e purpose  many  things  which 
we  never  think  worth  while  doing: 
bat  we  ought  not  to  propose  any  thing 
to  onrselyeSy  which  is  not  of  too  much 
importance  to  be  lightly  adopted  or 
rejected.  We  purpose  to  go  to  town 
on  a  certain  day ;  we  propose  to  spend 
our  time  in  a  particular  study. 

When  Iffteninf  Philomela  delpit 
To  let  them  joy,  and  jfurp^iet  in  thoa|;ht 
Btete,  Co  make  her  night  excel  their  day. 

Tbommv. 

There  are  hot  two  plans  on  which  any  man 
«an  prepoBC  to  condncC  hlmcelf  thro«|ch  the 
daofnt  nnd  dMreoMrs  of  bnman  life.        Blauu 

PURPOSE,  V.  Sake. 

TO  PURSUE,  V.  To  continue. 

TO  PURsus,  V.  Tofolloiv. 

TO  PUT,    PLACE,    LAY,  SET. 

PUT  is  in  all  probability  contracted 
from  potUus,  participle  of  pono  to 
piaee, 

PLACE,  V.  To  place. 

LAY,  in  Saxon  legaUf  German 
iegeOf  Latin  loco,  and  Greek  Xf>*/bi«(, 
signifies  to  cause  to  lie ;  and  SET,  in 
German  tetKen^  Latin  sUto^  from  ito 
to  stand,  signifies  to  cause  to  stand. 
Put  is  the  roost  general  of  all  these 
terms;  place^  luy^  and  se/,  are  but 
modes  of  putting  ;  one  puts^  but  the 
way  of  putting  it  is  not  defined ;  we 
mav  put  a  thing  into  one's  room,  one's 
desk,  one's  pocket,  and  the  like;  but 
to  place  is  to  put  in  a  specific  manner, 
and  for  a  specific  purpose ;  one  places 
a  book  oo  a  shelf  as  a  fixed  place  for 
it,  and  in  a  position  most  suitable  to  it. 
To  Uqf  and  set  are  still  more  specific 


than  place ;  the  former  being  applied 
only  to  such  things  as  can  be  made  to 
lie ;  and  set  only  to  such  as  can  be 
made  to  stand  :  a  book  may  be  said 
to  be  laid  on  the  table  when  placed  in 
a  position ;  and  set  on  a  shelf  when 
placed  on  one  end  :  we  lay  ourselves 
down  on  the  ground ;  we  se^  a  trunk 
upon  the  ground. 

The  laborer  cnt« 
Young  A\fS  *n<l  In  the  aoilKcarelyjiutf. 

Dbydsh. 
Then  joutht  and  Tirgint,  twice  ai  many,  join 
To  place  the  dishes,  and  to  aenre  the  wine. 

DKYonr. 
Here  tome  deilfn  a  mole,  while  othen  there 
La^f  d<«p  fonndationt  for  a  theatre.       DaTWW. ' 

TO    PUTRIFY,   V.  To  TOt. 

Q. 
TO   QUAKE,    V.  To  slloJte.' 

QUALIFICATION,     ACCOMPLISH- 
MENT. 

The  QUALIFICATION  (y.  Com- 
petent) serves  the  purpose  of  utility  ; 
the  ACCOMPLISHMENT  serves  to 
adorn :  by  the  first  we  are  enabled  to 
make  ourselves  useful ;  by  the  second 
we  are  enabled  to  make  ourselves 
agreeable. 

The  qualifications  of  a  roan  must 
be  considered  who  has  an  office  to 
perform  ;  the  accomplishments  of  a 
man  are  to  be  considered  who  has 
only  pleasure  to  pursue.  A  readi* 
ness  with  one's  pen,  and  a  facility 
at  accounts,  are  necessary  qualificof 
tions  either  for  a  school  or  a  count- 
ing-house; drawing  is  one  of  the 
most  agreeable  and  suitable  accom- 
plishments that  can  be  given  to  a 
young  person. 

The  conrpanlen  of  an  evening,  and  the  com- 
panion for  life,  reqvire  vcrj  dMbnnC  qmatiftemi* 
tUm»,  JoHWfOii. 

Where  natnre  bettofwa  geaiae,  edneatlon  will 
^waccompUihmenU.  Cvhb»u.a«d. 

QUALIFIED,  V.  Competent. 

TO   QUALIFY^   V.  To  fit. 

TO  QUALIFY,  TEMPER,   HUMOR. 

QUALIFY,  V.  Competent. 

TEMPER,  from  tempera^  is  to  re- 
gulate tfav  teinperament. 

HUMOR  from  humor,  is  to  suit 
to  the  humor. 

Things  are  qualified  according  to 

8 


QUESTION. 


QUICKNESS.        767 


QUARRSL,    AFFRAY,    OR   FRAT. 

QUARREL,  V.  Difference. 

AFFRAY  or  FRAY,  fromjrico  to 
nib,  sigDiBes  the  collision  of  the  pas- 
sions. 

A  quarrel  is  indefinite,  both  as  to 
the  canse  and  the  manner  in  which  it 
is  conducted ;  an  ojffray  is  a  particular 
kind  of  quarrel :  a  quarrel  may  sub- 
sist between  two  persons  from  a  pri- 
▼ate  difference ;  an  ajfi'ai/  always  taxes 

f)lace  between  many  upon  some  pub- 
ic occasion :  a  quarrel  m^y  be  carried 
on  merely  by  words  ;  an  affrty  is 
oonimonly  conducted  by  acts  of  vio- 
lence: many  angry  words  pass  in  a 
quarrtl  between  too  hasty  people; 
many  are  wounded,  if  not  killed  in 
*^aySf  when  opposite  parties  meet. 

The  fmarrH  betveeo  nij  friradi  did  not  ran 
•0  kigh  aa  I  And  yow  nccoonU  have  made  it. 

STE1U.B. 

TbeprofMt  af  BdinVnrprh,  bit  ton,  and  wvvral 
of  diitinctioD,  were  kilM  in  the/ra^ 


QUARTXR,  V.  District. 
QUERY,  V.  Question. 

TO  QUESTION,  V.  To  Osk. 
QUESTION,  V.  Doubt. 

QUESTION,    QUERY. 

QUESTION,  V.  To  ask. 

QUERY  is  but  a  variation  of 
yiuere,  £rom  the  verb  quaro  to  seek  or 
inquire. 

QuestioHM  and  queries  are  both  put 
for  the  sake  of  obtaining  an  answer;  out 
tbe  ibrmer  may  be  for  a  reasonable  or 
unreasonable  cause ;  a  ouery  is  mostly 
ft  Fatiooal  question  :  idlers  may  put 
^iMMliMM  from  mere  curiosity ;  learned 
meo  put  queries  for  tbe  sake  of  ixk- 
fiuiDation. 

QUICKNESS,   SWIFTNESS^ 

FJLEETNESS,    CELERITY, 

RAPIDITY,   VSJLOCITY. 

TuisE  terms  are  all  applied  to  x\m 
notion  of  bodies,  of  which  QUICK* 
N£SS,  from  quick  and  wake,  denotes 
the  general  and  simple  idea  which 
characterises  all  the  rest.  Quicknese 
W  near  akin  to  life,  and  is  directlr 
opposed  to  slowness.  SWIFTNES^I, 
in  all  probability  from  the  German 
ackmesfen  to  roam;  and  FLEBT- 
M£SS,  6tMB  fly;  express  higher  da- 


greesof^tttcAweft.  CELERITY,  pro- 
bably from  celer  a  horse ;  VELOCITY, 
from  volo  to  fly ;  and  RAPIDITY, 
from  rapio  to  seize  or  hurry  along, 
difier  more  in  application  than  in  d^ 
gree.  Quick  and  swift  are  applicable 
to  any  objects ;  men  are  quick  in 
moving,  swift  in  running:  does  hear 
quickly^  and  run  sw^ly ;  a  mill  goes 
quickly  or  swiftly  round,  according* 
to  the  force  of  the  wind  :  Jleetness  is 
the  peculiar  characteristic  of  wiadi 
or  horses ;  a  horse  hjieei  in  the  raoe^ 
and  is  sometimes  described  to  be  as 
fleet  as  the  winds:  that  which  wv 
wish  to  characterise  as  particnlarljf 
quick  in  our  ordinary  operations,  we 
say  is  done  with  celerity;  in  this 
manner  our  thoughts  pass  with  cele» 
rity  firom  one  object  to  another :  those 
things  are  said  to  move  with  rapidiif 
which  seem  to  hurry  prery  thing  away 
with  them ;  a  river  or  stream  mofes 
with  rapidity ;  time  goes  on  with  • 
rapid  flight :  velocity  signifies  di^ 
swiftness  of  flight,  which  is  a  motiott 
that  exceeds  A  others  in  swiftness  t 
hence»  we  speak  of  the  velocity  of  a  bsjk 
shot  from  a  cannon,  or  of  a  celestial 
body  moving  in  its  orbit ;  sometimes 
these  words,  rapidity  and  velocity^  are 
applied  in  the  improper  sense  by  way 
of  emphasis  to  the  very  swift  more* 
ments  of  other  bodies :  in  this  maoner 
the  wheel  of  a  carriage  is  said  to  mawm 
rapidly  ;  and  tbe  flight  of  an  animal 
or  the  progress  of  a  vessel  before  die 
wind,  IS  compared  to  the  flight  of  s 
bird  in  point  of  velocity. 

Impsdoice  of  taboiir  •efaeet  fkoK  wh9  am 
■K»(  dfaCiogaUied  for  fMidfcfMM  of  a^nAewteu 


Ahvre  tiM  bonadlaf  blllovt  Mtf/t  ihaj  flew. 
Till  BOW  the  Oreelaa  caap  appeaPd  to  viev. 


For  ftar,  tboofb^kef^r  than  tlw  wtod, 
Bdlevei  *ti«  alwa>«  lefl  beMad. 

Uy  movfnp  the  eje  we  gatber  «p  witk  ipreaC 
ceierUjf  the  tet oral  part*  of  aa  object,  lo  aa  Co 
totm  one  piacew  Bobjdu 

Mean  tioie  the  radiant  ran,  to  mortal  alirht 
DeMendloff  «w(At  t«0!^  dowa  the  noptf  l^bc. 


Llfbtnlng  b  prodocthre  of  grandeur  wbleh  It 
dhhtf/  owes  to  tbe  retocf^  ef  lu  motloD.  BwonL 

TO  QUIET,  V.  To  appease. 
QUIET,  V.  Ease. 
QUIET,  V.  Peace. 
TO  QUIT,  V.  To  leave. 


tpandty  wliich  one  consumes ;  ft  nl* 
"venous  person  is  loath  to  wait  for  the 
dressing  of  his  food ;  he  consumes  it 
without  any  preparation :  a  voraeiauM 
person  not  only  eats  in  haste,  but  be 
consumes  great  quantities,  and  con- 
tinues to  do  so  for  a  long  time.  Ab*- 
Stinence  from  food,  for  an  unuscid 
lengthy  will  make  any  healthy  crea^ 
ture  ravenous;  habitual  intemperance 
in  eating,  or  a  diseased  appetite,  wiH 
produce  voracity. 

A  divpUiyor  onr  wnlth  hUMe  rehhtn  h  aoC 
tke  way  to  mCrAio  tbeir  koldnan»  or  Co  ImM 
fhHr  rmpaettsf,  Batmm, 

Again  the  holy  fim  on  altan  buhl, 

Aad  OMB  acaSn  tfaetvo^novt  blrda  ntnnt. 

Detms. 
Cre  yo«  maark  another^  da» 
Bid  tky  owa  eooacieace  look  wHhhi ; 
CoDtroal  thy  nere  roroHom  bill. 
Nor  for  a  breaklkii  natloai  kill.  Oat. 

RAPIDITY,  V.  Quickness. 

RAPINE,    PLUNDER,    PILLAGE. 

The  idea  of  property  taken  from 
another  contrary  to  his  consent  is  in- 
cluded in  all  these  terms :  but  the 
RAPINE    includes    most    violence; 
PLUNDER  includes  most  removal  or 
carrying    away;     PILLAGE     most 
learcb  and  scrutiny  afler.  A  soldier  who 
makes  a  sudden  incursion  into  an  ene- 
my's country,  and  carries  away  what- 
ever comes  within  his  reach,  is  guilty 
of  rapine :  he  eoes  into  a  house  full 
of  property  and  carries  away  much 
phmder ;  he  enters  with  the  rest  of 
the  army  into  a  town,  and  stripping  it 
of  every  thing  that  was  to  be  found, 
goes  away  loaded  with  pillage ;  mis- 
chief and  bloodshed  attend  rapine ; 
loss  attends  plunder ;    distress  and 
nnn  follow  wherever  there  has  been 
pillage. 

Upoo  (he  bank! 
or  Tweed*  ilow  viodlng  tkro*  the  vale,  the  teat 
Of  war  and  replno  oaoe.  Bomkrvixxb. 

8hlp-moBi7  was  pitched  upoa  at  fit  to  be 
formed  b/  ezelie  and  taxes,  and  the  harden  of 
fhe  Mbieefei  took  off  by  ptundirinft  aad  leqaee- 

Sounu 


RAItE. 


76f 


ANhoMk  Ihe  Bietriane  Ibr  a  thne  stood  leso- 
tairly  to  the  detaMO  of  tbeir  city.  It  was  given  ap 
by  tfeacfaefy  on  the  seventh  day,  and  fUlmged 
^  deMniyad  io  a  most  harbaioas  manner  by  the 

"  CuMBBBLAaB. 

RAPTURE,  V.  Ecstacy. 


RARJEE,   SCARCE,   SINGULAR. 

RAR£|  in  Latin  rarus^  comes  from 
the  Greek  t:**^?  rare» 

SCARCE,  in  Dutch  schaers  spar- 
ing, comes'from  seheren  to  cut  or  clip^ 
signifying  cut  dose. 
SINGULAR,  ».  F articular. 
Rare  and  scarce  both  respect  num- 
ber or  quantity,  which  admits  of  ex- 
pansion or  dimmution :  rare  is  a  thin* 
ned  number,  «  diminished  quantity; 
scarce  is  a  short  quantity. 

lOxre  is  applied  to  matters  of  con- 
venience or  luxury ;  itcarce  to  matters 
of  utility  or  necessity  :  th^t  which  i» 
rare  becomes  valuable,  and  fetches  a 
high  price  $  that  which  is  scarce  be- 
comes precious,  and  the  loss  of  it  is 
seriously  felt.  Tlie  best  of  every  thing 
is  in  its  nature  rare;  there  will  never 
be  a  supfirfluity  of  such  things ;  there 
are,  however,  some  things,   as  parti- 
cularly curious  plants,   or  parucalar 
animals,    which,    owing    to    circum- 
stances, are  always  rare :  that  which 
is  most  in  use,  will,  in  certain  casea, 
be  ^  scarce  ;   when   the  supply  of  -aii 
article  fails,   and   the  demand  fbr  it 
continues,  it  naturally  becomes  scarce. 
An  aloe  in  blossom  is  a  rarity^  Hot 
nature  has  prescribed  such  limits  to 
its  growth  as  to  give  but  very  few  of 
such  flowers  :   the  paintings  '  of  Ra- 
phael, and  the  former  distinguished 
painters,    are   daily   becoming    more 
scarce,    because    time  will  diminish 
their    quantity,    although    not    their 
value. 

What  is  rare  will  often  be  singular^ 
and  what  is  singular  will  ot^en,  on 
that  account,  be  rare;  but  they  ara 
not  necessarily  applied  to  the  eama 
object:  fewness  is  the  idea  common 
to  both ;  but  rare  is  said  of  that  of 
which  there  ought  be  more  ;  but  stn- 
gular  is  apphed  to  that  which  is 
single,  or  nearly  single,  in  its  kind. 
The  rare  is  that  which  is  always 
•ought  for;  the  singular  is  not  always 
that  which  one  esteems :  a  thing  is 
rare  which  is  difficult  to  be  obtained; 
a  thing  is  singular  for  its  peculiar 
qualities,  good  or  bad.  Indian  plants 
are  many  of  them  rare  in  England, 
because  the  climate  will  not  agrea 
with  them ;  the  sensitive  plant  is 
singular^  as  its  quality  of  yielding  ta 
3  o 


RAVAGE. 


RBACtt. 


771 


HATE,  V,  Value. 

RATIO,    v.  jRrt/e. 

RATIONAL,  V.  Reasonable. 

RAVAGE,    DESOLATION, 
DEVASTATION. 

RAVAGE  coined  from  the  Latin 
rapio,  and  the  Greek  ^ric^C^y  sigmfying 
B  seizing  or  tearing  away. 

DEFLATION,  from  solus  alone, 
sieniiies  made  solitary  or  reduced  to 
solitude. 

DEVASTATION,  in  Latin  devai- 
tatio,  from  devasto  to  lay  waste,  sig- 
nifies reducing  to  a  waste  or  desert. 

Ravage  expresses  less  than  either 
daoUUion  or  devastation  :  a  breaking, 
tearing,  or  destroying,  is  implied  in 
the  word  ravage  ;  but  the  desolation 
goes  to  the  entire  unpeopling  a  land, 
and  the  devastation  to  the  entire 
clearing  away  of  every  vestige  of  cul- 
tivation. Torrents,  flames,  and  tem- 
pests, ravage;  war,  plague,  and  famine, 
desolaie  ;  armies  of  barbarians,  who 
inundate  a  country,  carry  devastation 
with  them  wherever  they  go.  *  No- 
thiDg  resists  ravages^  they  are  rapid 
And  terrible;  nothing  arrests  desola* 
tionf  it  is  cruel  and  unpitying ;  devas- 
tation spares  nothiug,  it  is  ferocious 
and  inaefatigable.  Ravages  spread 
alaite  and  terror;  desoGtion,  grief 
and  depsair;  devattatum,  dread  and 
hostor. 

Ravage  is  employed  likewise  in  the 
inoral  application ;  desolation  and  de- 
vattatian  only  in  the  proper  applica- 
tion to  countries.  Disease  roaices  its 
lavages  on  beauty;  death  makes  its 
tatagei  among  men  in  a  more  terrible 
degree  at  one  time  than  at  another. 

that  aU  ■%fac  lonir, 
',  bad  ruig*d  th«  dariK, 
fVMife  ihttanM  the  Ugbt, 
TeottiQW. 

tke  tjraat^  haad  li  teeo, 
Mddem  an  tbj  freen. 


UigMbj 
AiirtMr 


fhy 


tkm  WMiA  Uw  itrencth  of  the  Romu  re- 
paklle  h  tepalMd,  and  what  dreadfkl  dttmtU' 
Utn  ku  fOBB  forth  laCo  all  iU  prbvinca ! 

llBUionili  Lrfmi  ov  Chbko. 

fb  RAVAGE,  r.  To  overspread. 
RAVENOUS,  V.  Rapacious. 


RAY,   BkAM. 

RAY  (v.  Gleam)  is  indefinite  in 
its  meaning ;  it  may  be  said  either  of 
a  large  or  small  quantity  of  light: 
BEAM  (v.  Gleam)  is  something 
positii-e ;  it  can  be  said  only  of  that 
which  is  considerable.  We  can  speak 
of  rays  eitiier  of  the  sun,  or  the  stars, 
or  any  other  luminous  body ;  but  we 
speak  of  the  beams  of  the  sun  or  the 
moon.  The  rays  of  the  sun  break 
through  the  clouds ;  the  beams  of  the 
sun  are  scorching  at  noon-day. 

A  room  can  scarcely  be  so  shut  up, 
that  a  single  ray  of  light  shall  not  pe- 
netrate through  the  crevices ;  the  sea, 
in  a  calm  moon-light  nisht,  presents 
a  beautiful  spectacle,  with  the  moon's 
beams  playing  on  its  waves. 

ne  itan  «nilt  a  riilTerftl  rag,  Tbohmm. 

The  modnft  Yirtun  dIdkIc  In  her  ejvt, 
8UI1  oo  the  ffrouad  dejeeled,  darlhif  all 
Thtis  bnnld  Mmi«  Ibu»  tha  bloomlBg  flowera. 

TaoHiOii. 

RAY,  V.  Gleam. 

TO  RAZE,  V.  To  demolish^ 

TO   REACH,    STRETCH,   EXTEND. 

REACH,  through  the  medium  of 
the  northern  languages,  us  also  the 
Latin  rego  in  the  word  porrigOy  and 
the  Greek  e,iy»-,  comes  from  the  He- 
brew rekang  to  draw  out,  and  arek 
the  length. 

STRETCH  is  but  an  intensive  of 
reach, 

EXTEND,  V.  To  extend. 

The  idea  of  drawing  out  in  a  line 
is  common  to  these  terms,  but  they 
differ  in  the  mode  and  circumstances 
of  the  action.  To  reach  and  to  stretch 
is  employed  only  for  drawing  out  in 
a  straight  line,  that  is,  lengthwise; 
extend  may  be  employed  to  express  the 
drawing  out  in  all  directions.  In  thip 
sense  a  wall  is  said  to  reach  a  certain 
number  of  yards ;  a  neck  of  land  it 
said  to  stretch  into  the  sea;  a  wood 
extends  many  miles  over  a  country. 
As  the  act  of  persons,  in  the  proper 
sense,  they  differ  still  more  widely; 
reach  and  stretch  sienify  drawing  to  n 
given  point,  and  for  a  ^ven  eoa; 
extend  has  no  such  collateral  mean* 
ing.  We  reach  in  order  to  take  hai^ 
of^ something;    we   ttretck  in  Older 

r,  dtffloler,  drraiter,  faccucr*** 

and  \ 


772 


READY. 


REBOUND. 


to  surmount  some  object:  a  person 

reaches  with  his  snn  m  order  to  get 

:down  a  book;  he  iirtiches  his  neck 

'in  order  to  see  over  another  person  : 

in  both  cases  we  might  be  said  simply 

jto  extend  the  arm  or  the  neck,  where 

the  collateral  circamstanoe  is  not  to 

be  expressed. 

In  the  improper  application^  they 
hfBiwe  a  similar  distinction:  to  reach 
ii  applied  to  the  movements  which 
one  makes  to  a  certain  end,  and  is 
equivalent  to  arriving  at,  or  attaining. 
A  traveller  strives  to  reach  his  jour- 
.Bt/send  as  quickly  as  possible;  an 
ambitious  man  aims  at  reaching  the 
.aammit  of  human  power  or  honor. 
To  Hretch  is  applied  to  the  direction 
which  one  gives  to  another  object,  so 
as  to  bring  it  to  a  certain  point;  a 
ruler  itretches  his  power  or  authority 
to  its  utmost  limits.  To  extend  re- 
tains its  original  unqualified  meaning ; 
as  when  we  speak  of  extending  the 
meaning  or  application  of  a  word,  of 
extending  one's  bounty  or  charity, 
extending  one's  sphere  of  action,  and 
the  like. 

The  whole  power  of  cunalnc  b  priffttlve;  to 
■ay  notblnf ,  aad  to  do  nothJof,  it  the  ntmoft  ot 
Its  reach.  JonMsoii. 

Plains  Immense 
Ilia  itretdCd  below  iatermiaable  meads. 

ThOMSO!!. 

Oar  lille  It  tbort,  bat  to  aetend  that  ipan 

To  fait  eternitj  It  vlrtae*s  worli.    SoACtfEAUt. 

BEADY,  V,  Easy. 

READY,  APT,  PROMPT. 

READY,  V,  Easy, 

APT,  in  Latin  aptus,  signifies  lite- 
rally fitness. 

PROMPT,  V,  Expedition. 

B,eady  is  in  general  applied  to  that 
which  has  been  intentionally  prepared 
5)r  a  given  purpose ;  promptness  and 
aptness  are  species  of  readiness^  which 
lie  in  the  personal  endowments  or 
disposition  :  hence  we  speak  of  things 
being  ready  for  a  journey;  persons 
being  apt  to  learn,  or  prompt  to  obey 
or  to  reply.  Ready,  when  applied  to 
persons,  characterizes  the  talent ;  as 
a  ready  wit:  apt  characterizes  their 
habits;  as  apt  to  judge  by  appear- 
imce,  or  apt  to  decide  hastily :  prompt 
'idiaracterizes  more  commonly  the  par- 
ticoiar  action,  and  denotes  the  will- 


ingness of  the  agent,  and  the  qai<i- 
ness  with  which  he  peHbrms  tbt 
action  ;  as  prompt  in  executing  aoooi- 
mand,  or  prompt  to  listea  to  what  i» 
said. 

The  fod  Unielf  iHOi  fVMfy  trident 
Aod  opei  the  doo^  aad  apcaadt  Ch 

Da 


tatoowji 


liBtMtlhe 

FrtM^  to  deodie,  with  adolatiQa 
Gain  oa  joor  parpoaM  wilL 

PufCilj  Is  apt  to  betc^y  a  mi 
ikbet  ioto  anogaace. 

REAL,  V.  Actual. 
REAL,  V.  Intrinsic. 

TO  REALIZE,  V.  To fulfil. 

REALM,  V.  State. 
REASON,  V.  Argument. 
REASON,  V.  Cause. 
REASON,  V.  ConsideratioiL 
REASON,  V.  Sake. 
REASONABLE,  V.  Fair. 

REASONABLE,  RATIONAL, 

Abe  both  derived  from  the  sint 
Latin  word  ratio  reason,  which,  fron 
ratus  and  reor  to  think,  signifies  tbi 
thinking  faculty. 

REASONABLE  signifies  acconfaac 
with  reason;  RATIONAL  sigui&» 
having  reason  in  it :  the  former  is 
more  commonly  applied  in  the  seost 
of  right  reason,  propriety »  or  faimcs; 
the  latter  is  employed  in  the  origiosl 
sense  of  the  word  reawn  :  hence  we 
term  a  man  reasonable  who  acts  ac- 
cording •  to  the  principles  of  rig^ 
reason ;  and  a  bein^  rational^  who  is 
possessed  of  the  rational  or  reasauM^ 
faculty,  in  distinction  from  the  brutes. 
It  is  to  be  lamented  that  there  are 
much  fewer  reasonable  than  tiiere  in 
rational  creatures. 


Hnama  aatare  is  the  Mtote  in  all 
creatorea. 

The  ettdnce  which  it  aflatiled  fbr  a 

atate  ittoAcieitfor  a  rati0itmt  snaadorcoe- 
dacL  Buis- 

REBELLION,  V.  Contumocy* 
REBELLION,  V.  Insurrectlou 

TO  REBOUND,  REVKRBSRATBf 
RECOIL. 

To  REBOUND    is  to  bound  er 


RECEDE. 


RECEIVE. 


11i 


spring  back  :  a  ball  rebounds.  To 
K£V£RB£RAT£  is  to  verberate  or 
beat  back  :  a  sound  reverberates  when 
it  echoes.  To  RECOIL  is  to  coil  or 
whirl  back :  a  snake  recoils.  The 
former  two  are  rarely  used  in  an  im- 
proper application ;  but  we  may  say 
of  recoil^  tnat  a  man's  schemes  will  re- 
coil  on  his  own  head. 

Honour  ii  but  the  reflection  of  a  man^  own 
tetlons  uhlnlDg  bright  in  the  face  of  all  aboot 
Urn,  and  from  tbeoce  rebounding  apoo  UaneHl 

Sotrrn. 

To«  sMmed  to  reverheraU  npon  me  with  the 
of  the  ran.  Howxl. 


Who  to  deep  mloet  for  hidden  kaowledce  taitt*, 
like  fiUH  o*ercharg*d,  bieaki,  mliMi,  or  rccoiU, 

TO  REBUFF,  v.  To  refuse. 

TO  REBUKE,  V.  To  (Jwck. 

TO  RRCAL,  V.  To  abjure. 

TO  RECANT,  v.  To  abjure* 

TO  RECAPITULATE,  v.  To  repeat 

TO  RECEDE,   RETREAT,  RETIRE, 
WITHDRAW,    SECEDE* 

To  RECEDE  is  to  go  back ;  to 
RETREAT  is  to  draw  back :  the  for- 
mer  is  a  simple  action,  suited  to  one's 
convenience ;  the  latter  is  a  particular 
action,  dictated  by  necesssity :  we  re^ 
cede  by  a  direct  backward  movement ; 
we  retreat  by  an  indirect  backward 
movement :  we  recede  a  few  steps  in 
order  to  observe  an  object  more  dis- 
tinctly ;  we  retreat  from  the  position  we 
have  taken,  in  order  to  escape  danger : 
whoever  can  advance  can  recede  ;  but 
in  general  those  only  retreat  whose  ad- 
muioe  is  not  free  :  receding  is  the  act 
of  every  one;  retreating  is  pecu- 
liarly the  act  of  soldiers,  or  those  who 
make  hostile  movements.  To  RE- 
TIRE and  WITHDRAW  originally 
signify  the  same  as  retreat^  that  is, 
draw  back  or  off;  but  they  agree  in 
application  mostly  with  recede:  to 
recede  is  to  go  back  from  a  given  spot ; 
bat  to  retire  and  withdraw  have  re- 
spect to  the  place  or  the  presence  of 
the  persons:  we  may  recede  on  an 
open  plain ;  but  we  retire  or  withdraw 
firom  a  room,  or  from  some  company. 
In  this  application  withdraw  is  the 
more  familiar  term :  retire  may  like- 
wise be  used  for  an  army ;  but  it  de- 
Boces  %  much  more  teisiirelj  action 


than  retreat :  a  general  retreats^  by 
compulsion,  from  an  enemy;  but  he 
may  retire  firom  an  enemy's  country 
when  there  is  no  enemy  present. 

Recede,  retire f  and  withdraw,  are 
also  used  in  a  moral  application ;  SE- 
CEDE is  used  only  m  this  sense  :  a 
person  recedes  from  his  engagement, 
which  is  seldom  justifiable ;  he  retires 
from  business,  or  withdraws  from  a 
society.  To  secede  is  a  public  act: 
men  secede  from  a  reli^ous  or  political 
body:  zpi^AJriziio  is  a  private  act ;  they 
withdraw  themselves  as  individual 
members  from  any  society. 

We  were  toon  brooght  to  the  accgiiHy  of  re* 
ceding  f^om  oar  imagined  eqoalltj  vUh  oar  eoa- 
•ini.  Joamom 

Retirement  from  the  world**  caret  and  plea- 
fforfct  hat  beeo  often  fecommended  as  nsefnl  to 
repentance.  Jomnom, 

A  teoiptatiOD  may  wUHdrawfiM  a  wfatte,  aad 
retam  ai^lo,  Soirra. 

How  certain  Ii  oar  rain,  aalett  we  tometliiiia 
retreat  ttom  this  pertlleotlal  icgloa  (the  world  of 
pleasore).  BtAnu 

Pteiitratiit  and  hh  tone  nattlalaed  their 
morpatioot  darliig  a  period  of  ilxtj-e<fht  jean, 
Inclodtnf  tbote  of  PMitratna*  teerttf ovu  flroin 
Atbent.  Ci 


RECEIPT,  RECEPTION* 

RECEIPT  comes  from  receive,  in 
its  application  to  inanimate  objects, 
whicn  are  taken  into  possession. 

RECEPTION  comes  from  the 
same  verb,  in  the  sense  of  treating 
persons  at  their  first  arrival :  in  the 
commercial  intercourse  of  men,  the 
receipt  of  goods  or  money  must  be 
acknowledged  in  writing;  in  the 
friendly  intercourse  of  men,  their  re- 
ception  of  each  other  will  be  polite 
or  cold,  according  to  the  sentiments 
entertained  towards  the  individual. 

if  a  nan  will  keep  bat  of  even  hand.  Mi 
ordtaary  expcBcet  oafht  to  be  bnt  to  half  of  hia 
reeeipte.  Bicoiit 

I  tkaak  jroa  and  Mrt.  Pope  foe  myMadreeep* 
Men* 


TO  RECEIVE,  ACCEPT. 

The  idea  of  taking,  from  the  Latin 
capiOf  is  common  to  these  words ;  but 
to  RECEIVE  is  to  take  back  ;  to 
ACCEPT  id  to  take  to  one's  self:  the 
former  is  an  act  of  right,  we  reeehe 
what  is  our  own  ;  the  latter  is  an  ar^ 
of  courtesy,  we  accept  what  is  offinred 
another.  To  receivg  simply  eidi 
the  idea  of  refusal;  to  accept  vanAn 


RECOVER. 


RECOVERY. 


775 


been  just  received  :  princes  recogntMe 
certain  principles,  which  have  been 
ad  mitten  by  previous  consent;  they 
acknowledge  the  justice  of  claims 
which  are  preferred  before  them. 

Wb«n  conscience  threaten!  panUiraMt  to 
•rcrrt  crlroeR,  it  maniftfitly  recogniwt  a  8u* 
preore  Governor  from  whom  noChiof  k  hMden. 

Blaib. 

1  call  it  athetfin  by  establlshfiient,  when  anj 
atatf',  as  anch,  shall  not  cclmoiciefffie  the  ezlat- 
enoe  of  God,aa  the  moral  govtruor  of  the  worM. 

Busks. 

TO  RECOIL,  IK  To  rebouTid. 
RECOLLECTION,  V.  Memory. 
RECOMPENSE,  V.  Compensation. 
RECOMPENSE,  V.  Gratuity. 
TO  RECONCILE,  V.  To  Conciliate. 

TO  RECORD,  V.  To  CTiroL 

RECORD,  REGISTER,  ARCHIVE. 

RECORD  is  taken  for  the  thing 
recorded;  REGISTER,  either  for  the 
thing  registered f  or  the  place  in  which 
it  is  registered;  ARCHIVE,  mosty 
for  the  place,  and  sometimes  for  the 
thing:  the  records  are  either  his- 
torical details,  or  short  notices ;  the 
registers  are  bat  short  notices  of  par- 
ticnlar  and  local  circumstances;  the 
archrves  are  always  connected  with  the 
state:  every  place  of  antiquity  has 
its  records  of  the  different  circum- 
stances which  have  been  connected 
'with  its  rise  and  progress,  and  the 
varioos  changes  which  it  has  experi- 
enced; in  public  registers  we  find 
accounts  of  families,  and  of  their  va- 
rious connexions  and  fluctuations;  in 
the  archives  we  find  all  legal  deeds 
and  instruments  which  involve  the 
interests  of  the  nation,  both  in  its  in- 
temal  and  external  economy. 

TO  RECOUNT,  V.  To  relate. 

TO  RECOVER,  RETRIEVE, 
REPAIR,     RECaUlT. 

RECOVER  is  to  get  again  under 
one's  corer  or  protection. 

RETRIEVE,  from  the  French 
irower  to  find,  is  to  get  again. 

REPAIR,  in  French  repartr, 
Latui  reparOf  from  paro  to  get,  sigiti- 
fies  likewise  to  get  again,  or  mtle 
food  at  it  was  before. 

RECRUIT,  in  Vtendb  recru^  frtm 
«rii  and  the  LMan  cfWMorttf  gmr,  taf^ 


nifies  to  grow  again,  or  come  fresh 
again. 

Recover  is  the  most  general  term, 
and  applies  to  objects  in  general ;  re* 
'  trieve,  repair^  and  the  others,  are  only 
partial  applications  :  we  recooer  thinn 
either  by  onr  own  means  or  by  casnu- 
ties ;  we  retrier>e  and  repair  by  our  own 
etlbrts  only :  wc  recover  that  which 
has  been  taken,  or  that  which  has  beat 
any  way  lost ;  we  retrieve  that  which 
we  have  lost ;  we  repair  that  which 
has  been  injured ;  we  recruit  that 
which  has  been  diminished  :  we  re- 
corf  r  property  from  those  who  wish  to 
deprive  us  of  it ;  we  retri&ve  onr  mis- 
fortnues,  or  our  lost  reputation;  we 
repair  the  mischief  which  has  beed' 
done  to  our  pnjperty ;  we  recruit  tfai 
strength  which  has  been  exhausted  i 
we  do  not  seek  after  that  which  we 
think  irrecoverable;  we  give  that  op 
which  is  irretrievable;  we  lament 
over  that  which  is  irfepArahle;  odr 
power  of  recruiting  depends  upon  cir- 
cumstances; he  wno  makes  a  mode- 
rate use  of  his  resources,  may  in  gener 
rai  easily  recruit  himself  when  they 
are  gone. 

The  wrlout  and  impartUI  iHfwpgct  of  ear 
condvct  h  indhpnUblj  Drceanar j  to  tke  coaflnB- 
ation  or  reovery  of  our  vlrtiie.  JomifOM. 

Why  may  not  the  tort  iceehv 
New  oigaDS,  tioce  «v*a  art  can  then  retrieveP 


Toar  aen  tball  be  reoe(f *d,  your  ieeC  rtpatr^d. 

DBTanr. 
With  fciLun  mad  flowVi  recndf  the<re«pcy 

hlfCB.  ~ 


RECOVERY,    RESTORATION. 

RECOVERY  is  one's  own  act; 
RESTORATION  is  the  act  of  aiw 
other :  we  recover  the  thing  we  haret 
lost,  when  it  comet  again  into  oor 
possession;  but  it  is  restored  to  oa 
by  another :  a  king  recovers  bis  crows 
by  force  of  arms,  from  the  hands  of  a 
usurper ;  his  crown  is  restored  to  him 
by  the  will  of  his  people:  the  re- 
corery  of  propertv  is  good  fortune ; 
the  restoration  of  property  an  act  of 
justice. 

Both  are  employed  likewise  in  re» 
gard  to  one's  health :  but  the  former 
sinrinly  designates  the  regaining  of  the 
health ;  the  latter  refers  to  the  in8tr»« 
ment  by  which  it  is  brought*^ 
the  recacery  of  his  health  b ' 
of  the  first  importance  to  «? 


REDUCE. 


REFER. 


777 


m  moral  aualitVy  the  former  is  moch 
stronger  thai)  the  latter:  a  man  is  said 
to  be  reduced  to  an  abject  ooadition ; 
bot  to  be  lowered  in  the  estimation  of 
others,  to  be  reduced  to  a  state  of 
slavery,   to  be   lowered  in  his    own 

ejes. 

ne  ivcvIb'  aelffai  thai  U  a«e  maj  be  re* 
4iMcetf,  I  think,  to  four.  1  yrwbitt. 

It  woald  be  a  matter  of  mttoobbmrat  to  me^ 
tboC  mnj  critic  sbould  be  foand  procf  airaiORt  tbo 
tatntlM  of  AgamemooB  %%  to  loan  itr  t*ithor 
tofe  coBparitoQ  with  Sophocles  or  F>jrip:il<*^-. 

CcunRRLAiin. 

RBDTTNDANCTy  V.  ExceSS. 

TO  RBEL,  t;.  To  stagger. 
TO  REFER,  V.  To  alludc. 

TO  REFER,  RELATE,  RESPECT, 
REGARD. 
REFER,  from  the  Latin  re  and 
ferro^  signifies  literally  to  bring  back  ; 
and  RELATEl,  from  the  participle 
latu*  of  the  same  verb,  signihes 
brousht  back :  the  former  is,  therefore, 
transitive,  and  the  latter  intransitive. 
One  rtfer$  a  person  to  a  thing ;  one 
tiling  refers^  tnat  is,  refert  a  person, 
to  another  thing:  one  thing  relates^ 
that  is,  is  related,  to  another.  To  re- 
Jer  is  an  arbitrary  act,  it  depends  upon 
the  will  of  an  individual ;  we  may  re* 
fir  a  person  to  any  part  of  a  volume, 
or  to  any  work  we  please :  to  relate 
.  is  a  conditional  act,  it  depends  on  the 
Batare  of  things ;  nothing  relates  to 
another  without  some  point  of  accord- 
ance between  the  two;  orthography 
rtiatcM  to  srammar,  that  is,  by  being 
m  part  or  the  grammatical  science. 
Hence  it  arises  uiat  refer,  when  em- 
ployed for  things,  is  commonly  said 
of  circumstances  that  carry  tM  m^ 
■lory  to  events  or  drcumstanees ; 
relate  is  said  of  things  that  have  m 
natural  connexion :  the  religions  fes- 
tivals and  ceremonies  of  the  Roman 
Catholics  have  all  a  reference  to  some 
events  that  happened  in  the  early 
periods  of  Christianity;  the  notes  and 
observations  at  the  end  of  a  book 
relate  to  what  has  been  inserted  ifi 
the  text. 

Refer  and  relate  carry  us  back  to 
that  which  may  be  very  distant ;  bat 
RESPECT  and  REGARD  (o.  To 
etteem)  turn  our  views  to  that  which 
is  near.  The  object  of  the  action 
refiar  and  rdtO^  b  indirectly  adid 


upon,  and  consequently  stands  in  the 
oblique  case :  we  refer  to  an  object ; 
a  thing  relates  to  an  object :  but  tlie 
objtict  of  the  action  respect  and  r«-* 
gard  is  directly  acted  upon,  therefdre 
It  stands  in  the  accusative  or  objectiva 
case:  we  rexpect  or  regard  a  thing, 
not  to  a  tiling.  Whatever  respects  or 
regards  a  thing  has  a  moral  influence 
over  it ;  but  the  former  is  more  com- 
monly employed  than  the  latter:  it 
is  the  duty  of  the  magistrates  to  take 
into  consideration  Hliatever  respects 
the  good  order  of  the  community: 
what  re/a^f s  to  a  thing  is  often  more 
intimately  connected  than  what  r^ 
spects;  and,  on  the  contrary,  what 
respects  comprehends  in  it  more  than 
what  relates.  To  relate  is  to  respect ; 
hut  to  respect  is  not  always  to  relate  r 
the  former  includes  every  species  of 
atfinity  or  aca^rdanre ;  the  latter  only 
that  which  flows  out  of  the  properties 
and  circumstHticcs  of  things:  whea 
a  number  of  objects  are  brought  toge- 
ther, which  fitly  associate,  and  pro- 
perly relate  tlie  one  to  the  other,  they 
fonn  a  grand  whole,  as  in  the  case  of 
any  scientific  work  which  is  digested 
into  a  scheme ;  when  all  the  incidental 
circumstances  which  respect  either 
moral  principles  or  moral  conduct  are 
properly  weighed,  they  will  enable  one 
to  form  a  just  judgement. 

Respect  is  said  of  objects  in  ge- 
neral ;  regard  mostly  of  that  which 
enters  into  the  feeling:  laws  respect 
the  general  welfare  of  the  commonity  ; 
the  due  administration  of  the  laws 
regards  the  happiness  of  the  indi* 
vidual. 

Oar  SaTfouH  wonb  On  hbteraMW  «■  At. 
nMHiBt)  all  ri/er  to  the  Fharinoi*  wqr  of  tptak- 
iBf*  Botmb 

Homer  artfnlly  Interwearet,  ta  Ike  levcnl 
■aeeeedfnf  partt  of  his  poem,  as  MeMut  of 
overj  thiiif  material  which  relatet  to  hb 


Relifloo  ii  a  pleanre  totbe  mladvas 
practice. 

What  I  have  laid  rtgarit  onlj  the  fala  pait 
OfthOKZ.  Aboiiok. 

REFINED,  V.  Polite. 
REFINEMENT,    V.  Cultivaium. 

TO  ESFLECTy  V.  To  Consider. 

TO  REELECT,  V.  To  tfUTlIu 

REFLECTION,  V.  Insimtotioik 
TO  MBFOBMi  V.  To  omemU 


ItELATE. 


RELATION. 


779 


TO  RBGARD,  V.  To  attend  io. 
RBGAaD,  V.  Care. 
TO  RBGAaD,  V.  To  esteem. 
TO  RBGARD,  V.  To  refer. 

REGARDFUL,    V.  Mindful. 

RBGARDLBSS,  V,  Indifferent. . 

REGIMEN,   V.  Food. 

RBGioN,  V.  District. 

TO  REGISTER,  V.  To  emrol. 

RSQISTBB,   V.  List. 

RBGiSTKR,  V.  Record. 

TO  RjBOR£T,  V.  To  compUdn. 

TO  RSGULATB,  V.  To  direct. 

TO  REGULATE,  V.  To  govem. 

TO  RBHBARSB,  V.  To  repeat. 

RBiGN,  V.  Empire. 

TO  RBJBCT,  V.  To  rcfuse. 

RBJOINDBR,   V.  AuSWCr. 

TO  RBLATB,  V.  To  refer. 

TO   RBLATB,    RBCOUNT9 

DBSCRIBK. 

RELATE,  in  JjBXm  rtlatuif  par- 
ticiple of  riferrOf  signifies  to  bring 
tbet  to  the  notice  of  others  which 
has  beiive  been  brought  to  oar  owa 
notice. 

RECOUNT  is  properly  to  count 
■gpin.  or  count  over  azain. 

DESCRIBE^  from  the  Latin  tcriho 
to  writOi  is  literally  to  write  down. 

Hie  idea  of  ^ving  an  aooonnt  of 
events  or  drcnmstances  is  common  to 
all  these  terms,  which  diflfer  in  the  ob- 
ject and  circumstances  of  the  action. 
Relate  is  said  generally  of  all  events, 
both  of  those  which  concern  others 
as  well  as  ourselves ;  recount  is  said 
qdIj  of  those  which  concern  ourselves : 
those  who  relate  all  they  hear  often 
relate  that  which  never  happened ;  it 
is  a  gratification  to  an  ola  soldier  to 
recount  all  the  transactions  in  which  he 
bore  a  part  during  the  military  career 
of  his  early  youth.     We  relate  events 
that  have  happened  at  any  period  of 
time  immediate  or  remote;  we  recount 
mostly  those  things  which  have  been 
-long passed:  in  recounting^  the  me- 
mory reTerts  to  past  scenes,  and  counts 

mm  ^  tlMthm  dmly  iatfiiMad  the 

5 


mind.    Travellers  are  pleased  to  relate 
to  their  friends  whatever  they  have 
seen  remarkable  in  other  countries; 
the  recounting  of  our  adventures  in 
distant  regions  of  the  globe  has  a 
peculiar  interest  fi>r  all  who  bear  then^ 
We  may  relate  either  by  writing  or 
by  word  of  mouth ;  we  recount  only 
by  word  of  mouth :  writers  of  travels 
sometimes  give  themselves  a  latitude 
in  relating  more  than  they  have  either 
heard  or  seen ;  he  who  recount!  the 
exploits  of  heroism,   which  he  hasi 
eitner  witnessed  or  performed,  wiU 
always  meet  with  a  delighted  audience. 
Relate  and  recount  are  said  of  that 
only  which  passes :  describe  is  said  of 
that  which  exists :  we  relate  the  pap- 
ticnlars  of  our  journey  ;  and  we  cfe- 
scribe  the  countr}'  we  pass  through. 
Personal  adventure  is  always  the  sub« 
ject  of  a  relation ;  the  quality  and 
condition  of  things  are  those  of  the 
description.    We   relate  what   hap- 
pened on  meeting  a  friend;  we  de» 
scribe  the  dress  of  the  parties,  or  the 
ceremonies  which  are  usual  on  parti«    ^ 
cular  occasions. 

O  Mttw!  the  csnwiaBd  thecrimei  r^aie. 
What  godden  wm  pro? ok*d,  and  wheoce  bfr 

DKYom. 


Td  reemnt  AlmlKlitj  wofki 
What  traida  or  toBiat  of  wnph  etn  ivflet  f 


In  dueriMng  a  vatgh  tormot  or  ddafe,  tW 
wyaheniboald  faaaaiv<^BdAi>*lnf*        Ponb 

RSLATKD,  V.  Connected. 

RELATION,     RECITAL,     NARRA- 
TION. 

RELATION,  fromihe  vtth,r^at4^ 
denotes  the  act  of  relating. 

HECITALfrom  recite, denotes  the 
act  of  reciting. 

NAJEIRATIVE,  from  narrate^  de- 
notes  tlie  thing  narrated.  Relation 
is  here,  as  in  the  former  paragraph 
(o.  To  relate),  the  general,  and  the 
others  particular  terms.  Relation 
applies  to  every  object  which  is  related 
whetlier  of  a  public  or  private,  a  ua^ 
tional  or  an  individual  nature;  his* 
tory  is  the  relation  of  national  events ; 
biography  is  the  relation  of  particular 
lives :  recital  is  the  relation  or  re- 
petition of  actual  or  existing  cir* 
cumstances ;  we  listen  to  the  recitaf 
of  misfortunes,  distresses,  and  the 
like.  The  relation  may  concern  matr 
t8D»  of.  indifference:    th^. r«^i^  if 


BEMARK. 


REKTAHK. 


Wl 


ftmaifu  i  RELICS,  from  the  Latin 
rtlinquo  to  leave,  signifies  what  is 
left,  llie  former  is  a  term  of  general 
and  familiar  application  ;  the  latter  is 
•pacific.  What  remains  after  the  use 
or  consumption  of  any  thing  is  termed 
the  remaini  ;  what  is  left  of  any  thing 
■Iter  a  lapse  of  years  is  the  relic  or 
relict.  There  are  remains  of  build- 
ings mostly  afler  a  conflagration; 
there  are  relies  of  antiquity  in  most 
SBonasteries  and  old  churches. 

Remains  are  of  value,  or  not,  ac- 
cording to  the  circumstances  of  the 
cases ;  relics  always  derive  a  value 
from  the  person  to  whom  they  were 
supposed  originally  to  belong.  The 
remains  of  a  person,  that  is,  what 
oorpoveally  remains  of  a  person,  after 
the  extinction  of  life,  will  be  respected 
by  bis  firieod  ;  a  bit  of  a  garment  that 
belonged,  or  was  supposed  to  belong, 
to  some  saint,  will  be  a  precious  relic 
in  the  eyes  of  a  superstitious  Koman 
Catholic.  All  nations  have  agreed  to 
respect  the  remtuns  of  the  dead ;  re- 
ligion, under  most  forms,  has  given  a 
sacredness  to  relics  in  the  eyes  of  its 
most  zealous  votaries ;  the  veneraUon 
of  genius,  or  the  devotedness  of  friend- 
ship, has  in  like  manner  transferred 
its^fy  from  the  iudividual  himself, 
to  some  object  which  has  been  his 
property  or  in  his  possession,  and 
thos  fisbricated  for  itself  relics  equally 

precious. 

VpM  tbow  frieidlj  ibom ,  and  flovVj  plaloi^ 

WMck  yde  AMliliei  and  hb  blot  remo/ni; 

D&TSBN. 

AD  IboM  felts,  nrftiei,  awl  iDTeotloat,  which 
the  li^nikms  poraae,  and  all  admlra,  are  bat 
the  rttiquۤ  of  an  intellect  defkoed  with  iln  and 

SOVTM. 


RBMARK^   OBSERVATION,    COM- 
MENT,  NOTE,    ANNOTATION, 
COMMENTARY. 

REMARK  (v.  To  notice);  and 
OBSERVATION  (v.  Tonoiice);  and 
COMMENT,  in  Latin  commentum^ 
from  commniscor  to  call  to  mind  ;  are 
either  spoken  or  written :  NOTE, 
ANNOTATION  (y.  Note);  COM- 
MENTARY a  variation  of  comment ; 
are  always  written.  Remark  and  ofr- 
servaiion  admitting  of  the  same  dis- 
tinction in  both  cases,  have  been  suf^ 
fidently  explained  in  the  article  re* 
ferred  to :  comment  is  a  species  of 
remark   which  ofWu  loses  in    good 


nature  what  it  gains  in  seriousntts ; 
it  is  mostly  applied  to  particular  per- 
sons or  cases,  and  more  commonly 
employed  as  a  vehicle  of  censure  than 
of  commendation ;  public  speakers  and 
public  performers  are  exposed  to  all 
the  comments  wbith  the  vanity,  tho 
envy,  and  ill  nature*  of  self-constituted 
critics  can  suggest ;  but  when  not  em- 
ployed in  personal  cases,  it  serveis  for 
explanation :  the  other  terms  are  tised 
in  this  sense  only,  but  with  certain 
modifications ;  the  nofeismostgeneral, 
and  serves  to  call  the  attention  to  as 
well  as  illustrate .  particular  passages 
in  the  text :  annotations  and  conviieis- 
taries  are  more  minute;  the  former 
being  that  which  is  added  by  way  of 
appendage ;  the  latter  being  employed 
in  a  general  form ;  as  the  annotatumt 
of  the  Greek  scholiasts,  and  the  comh 
mentaries  on  the  sacred  writings. 

Spenee  In  hh  remmrkt  on  Pope^  Odjaqr, 
prodaces  what  he  thtakt  an  nneoaqnerabie  qoo- 
tatlon  fcoaa  Drjdea^  pTCfeee  to  tlie  ilTiiili^  li 
fStvor  of  tcanslatiof  an  epic  poea  into  blank 


U  the  critic  hat  poblidicd  MtMnf  hirt  n|lH 
aad  obtervtUtam  on  eritklMB,  I  than  rnniHT 
whether  there  be  a  propriety  aad  eleganeala  Mi 
Ibonghtt  and  wbrda. 

SnMlaie  or  lev,  vabended  or  toteoii^ 
The  ioaad  li  itlU  a  ceatmeiif  to  the 

1 

The  hlitoiy  of  the  netef  (to  Pope%  Hoaail 
ha>  nefer  been  traoed. 


I  lore  a  critic  who  mini  the  relea  of  life 
with  ajtnoCaltfoM  apon  writere.  Siaau. 

MeaBofaB  or  awoMrlab  are  of  two  kSadi^ 
whereof  the  one  maj  be  termed  eemaieiiterlci^ 
Che  ether  r^fMerk  Baeoa, 

RKMABKABi.Ky  V.  Extroordi^ 
nary. 

TO  RBBflARK,  V.  To  fioiice. 

TO  REMEDY^  V.  To  cure. 

REMEDT,  V.  Cure. 

REMEMBRANCE,  V.  Memory. 

REMEMBRANCER,     V.    MonU^ 

merit 

REMINISCENCE,  v»  Memory. 
REMISS,  V.  Negligent. 
TO  REMIT,  V.  To  forgive. 
TO  REMIT,  V.  To  relax. 

REMNANT,    V.   Rest. 

REMORSE,  V.  Repentance. 

4 


REPENTANCE, 


REPETITION.        78S 


•miss.  CONTBmON,  from  eon" 
tero  to  rub  togetlier,  or  bruise  at  it 
wmwitb  sorrow;  COMPUNCTION, 
from  eommtngo  to  prick  tkorouKblj ; 
mud  REMORSE,  from  remordeo  to 
hftve  a  gnawing  pain;  all  express 
modes  of  penitence  differing  in  degree 
and  circomstanee.  Repentance  refers 
more  to  tke  change  of  one's  mind 
widi  regard  to  an  object,  and  is  pro- 
perly ccmfined  to  the  time  wheo  this 
change  takes  place;  we  therefore, 
stricUj  speaking,  repent  of  a  thing 
hot  once  ;  we  may,  however,  have 
uenitenee  for  the  same  thing .  all  oor 
lives.  Repentance  may  be  felt  for 
^vial  matters;  we  may  repent  of 
gcuns  or  not  g<Mng,  speaking  or  not 
speaking:  penitence  refers  only  to 
serioos  matters ;  we  are  penitent  only 
for  oar  sins.  Errors  of  iudgement 
will  always  be  attended  with  repenU 
tmee  in  a  mind  that  is  striving  to  do 
right;  there  is  no  human  being  so 
pmect  but  that,  in  the  sight  of  Uod, 
M  will  have  occasion  to  be  penitent 
hr  many  acts  of  commissioa  and 
omission. 

Rqtentance  may  be  felt  for  errors 
which  concern  only  ourselves,  or  at 
moat  ofiences  against  our  fellow-creu* 
tores ;  penitence^  and  the  other  terms, 
are  applicable  only  to  offences  against 
the  moral  and  Divine  law,  that  law 
which  is  engraven  on  the  heart  of 
.every  roan.  We  may  repent  of  not 
having  made  a  bargain  that  we  after* 
wards  find  would  have  been  advan* 
tageous,  or  we  may  repent  of  having 
done  any  injury  to  our  neighbour; 
but  our  j^eni/eaceis  awakened  when  we 
reflect  on  our  unworthiness  or  sinful- 
ness in  the  sight  of  our  Maker.  This 
penitence  is  a  general  sentiment,  which 
bdotigs  to  all  men  as  offending  crea- 
tores;  but  ecntritiony  compunctionf 
and  remone,  are  awakened  by  reflect- 
ing on  particular  offences :  contritien 
is  a  continued  and  severe  sorrow,  ap- 
propriate to  one  who  has  been  in  a 
continued  state  of  peculiar  sinfulness  : 
compunction  is  rather  an  occasional 
but  sharp  sorrow,  provoked  by  a  single 
offence,  or  a  moment's  reflection ;  re- 
Morse  may  be  temporary,  but  it  is  a 
•till  sharper  pain  awakened  by  some 
paiticnlar  ofKnce  of  pecnlinr  magni^ 
tade  and  atrocity.    The  prodigal  son 


was  a  contrite  simer ;  the  brsthrea 
of  Joseph  felt  great  compunction  when 
Uiey  were  carried  back  with  their 
sadcs  to  Eeypt;  David  was  struck 
with  remorse  for  the  murder  of  Uriah.- 
These  four  terms  depend  not  so 
much  on  the  measure  of^guilt,  as  on 
the  sensibility  of  the  ofiender.  WKo* 
ever  reflects  most  deeply  on  the  enor- 
mity of  sin  will  be  nx)st  sensible  of 
petiitence  when  he  sees  his  own  liabi* 
lity  to  offiBnd,  In  those  who  -have 
most  offended,  and  are  come  to  a 
sense  of  their  6wn  condition,  peni^ 
tence  will  rise  to  deep  contrition. 
There  is  no  roan  so  haroened  that  he 
will  not  some  time  or  other  feel  com* 
punetion  for  the  crimes  he  has 
committed.  He  who  has  the  liveliest 
sense  of  the  Divine  goodness,  will 
feel  keen  remorte  whenever  he  re- 
flects on  any  thing  that  he  has  done^ 
by  which  lie  foars  to  have  forfekea 
the  favor  of  so  good  a  Being. 

Tldt  It  the  ilBMf^  iMid  lot,  ttet  Ike  nate 
MagwkUkwmkm  k»m mtHi repeniame^  umkm 
MmmliokiduffBror  MtofaliWBf  it.     Sooob 


HHwen  my  ffHfflvB  a  ttfcM  10  jMrfitNce, 
Fm  beavw  oan  judfBif  jMMttenoa  ta  (ne^ 

Dai 

OMrtrttlM,  CbMch  it  m«y  natt,  oi^bt  Mi 
ttnk;  or  orerpower  the  boait  of  s  Ckibtiaa. 

Blaui. 

All  men,  orcn  the  noit  deprmved,  are  eA« 

ject  more  or  lew  to  coOTpameCtont  of  oouefmefc 


PlerM  iKDi  a  ibarp  remorKfergvllt,  iM»<>fcii«iff 
The  ooetly  poverty  of  beeeglombt. 
And  oflm  the  heit  marlieeitwlf. 


RSPSTmOITy   TAUTDLOGY. 

REPETITION  is  to  TAUTOLO- 
GY  as  the  genus  to  the  species :  the 
latter  beine  as  a  species  of  vicious  repe- 
tition. There  nay  be  freqoeiit  rcfie- 
titions  which  are  warranted  by  necessity 
or  convenience ;  bnt  tautohgv  is  that 
which  nowise  adds  to  either  the 
sense  or  the  sound.  A  repetition  may, 
or  may  not,  consist  of^literally  tlw 
same  words;  but  tautohgyf  from  the 
Greek  tavt*c  the  same,  imd  uyo^  the 
word,  supposes  such  a  sameness  in 
the  verbiage,  as  rendera  thesigniflca- 
tion  the  same.  In  the  liturgy  of  t\m 
Church  of  England  there  are  soma 
repetitioM^  which  add  to  the  selemirity 
or  the  worship ;  in  roost  extemporsvy 
prayers  there  is  much  ^anfoi^,  that 


784 


REPRESS. 


REPRXEVE. 


^estrojrt  the  nUgioiu  eflbct  of  the 
wlioie. 

AttlilralyuimltyfMtMigy,  viMvtIw 
«MM  tlUBff  !■  rapwtad*  cbo«|li  udar  meng  m 


TO  RBPINB,  r.  To  complain. 
to  RSPLYy  t;.  To  anstver. 
BBPORT,  t^.  Fame. 

ftBPOSB,  V.  Eas^. 

I-  ■  

TO  RSPOSBy  Vm  To  recline. 

RBl^ftBBENSION,   REfROOf'. 

Persoval  blame  or  censure  is  im- 
«lied  by  both  these  tenuSf  but  the 
&ciner  is  much  milder  than  the  latter^ 
^.REPREliENSION  the  personal 
kide|MMidence  is  not  so  sensiblv  offiMited 
at  ip  the  case  of  HEPKOOF :  people 
of  all  ages  and  stations  whose  conduct 
Iji  e](posed  to  the  investigation  of 
^Ui^m.are  liable  to  nepretoisNm;  but 
children  only  or  such  as  are  in  a  sub- 
ordinate capacity  are  exposed  to  re- 
proof. The  reprehension  amounts  to 
Mttle  more  than  passing  an  unfavoor- 
able  sentence  upon  the  conduct  of  ano- 
ther: reproof  adds  to  this  an  un- 
friendly address  to  the  offender.  The 
master  of  a  school  may  be  exposed  to 
the  r^rehension  of  the  parents  for  any 
•opposed  impropriety :  his  scholars 
are  subject  to  his  frequent  reproof. 

Wtan  a  wum  Heels  the  rfprehemion  of  a 
llriwd,  wtcumtkA  hj  hit  own  heart,  be  b  easily 
heated  tato  iceeatiBeiU.  Johmsow. 

Theie  li  as  ohH^ae  waj  of  repr»^  which 
off  fkom  the  tluurpaeas  of  U. 


RBPRB8BNTATION,   V.  Slww. 

TO   RBPRBSS,    RESTRAIN, 
SUPPRBSS. 

To  REPRESS  is  to  press  back  or 
down:  to  RESTRAIN  is  to  btrain 
back  or  down  :  the  former  is  the  ge- 
neral, the  latter  the  specific  term  :  we 
always  repress  when  we  restrain,  but 
not  vice  ver$d.  Repress  is  used  mostly 
ibr  pressing  down,  so  as  to  keep  that 
inward  which  wants  to  make  its  ap* 
pearance  :  restrain  is  an  habitual  re- 
pression by  which  it  is  kept  in  a  state 
of  lowness:  a  person  is  said  to  repress 
his  feelings  when  he  does  not  give 
them  Tent  either  by  his  words  or  ac- 
tions ;  he  is  said  to  restrain  his  feel- 
ings when  he  never  lets  them  rise  be- 


yond a  oaruun  piteh :  good  morris  a 
well  at  good  niaiinen  call  opoa  nits 
reprns  erery  anseemW  expresska  of 
joy  in  the  company  of"^  those  who  ae 
not  in  a  oondirion  to  fwrtake  of  mi 
joy;  it  is  pradance  as  well  asriitae 
to  rei^am  oor  appetitas  by  an  hafaaai 
fiyrbearanoe,  that  they  may  ncvt  pa 
the  ascemlency.  One  cannot  toe 
qoickly  repress  a  rising  spirit  of  resist* 
ance  in  any  comnauDity  large  or  satU; 
one  cannot  too  early  restrmisi  the  in»> 
gukrities  of  childhood.  The  innooea 
▼ivacity  of  youth  should  not  be  n^ 
pressed ;  but  their  wildness  and  io- 
tamperanoe  onght  to  be  resirmned. 


Phflowpby  bae  oftra  attmpCad  tm  nyrwi  h- 
■oftMce  by ewuHlut  t^aft  aU  cmaaOtmm^ 
faBed  by  death. 

He  that  woald  heap  tkw  power  or  iteftn 
alas  out  into  act,  DBMtreifnrfMk  haa 
|i«  with  the  elgect. 

Torepreit  is  ainnply  to  keep  don 
or  to  keep  fix)m  rising  within  oaaA 
To  SUPPRESS  is  to  keep  under  or  to 
keep  from  appearing  in  public  Ajw 
didouB  parent  repreues  every  tomohih 
ous  passion  in  a  child ;  a  jodicioB 
commander  mppreuet  a  rebellioii  br 
a  timely  and  resolute  exercise  of  !»• 
thority.  Hence  the  term  repress  is 
used  only  for  the  feelings  or  tlie  move- 
ments of  the  mind  :  but  tupprtss  nwT 
be  employed  for  that  which  iseiteim 
We  repress  violence ;  mppreu  piUi- 
cations,  or  informatioo. 


Hor  fhrwardacH  vaa 
by  her  niother  or  aant. 

Wttb  hhn  FhkmoB  hept  the  watch 
la  whoee  lad  boMna  many  a  s%|i 
Bone  palafU  eeeict  of  tlMionl 


wliha 

fta«k 


REPRIEVB,    RBSPITE. 

RKPRIEVE  comes  in  all  praUhi- 
lity  from  the  Frencli  repris,  paitidpit 
of  reprendre,  and  the  Latin  reprehends, 
signifying  to  take  back  or  take  off  tbst 
wnicli  has  been  laid  on. 

RESPITE,  in  aU  probability  if 
changed  trom  respiratu^  partictpieof 
remiro,  signifying  to  breathe  agaio. 

The  idea  of  a  release  from  any  pici* 
sure  or  burden  is  common  to  these 
terms ;  but  the  reprieve  is  that  wfaicb 
is  granted;  the  respite  sonietinwt 
comes  to  us  in  the  course  of  thinp : 
we  gain  a  reprieve  from  any  puniih- 


REPROACH. 


REPROACHFUL,  785 


ment  or  trouble  which  threatens  ns  ; 
we  gaio  a  respite  from  any  labor  or 
weight  that  presses  upon  us.  A  cri- 
minal gains  a  reprieve  when  the  pu- 
nishment of  death  is  commuted  for 
that  of  transportation ;  a  debtor  may 
be  said  to  obtain  a  reprieve  when,  with 
a  prison  before  his  eyes,  he  gets  such 
indulgence  from  his  creditors  as  sets 
him  free :  there  is  frequently  no  re- 
spite  for  persons  in  a  subordinate  sta- 
tion, when  they  fall  into  the  hands  of 
a  ^  hard  task  master ;  Sisyphus  is 
feigned  hy  the  poets  to  have  been  con- 
demned to  the  toil  of  perpetually  roll- 
ing a  stone  up  a  hill  as  fast  as  it  rolled 
backy  from  which  toil  he  had  no 
retpUe, 

All  that  I  aA  bbat  a  ibort  tepHeve, 
Till  I  foKpt  to  love  and  learn  to  grieve. 
Some  paiue  and  rttpUe  onlj  I  require. 
Till  wllk  Bj  tears  I  ahaU  have  qiiench*d  my  tn, 

Dbxbam. 

TO  BBPRIMAND,  V.  To  dwck. 

REPRISAL^  t;«  Retaliation. 
TO  REPROACH,  V.  To  blame. 
REPROACH,  V.  Discredit. 

REPROACH,    CONTUMELY, 
OBLOQUY* 

REPROACH,  9.  To  blame. 

CONTUMELY,  from  contumeo, 
that  is,  contra  tumeo^  signifies  to  swell 
up  aniinst. 

^  OBLOQUY,  from  oh  and  loquor, 
signifies  speaking  against  or  to  the 
disMraf^ment  of. 

The  idea  of  contemptuous  or  angry 
treatment  of  others  is  common  to  all 
these  terms ;  but  reproach  is  the  ge- 
neral, contumefy  and  obloquy  are  the 
particular  terms.  Reproach  is  either 
deserved  or  undeserved ;  the  name  of 
Puritan  is  applied  as  a  tenn  of  re- 
proach  to  soch  as  aflfect  greater  purity 
than  others ;  the  name  of  Christian  is 
a  name  of  reproach  in  Turkey :  con- 
ttm€fy  is  always  undeserved ;  it  is  the 
insolent  swelling  of  a  worthless  person 
■gunst  merit  in  distress ;  our  Saviour 
was  exposed  to  the  contumely  of  the 
Jews :  obloquy  is  always  supposed  to 
be  deserved ;  it  is  applicable  to  those 
whose  conduct  has  rendered  them  ob- 
jects of  general  censure,  and  whose 
name  therefore  has  almost  become  a 
^^proack.    A  man  who  uses  his  power 


only  to  oppress  those  who  are  con- 
nected witii  him  will  naturally  and 
deservedly  bring  upon  himself  much 
obloquy. 

Haa  Un\  rf]»raaefta  pritUfiCS  ft«a  lietv*n  ? 

Pore. 

The  rojal  captlvet  foUowed  fa  tiie  train, 
amidat  the  borrid  yells,  wd  fraotlok  daaees,  aad 
lafaauMis  coittumettet,  of  tb^  farlea  of  lielU 

Bsaub 

Hov  maay  Hen  of  honor  are  ezpeaad  flroia 
paAj  spirit  to  pabllc  •binquy  and  rtprorndk  f 


REPROACHFUL,   ABUSIVE, 
SCURRILOUS. 

REPROACHFUL  or  fuU  of  re- 
proach  (v.  Keproach), 

ABUSIVE,  or  full  of  ahtue  (v. 
Abuie), 

SCURRILOUS,  in  Latin  JCMmTir, 
from  scurra^  signifies  like  a  buffoon 
or  snucy  jester. 

R€proacA/li/,when  applied  to  the  per* 
son,  sienifies  full  of  reproaches ;  when 
to  the  thing,  deserving  of  reproor  A:  a6ff- 
sine  is  only  applied  to  the  person,  sig- 
nifyins  afler  the  manner  of  abuse  z 
scurrilous  is  employed  as  an  epithet 
either  for  persons  or  tilings,  signifying 
using  fCttrrtViiy,  or  after  the  maimer 
of  scurrility.  The  conduct  of  a  per- 
son is  reproachful  in  as  much  as  it 
provokes  or  is  entitled  to  the  reproaches 
of  others  ;  the  language  uf  a  person  is 
reproachful  when  it  abounds  in  re- 
proachesy  or  partakes  of  the  nature  of 
a  reproach  :  a  person  is  abusizfe  who 
indulges  himself  in  abuse  or  abusive 
language:  and  he  is  scurrilous  who 
adopts  scurrility  or  scwtHous  lan- 
guage. 

When  applied  to  the  same  object, 
whether  to  the  person  or  to  the  tiling 
they  rise  in  sense :  the  reproachful  is 
less  than  the  abusive^  anid  this  than 
the  scurrilous:  the  reproachjul  is 
sometimes  warranted  by  the  provoca- 
tion; but  the  abusive  and  scurrilous 
are  always  unwarrantable:  reproach^ 
Jul  language  may  be,  and  generally  is 
consistent  with  decency  and  propriety 
of  speech ;  abusive  and  scurrilous  lan- 
guage are  outmges  against  the  laws  of 
good  breeding,  if  not  of  morality.  A 
parent  may  sometimes  find  it  necessary 
to  address  an  unruly  son  in  reproach" 
Jul  terms ;  or  one  friend  may  adopt  a 
reproachful  tone  to  another;    none 

3  E 


REST. 


RESTORATION.      787 


its  peculiar  faculty,  the  memory ;  cer- 
tain substances  are  said  to  retain  the 
colour  with  which  they  have  been  dyed. 

Anfuttos  caused  moit  of  the  prophKtc  books 
to  be  bornt,  as  tpnrlottt,  reterving  odIj  tboM 
vhkb  bore  the  name  of  wine  of  the  syblU  for 
thek  antbon.  Pudk.iox. 

The  beantl(»ii  of  Homer  are  dlfSenU  to  be  loct, 
avd  those  of  Vlrsil  to  be  retained.        JonatoM. 

TO  RESiDB,  V,  To  abide. 

RESIDUE,  V.  Rest. 

TO  RESIGN,  V.  To  abandon. 

TO  RESIGN,    V.  To  glVe  Up. 

RESIGNATION,  V.  Patience. 
TO  RESIST,  V.  To  oppose. 
TO  RESOLVE,  V.  To  determine. 
TO  RESOLVE,  V.  To  solve. 
RESOLUTE,  V.  Decided. 
RESOLUTION,  V.  Coutage. 
TO  RESORT  TO,  V.  To  frequent. 
RESOURCE,  V.  Expedient. 
TO  RESPECT,  V.  To  esteem. 
TO  RESPECT,  V.  To  honor. 
TO  RESPECT,  V.  To  refer. 

RESPECTFUL,   V.  Dutlful. 

RESPITE,  V.  Interval. 
RESPITE,  V.  Reprieve. 
RBSPONSE,  V.  Answer. 
RESPONSIBLE,  V.  Answerablc. 
RBST,  t;.  Cessation. 
TO  REST,  V.  To  found* 
VBST,  V.  Ease. 

RESTy    REMAINDER,    REMNANT, 
RESIDUE. 

REST  evideDtly  comes  from  the 
Litin  rutOf  in  this  case,  though  not 
in  the  former  (v.  Ease),  signifying 
what  stands  or  remains  back. 

REMAINDER  literally  signifies 
wbtt  remains  after  the  first  part  is 
gone.  RBMNANT  is  but  a  variation 
mremmnder, 

RESIDUE,  from  reside,  signifies 
Uwwise  what  keeps  back. 

AU  these  terms  express  that  part 
which  is  separated  from  the  other  and 
U6t  distinct :  rest  is  the  most  general, 
hotk  IB  sense  and  applicatiooi   the 


others  have  a  more  specific  meaning 
and  use :  the  rest  may  be  either  that 
which  is  lefi  behind  by  itself  or  that 
which  is  set  apart  as  a  distinct  por- 
tion :  the  remainder y  remnant,  and  re- 
sidue,  are  the  quantities  which  remain 
when  the  other  parts  are  gone.  The 
rest  is  said  of  any  part,  large  or  small ; 
but  the  remainder  commonly  regaidt 
the  smaller  part  which  has  been  left 
after  the  greater  part  has  been  taken, 
A  person  may  be  said  to  sell  some 
and  give  away  the  rest :  when  a  num- 
ber of  hearty  persons  sit  down  to  a 
meal,  the  remainder  of  the  provisions, 
after  all  have  been  satisfied,  will  not 
be  considerable.  Rest  is  applied 
either  to  persons  or  things ;  remainder 
only  to  things  :  some  were  of  that 
opinion,  but  the  rest  did  not  agree  to 
it:  the  remainder  of  the  paper  was 
not  worth  preserving.  Remnant,  from 
remanens  in  Latin,  is  a  species  of 
remainder,  applicable  only  to  cloth 
or  whatever  remains  unsold  out  of 
whole  pieces  :  as  a  remnant  of  cotton^ 
linen,  and  the  like.  Residue  is  ano- 
ther species  of  remainder,  employed 
in  less  familiar  matters  ;  the  retuaiiP' 
der  is  applied  to  that  which  remains 
after  a  consumption  or  removal  has 
taken  place :  the  residue  is  applied  to 
that  which  remains  aAer  a  division  has 
taken  place ;  hence  we  speak  of  th^ 
remainder  of  the  com,  the  remainder 
of  the  books,  and  the  like :  but  the  re- 
sidue  of  the  property,  the  residue  of 
the  effects,  and  the  like. 

A  but  fareveU! 

For  ttaoe  a  last  mnit  coom^  the  re$t  are  Tain, 
IJke  ga>p9  la  death,  which  but  proloas  o«r  paia. 

DB;vDtM; 

Wbaterer  yov  take  (hmi  uameaBenta  of  {ndo- 
lenoe  vIM  be  repaid  jom  aa  hnndied  fold  Ibr  ali 
the  rtmminOer  of  your  daja. 

Eab£  or  CaiTiUM* 

For  thia,  far  distaot  tnta  the  Latlan  coait. 
She  drove  the  remmant  of  the  Trojaa  hoct. 

Dmvonr. 
The  rbfaig  delsfre  if  not  iloppM  with  dan*. 
Bat  wisely  maoaffed,  its  dhlded  ttveosth 
I«  sluiced  In  chaiioels,  and  secarely  draiofd  ; 
And  while  Its  force  is  spent,  aad  nnsuppljrM, 
The  residue  with  moonds  msy  he  mtralaM. 

SuAssrsAas. 

TO  REST,  V.  To  stand. 
RESTITUTION,  V.  Restoration. 

RESTORATION,    RESTITUTION, 
REPARATION,   AMENDS. 

RESTORATIQN   is  employed  in 
S  B  2 


RETALIATION. 


RETARD. 


789 


moral  ol^ects,  as  an  nngratefiil  person 
repayt  kindnesses  with  reproaches. 
Wbaa  both  the  dikft  m  NiidciM  flPMi  the 

IWb  to  tba  lawful  Uaf  rett^rt  bb  rifiit. 

DftTW. 

The  twain 
Reeelvai  hi«  eaiy  food  flron  nature*ls  hand, 
Aad  jmt  refitnu  of  coHlvated  land.     DnTDiii. 

Oaaar,  whom  ftaaght  with  •■■tern  s^lt* 
Onr  heav'a,  the  Jut  rewanl  of  human  toOt, 
Sceaiwlj  aball  rqpajf  with  ritct  dlvlacb    Dkthcii. 

TO  RBSTRAiN,  V.  To  coercc. 
TO  RESTRAIN,  V.  To  reprcss. 

TO   RESTRAIN,    RRSTRICT. 

RESTRAIN  (v.  Coerce)  and  RE- 
STRICT are  but  variations  ^ro  the 
same  verb ;  but  they  have  acquired  a 
distinct  acceptation :  the  former  applies 
to  the  desires,  as  well  as  the  outward 
conduct;  the  latter  only  to  the  out- 
ward conduct.  A  person  rettrairu  his 
inordinate  appetite;  or  he  is  rettrained 
bj  others  firom  doing  mischief:  he  is 
rettricted  in  the  use  of  his  money. 
JUstrain  is  an  act  of  power;  but  re^ 
strict  is  an  act  of  authority  or  law : 
the  will  or  the  actions  of  a  child  are 
restrained  hjf  the  parent ;  but  a  pa- 
tient is  restricted  in  his  diet  by  a  pny- 
siciany  or  any  body  of  people  may  be 
restricted  by  laws. 

Tallj,  whoae  poweifal  eloqnenoe  a  wbfle 
Rmtr^an^d  the  lapld  fOe  of  rasblaf  Rome. 

THOMtOV. 

Tfaoof h  the  Bgjptlanf  nied  fleih  for  food,  jH 
they  wcfe  iBder  gi«ater  rtttrieUont  fa  thia  par* 
tiealar,  Aaa  mott  other  natlona.  J  amm. 

RESTRAINT,  V.  Constraint. 
TO  RESTRICT,  V.  To  restrain, 
RESULT,  V.  Consequence. 

TO  RETAIN,    V.  To  kold. 

TO  RETAIN,  V,  To  rescj-ve. 

RETALIATION,    REPRISAL. 

RETALIATION  from  retaliate,  in 
bin  retaliatuntf  participle  of  retalio, 
compounded  of  re  and  talis  such,  sig- 
nifies such  again,  or  like  for  like.  K£- 
PRISALy  in  French  reprisal  from  re- 
pris  and  rependrcy  in  Latin  repre^ 
kendo  to  take  again,  signifies  to  take 
in  return  for  what  has  been  taken. 
The  idea  of  making  another  suffer  in 
return  for  the  suffering  he  has  oco^ 
BOoed  is  common  to  these  terms ;  but 
ifsb  fonoer  is  employed  in  ordinary 


cases ;  the  latter  meetly  in  regard  to  a. 
state  of  warfare,  or  to  active  hostili- 
ties. ^  A  trick  practised  upon  another 
in  return  for  a  trick  is  a  retaliation  ; 
but  a  reprisal  always  extends  to  the 
capture  of  something  from  another,  in 
return  for  what  has  been  taken.  When 
neighbours  fisill  out,  the  incivilities  and 
spite  of  the  one  are  too  often  re/o- 
luUed  by  like  acts  of  incivility  and 
spite  on  the  pa«-t  of  the  other :  when 
one  nation  commences  hostilities 
against  another  by  taking  any  thing 
away  violently,  it  produces  reprisals 
on  the  part  of  the  other.  Retaliation 
is  very  frequently  employed  in  the 
good  sense  fi>r  what  passes  innocently 
between  friends :  reprisal  has  always 
an  unfiivourabie  sense.  Goldsmith's 
poem,  entitled  the  Retaliation,  was 
written  for  the  purpose  of  retaliating 
on  his  friends  the  humour  they  had 
practised  upon  him  ;  when  the  quar- 
rels of  individuals  break  through  the 
restraints  of  the  law  and  lead  to  acts 
of  violence  on  each  others  property, 
reprisals  are  made  alternately  by  both 
parties. 

Tberafore  I  pray  let  me  enjoy  year  firlendriilp 
la  that  Mr  proportior,tliat  I  desire  to  rrtura  on* 
to  yon  by  way  of  correspondence  and  retaUatton. 

Uowau 

Go  pnbUah  o*er  the  plain. 

How  Bulfbty  a  proaeljteyon  ^n ! 

How  Boble  a  reprUal  on  the  gnat !  Swvf. 

TO  RETARD,  V.  To  delay. 

TO  RETARD,    HINDER. 

RETARD,  from  the  Latin  tardus 
slow,  siguiBes  to  make  slow. 

HINDER,  V.  To  hinder. 

To  retard  is  applied  to  the  move* 
ments  of  any  object  forward ;  to  Ain* 
der  is  applied  to  the  person  moving  or 
acting :  we  retard  or  make  slow  the 
progress  of  any  scheme  towards  com* 
pletion  ;  we  hinder  or  keep  back  the 
person  who  is  completing  the  scheme : 
we  retard  a  thing  therefore  often  by  Ain- 
dering  the  person ;  but  we  frequently 
hinder  a  person  without  expressly 
retarding,  and  on  the  contrary  the 
thing  is  retarded  without  the  person 
being  hindered.  The  publication  of  a 
work  is  sometimes  retarded  by  the 
hinderances  which  an  author  meets 
with  in  bringing  it  to  a  conclusion; 
but  a  work  may  be  retarded  through 
the  idleness  of  printers  and  a  rariety 


REVERT. 


REVISAL. 


791 


to  the  present ;  it  is  a  tiem  only  of 
that  which  is. 

We  take  a  review  of  what  we  have 
viewed  in  order  to  get  a  more  correct 
insight  into  it ;  we  take  a  survey  of 
a  thing  in  all  its  parts  in  order  to  get 
a  comprehensive  view  of  it,  in  order 
to  examine  it  in  all  its  bearings.  A 
general  occasionally  takes  a  review  of 
all  his  army  ;  he  takes  a  turvey  of 
the  fortress  which  he  is  going  to  b^ 
siege  or  attack. 

BeIIe?e  me,  mj  Lord,  I  look  upon  joa  m  a 
•pirlt  entered  Into  aootber  life,  where  yon  oigbt 
to  despiw  ail  Iktle  vlewi  and  mean  reCnupect*. 
PoPE*ii  Lkttbm  io  kmaanvrt 

Ttie  rtlnipctt  of  life  Ib  letdoai  wtooHy  m^Mt- 
traded  by  aneatiness  and  tbaoie.  It  too  mach 
tewMee  tke  review  which  a  tra? eller  takee  flroai 
•one  emineiice  ot  a  liairren  coantry.  Blau. 

Efery  Mas  aeeaitoaeff  to  take  a  ntrMy  of 
Us  OWB  ndtiaos,  will,  by  a  riight  rtirotpwUoH^ 
be  able  to  ditcover  that  hb  mind  hu  andergooa 
many  fefnlutfotts.  Jcinnuni, 

to  tLtrvUT^j  V.  To  restore. 
TO  RBTUHN,  V.  To  revctt. 

TO  REVEAL,    V.  To  pubUsh. 

TO  RBVENGK,  V*  To  aveuge, 
REVENGEFUL,  V.  Vlndktive. 

TO    EEVERBEKATE,    V.  To   f^* 

iennd, 
TO  REVERB,  V.  To  adore. 

TO  REVERENCE,  V.  To  adore. 

TO  RSVBRSNCE,   V.  To  QWC. 
TO  REVERE77CE,    V.  To  honOT. 

REVERIE,  V.  Dream. 

TO  REVERSE,  V,  To  Overthrow. 

TO   REVERT,   RKTDRN. 

REVERT  is  the  Latin,  and  RE- 
TURN the  English  word ;  the  former 
19  used  however  only  in  few  cases,  and 
the  latter  in  general  cases  :  they  are 
allied  to  each  other.  In  the  moral 
application  to  matters  of  discussion, 
a  speaker  revertt  to  what  has  already 
passed  on  a  preceding  day ;  he  returns 
after  a  digreftsion  to  the  thread  of  his 
discourse :  we  may  always  revert  to 
iometbing  different,  though  more  or 
less  connected  with  that  which  we  are 
discussing ;  we  always  return  to  that 
which  we  ha?e  left :  we  turn  to  some- 
cfaing  b^  reverting ;  we  continue  the 
fame  thing  by  returning. 


Whatever  liet  or  tefendary  talcs 

Aay  taint  my  sj^bfleis  deedf,  i%e  cnfH,    thi 

■ham)!^. 
Win  back  revert  <M  the  tavnCoi^  head. 

Shuulst* 

One  day,  the  soul  rapine  wHh  ease  and  falaess 

Revels  st'corr,  and  fondly  tells  herself 

The  hour  of  evil  can  return  no  more.        Rows. 

REVIEW,  V.  Retrospect. 
REVIEW,  t;.  Revisal. 

TO   REVILE,   VI LIFT* 

REVILE,  from  the  Latin  vilis,  sig* 
nifies  to  reflect  upon  a  person,  or  re- 
tort upon  them  that  which  is  vile  :  to 
VILIFY,  signifies  to  make  a  thing 
vile,  that  is,  to  set  it  forth  as. vile. 

ib  reviie  is  a  personal  act,  it  is  ad» 
dressed  directly  to  the  object  of  o^ 
fence,  and  is  addressed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  making  the  person  vile  in  his 
own  eyes  :  to  vilify  is  an  indirect  at- 
tack which  serves  to  make  the  object 
appear  vile  in  the  eyes  of  others.  Re- 
vite  is  said  only  of  persons,  for  persons 
only  are  reviled;  bnt  vilijy  is  said 
mostly  of  things,  for  things  are  often 
vilified.  To  revile  is  contrary  to  all 
Christian  duty ;  it  is  commonly  re* 
sorted  to  by  the  most  worthless,  and 
practised  upon  the  roost  worthy :  to 
'"^^ify  i^  seldom  justifiable;  for  we 
cannot  vilify  xnthovtt  using  improper 
language;  it  is  seldom  resorted  to  bat 
for  the  gratification  of  ill  nature. 

Bat  chief  he  iploried  with  lleeattoai  sttte. 
To  lash  the  grsat,  and  aponarchs  to  reHU, 

Pom. 

Thtie  Is  Bohody  so  weak  of  ioveBtlon  tluH 
cannot  make  some  little  stories  to  vUi/y  U« 
aacmy.  Aoouoi; 

REVISAL,    REVISION,   REVIEW. 

REVISAL,  REVISION,  and  RE- 
VIEW, all  come  firom  the  Latin  video 
to  see,  and  signify  looking  back  upon 
a  thing  or  looking  at  it  again :  the 
revisal  Bnd  revision  are  however  mostly 
employed  in  regard  to  what  is  written ; 
review  is  employed  for  things  in  gene- 
ral. The  revisal  of  a  book  is  the  work 
of  the  author,  for  the  purposes  of  cor- 
rection :  the  review  ot  a  book  is  the 
work  of  the  critic,  for  the  purpose  of 
estimatine  its  value.  Revisal  and  re- 
vision  diTOr  neither  in  sense  nor  appli- 
cation, unless  that  the  former  is  mora 
firequeutly  employed  abstractedly  firom 


RIDICULE. 


RIGHT. 


79B 


term  peculiarly  Applicable  to  the 
floctoating  condition  of  things  which 
flow  in  in  quantities,  or  flow  away  in 
equally  great  quantities.  Hence  we  do 
not  say  that  a  man  is  opulent,  but  that 
be  is  affluent  in  his  circumstances. 
Weath  and  opulence  are  applied  to  in- 
dividuals, or  communities;  affluence 
is  applicable  only  to  an  individual. 

The  wealth  of  a  nation  must  be  pro- 
cured by  the  industry  of  the  inhabit- 
ants ;   the  opulence  of  a  town  may 
arise  from  some  local  circumstance 
in  its  favor,  as  its  favorable  situation 
for  trade  and  the  like ;  he  who  lives 
in  affluence  is  apt  to  forget  the  uncer- 
tain tenure  by  which  he  holds  his 
riches  ;  we  speak  of  richet  as  to  their 
effects  upon  men's  minds  and   man- 
ners ;  it  IS  not  every  one  who  knows 
how  to  use  them.  We  speak  of  wealth 
as  it  raises  a  man  in  the  scale  of 
society ;  the  wealthy  merchant  is  an 
important  member  of  the  community : 
we  speak  of  opulence  as  it  indicates 
the  flourishing  state  of  the  individual ; 
an  otmlent  man  shows  unquestionable 
marks  of  his  opulence  around  him : 
we  speak  of  affluence  to  characterize 
the  abundance  of  the  individual ;  we 
show  our  affluence  by  the  style  of  our 
living. 
Jtfdket  are  apt  to  bftray  a  maa  tBtoarrog&Dce. 


Hb  iMit  compaalom  lanoccDce  and  health, 
jtod  bla  hot  ricAM  iCDocaaca  or  «0Mltt. 

OouMxm. 

Akf  the  laws  vheie  ■caitei'd  bamteto  roM^ 
Vuwkidlj  wtatth  and  eanb*roai  pomp  rqpoeeb 

GoLMxrra. 

Proeperity  I«  often  an  eqnUocal  wofd  deootlng 
■wffelj  t^gUunce  of  ponettloD.  Blair. 

Oar  8a?ioar  did  not  choose  for  himaelf  an 
ea^  and  opulent  condition.  Biiii. 

TO  RIDICCJJLE9  V.  To  laugh  at. 
TO  RiDicuLB,  V.  To  deride. 

BIDICULE,    SATIRE,    IRON7, 
SARCASM. 

RIDICULE,  V.  To  deride. 

SATIRE,  in  Latin  satyr,  probably 
from  sat  and  ira  abounding  in  anger. 

IRONY,  in  Greek  nfuna,  signifies 
dissimulation. 

SARCASM,  firom  the  Greek  oa^- 
%wfA9;,  and  0-a^«i^(k',  from  o-a^^  fleshy 
signifies  biting  or  nipping  satire,  so 
as  it  were  to  tear  the  flesh. 

JUdicule  has  simple  laughter  in  it; 


taUre  has  a  mixtore  of  ill  nature  or 
severity :  the  former  is  employed  in 
matters  of  a  shameless  or  trifling  na» 
ture;  but  satire  is  employed  either  in 
personal  or  grave  matters :  irony  is 
disguised  satire ;  an  ironist  seems  to 
praise  that  which  he  really  means  to 
condemn ;  sarcasm  is  bitter  and  per- 
sonal satire;  all  the  others  maybe 
successfully  and  properly  employed  to 
expose  folly  anci  vice;  but  sarcasm, 
which  is  the  indulgence  only  of  per- 
sonal resentment,  is  never  justifiable. 

Nothloff  ie  a  greater  mark  of  a  deKeoerafo 
and  tleiong  age  than  the  common  ridteule  which 
pamoi  on  thie  gtate  of  life.  Aomsov. 

A  man  resents  with  asore  hftterness  a  »aUre 
npoB  Us  ahUlties  than  Uspnctlee. 

Ha-vksbw^ms, 

The  severitj  of  this  §areatm  staaf  me  with 
Intolerahhi  race.  Hiwonroam. 

When  Regan  (In  KUig  Lev)  oonnsels  him  to 
ask  her  sister  fofgifeoesa,  he  falls  on  his  kaeea 
and  asks  her  with  a  strikliif  kind  of  irong  how 
each  Mipplicatlag  iangvage  as  this  beeometh  litaii. 

Joumon. 

RIDICULOUS,  V.  Laughable. 
RIGHT,  V.  Straight. 

RIGHT,   JUST,    PROPER. 

RIGHT,  in  German  recht,  Latin 
rectus,  signifies  upright,  not  leaning 
to  one  side  or  the  other,  standing  as 
it  ought. 

JUST,  in  Jjotinjustus,  from  jus  law, 
signifies  according  to  a  nile  of^ebt. 

FIT,  V.  Fit. 

PROP£R,  in  Latin  proprius,  signi- 
fies belonging  to  a  given  rule. 

Right  is  here  the  general  term ;  the 
others  express  modes  of  right.  The 
ri^ht  and  wrong  are  defined  by  die 
wntten  will  of  God,  or  are  written  in 
our  hearts  according  to  the  original 
constitutions  of  our  nature ;  the  just 
and  unjust  are  determined  by  the  wri^ 
ten  laws  of  men :  the  Jit  and  proper 
are  determined  by  the  established  prin- 
ciples of  civil  society. 

Between  the  right  and  the  wrong 
there  are  no  gradations :  a  thing  can- 
not be  more  right  or  more  wrong ; 
whatever  is  right  is  not  wrong,  and 
whatever  is  wrong  is  not  right :  the 
just  and  unjust,  proper  and  improper. 
Jit  and  unfit,  on  the  contrary,  have 
various  shades  and  degrees  that  are 
not  so  easily  definable  by  any  forms 
of  speech  or  written  roles. 

6 


RISE. 


ROT. 


795 


A  Um«0mA  tarda  thy  rigHto  dlMwi, 

And  with  rpMllottt  arm  pretfad 

An  eqoal  privilege  to  deacend.  SwifT. 

RIGHTEOUS,  t;.  Godly. 
niGiD,  V.  Austere. 
RIGOROUS,  V,  Austere. 
Riitf,  v-  Border. 
RIND,  V.  Skin. 

RIPE,    MATURE. 

RIPE  18  the  English,  MATURE 
the  Latin  word  ;  the  former  has  a  uni- 
Tersal  application  both  proper  and  im- 
proper; the  latter  has  mostly  an 
improper  application.  The  idea  of 
completion  in  growth  is  simply  desig- 
nated by  the  former  term ;  the  idea  of 
moral  perfection  as  for  at  least  as  it  is 
attainable  is  marked  by  the  latter: 
fiuit  is  ripe  when  it  requires  no  more 
sustenance  from  the  parent  stock ;  a 
judgement  is  mature  which  requires 
no  more  time  and  knowledge  to  render 
it  perfect  or  fitted  for  exercise :  in  the 
same  manner  a  project  may  be  said  to 
be  rhe  for  execution,  or  a  people 
f^  for  revolt;  and  on  the  contrary 
rmction  may  be  said  to  be  mature  to 
which  sufficiency  of  time  has  been 
given,  and  ase  may  be  said  to  be 
mature  which  has  attained  the  hiehest 
jHtch  of  perfection.  Ripenets  is  how- 
ever not  always  a  gooa  quality ;  but 
mtduriiy  is  always  a  perfection  :  the 
ripencu  of  some  fruit  diminishes  the 
eiceUence  of  its  flavor:  there  are 
some  fruits  which  have  no  flavor  until 
they  come  to  maturity. 

80  to  bb  crovae,  aba  him  raator'd  afalae, 

la  whkh  he  djde,  onule  ripe  for  daath  bj  eld. 

81 
Tlf  ABituIwi  aafe  ktoItIi^;  hi  Mi  waHnA 


PoaiteM  tbftt  ki  wimtHrer  daj»,  tbo^  late 
Wbai  tlflM  ahoald  ripen  the  deereet  of  fate, 
SoBMgod  would  lifht  us.  JsHVirs. 

TO  RISE,  V.  To  arise. 
RiSBy  V.  Origin. 

TO    I^fSB,    ISSUE,   EMERGE. 

To  RISE,  V.  To  arue, 

ISSUE,  V.  To  arite. 

EMERGE,  V.  Emergency. 

To  rise  may  either  refer  to  open 
or  enclosed  spaces ;  isntt  and  emerge 
have  both  a  reference  to  some  con- 
fined body :  a  thing  may  either 
rift  itta  body,  witliout  a  body,  dr 


out  of  a  body ;  buttbey  iiiK^and  emerge 

out  of  R  body.    A  thing  may  either 

rise  in  a  plain  or  a  wood ;  it  iuiue$  out 

of  a  wooo :  it  may  either  riic  in  water 

or  out  of  the  water;  it  emerges  fiom 

the  water;  that  which  rises  out  of  a 

thing  comes  into  view  by  becoming 

higher :  in  this  manner  an  air  balloon 

might  rise  out  of  a  wood ;  but  that 

which  tssuei comes  outin  a  line  with  the 

object ;  horsemen  issue  from  a  wood ; 

that  which  issues  comes  from^the  very 

depths  of  it,  and  comes  as  it  were  out 

as  a  part  of  it;  but  that  whicli  tmergn 

proceeds  from  the  thing  in  which  it 

has  been,  as  it  were, concealed.  Hence 

in  the  moral  apphcation,  a  person  is 

said  to  rise  in  life  without  a  reference 

to  his  former  condition;  but  he  emerges 

from  obscurity :  colour  rises  in    the 

face ;  but  words  istue  from  the  mouth. 

Ye  mlita  and  exbalatioaa  tbaC  now  Hfe, 
la  bonoor  to  tbe  worid^  gfeal  autfaor  rto. 

MiLToir. 

Does  not  tbe  eartb  quit  aeoiea  witb  all  tbe 
deneat*  fa  the  noble  finiKs  aad  prodaetloaa  tbat 
iftMeftonltr  Sotrva. 

Let  earfb  dinolfe,  jtm  poaderoes  orba  daieiat, 

Asd  friad  u  telo  daal,  the  leul  to  aafe, 

Tbe  Boaa  emergee.  YommL 

TO  RISK,  V.  To  haxard. 
RITE,  V.  Form. 
RIVALRY,  V.  Competition. 
ROAD,  V.  Route. 
TO  ROAM,  V.  To  wander, 
ROBBERY,  V.  Depredation. 
ROBUST,  V.  Strong. 

ROLL,  V.  List. 

ROMANCE,  V.  Fable. 
ROOM,  V.  space. 

TO  ROT,    PUTREFV,    CORRUPT. 

The  dissolution  of  bodies  by  an 
internal  process  is  implied  by  all 
these  terms :  but  the  first  two  are 
applied  to  natural  bodies  only;  the 
last  to  all  bodies  natural  and  moral. 
ROT  is  the  strongest  of  all  these 
terms ;  it  denotes  the  last  stage  in  the 
progress  of  dissolution  :  PUTREFY 
expresses  the  progress  towards  ro^ 
tenness;  and  CORRUPTION  the 
commencement.  After  iruit  has  ai^ 
rived  at  its  maturity,  or  proper  state 
of  ripeness,  it  rots :  meat  whidi  is 
kept  too  long  puirefieg :  there  it  « 


RUB. 


RURAL. 


797 


the  Hebrew  rup ;  it  is  the  generic 
term,  expressing  siinply  the  act  of 
moving  bodies  when  in  contact  with 
each  other:  to  CHAFE,  from  the 
French  chauffer,  and  the  Latin  catfa- 
cere  to  make  hot,  signifies  to  rub 
until  a  thing  is  heated :  to  FRET, 
like  the  word  fritter ,  comes  from  the 
Latin^rio  to  ruh  or  crumble,  signify- 
ing to  wear  away  by  rubbing  :  to 
GALL,  from  the  noun  gall,  signifies 
to  make  as  bitter  or  painful  as  gall^ 
that  is,  to  wound  by  rubbing.  Things 
aie  rubbed  sometimes  for  purposes  of 
conyenieuce;  but  they  are  chafed^ 
fretted^  and  galled^  injuriously:  the 
skin  is  liable  to  chafe  from  any  tio- 
lence  ;  leather  WiWfret  ftom  the  mo- 
tion of  a  carriage ;  when  the  skin  is 
once  broken,  animals  will  become 
galied  by  a  continuance  of  the  friction. 
These  terms  are  likewise  used  in  the 
moral  sense,  to  denote  the  actions  of 
things  on  the  mind,  where  the  dis- 
^ctionis  clearly  kept  up:  we  meet 
with  rubs  from  the  opposing  senti- 
ments of  others;  the  angry  humours 
are  chafed ;  the  mind  is  fretted  and 
made  sore  by  the  frequent  repetition 
of  small  troubles  and  vexations ;  the 
pride  is  galled  by  humiliations  and 
severe  degradations. 

A  boj  educated  at  bonie  meets  witk  cootfaiDal 
mftf  and  dbappointmenta  (when  be  conm  ioto 
tke  world).  Bkaitis. 

Accotttred  at  we  were,  we  botb  plonc'd  lo 
Tbe  troabled  Tiber,  cAo/lnf  witb  the  tboref . 

SHAnPSAUb 

Aid  fall  or  liidlriiattoD^«t«, 

Tbat  women  thou  Id  be  rach  coqaettea.     Swirr. 

Ttot  etery  poet  in  hh  kind 

bbit  bj  bim  tbat  comci  behind, 

Wbo  tbo'  too  little  to  beieen, 

Cu  tease  and  gail,  and  i^lve  the  spleen.    Swiii 

Foal  caakMnf  rest  the  hidden  treasnre  /Vvft, 
Bit  foMttat^  pat  to  nse  more  gold  begets. 


RUDB,  V.  Coarse. 
RUDBy  V.  Impertinent. 

RUEFUL,  V.  Piteous. 

RUGGED,  V.  Abrupt. 
RUIN,  V.  Bane. 
RUIN,  V.  Destruction. 
RUIN,  V.  Fall. 
RULE,  V.  Guide. 


TO  RULE,  V.  To  govern. 
RULE,  V.  Maxim. 
RULE,  V.  Order. 
RULING,  V.  Preimling. 
RUMOR,  V.  Fame. 

RUPTURE,  FRACTURE,  FRAC- 
TION. 

RUP1*UR£,  from  mmpo  to  break  or 

burst,   and  FRACTURE  or  FRACr 

TION,  from  frantto  to  break,  denote 

different  kinds  of  breaking,  according 

to  the  objects  to  which  Uie  action  is 

applied.    Soft  substances  may  suffer 

a  rupture;  as  the  rupture  of  a  blood 

vessel:  hard  substances  9^  fracture; 

as  the/racture  of  a  bone.     BMpturt 

9jaA  fraction^  thoug)i  not^rac^ure,  are 

osed  in  an  improper  application;  as 

the  rupture  of  a  treaty,  or  t}i<&  fraction 

of  a  unit  ioto  parts. 

To  bt  aa  enem  j,  and  «MMe  t»  bvve  htm  a 
fkisnd,  does  it  not  aabMler  tbe  nqrfu?«  F 

And  o'er  tbe  bigb  piPd  hUla  taftactu^d  eaitfa. 
Wide  dasbM  tbe  waves. 


RURAL,    RUSTIC. 

Although  botb  these  terms,  from 
the  Latin  rut  country,  signify  belong- 
ing to  the  country;  yet  the  former  is 
used  in  a  good,  and  the  latter  in 
a  bad  or  an  indifferent  sense.  RU* 
RAL  applies  to  all  country  objects, 
except  man;  it  is,  therefore,  always 
connected  with  the  charms  of  nature : 
RUSTIC  applies  only  to  persons,  or 
what  is  personal,  in  the  country,  and 
is,  therefore,  always  associated  with 
the  want  of  culture.  Rural  ftceoery 
is  always  interesting;  but  the  rusti% 
manners  of  the  peasants  have  fre- 
quently too  much  that  is  uncultivated 
and  rude  in  them  to  be  agreeable  i  a 
rural  habitation  ma^  be  fitted  for  per- 
sons in  a  higher  station ;  but  a  rustic 
ootta^e  is  adapted  only  for  the  poorer 
inhabitants  of  the  country. 

S*en  now,  metbioks,  at  ponderiof  here  I  stand, 
I  see  tbe  rursA  Ttrtaes  leave  the  land. 

CtoUMMRS. 

Tbe  rreedom  and  laxKj  of  a  ruttic  life  pro* 
dvees  remariEsblepaffticniarlties  of  condoet. 


RUSTIC,  V.  Countryman. 
RUSTIC,  V.  RuraL 


nt 


SAGE. 


SALUTE. 


SACRAMENT)   t/.    LoTCPs  SuppBT. 

SACRBO,  V.  Holy. 

SAD,  V.  Dull. 

8Ai>t  V.  Mournful* 

SAFE,  SECURE. 

&AFE,  in  Latin  tahm$f  comts  from 
tfae  Hebrew  iola, 

8ECURE,  V.  Ccrlmii. 

Ssfhty  implies  exemption  from  harm, 
or  the  danger  of  barm ;  iectir«,  tbe 
'evenption  from  danger:  a  peryon 
haay  be  »afe  or  saved  in  the  midst  of 
•  fire,  if  be  be  untouched  by  tbe  fire ; 
but  he  is,  in  such  a  case,  tne  reverse 
of  secure.  In  the  sense  of  eiemptioa 
#om  danger,  taJHy  ^ipresses  much 
lees  thqn  secuniy :  we  may  be  Mjk 
without  using  any  particular  measures ; 
but  aoae  can  reoLOo  on  any  decree  uf 
iecurity  without  great  precaution :  a 
person  ma^  be  very  safe  on  the  top  of 
a  coacby  in  the  day  time ;  bat  if  he 
wish  to  secure  himself,  at  night,  from 
falling  off,  he  most  be  fiutened. 

U  mwH  b0  «|/Sr  fH  My  mam  U  wtik  vpon  a 
jmei|piof»  sad  to  be  «linji  on  tbe  vwy  border  of 

SODTH. 


afts  ;  its  oso  is  therefore  nostty  V»> 
Tesqoe. 

Bo  tlrMffio  fbof  win  appottr,  b(«l  ••  II  bafpWV, 

Tbat  then  mobt  mg€  Ai 

la  eolepMi  oomattatki     om  a 


Wo  men  can  rMlooally  accooot  blmtelf  Mcvrr, 
be  could  commaBd  all  tbe  cbaaces  of  the 

Soora* 

a^GACiTYs  V.  Penetration. 

8A€E,  SAGACIOUS,  SAPIENT. 

SAGE  and  SAGACIOUS  are  vari- 
ations from  the  Latin  sa^ax  and  sagio, 
grobably  from  the  Persian  sag  a  aog, 
;  being  the  peculiar  property  of  a 
dog. 

SAPI£NT  is  in  Latin  sapiens,  from 
9opig,  which  is  either  from  the  Greek 
0^9tf;  wise,  or,  in  the  sense  of  tasting, 
ftoro  the  Hebrew  sephah  tlie  lip. 

The  first  of  these  terms  has  a  good 
tense,  in  application  to  men,  to  denote 
the  faculty  of  discerning  immediately, 
which  is  the  fruit  of  experience,  and 
very  similar  to  that  sagacity  in  brutes 
which  instinctively  perceives  tlie  truth 
of  a  thing  without  the  deductions  of 
reason;  sapient y  which  has  very  differ- 
ent meanings  in  the  original,  is  now 
employed  only  in  regara  to  animals 
which  are  iraintd  up    lo  particular 


SiVaeinw  all  to  trac«tbe  sowllnt 

Aod  bold  to  telse  tbe  (reatwt.  Yock. 

SAiixiR,  V.  Seaman. 

SAKE,  ACCOUNT,  REASON, 
P0RPOSB,  BND. 

TsESE  tenasy  all  employed  adrerii^ 
ally,  modify  or  connect  propositkw : 
hence,  one  says,  for  his  SAKE,  od  Im 
ACCOUNT,  for  this  REASON,  for 
this  PURPOSE,  and  to  this  END. 

Sake,  which  comes  from   tbe  word 
to  seek,  is   moatly  said  of  persoas; 
what  is  done  for  a  person's  sake  is 
the  same  as  because  of  his  seekii^ur 
at  his  desire ;  oue  may,  however,  saj 
in  regard  to  things,  for  the  sake  tf 
gpod  order,  implying  what  good  order 
requires:  account  is  indificreotij  ca- 
ployed  for  persons  or  things ;  «bat  it 
done  on  a  person's  account  is  dooe 
in  his  behalf,  and    for  his  interest; 
what  is  done  on  account  of  indisposi- 
tion  is  done  in  coQsequeiM:e  of  it,  die 
iildisposition  being  the  cause :  reaaa, 
purpose,  and    end,    are    applied  to 
things  only  :  we  speak    of  the  reason 
as  the  thing  that  justifies  :   we  explain 
why  we  do  a  thing  when  we  saj  «ra 
do  it  for  this  or   that    reason:   we 
speak  of  the  purpose  and  the  end  bf 
way  of  explaming  the  nature  of  tbe 
thing  :  the  propriety  of  measuies  cas- 
not  be  known  unless  we   know  tbe 
purpose  for  which  they  were  done ;  nor 
will  a  prude*it  person  be  satisfied  to 
follow  any  course,  unless  he  knows  to 
what  end  it  will  lead. 

SALUBRIOUS,    V.    Heullkj/, 

SALUTARY,  V.  Healthy, 

TO  SALUTE,  V.  To  OCCOSt, 

SALUTE,    SALUTATION,    GREET- 
ING. 

SALITTE,  and  SALUTATION, 
from  the  Latin  salus,  signifies  literallj 
wishing  health  to  a  person. 

GREEllNO,  comes  from  the  Ger- 
man grvssen  to  kiss  or  salute. 

Saiute  respects  the  thing,  and  selu' 
tation  the  person  giving  the  sahUt: 


SANGUINARY. 


SAP. 


7d9 


a  ialute  may  consist  either  of  a  word 
or  an  action ;  salutatioru  pass  firom 
one  friend  to  another :  the  salute  maj 
be  either  direct  or  indirect ;  the  sa- 
lutation is  always  direct  and  per- 
sonal :  guns  are  hred  by  way  of  a  sa- 
lute ;  Imws  are  given  in  the  way  of 
a  salutation ;  greeting  is  a  familiar 
kind  of  salutation,  which  may  be  given 
Tocally  or  in  writing. 

Strabo  telb  as  be  nw  the  itatiie  of  Memnon, 
vliicb,  arcordiai;  to  the  poeU,«aiac/ed  the  Biorn- 
lof  ma,  ererj  day,  at  iU  flnt  rWof ,  with  a  har- 
ikmi  loaad.  Pud«acx. 


Jowpha*  makn  mentioo  of  m  Manaken,  who 
id  Che  vpirlt  of  prophecj,  and  ooe  time  meeting 
vttb  Herod  unoof  hto  Khoolfellowt,  greeted 
bin  with  this  Mlutmtion^  *  Hail,  Kinft   of  the 

PIIIDF.4UX. 


Not  oolj  thoM  I  aaaM  I  there  »hall  freet. 
But  Mj  ovaftUftot,  ffctMHM  Cato  laeet. 

Dsmuui. 

TO  SANCTION,  V.  To  Coufitetiance. 
SANCTITY,  V.  Holiness. 
SANE,  V.  Sotmd. 

•ANGUINART,    BLOODY,  BLOOD- 
THIRSTY. 

SANGUINARY,  from  sanguis,  is 
employed  both  in  the  sense  of 
BLOODY  or  having  6/oorf;  BLOOD- 
THIRSTY,  or  the  thirsting  after  blood : 
ianguinary,  in  the  first  case,  relates 
only  to  blood  shed,  as  a  sanguinary 
engagement,  or  a  sanguinary  conflict ; 
bloody  is  used  in  the  familiar  appli- 
catioD,  to  denote  the  simple  presence 
of  bioodf  as  a  bloody  coat,  or  a 
bloody  sword. 

In  the  second  case,  sanguinary  is 
enplojed  to  characterize  the  tempers 
of  pereons  only;  blood-thirsty  to  cha* 
recteriie  the  tempers  of  persons  or 
animals:  the  French  revolution  has 
pveu  OS  many  specimens  how  lan- 
guinary  men  may  become  who  are 
abandoned  to  their  own  furious  pas- 
sions; tygers  are  by  nature  tbe  most 
Uood-^htrsty  of  all  creatures. 

Thej  haw  teea  tbe  Frrocb  rebel  agaliut  a  rnHd 
■M  lawtal  moaarcb  whb  more  ftiry  than  ever  any 
yeofto  hM  bem  kaowo  to  vhe  afala»t  tha  moat 
lOiial  warper  or  tba  mmC  $tmgmiumnf  tyrant. 

BVMLX. 

Andfiroal  tha  wound, 
BlMk  Hmd^  dropo  dtatniM  opoa  tbe  croond. 

DRTomv. 


Tba 


fbo|^  not  Ilka  tbe  Mezfeans, 
diftallletwilb 


SAP,  UNDBRMINS. 

SAP  signifies  the  juice  which 
springs  from  the  root  of  a  tree ;  hence 
to  sap  signifies  to  come  at  the  nH)t 
of  any  thing  by  digging:  to  UNDER- 
MINE signifies  to  torm  a  mine  under 
the  ground,  or  under  whatever  is  u|)ou 
the  ground:  we  may  sap,  therefore, 
without  undermining;  and  under* 
mine  without  sapping :  we  ma^  sap 
the  foundation  of  a  house  without 
making  any  mine  underneath  ;  and  in 
fortifications  we  may  undermine  ^tUer 
a  mound,  a  ditch,  or  a  wall,  without 
striking  immediately  at  the  founda- 
tion :  hence,  in  the  moral  application, 
to  sap  is  a  more  direct  and  decisive 
mode  of  destruction ;  undermine  is  a 
gradual,  and  may  be  a  partial  action. 
Infidelity  saps  the  morals  of  a  nation  ; 
courtiers  undermine  one  another's  in- 
terests at  court. 

With  Boninf  drana, 
A  filthy  enatom  which  ha  eaagbt  from  tlMa, 
Clean  from  bit  former  practical  now  he  saps 
Hit  yoothM  rlfoor.  Ccmbbblaivb. 

To  be  a  man  of  boalneai  la,  In  other  word*,  t* 
ba  a  plaffna  and  tpy,  a  tieacberooa  mppUntat 
and  nndBrmiH9r  of  tba  peace  of  faaiiito*. 

SoirrB. 

SARCASM,  V.  Ridicule. 
TO  SATIATE,  V.  To  Satisfy. 
SATIRE,  V.  Ridicule^ 

SATIRE,  V.  Wit. 

SATISFACTION,  V.  Compensation. 
SATISFACTION,  V.  Contentment. 

TO  SATISFY,   PLEASE,   GRATIFY. 

To  SATISFY  (9.  ConltentmtKt)  it 
rather  to  produce  pleasure  indirectly ; 
to  PLEASE  (v.  Agreeable)  is  to  pro* 
duce  it  directly :  tne  former  it  nega- 
tive, the  latter  positive  pleasure  :  as 
every  desire  is  accompanied  with  more 
or  less  pain,  satkrfaction^  which  is  the 
lemoval  of  desire,  is  itself  to  a  certain 
extent  pleasure ;  but  what  satisfUs  is 
not  always  calculated  to  pleau;  nor 
is  that  which  pleases,  that  which 
will  always  satisfy  :  plain  food  satisfies 
a  hungry  person,  but  does  not  please 
him  when  he  is  not  hungry ;  social 
enjoyments  please,  but  they  are  very 
far  from  satisfying  those  who  do  not 
restrict  their  indolgencics.  To  GRA- 
TIFY is  to  please  in  a  high  degree,  to 
produce  a  vivid  pleasure ;  we  may  be 


800 


SATISFY. 


SAVE. 


pleated  with  triflet :  but  we  are  com- 
monly gratified  with  such  things  as  act 
strongly  eitner  on  the  senses  or  the 
affections :  an  epicure  is  gratified 
with  those  delicacies  which  suit  his 
taste;  an  amateur  in  music  will  be 
gratified  with  hearing  a  piece  of 
Handel's  composition  finely  performed. 

.  Hb  who  bu  mn  over  (be  whole  circle  of 
•ifthlyjiteancrM,  will  be  foreed  to  compfaUn 
lint  ettbtr  tbi^  wen  not  pietuuret  or  that  pleof 
mtn  was  not  eof ff/ketfen.  Booth. 

Did  tre  oontlder  that  the  mind  ^of  mao  la 
IheiMUi  Umwir,  we  sbonld  think  It  (be  mtmt 
■MMitiiral  toft  of  telf-mnrder  to  ncriSoe  the 
wflmeiit  of  the  tool  to  graUfy  the  appetites  of 
ttebodj. 


TO  SATISFY,  8ATIATB,  GLUT, 
CLOY. 

To  SATISFY  is  to  take  enough; 
SATIATE  is  a  frequentative,  formed 
from  tatis  enough,  signifying  to  have 
more  than  enough. 

GLUT,  in  Latin  gltUiOf  from  gula 
the  throat,  signifies  to  take  down  the 
throat.  Satirfaction  brings  pleasure ; 
it  is  what  nature  demands ;  and  na- 
ture, therefore,  makes  a  suitable  re- 
turn :  satiety  is  attended  with  disgust; 
it  is  what  appetite  demands;  but 
appetite  is  the  corruption  of  nature, 
and  produces  nothing  but  evil :  glut- 
ting is  an  act  of  intemperance ;  it  is 
what  the  inordinate  appetite  demands; 
it  greatly  exceeds  the  former  in  de- 
gree both  of  the  cause  and  the  (X)nse- 
quence:  CLOYING  is  the  conse- 
quence of  glutting.  Every  healthy 
person  satires  himself  with  a  regular 
portion  of  food ;  children,  if  unre- 
strained, seek  to  $atiate  their  appe- 
tites, and  cloy  themselves  bv  their  ex- 
cesses ;  brutes,  or  men  debased  into 
brutes,  glut  themselves  with  that 
which  is  agreeable  to  their  appetites. 

The  first  three  terms  are  employed 
in  a  moral  application;  the  last  only 
in  a  natural  or  proper  sense  :  we  m- 
ti^  desires  in  general,  or  any  parti- 
cular desire ;  we  satiate  the  appetite 
for  pleasure;  one  gluts  the  eyes  or 
the  ears  by  any  thing  that  is  horrid  or 
painful. 

The  onlj  tUflf  that  can  glte  the  mind  anj 
■olid  •atitfaUUn  It  a  certain  complaewicjr  and 
Kpose  In  the  good  providence  of  Ood.  HsaaiM. 

Tvaa  not  enooKh 
Byniibtle  fraod  to  match  a  single  life. 
PW17  Impietjr !  whole  kfnfdoins  Ml, 
To  mtt  the  lul  of  power.  Poanm. 


Iftfceaiteiliaaii^  \m  dKaiwd  h$i 
tieni  lev  pkMlBf;  H  i«CwM  agaia  te  Had  J  vlik 
smter  alaciitj  than  when  tt  ia  ir<actfetf  wUh  itel 
plearam^ 

BeiigloBa  pIcMara  la  aoeli  « 
sever  cli(y  or  overwoifc  the  miadU 

SAUCY,  V.  Impertinent. 
SAVAGB,!;.  CrueL 
SAVAGE,  V.  Ferocious. 
TO  SAVE^  v.  To  deliver. 
TO  SAVE,  V.  To  keep. 

TO  SAYBj  SPARE,  PaESERVE, 
PROTECT. 

To  SAVE  is  to  make  safe  (t.  Safi). 

SPARE,  in  German  tparen^  cooms 
from  the  Latin  pareo,  and  the  Hebfw 
parek  to  free. 

PRESERVE,  compounded  of  pr# 
and  servo  to  keep,  signifies  to  keep 
off. 

PROTECT,  V,  To  defend. 

The  idea  of  keeping  free  firom  e^fl  is 
the  common  idea  of  all  these  terms, 
and  the  peculiar  aignification  of  the 
term  save ;  they  di&r   either  in  d» 
nature  of  the  evil  kept  off,  or  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  agent :  we  may  be 
saved  from  every  kind  of  evil ;  Ut  we 
are  tpared  only  from  those  which  it  ii 
in  the  power  of  another  to  inflict:  we 
may  be  saved  from  frdling,  or  said 
from  an  illness  ;  a  criminal   is  sperti 
from  the  punishment,   or  we  may  be 
tpared  by  Divine   Providence  in  the 
midst  of  some  calamity :  we  may  be 
stmed  and  spared  from  any  erils,  isjp 
or  small ;  we  are  pretervtd  and  f  r»- 
tected  only  from  evils  of  magnitude: 
we  may  be  saved  either  from  the  ui- 
clemency  of  the  weather,  or  the  frtal 
vicissitudes  of  life  :  we  may  be  tperti 
the  pain  of  a  disagreeable  meedi^  or 
we  may  be  tpared  our  lives ;  we  are 
preserved  from  ruin,  or  protected  /nun 
oppression.    To  save  and  spare  Bppij 
to  evils  that  are  actual  and  temporaiy; 
preserve  ^nd  protect  to  those  whi^ 
are  possible  or  permanent:  wemsy 
be  saved  from  drowning,  or  we  may 
save  a  thing  instead  of  throwing  ic 
away;    or  a  person  may   be  spertd 
from  the  sentence  of  the  law ;  but  we 
-are  preserved  from  the  inclemency  of 
the  weather,  or  we  preserve  with  cait 


\ 


SCARCITY. 


SCHOOL, 


801 


that  which  is  liable  to  injurYy  or  jiro- 
UUed  from  the  attacks  of  robberi. 

To  »ave  may  be  the  effect  of  acei- 
dent  or  design;  to  $pare  is  alwaji 
the  effect  of  some  design  or  con- 
nexion ;  to  preserve  and  protect  are 
the  effect  of  a  special  exertion  of 
power ;  the  latter  in  a  still  higher  de- 
gree than  the  former :  we  may  be  pre* 
$trved,  by  ordinary  means,  irom  the 
evils  of  human  life;  but  we  are  pnh 
tected  by  the  government,  or  by  Di- 
vine Providence,  from  the  active  afr- 
paultft  of  those  who  aim  at  doing  ot 
mischief. 

jkttiliaq  «acrific*a  hlmseir  to  aare 

Tkat  faith  wMch  Co  ktebub^row  Cm  he  gsicw 

DmBAM. 

Let  Cvnr  tpoiad  hh  conqvota  fkr. 

Lot  plc«$*d  to  triumph  tbaa  to  iparc  Jonnoii. 

Cortes  tru  tMtnndj  MllciloiM  to  premroe 
thecitj  of  ilesloo  u  much  m  poMlble  (torn  be- 
iof  dvtmjred.  RoBsttnoB. 

How  poor  m  thlnf  H  man,  whom  detth  Itaelf 
C^aaaoC  prHect  flrom  Injarlea.  Ramooipb. 

SAVING,  v.  OeconomicaL 
TO  SAUNTER,  v»  To  linger^ 
SAVOR,  V.  Taste. 
TO  SAT,  V.  To  speak. 
SATING,  V.  jixiom. 
TO  SCALE,  V*  To  arise. 
SCANDAL,  V.  Discredit. 
SCANDALOUS,  V.  Infamous. 
8CANTT,  V.  Bare. 
SCARCE  V.  Rare. 
8CA&CBLT,  V.  Hardly. 

SCARCITT,  DEARTH. 

SCABCmr  (v.  Rare)  is  a  generic 
term  to  denote  the  circumstance  of  a 
thiflff  beiMicarce. 

DEARTH,  which  is  the  same  •• 
immen,  ia  m  mode  ofscarcity  applied 
ia  the  literal  sense  to  provisions 
■MMtlj.  as  provisions  are  mostly  dear 
when  thej  are  acafve  ;  the  word  dearth 
thereibm  denotes  icardty  in  a  high 
dmee :  whatever  men  want,  and  find 
itmfficult  to  procure,  they  complain 
of  ita  tcardiy ;  when  a  country  has 
the  miaibrtune  to  be  visited  with  a  fa- 
Buoe,  it  eaperienoes  the  fnghtfuUest  of 
iXLd€arth$. 

ToacATTERy  V.  To  Spread. 


SCENT,  V.  Smell. 
SCHEME,  V.  Design* 

SCHOLAR,  DISCIPLE. 

SCHOLAR  add  DISCIPLE  are 
both  applied  to  such  as  learn  from 
others :  but  the  former  is  said  only  of 
those  who  learn  the  rudiments  of 
knowledge ;  the  latter  of  one  who  ac- 
quires any  art  or  science  from  the  in* 
^truction  of  another:  the  scholar  is 
opposed  to  the  teacher ;  the  disciple 
to  the  master:  children  are  always 
scholars  ;  adult  persons  my  be  disci* 
pies. 

Scholars  chiefly  employ  themselves 

in  the  study  of  words;  disciples,  as 

^e  disciples  of  our  Saviour,    in  the 

study  of  things :  we  are  the  scholart 

of  any  one  umier  whoAe  care  we  are 

placed,  or  from  whom  we  leem  any 

thing,  good  or  bad ;  we  are  the  disck* 

pies  only  of  distinguished  persons,  or 

such   as  communicate  useftd  knc^r- 

letige :  children  are  sometimes  too  apt 

scholars  in  learning  evil  firom  one  an- 

other;  Plato,  and  many  other  disesple$ 

of  Socrates,  did  great  honor  to  the  «n> 

trines  of  their  roaster. 

TheRomaiM  ennfcmed  thamelf  the  telko. 
tart  ot  tho  Qtrtkt,  Jobvioii, 

Weai«Mtthe4l»d|plMorVoltmfa«.       Boau. 
SCHOOL,  ACADEMT. 

The  Latin  term  schola  signifies  a 
loitering  phice,  a  place  for  (iesultory 
coqversatioo  or  instruction,  from  the 
Greek  rtt.xn  leisure;  hence  it  has  been 
extended  to  any  place  where  instruc- 
tion is  given,  particulariy  that  which 
is  communicated  to  youth,  which  be* 
ing  an  easy  task  to  one  who  is  fami- 
liar with  this  sulject  is  considered  as 
a  relaxation  rather  than  a  labor. 

ACADEMY  derives  its  nan*  from 
the  Greek  atuihifjua  the  name  of  a  pub- 
lic place  in  Athens,  where  the  pnilo- 
sopner  Plato  first  gave  his  lectures, 
which  afterwards  became  a  place  of 
resort  for  learned  men;  hence soci« 
eties  of  learned  men  have  since  beeo 
termed  academies. 

The  leading  idea  in  the  word 
SCHOOL  is  tliat  of  instruction  given 
and  doctrine  received ;  in.the  wordoce* 
demy  is  that  of  association  among  those 
who  have  already  learned :  hence  we 
speak  in  the  literal  sense  of  the  jcAoq/ 


SEAMAN. 


SECOND. 


SOS 


Tb«  JnetMm  detAn  a  change^  and  tbtj  will 
lave  it  If  tbey  can  ;  If  thej  cannot  have  it  by 
Snirlfadi  cabal,  ihey  will  make  oo  aart  of  icrupU 
t§  bate  It  bj  the  cabal  of  FIrmner.  Boaxs. 

The  Ionia  of  the  coagirfatioa  did  act  heritaU 
B  moaaft  whetfier  they  tboald  employ  their  whole 
atteofth  la  one  saaeroQa  effort  to  laKoe  their  nM- 
fiaa  aad  liberty  from  Impeodlof  dertnctloiu 

BoBBfttaov* 

ft  li  the  freatnt  absardlty  to  ha  mmveHn^ 
asd  QDwttled  wMhoat  cloalaf  with  thmt  aide 
which  appears  the  aioiC  mte  aad  probabto. 

ApMaoa. 

SCRUPULOUS,   V.   Conscientious. 
TO  SCRUTINIZE,  V.  To  pry. 
SCRUTINY,  V.  Examination. 
SCUM,  V.  Dregs. 
SCURRILOUS,  r.  ReproacJiful. 

SBAL,  STAMP. 

SEAL  is  a  specific ;  STAMP,  a  gene- 
ral term :  there  cannot  be  a  seal  witb- 
out  a  stamp ;  but  there  may  be  many 
stamps  where  there  is  no  seal,  The 
seal,  in  Latin  sigillum,  signifies  a  sig- 
net or  little  sign,  consisting  of  any 
one's  coat  of  arms,  or  any  device ;  the 
stamp  isy  in  general,  any  impression 
wliateTer  which  has  been  made  by 
stamping,  that  is,  any  impression 
which  is  not  easily  to  be  effaced.  In 
the  improper  sense,  the  seal  is  the  au* 
thority ;  nius  to  set  one*s  seal  is  the 
same  as  Co  authorize,  and  the  seal  of 
troth  is  any  outward  mark  which  cha- 
racterises It :  but  in  the  stamp  is  the 
impression  by  which  we  distinguish 
the  thing  ;  thus  a  thing  is  said  to  bear 
the  stamp  of  truth,  of  sincerity,'  of 
Teradty,  and  the  hke. 

Tbawfuw^aotloag  la  Ibite  tbto  chartaritood, 
Waatlag  thaftaMrf,  it  maatbe  MoTrf  la  blood. 

DSMIUM. 


fcr  parta  la  aMdaam  for  the  whole, 
tlw  paradox,  aad  give*  a<  leave 
Ta«aUthawlaeitwaak.  Yooaa. 


fBAMAN,  WATERMAN,  SAILOR, 

MARINER. 

All  these  words  denote  persons 
oocopied  in  navigation;  the 'SEA- 
MAN, as  the  word  implies,  follows  his 
business  on  the  sea;  the  WATER- 
MAN is  one  who  gets  his  livelihood 
«o  fresh  water;  the  SAILOR  and 
die  MARINER  are  both  specific 
tirms  Co  designate  the  seaman :  every 
mbfr  and  morimer  is  %  seaman  s  al- 


though  every  seaman  is  not  a  sailor 
or  mariner:  the  former  is  one  who 
is  employed  about  the  laborious  part 
of  the  vessel ;  the  latter  is  one  who 
traverses  the  ocean  to  and  fro,  who  is 
attached  to  the  water,  and  passes  his 
life  upon  it. 

Men  of  all  ranks  are  denominated 
seamen,  whether  officers  or  men,  whe- 
ther in  a  merchantman  or  a  king's 
ship :  sailor  is  only  used  for  the  com- 
mon men,  or,  in  the  sea  phrase,  for 
those  before  the  mast,  particulariy  in 
vessels  of  war ;  hence  our  sailors  and 
soldiers  are  spoken  of  as  the  defenders 
of  our  country :  a  mariner  is  an  inde- 
pendent kind  of  seaman  who  manages 
nis  own  vessel,  and  goes  on  an  expe- 
dition on  his  own  account ;  fishermen, 
and  those  who  trade  along  the  coast, 
are  in  a  particular  manner  distinguish- 
ed by  the  name  of  mariners. 

Thvs  tba  tom'd  «r«Maii,  after  boMfroaa  ftoroN, 
Landt  on  hfa  eoaatry^  breaal.  Las. 

Maay  a  lawyer  who  onahes  bat  aa  lodURerent 
Isare  at  the  bar  mlfbc  have  aiada  a  tary 


Thioagb  atoima  aad   tempetla  ao  tha  mUar 
drivel.  SaimuT. 

Wdoona  to  me,  aa  to  a  aiakiac  martmtr 
The  laeky  plaak  that  bearaUm  to  tha  alwre. 


SEARCH,  V.  Examination. 
TO  SEARCH,  V.  To  examine. 
SEASON,  V.  Time. 
SEASONABLE,  V.  Timely. 
TO  SECEDE,  V.  To  recede. 
SECLUSION,  V.  Privacy. 

TOSECOND,   SUPPORT. 

To  SECOND  is  to  give  the  assist- 
ance of  a  second  person;  to  SUP- 
PORT is  to  bear  up  on  one's  own 
shoulders.  To  second  does  not  ex- 
press so  much  as  to  support :  we  se» 
cond  only  by  our  presence,  or  our 
word ;  but  we  support  by  our  influence 
and  all  the  means  that  are  in  our 
power :  we  second  a  motion  by  a  sim- 
ple declaration  of  our  assent  to  it ;  we 
support  a  motion  by  the  force  of  per- 
suasion :  so  likewise  we  are  saia  al- 
vrays  to  second  a  person's  views  when 
we  give  him  openly  our  countenance 
by  declaring  our  approbation  of  his 
measures;  and  W9  9x9  SMd  to  support 


SECULAR. 


SEDULOUS.         805 


to  the  word  secret,  with  this  dit^ 
tinctioiiy  that  what  is  secret  is  often  not 
kDOwn  to  be  secret ;  but  that  which  it 
mnfsterUnu  is  so  only  in  the  eyes  of 
oUiers.  Things  are  sometimes  con- 
ducted with  such  secrecy  that  no  one 
suspects  what  is  passing  until  it  is  seen 
by  its  effects;  an  air  of  mystery  is 
sometimes  thrown  oyer  that  which  is 
in  reality  nothing  when  seen  :  hence 
Mcrecy  is  always  taken  in  a  good 
sense,  since  it  is  so  great  an  essential 
in  the  transactions  of  men ;  but  myS' 
iery  is  often  employed  in  a  bad  sense; 
either  for  the  abated  concealment  of 
chat  which  is  insignificant,  or  the  pur- 
posed concealment  of  that  which  is 
had  :  an  expedition  is  said  to  be  secret, 
bat  not  mysteruMS ;  on  the  other 
handy  the  disappearance  of  a  person 
may  be  mysterums,  but  is  not  said  to 
h9  secret, 
Te  bogrt,  who  pivck  fb«  flow^  and  spoil  the 

Bsmwae  Um  mcret  naka  that  diooti  a  ■tl^» 

DaYDKV. 

The  bUnd  Uborloiu  mole, 
la  wladiiif  maaw  works  bar  hidden  hole. 

Drtdrh. 

Borne  mra  have  an  occult  powor  of  stealinf  oo 
ttetflecMoM.  JoHindir. 

From  hit  void  ombnicp, 
i^ftttrUut  hoavMt      That  mooMac   to    Iha 

^roaadf 
▲  UaCkeaed  cone,  was  ttrodi  the  beaoteoaa 

BAid,  Thommm. 

HeaiVj  confatV,  aod  Interropted  tboa^t, 
Dealh^  harblogen,  lie  latent  in  the  drauKlit. 

I>Riom. 

TO  SBCBBTB,  V.  To  dmceuL 

TO    SBCRBTB    ONE*8   SBLF,  D. 

To  abscond. 

SBCDLAR,  TEMPORAL, 
WORLDLY. 

SECULAR,  in  Latin  secularis,  from 
tteubtm  an  age  or  diyision  of  time^ 
signifies  belonging  to  time,  or  this  life. 

TBMPORAL,  in  Latin  temporulis, 
from  tempus  time,  signifies  lasting 
only  for  a  time. 

WORLDLY  signifies  after  the  man- 
ner of  the  fsorld. 

Secular  is  opposed  to  ecclesiastical , 
temporal  and  ssorhlly  are  opposed  to 
ipiritoal  or  eternal. 

The  idea  of  the  world,  or  the  out- 
ward objects  and  pursuits  of  the  9orMy 
in  dbtinction  from  that  which  is  stt 


above  tha  world,  is  implied  in  com- 
mon by  all  the  terms ;  but  secular  is 
an  indifferent  term,  applicable  to  the 
allowed  pursuits  and  concerns  of  men ; 
temporal  is  used  either  in  an  indiffer- 
ent or  a  bad  sense;  and  noorldly  mostly 
in  a  bad  sense,  as  contrasted  with 
things  of  more  value. 

The  office  of  a  clergyman  is  ecclesi- 
astical, but  that  of  a  schoolmaster  is 
secular,  which  is  frequently  vested  in 
the  same  hands;  the  upper  house  of 
parliament  consists  of  lords  spiritual 
and  temporal;  worldly  interest  has  a 
more  powerful  sway  upon  the  minds  of 
the  grest  bulk  of  mankind,  than  their 
spiritual  interests:  whoever  enters 
into  the  holy  office  of  the  ministry 
with  merely  secular  views  of  prefer- 
ment, chooses  a  very  unfit  source  of 
emolument ;  a  too  eager  pursuit  after 
temporal  advantages  and  temporal 
pleasures  is  apt  to  draw  the  mind  away 
from  its  regard  to  those  which  ara 
eternal ;  worldly  applause  will  weigh 
very  light  when  set  in  the  balanoe 
against  the  reproach  of  one's  own 
conscience. 

SoBM  new  BotblBf  la  what  hai  been  doae  ht 
Fraoce  bat  a  im  aod  tcanparate  exertioo  of  ftva- 
dem,  eo  consiitent  with  morals  and  pietj,  at  Co 
make  it  deferving  not  onlj  ofthi-  tecular  applaoea 
of  dMhIni;  MacbiavHiao  pollttdant,  bat  to  Biaka 
It  a  It  theme  for  all  the  deroat  effiiafons  of  uend 
•loqaeare.  Bumou 

The  ottionto  parpoMOf  {TOTemaMmt  In  tempe* 
rat,  and  that  of  ralision  la  cteraal  happlaoM. 

Joaaaoa. 

fTorkUgf  thfaigi  af e  of  mich  qoallt  jr  «■  to  la«iB 
npoadJTldine.  Gaovfc 

6BCUBB,  V.  Certain. 
SBCURB,  V.  Safe. 
SBCURITY,  t'*  Deposit* 
SECURITY,  V.  Fence* 
SBDATE,  V.  Composed. 
SEDIMENT,  V.  Dregs. 
SEDITION,  V.  Insurrection. 
SEDITIOUS,  V.  Factious. 
SEDITIOUS,  V.  Tumultuous. 
TO  SEDUCE,  V.  To  allure. 

SSDUIX>U8,  DILIGENT, 
ASSIDUOUS. 

SEDULOUS,  from  the  Latin  tedif 
lus  and  sedeo,  tigoitiet  MCting  olose  to  a 
thing. 


806 


o££«* 


SEE. 


DIUOENT,  V.  Acthe,  dilieent. 

ASSIDUOUS,  V.  Active^  diUgeni. 

The  idea  of  application  is  express- 
ed by  both  these  epithets,  but  udtt- 
hut  IS  a  particular,  diligent  is  a  ge- 
neral term  :  one  is  sedulous  as  a 
habit ;  one  is  diligent  either  habitu- 
ally or  occasioniuly :  a  sedulous 
scholar  pursues  his  studies  with  a 
regular  and  close  application  ;  a  scho- 
lar may  be  diligent  at  a  certain  period, 
though  not  invariably  so.  Sedulity 
seems  to  mark  the  very  essential  pro- 
perty of  application,  that  is,  adhering 
closely  to  an  object ;  but  diligence  ex- 
presses one's  attachment  to  a  thing, 
as  evinced  by  an  eager  pursuit  of  it : 
the  former,  therefore,  bespeaks  the 
steadiness  of  the  character;  the  latter 
flitrely  the  tarn  of  one's  indination : 
one  is  sedulous  from  a  conviction  of 
the  importance  of  the  thing;  one  may 
be  diUgent  bj  fits  and  starts,  aooord- 
ing  to  the  humour  of  the  moment. 

Assiduous  and  sedulous  both  express 
the  Quality  of  sitting  close  to  a  toing, 
bat  the  former  may,  like  diligent y  be 
employed  on  a  partial  occasion ;  the 
latter  is  always  permanent :  we  may 
be  oisiduous  m  oar  attentions  to  a 
person ;  but  we  are  sedulous  in  the 
important  concerns  of  life.  Sedulous 
peculiarly  respects  the  quiet  employ- 
ments of  life ;  a  teacher  may  be  en- 
titled sedulous :  diUgeni  respects  the 
active  employments;  one  is  diligent 
at  work :  assiduity  holds  a  middle 
rank ;  it  may  be  employed  eqaally  for 
that  which  requires  active  exertion^ 
or  otherwise :  we  may  he  assiduous  in 
the  pursuits  of  literature,  or  we  may 
be  assiduous  in  oar  attendance  upon  a 
person,  or  the  performance  or  any 
office. 


One  tbiof  I  would  ofler  h  0mi  be  wbald  con* 
tUotly  aid  «edMlM(ffy  nad  Tally,  wbkk  will 
toMHlbl  J  work  kha  lalo  a  good  Latto  It  jlOi 


I  would  wcoMwd  •  dtUgmt  attfwdiiin?  oa 
tbe  ooorta  of  jaiCice  (Co  •  ■Cadeat  for  the  bar). 

DomnMi* 

Aad  tlMi  the  pilioat  daM  auiimmtt  t/Stt, 
Not  Co  be  tenpCed  from  bar  Ceoder  Cask. 

T^WNUOV. 

TO  SSB,   V.  To  look. 

TO  SEE,   PBRCSIVB,  OBSERVE. 

SEE,  in  the  German  seken,  Greek 
fh*9iuiaif  Hebrew  sacak  or  soak,  is  a 
general  term ;  it  may  be  either  a  to- 


lontary  or  inTolant&rj  action :  PER- 
CEIVE, frocn  the  Latin  perdpio  or 
per  and  capio  to  take  into  the  miod, 
IS  always  a  voluntary  action;  aod 
OBSERVE  (v.  To  notice)  is  an  in- 
tentional action.  The  eye  sees  wbn 
the  mind  is  absent ;  the  mind  and  tbe 
eye  perceive  in  coi^unction:  boioe, 
we  may  say  that  a  person  sees,  bet 
does  not  perceive  :  we  observe  ooc 
merely  by  a  simple  act  of  tbe  flnnd, 
but  by  its  positive  and  fixed  exeitkiL 
We  see  a  toing  withoot  knowing  vha 
it  is ;  we  perceive  a  thin^  and  kao* 
what  it  is,  but  the  impression  paae 
away ;  we  obeerve  a  thmg,  and  aftn- 
wards  retrace  the  image  of  it  io  ov 
mind.  We  see  a  star  when  the  e]peis 
directed  towards  it ;  we  perceist  it 
move  if  we  k>ok  at  it  attentirely;  «t 
observe  its  position' in  difierentpoti 
of  the  heavens.  The  blind  caBsec 
see,  the  absent  cannot  pereentf  thi 
dull  cannot  observe. 

Seeing,  as  m  corporeal  acdoo,  is  tfe 
act  only  of  the  eje  ;  perceiving  ud 
,  observing  are  actions  in  which  all  tk 
senses  are  concerned.  We  set  colofii 
we  perceive  the  state  of  the  atoo- 
sphere,  and  obierve  its  chanm.  &^ 
Mg  sometimes  extends  farther  bits 
application  to  the  mind's  operstkas 
in  which  it  has  an  indefinite  seme; 
but  i^ceive  and  obterve  bsmebodii 
definite  sense :  we  maj  tee  athia^ifis- 
dnctljT  and  clearlj,  or  otherwise;  we 
perceive  it  always  with  a  certain  degree 
of  distinctness  ;  and  obwerve  it  with  i 
positive  degree  of  minnteoess :  msee 
the  truth  of  a  remark  ;  we  percm 
the  force  of  an  obiection ;  we  cbsertt 
the  reluctance  of  a  person.  It  is 
farther  to  be  observed^  however,  tbit 
when  $ee  expresses  a  mental  open- 
tion,  it  expresses  what  is  porely  asen- 
tal ;  pereene  and  observe  aie  appfied 
to  such  oijects  as  are  seen  by  eke 
senses  as  well  as  the  mind. 

See  is  either  emplojed  as  a  cor- 
poreal or  incorporeal  action ;  fottm 
and  observe  are  obviously  a  junctioa 
of  the  corporeal  and  inoorpornL  We 
see  the  lignt  with  our  eyes,  or  we  lee 
the  truth  cyf  a  proposition  with  our 
mind's  eye;  but  we  perctroe  the  dif- 
ference of  climate,  or  we  percexce  the 
difference  in  the  comfort  of  our  stu- 
adon;  we  etorve  the  moCioiis  of  the 

heavsoly  bodies. 


SEEM. 


SEI«F  WILL.         807 


There  plmat  ejet,  all  mbt  Arom  tbiMe 
Ponre  and  dtiperte,  that  I  maj  ne  and  tall 
Of  tbinga  iafMble  to  mortal  tlgbf.         Miltov. 

KaCed  at  len^h,  era  lonf  I  mlglit  pereetve 
Slraofe  alteratfcm  la  me.  If iltmi. 


Every  pait  of  yoar  lait  letter  glowed  iH& 
that  warmth  of  MendaUp  whleh,  thoaghlt  was 
bjr  DO  meaoe  aew  la  bm,  I  coaldaoi  batetetrM 
whh  pecaliar  eatlrfkctlon. 

MiLJioiH^  IiBTRae  ov  Cuno* 

TO  8EBM9   APPEAR. 

The  idea  of  coming  to  the  riew  is 
expressed  by  both  tl^se  terms;  bat 
the  word  SEEM  rises  upon  that  of 
APPEAR.  Seem,  from  the  Latin 
simiiU  like,  signifies  literally  to  t^ 
pear  like,  and  is  therefore  a  species  of 
appearance^  which  from  the  Latin 
appareo  or  pareo,  and  the  Greek 
vafUfjii  to  be  present,  sig^ifies  to  be 
present,  or  before  the  eye.  Every 
object  may  appear  ;  but  nothing  seemf , 
except  that  which  the  mind  acmuts  to 
aj^ar  in  any  given  form.  To  item 
requires  some  reflection  and  compa- 
rison of  objects  in  the  mind  one  with 
another;  it  is,  therefore,  peculiarly 
applicable  to  matters  that  may  be 
different  from  what  they  appear,  or 
of  an  indeterminate  kind :  that  the  sun 
uemi  to  move,  is  a  conclusion  which 
we  draw  from  the  exercise  of  our 
senses,  and  comparing  this  case  with 
others  of  a  similar  nature ;  it  is  only 
by  a  farther  research  into  the  ooera- 
tions  of  nature  that  we  discover  tnis  to 
be  false.  To  appear,  on  the  contrary, 
is  the  express  act  of  the  things  them- 
selves on  us;  it  is,  therefore,  pecu- 
liarly applicable  to  such  objects  at 
make  an  impression  on  us:  to  iip- 
pear  is  the  same  as  to  present  it- 
self's  the  stars  appear  in  the  firma- 
ment, but  we  do  not  say  that  they 
%eem  ;  the  sun  appears  dark  through 
the  clouds. 

They  are  equally  applicable  to  mo- 
ral as  well  as  natural  objects  with  the 
above-mentioned  distinction.  Seem  is 
said  of  that  which  is  dubious,  contin- 
gent, or  future ;  appear,  of  that  which 
IS  actual,  positive,  and  past.  A  thing 
ieems  strange  which  we  are  led  to 
conclude  as  strange  from  what  we  see 
of  it ;  a  thing  appean  elear  when  we 
have  a  clear  conception  of  it :  a  plan 
teems  uracticabie  or  impracticable; 
an  autlior  appean  to  understand  his 
subject,  or  the  contrary.    Itiecm  as 


if  all  eflbrts  to  reform  the  bulk  of 
mankind  will  be  found  inefficient ;  it 
a^ars  from  the  long  catalogue  of 
vices  which  are  still  ver^  prevalent, 
that  little  progress  has  hitherto  been 
made  in  the  work  of  reformation. 

IiuhM  tato  fbam,  the  Seree  eonfllctlof  briae 
Aeeae  ate  a  thua— d  tacfeis  wawi  to  barn. 

TuoMsoir. 

Ohcav*Bl7poe(I  8ach  thy  Tene  «|»|»aBrf, 
80  awaet,  to  rharmtof  to  my  raw  bh*d  ean. 

DavDca. 

TO  SEIZE,  V.  To  lay  hold  of, 
SEIZURE,  1/.  Capture. 
TO  SELECT,  V.  To  ckoose* 

SELF  CONCEIT,   V.  Self  WtlL 
SELF  SUFFICIENCY,  V.    Self-- 

will. 

SELF  WILL,  SELF  CONCEIT, 
SELF   SUFFICIENCY. 

SELF  WILL  signifies  the  will  in 
one's  self:  SELF  CONCEIT,  the 
ccmceiV  of  one 8  self:  SELF  SUFFI- 
CIENCY, the  iujficiency  in  wie's 
self.  As  characteristics  they  come 
very  near  to  each  other,  but  that  de- 
pravity of  the  will  which  refuses  to 
submit  to  every  control  either  within 
or  without  is  bom  with  a  person,  and 
is  among  die  earliest  inoications  of 
character ;  in  some  it  is  less  predomi- 
nant than  in  others,  but  if  not  early 
checked,  it  is  that  defect  in  oar  na- 
tures which  will  always  prevail ;  self- 
conceit  is  a  vicious  habit  of  the  mind 
which  is  superinduced  on  the  original 
character;  it  is  that  which  determines 
in  matters  of  judgement ;  SLieff  willed 
person  thinks  nothing  of  right  or  wrong : 
whatever  the  impulse  of  the  moment 
suggests,  is  the  motive  to  action : 
the  self  conceited  person  is  always 
much  concerned  about  right  and  wrong, 
but  it  is  only  that  which  he  conceits 
to  be  right  and  wrong;  self  sufficienci^ 
is  a  species  of  self  conceit  applied  to 
action;  as  a  self  conceited  person 
thinks  of  no  opinion  but  his  own ;  a 
self  sufficient  person  refuses  the  as- 
sistance of  every  one  in  what^er  he 
is  called  upon  to  do. 

Towllfiilmea 
The  laioriet  that  they  themmlf es  pfocar^ 
Moitbe  Ibclr  lobool  BMitett. 


6GKSIBLe. 


SfiNStBLE. 


Judgement  has  once  been  mettrred  by 
age,  it  remains  unimproveable  bjtime 
or  circumstance. 

When  employed  as  epithets,  the 
terms  tensibk  and  judicious  serre 
still  more  clearly  to  distingnish  the 
two  primitives.  A  writer  or  a  speaker 
are  said  to  be  sensible ;  a  friend,  or 
an  adviser,  to  hejtidicimts.  The  tefue 
displays  itself  in  the  conversation  or 
the  communication  of  one's  ideils; 
the  judgement  in  the  propriety  of  one's 
actions.  .  A  sensible  man  may  be  ah 
entertaining  ct>mpanion,  bot  a  Judi' 
ewus  man  in  any  post  of  command  is 
an  inestimable  treasure.-  Sensible  re- 
marlcs  are  always  calculated  to  please 
and  interest  sensible  people ;  jnaiHotts 
ineasares  have  a  steriing  valne  in 
themselves,  that  is,  appreciated  db- 
cordiog  to  the  importance  of  the  ob- 
ject. Hence,  it  it  obvious  that  to  be 
sensible  is  a  desirable  thine,  but  to  be 
judicious  is  an  indispensable  requisita. 

Thefbs,  In  deeper  canning  Ten*!!, 

The  benvttei  of  her  mind  lehean^d. 

And  tsIkU  of  Uowled^  tattfl^  ud  JtnMi, 

To  which  the  fair  liaf  e  vut  pretence,      Ifooms* 

Yovr  obterrmtiont  are  lo  judiciout^  I  wMi 
JM  hid  aoCbeea  ao  tpariog  of  tbeia. 

Sim  W.  Jmon. 

8BNSB,  v»  Significaiiofi* 
8BNSIBILITT,  V,  Feeling. 
8BNSIBLB,  V*  To  feel. 

SENSIBLE,  SENSITIVE, 
SBNTIBNT. 

All  these  epithets,  which  are  de- 
rived from  the  same  source  (v.  7b 
ftel)f  have  obviously  a  great  8am»< 
ness  of  meaning,  though  not  of  appli- 
cation. SENSIBLE  and  SENSI- 
TIVE both  denote  the  capacity  of 
being  moved  to  feeling :  SENTIENT 
implies  the  very  act  of  feeling.  Sen* 
tible  expresses  either  a  habit  of  the 
body  and  mind,  or  only  a  particular 
itate  referring  to  some  particular  ob- 
ject ;  a  person  may  be  sensible  of  things 
in  general,  or  sensible  of  cold,  or 
sensible  of  injuries  or  sensible  af 
the  kindnesses  which  he  has  re^ 
ceived  from  an  individual.  Sensitvoe 
signifies  always  an  habitual  or  perma^ 
Bent  quality ;  it  is  the  characteristic 
of  objects;  a  sensitive  creatnre  im« 
iplies  one  whose  sense  is  by  distbo- 


tion  qnickly  to  be  acted  upon :  a  ser^ 
sitive  plant  is  a  peculiar  species  of 
plants,  marked  for  the  property  of 
naving  sense  or  being  sensible  of  the 
touch. 

Sensible  and  sensitive  have  always 
a  reference  to  external  objects;  btlt 
sentient  expresses  simply  the  posses- 
sion of  feehng,  or  the  piower  of  (bal- 
ing, and  excludes  the  idea  of  the 
cause.  Hence,  the  terms  sensible  sM 
sensitive  are  applied  only  to  persons 
or  corporeal  objects ;  but  sentient  h 
likewise  applicable  to  spirits ;  seniielU 
beings  may  include  angels  as  well  as 
men. 

And  with  affadloB  wwdiMM  ientible, 
Uevranc  BamnioH  hand,  a»d  totbey  parfei* 

SHAURABlb 

Thoie  creatarea  life  more  alone  wlioae  fbod, 
and    therefore  pre^,  b  njtoil   other  Mit^fffM 

cteaturef.  " 


SENSIBLE,   PBRCEPTIBLB* 

These  epithets  are  here  applied  not 
to  the  persons  capikble  of  being  im- 
pressed, but  to  the  objects  capable  of 
impressing :  in  this  case  SENSIBLE 
(9.  To  feu)  applies  to  that  which  acts 
on  the  senses  merdy;  PERCEP- 
TIBLE {v.  7b  see),  to  that  which  acta 
on  the  senses  in  conjoction  with  tha 
mind.  All  corporeal  objects  are  na- 
turally termed  sensible,  inasmuch  as 
they  are  sensible  tu  the  eye,  the  ear, 
the  nose,  the  touch,  and  the  taste; 
particular  things  are  perceptible,  inas- 
'much  as  they  are  to  be  perceived  or 
recognized  hs  the  mind.  Sometimtn 
sensible  signifies  discernible  by  ineanft 
of  the  senses,  as  when  we  speak  of  a 
sensible  difl^rence  in  the  atmosphere, 
and  in  this  case  it  comes  nearer  to 
the  meaning  of  perceptible ;  bot  the 
latter  always  refers  more  to  the  ope- 
ration of  the  mind  than  the  fiirmer: 
the  difference  between  colours  is  said 
lo  be  scarcely  ptfrcep/i6/«  when  they  ap- 
proach very  near  to  each  other ;  so  like- 
wise the  growth  of  a  body  is  said  not 
to  be  perceptible  when  it  cannot  be 
marked  from  one  time  to  another  b^ 
the  difi\:rence  of  taste. 

I  have  raikred  a«r?t«iMe  iota,  if  that  word  la 
«tronfc  eoongti  to  express  the  mlifortime  which 
haa  deprived  me  of  to  excelleut  a  man. 

MBLaoTB*s  LmBBB  o»  Ctonoi. 

What  mail  have  be«B  the  itate  Into  which  ths 
AMSHkMjhn  bioi^l  yw  tflMn,  ttet  thiie* 


SENTENTIOUS. 


SENTIMENT.         811 


to  be  thrown  away  which  is  esteemed 
as  worthless ;  we  may  be  condemned 
to  hear  the  prating  of  a  loquacions 
body  ;  we  may  be  doomed  to  spend 
our  lives  in  penury  and  wretchedness. 
Sentence^  particularly  when  employed 
as  a  noun,  may  even  be  fevoorable  to 
the  interests  of  a  person ;  condemn  is 
always  prejudicial^  either  to  his  inter* 
est,  his  comfort,  or  his  reputation; 
doom  is  always  destructive  of  his  hap- 
piness, it  is  that  which  always  runs 
most  counter  to  the  wishes  of  an  in- 
dividual. It  is  of  importance  for  an 
author,  that  a  critic  should  pronounce 
a  favorable  sentence  on  ms  works; 
immoral  writers  are  justly  condemned 
to  oblivion  or  perpetual  in&my;  they 
are  sometimes  doomed  to  hear  their 
own  names  pronounced  only  with  ex- 
ecration. 

A  sentence  and  condemnation  is  al- 
ways the  act  of  some  person  or  con- 
scious agent ;  doom  is  sometimes  the 
fruit  of  circumstances.  Tarquin  the 
Proud  was  sentenced  by  the  Roman 
people  to  be  banished  from  Rome; 
Regolus  was  condemned  to  the  most 
cruel  death  by  the  Carthaginians; 
many  writers  have  been  doomed  to 
pass  their  lives  in  obscurity  and  want^ 
whose  works  have  acquired  for  them 
lasting  honors  after  their  death. 

At  tbff  nid  of  the  tenth  book,  the  poet  Jotae 
thb  beaatlfel  drconiUaei^  that  thcj  oibrad  ap 
thel^  penUeetM  pr«ytn  on  the  vtrj  pleee 
where  thdr  jed^e  appeexed  to  them  when  he 
proaoeneed  their  tenUnee,  Adowoi* 

Libert  J  (ThooMoeH  *  Llbertj  *)  called  In  vain 
apon  her  votartai  to  read  her  prahn,  her  pralMt 
vcie  eewtemwii  to  haibor  iplders,  and  gather 

Jomsen* 


Bf«B  the  abrldger,  oompller,  and  tiamlator, 
tteegh  thek  laboare  eanaot  beraaked  withtheie 
er  the  dkurnal  blofrapher,  jet  most  not  be  nshJijr 
itoemetf  to  annihilation.  Joumoii. 

SENTENTJOUSi    SENTIMENTAL. 

SENTENTIOUS  signifiesjiavingor 
aboundii^  in  sentences  or  judgments : 
SENTIAlENTAL,  having  seniimeni 
(v.  Opinion),  Books  and  authors  are 
termed  sententious  ;  but  travellers,  sor 
ciety,  intercourse,  correspondence,  and 
the  like,  are  characterized  as  senti^ 
mental.  Moralists  like  Dr.  Johnson 
are  termed  sententious^  whose  works 
and  conversation  abound  in  moral 
untences;  novelists  and  romance 
writers,  like  Mrs.  Uadclifie,  are  pro- 


perly sentimental.  Sententious  books 
always  serve  for  improvement;  sen- 
timental  works,  unless  they  are  of  a 
superior  order,  are  in  general  hurtful. 

Bb  (Mr.  FerfntoD*!)  love  of  Montetqulen  and 
TacHns  bat  Jed  him  into  a  manner  of  wrHln(c 
too  thoit-wlDded  and  teni§ntiotu,  Osat. 

In  booki,  whether  moral  or  amBilner«  there  are 
no  pavacee  move  capttvatlng  than  thoie  ddteate 
itffoket  of  tenHmeittai  moralltj  which  reftr  our 
aictioai  to  the  determination  of  IMlng, 


SENTIENT,  V.  Sensible. 

SENTIMENT,   V.  OpijUOn. 

SENTIMENT,    SENSATION, 
PERCEPTION. 

SENTIMENT  and  SENSATION 

are  obviously  derived  from  the  same 
source  (v.  To  feel), 

PERCEmON,  from  perceive  (v. 
To  see),  expresses  the  act  of  per- 
ceivings or  the  impressions  produced 
by  perceiving. 

The  impressions  which  objects  make 
upon  the  person  are  designated  by  all 
these  terms;  but  the  sentiment  has  its 
seat  in  the  heart,  the  sensation  is 
confined  to  the  senses,  and  the  per- 
ception  rests  in  the  understanding. 
Sentiments  are  lively,  sensations  ara 
grateful,  perci^iofM  are  clear. 

Gratitude  is  a  sentiment  the  most 
pleasing  to  the  human  mind;  the 
sensation  produced  by  the  action  of 
electricity  on  the  frame  is  generally 
unpleasant ;  a  nice  perception  of  ob- 
jects is  one  of  the  first  reonisites  for 
perfection  in  any  art.  *The  senti^ 
ment  extends  to  the  manners,  and 
renders  us  alive  Jto  the  happiness  or 
misery  of  others  as  well  as  oar  own  : 
the  sensation  is  purely  physical;  it 
makes  us  alive  only  to  the  effects  of 
external  objects  on  our  physical  or- 
gans:  perceptions  carry  us  into  the 
district  of  science;  they  give  us  an 
interest  in  all  the  surrounding  objects 
as  inteilectual  observers.  A  man  of 
spirit  or  courage  receives  marks  of 
honour,  or  afironts,  with  very  di^ 
ferent  sentiments  from  the  poltroon: 
he  who  bounds  his  happiness  by  the 
present  fleeting  existence  must  be 
careful  to  remove  every  painful  sen^ 
sat  ion :  we  judge  of  objects  as  con»- 
plex  or  simple,  according  to  the  num- 


•  Abb^fiiiird:  * ■crttostt,  nwathm,  pewiptM*' 


SERVANT. 


SERVITUDE.         BIS 


Ibrma  series^  but  they  need  simply 
to  follovr  ia  order  to  furm  a  ccuru  ; 
thus  a  uriet  of  events  respects  those 
which  flow  oat  of  each  other,  a  couru 
of  events,  on  the  contrary,  respects 
those  which  happen  nnconnectedly 
within  a  certain  space:  so  in  like 
manner,  the  numbers  of  a  book,  wfaieh 
•enre  to  form  a  whole,  are  a  sertes  ; 
and  a  number  of  lectures  fbllowiog 
each  other  at  a  given  time  are  a 
€Our$t :  hence,  likewise  the  tecbniesl 
phrase  infinite  $eries  in  algebra. 

SEaiEs,  V.  Succession^ 
SBRIOU8,  V.  Eager. 
SERIOUS,  V.  Grave. 

SERVANT,    DOMESTIC,    MBNIAL9 
DRUDGE. 

In  the  term  SERVANT  is  induded 
the  idea  of  the  service  performed  :  in 
the  term  DOMESTIC,  from  domus, 
is  included  the  idea  of  one  belonging 
to  the  house  or  family.:  in  the  word 
MENIAL,  from  manui  the  hand,  is 
included  the  idea  of  labor;  and  the 
term  DRUDGE,  that  of  drudgery. 
We  hire  a  servant  at  a  certain  rate, 
and  for  a  particular  service ;  we  are 
attached  to  our  domestict  according  to 
their  assiduity  and  attention  to  our 
wishes ;  we  employ  as  a  menialy  one 
who  is  unfit  for  a  higher  employment ; 
and  a  drudge  in.  any  labour,  however 
hard  and  disagreeable. 

A  MTPAiit  4«ellt  nnole  ttom  all  ksowlalft 
of  Wm  lord*b  porpotef.  i^own. 

If  ottrnim  wm  slteodrd  by  hb  own  dtmnr 
Ue$^  aad  served  wlUi  bit  osoal  icate. 

ROIBKTIPII. 

Sone  were  his  (Charles)  own  mtnial  tprTuil*, 
9mA  mte  bread  mt  hto  table  before  tb^  lifted  ap 
their  beH  agaJoM  bia.  Saimk 

He  wbo  will  be  vaMly  rieb  mart  #walfe  to  %a 
a  *ruMgt  aU  bfti  daye.  Umrm. 

SERVICE,  V.  Advantage^ 
SERVICE,  V.  Avail. 
SERVICE,  V.  Benefit. 

SERVITUDE,  SLAVERY) 
BONDAGE. 

SERVITUDE  expresses  lets  thao 
SLAVERY,  and  this  leM  thaa 
BONDAGE. 

Serodudet  £mn  ur^%  ocyMr«ys  sim* 
ply  tlM  idea  of  perfocmiog  •  tirviot, 

4 


without  specifying  the  principle  apoa 
which  it  is  performed.  Among  the 
Romans  servui  signified  a  slave,  b^* 
cause  all  who  served  were  literally 
slaves,  the  power  over  the  persoa 
beini;  almost  unlimited.  The  mild 
influence  of  Christianity  has  corrected 
men's  notions  with  refeard  to  their 
rights,  as  well  as  their  duties,  and 
established  servitude  on  the  just  priiv 
ciple  of  a  mutual  compact,  without 
any  infraction  on  that  most  precious 
of  all  human  gifts,  personal  liberty. 
Slavery,  which  marks  a  condition  in- 
compatible with  the  existence  of  thip 
invaluable  endowment,  is  a  term  odious 
to  the  Christian  ear ;  it  had  its  origin 
in  the  grossest  state  of  society ;  the 
word  being  derived  from  the  Gemum 
slave,  Greek  rvA-/},i^  or  Sclavoniaui^ 
a  fierce  and  intrepid  people,  wh» 
made  a  long  stand  against  the  Ger- 
mans, and,  beiug  at  Ust  defeated^ 
were  made  slaves.  Slavery,  thenar 
fore,  includes  not  only  servitude,  but 
also  the  odious  circumstance  of  Uui 
entire  subjection  of  one  individual  to 
another;  a  condition  which  deprives 
him  of  every  privilege  belonging  to  a 
free  agent,  and  a  rational  creature* 
which  forcibly  bends  the  will  and 
affections  of  the  one  to  the  humor  of 
the  other,  and  converts  a  thinking 
being  into  a  mere  senseless  tool  in  the 
hands  of  its  owner.  Slavery  oofbit* 
tunately  remains,  though  barbarism 
has  ceased.  Christianity  has  taught 
men  their  true  end  and  destination ; 
but  it  has  not  yet  been  able  to  extia* 
guish  that  inordinate  love  of  domi- 
nion, which  is  an  innate  propensity 
in  the  human  breMt.  Tliere  are  tbosii 
wno  take  the  name  of  Christians,  and 
yet  cling  to  the  practice  of  making 
their  fellow  creatures  aa  article  or 
commerce.  Some  delude  themselves 
with  the  idea  that  they  can  amelio- 
rate the  condition  of  those  over  whom 
they  have  usurped  this  unlicensed 
po«'er;  but  they  forget  that  he  who 
Degios  to  be  a  slave  ceases  to  be  a 
man ;  that  sUnery  is  the  extinction  of 
onr  nobler  part;  and  the  abuse  evsQ 
of  that  part  in  us  which  we  have  in 
eommoo  with  the  brutes. 

Bondage,,  from  to  bind,  denotes  the 
state  of  being  bound,  that  is,  slavery 
m  its  most  aggravatod  Ibrm,  in  whicfl^ 
to  the  loss  of  penoQal  liberty,  is 


SHAKE. 


SHARP. 


815 


TfccfHo  M  cold  and  dmrj  at  m  imalM, 
Tkat  «ceai*d  to  tnwtbU  ereraiofe  and  quake, 

S; 


TO  SHAKE,  AGITATE,   TOSS. 

SHAKE,  V.  To  shake, 

AGITATE,  in  Latin  ag»7o,  is  a 
freaueatative  of  ago  to  drive,  that  is, 
to  arive  different  ways. 

TOSS  is  probably  contracted  from 
tartif  perfect  of  torqueo. 

A  motion  more  or  less  violent  is 
signified  by  all  these  terms,  which 
differ  both  in  the  manner  and  the 
cause  of  the  motion.  Shake  is  in- 
definite, it  may  differ  in  degree  as  to 
the  violence ;  to  agitate  and  tou  rise 
in  sense  upon  the  word  shake :  a 
breeze  shakes  a  leaf,  a  storm  agitates 
the  sea,  and  the  waves  toss  a  vessel 
to  and  fro:  large  and  small  bodies 
may  be  shaken  ;  large  bodies  are  agi- 
tated :  a  handkerchief  may  be  shaken  ; 
the  earth  is  agitated  by  an  earth- 
quake. -  What  IS  shaken  and  agitated 
is  not  removed  from  its  place ;  but 
what  is  tossed  is  thrown  from  place  to 
place.  A  house  may  frecjuently  be 
ikakenf  while  the  foundation  remains 
good;  the  waters  are  most  agitated 
while  they  remain  within  their  bounds; 
bnt  a  ball  is  tossed  from  hand  to 
hand. 

To  shake  and  toss  are  the  acts  either 
of  persons  or  things;  to  agitate  is  the 
act  of  things,  when  taken  in  the  active 
sense.     A  person  shakes  the  hand  of 
another,  or  the  motion  of  a  carriage 
shakes  persons  in  general,  and  agitates 
those  who  are  weak  in  frame  :  a  child 
tosses  his  food  about,  or  the  violent 
motion  of  a  vessel  tosses  every  thing 
about  which  is  in  it.    To  shake  arises 
from  external  or  internal  causes ;  we 
maj  be  shaken  by  others,  or  shake 
ourselves  from  cold :   to  agitate  and 
fofft  arise  always  from  some  external 
action,  direct  or  indirect;  the  bodj 
may  be  agitated  by  violent  concussion 
from  without,  or  from  the  action  of 
perturbed  feelings ;  the  body  may  be 
toued  by  various  circumstances,  and 
the  mina  may  be  tossed  to  and  fro  by 
the  violent  action  of  the    passions. 
Hence  the  propriety  of  using  tne  terms 
in  the  moral  application.    The  reso- 
lution is  shaken,  as  the  tree  is  by  the 
wind ;  the  mind  is  agitated  like  trou- 


bled waters ;  a  person  is  tossed  to  and 
fro  in  the  ocean  of  life,  as  the  vessel 
is  tossed  by  the  waves. 

An  onwholesome  blast  of  air,  a  cold,  or  a 
rarfdc,  majr  *hmke  in  pieces  a  man^i  hardj 
fkbriek.  Soorv. 

We  ail  iDQit  bave  observed  that  a  speaker  off • 
tated  with  paMioa,  or  an  actor,  who  b  indeed 
Bttietly  an  Imttator,  are  perpetoaUj  chaasfnf  the 
tone  and  pitch  of  their  voice,  as  the  seuse  of 
their  words  variet.  Sm  Wii.  Jonn. 

7W»*<i  all  the  day  la  rapid  circles  round, 
BreathiessIfdU  Ponu 

SHALLOW,  V.  Superficial. 
SHAMB,  V.  Dishonor. 
SHAMELESS,  V.  Immodest. 
TO  SHAPE,  V.  To  form. 
TO  SHARE,  V.  To  divide. 
SHARE,  vi  Part. 
TO  SHARE,  V.  To  partake. 

SHARP,   ACUTE,    KEEN. 

SHARP,  in  German,  &c.  scAurp, 
comes  from  scheren  to  cut« 

ACUTE,  V.  Acute. 

KEEN,  V.  Acute. 

The  general  property  expressed  by 
these  epithets  is  that  of  sharpness  or 
an  ability  to  cut.    The  term  sharp  is 
generic  and  indefinite ;  the  two  others 
are  modes  of  sharpness  difieriag  in  the 
circumstance  or  the  degree  :  the  aeute 
is  not  only  more  than  sharp  in  the 
common  sense,  but  signifies  also  sharp 
pointed :  a  knife  may  be  sharp  ;  but 
a  needle  is  properly  acute.  Thmgs  are 
sharp  that  have  either  a  long  or  a 
pointed  edge  ;  but  the  keen  is  appli- 
cable only  to  the  long  edge;  and  tnat 
in  the  highest  d^ree  of  sharpneu: 
a  common  knife  may  be  sharp ;  but  • 
razor  or  a  lancet  are  properly  said  to 
be  keen.    These  terms  preserve  the 
same  distinction    in  their  figurative 
use.    Every  pain  is  sharp  which  maj 
resemble  that  which  is  produced  bj 
cutting ;  it  is  acute  when  it  resembles 
that  produced  by  piercing  deep :  words 
are  said  to  be  sharp  which  have  any 
power  in  them  to  wound;  they  are 
keen  when  they  cut  deep  and  wide. 

Be  s«re  yon  avoid  as  much  as  joa  oan  to 
enqmire  after  those  that  have  been  $harp  in  thek 
jadfameots  towards  me.      Eiu.  or  SmAwroun. 

Wisdom^  eye 
Acute  for  what  I  To  ipy  atie  mhiBriBi.  T< 


tl« 


8HINE. 


SHOOT. 


f #  Ihto  spnl  md  ise «n  iutlict  idnfi  Us  ob, 

Tonw. 

TO  SHED,  V.  To  pour. 

SHELTER,  V*  Asyluftt. 

TO  SHELTER,  V.  To  COVCT. 

SHELTER,  V.  HorhoT. 

TO  SHINE,   GLITTER,   GLARE, 
SPARKLE,    RADIATE. 

SHINEy  iQ  Saxon  tchinean^  German 
iekeinen,  is  in  all  probability  con- 
nected witb  the  words  show,  iee,  &c. 

GLITTER  and  GLARE  are  va- 
riations from  the  German  gleitsen^ 
gldnzen,  Ice.  which  have  a  similar 
meaninp;. 

To  SPARKLE  si^piifiei  to  produce 
sparks,  and  spark  is  in  Saxon  spearce, 
low  German  and  Dutch  spark. 

To  RADIATE  is  to  produce  rays, 
from  the  Latin  raditu  a  ray. 

The  emission  of  light  is  the  common 
idea  conveyed  by  these  tera^9*  To 
shins  expresses  simply  this  general 
idea :  glitter  and  the  other  verbs  in- 
clude some  collater^  ideas  in  their 
signification. 

To  shine  is  a  steady  emission  of 
lifht;  to  glitter  is  an  unsteady  emission 
of  light,  occasioned  bv  the  reflection 
on  transparent  or  bright  bodies :  the 
sun  and  moon  shines  whenever  they 
malke  their  appearance ;  but  a  set  of 
dinmonds  glitter  by  the  irregular  re- 
Aection  of  the  light  on  them ;  or  the 
brazen  spire  of  a  steeple  glitters  when 
ihe  sun  m  the  morning  shines  upon  it. 
Shine  specifies  no  degree  of  light,  it 
may  be  barely  sufficient  to  renaer  it- 
self visible,  or  it  may  be  a  very  strong 
degree  of  light :  glare  on  the  contrary 
denotes  the  hic^est^  possible  degree  of 
light:  the  sun  frequently  glares,  when 
Ut  shifies  only  at  intervals;  and  all  naked 
light,  the  strength  of  which  is  dimi- 
nished by  any  shade,  will  produce  a 
gifire. 

To  shine  is  to  emit  li^ht  in  a  full 
stream ;  but  to  sparkle  is  to  emit  it 
in  small  portions  ;  and  to  radiate  is  to 
^mit  it  in  loug  lines.  The  fire  sparkles 
in  the  burning  of  wood ;  or  the  light  of 
the  sun  sparkles  when  it  strikes  on 
knobs  or  small  points :  the  sun  ra- 
diates when  it  seems  to  emit  its  light 
in  rays. 
Ttk  Kloriois  nomlDf  lUr  iru  aot  the  tnuk 


■Itory  light  of  ft 
fcr  ft  vkUt,  ami 
tUoff. 

Tei  tooiKhlni;  tkinea 

Hit  OMTCJ  thjft. 

The  hftppiiMH  of 
bim  withdraw!  Ut 
iMm  of  thft  ffttlt. 

iM^loftt  Um  Cftpilol  I 
Who  glu^i  ftpoQ  m 
Wfthout  ftBDojriftf  ae. 


UA  akktesvA^lMrm 

nftiihw  ieta  b^ 
Socn. 

gloiiou  Ib  bU  Ta4| 

gmtering  brfan 
ft«Mlh0 


BitoM, 


«ttyhy 

Si 


a  BffQ^ 


Wow  bad  the  Na  wtthdrawa  hh 


SHOCK,    CONCUSSION. 

SHOCK  denotes  a  Tioleot  shake  m 
agitation;  CONCUSSION,  a  sbakiif 
together.    The  shock  is  often  instao- 
•taneous,  but  does  not  necessarily  ex- 
tend beyond  the  act  of  the  nMUBcnt; 
the  concussion  is  pennaoent  in  its  coo- 
sequences,  it   teodU   to    deraife  thi 
intern.    Hence  the  different  applici* 
tion  of  the  terms :    the  shock  asj 
afiect  either  the   body  or  the  aio^} 
the  concussion  affiscts    pfoperly  oolj 
the  bodyy   or  corporeal    objecti:  i 
▼iolent  and  sudden  blow  prodooeii 
shock  at  the  moment  it  is  givea ;  to 
it  does  not  always  prodoce  a  ama^ 
sion :  the  violence  of  a  lall  will,  bov* 
ever,  sometimes  produce  a  concusms 
in  the  brain,  which  in  future  afieoti  thi 
intellects.    Sudden  news  of  an  escet^ 
ingly  painful  nature  will  often  prodocs 
a  shock  on  the  mind ;  but  time  laosd? 
serves  to  wear  away  the  efiea  wm 
has  been  produced. 

ftHocKiNG,  V.  Formidablt, 

TO  SHOOT^   DART. 

To  SHOOT  and   DART,  in  dn 

proper  sense,  are  clearly  distingnmH 

from  each  other,  as  expressing  dilw' 

•nt  modes  of  sending  bodies  to  a  <fii- 

tance  fix>m  a  given  point.    From  thi 

cwcumstaoces  of  tne   %rtifMW  snM 

their  different  application  to  other  ob* 

jects  in  the  improper  sense ;  as  tbt 

which  proceeds  by  shoatittg  goesao- 

ezpectedly,   and  with  great  rapidhj, 

forth  from  a  body ;  so,  in  the  fignntifs 

sense,   a  plant  shoots  up  that  ooofli 

so  unexpectedly  as  not  to  be  seen ;  ■ 

star  is  said  to  shoot  in  the  sky^  which 

seems  to  move  in  a  shaoihtg  manner, 

ftom  one  pLaca  to  anpther:  a  dsrtf 


SHORT. 


SHOW. 


817 


6n  the  other  hand,  or  that  which  is 
parted,  moves  through  the  air  visibly^ 
and  with  less  rapidity :  heiice  the 
quick  movements  of  persons  or  ani* 
mals  are  described  by  the  word  dart ; 
a  soldier  dartt  forward  to  meet  his 
antagonist,  a  hart  dttrt$  past  any  one 
in  order  to  make  her  escape. 

SHORT,    BRIEF,   CONSISE, 

SUCCINCT,    SUMMARY. 

SHORT,  in  French  court,  Getman 
Icurs,  Latin  curtvs,  Greek  nopr-.';. 
BiiI£Fy  iu  Latin  brevU,  in  Greek 

CONCISE,  in  Latin  consUutf  sig- 
nifies cut  into  a  small  body. 

SUCCINCT,  in  Latin  succinctvt^ 
participle  of  succingo,  signifies  bronght 
within  a  small  compass. 

SUMMARY,  V.  Abridgement. 

Short  is  the  generic,  the  rest  are 
specific  terms :  every  thing  which 
admits  of  dimensions  may  be  ihort, 
as  opposed  to  the  long,  that  is,  either 
naturally  or  artificially ;  the  rest  are 
species  <if  artificial  shortness,  or  that 
which  is  the  work  of  art :  hence  it 
is  that  material,  as  well  as  spiritual* 
objects  may  be  termed  short ;  but  the 
brief,  concise,  succinct,  and  summary, 
are  intellectual  or  spiritual  only.  We 
may  term  a  stick,  a  letter,  or  a  dis- 
course, short ;  but  we  speak  of  brevity 
only  in  regard  to  the  mode  of  speech  ; 
conciseness  and  succinctness  as  to  the 
matter  of  speech;  summary  as  to  the 
mode  either  of  speaking  or  action: 
the  brief  is  opposed  to  the  prolix  ; 
the  concise  and  succinct  to  the  diffuse  ; 
the  summary  to  the  circumstantial  or 
oerenMnious.  It  is  a  matter  of  com- 
paratively little  importance  whether 
a  maii*s  life  be  long  or  short ;  h\n'  it 
deeply  concerns  him  that  every  mo- 
ment be  well  spent.  Brevity  of  ex- 
pression OQght  to  be  consulted  by 
speakers,  even  more  than  by  writers ; 
toneiseneh  is  of  peculiar  advantage  in 
the  furmation  of  rules  for  young  per- 
sons; and  succinctness  is  a  f^quisite 
in  every  writer,  who  has  extensive 
inateriaU  to  digest ;  a  summary  mode 
of  proceeding  may  have  the  advantage 
ot'  savinj;  tune,  but  it  has  the  disad- 
vantage of  incorrectness,  and  often  of 
injustice. 

Tbe  widr^  ezcQ  reloo*  of  tbe  mind  are  made 
%}  tkOTt  f  ithU  frequently  repeated.      Jobnsoh. 


-  PrmedJtatioii  of  tboorht,  and  birvity  of  ex* 
preMloa,  am  tbn  freat  iagredieatt  of  ibat  rev(>r- 
enc  chat  U  required  to  a  piou*  and  acreptabia 
prayer.  Soitb, 

Aristotle  has  a  dn*  ronehmfs$,  that  makes 
ose  ImaEfiuff  one  h  penifling  a  tabic  of  contents. 

Let  nil  yonr  precepts  be  $uccfnet  and  cMar, 
That  rrady  wits  may  comprehend  thimi  .noon. 

%  RotiCOJiMOV. 

Nor  spend  their  time  t<>  show  their  reading, 
SbeM  have  a  irumntaty  proceeding.  Swmv 

SHOW,  V,  Magnificence. 

TO  SHOW,    POINT  OUT,    MABK^ 
INDICATE, 

SHOW,  in  German  schauen,  &c. 
Greek  »-'y«.,  comes  from  the  Hebrew 
shoah  to  look  upon. 

To  POINT  OUT  is  to  fix  a  point 
upon  a  thing. 

MARK,  V.  Mark,  impresuon, 

INDICATE,  V.  Mark,  sign. 

Show  is  here  the  general  term,  and 
the  others  specific :  tbe  common  idea 
included  in  the  sit^nification  of  them 
all  is  that  of  making  a  thing  visible 
to  another.  To  shmo  is  an  indefinite 
term ;  one  shows  by  simply  setting  a 
thing  before  the  eyes  of  another :  to 
point  out  is  spedfic;  it  is  to  show 
some  particular  point  by  a  direct  and 
immediate  application  to  it :  we  show 
a  person  a  book,  when  we  put  it  into 
his  hands  ;  but  we  point  out  the  beat;* 
ties  of  its  contents  by  making  a  ^iir^ 
upon  them,  or  accompanying  the  ac-  . 
tio'n  with  some  particular  movement, 
which  shall  direct  the  attention  of  the 
observer  in  u  &peci6c  manner.  Many 
things,  thereibre,  may  be  shown  whick 
cannot  be  pointed  out :  a  person  shows 
himself,  but  he  does  not  point  himself 
out ;  towns,  houses,  gardens^  and  the 
like,  are  shown ;  but  single  tilings  of 
any  description  are  pointed  out. 

To  show  and  poiut  out  are  personal 
acts,  which  are  addicssed  from  one 
individual  to  another ;  but  to  mark  is 
an  indirect  means  of  making  a  thing 
visible  or  observable :.  a  person  may 
mark  someiliing  iu  the  absence  of 
others,  by  which  he  intends  to  distin- 
guish it  from  all  others  :  thus  a  trades- 
mau  marks  the  prices  and  names  of 
the  articles  which  lie  sets  tbrth  in  his 
shop.  We  sfiow  by  holding  in  one*e 
liuiid  j  we  point  out  with  the  finger; 
we  mark  with  a  pen  or  pencil.  Xo 
show  and  mark  are  the  ^ts  either  of 

3  G 


SHOW. 


SHOW. 


819 


SHOW,   EXHIBITION,    RSPRE* 
SENTATION,   SIGHT,  SPEGTACLB. 

SHOW  signifies  the  thing  shown 
{v.  To  show) ;  EXHIBITION  signi- 
fies the  thing  exhibited  (v.  To  8h<m>) ; 
KEPRESENTATION',  the  thing  re- 
presented; SIGHT,  the  thing  to  be 
seen  ;  and  SPECTACLE,  from  the 
Latin  specto,  stands  for  the  thing  to 
be  beheld. 

Show  is  here,  as  in  the  fonner  article, 
the  most  general  term.    Evei^  thirif; 
set  forth  to  view  is  shown  ;  and  if  set 
forth  for  the  amusement  of  others,  it 
is  a  show.    This  is  the  common  idea 
included  in  the  terms  exhibiium  and 
representation  :  but  show  is  a  term  of 
vulgar  meaning  and  appHcarion ;  the 
others  have  a  higher  use  and  sigpifica- 
tion.    The  show  consists  of  that  which 
merely  pleases  the  eye ;  it  is  not  a 
matter  either  of  taste  or  act,    but 
merely  of  curiosity :  exhibition^  on  the 
contrary,  presents  some  effort  of  talent 
or  some  work  of  genius ;  and  repre- 
sentation sets  forth  the  image  or  imi- 
tation of  some  thing  by  the  power  of 
art :  hence  we  speak  of  a  show  of  wild 
beasts;  an  exhibition   of  painting; 
and  a  theatrical  representation.    The 
conjuror  makes  a  show  of  his  tricks  at 
a  fair  to  the  wonder  of  the  gazing  mul- 
titude ^  the  artist  makes  an  exhibition 
of  his  works;  representations  of  men 
and  manners  are  given  on  the  stage : 
shoos  are  necessary  to  keep  the  popu- 
lace in  good  humour ;  exhibitions  are 
necessary  for  the  encouragement  of 
genius ;  representations  ure  proper  for 
the  amusement  of  the  cultivated,  and 
the  refinement  of  society.    The  show, 
exhibition^  and  representation  are  pre- 
sented by  some  one  to  tlia  view  of 
others ;  the  sight  and  spectacle  present 
themselves  to  view,    oight,  like  show, 
is  a  vulgar  term ;  and  spectacle  the 
nobler  term.     Whatever  is  to  be  seen 
to  excite  notice  is  a  sight,  in  which 
general  sense   it  woald  comprehend 
eivery  <Aov,  but  in  its  particular  sense 
it  includes  only  that  which  casualty 
offar^itself  to  view  :  a  spectacle,  on  the 
ooiitnury,i5  that  species  o£  sight  which 
has  something  in  it  to  interest  either 
the  heart  or  tne  head  of  the  observer : 
pffocesttons,  reviews,  sports,  and  the 
like,    are  sights;  but  battles,    bull- 
fights, or  public  games  of  any  descrip- 


tion are  spectacles^  which  interest,  but 
shock  the  feelings. 

Ctana*a  eHli  tin  woiide««rUw  «Amv, 

0»«'v*iy  aidcv  ikove,  below, 

8be  DOW  of  this  or  UmhI  eo^ulm. 

What  feast  was  andentood  admlces.  Gat. 

CopIcj*t  picture  of  Lord  CTuUham^  death  b 
ail  edpJkiHMow  of  itwlf. 


TImre  are  many  firtnes  which  In  their  owfl 
DfttiunB  are  inoapabto  of  aoy  outward  rqpfeaewig- 
l/ow.  ^ 


Their  varlona  anat  afford  a  pleattoff  HghU 

DftTflOBl. 

The  weary  Briton*,  wbofe  warrable  yoath, 
Wa«  bj  Maximilian  lately  ledd  away. 
Were  to  those  pagana  made  an  open  pray. 
And  dally  apeetaclt  of  tad  decay.  8 


SHOW,    OUTSIDE,   APPEARANCE, 
SEMBLANCE. 

Where   there   is   SHOW  (v,  T6 
show)  there  must  be  OUTSIDE  and 
APPEARANCE ;  but  there  may  be 
the    last   without   the   former.    Tha 
show  always  denotes  an  action,   and 
refers  to  some  person  as  agent ;  but 
the  outside  may  be  merely  the  passiw 
ouality    of  some   thing.     We  speak, 
tnerefore,  of  a  thing  as  mere  shorn  ;  to 
signify  that  what  is  shown  is  all  that 
exists;  and   in  this  sense  it  may  he 
termed    mere  outside,   as   consisting 
only  of  what  is  on  the  outside.     In 
describing  a  house,  however,  we  speak 
of  its  outside,  and  not  of  its  show  ;  as 
also  of  the  outside  of  a  book,  and  not 
of  the  show.    Appearance  denotes  aa 
action  as  well  as  show ;  but  the  former 
is  the  act  of  an  unconscious  agent,  tbo 
latter   of  one  that   is  conscious  and 
voluntary:   the   appearance    presents 
itself  to  the  view ;    the  show  is  pur- 
posely presented  to  view.     A  person 
makes   a  show  so  as  to    be  seen   by 
others ;  his  appearance  is  that  whicn. 
shows  itself  in  liiro.    To  look  only  to 
show,  or  be  concerned  for  show  oaXj, 
signifies  to  be  concerned  for  that  only 
which   will  attract  notice;    to  looK 
only  to  the  outside  signifies  to  be  con- 
cerned only  for  that  which  may   be 
seen  in  a  thing,  to  the  disregard  of  that 
which  is  not  seen  :  to  look  only  to  ap^ 
pearances  signifies  the  same  as   the 
former,  except  that  outside  is  said  in 
the  proper  sense  of  that  which  literally 
strikes  the  eye;  but  appearances  ex- 
tend to  the  conduct,  and  whatever  may 
effect  the  reputation. 

S£MBLANC£  or  SEEMING  (v. 
3  09 


8«) 


SHOW. 


SICK. 


Ih  seem)  always  conreys  the  idea  of 
an  unreal  appearance^  or  at  least  is 
contrasted  with  that  which  is  real ;  he 
who  only  wears  the  semblance  of 
fHendship  would  he  ill  deserving  the 
confidence  of  a  friend. 

TMni  fad  the  frfendthipoftbe  world  h  <Ann, 
M«e  outward  $how.  .  Savaob. 

The  gmter  part  of  mra  heboid  Dotblof  more 
tlisB  tb«  rotation  of  human  affair*.  Thb  is  onij 
the  oulHde  oftbiDgf.  Blaik. 

Bvery  accusation  against  penoot  of  rank  was 
heard  with  pleasure  (bj  Jame*  I.  of  Scotland). 
Every  mpptarance  of  follt  was  ezamliied  widi 
Hgw.  RoBsaTsov. 

^•t  roan,  the  wildeit  beast  of  prey. 

Wears  friendship's  gembtance  to  betray.  Mookb. 

SHOW,    PARADE,    OSTSNTATION. 

These  terms  are  synonymous  when 
they  imply  ahstract  actions  :  SHOW 
is  nere,  as  in  the  preceding  article, 
taken  in  the  vulgar  sense ;  OSTEN- 
TATION and  PARADE  include  the 
idea  of  something  particular :  a  man 
makes  a  show  of  his  equipage,  furni- 
ture, and  the  like,  hy  which  he  strikes 
the  eye  of  the  vulgar,  and  seeks  to  im- 
press them  with  an  idea  of  his  wealth 
and  superior  rank;  this  is  often  the 
paltry  refuge  of  weak  minds  to  conceal 
their  nothingness :  a  man  makes  a 
parade  with  his  wealth,  his  knowledge, 
nis  charities,  and  the  like^  by  which  he 
endeavours  to  give  weight  and  dignity 
to  himself,  proportioned  to  the  so- 
lemnity of  his  proceedings :  the  show 
is,  therefore,  but  a  simple  setting  forth 
to  view;  but  the  /)ara(^  requires  art, 
it  is  forced  effort  to  attract  notice  by 
the  number  and  exteut  of  the  ceremo- 
nies. The  show  and  parade  are  con- 
fined to  the  act  of  showings  or  the 
means  which  are  employed  to  show; 
but  the  ostentation  necessarily  includes 
the  purpose  for  which  the  display  is 
itaade  :  ne  who  does  a  thing  so  as  to  be 
seen  tuid  applauded  by  others,  does  it 
from  ostentation f  psLTUcularly  in  appli- 
cation to  acts  of  cliarity,  or  of  pub- 
lic subscription,  in  which  a  man  strives 
to  impress  others  with  the  extent  of 
his  wealth  hy  the  liberality  of  his 
gift. 

Great  in  tbemselres 
They  smile  taperior  of  eternal  thow. 

SOWVBTIUC. 

'  It  was  not  in  the  mere  parade  of  ro^-alty  that 
the  Mexlcaa  potentates  exhibited  their  power. 

AofiSftxaox. 


We  «rw  danled  with  tke  af  kadtr  of  ciHn,  4e 

ostentation  of  leuning,  aad   tibe  boNp  of  vki^ 
riet. 


SUOWT,  GAVDT,  GAY. 

SHOWY,  having  or  being  fbll  of 
show  (v.  Showt  osUnde\  is  mostly  m 
epithet  of  dispraise ;  that  which  is 
showy  has  seldom  any  tbing  to  deserre 
notice  beyond  that  which  catches  the 
eye  :  G AIJDY,  from  the  Latin  gandeo 
to  rejoice,  signifies  literally  fall  of  joy; 
and  is  applied  figuratively  to  the  exte> 
nor  of  oDJects,  but  with  the  annexed 
had  idea  of  beio^  striking  to  an  ex- 
cess :  GAY,  on  the  contrary,  wBidi  is 
only  a  contraction  of  gaudy,  is  used 
in  the  same  sense  as.  an  epithet  of 
praise.  Some  things  naajr  be  skanf, 
and  in  their  natiu«  properiy  so; 
thus  the  tail  of  a  peacock  is  sioa^ : 
artificial  objects  may  likewise  be 
showy f  but  they  will  not  be  preferred 
by  persons  of  taste :  that  which  is 
gaudy  is  always  artificial,  and  is 
always  chosen  by  the  vain,  the  vulgar, 
and  the  ignorant ;  a  maid  servant  wiD 
bedizen  herself  with  fatt</y-coloored 
ribbons.  That  which  is  gay  is  either 
nature  itself,  or  nature  imitated  in  the 
best  manner:  spring  is  a  gt^  season, 
and  flowers  are  its  gayest  accompani- 
ments. 

The  gaudjh  babbling,  and  Eemonefbl  iMj 

Is  crept  into  tlie  boaom  of  the  se«.  SaaEsrsiiL 

Jocimd  A^j 
Upon  the  mountain  tops  alts  gsi'/y  dress'd. 

SuAMseuts. 

SHREWD,  v.  Acute. 

TO  SHRIEK,  V,  To  cry, 
TO  SHRINK,  V,  To  Spring. 

TO  SHUDDER,  V.  To  shoke. 
TO  SHUN,  V.  To  avoid. 

TO  SHUT,    V.  To  close. 

SICK,  SICKLY,  DISEASED, 

MORBID. 

SICK  denotes  a  partial  sute;  SICK- 
LY a  permanent  state  of  the  body,  a 
proneness  to  be  sick  :  he  who  is  i^ 
may  be  made  well;  but  he  who  is 
sickiy  is  seldom  really  well:  all  persons 
are  liable  to  be  sir/r,  though  itn  have 
the  misfortune  to  be  sickly :  a  persoo 
may  be  sick  from  the  effect  of  coki^ 
violent  exercise,  and  the  like ;  but  ba 
is  sickly  only  from  constittition. 


SICKNESS. 


SIGNAL. 


8^ 


Sickly  expres9es  a  perraanent  state 
of  indisposition;  but  DISEASED  ex- 
presses a  violent  state  of  derange* 
ment  without  specifying  its  duration  ; 
it  may  be  fb(  a  time  only,  or  for  a 
permanency  :  the  person,  or  his  con- 
stitution,  is  sickly  ;  the  person,  or  his 
frame,  or  particular  parts,  as  his  lungs, 
his  inside,  his  brain,  and  the  like, 
may  be  diseased.  Sick,  sickly,  and 
(Useasedy  may  all  be  used  in  a  moral 
application  ;  MORBID  is  used  iii  no 
other.  Sick  denotes  a  partial  state,  as 
before,  namely,  a  state  of  disgust,  and 
is  alvi'ays  associated  with  the  object 
of  the  sickness ;  we  are  sick  of  turbu- 
lent enjoyments,  and  seek  for  tran- 
quillity :  sickly  and  morbid  are  ap- 
plied to  the  habitual  state  of  the  feei- 
mgs  or  character;  a  sickly  sentiment^ 
ality,  a  morbid  sensibility  :  diseased  is 
applied  in  general  to  individuals  or 
communities,  to  persons  or  to  things ; 
a  person's  mind  is  in  a  diseased  state 
ivheii  it  is  under  the  influence  of  cor- 
rupt passions  or  principles ;  society  is 
in  a  diseased  state  when  it  is  over- 
grown with  wealth  and  luxury. 

For  ABgbt  I  tee  tliey  are  u  tick  lliat  MirfeH 
vith  too  mub,  u  thej  that  starve  with  nothing. 

SlIAUPKAJIIi. 

Both  Homer  and  Virgil  vera  of  a  very  delicate 
and  Biekl^  constitution.  Waub. 

For  a  mind  digeoMd  with  vain  loDgin^s  after 
nnattainahh;  adtantages,  no  medicbic  can  be 
prescribed.  JoimioH. 

Whilst  the  dlktemprrs  of  a  relaxed  fibre  prog- 
noatleate  all  the  morfrM  force  of  cAnvolsion  In 
the  body  of  the  atate,  the  sceadinesa  of  the  pbjr- 
•ielaa  Is  overpowered  by  tlw  ?  erj  aspect  of  the 
iUtttte,  BuBKX. 

srcRLY,  V.  Sick. 

SICKNESS,  ILLNKSS, 
INDISPOSITION. 

SICKNESS  denotes  the  state  of 
being  sick  (v.  Sick):  ILLNESS  that 
of  b^g  i7/(z;.  Evil):  INDISPOSI- 
TTON  tiiat  of  being  not  well  disposed. 
Sickness  denotes  the  state  generally  or 
particularly;  illness  denotes  it  par- 
ticularly :  we  speak  of  sickness  as  op- 
posed to  good  health ;  in  sickness  or 
m  health ;  but  of  the  illness  of  a  par- 
ticular person  :  when  sickness  is  said 
of  the  individual,  it  designates  a  pro- 
tracted state ;  a  person  may  be  said 
to  have  much  sickness  in  his  family. 

•VidtGintfd: 


Illness  denotes  only  a  particular  or 
partial  sickness :  a  person  is  said  to 
nave  had  an  illness  at  this  or  that 
time,  in  this  or  that  place,  for  this  or 
that  period.  Indisposition  is  a  slight 
illnesSf  such  an  one  as  is  capable  of 
deranging  him  either  in  his  enjoy- 
ments or  iu  his  business;  colds  are  the 
ordinary  causes  of  indisposition. 

Sicknegs  is  a  sort  of  earlj  old  Hgt ;  it  tearbea 
tts  a  diffidence  in  our  eaithi J  state.  Pora. 

This  ill  the  llntt  letter  that  I  hare  ▼entnred 
apon,  which  will  be  written,  I  fear,  vacillantl- 
bus  Uteris ;  as  Tulljr  says,  Tyro*s  Letters  wen 
after  his  recovery  from  au  iUne*«,    ArrKaaiiftv. 

It  Is  not,  as  yon  conceive,  an  indUp^tUi^n  «f 
body,  but  the  minded  disease.  Fobs. 

SIGHT,  V.  Show.  i 

SIGN,  V.  Mark. 

SIGN,    SIGNAL. 

SIGN  and  SIGNAL  are  both  d^ 
rived  from  the  same  source  (v.  Mark, 
sif^n),  and  the  latter  is  but  a  species 
of  the  foi-mer.* 

The  sign  enables  us  to  recognize  an 
object ;  it  is  therefore,  sometimes  na- 
tural :  signal  serves  to  give  warning; 
it  is  always  arbitrary. 

The  movements  which  are  visible  in 
the  countenance  are  commonly  the 
signs  of  what  passes  in  the  heart; 
The  beat  of  the  drum  is  the  signal  for 
soldiers  to  repair  to  their  post. 

We  converse  with  those  who  are 
present  by  signs ;  we  make  ourselves 
understood  by  thofe  who  are  at  a 
distance  by  means  of  signals. 

The  nod  that  ratiftc-a  the  will  divine^ 

The  faithful  flaM  Irrevocable  tign, 

Thh  seats  thy  suit.  PoPl. 

Then  flntf  the  tremblinf  earth  the  iifptal  gave. 
And  flashing  Area  euHgliten  all  the  cave. 

Dai 


SIGNAL,  V.  Sign. 

SIGNAL,  MEMORABLE. 

SIGNAL  signifies  serving  as  a  sign. 

MFIMO  It  ABLE  signifies  worthy  to 
be  remembered. 

They  both  express  the  idea  of  exthi- 
ordiuary,  or  being  distinguished  from 
every  thing :  whatever  is  «<^/m/deservcs 
to  be  stamped  on  the  mind,  and  to  serve 
as  a  sign  of  some  property  or  charac- 
teristic ;  whatever  is  memorable  im- 
presses upon  the  memory^  and  refusM 

*SigBe,i|fMl.* 


SIGNIFY. 


SILENCE. 


895 


fiiU  import  of  every  term  which  he  hat 
occasion  to  make  use  of.  The  dif» 
ferent  senses  which  words  admit  of 
is  a  great  source  of  amhigaity  and 
confusion  with  illiterate  people. 

Signification  and  import  are  said 
mostly  of  single  words  only ;  seme  is 
said  of  words  either  in  connectiofi 
with  each  odier,  or  as  belonging  to 
some  class :  thus  we  speak  of  the 
eignification  of  the  word  house,  of 
the  import  of  the  term  love  ;  but  tha 
€en$e  of  the  sentenoei  the  tense  of  the 
author ;  the  employment  of  words  in 
a  technical,  moral,  or  physical  sen$e, 

A  lie  comitto  in  this,  that  it  li  a  taim  Hgn^fU 
taUon  knowliqily  and  volontarilj  naed.    Souta. 

To  draw  near  to  God  is  an  npmalon  of  awfal 
•ad  oqFBterioiu  import*  Blaib. 

There  are  two  9etuei  in  which  we  maj  he 
nid to  draw  Mac,  ia  mcb  ad^gree  ai  BMrtalitj 
admita,loGod.  Bumu 

Whea  b^jfond  her  expeetatioa  I  hit  upoa  her 
memningt  I  can  penelTe  a  radden  dood  of  dl^ 
appointment  •pread  over  her  t»ee»        JoHHioa. 

TO  SIGNIFY,  V.  To  denote. 

TO   SIGNIFY,  V.  To  eXpTCSS. 

TO   SIGNIFY,    IMPLY. 

SIGNIFY,  V,  To  express. 

IMPLY,  fit>m  the  Latin  impUco  to 
ibid  in,  signifies  to  fold  or  involve  an 
idea  in  any  object* 

These  terms  may  be  em{)loyed  either 
as  respects  actions  or  words.  In  the 
first  case  signify  is  the  act  of  the 
person  making  known  by  means  of  a 
sign,  as  we  sienify  our  approbatidtfi 
by  a  look :  imphf  marks  the  Tahie  or 
force  of  tlie  actioft ;  om*  assent  ii  iaf- 
pUed  in  our  silence.  When  ftppOed 
to  wofds  or  marks,  signify  denotes  the 
positiiKe  and  established  act  of  the 
thing ;  imphf  is  its  relative  act :  a 
word  signifies  whatever  it  is  made 
Jitfl^t^  to  stand  for ;  it  implies  th«t 
which  It  stands  for  figuratively  or  mo- 
rally. The  term  house  s^ni/!et  tiMt 
which  is  constructed  for*  a  dwelling; 
the  term  residence  implies  something 
eaperior  to  a  house.  A  cross,  thirt, 
•f-y  signifies  addition  in  arithmetic  ffr 
algebra ;  a  long  stroke,  thus,  ■  ■  ,  with 
a  break  in  the  text  of  a  work,  implies 
that  the  whole  sentence  is  not  com- 
pleted. It  frequently  happens  that 
words  mhich  signify  nothing  particnhur 


in  themselves,  may  be  made  to  impfy 
a  great  deal  by  the  tone,  the  manner, 
and  the  connection. 

Worde  rtgnify  oot  iaaeedMelj  and  primarllf 
tbiasi  themadfca,  but  the  eooceptioas  or  tfa« 
nUd  eeoceraiaf  tiiiaga.  Socitu 

Pleaanre  Imptfet  a  propoftloB  and  agieemeiit 
te  the  reapectif  e  states  and  oondltioos  of  men. 

Sovnu 

TO   SIGNIFY,   AVAIl- 

SIGNIFY  («.  To  signify)  is  here 
employed  with  regard  to  events  of 
life,  and  their  relaiive  importance. 
AVAIL  (v.  To  avail)  is  never  used 
otherwise.  That  which  a  thing  ii^- 
nifies  is  what  it  contains ;  if  it  signi- 
fies nothing,  it  contains  nothing,  and 
is  worth  nodiing;  if  it  signifies  much, 
it  contains  much,  or  is  worth  much. 
That  which  avails  produces;  if  it 
uvails  nothing  it  proouces  nothing,  is 
of  no  use  ;  if  it  avails  much,  it  pro- 
duces or  is  worth  much. 

We  consider  the  end  as  to  its  Stf  nt« 
fieaiian,  and  the  means  as  to  tneif 
avail.  Although  it  is  of  little  or  no 
sipiification  to  a  man  what  becomes 
of  his  remains,  yet  ao  one  can  be 
reconciled  to  the  idea  of  leaving  them 
to  be  eiposed  to  contempt;  words 
are  but  too  often  of  little  a;oail  to  curb 
the  unruly  wills  of  children. 

A%  for  wonder*,  what  tignfJUth  telflnf  vc  ^ 
them  ?  CoaBKax.i]ab 

What  mMil  a  pvport  of  italiiteo  afalnet  gan- 
Inf ,  wten  they  who  aafce  thaa  eenapiie  tofether 
for  the  infraction  of  them.  CuxaBaLATO. 

8ILKNCB,    TACITURNITY. 

*T8E  Latins  have  this  two  Terha 
ssUb  and  laeeo :  the  former  of  which 
is  interpreted  by  some  to  signiff  to 
cease  to  speak ;  and  the  latter  oeit  te 
b^ia  to  speak:  others  maintaio  ths 
-dh-ect  contrary.  Aoeoidhig  to  the 
present  use  of  the  words,  SILENCE 
expresses  less  than  TACITURNITY : 
the  nUni  man  does  not  speak ;  the 
tmcitum  man  will  not  spc«k  at  alL 
The  Latins  designated  the  most  pro- 
found silence  by  the  epithet  of  tad- 
tuma  sileniim. 

Silence  is  either  occasional  or  ha- 
bitual; it  may  arise  from  circmi- 
stances  or  character :  taciturnity  is 
mostly  habitual,  and  springs  from  dis- 
position. A  locptacious  man  may  be 
iiieni  if  he  has  no  one  te  speak  to 


•  YhitAMdrBMKtoM:  •* 


SIMPLE. 


SINCERE. 


825 


M.€omparison  between  large  things  find 
small,  althougii  there  can  be  no  good 
simile. 

Then  are  aNo  seviYal  noble  Hmttea  and  al- 
luloai  lo  the  fintbook  of  Paradbe  Lost. 

AoDiaoN. 

Sacb  as  bafe  a  natural  bent  to  lolitudi*  (to 
carry  on  tb«  former  $imUilude)  are  like  waif^s 
which  may  be  forced  into  foontuins.  Povk, 

Yoar  imajse  of  worshipping  onre  a  year  iu  a 
certain  place,  In  imitation  of  tlie  J«>Hr«,  is  but  a 
eontfartgonj  and  simile  ooo  tut  idfm. 

JOIIBWV. 

SIMILITUDE,  V.  Likeness, 
siMiLiTUDB)  V.  Simile. 

SIMPLE,    SINGLE,   SINGULAR. 

SIMPLE,  in  Latin  simplex  or  sine 
plice  without  a  fold,  is  opposed  to  the 
complex  which  has  many  folds,  or  to 
the  compound  which  has  several  paits 
involved  or  connected  with  each  other. 
SINGLE  and  SINGULAR  (v.  One) 
«re  opposed,  one  to  double,  and  tlie 
other  to  multifarious.  We  may 
speak  of  a  simple  circumstance  as  in- 
dependent of  any  thing ;  of  a  single 
instance  or  circumstance  as  unaccom- 
panied by  any  other :  and  a  singular 
instance  as  one  that  rarely  has  its  like. 
In  the  moral  application  to  the  person, 
simplicityy  as  fur  as  it  is  opposed  to 
duplicity  in  the  heart,  can  never  be 
excessive ;  but  when  it  lies  in  the  head, 
so  that  it  cannot  penetrate  the  folds 
and  doublings  of  other  persons,  it  is  a 
ftult.  Singleness  of  licart  and  iiv- 
tention  is  that  species  of  simplicittf 
which  is  altogether  to  be  admired  ; 
singularity  may  be  either  good  or  bad 
according  to  circumstances  ;  to  be 
singular  in  virtue  is  to  be  truly  good ; 
t)nt  to  '  be  singular  in  maimer  is 
affectation  which  is  at  variance  with 
genuine  simplicity,  if  not  directly  op- 
posed to  it. 

Nothinf  extraneous  most  cleave  to  the  eye  in 
the  net  of  seelifr;  its  bare  object  must  be  as 
aaked  as  tratb,  as  Hmpte  and  unmixed  as  nince- 

*iSS,  SODTU. 

Maakiad  with  other  aninalt  compare, 
fitMgle  how  weak,  and  impotent  ibey  are. 

JjEVTm. 

From  the  anion  of  the  crowns  to  the  lie? olutioo 
la  1 689,  Scotland  was  placeil  in  a  polilicai 
flttaation  the  most  Hngular  and  most  unhappy. 

ROBEKTSOH. 

SIMPLE,    SILLY,    FOOLISH. 

SIMPLE,  V.  Simple. 

blLLY  is  but  a  variation  of  simple. 


FOOLISH  signifies  like  a  fool  (v. 
Foot). 

The  sitnple,  when  applied  to  the 
understanding,  implies  such  a  con- 
tracted power  as  is  incapable  of  com- 
bination ;  silly  and  foolish  rise  in 
sen^e  upon  th^  former,  signifying 
either  the  perversion  or  the  total  de- 
ficiency of  understanding :  the  beha- 
viour of  a  person  may  be  silly,  who 
from  any  excess  of  feeling  loses  his 
sense  of  propriety  ;  tlie  conduct  of  a 
person  will  be  foolish  who  has  not 
judgement  to  direct  himself.  Countrj 
people  may  be  simple  owing  to  their 
want  of  knowledge ;  children  will  be 
silly  m  company  if  they  have  too  much 
liberty  given  to  them ;  there  are  some 
persons  who  never  acquire  wisdom 
enough  to  prevent  them  from  com- 
mitting foolish  errors. 

And  had  tht*  ulmple  natires 

Ob«enrM  liK  sa<e  adwiotf. 
Their  wealth  and  fame  some  yean  ago 

Had  reached  above  the  skies.  Swivt. 

Two  gods  a  tUly  woman  have  undone. 

DitTDia, 

VirRll  justly  thoo^htit  tif^tUh  figure  for  a 
ffrare  man  to  be  overuken  by  death,  wblle  be 
was  weigbiug  tlw  cadeuce  of  words  and  measarin^ 
verses.  WAusa. 

SIN,  V,  Ciiine. 
SINCERE,  V.  Camlid. 

SINCERE,  V.  Hearty. 

SINCERE,    HONEST,     TRUE, 
PLAIN. 

SINCERE  {v.  Candid)  is  here  the 
most  coinpreliensive  term  ;  UONEST 
{v.  Honesty),  TRUE,  and  PLAIN  (©. 
Even)^  are  but  modes  of  sincerity. 

Sincerity  is  a  fundamental  character* 
istic  of  the  person ;  a  man  is  sincere 
from  the  conviction  of  his  mind: 
honesty  is  the  expression  of  the  feeling* 
it  is  the  dictate  of  the  heart ;  we  look 
for  a  sincere  friend  and  aw  honest  com- 
panion :  truth  is  a  charactcrisnc  of 
sincerity,  thv  a  sincere  friend  is  a  tri^ 
friend;  but  sincere  is  a  permanent 
quality  in  the  character;  and  true 
may  be  an  occasional  one :  we  cannot 
be  sincere  without  being /ri/r  but  we 
may  l)e  true  without  bejutr  sincere. 

In  like  manner  a  sincere  man  must 
he  plain:  smce  plainness  cimsi>»ts  ia 
an  unvarnished  style  ;  ihe sincere  man 
will  always  adopt  that  mode  of  speech 
which  expresses  his  sentiments  moit 

2 


SITUATION. 


SKETCH. 


8S7 


tkm  w  respects  the  paintipg,  denning 
and  exterior,  altogether  \  it  is  in  a  bad 
•Me,  as  respects  the  beams,  plaister, 
jtwf,  and  interior  stnictore,  altogether. 
The  hand  of  a  watch  is  in  a  different 
gHwdion  every  hour ;  the  watch  itself 
may  be  iu  a  bad  condition  if  the  wheeb 
are  clogt^ed  with  dirt ;  but  in  a  good 
ttate  if  the  works  are  altogether  sound 
and  fit  for  service. 

The  man  who  has  a  charicttr  of  hit  owa  ii 
Utile  chaoged  bjr  Tar>iQg  bit  *a««i<an. 

Mrs.  MortaodS. 

It  ii  fnaeed  not  easy  to  pfcacribe  a  nice««»fnl 
MeBMT  of  approadi  to  the  dMresn^  or  nttsef 
illenii,  whose  etnditton  sah$ects  every  kind  of 
hihavkwr  eqnaUy  to  mbearriacrb         Jemneii. 

Petteoee  ttielf  h  one  rirtne  by  wMch  we  ate 
ficfued  for  thit  «t«f«  in  whkh  et il  •ball  be  no 
f^f^  JoBiwoa. 

SUuaiioH  and  condition  are  either 
permanent  or  temporary.    The  PREr 
DICAMENT,    from  the  Latin  pre- 
dieo  to  assert  or  declare^  signifies  to 
commit  one's  self  by  an  assertion; 
and  when  applied  to  circumstances,  it 
•■presses  a   temporary  embarrassed 
tUwUion  occasioned  by  an  act  of  one's 
own:  hence  we  always  speak  of  bring* 
lag   ourselves   into    a    predicament* 
FLIGHT,  contracted  from  the  Latio 
fUcmtu$f  participle  of  plico  to   fold, 
wgpifies  any  circumstance  in  whidi 
€oe  is  disagreeabljr  entangled;   and 
CASE  (v.   Case)  signifies  any  thing 
which  mav  befal  us,  or  into  which  we 
fiiU    mostly,  though  not  necessarily 
contrary  to  our   inclination.    Thos« 
two  latter  terms  therefore  denote  spe- 
cies of  a  temporary  condition  i   for 
they  both  express  that  which  bap- 
Mos  to  the  object  itself,  without  re* 
Ssrence  to  any  other.    A  person  is  in 
an  unpleasant  tUuation  who  is  shut 
up  in  a  stage  coach  with  disagreeable 
company.     He  is  in  an  awkward  pro* 
dicamoni  when  in  attempting  to  please 
one  friend  he  displeases  another.    He 
mnj  be  in  a  wretched  plight  if  he  is 
overturned  in  a  stage  at  night,  and 
at  a  distance  from  any  habitation. 
He  will  be  in  evil  c(U9  if  he  is  com- 
piled to  put  up  with  a  spare  and 
poor  diet. 

flvtan  beheld  their  jrfffM, 
Aad  le  Mi  wMm  Ihaa  In  derisloa  callM. 

Marea. 

TheoAndci^  life  Uet  la  the  ncrcy 
Of  the  duke  only  'galnit  all  other  foke, 
la  which  ^ndieawuia  1  tay  thon  itaBd^tt. 


Ow  «Me  !•  Mhe  that  of  a  tiMdler  apon  Ifct 
AIpe,  who  riuNild  fhacy  that  the  top  of  the  next 
hili  nrait  end  hit  jonmey,  becaoie  it  termlnatet 
hb  pra^kect.  Addmoii. 

8I2E,  MAGNITUDE,   GREATNBSdy 
BULK. 

SIZl^,  firom  the  Latin  cinis  and 
c£do  to  cut,  signifies  that  which  is  cut 
or  framed  according  to  a  certain  pro- 
portion.    

MAGNITUDE,  from  tiie  Latin 
magnitude,  answers  literally  to  the 
English  word  GREATNESS. 

BULK,  V.  Bulky. 

Size  is  a  ^neral  term  including  all 
manaer  of  dimension  or  measurement ; 
magnitude  is  employed  in  science  or 
in  an  abstract  sense  to  denote  some 
specific  measurement;  greatness  is  an 
unscientific  term  applicKd  in  the  same 
sense  to  objects  in  general :  simc  is  in- 
definite, it  never  characterizes  any 
thing  either  as  laq^e  or  small;  but 
magnitude  and  greatness  always  sup- 
pose something  great;  and  bulk  de» 
notes  a  considerable  degree  of  freat* 
neu :  things  which  are  diminutive  in 
size  will  oraen  have  an  extraordinarv 
degree  of  beauty,  or  some  other  acU 
ventitious  perfection  to  compensate 
the  deficiency ;  astronomers  have 
classed  the  stars  according  to  their 
different  magnitudes;  greatness  is 
considered  by  Burke  as  one  source  of 
the  sublime ;  bulk  is  that  species  of 
greatness  which  destroys  the  symme* 
try,  and  consequently  the  beauty,  of 
objects. 

Boon  frowi  the  plfny  le  i^gaatk  efec 

Detbu. 

Then  fbrm'd  the  moon, 
Globoie,  and  every  magiMudMiti  t^MXu 

IffLTQV. 

Awe  Ii  the  lint  ientiineBt  tIkA  rkn  la  the 
tdixA  at  the  fiew  of  God^  freatiicM.      Btiia. 

Hb  hogy  huik  oa  te«*li  U|h  toIum  nllM. 


TO  SKfiTCH)  V,  To  delineate. 

SKBTGHy  OUTLINES. 

The  SKETCH  may  form  a  whole; 
the  OUTLINES  are  but  a  part :  the 
oketek  may  comprehend  the  outlines, 
and  some  of  the  particulars :  the  on f  • 
lines,  as  the  term  bespeaks,  com* 
prehends  only  that  which  is  on  the  ex- 
terior surface :  the  sketch,  in  drawing, 
may  serve  as  a  landscape,  as  it  pre- 
sents some  of  the  featnrea  of  a  coori- 


8S» 


SKIN. ' 


8LAMT. 


try;  hut  the  atUline*  serve  only  -as 
htmndin^  lines,  within  which  the 
sketch  may  he  forinod.  So  in  the 
moral  Hp|)licati<»n  we  sptak  of  ihe 
sketches  of  countries,  characters,  man- 
ners, and  tl»o  like,  which  serve  as  a 
description  ;  but  of  the  outlines  oi  a 
plan,  of  a  work,  a  pri»ject,  and  the 
like,  which  sen'e  as  a  basis  on  which 
the  subordinate  parts  are  to  be  form- 
ed :  barbarous  nations  present  us  with 
rude  sketches  of  nature ;  an  abrid^e- 
meiit  is  little  oiore  tlian  the  outlines  of 
a  lai'gcr  work. 

In  £ev,  to  clow  tbe  vliolf , 
The  moral  muw  ha«  shadow  M  out  a  tketch 
Of  moU  our  weakntiis  QCtKls  believe  or  do. 

YooMi 

This  is  the  outline  of  the  fable  (KInjr  Lear). 

JOBHIOV. 

SKILFUL,  V.  Clever. 

8K1N)  HIDE,  PEBL,  RIND. 

SKIN,  which  is  in  German  schin, 
Swedish  skinn,  Danish  skind,  proba- 
bly comes  from  the  Greek  o-kuvo-,  a 
tent  or  covering. 

HIDE,  in  Saxon  hyd,  German 
hautf  low  Genuan  huth,  Latin  ctttisy 
comes  from  the  Greek  Ktud.i;  to  hide, 
cover. 

PEEL,  in  Gerttian  fell,  &c.  Latin 
pellU  a  skin,  in  Greek  4>£a>.:;  or  pxoio; 
Dark,  comes  from  t>*o'  to  burst  or 
crack,  because  the  burk  is  easily 
broken. 

RIND  is  in  all  probability  changed 
from  round,  signifying  that  which  goes 
round  and  envelops. 

Skin  is  the  term  in  most  general 
use,  it  is  applicable  both  to  huiuou 
caeatures  an(f  to  animals  ;  hide  is  used 
poly  for  the  skins  of  lar^e  animals : 
we  speak  of  the  skins  of  birds  or  in- 
sects; but  of  the  hides  of  oxen  or 
jbones,  and  otlier  animals,  which  are 
to  be  separated  from  the  body  and 
converted  nito  leather.  Skin  is  equally 
applied  to  the  inanimate  and  the  ani- 
mate world  ;  but  peel  and  rind  belong 
oolyto  inanimate  objects :  tbe  skiu  is 
senerally  said  of  that  which  is  interior, 
in  distinction  from  the  exterior  which 
is  the  peel:  an  orange  has  both  its 
peel  and  its  tbiasAciu  underneath ;  an 
apple,  a  pear,  and  the  like,  has  a  peeL 
The  peel  is  a  soft  substance  ou  the 
outbide;  tbe  rind  is  generally  iuteuur. 


and  of  a  harder  substance :  in  re^ 
to  a  stick,  we  speak  of  its  peei  and  :b 
inner  skin  ;  in  regard  to  a  tree,«t 
speak  of  its  bark  and  its  rind :  bescr, 
hkewise,  the  term  rind  is  applied  tc 
cheese,  and  other  incrusted  substinoa 
tliat  envelop  bodies. 

SLACK,   LOOSS. 

SLACK,  in   Saxon  sfacc,  low  Ger- 
man stark,  French  tache,  Latin  lem, 
and    LOOSE,     in  -Saxon   /an,  bftb 
come  froni  the  Hebrew  halatz  to  make 
free  or  k)ose;  they  differ  more  in  ap- 
plication  han  in  sense  :  they  are  bodi 
opposed  to  that  which  is  dose  bciuiid; 
but  slack  is  said  only  of  that  wbidi  is 
tied,  or  that   with  which  any  ihinisis 
tied  ;  but  loose    is    said  of  aiiv  sob- 
stances,  the  parts  of*  which  do  iiocid- 
here  closely  :  a  rope  is  siack  iaopiK*. 
sition    to   the    tight   rope,    wbich  is 
stretched  to  its  full  extent;  and  in  |:t- 
neral  cords  or   strings   are  said  to  be 
slack  which  fail  in  the  requisite  degree 
of  tightness;  but  they  are  said  to  be 
loose  in  an  indefinite  manner,  widw« 
conveying  any  coilaterai  idea :  tbi»  tbe 
string  of  an  instrument  is  denomioaid 
slack  rather  than  iotme  ;  on   tbeniber 
band,  loose  is  said  of  many  bodies  ts 
which  the  word  slack  cannot  be  ip- 
plied :  a  garment    is    loose,  hot  sol 
slack  ;  the  leg  of  a  table  is  loose,  bot 
not  slack.    In  the  moral  applicatioii, 
that  which  admits  of  exteasioo  lenetb- 
ways  is  denominated  s/<ic>ir;  uidihsc 
which  fails  in  consistency  aod  dose 
adherence  is  loose:  trade  is  in  geiwal 
slack,  or  the  sale  of  a  particular  irtidei 
is  slack ;  but  an  engagement  is  ^ 
and  principles  are  loose. 

nrom  his  $laek  baud    tbe  pif  fauid  wmtkV  iv 

Ete 
DowDdropf.  Iliuf& 

Nor  fear  that  be  who  alts  «o  to99e  te  lifr, 
Mould  too  BMidi  iban  Ita  labon  aad  to  Kftfk 


TO  SLANDER,  V.  To  osperse. 

TO  SLANT,  SLOPS. 

SLANT  is  probably  a  variatioa  of 
leant,  and  SLOPE  of  slip,  expressive 
of  a  sideward  movement  or  directioa : 
they  are  the  same  in  sense,  but  difer- 
ent  in  application:  slant  is  said  of 
small  bodies  only ;  slope  is  said  io- 
.differeutly  of  all  bodies,   lai^e  ud 


SLEEPY. 


SLIP. 


829 


smstll :  a  book  may  be  made  to  ilarU 
by  lying  in  part  on  another  book,  a 
desk,  a  table;  or  a  piece  of  ground  is 
said  to  ilope. 

An  late  the  elands 
Justllnjr   or   pa»h'd   wUh   wind*,  rndr  in  their 

thocVy 
Fire  the  sUnt  Ilshtnlnp.  MitTOB. 

It*  npUods  iloping  deck  the  moantaln'n  •Ide. 

GuLObHITH* 

SLAVERY,  v.  Servitude. 
SLAUGHTER,  V,  Comagc, 

TO  SLAUGHTER,  I'.  To   kill. 
TO  SLAY,  V.  To  kill. 

TO  SLEEP,  SLUMBER,  DOZE, 
DROWZK,  NAP. 

SLEEP,  in  Saxon  sla'pan^  low  Ger- 
man s/«p,  German  %chlaf\  is  supposed 
to  come  from  the  low  German  tlap  or 
f/rtcfc  slack,  because  sleep  denotes  aa 
entire  relaxation  of  the  physical  frame. 

SLUMBER,  in  Saxon  tlumerun^ 
&c.  is  but  an  intensive  verb  of  wA/iiw- 
vterif  which  is  a  variation  from  the  pre- 
ceding sleepy  sUtpariy  &c. 

DOZE,  in  low  German  dusen^  is 
in  ail  probability  a  variation  from  the 
French  dors,  and  the  Latin  dormio  to 
sleep,  which  was  anciently  dermio,  and 
comes  from  the  Greek  ^ef**  a  skin, 
because  people  lay  on  skins  when  they 

slept. 

DROWZE  is  a  variation  oidoze. 

NAP  is  in  all  probability  a  varia- 
tion of  nctb  and  nod. 

Sleep  is  the  general  tqrm,  which 
designates  in  an  indefinite  manner  that 
slate  of  the  body  to  which  all  ani- 
mated beinps  are  subject  at  certain 
seasons  in  the  course  of  nature ;  to 
slumber  is  to  deep  lightly  and  softly ; 
to  doze  is  to  incline  to  sleep  or  to  be- 
g^n  sleeping  ;  to  nap  is  to  sleep  for  a 
time  :  every  one  who  is  not  indisposed 
sleeps  during  the  night ;  those  who  are 
accustomed  to  wake  at  a  certain  hour 
of  the  morning  commonly  slumber 
only  afVer  that  time;  there  are  many 
who,  though  they  cannot  sleep  in  a  car- 
riage, will  yet  he  obliged  to  doze  if 
tiiey  travel  in  the  night ;  in  hot  cli- 
mates the  middle  of  the  day  is  com- 
inonly  chosen  for  a  nap, 

SLEEPY,    DROWSY,    LETHARGIC. 

SLEEPY  (r.  To  sleep)  expresses 


either  a  temporary  or  a  permanent 
state;  DUOWSY,  which  comes 
from  the  low.  German  druun,  aud  is 
a  variation  qf  doze  (t».  To  sleep),  ex- 
presses mostly  a  temporary  state; 
LE'raARGIC,  from  lethargy,  in  La- 
tin  lethurgia,  Greek  Xu^a^yi',  com- 
pounded of  /rdi  forgetfulness,  and 
af^i/c  swift,  signifying  a  proncness  to 
forgetfulness  or  sleep,  describes  a  per* 
raanent  or  habitual  state. 

Slcept/j  as  a  temporary  state,  ex- 
presses also  what  is  natural  or  season- 
able ;  drowsine^  expresses  an  inclina- 
tion to  sleep  at  unseasonable  hours  : 
it  is  natural  to  be  sleepy  at  the  hour 
when  we  are  accustomed  to  retire  to 
rest ;  it  is  common  to  be  drotosy  when 
sitting  still  aflcr  dinner.  Sleepiness, 
as  a  permanent  state,  is  an  inlirroity 
to  which  some  persons  are  subject 
constitutionally ;  lethargy  is  a  disease 
with  which  people,  othcr\\  i>e  the  most 
wakeful,  may  be  occasionally  attacked. 

SLENDER,  V.  Thin. 

TO  SLIDK,  V.  To  slip. 

SLIGHT,  V.  Cursory. 

SLIGHT,  V.  TIlZTU 

TO  SLIGHT,  V.  To  disregard. 
SLIM,  V.  Thin. 

TO  SLIP,  SLIDE,  GLIDE. 

SLIP  is  in  low  German  slipan, 
Latin  labor  to  slip,  and  libo  to  pour^ 
which  comes  from  the  Greek  Ai»r.'o^a. 
to  pour  down  as  water  does,  and  tlie 
Hebrew  salap  to  turn  aside. 

SLIDE  is  a  vanation  o£slip,  and 
GLIDE  of  slide. 

To  slip  is  an  involuntary,  and  slide 
a  voluntary  motion  :  those  who  so  on 
the  ice  in  fear  will  slip  ;  boys  slule  on 
the  ice  by  way  of  amusement.  To  slip 
and  slide  are  l^ral  movements  of  tbe 
feet ;  but  to  ^de  is  the  movement  of 
the  whole  bod^,  and  just  that  easy 
motion  which  is  nrede  by  slipping^ 
sliding,  flying,  or  swimming :  a  per- 
son glides  along  the  surface  of  the  ice 
when  he  slides  ;  a  vessel  glides  along 
'  through  tlie  water.  In  the  moral  and 
figurative  application,  a  person  slips 
who  commits  unintentional  errors; 
he  slides  into  a  course  of  life,  who 
wittingly,  and  yet  without  difficulty, 
falls  into  the  piuctice  and  habits  wbieli 


SMELL. 


SOAK. 


931 


ODORy  in  Latin  odor,  comes  from 
•2eo,  in  Greek  o([^  to  smell.  ^ 

PERFUME,  compounded  of  per 
erpro  and  fumo  or  fumus  a  smoke  or 
vapor,  that  is,  the  vapor  that  issues 
with. 

FRAGRANCE,  in  Latin  fro* 
grantiaf  comes  from  fragro,  anciently 
fragOj  that  is,  to  perfume  or  gmell 
like  the  fraga  or  strawberries. 

Smell  and  eeent  are  said  either 
of  that  which  receives,  or  that  which 
gires  the  tmell ;  the  odoTy  the  perftaney 
MoAfragrancey  of  that  which  commo- 
aicates  the  tmelL  In  the  first  case, 
wmell  is  said  generally  of  all  living 
things  without  distinction;  »cefU  is 
said  only  of  such  animals  as  have  this 
peculiar  faculty  of  tracing  objects  by 
their  smell :  some  persons  have  a  moch 
quicker  tmell  than  others,  and  some 
Bave  an  acuter  tmell  of  particular  ob- 
jects than  they  have  of  things  in  gen^ 
iml ;  dogs  are  remarkable  for  their 
qoickness  oiscenty  by  which  they  can 
trace  their  masters  and  other  (Ejects 
at  an  immense  distance;  other  ani- 
mals are  gifted  with  this  faculty  to  a 
iurprizing  degree,  which  serves  them 
at  a  means  of  defence  against  their 


In  the  second  case  $mell  is  com- 
pared with  odoTy  perfume,  and  fra- 
grance, either  as  respects  the  objects 
communicating  the  tmell,  or  the 
nature  of  the  smell  which  is  com- 
monicated.  Smell  is  indefinite  in  its 
sense,  and  universal  in  its  application ; 
odor,  peHumey  and  fragrance,  are 
tpedee  kA  smell :  every  object  is  said 
to  smeii  which  acts  on  the  olfactory 
Btrvee ;  flowers,  fruits,  woods,  earth, 
water,  and  the  like,  have  a  smell; 
bat  the  odor  is  said  of  that  which  is 
ardfkaal;  the  perjume  and  fragrance 
•f  that  which  is  natural :  the  burning 
of  things  produces  an  odor;  the  per- 
Ahnc  and  fragrance  arises  from  flow- 
firs  or  sweet  smelling  herbs,  spices, 
and  the  like.  The  smell  and  otwr  do 
not  specify  the  exact  nature  of  that 
which  issues  from  bodies;  they  may 
both  be  either  pleasant  or  unpleasant ; 
hot  smell,  if  taken  in  certain  connex- 
ioos,  signifies  a  bad  smell,  and  odor 
signifies  that  which  is  sweet:  meat 
which  is  kept  too  long  will  have  a 
emell,  that  is  of  conrse  a  bad  smell  / 
th%  odors  hem  n  sacrifice  are  accept- 


able, that  is,  the  sweet  odors  ascend  to 

heaven.  Perfume  is  properly  a  wido 
spreading  tmell,  and  wnen  taken  with- 
out any  epithet  signifies  a  pleasant 
smell ;  fragrance  never  signifies  any 
thing  but  what  is  good,  it  is  the  sweet- 
est and  most  powerful  perfume :  tho 
perfume  from  the  flowers  and  shrubs 
is  as  grateful  to  one  sense  as  their 
colors  and  confi>rroation  are  to  the 
other ;  the  fragrance  from  groves  of 
myrtle  and  orange-trees  surpasses  tfao 
beauty  of  their  miits  or  foliage. 

Th«n  caren  blf  omupirlnf  ftet,  vhoM  tcent 
Betnji  that  nfetj  wbleh  tbelr  iirlftoen  leot. 


So  Snwvn  •■•  gaAetBd  <o  adom  ft  fiwre* 

To  low  Ihrlr  ttiakmBm  vnons  boov  «9d  roMoH 


And  b«ve  Uwir  odourt  ttUied  la  the  dmC 

RowBk 
At  Inf  a  toft  OHd  •oieoin  ftreathlJig'  aoaad 
Mmb  HiM  a  itoaai  oT  rMi  dMiird  jMc/iimeiw 

MiLToa. 
Soft  Ttraat  frmgnmiu  oloCht  tko  iovMnf  eaitlu 

Maaox, 

SMOOTH,  V.  Everu 

TO  SMOTHBR,  V.  To  Stifle. 

TO  SHOTHEB,  V.  To  suffocale. 
TO  SNATCH,  V,  To  lay  hold  of. 

TO  SNEER,   V.  To  SCOjff\ 

TO   SOAK,    DRENCH,    STKBP. 

SOAK  is  a  variation  of  suck. 

DRENCH  is  a  variation  of  drink. 

STEEP,  in  Saxon  sieapan,  &c.  fromr 
the  Hebrew  talep,  signifies  to  overfloiv 
or  overwhelm. 

The  idea  of  communicating  or  re- 
ceiving a  liquid  is  common  to  theso 
terms.  We  soak  things  in  water  whea 
we  wish  to  soften  them ;  animals  are 
drenched  with  liquid  as  a  medicinal 
operation.  A  person's  things  are 
toaked  in  rain,  when  the  water  has 
penetrated  every  thread ;  he  himself 
IS  drenched  in  the  rain  when  it  has 
penetrated  as  it  were  his  very  body ; 
drench  therefore  in  this  case  only  ex- 
presses the  idea  of  soak  in  a  stronger 
manner.  To  steep  is  a  species  of 
soaking  employed  as  an  artificial  pro- 
cess ;  to  soak  is  however  a  permanent 
action  by  which  hafd  things  are 
rendered  soft;  to  steep  is  a  teaHK>* 
rary  action  by  which  soft  bodies  be^ 
come  penetrated  with  a  liooid :  thus 
salt  meat  requires  to  be  toemed;  fruits 
are  steeped  in  brandy. 


SOFT. 


SOFT. 


835 


Good  sense  teaches  us  the  necessity 
of  coofbrming  to  the  rules  of  the  <o- 
defy  to  which  we  belong :  good  breads 
ing  prescribes  to  ns  to  render  our- 
selves agreeable  to  the  company  of 
which  we  form  a  part. 

When  expressing  the  abstract  action 
of  associating,  tociety  is  even  more 
general  and  indefinite  than  before; 
it  expresses  that  which  is  common  to 
mankind ;  and  company  that  which  is 
peooliar  to  individuals.  The  love  of 
society  is  inherent  in  oar  nature ;  it  is 
weakened  or  destroyed  only  by  the 
▼ioe  of  our  oonstitntion,  or  the  de- 
nuogement  of  oar  system  :  every  one 
natimUj  likes  the  company  of  his  own 
ineods  and  connections  in  preference 
to  that  of  strangers.  Society  is  a  per- 
manent and  habitual  act ;  company  is 
only  a  particular  act  suit^  to  the  oc- 
casion :  it  behoves  us  to  shun  the  so- 
cUty  of  those  from  whom  we  can  learn 
no  goody  although  we  may  sometimes 
be  obliged  to  be  in  their  company. 
The  toeuiy  of  intelligent  men  is  de- 
sirable for  those  who  are  entering  life ; 
the  company  of  facetious  men  is  agree- 
able in  travelling. 

Vnteppy  br,  who  from  tbefintof  Jojt, 

*clefy,eiit  off,  b  left  aloM 

Aatd  this  worid  of  death.  '  Tboksom. 

OimjMity,  thovf  h  it  may  reprieve  a  mao  from 
Ml  aelaaclkoly,  caoaot  leciiie  blm  from  bit  con- 

SOUTB. 


SOFT,   VllhDj  GENTLB,    IMEBK. 

SOFT,  in  Saxon  soft^  German 
Monft^  comes  most  probably  from  the 
Saxon  tihf  Gothic  uf^  Hebrew  sabbath 
rest. 

MILD,  in  Saxon  milde,  German 
wuldCf  &c.  Latin  mollis,  Greek  MiXutc^^ 
comes  from  fAuXis-a^w  to  soothe  with 
toft  words,  and  fxtu  honey. 

GENTLE,  V.  Gentle, 

M££K,  like  the  Latin  mitis,  may 
in  all  probability  come  from  the  Greek 
fum  to  make  less,  signifying  to  make 
one's  self  small,  to  be  humble. 

•S^  and  mild  are  employed  both  in 
the  proper  and  the  improper  applica- 
tion ;  meek  only  in  the  moral  applica- 
tion :  scfi  is  opposed  to  the  hard ; 
wuid  to  the  sharp  or  strong. 

^  All  bodies  are  said  to  l^  soft  which 
jield  easily  to  the  touch  or  pres- 
sure, as  a  soft  bed,  the  soft  earth,  so^ 
fruit;  aomo  bodies  art  said  to  b^ 


mild  which  act  weakly,  but  pleasantly, 
on  the  taste,  as  mild  fruit,  or  a  mild 
cheese;  or  on  the  feelings,  as  mild 
weather. 

In  the  improper  application,  softy 
mild,  and  gentle,  may  be  applied  to 
that  which  acts  weakly  upon  others, 
or  is  easily  acted  upon  oy  others; 
meek  is  said  of  that  only  which  is 
acted  upon  easily  by  others :  in  this 
sense  they  are  all  employed  as  epi- 
thets, to  designate  either  the  person, 
or  that  which  is  personal. 

In  the  sense  of  acting  weakly,  but 
pleasantly,  on  others,  soft,  mild,  and 
gentle,  are  applied  to  the  same  per- 
sonal properties,  but  with  a  slight 
distinction  in  the  sense :  the  voice  of 
a  person  is  either  s^  or  mild  ;  it  it 
naturally  soft,  it  is  purposely  made 
mild:  a  foj^  voice  strikes  agreeably 
upon  the  ear;  a  mild  voice,  when 
assumed  by  those  who  have  authority, 
dispels  all  fears  in  the  minds  of  in- 
feriors. A  person  moves  either  sqftly 
or  gently,  but  in  the  first  case  ha 
moves  with  but  litde  noise,  in  the 
second  he  moves  with  a  slow  pace.  It 
is  necessary  to  go  softly  in  the  charo* 
ber  of  the  sick,  that  they  may  not  be 
disturbed;  it  is  necessary  for  a  sick 
person  to  move  gently,  when  he  £rsc 
attempts  to  go  abroad  after  his  con* 
finement. 

To  tread  softly  is  an  art  which  is 
acquired  from  the  dancing-master;  to 
go  gently  is  a  voluntary  act :  we  may 
go  a  gentle  or  a  quick  pace  at  plea- 
sure. Words  «re  either  soft,  mild,  or 
gentle :  a  sofi  word  falls  ughtly  upon 
the  person  to  whom  it  is  addressed ; 
it  does  not  excite  any  angry  senti- 
ment; the  proverb  says,  *^  A  soft  an- 
swer tumeth  away  wrath.''  A  reproof 
is  mild  when  it  falls  easily  from  the  lips 
of  one  who  has  power  to  oppress  and 
wound  the  feelings;  a  censure,  an  ad- 
monition, or  a  hint,  is  eentle,  which 
bears  indirectly  on  the  offender,  and 
does  not  expose  the  whole  of  his  in- 
firmity to  view :  a  kind  father  always 
tries  the  efficacy  of  mild  reproofs ;  a 
prudent  friend  will  always  try.  to 
correct  our  errors  by  gentle  remon- 
strances. 

In  like  manner  we  say  that  punish- 
ments are  mild  which  inflict  but  a 
small  portion  of  pain;  they  are  op- 
posed  to   those   which  afa   severe: 

3b 


SOLITARY. 


SOLITARY. 


8S5 


KiTM  trouble  to  a  certain  extent^  biit 
It  is  not  aiwa^  onreasonabie :  there 
may  be  cases  in  which  we  may  yield 
10  the  $olicUations  of  friends,  to  do 
that  which  we  have  no  objection  to  be 
obliged  to  do :  hot  importunity  is  that 
mfUcitation  which  never  ceases  to  an* 
ply  for  that  which  it  is  not  agireeable 
to  give.  We  may  sometimes  be  ur- 
gent in  our  solicitations  of  a  friend  to 
tecept  some  proffered  honor;  the  to- 
ilette/ton  however,  in  this  case,  al* 
though  it  may  even  be  troublesome, 
yet  it  is  sweetened  by  the  motive  of 
the  action :  the  importunity  of  beggws 
it  often  a  politic  means  of  extoiti^g 
money  ftom  the  passenger. 

Althongli  tlie  derll  cannot  conpel  a  mto  to 
4b,  jrt  be  can  fellow  a  man  witfi  coatlmial 
HilettmHmu.  Aodtb. 

Tbo  lor«nrt  of  expcctatiOB  it  not  etiily  to  bo 
bort4*,  «b«o  tbo  hoart  bns  no  riral  fosafonmitt 
to  withdraw  it  fnun  tbo  imptrtunittei  of  dcaira. 

JOBJUO*. 

SOLICITUDE,  V.  Care* 
SOLID,  V.  Firm. 
SOLID,  V.  Hard* 
SOLID,  V.  SubstaniiaL 
SOLITARY,  V.  Alone*  ■ 

SOLITARY,  SOLE,  ONLY,  SIN6LB. 

SOLITARY  and  SOLE  are  both 
derived  firom  tolta  alone  or  whole. 

ONLY,  that  is  onely,  signifies  the 
quality  of  unity. 

SINGLE  is  an  abbreviation  of  sin- 
gala  r  (v.  Simple). 

All  these  terms  are  more  or  less 
opposed  to  several  or  many.  Soliiary 
aiid  $ole  signify  one  left  by  itself;  the 
former  mostly  in  application  to  parti- 
cular sensible  objects,  the  latter  m  re- 
gard mostly  to  moral  objects  :  a  «o^ 
tary  shrub  expresses  not  only  one 
shrub,  but  one  that  has  been  left  to 
itself:  the  sole  cause  or  reason  signi- 
fies that  reason  or  cause  which  stands 
unsupported  by  any  thing  else.  Only 
does  not  include  the  idea  of  desertion 
or  deprivation,  but  it  comprehends 
that  of  want  or  deficiency :  he  who 
has  only  one  shilling  in  his  pocket 
Means  to  imply,  that  he  wants  more 
or  ought  to  have  more.  Single  signi- 
ftes  simply  one  or  more  detached  from 
others,  without  conveying  any  other 
collateral  idea:   a   ^ngJt  mtt  of 


paper  may  be  sometimes  more  conve* 
nient  than  a  double  one ;  a  single 
shilling  may  be  all  that  is  necessary 
for  the  present  purpose :  there  may  be 
single  ones,  as  well  as  a  single  one  ; 
but  the  other  terms  exclude  the  idea 
of  there  being  any  thing  else.  A  so^ 
litary  act  of  generouty  is  not  suffi« 
cient  to  characterize  a  roan  as  gener* 
ous:  with  most  criminals  the  sole 
ground  of  their  defence  rests  upon 
their  not  having  learnt  to  know  and 
do  better :  harsh  language  and  severe 
looks  are  not  the  onh  means  of  cor- 
recting the  fuults  of*^ others:  singU 
instances  of  extraordinary  talents  now 
and  then  present  themselves  in  the 
course  of  an  age. 

In  the  adverbial  form,  solely,  onfyf 
and  singly  are  employed  with  a  simi- 
lar distinction.  The  disasters  whidi 
attend  an  ensucoessful  military  enter- 
prize  is  seldom  to  be  attributed  solely 
to  the  incapacity  of  the  general :  there 
are  many  circumstances  both  in  the 
attttiral  and  moral  world  which  are  to 
to  accounted  for  only  by  admUttn^  a 
providence  as  presented  to  us  in  Divme 
tevelation :  there  are  many  things 
which  men  could  not  effect  sing^ 
that  might  be  effected  by  them  con^ 
jointly. 

The  cattle  ia  the  fields  and  meadow*  green. 
Those  rare  and  MUtary^  thcw  In  flocks.  Miltom;* 

All  tbhi^  are  hot  lavlpid  to  a  man  la  eooa* 
pariMNi  of  that  one,  which  k  the  «o/e  mlnfon  of 
hie  fancy.  Soma* 

Thy  fear 
Win  saf  •  at  trial,  what  the  least  can  do, 
Mnffe  agalMt  Aa  wicked.  Miitok • 

SOLITARY,   DESBRT,    DBSOJLATS* 

sour  ART,  V.  Alone. 

D£S£RT  is  the  same  as  deserted. 

DESOLATE,  in  Latin  desolatus, 
signifies  made  solitary. 

All  these  epithets  are  applied  to 
places,  but  with  difierent  modifica- 
tions of  the  common  idea  of  solitude 
wliich  belongs  to  them.  The  solitary 
simply  denotes  the  absence  of  all 
beings  of  the  same  kind  :  thus  a  place 
is  solitary  to  a  man,  where  there  is 
no  human  being  but  himself;  and  it  li 
solitary  to  a  brute,  when  there  are  no 
brutes  with  which  it  can  hold  society. 
Desert  conveys  the  idea  of  a  place 
made  solitary  by  being  shunned^ 
fiem  its  wifitneK  eft  *  pli«e  of  resi* 

9bS 


SOUL. 


SOUND. 


857 


TItf  •■,  ayiireaeUnfr  next,  covtmfA 

That  In  bit  heart  he  lovM  a  jeit; 

One  fknlt  be  hatb,  is  sorry  ht% 

His  enrs  are  half  a  foot  too  short.  Swirr. 

The  mimic  ape  began  to  chatter. 

Hew  eril  tongnes  bis  name  bespatter; 

He  saw,  and  be  was  griiffd  to  aee^ 

Bli  seal  was  soowtimes  iacUtcHMt.  Swvn 

Ko   man  is  hurt^  at   least  few  ara  ao,  hj 
htuimg  bis  ne^bonr  cateemed  a  woctbj  man. 

BlAUU 

SORT,  V.  Kind. 
SOVEREIGN,  V.  Pfince. 

SOUL,    MIND. 

These  terms,  or  tlie  equivalents  to 
dieiD^  have  beea  employed  by  all 
civilized  uatioos  to  designate  that 
part  of  human  nature  which  is  dis- 
tinct from  matter.  The  SOUL,  how- 
ever, from  the  German  seete.  Sec.  and 
the  Greek  }ax  to  live,  like  the  anima 
of  the  Latin,  which  comes  from  the 
Greek  «?tf(o;  wind  or  breath,  is  repce- 
stfntad  to  our  minds  by  the  subtlest 
of  ibdsr  ethereal  of  midfble  objects, 
nitmeT^,  breath  or  spirit,  apd  denotes 
properly  the  quickening  or  vital  prin- 
ciple, 'mind,  on  the  contrary,  from 
the  Greei:  '  jufrcc,  which  signifies 
strength,  is  that  sort  of  power  which 
is  closely  allied  to,  and  in  a  great 
measure  dependant  upon,  corporeal 
organization:  the  former  is,  there- 
fore, the  immortal,  and  the  latter  the 
mortal,  part  of  ift ;  the  former  con- 
nects us  with  angels,  the  latter  with 
brutes :  in  the  former  we  distinguish 
ooBsciouBness  and  will,  which  is  pos- 
sessed by  no  other  created  being  that 
we  know  of;  in  the  latter  we  distin- 
guish nothing  but  tlie  power  of  re- 
ceiving impressions  from  external  ob- 
jects»  which  we  call  idea*;,  and  wliich 
we  have  in  common  with  the  brutes. 
There  are  minute  philosophers,  who, 
from  their  extreme  anxiety  after  truth, 
deny  that  we  possess  any  thing  more 
than  what  this  poor  composition  of 
iesh  and  blood  can  give  us ;  and  yet, 
methinks,  sound  philosopliy  would 
teach  us  that  we  ought  to  prove  the 
truth  of  one  position,  before  we  assert 
the  falsehood  of  its  opposite;  and  con- 
sequently that  if  we  deny  that  we  have 
any  thing  but  what  is  material  in  us, 
we  ought  first  to  prove  that  the  material 
issofiicient  to  produce  the  reasoning 
.Acnlty  of  mao.    Now  it  is  upon  tius 


very  impossibility  of  finding  any  thing 
in  mattejr  as  an  adequate  cause  for 
the  production  of  the  iouly  that  it  is 
conceived  to  be  an  entirely  distinct 
principle.  If  we  had  only  the  mind, 
that  is,  an  aggregate  of  ideas  or  sen- 
sible images,  such  as  is  possessed  by 
the  brutes,  it  would  be  no  difficulty  to 
conceive  of  this  as  purely  material, 
since  the  act  of  receiving  images  is 
but  a  passive  act,  suited  to  the  inac- 
tive property  of  matter :  but  when  the 
JOtt/  tdrns  in  upon  itself,  and  creates 
for  itself  by  abstraction,  combination, 
and  deduction,  a  world  of  new  objects,' 
it  proves  itself  to  be  the  most  active  of 
all  principles  in  the  universe ;  it  then 
oositively  acts  upon  matter  instead  of 
bemg  acted  upon  b^  it.  But  not  to 
lose  sight  of  the  distinction  drawn  be- 
tween the  words  soul  and  mindp  1  sim- 
ply wish  to  show  that  the  vulgar  and 
the  philosophical  use  of  these  terms 
altogether  accord,  and  are  both  founded 
on  the  true  nature  of  things ;  namely, 
that  the  word  s/oul_  is .  taken  for  the 
active  and  living  principle,  and  mind, 
is  considered  as  the  storehouse  or  re- 
ceiver :  so  likewise  when  we  say  that 
a  person  is  the  soul  of  the  society  in 
which  he  acts;  or  that  we  treasure 
any  thing  in  the  mind,  it  makes  an  ■ 
impression  on  the  mind» 

Man's  toul  in  a  perpeCnal  motion  flows. 
And  to  no  ootward  caoae  thai  motion  owes. 

DnfBAlb 
In  bafthfol  coyness,  or  In  maiden  pride, 
The  sort  return  concealM,  fave  when  St  stole 
In  side-Ionf  glances  from  her  downcast  ejei^ 
Or  from  her  sweUIns  toul  in  stifled  ai^H. 

THOHsoa. 
R*en  ttom  the  bod j^  pnritj,  the  mU^ 
Receives  a  secret  sjrn^sthctic  aid,       Tnovsoa. 

SOUND,    SANE,    HEALTHY. 

SOUND  and  SANE,  in  Latin 
janio,  comes  probably  from  sanguis 
the  blood,  because  in  that  lies  the  seat 
of  health  or  sickness. 

HEALTHY,  v.  Ueakhy. 

Sound  is  extended  in  its  application 
to  all  things  that  are  in  the  state  in 
which  they  ought  to  be,  so  as  to  pre- 
serve their  vitality  -y  thus,  animals  and 
vegetables  are  said  to  be  sound  when 
in  the  former  there  is  nothing  amiss  in 
their  breath,  and  in  the  latter  in  their 
root.  By  a  figurative  applicati  on 
wood  and  other  things  may  be  said  to 
be  sound  when  they  are  entirely  freo 


SPEAK. 


SPECIAL* 


899 


right  or  wrong  :  a  dumb  m«n  cannot 
speak ;  a  fool  cannot  sojf  any  thing 
that  is  worth  hearing :  we  tpeak  lan- 
guagesy  we  speak  sense  or  nonsense, 
we  speak  intelligibly  or  unintelligibly  ; 
but  we  say  what  we  think  at  the  time. 
In  an  extended  sense,  speak  may  refer 
as  much  to  sense  as  to  sound;  but 
then  it  applies  only  to  general  ctMty 
and  say  to  particular  and  passing  cii^ 
curostances  of  life :  it  is  a  great  abQM 
of  the  gift  of  speecli  not  to  speak  the 
truth  ;  it  is  very  culpable  in  a  person 
to  say  that  he  will  do  a  thing  and  not 
to  do  it. 

To  toy  and  tell  are  both  the  ordi-> 
nary  actions  of  men  in  their  daily  in* 
tercourse ;  but  say  is  very  partial,  it 
may  comprehend  single  unconnected 
sentences,  or  even  single  words :  we 
mav  say  jes  or  no ;  but  we  t€U  that 
which  is  connected,  and  which  forms 
more  or  less  uf  a  narrative  To  say 
is  to  communicate  that  which  pastes 
in  oor  own  minds,  to  express  our  ideas 
and  feelings  as  they  rise;  co  iell  u 
to  communicate  events  or  drcuuw 
stances  respecting  ourselves  or  otbart ; 
it  is  not  good  to  let  children  say  haHf* 
ish  things  for  the  sake  of  talking ;  it  is 
still  worse  for  them  to  be  encouraged 
in  telling  every  Ibing  they  hear :  when 
every  one  is  allowed  to  say  what  he 
likes  and  what  he  thinks,  there  will 
commonly  be  more  speakers  than  hear- 
ers; those  who  accustom  themselves 
to  tell  long  stories  impose  a  tax  upoQ 
others,  which  is  not  repaid  by  the  plea- 
sure of  their  oonpany. 

Men's  reputationA  depend  opoD 
what  others  si^  of  them ;  reports  are 
spread  by  means  of  one  man  telling 
another. 

He  fb«t  qac«rfoDetli«Mh«haII  \euvL  mack, 
•■d  CMteac  aueh,  fm  kt  ■hall  fit e  oouakom  to 
IhoK  «b«a  l»  vketb  to  pleue  fbt ■»!■■■  la 
tpmkiMg,  Bacom. 

9Hg,  YoriM  (for  nre,  If  an j,  tboa  eaaal  teW^ 
WInl  flitua  ii,  who  practiae  it  ao  W0II. 

jBMYIia. 

TO  SPEAK,    TALK,  CONVBRSB, 
DISCOURSE. 

SPEAK,  t).  To  speak, 
TALK  is  but  a  variation  of  tell  (v. 
To  speak), 
CONVERSE,  V,  Conversation. 
DISCOURSE^  in  Latin  diicursus^ 


expresses  properly  an  examining  or 
deliberating  upon. 

The  idea  of  communicating  with, 
or  c<immunicating  to,  another,  by 
means  of  signs,  is  common  in  tho 
signification  of  all  these  terms:  to 
speak  is  an  indefinite  term,  specifyii^ 
no  circumstance  of  the  action;  wa 
may  speak  mily  one  word  or  many ; 
but  we  talk  for  a  continuance:  we 
^}eak  from  various  motives :  we  talk 
for  pleasure;  we  converse  for  improve* 
ment,  or  intellectual  gratification :  war 
speak  with  or  to  a  person;  we  tmik 
commonly  to  others ;  we  converse  with 
others.  Speaking  a  language  is  Quits 
distinct  from  writing;  public  speaking 
has  at  all  times  been  cultivated  witn 
great  care,  but  particularly  under 
popular  govenunents:  talking  i%mo6tif 
the  pastime  of  the  idle  and  the  empty; 
those  who  think  least  talk  moet :  coii- 
versation  is  the  rational  employment 
of  social  beings,  who  seek  by  an  in-^ 
terchange  of  sentiment  to  purify  the 
affections,  and  improve  toe  under^ 
standing. 

Conversation  is  the  act  of  many  to* 
gather;  talk  and  discourse  may  be 
the  act  of  one  addressing  himself  to 
others:  the  conversation  loses  its 
value  when  it  ceases  to  be  general; 
the  talk  has  seldom  any  value  but 
what  the  talker  attaches  to  it;  the 
discourse  derives  its  value  from  the 
nature  of  the  subject,  as  well  as  the* 
character  of  the  speaker :  conversa* 
tion  is  adapted  for  mixed  companies  ; 
children  talk  to  their  parents,  or  to 
their  companions ;  parents  and  teach- 
ers discourse  with  young  people  on. 
moral  duties. 

Falwfaood  ii  a  $peetkin§  acalnat  ow  tkoojsbCa. 

SODTfl* 

Talkert  ate  cooiflMmljr  ▼aid,  nd  civdHlou 
withal:  tut  hv  that  tatktth  what  be  knowfib. 
will  alao  ttUk  what  he  kiiowKh  aoC  Bacon. 

Go,  thfirforp,  half  thfai  day,  at  frlmd  witk  Mend, 
Conrerte  with  Adam.  Miltok* 

Let  thy  dUcour$e  be  neb,  that  tboa  mayit  gifs 
Profit  to  otbf n,  or  from  tboia  roodfe. 

DlNHAJb 

TO  SPEAK,  v»  To  Utter. 

SPECIAL^  SPECIFIC,  PARTICU* 
LAR. 

SPECIAL,  in  Latin  specialise  sic* 
nifies  beloDgii^  to  the  tpecies}  PAR* 


840 


SPECIAL. 


SPEND. 


nCULAR,  beloofring  to  a  particle  or 
small  part ;  SPECIFIC,  in  Latin  tpc 
Mcus,  from  species  a  species,  and 
Jaceo  to  make,  signifies  making  a  spe- 
cies. The  speciaiis  that  which  comes 
under  the  general ;  the  particular  is 
that  which  comes  under  the  special : 
hence  we  speak  of  a  specia/  rale;  but 
a  particular  case.  The  particular 
and  specific  are  both  applied  to  the 
properties  of  individuals;  but  parti~ 
emar  is  said  of  the  contingent  circum- 
stances of  things,  specific  of  their  in- 
lierent  properties;  every  plant  has 
aometbing  pAr^tcu^r  in  itself  different 
from  others,  it  is  either  longer  or 
shorter,  weaker  or  stronger;  but  its 
tpecific  property  is  that  which  it  has 
in  common  vrith  its  species :  particu- 
imr  is,  therefore,  the  term  adapted  to 
loose  discourse ;  specific  is  a  scientific 
term  which  describes  things  minutely. 
The  same  ma^  be  said  of  parttcu- 
lariie  and  specify:  we  particularize 
fcr  the  sake  of  information ;  we  specify 
for  the  sake  of  instruction :  in  de- 
scribing a  roan's  person  and  dress  we 
particularize  if  we  mention  every 
thing  singly  which  can  be  said  upon 
it;  in  delineating  a  plan  it  is  neces- 
sary to  specify  time,  place,  distance, 
materials,  and  every  thing  else  which 
may  be  connected  with  the  carrying  it 
into  execution. 

Ood  cltian  k  at  a  f^rcidlpart  of  bis  preroga- 
tive to  kave  Um  entire  dispoeal  of  ricbet.    South. 

Every  state  has  a  particular  prioeiple  of 
iMpplnen,  and  tbU  principle  maj  in  ench  be  car- 
ried to  a  mlacbievDiit  ezcen.  Golosbith. 

The  imputation  of  being  a  fool  it  a  thiof 
ythikh  nankiod,  of  all  otbert,  it  tbe  most  impa- 
tient of^  It  bclag  a  blot  upon  tbe  prime  and  iptm 
C0C  perfectloo  of  bamao  aatore.  Sooth. 

SPECIES,  V.  Kind. 
SPECIFIC,  V,  Special, 
SPECIMEN^  V,  Copy. 
.    SPECIOUS,  t^  Colorable. 
SPECK,  V.  Blemish. 

SPECTACLE,  V.  ShoW. 

SPECTATOR,  V,  Lookev  ow. 
SPECTRE,  V.  Vision. 
SPECULATION,  V.  Theory. 
SPEECH,  V.  Address. 
6P£BCH|  i;.  Language. 


8PBBCHEASS,  V.  SHetli. 

TO  SPEBO,  r.  To  hasten. 

TO  SPBND,  BXHAUSTy   DRAIN. 

SPEND,  contrmcted  from  eipend^m 
Latin  expendo  to  pay  away,  tigniba 
toftive  from  oneself. 

EXHAUST,  from  tlie  Latin  eiw 
knurio  to  draw  oat,  signifies  to  dnw 
om  all  that  there  is. 

DRAIN,  a  Tariatioa  of  draw,  sig- 
nifies to  draw  dry. 

The  idea  of  taking  from  the  is^ 
stance  of  any  thing  is  ^j^nvmn^  to  thoe 
terms;  but  to  spend  is  to  defirive 
it  in  a  less  degree  than  to  eskmut,  atd 
that  in  a  less  degree  than  to  drm: 
every  one  who  exerts  himself  in  dat 
djSfftespends  his  strength;  if  tbeeu^ 
tions  are  violent  he  exhausts  himself; 
a  coontiT  which  is  drained  of  ma  n 
supposed  to  have  no  more  left.  To 
speid  may  be  applied  to  that  whidi  ii 
external  or  inherent  in  a  body ;  e^ 
haust  to  that  which  is  inherent ;  irsk 
to  that  which  ia  external  of  the  bodj 
in  which  it  is  contained:  we  maj 
apeak  of  i^pem^M^  our  wealth,  oor  li- 
tomcesy  our  time,  and  the  like ;  but 
ai  exhausting  our  strength,  our  Tiftor, 
our  voice,  and  the  like  ;  of  draimng, 
in  the  proper  application,  a  vessel  ot 
its  liquid,  or,  in  the  improper  apptica- 
tion,  draining  a  treasury  of  ib  coo- 
tents:  hence  arises  this  fiuther  dis- 
tinction, that  to  spend  and  to  eikaad 
may  tend,  more  or  less,  to  tbe  iojury 
of  a  body ;  but  to  drain  may  be  to  its 
advantage.  In  as  much  as  whu  is 
^Ht  or  exhausted  may  be  more  or  less 
essential  to  the  soundness  of  a  bod?,  it 
cannot  be  parted  with  without  dimioiU- 
ing  its  value,  or  even  destroying  its  ex- 
istence; as  whena  Ibrtune  isspeniit  is 
gone,  or  when  a  person's  strei^  is 
txhauMted  be  is  no  longer  able  to 
move :  on  the  other  band,  to  draiM, 
though  a  more  complete  evacoatioo,  is 
not  always  injurious,  but  sometimes 
even  useful  to  a  body;  as  when  the 
land  is  drained  of  a  superabundsoce  of 
water. 

Yoar  tear*  for  neb  a  demth  la  tbIb  jo%  gpemi^ 
Which  iCnigbt  In  imiaortolli  j  iball  cad. 


If  any  of  oar  prorWoas  for 
are  exkmuted  bj  tba  pmeat  daj. 

Teacbtecit  not  a  flow  of  vor^ 
<Mroraah•a^ftan. 


Jo«HM> 

tberfrcfa- 


SPEND. 


SPREAD. 


841 


TO  SPEND  OR    EXPBND9  WASTE, 

DISSIPATE,  SQUANDER. 

SPEND  and  EXPEND  are  varia- 
tions from  the  Latin  expendo ;  but 
spend  implies  simply  to  turn  to  some 
purpose,  or  make  use  of;  to  expend 
carries  with  it  likewise  the  idea  of  ex* 
hausting;  and  WASTE,  moreover, 
comprehends  the  idea  of  exhausting 
to  no  good  purpose  :  we  $pend  money 
ivhen  wc  purchase  any  thing  with  it ; 
vfe  expend  it  when  we  lay  it  out  in 
large  quantities,  so  as  essentially  to 
diminish  its  quantity :  individuals 
spend  what  they  have;  govemmeot 
expends  vast  sums  in  conducting  the 
anairs  of  a  nation ;  all  persons  waste 
their  property,  who  have  not  sufficient 
discretion  to  use  it  well:  we  spend 
oar  time,  or  our  lives,  in  any  employ- 
ment; we  expend  our  strength  and 
faculties  upon  some  arduous  undertak- 
ing; we  waste  our  time  and  talents  io 

DISSIPATE,  in  Latin  dissipatsu^ 
firom  dissipOf  that  is,  dis  and  cipo,  in 
Greek  a^-a  to  scatter,  signihes  to 
scatter  different  ways,  that  is,  to 
waste  by  throwing  away  in  all  direo- 
tiont :  SQUANDER,  which  is  a  vari- 
ation of  ivan^^er,  signifies  to  make  to 
run  wide  apart.  Both  these  terms, 
therefore,  denote  modes  of  wasting; 
but  the  former  seems  peculiarly  appli« 
cable  to  that  which  is  wasted  in  detail 
upon  different  objects,  and  by  a  dis- 
traction of  the  mind;  the  latter  re- 
spects rather  the  act  of  wasting  in 
the  gross,  in  large  quantities,  by  plan- 
less profusion :  young  men  are  apt  to 
dissipate  their  property  in  pleasures ; 
the  open,  generous,  and  thoughtless, 
are  apt  to  squander  their  property. 

Then  btfliif  tpent  the  last  ranalas  of  UkhC, 
Thej  ftvo  tbdr  bodies  doe  npote  at  Biglit. 

DBTBnU 

What  nvmben,  gnilttCM  of  tbdr  owd  dheaae, 
Ara  snatch'd  bjr  sadda  death,  or  waaU  hj  slov 
*  Ji 


He  pitied  mao,  and  maeh  be  fitied  thoae 
Whom  Mm\y  smilins  fete  haa  conPd  with 
TodisHpate  their  da js in ficit of  joj. 

Aamstkom. 

To  how  many  temptatfoBt  are  all,  bot  c»pe« 
•faUlj  the  juunf  and  gajr,  exposed  to  tqumndtr 
Aeir  whole  time  amidst  the  circlos  of  leritj. 

BlSMSU 

SPHERE,  V,  Circle. 
TO  SPU.L,  V.  To  pcur^ 


SPIRIT,  V.  Ardmalicn* 
SPIRITED,  V.  Spirituous. 
SPIRITUAL,  V.  Incorporeal, 
SPIRITUAL,  V.  spirituous. 

SPIRITUOUS,  SPIRITED,  SPIRI- 
TUAL, GHOSTLY. 
SPIRITUOUS  signiEes  having 
spirit  as  a  physical  property,  after  the 
manner  of  spirittums  liquors:  SPI- 
RITED is  applicable  to  the  animal 
spirits  of  either  men  or  brutes ;  a  pei^ 
son  or  a  horse  may  be  spirited :  .SPI- 
RITUAL and  GHOSTLY  signify  b&- 
lon^n|  generally  to  the  spirit  orghostf 
in  distmction  from  what  is  corporeal. 
Spiritual  applies  either  to  the  beings  or 
the  obje<:ts  which  engage  the  attention; 
angels  are  spiritual  agents ;  death,  im- 
mortality, and  all  religious  subjects, 
ara  denominated  spiritual:  ghastly  it 
seldom  used  but  in  a  religious  sense 
for  a  spiritual  agent ;  the  de?il  is  called 
our  gioitly  enemy. 

SPITE,  V.  Malice. 
SPLENDOR,  V.  Brightness. 
SPLENDOR,  V.  Magnificence. 
SPLENETIC,  V.  Gloomy. 
TO  SPLIT,  V.  To  break. 
SPOIL,  V.  Booty. 

SPONTANEOUSLY,  V.  Willingly. 
SPORT,  V.  Amusement. 
TO  SPORT,  V.  To  jest. 
SPORT,  V.  Play. 
SPORTIVE,  V.  Lively. 
SPOT,  V,  Blemish. 
TO  SPOUT,  V.  To  spurt. 
SPRAIN,  V.  Strain. 

SPREAD,  SCATTER,  DISPERSE. 

SPREAD,  V.  To  spread. 

SCATl'ER,  like  shatter,  is  a  fre- 
quentative oi  shake  (v.  To  shake), 

DISPERSE,  V.  To  dispel. 

Spread  applies  equally  to  divisible 
or  mdivisible  bodies;  we  spread  our 
money  on  the  table,  or  we  may  spread 
a  cloth  on  the  table:  but  scatter  it 
applicable  to  divisible  bodies  only; 
we  scatter  com  on  the  ground.  To 
spread  may  be  an  act  of  design  or 
otherwise,  but  niottly  the  former ;  at 


SPRING. 


SPRING. 


84S 


fts  to  make  them  converts:  what  iB 
distemnated  is  supposed  to  be  sown 
in  diflfiwent  parts ;  thus  principles  are 
dineminmted  among  youth. 

E«ote  iroatd  ketwist  Che  rich  and  needy  «4amf, 
AaA  §prtmd  kesvea's  bowity  with  u  eqval  ImmI* 

0«r  God,  when  keavai  wad  outb  he  did  cfwte^ 
Ferai*d  aaa,  who  tbould  of  both  pajctidpaU  : 
If  our  lives*  motiong  tbein  matt  imitate. 
Our  knowtedfe,  like  oar  blood,  mast  dreuiate, 

Dkhbam. 

He  Aall  evtend  hb  propmgated  iway 
Bejreiid  the  triar  jfear,  whhoiit  the  etany  waj. 


to  have  talm  tan  to  tUmtmt 
her  kliMlagi  among  the  difawatwctawrf 
Ihtvodd.  AjiDUKm. 

SPRIOHTL7,  V.  Cheerful. 
SPRIGHTLY,  V.  Lively. 
TO  SPRING,  V.  To  arise. 

8PRING,    FOUNTAIN,    SOURCE. 

Thb  SPRING  denotes  that  which 
tprings  ;  the  word,  therefore,  carries 
us  hack  to  the  point  from  which  the 
water  issues.  FOUNTAIN,  in  Latin 
fong  fromjundo  to  pour  out,  signifies 
the  ^in^  which  is  visible  on  the  earth : 
and  SOURCE  (v.  Origin)  is  said  of 
that  which  is  not  only  visible,  but 
runs  along  the  earth.  Springt  are  to 
be  found  by  digging  a  sufficient  depth 
in  all  parts  ofthe  earth :  in  moun- 
tainous countries,  and  also  in  the 
East,  we  read  o(  fountaim  which 
form  themselves,  and  supply  the  sur- 
rounding parts  with  refreshiugstraams : 
the  sourcet  of  rivers  are  always  to  be 
traced  to  some  mountain. 

These  terms  are  all  used  in  a  figu- 
rative sense :  in  the  Bible  the  gospel 
is  depictured  as  a  spring  of  living 
waters;  tlie  eye  as  a.  fountain  of  teart. 
In  the  general  acceptation  the  source 
is  taken  for  the  channel  through  which 
any  event  comes  to  pass,  the  primary 
cause  of  its  happening :  a  war  is  the 
source  of  many  evils  to  a  country ; 
an  imprudent  step  in  the  outset  of 
life  is  oftentimes  the  source  of  ruin 
to  a  young  person. 

The  heart  of  the  cUImo  It  a  peieDaial  tpring 
of  eoerf  jr  to  the  state.  Buexs. 

Eternal  king!  the  antbor  of  all  beiof. 
Fountain  of  light,  tbjaelf  IflfWUe.      MiiTOiu 

These  are  thy  blenlngi,  indoatfy !  roogh  power ! 
T<t  fl«  kind  ionree  of  erery  genCle  ait. 


TO  SPRING,   START,    STARTLE, 
SHRINK. 

SPRING,  u.  To  spring. 

START  is  in  all  probaoility  an  in- 
tensive  of  stir, 

STARTLE  is   a  frequentative  of 
start. 

SHRINK  is  probably  an  intensive 
of  sink,  signifying  to  sink  into  itself. 

The  idea  of  a  sudden  motion  is 
expressed  by  all  these  terms,  but  tha 
circumstances  and  mode  diflGr  in  all ; 
spring  is  indefinite  in  these  respects, 
and  is  therefore  the  most  general  term. 
To  spring  and  start  may  be  either  vo- 
luntary or  involuntary  movements^ 
but  the  former  is  mostly  voluntary, 
and  the  latter  involuntary ;  a  person 
springs  out  of  bed,  or  one  animal 
springs  upon  another;  a  person  or 
animal  starts  from  a  certain  point 
to  b^in  running,  or  starts  with  xright 
from  one  side  to  the  other.  To 
startle  is  always  an  involuntary  ac- 
tion; a  horse  starts  by  suddenly 
flying  from  the  point  on  which  ho 
stands;  but  if  he  startles  he  seems 
to  fly  back  on  himself  and  stops  his 
course  :  to  spring  and  start  thorefore 
always  carry  a  person  farther  from  a 
given  point ;  but  startle  and  shrink  ara 
movements  within  oneself:  startling 
is  a  sudden  convuLiion  of  the  framo 
which  makes  a  person  stand  in  hesi* 
tation  whether  to  proceed  or  not; 
shrinking  is  a  contraction  of  the 
frame  within  itself;  any  sudden  and 
unexpected  sound  makes  a  person 
startle;  the  approach  of  any  frightful 
object  makes  him  shrink  back :  spring 
and  start,  are  employed  only  in  the 
proper  sense  of  corporeal  movements  ; 
startle  and  shrink  are  employed  in 
rqgpupd  to  the  movements  of  the  mind 
as  well  as  the  body. 

Death   wouode  to  con;  we  fall,  we  rise^  we 

reijn. 
Spring  (torn  oor  fetten,  and  fketen  In  the  sfclet. 

YOBIiO» 

A  shape  wftbfn  the  watVy  pleeni  appearM, 

BeodlofT  to  look  on  ne :  I  started  baek. 

It  started  hack.  Miltov. 

"Tie  liitenlBg  fear  and  damh  amaieroent. 
When  to  the  startled  eye  the  snddea  ^lioce 
Appears  far  louth,  eraptiTe  throagh  th«>  clood. 

Thohmiu 

There  ft  a  horror  In  the  scene  of  a  ravanred 

country  which  mskas  nature  shrink  back  at  the 

vcflecClQn. 


STAFF. 


'   STAFF. 


845 


liquid  receives  equally  from  design  or 
accident ;  the  water  spoutt  out  from  a 
pipe  which  is  denominated  a  spout,  or 
It  will  spurt  out  from  any  ctivity  in  the 
earthy  or  in  a  rock  which  may  resemble 
a  tpout ;  a  person  may  likewise  spout 
water  in  a  stream  from  his  mouth. 
Hence  the  figurative  application  of 
these  terms ;  any  sudden  conceit 
which  compels  a  person  to  an  eccentric 
action  is  a  spurt y  particularly  if  it 
springs  from  ill  humour  or  caprice ;  a 
female  will  sometimes  take  a  spurt  and 
treat  her  intimate  friends  very  coldly, 
either  from  a  fancied  oflfence  or  a  fan- 
cied superiority ;  to  spout,  on  the  other 
handy  is  to  send  forth  a  stream  of 
words  in  imitation  of  the  stream  of 
liquid,  and  is  applied  to  those  who 
affect  to  turn  speakers^  in  whom  there 
is  commonly  more  sound  than  sense. 

Ftf  frooi  the  ]»aTeiit  fitrfim  it  boils  apda 

WnA  into  day,  and  all  theflUtcriag  bill 

U  bilgbt  wltb  »pouiing  rills.  TuoMioa; 

spy,  V.  Emissary. 
TO  SQUANDER,  V.  To  Spend, 
SQUEAMISH,  V.  Fcisiidioiis. 
TO  SQUEEZE,  V.  To  break. 
TO  SQUEEZE,  V.  To  press, 
STABILITY,  V.  Constancy. 
STABLE,  V.  Firm. 

fTAFF,   STAT,   PROP,    SUPPORT. 

From  STAFF  in  the  literal  sense 
(v.  Staff)  comes  staff  in  the  figura- 
tive application :  any  thing  may  be 
deoommated  a  s^a^which  holds  up 
afier  the  manner,  particularly  as  it 
nspects  persons;  bread  is  said  to  be 
the  staff  oi  life ;  one  person  ma^  serve 
as  a  Mtuff  to  another.  The  stc^  serves 
in  a  state  of  motion ;  the  StAY  and 
PROP  are  employed  for  objects  in  a 
state  of  rest :  tiie  stay  makes  a  thing 
j^oy  for  the  time  bemg,  it  keeps  it 
from  faiiine;  it  is  equally  applied  to 
persons  and  things ;  we  may  fa«  a  stay 
to  a  person  who  is  falling  by  letting 
his  body  rest  against  us ;  in  the  same 
maimer  buttresses  against  a  wall,  and 
shores  against  a  building  serve  the 
purpose  of  stays  whUe  they  are  repair- 
ing. For  the  same  reason  that  part 
of  the  female^  dress  which  serves  as  a 
Uay  to  the  body  if  denominated  9t<iy$\ 


the  pnp  keeps  a  thing  up  for  a  perma- 
nency ;  every  pilliEir  on  whicli  a  build- 
ing rests  is  a  prop  ;  whatever  there- 
fore requires  to  be  raised  from  the 
ground  and  kept  in  that  state  may  be 
set  upon  props  ;  between  the  stay  and 
xheprop  there  is  tliis  obvious  distinc- 
tion, that  as  the  sta^  does  not  receive 
tlie  whole  weight,  it  is  put  so  as  ta 
receive  it  indirectlY»  by  leaning  against 
tlie  object ;  but  the  prop^  for  a  con- 
trary reason,  is  put  upright  underneath 
the  object  so  as  to  receive  the  weight 
directly  :  the  derivation  of  this  word 
prop,  from  the  Dutch  proppe  a  plug, 
and  the  German  p/ropfett  a  cork,  does  J  c 
not  seem  to  account  very  clearly  for  " 
its  present  use  in  English. 

Stay  and  prop  may  be  figuradvelj 
extended  in  their  application  with  the 
same  distinction  in  their  sense;  a 
crust  of  bread  may  serve  as  a  stay  to 
the  stomach ;  a  person's  money  may 
serve  as  a  prop  for  the  credit  of  an- 
other. SUPPORT  is  altogether  takea 
in  the  moral  and  abstract  sense :  what* 
ever  supports,  that  is,  bears  the  weight 
of  an  obiect,  is  a  support,  whether  in 
a  state  of  motion  like  a  staff,  or  in  a 
state  of  rest  like  a  stay  ;  whether  to 
bear  the  weight  in  part  Uke  a  ^ay  or  al- 
together like  aprc^p,  it  is  still  a  support : 
but  the  term  is  likewise  employed  on  all 
occasions  in  which  the  other  terms  aie 
not  admissible.  Whatever  supports  ex* 
istence,wbether  directly  or  indirectly,ia 
Wisupport :  food  is  the  support  of  theani* 
roal  body ;  labor  or  any  particular  em- 
ployment is  likewise  one's  support,  or 
the  indirect  means  of  gaining  the  sup» 
port ;  hope  is  the  support  of  the  mind 
under  the  most  trying  circumstances  ; 
reHgion,  as  the  foundation  of  all  our 
liopes,  is  the  best  and  surest  support 
wider  afiliction. 

Let  tbaoM  and  confnslos  then  cover  me  If  I  d« 
not  abbor  the  infolesmble  aoxieCj  I  veil  under* 
•innd  to  waft  Inaepnrablji  u  poo  that  tt^ffni  fetef 
aboat  beKaUefalljr  to  supplant  any  man. 

Loan  WamwoBia, 

Wbatenor  tl^  maaj  flngen  ean  entwloe^ 
Profea  thy  ntpport  and  all  Its  strength  Is  tUae^ 
Tbo*  nature  gavo  not  legs,  it  (are  the  hands* 
By  wbleh  tby  prop  thy  fjruuder  cedar  stands. 

DSMBAH* 

If  hope  preoartooR,  and  of  thtafs  when  (aia*d 
Of  little  momfrot  aqd  as  little  tta^. 
Can  bweeten  tolls,  and  dsngers  into  }oys. 
What  tbcB  that  bopa  whlah  BoCMnf  can  ddbatf 


STAND. 


STATE, 


Mr 


TO  STAND,    nx>P,     RBST,   STAG- 
NATE. 

To  STAND,  in  German  iiekenf 
Ice.  Latin  tio,  Greek  tf-nf^i  to  stand, 
Hebrew  sut  to  settle. 

STOP,  in  Saxon  ttoppan,  &c.  con- 
Teys  the  ideas  of  pressing,  thickening, 
like  the  Latin  H^paj  and  the  Greek 
c-ftCfi^;  whence  it  has  been  made  in 
English  to  express  immoveability. 

REST,  V.  Eate. 

STAGNATED,  in  Latin  stagnatus, 
participle  ofstagno,  comes  from  stag- 
num  a  pool,  aba  that  either  from  gto 
to  giandf  because  waters  stand  perpe- 
Unlly  in  a  pool,  or  from  the  Greek 
ctx^y  an  inclosure,  because  a  pool  is 
an  inclosure  for  waters. 

The  absence  of  motion  is  expressed 
by  all  these  terms ;  stand  is  the 
most  general  of  all  the  terms;  to 
MtoTid  is  simply  not  to  move ;  to  stop  is 
to  cease  to  move :  we  stand  either  for 
want  of  iaclination  or  power  to  move ; 
but  we  stop  from  a  disinclination  to 
go  on :  to  rest  is  te  stop  iirom  an  ex- 
press dislike  to  motion ;  we  may  $top 
tw  purposes  of  convenience,  or  becaase 
we  have  no  farther  to  go,  but  we  r§9t 
from  fatigue ;  to  siagwAe  is  only  a 
species  of  standing  as  respects  liquids ; 
water  may  both  stand  and  stagnate; 
but  the  former  is  a  temporary,  the 
latter  a  permanent  stand :  water  stands 
in  a  puddle,  but  it  stagnates  in  a  pond 
or  in  any  confined  space. 

All  these  terms  admit  of  an  ex- 
tended application;  business  standi 
still,  or  tnere  is  a  stand  to  business ; 
a  mercantile  house  stopSy  or  stops  pay^ 
ment;  an  affair  rests  undecided,  or 
retis  in  the  hands  of  a  person ;  trade 
stagnates.  Stand,  stop,  and  rest,  are 
likewise  employed  transitively,  bat 
with  a  wide  distinction  in  the  sense ; 
to  stand  in  this  case  is  to  set  one's 
self  up  to  resist ;  as  to  stand  the  trial, 
to  stand  the  test:  to  stop  has  the 
sense  of  hinder ;  as  to  stop  a  person 
who  is  going  on,  that  is,  to  make  him 
stop  :  to  rest  is  to  make  a  thing  rest 
or  lean  ;  a  person  rests  his  argument 
upon  the  supposed  innocence  of  an- 
other. 

WUcher  ean  we  ran, 
Wten  Make  a  bUuiA  f  ItexMn. 

I  am  afimid  thoaid  I  put  a  Btop  now  Ca 
lUt  detlcn.  DOW  that  it  is  to  near  being  coB- 
liealtd,  I  shall  ftnri  it  difficult  to  rnnme  It. 

MatMorafli  Puar. 


Who  r^att  of  lannortalitj  awir'd 

Is  safe,  wbatefw  ills  are  here  endaiM. 

•IfNTin. 

This  Innndalioo  of  stranffers,  which  osad  to  be 
confined  to  the  sanuner,  will  aUtgnMe  all  the 
winter.  Gueow. 

STANDARD,  V.  Criterion. 

TO   STARE,    V.  To  GoXC. 

TO  START,  V.  To  Spring. 
TO  STARTi-E,  V,  To  Spring. 
STATELY,  V.  Magisterial. 
STATE,  V,  Situation. 

STATE,    REALM, 
COM  MON  WBA  LTH. 

The  state  is  that  consolidated 
part  of  a  nation  in  which  lies  its  power. 
and  greatness. 

The  RE  ALM,  from  rqyaume  a  king- 
dom, is  an^  state  whose  govemmeot- 
is  monarchical. 

The  COMMONWEALTH  is  the 

grand  body  of  a  nation,  conatstinK 

both  of  the  government  and  people^ 

which  forms  the  commonwealth,  wel^ 

fare,  or  wealth. 

The  ruling  idea  in  the  sense  and 
application  of  the  word  state  is  that 
of  government  in  its  most  abstract 
sense ;  affairs  of  state  may  either  re- 
spect the  internal  regulations  of  a 
country,  or  it  may  respect  the  ap> 
raneements  of  diflferent  statet  with 
each  other.  The  term  realm  is  em- 
ployed for  the  nation  at  large,  but 
confined  to  such  nations  as  are  monai^ 
chical  and  aristocraticai ;  peers  of 
the  realm  sit  in  the  English  pariia» 
ment  by  their  own  right.  Thq  tern 
commonwealth  refers  rather  to  the  i^ 
gregate  body  of  men,  and  their  pos- 
session, rather  than  to  the  government 
of  a  country :  it  is  the  business  of 
the  minister  to  consult  the  interesta 
of  the  commonwealth. 

The  term  state  is  indefinitely  ap- 

I)lied  to  all  commuuities,  largeor small, 
iving  under  any  form  of  government : 
a  petty  principality  in  Germany,  and 
the  whole  German  or  Russian  empire, 
are  alike  termed  states.  Realm  is  m 
terra  of  dignity  in  regard  to  a  nation  ; 
France,  Germany,  England,  Russia, 
are,  therefore,  with  most  proprietj 
termed  realms,  when  spoken  of  eitlier 
in  regard  to  themftlves*  or  in  general 


STIR. 


4,^ 


STOCK. 


840 


<5 


^g» 
^P^ 


•y  which  an  oocturence  prodnrtijrin 

is  mind. 

In  regard  to  outward  circiimstanceSy 
we  say  that  a  book  is  iu^pressed  by 
the  authority  of  government;  that 
vice  is  suppresied  by  the  exertions 
^^ those  who  have  power:  an  ai&ir  is 
hered  so  that  it  shall  not  become 
generally  known,  or  that  the  fire  is 
smothered  onder  the  embers. 

Art,  brmlttleM  Mt !  o«r  foriou*  charloCeerv 
CFor  naCoii^  volee  umtifled  womld  remll,) 
DrivM  l^eftdloBC  to  tba  preclple«  of  dmth. 

JRi  TOUMO. 

Ttej  forenw  oMpice  with  which  this  fa- 
woald  MKont  after  \tting  so  loof 

ROBl 


■4  feiMfious  priaciples  aot  befaif  kept 
ThailihiiU  bat  tmothartd  in  senaal  de-    .' 
l^iiS  God  mfl^rs  them  to  sink  into  low  and  / 
\  ftigioffious  satlsfkctioii.  South.  * 

TO  8TIFLS,  v»  To  suffocute^ 
snoMA,  v.  Mark. 

TO    STIMULATE,   V.  To  eticmn 

rage. 

TO  STILL,  V.  To  appease. 
STIPEND,  V.  Allowance* 

TO   STIR,    MOVE. 

STIRy  in  Geirman  storen,  old  Ger- 
man itiren  or  sferera,  Latin  itirbo, 
Greek  rvfBn  or  (tp^cSn  trouble  or  tu- 
mult. 

MOVE,  V.  Motion. 

Stir  is  here  a  s^ific,  move  a  ge- 
neric term ;  to  $tir  is  to  move  so  as  to 
disturb  the  rest  and  composure  either 
of  the  body  or  mind ;  hence  the  term 
stir  is  employed  to  designate  an  im- 
proper or  unauthorized  motion ;  chil- 
dren are  not  allowed  to  stir  from  their 
teats  in  school  hours ;  a  soldier  must 
not  ttir  from  the  post  which  he  has  to 
defend  ;  atrocious  criminals  or  persons 
raving  mad  are  bound  hand  and  foot, 
dmt  uey  may  not  Mtir, 
At  ItiSL  tte  gRyvin  are  seuceljr  seen  to  tUr, 

THOHSOIb 

I*«e  nad  fhaC  tMAgs  hmalriMite  hare  mov'rf. 
Aad  as  with  Ihrtai?  sonls  hat  f*  been  InrormM, 
Bj  aagfe  Qomben  aoil  pMsuasive  soandi. 

C0K61U;VT* 

TO  STIR  UP,  V.  To  awaken. 

Sl^CK,    STORE. 

-^  STOCK,   from  ttick,  stoke,  stoa, 

and  ttufff  ai^ifies  any  quantity  laid  up. 

STORE,  in  Welch  stor,  comes  from 

the  Hebrew  saiitr  to  hide. 

-  'As  ideas  of  wealth  and  stability 


being  naturally  allied «  it  is  not  stir- 
prising  that  stocky  which  expresses  the 
latter  idea,  should  also  be  put  for  the 
former^  particularly  as  the  abundance 
here  referred  to  ser\'es  as  a  foundation 
in  the  same  manner  fi9  stock  in  the 
literal  sense  does  to  a  tree. 

iStore likewise  implies  a  quantity; 
but  agreeable  to  the  derivation  of  the 
word,  it  implies  an  accumulated  quan- 
tity.   Any  quantity  of  materials  which 
is  in  hanid  may  serve ,S9  a  stock  for  a 
given   purpose;  thus  "tt  few   shillings 
with  some  persons  may  be  their  stock 
in  trada :  any  quantity  of  materials 
broii^Htogether  for  a  given  purpose 
mavaPfc  as  a  store  ;  thus  the  iudus- 
^tribm  ant  collects  a  store  of  grain  for 
t\^  winter:  we  judge  of  a  man's  sub- 
iftantial  property  by  the  stock  of  goods 
which  he  has  on  hand;  we  judge  of  a 
msin's   disposeable   property  by  (h 
store  which  he  has.   The  stock  is  that 
which  must  increase  of  itself ;  it  isttto 
sourebjMi  founda(kiK||  of  industry :  "le 
store  i^Bt  which  iiiiFbfiust  add  to  oc- 
casioning; it  is  thai  from  which  we 
draw  in  time  of  need.   By  the  stock  wa 
gain   riches;  by  the  store  we  guard 
against  want :  the  stock  requires  skill 
and  judgement  to  make  the  proper  ap- 
plication ;  the  store  requires  foresigfit 
and  management  to  make  it  against  the 
proper  season.    It  is   necessary  for 
one  who  has  a  large  trade  to  have  a 
large  stock  ;  and  for  him  who  has  no 
prospect  of  supply  tb  have  a  large 
store,    * 

The  same  distinction  subsists  be- 

€een  these  words  in  their  moral  appli- 
tion;  he  who  wishes  to  speak  a 
foreign  lungaage  must  have  a  stock  of 
faiiiiuar  words ;  Mores  of  learning  are 
frequently  lost  to  the  world  for  want 
of  means  and  opportmiity  to  bring 
them  forth  to  public  view. 

A|0ta^  to  %tock  and  to  store  both 
sipii^ln^rovide ;  but  the  former  is  a 

Erovision  for  the  present  use,  and  the 
ittcr  for  some  future  purpose :  a 
tradesman  stocks  liidbelf^  with  such 
articles  as  arc]  most  saleable ;  a  for- 
tress or  a  ship  is  stored  :  a  person 
s/oc/u  himself  with  patience,  or  stores 
his  memory  with  knowledge. 

It  will  DOt  suffice  to  rally  all  one^  little  utmost 
Into  one  discoune,  which  can  constitute  a  i*ivi«e. 
Any  man  wonid  then  qalckly  be  drained;  and  Ms 
sboi«  tUek  woold  stsrve  bat  Ibr  one  meeting  In 
ordinary  conterse;   tbeRfore  Jfeve   most  ho 

3  I  " 


K 


« 


•  # 


nwWj  r.  Cessatum, 
i\t  STOP,  F.  To  check. 
TO  star,  r.  To  Under. 
TO  STOP,  r.  To  stand.  ■ 
sn»^  r.  Slodu 


*tntch  jti 


and  STRESS 
ai  being    ^gd) 


Shjnd  rfi*M);  tot  tfaejdi 

,  it^lMukfsnUj  in  tlmr  u*H- 
cation  jfignntivelj  we  Bpemk  of Wra^ 
M«  a  nerve,  or  tlraiaiit;  a  poinl^  JU 
^TBM  maluDK  great  exertiiM,»^^ 
benod  oarordmaijpowan;  aada 
taUj  wa  apeak  of  layu^ a  --- 
anj  paiticiilar  t 


SIDBT, 
TILE,  V.  i'aUc 

Ika  Airy  b  either  an 
ar  iWMfhina  lopied ;  the  talt 
«M«  fi^pM:  rioriei  are  cin 
Mipi^  tfca  accidenu  and 

Majfaee;  wet  of  duticsi  ai 

^       IB— T  ilMrel  J  to  esdte  campaMioo. 
^BMbothaie  tdfen  fbr  thujabichu 
fctilloi,  the  aw  ia  ^tlMhfi  nn- 
B^  or  falsi^lqi'Of  MM^^  « 
k  b  ahogathar  an  iDveoiion  ;  'Ul  AM 
a  atwajrt  aa  inreatioa.  At  an  nntro^i 
iba  Uory  ii   commonly  told  bj  duU 
Aan;  aivd  as  a  fiction,  the  itory  it 
conmool/ made  fbr  children  :  diefaJe 
»  of  deeper  invention,  form«Hn  men 
ofiUBture  aiideratonding,  and  adapted 
to  men  of  mature  years. 
ItfullDK  Ihr  iJlli(e  naiH  op  Iba  tit, 
mOn  wrtl  Ulated,  ua  u  ■eU  MIrnd, 
Ueud  toleaiD,  prntkefoblliiJIarj  ivaad. 

Hr  mHut  tlsl  [ww'i  Is  tnBbtLDi  Bitlmi  "---m 
Bilnrtljrllil.,  D<4A>rc«eli.>l{arM4,  Jr 
a>  npntNloM,  Idb  bi(a  pmaa.  ■     tmS. 

STODT,  v.  Corpulent. 

STRAIN,  SFBAIN,  STRESS,  FO 8 CE. 

STRAIN  and  SPRAIN  m  with- 
out doubt  var'miions  oC-tMl^iame 
word,  namely,   the  Latin  itriiigo  to 

>pull  tight,  or  Co  stretch  :  they  have 
now,  however,  a  distinct  applicatioaA 
to  itf^tn  is  toeiLlend  beyond  its  A>- 
dinary  len|;ih  by  some  extraordinary 
efTori ;  to  tprain  is  to  tlrain  so  as  to 
put  out  of  its  place,  or  extend  to  nn 
injurious  lent;ln ;  the  ankle  und  the 
wrist  are  liabjp  to  be  ipraiiied  by  a 
comuiiioo  ;  thu  hock  and  ul her  parts 
of  the  body  may  be  itraiaed  by  over 
exertion.  .  . 


To  itrata  ia  tnoperlr  a  ■ 
FORCINQ;  Waiay /ww'in 

nety  of  way*,  that  is,  by  tha  ^ 

ofArcc  iipon,difierent  bodiai^  fad  ik 
difierent directians ;  bnttoitrmiuto 
eierdae/orce  by  itretchiw  or  pro- 
'  longing  bodies;  Uiu  totrZn  acoid 
IS  to  putl  It  to  its  IbU  extent;  but  we 
iDay  speak  of/arcmg  any  baid  anb- 
»UD»in,  atrorcinM.it  om,  or  fir- 
eiiw  it  through,  or  .^in^  it  from  a 
body  :  a  door  or  a  lock  may  hefyrcid 
by  Tiolently  breaking  then  ;  "but  a 
door  or  a  lock  may  be  itrained  by 
putting  the  hinges  or  the  spring  out  of 
Its  place.  So  Jikewiie,  a  person  may 
be  said  to  Jorce  himself  to  apeak, 
when  by  a  violent  esertioD  he  ^tm 
ntterance  to  bis  words ;  but  he  Uraint 
his  throat  or  bis  voice  wbea  he  exei- 
i^P»e  force  on  the  throat  or  tni^ 
>  extend  them.  Force  and  rireit 
us  nouns  are  in  like  manner  comparable 
when  they  are  ^>plied  to  the  mode  of 
utterance :  we  must  use  a  certain/orce 
in  the  pronunciation  of  every  word; 
this  therefore  ii  indegoite  and  general ; 
but  the  ilrttt  is  that  particular  and 
strong  degree  of^brce  whidi  is  exerted 
in  the  pronuudatioo  of  certain  words. 


OppgM  BDt  n(r,  abUg  n|c  b  li  tajkm 


■o  anoei 


STRAIT. 


STRANGER.         851 


t 


STRAiNTi  t'.  Stress. 

STRAIGHT,^fHailT,    DIRECT. 

STIIAIGIIT,  from  the  Latin  itrktus^ 

EEirticipie  of  stringo  to  tii;iitcn  or 
indy  signifies  confined,  that  is,  turn- 
ing neir!>or  to  the  right  nor  left. 
Straight  13  applied,  therefore^  in  its 
proper  sense  to  corporeal  objects  ;  a 
patn  is  straight,  because  it  is  kept 
nithin  a  shorter  space  than  if  it  were 
curved.  RIGHT  and  DIRECT,  from 
the  Latin  rectu$f  regulated  or  made  as 
it  ou^ht,  are  said  of  that  nrhich  is 
made  by  the  force  of  the  anderstood* 
iufc^'br  by  an  actual  effort,  what  one 
fmbea  it  to  be:  hence,  the  mathe- 
matician speaks  of  a  right  line,  as 
the  line  which  lies  most  justly  between 
two  points,  and  has  been  made  the 
basis  of  mathematical  figures;  and 
the  moralist  speaks  of  the  right  opi- 
nion, as  that  whirJi  has  been  formed 
by  the  best  rule  of  the  understanding ; 
and,  on  the  same  ground,  we  speak 


strati :  whatever  is  bonnded  by  sides 
that  are  near  each  other  is  narrow  ; 
thus  a  piece  of  land  whose  prolonged 
sides  are  at  a  small  distance  from 
each  other  is  narrmc. 

The  same  distinction  applies  to  these 
terms  in  thoir  moral  use:  a  person  in 
straitened  circunistanccb  is  kept,  by 
means  of  his  circumstances,  jfroin 
launching  into  expenses ;  a  person  who 
is  in  narrow  circumstances  is  repre- 
sented as  having  but  a  small  extent  of 
property- 

A  fakhlciR  heart,  how  doiipicably  iirtiiill. 
Too  dfMC  aagM  (leat  or  cnoeffuat  to  receive. 

L«r  YoLNtt, 

Vm  narrow  fdth 
He  had  (o  pan.  Miltok. 

STRANGE^  V,  Particular, 

STRANGER,  FOREIGNKR,  AUEN. 

STRiVNGER,  in  Frencli  ctranger, 
Latin  extrwneut  or  titra^   in   Greek 
i£,  signifies  out   of,    that  is,  out   of 
another  country :  FOREIGN  KR,  from 


of  a  direct  answer,  as  that  which  has  Jbrii  abioad,  and  ALIEN,  from  alius 
been  framed  so  as  to  bring  soones^pmother,  have  ob\iously  the  8aiuo 
and  easiest  to  the  point  desired.  ^^nri^nai  meaning ;    they  have,    how* 

ever,  deviated  in  tlieir  acceptations. 
Stranger  is  a  general  term,  and  ap- 
plies to  one  not  known,  or  not  au  in- 
iiabilnt,  whether  of  the  same  or 
another  country ;  foreigner  is  applied 
only  to  strangers  of  anotlier  country  ; 
and  alien  is  a  technical  term  applic4 
to  foreigners  as  subjects  or  residents, 
in  distinction  from  natural  bom  sub- 
jects. Ulysses,  alter  his  return  from 
the  Trojan  war,  was  a  straneer  in  his 
own  bfNi^;  the  French  v^ttforeigners 
in  Eni^nd,  and  the  Englisli  ii| 
France ;  ndthcr  can  enjoy,  as  aliens^ 
the  samtf' 'privileges  m  a  foreign 
country  as  they  do  in  their  own ; 
the  laws  of  hospitality  require  us  to 
treat  strangers  with  more  ceremony 
than  we  do  members  of  the  same  far 
mily,  or  very  intimate  friends;  the 
lower  orders  of  the  English  are  apt 


Tmth  It  the  shorteit  and  nramt  way  to  onr 
wsAfeMtryUg  as  thither  hi  a  rtraight  Use. 

Tbeo  from  pole  to  pMe 
He  flewi  In  hreadth,  and  wifhoot  longer  paiiae, 
Down  fight  Into  the  worid^  flnt  ref  Ion  thrown 
Hk  flight  predpitaBt.  hliLTOir. 

HeMe  anMiiid  the  head 
or  wandering    iwala,  the  white- whig'd  plover 

wheels 
Her  ioandbif  Sight,  and  then  dinetlpon 
la  long  ezcantoB,  iklmi  the  level  lawn. 

Thohmm. 

STRAIT,  NARROW. 

STRAFF,  in  Latin  sf ricftU(-^rtici- 

eeofsfrtfigo  to  bind  close,  si^ifies 
>und  tight,  that  is,  brought  into  a 
small  compass :  NARROW,  which  is 
a  variation  of  near,  expresses  a  mode 
of  nearness  or  closeness.  Strait  is  a 
particular  term ;  narrow  is  general : 
straitnets  is  an  artificial  mode  of  it/zr- 
roeeness ;  a  coat  is  strait  which 
made  to  compress  a  bodv  witl 
a  small  compass:  narrow  is  either 
the  artificial  or  the  natural  property 
of  a  body;  as  a  narrow  ribbon,  or  d 
narrow  leaf. 

That  which  is  strait  is  so  by  the 
means  of  other  bodies  ;  that  which  is 
so  of  itself,  as  a  piece  of  water  confined 
elose  on  each  side  by  land,  is  called  a 


siding  in  England. 

From  stranger  and  alien  come 
the  verbs  to  estrange  and  alienate^ 
which  are  extended  in  their  mean- 
ing and  application  -,  the  former  sig- 
nifying to  make  the  understanding  or 
mind  of  a  person  if  mn^e  to  aaobjecti 

3  I 


% 


t* 


8TRE8& 


STRESS. 


85S 


Its.  Stnmims  supporters  of  anj 
opinioo  are  alwATB  strongly  canvinced 
•r  the  trath  of  toot  which  they  sup- 
porty  aod  warmly  impressed  with  a 
MQse  of  its  importance  ;  hot  the 
kold  supporter  ot  an  opinion  may  be 
ampeiled  rather  with  the  desire  of 
•boTfiog  bis  boldneu  than  maintaining 
bis  point. 

While  the  go6i  WMCher  eontlaved,  I  fCrolled 
ahottt  the  eoantiy,  woA  made  ntajr  «treiiiMitf 
■Moafty  to  ran  avmj  Uom  chto  odkios  KiddlMH. 

BsATin. 

Wmlam  heMeods  the  HUU  DnrasH. 

STRBSS,  V.  Strain. 

8TBBSS,  STRAIN,  EMPHASIS, 

ACCENT. 

STRESS,  V.  Sirain. 
STRAIN,  V.  Amim 
£BftPUASIS,  fio^^lb  Gieek  <f«iv« 

toaDBwr.iknifieiiq^fiv  ^  appear. 

in  Ljrtiii  accen<ia,  from 

•igqHilla  int  the  tone 

of  3ie  Ti 


and  childnm  are  oflen  led  to  lay  the 
tirtu  on  little  and  unimportant  words 
in  a  sentence;  speakerijMtmetimes 
find  it  convenient  to  miiimMtrticnlar 
words,  to  which  they  attacn  a  value, 

Sr  the  emphasU  with  which  they  utter 
em.  Tne  stress  may  be  casual  or 
regular,  on  words  or  syllables;  the 
accent  is  that  kind  of  regulated  strea 
which  is  laid  on  one  syllable  to  distin* 
guish  it  from  another:  there  are  manj 
words  in  our  own  language,  such  as 
subject,  object,  present,  and  the  like, 
where,  to  distinguish  the  verb  from  the 
nouB^  the  accent  falls  on  the  last  syl* 
labia  Sir  the  former,  and  on  the  first 
syllable  for  the  latter. 

SlDffiif  differs  ftvn  Toeifleratloa  In  tUt,  that 
it  cMwhtR  in  a  cntmln  harmony;  dot  bit  per- 
CDrmed  with  lo  HMch  itrmining  of  thtjplce. 

Tbofe  EngUdi  tjllahln  ^Ueh  fSniMf 
OMt  necHv*  a  peenllar  ttrtia  af  take  fimn  their, 
aeata  or  dreomflei  aecent^  aa  in  qnidkty,  dSwrj. 


#  < 


Hie  aocwctuew  and  hanaonj  of  EnisUih  f ma 
-  .       ^  11      •     •  ^lAV«ul«Mtireljnp«m  It!  hdni:  composed  of  a  eer- 

Streu   ana  iMm  m  general  both,  j^tafai  aamber  of  sjllable^  aad  ito  hariaK  tha  mc 

ill  sense  and  application ;  the  forqael^/  -«•»<«  of  thow  i^iiabies  propaij  placed. 


Still  more  than  the  luttcr:  empknh 
and  accent  are  modes  of  the  drets. 
Slreu  is  applicable  to  all  bodies,  the 
powers  of  which  may  be  tried  by  ex- 
/|"Wtion;  as  the  i^rca  upon  a    rope, 
*  ^4ux»i  a  shafk  ^fMitMftfi9  ^  wheel  or 
'  ipring  in  a  nopcflKi  ^Se  strain  is  an 
^oessive  Jlf^dHi^lX^  which  a  thing  is 
thrown  out  of  \ti  course ;  there  may 
be  a  strain  in  most  cases  where  there 
is  a  stress :  but  stress  and  if  rain  are 
to  be  compared  with  emphasis  and  ac" 
UHt,  particularlv  in  the  exertion  of 
the  voice,  in  which  case  th^^ress  is 
a  strong  and  special  exertion  of  the 
voice,  on  one  word,  or  one  part  of  a 
word,  so  as  to  distinguish  it  from  an- 
other; bat  the  strain  is  the  undue 


TTBwnrrr. 

Id)  Reference  to  the  use  of  words, 
theses  tiBDs  may  admit  of  a  farther 
distinctmi;  for  we  may  lay  a  stress  or 
empkmu  on  a  particalar  point  of  our 
reasoning,  in  tMfafir^gpaae^  by  en* 
lai]ging  upon  it  iP^er|han  on  other 
points ;  or,  in  the  second  case,  by  the 
use  ofstronger  expressions  or  epithets. 
The  strain  or  accent  may  be  employed 
to  designate  the  tone  or  aianner  in 
which  we  express  ourselvMp  that  is, 
the  spirit  of  our  discourse :  m  familiar 
language,  we  talk  of  a  person's  pro- 
ceeding in  a  strain  of  panegyric,  or  of 
censure ;  but,  in  poetry,  persons  are 
said  to  pour  forth  their  complaints  in 
tof^eraccents, 

^^Aiipich  a  miffhtj  ttrett^  to  irrationally  laiS 
Vjliro  »H|cht,  cmptjr  words  (*  Mfif-coa*>cfoai- 
*  and  *  mutaal   confciootnpM  *)  ha*«!  they 


azertioo  of  the  voice  beyond  its  usual 
pitch,  in  the  utterance  of  one  or  more 
words:  welay  as/reiffor  theconveni-         ^        ^^.     ^.^^      ^^    ^.     ,^  „^  .   ^ 

^^..^  ^r  ^»u  J:     u  ^     u  ^    *      •    »u         made  any  thinie,  hat  the  author  himiHf  (Shrriork 

ence  of  others ;  but  when  we  stram  the  *,^  ^  tVi^h,),  hnter  a»Mo«i  ?        So™. 

foice  It  IS  as  much  to  the  annoyance  of  i    ,^  „,.  ., ^, ^  ^,  .^u  -.-^ 

others  as  it  is  hortlbl  to  ourselves. 
The  stress  may  consist  in  an  elevation 
of  voice,  or  a  prolonged  utterance ;  the 
ewsphasis  is  that  species  of  sfrdM  which 
is  employed  to  distinguish  one  word  or 
syllable  from  another :  the  stress  may 
M.^ocideiitai ;  but  the  emphasis  is  an 
intMional   stress:    ignorant   people 


The  idle,  who  are  ndtber  wl«e  for  thit  world 
■ertheaezt.  air  emiiAallca^ called,  hj  Doctor 
TUIotKm,  *»■  Vooh  at  larKi-.**  SptcTAToa. 

Aa  aMared  hope  or  future  Klory  n\%i%  him  to 
a  pnrauit  of  a  more  thaa  ordinary  ttnUn  of  duty 
and  perfeecloo.  Sot-TH. 

Portbee  my  tnnefkl  aceentt  will  I 


TO  STRETCH.  Vt  To  TCac/u 


•* 


BH 


STRONG. 


8TUCT,  SBVXBB. 
8IIUCL  from  ttricttu  bound  oi 
GOnfiwdi^kraclerizeB  the  thinR  which 
fundi  or  ERiii  in  control :  SEVF.RE 
^VtAuttcre'i  cliHTucterizes  iu  the  pro- 
per team  the  difpuaitiun  of  ibc  per- 
MD  to  inflict  pain,  and  in  an  ei.tendEd 
appliotion  the  thing  irhich  indicti 
pwn.  Thr  tirict  it,  therefore,  taken 
alwBjB  io  the.EOod  tense;  the  severe 
u  gpod  or  bad,  according  to  circum- 
■tancei :  he  nho  has  authority  over 
otben  must  be  ilricl  in  enforcbg  obe- 
dience, iu  keeping  good  oid«r,  Sfd  a 
proper  Htlentiou  to  their  dutieai^  but 
It  13  possible  to  be  yery  $ever0^  pu- 
aishing  those  who  are  under  us,  and 
jet  very  ii  '  " 
dutj  ■ 


W  STiRFE,  V.  Contention. 
'STBirE,  V.  Discord. 
TO  STRIKE,  V.  To  beat. 
TO  STRIP,  v.  To  bereave. 
TO  STRIVE,  V.  To  cmteadM*. 

STROKE,  V.  Blow.       \^    " 

TO  STROLUI).  To  wander. 
mil  illliMi  ^IffhluidveTSion, 

STRONG,         " 


STUPID.      '^^^    3 

of  hii  coiwtitation,  front  tiha  pow**  ' 
which  is  iiih«rcnt  in  hii  frmae;  bat 
a  rabuU  man  has  ttrenitth  both  fton 
the  Biw  and  texture  of  his  bod;,  ba 
.bu  ■  bone  and  nem  which  is  endow- 
ed with  great  power.  A  little  man 
maj  hettrmig,  althnugh  not  rofaist; 
a  tail,  stoat  man,  in  fiiU  health,  majh*  , 
termed  rohuU. 
>4  (nan  may  be  ttrmg  in  one  part 
4fEB  bodj  and  not  in  another ;  ba 
triat  bo  Wronger  at  one  time,  ftom  pt^ 
ticnlar  circumstances,  than  he  h  at 
another :  but  a  nbmtt  man  ii  ttrmtg 
in  hi«  whole  body  ;  and  aa  he  is  rohuf 
,  bynMnrc,  he  will  cease  to  be  to  oolj 
mrm  dieeate.  \ 

Slurdineu  lies  bodi  in  the  mdce  of 
the  bod:        '  "  '        '    * 

»$lurdy 


slender 

faabit,  ii 

«|er;  object  ii  termed  itratg  wlucli 
I  reverse  of  weak;  persons  oaljr 
termed  rohut  who  Hive  areij 
bodily  requisite  to  make  them  mora-'; 
then  ordinarily  itrwiCj  persons  onHb.. 
are  sturdy  who^  ^^IW  Vf' 'fe  quali^.. 
them  both  fofflCaKud  for  eoduib^t 


STRONG,  FIRM,  ROBUST, 

STURDY. 

STROiJO  is  in   all   probabiUty   a 

variHtion  of  atrici,  which  is  in  German 

itreng,  because  strength  is  altogether 

derived  from  the  close  contexture  of 

ROBUST,  in  Utin  robuilut,  from 
rabur,  si;;inties  literuUy  havioK  the 
strength  of  oak .  ^ 

STUUDY,  like  the  word  stout, 
steady  (u.  t'inn),  comes  in  all  proba- 
bility ftuin  stehtn  to  stand,  signifying 
capable  "I' siiitiiiing. 

Sl'aap  is  here  the  generic  term;  the 
others  are  specific,  or  specify  itrength 
under  dilforent  circumgcances ;  robuit 
is  a  positive  aud  liigh  degree  of 
strength,  iiriiing  I'tuiu  a  peculiar  bodily 
make ;  sturJif  indicalcs  not  ouly 
streni-th  of  body  but  also  of  mind  :  a 
man  may  be  (trow^vm  the  streifth 


itrow^vmU 


Bnnlli  IMrdiinK  itrskMlkiMUni 

STftUCTCHE,  V.  Edifice. 
STUBBORN,  V.  Obsltnote. 

STUDY,  V.  A^^ioiK.,  _ 
STUriD,  DULL.' 
STUPID,  in  Latin  rlupidat,  from 
itvpeo  to  be  amazed  or  bewildered, 
expresses  an  amaiementwhichis  equi- 
valent  to  a  deprivation  of  understnnd- 
ing:  DULL,  through  the  medium  of 
the  German  loli  and  Swedish  ttoltie, 
comes  from  the  Latin  itulUu  aimpte 
or  foolish,  and  denotes  a  simple  defici- 
ency, Sttyiiiiilj  in  its  proper  senseisna- 
tural  to  a  man,  altlmugh  a  particular 
circumstance  may  have  a  similartfbct 
npoQ   the  U"^ '--     "- *~   " 


m 


SUAVITY. 


^estioned  in  the  presence  of  others 
may  appaftr  very  stupid  in  that  which 
is  otherwise  very  familiar  to  him. 
Dull  is  an  incidental  quality,  arising 
principally  from  the  state  ot*  tlie  ani- 
mal spirits :  a  writer  may  sometimes 
be  dull  who  is  otherwise  vivacious  and 
pointed ;  a  person  may  he  dull  in  a 
large  circle  while  he  is  very  lively  in 
private  intercourse.  \ 

A  ttupid  butt  it  onl J  fit  for  the  iiiniii IJppTif 

•Hbaij  ppople.  Aminon. 

It  h  theirreat  adTantafe  of  a  tradiajr  nation 
that  thece  are  ttry  fev  In  H  ao  duil  and  h«9if 7 
who  may  not  be  placed  In  atntlons  of  life  whkh 
aaaj  site  them  an  opportnnity  ef  makiiif  their 
fortune*.  Addmok. 

STURDY,  v.^trong. 

TO  STUTTER,  V.   To  hcsilaie. 

.STYLE,  V.  Diction, 

SUAVITY,  URBANITY. 

JE&VITY  is  literally  sweedfiss; 
'*RBANI1Y  the  lefmeme*  of 
the  dty,  in  distiuction  from  the  cima- 
tTji  in  as  much,  tfaereforey  as  a  fM^te 
education  tends  to  soften  the  mu 
the  manners,  it  produces  suavity 
^     tmaviiy  may  sometimes  arise  fn 
•jji  toral  tempsr,  and  exist  therefore  with- 
,       out  <ir6iin»/ymlthough  there  cantiot 

k';he  urbanitj^  ^pfcout  MwtvUy,    By  the 
"^^aiumity  (»f  Oisi^sUuiQers  we  gain  the 
love  of  thoM  araoad  us ;  by  the  urlmu' 
ihf   of  our  manptfs  we  render  uur- 
r.     -selves  9^p^?eable  companions;  hence 
y      also  a^kes  another  distinction  that  the 
term  fuceoUw  Bfay  be  applied  to  other 
\        things,  ayMboice,  or  the  style;  but 
'  urbanity  tdlfpuiers  only. 

The  tuaril^  of  Menaader*i  ttjla  mifht  be 
jBoreto  Pluurah^  tastt  tbu  the  Irrecnlar  Mbli- 
■ity  of  ArMophuiik  Cumsbblaiio. 

The  f ktne  caSajngUnity  b/  the  mofmlhCa, 
«r  m  etwtl  J  befaMlBirt  conalila  in  m  dcrif«  to 
ytenae  tho  compnn  j.  Pora. 

TO  SUBDUE,  V.  To  conqucT. 

TO  SUBDUE,  V.  To  Overbear. 

TO  SUBDUE,  !;•  To  S2ibject» 

SUBJECT,  V,  Matter. 

SUBJECT,  V.  Object. 

SUBJECT,    LIABLE,    EXPOSED, 
OBNOXIOUS. 


SUBJECT. 


855 


^' 


*  SUBJECT,  in  Latin  subfectuSf  par- 


ticiple of  subjicio  to  cast  under,  signi- 
fies thrown  underneath. 

LIABLE,  compounded  of  lie  and 
able,  signities  ready  to  lie  near  or  lie 
under. 

EXPOSED,  in  Latin  exposittu,  par- 
ticiple of  cxponOy  compounded  of  ex 
and  pono,  signifies  set  out,  set  within 
the  view  or  reach. 

OBNOXIOUS,  in  Latin  obnoriut, 
compounded  of  ob  and  noxiam  mis« 
chief,  signifies  in  the  way  of  mischief. 

All  these  terms  arc  applied  to  those 
circumstances  in  human  life  by  which 
we  are  atfected  independently  of  our 
own  choice.  Direct  necessity  is  in- 
cluded in  the  tenn  subject ;  whatever 
we  are  obliged  to  sufter,  that  we  are 
subject  to ;  we  may  apply  remedies  to 
remove  the  evil,  but  often  in  vain : 
liable  conveys  more  the  idea  of  casual- 
ties ;  we  may  suftcr  that  which  we 
are  liable  to,  but  we  may  also  escape 
the  e? il  if  we  are  careful :  exposed 
conveys  the  idea  of  a  passive  state 
into  which  we  may  be  brought  either 
through  our  own  means  or  through  the 
instrumentality  of  others  ;  we  are  ej^- 
posed  to  that  which  we  are  not  in  a 
condition  to  keep  off  from  ourselves ;  it 
is  frequently  not  in  our  power  to  guard 

r'nst  the  evil:  obnoxious  conveys 
idea  of  a  state  into  which  we  have 
altogether  brougfit ourselves;  we  may 
avoid  bringing  ourselves  into  the  state^ 
but  wc  cannot  avoid  the  consequences 
which  will  ensue  from  being  thus  in- 
volved. We  are  subject  to  disease,  or 
subject  to  death;  this  is  the  irrevoca^ 
ble  law  of  our  nature :  tender  people 
are  liable  to  catch  tx)ld;  all  persons 
are  liable  to  make  mistakes  :  a  person 
is  exposed  to  insults  who  provokes  the 
anger  of  a  low-bred  man  :  a  minister 
sometimes  renders  himself  obnoxious 
to  the  people,  that  is,  puts  himself  in 
tho  way  of  their  animosity. 

To  subject  and  expose,  as  verbs,  are 
taken  in  the  same  sense:  a  person  #116- 
jects  himself  to  impertinent  freedoms 
by  descending  to  indecent  familiarities 
with  his  inferiors ;  he  exposes  himself 
to  the  derision  o^his  equals  by  an  fL 
affectatiou  of  superiority.  ' 

The  devout  man  ntpIrM  after  MNne  prlnclplet 
ef  OMwe  TfftfBd  feUeitj  which  thall  not  be  tubje^ 
to  chance  or  decaj.  Buua* 

The  rianflv  li  not  only  UakU  to  that  dlMp* 


fi 


If', 


•>^- 


w 


SUBSIDE. 


SUCCE88I 


m. 


857 


Wbere  then  to  bo  mve,  theiv  will  be  no  nh* 
jecUon.  SovTSt 

O  fav'ril*  vfarta,  that  luut  variQM  the  bmit. 
Whose  tov^feigD  dicutes  nUougate  the  eao. 

Pmoa. 

Thj  wm  (nor  h  tb*  appointed  veaaon  far,) 
In  Italy  shall  wage  »uccf«rfal  war. 
Till,  aft*T  erery  foe  nthdu'd,  the  rao 
Tbriee  throofrfa  thetiKn*  fatoanattal  race  Ahall 
mn.  DtTBB"* 

TO  SUBJOIN,  V,  To  affix. 

TO  SUBJUGATE,  V.  Tq  Subject. 

SUBLIME,  V.  Q^d^* 

suBMissiVE|  i^^o  comply. 
8UBMISSIVB,  V.  Humble. 
SUBMISSIVX9  V.  Obedient. 
SUBMISSIVE,  V.  Passive. 
SUBMIT,  V.  To  comply. 
RUINATE,  V.  Subject. 
TO  SUBORN,  V.  Toforsweciff. 
SUBSERVIENT,  V.  Subject.  *    ^ 


iMKuBO 


8UBSI8TBNCE,  V.  Livelihood. 

SUBSTANTIAL,   SOLID. 

SUBSTANTIAL,  aignifies  having 
a  substance :  SOLID,  iignifies  having 
a  firm  subttafice.  The  tulniantial  it 
opposed  to  that  ivhich  is  thin  and 
has  no  jfljisttincy ;  the  solid  is  op- 
posed tdH^quid,  or  that  which  it  of 
loose  oontistencv.  All  objects  wfAdlt 
admit  of  being  handled  are  in  th^ 
nature  sub$tantial ;  those  which  are  of 
so  hard  a  texture  as  to  require  to  btt 
cut  anplid.  Substantial  food  is  that 
which'^has  a  consistency  in  itself,  antl 
is  capable  of  giving  fulness  to  the 
empty  stomach:  ioRd  food  is  meat 
in  distinction  from  drink. 

In  the  moral  application  an  argiF- 
gument  is  said  lo  be  iuhstaniialf  which 
has  weight  in  itielf ;  a  reason  is  tqjid 

'  ich  kflkJt  high  degree  of  mbitaiifkg 


'tta  OVB  naCJfe   and   tuUUuiiUi 
vorib, 
Sooma  all  aiereCrtcloii  omanenti.         Miltov. 
TO  SUBSIDE,  ABATE,    INTERMIT.'    Ai  tbeiwolocolamMof  a«sendli««M>te, 

SUBSIDE,  from  the  Latin  fu6||«i      ^  ~"^  •^"''*  "^  «''^''  >^*»'  ""  y«nit. 
udeo.  signifies  to  settle  to  the  bottnS*  rr»     l 

aSaTE,  v.  Abate.  ^^       ™  SUBSTITUTE,  V.  To  change. 

INTERMIT,  from  the  Latin  infffp    AuBTBRFUGE,  v.  Evasion. 

A  settlement  after  agitation  is  the 
peculiar  meaning  of  tubtide.  That 
which  has  been  put  into  commotion 
tubtidet ;'  heavy  particles  tubside  in  a 
fluid  that  is  at  rest,  and  tumults  mh" 
tide :  a  diminotion  of  strength  charao- 
terizes  the  meaning  of  abate;  that 
which  has  been  high  in  action  may 
abate ;  the  rain  abates  after  it  hat 
been  heavy ;  and  a  man*s  anger  abater  i 
alternate  action  and  rest  is  impliedjjb 
the  word  intermiii  whatever  is  in  ao- 
tioD  may  sometimis  cease  fironi  action ; 
labor  without  intermiuion  is  out  of 
the  power  of  man. 

U  vaa  not  lonir  before  thb  joj  tubttded  lo  the 
letwbrance  of  that  dlpnltj  fnm  which  I  had 

Bat  flnt  to  beav*D  thy  due  dtMlkpa  |Jay, 

And  aaoBal  fifU  00  CeretP  dBWMr, 

IVhen  wiotei^  ra^e  mb^UiS^lf         DfVoBiu 

WheCl)tr  the  tioie  ef  Inter wlwii  11  ks  fpeaC  la 
cofajpaigr  or  la  solitude,  the  uitderrtaiidinc  la 
'    '  fkom  the  ol^ect  ef  Inquiry.  Johmoii* 


t^o  SUBSIST,  V.  To  be. 


■i* 


TO  SUBTRACT,  V.  To  dcduci. 
TO  SUBVERT,  V.  To  OvertuTH. 
TO  SUCCEED,  V.  Tofollow. 

s  vccjgfiikVLf^^ortunate. 

SUCC&SSIOlf^^l^lU  ORDER, 

SUCCESSION  si^es  the  act  or 
state  of  succeeding  (v.  Tofollow). 

SERIES,  V.  Serks. 

ORDER,  V.  To  place. 

Sucussion  is  a  matter  of  necessity 
or  casualty :  things  tucceed  each  other, 
or  they  are  taken  in  succession  either 
arbitrarily  or  by  design  :  the  series  is 
a  connected  successiim ;  the  order,  the 
ordered  or  arranged  succession.  We 
observe  the  succession  of  events  as  a 
matter  of  curiosity;  we  trace  thts 
series  of  events  as  a  matter  of  intelli- 
gence ;  we  follow  the  order  which  the 
historian  has  pursued  as  a  matter  of 
judgement :  the  succession  may  be  slow 
or.,  quick ;  the  series  may  be  long  or 
sbirt ;  the  order  may  be  correct  or  in* 


* 


• 


858 


SUCCESSIVE. 


f-^ 


correct .  The  present  ago  lias  afforded 
a  quick  succession  of  events,  and  pre- 
sented us  with  u  series  of  atrocious 
attempts  to  disturb  the  peace  of  so- 
ciety in  the  name  of  liberty.  The 
^v!  historian  of  these  times  needs  only  pur- 
^*  sue  the  order  which  the  events  them- 
selves point  out.  ^Bk 

We  can  cooc^We  of  t!me  oiSIJfmfth^  Mc- 
teut''fi  of  ideas  oae  to  another.    HAwnnwoftTif . 

A  nnmbpr  of  dhtlort  fablei  maj  contala  all 
the  topic*  of  moral  iiistf  uction  ;  jet  each  most  be 
veraembfred  bjr  a  distinct  c*flbrt  of  the  mind,  and 
will  not  recur  in  a  Meries,  because  t\ttf  have  no 
eonui-ctlon  with  <^ch  other.         Hawshvortii. 


% 


la  all  verte,  howev<>r  familiar  and  ea«j,  the 
word-i  ntn  necr^twarllt  thrown  out  of  the  order  in 
irhicb  thej  an*  commonlj  used.  llAwnEtiWoaTH. 

.     SUCCESSIVE,    ALTERNATE. 

What  is  SUCCESSIVE  follows 
4^tly;  what  is  ALTERNATE  fc.l- 
%ws  indirectly.  A  minis'  ^ 
^cccssiveij/  who  preaches  -^__p ^  _ 
day  uninterruptedly  at  the  sinSeho^} 
but  he  preaches  alternate^  if  be 
preaches  on  one  Sunday  in  the  morn- 
ing, and  the  other  Sunday  in  the  after- 
noon at  the  same  place.  The  suc- 
cessive may  be  accidental  or  inten- 
tional; tho  alternate  is  always  intci^ 
tional :  it  may  l^in  for  three  successhtt 
days,  or  a  ilSr  may  be  held  for  thiW^ 
succeuire  days :  trees  ai-e  placed  some- 
times in  alternate  order,  when  every 
other  tree  is  of  the  same  size  and 
kind. 

Hiiok  of  m  baadred  BoIUarj  itcaamt  peace- 
fully glidinc  between  um^S  cWon  om  tide 
mnd  rich  meadow*  oo  t^f]i|^,  gHuBaallj  iwell- 
Inf  Into  noble  rlfpO^  tuiflBMf i  efy  loi*lng  tbem- 
•elvea  In  each  odK#t  uul  all  at  lenfth  termlnat- 
Jnf  in  the  harbor  of  Pljrmontb.  Gibbon. 

'  SalTer  me  to  point  oat  one  great  eaaential  to- 
wards acquiriof;  facility  In  comporition  ;  via.  the 
wriClDg  aUernateijf  In  dHfoeiit  measaret. 

SSWABD. 

SUCCINCT,  Vrn^Ort. 

TO  SUCCOUR,  v.  To  help, 
TO  SUFFER,  V.  To  admit. 

TO  SUFFER,  V*  To  let. 

TO  SUFFER,  BEAR,  ENDURE, 
SUPPORT. 

SUFFER,  in  Latin  suffero^  com- 
pounded of  fti6  and^ero,  sigioifies  bear- 
ing up  or  firm  undemeathi 

BEAR;  V.  Tobear. 


-# 


SUFFER.  ' 

ENDURE,  in  Latin  induro^  signi- 
fies  to  harden  or  be  hardened. 

SUPPORT,  from  the  Latin  m^  asd 
portOf  signifies  to  <:arr7  up  or  to  cany 
from  underneath  ourselves,  or  to  re- 
ceive the  weight. 

To  suffer  is  a  passive  and  involiiD- 
tary  act;  it  denotes  simply  the  beioj 
a  receiver  of  evil  ;  it  is  therefore  the 
condition  of  our  being  :  to  hear  is 
positive  and  voluntary  ;  it  denotes  thd 
manner  in  irhich  we  receive  tlie  evil 
"  Man,"  says  the  Psalmist,  •'  is  U>mto 
sufcring  as  tb^^^Airks  fly  upwards;" 
hence  the  necesjil^  for  us  to  Icani  to 
hear  all  the  nuineroas  and  dircfbiced 
evils  to  which  we  are  obnoxiuus. 

To  bear  is  a  single  act  of  the  leo- 
lutioo,  and  relates  only   to  conuBOi 
ills;    we   bear    disappointments   ind 
crosses  :  to  endure  is  a  continued  ■! ' 
powerful  act  of  the  mind ;  we  CRdm%^ 
severe  and  lasting  pains  U>th  of  bodj 
and  c  mind  ;    we   endure    hunger  and 
fcold;    we  endure    provocations  and       i 
.aggravations;  it  is  a  making our«eIres 
by  our  own  act  insensible  to  cxteroal       ' 
evils.    Tho  first  object  of  educatioo 
sboold  be  to  accustom  children  to  btir       i 
contradictions  and   crosses,  that  ihey      .1 
may  afterwards  be  enabled  to  nu/w* 
'6¥tery  trial  and  miscrj-. 

To  bear  and  endure  signify  to  rt- 
ceive  becomingly  the  weight  of  what 
befals  onrseives  :  to  support  signines 
to  bear  either  our  own  or  anodier's 
evils ;  for  we  may  either  support  om- 
selves,  or  be  supported  by  others :  bot 
in  this  latter  case  we  bear^  from  tba 
capacity  which  is  within  oufsclws: 
but  we  support  ourselves  by  foreip 
aid,  that  is,  by  the  consolations  of  re- 
ligion, the  participation  and  coado- 
iMCe  of  friends,  and  the  like.  As  die 
body  may  be  early  and  gradoiJIy 
trained  to  bear  cold,  hanger,  and  pain, 
until  it  is  enabled  to  endure  twea  a- 
cmciatine  agonies ;  so  may  the  mind 
be  brought,  from  bearing  the  nx^ 
nesses  of  others'  tempers  with  eqoa* 
nimity,  or  the  unpleasantness  whidi 
daily  octtuynth  patience,  to  enduri 
the  utmosSbrn  and  provootico 
whidi  humdBKKoe  can  invent :  bet 
whatever  a  person  may  bear  or  «u^in 
of  personal  inoonva  ience,  there  an 
iuferings  arising  from  4he  womU 
affections  of  the  beait  wiiicb  ig^%B 


^ 


SUFFOCATE. 

eSbrts  of  oar  own  we  shall  be  enabled 
to  n^ert :  in  such  moments  we 
feel  tha^nspcakable  value  of  religion^ 
which  puts  us  in  possession  of  the 
means  of  supporting  every  sublunary 
pain. 

The  words  suffer  and  endure  are 
said  only  of  persons  and  personal 
matters ;  to  bear  and  support  are  said 
also  of  thin{;s,  signifying  to  receive  a 
weight :  in  this  case  they  differ  princi- 
mdly  in  the  degree  of  weight  received. 
To  bear  is  said  of  any  weight,  large 
or  small,  and  either  of  the  whole  or 
anv  part  of  the  weight;  support  is 
safd  of  a  great  weight  and  the  whole 
weight.  The  beams  or  the  foundation 
hear  the  weight  of  a  house ;  but  the 
pillars  upon  which  it  is  raised,  or 
against  which  it  leans,  support  the 
;ht. 


|(bmig] 


a  man  be  broagbt  Into  some  nieb  Mfon 
ud  trying  tltnation  u  Axes  the  atlention  of  the 
pvblle  OD  bb  briiavlour.  The  flnt  qMitiea 
which  we  pat  concmilnf  him  is  not,  what  don 
lie  goffer  f  bit,  how  does  he  btar  it  ?  If  we  judfe 
liim  to  be  compoved  and  firm,  retifrned  to  pr«- 
vUence,  and  supported  bj  conscious  lotefrity, 
kis  chancter  risc9»  and  his  miseries  lessen  In  oar 
view.       'M%^  BioiB. 

How  iflpHle  h(s  state  who  is  condenaed  to 
endure  at'enee  the  pangs  of  guilt  and  the  vfpc- 
atlou  of  calamity.  B&Anu 

SUFFICIENT,  V.  EflOUgL 

TO   SUFFOCATB,   VtlVLBy 
.    SMOTHER,  CHOAK. 

SUFFOCATE,  in  Latin  sfiffbeatus, 
participle  of  suffbco,  compounded  of 
sub  and  Jaux,  signifies  to  constrain  or 
tighten  the  throat. 

STIFLE  is  a  freqaentative  of  stuff, 
that  is,  to  stuflf  excessively. 

SMOTHER  is  a  frequentative  of 
moke. 

CHOAK  is  probably  a  variation  of 
eheekf  in  Saxon  ceac,  because  the 
halter  is  tied  under  the  cheek  bone  of 
criminals. 

These  terms  express    the    act    of 

stopping  the  breath,  but  under  various 

circumstances  and  by  various  means ; 

suffocation  is  produciii  by  every  kind 

of  means,  external  i^  internal,  and  is 

therefore  the  most  general  of  these 

/'"^^nns;  stifling  proceeds  by  internal 

»,  that  is,  oy  the  admission  of 

bodies  into  the  passages  which 

the  respiratory  oiigans :  we  may 

3 


SUPERFICIAL       589 

be  suffocated  by  excluding  the  air  ex- 
ternally ,as  by  gagging,  confining  closely, 
or  pressing  violently  :  we  may  be  suf' 
J'ltcuted  or  stifled  by  means  of  vapours, 
close  air,  or  smoke.  To  sf/iMer  is  to 
suffocate  by  the  exclusion  of  air  ex-*  ^k 
temally,  as  by  covciing  a  person  en*^^r 
tirely  with  bed-clothes :  to'  choak  it 
a  mod^'of  itifling  by  means  of  large 
bodies,  as  a  piece  of  food  lodging  in 
the  throat  or  the  larynx. 

A  tuffhcailng  wind  the  pilgrim  smiiei 

With  iostant  death.  Thomsov* 

Whea  mj  heart  was  ready  with  a  sfgb  to  cleave, 
I  have^with  mfi^tjr  ancuioh  of  m>  soul, 
Jost  at  the  bMh  U{flitd  thU  still  bom  sigh. 

SHAasPBAaib 

The  lore  of  jealous  men  breaks  oat  furlonslj 

(vlien  the  object  of  their  loves  h  taktm  f)ro« 

them),  and  throws  off  all  miiture«  of  susplekm 

which  choaked  and  smothered  It  before. 


/4  .sunEACE,  V.  Vote.  *^ 

"  ^  TO  8UG0BST,  V.  To  ollude. 

TO  SUGGEST,  V.  To  hint. 

SUGGESTION,  V.  Dictate. 

TO  SUIT,  v.  To  agree. 

TO  SUIT,  r.  To  fit. 
1   SUIT,  V.  Prayerm 

SUITABLE,  V.  Beaming. 

SUITABLE,  V.  Conformable. 

sviTAMLRf  V.  Convenient. 

SUITABLE,  V.  Correspondent. 

suiTOlft,  V.  Lover. 

SULLEN,  V.  Gloomy. 

TO  SULLY,  V.  To  stain. 

SUMMARY,  V.  Abridgement. 
ipsuMMARY,  V.  Short. 

TO  SUMMONS.  V.  To  Coll. 

TO  suMMO^i;.  To  cite. 
SUNDRY,  V.  Different. 

SUPERFICIAL,    SHALLOW, 

FLIMSY. 

The  SUPERHCIAL  is  that  which 
lies  onl^  at  the  surface ;  it  is  therefore 
by  implication  the  same  as  the  SHAL- 
LOW, wjlych  has  nothing  underneath  • 
shallow  being  a  variation  of  hollow  or 
empty.  Hence  a  person  may  be  called 
txxhetjM^erfidal  or  skaUoWf  to  indicate 


hi 


m 


SUSTAIN. 

mrrcunded  bj  ether  persons^  or  an 
object  nay  be  turrtmnded  'by  inclos" 
iog  it  Hi  every  cKrectioDy  and  at  every 
|>oint ;  in  this  manner  a  garden  is  fwv 
rounded  by  a  wall.  To  tncompaa  is 
to  turround  in  the  latter  sense,  and 
applies  to  objects  of  a  great  or  indefi- 
nite extent :  the  earth  is  encompaned 
by  the  air,  which  we  term  the  atmo^- 
ns  are  enccmfHmed  by  walls^ 


•: 


o  Mfflp^  is  to  ib  round  an  object 
of  anyrmn,  whether  square  or  cir- 
cvlar,  long  or  short;  but  to  ewidron 
and  to  endrele  cany  with  them  the 
idea  of  forming  a  circle  romid  an 
object ;  thus  a  town  or  a  valley  may 
be  environed  by  l)illsy  a  bason  of 
water  may  be  encircled  by  trees,  or 
the  head  may  be  encircled  by  a  wreath 
of  flowers. 

In  an  extended  or  moral  sense  we 
are  said  to  be  surrounded  by  objects 
which  are  in  ipeat  numbers,  arid  in 
different  directions  about  us:  thus  a 
person  living  in  a  uarticular  spot 
where  he  has  many  friends  may  say 
he  is  surrounded  by  his  friends;  so 
likewise  a  particular  person  may  say 
that  he  is  surrounded  by  dangers  and 
difficulties  s  but  in  speaking  of  man 
in  a  general  sense,  we  should  rather 
say  he  is  encompassed  by  dangers, 
#bich  expresses  in  a  much  stronger 

anner  onr  pecnUMr  exposed  con^i- 


tlOQ. 


«*' 


^^3  Bnt  n«C  to  iHe  rehirat 

'  Bit  elovd  iMlaad,  ud  e? er-durioc  dark 
9urr9undt  dm,  llaiOH. 

Wbem  Orpheia  on  hto  Ijrre  faUMats  liia  love^ 
WIA  beasb  encMqMMi'd,  and  a  dantiaf  (row. 

Dm 


Of  tfsMlBK  fliMlBiiti  OB  mil  rfdci  roimd 

As li  Ae  kolkiw  bfMttbf  App«liie, 

BeMitli  Che  ■beMmr^  emelraUitg  hilb, 

A  Myitle  riM%  faf  ftte  kmiian  cgre; 

80  loniWiM,  bloeodhl',  and  nnaeen  1^  all, 

Ite  swMt  Lavlnla.  TaoMSoir. 

SURVS7,  V.  Retrospect. 
SURVEY,  v»  Fiew.        *- 
TO  SURVIVE,  V.  To  outlive. 
suscBratBiLiTT,  V.  Feeling. 

SUSPENSE,  V.  Doubt. 

<       ^        TO  SUSTAIN,  SUPPORT, 
'   *'  ^  MAINTAIN. 

SUSTAIN,  compoooded  of  sits  or 


# 


YUfMETRY.         861 


<li(  and  temio  to  hddL  signifies  to  hold 
or  keep  np.  ''*v^ 

SUPPORT,  9.  Ib  couniensmce. 

MAINTAIN,  v.  To  assert. 

The  idea  of  exerting  one^i  self  to 
keep  an  object  from  sinking^is  common  ^  * 
to  all  tliese  terms,  which 'Vary  either  <|^ 
in  the  mode  or  the  object  of  the  " 
action.  To  sustain  and  support  are 
passire,  and  imply  that  we  bear  the 
weight  of  sometning  pressing  upon 
us;  iiMm^atii  is  acttve,  and  intpliea 
that  we  exert  oorselves  so  as  to  keep 
it  from  prestjofi  upon  us.  We  sustain 
a  load;  v^^pport  a  burden;  we 
maintain  the  contest.  The  |)nncipal 
difficulty  in  an  ei^agement  is  ouea 
to  sustain  the  first  shock  of  the  attack: 
a  soldier  has  not  merely  to  support  the 
weight  of  his  arms,  but  to  maintain 
bis  post.  What  is  sustained  is  often 
temporary;  what  is  supportedh  mostly 
permanent :  a  loss  or  an  injury  is  sus- 
tained;  pain,  distress,  and  misfor- 
tunes, are  supported :  maintain,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  mostly  something  of 
importance  or  advantage;  credit  must 
always  be  maintained, 

W'^^ust  su^ain  a  loss  with  tran* 
quillljgig  we  must  support  an  affliction 
with  eqnanhnity ;  we  must  maintain 
onr  own  honor,  and  chat  of  the  com- 
munity to  which  we  belong,  by  the 
rectitude  of  our  conduct. 


» 


With  hAotff  nent,  no  loaim  can  bb  eirtd 
T^  hfmj  HBlnn,  of  tutMm  tlie  OHM, 
iVetmlmSkB^mtk  esiti^jm  DaTsae. 

Lfll  fUi  m^pvft  n/j^mmim  jo«,  that  yaa 
an  tba  Mtar  of  tea^ftlldna,  amonir  who« 
fben  Mnm  to  be  bat  one  loal  of  love  and 
obedience.  LrmfTov. 

Ai»  ooinpa»*d  with  a  wood  ef  fpean  anmai. 

The  lordlj  fion  atill  mminiaimM  hit  (roand^ 

So  Tonal  Ihra.  DarBnr* 

smTENANCB,  V.  Livelihood. 
TO  SWALLOW  jgfy  V.  To  absofb. 
SWAY,  V.  Influeike.  ^ 

TO  SWELL)  V.  To  heave. 
SWIFTNESS,  V.  Quickness. 
SYCOPKANT,  V.  Flatterer. 

SYMMETRY,    PROPORTION. 

SYMMETRY,  in  Latin  symmHri^^ 
Greek  ru,(A,ucTpMt  from  rw  and  (uiTpo^ 
signifies  a  measure  that  accords. 

PROPORTION,  in  Latin  propo^ 
tio,  ONDpounded  of  pro  and  pmtie^ 


86f 


SYMPATHY, 


0 


^r 


SYSTEM. 


.j: 


« 


signifies  every  p^j^fn  or  part  accord' 
ing  with  .die  otnlQ^  wito  the  whole. 
The  ^Unification  of  these  terms  is 
obviou^  the  8ame>  namely,  a  due 
admeasnnment  of  the  parts  to  each 
other  and.to  the  whole :  bat  symmttiy 
has  now  aj^nired  but  a  partial  opph- 
cation  to  the  hnman  body ;  and  jaro' 
portion  is  applied  to  everything  woich 
admits  of  dimensions  and  an  adapta- 
tion of  the  parts :  hence  we  speax  of 
tymmetry  of  feature ;  but  proportum 
of  limbsy  the  proportion  of  the  head 
to  the  body.  ^ 

Sensual  deUghts  lo  enUifed  miodt,  giro  way 
to  the  fmbllmer  pleaaoKt  of  irmmb,  wMcb  dh- 
cover  the  cautea  and  deilgiM;  the  frame,  eoa- 
ncxioD,aodi9roHnetfyaf  thincs.        Btmbixt. 

The  loTenton  of  ttofl  hlpa  had  a  better  eye 
Hw  doe  pr&portUn  than  to  add  to  a  rednn- 
daacjr,  became  In  loaie  caiei  It  was  conTeuieat 
to  All  np  •  Tacunm.  Cubbbbulxd. 

SYMPATHY,    COMPASSION, 
COMMISERATION^  CONDOLENCE. 

SYMPATHY,  from  the  Greek  cvfM 
or  tfxv  wtth^  and  w-adoc  feeling,  has  the 
literal  meaning  of  fellow-feeing,  that 
is,  a  kindred  or  like  feeling,  oj^ieeling 
in  company  with  another.  %vOM* 
PASSldN  {v.  Pity);  COMMISE- 
BATION,  firom  the  Latin  com  and 
miteria  misery;  CONDOLENCE, 
from  the  Latin  con  and  doleo  to  etieve, 
signify  a  like  saffering,  or  a  suBering 
in  company.  Hence  it  is  Mnrious  that 
according  to  thg^erivatibb  of  the 
words,  the  ifpnpUjy  may  either  be 
•aid  of  pleasure  3Ppain,  the  rest  only 
of  that  which  is  painful.  Sympathy 
preserves  its  original  meaning  m  its 
application,  fur  we  laugh  or  cry  by 
sympathy  ;  tliis  may,  however,  be  only 
a  merely  physical  operation :  but  com^ 
passion  is  altogether  a  moral  feeling, 
which  makes  us  enter  into  the  dis- 
tresses of  others :  yre  may,  therefore, 
T^avrnpathize  with  others,  without  essen- 
tially serving  them ;  but  if  we  feel 
companion,  we  naturally  turn  our 
thoughts  towards  relieving  them. 

Compassion  is  awakened  by  those 
sufferings  which  arc  attributable  to 
our  misfortunes ;  commiseration  is 
awakened  by  sufferings  arising  from 
our  faults  ;  condolence  is  awakened 
by  the  troubles  of  life.  Poverty  and 
want  excite  our  compasiion  ;  we  en- 
deavour to  relievo  them :  a  po|»r  cri- 

* 


minal  sobering  the  pendlj  of  the  tsw 
excites  our  commiseraiiek  ;  we  ende^ 
Tour,  if  possible,  to  mitigate  his  pu- 
nishment: the  loss  which  a  friend 
sustains  produces  condolence;  we  take 
the  best  means  of  testifying  it  to  Lim. 
CompauioH  is  the  sentiment  of  om 
mortal  towards  another;  comrnisera- 
tion  is  represented  as  the  leehng  which 
our  wretchedness  excites  i^Jtbe  Su- 
preme Being.  Ckin^Misstot  jBJiy  be 
awakened  by  penons  in  veljninequil 
conditions  of  life:  condolence  sop 
poses  an  entire  equality  ;  it  excludes 
every  thing  but  what  flows  out  of  the 
courtesy  and  goo<^wiU  W  one  frieod 
to  another.  ,  . 

That  mfnd  and  bo^y  ottea  a^mpathtse 

If  pTaln;  sneb  it  thh  naioa  mttare  tkt.    Jasm. 

Then  mutt  we  thoae  vbo  groao  bcaeifk  tto 

welffht  ' 

Of  afe,  disease,  or  rart,  r»mmi§enitef 
'Mongst  those  whom  boneK   !{?«•  caa  nem* 

mend. 
Cor  josttce  more  eMfqmttUm.  tbovld  ezisid. 

Rather  than  all  must  mifer,  tome  nut  die, 
Yet  iMtiK  mnatesn4Cele  their  waSaerj,  Dxnii* 

SYMPTOM,  V.  Marl. 
SYNOD,  V,  Assembly. 

SYSTEM,    METHOD. 

SYSTEM,  in  Latin  systema,  GreA 
avffifjM  from  ""'ntfifj^*'  cv9  and  io<u  tA 
stand  together,  l^jpBiies  that  w|^  is 
put  together  so  as  to  forma  vrnK- 

METHOD,  in  Latb  methoSlim 
tlie  Greek  /uira  and  e^&c  a  my  bj 
which  auy  thing  is  effected. 

System  expresses  more  than  method, 
which  is  but  a  part  of  system  :  $vft(9 
is  an  arrangement  of  many  single  or 
individual  objectMiccording  to  soum 
given  rule,  so  as  to  ffiike  them  coalesce. 
Method  is  the  mannerof  this ananee- 
ment,  or  the  princ^^  upon  which 
this  arrangement  takes  place.  The  s^ 
tern,  however,  applies  to  a  complexii; 
of  objects ;  but  arrangement,  and  coo- 
sequaiHly  method,  may  be  applied  to 
every  tiling  that  is  to  be  put  into  exe> 
cution.  Ah  sciences  niutt  be  reduced 
to  iystem  ;  and  without  %krm  there  v» 
no  science  :  all  business  reauire^  ere- 
ihod ;  and  without  method  little  can 
be  done  to  any  good  purpose. 

Ifa  bHtrr  $gttenCM  thfar, 
Inpart  It  fhmkl j,  or  ooake  uw  of  mtaei 


« 


TALKATIVE. 


t> 


Tbe  great 

method,  bat 


wl 


of  the  SetMM  li  Hw  vtaC  of 
'tkii  I  know  not  flM  there  was 

JOBMOll. 


T. 


TACiTUBNiTT,  V.  SUence. 


i'oXAKEy  which  in  all  probahili^ 
leflOom  the  Latin  tactumf  parti- 


TO  TAKE,    RBCBIVS. 

To! 

com< 

ciple  of  tango  to  touch,  is  a  general 
term ;  RECEIVE  (v.  To  receive)  is 
specific.      ..*  ; 

To  take  rij|ii^et  to  make  one's  own 
bj  coming  m  exclusive  contact  with 
it;  to  receive  IS  to 'take  under  pecu- 
liar drcumstanoes.  We  take  either 
from  things  or  persons;  we  receive 
from  persons  only:  we  take  a  book 
^  from  the  table ;  we  receive  a  parcel 
^hich  is  sent  us :  we  take  either  with 
or  without  the  consent  of  the  person ; 
we  receive  it  with  his  consent,  or  ac- 
cording to  his  wishes :  a  robber  takes 
money  when  he  can  find  it ;  a  firiend 
receives  the  gift  of  a  fiiend. 
Baeh  taket  hb  seat,  and  each  reteivet  hit  ihare. 

POFR. 

TMl  weiM^d  with  ihaine,  thej  wheel  about  and 

face. 
Receive  their  foee,  and  ndre  a  threat'olng  C17, 

#T%e  Taseam  take  their  turn  to  fear  and  fly. 
-    4  *  »"»«»• 

Jffk  TAKE    HEsb}    V.  To  gUOXd 

TO  TAKE  HOLD  OF,   V.  To  lay 

hold  of. 
TO  TAKE  LEAVE,  V.  To  leave. 

^       TO  "MKE  PAINS,  V,  To  laboT. 

TALE,  V.  Fable. 
TALE,  V.  Story. 
TALENT,  V.  Faculty. 

TALENT,   V.  O^. 

TALENT,  V.  Intellect. 
TO  TALK,  V.  To  speak. 

TALKATIVE,   LOQUACIOUS, 
GARRULOUS. 

TALKATIVE  implies  ready  or 
prone  to  talk  (v.  To  speak), 

LOQUACIOUS,  from  loquor  to 
frpeak  or  talk,  has  the  same  origioal 
m— ning. 


^ 


V^f      TASTE. 


865 


GARRULOUS,  in  lAtiogiirri»/tii, 
from  garrio  to  blab,  signifijferone  to 
tell  or  make  known.  ^E^ 

These  reproachful  epithito  diflfer 
principally  in  the  degree.  -^  talk  is 
allowable,  and  consequently'^t  is  not 
altogether  so  unbecoming  to  be  occ»- 
sionally  talkatroe :  but  loquacity ^  which 
implies  always  an  immoderate  pror 
pensity  to  talkf  is  always  bad,  whether 
springing  from  affectation  or  an  idle 
temper :  and  garrulity f  which  arisen 
from  the  excessive  desire  of  communir 
eating,  is  a  filing  that  is  pardonable 
only  in  the  ^pd,  who  have  generally 
much  to  tell^ 

Efery  ahmirdtty  has  a  ebanpfen  to  deflrad  it; 
for  error  h  ahraji  talkative.  QoLDsnm. 

Thenltetonly  clanoar'd  fa  thethroo^, 
JLoquaciout,  load,  and  tarbnlent  of  teosae. 

Poni. 

PleaiM  with  that  fooial  tweet  gmrrulUsf. 
Tlie  poor  disbanded  vet'ran'k  tola  deUgbt. 

SOMUTILU. 


& 


TALL,  V.  High. 

TAME,  V.  Gentle. 

TO  TANTALIZE,  V.  Ti^gravate», 

TO  TANTALizi^  t;.  To  team^ 

TARDY,  r.  Slow. 

TO  TARNISH,  V.  To  Stobu 

ToJbARRY,  V.  To  linger. 
TARTNESS,  V.  Acfimofny. 
TASTE,  v.  Palaiem 


TASTB,  FLAVbR^  RELISH, 
SAVOR. 

TASTE  comes  firom  the  Teutonic 
tasten  to  touch  lightly,  and  signifies 
either  the  organ  which  iji  easuy  af- 
fected, or  the  act  of  discriminating 
by  a  light  touch  of  the  oig^,  or  the 
quality  of  the  object  which  affects  the 
organ ;  in  this  latter  sense  it  is  closely 
alhed  to  the  other  terms. 

FLAVOR  niost  probably  comes 
from  the  Latin jifo  to  oreathe^  signify- 
ing the  rarefied  essence  ofbodies  which 
affect  the  organ  of  taste. 

RELISH  is  derived  by  Menshew 
from  reUcker  to  tick  again,  signify- 
ing that  which  pleases  the  palate  so 
as  to  tempt  to  a  renewal  of  tne  act  of 
tasting. 

SAVOR,  in  Latin  k^^  and  sapiQ 


» 


J 


K' 


—  ■".  • 


-•-< 


«i 


TAX. 


TEASE. 


865 


terms,  and  anplies  to  or  implies  what- 
ever is  pua  bj  the  people  to  the 
govemmenty  according  to  a  certain 
estimate :  the  cuftonu  are  a  species  of 
tax  which  are  less  specific  than  other 
tuxesy  being  regulated  by  etutom  rather 
than  any  definite  law;  the  customs 
mpply  particularly  to  what  was  cvs- 
tomarily  given  by  merchants  for  the 
goods  which  the^  imported  from 
abroftd :  the  duty  is  a  species  of  tax 
more  positive  and  binding  than  the 
custom^  being  a  specific  estimate  of 
L£  what  is  due  upon  goods,  according  to 
their  value ;  hence  it  is  not  only  ap- 
plied to  goods  that  are  importeo,  but 
also  to  many  other  articles  inland : 
tali  is  that  species  of  <ax  which  serves 
lor  the  repair  of  ruads  and  havens. 

The  preceding  terms  refer  to  that 
which  is  levied  by  authority  on  the 
people ;  but  they  do  not  directly  ex- 
press the  idea  of  levying  or  paying : 
IMPOST,  on  the  contrary,  signifies 
literally  that  which  is  imposed;  and 
TRIBUTE    that   which    is  paid  or 
yielded :    the   former,  therefore,   ex- 
dade  that  idea  of  coercion  which  is 
included  in  the  latter,    llie  tax  is 
levied  by  the  consent  of  many ;  the 
impott  is  imposed  hj  the  will  of  one ; 
and  the  trihute  is  paid  at  the  demand 
of  one  or  a  few :  the  tax  serves  for 
the  support  of  the  nation ;  the  impoit 
■/Wnd  the  tribute  serve  to  enrich  a  go- 
vemmeut.     Conquerors  lay  htavy  im- 
potts  upon  the  conquered  countries; 
dislai.t  provinces  pay  a  tribute  to  the 
princes  to  wlioui  they  owe  allegiance. 
CONTRIBUTION  signifies  the  tri- 
huie  of  many  in  unison,   or  for  the 
same  end ;  in  this  general  sense  it  im- 
cludes  all  the  other  terms ;  for  taxes 
and  imposts  are  alike  paid  by  many 
for  the  same  purpose;   but  as  the 
predominant  idea  in  contribution  is 
that  of  common  consent,  it  supposes 
A  degree    of  freedom  in    the    agent 
which  is  incompatible  with  the  exer- 
cise of  authority  expressed  by  the 
other  terms  :  hence  the  term  is  with 
more  propriety  applied  to  those  cases 
in  which    men  voluntarily  unite   in 
giving  towards  any  particular  object ; 
as  charitable  contributionsy  or  contri- 
butions in   support  of  a  war;  but  it 
may  be  taken  in  the  general  sense  of 
a  forced  payment,  as  in  speaking  of 
A  military  c^t^bution. 


TAX,  RATE)  ASSBSSMBNT. 

TAX,  agreeably  to  the  above  ex- 
planation (v.  Tflj),  and  RATE,  from 
the  Latin  ratus  and  reor  to  think  or 
estimate,  both  derive  their  principal 
meaning  from  the  valuation  or  propor- 
tion according  to  which  any  sum  is 
demanded  from  the  people;  but  the 
tax  is  imposed  directly  by  the  govern- 
ment for  public  purposes,  as  the  Imid 
taxy  the  window  tax,  and  the  like; 
and  the  rate  is  imposed  indirectly  for 
the  local  purposes  of  each  parish,  as 
the  church  rates,  the  poor  rates,  and 
the   like.     The  tax  and  rate   is  a 
general  rule  or  ratio,  by  which  a  cer- 
tain sum  is  raised  upon  a  given  num^ 
her  of  persons;  the  ASSESSMENT 
is  the  application  of  that  rule  to  the 
individual. 

The  house-duty  is  a  t^  upon  houses, 
according  to  their  real  or  supposed 
value;  the  poor's  rate  is  a  rate  laid 
on  the  individual  likewise,  according 
to  the  value  of  his  house,  or  tb«  sup- 
posed rent  which  he  pays ;  the  assess- 
mefU,  in  both  these,  is  the  valuation 
of  the  house,   which  determines  the 
sum'  to  be  paid  by  each  individual: 
it  is  the  business  of  the  minister  to 
make  the  tax;  of  the  parish  officers  to 
make  the  rate  ;  of  the  commissioners 
or  assessors  to  make  the  assessment : 
the  former  has  the  public  to  consider ; 
the  latter  the  individual.  An  equitable 
tax  must  not  bear  harder  upon  one 
dass  of  the  community  than  another : 
an  equitable  asussment  must  not  bear 
harder  upon  one  inhabitant  .than  an- 
other. 

TO  TBACB»  V.  To  inform. 
ID  TSAR9  V.  To  break. 

TO  TBASE,     VEX,    TAUNT,   TAN- 
TALIZE, TORMENT. 

TEASE  is   most  probably  a  fre- 
quentative of  tear  and  tore. 
VEX,  V.  To  displease. 
TAUNT,  is    probably  contracted 

from  tantaliee, 

TAlin:AUZE,v.  To  aggravate. 

TORMENT,  from  the  Latm  tor^ 
mentum  and  torqueo  to  twist,  signifies 
to  give  pain  by  twisting,  or  griping.  ' 
The  idea  of  acting  upon  others  so  as 
to  produce  a  painful  sentiment  is  com- 
mon to  all  these  terms;  they  diffei 

3E': 


H 


TENACIOUS. 


TENDENCY. 


8G7 


.* 


senres  particularly  for  the  assembly  of 
tlie  Biithful.  Nothing  profane  ought 
to  enter  the  temple  of  the  Lord :  no- 
thing ought  tp  be  permitted  in  our 
churches  which  does  not  contribute  to 
the  edification  of  Christians. 

The  mind  and  heart  of  man  are  the 
temple  of  the  living  God  ;  it  is  there 
he  wisbfls  to  be  adored :  the  church 
is  that  place  where,  as  a  sodnl  being, 
be  offers  his  vows  to  his  Maker. 

TS3IPOBAL,  V.  Secular. 

TEMPORARY,   TRANSIENT, 

TRANSITQRY,    FLEETING. 

TEMPOQ^RY,  from  tempus  time, 
characterizes  that  which  is  intended 
iq  last  only  ibr  a  time,  in  distinction 
fipqm  that  which  is  permanent ;  offices 
depending  upon  a  state  of  war  are 
tp»porary^  in  distinction  from  these 
w)i|ch  are  counected  with  internal 
policy.  TRANSIENT,  that  is,  pass^ 
ifi^  or  in  the  act  of  passing,  diarao- 
larizes  what  in  its  nature  exists  only 
Iqr  the  raomept :  a  glance  is  tran$ient. 
TaANSJTQ^.Y,  that  is,  apt  to  pass 
ATWy  characterizes  every  thing  in  ths* 
world  wbicli  is  formed  only  to  exist 
for  a  time,  and  then  to  pass  away  ; 
thus  our  pleasures,  and  our  pains,  and 
our  very  being,  are  denominated  tranr 
eitory.  FLEETING,  which  is  de- 
liYed  from  tbe  Ferb  to  jli/  undjlighif 
is  but  a  stronger  term  to  express  the 
same  idea  as  transitari/, 

Bj  the  force  of  uperlor  prinrlpin  the  tern- 
pmrmrif  prevalence  or  pa»io::H  may  be  restrained. 

JOBVIOM. 

A«T  fcdden  diversion  of  the  tpirlts  or  the 
jotUiof  in  of  •  transient  thoagbt,  ii  iMr  to 
dffaM  the  Uttle  imagei  of  iMap(ia  the  tteaory). 

South, 

Mas  it  a  tranaUory  being.  Johnson. 

Thn  vhcB  my  Jleettug  Azyn  at  last. 

Unheeded,  sllenUj  are  p:ist, 

CalBlj  I  slnli  nmifcn  my  breath, 

la  lUb  nnknowa,  forgot  In  d«itb.       Spectatoi. 

TO  TEMPT,  r.  To  aliure. 
TO  TEMPT,  r.  To  tnj. 

TENACIOUS,    PERTINACIOUS. 

To  be  TENACIOUS  is  t.>  hold  a 
thing  close,  to  let  it  go  with  reluc- 
taace:  to  be  PEHTlMACiOL'S  is  to 
bold  it  out  in  spite  of  wliat  can  be 
advanced  agfiinst  it.  A  tenaciijue 
temper  insists  on  triAes  that  are  sup- 


posed to  afiect  his  importance ;  a  per^ 
tinacious    temper    insists    on    every 
thing  which  is  apt  to  aifect  tiis  opi- 
nions.    Tenacity  and  nerti-nacity  are 
both  foibles,  but  the  former  is  some- 
times more  excusable  than  the  latti^r. 
We  may  be  tenacious  of  that  which 
is  good,  as  when  a  man  is  tenacious 
of  whatever  may  affect  his   honor; 
but  we  cannot  be  pertinacious  in  any 
thing  but  our  opinions,  and  that  too 
in  cases  where  they  are  least  defen- 
sible.    It  commonly  happens  that  peo- 
ple are  most  tenacious  of  being  thought 
to   possess  that  in  which   they   are 
most  deficient,  and  most  pertinacious 
in    maintaining  that  which   is  most 
absurd.     A  liar  is  tenacious  of  his 
reputation  for  truth:  sophists,  free* 
thinkers,  and  sceptics,  are  the  most.. 
pertinacious  objectors  to  whatever  is 
established. 

So  fenocibut  arc  we  of  the  old  ecdeslavtiral 
modes,  that  vrrj  iittle  altciaUon  has  bern  made  in 
them  since  the  foacteentb  or  flfteentb  ceatnrj  ; 
adhering  to  our  old  nettled  maxim,  never  entin^ly, 
nor  at  once,  to  depart  from  aatiqvitj.      Burke. 

The  xo/fnAperttnacUus  and  vehement  denon- 
•trator  maj  be  wearied  in  time  bjr  contjaual 
negation.  JoBM.toR. 

TBNDBNCT,    DRIFT,    SCOPB, 
AIM. 

TENDENCY,  from  to  tend,dt^ 
notes  the  property  of  <eȣ/i>i^  towards 
a  certain  point,  which  is  the  character? 
istic  of  all  these  words,  but  this  is  ap- 
plied  only  to  tilings;  and  DR]FI\ 
fjTom    tin    verb  to    drite;  SOOPiv, 
from  the  Greek  erntv-cfAai.  to  look; 
and  AIM,  firom  the  verb  to  aim  {v. 
Aim);  all  characterize  the  thoughts  of 
a  person  looking  forward  into  futurity, 
and  directing  his  actions  to  a  certain 
point.     Hence  we  speak  of  the  ten- 
dency of  certain  pnnciples  or  prac- 
tices, as  being  pernicious ;  the  drifi  of 
B  person*s  discourse  ;  the  scope  which 
he  gives  himself  either  in  treating  of 
a  subject,  or  in  laying do^^n  a  plan;  or 
a  person's  aim  to  excel,  or  aim  to  sup- 
plant another,  and  the  like.    I'he  /en- 
dency  of  most  vvritin<j;s  fortlie  last  live 
and  twenty  years  has  been  to  unhinge 
the  minds  of  men :  where  a  person 
wants  the  service^  of  another,  whom 
he  dares  not  openly  solicit,  lie   will 
discover  his  wibhes  by  the  drij}  of 
his  discourse :   a  man  of  a  coiiipre- 
;J  K  2 


THEORY. 


THICK. 


869 


•or  minds  the  power  which  is  ©ler- 
cised :  the  Urritoty  speaks  of  that 
which  is  in  its  nature  lx)unded  ;  the 
dominions  may  he  said  of  that  whidh 
is  boundless.  A  petty  prince  has  h» 
territory;  the  monarch  of  a  great 
Mpire  has  idbittntoiK. 
Tt  19  the  object  of  every  ruler  to 
guard  his  territory  against  the  irrup- 
tions of  an  enemy;  ambitious  mo- 
narchs  are  always  aiming  to  extend 
their  dominions. 

The  cooqttcnid  territory  was  divided  taatmg 
the  Speabh  InTadera,  according  to  ruin  which 
CBstom  had  lotrodoced.  RoBBBTtoa. 

And  while  the  baiok  Pjrrhns  dilnca  In  ams, 
Oir  wtd%^ml«i»fi«  shall  the  world  ote^-ruB. 

Tiur. 

TERROR,  V.  Alarm, 

TESTAMENT,   V.  Will. 

TO  TESTIFY,  V%  To  CXpTCSS. 

TB8TIMONT,  V.  Evidence. 

THANKFULNESS,  GRATITUDE. 

THANKFULNESS,  or  zjulness 
of  thanks,  is  the  outward  expression 
of  a  graJteJul  feeline. 

GRATITUDE,  from  the  Latin  gra- 
titudOf  is  the  feeling  itself.  O w<Aan]b- 
Julness  is  measured  by  the  number  of 
our  words  ;  our  gratitude  is  measured 
by  the  nature  of  our  actions.  A 
person  appears  yery  thankful  at  the 
time,  who  afterwarcfs  proves  very  iiii- 
grateful,  ThanMulness  is  the  begin- 
ning of  gratituae ;  gratitude  is  the 
completion  of  thankfulness. 

THEOLOGIAN,    V.  EccleSJOStic. 

THEORY,   SPECULATION. 

THEORY,  from  the  Greek  Bou^t 
to    behold,    and    SPECULATION, 
from  the  Latin  spccto  to  behold,  are 
both    emi)loyed     to     express    what 
is  seen  with  the  mind's  eye.    Theory 
is   the  firuit  of  reflection,    it  serves 
the  purposes   of  science;   the  prac- 
tice   will   be   incomplete    when  the 
theory i»   false:  speculation  belongs 
more  to  the  imagination  ;  it  has  there- 
fore less  to  do  with  realities,  it  is  that 
which  cannot  be  reduced  to  practice, 
and  can  therefore  never  be  brought 
to  the  test  of  experience :   hence  it 
anses  that  theory  is  contrasted  some- 
tiroes  with  the  practice  to  designate 
its  insufticiency  to  render  a  man  com- 
pete ;  and  speculation  is  put  for  that 
which  is  fanciful  and  unreal  i  a  general 


who  is  so  only  in  theory  will  acquit 
himself  miserably  in  the6eld;  a  reli- 
gionist who  is  so  only  in  speculation 
will  make  a  wretched  Christian. 

True  plef  j  wllboQt  cemation  tCMit 

By  theories^  the  practice  past  la  lott.  DsmiAii. 

Ym  weratbe  prtee  olueet  of  wkj  ipeculation. 

IIowsu 

THERBFORBt    CONSEQUENTLY, 
ACCORDINGLY. 

THEREFORE,  that  is,  for  this 
reason,  marks  a  deduction  :  CON- 
SEQUENTLY, that  is,  in  consequencef 
marks  a  consequence:  ACCORD- 
INGLY, that  is,  according  to  some 
thing,  imjpliM  &n  a^^eement  or  &da]>- 
tation.  Therefore  is  emplojyed  parti- 
cularly in  abstract  reasonmg;  con* 
seguently  is  employed  either  in  rea- 
soning or  in  the  narrative  style ;  atv 
cordingly  is  used  prindpally  in  the 
narrative  style.  Young  persons  art 
perpetually  liable  to  fall  into  error 
through  inexperience ;  they  ought 
therefore  the  more  willingly  to  submit 
themselves  to  the  guidance  of  thost 
who  can  direct  them:  the  French 
nation  is  reduced  to  a  state  of  moral 
anardiy;  consequently  nothing  but 
time  and  good  government  can  bring 
the  people  back  to  the  use  of  their 
sober  senses :  every  preparation  was 
made,  and  every  precaution  was 
taken ;  accordingly  at  the  fixed  hour 
they  proceeded  to  the  place  of  desti- 
nation. 

If  you  cut  off  the  top  branchea  of  a  tree.  It 
will  ooC  thet^are  eeue  to  grow.  Uvamwu 

Repotatloali power;  conaegKeiiti^todMpiBe 
to  to  wettau  '  Sovnu 

The  palhelie,  aa  Loafiona  obaertea,  raaj  anl- 
a»ate  the  cablime ;  but  li  noC  cawatiai  to  it. 
Jceordingty,  aa  be  faitbrr  reiaarita,  we  fefj 
often  find  that  thoae  who  excel  moat  la  atlrrlag 
up  the  paMlona,  Terj  oftni  want  the  talent  of 
writlDg  in  the  aabltaie  manovr.  Aoofaoa. 

THICK,    DENSB. 

BerwcEN  THICK  and  DENSR 
there  is  little  other  difference,  than 
tlMit  the  latter  is  employed  to  express 
fliirt  species  of  thickness  which  is  phi* 
losophically  considered  as  the  property 
of  the  atmosphere  in  a  certain  cou» 
dition ;  hence  we  speak  of  thick  in 
regard  to  hard  or  soft  bodies,  as  a 
thick  board  or  thick  cotton ;  solid  or 
liquid,  as  a  thick  cheese  or  thick 
milk :  but  the  term  dense  only  in 
regard  to  the  air  in  its  various  fbrnM^ 


Kfr 


870 


THIN. 


TIUNIC. 


as  tkden%e  air,  a  dense  vapour,  ndcnst 
cloud. 

I  bava  dlseoTM*^,  l»y  a  loaf  terin  of  obienra- 
tions,  that  laventlo*  and  elociition  taflfer  great 
impedinieots  from  dtrue  and  impora  vapoan. 

JonMSOM. 

THIN,    8LENDBB,  SLIGHT,  SLIM. 

THIN,  in  Saxon  thinne,  German 
dvnriy  Latin  tenus,  fi«tn  teniOy  in 
Greek  Tfiv«  to  extend  or  draw  out, 
and  the  Hebrew  taken  to  grind  or 
reduce  to  powder. 

SLENDER,  SLIGHT,  and  SLIM, 
are  all  variations  from  the  German 
schlantf  which  arc  connected  with  the 
words  ilitne  and  slings  as  also  with  the 
Cvennan  schlingen  to  wind  or  wreath, 
and  $c Mange  a  serpent,  designating 
the  property  of  length  and  smallness, 
which  is  adapted  for  bending  or  twist- 
ing. Thin  is  the  {generic  term,  the 
rest  are  specUb :  thin  may  be  said  of 
that  which  is  small  and  short,  as  well 
as  small  and  long;  slender  is  always 
said  of  that  which  is  small  and  long 
at  the  same  time  :  a  board  is  thin 
which  wants  solidity  or  substance  ;  a 
poplar  is  slender  bect^use  its  talhiess 
is  dispro{}ortioned  to  its  magnitude  or 
the  dimensions  of  its  circumference. 
Thinness  is  sometimes  a  natural  pro- 
perty; slight  and  slim  are  applied  to 
that  which  is  artificial :  the  leaves  of 
trees  are  of  a  thin  texture ;  a  board 
may  be  made  slight  by  continually 

?1aning;  a  paper  box  is  very  slim, 
''hinness  is  a  good  property  some- 
times ;  thin  paper  is  frequently  pre- 
ferred to  that  which  is  thick  :  sligld- 
ness  and  tlimnesSf  which  is  a  greater 
degree  ofslightness,  are  always  defects ; 
that  which  is  made  slight  is  unfit  to 
bear  the  stress  that  will  be  put  upon 
it,  that  which  is  slim  is  altogether 
unfit  for  the  purpose  proposed  ;  a  car- 
riage that  is  made  slight  is  quickly 
broken,  and  always  out  of  repair; 
paper  is  altogether  too  slim  to  servo 
the  purpose  of  wood. 

I  hare  found  dtilneu  to  qokkco  Into  ientiinai|< 
Id  a  thin  ether.  Joiijki^ 

Very  alender  ditterencn  will  M>motinies  part 
those  whom  beneficenct!  hax  united.       Johmoh. 

FrfeniKhip  is  often  destroyed  bj  a  thnusahd 
lecret  nnd  alight  competitions.  Joujnson. 

TO   THINK,    REFLECT,  PONDER, 

MUSE. 

TUINK^  in  Saxon  thincanp  German 


denktrty  &c.  ctniies  rnr>m  the  Ilebnir 
dan  to  direct,  rule,  or  judge. 

REFLECT,  in  ljBX\n  reflecta,  s^ 
nlfies  literally  to  bend  back,  that  is| 
to  bend  the  mind  back  on  itself. 

PONDER  fmm  pon^mf  a  weight, 
signifies  to  weigh.  '^ 

MUSE,  from  musa  a  song,  stgoifici 
to  dwell  upon  with  the  tiAtgtmtioiu 

To  think  is  a  general  and  inMaitB 
term ;  to  reflect  is  a  particator  mode 
of  thinking ;  to  pander  and  mm$e  se 
different    modes    of    reflecting,    the 
former  on  grave  matters,   the  latter 
on  matters  that  interest  dther  d« 
affections  or  the  imagination :  wt think 
whenever  we  receive  or  recall  km  idei 
to  the  mind ;  but  we  reflect  onlj  bj 
recalling,   not  one    only,    bat  manj 
ideas :  we  think  if  we  only  suifer  the 
ideas  to  revolve  id  succestitm  in  die 
mind ;  but  in  refleetin^'^e  compsre, 
combine,  and  judge  w   those  idess 
which  thus  pass  in,t6e    mind:  «f 
thinkf   thererore,  f>f  diings  past,  as 
they  are  pletsurable  or  otherwise;  «• 
reflect  upon  them  as  they  are  applict- 
ble  to  our  present  condition :  we  naj 
think  9  things  past,  present,  or  to 
come ;  we  rejlectj  ponder,  and  mtm 
mostly  on  that  which  is  past  or  pmeat. 
The  man  thinks  on  the  days  of  his 
childhood,  and  wishes  them  back;  die 
child  thinks  on  the  time  when  he  shall 
be  a  man,  and  is  impatient  undJ  it  is 
come :  the  maA  reflects  on  las  past 
follies,  and  tries    to   profit  by  expe- 
rience; heponderg  on  any  serioos  con- 
cern   that    affects    his   destiny,  ao^- 
muses  on  the  happy  events  of  hischili^ 
hood. 

No  mkn  was  ever  w^mxy  t€  tMnkbt^,  waA 
IcM  of  tMnking  that  he  bad  done  well  or  vir- 
taoulj.  '«  SocTk 

Let  men  baC  r^/Uel  «pon  thdr  ova  oImh«> 
ttoD,  and  consider  impartial!/  with  tkaneho 
how  few  in  the  world  tbej  bave  kaova  aade 
better  bjr  «ltei^.^  Swtiu 

T  ttood  on  tbebHak  ofbdl,  and  looMt^h* 
PowCttng  Ma  Toya^^.  '  Ittav*. 

I  was  tttthifr  on  a  aofa  ooeereaias^allerl  M 
been  earetsed  bj  Amwath,  and  my  l^lilartiii 
ktodlod  ai  1  namtd,  "     ^ 


TO   TIIINK,    SUPPOSE,  IMAGINE, 

BELIEVE,    DS£>I. 

To  THINK  is  here,  as  in  the  pre* 
ceding  article,  tiie  generic  term.  It 
expresses,  in  coiadon  with  the  other 
termsy  the  act  of  baviog  a  particobr 


i  . 


THINK. 

idea  in  the  mind ;  but  it  it  iiidftfiiiile 
as  to  the  mode  and  the  object  of  the 
action.  To  think  may  be  tlie  act  of 
the  understanding,  or  merely  of  the 
imacinatum :  to  SUPPOSE  and  IMA- 
GIInE  are  mther  the  acts  of  the 
iwuigination  than  of  the  understand- 
ing. To  think,  that  is,  to  have  any 
thought  or  opinion  upon  a  sutject, 
requires  reflection ;  it  is  the  work  of 
time :  to  mppou  and  imagnnc  may  be 
the  acts  of  the  moment.  We  think  a 
thing  right  or  wrong ;  we  iuppase  it  to 
be  true  or  false ;  we  imagine  it  to  be 
feal  or  unreal.  To  think  is  employed 
promiscuously  in  regard  to  all  oojects, 
whether  actually  eusting  or  not;  to 
suppose  applies  to  those  which  are 
uncertain  or  precarious;  imagine,  to 
those  which  are  unreal.  Think  and 
imagine  are  said  of  that  which  a&cts 
the  senses  iimmediately ;  tuppou  is 
only  said  of  Apt  which  occupies  the 
mind.  We  think  that  we  hear  a  noise 
as  soon  as  the  sound  catches  our  at- 
tention; in  certain  states  of  the  body 
or  mind  we  imagine  we  hear  noises 
which  were  never  made:  we  think 
that  a  person  will  come  to-day,  ht^ 
cause  he  has  informed  us  that  he  in- 
tends to  do  so;  we  suppose  that  he 
will  come  to-day,  at  a  certain  hour, 
because  he  came  at  the  same  hour 
yesterday. 

When  applied  to  the  events  and 
drcumstances  of  life,  to  think  may 
be  applied  to  any  time,  past,  present, 
or  to  come,  or  where  no  time  is  ex* 
jMnsed ;  to  suppose  is  more  aptly  ap- 
^ibed  to  a  future  time ;  and  imagine 
to  a  past  or  present  time.  We  think 
that  a  person  has  done  a  thing,  is 
doing  it,  or  will  do  it^  v/ejuppose  that 
he  will  do  it ;  we  imagi4k  that  he  has 
done  it,  or  is  doing  it.  A  person 
thinks  that  he  will  die ;  imagines  that 
he  is  in  a  dangerous  wM'.r;we  think 
that  the  weather  will  be  vie  to-day ; 
we  suppose  that  tlie  afTi^r  will  be 
decided. 

In  UJliMd  to  moral  points,  in  which 
case  me  word  DEEM  may  be  com- 
pared with  the  others;  to  think  is 
a  conclusion  drawn  from  certain  pre- 
mises. I  think  that  a  man  has  acted 
wrong :  to  suppose  is  to  take  up  an 
idea  arbitranW  or  at  pleasure;  we 
argue  upon  &  supposed  case,  merely 


THINK. 


871 


for  the  sake  of  argument:  to  ima>- 
ghte  is  to  take  up  an  idea  by  acci- 
dent, or  without  any  connection  with 
the  truth  or  reality  ;  we  imagine  that 
a  person  is  ofTended  with  us,  without 
bemg  able  to  assign  a  single  reason  (or 
the  idea;  imaginarjf  evils  are  even 
more  numerous  than  those  which  are 
real :  to  deem  b  to  form  a  conclusion; 
things  are  deemed  hurtful  or  otherwise 
in  consequence  of  observation. 

To  think  and  believe  are  both  op- 
posite to  knowing  or  perceiving;  bat 
think  is  a  more  partial  action  than 
helieve :  we  think  as  the  thing  strikes 
us  at  the  time;  we  bdieve  from  m 
settled  deduction  :  hence'  it  expresses 
much  less  to  say  that  I  think  a  person 
speaks  the  truth,  Uian  that  I  believe 
that  he  speaks  the  truth. 

I  think  from  what  I  can  recollect 
that  such  and  such  wfn  the  words, 
is  a  vague  mode  of  speeeh,  not  admis- 
sible in  a  court  of  law  as  positive 
evidence :  the  natural  ouestioii  which 
follows  upon  this  is,  do  you  firmly 
believe  it?  to  which  whoever  can 
answer  in  the  affirmative,  with  the 
appearance  of  sincerity,  must  be  ad- 
mitted as  a  testimony.  Hence  it 
arises  that  the  word  can  only  be  em- 
ploved  in  matters  that  require,  bat 
little  thought  in  order  to  come  to  a 
conclusion  ;  and  believe  is  applicable 
to  tilings  that  must  be  admitted  only 
on  substantial  evidence.  We  are  at 
liberty  to  say  that  I  think,  or  I  6e- 
iieve  that  the  account  is  made  out 
right;  but,  we  must  say,  that  I  be» 
lieve,  not  think,  that  the  Bible  is  the 
word  of  God. 

If  to  concdfe  how  any  (hlnfr  can  b« 
From  tliap*  estnclad,  and  looality. 
Is  hard:  wkat  think  joa  of  Uw  IMCy  ?  Jnnrsa. 

It  b  abtard  to  iuppoae  that  while  tha  relailoiHt 
!■  which  we  otand  to  oar  fellow  rveatom,  nata- 
rally  call  forth  certala  wntlineDU  and  aCsetioDt, 
there  ibovld  be  noae  to  correspond  to  the  flrat 
and  gmtteit  of  all  belnp.  Blaib. 

How  ridicnlou  mart  H  be  to  imagine  that  tha 
4fmr  of  EiifCland  favoar  popery,  whea  4hcy 
be  cleff  jnen  withoat  lenooneioK  it. 


Vw  they  cao  coaqoer  who  ftetfear  they  caa. 

Dayonu 

An  empty  hooie  li  by  «be  playen  deemetfthe 
moat  dreadful  aifa  of  poaeUr  dltapprobatioa. 

ph        HAWKUwoanb 

TUOUGQT,  V,  Idea. 


TIME. 


TIMESERVING.      875 


comprehended    between    the    risinf? 
and  setting,  or  setting  and  rising,  of 
the  sun ;  the  period  of  a  year  com- 
prehends the  space  which  the  earth 
requires  for  its  annual  revolution.    So, 
in  an  extended  and  moral  applicauon, 
wabave  stated  periodt  in  our  life  for 
particular  things:  during  the  period 
of  infoncy  a  diild  is  in  a  state  of 
total    dependance  on  its  parents ;  a 
period  ofapprenticeship  has  been  ap- 
pointed for  youth   to  learn  different 
trades.    The   AGE  is   a  species   of 
period   comprehending  the  life  of  a 
roan,   and    consequently  referring  to 
what  is  done  by   men  living  within 
that  period:  hence  we  speak  of  the 
different  ages  that  have  existed  since 
the  commencement  of  the  world,  and 
characterise  this  or  that  age  by  the 
particular  degrees  of  vice  or  virtue, 
genius,  and  the  like,  for  which  it  is 
distinguished.     The  DATE  is  that 
period  oftime  which  Is  reckoned  from 
tbe  date  or  commencement  of  a  thing 
to  the  ^ime  that  it  is  spoken  of:  hence 
we  speak  of  a  thing  as  being  of  a  long 
or  a  short  date.    MKA,  inXatin  <fra, 
probably  from  «s  brass,  signifying  coin 
with     which    one    computes;     and 
EPOCHA,   from    the   Greek  «ir»x<> 
from  iirix**  to  stop,  signif^ring  a  rest- 
ii^  place;  both  refer  to  points  of  time 
rendered  remarkable  by  events:  but 
tbe  former  is  more  commonly  em- 
ployed in  the  literal  sense  for  ponts 
of  oomputation  in  chronology,  as  the 
Christian  era;   the  latter  is  indefi- 
iflitely  employed  for  any  period  dis- 
^^guished  by  remarkable  events;  the 

trand  rebelhon  is  an  epocha  in  the 
istory  of  England. 

Tbeie  is  a  time  whea  we  iboald  not  onljr 
■■inber  out  dajrs,  but  our  hoart*  Yocxo. 

Bat  tlM  last  peWai,  and  tbe  fatal  boor. 

Of  Trqj  b  coin«.  DsiiflAX. 

Tbe  Hery  of  Hamaa  only  iboirt  «•  what 
baman  aatere  bat  too  seneraUjr  ayyeared  to  be 
in  everj  ofe.  Blair. 

Plaatatloaa  bave  one  advoatage  fai  tbem 
wbleb  in  M(  to  be  foimd  te  moat  otber  works,  as 
tbi7  gWa  ptea«m  of  a  Bon  lnlii«  date. 

"'  Addoox. 

Tbat  j^eriod  of  tbe  Atbenian  hMory  whkb  b 
laclarted  witbin  tbe  ara  ot  Pbistratas,  and  tbe 
dorttiV  Meaaader  tbe  comk  poet,  maj  jnitlj  be 
elyled  tbe  IHerary  mge  of  Ofeeee.    CciuiBaLiim. 

Tbe  insUtatkm  of  tbis  Ubrarj  (bj  Pisbtratus) 
a  ligBal  ep—ka  in  tbe  asMb  of  literatara. 

A- 


TIMKLV,  SEASONABLE. 

The  same  distinction  exists  between 
the  epithets  TIMELY  and  SEASON- 
ABLE.    The  former  signifies  within 
the  time,  that  is,  before  tbe  time  is 
past;   the    latter    according    to    the 
season  or  what  the  season  requires. 
A  ^inte/y  notice  prevents  d&t  which 
would  otherwise  happen ;  a  teasonable 
hint  seldom  fails  of  its  eflfect,  because 
it  is  seasonable.    We  must  not  eipect 
to  have  a  tmefy  notice,  but  must  bo 
prepared  to  die  at  any  time ;  an  ad- 
monition to  one  who  ii'on  a  sick  bed 
is  very  seasonable^  vfhin  given  by  a 
minister  or  a  friend.    The  opposites 
of  these  terms  are  untimely  or  ill' 
timed    and    unseasonable:     the    tin- 
timely   is    directly  opposed    to    the 
timefyt  signifying  before  the  time  a|H 
point^;  as  an  untimefy  death  :A|it 
the  ill-timed  is  indirectly  opposed,  sig* 
nifying  in  the  wrong  time  ;  as  an  ilU 
timed  remark. 

It  Imports  all  men,  espeetally  bad  mea,  to  tblak 
oa  tbe  jodinnent,  tbat  bj  a  timelijf  repentaaca 
tbey  maj  pre? ent  tbe  woeful  effects  of  It.  Soirnb 

Wbat  joa  call  a  bold,  b  aot  onljr  tbe  kiadesC, 
bat  tbe  most  noM^nabU  proposal  joa  conid  ba«a 


TIMES  PAST,  v.  Formerly. 

TIMBSBRVING,   TEMPORISING. 

TIMESERVING   and   TEMPO- 
RIZING, are  both  applied  to    the 
conduct  of  one  who  adapts  himself 
servilely  to    the    time  and  season; 
but  a  timeseroer  is  rather  active^ 
and  a  temporizer  passive.    A  time* 
server  avows  those  opinions    which 
will  serve  his  purpose :  the  temporizer 
forbears  to  avow  those   which    are 
likely  for  the  time  being  to  hurt  him. 
The  former  acts  from  a  desire  of  gain, 
the  latter  from  a  fear  of  loss.     Time- 
servers  are  of  nil  parties,  as  they  come 
in   the  way :   temporizers  are  of  no 
party,  as   occasion   requires.    Syco- 
phant courtiers  must  always  be  tune- 
servers ;  ministers  of  state  are  fre- 
quently temporizers. 

Ward  bad  compiled  darfaif  tbe  late  tiaca,  aad 
held  in  by  laklof  Ae  coveoaat :  so  be  waa  bated 
bj  tbe  bigb  men  as  a  timeterver,  BoavKT. 

Keeble  and  temportalng  awasoffea  will  alwaja 
be  tbe  resalt,  wbea  men  awemble  to  dnliberifn 
in  a  sltuatta  wbere  tbey  oagblto  acL 


TIMID,  t/.  Afraid. 


K^ 


-r>  TOSMENT. 

"xosors  V.  Afraid. 

rixfiE,  v.  Cohr. 

TINT,  v.  Color. 

TO  TIBK,  V,  To  weary. 

TiRESOHE,  V.  JVearisome, 

TiTU^  t'.  Name. 

TOIL,  V.  iVurk. 

TOKEN,  V.  Mark. 

TO  TOLKRATB,  I'.  To  admit, 

TOLL,  V.  Tax, 

TOMB,  V.  Grai-e. 

TONE,  V.  Sound. 

TONQUR,  V.  Langvage. 

TOOL,  V.  Inslmment. 

TO  TORMENT,  V.  To  tettse, 

TOUMBNT,  TOHTURE. 

TORMENT  {v.  To  tease),  mid 
TORTURE,  bolh  comn  from  torquco 
to  twist,  and  express  the  agon;  which 
ariaes  from  a  violent  twisting  nr  tirip- 
iug  of  any  part ;  but  thoiatter,  wliicli 
a  more  tmmedintely  derived  frum  (he 
Terb,  expresses  much  grcalur  violence 
anil  consequent  niiin  than  the  former. 
The  torture  is  the  excels  of  torment. 
We  inaj  be  tormented  by  a  vnriety  of 
indirect  mennit;  but  we  arc  tortured 
only  by  the  direct  mtaiis  nf  the  rack, 
«r  similar  instrument.  The  torment 
may  be  permanent :  the  toelurc  is 
only  for  a  time,  or  on  ccrlLiin  occasions. 
It  IS  related  in  history  that  u  person 
was  once  tormented  to  ileath,  hy  a 
violent  and  inccsi^ant  bentint;  of  drums 
ill  his  prison :  thu  Indiuii«  practise 
«very  species  of  torture  upon  llieir 
prisoners.  A  Ruilty  conscience  may 
torment  a  man  all  his  life:  the  horrors 

turcla  one  uhoiji>n  his  death  bed. 


TORPIK,  V.  Numb. 
TOHTUitE,  )'.  Tnrmeiil. 
MS,  (',  To  shiihe. 
,  V,  Gross, 


TIt.VDE. 

TOTAL,  V,  Whole. 

TO  TOTTER,   V,  To 

TO0CM,  V.  Contact 
TOUR,  V.  Ciradt. 
TOUR,  V.  Excwsie 

TO  TRACK,   V,  To  d 

TRACE,  V.  Mark,. 
TRACK,  V,  Mark. 
TRACT,  V.  Essay. 

TRACTABLE,  V,  Dl 

TRADE,  V.  Busines 

TRADE,  COMMERCE, 
DB.VL1N0. 

TRADE,  ID  Italian 
tracto  to  tmt,  lignifiet 

a)MMEBCE,  V.  Inl 

TRAFFIC,  in  French 
lian  Irafiico,  compoundi 
iniui  aodj'aeio,  signifies 
from  one  to  another. 

DEALING,  Irom  the 
in  Germnn  tktilen  to  dii 
to  get  tofielher  in  parts  e 
certain  ratio,  or  at  a  give 

The  lending  idea  in 
of  carryiug  on  business 
of  caiu ;  the  re^t  ars  Luu  ^.n.»  » 
trade  :  commerce  is  a  mode  of  tradt 
\sy  exdiange :  traQic  is  a  «ort  of  pe^ 
suna)  tradCf  a  sending  from  hand  to 
hand  ;  deidiiig  is  a  bnr^inine  or  cal- 
culating kind  of  trade.  Trade  it 
cither  un  a  larf!c  or  small  scale;  comi- 
merct  is  alwavs  on  a  large  scale :  «• 
may  trade  retail  or  wholesale;  w« 
always  curry  ou  commerce  by  wliole- 
sale:  trade  is  either  within  or  with- 
out the  country;  cointNerce  is  always 
between  diiTcrriit  countries:  there 
may  heatrade  between  two  towns; 
but  there  is  a  commerce  between  Eng- 
land and  America,  beiwecn  Franco 
and  Oermany :  bencc  it  arises  that 
the  general  term  trade  is  of  inferior 
import  whenconniaredw"'   " 


The 


I   the 


noble  expression,  than  the  trade  of 
the  country,  as  tlie  merchant  ranks 
higher  than  the  tradesman,  and  a  cow- 
mcrcial  hooM  than  a  trading  concern. 


^ 


TRANSFIGURE. 

traderaBj  be  altogether  domestic^ 
betwixt  neighbours ;  the  traffic  ift 
which  goes  forward  betwixt  |>er' 
lit  a  distance:  in  this  manner 
may  be  a  great  traffic  betwixt 
towns    or    dtiM,    as    betwixt 
m  and  the  capitals  of  the  dif- 
it  countito.    The  trade  may  con- 
aimply  in  buying  and  selling  ac* 
to  a  stated  valuation;    the 
19  earned  on  in  matters  that 
iH  of  a  variation :  hence  we  speak 
''dealert  in  wool,  in  com,  seeds,  and 
likoy  who  buy  up  portions  of  these 
more  or  less^  according  to  the 
of  the  market. 
'These  terms  will  also  admit  of  an 
application :  hence  we  speak 
tfie  risk  of  trade,  the  narrowness 
[$^  trading  spirit;  the  commerce  of 
worldy  a  licit  or  illicit  commerce  ; 
make  a  traffic  of  honors,  of  prin- 
»y  of  places,  and  the  like ;  plains 
^ing  or  imder-hand-dealing. 

f'  ^trmde^  wldMft  eaUrslaff  the  BritUb  terrtto- 
,  bv^vea  us  a  kind  ofaddUIonml  anplKi, 


'•  ■ 


Katnre  abbon 
AM  Mfca  fhee  Mt  ftooi  the  MMlety 

of  BianldiMl  (br  tarcacb  of  Mtb. 

SeumEEJf. 


lUwoT  Nlaw  thlipoor  eomfort  brlii^ 
We  Mil  CbeSr  dnst,  and  fn|^4c  for  thdr  kiap. 

DaTon. 

TRAFFIC,  r.  Trade. 

TRAIN.  V.  Procession.  ^jf^ 

TRAITOROUS,  V.  Treacberous. 

TRANQUILLITY,  t'.  PcQCe. 

TO  TRANSACT,  V.  To  negodoie. 
TRANSACTION,  V,  Proceeding. 
TO  TRANSCEND,  V.  To  excecd. 

TO  TRANSCRIBE,  V,  To  COpT/. 

TO  TRANSFIGURE,    TRANSFORM, 
METAMORPHOSE. 

TRANSFIGUIlEis  to  make  to  oass 
over  into  another  figure;  TRANS- 
FORM and  METAMORPHOSE 
is  to  put  into  anotlier  form :  tho  former 
being  said  only  of  spiritual  beings, 
and  particularly  in  reference  to  our 
Saviour;  the  other  two  terms  being 
applied  to  that  which  has  a  corporeal 
form. 

Iramformation  is  cooimooly  ap« 


r;4 


TREACHEROUS.  -875 

plied  to  that  which  chants  its  out- 
ward form ;  in  this  manner  harlequin 
trantformt  himself  into  all  kinds  of 
shapes  and  likenesses.  Metamorphosis 
is  applied  to  the  form  internal  as  well 
80  external,  that  is,  to  the  whole  na« 
ture ;  in  this  manner  Orid  describes, 
among  others,  the  metamorphoses  of 
Narcissus  into  a  (lower,  and  Daphne 
into  a  laurel :  with  the  same  idea  we 
may  speak  of  a  mstic  heinf^etamor" 
phosetly  by  the  force  of  art/nito  a  fmo^^ 
gentleman. 

We  have  of  thb  eentlfiaaa  a  piece  of  tbs' 
tnm^flguraHon,  wbich  1  tUsk  U  held  a  work 
■econd  to  none  io  (be  world.  Stsxlk. 

A  1adj*s  shift  may  be  mctamu>rpho$ed  Into  Ml- 
leti-dooz,  and  come  into  her  pomentoa  a  Mcood 
Clme>  AoDooir. 

Can  a  good  Intention,  or  rather  a  very  wicked 

,  one  M  mbcalled,  tratu(form  peijuy  and  hjrpo* 

ori^y  into  merit  and  perfectfou  t  Soonb 

TO  TRANSFORM,    V,    To  trOJlS" 
TO     TRANSGRESS,     V.    To    m- 

fra^e. 

TRANSGRESSION,  v.  Ojfence.  • 
TRANSIENT,  V.  Temporary. 
TRANSITORY,  V.  Temporary. 

TRANSPARENT,  V,  PelluCld. 
TO  TRANSPORT,  V.  To  beOTm 
TRANSPORT,  V.  EcstOCy. 

TRAVEL,  V.  Journey. 
TREACHEROUS,  V.  Faitkless. 

TREACHEROUS,  V»  LlSldioUfm 

TREACiiEROUS,    TRAITOROUS, 

TREASONABLE. 

These  epithets  are  all  applied  to 
one  who  betrays  his  trust ;  but  TREA- 
CHEROUS (v.  JPaiM^sf)  respects  a 
man's  private  relations;  TRAITOR- 
OUS, nis  public  relation  to  his  prince 
and  his  country :  he  is  a  treacherous 
friend,  and  a  traitorous  subject.  We 
may  be  treacherous  to  our  enemies  as 
weU  as  our  friends,  for  nothing  can 
lessen  the  obligation  to  preserve  the 
fidelity  of  promise ;  we  may  be  trai^ 
torous  to  our  country  by  abstaining  to 
lend  the  aid  which  is  in  our  power,  for 
nothine  :^t  death  can  do  away  the 
obligatron  which  we  owe  to  it  by  the 
law    of    Datore.      Traitorous  •  tad 


» 


TRIFLING. 


TROOP. 


877 


has  a  proper  degree  of  modesty  can 
make  his  first  appearanoe  in  puhlic 
without  feeling  a  tremor :  trtpCiaium 
may  be  either  occasional  or  habitaaly 
bat  oftener  the  latter,  since  it  arises 
rather  from  the  weakness  of  the  mind 
than  the  strength  of  the  cause. 
And  wHk  uumiiIj  trtmHingt  tbook  the  cv. 


Tbe  feroGloot  inioleiiee  of  Cronwel,  tbe 
fed  brutality  of  Harrison,  and  the  cmeral  liw- 
pUatUn  of  fen>  and  wickedaew  (In  tha  icktl 
yariia— pt),  woald  mate  a  pictnfg  of  nnnrawyfcid 
raciecj.  JoH»ao«. 

Laaffcter  b  a  vent  of  anj  cudden  joy  Chat 
■bike*  upon  tlie  laiad,  vhleb,  befnf;  too  volatile 
and  Uroofr,  tnealn  oat  to  tbb  trtwiar  of  the 


Trtn^ling  and  tremuloui  are  ap- 
plied as  epithets,  either  to  persons  or 
things:  a  trembling  voice  evinces 
trepidation  of  mind,  a  tremuUnu  voice 
evinces  a  tremor  of  mind :  notes  in 
music  are  sometimes  trembling;  the 
motion  of  the  leaves  is  tremulom. 

And  rend  tht  tremkHng  aareaiitlaf  prey.  Pova. 

At  thaa  tb*diSiIgtace  trtmulout  I  drank, 
Wllkch«fihM 


TREMENDOUS,  V.  Fecnful. 
TREMOR,  V.  Agitation. 
TREMOR,  V.  Trembling. 

TREPIDATION,  V.  jigitottOtt. 

TREPIDATION,  V.  TrembUng. 
TRESPASS,  V*  Offence. 
TRIAL,  V.  Attempt. 
TRIAL,  V.  Experience. 
TRIBUTE,  V.  Tax.  9v 

TRICK,  V.  Artifice* 
TO  TRICK,  V.  To  cheatp  ^ 

TRIFLING,  TRIVIAL,  PBTTY^ 
FRIVOLOUS,  FUTILE. 

TRIFLING,  TRIVIAL,  both  come 
from  frmiiiR,  a  common  place  of  resort 
where  three  roads  meet,  signifying 
common. 

PETTY  is  ita  French  petit  little, 
in  Latin  putw  a  boy  or  minion,  and 
the  Hebrew  pethi  foolish. 

FRIVOLOUS,  in  Latin  fritolui, 
comes  in  all  probability  from  JHo  to 
crumble  into  dust,  signifying  reduced 
to  nothinz. 

FUTILE,   in  Latm   futility   from 


fiUio  to  pour  out,  signifies  cast  away 
as  worthless. 

All  these  epithets  characterize  an 
olject  as  of  little  or  no  value :  trifling 
and  trivial  differ  only  in  degree ;  the 
latter  denoting  a  still  lower  deme  of 
value  than  the  former.  What  is  ^ri- 
JUng  or  trivial  is  that  which  doee  not 
require  any  consideration,  and  may  be 
easily  passed  over  as  forgotten:  <rf- 
Jling  objections  can  never  weigh  against 
solid  reason;  trivial  remarks  only 
expose  the  jhallowness  <  of  the  re- 
marker  :  what  is  petty  is  beneath  owt 
consideration,  it  ought  to  be  disre- 
garded and  held  cheap ;  it  would  be  a 
petty  consideration  for  a  minister  of 
state  to  look  to  the  small  savings  of  a 
private  family :  what  is  fnooUme 
and  futile  is  disgraceful  for  any  on# 
to  consider;  the  former  in  relation  to 
all  the  objects  of  our  pursuit  or  at- 
tachment, the  latter  only  in  regard  to 
matters  of  reasoning ,  dress  is  a  fri^ 
vohut  occupadon  when  it  forms  the 
chief  business  of  a  rational  being;  tha 
objections  of  firee-thinkers  against  re- 
vealed religion  are  as  JuHle  as  they 
are  mischievous. 

WeeioeadtheancieDts  !■  dogferel  hHOBoar^ 
Vuteiqw.tBd  aUtfaetrfvikrfvtsof  ridloale. 


There  btearcely  any  man  wichovt  MiMfifo* 
rite  trUe  wbieb  be  valaes  abofe  fleeter  etMte- 
meate;  aooie.dflslie  otpeojf  prmiM  whieh  be  eaa* 
■oCpaUeotljaafisrtobefhutiatad.      Jouhoh. 

U  is  aa  eodlen  and  frivolMU  panalt  to  aet 
bjaajrotkorraletban  the  careof lafii^Bf  our 


OatofaBBltipHo^joreriHeiiBt  ^ 
Wadsnaany  aroaarBtobeyktile.         C 

TRIVIAL,  V.  Trifling. 

TROOP,  COMPANY. 

Ill  a  military  sense  the  TROOP  is 
among  the  horse  what  COMPANY  is 
among  the  foot ;  but  thb  is  only  a  par-  ' 
tial  acceptation  of  the  terms.  TnxKK 
in  French  troupe^  Spanish  trepa^  Latm 
turbay  signifies  an  indiscriminate  muK 
titude ;  company  (v.  To  accompany^ 
is  any  number  ioined  together  and 
bearing  each  other  company:  hence 
W4  speak  of  a  troop  of  hunters,  a  oom- 
peimy  of  players ;  a  troop  of  horsemen, 
a  company  of  travellers. 

TO  TROUBLE,  V.  To  offUct. 


ir 


#• 


•^V 


TUMULTUOUS. 


TURN. 


879 


we  may  tempt  him  to  depart  from  his 
datj  :  It  is  necessary  to  try  the  fidelity 
of  a  servant  before  you  place  confi- 
dence in  him ;  it  is  wicked  to  tempt 
BBf  one  to  do  that  which  we  should 
thmk  wrong  to  do  ourselves:  our 
strength  is  tried  by  frequent  experi- 
ments; we  are  tempted,  by  the  weak- 
ness of  our  principles,  to  give  way  to 
the  violence  of  our  passions. 

Leaoe  all  joar  iwoes  tkeo,  ye  pow'n  above, 
Jafai  all,  and  try  tbe  omnlpoConce  of  Jove.  Popb* 

StiQ  tbe  tUd  lUaf  veroalQ^d,  and  men  faegaOf 
To  tempt  the  lerpent,  as  lie  tempud  man. 

DkhbaUp 

TO  TUMBLE,  V»  Tofoll.     "'       ^ 

TUMID,  V.  Turgid. 
TUMULT,  V,  Bustle. 

TUMULTUARY,  V.  TumidtUOUS, 

TUMULTUOUS,  TUMULTUARY. 

TUMULTUOUS  signifies  having 
tumult;  TUMULTUARY,  disposed 
for  tumult :  the  former  is  applied  to 
objects  in  general ;  the  latter  to  per- 
sons only :  in  tumidtuaus  meetings  the 
voioQ  of  reason  is  the  last  thing  that  is 
beartf;  it  is  the  natural  tendency  of 
large  and  promiscuous  assemblies  to 
become  tumultuary, 

Bnt,  O  I  beyond  daicriptlon  bapplest  be 
VTho  ^t?tt  mut  roll  on  Ilfe^t  tumultwmi  sea. 

PnoK. 

WKh  tmiittttwary*  bnt  Ineriitible  vlolenee, 
tbe  Scotch  inMrgentt  taW  vpoa  Uie  cbnrcbes  In 
that  ciljf  (Pectk).  RoamnoM. 

TUMULTUOUS,*  TURBULENT, 
SEDITIOUS,  MUTINOUS. 

TUMULTUOUS  (.v.  Buttle)  del 
scribes  the  disposition  to  make  a 
noise;  those  who  attend  the  play- 
houses, particularly  of  the  lower  or- 
ders, are  firequently  tumultuous : 
TUBULBNT  marks  a  tipstile  spirit 
of  resistance  to  authority;'  when  pri- 
soners are  dissatisfied  they  are  fre- 
quently turtmlent :  SEDITIOUS 
marks  a  spirit  of  resistance  to  govern- 
ment; during  the  French  revolution 
the  people  were  often  disposed  to  be 
sedHUmt :  MUTINOUS  marks  a  spi- 
rit of  resistance  against  officers  either 
in  the  army  or  navy  ;  a  general'  will 
not  fail  to  ouell  the  first  risings  of  a 
mutincm  spirit.  Electioneering  mobs 
use  always  tumuUuout ;  tbe  young  and 


the  ignorant  are  so  averse  to  control 
that  they  are  easily  led  by  the  ex- 
..ample  of  an  individual  to  be  turbulent ; 
among  the  Romans  the  people  were  in 
the  habits  of  holding  seditious  meet- 
ingS|  and  sometimes  the  soldiery  would 
be  mutinous, 

TURBULENT,  V.  TumultllOllS. 

TURGID,  TUMID,  BOMBASTIC. 

TURGID  and  TUMID  both 
signify  swoln,  but  they  differ  in  their 
application :  turgid  belongs  to  diction^ 
ai  a  turgid  style;  tumid  is  applicable 
to  the  water  and  other  objects,  as  tl^e 
tumid  waves.  BOMBASTIC,  froik 
bombastic  a  kind  of  cotton,  signifies 
puffed  up  like  cotton,  and  is,  like  tur^ 

fid,  applicable  to  words;  but  the  ftoiii- 
astic  includes  the  sentiments  ex- 
pressed :  turgidity  is  confined  mostly 
to  the  mode  of  expression.'  A  writer 
is  turgid,  who  expresses  a  simple 
thought  in  lofty  language :  a  person  is 
bombastic  who  deals  in  large  words  and 
introduces  high  sentiments  in  common 
discourse. 

TO  TURN,   BEND,    TWIST, 

DISTORT,  WRING,  WREST^ 

WRENCH. 

TURN,  in  French  tourner,  comes 
from  the  Greek  rofnm  to  turn,  and 
rofyoQ  a  turner's  wheel. 

BEND,  V.  Bend. 

TWIST,  in  Saxon  getzoisan,  Ger^ 
man  xweyen  to  double,  comes  from 
z«g  two, 

DISTORT,  in  Latin  distortut,  par- 
ticiple of  distorqueo,  compounded  of 
dis  and  torqueo,  signifies  to  turn  tio* 
lently  aside. 

To  turn  sispifies  in  eeneral  to  put 
a  thing  out  ofits  place  m  an  une^ren 
line;  to  bend,  and  the  rest,  are  species 
of  turning  :  we  turn  a  thing  by  mov«- 
ing  it  m)m  one  point  to  another; 
thus  we  turn  the  earth  over :  to  hend 
is  simply  to  change  its  direction ;  thus 
a  stick  is  bent :  to  twist  is  to  bend  it 
many  times,  to  make  many  turns :  to 
distort  is  to  turn  or  bend  out  of  the 
right  course ;  thus  the  face  is  distorted 
in  djmvulsions.  To  WRING  is  to 
twist  with  violence;  thus  the  lineii 
which  has  been  wetted  is  zi>rung :  to 
WREST  or  WRENCH  is  to  separate 

2 


#^ 


♦• 


tJNCOVfilt. 


tJNDEftStANDING.  881 


tTTY  C*.  Faithjnl)  is  unheJiefta 
tes|)ects  Divine  revelation;  INCRE- 
DULITY W unbelief  in  ordinary  naat- 
ters.  Unbelief  \5  taken  in  an  inde- 
finite and  negative  sense;  it  is  the 
want  of  belief  in  any  particular  thinf^ 
that  may  or  may  not  be  believed :  in- 
Jidelity  is  a  more  active  state  of  mind; 
it  supposes  a  violent  and  total  rejec- 
tion of  that  which  ought  to  be  bC" 
lieved :  incredulity  is  also  an  active 
sta*te  of  mind,  in  which  we  oppose  a 
belief  to  matters  that  may  be  rejected. 
Unbelief  does  not  of  itself  convey 
any  reproachful  meaning ;  it  depends  * 
upon  the  thing  disbelieved :  infi' 
deUty  is  taken  in  the  worst  sense  for  a 
blindfand  senseless  perversity  in  refus^- 
ing  belief:  incredulity  is  often  a  mark 
ofwisdom.  The  Jews  are  unbelievers 
in  the  mission  of  our  Saviour;  the 
Turks  are  injidels,  inasmuch  as  they 
do  not  believe  in  the  Bible;  Deists 
and  Atheists  are  likewise  infidels^  in- 
asmuch as  they  set  themselves  up 
against  Divine  revelation ;  well-in- 
formed people  are  always  incredulous 
of  stories  respecting  ghosts  and  appa- 
ritioDs. 

One  cHt  by  h«trt  a  catalofcne  nf  tUle-pii^ 
asd  FditloQs ;  and  Immediately,  to  Ixrcome  con- 
•picttonv,  declares  that  be  Is  an  uttbeliever. 

Belirf  and  profesHlon  will  ipf«li  a  Christian 
%«t  verv  flilatly,  wben  thj  convenation  prorlifms 
tlwe  an  ii^fldei.  Sooth. 

The  joutb  hmtt  all  tlte  predictions  of  the  aged 
vtth  ohatinate  fiicr«(f«<{l^.  JoaxsoM. 

UNBLEMISHED,  V.  Blameless. 
FN  BOD  I BD,  V.  IncorfMTeaL 

UNBOUNDED,    V.  BoUlldlcSS, 

UNCEASiNGLT,  V.  IncessQutly, 

UNCERTAIN,    V.  Donbtflll. 

UNcoNcsaNED,  V.  Indifferent. 
UNCONQUERABLE,  V.  Invvicible. 

TO   UNCOVER,    DISCOVER. 

To  UNCOVER,  like  DISCOVER, 
implies  to  take  olf  the  covering  ;  but 
the  funner  refers  mostly  tu  an  artificial, 
material,  and  occasional  covering;  the 
latter  to  a  natural,  moral,  and  habitual 
covering :  plants  are  uncovered^  that 
they  may  receive  the  beuetit  of  the 
air ;  they  are  discovered  to  gratify  the 
retearciies  of  the  botanist. 


UNCOVERED,  v.  "Bare. 

UNDAUNTED,  V.  Bold. 

UNDENIABLE,  V.  Indubitable. 

UNDER,    BBLOW,    BENEATH. 

UNDER,  like  hind  in  behind, 
and  the  German  unter,  hintery  Sec. 
are  all  connected  with  the  preposition 
in  implying  the  relation  of  enclosure. 

BELOW  denotes  the  state  of  being 
low;  and  BENEATH  from  the  Ger- 
man nieder,  and  the  Greek  \ip6i  or 
ivipdc  downwards,  has  the  same  ori- 
ginal signification.  It  is  evidcntp 
therefore,  from  the  above,  that  the 
preposition  under  denotes  any  situa- 
tipn  of  retiremeht  or  concealment ; 
below,  any  situation  of  inferiority  or 
lowneHs ;  and  beneath,  the  same,  only 
in  a  still  greater  degree.  We  are  co- 
vered or  sheltered  by  that  which  we 
stand  under ;  we  excel  or  rise  above 
that  which  is  below  us  ;  we  look  down 
upon  that  which  is  beneath  us:  we 
live  under  the  protection  of  govern* 
ment;  the  sun  disappears  when  it  is 
below  the  horizon ;  we  are  apt  to  tread 
upon  that  which  is  altogether  beneath 
us. 

The  JewMi  wrltera  la  their  chronological  con* 
pvtatioo9  often  sboot  under  or  over  tbe  Cmth  at 
their  pleanure.  PanNtAOZ. 

All  tablunary  comforti  fmitat**  the  change* 
ablenipts,  zn  veil  as  feel  the  influence  of  the 
planet  (bej  are  under,  Sotmu 

Onr  mladB  are  here  and  there,  below,  above  ; 
Nothing  that'i  mortal  can  m  quickly  move. 

Dkhitax. 

How  can  any  tbin|r  better  be  expected  than 
mst  and  canker  wben  often  will  rather  die  tbeCr 
treasure  from  beneath  than  fetch  It  fiom  above. 

SODTH. 

TO  UNDERSTAND,  V.  To  OMCeive. 

UNDERSTANDING,    INTELLECT, 
INTELLIGENCE. 

UNDERSTANDING  {v.  To  con- 
ceive), being  the  Saxon  word,  is  em- 
ployed to  describe  a  ^miliar  and  easy 
operation  of  the  mind  in  forming  dis- 
tinct ideas  of  things.  INTELLECT 
(v.  Intellect)  is  employed  to  mark  the 
same  operation  in  regard  to  higher  and 
more  abstruse  objects.  The  under-, 
standing  applies  to  the  first  exercise 
of  the  rational  powers :  it  is  therefore 
aptly  said  of  children  and  savages  that 
they  employ  their  undentandings  oa 

3l 


UNHAPPY. 


UNIMPORTANT.     88S 


lated  circumstaotially :  what  has  heen 
entangled  in  any  mystery  or  confusion 
is  unravelled  :  in  this  manner  a  mys- 
terioas  transaction  i?  unravelled^  if  any 
circumstance  is  fully  accounted  for: 
vhat  has  been  wrapped  up  so  as  to  be 
entirely  shut  out  from  view  is  deve^ 
loped ;  in  this  manner  the  plot  of  a 
play  or  novel,  or  the  talent  of  a  per- 
son^ is  developed, 

AaA  to  tbr  safe-instnictinf  eye  unfold 

He  ^riona  twine  of  lifht.  Thommm. 

Ton  natl  be  nira  to  tmrmvel  all  Jfoor  detigiw 
to  a  jealous  man.  Adouow. 

The  character  ofTIheriiu  b  extremely  difll- 
•lit  to  liereldfr.  Cuhbselamb. 

UNGOVERNABLE,  V,  Unruly. 

UNHAPPY,   MISERABLE, 
WRETCHED. 

UNHAPPY  is  literally  not  to  be 
Imppy ;  this  is  the  negative  condition 
of  many  who  might  be  happy  if  they 
pleas^.  MISERABLE  from  mUt- 
rtor  to  pity,  is  to  deserve  pity ;  that  is 
to  be  positively  and  extremely  tin- 
happy :  this  is  the  lot  only  of  a  compa- 
rmtivelyfew:  WRETCHED,  from  our 
word  wreckj  the  Saxon  wrecca  an 
eiiUiy  and  the  like>  signifies  cast  away 
or  abandoned;  that  is,  particulariy 
«iisfrff6^which  is  the  lot  of  still  fewer. 
As  happiness  lies  properly  in  the  mind, 
unhappy  is  taken  in  the  proper  sense, 
with  regard  to  the  state  of  the  feelings ; 
but  is  figuratively  extended  to  the 
outward  circumstances  which  occasion 
the  painful  feelings ;  we  lead  an  tin- 
happy  life,  or  are  in  an  unhappy  con- 
dition :  as  that  which  excites  the 
compassion  of  others  must  be  external, 
and  the  state  of  abandonment  must 
of  itself  be  an  outward  state,  mtser- 
able  and  wretched  are  properly  applied 
to  the  outward  circumstances  which 
cause  the  pain,  and  improperlv  to  the 
p^n  which  is  occasioned.  We  can 
measure  the  force  of  these  words,  that 
is  to  sav  the  degree  of  unhappinesi 
which  they  express,  only  by  ine  cir- 
cuBistaiice  which  causes  the  unhappi- 
nns.  An  unhappy  man  is  indefinite ; 
at  we  may  be  unhappy  from  slight  cir- 
cnmstances,  or  from  those  which  are 
important ;  a  child  may  be  said  to  be 
unhappy  at  the  loss  of  a  plaything; 
a  man  is  unhappy  who  leads  a  vicious 
Ufe:  miserable  and  wretched  are  more 


limited  in  their  application';  a  child 
cannot  be  either  mtsera^/e  or  wretched  ; 
and  he  ^ho  is  so,  has  some  serious 
cause  either  in  his  own  mind  or  in  his 
circumstances  to  make  him  so :  a  man 
is  miserable  who  is  tormented  by  his 
conscience ;  a  mother  will  be  woretched 
who  sees  her  child  violently  torn  from 
her. 

The  same  distinction  holds  good 
when  taken  to  designate  the  outward 
circumstances  themselves  :  he  is  an 
unhappy  man  whom  nobody  likes,  and 
who  likes  nobody;  every  criminal  su^ 
fering  the  punishment  of  his  offences 
is  an  unhappy  man.  The  condition  of 
the  poor  is  particularly  miserable  in 
countries  which  are  not  blessed  with 
the  abundance  that  England  enjoys. 
Philoctetes,  abandoned  by  the  Greeks 
in  the  island  of  Lemno?,  a  prey  to  the 
most  poignant  grief  and  the  horrors  of 
indigence  and  solitude,  was  a  wretched 
man. 

Unhappy  is  only  applicable  to  that 
which  respects  the  happiness  of  man  ; 
but  miserable  and  wretched  may  bo 
said  of  that  which  is  mean  and  worth- 
less in  its  nature:  a  writer  may  be 
either  miserable  or  wretched  according 
to  the  lowness  of  the  measure  at  which 
he  is  rated;  so  likewise  any  perform- 
ance may  be  miserable  or  wretched  ;  a 
house  may  be  miserable  or  wretched^ 
and  the  like. 

Sneh  btbe  fite  unJkappy  wMum  find. 
And  fnch  Uw  cone  IntailM  upon  oor  kind. 

Itowi. 

TliMe  miserieg  ue  mora  than  amy  be  borne. 


*Tli  moriBvr,  diMontent,  dittnut, 

Tbat  makes  jon  wretched.  Gat. 

UNIFORM,  V.  Equal. 

UNIMPORTANT,  INSIGNIFICANT, 
IMMATERIAL,  INCONSIDERABUS. 

The  want  of  importance,  of  consi" 
deration,  of  signification,  and  of  mat- 
ter or  substance,  is  expressed  by  these 
terms.  They  differ  therefore  princi- 
pally according  to  the  meaning  of  the 
primitives ;  but  they  are  so  closely 
allieil  that  they  may  be  employed 
sometimes  indifferently.  The  UN- 
IMPORTANT regards  the  conse- 
quences of  our  actions  ;  it  is  unimport^ 
ant  whether  we  use  this  or  that  word 
in   certain   cases:   INCONSIDER- 

3.L2 


UNSEARCHABLE. 


UNTRUTH. 


885 


unruly  respects  that  which  is  to  be 
ruled  or  turned  at  the  instant,  and  is 
applicable  therefore  to  the  manage- 
ment of  children:  ungacernahle  re- 
spects that  which  is  to  be  put  into  a  re- 
l^lar  course,  and  is  applicable  there- 
fore either  to  the  management  of 
children  or  the  direction  of  those  who 
arc  above  the  state  of  childhood;  a 
child  is  unruly  in  his  actions,  and  un- 

fovcrnable  in   his  conduct.      Hence 
REFRACTORY,  from  the  Latin  re- 
fringo  to  break  open,  marks  the  dis- 
position to  break  every  thing  down 
Defore  it :  it  is  the  excess  of  the  un- 
ruly  with  regard  to  children  :  the  unr 
ruty  is   however  negative ;   but  the 
T^ractory  is  positive :  an  unruly  child 
objects  to  be  ruled;  a  refractory  child 
sets  up  a  positive  resistance  to  all  rule : 
an  unruly  child  may  be  altogether  si- 
lent and  passive;  a  rrfractory  child 
always  commits  himself  by  some  act 
of  intemperance   in  word    or   deed: 
he  is  unruly  if  in  any  degree  he  gives 
trouble  in  the  ruline ;  he  is  refractory 
if  he  refuses  altogether  to  be  ruled. 

How  Inrdly  h  the  rertke  unruty  will  of  maa 
int  Uned  aud  broke  to  daty.  Soirra. 

I  eoQOflive  (replied  Nicholai)  I  itand  ben  be- 
fsra  yoo.  loy  nost  eqottable  judge*,  for  no  woiaa 
a  otaM  tbaa  cadcrillac  my  refractory  mnlp. 

CC3I1ISBI.A1I1I* 

Beaf*aa,  bow  aallke  tbeir  Belflc  tires  of  oldt 
ftoasby  poor,  content,  ungtvernabljf  bold. 

Goujuimb 

UNSBARCHABLE,  INSCRUTABLB. 

These  terms  are  both  applied  to 
the  Almighty,  but  not  altogether  in- 
differently ;  for  that  which  is  UN- 
SEARCHABLE is  not  set  at  so  great 
a  distance  firom  us,  as  that  which  is 
INSCRUTABLE:  for  that  which  is 
uarched  is  in  common  concerns  easier 
to  be  found  than  that  which  requires 
a  tcrutiny.  The  ways  of  God  are  all 
to  us  finite  creatures  more  or  less  un^ 
uarchable ;  but  the  mysterious  plans 
of  Providence  as  frequently  evinced  in 
the  aflbirs  of  men  are  altogether  tn- 
tcrutahle, 

Tbinci  elte  by  mo  wuetarchahle,  now  beard 
WUb  weadar.  MnrroK. 


To  expect  tbat  tbe  lotricaclea  of  icience  will 
be  pierced  by  a  carclen  glance,  U  to  expect  a 
partloolar  privilege  ;  but  to  tnppote  tbat  tbe  maae 
h  insermtabte  to  41Ucnoc^  b  to  encbaln  the 
■hi  fti  tataalarj  rtaclrkii  Joavsev. 


UNSETTLED,  v.  Undetermined. 

UNSPEAKABLE,    INEFFABLE, 
UNUTTERABLE,  INEXPRESSIBLE. 

UNSPEAKABLE  and  INEFFA- 
BLE,  from  the  Latin/or  to  speak,  have 
precisely  the  same  meaning ;  but  the 
unspeakable  is  said  of  objects  in  gene- 
ral, particularly  of  that  which  is  above 
human  conception,  and  surpasses  the 
power  of  language  to  describe ;  as  the 
unspeakable  goodness  of  God :  INEF- 
FA BLE  is   said  of  such   objects  as 
cannot  be  painted  in  words  with  ade- 
quate force  ;  as  the  ineffable  svreet'^ 
ness  of  a  person's  look :  UNUTTER- 
ABLE and  INEXPRESSIBLE  are 
extended  in  their  signification  to  that 
which   is  incommunicable    by   sigps 
from  one  being  to  another  ;  thus  grief 
is  unutterable  which  it  is  not  in  the 
power  of  the  sufferer  by  any  sounds  to 
bring  home  to  the  feelings  of  another; 
grief  is  inexpressible  which  is  not  to  be 
expressed  by  looks,  or  words,  or  any 
signs.     Unutterable  is  therefore  ap- 
plied only  to  the  individual  who  wishes 
to  give  utterance :  inexpressible  may 
be  said  of  that  which  is  to  be  expressed 
concerning  others :  our  own  pains  are 
unutterable  ;  the  sweetness  of  a  per- 
son's countenance  is  inexpressible. 

Tbe  vact  difference  of  Ood^  natnre  firoa  wnm 
makes  tbe  difference  between  them  to  untpemk* 
ably  Kreat.  Soonu 

Tbe  iofloences  of  tbe  Difiae  nature  enllvep 
the  mind  with  ineffkblt  jojs.  Socmu 

Natnre  breedii 
Perrene,  aU  monitrons,  all  prodigioai  tblnci* 
Abominable,  unutteraMe.  Hivroii. 

Tbe  efil  which  lies  torUnjC  nnderatemptatloe 
is  Molerable  and  fnerpresHbie.  Sotin. 

UNSPOTTED,  t;.  Blameless. 
UNSTEADY,  V.  Undetermined^ 
UNTOWARD,  f .  Avuhward. 

UNTRUTH,    FALSEHOOD^ 
FALSITY,    LIE. 

UNTRUTH  is  an  untrue  saying; 
FALSEHOOD  and  LIE  are  faU 
sayings :  untruth  of  itself  reflects  no 
disgrace  on  the  agent ;  it  may  be  mi* 
intentional  or  not :  a  falehood  and  % 
lie  are  iutentionaiyo/lae  sayings,  diffetw 
ing  only  in  degree  as  the  guilt  of  ihm 
o&nder:  ^falsehood  is  not  always 


VACANCY, 


VAIN. 


887 


tJTiLiTY,  V.  Advantage. 
TO  UTTER,  V.  To  express. 

TO   UTTER,  SPEAK, 
ARTICULATE,   PRONOUNCE. 

UTTER,  from  out,  signifies  to  put 
out ;  that  is,  to  send  forth  a  sound : 
this  therefore  is  a  more  general  term 
than  SPEAK,  which  is  to  utter  an  in- 
telligible sound.  We  may  utter  a 
groan ;  we  speak  words  on(y,  or  that 
which  is  intended  to  serve  as  words. 
To  speak  therefore  is  only  a  species  of 
utterance;  a  dumb  man  has  utterance^ 
but  not  speech, 

ARTICULATE  and  PRONOUNCE 
are  modes  o£  speaking  ;  to  articulate^ 
from  articulum  a  joint,  is  to  speak  the 
distinct  letter  or  syllables  of  words ; 
which  is  the  first  effort  of  a  child  be- 
ginning to  speak.  It  is  of  great  im- 
portance to  make  a  child  articulate 
eyery  letter  when  he  first  begins  to 
speak  or  read.  To  pronounce^  from 
the  Latin  pronuncio  to  speak  out  loud, 
IS  a  formal  mode  of  speaking, 

A  child  must  first  articulate  the 
letters  and  the  syllables,  then  he  pro- 
nounces  or  sets  forth  the  whole  word ; 
this  is  necessary  before  he  can  speak  to 
be  understood. 

AC  each  wori  that  my  detCmotioii  uttered 
Xj  heart  reeotlU  Otway. 

Waller  had  a  gracefol  waj  ottpeakinf. 

Claekiowii. 

TIm  tofmentf  of  dbeaie  can  aometimct  onlj 
be  iifaifled  bj  croau  or  lobt,  or  inarticulate 
^larataHoM.  Jomnoa. 

Speak  the  speech  I  praj  yon,  ai  I  pronounced 

h  t»  JOB.  ShAUPSAJU. 


V. 


VACANCY,  VACUITY,   INANITY. 

VACANCY  and  VACUITY  both 
denote  the  space  unoccupied,  or  the 
abstract  QuahtY  of  being  unoccupied. 
INANrnr,  from  the  Latin  inanis, 
denotes  the  abstract  quality  of  empti- 
nessy  or  of  not  containing  any  thing  : 
hence  the  former  terms  vacancy  and 
vacuity  are  used  in  an  indifferent  sense; 
inanity  always  in  a  bad  sense :  there 
may  be  a  vacancy  in  the  seat,  or  a 
vacancy  in  the  mind,  or  a  vacancy  in 
lile,  which  we  may  or  may  not  fill  up 
fts  wo  please;  but  mawty  of  diancter 


denotes  the  want  of  the  essentials  that 
constitute  a  character. 

Tbne  are  vacuUiu  l»  the  happievt  Hfr,  which 
It  Is  not  In  the  power  of  the  worlA  to  fill.   Blaib* 

When  I  look  up  and  behold  the  heafeoa,  it 
nakee  me  acorn  the  world  and  the  pleaaniea 
thereof,  contklcrinf  the  raniCy  of  thete  and  the 
<7ianiljf  of  the  other.  Howsu 

« 

VACANT,  V.  Empty. 

VACANT,  V.  Idle. 

VACUITY,  V.  Vacancy. 
VAGUE,  V.  Jjoose. 
VAIN,  V.  Idle. 

VAIN,   INEFFECTUAL, 
FRUITLESS. 

VAIN,  V,  Idle. 

INEFFECTUAL^  that  is,  not  ejfec* 
tual  (v.  Effective), 

FRUITLESS,  that  is,  withoutyhiif, 
signifies  not  producing  the  desired 
fruit  of  one's  labour. 

These  epithets  are  all  applied  to  our 
endeavours ;  but  the  terra  7)ain  is  the 
most  general  and  indefinite ;  the  other 
terms  are  particular  and  definite. 
What  we  aim  at,  as  well  as  what  we 
strive  for,  may  he  vain ;  but  ineffectual 
and  fruitless  refer  only  to  the  end  of 
our  labours.  When  the  object  aimed 
at  is  general  in  its  import,  it  is  common 
to  term  the  endeavour  vain  when 
it  cannot  attain  this  object ;  it  is  vain 
to  attempt  to  reform  a  person *s  cha- 
racter until  he  is  convinced  that  he 
stands  in  need  of  reformation  :  when 
the  means  employed  are  Inadequate  for 
the  attainment  of  the  particular  end, 
it  is  usual  to  call  the  endeavour  tn- 
effectual ;  cool  arguments  will  be  in- 
effectual  in  convincing  any  one  in- 
Aamed  with  a  particular  passion :  when 
labor  is  specilically  employed  for  the 
attaiument  of  a  particular  object,  it  is 
usual  to  term  it  fruitless  it  it  foil  t 
peace-makers  will  often  find  them- 
selves in  this  condition,  that  their 
labors  will  be  rendered  fruitless  by 
the  violent  passions  of  angry  oppo* 
nents. 

Natore  aload  calls  out  for  balmj  rest. 

But  all  in  vain,  GKntmim. 

After  osanj  JruiUett  overtam,  the  loea, 
detpairtac  of  aay  conlial  anbn  with  a  SpaolardB 
attacked  Un  bjr  Mtrprlae  with  a  auaeroas  boi^^ 


VENAL, 


VERBAL. 


889 


tents ;  we  prize  books  only  for  their 
contents,  in  which  sense  prize  is  a 
much  stronger  term  than  value;  we 
also  prize  men  for  their  usefuhiess  to 
•ocierv:  we  eslee/n  th^ir  moral  cba- 
racters. 

The  prit^,  tho  bmoteons  prise,  I  will  mipi. 
So  dcacljr  reiu^d,  and  no  jiutl>  mine.         Pops. 

Nothioi;  makn*  women  euteemed  bj  the  oppo* 
■tte  M*x  mort'  tlian  chaotitv;  wbetlier  It  1m*  tbit 
wealiira><ipr/e«  thofe  inoKt  who  are  hard«>t  to 
come  at,  or  that  oothinf  beaid«s  cbastitj,  with 
its  collateral  atteiidanU,  fidelity  and  cnnstancj, 
gives  a  nsan  a  property  la  the  person  be  loves. 

AnoMOH. 

TANiTV,  V.  Pride. 
TO  Vanquish,  v.  To  conquer. 
VARiABLK,  V.  Changeable. 
VARIATION,  v.  Change. 

VARIATION,   VARIETY. 

VARIATION  denotes  the  act  of 
varying  (v.  To  change):  VARIETY 
denotes  the  quality  of  varying^  or  the 
thing  varied.  The  astronomer  ob* 
serves  the  variations  in  the  heavens; 
the  philosopher  observes  the  varia^ 
iiont  in  the  climate  from  year  to  year. 
Variety  is  pleasing  to  all  persons,  but 
to  none  so  much  as  the  young  and  the 
fickle  :  there  is  an  inliuite  variety  in 
every  species  of  objects  animate  or  in- 
animate. 

The  idea  of  varitUion  (as  a  coii«tKa6iit  to 
beauty),  without  attending  m  accurately  to  tbs 
maaner  of  variation^  bat  led  Mr.  Hofrarth  to 
eontidcT  aocttlar  figures  as  beautiful.        Bouoc. 

As  tn  the  colours  usually  found  iu  beantifbl 
bodies,  It  may  be  diflcutt  to  aset^aio  them,  be» 
cause  la  the  several  parts  of  oatvre  there  ki  as  to« 
fiuMe  variety.  Bum. 

VARIFFY,  V.  Difference. 
VARIETY,  V.  Variation. 
VARIOUS,  V.  Different. 

TO  VARNISH,  V.  To  gloSS, 

TO  VARY,  V.  To  change. 
TO  VARY,  V.  To  differ. 
VAST,  ?;.  Enormous. 
VEHEMENT,  V.  Violent. 
VEIL,  V.  Cloak. 
VELOCITY,  V.  Quickness. 

VENAL,    MERCENARY. 

V£NAI>  from  tbo  La^  fisalM^si^ 


nifies  saleable  or  ready  to  be  sold, which, 
applied  as  it  commonly  is  to  persons,  ia 
a  much  stronger  term  than  MEIIC& 
NARY  {v.  Mercenary),  A  venal 
man  gives  up  nil  principle  for  interest ; 
a  mercenary  roan  seeks  his  interest 
without  regard  to  principle :  verial 
writers  are  such  as  write  in  favor  of 
the  cause  that  can  promote  them  to 
riches  or  honors ;  a  servant  is  com* 
moiily  a  mercenary  who  only  does  the 
service  according  as  he  is  paid :  those 
who  are  loudest  in  their  professions  of 
political  purity  are  the  best  subjects 
for  a  minister  to  make  venat ;  a  mer» 
cenary  spirit  is  engendered  in  the 
minds  of  those  who  devote  themselves 
exclusively  to  trade. 

The  minhter,  well  pleas'd  at  small  expense^ 
To  sUenre  ho  much  rude  impertineoce, 
Witb  squceie  and  wbl«per  fields  to  his  demandib 
And  on  the  ventU  list  enroird  he  standv. 


For  their  asaistaiice  (hey  repair  to  the  northern 
steel,  and  brinf;  in  an  unnatoral,  mertemmeg 
crew.  Soonb 

TO  VENERATE,  V.  To  odore. 

VENIAL,  PARDONABLE* 

VENIAL,  from  the  Latin  venui 
pardon  or  indulgence,  is  applied  to 
what  may  be  tolerated  without  ex« 
press  disparagement  to  the  individual, 
or  direct  censure ;  but  the  PARDON- 
ABLE is  that  which  may  only  escape 
severe  censure,  but  cannot  be  allowed : 
garrulity  is  a  Vfnia/ offence  in  old  age; 
levity  in  youth  is  pardonable  in  single 
instances. 

Whilst  tlie  clersy  are  enplOTed  in  eztUrpatlof 
mortal  sina,  I  should  be  glad  to  rally  the  worM 
out  of  indecencies  and  venial  timosfre«*iofls. 

CoasKUiAinb 

The  wealmesMS  of  Elisabeth  were  not  co«« 
fined  to  that  period  of  life  when  they  are  mort 
pardonable.  RonniTSOib 

VENOM)  V.  Poison. 
VENTURE,  V.  Hazard. 
VERACITY,  V.  Truth. 

VERBAL,  VOCAL,  ORAL. 

VERBAL,  from  ver6ttiaa  word,  lif^ 
nifies  after  the  manner  of  a  spokea 
word ;  ORAL,  from  on  a  mouth,  signifies 
by  word  of  mouth;  and  VOCAl^  froqi 
vox  the  voice,  signifies  by  the  voice ; 
the  two  former  of  these  words  are  used 
to  distinguish  the  speaking  from  wiil^ 


VIEW. 


VIOLENT. 


891 


IWb  «feiob«t  pact,  aod  not  tbe  vbole  iurvegf, 
80  crowd  ezisteoce  all  lato  a  day,  Joitms* 

No  Uod  10  rode  but  looka  bejmid  the  tfMab 
Flor  f atwe  protpecU  te  a  worM  to  come. 

jBirrw. 

VIBW,    PROSPECT,    LANDSCAPE. 

VIEW  aod  PROSPECT  (r.  View, 
prospect),  though  applied  here  to  ex- 
ternal objects  of  the  sense,  have  a  si- 
milar distinction  as  in  tlie  preceding 
article.  The  view  is  not  only  that 
which  may  be  seen,  but  that  which  is 
actually  seen ;  the  prospect  is  that 
which  may  be  seen :  that  ceases, 
therefore,  to  be  a  view,  which  has 
not  an  immediate  agent  to  view ;  al- 
though a  prospect  exhts  continually, 
whether  seen  or  not:  hence  we 
speak  of  our  view  being  intercepted, 
but  not  uur  prospect  intercepted;  a 
confined  or  bounded  view,  bat  a  lively 
or  dreary  prospect,  J^iew  is  an  inde- 
finite terra ;  it  may  he  said  either  of 
a  number  of  objects,  or  of  a  siingle 
object,  of  a  whole,  or  of  a  part : 
prospect  is  said  only  of  an  aggregate 
number  of  objects:  we  may  have  a 
view  of  a  town,  of  a  number  of  scat- 
tered houses,  of  a  single  house,  or  of 
the  spire  of  a  steeple ;  but  the  pro* 
spect  comprehends  that  which  comes 
within  the  range  of  the  eye.  Tbe 
view  may  be  said  of  that  which  is 
seen  directly  or  indirectly ;  the  pnh' 
spect  is  said  only  of  the  thing  in  nature 
which  directly  presents  itself  to  the 
eye ;  hence  a  drawing  of  an  object 
may  be  termed  a  view,  although  not  a 
prospect.  View  is  confined  to  no  par- 
ticular objects;  prospect  mostly  re- 
apects  rural  objects;  and  LAND- 
SCAPE respects  no  others.  Land- 
scape, landship,  or  landshape,  denote 
any  portion  ot  country  which  is  in  a 
particular  form :  hence  the  landscape 
18  a  species  of  prospect,  A  prospect 
may  be  wide,  and  comprehend  an  as- 
semblage of  objects  both  of  nature 
and  art;  but  a  landscape  is  narrow, 
and  lies  within  the  compass  of  the 
naked  eye  :  hence  it  is  also  that  land^ 
scape  may  be  taken  also  for  the  draw- 
ing of  a  landscape,  and  consequently 
ibr  a  species  of  view :  the  taking  of 
views  or  landscapes  is  the  last  exercitte 
of  tbe  learner  in  drawing. 

Thill  waa  tbia  plaee 

A^ppyrwalMttorTirioQivirav*     Miiiros. 


Now  bUm  and  teas  their  jiraqwcl  onl;  bound. 

DaYDBS. 

Bo  lovel  J  leMnM       .  . 
That  lanil$eape,  and  of  pure  now  purer  air 
Merti  bis  approach.  Muioil. 

VIGILANT,  V.  fVakefuL 

VIGOR,  V,  Energy, 

VILE,  V.  Base. 

TO  VILIFY,  V.  To  revile. 

TO  VINDICATE,  V.  To  ossert. 

TO  VINDICATE,  V.  To  avenge* 

TO  VINDICATE,  V.  To  defmd. 

TO  VIOLATE,  IK  To  infringe. 

VIOLENCE,  V.  Force. 

VIOLENT,  FURIOUS,  BOISTEROUS^ 
VEHEMENT,  IMPKTUOUS. 

VIOLENT  signifies  having  force 
(y.  Farce), 

FURIOUS  signifies  having^r^  (p. 
Anger), 

BOISTEROUS  in  all  probability 
comes  from  bestir,  signifying  ready  to 
bestir  or  come  into  motion. 

VEHEMENT,  in  Latin  vehement, 
compounded  of  veho  and  mens,  signi- 
fies carried  away  by  the  miud  or  the 
force  of  passion. 

IMPETUOUS  signifies  having  an 
impetus. 

Violent  is  here  the  most  general, 
including  the  idea  of  force  or  violencje, 
which  is  common  to  them  all ;  it  is 
as  general  in  its  application  as  in  its 
meaning.  When  violent  and  Jurious 
are  applied  to  the  same  objects,  the 
latter  expresses  a  higher  degree  of  the 
former :  thus  a  furious  temper  is  vio- 
lent to  an  excessiye  degree ;  &furUm$ 
whirlwind  is  violent  beyond  measure. 
Violent  and  boisterous  are  likewibe  ap- 
plied to  the  same  objects;  but  the 
boisterous  refers  only  to  the  violence  of 
the  motion  or  noise :  hence  we  say 
that  a  wind  is  violent,  inasmuch  as  it 
acts  with  great  force  upon  all  bodies ; 
it  is  boisterous,  inasmuch  as  it  causes 
the  great  motion  of  bodies  :  a  violent 
person  deals  in  violence  of  every  kind; 
a  boisterous  person  is  full  of  violent 
action. 

Violent,  vehement,  and  impetuous, 
are  all  applied  to  persons,  or  that 
which  b  persoiial :  a  man  is  violent 


VOTE. 


wakeful; 


89S 


VIVACIOUS,  V.  Lively. 
VIVACITY,  V.  Animation. 
VIVID,  V.  Clear. 
VOCABULARY,  V.  Dictionary. 
VOCAL,  V.  FerbaL 
VOICE,  V.  Vote. 
VOID,  V.  Empty. 
VOLATILITY,  V.  Lightness. 
VOLUNTARILY,  V.  IViUingly. 
VOLUPTUARY,  V.  Sensuolist. 
VORACIOUS,  V.  Ravenous. 

VOTE,  SUFFRA6B,  VOICE. 

VOTE,  in  Latin  votum  from  vaveo 
to  vow,  is  very  probably  from  vox  a 
▼oice,  signifying  the  voice  that  is 
raised  in  supplication  to  heaven. 

SUFFRAGE,  in  Latin  suffragium, 
is  in  all  probability  compounded  of 
ntb  taidfrango  to  break  out  or  declare 
for  a  thmg. 

The  VOICE  is  here  figurativdy 
taken  for  the  voice  that  is  raised  in 
favor  of  a  thing. 

The  vote  is  the  wish  itself,  whether 
expressed  or  not ;  a  persou  has  a  vote, 
that  is,  the  power  of  wishing :  but  the 
tujjfrage  and  the  voice  are  the  wish 
that  IS  expressed ;  a  person  gives  his 
tuffirage  or  his  voice, 

*Tbe  vole  is  the  settled  and  fixed 
wish,  it  is  that  by  which  the  most 
iniportant  concerns  in  life  are  deter> 
mined :  the  suffrage  is  the  vote  given 
only  in  particular  cases ;  the  voice  is 
a  partial  or  occasional  wish,  expressed 
only  in  matters  of  minor  importance. 

The  vote  and  voice  are  given  either 
ibr  or  against  a  person  or  thing ;  the 
iuffrage  is  commonly  given  in  favor 
ot  a  person :  in  all  public  assemblies 
the  majority  of  votes  decide  the  ques- 
tion ;  members  of  Parliament  are 
chosen  by  the  suffrages  of  the  people ; 
in  the  execution  of  a  will  every  ex- 
ecutor has  a  voice  in  all  that  is  trans- 
acted. 

Tbe  popular  vote 
iDclinos  here  to  contloue.  Miltob. 


Hat  meelUti^s  mm  vhflB  «•  flMB  Hid  4flfutt 

This  all  cottcelvA  all  feel  K  at  tbe  beart: 
7*he  win  of  leaniM  antlqatty  proclaim 
Thli  tnitb;  the  poUlc  vHce  dedane  the  nma. 

Jt»\mt. 

TO  VOUCH,  Vw  To  affirm.  » 
VOYAGE,  V.  Journey. 
VULGAR,  V.  Common. 

W. 
WAGES,  V.  Allowance. 

TO  WAIT  FOR,  V.  To  IVOXt. 

TO  WAIT  ON,  V.  To  attend. 

WAKEFUL,  WATCHFUL,  VIGI- 
LANT. 

We  may  be  WAKEFUL  without 
being  WATCHFUL ;  but  we  cannot 
be  watchful  without  being  wakeful. 

Wakeful  is  an  affair  of  the  bodj, 
and  depends  upon  the  temperament; 
watchful  is  an  affair  of  the  will,  and 
depends  upon  the  determination :  sooM 
persons  are  more  wakeful  than  Uwjf 
wish  to  be;  few  are  as  watchful 9» 
they  oufi;ht  to  be. 

Vigilance,  from  the  Latin  vlgU, 
and  the  Greek  ayax>e;  avtt^xuo*  to  ba 
on  the  alert,  expresses  a  high  degree  of 
watchfulness:  a  sentinel  is  watchful 
who  on  ordinary  occasions  keeps  good 
watch  ;  but  it  is  necessary  for  him,  oa 
.  extraordinary  occasions,  to  be  vigiif* 
antf  in  order  to  detect  whatever  maj 
pass. 

We  are  watchful  only  in  the  proper 
sense  of  watching ;  but  we  may  be 
vigilant  in  detecting  moral  as  weU  M 
natural  evils. 

Mask  shall  wake  ber  tbat  hafb  power  to  ebin% 
Pale  tickneu,  and  areitthe  ■Uogi  of  paint 
Cnn  ralM  or  qoeU  oor  pmiona,  and  becalm 
In  sweet obUvion  tbe  too  wakefiawmm. 


Reputation  to  commonly  loat,  becanae  it 
was  4f«efved ;  and  was  coofened  at  Srit,  mo/t 
by  tbtf  guffrage  of  criticism,  but  bjr  tbe  fondnesa 
9t  firiandablp.  Jomtoir. 


He  wbo  remembers  wbat  bas  falles  oat,  will 
be  watchfkl  acainat  wbat  maj  bappeiu    Sooia. 

Let  a  man  fltrlctlj  obaerre  tbe  Ant  biota  »a4 
wbispen  of  food  and  etil  tbat  pass  in  bis  beait| 
tA  will  keep  conscienoe  quick  and  vigilant, 

8mm. 

WALK,  V.  Carriage. 

WAN,  v.Pale. 

TO  WANDER,  V.  To  devioitm 


WAVE. 


WAY. 


89S 


has;  for  then  be  lacks  that  which 
alone  can  make  him  happy,  which  is 
contentment. 

To  be  rich  b  fo  Imve  more  than  b  deMr«d,  tad 
mofe  than  b  vmnted*  Josasov. 

The  old  Arom  mich  affkln  are  only  freed, 

Which  ▼Ic'roQi  jonth  and  iirength  of  body  need, 

DntBAM, 

See  the  mind  of  beastly  man ! 
That  bath  to  toon  foisot  the  excellence 
Of  hb  ereatiovt  when  he  life  befan. 
That  now  he  cbooteth  with  ifHe  difference 
To  be  a  beatt  and  lacMe  Intelligence.    SnoiaBB. 

WARE,  V.  Commodity* 
WARLIKE^  V.  MariiaL 
WARMTH,  V.  Fire. 
WARNING,  V.  Admordtion. 
TO  WARRANT,  V.  To  guarantee. 
WARY,  V,  Cautious. 
TO  WASTE,  V.  To  spend. 
TO  WATCH,  V.  To  guard. 
TO  WATCH,  V.  To  observe. 
WATCHFUL,  V.  JVdkeful. 
WATERMAN,  V.  Seaman. 

WATERMAN,  BOATMAN,  FERRY- 
MAN. 

•"^  These  three  terms  are  employed 
ftr  persons  who  are  engagea  with 
bouts ;  but  the  WATERMAN  is  spe- 
cifically applied  to  such  whose  busi-* 
ness  it  is  to  let  out  their  boats  and 
themselves  for  a  given  time;  the 
BOATMAN  may  omy  use  a  boat  oc- 
casionally for  the  transfer  of  goods ;  a 
FERRYMAN  uses  a  boat  only  for  the 
conveyance  of  persons  or  goods  across 
a  particular  river  or  piece  of  water. 

WAVE,  BILLOW,  SURGE, 

BREAKER. 

WAVE,  from  the  Saxon  waeeon^  and 
,  German  vfe^en  to  weigh  or  rooty  is  ap- 
plied to  water  in  an  undulating  state ; 
It  is,  therefore,  the  generic  term,  and 
the  rest  are  specific  terms :  those 
waves  which  swell  more  than  ordina- 
rily are  termed  BILLOWS,  which  is 
derived  from  bulge  or  hilgt^  and  Ger- 
man halg,  the  paunch  or  belly :  those 
warots  which  rise  higher  than  usual, 
are  termed  SURGES,  from  the  Latin 
surgQ  to  rise :  those  w<vh$  which  dash 


against  the  shore,  or  against  vessels, 
with  more  than  ordinary  force,  ar» 
termed  BREAKERS. 

The  wire  behind  foiQpde  the  tnaoe  before.  Para. 

I  Mw  btm  best  the  Nlioiee  Qsder  him* 

And  ride  upon  tbeir  bedn.  Siuxmotl. 

He  flies  tloft,  and  wHh  Impetomii  roar 
Paraoei  the  foaminf  mrgvt  ia  the  iboTe. 

DRvras. 

Now  on  the  moantala  tooM  on  high  thejr  ride. 
Then  downward  plnnge  beneath  th*  Inrolftnc 

tide. 
Till  one  who  leeBif  In  a^ony  to  ftrf te. 
The  whlrlia§  breaktre  heave  on  ihore  attvs. 

FALComu 

TO  WAVER,  V.  To  fluctuate. 
WAVERING,  V.  Undetermined. 

WAT,  MANNER,  METHOD,  MODB| 
COURSE,  MEANS. 

All  these  words  denote  the  steps 
which  are  pursued  hx)m  the  beginning 
to  the  completion  of  any  work.  The 
WAY  is  both  general  and  indefinite; 
it  is  either  taken  by  accident  or  diosea 
by  design  :  the  MANNER  and  ME- 
T*HOD  are  species  of  the  v>ay  chosen 
by  design;  the  former  in  regard  ta 
orders.  Whoever  attempts  to  do  that 
which  is  strange  to  him,  will  at  first 
do  it  in  an  awkward  way ;  the  irum- 
ner  of  conferring  a  favor  is  often  mor» 
than  the  favor  itself;  experience  sap- 
plies  men  in  the  end  with  a  suitable 
method  of  carrying  on  their  business. 
The  method  is  said  of  that  which  re- 

Suires  contrivance;  the  MODE,  of 
lat  which  requires  practice  and  habi* 
tnal  attention  ;  the  former  being  ap* 
plied  to  matters  of  art,  and  the  latter 
to  mechanical  actions :  the  master  haa 
a  good  method  of  teaching  to  write; 
the  scholar  has  a  good  or  bad  mode  of 
holding  his  pen.  The  COURSE  and 
the  MEANS  are  the  way  which  we 
pursue  in  our  moral  conduct:  the 
course  is  the  course  of  measures  which 
are  adopted  to  produce  a  certain  re* 
suit ;  the  means  collectively  for  the 
course  which  lead  to  a  certain  end :  in 
order  to  obtain  legal  redress,  we  most 
pursue  a  certain  couru  in  law  ;  law  is 
one  means  of  gaining  redress,  but  we 
do  wisely,  if  we  can,  to  adopt  the  safer 
and  pleasanter  means  of  persuasion 
and  cool  remonstrance. 

The  wajft  of  hearen  are  dark  and  intricate. 

Aoouni. 


WEAK,  FEIiBLB,  INFIRM. 

.Weak,  in  Saxun  nmce,  Dutch 
WkK,  Gennon  ichrocA,  is  in  nil  pro- 
liability  an  intcDsire  of  tcckh  suH, 
which  comes  from  weicktn  to  yield, 
■nd  this  from  icegett  to  move. 

FEEBLE,  probabW  contracted  from 
JkiUble. 

INFIRM,  V.  DtbilUy. 

The  SnioD  tenn  meak  i>  here,  ai  it 
tuoelljr  is,  the  tamiliar  and  anivenal 
term ;  Jiceble  is  suited  to  a  more  po- 
liibrdsljte;  infirm  is  only  ■  fpedei. 
of  the  vtak:  we  may  be  vtak  in 
body  or  mind ;  but  we  are  commonly 
fieble  and  in^rm  only  in  the  body  ; 
we  may  be  veak  from  disease,  or 
weak  by  nature,  it  equally  conveys  the 
grosi  idea  of  a  defect;  but  the  term 
jeebU  and  infirm  are  qaalified  eipre»> 
Mons  for  tcw/tnai :  a  child  is  fuble 
IrotD  iti  inlancy;  an  old  man  u  feeble 
from  age;  tfaa  latter  may  likenise  be 

firm    in    consequence   of  sickneai. 

«  pity  the  vieak,  but  their  weakntu 
often  gives  us  pain;  we  assist  the/t«- 
hlt  when  they  attempt  to  walk  ;  we 
sopport  the  infirm  when  tbey  are  an- 
able  to  stand.  The  same  distinction 
mitts  between  Ktak  anA  feeble  in  the 
moral  use  of  the  words :  a  iceaft  at- 
tempt to  excuae  B>  person  conveys  a 
2roachful  meanini;;  but  X.\\6  fctbte 
irts  which  we  make  to  defend  an- 
other may  be  praise-worthy,  although 
feebU. 


^Z 


?ri;e 

»(tmdu: 
effects  c 


larly  o^ 
laiea  thi 
for  actif 
weaken 


proviug  I 
NduHi 

BffiMtd 

WtlMni 


ink  tbe  VBrrlorS  vi 
(T  of  ■  friend. 


WEA 
WHA 
W£A 
WEA 


WEARY. 


WEIGHT. 


897 


WBARISOMB,  TIRSSOMB, 

TEDIOUS. 

WEARISOME  (v.  Tovfeary)  is  the 
general  and  indefinite  term;  TIRE- 
SOME (r.  To  weary);  and  TEDI- 
OUS, causing  tedium j  a  specific  form 
of  wearisomeneu :  common  things  may 
CBuse  wearineis ;  that  which  acts  pain- 
fully is  either  tiresome  or  tedious ;  but 
in  different  degrees  the  repetition  of 
ibe  same  sounds  will  grow  tiresome; 
lon^  waiting  in  anxious  suspense  is 
tedums :  there  is  more  of  that  which 
is  physical  in  the  tiresome,  and  mental 
in  the  tedious. 

All  wearlaefR  prerappote*  weakness,  tnd  con- 
wqaeatly  every  loop,  importvoe,  wearisome  pe- 
tMoa,  is  truly  and  properly  a  force  opoo  bira 
that  is  panned  with  it.  Soctb. 

Fsr  happier  rere  the  meanest  peasanfk  lot. 
Than  to  be  plac'd  on  high,  in  aozions  pride. 
The  pnrple  dindge  and  slave  of  tiretome  state. 

W«8T. 

Happy  the  mortal  man  who  now,  at  last. 
Has  throvgt  tbfai  dolefal  vale  of  mWt}  past, 
Wlio  to  his  des(in*d  H»s*f  bas  carrlrd  on 
The  tedious  load,  aad  laid  his  burden  down. 

Pbiob. 

TO  WEARY,  TIRB,   JADE, 
HARASS. 

To  WEARY  is  a  frequentative  of 
wear,  that  is,  to  wear  out  the  strength. 

To  TIRE,  from  the  French  tirer 
and  the  Latin  traho  to  draw,  signifies 
to  draw  out  the  strength. 

To  JADE  is  the  same  as  to  goad, 

HARASS,  V,  Distress. 

Long  exertion  wearies  ;  a  little  ex- 
ertion will  tire  a  child  or  a  weak  man; 
forced  exertions  j'o/itf  ;  painful  exer- 
tions, or  exertions  coupled  with  pain- 
ful circumstances,  harass:  the  horse 
is  jaded  who  is  forced  on  beyond  his 
6treng;th  ;  the  soldier  is  harassed  who 
marches  in  perpetual  fear  of  an  attack 
from  the  enemy.  We  are  wearied 
with  thinking  when  it  gives  us  pain  to 
think  any  longer ;  we  are  tired  of  our 
employment  when  it  ceases  to  give  us 
pleasure ;  we  are  jaded  by  incessant 
attention  to  business  ;  we  are  harassed 
by  perpetual  complaints  which  we  can- 
not redress. 

AH  pleasures  that  alliBct  the  body  most  needs 
weary.  Sooth. 

Every  morsel  to  a  satKtlled  hunger  is  only  a 
new  labour  to  a  tired  difesUon.  Sooni. 

I  recall  the  time  (and  an  glad  H  la  ovei) 
vheo  about  this  hour  (six  in  tte  BMntel)  I 


us^d  to  be  {Toln?  to  bed  surfeited  with  pleasorvt 
or  jaded  with  busiuesi.  BouNCBnosa. 

Baukrupt  nobility,  a  fartionn,  irlddy,  and 

Divided  Senate,  a  harassed  cotnaioDility, 

Is  all  the  stren^h  of  Venice.  Otwat* 

WEDDING,  V,  Marriage, 
WEDLOCK,  V.  Marriage. 
TO  WKKP,  V.  To  cry. 
WRIGHT,  V,  Importance. 

WEIGHT,    HEAVINESS,  GRAVITY. 

WEIGHT,  from  to  weigh,  is  that 
which  a  thing  weielis. 

HEAVINESS,  from  heamf  and  heave f 
signifies  the  abstract  quality  of  th« 
heavy,  or  difficult  to  heave. 

GRAVITY,  from  the  Latin  gravity 
likewise  denotes  tlie  same  abstract 
quality. 

Weight  is  indefinite ;  whatever  may 
be  weighed  has  a  weight,  whether  large 
or  small:  heaviness  and  gravity  aire 
the  property  of  bodies  having  a  great 
weight.  Weight  is  only  opposed  to 
that  which  has  or  is  supposed  to  have 
no  weight,  that  is,  what  is  incorporeal 
or  immaterial ;  for  we  may  speak  of 
the  weight  of  the  lightest  conceivable 
bodies,  as  the  weight  of  a  feather: 
heaviness  is  opposed  to  lightness ;  the 
heaviness  of  lead  is  opposed  to  the 
lightness  of  a  feather. 

The  weight  lies  absolutely  in  the 
thing ;  the  heaviness  is  relatively  con* 
sidered  with  respect  to  the  person : 
we  estimate  the  weight  of  things  ao 
cording  to  a  certain  measure ;  we  es* 
timate  the  heavineu  of  things  by  our 
feelings. 

Gravity  is  that  species  oiweigktf 
which  is  scientifically  considered  ae 
inherent  in  certain  bodies ;  the  term  ia 
therefore  properly  scientific. 

WBIGHT,  BURDEN,  LOAD. 

WEIGHT,  V.  Weight. 

BURDEN,  from  bear,  signifies  the 
thing  borne. 

LOAD,  in  German  laden,  is  sup- 
posed by  Adelung  to  admit  of  a  deri- 
vation from  different  sources  ;  but  he 
does  not  suppose  that  which  appears 
to  me  the  most  natural,  namely,  from 
lay,  which  becomes  in  our  preterite 
Uiidj  particularly  since  in  low  German 
and  Dutch  laden,  to  load,  is  contracted 
into  laeyen,  and  the  literal  meaning  of 
load  is  to  lay  on  or  in. 

3  M 


898        WELL-BEING. 


WHOLE. 


The  term  weight  is  here  considered 
iii  common  with  the  other  terms,  in 
the  sense  of  a  positive  weight,  as  re- 
spects the  per>>ous  or  things  by  which 
it  is  allied  to  the  word  burden  :  the 
weight  is  said  either  of  persons  or 
things;  the  burden  more  commonly 
respects  persons  ;  tiie  load  may  be  said 
of  either:  a  person  may  sink  under  the 
weight  that  rests  upon  him ;  a  plat- 
form may  break  down  from  the  weight 
upon  it;  a  person  sinks  under  his  bur- 
din  or  load ;  a  cart  breaks  down  from 
the  load.  The  weight  is  abstractedly 
takeo  for  what  is  without  reference  to 
tke  cause  of  its  being  there ;  burden 
and  load  have  respect  to  the  person  or 
thing  by  which  they  are  produced : 
accident  produces  the  weight ;  a  per- 
son takes  a  burden  upon  himself,  or 
has  it  imposed  upon  him ;  the  load  is 
always  laid  on :  it  is  not  proper  to 
carry  any  weight  that  exceeas  our 
strength ;  those  who  bear  the  burden 
expect  to  reap  the  fruit  of  their  labor ; 
lie  who  carries  loads  must  be  con>- 
tented  to  take  such  as  are  ^ven  him. 

In  the  moral  application,  these  terms 
mark  the  pain  which  is  produced  by  a 
pressure;  but  the  weight  and  load 
rather  describe  the  positive  severity 
of  the  pressure ;  the  burden  respects 
the  temper  and  inclinations  of  the  suf- 
ferer J  the  load  is  in  this  case  a  very 
great  weight :  a  minister  of  state  has 
a.  weight  on  his  mind  at  all  times, 
from  the  heavy  responsibility  which 
attaches  to  his  station ;  one  who  labors 
under  strong  apprehensions  or  dread 
of  an  evil  has  a  load  on  his  mind ; 
any  sort  of  employment  is  a  burden  to 
one  who  wishes  to  be  idle ;  and  time 
unemployed  is  a  burden  to  him  who 
wishes  to  be  always  in  action. 

With  what  oppressive  uKight  will  sicknen, 
diMippo4Qtaient,  or  old  isr,  fkil  upon  the  spirits 
of  that  mto  wbo  is  a  stranger  to  Go4?      Blair. 

I  vnderstood  not  that  a  grater«l  mind 
Bj  owing  owes  not,  bat  still  pays  at  ooce; 
Indited  and  dischargM :  what  burden  th''n  ? 

Milton. 
His  bams  ace  •tor'd, 
Aad  groftninf  itaddlei  bend  beDeaih-  tbeir  l^adU 

SOAKATIjU^B. 

WEIGHTY,  li.  Heavy. 

WELL-BEING,   WELFARK,    PROS- 
PERITY, HAPPINESS. 

WJBLL-EBING  may    be  said  of 

•  Vide  Ofrwdf  « 


one  or  manj,  but  mtsm  of  a  l»d} ; 
the  well-being  of  scxiety  depends  v^ 
on  a  due  subordmation  of  the  difeoi 
ranks  of  which  it  is  composed.  W£I/ 
FARE,  or  faring  welly  trom  theGs- 
lOAVkJ'ahren  to  go,  respects  the^Mi 
condition  of  an  indivicloal ;  a  parat 
is  naturally  anxious  for  the  vtljartd 
his  child. 

Well-being  and  welfare  consist  cf 
such  things  as  more  immediately  rf^ 
feet  the  existence  :  PROSPLRTrT, 
which  comprehends  both  weU^ei% 
aud  welfare^  includes  likewise  alltbt 
can  add  to  the  enjoyments  of  sml 
The  prosperity  of  a  state,  or  of  lo  it- 
dividual,  therefore,  consists  ia  the  is- 
crease  of  wealth,  power,  hooon,  mJi 
the  like;  as  outward  circomscaocB 
more  or  less  affect  the  HAPPINESS 
of  man  :  happiness  is^  therefore,  ofta 
substituted  tor  prosperity ;  but  it 
must  never  be  forgotten  that  hap^am 
properly  lies  only  in  the  mind,  aad 
that  consequently  pnupcriiy  may  tiia 
wiilwiMt  happinese  i  but  k^pimest,ii 
least  as  far  as  respects  a  body  of  mo, 
cannot  exist  without  some  poruoo  oi 
prosperity. 


Hare  Aree-thlnker*  been  antbora  of  aaj  i 
tlMB  tlmtONidMelB  tb«  uxU-btimf  of  mutMi 


For  Us  ovm  lal^  ma4m%j  he 
TtieceaiiaoB  we^fmre  in  our  oalj  task.  1 

Rdigion  afford!  to  food  mea  fr^n'ti' 
!•  tlie  on jojment  of  tlwir  pr^^pmr^gf, 

WELCOME,  V.  Acceptable, 
WELFAEJS)  V.  JVelUbemg, 

TO.WHEBDLBy  V,  To  COOX. 

WHIMSICAL,  V.  Fanciful. 
TO  WHIRL,  i;.  To  tunu 

WHOLE,  V.  AIL 

WHOLE,  ENTIRE,  COMPLETE, 
TOTAL,  INTEGRAL, 

*  WHOLE  excludes  subtractiooi 
ENTIRE  excludes  division ;  COM- 
PLETE excludes  deficieocy  :  a  mkok 
orange  lias  had  nothing  taken  from  it; 
an  entire  orange  is  not  yet  cut;  and 
a  complete  orange  is  grown  to  its  full 
size:  it  is  possible,  therefore,  for  a 
thing  to  be  whole  aud  notemJUre  ;  and 
to  be  both,  aud*  yet  uo^com^ieU  :  aa 
oraoge  ca  t  iuto  parta  is  whole  while  all 


WICKED. 


WILLINGLY.        899 


the  parts  remain  together,  but  it  is 
not  entire  :  hence  we  speak  of  a  whole 
house,  an  entire  set,  and  a  complete 
book.  The  wholeness  or  integrity  of 
a. thing  is  destroyed  at  one's  pleasure ; 
the  completeness  depends  upon  circum- 
stances. 

TOTAL  denotes  the  aggregate  of 
the  parts;  whole  the  junction  of  all 
the  parts  :  the  former  is,  therefore, 
empioved  more  in  the  moral  sense  to 
convey  the  idea  of  extent,  and  the 
latter  mostly  in  the  proper  sense  : 
hence  we  speak  of  the  total  destruc- 
tion of  the  w/iole  city,  or  of  some  par- 
ticular houses:  the  total  amount  of 
expenses;  the  whole  expense  of  the 
war.  WhoU  and  total  may  in  this 
maimer  be  employed  to  denote  things 
as  well  as  qualities  :  in  regard  to  ma- 
terial substances  wholes  are  always 
opposed  to  the  parts  of  which  they 
are  composed ;  the  total  is  the  col- 
lected sum  of  the  parts  ;  and  the  IN- 
TEGRAL is  the  same  as  the  integral 
number. 

The  first  four  may  likewise  he  em- 
ployed as  adverbs  ;  but  wholly  is  a 
more  familiar  term  than  totally  in  ex- 
pressing the  idea  of  extent;  entirely 
is  the  same  as  undividediy;  com- 
fUtely  is  the  same  as  perfectly,  with- 
out any  thing  wanting  :  we  are  wholly 
or  totally  ignorant  of  the  affair ;  we  are 
entirely  at  the  disposal  or  service  of 
another;  we  are  completely  at  variance 
in  our  accounts. 

And  ail  Mrormbig  aui  harmonious  ttkole, 

Thomsoh. 

Tb«  entire  conqneirt  of    tb«  passions   is  to 

dlAcuU    a    work,  thnt  thfy  who  despair   of  It 

»huul(l  think  uf  a  li'HH  difficult  ta&k,  and  oolj  at- 

ttrmpt  to  reflate  tbetn.  Stkblr. 

And  oft,  wli^n  nnob»>nr*d. 
Steal  from  tite  barn  a  utraw,  till  fott  and  warm. 
Clean  and  cjntpletCt  their  habltatiou  growi. 

Taonsow. 

Nochio*:  under   a   total  thorough   chan^  in 
the  convert  will  euffla*.  South. 

WHOLESOME,  V.  Healthy, 
WICKED,  V.  Bad, 

WICKED,    UNJUST,    INIQUITOUS. 

WICKED  (p.  Bad)  is  here  the  ge- 
neric term  ;  INIQUITOUS,  from  ini- 
quus  unjust,  signifies  that  species  of 
wicked nes.^  wliich  consists  in  violating 
tho  law  of  right  betwixt  man  and  man: 
NEFARIOUS,  from  the  Latin  nef'as 


wicked  or  abominable,  is  that  species 
of  wickedness  which  consists  in  violat- 
ing the  most  sacred  obligation.  The 
term  wickedy  being  indefinite,  is  com- 
monly applied  in  a  milder  sense  than 
iniquitous  ;  and  iniquitous  than  nefo" 
riaus :  it  is  wicked  to  deprive  another 
of  his  property,  unlawfully,  under  any 
circumstances  ;  but  it  is  iniquitous  if 
it  be  done  by  fraud  and  circumven- 
tion ;  and  nefarious  if  it  involves  any 
breach  of  trust :  any  undue  influence 
over  another,  in  the  making  of  his  will, 
to  the  detriment  of  the  rightful  heir,  is 
iniquitous  ;  any  underhand  dealing  of 
a  servant  to  defraud  his  master  is  ne* 
farious. 

In  the  corrnptrd  current.«  of  thin  world, 
Ofl^nceHi  gildeii  band  maj  tbove  b>  ja«tloe  ; 
And  oft  *ti<i  iie**n,  the  wicked  prise  it»rlf 
Bovfi  oot  the  law.  SaAKSPSAltCv 

L'icullus  found  that  the  prorince  of  Pontloi 
had  fallen  under  p«at  disorden  nnd  oppremloBt 
from  the  iniquity  of  ararersand  pobllcanf. 

PamAox. 

WIDE,  v»  Large. 

TO  WILL,  WISH. 

The  will  is  that  faculty  of  the 
soul  which  is  the  most  prompt  and 
decisive  ;  it  immediately  impels  to  ac- 
tion :  the  WISH  is  but  a  gentle  mo- 
tion of  the  soul  towards  a  thing.  We 
can  will  nothing  but  what  we  can  e^ 
feet ;  we  may  wish  for  many  things 
which  lie  above  our  reach.  The  will 
must  be  under  the  entire  control  of 
reason,  or  it  will  lead  a  person  into 
every  mischief:  the  wishes  ought  to 
be  under  the  direction  of  reason ;  or 
otherwise  they  may  greatly  disturb  the 
happiness. 

A  f^ood  inclination  \%  but  the  first  rode  draught 
of  virtue;  hut  the  flabbiof  strokes  are  from  the 
wiU,  Socn. 

The  tcUMng  of  a  thinf  Is  not  property  Um 
uilUng  of  it ;  it  imports  no  more  than  as  Mle^ 
onoperative,  compUcencj  in,  and  d«sire  of,  the 
otjject.  Soimi. 

WILLINGLY,  VOLUNTARILY, 
SPONTANEOUSLY. 

To  do  a  thing  WILLINGLY  is  to 
do  it  with  a  good  will ;  to  do  a  thing 
VOLUNTARILY  is  to  do  it  of  one's 
own  accord  :  the  former  respects  one's 
willingness  to  comply  with  the  wishes 
of  another;  we  do  what  is  asked  of 
us,  it  is  a  mark  of  eood  nature:  the 
latter  respects  oar  ueedom  from  fo» 
Sm2 


goo 


WISDOM. 


Tcitpi  induence  i  wi  i<o  ihst  nhiefa  we 
like  to  do ;  it  is  u  mark  of  our  tin- 
ceritT.  It  is  pleasiuit  Co  see  a  child 
fiohii  task  Wii/ing/j/;  il  is  pleuant 
to  <ee  a  man  Toluntariiy  en)[a4;e  in 
any  service  of  public  goud.  SPON- 
TANEOUSLY is  but  a  mode  of  the 
voluntiiry,  uppUed,  hiiivcver,  more 
commsui/  lo  iiiDuimnte  objecli  tlian 
to  tbe  will  of  persons :  the  (ground 
produces  tpontaiieoucli),  wliich  pro- 
duces <*ithiiut  culture;  and  words 
flow  tpoHtuiievutlt/,  whirli  require  do 
effort  oil  ihe  piirt  of  the  speiiker  to 
produce  tliem.  If,  however,  ap- 
plied to  (lie  will,  it  bespc^ik^  in  a 
stronger  degree  the  totally  unbiassed 
■tate  of  the  agent's  mind,  tlia  ipan- 
tantout  olTusioiis  of  (he  heart  are  more 
than  the  Toliinlory  services  of  bene- 
rolence.  The  Tcillinf^  is  upposed  (i> 
the  viizcUliiiii,  the  T!olun!aiy  ti)  ihi 
mechanical  or  iaiolunlurg,  the  span- 
tentMU  to  tlie  reluctant  or  the  nnih- 

Fnod  not  of  mnerls  jct  Hcrptnl », 


facultj. 


person, 
liant  tl 


practice 
bablyf 


WILY,  V,  Cunning. 
TO  WIN,  V.  To  acquire. 
TO  WIND,  V.  To  lum. 

WISDOM,  PRUDEVCK. 

WISDOM  {».  Tt'if)  consis(s  in  spe- 
GDlativc  Lnowtedte;  PUL'DENCE 
(v.  Prudcal)  in  that  which  is  practi- 
cal :  ibe  former  knows  whut  h  past; 
ihe  latter  by  foresight  knows  what  is 
to  come:  many  mite  men  arc  remark- 
able for  their  want  of  prudente;  and 
those  who  arc  remarkable  {or  prudence 
liaye  frequently  no  other  knowledge  of 
irhich  tliay  can  boast. 

Two  iWnp  ipi'Ji  much  lh»  vi>dim  of  ( 

ti  Ibelll.  StlLLlwlfLEIT. 

TO  WISH,  V.  To  desire. 
TO  WISH,  V.  To  will. 
WIT,  V.  Ingeniiily. 

WIT,  lit'MOUR,    BATIIIE,   IRONY, 

BURLItSaiJE. 

AVIT,  like  wisdom,  according  to  its 


at  the 

LESQI 

assenil: 
cordan 
the  mi 
barlctq 


pofton 

WhulJli 
Uahclp'i 


WONDER. 


wonder; 


901 


la  wiUlBiti  of  humour^  tgam  aw  9ontAhae» 
WFd  of  to  delicate  a  natare,  tbat  It  shall  oftm 
kappen  that  •ome  people  will  see  thiasi  la  a 
diract  contrary  Renw  to  what  the  aotbor,  and 
the  oiajorttj  of  the  feaders  andentand  thent 
Co  neb  the  noit  lanoeeot  irony  may  appear 
iReHfton.  Cambbidob. 

Oae  kind  of  burie$qHe  repreients  meaa  per^ 
aom  ia  the  aecontremeDt*  of  heroei.      Amxaom, 

WITNESS,  V.  Deponent 

TO  WITHDRAW,  V.  To  recede. 

TO  WITHSTAND,  V.  To  OppOSe. 

WITHOUT,  V.  Unless. 

WITHOUT    INTERMISSION,     V. 

Incessantly. 
WOEFUL,  V.  Piteous. 

WONDER,   ADMIRE,    SURPRIZE, 
ASTONISH,   AMAZE. 

WONDER,  in  German  wundem^ 
&c.  is  in  all  probability  a  variation  of 
woamder;  because  zDonder  throws  the 
minds  off  its  bias. 

ADMIREy  from  the  Latin  miror^ 
and  the  Hebrew  marah  to  look  at, 
signifies  looking  at  attentively. 

Sl'RPlUZE,  compounded  of  tur 
and  prize,  or  the  Latin  prehendo,  sig- 
uiBes  to  take  on  a  sudden. 

ASTONISH,  from  the  Latin  atto- 
TiUus,  and  ton'Uru  thunder,  signifies  to 
strike  as  it  were  with  the  overpower- 
ing noise  of  thunder. 

AMAZE  sis;nifies  to  be  inamaj;e,so 
as  not  to  be  able  to  collect  one's  self. 

That  particular  feeling  which  any 
thing  unusual  produces  on  our  minds 
is  expressed  by  all  these  terms,  but 
under  various  modifications.  Wonder 
is  the  most  indefinite  in  its  signiBca- 
tion  or  application,  but  it  is  still  the 
least  vivid  sentiment  of  all  :  it 
amounts  to  little  more  than  a  pausing 
of  the  mind,  a  suspension  of  the  think- 
iiii;  faculty,  an  incapacity  to  fix  on  a 
discernible  pr^iiit  in  an  object  that 
rouses  our  curiosity  :  it  is  that  state 
which  all  must  exjjcrience  at  times, 
but  none  so  much  as  those  who  are 
ignorant :  they  wonder  at  every  thing 
because  tliey  know  nothing.  Admi- 
ration is  wonder  mixed  with  esteem 
or  veneration:  the  admirer  suspends 
his  thoughts,  not  from  the  vacancy 
but  the  fulness  of  his  mind :  he  is 
rivetted  to  an  object  which  for  a  time 
absorbs   his    faculties :   nothing    but 


what  is  great  and  good  excites  admi^ 
rationf  and  none  hot  cultivated  minds 
are  susceptible  of  it :  an  ignorant 
person  cannot  admire,  because  ne  can- 
not appreciate  the  value  of  any  thing. 
Surprize  and  oitonishment  both  ariso  * 
from  that  which  happens  unexpectedly; 
they  are  species  of  wonder  differing 
in  degree,  and  produced  only  by  the 
events  of  life :  the  surprize,  as  its 
derivation  implies,  takes  us  unawares; 
we  are  surprized  if  that  does  not 
happen  which  we  calculate  upon,  as 
the  absence  of  a  friend  whom  we  looked 
for;  or  we  nre  surprized  if  that  happens 
which  we  did  not  calculate  upon ; 
thus  we  are  surprized  to  see  a  friend 
returned  whom  we  supposed  was  on 
his  journey :  '^tonishment  may  be 
awakened  by  similar  events  which  are 
more  unexpected  and  more  unaccount- 
able :  thus  we  are  astonished  to  Bnd  a 
friend  at  our  house  whom  we  had  every 
reason  to  suppose  was  many  hundred 
miles  off;  or  we  are  astonished  to 
hear  that  a  person  has  got  safelj 
through  a  roaa  which  we  conceived  to 
be  absolutely  impassable. 

Surprize  may  for  a  moment  startle; 
astonishment  may  stupefy  and  cause 
an  entire  suspension  of  the  faculties  ; 
but  amazement  has  also  a  mixture  of 
perturbation.  We  may  be  surprized 
and  astonished  at  things  in  which  wa 
have  no  particular  interest:  we  are 
mostly  amazed  at  that  which  imme- 
diately concerns  us.  We  may  be  «fir- 
prized  agreeably  or  otherwise ;  we 
may  be  astonished  at  that  which  is 
agreeable,  although  astonishment  is 
not  itself  a  pleasure;  but  we  are 
amazed  at  that  which  happens  con- 
trary to  our  inclination.  We  are 
agreeably  surprized  to  see  our  friends : 
we  are  astonished  how  we  ever  got 
through  the  difficulty  :  we  are  amazed 
at  the  sudden  and  unexpected  events 
which  have  come  upon  us  to  our  ruin. 
A  man  of  experience  will  not  have 
much  to  wonder  at,  for  his  observation 
will  supply  him  with  corresponding 
examples  of  whatever  passes  :  a  wise 
man  will  have  but  momentary  snr- 
prizes ;  as  he  has  estimated  the  un- 
certainty of  human  life,  few  things  of 
importance  will  happen  contrary  to  his 
expectations  :  a  generous  mind  will 
be  astonished  at  gross  instances  of  per- 
fidy in  others  :   there  is  no  mind  tbat 


WORK. 


WRITER- 


909 


WORK,    LABOR,   TOIL, 
DRUDGERY. 

WORK,   in  Saxon  weorc^    Greek 
tfyt  Hebrew  areg. 

LABOR,  V.  To  labor, 

TOIL,  probably  connected  with  till, 

DRUDGERY,  v.  Servant. 

Work  is  the  general  term,  as  in- 
cluding that  which  calls  for  the  exei^ 
tioQ  of  our  strength :  labor  diifers  trom 
it  in  degree  of  exertion  required  ;  it  is 
hard  work:  toil  expresses  a  still 
higher  degree  of  painful  exertion : 
drudgeri/xmpWesvL  mean  and  degrading 
v>ork.  Every  member  of  society  must 
work  for  his  support,  who  is  not  in  in- 
dependent circumstances:  the  poor  are 
obliged  to  labor  ft)r  their  daily  subsist- 
ence ;  some  are  compelled  to  toil  in- 
cessantly for  the  pittance  which  they 
earn :  tne  drudgery  falls  to  the  lot 
of  those  who  are  the  lowest  in  society. 
A  man  wishes  to  complete  his  work  ; 
he  is  desirous  of  resting  from  his  labors 
he  seeks  for  a  respite  from  his  toil; 
be  submits  to  do  the  drudgery. 

The  hfrellDf  thu^. 
With  iabour  drudget  out  the  paioful  A.\j. 

Rows. 

WORK,  I'.  Production. 

WORK,   OPERATION. 

WORK  (r.  Work)  is  simple  exer- 
tion: OPERATION  is  a  combined 
exertion. 

The  work  may  be  purely  mecha- 
nical ;  the  operation  has  mostly  a 
method  :  the  day-labourer  performs 
his  work  by  the  use  of  his  hands 
only;  a  medical  man  performs  an 
operation  by  the  exercise  of  his  skill. 

Some  deadly  dniif  ht,  •ome  enemjr  to  liA*, 
BoiU  ia  mjr  bowel*,  and  worlu  out  mjr  wnL 

Daynnr. 

Sometimes  a  paatfon  Men»  to  operate. 

Almost  in  contrcdfctioo  to  ttaelf.  Sbielst. 

WORKMAN,  V,  Artificer. 
WORLDLY,  V.  Secular, 
TO  WORSHIP,  V.  To  adore. 
WORTH,  V.  To  deserve, 
WORTH,  V.  Value. 
WORTHLESS,  V,  UnwoTthy. 

TO  WRANGLE,   V.  Tojonglc. 


WRATH,  i\  An{rer. 

TO  WRENCH,    7^  To  tum. 

TO  WREST,  V.  To  turn. 

WRETCHED,    V,  Uflhoppy., 

TO  WRING,  V.  To  turn. 

WRITER,   PENMAN,    SCRIBE. 

WRITER  is  an  indefinite  teniip- 
every  one  who  writes  is  called  m 
zeriter  ;  but  none  are  PENMEN  bat 
such  as  are  expert  at  their  pen.  Man/ 
who  profess  to  teach  writing  are  them- 
selves but  sorry  writers :  the  best 
penmen  are  not  always  the  best  teach- 
ers of  zz:riY//ig.  The  SCRIBE  is  one 
who  writes  for  the  purpose  of  copying; 
ho  is  therefore  an  official  writer, 

WRITER,    AUTHOR. 

WRITER  refers  us  to  the  act  of 
writing:  AUTHOR  to  the  act  of  in- 
venting. There  are  therefore  many 
writers,  who  arc  not  authors  ;  but  thero 
is  no  author  of  books  who  may  not  be 
termed  sl  writer:  compilers  and  contri- 
butors to  periodical  woi  ks  are  writertf 
but  not  authors.  Poets  and  historiant 
are  termed  authors^  but  not  writers. 

TO  WRITHE,    V.  To  tum. 

WRONG,  V,  Injury. 


Y. 

YKT,  V,  Hoti'ever, 
TO  YIELD,  V,  To  afford. 
TO  YIELD,  V.  To  bear. 
TO  YIELD,  V.  To  comply. 
YIELDING,  V.  Compliant. 
TO  YIELD,  V.  To  give  up, 

YOUTHFUL,   JUVENILE, 
PUERILE. 

YOUTHFUL  signifies  full  of  ^rowM, 
or  in  the  complete  state  of  ytrnth  : 
JUVENILE,  from  the  Latin  juvenis^ 
signifies  the  same;  but  PUERILE 
froin  puer  a  boy,  signifies  literally 
bouish.  Hence  the  first  two  terms  are 
taken  in  an  indifferent  sense;  but 
the  latter  in  a  bad  sense,  or  at  laMt 
always  in  the  sense  of  wliat  is  suit- 


■  ■■■« 


9M        TOUTHFITL. 

able  to  a  bo3r  only :  tbni  we  speak 
of  yokHjfid  vignr,  yoid^l  employ- 
miUkXhfjumnih  performDliicet Juorai/^ 

EBy  and  tbe  like :  but  puerile  ob- 
ont,  pneriie  conduct^  and  tbe  like, 
edmet  tuvenile  is  taken  in  tbe 
bad  sense  when  speaking  of  youth  in 
contrast  with  raeo,  as  juvenile  tricks; 
but  puerile  is  a  much  stronger  term 
of  reproacby  and  marks  tbe  absence 
of  manhood  in  those  who  ought  to  be 
We  expect  nothing  from  a 


YOUTHFUL, 

yomik  hot  what  is  juvenile;  we  mm 
Mirpriied  and  dissatisfied  to  see  what 
u  puerile  in  a  man. 

CfcoirthMtfc—,  wtlkjFMifVlilliap«k««ir4, 
■woln  vak  WBtBM,  and  of  a  dmrinc  Miad, 
Tkii  Bsv  iofCBlloa  faUIIj  dei%o*d.      Dai 


B»«i»v«ii<l«  vrilefi  liMi^  ikmt,  by  po«r- 
flif  Ibctb  tg«re««flteB,  tln^  render  thdreonp*- 
rftfon  warn  aal  aatanlpd^ 


aileribe 
IsvitFStsa 


eoMW«f  prntfUt 
atamr.  J< 


THE  END. 


C.  Baldwin,  Prioter, 
TSem  Brldpe-rtreet,  London. 


£